3,615 Matching Annotations
  1. Last 7 days
    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      eLife Assessment 

      This valuable study is a detailed investigation of how chromatin structure influences replication origin function in yeast ribosomal DNA, with a focus on the role of the histone deacetylase Sir2 and the chromatin remodeler Fun30. Convincing evidence shows that Sir2 does not affect origin licensing but rather affects local transcription and nucleosome positioning which correlates with increased origin firing. Overall, the evidence is solid and the model plausible. However, the methods employed do not rigorously establish a key aspect of the mechanism where initiation precisely occurs or rigorously exclude alternative models and the effect of Sir2 on transcription is not re-examined in the fun30 context. 

      Clarification on Sir2 Effect on Transcription in the fun30 Context

      We appreciate the reviewers’ thorough assessment but would like to clarify that the effect of Sir2 on transcription in the fun30 context was addressed in both the original and revised manuscripts. However, we recognize that the presentation of the qPCR results may have been unclear, as we initially plotted absolute transcript levels without normalizing for rDNA array size differences among the genotypes. We have now corrected this.

      After normalizing for copy number variations, the qPCR data show that the sir2 fun30 double mutant results in a ~40-fold increase in C-pro transcription relative to WT, compared to a 4-fold and 19-fold increase in fun30 and sir2 single mutants, respectively (Figure 5, figure supplement 6). These results have been discussed in the manuscript result section, where we note that "C-pro RNA levels were approximately twice as high in sir2 fun30 compared to sir2 cells when adjusted for rDNA size differences." This observation is critical for addressing both alternative models of MCM disappearance and for pinpointing transcription initiation sites, as detailed in the following sections.

      Public Reviews: 

      Reviewer #1 (Public review): 

      Summary: 

      This paper presents a mechanistic study of rDNA origin regulation in yeast by SIR2. Each of the ~180 tandemly repeated rDNA gene copies contains a potential replication origin. Earlyefficient initiation of these origins is suppressed by Sir2, reducing competition with origins distributed throughout the genome for rate-limiting initiation factors. Previous studies by these authors showed that SIR2 deletion advances replication timing of rDNA origins by a complex mechanism of transcriptional de-repression of a local PolII promoter causing licensed origin proteins (MCMcomplexes) to re-localize (slide along the DNA) to a different (and altered) chromatin environment. In this study, they identify a chromatin remodeler, FUN30, that suppresses the sir2∆ effect, and remarkably, results in a contraction of the rDNA to about onequarter it's normal length/number of repeats, implicating replication defects of the rDNA. Through examination of replication timing, MCM occupancy and nucleosome occupancy on the chromatin in sir2, fun30, and double mutants, they propose a model where nucleosome position relative to the licensed origin (MCM complexes) intrinsically determines origin timing/efficiency. While their interpretations of the data are largely reasonable and can be interpreted to support their model, a key weakness is the connection between Mcm ChEC signal disappearance and origin firing. While the cyclical chromatin association-dissociation of MCM proteins with potential origin sequences may be generally interpreted as licensing followed by firing, dissociation may also result from passive replication and as shown here, displacement by transcription and/or chromatin remodeling. Moreover, linking its disappearance from chromatin in the ChEC method with such precise resolution needs to be validated against an independent method to determine the initiation site(s). Differences in rDNA copy number and relative transcription levels also are not directly accounted for, obscuring a clearer interpretation of the results. Nevertheless, this paper makes a valuable advance with the finding of Fun30 involvement, which substantially reduces rDNA repeat number in sir2∆ background. The model they develop is compelling and I am inclined to agree, but I think the evidence on this specific point is purely correlative and a better method is needed to address the initiation site question. The authors deserve credit for their efforts to elucidate our obscure understanding of the intricacies of chromatin regulation. At a minimum, I suggest their conclusions on these points of concern should be softened and caveats discussed. Statistical analysis is lacking for some claims. 

      Strengths are the identification of FUN30 as suppressor, examination of specific mutants of FUN30 to distinguish likely functional involvement. Use of multiple methods to analyze replication and protein occupancies on chromatin. Development of a coherent model. 

      Weaknesses are failure to address copy number as a variable; insufficient validation of ChEC method relationship to exact initiation locus; lack of statistical analysis in some cases. 

      Review of revised version and response letter: 

      In the response, the authors make some improvements by better quantifying 2D gels, adding some missing statistical analyses, analyzing the effect of fun30 on rDNA replication in strains with reduced rDNA copy number, and using ChIP-seq of MCMs to support the ChEC-seq data. However, these additions do not address the main issue that is at the heart of their model: where initiation precisely occurs and whether the location is altered in the mutant(s). Thus, mechanistic insight is limited.

      We discuss the issue regarding the initiation site below.

      Under the section "Addressing Alternative Explanations", the authors claim that processes like transcription and passive replication cannot affect the displaced complex specifically. Why? They are not on same DNA (as mentioned in the Fig 1 legend). 

      Premature origin activation, not transcription, drives the disappearance of repositioned MCM complexes in sir2 mutants in HU.

      Indeed, the reviewer is correct in suggesting that C-pro transcription confined to rDNA units with repositioned MCM complexes could selectively displace those complexes, potentially explaining the selective disappearance of displaced MCMs in sir2 cells. However, our analysis of C-pro transcription and MCM occupancy in G1 versus HU across the genotypes allows us to rule out this possibility.

      We show that the fraction of repositioned MCMs in G1 cells is proportional to the level of C-pro transcription (WT < fun30 << sir2 < sir2 fun30), consistent with the involvement of transcription in the repositioning process during MCM loading in G1. Accordingly, with approximately twice the transcription in sir2 fun30 compared to sir2, we observe more repositioned MCMs in sir2 fun30 cells than in sir2 cells in G1 (Fig 5C).

      However, if the disappearance of repositioned MCMs in HU were solely due to C-pro transcription rather than origin activation, we would expect the repositioned MCMs to disappear more quickly in sir2 fun30 cells. Contrary to this expectation, our data show that repositioned MCM complexes are more stable in sir2 fun30 mutants compared to sir2 mutants, indicating that transcription is not the primary factor in the disappearance of displaced MCM complexes in HU; rather, rDNA origin activation appears to be the key factor.

      Replication initiation site in sir2. Using multiple independent approaches, including 2D gels, ChIP-seq, and EdU incorporation, we have demonstrated that rDNA origins fire prematurely in sir2 mutants, a conclusion that the reviewer does not contest. Once an origin fires, the MCM signal disappears from the site of its initial deposition, as expected, and this is confirmed in our MCM ChIP and HU ChEC data, both at rDNA origins and across the genome.

      Given that the majority of MCM complexes in sir2 mutants are repositioned, it is expected that these repositioned complexes disappear following premature origin activation. With less than half of the licensed origins (or <30% of total rDNA copies) retaining MCM at non-repositioned sites in sir2 mutants, if only these non-repositioned complexes were firing, and the repositioned MCM complexes were disappearing via mechanisms other than replication initiation (e.g., transcription), rDNA replication in sir2 mutants would be severely compromised rather than accelerated. Given this, and the strong experimental evidence that repositioned MCM complexes fire prematurely, continued focus on alternative explanations for MCM complex disappearance seems unwarranted.

      We present this analysis in the results section as follows:

      “Finally, although deletion of FUN30 could suppress replication initiation at the rDNA either by inhibiting the firing of the active, repositioned MCM complex or by preventing MCM repositioning to the "active location" in the first place, our results suggest that suppression occurs through the former mechanism. Consistent with previous reports that fun30 mutants are deficient in transcriptional silencing (Neves-Costa et al. 2009), C-pro RNA levels were approximately twice as high in sir2 fun30 cells compared to sir2 cells when adjusted for rDNA size (Figure 5—figure supplement 6).

      Moreover, deletion of FUN30 shifts the distribution toward the repositioned MCM location over the non-repositioned one in G1 cells (Figure 5C), aligning with the increased C-pro transcription observed in fun30 mutants. This shift is evident in both sir2 and SIR2 cells. Despite the increased transcription-mediated repositioning in sir2 fun30 cells compared to sir2 cells during G1, repositioned MCM persists longer in sir2 fun30 cells than in sir2 cells after release into HU. Additionally, sir2 fun30 mutants exhibit reduced MCM accumulation at the RFB compared to sir2 mutants after release into HU, supporting the conclusion that MCM disappearance in HU reflects origin activation rather than transcription-mediated displacement.”

      The model in Fig 7 implies that initiation sites are different in WT versus the mutants and this determines their timing/efficiency. But they also suggest that the same site might be used with different efficiencies in this response. I agree that both are possibilities and are not resolved. 

      Adjustment of the model to account for repositioned MCMs in WT cells In Figure 5—figure supplement 5, we demonstrate that even in WT cells, a small fraction of repositioned MCMs (~5%) can be detected, and that these repositioned MCM complexes disappear prematurely. However, because this represents a very small fraction of MCMs in WT cells, we initially did not include it in our overall model in Figure 7. In light of the reviewer's comment, we have now revised the model to incorporate this detail.

      Supporting their model requires better resolution to determine the actual replication initiation site. While this may be challenging, it should be feasible with methods to map nascent strands like DNAscent, or Okazaki fragment mapping.

      The initiation site in sir2 mutants has been thoroughly analyzed and supported by extensive experimental data, as discussed above. While high-resolution techniques such as DNAscent or Okazaki fragment mapping could potentially offer another layer of validation, the likelihood of obtaining finer detail that would change the conclusions is minimal. The methods we employed provide sufficient resolution to pinpoint the initiation site, and our results align consistently with established replication models.

      Further experimentation would not only be redundant but also unlikely to provide new insights beyond revalidation. Given the strength of our current data, we believe the conclusions regarding replication initiation are robust and well-supported, making additional experiments unnecessary at this stage. Our priority is to focus on advancing other aspects of the research that require deeper exploration.

      The 2D gel analysis of strains with reduced rDNA copy numbers adequately addresses the copy number variable with regard to the replication effect. 

      Overall, the paper is improved by providing additional data and improved analysis. The paper nicely characterizes the effect of Fun30. The model is reasonable but remains lacking in precise details of mechanism. 

      Reviewer #2 (Public review): 

      Summary: 

      In this manuscript, the authors follow up on their previous work showing that in the absence of the Sir2 deacetylase the MCM replicative helicase at the rDNA spacer region is repositioned to a region of low nucleosome occupancy. Here they show that the repositioned displaced MCMs have increased firing propensity relative to non-displaced MCMs. In addition, they show that activation of the repositioned MCMs and low nucleosome occupancy in the adjacent region depend on the chromatin remodeling activity of Fun30. 

      Strengths: 

      The paper provides new information on the role of a conserved chromatin remodeling protein in regulation of origin firing and in addition provides evidence that not all loaded MCMs fire and that origin firing is regulated at a step downstream of MCM loading. 

      Weaknesses: 

      The relationship between the authors results and prior work on the role of Sir2 (and Fob1) in regulation of rDNA recombination and copy number maintenance is not explored, making it difficult to place the results in a broader context. Sir2 has previously been shown to be recruited by Fob1, which is also required for DSB formation and recombination-mediated changes in rDNA copy number. Are the changes that the authors observe specifically in fun30 sir2 cells related to this pathway? Is Fob1 required for the reduced rDNA copy number in fun30 sir2 double mutant cells? 

      Reviewer #3 (Public review): 

      Summary: 

      Heterochromatin is characterized by low transcription activity and late replication timing, both dependent on the NAD-dependent protein deacetylase Sir2, the founding member of the sirtuins. This manuscript addresses the mechanism by which Sir2 delays replication timing at the rDNA in budding yeast. Previous work from the same laboratory (Foss et al. PLoS Genetics 15, e1008138) showed that Sir2 represses transcription-dependent displacement of the Mcm helicase in the rDNA. In this manuscript, the authors show convincingly that the repositioned Mcms fire earlier and that this early firing partly depends on the ATPase activity of the nucleosome remodeler Fun30. Using read-depth analysis of sorted G1/S cells, fun30 was the only chromatin remodeler mutant that somewhat delayed replication timing in sir2 mutants, while nhp10, chd1, isw1, htl1, swr1, isw2, and irc5 had no effect. The conclusion was corroborated with orthogonal assays including two-dimensional gel electrophoresis and analysis of EdU incorporation at early origins. Using an insightful analysis with an Mcm-MNase fusion (Mcm-ChEC), the authors

      show that the repositioned Mcms in sir2 mutants fire earlier than the Mcm at the normal position in wild type. This early firing at the repositioned Mcms is partially suppressed by Fun30. In addition, the authors show Fun30 affects nucleosome occupancy at the sites of the repositioned Mcm, providing a plausible mechanism for the effect of Fun30 on Mcm firing at that position. However, the results from the MNAse-seq and ChEC-seq assays are not fully congruent for the fun30 single mutant. Overall, the results support the conclusions providing a much better mechanistic understanding how Sir2 affects replication timing at rDNA, 

      Strengths 

      (1) The data clearly show that the repositioned Mcm helicase fires earlier than the Mcm in the wild type position. 

      (2) The study identifies a specific role for Fun30 in replication timing and an effect on nucleosome occupancy around the newly positioned Mcm helicase in sir2 cells. 

      Weaknesses 

      (1) It is unclear which strains were used in each experiment. 

      (2) The relevance of the fun30 phospho-site mutant (S20AS28A) is unclear. 

      (3) For some experiments (Figs. 3, 4, 6) it is unclear whether the data are reproducible and the differences significant. Information about the number of independent experiments and quantitation is lacking. This affects the interpretation, as fun30 seems to affect the +3 nucleosome much more than let on in the description. 

      Recommendations for the authors:  

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors)

      The authors have addressed my concerns by the addition of new experiments and analysis. 

      One point remains unclear regarding additional support for the Mcm-ChEC results using ChIP experiments to verify whether MCM redistributes in sir2D cells. In their rebuttal, the authors state that, "New supporting based evidence: ChIP at rDNA Origins. Our ChIP analysis also shows that the disappearance of the MCM signal at rDNA origins in sir2Δ cells released into HU is accompanied by signal accumulation at the replication fork barrier (RFB), indicative of stalled replication forks at this location (Figure 5 figure supplement 3)...." The ChIP data in Figure 5 supplement 3 show accumulation of the Mcm2 ChIP signal to the left of the RFB in sir2D cells but it doesn't look like there is any decrease in the MCM signal in sir2D relative to wild-type cells for the peak C-Pro. There is a new MCM peak suggesting perhaps a new MCM loading event. 

      Figure 5 figure supplement 3 shows the relative abundance of the MCM ChIP signal across the ~2 kb rDNA region, spanning from the MCM loading site at the rDNA origin (on the left) to the replication fork barrier (RFB) on the right. The MCM-ChIP data are normalized to the highest signal within this rDNA region rather than across the entire genome, meaning that only the relative abundance of MCM within this region is represented, and not comparisons between different conditions. We have now presented the results with the same axes for both alpha factor and HU.

      In wild-type (WT) cells, the MCM signal remains primarily at the initial loading site. However, in sir2 mutants, a significant portion of the MCM signal shifts rightward, consistent with rDNA origin activation and the movement of MCM along with the progressing replication fork. While some replication forks stall at the RFB, others are positioned between the MCM loading site and the RFB. The additional MCM peak observed does not represent a new MCM loading event, as the experiment was conducted during S-phase, when new MCM loading is not possible.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors): 

      In this revision the authors addressed my concerns and improved the manuscript and the presentation of the data. All my recommendations were implemented.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In their manuscript the authors report that fecal transplantation from young mice into old mice alleviates susceptibility to gout. The gut microbiota in young mice is found to inhibit activation of the NLRP3 inflammasome pathway and reduce uric acid levels in the blood in the gout model.

      Strengths:

      They focused on the butanoate metabolism pathway based on the results of metabolomics analysis after fecal transplantation and identified butyrate as the key factor in mitigating gout susceptibility. In general, this is a well-performed study.

      Weaknesses:

      The discussion on the current results and previous studies regarding the effect of butyrate on gout symptoms is insufficient. The authors need to provide a more thorough discussion of other possible mechanisms and relevant literature.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      General comments:

      I appreciate the authors' efforts to answer the comments raised in my previous review (as Reviewer#2). However, I still detect some issues that need to be fully addressed, with inadequate or even no answers for several comments.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback. Your previous suggestions have been incredibly helpful for our paper. Although we have strived to make the article as comprehensive as possible, there may still be some areas that are not perfectly refined.

      The response to comment 1: The author's statement is not very convincing. What are the trends of inflammation factors? The data in Figure 1G-H suggest that butyrate may not be the only factor to explain this phenomenon. Authors should carefully interpret the data in Figure 1G-H.

      Sorry for the inadequate clarification on your question. We utilize antibiotics for treatment in order to establish the relationship between gut microbiota, age, and gout. Our research findings indicate that there is a trend for serum uric acid levels to increase with age, and we also observe that the older the age, the more pronounced the stimulation to MSU. We found that after clearing the gut microbiota and then stimulating with MSU, the trend of inflammation factors and serum uric acid level changing with age disappears. Thus, we can preliminarily draw the conclusion that the gut microbiota is closely associated with age, gout, and hyperuricemia.

      The response to comment 2: I understand the importance of evaluating a range of indicators, but food thickness is the most crucial clinical marker for diagnosing goats. Please move the data from Supplemental Figure 1A to the main figure.

      Thank you for your suggestions. We have included the most significant results in the main figure, and the description of “foot thickness” has already been provided descriptively in the manuscript. Additionally, considering the layout and arrangement of the images, we have placed it in the supplementary figures 1.

      The response to comment 3: The immunostaining for ZO-1 and Occludin is unclear. Please provide higher magnification images to confirm the specific staining.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback. We have enhanced the clarity of the images. In addition to adding immunohistochemical images in Supplementary Material 4, we have also submitted independent images.

      The response to comment 4: The authors still haven't directly addressed my comment.

      Please accept our sincere apologies for not providing a clearer response to your question. The indicators related to uric acid-producing enzymes and uric acid transporters have been separately analyzed according to different age groups. The specific results are detailed in section " The expression of uric acid-producing enzymes activity and uric acid transporters at the mRNA level across different age groups" of Supplementary Material 4.

      No response was given for comment 5. Please address it.

      In a PCoA plot, the distance between samples reflects the similarity in the structure of the microbial communities: the closer the distance, the more similar the composition of the communities; the greater the distance, the more pronounced the differences. We judge based on the relative distances of each group in the plot, observing their degree of proximity.

      The response to comment 6: I understand the author's statement, and I suggest incorporating it into the discussion section of the revised manuscript.

      Thank you for your suggestions. We have incorporated the relevant content into our discussion.

      The response to comment 7: Again, please incorporate this statement into the discussion section of the revised manuscript.

      Thank you for your suggestions. We have incorporated the relevant content into our discussion.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The revised manuscript presents interesting findings on the role of gut microbiota in gout, focusing on the interplay between age-related changes, inflammation, and microbiota-derived metabolites, particularly butyrate. The study provides valuable insights into the therapeutic potential of microbiota interventions and metabolites for managing hyperuricemia and gout. While the authors have addressed many of the previous concerns, a few areas still require clarification and improvements to strengthen the manuscript's clarity and overall impact.

      (1) While the authors mention that outliers in the data do not affect the conclusions, there remains a concern about the reliability of some figures (e.g., Figure 2D-G). It is recommended to provide a more detailed explanation of the statistical analysis used to handle outliers. Additionally, the clarity of the Western blot images, particularly IL-1β in Figure 3C, should be improved to ensure clear and supportive evidence for the conclusions.

      Thank you for your suggestion. We respond as follows: (1) Outliers can occasionally constitute intrinsic elements of the dataset, reflecting genuine occurrences within the experimental context. The elimination of such outliers has the potential to introduce bias into the results, thereby facilitating misconceptions regarding the underlying phenomenon under investigation. In order to maintain the transparency and integrity of the dataset, we have elected to retain the outliers within our analysis. This decision is based on the recognition that these values may represent genuine experimental observations or unique conditions that are inherently meaningful to the phenomenon under investigation. By preserving these data points, we aim to provide a comprehensive and unbiased representation of the experimental results, allowing for a more nuanced interpretation of the findings. (2) Due to the scarcity of samples, we are unable to fulfill your request in the short term. Furthermore, we have noted that the band for IL-1β in Figure 3C is indeed visible and we consider it suitable for subsequent analysis.

      (2) The manuscript raises a key question about why butyrate supplementation and FMT have different effects on uric acid metabolism and excretion. While the authors have addressed this by highlighting the involvement of multiple bacterial genera, it is still recommended to expand on the differences between these interventions in the discussion, providing more mechanistic insights based on available literature.

      Thank you for your suggestion. We have enriched the discussion in the manuscript and included additional comparisons

      (3) It is noted that IL-6 and TNF-α results in foot tissue were requested and have been added to supplementary material. However, the main text should clearly reference these additions, and the supplementary figures should be thoroughly reviewed for consistency with the main findings. The use of abbreviations (e.g., ns for no significant difference) and labeling should also be carefully checked across all figures.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback. We have revised the manuscript in accordance with your suggestions.

      (4) The manuscript presents butyrate as a key molecule in gout therapy, yet there are lingering concerns about its central role, especially given that other short-chain fatty acids (e.g., acetic and propionic acids) also follow similar trends. The authors should consider further acknowledging these other SCFAs and discussing their potential contribution to gout management. Additionally, the rationale for focusing primarily on butyrate in subsequent research should be made clearer.

      Thank you for your input. We have incorporated additional evidence into the discussion, explaining why we ultimately chose butyrate in subsequent research.

      (5) The full-length uncropped Western blot images should be provided as requested, to ensure transparency and reproducibility of the data.

      Thank you for your suggestion. We have already included the relevant explanations in the manuscript.

      (6) Despite the authors' revisions, several references still lack page numbers. Please ensure that all references are properly formatted, including complete page ranges.

      Thank you for your suggestions; we will make more detailed revisions to the references.

      The manuscript has improved with the revisions made, particularly regarding clarifications on experimental design and the inclusion of supplementary data. However, some concerns about data quality, mechanistic insights, and clarity in the figures remain. Addressing these points will enhance the overall impact of the work and its potential contribution to the understanding of the gut microbiome in gout and hyperuricemia. A final revision, with careful attention to both major and minor points, is highly recommended before resubmission.

      Once again, we are grateful for your suggestions and recognition. Your input has been of immense help to our manuscript and has also provided us with a valuable learning opportunity.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      eLife Assessment

      The aim of this valuable study is to identify novel genes involved in sleep regulation and memory consolidation. It combines transcriptomic approaches following memory induction with measurements of sleep and memory to discover molecular pathways underlying these interlinked behaviors. The authors explore transcriptional changes in specific mushroom body neurons and suggest roles for two genes involved in RNA processing, Polr1F and Regnase-1, in the regulation of sleep and memory. Although this work exploits convincing and validated methodology, the strength of the evidence is incomplete to support the main claim that these two genes establish a definitive link between sleep and memory consolidation.

      We appreciate the reconsideration of our manuscript and recognize that we should have toned down the claims, especially with respect to the link between sleep and memory consolidation.  We have now changed the title, the abstract and the main text and also Figure 5 to essentially just state our findings.  While there is a little speculation in the Discussion, we point out that future work would be required to draw conclusions. We believe the manuscript still represents a considerable advance in showing the modulation of RNA processing genes during sleep-dependent memory consolidation in the relevant neurons, and also showing how one such gene affects sleep and translation and a second affects sleep and memory. 

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Prior work by the Sehgal group has shown that a small group of neurons in the fly brain (anterior posterior (ap) α'β' mushroom body neurons (MBNs)) promote sleep and sleep-dependent appetitive memory specifically under fed conditions (Chouhan et al., (2021) Nature). Here, Li, Chouhan et al. combine cell-specific transcriptomics with measurements of sleep and memory to identify molecular processes underlying this phenomenon. They define transcriptional changes in ap α'β' MBNs and suggest a role for two genes downregulated following memory induction (Polr1F and Regnase-1) in regulating sleep and memory.

      The transcriptional analyses in this manuscript are impressive. The authors have now included additional experiments that define acute and developmental roles for Polr1F and Regnase-1 respectively in regulating sleep. They have also provided additional data to strengthen their conclusion that Polr1F knockdown in α'β' mushroom body neurons enhances sleep.

      The resubmitted work represents a convincing investigation of two novel sleep-regulatory proteins that may also play important roles in memory formation.

      The authors have comprehensively addressed my comments, which I very much appreciate. I congratulate them on this excellent work.

      We very much appreciate the reviewer’s positive feedback. Thank you!

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Previous work (Chouhan et al., 2022) from the Sehgal group investigated the relationship between sleep and long-term memory formation by dissecting the role of mushroom body intrinsic neurons, extrinsic neurons, and output neurons during sleep-dependent and sleep-independent memory consolidation. In this manuscript, Li et al., profiled transcriptome in the anterior-posterior (ap) α'/β' neurons and identified genes that are differentially expressed after training in fed condition, which supports sleep-dependent memory formation. By knocking down candidate genes systematically, the authors identified Polr1F and Regnase-1 as two important hits that play potential roles in sleep and memory formation. What is the function of sleep and how to create a memory are two long-standing questions in science. The present study used a new approach to identify novel components that may link sleep and memory consolidation in a specific type of neuron. Importantly, these components implicated that RNA processing may play a role in these processes.

      While I am enthusiastic about the innovative approach employed to identify RNA processing genes involved in sleep regulation and memory consolidation, I feel that the data presented in the manuscript is insufficient to support the claim that these two genes establish a definitive link between sleep and memory consolidation. First, the developmental role of Regnase-1 in reducing sleep remains unclear because knocking down Regnase-1 using the GeneSwitch system produced neither acute nor chronic sleep loss phenotype. In the revised manuscript, the author used the Gal80ts to restrict the knockdown of Regnase-1 in adult animals and concluded that Regnase-1 RNAi appears to affect sleep through development. Conducting overexpression experiments of Regnase-1 would lend some credibility to the phenotypes, however, this is not pursued in the revised manuscript. Second, while constitutive Regnase-1 knockdown produced robust phenotypes for both sleep-dependent and sleep-independent memory, it also led to a severe short-term memory phenotype. This raises the possibility that flies with constitutive Regnase-1 knockdown are poor learners, thereby having little memory to consolidate. The defect in learning could be simply caused by chronic sleep loss before training. Thus, this set of results does not substantiate a strong link between sleep and long-term memory consolidation. Lastly, the discussion on the sequential function of training, sleep, and RNA processing on memory consolidation appears speculative based on the present data.

      We thank the reviewer for the enthusiasm about the approach. As noted above, we have now removed all claims about a link between sleep and memory, and instead just emphasize that we have identified RNA processing genes that affect sleep and memory.  We agree with the reviewer that the basis of the Regnase-1 memory phenotype is unclear as the flies may be poor learners.  Also, the learning/memory defects could be secondary to sleep loss or, as Reviewer 4 below suggests, all the behavioral deficits could be caused by impaired development/function of the relevant ap ɑ′/β′ cells. We have now included this possibility in the discussion of the manuscript.  And we have modified the discussion on training, RNA processing, sleep and memory to emphasize the need for future experiments to address the sequence and relationship of these different processes. 

      Reviewer #4 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Li and Chouhan et al. follow up on a previous publication describing the role of anterior-posterior (ap) and medial (m) ɑ′/β′ Kenyon cells in mediating sleep-dependent and sleep-independent memory consolidation, respectively, based on feeding state in Drosophila melanogaster. The authors sequenced bulk RNA of ap ɑ′/β′ Kenyon cells 1h after flies were either trained-fed, trained-starved or untrained-fed and find a small number of genes (59) differentially expressed (3 upregulated, 56 downregulated) between trained-fed and trained-starved conditions. Many of these genes encode proteins involved in the regulation of gene expression. The authors then screened these differentially expressed genes for sleep phenotypes by expressing RNAi hairpins constitutively in ap ɑ′/β′ Kenyon cells and measuring sleep patterns. Two hits were selected for further analysis: Polr1F, which promoted sleep, and Regnase-1, which reduced sleep. The pan-neuronal expression of Polr1F and Regnase-1 RNAi constructs was then temporally restricted to adult flies using the GeneSwitch system. Polr1F sleep phenotypes were still observed, while Regnase-1 sleep phenotypes were not, indicating developmental defects. Appetitive memory was then assessed in flies with constitutive knockdown of Polr1F and Regnase-1 in ap ɑ′/β′ Kenyon cells. Polr1F knockdown did not affect sleep-dependent or sleep-independent memory, while Regnase-1 knockdown disrupted sleep-dependent memory, sleep-independent memory, as well as learning. Polr1F knockdown increased pre-ribosomal RNA transcripts in the brain, as measured by qPCR, in line with its predicted role as part of the RNA polymerase I complex. A puromycin incorporation assay to fluorescently label newly synthesized proteins also indicated higher levels of bulk translation upon Polr1F knockdown. Regnase-1 knockdown did not lead to observable changes in measurements of bulk translation.

      Strengths:

      The proposed involvement of RNA processing genes in regulating sleep and memory processes is interesting, and relatively unexplored. The methods are satisfactory.

      Weaknesses:

      The main weakness of the paper is in the overinterpretation of their results, particularly relating to the proposed link between sleep and memory consolidation, as stated in the title. Constitutive Polr1F knockdown in ap ɑ′/β′ Kenyon cells had no effect on appetitive long-term memory, while constitutive Regnase-1 knockdown affected both learning and memory. Since the effects of constitutive Regnase-1 knockdown on sleep could be attributed to developmental defects, it is quite plausible that these same developmental defects are what drive the observed learning and memory phenotypes. In this case, an alternative explanation of the authors' findings is that constitutive Regnase-1 knockdown disrupts the entire functioning of ap ɑ′/β′ Kenyon cells, and as a consequence behaviors involving these neurons (i.e. learning, memory and sleep) are disrupted. It will be important to provide further evidence of the function of RNA processing genes in memory in order to substantiate the memory link proposed by the authors.

      As noted above, we have removed claims of a link between sleep and memory and instead focused the manuscript on our findings of RNA processing genes modulated during sleep-dependent memory. We concur that impaired development of ap ɑ′/β′neurons could account for the sleep and memory phenotype observed and have included this possibility in the manuscript.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #4 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The title of the paper should be reconsidered to reflect the results. The evidence for a link between RNA processing genes and memory is weak.

      We have changed the title.

      Line 328. The term "central dogma" is misused. The central dogma refers to the unidirectional flow of information from DNA to protein. Instead the authors mean "gene expression".

      Changed, thank you.

      A couple of minor comments relating to the figures:

      Figure 1b. It is not clear what the number 10570 in the bottom right corner refers to.

      Fixed.

      Figure 3b. RU- and RU+ annotation is missing (as shown in 3d).

      Fixed.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review)

      (1) The identification of the proximal to distal degeneration of the tailgut within the human tail is difficult to distinguish with the current images present in Figure 3. A picture within a picture of the area containing the tail gut could be provided to prominently demonstrate the cellular architecture. Additionally, quantification of the localization of apoptosis would strongly support this observation, as well as provide a visualization of the tail's regression overall. For example, a graph plotting the number of apoptotic cells versus the rostral to caudal locations of the transverse sections while accounting for the CS stage of each analyzed embryo could be created; this could even be further broken down by region of tail, for example, tailgut, ventral ectodermal ridge, somite, etc.

      To provide more information on apoptosis, we prepared serial sections from an additional 6 human tails, 5 of which were processed for fluorescence anti-caspase 3 immunohistochemistry with DAPI staining (Fig 4) and H&E (Fig 6). This confirmed our previous finding of apoptosis especially in the tailgut and ventral mesoderm. We have not quantified the apoptosis, given the difficulty of deciding whether anti-caspase signals represent single or multiple dying cells. Instead, we performed a tissue area analysis from caudal to rostral along the tail (new section on p 9). This shows a progressive enlargement of the neural tube, no change in the notochord and a striking reduction in tailgut area (Fig 4C,D). The smaller tailgut has fewer nuclei in cross section rostrally compared with more caudally (Fig 4E). Given that apoptosis is present in the tailgut at all rostro-caudal levels, this is consistent with a rostralto-caudal loss of the tailgut, as is also found in mouse and rat embryos.

      (2) The identification of the mode of formation of the secondary neural tube is probably the most interesting question to be addressed, however, Figure 7's evidence is not completely satisfying in its current form. While I agree that it is unlikely that multiple polarization foci form within the most caudal part of the tail and coalesce more rostrally, I am equally unsure that a single polarization would form rostrally and then split and re-coalesce as it moves caudally, as is currently depicted by 7B. Multiple groups have recently shown the influence of geometric confinement on neuroectoderm and its ability to polarize and form a singular central lumen (Karzbrun 2021, Knight 2018), or the inverse situation of a lack of confinement resulting in the presence of multiple lumens. The tapering of the diameter of the tail and its shared perimeter and curvature with the polarization bears a striking resemblance to this controlled confinement. An interesting quantification to depict would include the number of lumens versus the transverse section diameter and CS stage to see if there is any correlation between embryo size and the number of multiple polarizations. Anecdotally, the fusion of multiple polarizations/lumens tends to occur often in these human organoid-type platforms, while splitting to multiple lumens as the tissues mature does not. Other supplements to Figure 7 could include 3D renderings of lumens of interest as depicted in Catala 2021, especially if it demonstrates the recoalescence as seen in 7B. The non-pathologic presence of multiple polarizations in human tails compared to the rodent pathogenic counterpart is interesting given that rodents obviously maintain this appendage while it is lost in humans.   

      The additional 6 sectioned human embryo tails (as described above) provide further information in support of the original findings of the paper: (i) that the secondary neural tube formation initially involves a single lumen, and (ii) that neural tube duplication occurs in many tails at more rostral levels. Neural tube duplication was observed in 15/25 of our sectioned tails: hence, overall 60% of human tails exhibited neural tube duplication in this study. We have replaced all the cross sectional images in the original Fig 7 (now Fig 6) to better illustrate the findings of neural tube duplication at relatively rostral levels of the human tail. Additionally, the axial position of sections containing duplicated neural tube are indicated by arrows in the graph of neural tube areas (Fig 4C). From this analysis it appears that neural tube duplication is not contingent on an increasing tail diameter, as raised by the reviewer, because some tails show a transition to neural tube duplication, and then return to an single lumen morphology more rostrally. While the 3D renderings of lumens would be interesting, we consider it beyond the scope of the present study.

      (3) Of potential interest is the process of junctional neurulation describing the mechanistic joining of the primary and secondary neural tube, which has recently been explored in chick embryos and demonstrated to have relevance to human disease (Dady 2014, Eibach 2017, Kim 2021). While it is clear this paper's goal does not center on the relationship between primary and secondary neurulation, such a mechanism may be relevant to the authors' interpretation of their observations of lumen coalescence. I wonder if the embryos studied provide any evidence to support junctional neurulation.  

      We agree this is an important point to address in the paper, and a new section has been inserted in the Discussion: ‘Transition from primary to secondary neurulation’ (pp 13-14). In brief, we find no evidence for a specific mode of ‘junctional neurulation’ in the human embryos. In any event, its existence is hypothetical in humans, suggested largely as an ‘embryological explanation’ for the finding of rare interrupted spinal cord defects in neurosurgical patients (Eibach, 2017). In chick neurulation there is longitudinal dorso-ventral overlap between the primary and secondary neural tubes (Dryden, 1980), with the junctional zone derived from ingressing cells at the node-streak border (Dady, 2014), a known source of neuromesodermal progenitors (NMPs). However, this is a very different developmental situation from the human so-called ‘junctional neurulation’ defect (Eibach, 2017), in which the spinal cord is physically and functionally interrupted, with only a rudimentary filament connecting the rostral and caudal parts.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) Figures 3, 4, and 7, would be easier to digest quickly with inclusions of labels that mark the rostral and caudal transverse sections. For example, "caudal" over 3G and "rostral" over 3F.  

      Figures 3 and 4 have been combined to form revised Figure 3, and the rostral/caudal sections are no longer included, as these are superseded by the new Figure 4. Similarly Figure 7 has been replaced by new images in the revised Figure 6, with clear labelling of axial levels.

      (2) The manuscript does a nice job of comparing and contrasting the human findings to mouse, however, there are several instances where it would be nice to continue this trend within the text, such as including the rate of somite formation for rodents in the sections that you state the quantified human and published organoid findings, as well as the total number of somite rodents' exhibit. Additionally, the last sentence of the "Morphology of human PNP closure" section correctly states that human PNP's seem to close via Mode 2 neurulation that is seen in the mouse. However, my read of the literature (published by Dr. Copp) demonstrates that the PNP in mice actually closes via Mode 3 at the most caudal portion. If this is the case, it would be pointed to explicitly state that regionally dependent morphogenetic difference between the two species.  

      We agree these are important points to include. The additional somite data (for mouse) has been inserted in the Results section on ‘Somite formation’ (p 8), and the apparent absence of Mode 3 during human spinal neural tube closure is now included in the new Discussion section, ‘Transition from primary to secondary neurulation’ (pp 13-14).

      (3) The introduction to secondary neural tube formation with the hypothesis diagrams in Figure 7 is slightly jarring. At the beginning of the Figure, a schematic depicting the morphogenetic differences between primary and secondary would be helpful in introducing the readership to these complex embryologic events. An example of this could be similar to Figure 1 in Dr. Copp's paper:

      Nikolopoulou, E., et al. Neural tube closure: cellular, molecular and biomechanical mechanisms. Development 144, 552-566 (2017).  

      We feel that a summary diagram of primary and secondary neurulation would simply reproduce diagrams that are already widespread in the literature. As noted by the Reviewer, our article in Development (Nikolopoulou, 2017) contains just such a summary diagram as Figure 1. Therefore, we prefer to explicitly cite this article/figure in our Introduction (see modified first sentence, third paragraph, p 3), so that readers can consult the freely accessible Nikolopoulou review for more detail. The diagram in Figure 7 (now revised Figure 6) has been completely redrawn to make much clearer the hypotheses being examined in the study of human secondary neural tube formation, and neural tube duplication.

      (4) Finally, a matter of semantics, the second paragraph of the introduction describes myelomeningocele as a neurodegenerative defect, while it is true amniotic fluid further degrades exposed neural tissue while exposed, to me, the term neurodegenerative defect suggests a lifelong degeneration, which is not the case for human patients. Perhaps shortening to neurological defect is a compromise. Thank you for the important and interesting work.  

      We agree that ‘neurodegenerative’ can mean different things to different people. Literally, it refers to degeneration of neural tissue, which of course includes neuroepithelial loss due to amniotic fluid action in the uterus. Nevertheless, to avoid confusion, the word has been removed and the sentence expanded to include a reference to the adverse effects of amniotic fluid on the exposed neuroepithelium (see Introduction, second paragraph, p 3).

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review)

      It is not clear how the gestational age of the specimens was determined or how that can be known with certainty. There is no information given in the methods on this. With this in mind, bunching the samples at 2-day intervals in Figure 1J will lead to inaccuracies in assessing the rate of somite formation. This is pointed out as a major difference between specimens and organoids in the abstract but a similar result in the results section. The data supporting either of these statements is not convincing.

      Human embryos were assigned to Carnegie stages based on standard morphological criteria. This was stated, with references, in the first Results paragraph, and we have now also included this information in the Methods (first paragraph, p 19). We assigned the embryos to 2-day intervals based on the standard literature timing of these Carnegies stages, as described in O’Rahilly and Muller (1987). We have clarified both Carnegie staging and assignment of embryos to 2-day intervals in a new sentence within the Methods, first paragraph, p 19. “Embryos were assigned to Carnegie Stages (CS) using morphological criteria (O'Rahilly and Muller 1987; Bullen and Wilson 1997) and to 2-day post-conception intervals for regression analysis based on timings in Table 0-1 of O’Rahilly and Muller (1987).” This has also been inserted in the legend to Figure 1J.

      The regression analysis of somite number against days post-conception (Figure 1J) allowed a conclusion to be drawn on the rate of somite formation in early human embryos. We have added 95% confidence intervals to our finding of a new somite formed every 7.1 h in humans. We consider this to be important for comparison with non-human species and organoid systems. On p 8, second paragraph, we simply state our finding of a 7.1 h somite periodicity in human embryos, compared with 5 h in the organoid system (and 2 h in mouse and rat – as suggested by Reviewer 1). We are careful not to say it is a ‘major difference’ or ‘similar result’ in different parts of the paper, as the Reviewer has drawn attention to.

      Whenever possible, give the numbers of specimens that had the described findings. For example, in Figure 2C - how many embryos were examined with the massive rounded end at CS13? Apoptosis in Figures 3 and 4?  

      Numbers of embryos analysed in Figures 2 and 3 (the latter now a combined version of the original Figures 3 and 4) are shown in Table 2. We have also created a new Supplementary Figure 1 to show additional examples of human embryonic tails, which illustrate the consistency of morphology through the stages from CS13 to CS18. Numbers of samples that contributed to Figures 4-6 are detailed in the legends.

      For Figure 2I-K, it would be informative to superimpose the individual data points on the box plots distinguishing males from females, as in Figure 1I.  

      This was attempted but the data points overlie the box plots and look confusing. Instead, we have created Supplementary Table 2 which gives the raw data on which Figure 2I-K are

      based. We have also drawn attention to the fact that not all embryos yielded all types of measurement, especially tail lengths.

      Is it possible to quantitate apoptosis and proliferation data?  

      We have not quantified apoptosis, given the difficulty of deciding whether anti-caspase signals represent single or multiple dying cells. Instead, we performed a new tissue area analysis along the body axis, which has shed light on the possible direction (rostral to caudal) of tailgut loss in the human caudal region (see response to Reviewer 1 above). Since the cell proliferation data were limited in extent, and not a major focus of the paper, we have removed that analysis completely from the revised version.

      The Tunel staining in Figure 3 is difficult to make out.  

      We have extended our analysis of anti-caspase 3 immunohistochemisty and removed the TUNEL images.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors)

      The anatomy of the sections in Figures 3, 4, and 7 is difficult to discern. Is it possible to insert adjacent panels tracing and labeling the structures in each panel? Also, drawings showing the axial level of each section would be helpful.

      To clarify the axial levels of sections, we have inserted images of mouse and human embryos as parts A and B of the revised Figure 3. We have tried to clarify the morphology of sections by labelling all relevant structures in the sections themselves.   

      High-magnification views of the tailbud in Figure 5 would be more informative. Staining is difficult to see after CS13. The low-magnification views can be shown in an insert. Figures 5 and 6 can be combined.

      At the reviewer’s suggestion, we have merged Figures 5 and 6 into a revised Figure 5. Now, the sections provide higher magnification images of the areas of expression as shown in the lower magnification whole mount images. We feel this makes the gene expression findings much clearer than before.

      Some of the writing in the abstract, introduction, and results is very descriptive, with a lack of summary and integration of information. For instance, the abstract could be rewritten to include an overall conclusion at the end and a better description of the longstanding questions addressed. Moreover, the abstract suggests multiple lumens are not found in human specimens. Another example is the second paragraph of the introduction lists various NTDs but doesn't provide an integrative conclusion of the information. The discussion is much better but lacks a conclusion at the end.

      We agree that more concluding sentences should be used, as the Reviewer suggests. To this end, we have rewritten the Abstract (p 2) to emphasise the long-standing questions that our study addresses, and concluding sentences are now included in other places (e.g. somite results, p 8). A new ‘Conclusions’ section has been added at the end of the Discussion (pp 17-18).

      ADDITIONAL CHANGES MADE TO REVISED MANUSCRIPT

      Title. This has been amended to: “Spinal neural tube formation and tail development in human embryos” to reflect the greater focus on developmental events, and less on tail regression.

      Additional studies have been added to Supplementary Table 1, to include the main transcriptomic studies of human embryos in the primary/secondary neurulation stage range. This takes the number of previous studies to 28 and the total number of embryos to 925. See p 4, top and p 12, first paragraph for corresponding changes to the text.

      We added a sentence to the Discussion (p 13, first paragraph) to counter the claim that humans have undergone ‘tail-loss’, as included in Xia et al, 2024, “On the genetic basis of tail-loss evolution in humans and apes”. Nature 626:1042-8. Clearly, the human embryo is tailed, which undermines these authors’ statement.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In the paper, Yan and her colleagues investigate at which stage of development different categorical signals can be detected with EEG using a steady-state visual evoked potential paradigm. The study reports the development trajectory of selective responses to five categories (i.e., faces, limbs, corridors, characters, and cars) over the first 1.5 years of life. It reveals that while responses to faces show significant early development, responses to other categories (i.e., characters and limbs) develop more gradually and emerge later in infancy. The paper is well-written and enjoyable, and the content is well-motivated and solid.

      Strengths:

      (1) This study contains a rich dataset with a substantial amount of effort. It covers a large sample of infants across ages (N=45) and asks an interesting question about when visual category representations emerge during the first year of life.

      (2) The chosen category stimuli are appropriate and well-controlled. These categories are classic and important for situating the study within a well-established theoretical framework.

      (3) The brain measurements are solid. Visual periodicity allows for the dissociation of selective responses to image categories within the same rapid image stream, which appears at different intervals. This is important for the infant field, as it provides a robust measure of ERPs with good interpretability.

      Weaknesses:

      The study would benefit from a more detailed explanation of analysis choices, limitations, and broader interpretations of the findings. This includes:

      a) improving the treatment of bias from specific categories (e.g., faces) towards others;

      b) justifying the specific experimental and data analysis choices;

      c) expanding the interpretation and discussion of the results.

      I believe that giving more attention to these aspects would improve the study and contribute positively to the field.

      We thank the reviewer for their clear summary of the work and their constructive feedback. To address the reviewer’s concerns, in the revised manuscript we now provide a detailed explanation of analysis choices, limitations, and broader interpretations, as summarized in the point-by-point responses in the section: Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors) below, for which we give here an overview in points (a), (b), and (c):

      (a) The reviewer is concerned that using face stimuli as one of the comparison categories may hinder the detection of selective responses to other categories like limbs. Unfortunately, because of the frequency tagging design of our study we cannot compare the responses to one category vs. only some of the other categories (e.g. limbs vs objects but not faces). In other words, our experimental design does not enable us to do this analysis suggested by the reviewer. Nonetheless, we underscore that faces compromise only ¼ of contrast stimuli and we are able to detect significant selective responses to limbs, corridors and characters in infants after 6-8 months of age even as faces are included in the contrast and the response to faces continues to increase (see Fig 4). We discuss the reviewer’s point regarding how contrast can contribute to differences in findings in the discussion on pages 12-13, lines 344-351. Full details below in Reviewer 1: Recommendations for Authors - Frequency tagging category responses.

      (b) We expanded the justification of specific experimental and data analysis choices, see details below in Reviewer 1: Recommendations for Authors ->Specific choices for experiment and data analysis.

      (c) We expand the interpretation and discussion, see details below in Reviewer 1: Recommendations for Authors -> More interpretation and discussion.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The current work investigates the neural signature of category representation in infancy. Neural responses during steady-state visually-evoked potentials (ssVEPs) were recorded in four age groups of infants between 3 and 15 months. Stimuli (i.e., faces, limbs, corridors, characters, and cars) were presented at 4.286 Hz with category changes occurring at a frequency of 0.857 Hz. The results of the category frequency analyses showed that reliable responses to faces emerge around 4-6 months, whereas responses to libs, corridors, and characters emerge at around 6-8 months. Additionally, the authors trained a classifier for each category to assess how consistent the responses were across participants (leave-one-out approach). Spatiotemporal responses to faces were more consistent than the responses to the remaining categories and increased with increasing age. Faces showed an advantage over other categories in two additional measures (i.e., representation similarity and distinctiveness). Together, these results suggest a different developmental timing of category representation.

      Strengths:

      The study design is well organized. The authors described and performed analyses on several measures of neural categorization, including innovative approaches to assess the organization of neural responses. Results are in support of one of the two main hypotheses on the development of category representation described in the introduction. Specifically, the results suggest a different timing in the formation of category representations, with earlier and more robust responses emerging for faces over the remaining categories. Graphic representations and figures are very useful when reading the results.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The role of the adult dataset in the goal of the current work is unclear. All results are reported in the supplementary materials and minimally discussed in the main text. The unique contribution of the results of the adult samples is unclear and may be superfluous.

      (2) It would be useful to report the electrodes included in the analyses and how they have been selected.

      We thank the reviewer for their constructive feedback and for summarizing the strengths and weaknesses of our study. We revised the manuscript to address these two weaknesses.

      (1) The reviewer indicates that the role of the adult dataset is unclear. The goal of testing adult participants was to validate the EEG frequency tagging paradigm. We chose to use adults because a large body of fMRI research shows that both clustered and distributed responses to visual categories are found in adults’ high-level visual cortex. Therefore, the goal of the adult data is to determine whether with the same amount of data as we collect on average in infants, we have sufficient power to detect categorical responses using the frequency tagging experimental paradigm as we use in infants. Because this data serves as a methodological validation purpose, we believe it belongs to the supplemental data.

      We clarify this in the Results, second paragraph, page 5 where now write: “As the EEG-SSVEP paradigm is novel and we are restricted in the amount of data we can obtain in infants, we first tested if we can use this paradigm and a similar amount of data to detect category-selective responses in adults. Results in adults validate the SSVEP paradigm for measuring category-selectivity: as they show that (i) category-selective responses can be reliably measured using EEG-SSVEP with the same amount of data as in infants (Supplementary Figs S1-S2), and that (ii) category information from distributed spatiotemporal response patterns can be decoded with the same amount of data as in infants (Supplementary Fig S3).”

      (2) The reviewer asks us to report the electrodes used in the analysis and their selection. We note that the selection of electrodes included in the analyses has been reported in our original manuscript (Methods, section: Univariate EEG analyses). On pages 18-19, lines 530-538, we write: “Both image update and categorical EEG visual responses are reported in the frequency and time domain over three regions-of-interest (ROIs): two occipito-temporal ROIs (left occipitotemporal (LOT): channels 57, 58, 59, 63, 64, 65 and 68; right occipitotemporal (ROT) channels: 90, 91, 94, 95, 96, 99, and 100) and one occipital ROI (channels 69, 70, 71, 74, 75, 76, 82, 83 and 89). These ROIs were selected a priori based on a previously published study51. We further removed several channels in these ROIs for two reasons: (1) Three outer rim channels (i.e., 73, 81, and 88) were not included in the occipital ROI for further data analysis for both infant and adult participants because they were consistently noisy. (2) Three channels (66, 72, and 84) in the occipital ROI, one channel (50) in the LOT ROI, and one channel (101) in the ROT ROI were removed because they did not show substantial responses in the group-level analyses.”

      In the section Reviewer 2, Recommendations for the authors, we also addressed the reviewer’s minor points.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Yan et al. present an EEG study of category-specific visual responses in infancy from 3 to 15 months of age. In their experiment, infants viewed visually controlled images of faces and several non-face categories in a steady state evoked potential paradigm. The authors find visual responses at all ages, but face responses only at 4-6 months and older, and other category-selective responses at later ages. They find that spatiotemporal patterns of response can discriminate faces from other categories at later ages.

      Overall, I found the study well-executed and a useful contribution to the literature. The study advances prior work by using well-controlled stimuli, subgroups of different ages, and new analytic approaches.

      I have two main reservations about the manuscript: (1) limited statistical evidence for the category by age interaction that is emphasized in the interpretation; and (2) conclusions about the role of learning and experience in age-related change that are not strongly supported by the correlational evidence presented.

      We thank the reviewer for their enthusiasm and their constructive feedback.

      (1) The overall argument of the paper is that selective responses to various categories develop at different trajectories in infants, with responses to faces developing earlier. Statistically, this would be most clearly demonstrated by a category-by-age interaction effect. However, the statistical evidence for a category by interaction effect presented is relatively weak, and no interaction effect is tested for frequency domain analyses. The clearest evidence for a significant interaction comes from the spatiotemporal decoding analysis (p. 10). In the analysis of peak amplitude and latency, an age x category interaction is only found in one of four tests, and is not significant for latency or left-hemisphere amplitude (Supp Table 8). For the frequency domain effects, no test for category by age interaction is presented. The authors find that the effects of a category are significant in some age ranges and not others, but differences in significance don't imply significant differences. I would recommend adding category by age interaction analysis for the frequency domain results, and ensuring that the interpretation of the results is aligned with the presence or lack of interaction effects.

      The reviewer is asking for additional evidence for age x category interaction by repeating the interaction analysis in the frequency domain. The reason we did not run this analysis in the original manuscript is that the categorical responses of interest are reflected in multiple frequency bins: the category frequency (0.857 Hz) and its harmonics, and there are arguments in the field as to how to quantify response amplitudes from multiple frequency bins (Peykarjou, 2022). Because there is no consensus in the field and also because how the different harmonics combine depends not just on their amplitudes but also on their phase, we chose to transform the categorical responses across multiple frequency bins from the frequency domain to the time domain. The transformed signal in the time domain includes both phase and amplitude information across the category frequency and its harmonics. Therefore, subsequent analyses and statistical evaluations were done in the time domain.

      However, we agree with the reviewer that adding category by age interaction analysis for the frequency domain results can further solidify the results. Thus, in the revised manuscript we added a new analysis, in which we quantified the root mean square (RMS) amplitude value of the responses at the category frequency (0.857 Hz) and its first harmonic (1.714 Hz) for each category condition and infant. Then we used a LMM to test for an age by category interaction. The LMM was conducted separately for the left and right lateral occipitotemporal ROIs. Results of this analysis find a significant category by age interaction, that is, in both hemispheres, the development of response RMS amplitudes varied across category (left occipitotemporal ROIs: βcategory x age = -0.21, 95% CI: -0.39 – -0.04, t(301) = -2.40, pFDR < .05; right occipitotemporal ROIs: βcategory x age = -0.26, 95% CI: -0.48 – -0.03, t(301) = -2.26, pFDR < .05). We have added this analysis in the manuscript, pages 7-8, lines 186-193: “We next examined the development of the category-selective responses separately for the right and left lateral occipitotemporal ROIs. The response amplitude was quantified by the root mean square (RMS) amplitude value of the responses at the category frequency (0.857 Hz) and its first harmonic (1.714 Hz) for each category condition and infant. With a  LMM analysis, we found significant development of response amplitudes in the both occipitotemporal ROIs which varied by category (left occipitotemporal ROIs: βcategory x age = -0.21, 95% CI: -0.39 – -0.04, t(301) = -2.40, pFDR < .05; right occipitotemporal ROIs: βcategory x age = -0.26, 95% CI – -0.48 – -0.03, t(301) = -2.26, pFDR < .05, LMM as a function of log (age) and category; participant: random effect).” We also added the formula for the LMM analysis in Table 1 in the Methods section, page 21.

      (2) The authors argue that their results support the claim that category-selective visual responses require experience or learning to develop. However, the results don't bear strongly on the question of experience. Age-related changes in visual responses could result from experience or experience-independent maturational processes. Finding age-related change with a correlational measure does not favor either of these hypotheses. The results do constrain the question of experience, in that they suggest against the possibility that category-selectivity is present in the first few months of development, which would in turn suggest against a role of experience. However the results are still entirely consistent with the possibility of age effects driven by experience-independent processes. The manner in which the results constrain theories of development could be more clearly articulated in the manuscript, with care taken to avoid overly strong claims that the results demonstrate a role of experience.

      Thanks for the comment. We agree with this nuanced point. It is possible that development of category-selective visual responses is a maturational process. In response to this comment, we have revised the manuscript to discuss both perspectives, see revised discussion section – A new insight about cortical development: different category representations emerge at different times during infancy, pages 14-15, lines 403-426, where we now write: “In sum, the key finding from our study is that the development of category selectivity during infancy is non-uniform: face-selective responses and representations of distributed patterns develop before representations to limbs and other categories. We hypothesize that this differential development of visual category representations may be due to differential visual experience with these categories during infancy. This hypothesis is consistent with behavioral research using head-mounted cameras that revealed that the visual input during early infancy is dense with faces, while hands become more prevalent in the visual input later in development and especially when in contact with objects 41,42. Additionally, a large body of research has suggested that young infants preferentially look at faces and face-like stimuli 17,18,33,34, as well as look longer at faces than other objects 41, indicating that not only the prevalence of faces in babies’ environments but also longer looking times may drive the early development of face representations. Further supporting the role of visual experience in the formation of category selectivity is a study that found that infant macaques that are reared without seeing faces do not develop face-selectivity but develop selectivity to other categories in their environment like body parts40. An alternative hypothesis is that differential development of category representations is maturational. For example, we found differences in the temporal dynamics of visual responses among four infant age groups, which suggests that the infant’s visual system is still developing during the first year of life. While the mechanisms underlying the maturation of the visual system in infancy are yet unknown, they may include myelination and cortical tissue maturation 66-71. Future studies can test these alternatives by examining infants’ visual diet, looking behavior, and brain development and examine responses using additional behaviorally relevant categories such as food 72–74. These measurements can test how environmental and individual differences in visual experiences may impact infants’ developmental trajectories. Specifically, a visual experience account predicts that differences in visual experience would translate into differences in development of cortical representations of categories, but a maturational account predicts that visual experience will have no impact on the development of category representations.”

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Major points:

      Bias from faces to other categories:

      - Frequency tagging category responses:

      We see faces from non-face objects and limbs from non-limb objects. Non-limb objects include faces; I suspect that finding the effects of limbs is challenging with faces in the non-limbs category. How would you clarify the choice of categories, and to what extent are the negative (i.e., non-significant) effects on other categories not because of the heavy bias to faces?

      The reviewer is concerned that using face stimuli as one of the comparison categories may hinder the ability to detect selective responses to other categories like limbs in our study. Unfortunately, because of the frequency tagging design of our study, we cannot compare the responses to one category to only some of the other categories (e.g. limbs vs objects but not faces), so our experimental design does not enable us to do the analysis suggested by the reviewer. Nonetheless, we underscore that faces compromise only ¼ of contrast stimuli in the category frequency tagging and we are able to detect significant selective responses to limbs, corridors and characters in infants after 6-8 months of age, when faces are included in the contrast and the responses to faces continue to increase more than for other categories (see Fig 4).

      We address this point in the discussion where we consider differences between our findings and those of Kosakowski et al. 2022, on pages 12-13, lines 344-351 we write: “We note that, the studies differ in several ways: (i) measurement modalities (fMRI in 27 and EEG here), (ii) the types of stimuli infants viewed: in 27 infants viewed isolated, colored and moving stimuli, but in our study, infants viewed still, gray-level images on phase-scrambled backgrounds, which were controlled for several low level properties, and (iii) contrasts used to detect category-selective responses, whereby in 27 the researchers identified within predefined parcels – the top 5% of voxels that responded to the category of interest vs. objects, here we contrasted the category of interest vs. all other categories the infant viewed. Thus, future research is necessary to determine whether differences between findings are due to differences in measurement modalities, stimulus format, and data analysis choices.”

      - Decoding analyses:

      Figure 5 Winner-take-all classification. First, the classifier may be biased towards the categories with strong and clean data, similar to the last point, this needs clarification on the negative effect. Second, it could be helpful to see how exactly the below-chance decoded categories were being falsely classified to which categories at the group level. Decoding accuracy here means a 20% chance the selection will go to the target category, but the prediction and the exact correlation coefficient the winner has is not explicit; concerning a value of 0.01 correlation could take the winner among negative or pretty bad correlations with other categories. It would be helpful to report how exactly the category was correlated, as it could be a better way to define the classification bias, for example, correlation differences between hit and miss classification. Also, the noise ceiling of the correlation within each group should be provided. Third, this classifier needs improvement in distinguishing between noise and signals to identify the type of information it extracts. Do you have thoughts about that?

      Thanks for the questions, answers below:

      In the winner-take-all (WTA) classifier analysis, at each iteration, the LOOCV classifier computed the correlation between each of the five category vectors from the left-out participant (test data, for an unknown stimulus) and each of the mean spatiotemporal vectors across the N-1 participants (training data, labeled data). The winner-take-all (WTA) classifier classifies the test vector to the category that yields the highest correlation with the training vector. For a given test pattern, correct classification yielded a score of 1 and an incorrect classification yielded a score of 0. Then we computed the group mean decoding performance across all N iterations for each category and the group mean decoding accuracies across five categories.

      For the classification data in Fig 5, the statistics and differences from chance are provided in 5B, where we report overall classification across all categories from an infant’s brain data. Like the reviewer, we were interested in assessing if successful classification is uniform across categories or is driven by some categories. As is visible in 5C, decoding success is non-uniform across categories, and is higher for faces than other categories. Because this is broken by category we cannot compare to chance, and what is reported in Fig 5c is percentage infants in each age group that a particular category was successfully decoded. Starting from 4 months of age, faces can be decoded from distributed brain data in a majority of infants, but other categories only in 20-40% of infants. 

      The reviewer also asks about what levels of correlations drive the classification. The analysis of RSMs in Fig 6a shows the mean correlations of distributed responses to different images within and between categories per age group. As is evident from the RSM, reproducible responses for a category only start to emerge at 4-6 months of age and the highest within category correlations are for faces. To quantify what drives the classification we measure distinctiveness - within category minus between-category correlations of distributed responses; all individual infant data per category are in Fig 6C. Distinctiveness values vary by age and category, see text related to Fig 6 in section: What is the nature of categorical spatiotemporal patterns in individual infants?

      Figure 6 Category distinctiveness. An analysis that runs on a "single item level" would ideally warrant a more informative category distinction. Did you try that? Does it work?

      Thanks for the question. We agree that doing an analysis at the single item level would be interesting. However, none of the images were repeated, so we do not have sufficient SNR to perform this analysis.

      Specific choices for experiment and data analysis:

      - Although using the SSVEP paradigm is familiar to the field, the choice could be detailed for understanding or evaluation of the effectiveness of the paradigm. For example, how the specific frequency for entrainment was chosen, and are there any theories or related warrants for studying in infants?

      Thanks for the questions. We choose to use the SSVEP paradigm over traditional ERP designs for several reasons, as described which have been listed in our original manuscript (Results part, first paragraph, pages 4-5, lines 90-94): “We used the EEG-SSVEP approach because: (i) it affords a high signal-to-noise ratio with short acquisitions making it effective for infants 23,46, (ii) it has been successfully used to study responses to faces in infants23,46,49, and (iii) it enables measuring both general visual response to images by examining responses at the image presentation frequency (4.286 Hz), as well as category-selective responses by examining responses at the category frequency (0.857 Hz, Fig 1A).”

      With regards to our choice of presentation rate, a previous study in 4-6-month-olds by de Heering and Rossion (2015) used SSVEP showing infants faces and objects presented the visual stimuli at 6 Hz (i.e. 167 ms per image) to study infants’ categorical responses to natural faces relative to objects. Here, we chose to use a relatively slower presentation rate, which was 4.286 Hz (i.e. 233 ms per image), so that our infant participants would have more time to process each image yet still unlikely to make eye movements across a stimulus. Both de Heering et (2015) and our study have found significant selective responses to faces relative to other categories in 4-6-month-olds, across these presentation rates. As discussed in a recent review of frequency tagging with infants: The visual oddball paradigm (Peykarjou, 2022), there are many factors to consider when adapting SSVEP paradigms to infants. We agree that an interesting direction for future studies is examination of how SSVEP parameters such as stimulus and oddball presentation rate, and overall duration of acquisition affects the sensitivity of the SSVEP paradigm in infants. We added a discussion point on this on page 12, lines 332-334 where we write: “As using SSVEP to study high-level representations is a nascent field52–54, future work can further examine how SSVEP parameters such as stimulus and target category presentation rate may affect the sensitivity of measurements in infants (see review by54).”

      - There is no baseline mentioned in the study. How was the baseline considered in the paradigm and data analysis? The baseline is important for evaluating how robust/ reliable the periodic responses within each group are in the first place. It also helps us to see how different the SNR changes in the fast periodic responses from baseline across age groups. Would the results be stable if the response amplitudes were z-scored by a baseline?

      Thanks for the question. Previous studies using a similar frequency tagging paradigm have compared response amplitude at stimulus-related frequencies to that of neighboring frequency bins as their baseline for differentiating signal from noise. We use a more statistically powerful method, the Hotelling’s T2 statistic to test whether response amplitudes were statistically different from 0 amplitude. Importantly, this method takes into consideration both the amplitude and phase information of the response. That is, a significant response is expected to have consistent phase information across participants as well as significant amplitude.

      - Statistical inferences: could the variance of data be considered appropriately in your LLM? Why?

      As we have explained in our original manuscript (Methods part, section-Statistical Analyses of Developmental Effects, page 21 lines 611-615): “LMMs allow explicit modeling of both within-subject effects (e.g., longitudinal measurements) and between-subject effects (e.g., cross-sectional data) with unequal number of points per participants, as well as examine main and interactive effects of both continuous (age) and categorical (e.g., stimulus category) variables. We used random-intercept models that allow the intercept to vary across participants (term: 1|participant).” This statistical model is widely used in developmental studies that combine both longitudinal and cross-sectional measurements (e.g. Nordt et al. 2022, 2023; Natu et al. 2021; Grotheer et al. 2022).

      - The sampling of the age groups. Why are these age groups considered, as 8-12 months are not considered? Or did the study first go with an equal sampling of the ages from 3 to 15 months? Then how was the age group defined? The log scale of age makes sense for giving a simplified view of the effects, but the sampling procedure could be more detailed.

      Thanks for the question. Our study recruited infants longitudinally for both anatomical MRI and EEG studies. Some of the infants participated in both studies and some only in one of the studies. Infants were recruited at around newborn, 3 months, 6 months, and 12 months. We did not recruit infants between 8-12 months of age because around 9 months there is little contrast between gray and white matter in anatomical MRI scans that were necessary for the MRI study. For the EEG study we binned the subjects by age group such that there were a similar number of participants across age groups to enable similar statistical power. The division of age groups was decided based on the distribution of the infants included in the analyses.

      We have now added the sampling procedure details in the Methods, part, under section: Participants, pages 15-16, lines 440-445: “Sixty-two full-term, typically developing infants were recruited. Twelve participants were part of an ongoing longitudinal study that obtained both anatomical MRI and EEG data in infants. Some of the infants participated in both studies and some only in one of the studies. Infants were recruited at around newborn, 3 months, 6 months, and 12 months. We did not recruit infants between 8-12 months of age because around 9 months there is little contrast between gray and white matter in anatomical MRI scans that were necessary for the MRI study.”

      - 30 Hz cutoff is arbitrary, but it makes sense as most EEG effects can be expected in a lower frequency band than higher. However, this specific choice is interesting and informative, when faced with developmental data and this type of paradigm. Would the results stay robust as the cutoff changes? Would the results benefit from going even lower into the frequency cutoff?

      In the time domain analyses, we choose the 30 Hz cutoff to be consistent with previous EEG studies including those done with infants. However, as our results from the frequency domain (Fig 3, right panel, and supplementary Fig S6-S9) show that there are barely any selective categorical responses above about 6 Hz. Therefore, we expect that using a lower frequency cutoff, such as 10 Hz, will not lead to different results.

      More interpretation and discussion:

      - You report the robust visual responses in occipital regions, the responses that differ across age groups, and their characteristics (i.e., peak latency and amplitude) in time curves. This part of the results needs more interpretation to help the data be better situated in the field; I wondered whether this relates to the difference in the signal processing of the information. Could this be the signature of slow recurrence connection development? Or how could this be better interpreted?

      Thanks for the question. Changes in speed of processing can arise from several related reasons including (i) myelination of white matter connections that would lead to faster signal transmission (Lebenberg et al. 2019; Grotheer et al. 2022), (ii) maturation of cortical visual circuits affecting temporal integration time, and (iii) development of feedback connections. Our data cannot distinguish among these different mechanisms. Future studies that combine functional high temporal resolution measurements with structural imaging of tissue properties could elucidate changes in cortical dynamics over development.

      We added this as a discussion point, on page 15 lines 416-420 we write: “For example, we found differences in the temporal dynamics of visual responses among four infant age groups, which suggests that the infant’s visual system is still developing during the first year of life. While underlying maturational mechanisms are yet unknown, they may include myelination and cortical tissue maturation68–73.”

      - The supplementary material includes a detailed introduction to the methods when facing the developing visual acuity, which justifies the choice of the paradigm. I appreciate this thorough explanation. Interestingly, high visual acuity has its potential developmental downside; for instance, low visual acuity would aid in the development of holistic processing associated with face recognition (as discussed by Vogelsang et al., 2018, in PNAS). How do you view this point in relation to the emergence of complex cognitive processes, as here the category-selective responses?

      Thanks for linking this to the Vogelsang (2018) study. Just as faces are processed in a hierarchical manner, starting with low-level features (edges, contours) and progressing to high-level features (identity, expression), other complex visual categories like cars, scenes, and body parts follow similar hierarchies. Early holistic processing could provide a foundation for recognizing objects quickly and efficiently, while feature-based processing might allow for more precise recognition and categorization as acuity increases. Therefore, as visual acuity improves, an infant’s brain can integrate finer details into those holistic representations, supporting more refined and complex cognitive processes. The balance between low- and high-level visual acuity highlights the intricate interplay between sensory processing and cognitive development across various domains.

      Minor points:

      Paradigm:

      - Are the colored cartoon images for motivating infants' fixation counterbalanced across categories in the paradigm? Or how exactly were the cartoon images presented in the paradigm?

      Response: Yes, the small cartoon images that were presented at the center of the screen during stimuli presentation were used to engage infants’ attention and accommodation to the screen. For each condition, they were randomly drawn from a pool of 70 images (23 flowers, 22 butterflies, 25 birds) from categories unrelated to the ones under test. They were presented in random order with durations uniformly distributed between 1 and 1.5 s.  We have added these details of the paradigm to the Methods section, page 17, lines 479-481: “To motivate infants to fixate and look at the screen, we presented at the center of the screen small (~1°) colored cartoon images such as butterflies, flowers, and ladybugs. They were presented in random order with durations uniformly distributed between 1 and 1.5 s.”

      Analysis:

      - Are the visual responses over the occipital cortex different across different category conditions in the first place? I guess this should not be different; this probably needs one more supplementary figure.

      The visual responses reflect the responses to images that are randomly drawn from the five stimuli categories at a presentation frequency of 4.286 Hz. The only difference between the five conditions is that the stimuli presentation order is different. Therefore, the visual response over the occipital cortex across conditions should not be different within an age group.

      In the revised manuscript, we have added Supplementary Figure S5 that shows the frequency spectra distribution and the response topographies of the visual response at 4.286 Hz and its first 3 harmonics separately for each condition and age group and a new Supplementary Materials section: 5. Visual responses over occipital cortex per condition for all age groups. On page 5, lines 116-120, we now write: “Analysis of visual responses in the occipital ROI separately by category condition revealed that visual responses were not significantly across category condition (Supplementary Fig S5, no significant main effect of category (βcategory = 0.08, 95% CI: -0.08 – 0.24, t(301) \= 0.97, p = .33), or category by age interaction (βcategory x age = -0.04, 95% CI: -0.11 – 0.03, t(301) \= -1.09, p = .28, LMM on RMS of response to first three harmonics).”

      - The summary of epochs used for each category for each age group needs to be included; this is important while evaluating whether the effects are due to not having enough data for categories or others.

      This part of information is provided in the manuscript in the Methods section, page 18 lines 521-524, and supplementary Table S2. Our analysis shows that there was no significant difference in the number of pre-processed epochs across different age groups (F(3,57) = 1.5, p \= .2).

      - Numbers of channels of EEG being interpolated should be provided; is that a difference across age groups?

      Thanks for the suggestion. We have now added information about the number of channels being interpolated for each age groups in the Methods section (page 18, lines 525-528): “The number of electrodes being interpolated for each age group were 10.0 ± 4.8 for 3-4-month-olds, 9.9 ± 3.7 for 4-6-month-olds, 9.9 ± 3.9 for 6-8-month-olds, and 7.7 ± 4.7 for 12-15-month-olds. There was no significant difference in the number of electrodes being interpolated across infant age-groups (F(3,55) = 0.78, p = .51).”

      - I noticed that the removal of EEG artifacts (i.e., muscles and eye-blinks) for data analysis is missing; did the preprocessing pipeline involve any artifacts removing procedures that are typically used in both infants and adults SSVEP data analysis? If so, please provide more information.

      In our analysis, artifact rejection was performed in two steps. First, the continuous filtered data were evaluated according to a sample-by-sample thresholding procedure to locate consistently noisy channels. Channels with more than 20% of samples exceeding a 100-150 μV amplitude threshold were replaced by the average of their six nearest spatial neighbors. Once noisy channels were interpolated in this fashion, the EEG was re-referenced from the Cz reference used during the recording to the common average of all sensors and segmented into epochs (1166.7-ms). Finally, EEG epochs that contained more than 15% of time samples exceeding threshold (150-200 microvolts) were excluded on a sensor-by-sensor basis. This method is provided in the manuscript under Methods section, page 18 lines 510-516.

      Figure:

      - Supplementary Figure 8. The illustration of the WTA classifier was not referred to anywhere in the main text.

      Thanks for pointing this out. The supplementary Figure 8 should be noted as supplementary Figure 10 instead. We have now mentioned it in the manuscript, page 10, line 267.

      - Figure 5 WTA classifier needed to be clarified. It was correlation-based but used to choose the most correlated response patterns averaged across the N-1 subjects for the leave-one-out subject. The change from correlation coefficients to decoding accuracy could be clearer as I spent some time making sense of it. The correlation coefficient here evaluates how correlated the two vectors are, but the actual decoding accuracy estimated at the end is the percentage of participants who can be assigned to the "ground truth" label, so one step in between is missing. Can this be better illustrated?

      Thanks for surfacing that this is not described sufficiently clearly and for your suggestions. The spatiotemporal vector was calculated separately for each category. This is illustrated in Fig 5A. At each iteration, the LOOCV classifier computed the correlation between each of the five category vectors from the left-out participant (test data, for an unknown stimulus) and each of the mean spatiotemporal vectors across the N-1 participants (training data, labeled data). The winner-take-all (WTA) classifier classifies the test vector to the category that yields the highest correlation with the training vector. This is illustrated in Fig 5A, with spatiotemporal patterns and correlation values from an example infant shown.  For a given test pattern, correct classification yields a score of 1 and an incorrect classification yields a score of 0.  We compute the percentage correct across all categories for each left-out-infant, and then mean decoding performance across all participants in an age group (Fig 5B). We have now added these details in the Methods part, section – Decoding analyses, Group-level, page 20 lines 590-597, where we write: “At each iteration, the LOOCV classifier computed the correlation between each of the five category vectors from the left-out participant (test data, for an unknown stimulus) and each of the mean spatiotemporal vectors across the N-1 participants (training data, labeled data). The winner-take-all (WTA) classifier classifies the test vector to the category of the training vector that yields the highest correlation with the training vector (Fig 5A). For a given test pattern, correct classification yields a score of 1 and an incorrect classification yields a score of 0.  For each left-out infant, we computed the percentage correct across all categories, and then the mean decoding performance across all participants in an age group (Fig 5B).”

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      I only have some minor comments.

      Typo on line 90 ("Infants participants in 5 conditions, which [...]").

      Thanks for pointing this out. We have now corrected ‘participants’ to ‘participated’.

      Typo on lines 330: "[...] in example 4-5-months-olds.".

      Thanks for pointing this out. We changed ‘4-5-months-olds’ to ‘4-5-month-olds’.

      Figure 2 - bar plots: rotating and spacing out values on the x-axis may improve readability. Ditto for the line plots in Figure 4.

      Thanks for the suggestions. In the revised manuscript, we have improved the readability of Figure 2.

      Caption of Figure 6: description of the distinctiveness plots may refer to panel C, instead of the bottom panels of section B.

      Thanks for pointing this out. We have now corrected this information in the manuscript.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Opioids and related drugs are powerful analgesics that reduce suffering from pain. Unfortunately, their use often leads to addiction and there is an opioid-abuse epidemic that affects people worldwide. This study represents an ongoing effort to develop non-opioid analgesics for pain management. The findings point to an alternative approach to control post-surgical pain in lieu of opioid medications.

      Strengths:

      (1) The study responds to the urgent need for the development of non-opioid analgesics.

      (2) The study demonstrates the efficacy of Clarix Flo (FLO) and HC-HA/PTX3 from the human amniotic membrane (AM) in reducing pain in a mouse model without the adverse effects of opioids.

      (3) The study further explored the underlying mechanisms of how HC-HA/PTX3 produces its effects on neurons, suggesting the molecules/pathways involved in pain relief.

      (4) The potential use of naturally derived biologics from human birth tissues (AM) is safe and sustainable, compared to synthetic pharmaceuticals.

      (5) The study was conducted with scientific rigor, involving purification of active components, comparative analysis with multiple controls, and mechanistic explorations.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) It should be cautioned that while the preclinical findings are promising, these results still need to be translated into clinical settings that are complex and often unpredictable.

      (2) The study shows the efficacy of FLO and HC-HA/PTX3 in one preclinical model of post-surgical pain. The observed effect may be variable in other pain conditions.

      We thank the reviewer for these good comments and support! We agree with your suggestions and have provided more information in the discussion (Pages 11-12) and conclusion to address these comments.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This is an outstanding piece of work on the potential of FLO as a viable analgesic biologic for the treatment of postsurgical pain. The authors purified the HC-HA/PTX3 from FLO and demonstrated its potential as an effective non-opioid therapy for postsurgical pain. They further unraveled the mechanisms of action of the compound at cellular and molecular levels.

      Strengths:

      Prominent strengths include the incorporation of behavioral assessment, electrophysiological and imaging recordings, the use of knockout and knockdown animals, and the use of antagonist agents to verify biological effects. The integrated use of these techniques, combined with the hypothesis-driven approach and logical reasoning, provides compelling evidence and novel insight into the mechanisms of the significant findings of this work.

      Weaknesses:

      I did not find any significant weaknesses even with a critical mindset. The only minor suggestion is that the Results section may focus on the results from this study and minimize the discussions of background information.

      We thank the reviewer for your support! We revised the result section as suggested and reduced the discussion of background information.   

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Non-opioid analgesics derived from human amniotic membrane (AM) product represents a novel and unique approach to analgesia that may avoid the traditional harms associated with opioids. Here, the study investigators demonstrate that HC-HAPTX3 is the primary bioactive component of the AM product FLO responsible for anti-nociception in mouse-model and in-vitro dorsal root ganglion (DRG) cell culture experiments. The mechanism is demonstrated to be via CD44 with an acute cytoskeleton rearrangement that is induced that inhibits Na+ and Ca++ current through ion channels. Taken together, the studies reported in the manuscript provide supportive evidence clarifying the mechanisms and efficacy of HC-HAPTX3 antinociception and analgesia.

      Strengths:

      Extensive experiments including murine behavioral paw withdrawal latency and Catwalk test data demonstrating analgesic properties. The breadth and depth of experimental data are clearly supporting mechanisms and antinociceptive properties.

      Weaknesses:

      A few changes to the text of the manuscript would be recommended but no major weaknesses were identified.

      We thank the reviewer for your support! We revised these texts as suggested. 

      Recommendations for the authors: Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The study showed an effect on baseline nociception and acute post-surgical pain. Chronic post-surgical pain is a major problem and should be considered.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. To further improve the translational potential, we will extend current findings and employ chronic post-surgical pain models, such as skin/muscle incision and retraction (SMIR) in the thigh of the rodent,(1-3) as well as chronic pain models such as neuropathic pain in the future.  We acknowledged this limitation in the discussion. (Page 12)

      (2) Indicate the source of cultures DRGs.

      We added “Method 15 Culturing DRG neurons” in the revised manuscript.   

      (3) The size of DRG neurons was described in cross-sectional area (Figure 2 caption) and diameter (method). Be consistent.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. Cross-sectional area has often been used for describing the size of DRG neurons for in vivo calcium imaging studies, including our previous work (4, 5). In order to keep consistent and make data comparable between studies, we also used the cross-sectional area in current study in Fig 2 in vivo calcium imaging experiment.  On the other hand, cell-diameter has been routinely/widely used for in vitro experiments such as in vitro electrophysiology recording and immunofluorescence staining of cultured DRG neurons. To be consistent with this tradition, we used cell-diameter in these experiments.  Methods for measuring the area and diameter are explicitly described for each experimental setting, and consistent between the current study and our previous studies (6). In the manuscript, our previously published studies have also been cited in the Methods section. (Method “4 In vivo calcium imaging in mice” and “10.2 Intrinsic excitability studies of DRG neurons”).

      (4) Clarify what "% of total" means in Figure 2. For bar graphs in 2B-D, the percent of total activated neurons (small, medium, and large) does not add up to 100.

      “% of total” represented the proportion of activated neurons relative to the total number of neurons counted from the same analyzed image. This information was added to the figure legend of Figure 2 (B-C) and Method “4 In vivo calcium imaging in mice”  in the revised manuscript. At the end of each experiment, we can over-exposure the image to unravel all neuronal profiles and count the total number of neurons on that field/image. Only a small portion of neurons in each size category responded to the test stimulation, and hence the total does not add up to 100.

      (5) Discuss clinical data or human studies to validate the efficacy and safety of FLO or HC-HA/PTX3 in patients.

      Thanks for the great suggestion. We provided a brief discussion (Page 11-12).

      Cryopreserved AM/UC has been clinically validated through several hundred peer-reviewed publications since 1995, including 12 studies specifically assessing FLO (Clarix Flo). These studies collectively support the safety and preliminary effectiveness of Clarix Flo in managing some clinical pain conditions such as knee osteoarthritis(7, 8), discogenic pain (9), rotator cuff tears(10), and painful neuropathy of the lower extremities (11). Currently, HC-HA/PTX3 is limited to pre-clinical research, and to our knowledge, there are no available data on its clinical efficacy and safety.

      (6) Introduction, last sentence of the second paragraph, delete "also".

      Thanks for carefully examining our manuscript. It was revised as suggested.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      My only recommendation for improving the writing and presentation is to shorten the discussion of background information in Results.

      We thank the reviewer for your support and comments!  We previously intended to provide some background information to help readers understand the premise and rationale of the study, before illustrating our findings. Nevertheless, we reduced some background information in the result section as suggested by this reviewer to make it more straightforward. 

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      P4 last sentence - "Our findings highlight the potential of a naturally derived biologic from human birth tissues as an effective non-opioid treatment for post-surgical pain and unravel the underlying mechanisms." - another sentence clause is required before "unravel".

      As advised, we revised the sentence to: “Collectively, our findings highlight the potential of naturally derived biologics from human birth tissues as an effective non-opioid treatment for post-surgical pain. Moreover, we unravel the underlying mechanisms of pain inhibition induced by FLO and HC-HA/PTX3.”

      P7 second paragraph - please edit the following sentence for clarity: "Since HC-HA/PTX3 mimics FLO in producing pain inhibition, and it has high purity and is more water-soluble than FLO, making it suitable for probing cellular mechanisms.".

      As advised, we have revised the sentence. “Since HC-HA/PTX3 mimics FLO in its ability to inhibit pain and has higher purity and greater water solubility compared to FLO, it is well-suited for investigating cellular mechanisms.”

      References:

      (1) Flatters SJ. Characterization of a model of persistent postoperative pain evoked by skin/muscle incision and retraction (SMIR). Pain. 2008;135(1-2):119-30.

      (2) Ying YL, Wei XH, Xu XB, She SZ, Zhou LJ, Lv J, et al. Over-expression of P2X7 receptors in spinal glial cells contributes to the development of chronic postsurgical pain induced by skin/muscle incision and retraction (SMIR) in rats. Experimental neurology. 2014;261:836-43.

      (3) Cao S, Bian Z, Zhu X, and Shen SR. Effect of Epac1 on pERK and VEGF Activation in Postoperative Persistent Pain in Rats. Journal of molecular neuroscience : MN. 2016;59(4):554-64.

      (4) Chen Z, Huang Q, Song X, Ford NC, Zhang C, Xu Q, et al. Purinergic signaling between neurons and satellite glial cells of mouse dorsal root ganglia modulates neuronal excitability in vivo. Pain. 2022;163(8):1636-47.

      (5) Chen Z, Zhang C, Song X, Cui X, Liu J, Ford NC, et al. BzATP Activates Satellite Glial Cells and Increases the Excitability of Dorsal Root Ganglia Neurons In Vivo. Cells. 2022;11(15).

      (6) Ford NC, Barpujari A, He SQ, Huang Q, Zhang C, Dong X, et al. Role of primary sensory neurone cannabinoid type-1 receptors in pain and the analgesic effects of the peripherally acting agonist CB-13 in mice. Br J Anaesth. 2022;128(1):159-73.

      (7) Castellanos R, and Tighe S. Injectable Amniotic Membrane/Umbilical Cord Particulate for Knee Osteoarthritis: A Prospective, Single-Center Pilot Study. Pain Med. 2019;20(11):2283-91.

      (8) Mead OG, and Mead LP. Intra-Articular Injection of Amniotic Membrane and Umbilical Cord Particulate for the Management of Moderate to Severe Knee Osteoarthritis. Orthop Res Rev. 2020;12:161-70.

      (9) Buck D. Amniotic Umbilical Cord Particulate for Discogenic Pain. J Am Osteopath Assoc. 2019;119(12):814-9.

      (10) Ackley JF, Kolosky M, Gurin D, Hampton R, Masin R, and Krahe D. Cryopreserved amniotic membrane and umbilical cord particulate matrix for partial rotator cuff tears: A case series. Medicine (Baltimore). 2019;98(30):e16569.

      (11) Buksh AB. Ultrasound-guided injections of amniotic membrane/umbilical cord particulate for painful neuropathy of the lower extremity. Cogent Medicine. 2020;7(1):1724067.

    1. Author response:

      eLife Assessment

      “The work presented is important for our understanding of the development of the cardiac conduction system and its regulation by T-box transcription factors. The conclusions are supported by convincing data. Overall, this is an excellent study that advances our understanding of cardiac biology and has implications beyond the immediate field of study.”

      We appreciate the positive assessment of this work and the recognition of its importance in advancing our understanding of the cardiac conduction system, its regulation by T-box transcription factors, and contribution beyond the immediate field.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In a heroic effort, Ozanna Burnicka-Turek et al. have made and investigated conduction system-specific Tbx3-Tbx5 deficient mice and investigated their cardiac phenotype. Perhaps according to expectations, given the body of literature on the function of the two T-box transcription factors in the heart/conduction system, the cardiomyocytes of the ventricular conduction system seemed to convert to "ordinary" ventricular working myocytes. As a consequence, loss of VCS-specific conduction system propagation was observed in the compound KO mice, associated with PR and QRS prolongation and elevated susceptibility to ventricular tachycardia.

      Strengths:

      Great genetic model. Phenotypic consequences at the organ and organismal levels are well investigated. The requirement of both Tbx3 and Tbx5 for maintaining VCS cell state has been demonstrated.

      We thank Reviewer #1 for acknowledging the effort involved in generating and characterizing the Tbx3/Tbx5 double conditional knockout mouse model and for highlighting the significance of this work in elucidating the role of these transcription factors in maintaining the functional and transcriptional identity of the ventricular conduction system.

      Weaknesses:

      The actual cell state of the Tbx3/Tbx5 deficient conducting cells was not investigated in detail, and therefore, these cells could well only partially convert to working cardiomyocytes, and may, in reality, acquire a unique state.

      We agree with Reviewer #1 that the Tbx3/Tbx5 double mutant ventricular conduction myocardial cells may only partially convert to working cardiomyocytes or may acquire a unique state.  The transcriptional state of the double mutant VCS cells was investigated by bulk profiling of key genes associated with specific conduction and non-conduction cardiac regions, including fast conduction, slow conduction, or working myocardium. Neither the bulk transcriptional approaches nor the optical mapping approaches we employed capture single-cell data; in both cases, the data represents aggregated signals from multiple cells (1, 2). Single cell approaches for transcriptional profiling and cellular electrophysiology would clarify this concern and are appropriate for future studies.

      (1) O’Shea C, Nashitha Kabri S, Holmes AP, Lei M, Fabritz L, Rajpoot K, Pavlovic D (2020) Cardiac optical mapping – State-of-the-art and future challenges. The International Journal of Biochemistry & Cell Biology 126:105804. doi: 10.1016/j.biocel.2020.105804.

      (2) Efimov IR, Nikolski VP, and Salama G (2004) Optical Imaging of the Heart. Circulation Research 95:21-33. doi: 10.1161/01.RES.0000130529.18016.35.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The goal of this work is to define the functions of T-box transcription factors Tbx3 and Tbx5 in the adult mouse ventricular cardiac conduction system (VCS) using a novel conditional mouse allele in which both genes are targeted in cis. A series of studies over the past 2 decades by this group and others have shown that Tbx3 is a transcriptional repressor that patterns the conduction system by repressing genes associated with working myocardium, while Tbx5 is a potent transcriptional activator of "fast" conduction system genes in the VCS. In a previous work, the authors of the present study further demonstrated that Tbx3 and Tbx5 exhibit an epistatic relationship whereby the relief of Tbx3-mediated repression through VCS conditional haploinsufficiency allows better toleration of Tbx5 VCS haploinsufficiency. Conversely, excess Tbx3-mediated repression through overexpression results in disruption of the fast-conduction gene network despite normal levels of Tbx5. Based on these data the authors proposed a model in which repressive functions of Tbx3 drive the adoption of conduction system fate, followed by segregation into a fast-conducting VCS and slow-conduction AVN through modulation of the Tbx5/Tbx3 ratio in these respective tissue compartments.

      The question motivating the present work is: If Tbx5/Tbx3 ratio is important for slow versus fast VCS identity, what happens when both genes are completely deleted from the VCS? Is conduction system identity completely lost without both factors and if so, does the VCS network transform into a working myocardium-like state? To address this question, the authors have generated a novel mouse line in which both Tbx5 and Tbx3 are floxed on the same allele, allowing complete conditional deletion of both factors using the VCS-specific MinK-CreERT2 line, convincingly validated in previous work. The goal is to use these double conditional knockout mice to further explore the model of Tbx3/Tbx5 co-dependent gene networks and VCS patterning. First, the authors demonstrate that the double conditional knockout allele results in the expected loss of Tbx3 and Tbx5 specifically in the VCS when crossed with Mink-CreERT2 and induced with tamoxifen. The double conditional knockout also results in premature mortality. Detailed electrophysiological phenotyping demonstrated prolonged PR and QRS intervals, inducible ventricular tachycardia, and evidence of abnormal impulse propagation along the septal aspect of the right ventricle. In addition, the mutants exhibit downregulation of VCS genes responsible for both fast conduction AND slow conduction phenotypes with upregulation of 2 working myocardial genes including connexin-43. The authors conclude that loss of both Tbx3 and Tbx5 results in "reversion" or "transformation" of the VCS network to a working myocardial phenotype, which they further claim is a prediction of their model and establishes that Tbx3 and Tbx5 "coordinate" transcriptional control of VCS identity.

      We appreciate Reviewer #2’s detailed summary of the study’s aims, methodologies, and findings, as well as their thoughtful suggestions for further analysis. We are grateful for their recognition of our genetic model’s novelty and robustness.

      Overall Appraisal:

      As noted above, the present study does not further explore the Tbx5/Tbx3 ratio concept since both genes are completely knocked out in the VCS. Instead, the main claims are that the absence of both factors results in a transcriptional shift of conduction tissue towards a working myocardial phenotype, and that this shift indicates that Tbx5 and Tbx3 "coordinate" to control VCS identity and function.

      We agree with this reviewer’s assessment of the assertions in our manuscript.  The novel combined Tbx5/Tbx3 double mutant model does not further explore the TBX5/TBX3 ratio concept, which we previously examined in detail (1). Instead, as the Reviewer notes, this manuscript focuses on testing a model that the coordinated activity of Tbx3 and Tbx5 defines specialized ventricular conduction identity.

      (1) Burnicka-Turek O, Broman MT, Steimle JD, Boukens BJ, Petrenko NB, Ikegami K, Nadadur RD, Qiao Y, Arnolds DE, Yang XH, Patel VV, Nobrega MA, Efimov IR, Moskowitz IP (2020) Transcriptional Patterning of the Ventricular Cardiac Conduction System. Circulation Research 127:e94-e106. doi:10.1161/CIRCRESAHA.118.314460. 

      Strengths:

      (1) Successful generation of a novel Tbx3-Tbx5 double conditional mouse model.

      (2) Successful VCS-specific deletion of Tbx3 and Tbx5 using a VCS-specific inducible Cre driver line.

      (3) Well-powered and convincing assessments of mortality and physiological phenotypes.

      (4) Isolation of genetically modified VCS cells using flow.

      We thank Reviewer #2 for acknowledging the listed strengths of our study.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) In general, the data is consistent with a long-standing and well-supported model in which Tbx3 represses working myocardial genes and Tbx5 activates the expression of VCS genes, which seem like distinct roles in VCS patterning. However, the authors move between different descriptions of the functional relationship and epistatic relationship between these factors, including terms like "cooperative", "coordinated", and "distinct" at various points. In a similar vein, sometimes terms like "reversion" are used to describe how VCS cells change after Tbx3/Tbx5 conditional knockout, and other times "transcriptional shift" and at other times "reprogramming". But these are all different concepts. The lack of a clear and consistent terminology for describing the phenomena observed makes the overarching claims of the manuscript more difficult to evaluate.

      We discriminate prior work on the “long-standing and well-supported model’ supported by investigation of the role of Tbx5 and Tbx3 independently from this work examining the coordinated role of Tbx5 and Tbx3. Prior work demonstrated that Tbx3 represses working myocardial genes and Tbx5 activates expression of VCS genes, consistent with the reviewer’s suggestion of their distinct roles in VCS patterning. However, the current study uniquely evaluates the combined role of Tbx3 and Tbx5 in distinguishing specialized conduction identify from working myocardium, for the first time.

      We appreciate Reviewer #2’s feedback regarding the need for consistent terminology when describing the impact of the double Tbx3 and Tbx5 mutant. We will edit the manuscript to replace terms like “reversion” with “transcriptional shift” or “transformation” when describing the observed phenotype, and we will use “coordination” to describe the combined role of Tbx5 and Tbx3 in maintaining VCS-specific identity.

      (2) A more direct quantitative comparison of Tbx5 Adult VCS KO with Tbx5/Tbx3 Adult VCS double KO would be helpful to ascertain whether deletion of Tbx3 on top of Tbx5 deletion changes the underlying phenotype in some discernable way beyond mRNA expression of a few genes. Superficially, the phenotypes look quite similar at the EKG and arrhythmia inducibility level and no optical mapping data from a single Tbx5 KO is presented for comparison to the double KO.

      We thank Reviewer #2 for the suggestions that a direct comparison between Tbx5 single conditional knockout and Tbx3/Tbx5 double conditional knockout models may help isolate the specific contribution of Tbx3 deletion in addition to Tbx5 deletion.

      Previous studies have assessed the effect of single Tbx5 CKO in the VCS of murine hearts (1, 3, 5). Arnolds et al. demonstrated that the removal of Tbx5 from the adult ventricular conduction system results in VCS slowing, including prolonged PR and QRS intervals, prolongation of the His duration and His-ventricular (HV) interval (3). Furthermore, Burnicka-Turek et al. demonstrated that the single conditional knockout of Tbx5 in the adult VCS caused a shift toward a pacemaker cell state, with ectopic beats and inappropriate automaticity (1). Whole-cell patch clamping of VCS-specific Tbx5-deficient cells revealed action potentials characterized by a slower upstroke (phase 0), prolonged plateau (phase 2), delayed repolarization (phase 3), and enhanced phase 4 depolarization - features characteristic of nodal action potentials rather than typical VCS action potentials (3). These observations were interpreted as uncovering nodal potential of the VCS in the absence of Tbx5. Based on the role of Tbx3 in CCS specification (2), we hypothesized that the nodal state of the VCS uncovered in the absence of Tbx5 was enabled by maintained Tbx3 expression. This motivated us to generate the double Tbx5 / Tbx3 knockout model to examine the state of the VCS in the absence of both T-box TFs.

      In the current study, we demonstrate that the VCS-specific deletion of Tbx3 and Tbx5 results in the loss of fast electrical impulse propagation in the VCS, similar to that observed in the single Tbx5 mutant. However, unlike the Tbx5 single mutant, the Tbx3/Tbx5 double deletion does not cause a gain of pacemaker cell state in the VCS. Instead, the physiological data suggests a transition toward non-conduction working myocardial physiology. This conclusion is supported by the presence of only a single upstroke in the optical action potential (OAP) recorded from the His bundle region and VCS cells in Tbx3/Tbx5 double conditional knockout mice. The electrical properties of VCS cells in the double knockout are functionally indistinguishable from those of ventricular working myocardial cells. As a result, ventricular impulse propagation is significantly slowed, resembling activation through exogenous pacing rather than the rapid conduction typically associated with the VCS. We will edit the text of the manuscript to more carefully distinguish the observations between these models, as suggested.

      (1) Burnicka-Turek O, Broman MT, Steimle JD, Boukens BJ, Petrenko NB, Ikegami K, Nadadur RD, Qiao Y, Arnolds DE, Yang XH, Patel VV, Nobrega MA, Efimov IR, Moskowitz IP (2020) Transcriptional Patterning of the Ventricular Cardiac Conduction System. Circulation Research 127:e94-e106. doi:10.1161/CIRCRESAHA.118.314460. 

      (2) Mohan RA, Bosada FM, van Weerd JH, van Duijvenboden K, Wang J, Mommersteeg MTM, Hooijkaas IB, Wakker V, de Gier-de Vries C, Coronel R, Boink GJJ, Bakkers J, Barnett P, Boukens BJ, Christoffels VM (2020) T-box transcription factor 3 governs a transcriptional program for the function of the mouse atrioventricular conduction system. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 117:18617-18626. doi: 10.1073/pnas.1919379117.

      (3) Arnolds DE, Liu F, Fahrenbach JP, Kim GH, Schillinger KJ, Smemo S, McNally EM, Nobrega MA, Patel VV, Moskowitz IP (2012) TBX5 drives Scn5a expression to regulate cardiac conduction system function. The Journal of Clinical Investigation 122:2509–2518. doi: 10.1172/JCI62617.

      (4) Frank DU, Carter KL, Thomas KR, Burr RM, Bakker ML, Coetzee WA, Tristani-Firouzi M, Bamshad MJ, Christoffels VM, Moon AM (2012) Lethal arrhythmias in Tbx3-deficient mice reveal extreme dosage sensitivity of cardiac conduction system function and homeostasis. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 109:E154-63. doi: 10.1073/pnas.1115165109.

      (5) Moskowitz IP, Pizard A, Patel VV, Bruneau BG, Kim JB, Kupershmidt S, Roden D, Berul CI, Seidman CE, Seidman JG (2004) The T-Box transcription factor Tbx5 is required for the patterning and maturation of the murine cardiac conduction system. Development 131:4107-4116. doi: 10.1242/dev.01265. PMID: 15289437.

      (3) The authors claim that double knockout VCS cells transform to working myocardial fate, but there is no comparison of gene expression levels between actual working myocardial cells and the Tbx3/Tbx5 DKO VCS cells so it's hard to know if the data reflect an actual cell state change or a more non-specific phenomenon with global dysregulation of gene expression or perhaps dedifferentiation. I understand that the upregulation of Gja1 and Smpx is intended to address this, but it's only two genes and it seems relevant to understand their degree of expression relative to actual working myocardium. In addition, the gene panel is somewhat limited and does not include other key transcriptional regulators in the VCS such as Irx3 and Nkx2-5. RNA-seq in these populations would provide a clearer comparison among the groups.

      And

      the main claims are that the absence of both factors results in a transcriptional shift of conduction tissue towards a working myocardial phenotype, and that this shift indicates that Tbx5 and Tbx3 "coordinate" to control VCS identity and function. However, only limited data are presented to support the claim of transcriptional reprogramming since the knockout cells are not directly compared to working myocardial cells at the transcriptional level and only a small number of key genes are assessed (versus genome-wide assessment).

      We appreciate Reviewer #2’s suggestion to expand the gene expression analysis in Tbx3/Tbx5-deficient VCS cells by including other specific genes and comparisons with “native”/actual working ventricular myocardial cells and broadening the gene panel. In this study, we evaluated core cardiac conduction system markers, revealing a loss of conduction system-specific gene expression in the double mutant VCS. Furthermore, we evaluated key working myocardial markers normally excluded from the conduction system, Gja1 and Smpx, revealing a shift towards a working myocardial state in the double mutant VCS (Figure 4). We agree that a more comprehensive analysis, such as transcriptome-wide approaches, would offer greater clarity on the extent and specificity of the observed shift from conduction to non-conduction identity. These approaches are appropriate directions for future studies.

      (4) From the optical mapping data, it is difficult to distinguish between the presence of (a) a focal proximal right bundle branch block due to dysregulation of gene expression in the VCS but overall preservation of the right bundle and its distal ramifications; from (b) actual loss of the VCS with reversion of VCS cells to a working myocardial fate. Related to this, the authors claim that this experiment allows for direct visualization of His bundle activation, but can the authors confirm or provide evidence that the tissue penetration of their imaging modality allows for imaging of a deep structure like the AV bundle as opposed to the right bundle branch which is more superficial? Does the timing of the separation of the sharp deflection from the subsequent local activation suggest visualization of more distal components of the VCS rather than the AV bundle itself? Additional clarification would be helpful.

      And

      In addition, the optical mapping dataset is incomplete and has alternative interpretations that are not excluded or thoroughly discussed.

      We agree with Reviewer #2 that the resolution of the optical mapping experiment may be insufficient to precisely localize the conduction block due to the limited signal strength from the VCS. It is possible that the region defined as the His Bundle also includes portions of the right bundle branch. Our control mice show VCS OAP upstrokes consistent with those reported by Tamaddon et al. (2000) using Di-4-ANEPPS (1). We appreciate the Reviewer’s attention to alternative interpretations, and we will incorporate these caveats into the manuscript text.

      (1) Tamaddon HS, Vaidya D, Simon AM, Paul DL, Jalife J, Morley GE (2000) High-resolution optical mapping of the right bundle branch in connexin40 knockout mice reveals slow conduction in the specialized conduction system. Circulation Research 87:929-36. doi: 10.1161/01.res.87.10.929. 

      Impact:

      The present study contributes a novel and elegantly constructed mouse model to the field. The data presented generally corroborate existing models of transcriptional regulation in the VCS but do not, as presented, constitute a decisive advance.

      And

      In sum, while this study adds an elegantly constructed genetic model to the field, the data presented fit well within the existing paradigm of established functions of Tbx3 and Tbx5 in the VCS and in that sense do not decisively advance the field. Moreover, the authors' claims about the implications of the data are not always strongly supported by the data presented and do not fully explore alternative possibilities.

      We appreciate Reviewer # 2’s acknowledgment of the elegance and novelty of the mouse model we generated. However, we respectfully disagree with their assessment that this work merely corroborates existing models without providing a decisive advance. Previous studies have investigated single Tbx5 or Tbx3 gene knockouts in-depth and established the T-box ratio model for distinguishing fast VCS from slow nodal conduction identity (1) that the reviewer alludes to in earlier comments. In contrast, this study aimed to explore a different model, that the combined effects of Tbx5 and Tbx3 distinguish adult VCS identity from non-conduction working myocardium. The coordinated Tbx3 and Tbx5 role in conduction system identify remained untested due to the lack of a mouse model that allowed their simultaneous removal. The very model the reviewer recognizes as “novel and elegantly constructed” has allowed the examination of the coordinated role of Tbx5 and Tbx3 for the first time. While we acknowledge the opportunity for additional depth of investigation of this model in future studies, the data we present provides consistent experimental support for the coordinated requirement of both Tbx5 and Tbx3 for ventricular cardiac conduction system identity.

      (1) Burnicka-Turek O, Broman MT, Steimle JD, Boukens BJ, Petrenko NB, Ikegami K, Nadadur RD, Qiao Y, Arnolds DE, Yang XH, Patel VV, Nobrega MA, Efimov IR, Moskowitz IP (2020) Transcriptional Patterning of the Ventricular Cardiac Conduction System. Circulation Research 127:e94-e106. doi:10.1161/CIRCRESAHA.118.314460. 

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In the study presented by Burnicka-Turek et al., the authors generated for the first time a mouse model to cause the combined conditional deletion of Tbx3 and Tbx5 genes. This has been impossible to achieve to date due to the proximity of these genes in chromosome 5, preventing the generation of loss of function strategies to delete simultaneously both genes. It is known that both Tbx3 and Tbx5 are required for the development of the cardiac conduction system by transcription factor-specific but also overlapping roles as seen in the common and diverse cardiac defects found in patients with mutations for these genes. After validating the deletion efficiency and specificity of the line, the authors characterized the cardiac phenotype associated with the cardiac conduction system (CCS)-specific combined deletion of T_bx5_ and Tbx3 in the adult by inducing the activation of the CCS-specific tamoxifen-inducible Cre recombination (MinK-creERT) at 6 weeks after birth. Their analysis of 8-9-week-old animals did not identify any major morphological cardiac defects. However, the authors found conduction defects including prolonged PR and QTR intervals and ventricular tachycardia causing the death of the double mutants, which do not survive more than 3 months after tamoxifen induction. Molecular and optical mapping analysis of the ventricular conduction system (VCS) of these mutants concluded that, in the absence of Tbx5 and Tbx3 function, the cells forming the ventricular conduction system (VCS) become working myocardium and lose the specific contractile features characterizing VCS cells. Altogether, the study identified the critical combined role of Tbx3 and Tbx5 in the maintenance of the VCS in adulthood.

      Strengths:

      The study generated a new animal model to study the combined deletion of Tbx5 and Tbx3 in the cardiac conduction system. This unique model has provided the authors with the perfect tool to answer their biological questions. The study includes top-class methodologies to assess the functional defects present in the different mutants analyzed, and gathered very robust functional data on the conduction defects present in these mutants. They also applied optical action potential (OAP) methods to demonstrate the loss of conduction action potential and the acquisition of working myocardium action potentials in the affected cells because of Tbx5/Tbx3 loss of function. The study used simpler molecular and morphological analysis to demonstrate that there are no major morphological defects in these mutants and that indeed, the conduction defects found are due to the acquisition of working myocardium features by the VCS cells. Altogether, this study identified the critical role of these transcription factors in the maintenance of the VCS in the adult heart.

      We appreciate the Reviewer’s comments regarding the originality and utility of our model and the strengths of our methodological approach. The Reviewer’s appreciation of the molecular and morphological analyses as well as their constructive feedback is highly valuable.

      Weaknesses:

      In the opinion of this reviewer, the weakness in the study lies in the morphological and molecular characterization. The morphological analysis simply described the absence of general cardiac defects in the adult heart, however, whether the CCS tissues are present or not was not investigated. Lineage tracing analysis using the reporter lines included in the crosses described in the study will determine if there are changes in CCS tissue composition in the different mutants studied. Similarly, combining this reporter analysis with the molecular markers found to be dysregulated by qPCR and western blot, will demonstrate that indeed the cells that were specified as VCS in the adult heart, become working myocardium in the absence of Tbx3 and Tbx5 function.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s concern regarding the morphology of the cardiac conduction system in the Tbx3/Tbx5 double conditional knockout model. We did not observe any structural abnormalities, as the Reviewer notes. We agree with their suggestion for using Genetic Inducible Fate Mapping to mark cardiac conduction cells expressing MinKCre. In fact, we utilized this approach to isolate VCS cells for transcriptional profiling. Specifically, we combined the tamoxifen-inducible MinKCreERT allele with the Cre-dependent R26Eyfp reporter allele to label MinKCre-expressing cells in both control VCS and VCS-specific double Tbx3/Tbx5 knockouts. EYFP-positive cells were isolated for transcriptional studies, ensuring that our analysis exclusively targeted conduction system-lineage marked cells. The ability to isolate MinKCre-marked cells from both controls and Tbx5/Tbx3 double mutants indicates that VCS cells persisted in the double knockout. Nonetheless, the suggestion for in-vivo marking by Genetic Inducible Fate Mapping and morphologic analysis is a valuable recommendation for future studies.

    1. Author response:

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Mutations in CDHR1, the human gene encoding an atypical cadherin-related protein expressed in photoreceptors, are thought to cause cone-rod dystrophy (CRD). However, the pathogenesis leading to this disease is unknown. Previous work has led to the hypothesis that CDHR1 is part of a cadherin-based junction that facilitates the development of new membranous discs at the base of the photoreceptor outer segments, without which photoreceptors malfunction and ultimately degenerate. CDHR1 is hypothesized to bind to a transmembrane partner to accomplish this function, but the putative partner protein has yet to be identified.

      The manuscript by Patel et al. makes an important contribution toward improving our understanding of the cellular and molecular basis of CDHR1-associated CRD. Using gene editing, they generate a loss of function mutation in the zebrafish cdhr1a gene, an ortholog of human CDHR1, and show that this novel mutant model has a retinal dystrophy phenotype, specifically related to defective growth and organization of photoreceptor outer segments (OS) and calyceal processes (CP). This phenotype seems to be progressive with age. Importantly, Patel et al, present intriguing evidence that pcdh15b, also known for causing retinal dystrophy in previous Xenopus and zebrafish loss of function studies, is the putative cdhr1a partner protein mediating the function of the junctional complex that regulates photoreceptor OS growth and stability.

      This research is significant in that it:

      (1) provides evidence for a progressive, dystrophic photoreceptor phenotype in the cdhr1a mutant and, therefore, effectively models human CRD; and

      (2) identifies pcdh15b as the putative, and long sought after, binding partner for cdhr1a, further supporting the theory of a cadherin-based junction complex that facilitates OS disc biogenesis.

      Nonetheless, the study has several shortcomings in methodology, analysis, and conceptual insight, which limits its overall impact.

      Below I outline several issues that the authors should address to strengthen their findings.

      Major comments:

      (1) Co-localization of cdhr1a and pcdh15b proteins

      The model proposed by the authors is that the interaction of cdhr1a and pcdh15b occurs in trans as a heterodimer. In cochlear hair cells, PCDH15 and CDHR23 are proposed to interact first as dimers in cis and then as heteromeric complexes in trans. This was not shown here for cdhr1a and pcdh15b, but it is a plausible configuration, as are single heteromeric dimers or homodimers. Regardless, this model depends on the differential compartmental expression of the cdhr1a and pcdh15b proteins. Data in Figure 1 show convincing evidence that these two proteins can, at least in some cases, be distributed along the length of photoreceptor membranes that are juxtaposed, as would be the case for OS and CP. If pcdh15b is predominantly expressed in CPs, whereas cdhr1a is predominantly expressed in OS, then this should be confirmed with actin double labeling with cdhr1a and pcdh15b since the apicobasal oriented (vertical) CPs would express actin in this same orientation but not in the OS. This would help to clarify whether cdhr1a and pcdh15b can be trafficked to both OS and CP compartments or whether they are mutually exclusive.

      First let me thank the reviewer for taking the time to comprehensively evaluate our work and provide constructive criticism which will improve the quality of our final version.

      To address this issue, we are undertaking imaging of actin/cdhr1a and actin/pcdh15b using SIM in both transverse and axial sections. Additionally, we have recently established an immuno-gold-TEM protocol and are going to provide data showcasing co-labeling of cdhr1a and pcdh15b at TEM resolution.

      Photoreceptor heterogeneity goes beyond the cone versus rod subtypes discussed here and it is known that in zebrafish, CP morphology is distinct in different cone subtypes as well as cone versus rod. It would be important to know which specific photoreceptor subtypes are shown in zebrafish (Figures 1A-C) and the non-fish species depicted in Figures 1E-L. Also, a larger field of view of the staining patterns for Figures 1E-L would be a helpful comparison (could be added as a supplementary figure).

      The revised manuscript will include clear labeling of the different cone cell types as well as lower magnification images to be included as supplemental figures.

      (2) Cdhr1a function in cell culture

      The authors should explain the multiple bands in the anti-FLAG blots. Also, it would be interesting to confirm that the cdhr1a D173 mutant prevents the IP interaction with pcdh15b as well as the additive effects in aggregate assays of Figure 2.

      We believe that the D173 mutation results in no cdhr1a polypeptide, based on the lack of in situ signal in our WISH studies (figures showing absence of cdhr1a mRNA will be provided in a new supplemental figure). However, we will clone the D173 mutant and attempt co-IP with pchd15b in our cell culture system as well as the aggregation assay using K562 cells.

      Is it possible that the cultured cells undergo proliferation in the aggregation assays shown in Figure 2? Cells might differentially proliferate as clusters form in rotating cultures. A simple assay for cell proliferation under the different transfection conditions showing no differences would address this issue and lend further support to the proposed specific changes to cell adhesion as a readout of this assay.

      This is a possibility, however we did not use rotating cultures, this was a monolayer culture. We did not observe any differences in total cell number between the differing transfections. As such, we do not feel proliferation explains the aggregation of K562 cells.

      Also, the authors report that the number of clusters was normalized to the field of view, but this was not defined. Were the n values different fields of view from one transfection experiment, or were they different fields of view from separate transfection experiments? More details and clarification are needed.

      This will be clarified in the revised manuscript, in short we replicated this experiment 3 times, quantifying 5 different fields of view in each replicate.

      (3) Methodological issues in quantification and statistical analyses

      Were all the OS and CP lengths counted in the observation region or just a sample within the region? If the latter, what were the sampling criteria? For CPs, it seems that the length was an average estimate based on all CPs observed surrounding one cone or one-rod cell. Is this correct? Again, if sampled, how was this implemented? In Fig 4M', the cdhr1a-/- ROS mostly looks curvilinear. Did the measurements account for this, or were they straight linear dimension measurements from base to tip of the OS as depicted in Fig 5A-E? A clearer explanation of the OS and CP length quantification methodology is required.

      The revised manuscript will clearly outline measurement methods. In short, we measured every CP/OS in the imaged regions. We did not average CPs/cell, we simply included all CP measurements in our analysis. All our CP measurements (actin or cdhr1a or pcdh15), were done in the presence of a counter stain, WGA, prph2, gnb1 or PNA to ensure proper measurements (landmark) and association with proper cell type.

      All measurements were taken as best as possible to reflect a straight linear dimension for consistency.

      How were cone and rod photoreceptor cell counts performed? The legend in Figure 4 states that they again counted cells in the observation region, but no details were provided. For example, were cones and rods counted as an absolute number of cells in the observation region (e.g., number of cones per defined area) or relative to total (DAPI+) cell nuclei in the region? Changes in cell density in the mutant (smaller eye or thinner ONL) might affect this quantification so it would be important to know how cell quantification was normalized.

      The revised manuscript will clearly outline measurement methods. In short, rod and cone cell counts were based on the number of outer segments that were observed in the imaging region and previously measured for length. We did not observe any eye size differences in our mutant fish.

      In Figure 6I, K, measuring the length of the signal seems problematic. The dimension of staining is not always in the apicobasal (vertical) orientation. It might be more accurate to measure the cdhr1a expression domain relative to the OS (since the length of the OS is already reduced in the mutants). Another possible approach could be to measure the intensity of cdhr1 staining relative to the intensity within a Prph2 expression domain in each group. The authors should provide complementary evidence to support their conclusion.

      The revised manuscript will clearly outline measurement methods. In short, all of our CP measurements (actin or cdhr1a or pcdh15), were done in the presence of a counter stain, WGA, prph2, gnb1 or PNA to ensure proper measurements and association with proper cell type.

      A better description of the statistical methodology is required. For example, the authors state that "each of the data points has an n of 5+ individuals." This is confusing and could indicate that in Figure 4F alone there were ~5000 individuals assayed (~100 data points per treatment group x n=5 individuals per data point x 10 treatment groups). I don't think that is what the authors intended. It would be clearer if the authors stated how many OS, CP, or cells were counted in their observation region averaged per individual, and then provided the n value of individuals used per treatment group (controls and mutants), on which the statistical analyses should be based.

      This will be addressed in the revised manuscript. In short we had an n=5 (individual fish) analyzed for each genotype/time point. We will also include numbers of OS/CP quantified in the observation regions.

      There are hundreds of data points in the separate treatment groups shown in several of the graphs. It would not be correct to perform the ANOVA on the separate OS or CP length measurements alone as this will bias the estimates since they are not all independent samples. For example, in Figure 6H, 5dpf pcdh15b+/- have shorter CPs compared to WT but pcdh15b-/- have longer compared to WT. This could be an artifact of the analysis. Moreover, the authors should clarify in the Methods section which ANOVA post hoc tests were used to control for multiple pairwise comparisons.

      This will be clarified in the revised manuscript.

      (4) Cdhr1a function in photoreceptors

      The cdhr1a IHC staining in 5dpf WT larvae in Figure 3E appears different from the cdhr1a IHC staining in 5dpf WT larvae in Figure 1A or Figure 6I. Perhaps this is just the choice of image. Can the authors comment or provide a more representative image?

      The image in figure 3E was captured using a previous non antigen retrieval protocol which limits the resolution of the cdhr1a signal along the CP. In the revised manuscript we will include an image that better represents cdhr1a staining in the WT and mutant.

      The authors show that pcdh15b localization after 5dpf mirrored the disorganization of the CP observed with actin staining. They also show in Figure 5O that at 180dpf, very little pcdh15b signal remains. They suggest based on this data that total degradation of CPs has occurred in the cdhr1a-/- photoreceptors by this time. However, although reduced in length, COS and cone CPs are still present at 180dpf (Figure 5E, E'). Thus, contrary to the authors' general conclusion, it is possible that the localization, trafficking, and/or turnover of pcdh15b is maintained through a cdhr1a-dependent mechanism, irrespective of the degree to which CPs are maintained. The experiments presented here do not clearly distinguish between a requirement for maintenance of localization versus a secondary loss of localization due to defective CPs.

      We agree, this point will be addressed in our revised manuscript.

      (5) Conceptual insights

      The authors claim that cdhr1a and pcdh15b double mutants have synergistic OS and CP phenotypes. I think this interpretation should be revisited.

      First, assuming the model of cdhr1a-pcdh15b interaction in trans is correct, the authors have not adequately explained the logic of why disrupting one side of this interaction in a single mutant would not give the same severity of phenotype as disrupting both sides of this interaction in a double mutant.

      Second, and perhaps more critically, at 10dpf the OS and CP lengths in cdhr1a-/- mutants (Figure 7J, T) are significantly increased compared to WT. In contrast, there are no significant differences in these measurements in the pcdh15b-/- mutants. Yet in double homozygous mutants, there is a significant reduction of ~50% in these measurements compared to WT. A synergistic phenotype would imply that each mutant causes a change in the same direction and that the magnitude of this change is beyond additive in the double mutants (but still in the same direction). Instead, I would argue that the data presented in Figure 7 suggest that there might be a functionally antagonistic interaction between cdhr1a and pcdh15b with respect to OS and CP growth at 10dpf.

      If these proteins physically interacted in vivo, it would appear that the interaction is complex and that this interaction underlies both OS growth-promoting and growth-restraining (stabilizing) mechanisms working in concert. Perhaps separate homodimers or heterodimers subserve distinct CP-OS functional interactions. This might explain the age-dependent differences in mutant CP and OS length phenotypes if these mechanisms are temporally dynamic or exhibit distinct OS growth versus maintenance phases. Regardless of my speculations, the model presented by the authors appears to be too simplistic to explain the data.

      We agree with the reviewer, as such we will address this conclusion in our revised manuscript. To do so we will revise our final model and include more flexibility in the proposed mechanisms.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The goal of this study was to develop a model for CDHR1-based Con-rod dystrophy and study the role of this cadherin in cone photoreceptors. Using genetic manipulation, a cell binding assay, and high-resolution microscopy the authors find that like rods, cones localize CDHR1 to the lateral edge of outer segment (OS) discs and closely oppose PCDH15b which is known to localize to calyceal processes (CPs). Ectopic expression of CDHR1 and PCDH15b in K652 cells indicates these cadherins promote cell aggregation as heterophilic interactants, but not through homophilic binding. This data suggests a model where CDHR1 and PCDH15b link OS and CPs and potentially stabilize cone photoreceptor structure. Mutation analysis of each cadherin results in cone structural defects at late larval stages. While pcdh15b homozygous mutants are lethal, cdhr1 mutants are viable and subsequently show photoreceptor degeneration by 3-6 months.

      Strengths:

      A major strength of this research is the development of an animal model to study the cone-specific phenotypes associated with CDHR1-based CRD. The data supporting CDHR1 (OS) and PCDH15 (CP) binding is also a strength, although this interaction could be better characterized in future studies. The quality of the high-resolution imaging (at the light and EM levels) is outstanding. In general, the results support the conclusions of the authors.

      Weaknesses:

      While the cellular phenotyping is strong, the functional consequences of CDHR1 disruption are not addressed. While this is not the focus of the investigation, such analysis would raise the impact of the study overall. This is particularly important given some of the small changes observed in OS and CP structure. While statistically significant, are the subtle changes biologically significant? Examples include cone OS length (Figures 4F, 6E) as well as other morphometric data (Figure 7I in particular). Related, for quantitative data and analysis throughout the manuscript, more information regarding the number of fish/eyes analyzed as well as cells per sample would provide confidence in the rigor. The authors should also note whether the analysis was done in an automated and/or masked manner.

      First let me thank the reviewer for taking the time to comprehensively evaluate our work and provide constructive criticism which will improve the quality of our final version.

      The revised manuscript will clearly outline both methods and statistics used for quantitation of our data. (please see comments from reviewer 1). While we do not include direct evidence of the mechanism of CDHR1 function, we do propose that its role is important in anchoring the CP and the OS, particularly in the cones, while in rods it may serve to regulate the release of newly formed disks (as previously proposed in mice). We do plan to test both of these hypothesis directly, however, that will be the basis of our future studies.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Patel et al investigates the hypothesis that CDHR1a on photoreceptor outer segments is the binding partner for PCDH15 on the calyceal processes, and the absence of either adhesion molecule results in separation between the two structures, eventually leading to degeneration. PCDH15 mutations cause Usher syndrome, a disease of combined hearing and vision loss. In the ear, PCDH15 binds CDH23 to form tip links between stereocilia. The vision loss is less understood. Previous work suggested PCDH15 is localized to the calyceal processes, but the expression of CDH23 is inconsistent between species. Patel et al suggest that CDHR1a (formerly PCDH21) fulfills the role of CDH23 in the retina.

      The experiments are mainly performed using the zebrafish model system. Expression of Pcdh15b and Cdhr1a protein is shown in the photoreceptor layer through standard confocal and structured illumination microscopy. The two proteins co-IP and can induce aggregation in vitro. Loss of either Cdhr1a or Pcdh15, or both, results in degeneration of photoreceptor outer segments over time, with cones affected primarily.

      The idea of the study is logical given the photoreceptor diseases caused by mutations in either gene, the comparisons to stereocilia tip links, and the protein localization near the outer segments. The work here demonstrates that the two proteins interact in vitro and are both required for ongoing outer segment maintenance. The major novelty of this paper would be the demonstration that Pcdh15 localized to calyceal processes interacts with Cdhr1a on the outer segment, thereby connecting the two structures. Unfortunately, the data presented are inadequate proof of this model.

      Strengths:

      The in vitro data to support the ability of Pcdh15b and Cdhr1a to bind is well done. The use of pcdh15b and cdhr1a single and double mutants is also a strength of the study, especially being that this would be the first characterization of a zebrafish cdhr1a mutant.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The imaging data in Figure 1 is insufficient to show the specific localization of Pcdh15 to calyceal processes or Cdhr1a to the outer segment membrane. The addition of actin co-labelling with Pcdh15/Cdhr1a would be a good start, as would axial sections. The division into rod and cone-specific imaging panels is confusing because the two cell types are in close physical proximity at 5 dpf, but the cone Cdhr1a expression is somehow missing in the rod images. The SIM data appear to be disrupted by chromatic aberration but also have no context. In the zebrafish image, the lines of Pcdh15/Cdhr1a expression would be 40-50 um in length if the scale bar is correct, which is much longer than the outer segments at this stage and therefore hard to explain.

      First let me thank the reviewer for taking the time to comprehensively evaluate our work and provide constructive criticism which will improve the quality of our final version.

      To address this issue, we are undertaking imaging of actin/cdhr1a and actin/pcdh15b using SIM in both transverse and axial sections. Additionally, we have recently established an immuno-gold-TEM protocol and are going to provide data showcasing co-labeling of cdhr1a and pcdh15b at TEM resolution. We are also going to include lower magnification images to complement the SIM images presented in figure 1.

      (2) Figure 3E staining of Cdhr1a looks very different from the staining in Figure 1. It is unclear what the authors are proposing as to the localization of Cdhr1a. In the lab's previous paper, they describe Cdhr1a as being associated with the connecting cilium and nascent OS discs, and fail to address how that reconciles with the new model of mediating CP-OS interaction. And whether Cdhr1a localizes to discrete domains on the disc edges, where it interacts with Pcdh15 on individual calyceal processes.

      The image in figure 3E was captured using a previous non antigen retrieval protocol which limits the resolution of the cdhr1a signal along the CP. In the revised manuscript we will include an image that better represents cdhr1a staining in the WT and mutant.

      (3) The authors state "In PRCs, Pcdh15 has been unequivocally shown to be localized in the CPs". However, the immunostaining here does not match the pattern seen in the Miles et al 2021 paper, which used a different antibody. Both showed loss of staining in pcdh15b mutants so unclear how to reconcile the two patterns.

      We agree that our staining appears different, but we attribute this to our antigen retrieval protocol which differed from the Miles et al paper. We also point to the fact that pcdh15b localization has been shown to be similar to our images in other species (monkey and frog). As such, we believe our protocol reveals the proper localization pattern which might be lost/hampered in the procedure used in Miles et al 2021.

      (4) The explanation for the CRISPR targets for cdhr1a and the diagram in Figure 3 does not fit with crRNA sequences or the mutation as shown. The mutation spans from the latter part of exon 5 to the initial portion of exon 6, removing intron 5-6. It should nevertheless be a frameshift mutation but requires proper documentation.

      This was an overlooked error in figure making, we apologize and will address this typo in the revised manuscript.

      (5) There are complications with the quantification of data. First, the number of fish analyzed for each experiment is not provided, nor is the justification for performing statistics on individual cell measurements rather than using averages for individual fish. Second, all cone subtypes are lumped together for analysis despite their variable sizes. Third, t-tests are inappropriately used for post-hoc analysis of ANOVA calculations.

      As we discussed for reviewer 1 and 2, all methods and quantification/statistics will be clearly described in the revised manuscript.

      (6) Unclear how calyceal process length is being measured. The cone measurements are shown as starting at the external limiting membrane, which is not equivalent to the origin of calyceal processes, and it is uncertain what defines the apical limit given the multiple subtypes of cones. In Figure 5, the lines demonstrating the measurements seem inconsistently placed.

      As we discussed for reviewer 1 and 2, all methods and quantification/statistics will be clearly described in the revised manuscript.

      (7) The number of fish analyzed by TEM and the prevalence of the phenotype across cells are not provided. A lower magnification view would provide context. Also, the authors should explain whether or not overgrowth of basal discs was observed, as seen previously in cdhr1-null frogs (Carr et al., 2021).

      The revised manuscript will include the aforementioned stats and lower magnification images. We will also compare our results directly to Carr 2021.

      (8) The statement describing the separation between calyceal processes and the outer segment in the mutants is not backed up by the data. TEM or co-labelling of the structures in SIM could be done to provide evidence.

      We will work to include more TEM and co-labeling data for the revised manuscript (see comments to reviewer 1)

      (9) "Based on work in the murine model and our own observations of rod CPs, we hypothesize that zebrafish rod CPs only extend along the newly forming OS discs and do not provide structural support to the ROS." Unclear how murine work would support that conclusion given the lack of CPs in mice, or what data in the manuscript supports this conclusion.

      In the revised manuscript we will improve our discussion of murine CPs, in that we still detect the juxtaposition of cdhr1 and pcdh15, along a potential remanent of the CP as previously described in SEM studies. Our findings do not indicate that mice or rats have CPs, we simply wanted to outline that the behavior of cdhr1 and pcdh15 still remains conserved, despite the absence of long traditional CPs.

      (10) The authors state "from the fact that rod CPs are inherently much smaller than cone CPs" without providing a reference. In the manuscript, the measurements do show rod CPs to be shorter, but there are errors in the cone measurements, and it is possible that the RPE pigment is interfering with the rod measurements.

      We will include a reference where rod CPs have been found to be shorter (monkey and frog data). We have no doubt that in zebrafish the rod CPs are significantly shorter. All our CP measurements are done with a counter stain for rods and cones to be sure that we are measuring the correct cell type.

      (11) The discussion should include a better comparison of the results with ocular phenotypes in previously generated pcdh15 and cdhr1 mutant animals.

      In the revised manuscript we will include this in our discussion.

      (12) The images in panels B-F of the Supplemental Figure are uncannily similar, possibly even of the same fish at different focal planes.

      We assure the reviewer that each of the images in supplemental figure 1 are distinct and represent different in situ experiments.

    1. Author response:

      We thank the reviewers for the positive and constructive feedback on our manuscript. We appreciate you highlighting the importance of our work in advancing our understanding of HIV latency and viral reactivation. The reviewers had mostly minor comments that we are in the process of addressing by completing additional experiments that are responsive to reviewer comments as well as some clarification of the text. These include:

      (1) The impact of INTS12 knockout on cell viability.

      We did not see an effect of the knockout of INTS12 on cell viability in the flow cytometry gating of live/dead cells, nor a gross difference in cell proliferation. However, we will test cell viability and proliferation more quantitatively and include this data in the revision.

      (2) The effect of INTS12 knockout on additional LRAs.

      There is published data that the Integrator complex inhibits HIV reactivation via additional LRAs that we will better highlight in the revision. In addition, we have data that we did not include in the original submission suggesting that INST12 knockout affects the degree of HIV reactivation with additional LRAs. We will confirm these results and include the data in the revision.

      (3) Extend the discussion on how exquisitely sensitive HIV transcription is to pausing and transcriptional elongation and the insights this provides about general HIV transcriptional regulation.

      Yes, we agree with this and will extend the discussion in this manner. We will also include additional data that we recently obtained that further emphasizes this point.

      (4) Comparison to another CRISPR screen using the same library (Hsieh et al., PLOS Pathogens, 2023).

      Indeed, INST12 was one of the hits in the previous paper (Hsieh et al., 2023) but was not specifically described or validated in that paper. We will point that out in the revision. Also, the Hsieh et al paper already described the library in more detail, but we will include additional text in the revision to emphasize that it casts a wide net on processes involved in transcriptional regulation.

      (5) We made a mistake on the numbering of the supplemental figures which lead to some misunderstanding. We will correct this as well as add other suggestions of the reviewers for clarifications.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the current reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      D'Oliviera et al. have demonstrated cleavage of human TRMT1 by the SARS-CoV-2 main protease in vitro. Following, they solved the structure of Mpro (Nsp5)-C145A bound to TRMT1 substrate peptide, revealing binding conformation distinct from most viral substrates. Overall, this work enhances our understanding of substrate specificity for a key drug target of CoV2. The paper is well-written and the data is clearly presented. It complements the companion article by demonstrating interaction between Mpro and TRMT1, as well as TRMT1 cleavage under isolated conditions in vitro. They show that cleaved TRMT1 has reduced tRNA binding affinity, linking a functional consequence to TRMT1 cleavage by MPro. Importantly, the revelation for flexible substrate binding of Nsp5 is fundamental for understanding Nsp5 as a drug target. Trmt1 cleavage assays by Mpro revealed similar kinetics for TRMT1 cleavage as compared to nsp8/9 viral polyprotein cleavage site. They purify TRMT1-Q350K, in which there is a mutation in the predicted cleavage consensus sequence, and confirm that it is resistant to cleavage by recombinant Mpro. I am unable to comment critically on the structural analyses as it is outside of my expertise. Overall, I think that these findings are important for confirming TRMT1 as a substrate of Mpro, defining substrate binding and cleavage parameters for an important drug target of SARS-CoV-2, and may be of interest to researchers studying RNA modifications.

      We thank the reviewer for their positive assessment and summary of our work in this paper!

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript 'Recognition and Cleavage of Human tRNA Methyltransferase TRMT1 by the SARS-CoV-2 Main Protease' from Angel D'Oliviera et al., uncovers that TRMT1 can be cleaved by SARS-CoV-2 main protease (Mpro) and defines the structural basis of TRMT1 recognition by Mpro. They use both recombinant TRMT1 and Mpro as well as endogenous TRMT1 from HEK293T cell lysates to convincingly show cleavage of TRMT1 by the SARS-CoV-2 protease. Using in vitro assays, the authors demonstrate that TRMT1 cleavage by Mpro blocks its enzymatic activity leading to hypomodification of RNA. To understand how Mpro recognizes TRMT1, they solved a co-crystal structure of Mpro bound to a peptide derived from the predicted cleavage site of TRMT1. This structure revealed important protein-protein interfaces and highlights the importance of the conserved Q530 for cleavage by Mpro. They then compare their structure with previous X-ray crystal structures of Mpro bound to substrate peptides derived from the viral polyprotein and propose the concept of two distinct binding conformations to Mpro: P3´-out and P3´-in conformations (here P3´ stands for the third residue downstream of the cleavage site). It remains unknown what is the physiological role of these two binding conformations on Mpro function, but the authors established that Mpro has dramatically different cleavage efficiencies for three distinct substrates. In an effort to rationalize this observation, a series of mutations in Mpro's active site and the substrate peptide were tested but unexpectedly had no significant impact on cleavage efficiency. While molecular dynamic simulations further confirmed the propensity of certain substrates to adopt the P3´-out or P3´-in conformation, it did not provide additional insights into the dramatic differences in cleavage efficiencies between substrates. This led the authors to propose that the discrimination of Mpro for preferred substrates might occur at a later stage of catalysis after binding of the peptide. Overall, this work will be of interest to biologists studying proteases and substrate recognition by enzymes and RNA modifications as well as help efforts to target Mpro with peptide-like drugs.

      We thank the reviewer for this thorough and accurate summary of our work in this manuscript.

      Strengths:

      • The authors' statements are well supported by their data, and they used relevant controls when needed. Indeed, they used the Mpro C145A inactive variant to unambiguously show that the TRMT1 cleavage detected in vitro is solely due to Mpro's activity. Moreover, they used two distinct polyclonal antibodies to probe TRMT1 cleavage.

      • They demonstrate the impact of TRMT1 cleavage on RNA modification by quantifying both its activity and binding to RNA.

      • Their 1.9 Å crystal structure is of high quality and increases the confidence in the reported protein-protein contacts seen between TRMT1-derived peptide and Mpro.

      • Their extensive in vitro kinetic assay was performed in ideal conditions although it is sometimes unclear how many replicates were performed.

      • They convincingly show how Mpro cleavage is conserved among most but not all mammalian TRMT1 bringing an interesting evolutionary perspective on virus-host interactions.

      • The authors test multiple hypotheses to rationalize the preference of Mpro for certain substrates.

      • While this reviewer is not able to comment on the rigor of the MD simulations, the interpretations made by the authors seem reasonable and convincing.

      • The concept of two binding conformations (P3´-out or P3´-in) for the substrate in the active site of Mpro is significant and can guide drug design.

      We thank the reviewer for these positive assessments of manuscript strengths!

      Weaknesses:

      • The two polyclonal antibodies used by the authors seem to have strong non-specific binding to proteins other than TRMT1 but did not impact the author's conclusions or statements. This is a limitation of the commercially available antibodies for TRMT1.

      Yes, there are some levels of non-specific binding for all of the TRMT1 antibodies we have tested (this limitation of commercially available TRMT1 antibodies is also observed and noted by Zhang et al), but we agree that this does not impact the overall conclusions and that by using multiple different antibodies to show the same effects, we can have high confidence in the Western blot analysis and interpretation.

      • Despite the reasonable efforts of the authors, it remains unknown why Mpro shows higher cleavage efficiency for the nsp4/5 sequence compared to TRMT1 or nsp8/9 sequences. This is a challenging problem that will take substantially more effort by several labs to decipher mechanistically.

      True! To our knowledge and despite significant past efforts of many research groups studying similar coronavirus proteases (e.g. SARS-CoV-1 Mpro) a clear understanding of the detailed mechanistic relationship between cleavage sequence and cleavage kinetics remains mostly undefined. This is a great and important problem for mechanistic and computational groups with deep interests in proteases to tackle in the future! To highlight these and similar open questions, we have added a short paragraph to the Discussion section (second from the last paragraph).

      • The peptide cleavage kinetic assay used by the authors relies on a peptide labelled with a fluorophore (MCA) on the N-terminus and a quencher (Dpn) on the C-terminus. This design allows high-throughput measurements compatible with plate readers and is a robust and convenient tool. Nevertheless, the authors did not control for the impact of the labels (MCA and Dpn) on the activity of Mpro. While in most cases the introduced fluorophore/quencher do not impact activity, sometimes it can.

      Yes, we agree that it is possible the MCA and Dnp labels could have effects on the measured cleavage rates. These fluorophore/quencher peptide cleavage assays are the standard assays used by many labs in the protease field to study diverse proteases and diverse cleavage targets. When other labs have compared cleavage kinetic parameters measured with fluorophore/quencher-based peptide cleavage assays versus HPLC-based peptide cleavage assays, these are often found to be quite similar (e.g. Lee, J., Worrall, L.J., Vuckovic, M. et al. Crystallographic structure of wild-type SARS-CoV-2 main protease acyl-enzyme intermediate with physiological C-terminal autoprocessing site. Nat Commun 11, 5877 (2020). https://doi.org/10.1038/s41467-020-19662-4), although there are also examples where differences arise. In any case, we agree there could be some effects on the cleavage kinetics introduced by the fluorophore and/or quencher groups. However, our main focus in this paper is to show how a sequence in the human tRNA-modifying enzyme TRMT1 is cleaved by Mpro (and in this revision we have also added new data to show the functional effects of cleavage on TRMT1 activity); it will take significant future work to fully dissect the detailed relationships between peptide sequence, including the quantitative effects of fluorophore/quencher labels, and protease-directed cleavage kinetics. Based on our work in this paper and many past studies of similar proteases, understanding how peptide sequence or conformation relates to cleavage efficiency is a longer-term and very challenging problem that we view as beyond the scope of this work. We have added a brief section elaborating on this in the Discussion.

      • An unanswered question not addressed by the authors is if the peptides undergo conformational changes upon Mpro binding or if they are pre-organized to adopt the P3´-out and P3´-in conformations. This might require substantially more work outside the scope of this immediate article.

      We agree this is unanswered; we considered additional MD experiments to address this, but ultimately decided that since both of these sequences are cleaved in the context of much larger polypeptides (FL TRMT1 or the viral polypeptide), any simple analysis to assess the possibility of pre-organization and relate this preferred binding conformation to cleavage kinetics would be difficult to interpret in a biologically meaningful way. We think this and similar questions about how pre-organization of peptides or amino acid sequences in the polypeptides might influence protease binding and cleavage activity are interesting and important future questions for protease-focused groups in this field.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, the authors have used a combination of enzymatic, crystallographic, and in silico approaches to provide compelling evidence for substrate selectivity of SARS-CoV-2 Mpro for human TRMT1.

      Strengths:

      In my opinion, the authors came close to achieving their intended aim of demonstrating the structural and biochemical basis of Mpro catalysis and cleavage of human TRMT1 protein. The revised version of the manuscript has addressed most of the questions I had posed in my earlier review.

      We thank the reviewer for their positive assessment of this work, and we are glad to hear the manuscript revisions were helpful in addressing the first round of reviews and questions.

      Weaknesses:

      Although several new hypotheses are generated from the Mpro structural data, the manuscript falls a bit short of testing them in functional assays, which would have solidified the conclusions the authors have drawn.

      Toward showing some of the functional effects of TRMT1 cleavage, in this revised version of the manuscript we have added new data and a new results section (‘Cleavage of TRMT1 results in complete loss of tRNA m2,2G modification activity and reduced tRNA binding in vitro’) showing that cleavage of TRMT1 results in reduced tRNA binding to TRMT1 (Figure 2D) and the complete loss of TRMT1-mediated tRNA modification activity in vitro (Figure 2C). This complements the in-cell data presented by Zhang et al showing that cleavage of TRMT1 in SARS-CoV-2 infected human cells results in the reduction of m2,2G modification levels. We think these data are a strong addition to this paper that broadens the impacts of our reported results more directly into the RNA modifications field.

      In terms of showing the further, downstream biological effects of TRMT1 cleavage and/or the specific impacts of TRMT1 cleavage on SARS-CoV-2 propagation and replication, while we agree further functional assays could absolutely heighten the overall impact, we view the main focus of our paper as showing how TRMT1 is recognized and cleaved by Mpro at the structural level and characterizing the biochemistry of the TRMT1-Mpro interaction and the effects of cleavage on TRMT1 tRNA-modifying activity. Zhang et al present some cellular data suggesting that loss of TRMT1 and/or TRMT1 cleavage during infection is actually detrimental to SARS-CoV-2 replication and infectivity. However, a full understanding of how TRMT1-mediated m2,2G modification of tRNA impacts viral translation, whether TRMT1 plays other roles during the viral life cycle, or whether TRMT1 cleavage (even if not important for viral fitness) contributes to cellular phenotypes during infection, will take a significant amount of future cell biology and virology work to unravel. Indeed, our understanding is that characterizing some of the endogenous cleavage targets for the HIV protease and determining the downstream biological effects and impacts on HIV infection took well over a decade. We hope that the biochemical and structural characterization of the Mpro-TRMT1 interaction presented in our paper will provide the necessary fundamental groundwork and impetus for future virology and cellular biochemistry studies to further investigate the biological roles of TRMT1 cleavage by SARS-CoV-2 Mpro.

      ---

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife Assessment:

      This manuscript provides important structural insights into the recognition and degradation of the host tRNA methyltransferase by SARS-CoV-2 protease nsp5 (Mpro). The data convincingly support the main conclusions of the paper. These results will be of interest to researchers studying structures and substrate recognition and specificity of viral proteases.

      We thank the eLife editors and reviewers for handling this manuscript and the overall positive assessment of our work.

      In this revised version of the manuscript we have included significant, new experimental data with recombinant purified, catalytically active TRMT1 that directly shows cleavage of TRMT1 reduces its tRNA binding affinity (by gel shift assays) and results in the complete loss of tRNA modifying activity in vitro (by radiolabel-based methyltransferase assays). Because these added experiments provide new information about how Mpro-mediated cleavage specifically impacts TRMT1 tRNA binding and m2,2G modification activity, and thus new information about the functional effects of loss of the TRMT1 Zn finger domain, we would strongly suggest adding that “this work may be of interest to researchers studying RNA modifications”, or a similar phrase, in the eLife assessment.

      Please find below our point-by-point response to each of the reviewer comments, which outlines additional changes to the manuscript.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      D'Oliviera et al. have demonstrated cleavage of human TRMT1 by the SARS-CoV-2 main protease in vitro. Following this, they solved the structure of Mpro-C145A bound to TRMT1 substrate peptide, revealing binding conformation distinct from most viral substrates. Overall, this work enhances our understanding of substrate specificity for a key drug target of CoV2. The paper is well-written and the data is clearly presented. It complements the companion article by demonstrating the interaction between Mpro and TRMT1 and TRMT1 cleavage under isolated conditions in vitro. Importantly, the revelation of flexible substrate binding of Nsp5 is fundamental for understanding Nsp5 as a drug target. Trmt1 cleavage assays revealed similar kinetics for TRMT1 cleavage as compared to the nsp8/9 viral polyprotein cleavage site, however, it would have been more rigorous for the authors to independently reproduce the kinetics reported for nsp8/9 using their specific experimental conditions. The finding that murine TRMT1 lacks a conserved consensus sequence is interesting, but is not experimentally tested here and is reported elsewhere. I am unable to comment critically on the structural analyses as it is outside of my expertise. Overall, I think that these findings are important for confirming TRMT1 as a substrate of Mpro and defining substrate binding and cleavage parameters for an important drug target of SARS-CoV-2.

      We thank the reviewer for their positive assessment and summary of our work in this paper!

      We absolutely agree that comparing to nsp8/9 cleavage kinetics measured in our own hands would be more rigorous here, and we have carried out these measurements in triplicate under the same conditions as were used to measure all the other peptide cleavage kinetics in this manuscript. Figures 5A & B (as well as Table S3 and Dataset S2) have been updated with our new nsp8/9 kinetic data (kcat = 0.019 +/- 0.002 s-1 and KM = 40 +/- 7.5 µM). As expected, our newly measured nsp8/9 kinetic parameters are very similar to those that we had previously cited from MacDonald et al (kcat = 0.013 +/- 0.001 s-1, KM = 36 +/- 6.0 µM), and show that Mpro-mediated TRMT1 peptide cleavage has similar proteolysis kinetics to the nsp8/9 viral polypeptide cleavage site.

      We have also purified full-length human TRMT1 Q530K, which is the key change in the cleavage consensus sequence that likely makes murine TRMT1 resistant to Mpro-mediated cleavage. In in vitro cleavage assays we find that indeed TRMT1 Q530K is entirely resistant to cleavage by recombinant Mpro and we have added this data to the manuscript in Figure 6D. These findings are consistent with previously cited data from Lu et al, which suggest mouse and hamster TRMT1 are not cleaved in HEK293T cells expressing Mpro.

      With the addition of the TRMT1 Q530K mutant data, we decided to move the evolutionary analysis together with this kinetic data to a new section in the Results. We think these additions and changes make the paper stronger and clearer, and thank the reviewer for these suggestions!

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript 'Recognition and Cleavage of Human tRNA Methyltransferase TRMT1 by the SARS-CoV-2 Main Protease' from Angel D'Oliviera et al., uncovers that TRMT1 can be cleaved by SARS-CoV-2 main protease (Mpro) and defines the structural basis of TRMT1 recognition by Mpro. They use both recombinant TRMT1 and Mpro as well as endogenous TRMT1 from HEK293T cell lysates to convincingly show cleavage of TRMT1 by the SARS-CoV-2 protease. To understand how Mpro recognizes TRMT1, they solved a co-crystal structure of Mpro bound to a peptide derived from the predicted cleavage site of TRMT1. This structure revealed important protein-protein interfaces and highlights the importance of the conserved Q530 for cleavage by Mpro. They then compared their structure with previous X-ray crystal structures of Mpro bound to substrate peptides derived from the viral polyprotein and proposed the concept of two distinct binding conformations to Mpro: P3´-out and P3´-in conformations (here P3´ stands for the third residue downstream of the cleavage site). It remains unknown what is the physiological role of these two binding conformations on Mpro function, but the authors established that Mpro has dramatically different cleavage efficiencies for three distinct substrates. In an effort to rationalize this observation, a series of mutations in Mpro's active site and the substrate peptide were tested but unexpectedly had no significant impact on cleavage efficiency. While molecular dynamic simulations further confirmed the propensity of certain substrates to adopt the P3´-out or P3´-in conformation, they did not provide additional insights into the dramatic differences in cleavage efficiencies between substrates. This led the authors to propose that the discrimination of Mpro for preferred substrates might occur at a later stage of catalysis after binding of the peptide. Overall, this work will be of interest to biologists studying proteases and substrate recognition by enzymes as well as help efforts to target Mpro with peptide-like drugs.<br />

      We thank the reviewer for this thorough and accurate summary of our work in this manuscript.

      Strengths:

      • The authors' statements are well supported by their data, and they used relevant controls when needed. Indeed, they used the Mpro C145A inactive variant to unambiguously show that the TRMT1 cleavage detected in vitro is solely due to Mpro's activity. Moreover, they used two distinct polyclonal antibodies to probe TRMT1 cleavage.

      • Their 1.9 Å crystal structure is of high quality and increases the confidence in the reported protein-protein contacts seen between TRMT1-derived peptide and Mpro.

      • Their extensive in vitro kinetic assay was performed in ideal conditions although it is unclear how many replicates were performed.

      • The authors test multiple hypotheses to rationalize the preference of Mpro for certain substrates.

      • While this reviewer is not able to comment on the rigor of the MD simulations, the interpretations made by the authors seem reasonable and convincing.

      • The concept of two binding conformations (P3´-out or P3´-in) for the substrate in the active site of Mpro is significant and can guide drug design.

      We thank the reviewer for these positive assessments of manuscript strengths!

      Weaknesses:

      • While the authors convincingly show that TRMT1 is cleaved by Mpro, the exact cleavage site was never confirmed experimentally. It is most likely that the predicted site is the main cleavage site as proposed by the authors (region 527-534). Nevertheless, in Fig 1C (first lane from the right) there are two bands clearly observed for the cleavage product containing the MT Domain. If the predicted site was the only cleavage site recognized by Mpro, then a single band for the MT domain would be expected. This observation suggests that there might be two cleavage sites for Mpro in TRMT1. Indeed, residues RFQANP (550-555) in TRMT1 might be a secondary weaker cleavage site for Mpro, which would explain the two observed bands in Fig 1C. A mass spectrometry analysis of the cleaved products would clarify this.

      We agree with the reviewer that based on the originally presented data it is possible there could be an additional Mpro-targeted cleavage site in TRMT1 beyond the 527-534 region that we validated through peptide cleavage assays of the TRMT1 526-536 peptide. Because it may be difficult to unambiguously identify and differentiate other putative cleavage sites that are nearby to 527-534 (e.g. the suggested possibility of 550-555) by mass spectrometry, we instead carried out additional in vitro cleavage assays with purified FL TRMT1 Q530K. Mutation of the invariant P1 Gln residue in the cleavage sequence is expected to prevent cleavage at this site, and allow us to probe whether there are other sites in TRMT1 that can be cleaved by Mpro (and if so, more straightforwardly identify them by mass spectrometry). We compared cleavage of purified WT FL TRMT1 and FL TRMT1 Q530K with recombinant Mpro in in vitro cleavage assays and found that TRMT1 Q530K is not cleaved by Mpro over the course of a 2h cleavage reaction. In these experiments, we also saw clear cleavage of WT FL TRMT1 over the course of 2h into only a single detectable band. Together, both of these pieces of data strongly suggest that the 527-534 region is the only Mpro-targeted cleavage site in TRMT1 (if there was an additional cleavage site, we should have seen some amount of cleavage in the Q530K mutant, but we do not). Overall, we feel that the updated WT and Q530K experiments clearly demonstrate that there is only one Mpro-mediated cleavage site in human TRMT1, which also is consistent with experiments in Zhang et al showing that Q530N mutations also block TRMT1 cleavage by co-expressed Mpro in human cells.

      The updated WT and Q530K cleavage assays have been added to the manuscript in Figure 6D.

      • A control is missing in Fig 1D. Since the authors use western blots to show the gradual degradation of endogenous TRMT1, a control with a protein that does not change in abundance over the course of the measurement is important. This is required to show that the differences in intensity of TRMT1 by western blotting are not due to loading differences etc.

      Yes, we agree this is an important control and have repeated these experiments and blotted for TRMT1 and GAPDH as a loading control. The updated Western blots are now shown in Figure 2B, and show the same result as the older data.

      • The two polyclonal antibodies used by the authors seem to have strong non-specific binding to proteins other than TRMT1 but did not impact the author's conclusions. This is a limitation of the commercially available antibodies for TRMT1, and unless the authors select a new monoclonal antibody specific to TRMT1 (costly and lengthy process), this limitation seems out of their control.

      Yes, there are some levels of non-specific binding for all of the TRMT1 antibodies we have tested (this limitation of commercially available TRMT1 antibodies is also observed and noted by Zhang et al), but we agree that this does not impact the overall conclusions and that by using multiple different antibodies to show the same effects, we can have high confidence in the Western blot analysis and interpretation.

      • The recombinantly purified TRMT1 seems to have some non-negligible impurities (extra bands in Fig 1C). This does not impact the conclusions of the authors but might be relevant to readers interested in working with TRMT1 for biochemical, structural, or other purposes.

      Yes, our initial isolations of recombinant TRMT1 for the first version of this paper produced smaller amounts of TRMT1 with some impurities; we agree that these do not impact the conclusions of the cleavage experiments. However, since our first submission, we have optimized our purification protocols for TRMT1 and are now able to obtain larger quantities of higher purity recombinant human TRMT1 from bacterial cells and we have used this material for the TRMT1 activity and tRNA binding assays added in this revision; we have also included updates to the expression and purification section for recombinant TRMT1. We hope that these improvements will be helpful to readers interested in working on TRMT1.

      • Despite the reasonable efforts of the authors, it remains unknown why Mpro shows higher cleavage efficiency for the nsp4/5 sequence compared to TRMT1 or nsp8/9 sequences.

      True! To our knowledge and despite significant past efforts of many research groups studying similar coronavirus proteases (e.g. SARS-CoV-1 Mpro) a clear understanding of the detailed mechanistic relationship between cleavage sequence and cleavage kinetics remains mostly undefined. This is a great and important problem for mechanistic and computational groups with deep interests in proteases to tackle in the future! To highlight these and similar open questions, we have added a short paragraph to the Discussion section (second from the last paragraph).

      • The peptide cleavage kinetic assay used by the authors relies on a peptide labelled with a fluorophore (MCA) on the N-terminus and a quencher (Dpn) on the C-terminus. This design allows high-throughput measurements compatible with plate readers and is a robust and convenient tool. Nevertheless, the authors did not control for the impact of the labels (MCA and Dpn) on the activity of Mpro. It is possible that the differences in cleavage efficiencies between peptides are due to unexpected conformational changes in the peptide upon labelling. Moreover, the TRMT1 peptide has an E at the N-terminus and an R at the C-terminus (while the nsp4/5 peptide has an S and M, respectively). It is possible that these two terminal residues form a salt bridge in the TRMT1 peptide that might constrain the conformation of the peptide and thus reduce its accessibility and cleavage by Mpro. Enzymatic assays in the absence of labels and MD simulations with the bona fide peptides (including the labels) used in the kinetic measurements are needed to prove that the cleavage efficiencies are not biased by the fluorescence assay.

      These fluorophore/quencher peptide cleavage assays are the standard assays used by many labs in the protease field to study diverse proteases and diverse cleavage targets. When other labs have compared cleavage kinetic parameters measured with fluorophore/quencher-based peptide cleavage assays versus HPLC-based peptide cleavage assays, these are often found to be quite similar (e.g. Lee, J., Worrall, L.J., Vuckovic, M. et al. Crystallographic structure of wild-type SARS-CoV-2 main protease acyl-enzyme intermediate with physiological C-terminal autoprocessing site. Nat Commun 11, 5877 (2020). https://doi.org/10.1038/s41467-020-19662-4), although there are also examples where differences arise. In any case, we agree there could be some effects on the cleavage kinetics introduced by the fluorophore and/or quencher groups or sequence-specific conformational preferences of the peptides. However, because our main focus in this paper is to show how a sequence in the human tRNA-modifying enzyme TRMT1 is cleaved by Mpro (and in this revision we have also added new data to show the functional effects of cleavage on TRMT1 activity), and the broad focus of our lab is understanding the mechanisms controlling the function and activity of RNA-modifying enzymes, we will leave it to other labs focused more specifically on protease biochemistry to fully dissect the detailed relationships between peptide sequence and conformation to protease-directed cleavage kinetics. As discussed above, based on our work in this paper and many past studies of similar proteases, understanding how sequence relates to cleavage efficiency is a longer-term and very challenging problem that we view as beyond the scope of this work. As noted above, we have added a brief section explaining this in the Discussion.

      • The authors used A431S variant in TRMT1-derived peptide to disrupt the P3´-in conformation. While this reviewer agrees with the rationale behind A431S design, it is important to confirm experimentally that the mutation disrupted the P3´-in conformation in favor of the P3´-out conformer. The authors could use their MD simulations to determine if the TRMT1 A431S variant favors the P3´-out conformation.

      Thank you for this suggestion; we agree and have carried out the suggested MD simulations with TRMT1 A531S peptides bound to Mpro. Surprisingly, these simulations suggest that the A531S peptide can still readily adopt the P3’-in conformation by orienting the Ser sidechain in a different way as compared to its positioning in the Mpro-nsp4/5 structure. Since this somewhat changes our interpretation of the results of the A531S kinetic experiments, we have rewritten this section of the manuscript by: (a) removing the ‘TRMT1 mutations predicted to alter peptide binding conformation have little effect on cleavage kinetics’ section in the Results, (b) instead adding several sentences talking about the A531S mutation to the previous section of the results, and including this mutation as another example of how mutations to either Mpro or TRMT1 residues that might be expected to impact cleavage kinetics do not in fact affect cleavage rates, and finally (c) adding the new MD simulation results to the A531S kinetic data in Figure S5 in the Supporting Information. We thank the reviewer for suggesting this important follow-up simulation!

      • An unanswered question not addressed by the authors is if the peptides undergo conformational changes upon Mpro binding or if they are pre-organized to adopt the P3´-out and P3´-in conformations.

      We agree this is unanswered; we considered additional MD experiments to address this, but ultimately decided that since both of these sequences are cleaved in the context of much larger polypeptides (FL TRMT1 or the viral polypeptide), any simple analysis to assess the possibility of pre-organization and relate this preferred binding conformation to cleavage kinetics would be difficult to interpret in a biologically meaningful way. We think this and similar questions about how pre-organization of peptides or amino acid sequences in the polypeptides might influence protease binding and cleavage activity are interesting and important future questions for protease-focused groups in this field.

      • While the authors describe at great length the hydrogen bonds involved in the substrate recognition by Mpro, they occluded to highlight important stacking interactions in this interface. For instance, Phe533 from TRMT1 stacks with Met49 while L529 from TRMT1 packs against His41 of Mpro. Both hydrogen bonding and stacking interactions seem important for TRMT1-derived peptide recognition by Mpro.

      Thank you for these suggestions toward additional structural analysis. We have added a short description of L529 packing in the S2 pocket to the main text and Figure S3B. We have also added a short description of F533 packing in the S3’ pocket to the main text and Figure S3C.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, the authors have used a combination of enzymatic, crystallographic, and in silico approaches to provide compelling evidence for substrate selectivity of SARS-CoV-2 Mpro for human TRMT1.

      Strengths:

      In my opinion, the authors came close to achieving their intended aim of demonstrating the structural and biochemical basis of Mpro catalysis and cleavage of human TRMT1 protein. The combination of orthogonal approaches is highly commendable.

      We thank the reviewer for their positive assessment of this work!

      Weaknesses:

      It would have been of high scientific impact if the consequences of TRMT1 cleavage by Mpro on cellular metabolism were provided. Furthermore, assays to investigate the effect of inhibition of this Mpro activity on SARS-CoV-2 propagation and infection would have been extremely useful in providing insights into host- SARS-CoV-2 interactions.

      Toward showing some of the consequences of TRMT1 cleavage, in this revised version of the manuscript we have added new data and a new results section (‘Cleavage of TRMT1 results in complete loss of tRNA m2,2G modification activity and reduced tRNA binding in vitro’) showing that cleavage of TRMT1 results in reduced tRNA binding to TRMT1 (Figure 2D) and the complete loss of TRMT1-mediated tRNA modification activity in vitro (Figure 2C). This complements the in-cell data presented by Zhang et al showing that cleavage of TRMT1 in SARS-CoV-2 infected human cells results in the reduction of m2,2G modification levels. We think these data are a strong addition to this paper that broadens the impacts of our reported results more directly into the RNA modifications field.

      In terms of showing the further, downstream biological effects of TRMT1 cleavage and/or the specific impacts of TRMT1 cleavage on SARS-CoV-2 propagation and replication, while we agree this would absolutely heighten the overall impact, we view the main focus of our paper as showing how TRMT1 is recognized and cleaved by Mpro at the structural level and characterizing the biochemistry of the TRMT1-Mpro interaction and the effects of cleavage on TRMT1 tRNA-modifying activity. Zhang et al present some cellular data suggesting that loss of TRMT1 and/or TRMT1 cleavage during infection is actually detrimental to SARS-CoV-2 replication and infectivity. However, a full understanding of how TRMT1-mediated m2,2G modification of tRNA impacts viral translation, whether TRMT1 plays other roles during the viral life cycle, or whether TRMT1 cleavage (even if not important for viral fitness) contributes to cellular phenotypes during infection, will take a significant amount of future cell biology and virology work to unravel. Indeed, our understanding is that characterizing some of the endogenous cleavage targets for the HIV protease and determining the downstream biological effects and impacts on HIV infection took well over a decade. We hope that the biochemical and structural characterization of the Mpro-TRMT1 interaction presented in our paper will provide the necessary fundamental groundwork and impetus for future virology and cellular biochemistry studies to further investigate the biological roles of TRMT1 cleavage by SARS-CoV-2 Mpro.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Please list Mpro alias Nsp5 in the Abstract and Introduction, as this is the nomenclature used in the companion article.

      OK, we have made these changes.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      In addition to the points mentioned in the public review, this reviewer encourages the authors to address the following points:

      • Citation 14 is important for this work since the authors used multiple structures from that earlier study for comparison. Citation 14 seems outdated since it refers to a preprint that has been published since then in Nat Comm. The authors should cite the peer-reviewed work https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/35729165/

      Thank you, we have updated this reference.

      • The description of the hydrogen bonds is tedious to read. The authors could instead classify them into two groups. Hydrogen bonds between main chain backbones or hydrogen bonds between side chains. For instance, they mention the contact between Mpro Glu166-TRMT1 Arg528. This can lead to confusion that a salt bridge is formed while these two residues interact only via their main chain backbones. Indeed, the side chain of R528 is exposed to the solvent.

      OK, we have taken this suggestion and tried to simplify and clarify this portion of the text (along with the accompanying structure Figure 3 showing key hydrogen bonds; see below).

      • For Figure 2, please label the residues of the peptide with the TRMT1 numbering. This will help the reader to follow the text while looking at the figure.

      OK we have added the TRMT1 numbering to what is now Figure 3A, and labeled key TRMT1 residues in Figures 3B, C, and D.

      • Fig 2B is important but crowded. The authors could use two panels to show two different views of this interface.

      Thank you for this suggestion, we have split B (now C and D in Figure 3) into two panels, rotated 90 degrees from one another, with each view showing a different subset of TRMT1-Mpro interactions. These updated panels are less crowded, and will hopefully be much clearer to readers.

      • For increased clarity, the authors could color P3´-out in orange and P3´-in teal in Fig 3D.

      OK, we have made this change.

      • Please proofread the method section. There should be a space between values and their units. For example, 20mM HEPES should be 20 mM HEPES.

      Thank you, we have corrected these formatting errors in the methods section of the revised version of the manuscript.

      • The authors did not identify the mechanism for the higher efficiency of nsp4/5 cleavage despite testing several mutants and MD simulations. Did the author consider changes in the network of water molecules that might be identified in the MD simulations?

      We did look at the positioning of waters in nsp4/5 vs nsp8/9 vs TRMT1 MD simulations. In the nsp4/5 simulation we do see a slightly higher density of water molecules positioned at approximately reasonable attack angles for substrate hydrolysis. If we consider water molecules with an attack angle on the scissile amide of 82 – 96 degrees and an attack distance of 4 Å or closer, the probabilities for these conditions in the simulations are: nsp4/5 – 19%, nsp8/9 – 9%, TRMT1 – 6%. More water positioned at reasonable attack positions for nsp4/5 might be consistent with its higher cleavage efficiency, but: (a) these are relatively small differences in water positioning across these 3 Mpro-substrate simulations that would not be enough to clearly explain the large differences in observed kinetics, and (b) hydrolysis happens in the later steps of the catalytic cycle, so to accurately capture this we would likely need to simulate reaction intermediates formed after initial attack of the active site Cys.

      We very much appreciate the reviewer’s enthusiasm in pushing us to understand the mechanistic basis for Mpro-directed cleavage efficiencies, and we would have absolutely loved to figure this out! (As it appears to be a long-standing question in the field!) But as discussed above and in the manuscript, we think that it will take a detailed dissection of different steps in the catalytic cycle to understand where and how this selectivity arises. We will leave it to research groups focused more exclusively on the details of protease biochemistry and simulations of reactive intermediates to take up these significant and long-term challenges!

      • In the PDB deposition, Y154 from chain B should be fixed.

      • In the PDB deposition, some added glycerols seem to conflict. Although this is not important for the biological work discussed in this study, the authors should check if glycerol 403 in chain A and 402, 403 in chain B are properly modeled. Does the density justify placing a glycerol there?

      • In the PDB deposition, there are over 51 RSRZ outliers. The authors should double-check if they cannot fix them with additional refinements. While such outliers in poorly defined linkers are understandable, this is unexpected for well-defined regions in the map.

      We have made a number of updates to our PDB deposition to address the above three points. (1) We have reexamined and tweaked the loop region at Y154 chain B; this region of the structure has relatively poorly defined electron density, but we now have a model where Y154 is no longer a Ramachandran outlier. The PDB model is now free of any Ramachandran outliers. (2) We have reexamined each of the modeled glycerol molecules and removed one of these (GOL 402), which had a weaker fit to the electron density. The remaining two glycerols appear to be well-modeled (omit maps leaving out each glycerol show strong Fo-Fc density that clearly looks like a glycerol in shape, adding each glycerol back into the model decreases Rwork and Rfree, and the refined 2Fo-Fc map fits well to the modeled glycerols). (3) We agree there are a large number of RSRZ outliers in this structure. We have reexamined many of these, and come to the same conclusion as for our original deposition: that most of these result from residues where there is clear enough density for placing the backbone into the map, but very poor density for the sidechain. Modeling different sidechain positions for the RSRZ outliers we reexamined did not appreciably improve the model fit or change their RSRZ outlier status. For example, Y154 in chains A and B remain some of the worst RSRZ outliers; while the density for these loop regions is generally not very good, it is clear that the backbone atoms of Y154 can be modeled into the structure, but there is very very weak density for the sidechain. We tried modeling alternative and/or multiple sidechain conformations for Y154, but this did not significantly reduce the size of the RSRZ outlier. In short, while we could remove some of these residues or truncate the sidechain where the sidechain density is very poor to lower the total number of RSRZ outliers, we think the best model is one where we leave these residues built into the structure and accept the higher number of RSRZ outliers. Importantly, none of the significant RSRZ outliers are key residues of biological interest that would affect our interpretation of the structure and/or TRMT1-Mpro biochemistry.

      We have deposited a new, re-refined PDB model (9DW6) that incorporates these changes and supersedes our old PDB entry (8D35). We have updated the manuscript with the new PDB ID. We thank the reviewer for these suggestions that improved the overall structural model.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The crystal structure entry in the PDB should mention the Cys-to-Ala substitution in Mpro.

      Thank you, we have made this change

      Fig 2A and 2B: Can the authors highlight the Gln520-Ala531 peptide bind with a different color, please? It gets lost in panel B.

      Yes, we have made significant revisions to what is now Figure 3, and have highlighted the scissile peptide bond atoms in orange in each of these panels. Thank you for this suggestion, we agree it helps readers to orient themselves within the structure.

      "Importantly, the identified Mpro-targeted residues in human TRMT1 are conserved in the human population (i.e. no missense polymorphisms), showing that human TRMT1 can be recognized and cleaved by SARS-CoV-2 Mpro." Is TRMT1 prone to a high frequency of missense polymorphisms? If so, then this point makes sense. If not, it is not clear if this really informs on any biologically relevant mechanism.

      Given (i) that primate TRMT1 was previously identified under positive selection (i.e. rapid evolution) in an evolutionary screen (Cariou et al PNAS 2022) and (ii) that our study is mostly in vitro, we thought it was important to, first, make sure that this sequence of TRMT1 used in functional assays is not specific to a reference sequence that we tested in vitro, but is actually the sequence of TRMT1 in the human population. Further, we were also looking for whether some variations in the Mpro cleavage site of TRMT1 were possibly present in some humans (could these be linked with severe COVID or susceptibility, for example?).

      Overall, this statement aims to anchor our in vitro results to the TRMT1 sequences actually present in humans. However, we agree this does not inform “biologically relevant mechanism”. We therefore took out the “Importantly” that was probably misleading.

      "TRMT1 engages the Mpro active site in a distinct binding conformation."

      This is reported as an observation with little analysis. What is the structural basis of this conformational difference between the bound peptides? Why are the psi angles different? Is there a steric factor that is different between these peptide chains? This section can be substantially improved in detail from its current state.

      See our related answer to the next comment below.

      "Molecular dynamics simulations suggest kinetic discrimination happens during later steps of Mpro-catalyzed substrate cleavage." This section could have partly addressed my previous comment. It is not clear why there is such a large difference in the psi-angle. With access to several peptide-bound structures, the authors should derive and provide insights into the underlying fundamental principles. After all, this is a major point of discovery in their investigation.

      We agree that it is not entirely clear why TRMT1 seems to favor the P3’-in conformation when binding to Mpro. The only other known peptide-bound structure that adopts a similar P2’ psi angle is nsp6/7, but there are not clear sequence, steric, or interaction features that distinguish TRMT1 and nsp6/7 from the other 6 peptide-Mpro structures that favor a P3’-out conformation with larger P2’ psi angle. In particular, the identity of the P1’ and P3’ residues, which would probably be expected to have the largest impact on this conformation, have no clear commonality in TRMT1 and nsp6/7 that give hints about why these adopt this unique conformation. As we describe in the discussion section of the manuscript, and has been observed by many other studies of Mpro, the protease active site is very plastic and able to accommodate a diverse range of sequences surrounding the invariant P1 Gln. Furthermore, while the crystal structures of TRMT1 and other nsp cleavage sequences bound to Mpro show a single peptide conformation in the active site, our MD simulations suggest that both P3’-in and P3’-out type conformations are present in solution for TRMT1, nsp4/5, and nsp8/9, just with different populations. It is very likely that there is a delicate energetic balance between these conformations that may depend subtly on multiple sequence features of the peptide and how they interact with each other and the flexible Mpro active site. As with our replies to questions from Reviewer 2 above about deciphering the underlying principles that connect peptide sequence to cleavage efficiency, we expect that dissecting the detailed links between sequence and binding conformation will be a long-term challenge for mechanistic and biocomputational groups focused on viral protease enzymes; systematic mutation of all residues in the cleavage sequence to multiple different amino acid identities followed by structure determination either experimentally and/or computationally will likely be required to uncover the key sequence or steric properties and interactions that underly and drive favored peptide binding conformations.

      To highlight these questions as significant and difficult future challenges toward understanding the fundamental principles underlying SARS-CoV Mpro proteolysis, we have added an additional paragraph (second from the last paragraph) in the discussion section.

      This work can be taken to a whole new level if the authors were to provide insights into how TRMT1 degradation by Mpro affects host cell biology and how the inhibition of this activity affects CoV biology.

      We certainly agree that showing the biological effects of TRMT1 degradation on host cell biology and/or viral biology could raise the impact of this work. But as discussed in more detail above in our response to the weakness listed in Reviewer 3’s public review, we see the main focus of this work as showing the biochemical and structural basis for TRMT1 recognition and cleavage by SARS-CoV-2 Mpro, and directly showing the immediate effects of this cleavage on the TRMT1-tRNA interaction and modification activity. As was the case with other viral proteases, like the HIV-1 protease, understanding the potentially diverse and nuanced downstream biological effects of host protein cleavage and its impacts on cellular phenotypes or viral fitness could take many years of careful cell biology and virology work. We hope that our paper provides the key first steps to viral biology labs taking on this significant but important challenge for TRMT1!

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife Assessment

      This study has uncovered some important initial findings about cellular responses to aneuploidy through analysis of gene expression in a set of donated human embryos. While the study's findings are in general solid, some experiments lack statistical power due to small sample sizes. The authors should try to get much more insight with their data highlighting the novel findings.

      We thank the editor for considering our manuscript for publication at elife, and for the helpful and thorough reviews of our work. Based on the suggestions of the reviewers, we have carried out additional experiments, expanded the sample size and reanalyzed the data. This has resulted in a thoroughly revised manuscript and much improved work, which we are convinced meets the requirements to be published as a version of record. Of note, the experiments for the revision required the support by 2 additional researchers from our lab which are now coauthors.

      These are the main changes made to the initial manuscript:

      (1) The RNA-seq data (Figures 1+2) is now FDR corrected and been reanalyzed. This has not affected the initial observations on the activation of p53 and apoptosis in aneuploid human embryos, as well as that the transcriptomic changes are driven by gene dosage effects. 

      (2) We have included the transcriptome analysis of reversine-treated embryos in the supplementary data.

      (3) For validation of novel findings such as the presence of DNA-damage and the expression of DRAM1 in aneuploid embryos, we now include the stainings of 30 human blastocysts (Figure 3o-t). We found absence of DNA-damage in aneuploid embryos and that DRAM1 is increased in the TE but not the ICM of aneuploid embryos. 

      (4) We re-analyzed the co-expression of CASP8/HSP70 in reversine-embryos as suggested by reviewer 1 and found that both proteins tend to be co-expressed. 

      (5) We have added a new analysis of NANOG expression (Figure 4a,b) of the embryos used in Figure 3o-t and have found retention of NANOG protein in both the TE and ICM.

      (6) We have added 6 euploid and 4 aneuploid embryos to Figure 4l-s, which support the conclusions on the absence of autophagy activation in the ICM and failure of PrE formation in aneuploid embryos.

      (7) We have significantly changed the layout of the figures, revised the supplementary tables, added source data files and rewritten the discussion.

      Regarding the sample size of the study, it is important to emphasize that human embryos are ethically sensitive material and that those with the specific genetic content we used in this study are rare, limiting our ability to expand the sample size. For the revision, we have added 40 human blastocysts to our initial 85 embryos. Compared to similar and high-quality studies using human embryos, our study shows a relatively large sample size (n=125): Victor et al. 2021: 30 human blastocysts for immunostainings1; Martin et al. 2023: 14 human blastocysts2; Martin et al. 2024: 64 human blastocysts3; Domingo-Muelas et al. 2023: 23 human blastocysts4.              

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer#1(PublicReview):

      This study investigated an important question in human reproduction: why most fully aneuploid embryos is incompatible with normal fetal development. Specifically, the authors investigated the cellular responses to aneuploidy through analysis of gene expression in a set of donated human blastocysts. The samples included uniform aneuploid embryos of meiotic origin and mosaic aneuploid embryos from the SAC inhibitor reversine treatment. The authors relied mainly on low-input RNA sequencing and immunofluorescence staining. Pathway analysis with RNA-seq data of trophectoderm cells suggested activation of p53 and possibly apoptosis, and this cellular signature appeared to be stronger in TE cells with a higher degree of aneuploidy. Immunostaining also found some evidence of apoptosis, increased expression of HSP70 and autophagy in some aneuploid cells. With combinational OCT4 and GATA4 as lineage markers, it appeared that aneuploidy could alter the second lineage segregation and primitive endoderm formation in particular.

      Although this study is largely descriptive, it generated valuable RNA-seq data from a set of aneuploid TE cells with known karyotypes. Immunostaining results in general were consistent with findings in mouse embryos and human gastruloids.

      We thank the reviewer for the thorough evaluation of our manuscript. We have implemented most of the suggestions, which have further strengthened the original findings.

      While there is a scarcity of human embryo materials for research, the lack of single cell level data limits further extension of the presented data on the consequences of mosaic embryos.  

      We did not include single cell RNA-seq data of mosaic human embryos in our study because we focused on embryos diagnosed with complex meiotic abnormalities. Our hypothesis was that the cellular consequences of aneuploidy would be strongest in this type of aneuploidies and most evident to identify and would allow us to provide a basis for the mechanisms of elimination of aneuploid cells in human embryos. In the manuscript (lines 596-626) we acknowledge the limitations of the extrapolation of our results to mosaic embryos.

      A major concern is that the gene list used for pathway analysis is not FDR controlled. It is also unclear how the many plots generated with the "supervised approach" were actually performed. 

      We agree with the concerns about the fact that our differential expression gene list was not FDR but p-value ranked. We followed the suggestion of the reviewer and revised the RNAseq analysis and focused primarily on pathway analysis. We have also added the comparison between aneuploid and reversine treated embryos to the supplementary data and expanded the analysis of high dosage and low dosage embryos. Importantly, the new analysis has not changed the original finding that aneuploid embryos show hallmarks of p53 activation and apoptosis, and that these effects are gene dosage dependent. The manuscript now includes two completely revised and new figures 1 and 2.

      Since we discarded the data generated from our previous approach, we do not use the term supervised approach anymore.

      The authors also appear to have ignored the possibility that high-dosage group could have a higher mitotic defect.

      This is indeed a possibility. In the discussion (lines 504-508) we have now incorporated the notion that the high dosage embryos could have higher mitotic defects, although our data cannot provide any evidence for this. Of note, the gene expression data shows that all aneuploid embryos (including low dosage and reversine embryos) equally show an enrichment for mitotic spindle pathway genes.

      Assuming a fully aneuploid embryo, why do only some cells display p53 and autophagy marker? 

      This is a very good question, on which we can only speculate, but the answer likely lies in the diversity across cells of the same embryo.

      Even in genetically homogenous tissues and cell cultures, individual cells can exhibit different levels of stress responses, such as p53 activation and apoptosis. This variation may be influenced by the local cellular environment, stochastic gene expression, or differences in cell cycle stages. Other studies on fully aneuploid human embryos could also not detect apoptotic responses in every cell1,3.

      For instance, p53 activation differs even between cells that have a similar number of DNA breaks, and this activation is influenced by both cell-intrinsic factors and previous exposure to DNA damage5.

      Cell cycle tightly regulates the response of cells to different stressors. For instance, cells in G1 or S-phase might be more sensitive to apoptosis signals6, while those in G2/M might escape this response temporarily7.  Autophagy is more induced in G1 and S phases, with reduced activity in G2 and M phases8.

      Individual cells may also have different levels of success in the activation of the compensatory pathways, including the unfolded protein response, autophagy, or changes in metabolism, resulting in some cells adapting better than others.

      The expression of p53 and the sensitivity to apoptosis could also be influenced by epigenetic differences between cells, which may alter their transcriptional response to aneuploidy. Even in a genetically identical population, cells can have different epigenetic landscapes, leading to heterogeneous gene expression patterns.

      The conclusion about proteotoxic stress was largely based on staining of HSP70. It appears from Figure 3 d,h that the same cells exhibited increased HSP70 and CASP8 staining. Since HSP70 is known to have anti-apoptotic effect, could the increased expression of Hsp70 be an anti-apoptotic response?

      Our conclusion about proteotoxic stress was not solely based on HSP70 expression. We also stained for LC3B and p62, which are markers for autophagy and when highly expressed indirectly point towards underlying proteotoxic stress in the cells. 

      We reanalyzed the imaging of the stainings in the reversine-treated embryos, and found that the same cells were positive for both HSP70 and CASP8 staining while the minority was single positive (shown now in Figure 3k,l). 

      HSP70 does indeed not only unfold misfolded and aggregated proteins but does also have a function during cell survival and apoptosis9. HSP70 has been for instance found to inhibit the cleavage of Bid through active CASP8 within the extrinsic apoptosis pathway10. It is thus possible that it temporarily plays this role, and we have acknowledged this in the discussion (lines 623-626). On the other hand, the evidence points at an active apoptosis in the TE, with concomitant cell loss, so if HSP70 is indeed having an anti-apoptotic effect, it is having a limited impact.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review): 

      A high fraction of cells in early embryos carry aneuploid karyotypes, yet even chromosomally mosaic human blastocysts can implant and lead to healthy newborns with diploid karyotypes. Previous studies in other models have shown that genotoxic and proteotoxic stresses arising from aneuploidy lead to the activation of the p53 pathway and autophagy, which helps eliminate cells with aberrant karyotypes. These observations have been here evaluated and confirmed in human blastocysts. The study also demonstrates that the second lineage and formation of primitive endoderm are particularly impaired by aneuploidy.

      This is a timely and potentially important study. Aneuploidy is common in early embryos and has a negative impact on their development, but the reasons behind this are poorly understood. Furthermore, how mosaic aneuploid embryos with a fraction of euploidy greater than 50 % can undergo healthy development remains a mystery. Most of our current information comes from studies on murine embryos, making a substantial study on human embryos of great importance. However, there are only very few new findings or insights provided by this study. Some of the previous findings were reproduced, but it is difficult to say whether this is a real finding, or whether it is a consequence of a low sample number. The authors could get much more insight with their data.

      We thank the reviewer for the thorough evaluation of our manuscript and the valuable suggestions made in the private recommendations. We have expanded the sample size and have carried out additional experiments that have significantly improved the manuscript.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) Instead of using cut off to generate a list, the authors could just rank the entire detected transcriptome for GSEA. This method fits better the authors' intentions of "primarily focused on pathway analysis." The cut-off value "-log10(p-value)<0.05" is not correct. As we can see from the PCA plot, one would not expect many cut off defined DEGs at all. The most obvious transcriptome change is dosage dependent, as the authors cleared showed with InferCNV.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion and agree that this was an important concern of the study. We have entirely revised the RNA-seq analysis based on the proposed approach (Figure 1 and 2, Supplementary Figure 1). Also, we have included the analysis of aneuploid versus reversine treated embryos, which has allowed us to determine the differences between naturally occurring chromosomal abnormalities and those that are induced using reversine (Supplementary Figure 1). 

      We first performed differential gene expression analysis using DESEq2 with a cut-off value for significantly differentially expressed genes of | log2FC | > 1 and an FDR < 0.05. Based on the PCAs and the low number of differentially expressed genes for all comparisons, besides high dosage versus euploid embryos, we focussed primarily on pathway analysis. 

      For that, based on the reviewer’s suggestion, we generated a ranked gene list using the GSEA software (version 4.2.2, MSigDatabase) based on the normalized count matrix of the whole transcriptome that was detected after differential gene expression. The ranked gene list was then subjected to the run GSEA function, and we searched the Hallmark and C2 library for significantly enriched pathways. Thus, we could generate normalized enrichment scores, allowing us to predict whether a pathway is activated or suppressed. The details of the new analysis are described in the Material and Methods section (lines 220-232). Significance was determined using a cut-off value of 25% FDR. This cut-off is proposed in the user guide of the GSEA (https://www.gsea-msigdb.org/gsea/doc/GSEAUserGuideTEXT.htm) especially for incoherent gene expression datasets, as suggested by our PCAs, which allows for hypothesis driven validation of the dataset. 

      Indeed, we found that the most important transcriptome changes are aneuploidy dosage dependent. High dosage embryos show signatures of cellular unfitness, while low-dosage embryos still seem to activate survival pathways (lines 349-364). 

      This new analysis did not only increase robustness of our results but also introduced novel findings, which pave the road for future studies. 

      The validity of our findings is supported by recent work by the Zernicka-Goetz lab. We found that hypoxia is upregulated in low dosage human aneuploid TE cells. In line with our data, the Zernicka-Goetz lab found in a mouse model of low degree chromosomal abnormalities that hypoxia inducible factor 1A (HIF1A) promotes survival of extraembryonic aneuploid cells by reducing levels of DNA damage11.

      (2) It would be very helpful if the authors could perform co-staining of multiple stress markers to better understand the origins of apoptosis and autophagy cells. In Fig 3d and 3h, it seems that the same reversine treated embryo was stained with CASP8, LC3B and HSP70. Is there any correlation between CASP8 and HSP70 at the single cell level? Is there any correlation between p53 and LC3B as the authors suggested, possibly through DRAM1?

      We decided to use the complex aneuploid embryos that were left at our facility for the validation of novel findings such as upregulation of DRAM1 and presence and consequences of DNA damage in aneuploid embryos. As suggested by the editor and the other reviewer we also added embryos to existing datasets to increase the sample size where necessary. Therefore, we did not include other co-staining’s of multiple stress markers.

      Following the reviewer’s suggestion, we reanalyzed the existing stainings and evaluated whether there is a correlation between CASP8 and HSP70 at the single cell level. The reversine-treated embryos were the only embryo group that was co-stained for both CASP8 and HSP70. We quantified the percentage of cells that were single or double positive for CASP8 and HSP70 and found a higher proportion of double positive cells than to single positives. Therefore, we concluded that there is indeed a correlation between both proteins at the single cell level in reversine-treated embryos and included this data in Figure 3k,l. 

      During the experiments for the revision, we found that the DRAM1 protein was upregulated in the cytoplasm of TE cells but not in the ICM of aneuploid embryos (Figure 3s,t), which validates the findings of the gene expression analysis. This data also supports our findings that autophagy is active in aneuploid TE cells while not significantly increased in aneuploid pluripotent ICM cells. Unfortunately, we could not stain LC3B and DRAM1 in the same embryo because the antibodies were raised in the same species.

      (3) While " the possibilities for functional studies and lineage tracing experiments in human embryos are very limited," the authors can leverage in silico modelling (ie, PMID: 28700688) to address the roles of aneuploidy in blastocyst formation and development. Is there any selfregulating mechanism underlying the ratios of PrE and EPI? Is apoptosis of ICM cells a natural process during PrE formation (PMID: 18725515)?

      It is a very interesting proposal to use in silico modelling to address the roles of aneuploidy during human blastocyst formation and lineage segregation. Although this type of analysis would yield very important insights, we are not able to address this point of the revision due to lack of expertise for this type of analysis in our group, requiring setting up a collaboration with experts in this field.  In the discussion we proposed that future studies can leverage our data to be carried out in silico modelling and cited the proposed article (lines 608-610).

      On the second part of the question, we would like to discuss the differences between mouse and human embryo studies. Parts of this were included in the discussion on the possible mechanisms of PrE elimination. 

      Is there a self-regulating mechanism for EPI/PrE formation?

      To extrapolate the knowledge on mouse development to human it is important to bear in mind that (1) human embryos are outbred, as compared to inbred super-fertile laboratory mouse strains and (2) the embryos are donated to research by subfertile couples, which could compromise the EPI/PrE ratios. For instance, Chousal and colleagues found that poor quality blastocysts have a reduced number of PrE cells12. In human embryos the proportion EPI and PrE cells is indeed highly variable (20%-60%) and while the number of EPI cells does not increase between dpf6 and 7, the number of PrE cells does grow13. We found a similar variable number of EPI and PrE in our study on the lineage segregation mechanisms in good quality human embryos, with an absolute number of EPI of 12.1±6.5 cells and 8.4±3.44 PrE cells14.

      By comparison, in late mouse blastocysts, the ratio EPI/PrE cells is consistent (2/3)15. Overall, self-regulating mechanisms in the human embryo are not yet studied in detail due to the lack of possible functional testing.

      Is apoptosis a natural process during PrE formation?

      Yes, in mice apoptosis is a natural process during PrE formation to eliminate misallocated cells of the inner cell mass through cell competition16,17. Yet, in the human embryo there is no evidence of such mechanisms. Although apoptosis is present even in human blastocysts of good quality18, the origin of such apoptotic cells is now still shown, although suboptimal culture conditions are known to increase cellular fragmentation19. Conversely, our data and that of others1,2 supports the notion that the pluripotent inner cell mass in human embryos is more resistant to apoptosis than the trophectoderm, even in karyotypically aberrant cells. 

      (4) The "count tables generated from the raw data files" could not be found in the source data files.

      This slipped to our attention, we have added now the count tables to the source data files. Our apologies.

      (5) Citations on aneuploidy literature were not done in a fully scholarly manner. It appears that authors selectively cite previous papers that are in support of their hypothesis but left out those with alternative conclusions.

      We apologize if we missed any literature that contradicts our findings, it is not intentional. We would be grateful if the reviewer could provide such references. 

      In the manuscript we describe the alignment and differences of key findings with several studies (listed below) and the limitations of our study are extensively described in lines 596626.

      Our findings align with other work on these aspects:

      - RNA-sequencing data2,20–26

      - Gene dosage effects drive the transcriptome of the aneuploid human embryo27,28

      - Aneuploid cells are cleared by sustained proteotoxic stress followed by p53 activation, autophagy and eventually apoptosis29–37.

      - p53 is active in constitutional aneuploid cells38

      - The ICM is less sensitive to apoptosis1,2

      Our findings differ with other work on these points:

      - p53 activation is independent from DNA-damage39

      - p53 is active in constitutional aneuploid cells40,41

      - Apoptosis is only present in the aneuploid TE of aneuploid cells in the embryo29,30,42    

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Comments:

      (1) The main problem is that there is no substantial novelty. The authors look at previously identified factors affected by chromosome gains and losses, but none of the new one from their analysis. Anything what could be potentially novel is not carefully analyzed (e.g. the difference between reversine-treated and aneuploid samples, or new potential candidates) or explained. This is really a pity.

      In the revision, we have further elaborated on the DNA damage aspect by staining for DNA double-stranded breaks and have validated DRAM1 as an activated downstream effector of p53. We have also added the analyses of the gene-expression of the reversine-treated embryos.

      (2) Some of the general statements on aneuploidy are confusing and often borderline generalized. E.g. introduction line 106: "If this (proteotoxic stress) remains unresolved by the activation of autophagy..." I am not aware of any publication suggesting that autophagy resolves proteotoxic stress in aneuploid cells. Citations that replication stress causes DNA damage in aneuploid cells are wrong. This link was first shown by Passerini et al. in 2016. etc.

      We have clarified these statements in the introduction and added the proposed citations on replication stress that causes DNA damage in aneuploid cells (lines 95-108).

      (3) In the figures the authors show a representative image of aneuploid and diploid embryos. Given the aneuploid embryos have widely different karyotypes, it would be important to clarify which of the embryos has been actually shown. Similarly, in the heat maps it is not clear which line is which embryo. This would be very useful.

      We added the karyotypes of the aneuploid embryos to the images in figure 3 and 4. Since the heatmaps were removed from the figures we added the karyotypes to the PCAs in all figures.

      (4) The authors constantly state that aneuploid embryo accumulate more DNA damage, which is supported by some of their observations, e.g. the DNA damage response is upregulated. It would be great if they would validated this statements with testing some markers for DNA damage.

      We agree with the reviewer that this was an important point and addressing it has revealed that our initial assumption was incorrect and has provided new interesting findings. From the revised RNA-seq analysis, we found only one pathway (DNA damage response TP53) to be activated in all aneuploid embryos (Fig.1e). The ATM pathway was also activated specifically in high-dosage embryos. Following this, we set to test if DNA damage was indeed increased in aneuploid embryos by staining for DNA double strand breaks with gH2AX. 

      First, we investigated the gH2AX expression in 5dpf embryos in which we induced DNAdamage with Bleomycin. We compared 6 untreated versus 6 Bleomycin treated human embryos (Fig. 3m) and found that gH2AX foci were rarely present in the untreated embryos and that all cells of the treated embryos showed a pan-nuclear gH2AX staining. 

      Second, we compared the presence of gH2AX foci in the TE (NANOG negative cells), ICM (NANOG positive cells) and the whole embryo of 7 euploid versus 11 aneuploid embryos. Interestingly, we found no differences in the number of gH2AX foci or pan-nuclear gH2AX nuclei between euploid and aneuploid embryos (Fig 3o). When dividing our aneuploid embryos into high and low dosage embryos we could also not account for differences. Our data now suggests that complex aneuploid human embryonic cells of meiotic origin do not contain more DNA-double strand breaks, precluding DNA-damage as the source of p53 activation. Last, in our previous experiment we found that phosphorylated S15p53 is increased in aneuploid embryos, supporting an active p53 pathway as suggested by our transcriptomic data. Since we could not find DNA-damage in aneuploid human embryos we speculate that p53 is phosphorylated on Serine15 through metabolic stress as suggested by Jones and colleagues43. We also argue that proteotoxic stress might induce p53 expression as proposed by Singla and colleagues29.

      (5) The source of embryos is only partially described in a figure legend. This should be expanded and described in the Materials and Methods section. The embryos are named, but this is nowhere explained. One can only assume that T is for trisomy and M is for monosomy.

      We have divided the embryos into different experimental series (Experiment 1-4). This is now described in the Material and methods section (lines 157-175). Also, we have added the experiment number of each embryo to the supplementary tables and to the source data. The abbreviation for T = Trisomy and M= Monosomy was initially introduced in the last paragraph of the figure legend of figure 4.  We now added it to every panel.

      (6) Recent works from non-embryonic cells suggest that the cellular response to monosomy is different than the response to trisomy. Did the authors try to test this possible difference? For example, one could compare embryos M174/21, M2/19 and M17 with T2/10, T10/22 and T1/15/18/22.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. Our RNA-seq. dataset consisted of three embryos that contained trisomies only and four embryos that contained monosomies only. When reanalyzing our data we found different transcriptomic responses between monosomic only and trisomic only cells. Compared to euploid cells, monosomy only cells activate mainly the p53pathway and protein secretion while translation, DNA replication, cell cycle G1/S, DNA synthesis and processing of DNA double strand breaks were inhibited. Trisomy only cells show activated oxidative phosphorylation, ribosome and translation while protein secretion, apoptosis and cell cycle are inhibited. These differences were confirmed by testing transcriptomic differences between trisomic versus monosomic cells. Our results are similar to studies on human embryos20,26 and other monosomic and trisomic cell lines44,45. However, the interpretation of these results is very limited by the small sample size and the comparison of monosomies and trisomies of different chromosomes. Thus, we decided to keep this analysis out of the manuscript.

      Author response image 1.

      On the protein level, next to the small sample size, our results were also limited by the fact that not all embryos were stained with the same combinations of antibodies. LC3B was the only protein for which all embryos were immunostained. Thus, other protein data could not be re-analyzed due to even lower sample sizes. 

      Below we have separated the LC3B puncta per cell counts into euploid, trisomies only, monosomies only and all other aneuploid embryos. We performed a Kruskal Wallis test with multiple comparisons. It is worth noticing that the difference between euploid and monosomies only (and those that contained both) was statistically significant, while the difference between euploid vs trisomies only and trisomies only vs monosomies only was not statistically significant. These differences contradict the studies on monosomic cell lines that found that proteotoxic stress and autophagy are not present and specific to trisomic cell lines. Here we also decided to keep this specific protein expression analysis out of the manuscript due to the above-mentioned limitations.

      Author response image 2.

      (7) Line 329: "a trisomy 12 meiotic chromosomal abnormality in one reversine-treated embryo." What does it mean? Why meiotic chromosomal abnormality when the reversine treatment was administered 4 days after fertilization? In the discussion, the authors state "presumed meiotic," but this should be discussed and described more clearly.

      Since reversine induces mitotic abnormalities of different types leading to chromosomally mosaic embryos, we could not identify these induced abnormalities using inferCNV on the RNAseq of TE biopsies of said embryos. However, we were not aware of the karyotype of the embryos that were used for these experiments, as they were thawed after they had been cryopreserved at day 3 of development and had not been subjected to genetic testing.  This makes it possible that some of those embryos we used for the reversine experiments in fact carried endogenously acquired meiotic and mitotic chromosomal abnormalities. Since we are only able to detect by inferCNV aneuploidies homogeneously present in the majority of the cells of the sequenced biopsy, we only picked up this trisomy 12.  It is possible that this was not a meiotic abnormality but a miotic one originating at the first cleavage and present at a high percentage of cells in the blastocyst. At any rate, the exact origin of this aneuploidy has no further implications for the results of the study. We clarified this in the manuscript (lines 310-315).

      (8) Line 422: "The gene expression profiles suggest that the accumulation of autophagic proteins in aneuploid embryos is caused by increased autophagic flux due to differential expression of the p53 target gene DNA Damage Regulated Autophagy Modulator-1 (DRAM1), rather than by inhibition of autophagy (Supplementary Table 2)." This is highly speculative, as the authors do not have any evidence to support this statement.

      To validate this finding we have now stained 7 euploid and 11 aneuploid embryos with a DRAM1 antibody. We found DRAM1 protein to be significantly enriched in the cytoplasm of TE cells but not in the ICM of aneuploid embryos when comparing with euploid embryos (Fig. 3s,t). This data is consistent with the finding that autophagy is increased in the TE and not the ICM of aneuploid human embryos. (Fig 4l-o). Potential implications of DRAM1 expression have been mentioned in the discussion.

      (9) The figure legends are confusing. They are mixed up with the methods and some key information are missing.

      We revised all figure legends accordingly and removed the experimental set-up figures from the manuscript to reduce any confusion. The methods section was revised and expanded.

      (10) In Figure 1, what is the difference between "activated" and "deregulated"?

      Since we analyzed our RNA-seq dataset with the method proposed by reviewer 1 we now generated normalized enrichment scores. The terms activated and deregulated are thus not present anymore.  

      (11) The p62 images are not really clear. There might be more puncta (not obvious, though), but the staining intensity seems lower in the representative images.  

      We do not agree with the reviewer that there might be more p62 puncta (purple), however, we agree that it was not clearly visible from the pictures. Below we show an example of the counting mask (in green) of the aneuploid embryo from figure 3i, where one can clearly appreciate that all the puncta are captured by the counting mask. In this case, the software counted 1704 puncta. To further clarify, we now added a zoom of a randomly chose ROI of the p62 staining’s to figure 3i.

      Author response image 3.

      (12) The authors claim that there are differences between lineages in response to aneuploidy, such as autophagy not being activated in the OCT4+ lineage, etc. However, the differences are very small and based on a small number of embryos. It is difficult to draw far-reaching conclusions based on a small number of experiments (Fig. 4n-r). The authors also claim in the Abstract that they demonstrated "clear differences with previous findings in the mouse", which are however difficult to identify in the text.

      We agree with the reviewer that our conclusions on figures 4l-o were based on a small number of embryos. We have increased as much as possible the sample size. This is challenging due to the constrictions in accessing human embryos, and especially the limited number of embryos with meiotic complex aneuploidy. We have performed immunostainings for LC3B, OCT4 and GATA4 of six additional euploid and four additional aneuploid human embryos. This did not change our overall findings that aneuploid embryos upregulate autophagy in the TE rather than the ICM (Figure 4l-o). After the inclusion of additional embryos, we removed our speculation from the manuscript that autophagy is present in ICM cells of already differentiated cells towards EPI/PrE.

      We have rephrased the abstract to state that we highlight a few differences with previous findings in the mouse. Here we focused especially on the different transcriptomic response of reversine treated embryos, that aneuploid mouse embryos do not seem to suffer from lineage segregation errors and that the ICM of aneuploid human embryos lacks apoptosis while aneuploid mouse embryos show elimination from the EPI. Likewise, we highlighted the similar stress responses and that we could give novel insights into p53 mediated autophagy and apoptosis activation through DRAM1 in aneuploid TE cells but not the ICM.  

      (13) The text needs thorough editing - long sentences, typos, and grammar errors are frequent. Punctuation is largely missing.

      We have revised the text.

      References

      (1) Victor, A. R. et al. One hundred mosaic embryos transferred prospectively in a single clinic: exploring when and why they result in healthy pregnancies. Fertil Steril 111, 280–293 (2019).

      (2) Martin, A. et al. Mosaic results after preimplantation genetic testing for aneuploidy may be accompanied by changes in global gene expression. Front Mol Biosci 10, 264 (2023).

      (3) Martín, Á. et al. Trophectoderm cells of human mosaic embryos display increased apoptotic levels and impaired differentiation capacity: a molecular clue regarding their reproductive fate? Human Reproduction 39, 709–723 (2024).

      (4) Domingo-Muelas, A. et al. Human embryo live imaging reveals nuclear DNA shedding during blastocyst expansion and biopsy. Cell 186, 3166-3181.e18 (2023).

      (5) Loewer, A., Karanam, K., Mock, C. & Lahav, G. The p53 response in single cells is linearly correlated to the number of DNA breaks without a distinct threshold. BMC Biol 11, 1–13 (2013).

      (6) Kim, H., Watanabe, S., Kitamatsu, M., Watanabe, K. & Ohtsuki, T. Cell cycle dependence of apoptosis photo-triggered using peptide-photosensitizer conjugate. Scientific Reports 2020 10:1 10, 1–8 (2020).

      (7) Pollak, N. et al. Cell cycle progression and transmitotic apoptosis resistance promote escape from extrinsic apoptosis. J Cell Sci 134, (2021).

      (8) Neufeld, T. P. Autophagy and cell growth--the yin and yang of nutrient responses. J Cell Sci 125, 2359–2368 (2012).

      (9) Lanneau, D. et al. Heat shock proteins: essential proteins for apoptosis regulation. J Cell Mol Med 12, 743 (2008).

      (10) Gabai, V. L., Mabuchi, K., Mosser, D. D. & Sherman, M. Y. Hsp72 and Stress Kinase cjun N-Terminal Kinase Regulate the Bid-Dependent Pathway in Tumor Necrosis Factor-Induced Apoptosis. Mol Cell Biol 22, 3415 (2002).

      (11) Sanchez-Vasquez, E., Bronner, M. E. & Zernicka-Goetz, M. HIF1A contributes to the survival of aneuploid and mosaic pre-implantation embryos. bioRxiv 2023.09.04.556218 (2023) doi:10.1101/2023.09.04.556218.

      (12) Chousal, J. N. et al. Molecular profiling of human blastocysts reveals primitive endoderm defects among embryos of decreased implantation potential. Cell Rep 43, (2024).

      (13) Corujo-Simon, E., Radley, A. H. & Nichols, J. Evidence implicating sequential commitment of the founder lineages in the human blastocyst by order of hypoblast gene activation. Development (Cambridge) 150, (2023).

      (14) Regin, M. et al. Lineage segregation in human pre-implantation embryos is specified by YAP1 and TEAD1. Human Reproduction 38, 1484–1498 (2023).

      (15) Saiz, N., Williams, K. M., Seshan, V. E. & Hadjantonakis, A. K. Asynchronous fate decisions by single cells collectively ensure consistent lineage composition in the mouse blastocyst. Nature Communications 2016 7:1 7, 1–14 (2016).

      (16) Plusa, B., Piliszek, A., Frankenberg, S., Artus, J. & Hadjantonakis, A. K. Distinct sequential cell behaviours direct primitive endoderm formation in the mouse blastocyst. Development 135, 3081–3091 (2008).

      (17) Hashimoto, M. & Sasaki, H. Epiblast Formation by TEAD-YAP-Dependent Expression of Pluripotency Factors and Competitive Elimination of Unspecified Cells. Dev Cell 50, 139-154.e5 (2019).

      (18) Hardy, K. Apoptosis in the human embryo. Rev Reprod 4, 125–134 (1999).

      (19) Ramos-Ibeas, P. et al. Embryo responses to stress induced by assisted reproductive technologies. Mol Reprod Dev 86, 1292–1306 (2019).

      (20) Licciardi, F. et al. Human blastocysts of normal and abnormal karyotypes display distinct transcriptome profiles. Sci Rep 8, 1–9 (2018).

      (21) Maxwell, S. M. et al. Investigation of Global Gene Expression of Human Blastocysts Diagnosed as Mosaic using Next-generation Sequencing. Reproductive Sciences 1–11 (2022) doi:10.1007/s43032-022-00899-x.

      (22) Groff, A. F. et al. RNA-seq as a tool for evaluating human embryo competence. Genome Res 29, 1705–1718 (2019).

      (23) Starostik, M. R., Sosin, O. A. & McCoy, R. C. Single-cell analysis of human embryos reveals diverse patterns of aneuploidy and mosaicism. Genome Res 30, 814–826 (2020).

      (24) Vera-Rodriguez, M., Chavez, S. L., Rubio, C., Pera, R. A. R. & Simon, C. Prediction model for aneuploidy in early human embryo development revealed by single-cell analysis. Nat Commun 6, 7601 (2015).

      (25) Sanchez-Ribas, I. et al. Transcriptomic behavior of genes associated with chromosome 21 aneuploidies in early embryo development. Fertil Steril 111, 991-1001.e2 (2019).

      (26) Fuchs Weizman, N. et al. Towards Improving Embryo Prioritization: Parallel Next Generation Sequencing of DNA and RNA from a Single Trophectoderm Biopsy. Sci Rep 9, 1–11 (2019).

      (27) Fernandez Gallardo, E. et al. A multi-omics genome-and-transcriptome single-cell atlas of human preimplantation embryogenesis reveals the cellular and molecular impact of chromosome instability. bioRxiv 2023.03.08.530586 (2023) doi:10.1101/2023.03.08.530586.

      (28) Dürrbaum, M. & Storchová, Z. Effects of aneuploidy on gene expression: implications for cancer. FEBS J 283, 791–802 (2016).

      (29) Singla, S., Iwamoto-Stohl, L. K., Zhu, M. & Zernicka-Goetz, M. Autophagy-mediated apoptosis eliminates aneuploid cells in a mouse model of chromosome mosaicism. Nat Commun 11, 1–15 (2020).

      (30) Bolton, H. et al. Mouse model of chromosome mosaicism reveals lineage-specific depletion of aneuploid cells and normal developmental potential. Nat Commun 7, 1– 12 (2016).

      (31) Ohashi, A. et al. Aneuploidy generates proteotoxic stress and DNA damage concurrently with p53-mediated post-mitotic apoptosis in SAC-impaired cells. Nat Commun 6, 1–16 (2015).

      (32) Santaguida, S. & Amon, A. Short- and long-term effects of chromosome missegregation and aneuploidy. Nature Reviews Molecular Cell Biology vol. 16 473–485 Preprint at https://doi.org/10.1038/nrm4025 (2015).

      (33) Santaguida, S., Vasile, E., White, E. & Amon, A. Aneuploidy-induced cellular stresses limit autophagic degradation. Genes Dev 29, 2010–2021 (2015).

      (34) Chunduri, N. K. & Storchová, Z. The diverse consequences of aneuploidy. Nature Cell Biology 2019 21:1 21, 54–62 (2019).

      (35) Dürrbaum, M. et al. Unique features of the transcriptional response to model aneuploidy in human cells. BMC Genomics 15, 139 (2014).

      (36) Pan, J.-A., Ullman, E., Dou, Z. & Zong, W.-X. Inhibition of protein degradation induces apoptosis through a microtubule-associated protein 1 light chain 3-mediated activation of caspase-8 at intracellular membranes. Mol Cell Biol 31, 3158–70 (2011).

      (37) Stingele, S. et al. Global analysis of genome, transcriptome and proteome reveals the response to aneuploidy in human cells. Mol Syst Biol 8, 608 (2012).

      (38) Tang, Y.-C., Williams, B. R., Siegel, J. J. & Amon, A. Identification of aneuploidyselective antiproliferation compounds. Cell 144, 499–512 (2011).

      (39) Janssen, A., Van Der Burg, M., Szuhai, K., Kops, G. J. P. L. & Medema, R. H. Chromosome segregation errors as a cause of DNA damage and structural chromosome aberrations. Science 333, 1895–1898 (2011).

      (40) Li, M. et al. The ATM-p53 pathway suppresses aneuploidy-induced tumorigenesis. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 107, 14188–14193 (2010).

      (41) Thompson, S. L. & Compton, D. A. Proliferation of aneuploid human cells is limited by a p53-dependent mechanism. J Cell Biol 188, 369–381 (2010).

      (42) Yang, M. et al. Depletion of aneuploid cells in human embryos and gastruloids. Nat Cell Biol 23, 314–321 (2021).

      (43) Jones, R. G. et al. AMP-activated protein kinase induces a p53-dependent metabolic checkpoint. Mol Cell 18, 283–293 (2005).

      (44) Chunduri, N. K., Barthel, K. & Storchova, Z. Consequences of Chromosome Loss: Why Do Cells Need Each Chromosome Twice? Cells 2022, Vol. 11, Page 1530 11, 1530 (2022).

      (45) Krivega, M., Stiefel, C. M. & Storchova, Z. Consequences of chromosome gain: A new view on trisomy syndromes. American Journal of Human Genetics vol. 109 2126–2140 Preprint at https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ajhg.2022.10.014 (2022).

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      eLife Assessment

      This work presents an important method for depleting ribosomal RNA from bacterial single-cell RNA sequencing libraries, enabling the study of cellular heterogeneity within microbial biofilms. The approach convincingly identifies a small subpopulation of cells at the biofilm's base with upregulated PdeI expression, offering invaluable insights into the biology of bacterial biofilms and the formation of persister cells. Further integrated analysis of gene interactions within these datasets could deepen our understanding of biofilm dynamics and resilience.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback and for recognizing the importance of our method for depleting ribosomal RNA from bacterial single-cell RNA sequencing libraries. We are pleased that our approach has convincingly identified a small subpopulation of cells at the base of the biofilm with upregulated PdeI expression, providing significant insights into the biology of bacterial biofilms and the formation of persister cells.

      We acknowledge your suggestion for a more comprehensive analysis of multiple genes and their interactions. While we conducted a broad analysis across the transcriptome, our decision to focus on the heterogeneously expressed gene PdeI was primarily informed by its critical role in biofilm biology. In addition to PdeI, we investigated other marker genes and noted that lptE and sstT exhibited potential associations with persister cells. However, our interaction analysis revealed that LptE and SstT did not demonstrate significant relationships with c-di-GMP and PdeI based on current knowledge. This insight led us to concentrate on PdeI, given its direct relevance to biofilm formation and its close connection to the c-di-GMP signaling pathway.

      We fully agree that other marker genes may also have important regulatory roles in different aspects of biofilm dynamics. Thus, we plan to explore the expression patterns and potential functions of these genes in our future research. Specifically, we intend to conduct more extensive gene network analyses to uncover the complex regulatory mechanisms involved in biofilm formation and resilience.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Yan and colleagues introduce a modification to the previously published PETRI-seq bacterial single cell protocol to include a ribosomal depletion step based on a DNA probe set that selectively hybridizes with ribosome-derived (rRNA) cDNA fragments. They show that their modification of the PETRI-seq protocol increases the fraction of informative non-rRNA reads from ~4-10% to 54-92%. The authors apply their protocol to investigating heterogeneity in a biofilm model of E. coli, and convincingly show how their technology can detect minority subpopulations within a complex community.

      Strengths:

      The method the authors propose is a straightforward and inexpensive modification of an established split-pool single cell RNA-seq protocol that greatly increases its utility, and should be of interest to a wide community working in the field of bacterial single cell RNA-seq.

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for their thoughtful and positive evaluation of our work. We appreciate the recognition of our modification to the PETRI-seq bacterial single-cell RNA sequencing protocol by incorporating a ribosomal depletion step. The significant increase in the fraction of informative non-rRNA reads, as noted in the reviewer’s summary, underscores the effectiveness of our method in enhancing the utility of the PETRI-seq approach. We are also encouraged by the reviewer's acknowledgment of our ability to detect minority subpopulations within complex biofilm communities. Our team is committed to further validating and optimizing this method, and we believe that RiboD-PETRI will contribute meaningfully to the field of bacterial single-cell transcriptomics. We hope this innovative approach will facilitate new discoveries in microbial ecology and biofilm research.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This work introduces a new method of depleting the ribosomal reads from the single-cell RNA sequencing library prepared with one of the prokaryotic scRNA-seq techniques, PETRI-seq. The advance is very useful since it allows broader access to the technology by lowering the cost of sequencing. It also allows more transcript recovery with fewer sequencing reads. The authors demonstrate the utility and performance of the method for three different model species and find a subpopulation of cells in the E.coli biofilm that express a protein, PdeI, which causes elevated c-di-GMP levels. These cells were shown to be in a state that promotes persister formation in response to ampicillin treatment.

      Strengths:

      The introduced rRNA depletion method is highly efficient, with the depletion for E.coli resulting in over 90% of reads containing mRNA. The method is ready to use with existing PETRI-seq libraries which is a large advantage, given that no other rRNA depletion methods were published for split-pool bacterial scRNA-seq methods. Therefore, the value of the method for the field is high. There is also evidence that a small number of cells at the bottom of a static biofilm express PdeI which is causing the elevated c-di-GMP levels that are associated with persister formation. This finding highlights the potentially complex role of PdeI in regulation of c-di-GMP levels and persister formation in microbial biofilms.

      Weaknesses:

      Given many current methods that also introduce different techniques for ribosomal RNA depletion in bacterial single-cell RNA sequencing, it is unclear what is the place and role of RiboD-PETRI. The efficiency of rRNA depletion varies greatly between species for the majority of the available methods, so it is not easy to select the best fitting technique for a specific application.

      Thank you for your insightful comments regarding the place and role of RiboD-PETRI in the landscape of ribosomal RNA depletion techniques for bacterial single-cell RNA sequencing. We appreciate the opportunity to address your concerns and clarify the significance of our method.

      We acknowledge that the field of rRNA depletion in bacterial single-cell RNA sequencing is diverse, with many methods offering different approaches. We also recognize the challenge of selecting the best technique for a specific application, given the variability in rRNA depletion efficiency across species for many available methods. In light of these considerations, we believe RiboD-PETRI occupies a distinct and valuable niche in this landscape due to following reasons: 1) Low-input compatibility: Our method is specifically tailored for the low-input requirements of single-cell RNA sequencing, maintaining high efficiency even with limited starting material. This makes RiboD-PETRI particularly suitable for single-cell studies where sample quantity is often a limiting factor. 2) Equipment-free protocol: One of the unique advantages of RiboD-PETRI is that it can be conducted in any lab without the need for specialized equipment. This accessibility ensures that a wide range of researchers can implement our method, regardless of their laboratory setup. 3) Broad species coverage: Through comprehensive probe design targeting highly conserved regions of bacterial rRNA, RiboD-PETRI offers a robust solution for samples involving multiple bacterial species or complex microbial communities. This approach aims to provide consistent performance across diverse taxa, addressing the variability issue you mentioned. 4) Versatility and compatibility: RiboD-PETRI is designed to be compatible with various downstream single-cell RNA sequencing protocols, enhancing its utility in different experimental setups and research contexts.

      In conclusion, RiboD-PETRI's unique combination of low-input compatibility, equipment-free protocol, broad species coverage, and versatility positions it as a robust and accessible option in the landscape of rRNA depletion methods for bacterial single-cell RNA sequencing. We are committed to further validating and improving our method to ensure its valuable contribution to the field and to provide researchers with a reliable tool for their diverse experimental needs.

      Despite transcriptome-wide coverage, the authors focused on the role of a single heterogeneously expressed gene, PdeI. A more integrated analysis of multiple genes and\or interactions between them using these data could reveal more insights into the biofilm biology.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback. We understand your suggestion for a more comprehensive analysis of multiple genes and their interactions. While we indeed conducted a broad analysis across the transcriptome, our decision to focus on the heterogeneously expressed gene PdeI was primarily based on its crucial role in biofilm biology. Beyond PdeI, we also conducted overexpression experiments on several other marker genes and examined their phenotypes. Notably, the lptE and sstT genes showed potential associations with persister cells. We performed an interaction analysis, which revealed that LptE and SstT did not show significant relationships with c-di-GMP and PdeI based on current knowledge. This finding led us to concentrate our attention on PdeI. Given PdeI's direct relevance to biofilm formation and its close connection to the c-di-GMP signaling pathway, we believed that an in-depth study of PdeI was most likely to reveal key biological mechanisms.

      We fully agree with your point that other marker genes may play regulatory roles in different aspects. The expression patterns and potential functions of these genes will be an important direction in our future research. In our future work, we plan to conduct more extensive gene network analyses to uncover the complex regulatory mechanisms of biofilm formation.

      Author response image 1.

      The proportion of persister cells in the partially maker genes and empty vector control groups. Following induction of expression with 0.002% arabinose for 2 hours, a persister counting assay was conducted on the strains using 150 μg/ml ampicillin.

      The authors should also present the UMIs capture metrics for RiboD-PETRI method for all cells passing initial quality filter (>=15 UMIs/cell) both in the text and in the figures. Selection of the top few cells with higher UMI count may introduce biological biases in the analysis (the top 5% of cells could represent a distinct subpopulation with very high gene expression due to a biological process). For single-cell RNA sequencing, showing the statistics for a 'top' group of cells creates confusion and inflates the perceived resolution, especially when used to compare to other methods (e.g. the parent method PETRI-seq itself).

      Thank you for your valuable feedback regarding the presentation of UMI capture metrics for the RiboD-PETRI method. We appreciate your concern about potential biological biases and the importance of comprehensive data representation in single-cell RNA sequencing analysis. We have now included the UMI capture metrics for all cells passing the initial quality filter (≥15 UMIs/cell) for the RiboD-PETRI method. This information has been added to both the main text and the relevant figures, providing a more complete picture of our method's performance across the entire range of captured cells. These revisions strengthen our manuscript and provide readers with a more complete understanding of the RiboD-PETRI method in the context of single-cell RNA sequencing.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The reviewers have responded thoughtfully and comprehensively to all of my comments. I believe the details of the protocol are now much easier to understand, and the text and methods have been significantly clarified. I have no further comments.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The authors edited the manuscript thoroughly in response to the comments, including both performing new experiments and showing more data and information. Most of the major points raised between both reviewers were addressed. The authors explained the seeming contradiction between c-di-GMP levels and PdeI expression. Despite these improvements, a few issues remain:

      - Despite now depositing the data and analysis files to GEO, the access is embargoed and the reviewer token was not provided to evaluate the shared data and accessory files.

      Please note that although the data and analysis files have been deposited to GEO, access is currently embargoed. To evaluate the shared data and accessory files, you will need a reviewer token, which appears to have not been provided.

      To gain access, please follow these steps:

      Visit the GEO accession page at: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/geo/query/acc.cgi?acc=GSE260458

      In the designated field, enter the reviewer token: ehipgqiohhcvjev

      - Despite now discussing performance metrics for RiboD-PETRI method for all cells passing initial quality filter (>=15 UMIs/cell) in the text, the authors continued to also include the statistics for top 1000 cells, 5,000 cells and so on. Critically, Figure 2A-B is still showing the UMI and gene distributions per cell only for these select groups of cells. The intent to focus on these metrics is not quite clear, as selection of the top few cells with higher UMI count may introduce biological biases in the analysis (what if the top 5% of cells are unusual because they represent a distinct subpopulation with very high gene expression due to a biological process). I understand the desire to demonstrate the performance of the method by highlighting a few select 'best' cells, however, for single-cell RNA sequencing showing the statistics for a 'top' group of cells is not appropriate and creates confusion, especially when used to compare to other methods (e.g. the parent method PETRI-seq itself).

      We appreciate your insightful feedback regarding our presentation of the RiboD-PETRI method's performance metrics. We acknowledge the concerns you've raised and agree that our current approach requires refinement. We have revised our analysis to prominently feature metrics for all cells that pass the initial quality filter (≥15 UMIs/cell) (Fig. 2A, Fig. 3A, Supplementary Fig. 1A, B and Supplementary Fig. 2A, G). This approach provides a more representative view of the method's performance across the entire dataset, avoiding potential biases introduced by focusing solely on top-performing cells.​

      We recognize that selecting only the top cells based on UMI counts can indeed introduce biological biases, as these cells may represent distinct subpopulations with unique biological processes rather than typical cellular states. To address this, we have clearly stated the potential for bias when highlighting select 'best' cells. We also provided context for why these high-performing cells are shown, explaining that they demonstrate the upper limits of the method's capabilities (lines 139). In addition, when comparing RiboD-PETRI to other methods, including the parent PETRI-seq, we ensured that comparisons are made using consistent criteria across all methods.

      By implementing these changes, we aim to provide a more accurate, unbiased, and comprehensive representation of the RiboD-PETRI method's performance while maintaining scientific rigor and transparency. We appreciate your critical feedback, as it helps us improve the quality and reliability of our research presentation.

      - Line 151 " The findings reveal that our sequencing saturation is 100% (Fig. S1B, C)" - I suggest the authors revisit this calculation as this parameter is typically very challenging to get above 95-96%. The sequencing saturation should be calculated from the statistics of alignment themselves, i.e. the parameter calculated by Cell Ranger as described here https://kb.10xgenomics.com/hc/en-us/articles/115003646912-How-is-sequencing-saturation-calculated :

      "The web_summary.html output from cellranger count includes a metric called "Sequencing Saturation". This metric quantifies the fraction of reads originating from an already-observed UMI. More specifically, this is the fraction of confidently mapped, valid cell-barcode, valid UMI reads that are non-unique (match an existing cell-barcode, UMI, gene combination).

      The formula for calculating this metric is as follows:

      Sequencing Saturation = 1 - (n_deduped_reads / n_reads)

      where

      n_deduped_reads = Number of unique (valid cell-barcode, valid UMI, gene) combinations among confidently mapped reads.

      n_reads = Total number of confidently mapped, valid cell-barcode, valid UMI reads.

      Note that the numerator of the fraction is n_deduped_reads, not the non-unique reads that are mentioned in the definition. n_deduped_reads is a degree of uniqueness, not a degree of duplication/saturation. Therefore we take the complement of (n_deduped_reads / n_reads) to measure saturation."

      We appreciate your insightful comment regarding our sequencing saturation calculation. The sequencing saturation algorithm we initially employed was based on the methodology used in the BacDrop study (PMID: PMC10014032, https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC10014032/).

      We acknowledge the importance of using standardized and widely accepted methods for calculating sequencing saturation. As per your suggestion, we have recalculated our sequencing saturation using the method described by 10x Genomics. Given the differences between RiboD-PETRI and 10x Genomics datasets, we have adapted the calculation as follows:

      · n_deduped_reads: We used the number of UMIs as a measure of unique reads.

      · n_reads: We used the total number of confidently mapped reads.

      After applying this adapted calculation method, we found that our sequencing saturation ranges from 92.16% to 93.51%. This range aligns more closely with typical expectations for sequencing saturation in single-cell RNA sequencing experiments, suggesting that we have captured a substantial portion of the transcript diversity in our samples. We also updated Figure S1 to reflect these recalculated sequencing saturation values. We will also provide a detailed description of our calculation method in the methods section to ensure transparency and reproducibility. It's important to note that this saturation calculation method was originally designed for 10× Genomics data. While we've adapted it for our study, we acknowledge that its applicability to our specific experimental setup may be limited.

      We thank you for bringing this important point to our attention. This recalculation not only improves the accuracy of our reported results but also aligns our methodology more closely with established standards in the field. We believe these revisions strengthen the overall quality and reliability of our study.

      - Further, this calculated saturation should be taken into account when comparing the performance of the method in terms of retrieving diverse transcripts from cells. I.e., if the RiboD-Petri dataset was subsampled to the same saturation as the original PETRI-seq dataset was obtained with, would the median UMIs/cell for all cells above filter be comparable? In other words, does rRNA depletion just decreases the cost to sequence to saturation, or does it provide UMI capture benefits at a comparable saturation?

      We appreciate your insightful question regarding the comparison of method performance in terms of transcript retrieval diversity and the impact of saturation. To address your concerns, we conducted an additional analysis comparing the RiboD-PETRI and original PETRI-seq datasets at equivalent saturation levels besides our original analysis with equivalent sequencing depth.

      With equivalent sequencing depth, RiboD-PETRI demonstrates a significantly enhanced Unique Molecular Identifier (UMI) counts detection rate compared to PETRI-seq alone (Fig. 1C). This method recovered approximately 20175 cells (92.6% recovery rate) with ≥ 15 UMIs per cell with a median UMI count of 42 per cell, which was significantly higher than PETRI-seq's recovery rate of 17.9% with a median UMI count of 20 per cell (Figure S1A, B), indicating the number of detected mRNA per cell increased prominently.

      When we subsampled the RiboD-PETRI dataset to match the saturation level of the original PETRI-seq dataset (i.e., equalizing the n_deduped_reads/n_reads ratio), we found that the median UMIs/cell for all cells above the filter threshold was higher in the RiboD-PETRI dataset compared to the original PETRI-seq (as shown in Author response image 2). This observation can be primarily attributed to the introduction of the rRNA depletion step in the RiboD-PETRI method. ​Our analysis suggests that rRNA depletion not only reduces the cost of sequencing to saturation but also provides additional benefits in UMI capture efficiency at comparable saturation levels.​The rRNA depletion step effectively reduces the proportion of rRNA-derived reads in the sequencing output. Consequently, at equivalent saturation levels, this leads to a relative increase in the number of n_deduped_reads corresponding to mRNA transcripts. This shift in read composition enhances the capture of informative UMIs, resulting in improved transcript diversity and detection.

      In conclusion, our findings indicate that the rRNA depletion step in RiboD-PETRI offers dual advantages: it decreases the cost to sequence to saturation and provides enhanced UMI capture benefits at comparable saturation levels, ultimately leading to more efficient and informative single-cell transcriptome profiling.

      Author response image 2.

      At almost the same sequencing saturation (64% and 67%), the number of cells exceeding the screening criteria (≥15 UMIs ) and the median number of UMIs in cells in Ribod-PETRI and PETRI-seq data of exponential period E. coli (3h).

      - smRandom-seq and BaSSSh-seq need to also be discussed since these newer methods are also demonstrating rRNA depletion techniques. (https://doi.org/10.1038/s41467-023-40137-9 and https://doi.org/10.1101/2024.06.28.601229)

      Thank you for your valuable feedback. We appreciate the opportunity to discuss our method, RiboD-PETRI, in the context of other recent advances in bacterial RNA sequencing techniques, particularly smRandom-seq and BaSSSh-seq.

      RiboD-PETRI employs a Ribosomal RNA-derived cDNA Depletion (RiboD) protocol. This method uses probe primers that span all regions of the bacterial rRNA sequence, with the 3'-end complementary to rRNA-derived cDNA and the 5'-end complementary to a biotin-labeled universal primer. After hybridization, Streptavidin magnetic beads are used to eliminate the hybridized rRNA-derived cDNA, leaving mRNA-derived cDNA in the supernatant. smRandom-seq utilizes a CRISPR-based rRNA depletion technique. This method is designed for high-throughput single-microbe RNA sequencing and has been shown to reduce the rRNA proportion from 83% to 32%, effectively increasing the mRNA proportion four times (from 16% to 63%). While specific details about BaSSSh-seq's rRNA depletion technique are not provided in the available information, it is described as employing a rational probe design for efficient rRNA depletion. This technique aims to minimize the loss of mRNA during the depletion process, ensuring a more accurate representation of the transcriptome.

      RiboD-PETRI demonstrates significant enhancement in rRNA-derived cDNA depletion across both gram-negative and gram-positive bacterial species. It increases the mRNA ratio from 8.2% to 81% for E. coli in exponential phase, from 10% to 92% for S. aureus in stationary phase, and from 3.9% to 54% for C. crescentus in exponential phase. smRandom-seq shows high species specificity (99%), a minor doublet rate (1.6%), and a reduced rRNA percentage (32%). These metrics indicate its efficiency in single-microbe RNA sequencing. While specific performance metrics for BaSSSh-seq are not provided in the available information, its rational probe design approach suggests a focus on maintaining mRNA integrity during the depletion process.

      RiboD-PETRI is described as a cost-effective ($0.0049 per cell), equipment-free, and high-throughput solution for bacterial scRNA-seq. This makes it an attractive option for researchers with budget constraints. While specific cost information is not provided, the efficiency of smRandom-seq is noted to be affected by the overwhelming quantity of rRNAs (>80% of mapped reads). The CRISPR-based depletion technique likely adds to the complexity and cost of the method. Cost and accessibility information for BaSSSh-seq is not provided in the available data, making a direct comparison difficult.

      All three methods represent significant advancements in bacterial RNA sequencing, each offering unique approaches to the challenge of rRNA depletion. RiboD-PETRI stands out for its cost-effectiveness and demonstrated success in complex systems like biofilms. Its ability to significantly increase mRNA ratios across different bacterial species and growth phases is particularly noteworthy. smRandom-seq's CRISPR-based approach offers high specificity and efficiency, which could be advantageous in certain research contexts, particularly where single-microbe resolution is crucial. However, the complexity of the CRISPR system might impact its accessibility and cost-effectiveness. BaSSSh-seq's focus on minimizing mRNA loss during depletion could be beneficial for studies requiring highly accurate transcriptome representations, although more detailed performance data would be needed for a comprehensive comparison. The choice between these methods would depend on specific research needs. RiboD-PETRI's cost-effectiveness and proven application in biofilm studies make it particularly suitable for complex bacterial community analyses. smRandom-seq might be preferred for studies requiring high-throughput single-cell resolution. BaSSSh-seq could be the method of choice when preserving the integrity of the mRNA profile is paramount.

      In conclusion, while all three methods offer valuable solutions for rRNA depletion in bacterial RNA sequencing, RiboD-PETRI's combination of efficiency, cost-effectiveness, and demonstrated application in complex biological systems positions it as a highly competitive option in the field of bacterial transcriptomics.

      We have revised our discussion in the manuscript according to the above analysis (lines 116-119)

      - Ctrl and Delta-Delta abbreviations are used in main text but not defined there (lines 107-110).

      Thank you for your valuable feedback. We have now defined the abbreviations "Ctrl" and "Delta-Delta" in the main text for clarity.

      - The utility of Figs 2E and 3E is questionable - the same information can be conveyed in text.

      Thank you for your thoughtful observation regarding Figures 2E and 3E. We appreciate your feedback and would like to address the concerns you've raised.

      While we acknowledge that some of the information in these figures could be conveyed textually, we believe that their visual representation offers several advantages. Figures 2E and 3E provide a comprehensive visual overview of the pathway enrichment analysis for marker genes, which may be more easily digestible than a textual description. This analysis was conducted in response to another reviewer's request, demonstrating our commitment to addressing diverse perspectives in our research.

      These figures allow for a systematic interpretation of gene expression data, revealing complex interactions between genes and their involvement in biological pathways that might be less apparent in a text-only format. Visual representations can make complex data more accessible to readers with different learning styles or those who prefer graphical summaries. Additionally, including such figures is consistent with standard practices in our field, facilitating comparison with other studies. We believe that the pathway enrichment analysis results presented in these figures provide valuable insights that merit inclusion as visual elements.​ However, we are open to discussing alternative ways to present this information if you have specific suggestions for improvement.

    1. Author response:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This work investigated the role of CXXC-finger protein 1 (CXXC1) in regulatory T cells. CXXC1-bound genomic regions largely overlap with Foxp3-bound regions and regions with H3K4me3 histone modifications in Treg cells. CXXC1 and Foxp3 interact with each other, as shown by co-immunoprecipitation. Mice with Treg-specific CXXC1 knockout (KO) succumb to lymphoproliferative diseases between 3 to 4 weeks of age, similar to Foxp3 KO mice. Although the immune suppression function of CXXC1 KO Treg is comparable to WT Treg in an in vitro assay, these KO Tregs failed to suppress autoimmune diseases such as EAE and colitis in Treg transfer models in vivo. This is partly due to the diminished survival of the KO Tregs after transfer. CXXC1 KO Tregs do not have an altered DNA methylation pattern; instead, they display weakened H3K4me3 modifications within the broad H3K4me3 domains, which contain a set of Treg signature genes. These results suggest that CXXC1 and Foxp3 collaborate to regulate Treg homeostasis and function by promoting Treg signature gene expression through maintaining H3K4me3 modification.

      Strengths:

      Epigenetic regulation of Treg cells has been a constantly evolving area of research. The current study revealed CXXC1 as a previously unidentified epigenetic regulator of Tregs. The strong phenotype of the knockout mouse supports the critical role CXXC1 plays in Treg cells. Mechanistically, the link between CXXC1 and the maintenance of broad H3K4me3 domains is also a novel finding.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) It is not clear why the authors chose to compare H3K4me3 and H3K27me3 enriched genomic regions. There are other histone modifications associated with transcription activation or repression. Please provide justification.

      Thank you for highlighting this important point. We prioritized H3K4me3 and H3K27me3 because they are well-established markers of transcriptional activation and repression, respectively. These modifications provide a robust framework for investigating the dynamic interplay of chromatin states in Treg cells, particularly in regulating the balance between activation and suppression of key genes. While histone acetylation, such as H3K27ac, is linked to enhancer activity and transcriptional elongation, our focus was on promoter-level regulation, where H3K4me3 and H3K27me3 are most relevant. Although other histone modifications could provide additional insights, we chose to focus on these two to maintain clarity and feasibility in our analysis. We are happy to further elaborate on this rationale in the manuscript if necessary.

      (2) It is not clear what separates Clusters 1 and 3 in Figure 1C. It seems they share the same features.

      We apologize for not clarifying these clusters clearly. Cluster 1 and 3 are both H3K4me3 only group, with H3K4me3 enrichment and gene expression levels being higher in Cluster 1. At first, we divided the promoters into four categories because we wanted to try to classify them into four categories: H3K4me3 only, H3K27me3 only, H3K4me3-H3K27me3 co-occupied, and None. However, in actual classification, we could not distinguish H3K4me3-H3K27me3 co-occupied group. Instead, we had two categories of H3K4me3 only, with cluster 1 having a higher enrichment level for H3K4me3 and gene expression levels.

      (3) The claim, "These observations support the hypothesis that FOXP3 primarily functions as an activator by promoting H3K4me3 deposition in Treg cells." (line 344), seems to be a bit of an overstatement. Foxp3 certainly can promote transcription in ways other than promoting H3K3me3 deposition, and it also can repress gene transcription without affecting H3K27me3 deposition. Therefore, it is not justified to claim that promoting H3K4me3 deposition is Foxp3's primary function.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s thoughtful observation regarding our claim about FOXP3’s role in promoting H3K4me3 deposition. We acknowledge that FOXP3 is a multifunctional transcription factor with diverse mechanisms of action, including transcriptional activation independent of H3K4me3 deposition and transcriptional repression that does not necessarily involve H3K27me3 deposition.

      Our intention was not to imply that promoting H3K4me3 deposition is the exclusive or predominant function of FOXP3 but rather to highlight that this mechanism contributes significantly to its role in regulating Treg cell function. We agree that our wording may have overstated this point, and we will revise the text to provide a more nuanced interpretation. Specifically, we will clarify that our observations suggest FOXP3 can facilitate transcriptional activation, in part, by promoting H3K4me3 deposition, but this does not preclude its other regulatory mechanisms.

      (4) For the in vitro suppression assay in Figure S4C, and the Treg transfer EAE and colitis experiments in Figure 4, the Tregs should be isolated from Cxxc1 fl/fl x Foxp3 cre/wt female heterozygous mice instead of Cxxc1 fl/fl x Foxp3 cre/cre (or cre/Y) mice. Tregs from the homozygous KO mice are already activated by the lymphoproliferative environment and could have vastly different gene expression patterns and homeostatic features compared to resting Tregs. Therefore, it's not a fair comparison between these activated KO Tregs and resting WT Tregs.

      Thank you for this insightful comment and for pointing out the potential confounding effects associated with using Treg cells from homozygous Foxp3Cre/Cre (or Cre/Y) Cxxc1fl/fl mice. We agree that using Treg cells from _Foxp3_Cre/+ _Cxxc1_fl/fl (referred to as “het-KO”) and their littermate _Foxp3_Cre/+ _Cxxc1_fl/+ (referred to as “het-WT”) female mice would provide a more balanced comparison, as these Treg cells are less likely to be influenced by the activated lymphoproliferative environment present in homozygous KO mice.

      To address this concern, we will perform additional experiments using Treg cells isolated from _Foxp3_Cre/+ _Cxxc1_fl/fl (“het-KO”) and their littermate _Foxp3_Cre/+ _Cxxc1_fl/+ (“het-WT”) female mice. We will update the manuscript with these new data to provide a more accurate assessment of the impact of CXXC1 deficiency on Treg cell function.

      (5) The manuscript didn't provide a potential mechanism for how CXXC1 strengthens broad H3K4me3-modified genomic regions. The authors should perform Foxp3 ChIP-seq or Cut-n-Taq with WT and Cxxc1 cKO Tregs to determine whether CXXC1 deletion changes Foxp3's binding pattern in Treg cells.

      Thank you for your insightful comments and valuable suggestions. We greatly appreciate your recommendation to explore the potential mechanism by which CXXC1 enhances broad H3K4me3-modified genomic regions.

      In response, we plan to conduct CUT&Tag experiments for Foxp3 in both WT and Cxxc1 cKO Treg cells.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      FOXP3 has been known to form diverse complexes with different transcription factors and enzymes responsible for epigenetic modifications, but how extracellular signals timely regulate FOXP3 complex dynamics remains to be fully understood. Histone H3K4 tri-methylation (H3K4me3) and CXXC finger protein 1 (CXXC1), which is required to regulate H3K4me3, also remain to be fully investigated in Treg cells. Here, Meng et al. performed a comprehensive analysis of H3K4me3 CUT&Tag assay on Treg cells and a comparison of the dataset with the FOXP3 ChIP-seq dataset revealed that FOXP3 could facilitate the regulation of target genes by promoting H3K4me3 deposition.

      Moreover, CXXC1-FOXP3 interaction is required for this regulation. They found that specific knockdown of Cxxc1 in Treg leads to spontaneous severe multi-organ inflammation in mice and that Cxxc1-deficient Treg exhibits enhanced activation and impaired suppression activity. In addition, they have also found that CXXC1 shares several binding sites with FOXP3 especially on Treg signature gene loci, which are necessary for maintaining homeostasis and identity of Treg cells.

      The findings of the current study are pretty intriguing, and it would be great if the authors could fully address the following comments to support these interesting findings.

      Major points:

      (1) There is insufficient evidence in the first part of the Results to support the conclusion that "FOXP3 functions as an activator by promoting H3K4Me3 deposition in Treg cells". The authors should compare the results for H3K4Me3 in FOXP3-negative conventional T cells to demonstrate that at these promoter loci, FOXP3 promotes H3K4Me3 deposition.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s critical observation regarding our claim about FOXP3’s role in promoting H3K4me3 deposition. We acknowledge that FOXP3 is a multifunctional transcription factor with diverse mechanisms of action, including transcriptional activation independent of H3K4me3 deposition and transcriptional repression that does not necessarily involve H3K27me3 deposition.

      Our intention was not to imply that promoting H3K4me3 deposition is the exclusive or predominant function of FOXP3 but rather to highlight that this mechanism contributes significantly to its role in regulating Treg cell function. We agree that our wording may have overstated this point, and we will revise the text to provide a more nuanced interpretation. Specifically, we will clarify that our observations suggest FOXP3 can facilitate transcriptional activation, in part, by promoting H3K4me3 deposition, but this does not preclude its other regulatory mechanisms.

      We will compare H3K4me3 levels at the promoter loci of interest between FOXP3-negative conventional T cells and FOXP3-positive regulatory T cells. This comparison will help elucidate whether FOXP3 directly promotes H3K4me3 deposition at these loci.

      (2) In Figure 3 F&G, the activation status and IFNγ production should be analyzed in Treg cells and Tconv cells separately rather than in total CD4+ T cells. Moreover, are there changes in autoantibodies and IgG and IgE levels in the serum of cKO mice?

      We appreciate the reviewer’s constructive feedback on the analyses presented in Figures 3F and 3G and the additional suggestion to investigate autoantibodies and serum immunoglobulin levels.

      Regarding Figures 3F and 3G, we agree that separating Treg cells and Tconv cells for analysis of activation status and IFN-γ production would provide a more precise understanding of the cellular dynamics in Cxxc1 cKO mice.

      To address this, we will reanalyze the data to examine Treg and Tconv cells independently and include these results in the revised manuscript.

      As for the changes in autoantibodies and serum IgG and IgE levels, we acknowledge that these parameters are important indicators of systemic immune dysregulation.

      We will now measure serum autoantibodies and immunoglobulin levels in Cxxc1 cKO mice and WT controls.

      (3) Why did Cxxc1-deficient Treg cells not show impaired suppression than WT Treg during in vitro suppression assay, despite the reduced expression of Treg cell suppression assay -associated markers at the transcriptional level demonstrated in both scRNA-seq and bulk RNA-seq?

      Thank you for your thoughtful question. We appreciate your interest in understanding the apparent discrepancy between the reduced expression of Treg-associated suppression markers at the transcriptional level and the lack of impaired suppression observed in the in vitro suppression assay.

      There are several potential explanations for this observation:

      (1) Functional Redundancy: Treg cell suppression is a complex, multi-faceted process involving various effector mechanisms such as cytokine production (e.g., IL-10, TGF-β), cell-cell contact, and metabolic regulation. Thus, even though the transcriptional signature of suppression-associated genes is altered, compensatory mechanisms may still allow Cxxc1-deficient Treg cells to retain functional suppression capacity under these specific in vitro conditions.

      (2) In Vitro Assay Limitations: The in vitro suppression assay is a simplified model of Treg function that may not capture all the complexities of Treg-mediated suppression in vivo. While we observed altered gene expression in Cxxc1-deficient Treg cells, this might not directly translate to a functional defect under the specific conditions of the assay. In vivo, additional factors such as cytokine milieu, cell-cell interactions, and tissue-specific environments may be required for full suppression, which could be missing in the in vitro assay.

      (4) Is there a disease in which Cxxc1 is expressed at low levels or absent in Treg cells? Is the same immunodeficiency phenotype present in patients as in mice?

      Thank you for your insightful question regarding the role of CXXC1 in Treg cells and its potential link to human disease. To our knowledge, no specific human disease has been identified where CXXC1 is expressed at low levels or absent specifically in Treg cells. There is currently no direct evidence of an immunodeficiency phenotype in human patients that parallels the one observed in Cxxc1-deficient mice.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      In the report entitled "CXXC-finger protein 1 associates with FOXP3 to stabilize homeostasis and suppressive functions of regulatory T cells", the authors demonstrated that Cxxc1-deletion in Treg cells leads to the development of severe inflammatory disease with impaired suppressive function. Mechanistically, CXXC1 interacts with Foxp3 and regulates the expression of key Treg signature genes by modulating H3K4me3 deposition. Their findings are interesting and significant. However, there are several concerns regarding their analysis and conclusions.

      Major concerns:

      (1) Despite cKO mice showing an increase in Treg cells in the lymph nodes and Cxxc1-deficient Treg cells having normal suppressive function, the majority of cKO mice died within a month. What causes cKO mice to die from severe inflammation?

      Considering the results of Figures 4 and 5, a decrease in Treg cell population due to their reduced proliferative capacity may be one of the causes. It would be informative to analyze the population of tissue Treg cells.

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful comment and acknowledge the importance of understanding the causes of severe inflammation and early mortality in cKO mice. Based on our data and previous studies, we propose the following explanations:

      (1) Reduced Treg Proliferative Capacity: As shown in Figure 5I, the decreased proportion of FOXP3+Ki67+ Treg cells in cKO mice likely reflects impaired proliferative capacity, which may limit the expansion of functional Treg cells in response to inflammatory cues, particularly in peripheral tissues where active suppression is required.

      (2) Altered Treg Function and Activation: Cxxc1-deficient Treg cells exhibit increased expression of activation markers (Il2ra, Cd69) and pro-inflammatory genes (Ifng, Tbx21). This suggests a functional dysregulation that may impair their ability to suppress inflammation effectively, despite their presence in lymphoid organs.

      (3) Tissue Treg Populations: Although our study focuses on lymph node-resident Treg cells, tissue-resident Treg cells play a crucial role in maintaining local immune homeostasis. It is plausible that Cxxc1 deficiency compromises the accumulation or functionality of tissue Treg cells, contributing to uncontrolled inflammation in non-lymphoid organs. Unfortunately, we currently lack data on tissue Treg populations, which limits our ability to directly address this hypothesis.

      Regarding the suggestion to analyze tissue Treg populations, we agree that this would be an important next step in understanding the cause of the severe inflammation and early mortality in Cxxc1-deficient mice.

      We plan to perform detailed analyses of Treg cell populations in various tissues, including the gut, lung, and liver, to determine if there are specific defects in tissue-resident Treg cells that could contribute to the observed phenotype.

      (2) In Figure 5B, scRNA-seq analysis indicated that Mki67+ Treg subset are comparable between WT and Cxxc1-deficient Treg cells. On the other hand, FACS analysis demonstrated that Cxxc1-deficient Treg shows less Ki-67 expression compared to WT in Figure 5I. The authors should explain this discrepancy.

      Thank you for pointing out the apparent discrepancy between the scRNA-seq and FACS analyses regarding Ki-67 expression in Cxxc1-deficient Treg cells.

      In Figure 5B, the scRNA-seq analysis identified the Mki67+ Treg subset as comparable between WT and Cxxc1-deficient Treg cells. This finding reflects the overall proportion of cells expressing Mki67 transcripts within the Treg population. In contrast, the FACS analysis in Figure 5I specifically measures Ki-67 protein levels, revealing reduced expression in Cxxc1-deficient Treg cells compared to WT.

      To address this discrepancy more comprehensively, we will further analyze the scRNA-seq data to directly compare Mki67 mRNA expression levels between WT and Cxxc1-deficient Treg cells.

      In addition, the authors concluded on line 441 that CXXC1 plays a crucial role in maintaining Treg cell stability. However, there appears to be no data on Treg stability. Which data represent the Treg stability?

      We appreciate the reviewer’s observation and recognize that our wording may have been overly conclusive. Our data primarily highlight the impact of Cxxc1 deficiency on Treg cell homeostasis and transcriptional regulation, rather than providing direct evidence for Treg cell stability. Specifically, the downregulation of Treg-specific suppressive genes (Nt5e, Il10, Pdcd1) and the upregulation of pro-inflammatory markers (Gzmb, Ifng, Tbx21) indicate a shift in functional states. While these findings may suggest an indirect disruption in the maintenance of suppressive phenotypes, they do not constitute a direct measure of Treg cell stability.

      To address the reviewer’s concern, we will revise our conclusion to more accurately state that our data support a role for CXXC1 in maintaining Treg cell homeostasis and functional balance, without overextending claims about Treg cell stability. Thank you for bringing this to our attention, as it will help us improve the clarity and precision of our manuscript.

      (3) The authors found that Cxxc1-deficient Treg cells exhibit weaker H3K4me3 signals compared to WT in Figure 7. This result suggests that Cxxc1 regulates H3K4me3 modification via H3K4 methyltransferases in Treg cells. The authors should clarify which H3K4 methyltransferases contribute to the modulation of H3K4me3 deposition by Cxxc1 in Treg cells.

      Thank you for pointing out the need to clarify the role of H3K4 methyltransferases in the modulation of H3K4me3 deposition by CXXC1 in Treg cells.

      In our study, we found that Cxxc1-deficient Treg cells exhibit reduced H3K4me3 levels, as shown in Figure 7. CXXC1 has been previously reported to function as a non-catalytic component of the Set1/COMPASS complex, which contains H3K4 methyltransferases such as SETD1A and SETD1B. These methyltransferases are the primary enzymes responsible for H3K4 trimethylation.

      References:

      (1) Lee J.H., Skalnik D.G. CpG-binding protein (CXXC finger protein 1) is a component of the mammalian Set1 histone H3-Lys4 methyltransferase complex, the analogue of the yeast Set1/COMPASS complex. J. Biol. Chem. 2005; 280:41725–41731.

      (2). J. P. Thomson, P. J. Skene, J. Selfridge, T. Clouaire, J. Guy, S. Webb, A. R. W. Kerr, A. Deaton, R. Andrews, K. D. James, D. J. Turner, R. Illingworth, A. Bird, CpG islands influence chromatin structure via the CpG-binding protein Cfp1. Nature 464, 1082–1086 (2010).

      (3) Shilatifard, A. 2012. The COMPASS family of histone H3K4 methylases: mechanisms of regulation in development and disease pathogenesis. Annu. Rev. Biochem. 81:65–95.

      (4) Brown D.A., Di Cerbo V., Feldmann A., Ahn J., Ito S., Blackledge N.P., Nakayama M., McClellan M., Dimitrova E., Turberfield A.H. et al. The SET1 complex selects actively transcribed target genes via multivalent interaction with CpG Island chromatin. Cell Rep. 2017; 20:2313–2327.

      Furthermore, it would be important to investigate whether Cxxc1-deletion alters Foxp3 binding to target genes.

      Thank you for this important suggestion regarding the impact of Cxxc1 deletion on FOXP3 binding to target genes. We agree that understanding whether Cxxc1 deficiency affects FOXP3’s ability to bind to its target genes would provide valuable insight into the regulatory role of CXXC1 in Treg cell function.

      To address this, we plan to perform CUT&Tag experiments to assess FOXP3 binding profiles in Cxxc1-deficient versus wild-type Treg cells. These experiments will allow us to determine if Cxxc1 loss disrupts FOXP3’s occupancy at key regulatory sites, which may contribute to the observed functional impairments in Treg cells.

      (4) In Figure 7, the authors concluded that CXXC1 promotes Treg cell homeostasis and function by preserving the H3K4me3 modification since Cxxc1-deficient Treg cells show lower H3K4me3 densities at the key Treg signature genes. Are these Cxxc1-deficient Treg cells derived from mosaic mice? If Cxxc1-deficient Treg cells are derived from cKO mice, the gene expression and H3K4me3 modification status are inconsistent because scRNA-seq analysis indicated that expression of these Treg signature genes was increased in Cxxc1-deficient Treg cells compared to WT (Figure 5F and G).

      Thank you for the insightful comment. To clarify, the Cxxc1-deficient Treg cells analyzed for H3K4me3 modification in Figure 7 were indeed derived from Cxxc1 conditional knockout (cKO) mice, not mosaic mice.

      The scRNA-seq analysis presented in Figures 5F and G revealed an upregulation of Treg signature genes in Cxxc1-deficient Treg cells. This finding suggests that the loss of Cxxc1 drives these cells toward a pro-inflammatory, activated state, underscoring the pivotal role of CXXC1 in maintaining Treg cell homeostasis and suppressive function.

      Regarding the apparent discrepancy between the reduced H3K4me3 levels and the increased expression of these genes, it is important to note that H3K4me3 primarily functions as an epigenetic mark that facilitates chromatin accessibility and transcriptional regulation, acting as an upstream modulator of gene expression. However, gene expression levels are also influenced by downstream compensatory mechanisms and complex inflammatory environments. In this context, the reduction in H3K4me3 likely reflects the direct role of CXXC1 in epigenetic regulation, whereas the upregulation of gene expression in Cxxc1-deficient Treg cells may result as a side effect of the inflammatory environment.

      To further substantiate our findings, we performed RNA-seq analysis on Treg cells from Foxp3_Cre/+ _Cxxc1_fl/fl (“het-KO”) and their littermate _Foxp3_Cre/+ _Cxxc1_fl/+ (“het-WT”) female mice, as presented in Figure S6C. This analysis revealed a notable reduction in the expression of key Treg signature genes, including _Icos, Ctla4, Tnfrsf18, and Nt5e, in het-KO Treg cells. Importantly, the observed changes in gene expression were consistent with the altered H3K4me3 modification status, further supporting the epigenetic regulatory role of CXXC1. These results further emphasize the critical role of CXXC1 promotes Treg cell homeostasis and function by preserving the H3K4me3 modification.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews: 

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review): 

      Summary: 

      The manuscript by Rowell et al aims to identify differences in TCR recombination and selection between foetal and adult thymus in mice. Authors sequenced the unpaired bulk TCR repertoire in foetal and adult mice thymi and studied both TCRB and TCRa characteristics in the double positive (DP, CD4+CD8+) and single positive (SP4 CD4+CD8CD3+ and SP8 CD4-CD8+CD3+) populations. They identified age-related differences in TCRa and TCRB segment usage, including a preferential bias toward 3'TRAV and 5' TRAJ rearrangements in foetal cells compared to adults who had a larger perveance for 5'TRAV segments. By depleting the thymocyte population in adult thymi using hydrocortisone, the authors demonstrated that the repertoire became more foetal like, they therefore argue that the preferential 5'TRAV rearrangements in adults may be resulting from prolonged/progressive TCRa rearrangements in the adult thymocytes. In line with previous studies, Authors demonstrate that the foetal TCR repertoire was less diverse, less evenly distributed and had fewer non-template insertions while containing more clonal expansions. In addition, the authors claim that changes in V-J usage and CDR1 and CDR2 in the DP vs SP repertoires indicated that positive selection of foetal thymocytes are less dependent on interactions with the MHC. 

      Strengths: 

      Overall, the manuscript provides an extensive analysis of the foetal and adult TCR repertoire in the thymus, resulting in new insights in T cell development in foetal and adult thymi. 

      Weaknesses: 

      Three major concerns arise:

      (1) the authors have analysed TCR repertoires of only 4 foetal and 4 adult mice, considering the high spread the study may have been underpowered. 

      Given the concerns of the reviewer we have sequenced more libraries and added more data to include repertoires from 7 embryos and 6 young adults (biological replicates from different sorts). We believe that including more replicates has indeed strengthened our study. 

      Our experimental approach was to sequence TCR transcripts, and in studies using RNA-sequencing of inbred mice, often only 3 individuals (biological replicates) are sequenced.

      Our study sequenced from 7 foetal thymuses (generating TCRα and TCRβ repertoires from 4 FACS-sorted cell populations); 6 adult thymuses (generating TCRα and TCRβ repertoires from 4 FACS-sorted cell populations); and 5 adult thymuses from hydrocortisone-treated mice (generating TCRα and TCRβ repertoires from FACS-sorted CD3lo and CD3hi DP populations). We thus analysed 124 distinct repertoires from different populations and libraries, and many tens of thousands of unique sequences.  

      (2) Gating strategies are missing and 

      We have included gating strategies for cell-sorting as SFig7 and SFig8.

      (3) the manuscript is very technical and clearly aimed for a highly specialised audience with expertise in both thymocyte development and TCR analysis. Authors are recommended to provide schematics of the TCR rearrangements/their findings and include a summary conclusions/implications of their findings at the end of each results section rather than waiting till the discussion. This will help the reader to interpret their findings while reading the results. 

      We have modified the manuscript to include a more general introductory paragraph (page 3) to introduce the reader to the topic and we have included brief summaries of the findings at the end of each result section (pages 7,9,10,12,13,15).

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review): 

      Summary: 

      The authors comprehensively assess differences in the TCRB and TCRA repertoires in the fetal and adult mouse thymus by deep sequencing of sorted cell populations. For TCRB and

      TCRA they observed biased gene segment usage and less diversity in fetal thymocytes. The TCRB repertoire was less evenly distributed and displayed more evidence of clonal expansions and repertoire sharing among individuals in fetal thymocytes. In both fetal and adult thymocytes they show skewing of V segment (CDR1-2) repertoires in CD4 and CD8 as compared to DP thymocytes, which they attribute to MHC-I vs MHC-II restriction during positive selection. However the authors assess these effects to be weaker in fetal thymocytes, suggesting weaker MHC-restriction. They conclude that in multiple respects fetal repertoires are distinct from and more innate-like than adult. 

      Strengths: 

      The analyses of the F18.5 and adult thymic repertoires are comprehensive with respect to the cell populations analyzed and the diversity of approaches used to characterize the repertoires. Because repertoires were analyzed in pre- and post-selection thymocyte subsets, the data offer the potential to assess repertoire selection at different developmental stages. The analysis of repertoire selection in fetal thymocytes may be unique. 

      Weaknesses: 

      (1) Problematic experimental design and some lack of familiarity with prior work have resulted in highly problematic interpretations of the data, particularly for TCRA repertoire development. 

      The authors note fetal but not adult thymocytes to be biased towards usage of 3' V segments and 5'J segments. It should be noted that these basic observations were made 20 years ago using PCR approaches (Pasqual et al., J.Exp.Med. 196:1163 (2002)), and even earlier by others.

      We have cited this manuscript (Introduction, page 5) which used PCR of genomic DNA to investigate some TCRα VJ rearrangements in foetal and adult thymus. In contrast, our study uses next generation sequencing of transcripts to investigate all possible combinations of TCRα and TCRβ VJ combinations in different sorted thymocyte populations ex vivo. The greater sensitivity of this more modern technology has thus enabled us to detect many more TCRαVJ rearrangements than the 2002 study, and to conclude on basis of stringent statistical testing that the foetal repertoire is enriched for 3’V to 5’J combinations (Fig. 4). 

      The authors also note that in fetal thymus this bias persists after positive selection, and it can be reproduced in adults during recovery from hydrocortisone treatment. The authors conclude that there are fewer rounds of sequential TCRA rearrangements in the fetal thymus, perhaps due to less time spent in the DP compartment in fetus versus adult. However, the repertoire difference noted by the authors does not require such an explanation. What the authors are analyzing in the fetus is the leading edge of a synchronous wave of TCRA rearrangements, whereas what they are analyzing in adults is the unsynchronized steady state distribution. It is certainly true, as has been shown previously, that the earliest TCRA rearrangements use 3' TRAV and 5'TRAJ segments. But analysis of adult thymocytes has shown that the progression from use of 3' TRAV and 5' TRAJ to use of 5' TRAV and 3' TRAJ takes several days (Carico et al., Cell Rep. 19:2157 (2017)). The same kinetics, imposed on fetal development, would put development of a more complete TCRA repertoire at or shortly after birth. In fact, Pasqual showed exactly this type of progression from F18 through D1 after birth, and could reproduce the progression by placing F16 thymic lobes in FTOC. It is not appropriate to compare a single snapshot of a synchronized process in early fetal thymocytes to the unsynchronized steady state situation in adults. In fact, the authors' own data support this contention, because when they synchronize adult thymocytes by using hydroxycortisone, they can replicate the fetal distribution. Along these lines, the fact that positive selection of fetal thymocytes using 3' TRAV and 5' TRAJ segments occurs within 2 days of thymocyte entry into the DP compartment does not mean that DP development in the fetus is intrinsically rapid and restricted to 2 days. It simply means that thymocytes bearing an early rearranging TCR can be positively selected shortly after TCR expression. The expectation would be that those DP thymocytes that had not undergone early positive selection using a 3' TRAV and a 5' TRAJ would remain longer in the DP compartment and continue the progression of TCRA rearrangements, with the potential for selection several days later using more 5'TRAV and 3'TRAJ. 

      We agree with this summary provided by the reviewer which corresponds closely to the points we made ourselves in the manuscript. Indeed, we discuss the synchronization and kinetics of first wave of T-cell development in Results page 13 and Discussion page 17, which was the rationale for the hydrocortisone experiment.  We have also discussed findings from Carico et al 2017 in this context (see pages 13, 16, 17).  

      (2) The authors note 3' V and 5'J biases for TCRB in fetal thymocytes. The previously outlined concerns about interpreting TCRA repertoire development do not directly apply here. But it would be appropriate to note that by deep sequencing, Sethna (PNAS 114:2253 (2017)) identified skewed usage of some of the same TRBV gene segments in fetal versus adult.  It should also be noted that Sethna did not detect significantly skewed usage of TRBJ  segments. Regardless, one might question whether the skewed usage of TRBJ segments detected here should be characterized as relating to chromosomal location. There are two logical ways one can think about chromosomal location of TRBJ segments - one being TRBJ1 cluster vs TRBJ2 cluster, the other being 5' to 3' within each cluster. The variation reported here does not obviously fit either pattern. Is there a statistically significant difference in aggregate use of the two clusters? There is certainly no clear pattern of use 5' to 3' across each cluster. 

      We have included a statistical comparison of the aggregate TRBJ use between the J1 cluster and the J2 cluster (see SFig5) and Results page 9. 

      (3) The authors show that biases in TCRA and TCRB V and J gene usage between fetal and adult thymocytes are mostly conserved between pre- and post-selection thymocytes (Fig 2). In striking contrast, TCRA and TCRB combinatorial repertoires show strong biases preselection that are largely erased in post-selection thymocytes (Fig 3). This apparent discrepancy is not addressed, but interpretation is challenging. 

      I think the reviewer is referring to heatmaps for individual gene segment usage shown in Figure 2 in comparison to combinatorial usage shown in Figure 4. There is not a discrepancy in the data, but rather the differences between these two figures lie in the way in which the comparisons are made and visualised.  The heatmaps in Figure 2A-D show mean proportional usage of each individual gene segment for each cell type in the two life stages, clustered by Euclidian distance. This visualisation clearly shows bias in foetal 3’ TRAV usage and 5’TRAJ usage (looking at areas of red, which have higher usage), with less pronounced enrichment for TRBV and TRBJ.  The heatmaps also show differences in intensity between different cell populations in each life-stage. 

      In contrast, in Figure 4 the tiles show combinations with statistically significant (P<0.05) differences in mean counts for each VJ combination in each cell type between 7 foetal and 6 adult repertoires by Student’s t-test, after correcting for False discovery rate (FDR) due to multiple combinations.  It is the case, that there are fewer significant differences in proportional combinatorial VxJ use between foetal and adult repertoires after selection. We find this an interesting finding and have expanded our discussion of this aspect of the data (page 10).  More than half of the significant differences persist after repertoire selection, and the reduction in each individual SP population, of course in part reflects the lineage divergence.

      (4) The observation that there is a higher proportion of nonproductive TCRB rearrangements in fetal thymus compared to adult is challenging to interpret, given that the results are based upon RNA sequencing so are unlikely to reflect the ratio in genomic DNA due to processes like NMD.

      We have added two sentences to explain that transcripts of non-productive rearrangements are eliminated by nonsense-mediated decay (NMD), but some non-productive transcripts are detected in many studies of TCR repertoire sequencing, and we have cited three studies from different groups that document this (see Results, page 10-11). We have not commented on how the increase in non-productive TCR rearrangements in the foetal populations (in comparison to adult) relates to rearrangements in genomic DNA or NMD.   We have likewise not commented on the possible significance or biological role of nonproductive TCR transcripts, but simply reported our findings.

      (5) An intriguing and paradoxical finding is that fetal DP, CD4 and CD8 thymocytes all display greater sharing of TCRB CDR3 sequences among individuals than do adults (Fig 5DE), whereas DP and CD8 thymocytes are shown to display greater CDR3 amino acid triplet motif sharing in adults (with a similar trend in CD4). 

      As foetal DP, CD4SP and CD8SP TCRbeta repertoires have fewer non-template insertions and lower means CDR3 length, they are expected to share more CDR3 repertoires than their adult counterparts.  However, in the case of CDR3 amino acid triplet motifs (k-mers) what is being analysed is the sharing of each possible individual k-mer. If k-mers are shared more in the adult for some populations, but CDR3 repertoires are shared more in the foetus, we think it means that some k-mers appear in many different CDR3 sequences in the adult, so that they are over-represented in multiple different CDR3s (presumably due to selection processes, although we agree that this is just an assumption).  

      The authors attribute high amino acid triplet sharing to the result of selection of recurrent motifs by contact with pMHC during positive selection. But this interpretation seems highly problematic because the difference between fetal and adult thymocytes is dramatic even in unfractionated DP thymocytes, the vast majority of which have not yet undergone positive selection. How then to explain the differences in CDR3 sharing visualized by the different approaches? 

      The TCRβ repertoire has been selected in the adult DP population through the process of β-selection, which is believed to involve immune synapse formation and MHC-interactions (Allam et al 2021,10.1083/jcb.201908108). We have now included this reference in the introduction to make this clear (page 4). However, we agree with the reviewer’s comments that it is challenging to explain the k-mer analysis and that we have not been able to actually show that increased k-mer sharing in the adult is a direct consequence of increased positive selection: it was our interpretation of this seemingly paradoxical finding.  For clarity, we have therefore removed the k-mer analyses from the manuscript.

      (6) The authors conclude that there is less MHC restriction in fetal thymocytes, based on measures of repertoire divergence from DP to CD4 and CD8 populations (Fig. 6). But the authors point to no evidence of this in analysis of TRBV usage, either by PC or heatmap analyses (A,B,D). The argument seems to rest on PC analysis of TRAV usage (Fig S6), despite the fact that dramatic differences in the SP4 and SP8 repertoires are readily apparent in the fetal thymocyte heatmaps. The data do not appear to be robust enough to provide strong support for the authors' conclusion. 

      We have written the text very carefully so as not to make the claim too strong, stating in the abstract: “In foetus we identified less influence of MHC-restriction on α-chain and β-chain combinatorial VxJ usage and CDR1xCDR2 (V region) usage in SP compared to adult, indicating weaker impact of MHC-restriction on the foetal TCR repertoire.” We are not saying that MHC-restriction does not impact VJ gene usage in foetal repertoires, but rather that it has less influence (particularly when compared to life-stage).  Evidence for this comes from:  [1] Heatmaps in Fig2A-D which show that all repertoires cluster first by life-stage ahead of cell type; [2] Fig3A and B: PCA of adult and foetal TCRβ VXJ combinations: All repertoires cluster by life-stage on PC1.  PC2 separates adult repertoires by cell type (adult SP8 are positive on PC2 while adult SP4 are negative on PC2, and DP cells are between them) but for foetal repertoires the SP8 and SP4 are highly dispersed with some SP4 cells falling on positive side of PC2.  Only foetal DP repertoires cluster tightly. [3] Fig6A-C: PCA of β−chain CDR1xCDR2 (corresponding to Vβ gene segment usage) again shows the same pattern.  Adult repertoires separate by cell type on PC2, (SP8 positive on PC2, SP4 negative on PC2, with DP in between), but foetal SP8 repertoires are much more dispersed.  [5] SFig6J-K: PCA of α−chain CDR1xCDR2 (Vα usage) frequency distributions: adult repertoires cluster together and are separated by cell type on PC2 (SP4 positive, SP8 negative), but foetal populations are highly dispersed and fail to cluster by cell type on either axis. [6] We have additionally added new PCA analyses to explore differences in MHC-restriction between foetal and adult SP populations.  This is shown in the new Figure 7. We reasoned that in a PCA that included foetal and adult repertoires together, the foetal repertoires might not segregate by SP cell type (MHC-restriction) because of their overall bias towards particular VJ combinations, which would mean that effectively the PCA would be imposing adult MHC restriction on the foetal repertoires.  We therefore carried out PCA in which we analysed the adult repertoires separately from the foetal repertoires.  As expected for adult repertoires, PCA separated SP4 repertoires from SP8 repertoires on PC1 in each comparison (β-chain VxJ (Fig. 7B), α-chain VxJ (Fig. 7F), β-chain CDR1xCDR2 (V region) (Fig. 7H) and α-chain CDR1xCDR2 (V region) (Fig. 7L)). In contrast, for foetal TCRα repertoires (α-chain VxJ and α-chain CDR1xCDR2 (V region)), PCA failed to separate SP4 from SP8 repertoires on PC1 or PC2, so we did not detect impact of MHC-restriction on foetal TCRβ repertoires (Fig. 7E and K).  For foetal TCRβ repertoires, PCA separated SP4 β-chain VxJ from SP8 on PC2, accounting for only 11.1% of variance (Fig. 7A) (in contrast to the 44.2% of variance accounted for by MHC-restriction in adult β-chain VxJ PCA (Fig. 7B)). Thus, in adult repertoires ~4-fold more of the variance in β-chain VxJ usage can be accounted for by MHC-restriction than in foetal repertoires. PCA of foetal β-chain CDR1xCDR2 (V region) separated SP4 from SP8 on PC1, accounting for 28.8% of variance, whereas in PCA of adult β-chain CDR1xCDR2, MHCrestriction accounted for 56.1% (>2-foldmore than in foetus).  Thus, even when we  considered only V-region usage alone, we detected a stronger influence of MHC-restriction on the TCRβ repertoire in adult compared to foetal thymus.  

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review): 

      Summary:

      This study provides a comparison of TCR gene segment usage between foetal and adult thymus.

      Strengths:

      Interesting computational analyses was performed to find interesting differences in TCR gene usage within unpaired TCRa and TCRb chains between foetal and adult thymus.  

      Weaknesses:

      This study was significantly lacking insight and interpretation into what the data analysed actually means for the biology. The dataset discussed in the paper is from only two experiments. One comparing foetal and adult thymi from 4 mice per group and another which involved hydrocortisone treatment. The paper uses TCR sequencing methodology that sequences each TCR alpha and beta chains in an unpaired way, meaning that the true identity of the TCR heterodimer is lost. This also has the added problem of overestimating clonality, and underestimating diversity.

      We have discussed the limitations and benefits of our approach of sequencing TCRβ and TCRα repertoires separately in the Discussion (page 19).  This approach allows the analysis of thousands of sequences from different cell types and different individuals at relatively low cost. We have made no claims in our manuscript about overall diversity or pairing, and given that each chain’s gene locus rearranges at a different time point in development, we believe it is of interest to consider the repertoires individually within this context.

      Limited detail in the methods sections also limits the ability for readers to properly interpret the dataset. What sex of mice were used? Are there any sex differences? What were the animal ethics approvals for the study?

      We have included this information in the Methods (page 19).  Both sexes were used and we found no sex differences, although that was not the focus of our study. All animal experimentation in the UK is carried out under UK Home Office Regulations (following ethical review). This is included in the Methods (page 19).  

      Recommendations for the authors:  

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors): 

      Major points: 

      - Group sizes are very small (4 foetal and 4 adult mice). Considering the spread in TCR analysis (eg fig 1 B-H, Sup figures 2-4), the study is likely underpowered as it often looks like one mouse prevents or supports a statistical difference. Authors should therefore consider increasing the group size. 

      We have sequenced more libraries and included more data, from 7 foetal and 6 young adult animals (biological replicates).  

      - The authors should include a gating strategy for their sorted cells. This is essential to verify the quality of their findings. 

      We have added this to the Methods and SFig7 and SFig8.

      Authors should include a summary sentence at the end of each result section which interprets the main finding. Furthermore, the manuscript would greatly benefit from a schematic figure of their main findings, particularly with regards to the rearrangements and selection differences in foetal and adult thymi. 

      We have added a summary sentence to the end of each results section.

      - Authors should be more careful with their claim that MHC has less of an effect foetal TCR selection. Authors demonstrated that there is a difference in VJ recombination between the foetal and adult TCR repertoire, skewing the foetal TCR repertoire to certain variable and junctional segments. Since both CDR1 and CDR2 are encoded by the variable gene, this is likely to affect their ability to interact with the MHC during positive selection. Have Authors considered whether the selection process is actually a bystander effect of the differences in the rearrangement process? One way to support the authors claim is to demonstrate that mice with an alternative MHC background, have similar foetal/adult gene rearrangements but a different TCR repertoire in the SP populations. 

      Time and resources have prevented us from repeating our experiments in another strain of inbred mice.  However, we note that a previous PCR study that showed 3’TRAV to 5’TRAJ bias in foetal repertoires was carried out in BALB/c mice (Pasqual JEM 2002). We have added this point to the Discussion (page 17). 

      - (supplementary) tables have not been provided. 

      Supplementary Tables were uploaded with the submission.  STables 1 and 2 show antibodies used for cell sorts and STable 3 primers used.

      Moderate points: 

      - The loading plots in Figure 3 onward are visually strong. Authors could consider including an V and J (separate) loading plots for Figure 3 E, F and G to demonstrate preferential V and J usage. 

      We have included additional loading plots in Figure 7 for the new PCA we have added (see Fig. 7C, D,I and J).

      - "the proportion of non-productive rearrangements was higher in the foetal SP8 population than adults (Fig 5A)" Authors should explain how non-productive TCRs end up in SP populations as they need to pass positive and negative selection which both require interactions between the TCR and the MHC. 

      As we used RNA sequencing in our study, we did not comment on how the increase in nonproductive TCRbeta rearrangements in the foetal populations (in comparison to adult) relates to rearrangements in genomic DNA or to nonsense-mediated decay (NMD) that is believed to down-regulate transcripts of non-productively rearranged TCR.  We have not commented on the possible significance or biological role of non-productive TCR transcripts, but simply reported our findings. 

      - Authors have studied CDR3 sequential amino acid triplets (k-mers). However, CDR3 regions are longer than 3 amino acids in length, hence authors should provide 1) an overview/comparison of the identified k-mers in foetal or adult thymocytes 2) explain how different k-mers relate to each other, eg whether they are expressed in the same TCR. Have authors considered using alternative programs to identify CDR3 motifs that are based on the full CDR3amino acid sequence, eg TCRdist provides motifs and indicated which amino acids are germline encoded or inserted. 

      In light of this comment from this reviewer and also comments from Reviewer 2, we have removed the comparison of k-mers from the manuscript.  Please see response to point 5 of Reviewer 2.  

      - The term "innate-like" is confusing as it implies that foetal cells are not antigen specific.

      However, once in the circulation, foetal cells will respond in an antigen-specific manner.

      Hence authors should use another term. 

      We have removed the term “innate-like” from the abstract and the first time we used it in the first paragraph of the Discussion. However, the second time we used the term, we are actually taking it from the manuscript we cited (Beaudin et al 2016) and in this case we left it in. We agree that foetal cells are likely to respond in an antigen-specific manner. 

      - To support their hypothesis in the discussion "However, as TCRd gene segments are nested.... so that 5' TRAV segments are not favoured" can authors confirm that there are indeed less yd T cells in the foetal repertoire? 

      We have removed this section from the discussion, because although it is interesting, it is highly speculative, and the manuscript is already quite complicated to interpret.

      Minor points: 

      - The authors may find the publication by De Greef 2021 PNAS of interest to identify TRBD segments 

      - Authors need to clarify that they mean CDR3-beta in the sentence "The mean predicted CDR3 length.... compared to young adult" 

      We have included new data in the manuscript to show that mean CDR3 length is lower in all foetal populations of beta (Fig5C) and alpha (SFig5C) and clarified which we are referring to in the text. 

      - Authors should bring the section "During TCRb gene rearrangement, these segments.... Initiating the sequence of rearrangements" forward and include a schematic." Forward to figure 2 and provide the reader with a visual schematic of the foetal vs adult recombination events. 

      - Discussion: "The first wave of foetal abT-cells that leave the thymus... tolerant to both self and maternal MHC/antigens". Have Authors considered the alternative hypothesis published by Thomas 2019 in Curr Opin System Biol that the observed bias could potentially provide better protection against childhood pathogens? 

      We have indeed considered this, as stated in the first paragraph of the Discussion “The first wave of foetal αβT-cells that leave the thymus must provide early protection against infection in the neonatal animal”. We have now cited the Thomas 2019 study.

      - Discussion: Authors should rephrase the sentence "The transition from DP to SP cell in the foetus.... From DN3 to SP cell may be slower" as it is unclear what the authors mean. 

      We have rephrased this (see page 17)

      - Discussion "TRAV and TRAJ Array" do authors mean "TRAV and TRAJ area"? 

      We did indeed mean array (as in series of gene segments) but we have changed the wording for clarity (page 14).

      - Methods, Fluorescence activated cell sorting: can authors clarify whether they stained, sorted and sequenced the full thymus and /or specify how many cells were included. Can authors also explain why foetal and adult cells were treated differently (eg the volume of master mix)? 

      - Methods Fluorescence activated cell sorting authors should specify what they mean with "mastermix of either 1:50 (foetal thymus) or 1:100 (adult thymus)". Does this mean all antibodies in the foetal mastermix were 1:50 and all antibodies in the adult master mix were 1:100? If so, why were different concentrations used and why were antibodies not individually titrated before use?  

      We have clarified the methods and antibodies used are listed with clones in supplementary tables.

      Figures: 

      - Several figures did not fit on the page and therefore missed the top or side 

      - Figure 1A: missing a label on the Y axis

      This is visible

      - Figure 2A-D: please indicate the 5' and 3' terminus in each graph. The cell type legend should include two separate colours for the two DP populations. 

      We have added 5’ and 3’ labels.  The two DP populations are clearly labelled.

      - Figure 4: please indicate the 5' and 3' terminus in each graph. 

      We have added 5’ and 3’ labels.   

      - Figure 5C: y axis should read mean CDR3B length (aa), Figure 5D and E: y axis should read Jaccard Index CDR3B, Figure 5 F and G: y axis should read Jaccard index CDR3B k-mers. Same comment for Sup Fig 5 but then CDR3a. 

      We have added these labels for both Figure 5 and Supplementary Figure 6 (was SFig5 previously).

      - Figure 6C top label should read CDR1B x CDR2B with highest contribution 

      We have added this label.

      - Figure 7: please indicate the 5' and 3' terminus in each graph. 

      We have added 5’ and 3’ labels.  This is now Figure 8, as we have added new analyses (new Figure 7).

      - Supplementary Figure 1-4 are missing a colour legend next to the graphs.

      We have added the legends in.  

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors): 

      (1) The authors need to provide better support for the notion that the fetal thymus produces ab T cells with properties and functions that are distinct from adult T cells. There are several  ways they might provide a more meaningful assessment: (1) They could analyze the fetal repertoire at multiple time points. (2) They could compare instead the steady state distributions in early postnatal and adult thymus samples. (3) They could compare the peripheral T cell repertoires in the first week of life versus adult. This last approach would allow them to draw the most impactful conclusion. 

      We appreciate these suggestions.  Sadly, it is beyond our budget for the current manuscript and beyond the scope of our current study that we believe provides interesting new information.

      (2) Fig S2D shows TRBJ1-4 in black lettering meant to indicate no significant difference whereas the figure shows use of this gene segment to be elevated in adult. I believe TRBJ1-4 should be in blue lettering.

      This is now coloured correctly.

      (3) The figure call out on p11 (Fig5I-J) should be H-I.

      This is now corrected.

      (4) Please indicate in the main text that Jaccard analysis in Fig 5 D-E is for TCRB.

      This is now corrected.

      (5) The analysis of usage of TCRB CDR1xCDR2 combinations in Fig6D is said to "reflect the bias observed in their TRBV gene usage (Fig 2C)". Isn't it the case that every TRBV gene presents a distinct CDR1xCDR2 combination, meaning that there is no difference between TRBV usage and TRBV CDR1xCDR2 usage? If so, please make this clearer.

      Yes, this is the case, we have made this clearer in the text.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors): 

      In general, although there is lots of interesting analyses that can be done with these large datasets, I feel as though the authors did not fully interpret the real meaning and significance of many of these results. Whilst there were some speculation on why a foetal repertoire might be different to those of adults in the discussion sections, the rationale for each individual analyses was not clearly explained. I would suggest that the rationale and a thorough explanation of each analyses be added to the results section, including a finishing sentence on what it means. 

      We have added short summaries to each results section to make the points we are making clearer.

      The authors did not mention how many cells were sorted for from each thymus for sequencing. Was the cell number normalised between each population? As this might have an influence on various downstream measurements of diversity, evenness and clonality, if there is a sampling issue. 

      This is explained in the methods.  We used sampling to allow comparisons between repertoires of different sizes, and this is also explained in the methods.

      The authors should include the cell sorting profiles and example flow cytometry plots, including gating strategies and the post sort purity of each sorted population. 

      We have included sorting strategies in the methods (SFig7 and SFig8).

      I think the manuscript could also be improved if there were some basic characterisation of foetal vs. adult thymus development. How many thymocytes are in a foetal vs adult thymus at the timepoints chosen? 

      I think there were some interesting findings in this paper. Given that overall, the foetal thymus appeared to be less diverse than that of the adult, one question I thought would be interesting to discuss was the overlap between the two repertoires. Is the foetal thymus simply a sub-fraction of the adult repertoire or is it totally distinct with no overlapping sequences? 

      Our analyses indicate that the repertoires are actually different. This is evident in Fig4 and in PCA loading plots shown in Fig, 3C and new Fig. 7C, D, I and J.

      I think that some of the interpretation in the results section may be a bit vague. "When we compaired by thymocyte population, each adult population clustered together, with adult SP4 separating from adult SP8 on PC2 and DP cells scoring in between, suggesting that PC2 might correspond to MHC restriction of the adult populations." - whilst I think I know what the authors mean, I do believe that this could be explained in clearer detail and more explicit. SP4 and SP8 are known to be positively selected in the thymus on distinct MHC class I and MHC class II molecules for example. 

      We have tried to clarify the text describing that PCA and additionally added a new Figure (new Fig. &) to compare the influence of MHC-restriction on the TCR repertoire in foetal and adult thymus.

      In the methods section, the age and sex of mice used were not explained at all. What was used in the experiment? Are there any sex differences? 

      Age and sex of mice is given in the methods.  We have not detected sex differences.

      This is a huge omission from the manuscript. In general, I don't believe the methods section has described the analysis in sufficient detail for replication. All analysis code and data should be publicly accessible and be in a format that allows for the reader to replicate the figures in the paper upon running the code. Perhaps even allowing them to run their own TCR datasets.  Overall, I think the manuscript needs some rewriting to include additional details and deeper interpretation of each individual analyses. 

      Sequencing data files will be made publicly available on UCL Research Data Repository.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The authors report compound heterozygous deleterious variants in the kinase domains of the non-receptor tyrosine kinases (NRTK) TNK2/ACK1 in familial SLE. They suggest that ACK1 and BRK deficiencies are associated with human SLE and impair efferocytosis.

      Strengths: 

      The identification of similar mutations in non-receptor tyrosine kinases (NRTKs) in two different families with familial SLE is a significant finding in human disease. Furthermore, the paper provides a detailed analysis of the molecular mechanisms behind the impairment of efferocytosis caused by mutations in ACK1 and BRK.

      Weaknesses: 

      A critical point in this paper is whether the loss of function of ACK1 or BRK contributes to the onset of familial SLE. The authors emphasize that inhibitors of ACK1/BRK worsened IgG deposition in the kidneys in a pristane-induced SLE model, which contributes not to the onset but to the exacerbation of SLE, thus only partially supporting their claim.

      The evidence supporting that the loss of function of ACK1 or BRK contributes to the onset of SLE in the patients from the 2 families mostly relies on the genetic analysis. As the reviewer states, the observation that inhibitors of ACK1/BRK worsened IgG deposition in the kidneys in a pristane-induced SLE model supports the genetic evidence.

      To further address the possible role of ACK1 or BRK variants in the onset of autoimmunity in vivo, we treated wild-type (WT) BALB/cByJ female mice with inhibitors in the absence of pristane.

      The results indicated that mice that had received a weekly injection of ACK1 or BRK inhibitors developed a large array of serum anti-nuclear IgG antibodies, including but not limited to autoantibodies associated with SLE such as anti-histones, anti-chromatin, anti U1-snRNP, anti-SSA, and anti-Ku in comparison to the control group inhibitor treated mice (Revised Fig 3A). However, they did not develop glomerular deposit of IgG after 12 weeks of treatment, in contrast to mice that have received Pristane (Revised Fig. 3B,C, Figure 3-figure supplement 1).

      These additional data suggests that inhibition of ACK1 and BRK stimulates the production of serum autoantibodies, which strengthen the claim that ACK1 and BRK kinase deficiency contribute to autoimmunity in BALB/cByJ.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary: 

      In this manuscript, the authors revealed that genetic deficiencies of ACK1 and BRK are associated with human SLE. First, the authors found that compound heterozygous deleterious variants in the kinase domains of the non-receptor tyrosine kinases (NRTK) TNK2/ACK1 in one multiplex family and PTK6/BRK in another family. Then, by an experimental blockade of ACK1 or BRK in a mouse SLE model, they found an increase in glomerular IgG deposits and circulating autoantibodies. Furthermore, they reported that ACK and BRK variants from the SLE patients impaired the MERTK-mediated anti-inflammatory response to apoptotic cells in human induced pluripotent stem cells (hiPSC)-derived macrophages. This work identified new SLE-associated ACK and BRK variants and a role for the NRTK TNK2/ACK1 and PTK6/BRK in efferocytosis, providing a new molecular and cellular mechanism of SLE pathogenesis.

      Strengths: 

      This work identified new SLE-associated ACK and BRK variants and a role for the NRTK TNK2/ACK1 and PTK6/BRK in efferocytosis, providing a new molecular and cellular mechanism of SLE pathogenesis.

      Weaknesses: 

      Although the manuscript is well-organized and clearly stated, there are some points below that should be considered:

      In this study, the authors used forward genetic analyses to identify novel gene mutations that may cause SLE, combined with GWAS studies of SLE. To further explore the importance of these variants, haplotype analysis of two candidate genes could be performed, to observe the evolution and selection relationship of candidate genes in the population (UK 1000 biobank, for example). 

      To investigate whether ACK1/TNK2 or BRK/PTK6 were subject to selection, we gathered data using different metrics quantifying negative selection in the human genome. We collected the f parameter from SnIPRE1, lofTool2, and evoTol3, as well as intraspecies metrics from RVIS4, LOEUF5, and pLI6 (including pRec). We also used our in-house CoNeS metric7. None of these indicators suggest that the genes are under strong negative selection (Revised Figure 2-figure supplement 2). This is consistent with the deficiency being recessive. We also tested the variants with a MAF greater than 0.005. We found them to be neutral. We therefore did not test whether they were associated with any phenotype in the UK Biobank.

      Although the authors focused on SLE and macrophage efferocytosis in their studies, direct evidence of how macrophage efferocytosis significantly affects SLE is lacking. This point should at least be explicitly introduced and discussed by citing appropriate literature.

      We provide a more detailed description of the role of macrophage efferocytosis in autoimmunity and SLE in the revised manuscript. Specifically, we state (in the results section, paragraph: ACK1 and BRK kinase domain variants may lose the ability to link MERTK to RAC1, AKT and STAT3 activation for efferocytosis): “NRTKs such as ACK1 8 and PTK2/FAK 9 are also downstream targets of the TAM family receptor MERTK which is expressed on macrophages and controls the anti-inflammatory engulfment of apoptotic cells, a process known as efferocytosis 10-12. Efferocytosis allows for the clearance of apoptotic cells before they undergo necrosis and release intracellular inflammatory molecules, and simultaneously leads to increased production of anti-inflammatory molecules (TGFb, IL-10, and PGE2) and a decreased secretion of proinflammatory cytokines (TNF-alpha, IL-1b, IL-6) 10-14. In line with these findings, mice deficient in molecular components used by macrophages to efficiently perform efferocytosis, such as MFG-E8, MERTK, TIM4, and C1q, develop phenotypes associated with autoimmunity10,11,14-27. Furthermore, defects in efferocytosis are also observed in patients with SLE and glomerulonephritis14,28-31.“

      It is still not clear how the target molecules identified in this paper may influence macrophage efferocytosis. More direct evidence should be established. 

      Our studies show that wt -but not variants- of ACK1 and BRK are activated by MERTK, a key receptor that mediates the recognition of apoptotic cells. Our studies also show that wt -but not variants- activate RAC1 which is necessary for engulfment and phosphorylate AKT and STAT3 which are involved in the anti-inflammatory response to PtdSer recognition.

      The TAM family receptor MERTK mediates recognition of PtdSer on apoptotic cells via GAS6 and Protein S 10,15,32 leading to their engulfment, which involves activation of RAC1 for actin reorganization and the formation of a phagocytic cup 9,33. Using IP kinase assays we show that MERTK and GAS6 can activate the kinase activity of wild-type ACK1 8 or BRK but not of the patient’s ACK1 or BRK variant alleles (Figure 4D). To further support the role of ACK1 and BRK downstream from PtdSer recognition and uptake of apoptotic cells, we show that reference ACK1 and BRK alleles, in contrast to the patient variant alleles, can activate RAC1 to generate RAC-GTP which is necessary for engulfment 9,33 (Figure 4C).

      PtdSer recognition also typically stimulates an anti-inflammatory process mediated in part via AKT 34 and STAT3 and their target genes such as SOCS3 35-41 and results in the inhibition of LPS-mediated production of inflammatory mediators such as TNF and IL-1b, and the production of cytokines such as IL-10, TGFb 11,25-27,42. Consistent with this literature and the findings of the paper, we show that reference ACK1 and BRK, unlike the patient’s variant alleles, can phosphorylate AKT and STAT3 (Figure 4A, B). The role of ACK1 and BRK in these signaling pathways is further supported by our transcriptomics data comparing the response of controls, patients, and inhibitor-treated iPSC-derived macrophages to apoptotic thymocytes by RNA-seq. Specifically, we show Transcriptional repressors including the AKT targets ATF3, TGIF1, NFIL3, and KLF4, the STAT3 targets SOCS3 and DUSP5, as well as CEBPD and the inhibitor of E-BOX DNA Binding ID3 were among the top-ten genes which expression is induced by apoptotic cells in WT macrophages (Figure 4F), but this regulation was lost in mutant and inhibitor-treated macrophages (Figure 4F).

      For some transcriptional repressors mentioned in their studies, the authors should check whether there is clear experimental evidence. If not, it is recommended to supplement the experimental verifications for clarity.

      Transcriptional repressors including the AKT targets ATF3, TGIF1, NFIL3, and KLF4, the STAT3 targets SOCS3 and DUSP5, as well as CEBPD and the inhibitor of E-BOX DNA Binding ID3 were among the top-ten genes which expression is induced by apoptotic cells in WT macrophages (Figure 4F), but this regulation was lost in mutant and inhibitor-treated macrophages (Figure 4F).

      In the manuscript we cited published evidence, to the best of our knowledge, for the role of these genes in the regulation of inflammatory responses. Specifically we state: “ATF3, TGIF1, NFIL3, and KLF4 are involved in the negative regulation of inflammation in macrophages 35-38, SOCS3 is an inhibitor of the macrophage inflammatory response and DUSP5 is a negative regulator of ERK activation 39,40,43. These data suggest that the kinase domain of ACK1 and BRK contribute to the macrophage anti-inflammatory gene expression program driven by apoptotic cells.”

      In Figures 4C and 4D, it is seen that the usage of inhibitors causes cytoskeletal changes, however this reviewer would not have expected such large change. Did the authors check whether the cells die after heavy treatment by the inhibitors?

      We carefully examine the viability of Isogenic WT, BRK and ACK1 mutant macrophages (left panel) and of WT macrophages treated with ACK1 or BRK inhibitors and we did not observed changes in viability (Figure 4-figure supplement 2).

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      A crucial step in the development of SLE is the production of autoantibodies. It is shown in Figure 2F that inhibitors of ACK1/BRK enhanced the production of autoantibodies against histones and SSA in a pristane-induced SLE model, which is a significant result that could support the authors' claim. Strangely, this autoantigen panel does not include double-stranded DNA, RNP, or Sm, which should be presented regarding antibody production.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. In the revised manuscript (Revised Figure 3 – Supplement 1) we added the remainder of the autoantibody panel, which includes double-stranded DNA, RNP, and Sm autoantibody levels. We also added the results for serum IgG autoantibody levels in BALB/cByJ mice treated for three months with DMSO, ACK1, or BRK inhibitors but did not receive a pristane injection (Revised Figure 3A). This data shows that mice which received ACK1 or BRK inhibitors had increased serum IgG autoantibodies in comparison to DMSO treated controls.

      Additionally, if there is information that inhibitors of ACK1/BRK promote the differentiation of follicular helper T cells, memory B cells, and plasma cells in a pristane-induced SLE model, it could be considered indirect evidence supporting the authors' claims.

      These are not available at present to the best of our knowledge.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Minor points:

      * In the literature, unpaired t-tests and ordinary one-way ANOVA (Tukey's multiple comparisons test) were used for statistical analysis, which requires data to be normally distributed. This part of the proposal is reflected in the text, and the non-conforming results need to be statistically analyzed using the non-parametric test of graphpad prism.

      We would like to thank the reviewer for pointing out this oversight. In the revised manuscript, for all applicable datasets, we tested whether the data was normally distributed using a Shapiro-Wilk normality test. For datasets that were normally distributed statistical significance was determined by a Student t test or ordinary one-way ANOVA with Tukey’s multiple comparisons test depending on the number of conditions being compared and the experimental setup. In contrast, for datasets that were not normally distributed statistical significance was determined using a Mann-Whitney, Kruskal-Wallis multiple comparisons tests, or Wilcoxon matched-pairs signed rank test depending on the experimental setup. P values below 0.05 were considered significant for all statistical tests.

      The authors used different methods to represent the level of significant difference. Therefore, it is suggested that the significance level should be expressed by letters. 

      As suggested by the reviewer, in the revised manuscript we have designated the significance level throughout all figures using letters (p, or q values).

      For RNA-seq, more information should be provided in the paper. For example, the correlation between sample biological replicates, the total number of differentially expressed genes, and randomly selected genes for qRT-PCR results verification.

      We would like to thank the reviewer for pointing out this oversight. In the revised manuscript we provided more information regarding the RNA-seq dataset, including a Principal Component Analysis (PCA) showing correlation between sample replicates (Revised Figure 4-figure supplement 1A), as well as a table indicating the number of upregulated and downregulated genes between relevant datasets (Revised Figure 4-figure supplement 1B).

      The results of the RNA-seq analysis indicated that ACK1 and BRK contribute to the macrophage anti-inflammatory gene expression program driven by apoptotic cells. MERTK-dependent anti-inflammatory program elicited by apoptotic cells on macrophages is best evidenced by the reduction of LPS-mediated production of inflammatory mediators such as TNF or IL1b 25-27,34,44. Therefore, to validate the RNA-seq results in a functional manner we tested the decrease of LPS-induced production of TNF and IL1b by apoptotic cells in isogenic WT, ACK1 deficient, and BRK deficient macrophages. Consistent with the RNA-seq data, the functional assays indicated that ACK1 and BRK kinase activities are required for the decrease of TNF and IL1b production induced by LPS in response to apoptotic cells (Revised Figure 4H,I).

      The raw data files for the RNA-seq analysis have been deposited in the NCBI Gene Expression Omnibus under accession number GEO: GSE118730.

      The authors did not have the formats for some of the citations correct. This should be fixed. 

      References were reformatted.

      (1) Eilertson, K. E., Booth, J. G. & Bustamante, C. D. SnIPRE: selection inference using a Poisson random effects model. PLoS Comput Biol 8, e1002806 (2012). https://doi.org:10.1371/journal.pcbi.1002806

      (2) Fadista, J., Oskolkov, N., Hansson, O. & Groop, L. LoFtool: a gene intolerance score based on loss-of-function variants in 60 706 individuals. Bioinformatics 33, 471-474 (2017). https://doi.org:10.1093/bioinformatics/btv602

      (3) Rackham, O. J., Shihab, H. A., Johnson, M. R. & Petretto, E. EvoTol: a protein-sequence based evolutionary intolerance framework for disease-gene prioritization. Nucleic Acids Res 43, e33 (2015). https://doi.org:10.1093/nar/gku1322

      (4) Petrovski, S., Wang, Q., Heinzen, E. L., Allen, A. S. & Goldstein, D. B. Genic intolerance to functional variation and the interpretation of personal genomes. PLoS Genet 9, e1003709 (2013). https://doi.org:10.1371/journal.pgen.1003709

      (5) Karczewski, K. J. et al. The mutational constraint spectrum quantified from variation in 141,456 humans. Nature 581, 434-443 (2020). https://doi.org:10.1038/s41586-020-2308-7

      (6) Lek, M. et al. Analysis of protein-coding genetic variation in 60,706 humans. Nature 536, 285-291 (2016). https://doi.org:10.1038/nature19057

      (7) Rapaport, F. et al. Negative selection on human genes underlying inborn errors depends on disease outcome and both the mode and mechanism of inheritance. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 118 (2021). https://doi.org:10.1073/pnas.2001248118

      (8) Mahajan, N. P., Whang, Y. E., Mohler, J. L. & Earp, H. S. Activated tyrosine kinase Ack1 promotes prostate tumorigenesis: role of Ack1 in polyubiquitination of tumor suppressor Wwox. Cancer Res 65, 10514-10523 (2005). https://doi.org:10.1158/0008-5472.CAN-05-1127

      (9) Wu, Y., Singh, S., Georgescu, M. M. & Birge, R. B. A role for Mer tyrosine kinase in alphavbeta5 integrin-mediated phagocytosis of apoptotic cells. J Cell Sci 118, 539-553 (2005). https://doi.org:10.1242/jcs.01632

      (10) Scott, R. S. et al. Phagocytosis and clearance of apoptotic cells is mediated by MER. Nature 411, 207-211 (2001). https://doi.org:10.1038/35075603

      (11) Henson, P. M. & Bratton, D. L. Antiinflammatory effects of apoptotic cells. J Clin Invest 123, 2773-2774 (2013). https://doi.org:10.1172/JCI69344

      (12) Henson, P. M. Cell Removal: Efferocytosis. Annu Rev Cell Dev Biol 33, 127-144 (2017). https://doi.org:10.1146/annurev-cellbio-111315-125315

      (13) deCathelineau, A. M. & Henson, P. M. The final step in programmed cell death: phagocytes carry apoptotic cells to the grave. Essays Biochem 39, 105-117 (2003). https://doi.org:10.1042/bse0390105

      (14) Nagata, S. Apoptosis and Clearance of Apoptotic Cells. Annu Rev Immunol 36, 489-517 (2018). https://doi.org:10.1146/annurev-immunol-042617-053010

      (15) Cohen, P. L. et al. Delayed apoptotic cell clearance and lupus-like autoimmunity in mice lacking the c-mer membrane tyrosine kinase. J Exp Med 196, 135-140 (2002). https://doi.org:10.1084/jem.20012094

      (16) Hanayama, R. et al. Autoimmune disease and impaired uptake of apoptotic cells in MFG-E8-deficient mice. Science 304, 1147-1150 (2004). https://doi.org:10.1126/science.1094359

      (17) Miyanishi, M., Segawa, K. & Nagata, S. Synergistic effect of Tim4 and MFG-E8 null mutations on the development of autoimmunity. Int Immunol 24, 551-559 (2012). https://doi.org:10.1093/intimm/dxs064

      (18) Colonna, L., Parry, G. C., Panicker, S. & Elkon, K. B. Uncoupling complement C1s activation from C1q binding in apoptotic cell phagocytosis and immunosuppressive capacity. Clin Immunol 163, 84-90 (2016). https://doi.org:10.1016/j.clim.2015.12.017

      (19) Nagata, S., Hanayama, R. & Kawane, K. Autoimmunity and the clearance of dead cells. Cell 140, 619-630 (2010). https://doi.org:10.1016/j.cell.2010.02.014

      (20) Kimani, S. G. et al. Contribution of Defective PS Recognition and Efferocytosis to Chronic Inflammation and Autoimmunity. Front Immunol 5, 566 (2014). https://doi.org:10.3389/fimmu.2014.00566

      (21) Hanayama, R., Tanaka, M., Miwa, K., Shinohara, A., Iwamatsu, A. & Nagata, S. Identification of a factor that links apoptotic cells to phagocytes. Nature 417, 182-187 (2002). https://doi.org:10.1038/417182a

      (22) Kawano, M. & Nagata, S. Lupus-like autoimmune disease caused by a lack of Xkr8, a caspase-dependent phospholipid scramblase. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 115, 2132-2137 (2018). https://doi.org:10.1073/pnas.1720732115

      (23) Watanabe-Fukunaga, R., Brannan, C. I., Copeland, N. G., Jenkins, N. A. & Nagata, S. Lymphoproliferation disorder in mice explained by defects in Fas antigen that mediates apoptosis. Nature 356, 314-317 (1992). https://doi.org:10.1038/356314a0

      (24) Singer, G. G., Carrera, A. C., Marshak-Rothstein, A., Martinez, C. & Abbas, A. K. Apoptosis, Fas and systemic autoimmunity: the MRL-lpr/lpr model. Current opinion in immunology 6, 913-920 (1994).

      (25) Cvetanovic, M. & Ucker, D. S. Innate immune discrimination of apoptotic cells: repression of proinflammatory macrophage transcription is coupled directly to specific recognition. J Immunol 172, 880-889 (2004). https://doi.org:10.4049/jimmunol.172.2.880

      (26) Fadok, V. A., Bratton, D. L., Konowal, A., Freed, P. W., Westcott, J. Y. & Henson, P. M. Macrophages that have ingested apoptotic cells in vitro inhibit proinflammatory cytokine production through autocrine/paracrine mechanisms involving TGF-beta, PGE2, and PAF. J Clin Invest 101, 890-898 (1998). https://doi.org:10.1172/JCI1112

      (27) Voll, R. E., Herrmann, M., Roth, E. A., Stach, C., Kalden, J. R. & Girkontaite, I. Immunosuppressive effects of apoptotic cells. Nature 390, 350-351 (1997). https://doi.org:10.1038/37022

      (28) Herrmann, M., Voll, R. E., Zoller, O. M., Hagenhofer, M., Ponner, B. B. & Kalden, J. R. Impaired phagocytosis of apoptotic cell material by monocyte-derived macrophages from patients with systemic lupus erythematosus. Arthritis Rheum 41, 1241-1250 (1998). https://doi.org:10.1002/1529-0131(199807)41:7<1241::AID-ART15>3.0.CO;2-H

      (29) Baumann, I. et al. Impaired uptake of apoptotic cells into tingible body macrophages in germinal centers of patients with systemic lupus erythematosus. Arthritis Rheum 46, 191-201 (2002). https://doi.org:10.1002/1529-0131(200201)46:1<191::AID-ART10027>3.0.CO;2-K

      (30) Schrijvers, D. M., De Meyer, G. R. Y., Kockx, M. M., Herman, A. G. & Martinet, W. Phagocytosis of apoptotic cells by macrophages is impaired in atherosclerosis. Arterioscl Throm Vas 25, 1256-1261 (2005). https://doi.org:10.1161/01.ATV.0000166517.18801.a7

      (31) Morioka, S., Maueroder, C. & Ravichandran, K. S. Living on the Edge: Efferocytosis at the Interface of Homeostasis and Pathology. Immunity 50, 1149-1162 (2019). https://doi.org:10.1016/j.immuni.2019.04.018

      (32) Seitz, H. M., Camenisch, T. D., Lemke, G., Earp, H. S. & Matsushima, G. K. Macrophages and dendritic cells use different Axl/Mertk/Tyro3 receptors in clearance of apoptotic cells. J Immunol 178, 5635-5642 (2007). https://doi.org:10.4049/jimmunol.178.9.5635

      (33) Mao, Y. & Finnemann, S. C. Regulation of phagocytosis by Rho GTPases. Small GTPases 6, 89-99 (2015). https://doi.org:10.4161/21541248.2014.989785

      (34) Sen, P. et al. Apoptotic cells induce Mer tyrosine kinase-dependent blockade of NF-kappaB activation in dendritic cells. Blood 109, 653-660 (2007). https://doi.org:10.1182/blood-2006-04-017368

      (35) Vergadi, E., Ieronymaki, E., Lyroni, K., Vaporidi, K. & Tsatsanis, C. Akt Signaling Pathway in Macrophage Activation and M1/M2 Polarization. J Immunol 198, 1006-1014 (2017). https://doi.org:10.4049/jimmunol.1601515

      (36) Byles, V. et al. The TSC-mTOR pathway regulates macrophage polarization. Nat Commun 4, 2834 (2013). https://doi.org:10.1038/ncomms3834

      (37) Liao, X. et al. Kruppel-like factor 4 regulates macrophage polarization. J Clin Invest 121, 2736-2749 (2011). https://doi.org:10.1172/JCI45444

      (38) Roberts, A. W., Lee, B. L., Deguine, J., John, S., Shlomchik, M. J. & Barton, G. M. Tissue-Resident Macrophages Are Locally Programmed for Silent Clearance of Apoptotic Cells. Immunity 47, 913-927 e916 (2017). https://doi.org:10.1016/j.immuni.2017.10.006

      (39) Matsukawa, A. et al. Stat3 in resident macrophages as a repressor protein of inflammatory response. J Immunol 175, 3354-3359 (2005).

      (40) Sica, A. & Mantovani, A. Macrophage plasticity and polarization: in vivo veritas. J Clin Invest 122, 787-795 (2012). https://doi.org:10.1172/JCI59643

      (41) Yi, Z., Li, L., Matsushima, G. K., Earp, H. S., Wang, B. & Tisch, R. A novel role for c-Src and STAT3 in apoptotic cell-mediated MerTK-dependent immunoregulation of dendritic cells. Blood 114, 3191-3198 (2009). https://doi.org:10.1182/blood-2009-03-207522

      (42) Rothlin, C. V., Carrera-Silva, E. A., Bosurgi, L. & Ghosh, S. TAM receptor signaling in immune homeostasis. Annu Rev Immunol 33, 355-391 (2015). https://doi.org:10.1146/annurev-immunol-032414-112103

      (43) Seo, H. et al. Dual-specificity phosphatase 5 acts as an anti-inflammatory regulator by inhibiting the ERK and NF-kappaB signaling pathways. Sci Rep 7, 17348 (2017). https://doi.org:10.1038/s41598-017-17591-9

      (44) Camenisch, T. D., Koller, B. H., Earp, H. S. & Matsushima, G. K. A novel receptor tyrosine kinase, Mer, inhibits TNF-alpha production and lipopolysaccharide-induced endotoxic shock. J Immunol 162, 3498-3503 (1999).

    1. Author Response:

      Reviewer #4 (Public Review):

      In this work, Tee et al. study the implications of Heparan Sulfate (HS) binding mutations observed on the Enterovirus A71 (EV-A71) capsid. HS-binding mutations are observed for several virus infections and are often presumed to be a cell culture adaptation. However, in the case of EV-A71, the presence of HS-binding mutations in clinical samples and the contradictory findings in animal studies have made the clinical relevance of HS-binding a subject of debate. Therefore, to better understand the role of HS-binding in EV-A71, the authors use a mouse-adapted EV-A71 variant (MP4) and compare it to a cell-adapted strong HS-binder (MP4-97R/167G). Using these two variants, the authors show that the strong HS-binder does not require acidification for uncoating and genome release. Furthermore, it is demonstrated that the capsid stability of the HS-binding variant is compromised, resulting in pH-independent uncoating. Overall, this study provides new insights demonstrating that seemingly beneficial mutations increasing viral replication may be counterbalanced by other unintended consequences.

      Strengths:

      The thoroughness of the experiments performed to demonstrate that the HS-binding phenotype results in pH-independent entry and capsid destabilisation is worth highlighting. In this regard, the authors have explored viral entry using a range of approaches involving lysosomotropic drugs, viral binding assays, and neutral red-labelled viruses coupled with diverse techniques such as FISH, RNAscope, and transient expression of constitutively active molecules to inhibit parts of the viral cycle. In my opinion, this is necessary to rule out the other downstream effects of the lysomotropic drugs and to confirm the role of the HS-binding mutation in the entry phase. The use of in silico analysis coupled with negative staining electron microscopy and environmental challenge assays is notable. Finally, the demonstration of some of the work using a human-relevant strain is commendable.

      We appreciate the reviewer recognition of the significance of our study and the precious advises.

      Weaknesses:

      A major weakness in this study is the focus on using a mouse-adapted EV-A71 strain (MP4). In the introduction, it is argued that HS-binding mutations are controversial due to their occurrence in cell culture. However, due to host limitations, mice are not the natural hosts for EV-A71 and thus, the same argument can be made for a mouse-adapted strain. It is not clear how different this strain is from circulating EV-A71 strains and the relevance of these findings to the human situation is questionable. This is particularly made evident in the discussion where it is highlighted that HS-binding variants (VP1-145G/Q mutants) have been associated with severe neurological cases while the same variants show attenuated phenotypes in mice and monkeys. This contrast between clinical data and animal studies should be highlighted in the introduction, rather than later in the discussion, as currently the in vivo animal studies are presented as the optimal situation and may lead to misconstrued conclusions from the results.

      As requested by the reviewer, we included new experiments performed with a clinical strain isolated in an immunosuppressed patient (Cordey et al., 2012). We compared the sensitivity of this human strain harboring or not the VP1 L97R and E167G mutations to HCQ and confirmed that the similar differential sensitivity to HCQ was observed as with the MP4 variant. This result is presented as a new supplementary figure (Figure 6-figure supplement 1) and is described in the result section of the revised manuscript (Page 7, lines 251).

      Page 7, lines 251: To determine if our observations are applicable to human strains, we examined the sensitivity of a closely related clinical strain. This strain was isolated from the respiratory tract of an immunosuppressed patient with a disseminated EV-A71 infection27. Additionally, we tested a strong HS-binding derivative that harbors the same VP1-L97R and E167G mutations as our MP4 double mutant. Notably, this human clinical strain shares 98.3% amino acid similarity with the MP4 variant used in this study and exhibits similar HS-binding phenotypes28. As shown in Figure 6-figure supplement 1, the original human strain was inhibited by HCQ, whereas the double mutant exhibited insensitivity to the drug.

      We also added the comment about discrepancy between clinical data and animal studies in the introduction as requested (page 2, lines 69-76): However, epidemiological surveillance of human EV-A71 infections19-21 and experimental evidence from 2D human fetal intestinal models22, human airway organoids23 and air-liquid interface cultures24 suggest that HS binding may enhance viral replication and virulence in humans. In addition, recent research has shown that EV-A71 can be released and transmitted via cellular extrusions25 or exosomes26, potentially preventing viral trapping of HS-binding strains in the circulation. Further studies are required to evaluate the true impact of HS-binding mutations on the spread and virulence of EV-A71 in both animal models and humans.

      An important consideration is that the results are based primarily on image analysis. The inclusion of RT-qPCR and/or plaque assays as supplementary data will help strengthen the findings.

      We have performed RT-qPCR to confirm the immunostaining data and included them in the supplementary data (Figure 1-figure supplement 1E). Reference to these data is made in the result section [Page 4, lines 114-116: These results were confirmed by viral load quantification with real-time RT-PCR (Figure 1-figure supplement 1E).]

      Moreover, there are suggestions of an intermediate binder having a different phenotype. As this intermediate binder is the clinical phenotype, data on the entry of this intermediate binder will be valuable.

      While we agree with reviewer that the single mutant is an intermediate binder and exhibits a clinical phenotype, we made the decision to work with variants that display clear phenotypes, selecting MP4 and the double mutant, as the latter is fully attenuated in both immunocompetent and immunosuppressed mice (Weng et al., 2023). Additionally, we performed an experiment using HCQ, where we observed an intermediate effect with the single mutant. This further confirmed our decision to proceed with MP4 and the double mutant for all experiments. The data supporting this are shown in Author response image 1, which we are sharing exclusively with the reviewer.

      Author response image 1.

      Differential sensitivity of MP4, MP4-97R and MP4-97R167G to Lysosomotropic drugs

      Another weakness in the study is the lack of contextualization of the results to current EV-A71 literature. For instance, SCARB2 is referred to as the internalization receptor but a recent study has shown that SCARB2 is not required for internalization (https://doi.org/10.1128%2Fjvi.02042-21). The findings from this study are consistent with the localization of SCARB2 in the lysosomal membranes. Furthermore, the same study has highlighted host sulfation as a key factor in EV-A71 entry. Post-translational sulfation introduces negatively charged residues on host proteins including HS and SCARB2. This increases the binding of HS-binding strains to these proteins. In this regard, the reduced infectivity upon soluble SCARB2 treatment may simply be due to enhanced binding rather than capsid opening as suggested in the results. Therefore, additional experiments (e.g. nSEM following soluble SCARB2 treatment) must be performed to support the conclusion of capsid opening, due to inherent instability, upon SCARB2 binding.

      We apologize for not citing this relevant literature excluding the role of SCARB2 in viral attachment. We have now included these references in the revised version of the manuscript. (Page 2, lines 54-56: “Since SCARB2 is mostly localized on endosomal and lysosomal membrane and sparsely on plasma membrane3,5, it seems to play only a minor role in EV-A71 cell attachment6,7.

      We thank the reviewer for mentioning the possibility that the sulfation of SCARB2 may enhance its binding to the mutated virus compared to the wild-type virus, potentially explaining the selective competitive inhibition of this variant by soluble SCARB2 produced in mammalian cells. To investigate this hypothesis, we performed nsEM imaging of the double mutant incubated with soluble SCARB2 and we observed an increase in the proportion of empty capsids in the presence of soluble SCARB2 (4% versus 0.7%), supporting our original findings that the inactivation is indeed associated with capsid opening. The results are included in the revised manuscript in Figure 5-figure supplement 4 and described on Page 7, lines 243-245: “However, the double mutant exhibited a ~5-fold increase in empty capsid percentage after treatment with sSCARB2 (Figure 5-figure supplement 4), consistent with the functional data above.”

      In addition to the above, other existing literature on EV-A71 pathogenesis using organoids contradicts some of the explanations of differential phenotype in clinical observations versus mice models. In the introduction, it is suggested that reduced neurovirulence of HS-binding strains is due to binding to the vascular endothelia. However, the correlation of clinical severity to viremia (https://doi.org/10.1186/1471-2334-14-417) and the association of HS-binding mutants to clinical disease counteract this suggestion. Similarly, viral infection in human organoids with EV-A71 results in as low as 0.4% of the cells being infected (https://doi.org/10.1038/s41564-023-01339-5). In this case, if viral binding to (ubiquitously expressed) HS results in viral trapping then the HS-binding mutants should show lowered infectivity in organoid models rather than the observed higher infectivity (https://doi.org/10.3389/fmicb.2023.1045587, https://doi.org/10.1038/s41426-018-0077-2). Finally, EV-A71 release has also been shown to occur in exosomes (https://doi.org/10.1093%2Finfdis%2Fjiaa174) which effectively provides a protective lipid membrane. These recent findings must be incorporated into the article and will help better contextualize their findings.

      We appreciate the reviewer thoughtful comments. We do not believe that the correlation between clinical severity and viremia contradicts the viral trapping hypothesis. For strains that do not bind to HS, the absence of viral trapping could indeed lead to higher viral concentrations in the bloodstream, potentially increasing neurovirulence. However, we agree with the reviewer that other observations in humans, along with experimental data from more relevant models such as organoids, challenge the trapping hypothesis. We are grateful for the suggested citations and have incorporated these references in the introduction, where we discuss this point in more detail

      Page 2, lines 69-76: “However, epidemiological surveillance of human EV-A71 infections19-21 and experimental evidence from 2D human fetal intestinal models22, human airway organoids23 and air-liquid interface cultures24 suggest that HS binding may enhance viral replication and virulence in humans. In addition, recent research has shown that EV-A71 can be released and transmitted via cellular extrusions25 or exosomes26, potentially preventing viral trapping of HS-binding strains in the circulation. Further studies are required to evaluate the true impact of HS-binding mutations on the spread and virulence of EV-A71 in both animal models and humans.”

      Overall, the authors present new findings with convincing methodology. The manuscript can be improved in the contextualization of the findings and highlighting the weakness in translating these findings to resolve the debate surrounding the relevance of HS-binding phenotype. The inclusion of additional experiments and data recommended to the authors will also help strengthen the manuscript.<br />

    1. Author Response:

      eLife Assessment

      This manuscript makes an important contribution to the understanding of protein-protein interaction (PPI) networks by challenging the widely held assumption that their degree distributions uniformly follow a power law. The authors present convincing evidence that biases in study design, such as data aggregation and selective research focus, may contribute to the appearance of power-law-like distributions. While the power law assumption has already been questioned in network biology, the methodological rigor and correction procedures introduced here are valuable for advancing our understanding of PPI network structure.

      Thanks for this assessment which perfectly reflects our study.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      This manuscript was previously reviewed and this earlier evaluation resulted in two conflicting assessments. I fully endorse the favourable opinion of former Reviewer 1 and find most negative comments of former Reviewer 2 inappropriate.

      This work is absolutely necessary. Even though the authors find it difficult to be fully assertive in the end, their ground work in trying to demonstrate the existence of bias in PPI data is undeniably valuable. Other authors have tried before to show the limitation of unequivocally assigning the degree distribution to a power law but these doubts have had a weak impact. This new study is a great opportunity to discuss further a concern for a simplistic view of PPI network topology. The recent contribution of Broido & Clauset was definitely one to bounce on. The approach of this new manuscript is compelling. Dividing the study in several parts, each reflecting an attempt to bring out commonly used shortcuts in PPI network analyses, makes sense.

      Surprisingly, the authors do not refer to the endless controversy of labeling hubs as party or date, which is another manifestation of the interpretative bias of PPI data.

      This is a good point. In particular, it may be interesting if hub nodes that emerge from considering only prey interactions differ regarding party and date nodes. We now refer to this distinction in the Discussion:

      “[...] Further work will be needed to establish if true hub proteins exist in the PPI network and what their role is. For instance, it was previously claimed (Han et al., 2004) – and controversially discussed (Agarwal et al., 2010) – that the correlation of gene expression values between hub nodes with their interaction partners follows a bimodal distribution, leading to the distinction of party (high correlation) and date (low correlation) hubs. In the future, it would be interesting to study if the ratio of party and date hubs changes when considering prey degree only.”

      The only worthy point prompted by former Reviewer 2 is the effect of spoke expansion. In their response, the authors suggest that it would probably extend questioning and even if it is considered as future work, it could be mentioned in the main manuscript.

      Thank you for this comment. We agree that considering different expansion methods is an interesting research question regarding its effect on the PL property. We have added the following sentences to the Discussion to highlight the opportunity for future work:

      “[...] An additional complexity arising in AP-MS studies is that more than two interaction partners can be detected. These -ary interactions are commonly transformed into binary interactions using either the spoke model, which reports all interactions with the bait protein (as used by IntAct, for example), or the matrix expansion model, which reports all pairwise interactions. Both expansion models can, in principle, introduce false positives and it would be interesting to consider the effect of expansion model choice on the PL property in future work.”

      In the end, this submission is an invitation to constructively rethink the analysis of PPI networks and it feeds the discussion on modelling degree distributions that should not be considered as a solved issue.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Many naturally occurring networks are assumed to have a power-law (PL) degree distribution. This assumption has certainly been widely held in the field of protein interactomes (PPIs), although important studies around 2010 have conclusively shown that many of these PL distributions are either the result of data mis-handling or of sloppy statistical procedures (see e.g. Porter and Stumpf in Science around 2014, which I would advise the authors to cite). The value of the present study is to introduce a new mechanism, experiment bias, to explain the appearance of such distributions in the PPI case, and in particular to show how correcting empirically for this mechanism can lead to a reappraisal of which proteins are genuine hubs in these networks. The claims are well supported by empirical evidence and some theoretical analysis. Overall, this is a worthwhile contribution and, while its significance is somewhat dented by the fact that the PL enthusiasm of many had already been tempered by the studies mentioned above,

      Thanks a lot for your constructive feedback. We now cite the work by Porter and Stumpf and have addressed your specific recommendations as detailed below.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      I would like to congratulate the authors to an impressive piece of work highlighting important real and potential biases, which may lead to power-law distributed node degrees in protein-protein interaction networks. This manuscript is easy to follow and very well written manuscript. I truly enjoyed the concise and convincing scientific presentation. Even if some of the concerns have already been discussed or raised in the past, the manuscript assesses potential biases in PPIs in a rigorous manner.

      I deem the following observations highly relevant to be communicated to the community again:

      (1) PL-like distributions emerge by aggregation of data sets alone.

      (2) Research interest in itself is PL-distributed and drives PL-like properties in PPI networks

      (3) Bait usage is a major driver of PL-like behaviour.

      (4) Accounting for biases changes the biological interpretation of the networks

      (5) Simulation studies further corroborate these findings.

      Thank you for this positive assessment of our work.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewing editor:

      The biological significance of the results presented in this manuscript is the potential absence of active sequestration mechanisms in certain species, leading to variation in their ability to transport and store specific compounds, such as alkaloids. The concept of passive accumulation is introduced as an evolutionary intermediate between toxin consumption and sequestration.

      I agree with the reviewers' comments on the limitations of the current manuscript. Additionally, I'd like to raise a point about combining data from LC/MS and GC/MS as these techniques have different sensitivities. GC-MS excels in annotation, allowing for confident identification of detected compounds. However, it may have limitations in the number of extractable substances. Conversely, LC-MS/MS offers a broader range of detectable substances, but annotation can be more challenging. While methods to bridge this gap exist, the current approach might not fully account for the potential influence of the analysis equipment on the observed differences in alkaloid numbers between the Texas and Panama samples analyzed by LC-MS/MS. To address this, consider including data from both methods (if possible) to gain a more comprehensive understanding of the alkaloid profiles. Alternatively, analyzing the Texas and Panama samples with GC-MS could be considered for a more focused comparison with the other samples.

      Thank you for the suggestion. Unfortunately, we do not have GC-MS data for the Texas and Panama samples. While the strength of these two datasets is that they present two independent lines of data corroborating that “undefended” frogs have detectable alkaloid levels, we have more explicitly made clear for readers that the datasets should not be compared directly. We reviewed the text to check that we carefully acknowledge in the manuscript the higher sensitivity of our LC-MS assay, and we added more detail about the differences between the two assay types (section 4d): “The UHPLC-HESI-MSMS pipeline used on the samples from Panama and Texas allows for higher sensitivity to detect a broader array of compounds compared to our GC-MS methods, but has lower retention-time resolution and produces less reliable structural predictions. Furthermore, due to the lack of liquid-chromatography-derived references for poison-frog alkaloids, precise alkaloid annotations from the UHPLC-HESI-MSMS dataset could not be obtained. Therefore, the UHPLC-HESI-MSMS and GC-MS datasets are not directly comparable, and UHPLC-HESI-MSMS data are not included in Fig. 2”. We have also revised the asterisk accompanying the table to further reinforce that alkaloid numbers between the two assay types should not be compared. It now states: “Note that the UHPLC-HESI-MS/MS and GC-MS assays differed in both instrument and analytical pipeline, so “Alkaloid Number” values from the two assay types should not be compared to each other directly”. We further point out differences between the two assay types in section 2b: “Similarly, the analysis of UHPLC-HESI-MS/MS data was untargeted, and thus enables a broader survey of chemistry compared to that from prior GC-MS studies.”

      Finally, we point out that the output from the analytical pipeline for UHPLC-HESI-MSMS annotates compounds as “alkaloids,” using broader criteria than the targeted GC-MS component of our study. In an effort to make the datasets more comparable, at least conceptually, we now include an assessment of which alkaloids identified by UHPLC-HESI-MSMS match known molecular formulae and structural classes in frogs (see Table S6 and revised text on lines 335-343 and 410-415.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      This is a very relevant study, clearly with the potential of having a high impact on future research on the evolution of chemical defense mechanisms in animals. The authors present a substantial number of new and surprising experimental results, i.e., the presence in low quantities of alkaloids in amphibians previously deemed to lack these toxins. These data are then combined with literature data to weave the importance of passive accumulation mechanisms into a 4-phases scenario of the evolution of chemical defense in alkaloid-containing poison frogs.

      In general, the new data presented in the manuscript are of high quality and high scientific interest, the suggested scenario compelling, and the discussion thorough. Also, the manuscript has been carefully prepared with a high quality of illustrations and very few typos in the text. Understanding that the majority of dendrobatid frogs, including species considered undefended, can contain low quantities of alkaloids in their skin provides an entirely new perspective to our understanding of how the amazing specializations of poison frogs evolved. Although only a few non-dendrobatids were included in the GCMS alkaloid screening, some of these also included minor quantities of alkaloids, and the capacity of passive alkaloid accumulation may therefore characterize numerous other frog clades, or even amphibians in general.

      Thank you for the kind evaluation.

      While the overall quality of the work is exceptional, major changes in the structure of the submitted manuscript are necessary to make it easier for readers to disentangle scope, hypotheses, evidence and newly developed theories.

      Based on reviewer comments, we revised the manuscript structure substantially to make the different aspects of the paper more readily identifiable to readers. Specifically we moved the content of Figure 2 into a new section in the introduction. We also added more introductory text to better introduce the main ideas of the new model and to summarize the scope and aim of the paper. We reorganized the result section headings and moved Figure 1 (now Fig. 3) down into section 2c.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This was a well-executed and well-written paper. The authors have provided important new datasets that expand on previous investigations substantially. The discovery that changes in diet are not so closely correlated with the presence of alkaloids (based on the expanded sampling of non-defended species) is important, in my opinion.

      Strengths:

      Provision of several new expanded datasets using cutting edge technology and sampling a wide range of species that had not been sampled previously. A conceptually important paper that provides evidence for the importance of intermediate stages in the evolution of chemical defense and aposematism.

      Thank you for kind comments.

      Weaknesses:

      There were some aspects of the paper that I thought could be revised. One thing I was struck by is the lack of discussion of the potentially negative effects of toxin accumulation, and how this might play out in terms of different levels of toxicity in different species.

      Thank you for the suggestion. We now explicitly address the possible negative effects of toxin accumulation and how costs may play out with respect to varying levels of chemical defense among different organisms, including poison frogs. We note early on that, “short-term alkaloid feeding experiments (e.g., Daly et al., 1994; Sanchez et al., 2019) demonstrate that both defended and undefended dendrobatids can survive the immediate effects of alkaloid intake, although the degree of resistance and the alkaloids that different species can resist vary'' (section 2c), and we address the sparse literature suggesting some species-level variation in alkaloid resistance in frogs. Later, we make the point that, “origins of chemical defenses are also shaped by the cost of resisting and accumulating toxins, which can change over evolutionary time as animals adapt to novel relationships with toxins” (section 2d). We broadly discuss costs of target-site resistance, a common mode of molecular resistance in poison frogs and other animals, and compensatory molecular adaptations that offset the costs. We also discuss examples from the literature of negative effects of high levels of resistance and toxin accumulation that are not completely offset. We also note that to the best of our knowledge, potential lifetime fitness costs to alkaloid consumption by dendrobatids have not been evaluated.

      Further, are there aspects of ecology or evolutionary history that might make some species less vulnerable to the accumulation of toxins than others? This could be another factor that strongly influences the ultimate trajectory of a species in terms of being well-defended. I think the authors did a good job in terms of describing mechanistic factors that could affect toxicity (e.g. potential molecular mechanisms) but did not make much of an attempt to describe potential ecological factors that could impact trajectories of the evolution of toxicity. This may have been done on purpose (to avoid being too speculative), but I think it would be worth some consideration.

      We agree that other factors can influence the trajectory of chemical defense. We incorporated these ideas into the new section 2d, which provides a somewhat brief overview of ecological factors that could influence the origins of chemical defense, the physiological costs of toxin resistance and accumulation, and some of the possible eco-evo factors that shape chemical defense once it evolves.

      In the discussion, the authors make the claim that poison frogs don't (seem to) suffer from eating alkaloids. I don't think this claim has been properly tested (the cited references don't adequately address it). To do so would require an experimental approach, ideally obtained data on both lifespan and lifetime reproductive success.

      We agree with the reviewer that more data are necessary to make this broad claim, which we have removed. We revised this to state: “regardless, it is clear that all or nearly all dendrobatid poison frogs consume alkaloid-containing arthropods as part of their regular diet” (section 2c). We then expand on this statement with data from short-term experimental work that support the notion that at least some dendrobatids are resistant (i.e., can survive) the immediate effects of alkaloids. We also point out later in the manuscript that, “as far as we are aware, the possible lifetime fitness costs (e.g., in reproductive success) of alkaloid consumption in dendrobatids have not been measured” (section 2d).

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      While in general I am very open to "unorthodox" ways to write a manuscript (i.e., differing from the standard structure intro-methods-results-discussion) I feel there is much room for improvement in this case. When reading the manuscript line by line, I was several times totally uncertain about the scope and content of the original data in the manuscript. It is too often unclear which of the outlined theories are new and why they are presented, which hypotheses were tested and why, which data were newly obtained, which technological improvements led to the novel and surprising results, and why no alternative hypotheses are tested. I feel the authors need to fundamentally reconsider the structure of the manuscript - which does not mean everything needs to be rewritten, but some major reshuffling of paragraphs from one section to the other may already lead to substantial improvement. I will in the following list (not ordered by priority) different issues that I encountered, without always providing a specific suggestion for improvement - please come up with an improved structure that removes these issues in one way or the other!

      Thank you for the suggestions. We did our best to improve the structure of the paper. Specifically, we substantially revised the introduction to provide a clearer background of the ideas leading up to the new evolutionary model. We moved most of what was previously figure 2 (now Fig. 1) into an earlier part of the introduction in the main text. We moved what was previously figure 1 (now Fig. 3) to much later in the discussion (section 2c). We attempted to clarify and separate throughout the text the new data from existing data. Please see our responses below for additional details.

      Line 42-45: Please provide a reference on this statement on traversing adaptive landscapes.

      We added the following reference: Martin, CH and PC Wainwright. 2013. Multiple fitness peaks on the adaptive landscape drive adaptive radiation in the wild. Science 339: 208-211. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.1227710

      Line 50: Why are these phases "likely" to occur? - no evidence is presented for this hypothesized high likelihood. Presenting this scenario already in the second paragraph of the intro is very weird. Are these really the only possible phases? Wouldn't it be possible to come up with totally different scenarios? In my opinion, this specific four-phase scenario should be more clearly labelled as a novel theory presented in this paper, and perhaps it should come much later in the introduction.

      Thank you for the suggestion. We moved this paragraph down into a new subsection of the introduction. We also revised the language to clarify that the model is a new evolutionary theory based on new and existing ideas.

      Line 51: Here you use for the first time the term "elimination". While it is intuitively clear what is meant by it, there still could be different meanings. The alkaloids could simply be passively excreted, or they could be actively biochemically decomposed. Later in the Discussion the authors imply that elimination requires some kind of metabolic process, but this perhaps should be made clearer already in the introduction.

      We now spend more time in the introduction describing pharmacokinetics as well as the terms we used (including elimination), which are slightly modified from terms in pharmacokinetics.

      Figure 1. I have major concerns about this figure. I found the figure very confusing, and the authors really need to reconsider and modify (simplify) it. The figure caption starts with "Major processes involved..." as if this was established textbook knowledge rather than a totally hypothetical illustration of how different factors (sequestration, elimination....) can lead to defended or undefended phenotypes. Only later on in the caption it becomes clear this is just a suggestion/hypothesis/model: "we hypothesize...".

      We revised the figure (now Fig. 3) and its legend. It now starts with the following text: “Hypothesized physiological processes that interact to determine the defense phenotype.” We also simplify the figure by removing two lines and recoding the table (see comment below).

      Secondly, the way the graph is drawn suggests some kind of experimental result where specific evolutionary pathways lead to very specific degrees of "defendedness", recognizable by the points on the right axis stacked very precisely one above the other. Do you really want to imply that you want to suggest such a specific model, where particular accumulation/intake/elimination rates lead to exactly these outcomes? Also, wouldn't it be possible to somewhat simplify the categories in the table? Again, why so specific, is there any experimental evidence for it? Why sometimes 1 plus, 2 plus, 3 plus? Wouldn't it be better to just suggest categories such as strong, weak and absent?

      We simplified the figure by removing the secondary (dashed) passive accumulation and active sequestration lines. We also changed the + signs to “low,” “med,” or “high” and tried to simplify the text in the figure and in the legend.

      Line 101-103: "We propose ..." Here, as the concluding statement of the introduction, the authors suggest a very general hypothesis which seems rather disconnected from the four-phase model and from the experimental results. Here, at the latest, I would have expected to learn (1) what the overall scope of the paper is, (2) which kind of approaches were followed and which novel experimental results will be presented in the following, and (3) how the experimental results will be used to derive a new theory / novel. Again, it is obvious that the scope of the paper is broader than testing just a single and narrow hypothesis, but rather to support and develop a broader theory and evolutionary model, but this should be clear to readers once they arrive at this line.

      Thank you for the suggestion. We added a paragraph to the end of the first section of the introduction that outlines the content of the rest of the paper. We also reorganized some of the subheadings to make the flow of ideas and the source of data in each subsection clearer. We split up and moved what was previously in section 2a into parts of the introduction and discussion. We moved the results text about diet and the discussion about resistance to section 2a, to better provide data and discussion of phases 1 and 2.

      Figure 2. My opinion on this figure is much less strong than on Fig. 1. However, the authors may want to reconsider whether it really makes sense to here show all the historical trees and theories (which are not really systematically reviewed in the text) or if they maybe wish to go on with panel D only (the most recent tree and scenario which is also used to consistently for further discussion in the manuscript).

      We moved the content from Fig. 2A–C to the main text (now section 1b) and narrowed the focus of Fig. 2 (now Fig. 1) to what was previously panel 2D.

      Results and Discussion: The whole section on phases 1 to 2 is not based on any new results. This is OK (as I said, I have no problems with "unorthodox" manuscript structure) but it should be clearer to readers why this is presented here and what it represents. A new theory? A recapitulation of textbook knowledge? Something necessary to later understand the experimental results?

      We split up and moved what was previously in section 2a into parts of the introduction and discussion. Now, section 2a still focuses on phases 1 and 2 but presents the diet data from our study (phase 1) and a review of known resistance mechanisms (phase 2; previously in the discussion section).

      Line 168. Here we have arrived at the "core" of the paper, that is, the actual experimental results. Surprisingly, you find alkaloids in dendrobatids usually considered "undefended". This is great, surprising and of high importance. However, I am missing at least some technical/methodological discussion about this finding, except for the statement that it was based on GCMS. Why have previous studies not detected these alkaloids? Did you use particularly sensitive GCMS instruments? Did you look more in depth than it was done in previous studies? Can you totally exclude these contaminations/artefacts?

      We added the following paragraph to section 2b: “The large number of structures that we identified is in part due to the way we reviewed GC-MS data: in addition to searching for alkaloids with known fragmentation patterns, we also searched for anything that could qualify as an alkaloid mass spectrometrically but that may not match a previously known structure in a reference database. Similarly, the analysis of UHPLC-HESI-MS/MS data was untargeted, and thus enables a broader survey of chemistry compared to that from prior GC-MS studies. Structural annotations in our UHPLC-HESI-MS/MS analysis were made using CANOPUS, a deep neural network that is able to classify unknown metabolites based on MS/MS fragmentation patterns, with 99.7% accuracy in cross-validation (Dührkop et al., 2021).” We also moved the paragraph on contamination from the methods section into section 2b.

      Line 169. This sentence (and several others in the subsequent paragraphs) do a poor job in explaining the taxon and specimen sampling. The particular sentence in this line is unclear: Did you include 27 species of dendrobatids AND IN ADDITION representatives of the main undefended clades, or did these 27 species INCLUDE representatives of the main undefended clades?

      We now present a brief overview of sampling in the last paragraph of the introduction (section 1c). We clarified sampling of the species: “In total we surveyed 104 animals representing 32 species of Neotropical frogs including 28 dendrobatid species, two bufonids, one leptodactylid, and one eleutherodactylid (see Methods). Each of the major undefended clades in Dendrobatidae (Fig. 1, Table 1) is represented in our dataset, with a total of 14 undefended dendrobatid species surveyed.” We also reviewed and clarified similar language in other places in the text (e.g., section 2b).

      Line 177. "undefended lineages" - of dendrobatids or of frogs in general? Given that you also include non-dendrobatids.

      Dendrobatids. The sentence now reads “Overall, we detected alkaloids in skins from 13 of 14 undefended dendrobatid species included in our study, although often with less diversity and relatively lower quantities than in defended lineages (Fig. 2, Table 1, Table S3, Table S4).”

      Line 188: "defe" should probably changed to "defended"?

      Corrected.

      Table 1. The taxon sampling clearly focuses on dendrobatids, with only a few other taxa. This is fine, however, it does not allow to test the hypothesis that something "special" predisposes dendrobatids to passive accumulation and alkaloid resistance. For this, a wider taxon sampling of other frog families would have been necessary to have a larger number of "control" data. Again, this is fine for the purpose of the study and is discussed later (line 399) but only very briefly. I feel it should be mentioned earlier on.

      Thank you for the suggestion. We now address this point earlier in the manuscript so that readers will not have the impression that there are sufficient data to infer that dendrobatids are predisposed to passive accumulation. We propose several phylogenetic alternatives, making it clear that determining the number and timing of origins of passive accumulation is not possible with our data (section 2c), ultimately noting that “discriminating a single origin [of passive accumulation] – no matter the timing – from multiple ones would require better phylogenetic resolution and more extensive alkaloid surveys, as we only assessed four non-dendrobatid species”.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      P2L60 - The description of figure 1 is somewhat confusing, as it first focuses on the graph in the bottom panel, then moves to describing aspects of the table (top panel), then back to the graph. I think it might make more sense to describe these two panels separately and in order.

      Thank you for the suggestion. We revised the figure (now Fig. 3) and its legend for clarity.

      P3L94 - Saying that three transitions makes this group "ideal" for studying complex phenotypic transitions is a bit hyperbolic, in my opinion. I suggest toning down this description.

      Thank you for the suggestion. We changed “ideal” to “suitable.”

      P3L101 - "We propose that changes in toxin metabolism through selection on mechanisms of toxin resistance likely play a major role in the evolution of acquired chemical defenses." This hypothesis appears to be a combination of earlier ideas, with a somewhat different emphasis. The authors acknowledge this and go through some of the earlier ideas, in the legend of figure 2. I would have preferred to see more discussion of this (particularly with reference to the history of the idea in reference to poison frogs) in the main body of the text.

      Thank you for the suggestion. We now more extensively discuss these prior studies in the introduction (section 1b and 1c). We also revised this figure (now Fig. 1) to focus on what was previously figure 2 panel D.

      P3L102 - Figure 2 - the phrase "Resistance to consuming some alkaloids" seems inappropriate - perhaps "Resistance to alkaloid poisoning after consumption" (or something similar) would be more accurate?

      We changed this to “Low alkaloid resistance”.

      P4L153 - "Accumulation of alkaloids in skin glands could help to prevent alkaloids from reaching their targets". This could be true, but why would skin glands be a preferred location of sequestration to avoid toxicity? The authors should explain why such glands would be particularly likely to serve as places of sequestration.

      Thank you for pointing out this ambiguity. We decided to remove our discussion of sequestration into skin glands, because it is challenging to discuss this process in toxin resistance without too much speculation.

      P4L154 - "Although direct evidence is lacking, some poison frogs may biotransform alkaloids into less toxic forms until they can be eliminated from the body, e.g., using cytochrome p450s". This would seem to contradict the argument of this process being a precursor to accumulating effective toxins.

      We agree that these processes seem contradictory. However, a few papers are starting to suggest that metabolic detoxification may be initially useful for lineages that eventually evolve toxin sequestration. This is because detoxification or elimination (clearance) of toxins allows increased intake of toxins. Because there is some delay in the removal of toxins from an animal’s body, increased consumption ultimately leads to higher toxin exposure and possible toxin diffusion into various body cavities, which can increase selective pressure to evolve other kinds of resistance mechanisms. This pattern was shown in an experiment with toxin-resistant fruit flies (Douglas et al., 2022). Many toxin-sequestering species still metabolize some toxins even if they sequester the majority – as we argue, the defense phenotype is the result of a balance among intake, elimination, and accumulation, all of which can interact simultaneously. In poison frogs specifically there is some evidence that p450s are upregulated after toxin consumption (Caty et al. 2019). One possible prediction is that the type of resistance that an animal has changes as toxin sequestration evolves. We talk a bit more about these patterns in section 2e.

      P5L186 - Table 1 legend - change "defe" to "defended"

      Corrected.

      P12L414 - "do not appear to suffer substantially from doing so as it is part of their regular diet". I don't think this claim has been properly tested, as of yet. It would require looking at the effects of a diet with and without toxins over the lifespan of the frogs, and the impact of that difference on both survival and fertility.

      Reviewer 1 also made this important observation, which we address above.

      P12L432 - "for toxin-resistant organisms, there is little cost to accumulating a toxin, yet there may be benefits in doing so." Yet toxin resistance may itself be a continuous trait, so there may be a cost that depends on the degree of toxin resistance. I don't see why the authors are proposing toxin resistance as a discrete trait when their main point is that toxin accumulation is not.

      We agree and removed this statement.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      In this study, Yang et al. investigated the locations and hierarchies of NFATc1+ and PDGFRα+ cells in dental and periodontal mesenchyme. By combining intersectional and exclusive reporters, they attempted to distinguish among NFATc1+PDGFRα+, NFATc1+PDGFRα-, and NFATc1- PDGFRα+ cells. Using tissue clearing and serial section-based 3D reconstruction, they mapped the distribution atlas of these cell populations. Through DTA-induced ablation of PDGFRα+ cells, they demonstrated the crucial role of PDGFRα+ cells in the formation of the odontoblast cell layer and periodontal components.

      Thank you for your valuable comments and suggestions, which have greatly enhanced the quality of this research article. The manuscript has been significantly revised in accordance with the reviewers’ comments. All necessary experimental conditions and required data have been included, and all the questions and considerations have been well-addressed in the revised manuscript and supporting information.

      Main issues:

      (1) The authors did not quantify the contribution of PDGFRα+ cells or NFATc1+ cells to dental and periodontal lineages in PDGFRαCreER; Nfatc1DreER; LGRT mice. Zsgreen+ cells represented PDGFRα+ cells and their lineages. Tomato+ cells represented NFATc1+ cells and their lineages. Tomato+Zsgreen+ cells represented NFATc1+PDGFRα+ cells and their lineages. Conducting immunostaining experiments with lineage markers is essential to determine the physiological contributions of these cells to dental and periodontal homeostasis.

      Thanks for your question, we are sorry for the insufficient statement. Figure S9 provided statistical analysis of the number of PDGFR-α+ cells, NFATc1+ cells, and PDGFR-α+&NFATc1+ cells in the dental pulp and periodontal ligament (PDL). The results allow for a clear comparison of the contributions of single-positive and double-positive cells to both tissues. Additionally, the tracing results showed whether these three cell populations have the capacity to produce progeny cells. We further supplemented the analysis with immunofluorescence results of double-positive cells to identify their cell types, selecting AlphaV as the marker for mesenchymal stem cells (MSCs) and CD45 as the marker for hematopoietic cells. This part is further discussed in the manuscript as below:

      Page 14-15 in the revised manuscript, “To identify the population of PDGFR-α+ and NFATc1+ co-expressing cells in the pulp and periodontal ligament (PDL), we generated Pdgfr-aCreER; Nfatc1DreER; R26-LSL-RSR-tdT-DTR (LRTD) mice... Strong tdTomato signals were detected in both the PDL (Figure S22B) and pulp (Figure S22C). With respect to the MSC-specific marker AlphaV, we observed AlphaV+tdTomato+ cells in both regions. Additionally, CD45+ (hematopoietic marker) tdTomato+ cells were also present in these areas (Figure S22B, C). These findings suggest that the population of PDGFR-α+ and NFATc1+ co-expressing cells is heterogeneous.”

      (2) The authors attempted to use PDGFRαCreER; Nfatc1DreER;IR1 mice to illustrate the hierarchies of NFATc1+ and PDGFRα+ cells. According to the principle of the IR1 reporter, it requires sequential induction of PDGFRα-CreER and Nfatc1-DreER to investigate their genetic relationship. Upon induction by tamoxifen, NFATc1+PDGFRα- cells and NFATc1-PDGFRα+ cells were labeled by Tomato and Zsgreen, respectively. However, the reporter expression of NFATc1+PDGFRα+ cells was uncertain, most likely random. Therefore, the hierarchical relationship of NFATc1+ and PDGFRα+ cells cannot be reliably determined from PDGFRαCreER; Nfatc1DreER; IR1 mice.

      Thank you for your question. We have supplemented the control group (Pdgfr-αCreER; IR1) experimental data (Figure 8). By comparing the results of Pdgfr-αCreER; Nfatc1DreER; LGRT tracing assays, we confirmed that the expression pattern and range of PDGFR-a+ cells in pulp and PDL of Pdgfr-αCreER; IR1 mice are consistent with those observed in Pdgfr-αCreER; Nfatc1DreER; LGRT mice (Figure 6), and the same applies to NFATc1+ cells. All of our experimental results have been repeated multiple times. In addition, the IR1 system was initially developed by Professor Bin Zhou's lab and was validated for feasibility and stability in a paper published in Nature Medicine in 2017 (https://doi.org/10.1038/nm.4437). Moreover, Professor Zhou Bo O's team applied IR1 dual recombinases for bone lineage tracing in 2021 published in Cell Stem Cell, which also confirmed its feasibility and stability. (DOI: 10.1016/j.stem.2021.08.010)

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Yang et al. present an article investigating the spatiotemporal atlas of NFATc1+ and PDGFR-α+ cells within the dental and periodontal mesenchyme. The study explores their capacity for progeny cell generation and their relationships - both inclusive and hierarchical - under homeostatic conditions. Utilizing the Cre/loxP-Dre/Rox system to construct tool mice, combined with tissue transparency and continuous tissue slicing for 3D reconstruction, the researchers effectively mapped the distribution of NFATc1+ and PDGFR-α+ cells. Additionally, in conjunction with DTA mice, the study provides preliminary validation of the impact of PDGFR-α+ cells on dental pulp and periodontal tissues. Primarily, this study offers an in-situ distribution atlas for NFATc1+ and PDGFR-α+ cells but provides limited information regarding their origin, fate differentiation, and functionality.

      We would like to thank the reviewer for setting a high value on our study. Given many constructive suggestions, the manuscript has been revised to improve the quantity of this study. All the necessary discussions have also been added, and all the questions and concerns have been well-addressed in the revised manuscript. The point-to-point reply to the comments is listed below:

      Strengths:

      (1) Tissue transparency techniques and continuous tissue slicing for 3D reconstruction, combined with transgenic mice, provide high-quality images and rich, reliable data.

      (2) The Cre/loxP and Dre/Rox systems used by the researchers are powerful and innovative.

      (3) The IR1 lineage tracing model is significantly important for investigating cellular differentiation pathways.

      (4) This study provides effective spatial distribution information of NFATc1+/PDGFR-α+ cell populations in the dental and periodontal tissues of adult mice.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) In the functional experiment section, the investigation into the role of NFATc1+/PDGFR-α+ cell populations is somewhat lacking.

      Thank you so much for your comments and suggestions. We have supplemented the analysis with immunofluorescence results of double-positive cells to identify NFATc1+&PDGFR-α+ cell populations, selecting AlphaV as the marker for mesenchymal stem cells (MSCs) and CD45 as the marker for hematopoietic cells. This part was shown as below:

      Page 14-15 in the revised manuscript, “To identify the population of PDGFR-α+ and NFATc1+ co-expressing cells in the pulp and periodontal ligament (PDL), we generated Pdgfr-aCreER; Nfatc1DreER; R26-LSL-RSR-tdT-DTR (LRTD) mice… Strong tdTomato signals were detected in both the PDL (Figure S22B) and pulp (Figure S22C). With respect to the MSC-specific marker AlphaV, we observed AlphaV+tdTomato+ cells in both regions. Additionally, CD45+ (hematopoietic marker) tdTomato+ cells were also present in these areas (Figure S22B, C). These findings suggested that the population of PDGFR-a+ and NFATc1+ co-expressing cells is heterogeneous.”

      We also supplemented the discussion regarding the role of PDGFR-α+ population on page 17. Its potential role in pulp and periodontal formation had been suggested as well.    

      Page 17 in the revised manuscript, “After ablating PDGFR-α+ cells, we observed damage to the odontoblast layer and shrinkage of the pulp core in dental pulp tissue, indicating that PDGFR-α+ cells contribute to the composition of dental pulp tissue, particularly the odontoblast layer (Figure. 9C, D). In the periodontal ligament, we noted a reduction and destruction of collagen fibers, suggesting a role for PDGFR-α+ cells in periodontal tissue structure (Figure. 9E, F).”

      (2) The author mentions that 3D reconstruction of consecutive tissue slices can provide more detailed information on cell distribution, so what is the significance of using tissue-clearing techniques in this article?

      Thank you for your insightful comment, and we are sorry for the insufficient statement here. In our study, the utilization of tissue clearing techniques was to address some of the shortcomings associated with the 3D reconstruction of consecutive tissue slices, such as the compromised integrity of samples due to section layering, leading to discontinuities along the z-axis and potential loss of positive signals (Fig. S5, S13). Additionally, unavoidable tissue damage during the sectioning process may result in the loss of some information. As one of the most advanced imaging technologies currently available, tissue clearing/imaging allows for direct observation of the spatial location and relationships of fluorescently labeled cells within the intact tissue, which is more persuasive. Also, evolving beyond the analysis of structural and molecular biology of selected tissue sections, and expanding the focus to entire organs and organisms, is a trend in the development of the biomedical field (Nat Methods. 2024 Jul;21(7):1153-1165; Nat Commun. 2024 Feb 26;15(1):1764). Admittedly, no method is flawless; thus, our employment of two advanced imaging approaches aims to answer questions regarding the spatial positioning and relationships of PDGFR-α single-positive, NFATc1 single-positive cells, and PDGFR-α+ NFATc1+ cells from multiple perspectives. This is done to enhance the credibility and persuasiveness of our results.

      We greatly appreciate your suggestion, which have significantly complemented the content of our article. The corresponding statements have been added in the revised manuscript as below:

      Page 6 in the revised manuscript, “As one of the most advanced imaging technologies currently available, tissue clearing/imaging allows for direct observation of the spatial location and relationships of fluorescently labeled cells within the intact tissue. Therefore, according to the existing SUMIC tissue deep clearing (TC) methods, we modified and improved a rapid and efficient procedure, which enable rapid single-cell resolution and quantitative panoptic 3D light-sheet imaging.”

      (3) After reading the entire article, it is confusing whether the purpose of the article is to explore the distribution and function of NFATc1+/PDGFR-α+ cells in teeth and periodontal tissues, or to compare the differences between tissue clearing techniques and 3D reconstruction of continuous histological slices using NFATc1+/PDGFR-α+ cells?

      We sincerely appreciate your question and apologize for any ambiguous descriptions.

      The purpose of our study is to map the atlas of NFATc1+/ PDGFR-α+ inclusive, exclusive and hierarchical distribution in dental and periodontal mesenchyme. Under this premise, the two advanced imaging techniques were merely employed as means to elucidate this issue Indeed, in the previous manuscript, we did overemphasize the comparison and description of the differences between tissue clearing techniques and 3D reconstruction of continuous slices, which led to unnecessary misunderstandings for which we are deeply apologetic. Consequently, in this version of the manuscript, we have diminished the descriptions comparing their advantages and disadvantages, focusing instead on exploring the importance of NFATc1+/PDGFR-α+ cells. We appreciate your suggestions once again.

      Page 6 in the revised manuscript, “These two 3D-reconstruction and imaging technologies complement each other to jointly address the spatial positioning and hierarchical relationships of PDGFR-α+, NFATc1+, and PDGFR-α+ NFATc1+ cells from multiple perspectives.”

      (4) The researchers did not provide a clear definition of the cell types of NFATc1+/PDGFR-α+ cells in teeth and periodontal tissues.

      Thanks for your suggestions. We discovered through cell ablation experiments that the removal of PDGFR-α+ cells resulted in the destruction of the odontoblast layer in the dental pulp, shrinkage of the pulp core, and disruption of collagen fibers in the periodontal ligament. Combined with the results from lineage tracing, we conclude that PDGFR-α+ cells primarily constitute the mesenchymal cells that form the supporting tissues in both the dental pulp and periodontal ligament (Part 4.1). Through immunofluorescence staining, AlphaV was as the marker for mesenchymal stem cells (MSCs) and CD45 as the marker for hematopoietic cells, we observed that the double-positive cell population was a heterogeneous group, containing both mesenchymal stem cells (MSC) and hematopoietic cells (Part 4.2).

      (5) In studies related to long bones, the author defines the NFATc1+/PDGFR-α+ cell population as SSCs, which as a stem cell group should play an important role in tooth development or injury repair. However, the distribution patterns and functions of the NFATc1+/PDGFR-α+ cell population in these two conditions have not been discussed in this study.

      Thanks for your suggestions. The NFATc1+/PDGFR-α+ cell population was identified as playing an important role in tissue regeneration, especially in oral and maxillofacial tissues. Our research primarily focuses on the identification of NFATc1+ and PDGFR-α+ cells within dental and periodontal mesenchyme, highlighting their contribution to tissue homeostasis and regeneration. Although the NFATc1+/PDGFR-α+ cells were characterized in the context of other tissue types, their detailed role in tooth development and injury repair remains an area for further exploration.

      This part was further discussed on page 17-18 in the revised manuscript, “Cell ablation and immunofluorescence staining experiments further characterized the types and functions of PDGFR-α+/PDGFR-α+&NFATc1+ populations. After ablating PDGFR-α+ cells, we observed damage to the odontoblast layer and shrinkage of the pulp core in dental pulp tissue, indicating that PDGFR-α+ cells contribute to the composition of dental pulp tissue, particularly the odontoblast layer (Figure. 9C, D). In the periodontal ligament, we noted a reduction and destruction of collagen fibers, suggesting a role for PDGFR-α+ cells in periodontal tissue structure (Figure. 9E, F). Previous results confirmed the presence of double-positive cells in both dental pulp and periodontal tissues and provided insights into their hierarchical relationships in the periodontal ligament (Figure. 8). To further investigate the double-positive cell population, we developed an inducible dual-editing enzyme reporter system to label these cells with tdTomato signals. Using AlphaV as a marker for mesenchymal stem cells (MSCs) and CD45 for hematopoietic cells, we found that double-positive cells included components of both MSCs and hematopoietic cells (Figure S22B, C), indicating a heterogeneous population. Further experiments are necessary to determine whether the predominant role in this co-positive MSC population is played by PDGFR-α+ or NFATc1+ and to clarify the specific functions of these cells in the future.”

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This groundbreaking study provided the most advanced transgenic lineage tracing and advanced imaging techniques in deciphering dental/periodontal mesenchyme cells. In this study, authors utilized CRISPR/Cas9-mediated transgenic lineage tracing techniques to concurrently demonstrate the inclusive, exclusive, and hierarchical distributions of NFATc1+ and PDGFR-α+ cells and their lineage commitment in dental and periodontal mesenchyme.

      Strengths:

      In cooperating with tissue clearing-based advanced imaging and three-dimensional slices reconstruction, the distribution and hierarchical relationship of NFATc1+ and PDGFR-α+ cells and progeny cells plainly emerged, which undoubtedly broadens our understanding of their in vivo fate trajectories in craniomaxillofacial tissue. Also, the experiment design is comprehensive and well-executed, and the results are convincing and compelling.

      Weaknesses:

      Minor modifications could be made to the paper, including more details on the advantages of the methodology used by the authors in this study, compared to other studies.

      Thanks for your constructive comments and advice on how to improve the quality of this research article. We have thoroughly and carefully corrected the manuscript based on your suggestion, and all the necessary data have been added to support our claims. Meanwhile, all the questions and concerns have been well-addressed in the revised manuscript and the revised supplementary information. Thus, we believe that the quality of this paper has been significantly enhanced. We thank you again for your great efforts.

      Recommendations For The Authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) Line 134, the authors categorized the reporter systems into three types: intersectional reporters, exclusive reporters, and nested reporters. However, Figure 1A does not depict the nested reporters.

      Thanks for your helpful recommendation to improve the quality of this manuscript, and we are sorry for the mistake. In this revised manuscript, we have modified the content of Figure 1A, as displayed below:

      (2) Line 238, the authors mentioned that NFATc1 is expressed in the mandible and periodontal tissues based on their previous sequencing analyses. It would be better to cite the related reference or display the expression of NFATc1 in the Supplemental Figures.

      Thanks for your suggestions. We sincerely apologize for the typo that occurred during the writing process and have revised the original text to on page 9:

      “The previous sequencing analyses have reported the expression of NFATc1 in mandible and periodontal tissues20. (DOI: 10.1177/00220345221074356)”

      (3) Line 264, the figure callout "Figure 5E" does not exist, and the figure legends of Figure 5 contain the same error.

      We greatly appreciate your rigor and diligence, and we have corrected this error.

      (4) Line 280, the figure callout "Figure S12" is incorrect.

      Thank you for your efforts, and we are sorry for our negligence. The corresponding descriptions have been amended as below:

      Page 10 in the revised manuscript, “Consistent with the quantification of TC-based imaging results (Figure S9), the number of PDGFR-α+ cells and NFATc1+ cells were significantly higher than that in pulse group.”

      (5) Line 301, the figure callout "Figure 4" is erroneous.

      Thank you for your efforts, and we are sorry for our negligence. The corresponding descriptions have been amended as below:

      Page 11 in the revised manuscript, “After 11 days tracing, the number of PDGFR-α+ & NFATc1+ cells and PDGFR-α+NFATc1+ cells increased significantly (Figure 7)…”

      (6) Line 306, the sentence "Our previous study identified the presence of NFATc1+ cells in the cranium by single-cell sequencing (unpublished data)" could be improved by referencing specific data or findings.

      Thanks for your suggestions, and we are sorry for our negligence. The corresponding citation have been amended as below:

      Page 11 in the revised manuscript, “As a part of craniomaxillofacial hard tissue, we also intended to explore whether the presence of NFATc1+ and PDGFR-α+ cells in cranial bone tissue/suture is different from dental and periodontal tissue (our previous study has identified the presence of NFATc1+ cells in the cranium by single-cell sequencing28”

      (7) Line 341, the statement "Moreover, no PDGFR-α+ cells were detected in the Nfatc1DreER; IR1 group," needs further explanation or context.

      Thanks for your suggestions. The corresponding descriptions have been amended as below:

      Page 13 in the revised manuscript,  “Moreover, since the recombinase recognition sites are interleaved (loxP–rox–loxP–rox), recombination by one system will naturally remove a recognition site of the other system, rendering its reporter gene inactive for further recombination. The results showed no tdTomato+ cells or ZsGreen+ cells were detected in the Pdgfr-αCreER; IR1 or Nfatc1DreER; IR1 group respectively demonstrating the feasibility and accuracy of the IR1 system.”

      (8) Several statements in this text were duplicated. For instance, lines 365 to 376 are identical to lines 497 to 508. This redundancy should be addressed to improve the manuscript's clarity and conciseness.

      We greatly appreciate your suggestions, and we are sorry for the misunderstanding we may have caused. We have revised and integrated the entire Results 4 section (including lines 365 to 376 of the original manuscript) into the Discussion section to avoid unnecessary redundancy and misunderstandings. This adjustment also emphasizes that the goal of using two imaging techniques is to draw more credible conclusions from multiple perspectives, thereby mitigating the shortcomings of relying solely on existing advanced imaging methods. The revised content are as follows:

      Page 18 in the revised manuscript, “TC-based advanced imaging procedure can clearly visualize its 3D structure, reconstruct the whole across latitudes, and understand the spatial position and expression of each structure, which could avoid the bias of traditional single-layer slicing may cause, and provides a more intuitive and objective description of the existing situation. However, our results demonstrated TC still has some limitations…”

      Page 19 in the revised manuscript, “The 3D sections reconstruction results, however, effectively addressed the issue of weak tdTomato signal and provide a clearer visualization of the distribution of ZsGreen and tdTomato signals. For example, the tdTomato signal in the root pump, which was almost completely unobservable by TC-based imaging, can be clearly seen using confocal imaging and 3D reconstruction (Figure 3C-D, Figure 6C-D, and Figure S4, Figure S12). However, compared to TC, the quality of 3D reconstruction of sections still relies on the angle and quality of the sections, with the section angle having a significant impact on the reconstruction outcome. In addition, because the slice itself has a certain thickness (10 μM in this study), which leads to the appearance of discontinuous in the final reconstructed image, and the aesthetics and accuracy could be affected to a certain extent. Also, unavoidable tissue damage during the sectioning process may result in the loss of some information. Therefore, a variety of different information could be obtained through two different imaging technologies, which prompt us to use the advanced experimental procedure according to the actual purpose.”

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) It should be further highlighted in the article what cell type the NFATc1+/PDGFR-α+ cells should be defined as in teeth and periodontal tissues.

      Thank you so much for your suggestions. We have supplemented the analysis with immunofluorescence results of double-positive cells to identify NFATc1+&PDGFR-α+ cell populations, selecting AlphaV as the marker for mesenchymal stem cells (MSCs) and CD45 as the marker for hematopoietic cells.

      This part was on page 14-15 in the revised manuscript, “To identify the population of PDGFR-α+ and NFATc1+ co-expressing cells in the pulp and periodontal ligament (PDL), we generated Pdgfr-aCreER; Nfatc1DreER; R26-LSL-RSR-tdT-DTR (LRTD) mice… Strong tdTomato signals were detected in both the PDL (Figure S22B) and pulp (Figure S22C). With respect to the MSC-specific marker AlphaV, we observed AlphaV+tdTomato+ cells in both regions. Additionally, CD45+ (hematopoietic marker) tdTomato+ cells were also present in these areas (Figure S22B, C). These findings suggested that the population of PDGFR-a+ and NFATc1+ co-expressing cells is heterogeneous.”

      We also supplemented the discussion regarding the role of  PDGFR-α+ population on page 17. Its potential role in pulp and periodontal formation had been suggested as well:

      Page 17 in the revised manuscript: “After ablating PDGFR-α+ cells, we observed damage to the odontoblast layer and shrinkage of the pulp core in dental pulp tissue, indicating that PDGFR-α+ cells contribute to the composition of dental pulp tissue, particularly the odontoblast layer (Figure. 9C, D). In the periodontal ligament, we noted a reduction and destruction of collagen fibers, suggesting a role for PDGFR-α+ cells in periodontal tissue structure (Figure. 9E, F).”

      (2) The authors are advised to supplement the description of the cellular origin and the differentiation trajectory of NFATc1+/PDGFR-α+ cells in teeth and periodontal tissues.

      Thank you for your suggestion. Our study currently focused more on mapping the distribution atlas of NFATc1+PDGFRα+, NFATc1+PDGFRα-, and NFATc1-PDGFRα+ cells in adult homeostatic mice. In the next step, we plan to explore the differentiation trajectory of NFATc1+/PDGFRα+ cells during development using single-cell sequencing and other methods.

      (3) It is recommended to add figure labels to Figure 1B to facilitate reader comprehension.

      Thank you for your valuable suggestion to improve the quality of this manuscript. We have modified Figure 1B in the revised manuscript as follows:

      (4) Why compare 3D images from tissue clearing with 3D reconstructions of confocal imaging after consecutive tissue slicing?

      Thanks for your important and helpful comments to improve the quality of this manuscript, and we are sorry for the insufficient statement.

      The original intention of comparing the two methods was to is to draw more credible conclusions from multiple perspectives, thereby minimizing the limitations inherent in the singular use of current advanced imaging techniques. Indeed, the description in the previous manuscript could lead to misunderstandings among readers. Therefore, in the revised manuscript, we have modified and integrated the content of Results 4 section into the Discussion section to eliminate unnecessary verbosity and potential confusion.

      Page 18 in the revised manuscript, “TC-based advanced imaging procedure can clearly visualize its 3D structure, reconstruct the whole across latitudes, and understand the spatial position and expression of each structure, which could avoid the bias of traditional single-layer slicing may cause, and provides a more intuitive and objective description of the existing situation. However, our results demonstrated TC still has some limitations…”

      Page 19 in the revised manuscript, “The 3D sections reconstruction results, however, effectively addressed the issue of weak tdTomato signal and provide a clearer visualization of the distribution of Zsgreen and tdTomato signals. For example, the td-tomato signal in the root pump, which was almost completely unobservable by TC-based imaging, can be clearly seen using confocal imaging and 3D reconstruction (Figure 3C-D, Figure 6C-D, and Figure S4, Figure S12). However, compared to TC, the quality of 3D reconstruction of sections still relies on the angle and quality of the sections, with the section angle having a significant impact on the reconstruction outcome. In addition, because the slice itself has a certain thickness (10 μM in this study), which leads to the appearance of discontinuous in the final reconstructed image, and the aesthetics and accuracy could be affected to a certain extent. Also, unavoidable tissue damage during the sectioning process may result in the loss of some information. Therefore, a variety of different information could be obtained through two different imaging technologies, which prompt us to use the advanced experimental procedure according to the actual purpose.”

      (5) The experimental results section does not specify the age of the mice used, which lacks clarity for the reader and makes it difficult to determine at what developmental stage the observed distribution of NFATc1+/PDGFR-α+ cells occurs.

      Thank you for your suggestion. I apologize for overlooking this point. I only displayed the age of the mice in some of the figures. All the transgenic mice discussed in this article are adults around 12-14 weeks. I have added the specific weeks of age in the main text.

      (6) What is the rationale behind selecting day 1, day 3, and day 5 as the experimental time points in Figure 2B?

      Thanks for your questions. 48 hours after injection, TAM can be metabolized in the body and converted into 4-OHT, which then distributes thoroughly to various tissue systems through the bloodstream. Therefore, we chose to administer a booster dose 48 hours after the initial injection to ensure timely replenishment and achieve high labeling efficiency. This drug administration scheme has already been validated for feasibility in our preliminary studies.

      (7) In Figure 2E, why is there a large area of red signal visible in the tooth enamel?

      Thanks for your valuable comments and advice on how to improve the quality of this research article and our future work. As we discussed in the main text, the existing TC-based imaging techniques cannot meet the requirements for capturing as conspicuous tdTomato signals as ZsGreen, which may due to: 1) the editing efficiency of the DNA recombinase-mediated lineage-tracing system has limitations; 2) the lower presence of NFATc1+ cells in the region-of-interest (ROI) ensures weak signals of tdTomato; 3) the TC method as described may result in poor penetration of td-tomato fluorescence signals. Therefore, to clearly display the NFATc1+ cells in the ROI (periodontal ligament, pulp, and alveolar bone) as much as possible, we increased the intensity of excitation fluorescence of 561-channel of the Lightsheet fluorescence microscopy, which led to a large area of unrelated red signal in non-target areas (tooth enamel). In future work, we will further improve the TC procedure to shorten the sample processing time, and developing other transgenic mice to address this issue. Thanks again.

      (8) In the text at Line 249, the author notes that PDGFRα+ cells are widely distributed, and NFATc1+ cells are primarily located in the pulp horns. What is the relevance of their distribution to their function?

      Thank you very much for your suggestion. We found that PDGFRα+ cells are widely distributed in dental pulp tissue. Combined with the results from subsequent cell ablation experiments, it revealed that PDGFRα+ cells contribute to the formation of the odontoblast layer and the pulp core. In our supplementary data, we discovered through immunofluorescence staining that double-positive cells co-expressed AlphaV in the dental pulp, indicating that they possessed MSC components. We need to further investigate the relationship between their distribution and function in the future.

      (9) In Line 301 of the text, there is a mislabeling of Figure 4. Please verify this carefully throughout the document.

      Thank you for your efforts, and we are sorry for our negligence. We have made the necessary corrections and have meticulously reviewed the entire manuscript to ensure that there were no similar mistakes. The corresponding descriptions have been amended as below:

      Page 11 in the revised manuscript, “After 11 days tracing, the number of PDGFR-α+ & NFATc1+ cells and PDGFR-α+NFATc1+ cells increased significantly (Figure 7)…”

      (10) Between Lines 323 to 325, the author states: "the wider range of PDGFR-α+ cells than NFATc1+ cells were observed, which laid the foundation for our conjecture that NFATc1+ cells may contribute as subpopulation of PDGFR-α+ cells." This statement is inaccurate.

      Thank you for your suggestions. We apologize for the inaccuracies in our description and have made corrections in the original text.

      Page 12 in the revised manuscript, “the wider range of PDGFR-α+ cells than NFATc1+ cells were observed, we speculate that there may be a hierarchical relationship between the two.”

      (11) The author is advised to combine the use of single-cell sequencing data for cell trajectory analysis to corroborate the differentiation relationships between NFATc1+/PDGFR-α+ cells, discussing their specific origins and final differentiation fates.

      Thank you for your suggestion; it is very meaningful to us and will be the focus of our future research work.

      (12) In the Results 4 section, the comparison between tissue clearing imaging and 3D reconstruction of consecutive tissue slices could be discussed in the discussion section.

      We greatly appreciate your suggestions. We have revised and integrated the entire Results 4 section into the Discussion section to avoid unnecessary redundancy and misunderstandings. This adjustment also emphasizes that the goal of using two imaging techniques is to draw more credible conclusions from multiple perspectives, thereby mitigating the shortcomings of relying solely on existing advanced imaging methods. The revised content are as follows:

      Page 18 in the revised manuscript, “TC-based advanced imaging procedure can clearly visualize its 3D structure, reconstruct the whole across latitudes, and understand the spatial position and expression of each structure, which could avoid the bias of traditional single-layer slicing may cause, and provides a more intuitive and objective description of the existing situation. However, our results demonstrated TC still has some limitations…”

      Page 19 in the revised manuscript, “The 3D sections reconstruction results, however, effectively addressed the issue of weak tdTomato signal and provide a clearer visualization of the distribution of Zsgreen and tdTomato signals. For example, the td-tomato signal in the root pump, which was almost completely unobservable by TC-based imaging, can be clearly seen using confocal imaging and 3D reconstruction (Figure 3C-D, Figure 6C-D, and Figure S4, Figure S12). However, compared to TC, the quality of 3D reconstruction of sections still relies on the angle and quality of the sections, with the section angle having a significant impact on the reconstruction outcome. In addition, because the slice itself has a certain thickness (10 μM in this study), which leads to the appearance of discontinuous in the final reconstructed image, and the aesthetics and accuracy could be affected to a certain extent. Also, unavoidable tissue damage during the sectioning process may result in the loss of some information. Therefore, a variety of different information could be obtained through two different imaging technologies, which prompt us to use the advanced experimental procedure according to the actual purpose.”

      (13) The article only demonstrates the impact of removing PDGFR-α+ cells on the dental pulp and periodontal tissues of adult mice. What would be the impact of removing NFATc1α cells on teeth and periodontal tissues?

      Thank you for your suggestions. Our lab had been investigating the role of NFATc1+ cells in PDL and dental pulp tissues which is currently submitted to another journal. So please forgive me for not being able to present the data. The ablation assays showed that NFATc1+ cells may be involved in the formation of the odontoblast layer in dental pulp and in promoting osteogenic differentiation in the periodontal ligament.

      (14) The effects of removing PDGFR-α+ cells on the teeth and periodontal tissues of adult mice are shown in the article. What would be the impact on teeth and periodontal tissues if PDGFR-α cells were removed during early development?

      Thank you for your question. Our current research has not yet focused on the impact of PDGFR-α+ cells on the formation of periodontal ligaments and dental pulp tissue during the developmental stage. In our literature search, we found articles indicating that PDGFR-α was expressed at all stages of tooth development, and that PDGFR-α signaling was crucial for regulating the growth of the tooth apex and the proper extension of the palatal shelves during palatal fusion. Disruption of PDGFRα signaling interferes with apex growth and the critical extension of palatal shelves during craniofacial development. In the future, we would like to focus on the role of PDGFR-α cells during teeth development.

      (15) If the data on the skull are not presented in this paper, it is suggested not to overly describe it in the results section, or to include related skull data in supplementary figures.

      We appreciate your attention to detail and your suggestions for improving the clarity and presentation of our work. The corresponding results of cranium and cranial sutures region were shown in Video S7-9 in the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      We sincerely appreciate your thorough review and positive feedback on our manuscript. In accordance with your recommendations, all the questions and concerns have been well-addressed in the revised manuscript. We believe these revisions further enhance the clarity and quality of our work. The point-to-point reply to the comments is listed below:

      (1) In line 181, the author claimed that "we modified and improved a rapid and efficient procedure...this ultrafast clearing technique could minimize the impact on transgenic mice." However, there is no mention in the main text of the amount of time required for other methods. How can the "rapid" element of your improved method be reflected? The author should briefly list a few other studies and discuss them.

      Thanks for your important and helpful comments, and we are sorry for the insufficient statement. In recent years, a variety of tissue clearing methods have emerged. Here is a summary of the methods and durations used for hard tissue clearing as published in several authoritative journals:

      Author response table 1.

      In comparison, our approach requires only approximately two days, thereby minimizing the potential damage to the tissue itself. Additionally, the study employs transgenic mice mediated by lineage tracing, and the shorter processing time also serves to reduce the impact on the fluorescence of the positive cells to a minimum.

      (2) In Figure S6, the author mentioned the use of another 3D reconstruction method-DICOM-3D. What is the advantage of this methodology? Is the conclusion drawn the same as the previous approaches? The author should propose corresponding discussions in this section.

      We sincerely appreciate your comments. The purpose of employing DICOM-3D reconstruction for the serial section images is to validate the constructed results obtained by Imaris. This method is based on sequential 2D DICOM images and utilizes 3D reconstruction and visualization technology to generate a stereoscopic 3D image with intuitive effects. Compared to Imaris reconstruction, this method offers a more straightforward and time-efficient approach. Regardless of the different reconstruction methods employed in this study, the ultimate goal remains consistent, which is to jointly address the spatial positioning and hierarchical relationships of PDGFR-α+, NFATc1+, and PDGFR-α+NFATc1+ cells from multiple perspectives, to enhance the credibility and persuasiveness of our results. We have also included the corresponding description in the revised manuscript as follows:

      Page 8-9 in the revised manuscript, “To enhance the comprehensive and accurate display of the reconstruction results and to mitigate the potential errors that may arise from relying on single reconstruction method, we employed an alternative 3D reconstruction method—DICOM-3D. This method is based on sequential 2D DICOM images and utilizes 3D reconstruction and visualization technology to generate a stereoscopic 3D image with intuitive effects, which was a comparatively straightforward and highly efficient approach. We transformed the serial IF images into DICOM format and subsequently reconstruct it, and the same conclusion can be drawn, namely, PDGFR-α+ cells almost constituted the whole structure of pulp and PDL, with NFATc1+ cells as subpopulation (Figure S6).

      (3) Line 292: Why was the tdTomato signal in confocal-based reconstruction more conspicuous than the TC procedure? Some descriptions would be beneficial for readers' understanding.

      Thank you very much for your comments. We hypothesize that the current light-sheet systems have inherent limitations in capturing tdTomato signals of intact tissue, which become more evident in tissues with inherently low fluorescence strengths (in this work, due to the limitations of editing efficiency in DNA recombinase mediated lineage-tracing system, which guaranteed weaker tdTomato signal compared to ZsGreen). In contrast, traditional confocal imaging techniques do not encounter such issues. The corresponding descriptions in the revised manuscript are shown as follows:

      Page 11 in the revised manuscript, “We hypothesize that the current light-sheet systems for intact tissue-imaging have inherent limitations in capturing tdTomato signals, which become more evident in tissues with inherently low fluorescence strengths (in this work, due to the limitations of editing efficiency in DNA recombinase mediated lineage-tracing system, which guaranteed weaker tdTomato signal compared to ZsGreen). In contrast, traditional confocal imaging techniques do not encounter such issues.”

      (4) Part 2.2, line 305: What is the purpose of analyzing the cranium and cranial sutures region through TC technology?

      Thank you for your comments. There are three main purposes of this part of the experiment. First, our research group has long been committed to studying the distribution and role of NFATc1+ SSCs in a variety of hard tissues, and our previous study has identified the presence of NFATc1+ cells in the cranium by single-cell sequencing. Therefore, in this work, we also intend to investigated the spatiotemporal atlas of NFATc1+ and PDGFR-α+ cells in cranium and cranial sutures region based on transgenic lineage tracing techniques. Second, as a part of craniomaxillofacial hard tissue, we intended to explore whether the presence of NFATc1+ and PDGFR-α+ cells in cranial bone tissue/suture is different from dental and periodontal tissue; In addition, the results in Video S7-9 further demonstrated that our improved tissue clearing procedure in this work is universal for a variety of hard tissues, which lay a foundation for our future researches.

      Page 11 in the revised manuscript, “As a part of craniomaxillofacial hard tissue, we also intended to explore whether the presence of NFATc1+ and PDGFR-α+ cells in cranial bone tissue/suture is different from dental and periodontal tissue (our previous study has identified the presence of NFATc1+ cells in the cranium by single-cell sequencing28”

      (5) Some images before & after the tissue-clearing procedure need to be provided in the supplemental file.

      Thanks for your important and helpful comments to improve the quality of this manuscript. We have included the corresponding description and photographs in the main text and the supplemental file as follows:

      Page 7 in the revised manuscript, “As shown in Figure S1A-B, we recorded bright-field images of the maxilla before and after clearing, and our procedure achieved high transparency of the whole tissue. On this basis, whole-tissue imaging can be achieved, with the observation of different cell type distribution in spatial 3D structure.”

      (6) In part 5, line 394, the author investigated the consequences of the ablation of PDGFR-α+ cells in dental pulp and periodontal mesenchymal tissues, but some research objectives and mechanisms need to be discussed here, regarding: "why choosing to ablation PDGFR-α+ cells instead of NFATc1+ cells? Was the hierarchical relationship between PDGFR-α+ cells and NFATc1+ cells considered during the experimental design?", etc.

      Thank you very much for your suggestion, it has been very helpful. We chose PDGFR-α+ cells as the subject for the cell ablation experiments based on the results from the previous lineage tracing and hierarchical relationship studies. We have included the corresponding description and photographs in the main text and the supplemental file as follows:

      Page 13 in the revised manuscript, “The results from the aforementioned lineage tracing experiments showed that PDGFR-α+ cells constitute a significant component of both dental pulp and periodontal tissues. Additionally, the hierarchical relationship experiments revealed that a portion of NFATc1+ cells in the periodontal ligament derives from PDGFR-α+ progenitor cells. Therefore, investigating the role of PDGFRα+ cells in dental pulp and periodontal tissues has become more urgent.”

      (7) Some claims in the main text were lack of literature citation, such as in lines 207 and 234.

      Thank you very much for your comments. We are deeply sorry for the mistakes. We have added the relevant references at the appropriate locations in the main text as follows:

      (1) line 207 of previous manuscript (page 8, line 206 in the revised manuscript): We sincerely apologize for the typo that occurred during the writing process and have revised the original text to: which was consistent with RNA-sequencing results in the previous study20. (DOI: 10.1177/00220345221074356)

      (2) line 234 of previous manuscript (page 9, line 234 in the revised manuscript): “we employed an alternative 3D reconstruction method—DICOM-3D27.” (DOI: 10.1177/09544119211020148)

      (8) What were the specific reasons for the conspicuous tdTomato signal in the reconstructed images obtained by traditional serial section-based confocal imaging, which were not as evident in TC imaging?

      Thank you very much for your comments. Traditional sectioning and subsequent confocal imaging can clearly display fluorescence signals on a single plane (Figure 3B, Figure 6B, Figure S3, S8, S11, S16, S19), therefore, after 3D reconstruction of multiple planes, it will still have a high resolution (Figure 3, 4, 7, 8). However, for TC imaging, the current light-sheet systems have inherent limitations in capturing tdTomato signals of intact tissue, which become more evident in tissues with inherently low fluorescence strengths (in this work, due to the limitations of editing efficiency in DNA recombinase mediated lineage-tracing system, which guaranteed weaker tdTomato signal compared to ZsGreen). In contrast, traditional confocal imaging techniques do not encounter such issues.

      (9) In tissue clearing techniques, do the chemical reagents and procedures used affect the signal intensity of tdTomato and Zsgreen?

      We appreciate your helpful comment. In this work, we modified and improved a rapid and efficient tissue deep clearing (TC) procedure based the existing SUMIC method, and  (Nature Cardiovascular Research, 2024, 3, 474–491; Cell, 2023, 186, 382-397.e24.). These researches have confirmed that the chemical reagents used in this method do not affect the inherent fluorescence signal of transgenic animals. With our improvements, we minimized the sample processing time as much as possible to avoid any potential adverse effects. The results in Figure 2, Figure 5, and Figure S1 indicated that after TC procedure, the tissue exhibit significant ZsGreen signals and certain tdTomato signals, which sufficiently support our conclusions.

      (10) How did you address the issue of sample integrity and discontinuities in the z-axis caused by the stratification of slices in your reconstructions?

      We greatly appreciate your comments. Currently, reconstruction techniques based on continuous sectioning cannot fully eliminate the discontinuities in the z-axis. Therefore, it is for this reason that we need to compensate for this deficiency by imaging the whole tissue through TC procedure. These two 3D-reconstruction and imaging technologies complement each other to jointly address the spatial positioning and hierarchical relationships of PDGFR-α+, NFATc1+, and PDGFR-α+NFATc1+ cells from multiple perspectives. Additionally, this deficiency can be minimized by improving the technical skills, reducing section thickness, and to minimize tissue loss during sectioning, which is our future research endeavors.

      (11) In Figure 2B, the schematic representation of the operational principle "Cre-loxp/Dre-loxp" does not correspond to the genotype "CreER/DreER". Please correct it.

      Thanks for your important comments. We are sincerely sorry for the mistake. We have modified Figure 2B in the revised manuscript as below:

      (12) Line 450, the specific distribution and differences of PDGFR-α+, NFATc1+, and PDGFR-α+&NFATc1+ cells in pulp and periodontal tissues need to be further described and explained.

      Thank you for your question. We have described this part on page 16 in the revised manuscript, “In PDL tissue, pulse data demonstrated widespread and abundant expression of PDGFR-α single-positive cells as well as NFATc1 single-positive cells, with no significant alteration in expression pattern or quantity after lineage tracing. Consequently, we conclude that in periodontal ligament and dental pulp tissues, PDGFR-α single-positive and NFATc1 single-positive cells primarily label intrinsic periodontal mesenchyme in PDL. Conversely, PDGFR-α+&NFATc1+ cells exhibited a more confined localization in PDL. The tracing data clearly illustrated that PDGFR-α+&NFATc1+ cells successfully gave rise to numerous progenies, which become predominant constituents within the periodontal ligament. In pulp tissue, the distribution of PDGFR-α single-positive cells was similar as that in PDL, primarily labeled odontoblast cell layer and there was not a significant increase in ZsGreen signal after tracing assay.”

      (13) In Figure S9, the sparse presence of NFATc1+ cells in pulp and periodontal tissue raises questions about the plasticity and differentiation potential of these cells. The author should include relevant discussions in this section.

      Thanks for your suggestion. Considering the plasticity and differentiation potential of NFATc1+ cells, we conducted immunofluorescence staining and found that the PDGFR-α+&NFATc1+ cell lineage in dental pulp and periodontal tissues represents a heterogeneous population. This population includes non-terminally differentiated mesenchymal stem cells (MSCs) as well as hematopoietic cells, indicating significant heterogeneity. We have also added this part of the discussion on page 17 of the manuscript.

      Page 17 in the revised manuscript, “Cell ablation and immunofluorescence staining experiments further characterized the types and functions of PDGFR-α+/PDGFR-α+&NFATc1+ populations. After ablating PDGFR-α+ cells, we observed damage to the odontoblast layer and shrinkage of the pulp core in dental pulp tissue, indicating that PDGFR-α+ cells contribute to the composition of dental pulp tissue, particularly the odontoblast layer (Figure. 9C, D). In the periodontal ligament, we noted a reduction and destruction of collagen fibers, suggesting a role for PDGFR-α+ cells in periodontal tissue structure (Figure. 9E, F). Previous results confirmed the presence of double-positive cells in both dental pulp and periodontal tissues and provided insights into their hierarchical relationships in the periodontal ligament (Figure. 8). To further investigate the double-positive cell population, we developed an inducible dual-editing enzyme reporter system to label these cells with tdTomato signals. Using AlphaV as a marker for mesenchymal stem cells (MSCs) and CD45 for hematopoietic cells, we found that double-positive cells included components of both MSCs and hematopoietic cells (Figure S22B, C), indicating a heterogeneous population. Further experiments are necessary to determine whether the predominant role in this co-positive MSC population is played by PDGFR-α+ or NFATc1+ and to clarify the specific functions of these cells in the future.”

      (14) Part 3, line 351, the authors were unable to confirm the hierarchical relationship between PDGFR-α+ and NFATc1+ cells in the dental pulp region. Could this be due to limitations in experimental design or technical methods? Have you considered other factors that might explain these results?

      Thank you for your question. We believe that the possible reason was that PDGFR-α+ cells were a widely distributed constitutive component of dental pulp tissue, while NFATc1+ cells had a more limited expression range, resulting in a significant difference between the two. Therefore, we were unable to calculate the differences. In the future, we could further investigate the hierarchical relationship between the two by increasing the sample size or through in vitro experiments such as immunoprecipitation.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Response to Public Reviewer Comments:

      Reviewer 1:

      In this work, Veseli et al. present a computational framework to infer the functional diversity of microbiomes in relation to microbial diversity directly from metagenomic data. The framework reconstructs metabolic modules from metagenomes and calculates the per-population copy number of each module, resulting in the proportion of microbes in the sample carrying certain genes. They applied this framework to a dataset of gut microbiomes from 109 inflammatory bowel disease (IBD) patients, 78 patients with other gastrointestinal conditions, and 229 healthy controls. They found that the microbiomes of IBD patients were enriched in a high fraction of metabolic pathways, including biosynthesis pathways such as those for amino acids, vitamins, nucleotides, and lipids. Hence, they had higher metabolic independence compared with healthy controls. To an extent, the authors also found a pathway enrichment suggesting higher metabolic independence in patients with gastrointestinal conditions other than IBD indicating this could be a signal for a general loss in host health. Finally, a machine learning classifier using high metabolic independence in microbiomes could predict IBD with good accuracy. Overall, this is an interesting and well-written article and presents a novel workflow that enables a comprehensive characterization of microbiome cohorts.

      We thank the reviewer for their interest in our study, their summary of its findings, and their kind words about the manuscript quality.

      Reviewer 2:

      This study builds upon the team's recent discovery that antibiotic treatment and other disturbances favour the persistence of bacteria with genomes that encode complete modules for the synthesis of essential metabolites (Watson et al. 2023). Veseli and collaborators now provide an in-depth analysis of metabolic pathway completeness within microbiomes, finding strong evidence for an enrichment of bacteria with high metabolic independence in the microbiomes associated with IBD and other gastrointestinal disorders. Importantly, this study provides new open-source software to facilitate the reconstruction of metabolic pathways, estimate their completeness and normalize their results according to species diversity. Finally, this study also shows that the metabolic independence of microbial communities can be used as a marker of dysbiosis. The function-based health index proposed here is more robust to individuals' lifestyles and geographic origin than previously proposed methods based on bacterial taxonomy.

      The implications of this study have the potential to spur a paradigm shift in the field. It shows that certain bacterial taxa that have been consistently associated with disease might not be harmful to their host as previously thought. These bacteria seem to be the only species that are able to survive in a stressed gut environment. They might even be important to rebuild a healthy microbiome (although the authors are careful not to make this speculation).

      This paper provides an in-depth discussion of the results, and limitations are clearly addressed throughout the manuscript. Some of the potential limitations relate to the use of large publicly available datasets, where sample processing and the definition of healthy status varies between studies. The authors have recognised these issues and their results were robust to analyses performed on a per-cohort basis. These potential limitations, therefore, are unlikely to have affected the conclusions of this study.

      Overall, this manuscript is a magnificent contribution to the field, likely to inspire many other studies to come.

      We thank the reviewer for their endorsement of our study and their precision regarding the evaluation of its strengths. We also appreciate their high expectations for its impact in the field.

      Reviewer 3:

      The major strength of this manuscript is the "anvi-estimate-metabolism' tool, which is already accessible online, extensively documented, and potentially broadly useful to microbial ecologists.

      We thank the reviewer for their recognition of the computational advances in this study. We also thank the reviewer for their suggestions that we have addressed below, which allowed us to strengthen our manuscript.

      However, the context for this tool and its validation is lacking in the current version of the manuscript. It is unclear whether similar tools exist; if so, it would help to benchmark this new tool against prior methods.

      The reviewer brings up a very good point about the lack of context for the `anvi-estimate-metabolism` program. While our efforts that led to the emergence of this software included detailed benchmarking efforts, a formal assessment of its performance and accuracy was indeed lacking. We are thankful for our reviewer to point this out, which motivated us to perform additional analyses to address such concerns. Our revision contains a new, 34-page long supplementary information file (Supplementary File 2) that includes a section titled “Comparison of anvi-estimate-metabolism to existing tools for metabolism reconstruction”. The text therein describes the landscape of currently available software for metabolism reconstruction and describes the features that make `anvi-estimate-metabolism` unique – namely, (1) its implementation of metrics that make it suitable for metagenome-level analyses (i.e., pathway copy number and stepwise interpretation of pathway definitions) and (2) its ability to process user-defined metabolic pathways rather than exclusively relying on KEGG. As described in that section, there is currently no other tool that can compute copy numbers of metabolic pathways from metagenomic data. Hence, it is not quite possible to benchmark the copy number methodology used in our study against prior methods; however, our benchmarking of this functionality with synthetic genomes and metagenomes (described later in this document) does provide necessary quantitative insights into its accuracy and efficiency.

      While comparison of the copy number calculations to other tools was not possible due to the unique nature of this functionality, it was possible to benchmark our gene function annotation methodology against existing tools that also annotate genes with KEGG KOfams, which is a step commonly used by various tools that aim to estimate metabolic potential in genomes and metagenomes. In the anvi’o software ecosystem the annotation of genes for metabolic reconstruction is implemented in `anvi-run-kegg-kofams`, and represents a step that is required by `anvi-estimate-metabolism`. As our comparisons were quite extensive and involved additional researchers, we described them in another study which we titled “Adaptive adjustment of significance thresholds produces large gains in microbial gene annotations and metabolic insights” (doi:10.1101/2024.07.03.601779) that is now cited from within our revision in the appropriate context. Briefly, our comparison of anvi’o, Kofamscan, and MicrobeAnnotator using 396 publicly-available bacterial genomes from 11 families demonstrated that `anvi-run-kegg-kofams` is able to identify an average of 12.8% more KO annotations per genome than the other tools, especially in families commonly found in the gut environment (Figure 1). Furthermore, anvi’o recovered the highest proportion of annotations that were independently validated using eggNOG-mapper. Our comparisons also showed that annotations from anvi’o yield at least 11.6% more complete metabolic modules than Kofamscan or MicrobeAnnotator, including the identification of butyrate biosynthesis in Lachnospiraceae genomes at rates similar to manual identification of this pathway in this clade (Figure 2a). Overall, our findings that are now described extensively in DOI:10.1101/2024.07.03.601779 show that our method captures high-quality annotations for accurate downstream metabolism estimates.

      We hope these new data help increase the reviewer’s confidence in our results.

      Simulated datasets could be used to validate the approach and test its robustness to different levels of bacterial richness, genome sizes, and annotation level.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. It was an extremely useful exercise that not only helped us elucidate the nuances of our approach, but also enabled us to further highlight its strengths in our manuscript. We created simulated datasets including a total of 409 synthetic metagenomes that we used to test the robustness of our approach to different genome sizes, community sizes, and levels of diversity. Overall, our tests with these synthetic metagenomes demonstrated that our approach of computing PPCN values to summarize the metabolic capacity within a metagenomic community is accurate and robust to differences in all three critical variables. Most of these variables were weakly correlated between PPCN or PPCN accuracy, and the few correlations that were stronger in fact further supported our original hypothesis that we generated from our comparisons of healthy and IBD gut metagenomes. The methods and results of our validation efforts are explained in detail in our new Supplementary File 2 (see the section titled “Validation of per-population copy number (PPCN) approach on simulated metagenomic data”), but we copy here the subsection that summarizes our findings for the reviewer’s convenience:

      Overall impact on the comparison between healthy and IBD gut metagenomes

      “In summary, our validation strategy revealed good accuracy at estimating metagenome-level metabolic capacity relative to our genome-level knowledge in the simulated data. While it often underestimated average genomic completeness by ignoring partial copies of metabolic pathways and often overestimated average genomic copy number due to the effect of pathway complementarity between different community members, the magnitude of error was overall limited in range and the error distributions were centered at or near 0. Furthermore, we observed these broad error trends in all cases we tested, and therefore we expect that they would also apply to both sample groups in our comparative analysis. Thus, we next considered how the PPCN approach might have influenced our analyses that considered metagenomes from healthy individuals and from those who have IBD – two groups that differed from one another with respect to some of the variables considered in our tests.

      Most of the correlations between PPCN or PPCN accuracy and sample parameters were weak, yet significant (Table 1). They showed that community size and diversity level have limited influence on the PPCN calculation, while genome size does not influence its accuracy. The only exception was the moderate correlation between PPCN and genome size, particularly for the subset of IBD-enriched pathways. It was a negative correlation with the proportion of small genomes in a metagenome, indicating that PPCN values for these pathways are larger when there are more large genomes in the community and suggesting that these pathways tend to occur frequently in larger genomes. This is in line with our observation that IBD communities contain more large genomes and therefore confirms our interpretation that the populations surviving in the IBD gut microbiome are those with the genomic space to encode more metabolic capacities.

      If we consider even the weak correlations, two of those relationships indicate that our approach would be more accurate for IBD metagenomes than for healthy metagenomes. For instance, PPCN accuracy was slightly higher for smaller communities (as in IBD samples), with a weakly positive correlation between PPCN error and community size. It was also slightly more accurate for less diverse communities (as in IBD samples), with a weakly positive correlation between PPCN error and number of phyla. The only opposing trend was the weakly positive correlation between PPCN error and proportion of smaller genomes, which favors higher accuracy in communities with smaller genomes (as in healthy samples). Given that our analysis focuses on the pathways enriched in IBD samples, an overall higher accuracy in IBD samples would increase the confidence in our enrichment results.

      We also examined the accuracy of our method to predict the number of populations within a metagenome based on the distribution and frequency of single-copy core genes (i.e., the denominator in the calculation of PPCN). Our benchmarks show that the estimates are overall accurate, where most errors reflect a negligible amount of underestimations of the actual number of populations. Errors occurred more frequently for the realistic synthetic assemblies generated from simulated short read data than for the ideal synthetic assemblies generated from the combination of genomic contigs. The correlations between estimation accuracy and sample parameters indicated that the population estimates are more accurate for smaller communities and communities with more large genomes, as in IBD samples (Table 2). Thus, this method is more likely to underestimate the community size in healthy samples, and these errors could lead to overestimation of PPCN in healthy samples relative to IBD samples. Thus, the enrichment of a given pathway in the IBD samples would have to overcome its relative overestimation in the healthy sample group, making it more likely that we identified pathways that were truly enriched in the IBD communities.

      Overall, the consideration of our simulations in the context of healthy vs IBD metagenomes suggest that slight biases in our estimates as a function of unequal diversity with sample groups should have driven PPCN calculations towards a conclusion that is opposite of our observations under neutral conditions. Thus, clear differences between healthy vs IBD metagenomes that overcome these biases suggest that    biology, and not potential bioinformatics artifacts, is the primary driver of our observations.”

      Accordingly, we have added the following sentence summarizing the validation results to our paper:

      “Our validation of this method on simulated metagenomic data demonstrated that it is accurate in capturing metagenome-level metabolic capacity relative to genome-level metabolic capacity estimated from the same data (Supplementary File 2, Supplementary Table 6).”

      Early in this process of validation, we identified and fixed two minor bugs in our codebase. The bugs did not affect the results of our paper and therefore did not warrant a re-analysis of our data. The first bug, which is detailed in the Github issue https://github.com/merenlab/anvio/issues/2231 and fixed in the pull request https://github.com/merenlab/anvio/pull/2235, led to the overestimation of the number of microbial populations in a metagenome when the metagenome contains both Bacteria and Archaea. None of the gut metagenomes analyzed in our paper contained archaeal populations, so this bug did not affect our community size estimates.

      The second bug, which is detailed in the Github issue https://github.com/merenlab/anvio/issues/2217 and fixed in the pull request https://github.com/merenlab/anvio/pull/2218, caused inflation of stepwise copy numbers for a specific type of metabolic pathway in which the definition contained an inner parenthetical clause. This bug affected only 3 pathways in the KEGG MODULE database we used for our analysis, M00083, M00144, and M00149. It is worth noting that one of those pathways, M00083, was identified as an IBD-enriched module in our analysis. However, the copy number inflation resulting from this bug would have occurred equivalently in both the healthy and IBD sample groups and thus should not have impacted our comparative analysis.

      Regardless, we are grateful for the suggestion to validate our approach since it enabled us to identify and eliminate these minor issues.

      The concept of metabolic independence was intriguing, although it also raises some concerns about the overinterpretation of metagenomic data. As mentioned by the authors, IBD is associated with taxonomic shifts that could confound the copy number estimates that are the primary focus of this analysis. It is unclear if the current results can be explained by IBD-associated shifts in taxonomic composition and/or average genome size. The level of prior knowledge varies a lot between taxa; especially for the IBD-associated gamma-Proteobacteria.

      The reviewer brings up an important point, and we are thankful for the opportunity to clarify the impact of taxonomy on our analysis. Though IBD has been associated with taxonomic shifts in the gut microbiome, a major problem with such associations is that the taxonomic signal is extremely variable, leading to inconsistency in the observed shifts across different studies (doi:https://doi.org/10.3390/pathogens8030126). Indeed, one of the most comprehensive prior studies into this topic demonstrated that inter-individual variation is the largest contributor to all multi-omic measurements aiming to differentiate between the gut microbiome of individuals with IBD from that of healthy individuals, including taxonomy (doi:10.1038/s41586-019-1237-9). We therefore took a different approach to study this question that is independent of taxonomy, by focusing on metabolic potential estimated directly from metagenomes to elucidate an ecological explanation behind the reduced diversity of the IBD gut microbiome, which studies of taxonomic composition alone are not able to provide. Furthermore, the variability inherent to taxonomic profiles of the gut microbiome makes it unlikely that taxonomic shifts could confound our analysis, especially given our large sample set encompassing a variety of individuals with different origins, ages, and genders.

      We agree with the reviewer that our level of prior knowledge varies substantially across taxa. Regardless, the only prior knowledge with any bearing on our ability to estimate metabolic capacity in a taxonomy-independent manner is the extent of sequence diversity captured by our annotation models for the enzymes used in metabolic pathways. During our analysis, we had observed that metagenomes in the healthy group had fewer gene annotations than those in the IBD group and we therefore shared the reviewer’s concern about potential annotation bias, whereby less-studied genomes are not always incorporated into the Hidden Markov Models for annotating KEGG Orthologs, perhaps making it more likely for us to miss annotations in these genomes (and leading to lower completeness scores for metabolic pathways in the healthy samples). Our annotation method partially addresses this limitation by taking a second look at any unannotated genes and mindfully relaxing the bit score similarity thresholds to capture annotations for any genes that are slightly too different from reference sequences for annotation with default thresholds. As mentioned previously, our recent preprint demonstrates the efficacy of this strategy (doi:10.1101/2024.07.03.601779). To further address this concern, we also investigated the extent of distant homology in these metagenomes using AGNOSTOS (doi:https://doi.org/10.7554/eLife.67667), which showed a higher proportion of unknown genes in the healthy metagenomes and suggested that a substantial portion of the unannotated genes are not distant homologs of known enzymes that we failed to annotate due to lack of prior knowledge about them, but rather are completely novel functions. To describe these results, we added the following paragraph and two accompanying figures (Supplementary Figure 4g-h) to the section “Differential annotation efficiency between IBD and Healthy samples” in Supplementary File 1:

      “To understand the potential origins of the reduced annotation rate in healthy metagenomes, we ran AGNOSTOS (Vanni et al. 2022) to classify known and unknown genes within the healthy and IBD sample groups. AGNOSTOS clusters genes to contextualize them within an extensive reference dataset and then categorizes each gene as ‘known’ (has homology to genes annotated with Pfam domains of known function), ‘genomic unknown’ (has homology to genes in genomic reference databases that do not have known functional domains), or ‘environmental unknown’ (has homology to genes from metagenomes or MAGs that do not have known functional domains). The resulting classifications confirm that healthy metagenomes contain fewer ‘known’ genes than metagenomes in the IBD sample group – the proportion of ‘known’ genes classified by AGNOSTOS is about 3.0% less in the healthy metagenomes than in the IBD sample group, which is similar to the ~3.5% decrease in the proportion of ‘unannotated’ genes observed by simply counting the number of genes with at least one functional annotation (Supplementary Figure 4g-h, Supplementary Table 1e). Furthermore, the majority of the unannotated genes in either sample group were categorized by AGNOSTOS as ‘genomic unknown’ (Supplementary Figure 4g), suggesting that the unannotated sequences are genes without biochemically-characterized functions currently associated with them and are thus legitimately lacking a functional annotation in our analysis, rather than representing distant homologs of known protein families that we failed to annotate. Based upon the classifications, a systematic technical bias is unlikely driving the annotation discrepancy between the sample groups.”

      Furthermore, we have already discussed this limitation and its implications in our manuscript (see section “Key biosynthetic pathways are enriched in microbial populations from IBD samples”). To further clarify that our approach is independent of taxonomy, we have now also amended the following statement in our introduction:

      “Here we implemented a high-throughput, taxonomy-independent strategy to estimate metabolic capabilities of microbial communities directly from metagenomes and investigate whether the enrichment of populations with high metabolic independence predicts IBD in the human gut.”

      Finally, the reviewer is also correct that genome size is a part of the equation, as genome size and level of metabolic capacity are inextricable. In fact, we observed this in our analysis, as already stated in our paper:

      “HMI genomes were on average substantially larger (3.8 Mbp) than non-HMI genomes (2.9 Mbp) and encoded more genes (3,634 vs. 2,683 genes, respectively)”

      Since larger genomes have the space to encode more functional capacity, it follows that having higher metabolic independence would require a microbe to have a larger genome. The validation of our method on simulated metagenomic data supported this idea by demonstrating that the IBD-enriched metabolic pathways are commonly identified in large genomes. The validation also proved that genome size does not influence the accuracy of our approach (Supplementary File 2).

      It can be difficult to distinguish genes for biosynthesis and catabolism just from the KEGG module names and the new normalization tool proposed herein markedly affects the results relative to more traditional analyses.

      We agree with the reviewer that KEGG module names do not clearly indicate the presence of biosynthetic genes of interest. That said, KEGG is a commonly-used and extensively-curated resource, and many biologists (including ourselves) trust their categorization of genes into pathways. We hope that readers who are interested in specific genes within our results would make use of our publicly-available datasets (which include gene annotations) to conduct a targeted analysis based on their expertise and research question.

      However, we would like to respectfully note that the ability to distinguish the genes within each KEGG module may not be very useful to most readers, and is unlikely to have a meaningful impact in our findings. As the reviewer most likely appreciates, the presence of individual genes in isolation can be insufficient to indicate biosynthetic capacity, considering that 1) most biosynthetic pathways involve several biochemical conversions requiring a series of enzymes, 2) enzymes are often multi-functional rather than exclusive to one pathway, and 3) different organisms in a community may utilize enzymes encoded by different genes to perform the same or similar biochemical reaction in a pathway. We therefore made the choice to analyze metabolic capacity at the pathway level, because this would better reflect the biosynthetic abilities encoded by the multiple microbial populations within each metagenome.

      The reviewer also suggests that our novel normalization method affects our results, yet we believe that this normalization strategy is one of the strengths of our study in comparison to ‘more traditional analyses’ as it enables an appropriate comparison between metagenomes describing microbial communities of dramatically different degrees of richness. Indeed, we suspect that the lack of normalization in more traditional analyses may be one reason why prior analyses have so far failed to uncover any mechanistic explanation for the loss of diversity in the IBD gut microbiome. We hope that our validation efforts were sufficiently convincing in demonstrating the suitability of our approach, and copy here a particularly illuminating section of the validation results that we have added to Supplementary Information File 2:

      “As expected, we observed a significant positive correlation between metagenomic copy number (the numerator of PPCN) and community size in each group, likely driven by the increase in the copy number of core metabolic pathways in larger communities (Supplementary Figure 18). Interestingly, this correlation was much stronger for the subset of IBD-enriched pathways (0.49 <= R <= 0.67) than for all modules (0.12 <= R <=0.13).

      “However, the correlation was much weaker and often nonsignificant for the normalized PPCN data in both groups of modules (all modules: 0.01 < R < 0.04, enriched modules: 0.04 < R < 0.09, Supplementary Table 6b, Supplementary Figure 19), which demonstrates the suitability of our normalization method to remove the effect of community size in comparisons of metagenome-level metabolic capacity.”

      As such, it seems safer to view the current analysis as hypothesis-generating, requiring additional data to assess the degree to which metabolic dependencies are linked to IBD.

      We certainly agree with the reviewer that our study, similar to the vast majority of studies published every year, is a hypothesis-generating work. Any idea proposed in any scientific study in life sciences will certainly benefit from additional data analyses, and therefore we respectfully do not accept this as a valid criticism of our work. The inception of this study is linked to an earlier work that hypothesized high metabolic independence as a determinant of microbial fitness in stressed gut communities (doi:10.1186/s13059-023-02924-x), which lacked validation on larger sets of data. Our study tests this original hypothesis using a large number of metagenomes, and lends further support for it with approaches that are now better validated. Furthermore, there are other studies that agree with our interpretation of the data (doi:10.1101/2023.02.17.528570, doi:10.1038/s41540-021-00178-6), and we look forward to more computational and/or experimental work in the future to generate more evidence to evaluate these insights further.

      Response to Recommendations for the Authors

      Reviewer 1:

      My main comments include:

      - From the results reported in lines 178-185, it seems that metabolic pathways in general were enriched in IBD microbiomes, not specifically biosynthetic pathways. Can we really say then that the signal is specific for biosynthesis capabilities?

      We apologize for the confusion here. When we read the text again, we ourselves were confused with our phrasing.

      The reviewer is correct that a similar proportion of both biosynthetic and non-biosynthetic pathways had elevated per-population copy number (PPCN) values in the IBD samples. However, the low microbial diversity associated with IBD and the on average larger genome size of individual populations contributes to this relative enrichment of the majority of metabolic modules. To remove this bias and identify specific modules whose enrichment was highly conserved across microbial populations associated with IBD, we implemented two criteria: 1) we selected modules that passed a high statistical significance threshold in our enrichment test (Wilcoxon Rank Sum Test, FDR-adjusted p-value < 2e-10), and 2) we accounted for effect size by ranking these modules according to the difference between their median PPCN in IBD samples and their median PPCN in healthy samples, and keeping only those in the top 50% (which translated to an effect size threshold of > 0.12).

      This analysis revealed a set of metabolic modules that were consistently and highly significantly enriched in microbial communities associated with IBD. The majority of these metabolic modules encode biosynthesis pathways. Our use of the terms “elevated”, “enriched”, and “significantly enriched” in the previous version of the text was confusing to the reader. We thank the reviewer for pointing this out, and we hope that our revision of the text clarifies the analysis strategy and observations:

      “To gain insight into potential metabolic determinants of microbial survival in the IBD gut environment, we assessed the distribution of metabolic modules within samples from each group (IBD and healthy) with and without using PPCN normalization. Without normalizing, module copy numbers were overall higher in healthy samples (Figure 2a) and modules exhibited weak differential occurrence between cohorts (Figure 2b, 2c, Supplementary Figure 3). The application of PPCN reversed this trend, and most metabolic modules were elevated in IBD (Supplementary Figure 5). This observation is influenced by two independent aspects of the healthy and IBD microbiota. The first one is the increased representation of microbial organisms with smaller genomes in healthy individuals (Watson et al. 2023), which increases the likelihood that the overall copy number of a given metabolic module is below the actual number of populations. In contrast, one of the hallmarks of the IBD microbiota is the generally increased representation of organisms with larger genomes (Watson et al. 2023). The second aspect is that the generally higher diversity of microbes in healthy individuals increases the denominator of the PPCN. This results in a greater reduction in the PPCN of metabolic modules that are not shared across all members of the diverse gut microbial populations in health.

      To go beyond this general trend and identify modules that were highly conserved in the IBD group, we first selected those that passed a relatively high statistical significance threshold in our enrichment test (Wilcoxon Rank Sum Test, FDR-adjusted p-value < 2e-10). We then accounted for effect size by ranking these modules according to the difference between their median PPCN in IBD samples and their median PPCN in healthy samples, and keeping only those in the top 50% (which translated to an effect size threshold of > 0.12). This stringent filtering revealed a set of 33 metabolic modules that were significantly enriched in metagenomes obtained from individuals diagnosed with IBD (Figure 2d, 2e), 17 of which matched the modules that were associated with high metabolic independence previously (Watson et al. 2023) (Figure 2f). This result suggests that the PPCN normalization is an important step in comparative analyses of metabolisms between samples with different levels of microbial diversity.”

      Lines 178-185 from our original submission have been removed to avoid further confusion. These results can be found in Supplementary File 1 (section “Module enrichment without consideration of effect size leads to nonspecific results”).

      It is not entirely clear to me what is meant by PPCN normalization. Normalize the number of copy numbers to the overall number of genes?

      The idea behind using per-population copy number (PPCN) is to normalize the prevalence of each metabolic module found in an environment with the number of microbial populations within the same sample. PPCN achieves this by dividing the pathway copy numbers by the number of microbial populations in a given metagenome, which we estimate from the frequency of bacterial single-copy core genes. We have updated the description of the per-population copy number (PPCN) calculation to clarify its use:

      “Briefly, the PPCN estimates the proportion of microbes in a community with a particular metabolic capacity (Figure 1, Supplementary Figure 2) by normalizing observed metabolic module copy numbers with the ‘number of microbial populations in a given metagenome’, which we estimate using the single-copy core genes (SCGs) without relying on the reconstruction of individual genomes.”

      We also note that the equation for PPCN is shown in Figure 1.

      It is also not clear to me how the classifier predicts stress on microbiomes rather than dysbiosis.

      The reviewer asks an interesting question since it is true that we could also use the term “dysbiosis” rather than “stress”. Yet we refrained from the use of dysbiosis as it is considered a poorly-defined term to describe an altered microbiome often associated with a specific disease (doi:https://doi.org/10.3390/microorganisms10030578), such as IBD, relative to another poorly-defined state, “healthy microbiome” (doi:https://doi.org/10.1002/phar.2731). We do consider that stress is not necessarily a term that is less vague than dysbiosis, yet it has the advantage of being more common in studies of ecology compared to dysbiosis. Our relatively neutral stance towards which term to use has shifted dramatically due to one critical observation in our study: the identical patterns of enrichment of HMI microbes in individuals diagnosed with IBD as well as in healthy individuals treated with antibiotics. We appreciate that the observed changes in the antibiotics case can also fulfill the definition of “dysbiosis”, but the term “stress response” more accurately describes what the classifier identifies in our opinion.

      What is the advantage of using the estimate-metabolism pipeline presented in this article over workflows such as those using genome-scale models, which are repeatedly cited and discussed?

      Genome-scale models are often appropriate for a big-picture view of metabolism, and especially when the capability to perform quantitative simulations like flux-balance analysis is needed. For our investigation, we wanted a more specific and descriptive summary of metabolic capacity, so we focused on individual KEGG modules, which qualitatively describe subsets of the vast metabolic network with pathway names that all readers can understand, rather than working with an abstract model of the entire network. Furthermore, genome-scale models would have prevented us from assessing the redundancy (copy number) of metabolic pathways, as these networks usually focus on the presence-absence of gene annotations for enzymes in the network rather than the copy number of these annotations. The copy number metric has been critical for our analyses, considering that we are focusing on metabolic capacity at the community level and require the ability to normalize this metabolic capacity by the size of the community described by each metagenome. Finally, assessing a discrete set of metabolic pathways yielded a corresponding set of features that we used to create the machine learning classifier, whereas data from genome-scale models would not be as easily transferable into classifier features.

      Minor comments:

      Figure 2d and e are mentioned in the text before Figure 2a.

      We thank the reviewer for catching this. We have rewritten the section as follows to put the figure references in numerical order:

      !To gain insight into potential metabolic determinants of microbial survival in the IBD gut environment, we assessed the distribution of metabolic modules within samples from each group (IBD and healthy) with and without using PPCN normalization. Without normalizing, module copy numbers were overall higher in healthy samples (Figure 2a) and modules exhibited weak differential occurrence between cohorts (Figure 2b, 2c, Supplementary Figure 3). After the application of PPCN, most metabolic modules were elevated in IBD (Supplementary Figure 5). This observation is a product of two independent aspects of the healthy and IBD microbiota. The first one is the increased representation of microbial organisms with smaller genomes in healthy individuals (Watson et al. 2023), which increases the likelihood that the overall copy number of a given metabolic module is below the actual number of populations. In contrast, one of the hallmarks of the IBD microbiota is the generally increased representation of organisms with larger genomes (Watson et al. 2023). The second aspect is that the generally higher diversity of microbes in healthy individuals increases the denominator of the PPCN due to the higher number of populations detected in these samples. This results in a greater reduction in the PPCN of metabolic modules that are not shared across all members of the diverse gut microbial populations in health. To go beyond this general trend and identify modules that were highly conserved in the IBD group, we first selected those that passed a relatively high statistical significance threshold in our enrichment test (Wilcoxon Rank Sum Test, FDR-adjusted p-value <2e-10). We then accounted for effect size by ranking these modules according to the difference between their median PPCN in IBD samples and their median PPCN in healthy samples, and keeping only those in the top 50% (which translated to an effect size threshold of > 0.12). This stringent filtering revealed a set of 33 metabolic modules that were significantly enriched in metagenomes obtained from individuals diagnosed with IBD (Figure 2d, 2e), 17 of which matched the modules that were associated with high metabolic independence previously (Watson et al. 2023) (Figure 2f). This result suggests that the PPCN normalization is an important step in comparative analyses of metabolisms between samples with different levels of microbial diversity.!

      How much preparation is needed for users that want to apply the estimate-metabolism pipeline to their own datasets? From the documentation at anvi'o, it still seems like a significant effort.

      We thank the reviewer for this important question. The use of anvi-estimate-metabolism is simple, but the concept it makes available and the means it offers its users to interact with their data are not basic, thus its use requires some effort. Anvi’o provides users with the ability to directly interact with their data at each step of the analysis to have full control over the analysis and to make informed decisions on the way. In comparison to pre-defined analysis pipelines that often require no additional input from the user, this approach requires some level of involvement of the user throughout the process – namely, they must run a few programs in series rather than running just one pipeline command that quietly handles everything on their behalf. The most basic workflow for using `anvi-estimate-metabolism` is quite straightforward and requires four simple steps following the installation of anvi’o: 1. Run the program `anvi-setup-kegg-data` to download the KEGG data. 2. Convert the assembly FASTA file into an anvi’o-compatible database format with gene calls by running `anvi-gen-contigs-database`. 3. Annotate genes with KOs with the program `anvi-run-kegg-kofams`. 4. Get module completeness scores and copy numbers by running `anvi-estimate-metabolism`. In addition, we provide simple tutorials (such as the one at https://anvio.org/tutorials/fmt-mag-metabolism/) and reproducible bioinformatics workflows online (including for this study at https://merenlab.org/data/ibd-gut-metabolism/) which helps early career researchers to apply similar strategies to their own datasets. We are happy to report that we have been using this tool in our undergraduate education, and observed that students with no background in computation were able to apply it to their questions without any trouble.

      Reviewer 2:

      Congratulations on this great work, the manuscript is a pleasure to read. Minor questions that the authors might want to clarify:

      L 275: Why use reference genomes from the GTDB (for only 3 phyla) instead of using MAGs reconstructed from the data? I understand that assemblies based on individual samples would probably not yield enough complete MAGs, but I would expect that co-binning the assemblies for the entire dataset would.

      We thank the reviewer for their kind words. We certainly agree that metagenome assembled genomes (MAGs) reconstructed directly from the assemblies would by nature represent the populations in these communities better than reference genomes. However, one of our aims in this study was to avoid the often error-prone and time-consuming step of reconstructing MAGs. Most automatic binning algorithms inevitably make mistakes, and especially for metabolism estimation, low quality MAGs can introduce a bias in the analysis. At the same time the manual curation of each bin to remove any contamination would require a substantial effort and make the workflow less accessible for others to use. As an example, in our previous work (doi:10.1186/s13059-023-02924-x), careful refinement of MAGs from just two co-assemblies took two months. Here, we developed the PPCN workflow as a more scalable, assembly-level analysis to avoid the need for binning in the first place.

      To supplement and confirm the metagenome-level results, we decided to run a genome-level analysis. We used the GTDB since it represents the most comprehensive, dereplicated collection of reference genomes across the tree of life. We chose those 3 phyla in particular because of their ecological relevance in the human gut environment. Bacteroidetes and

      Firmicutes together represent the majority (up to ~90%) of the populations in healthy individuals (doi:10.1038/nature07540), and Proteobacteria represent the next most abundant phylum on average (2% ± 10%) (doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0206484).

      L 403: Should the Franzosa and Papa papers be referenced as numbers?

      Thanks for pointing this out. The rogue numerical citation was actually an artifact of the submission and was corrected to a long-format citation in the online version of the manuscript on the eLife website.

      Reviewer 3:

      The lack of any experimental validation contributes to the tentative nature of the conclusions that can be drawn at this time. Numerous studies have looked at the metabolism of gut bacterial species during in vitro growth, which could be mined to test if the in silico predictions of metabolism can be supported. Alternatively, the authors could isolate key strains of interest and study them in culture or in mouse models of IBD.

      We appreciate these suggestions and agree with the reviewer that experimental validation is important. However, we do not agree that either the use of mouse models or the isolation of individual microbial strains would be an appropriate experimental test in this case. The use of humanized gnotobiotic mice has critical limitations (see doi:10.1016/j.cell.2019.12.025 and references within the section on “human microbiota-associated murine models”). As it is not possible to establish a mouse model whose gut microbiota fully reflect the human gut microbiome, such an approach would neither be appropriate to validate our findings, nor would it have been possible to produce the insights we have gained based on environmental data. We are not sure how exactly a mouse model, even when ignoring the well established limitations, could improve or validate a comprehensive analysis of a large “environmental” datasets that resulted in highly significant signals.

      We are also not sure that we understand how the reviewer believes that the isolation of individual strains would aid in validating our findings. While we appreciate that not all relevant genes are captured by the available annotation routines and that some genes may be misannotated, the large dataset used here renders these concerns negligible. Isolating a small subset of bacterial populations would hardly lead to a representative sample and testing their metabolic capacities in vitro would not improve the reliability of our analysis.

      Boilerplate suggestions as vague as “isolate key strains of interest” or “experiment in mouse models of IBD” do not add or retract anything from our findings. Our findings and hypotheses are well supported by our data and extensive analyses.

      Line 9 - not sure this approach is hypothesis testing in the traditional sense, you might reword.

      Hypothesis testing occurs when one makes an observation, develops an hypothesis that explains the observation, and then gathers and analyzes data to investigate whether additional data support or disprove the hypothesis. We are not convinced a reword is necessary.

      Line 40 - the lack of consistent differences in IBD and healthy individuals does not mean that the microbiome doesn't impact disease. It's important to consider all the mechanistic studies in animal models and other systems.

      Our study does not claim that microbiome has no impact on the course of disease.

      Line 50 - this seemed out of place and undercuts the current findings. Upon checking Ref. 31, the analysis seems distinct enough to not mention in the introduction.

      We disagree. Ref 31 uses genome-scale metabolic models to identify the loss of cross-feeding interactions in the gut microbiome of individuals with IBD, which is another way of saying that the microbes in IBD no longer rely on their community for metabolic exchange – in other words, they are metabolically independent. This is an independent observation that is parallel to our results and confirms our analysis; hence, it is important to keep in our introduction.

      Line 55 - Ref. 32 looked at FMT, which should be explicitly stated here.

      The reviewer’s suggestion is not helpful. Ref 32 has a significant focus on IBD as it compares a total of 300 MAGs generated from individuals with IBD to 264 MAGs from healthy individuals and shows differences in metabolic enrichment between healthy and IBD samples independent of taxonomy, thus setting the stage for our current work. What model has been used to generate the initial insights that led to the IBD-related conclusion in Ref 32 has no significance in this context.

      Lines 92-107 - this text is out of place in the Results section and reads more like a review article. Please trim it down and move it to the introduction.

      We would like to draw the reviewer’s attention to the fact that this is a “Result and Discussion” section. In this specific case it is important for readers to appreciate the context for our new tool, as the reviewer commented in the public review. We kindly disagree with the reviewer’s suggestion to remove this text as that would diminish the context.

      Line 107 - is "selection" the word you meant to use?

      If the frequency of a given metabolic module remains the same or increases despite the decreasing diversity of the microbial community, it is conceivable to assume that its enrichment indicates the presence of a selective process to which the module responds. It is indeed the word we meant to use.

      Line 110 - this is the first mention of this new method, need to add it to the abstract and introduction.

      The reviewer must have overlooked the text passages in which we mention the strategy we developed within the abstract:

      “Here, we tested this hypothesis on a large scale, by developing a software framework to quantify the enrichment of microbial metabolisms in complex metagenomes as a function of microbial diversity.”

      And in the last paragraph of the introduction:

      “Here we implemented a high-throughput, taxonomy-independent strategy to estimate metabolic capabilities of microbial communities directly from metagenomes…”

      Figure 1 - a nice summary, but no data is shown to support the validity of this model. Consider shrinking the cartoon and adding validation with simulated datasets.

      We hope we have addressed this recommendation with the extensive validation efforts summarized above.

      Line 134 - need to state the FDR and effect size cutoffs used.

      We have reworded this sentence as follows to clarify which thresholds were used:

      “We identified significantly enriched modules using an FDR-adjusted p-value threshold of p < 2e-10 and an effect size threshold of > 0.12 from a Wilcoxon Rank Sum Test comparing IBD and healthy samples.”

      I'm also concerned about the simple comparison of IBD to healthy without adjusting for confounders like study, geographical location, age, sex, drug use, diet, etc. More text is needed to explain the nature of these data, how much metadata is available, and which other variables distinguish IBD from healthy.

      The reviewer is correct that there is a large amount of interindividual variation between samples due to host and environmental factors. However, the lack of adjusting for confounders was intentional, and in fact one of the critical strengths of our study. We observe a clear signal between healthy individuals and individuals diagnosed with IBD, despite the amount of interindividual variation in our diverse set of samples from 13 different studies (details of which are summarized in Supplementary Table 1). The clear increase in predicted metabolic capacity that we consistently observe in IBD patients using both metagenomes and genomes across diverse cohorts points to metabolic independence as a high-level trend that is predictive of microbial prevalence in stressed gut environments irrespective of host factors.

      Line 145 - calling PPCN normalization an "essential step" is a huge claim and requires a lot more data to back it up. Might be best to qualify this statement.

      We hope we have addressed this recommendation with our validation efforts. Supplementary Figures 18 and 19 in particular show evidence for the necessity of the normalization step. It is indeed an essential step if the purpose is to compare metabolic enrichment between cohorts of highly different microbial diversity.

      Figure 2a - the use of a 1:1 trend line seems potentially misleading. I would replace it with a best-fit line.

      Our purpose here was not to show the best fit. Instead, the 1:1 trend line separates the modules based on their relative abundance distribution between healthy individuals and individuals diagnosed with IBD. If the module is to the left of the line, it has a higher median copy number in healthy individuals and if the module is to the right, it has a higher median copy number in individuals with IBD. The line also helps to demonstrate the shift that occurs between the unnormalized data in Figure 2a. Without the normalization, more modules occur to the left of the

      1/1 line as a result of the higher raw copy numbers in healthy metagenomes which simply contain more microbial populations. With the normalization (Figure 2d), more modules fall on the right side of the 1/1 line due to higher PPCN values. A best-fit line would not serve well for these purposes.

      The text should be revised to state that this analysis actually did find many significant differences and to discuss whether they were the same modules identified in Figure 2d.

      We apologize for the confusion and thank the reviewer for bringing this issue to our attention. As mentioned above, the disparate levels of microbial diversity between healthy individuals and individuals with IBD resulted in much larger copy numbers of metabolic modules in healthy samples reflecting the often much larger communities. Hence, we ran statistical tests only on normalized (PPCN) data. The p-values associated with each module in Figure 2a, as well as the colors of each point, are based on the PPCN data in Figure 2d. We aimed to improve the clarity of the visual comparison between normalized and unnormalized results by identifying the same set of IBD-enriched modules in plots a-c and plots d-f.

      That being said, the reviewer’s comment made us realize the potential for confusion when using the normalized data’s statistical results in Figure 2a that otherwise shows results from unnormalized data. We have now run the same statistical test on the unnormalized (raw copy number) data and re-generated Figure 2a with the new FDR-adjusted p-values and points colored based on the statistical tests using unnormalized data. We’ve also removed the arrow connecting to Figure 2b (since we no longer show the same set of IBD-enriched modules in Figures 2a and 2b), and added a dashed line to indicate the effect size threshold (similar to the one in Figure 2d). We have updated the legend for Figure 2a-d to reflect these changes:

      When we used the same p-value threshold (p < 2e-10) as before and also filtered for an effect size larger than the mean (the same strategy used to set our effect size threshold for the normalized data), there are 10 modules that are significantly enriched based on the unnormalized data. Of course, it is difficult to gauge the relevance of these 10 modules to microbial fitness in the IBD gut environment since their raw copy numbers do not tell us anything about the relative proportion of community members that harbor these modules. Therefore, we are reluctant to add these modules to the results text. For the record, only 3 of those modules were also significantly enriched based on the normalized PPCN values: M00010 (Citrate cycle, first carbon oxidation), M00053 (Pyrimidine deoxyribonucleotide biosynthesis), and M00121 (Heme biosynthesis).

      Figure 2c,f - these panels raise a lot of concerns given that the choice of method inverts the trend. Without additional data/validation, it's hard to know which method is right.

      We hope we have addressed this recommendation with the extensive validation efforts summarized above. Inversion of the trend is an expected outcome, because the raw copy numbers of most metabolic modules are much lower in the IBD sample group due to lower community sizes.

      Line 167 - Need to take the KEGG names with a grain of salt, just because it says "biosynthesis" doesn't mean that the pathway goes in that direction in your bacterium of interest.

      We believe the reviewer is under a misapprehension regarding the general reversibility of KEGG metabolic modules, or indeed of metabolic pathways. Most metabolic pathways have one or several (practically) irreversible reactions. To demonstrate this for the 33 IBD-enriched modules, we evaluated their reversibility based upon their corresponding KEGG Pathway Maps, which indicate reaction reversibility via double-sided arrows. Aside from the signature modules M00705 and M00627, in 26 out of 31 pathway modules one or more irreversible reactions render these pathways one-directional. Indeed, on average the majority (54%) of the reactions in a given module are irreversible. When focusing on the 23 “biosynthesis” modules, 22 out of 23 (96%) modules have at least one irreversible reaction, and on average 64% of a given module’s reactions are irreversible. These data (which can be accessed at doi:10.6084/m9.figshare.27203226 for the reviewer’s convenience) challenge the reviewer’s notion that pathway directionality is free to change arbitrarily, since the presence of even one irreversible reaction effectively blocks the flux in the opposing direction. Thus, “biosynthesis” is indeed a meaningful term in KEGG module names.

      That said, KEGG Pathway Maps, though highly curated, are likely not the final word on whether a given reaction in a metabolic pathway can be considered reversible or irreversible in each microbial population and under all conditions. And our analysis, like many others that rely on metagenomic data, does not consider the environmental conditions in the gut such as temperature or metabolite concentrations that might influence the Gibbs free energy and thus the directionality of these reactions in vivo. However, even assuming general reversibility of metabolic pathways, this would not invalidate the fact that these microbes have the metabolic capacity to synthesize the respective molecules. In other words, the potential reversibility of pathways is irrelevant to our analysis since we are describing metabolic potential. The lac operon in E. coli might only be expressed in the absence of glucose, but E. coli always has the capability to degrade lactose regardless of whether that pathway is active. Thus, our overall conclusion that gut microbes associated with IBD are metabolically self-sufficient (encoding the enzymatic capability to synthesize certain key metabolites) remains valid irrespective of fixed or flexible pathway directionality.

      It's also important to be careful not to conflate KEGG modules (small subsets of a pathway) with the actual metabolic pathway. It's possible to have a module change in abundance while not altering the full pathway. Inspection of the individual genes could help in this respect - are they rate-limiting steps for biosynthesis or catabolism?

      The reviewer is absolutely correct that KEGG modules do not necessarily represent full pathways. We have updated the language in our manuscript to explicitly refer to “modules” rather than “pathways” whenever appropriate, to restrict the scope of the analysis to metabolic modules rather than full pathways.

      That said, we do not see how “inspection of individual genes” would improve our analysis. The strength of looking at complete modules rather than individual genes is that we can gain conclusive insights into a certain metabolic capacity. Of course, no pathway or module stands alone. However, the enrichment of metabolic modules does conclusively indicate that these modules are beneficial under the given conditions, such as stress caused by inflammation or antibiotic use. Whether a certain step in a module or pathway is rate limiting is completely irrelevant for this analysis.

      Line 177 - I'm not a big fan of the HMI acronym. Is there a LMI group? It seems simplistic to lump all of metabolism into dependent or independent, which in reality will differ depending on the specific substrate, the growth condition, and the strain.

      While we are sorry that our study failed to provide the reviewer with a term they could be a fan of, their input did not change our view that HMI, an acronym we have adapted from a previously peer-reviewed study (doi:10.1186/s13059-023-02924-x), is a powerfully simplistic means to describe a phenomenon we observe and demonstrate in multiple different ways with our extensive analyses. The argument that HMI or LMI status will differ given the growth condition, substrate availability, or strain differences is not helping this case either: our analyses cut across a large number of humans and naturally occurring microbial systems in their guts that are exposed to largely variable ‘growth conditions’ and ‘substrates’ and composed of many strain variants of similar populations. Yet, we observe a clear role for HMI despite all these differences. Perhaps it is because HMI simply describes a higher metabolic capacity based on a defined subset of largely biosynthetic pathways that we observe to be consistently enriched in a large dataset covering a large variety of host, environmental and diet factors and indicates that a population has a higher metabolic capacity to not rely on ecosystem services. We show in our analysis that in the inflamed gut these capacities are indeed required, which is why HMI populations are enriched in IBD samples. HMI has no relation to any of the constraints mentioned by the reviewer, which is one of the major strengths of this metric.

      Line 198 - It seems like a big assumption to state that efflux and drug resistance are unrelated to biosynthesis, as they could be genetically or even phenotypically linked.

      We agree with the reviewer and are thankful for their input. We have weakened the assertion in this statement.

      “These capacities may provide an advantage since antibiotics are a common treatment for IBDs (Nitzan et al. 2016), but are not necessarily related to the systematic enrichment of biosynthesis modules that likely provide resilience to general environmental stress rather than to a specific stressor such as antibiotics.”

      Lines 202-218 - I'd suggest removing this paragraph. The "non-IBD" data introduces even more complications to the meta-analysis and seems irrelevant to the current study.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. Non-IBD data is important, but its relevance to the primary aims of the study is indeed negligible. We now have moved this paragraph to Supplementary File 1 (under the section “‘Non-IBD’ samples are intermediate to IBD and healthy samples”).

      The health gradient is particularly problematic, putting cancer closer to healthy than IBD.

      We took the reviewer’s advice and have swapped the order of the studies in Supplementary Figure 6 to place the cancer samples from Feng et al. closer to the IBD samples, on the other side of the non-IBD samples from the IBD studies.

      Lines 235-257 - should trim this down and move to the discussion.

      As mentioned above, we have opted for a “Results and Discussion format” for our manuscript, so we believe this discussion is in the correct place. We find it important to clearly highlight the limitations and potential biases of our work and trimming this text would take away from that goal.

      Figure 3 - panels are out of order. Need to put the current panel D below current panel C. Also, relabel panel letters to go top to bottom (the bottom panel should be D). Could change current panel 3D to a violin plot to match current 3C.

      We have updated Figure 3 by converting panel A into a new supplementary figure (Supplementary Figure 8), moving panels C and D below panel B, and relabeling the panels accordingly.

      Figure 3B - this panel was incredibly useful and quite surprising to me in many respects. I would have assumed that the Bacteroides would be in the "HMI" bin. Is this a function of the specific strains included here? Was B. theta or B. fragilis included?

      The reviewer makes an excellent observation that has been keeping us awake at night, yet somehow was not appropriately discussed in the text until their input. We are very thankful for their attention to detail here.

      It is indeed true that Bacteroides genomes are often detected with increased abundance in individuals with IBD and likely have a survival advantage in the IBD gut environment, Bacteroides fragilis and Bacteroides thetaiotaomicron being some of the most dominant residents of the IBD gut. Their non-HMI status is not a function of which strains were included, since all taxa here are represented by the representative genomes available in the publicly available Genome Taxonomy Database. Their non-HMI status comes from the fact that they have HMI scores of around 24 to 26, which fall slightly below the threshold score of 26.4 that we used to classify genomes as HMI. This threshold is back-calculated from the metabolic completion requirement of at least 80% average completion of all 33 metabolic modules that are significantly enriched in IBD. So these genomes are right there at the edge, but not quite over it.

      Thanks to this comment by our reviewer, we started wondering whether we should follow a more ‘literature-driven’ approach to set the threshold for HMI, rather than the 80% cutoff, and in fact attempted to lower the HMI score threshold to see if we could include more of the IBD-associated Bacteroides in the HMI bin. Author response table 1 below shows the relevant subset of our new Supplementary Table 3h, which describes the data from our tests on different thresholds.

      Author response table 1.

      Number and proportion of Bacteroides genomes classified as HMI at each HMI score threshold. There were 20 total Bacteroides genomes in the set of 338 gut microbes identified from the GTDB. The HMI score is computed by adding the percent completeness of all 33 IBD-enriched KEGG modules. The full table can be viewed in Supplementary Table 3h.

      Lowering the threshold to 24.75, which corresponds to an average of 75% completeness in the 33 IBD-enriched modules, enabled the classification of 6 Bacteroides genomes as HMI, including B. fragilis, B. intestinalis, B. theta, and B. faecis. However, it also identified several microbes that are not IBD-associated as HMI, including 75 genomes from the Lachnospiraceae family and 18 genomes from the Ruminococcaceae family. In the latter family, several Faecalibacterium genomes, including 10 representatives of Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, were considered HMI using this threshold. These microbes are empirically known to decrease in abundance during inflammatory gastrointestinal conditions (doi:10.3390/microorganisms8040573, doi:10.1093/femsre/fuad039), and therefore these genomes should not be considered HMI – at least not under the working definition of HMI used in our study. To avoid including such a large number of obvious false positives in the HMI bin, we decided to maintain a higher threshold despite the exclusion of Bacteroides genomes.

      This outcome demonstrates that our reductionist approach does not successfully capture every microbial population that is associated with IBD. Nevertheless, and in our opinion very surprisingly, the metric does capture a very large proportion of genomes with increased detection and abundance in IBD samples, as demonstrated by the peaks of detection/abundance that match to HMI status Author response image 1.

      Author response image 1.

      Screenshots of Figure 3 that demonstrate the overlapping signal between HMI status and genome detection/abundance in IBD.

      Furthermore, the violin plots in Figure 3B (formerly Figure 3C) clearly reflect the increased representation of HMI populations in IBD metagenomes. Although our classification method is imperfect, it still demonstrates the predictive power of metabolic competencies in identifying which microbes will survive in stressful gut environments. To ensure that readers recognize the crude nature of this classification strategy and the possibility that high metabolic independence can be achieved in different ways, we have added the following sentences to the relevant section of our manuscript:

      “Given the number of ways a genome can pass or fail this threshold, this arbitrary cut-off has significant shortcomings, which was demonstrated by the fact that several species in the Bacteroides group were not classified as HMI despite their frequent dominance of the gut microbiome of individuals with IBD (Saitoh et al. 2002; Wexler 2007; Vineis et al. 2016) (Supplementary File 1). That said, the genomes that were classified as HMI by this approach were consistently higher in their detection and abundance in IBD samples (Figure 3a). It is likely that there are multiple ways to have high metabolic independence which are not fully captured by the 33 IBD-enriched metabolic modules identified in this study.”

      We have also included a discussion of these findings in Supplementary Information File 1 (see section “Examining the impact of different HMI score thresholds on genome-level results”).

      This panel also makes it clear that many of these modules are widespread in all genomes and thus unlikely to meaningfully differ in the microbiome. It would be interesting to use this type of analysis to identify a subset of KEGG modules with high variability between strains.

      The figure makes it ‘look like’ many of these modules are widespread in all genomes and thus unlikely to meaningfully differ in the microbiome, but our quantitative analyses clearly demonstrate that these modules indeed differ meaningfully between microbiomes of healthy individuals and those diagnosed with IBD. For instance, the classifier that we built relying exclusively upon these modules’ PPCN values was able to reliably distinguish between the healthy and IBD sample groups in our dataset. The fact that the differentiating signal does not rely on rare metabolic or signature modules is what makes the classifier powerful enough to differentiate between “healthy” and “stressed” microbiomes in 86% of cases. Modules that are by nature less common could not serve this purpose. That said, we do agree with the reviewer that it might be interesting to study variability of KEGG modules as a function of variability between strains. This does not fall into the scope of this work, but we hope to assist others with the technical aspects of such work.

      Considering the entirety of the exchange in this section, perhaps there is a broader discussion to be had around this topic. In retrospect, not being able to perfectly split microbes into two groups that completely recapitulate their enrichment in healthy or IBD samples by a crude metric and an arbitrary threshold is not surprising at all. What is surprising is that such a crude metric in fact works for the vast majority of microbes and predicts their increased presence in the IBD gut by only considering their genetic make up. In some respects, we believe that the inability of this cutoff to propose a perfect classifier is similar to the limited power of metabolic independence concept and the classes of HMI or LMI to capture and fully explain microbial fitness in health and disease. What is again surprising here is that these almost offensively simple classes do capture more than what one would expect. We can envision a few ways to implement a more sophisticated HMI/LMI classifier, and it is certainly an important task that is achievable. However, we are hopeful that this technical work can also be done better by others in our field, and that step forward, along with further scrutinizing the relevance of HMI/LMI classes to understand metabolic factors that contribute to the biodiversity of stressful environments, will have to remain as future work.

      We thank the reviewer again for their comment here and pushing us to think more carefully and address the oddity regarding the poor representation of Bacteroides as HMI by our cutoff.

      Given that a lot of the gaps are in the Firmicutes, this panel also makes me more concerned about annotation bias. How many of these gaps are real?

      Analyses relying on gene annotations all suffer equally from the potential for missannotation or missing annotations, which primarily result from limitations in our reference databases for functional data. For instance, the Hidden Markov models for microbial genes in the KEGG Ortholog database are generated from a curated set of gene sequences primarily originating from cultivable microorganisms and particularly from commonly-used model organisms; hence, they do not capture the full extent of sequence diversity observed in populations that are less well-represented in reference databases – a category which includes several Firmicutes, as the reviewer points out. For KEGG KOfams in particular, the precomputed bit score thresholds for distinguishing between ‘good’ and ‘bad’ matches to a given model are often too stringent to enable annotation of genes that are just slightly too divergent from the set of known sequences, thus resulting in missing annotations. Based on our experience with these sorts of issues, we implemented a heuristic that reduces the number of missing annotations for KOs and captures significantly more homologs than other state-of-the-art approaches, as described in doi:10.1101/2024.07.03.601779. We refer the reviewer to our response to the related public comment about annotation bias above, which includes additional details about our investigations of annotation bias in our data. In comparison to the current standard, the heuristic we implemented improves functional annotation results. However, neither our nor any other bioinformatic study that relies on functional gene annotation can exclude the potential for annotation bias.

      Figure 3B plotting issues - need to use the full names of the modules; for example, M00844 is "arginine biosynthesis, ornithine => arginine", which changes the interpretation. Need a key for the heatmap on the figure. The tree is difficult to see, needs a darker font.

      We have darkened the lines of the tree and dendrogram, and added a legend for the heatmap gradient (see new version of Figure 3 above). Unfortunately, we could not fit the full names of the modules into the figure due to space constraints. However, the full module name and other relevant information can be found in Supplementary Table 2a, and the matrix of pathway completeness scores in these genomes (e.g., the values plotted in the heatmap) can be found in Supplementary Table 3b. We are not sure what the reviewer refers to when stating that “for example, M00844 is "arginine biosynthesis, ornithine => arginine", which changes the interpretation”. There is no ambiguity regarding the identity of KEGG module M00844, which is arginine biosynthesis from ornithine.

      Line 321 - more justification for the 80% cutoff is needed along with a sensitivity analysis to see if this choice matters for the key results.

      Inspired by this comment, and the one above regarding the classification of Bacteroides genomes, we tested several HMI score thresholds ranging from 75% to 85% average completeness of the 33 IBD-enriched modules. For each threshold, we computed all the key statistics reported in this section of our paper, including the statistical tests. We found that the choice of HMI score threshold does not influence the overall conclusions drawn in this section of our manuscript. Author response table 2 below shows the relevant subset of our new Supplementary Table 3h, which describes the results for each threshold:

      Author response table 2.

      Key genome-level results at each HMI score threshold. The HMI score is computed by adding the percent completeness of all 33 IBD-enriched KEGG modules. WRS – Wilcoxon Rank Sum test; KW – Kruskal-Wallis test. The full table can be viewed in Supplementary Table 3h

      We’ve summarized these findings in a new section of Supplementary File 1 entitled “Examining the impact of different HMI score thresholds on genome-level results”. We copy below the relevant text for the reviewer’s convenience:

      “Determining the HMI status of a given genome required us to set a threshold for the HMI score above which a genome would be considered to have high metabolic independence. We tested several different thresholds by varying the average percent completeness of the 33 IBD-enriched metabolic modules that we expected from the

      ‘HMI’ genomes from ≥ 75% (corresponding to an HMI score of ≥ 24.75) to ≥ 85% (corresponding to an HMI score of ≥ 28.05). For each threshold, we computed the same statistics and ran the same statistical tests as those reported in our main manuscript to assess the impact of these thresholds on the results (Supplementary Table 3h). At the highest threshold we tested (HMI score ≥ 28.05), a small proportion of the reference genomes (7%, or n = 24) were classified as HMI, so we did not test higher thresholds.

      We found that the results from comparing HMI genomes to non-HMI genomes are similar regardless of which HMI score threshold is used to classify genomes into either group. No matter which HMI score threshold was used, the mean genome size and mean number of genes were higher for HMI genomes than for non-HMI genomes. On average, the HMI genomes were about 1 Mb larger and had 1,032 more gene calls than non-HMI genomes. We ran two Wilcoxon Rank Sum statistical tests to assess the following null hypotheses: (1) HMI genomes do not have higher detection in IBD samples than non-HMI genomes, and (2) HMI genomes do not have higher detection in healthy samples than non-HMI genomes. For both tests, the p-values decreased (grew more significant) as the HMI score threshold decreased due to the inclusion of more genomes in the HMI bin. The first test for higher detection of HMI genomes than non-HMI genomes in IBD samples yielded p-values less than α = 0.05 at all HMI score thresholds. The second test for higher detection of HMI genomes than non-HMI genomes in healthy samples yielded p-values less than α = 0.05 for the three lowest HMI score thresholds (HMI score ≥ 24.75, ≥ 25.08, or ≥ 25.41). However, irrespective of significance threshold and HMI score threshold, there was always far stronger evidence to reject the first null hypothesis than the second, given that the p-value for the first test in IBD samples was 1 to 5 orders of magnitude lower (more significant) than the p-value for the second test in healthy samples.

      IBD samples harbored a significantly higher fraction of genomes classified as HMI than healthy or non-IBD samples, regardless of HMI score threshold (p < 1e-15, Kruskal-Wallis Rank Sum test). The p-values for this test increased (grew less significant) as the HMI score threshold decreased. This suggests that, at higher thresholds, relatively more genomes drop out of the HMI fraction in healthy/non-IBD samples than in IBD samples, thereby leading to larger differences and more significant p-values. Consequently, the HMI scores of genomes detected in IBD samples must be higher than the HMI scores of genomes detected in the other sample groups – indeed, the average HMI score of genomes detected within at least one IBD sample is 24.75, while the average score of genomes detected within at least one healthy sample is 22.78. Within a given sample, the mean HMI score of genomes detected within that sample is higher for the IBD group than in the healthy group: the average per-sample mean HMI score is 25.14 across IBD samples compared to the average of 23.00 across healthy samples.”

      Lines 357 and 454 - I would remove the discussion of the "gut environment" which isn't really addressed here. The observed trends could just as easily relate to microbial interactions or the effects of diet and pharmaceuticals. Perhaps the issue is the vague nature of this term, which I read to imply changes in the mammalian host. Given the level of evidence, I'd opt to keep the options open and discuss what additional data would help resolve these questions.

      We are in complete agreement with the reviewer that microbial interactions are likely an important driver of our observations. In healthy communities, microbial cross-feeding enables microbes with lower metabolic independence to establish and increase microbial diversity. Which is exactly why we are stating that “Community-level signal translates to individual microbial populations and provides insights into the microbial ecology of stressed gut environments”.

      Diet or usage of prescription drugs on the other hand, as discussed previously, likely varies substantially over the various cohorts investigated, and is thus not a driver of the observed trends. Instead, HMI works as a high level indicator that is not influenced by these variable host habits.

      Lines 354-394 - Could remove or dramatically trim down this text. Too much discussion for a results section.

      We kindly remind the reviewer that our manuscript is written following a “Results and Discussion” format. This section provides necessary context and justification for our classifier implementation, so we have left it as-is.

      Lines 395-441 - This section raised a lot of issues and could be qualified or even removed. The model was trained on modules that were IBD-associated in the same dataset, so it's not surprising that it worked. An independent test set would be required to see if this model has any broader utility.

      The point that we selected the IBD-enriched modules as features should not raise any concerns, as these modules would have emerged as the most important (ie, most highly weighted) features in our model even if we had included all modules in our training data. This is because machine learning classifiers by design pick out the features that best distinguish between classes, and the 33 IBD-associated modules are a selective subset of these (if they were not, they would not have been significantly enriched in the IBD sample group). That said, a carefully conducted feature selection process prior to model training is a standard best-practice in machine learning; thus, if anything, this should be interpreted as a point of confidence rather than a concern. Furthermore, we evaluated our model using cross-validation, a standard practice in the machine learning field that assesses the stability of model performance by training and testing the model on different subsets of the data. This effort established that the model is robust across different inputs as demonstrated by the per-fold confusion matrix and the ROC curve. These are all standard approaches in machine learning to quantify the model tradeoff between bias and variance. As for the independent test set, we went far and beyond, and applied our model to the antibiotic time-series dataset described later in this section, which, in our opinion, and likely also in the opinion of many experts, serves as one of the most convincing ways to test the utility of any model. Classification results here show that our hypothesis concerning the relevance of metabolic independence to microbial survival in stressed gut environments applies beyond the IBD case and includes antibiotic use, which is indeed a stronger validation for this hypothesis than any test we could have done on other IBD-related datasets. Regardless, we agree that any ‘broader’ utility of our model, such as its applications in clinical settings for diagnostic purposes, is something we certainly can not make strong claims about without more data. We have therefore qualified this section by adding the following sentence:

      “Determining whether such a model has broader utility as a diagnostic tool requires further research and validation; however, these results demonstrate the potential of HMI as an accessible diagnostic marker of IBD.”

      The application to the antibiotic intervention data raises additional concerns, as the model will predict IBD (labeled "stress" in Figure 5) where none exists.

      We apologize for this misunderstanding. The label “stress” actually means stress, not IBD. The figure the reviewer is referring to demonstrates that metabolic modules enriched in the gut microbiome of IBD patients are also temporarily enriched in the gut microbiome of healthy individuals treated with antibiotics for the duration of the treatment. While the classifier uses PPCN values for 33 metabolic modules enriched in microbiomes of IBD patients, it does not mean that this enrichment is exclusive to IBD. The classifier will distinguish between metagenomes in which the PPCN values for those 33 metabolic modules is higher and metagenomes in which the PPCN values are lower. Hence, our analysis demonstrates that during antibiotic usage in healthy individuals, the PPCN values of these 33 metabolic modules spike in a similar fashion to how they would in the gut community of a person with IBD. This points to a more general trend of high metabolic independence as a factor supporting microbial survival in conditions of stress; that is, the increase in metabolic independence is not specific to the IBD condition but rather a more generic ecological response to perturbations in the gut microbial community. We have clarified this point with the following addition to the paragraph summarizing these results:

      “All pre-treatment samples were classified as ‘healthy’ followed by a decline in the proportion of ‘healthy’ samples to a minimum 8 days post-treatment, and a gradual increase until 180 days post treatment, when over 90% of samples were classified as ‘healthy’ (Figure 5, Supplementary Table 4b). In other words, the increase in the HMI metric serves as an indicator of stress in the gut microbiome, regardless of whether that stress arises from the IBD condition or the application of antibiotics. These observations support the role of HMI as an ecological driver of microbial resilience during gut stress caused by a variety of environmental perturbations and demonstrate its diagnostic power in reflecting gut microbiome state.”

      We’ve also added the following sentence to the end of the legend for Figure 5:

      “Samples classified as ‘healthy’ by the model were considered to have ‘no stress’ (blue), while samples classified as ‘IBD’ were considered to be under ‘stress’ (red).”

      Figure S5A - should probably split this into 2 graphs since different data is analyzed.

      It is true that different sets of modules are used in either half of the figure; however, there is a significant amount of overlap between the sets (17 modules), which is why there are lines connecting the points for the same module as described in the figure legend. We are using this figure to make the point that the median PPCN value of each module increases, in both sets of modules, from the healthy sample group to the IBD sample group. Therefore, we believe the current presentation is appropriate.

      Figure S6A – this shows a substantial study effect and raises concerns about reproducibility.

      We examined potential batch effects in Supplementary Information File 1 (see section “Considerations of Batch Effect”), and found that any study effect was minor and overcome by the signal between groups:

      “The similar distribution of the median normalized copy number for each of the 33 IBD-enriched metabolic modules (summarized across all samples within a given study), across all studies within a given sample group (Supplementary Figure 6b), confirms that the sample group explains more of the trend than the study of origin.”

      Furthermore, within Supplementary Figure 6a, there is a clear increase between the non-IBD controls from Franzosa et al. 2018 and the IBD samples from the same study, as well as between the non-IBD controls from Schirmir et al. 2018 and the IBD samples from that study. As there is no study effect influencing those two comparisons, this reinforces the evidence that there is a true increase in the normalized copy numbers of these modules when comparing samples from more healthy individuals to those from less healthy individuals.

      Figure S7B - check numbers, which I think should sum to 33.

      The numbers should not sum to 33. In this test to determine whether the two largest studies had excessive influence on the identity of the IBD-enriched modules, we repeated our strategy to obtain 33 IBD-enriched modules (those with the 33 smallest p-values from the statistical test) from each set of samples – either (1) samples from Le Chatelier et al. 2013 and Vineis et al. 2016, or (2) samples that are not from those two studies. The 2 sets, containing 33 modules each, gives us a total of 66 IBD-enriched modules. By comparing those two sets, we found that 20 modules were present in both sets – hence the value of 20 in the center of the Venn Diagram. In each set, 13 modules were unique – hence the value of 13 on either side. 13 + 13 + 2*20 = 66 total modules.

      We again thank our reviewers for their time and interest, and invaluable input.

    1. Author response:

      ANALYTICAL

      (1) Figure 3 shows that the relationship between learning rate and informativeness for our rats was very similar to that shown with pigeons by Gibbon and Balsam (1981). We used multiple criteria to establish the number of trials to learn in our data, with the goal of demonstrating that the correspondence between the data sets was robust. To establish that they are effectively the same does require using an equivalent decision criterion for our data as was used for Gibbon and Balsam’s data. However, the criterion they used—at least one peck at the response key on at least 3 out of 4 consecutive trials—cannot be sensibly applied to our magazine entry data because rats make magazine entries during the inter-trial interval (whereas pigeons do not peck at the response key in the inter-trial interval). Therefore, evidence for conditioning in our paradigm must involve comparison between the response rate during CS and the baseline response rate. There are two ways one could adapt the Gibbon and Balsam criterion to our data. One way is to use a non-parametric signed rank test for evidence that the CS response rate exceeds the pre-CS response rate, and adopting a statistical criterion equivalent to Gibbon and Balsam’s 3-out-of-4 consecutive trials (p<.3125). The second method estimates the nDkl for the criterion used by Gibbon and Balsam. This could be done by assuming there are no responses in the inter-trial interval and a response probability of at least 0.75 during the CS (their criterion). This would correspond to an nDkl of 2.2 (odds ratio 27:1). The obtained nDkl could then be applied to our data to identify when the distribution of CS response rates has diverged by an equivalent amount from the distribution of pre-CS response rates.

      (2) A single regression line, as shown in Figure 6, is the simplest possible model of the relationship between response rate and reinforcement rate and it explains approximately 80% of the variance in response rate. Fixing the log-log slope at 1 yields the maximally simple model. (This regression is done in the logarithmic domain to satisfy the homoscedasticity assumption.) When transformed into the linear domain, this model assumes a truly scalar relation (linear, intercept at the origin) and assumes the same scale factor and the same scalar variability in response rates for both sets of data (ITI and CS). Our plot supports such a model. Its simplicity is its own motivation (Occam’s razor).

      If regression lines are fitted to the CS and ITI data separately, there is a small increase in explained variance (R2 = 0.82). We leave it to further research to determine whether such a complex model, with 4 parameters, is required. However, we do not think the present data warrant comparing the simplest possible model, with one parameter, to any more complex model for the following reasons:

      · When a brain—or any other machine—maps an observed (input) rate to a rate it produces (output rate), there is always an implicit scalar. In the special case where the produced rate equals the observed rate, the implicit scalar has value 1. Thus, there cannot be a simpler model than the one we propose, which is, in and of itself, interesting.

      · The present case is an intuitively accessible example of why the MDL (Minimum Description Length) approach to model complexity (Barron, Rissanen, & Yu, 1998; Grünwald, Myung, & Pitt, 2005; Rissanen, 1999) can yield a very different conclusion from the conclusion reached using the Bayesian Information Criterion (BIC) approach. The MDL approach measures the complexity of a model when given N data specified with precision of B bits per datum by computing (or approximating) the sum of the maximum-likelihoods of the model’s fits to all possible sets of N data with B precision per datum. The greater the sum over the maximum likelihoods, the more complex the model, that is, the greater its measured wiggle room, it’s capacity to fit data. Recall that von Neuman remarked to Fermi that with 4 parameters he could fit an elephant. His deeper point was that multi-parameter models bring neither insight nor predictive power; they explain only post-hoc, after one has adjusted their parameters in the light of the data. For realistic data sets like ours, the sums of maximum likelihoods are finite but astronomical. However, just as the Sterling approximation allows one to work with astronomical factorials, it has proved possible to develop readily computable approximations to these sums, which can be used to take model complexity into account when comparing models. Proponents of the MDL approach point out that the BIC is inadequate because models with the same number of parameters can have very different amounts of wiggle room. A standard illustration of this point is the contrast between logarithmic model and power-function model. Log regressions must be concave; whereas power function regressions can be concave, linear, or convex—yet they have the same number of parameters (one or two, depending on whether one counts the scale parameter that is always implicit). The MDL approach captures this difference in complexity because it measures wiggle room; the BIC approach does not, because it only counts parameters.

      · In the present case, one is comparing a model with no pivot and no vertical displacement at the boundary between the black dots and the red dots (the 1-parameter unilinear model) to a bilinear model that allows both a change in slope and a vertical displacement for both lines. The 4-parameter model is superior if we use the BIC to take model complexity into account. However, 4-parameter has ludicrously more wiggle room. It will provide excellent fits—high maximum likelihood—to data sets in which the red points have slope > 1, slope 0, or slope < 0 and in which it is also true that the intercept for the red points lies well below or well above the black points (non-overlap in the marginal distribution of the red and black data). The 1-parameter model, on the other hand, will provide terrible fits to all such data (very low maximum likelihoods). Thus, we believe the BIC does not properly capture the immense actual difference in the complexity between the 1-parameter model (unilinear with slope 1) to the 4-parameter model (bilinear with neither the slope nor the intercept fixed in the linear domain).

      · In any event, because the pivot (change in slope between black and red data sets), if any, is small and likewise for the displacement (vertical change), it suffices for now to know that the variance captured by the 1-parameter model is only marginally improved by adding three more parameters. Researchers using the properly corrected measured rate of head poking to measure the rate of reinforcement a subject expects can therefore assume that they have an approximately scalar measure of the subject’s expectation. Given our data, they won’t be far wrong even near the extremes of the values commonly used for rates of reinforcement. That is a major advance in current thinking, with strong implications for formal models of associative learning. It implies that the performance function that maps from the neurobiological realization of the subject’s expectation is not an unknown function. On the contrary, it’s the simplest possible function, the scalar function. That is a powerful constraint on brain-behavior linkage hypotheses, such as the many hypothesized relations between mesolimbic dopamine activity and the expectation that drives responding in Pavlovian conditioning (Berridge, 2012; Jeong et al., 2022; Y.  Niv, Daw, Joel, & Dayan, 2007; Y. Niv & Schoenbaum, 2008).

      The data in Figure 6 are taken from the last 5 sessions of training. The exact number of sessions was somewhat arbitrary but was chosen to meet two goals: (1) to capture asymptotic responding, which is why we restricted this to the end of the training, and (2) to obtain a sufficiently large sample of data to estimate reliably each rat’s response rate. We have checked what the data look like using the last 10 sessions, and can confirm it makes very little difference to the results.<br /> Finally, as noted by the reviews, the relationship between the contextual rate of reinforcement and ITI responding should also be evident if we had measured context responding prior to introducing the CS. However, there was no period in our experiment when rats were given unsignalled reinforcement (such as is done during “magazine training” in some experiments). Therefore, we could not measure responding based on contextual conditioning prior to the introduction of the CS. This is a question for future experiments that use an extended period of magazine training or “poor positive” protocols in which there are reinforcements during the ITIs as well as during the CSs. The learning rate equation has been shown to predict reinforcements to acquisition in the poor-positive case (Balsam, Fairhurst, & Gallistel, 2006).

      (3) One of us (CRG) has earlier suggested that responding appears abruptly when the accumulated evidence that the CS reinforcement rate is greater than the contextual rate exceeds a decision threshold (C.R.  Gallistel, Balsam, & Fairhurst, 2004). The new more extensive data require a more nuanced view. Evidence about the manner in which responding changes over the course of training is to some extent dependent on the analytic method used to track those changes. We presented two different approaches. The approach shown in Figures 7 and 8, extending on that developed by Harris (2022), assumes a monotonic increase in response rate and uses the slope of the cumulative response rate to identify when responding exceeds particular milestones (percentiles of the asymptotic response rate). This analysis suggests a steady rise in responding over trials. Within our theoretical model, this might reflect an increase in the animal’s certainty about the CS reinforcement rate with accumulated evidence from each trial. While this method should be able to distinguish between a gradual change and a single abrupt change in responding (Harris, 2022) it may not distinguish between a gradual change and multiple step-like changes in responding and cannot account for decreases in response rate.<br /> The other analytic method we used relies on the information theoretic measure of divergence, the nDkl (Gallistel & Latham, 2023), to identify each point of change (up or down) in the response record. With that method, we discern three trends. First, the onset tends to be abrupt in that the initial step up is often large (an increase in response rate by 50% or more of the difference between its initial value and its terminal value is common and there are instances where the initial step is to the terminal rate or higher). Second, there is marked within-subject variability in the response rate, characterised by large steps up and down in the parsed response rates following the initial step up, but this variability tends to decrease with further training (there tend to be fewer and smaller steps in both the ITI response rates and the CS response rate as training progresses). Third, the overall trend, seen most clearly when one averages across subjects within groups is to a moderately higher rate of responding later in training than after the initial rise. We think that the first tendency reflects an underlying decision process whose latency is controlled by diminishing uncertainty about the two reinforcement rates and hence about their ratio. We think that decreasing uncertainty about the true values of the estimated rates of reinforcement is also likely to be an important part of the explanation for the second tendency (decreasing within-subject variation in response rates). It is less clear whether diminishing uncertainty can explain the trend toward a somewhat greater difference in the two response rates as conditioning progresses. It is perhaps worth noting that the distribution of the estimates of the informativeness ratio is likely to be heavy tailed and have peculiar properties (as witness, for example, the distribution of the ratio of two gamma distributions with arbitrary shape and scale parameters) but we are unable at this time to propound an explanation of the third trend.

      (4) There is an error in the description provided in the text. The pre-CS period used to measure the ITI responding was 10 s rather than 20 s. There was always at least a 5-s gap between the end of the previous trial and the start of the pre-CS period.

      (5) Details about model fitting will be added in a revision. The question about fitting a single model or multiple models to the data in Figure 6 is addressed in response 2 above. In Figure 6, each rat provides 2 behavioural data points (ITI response rate and CS response rate) and 2 values for reinforcement rate (1/C and 1/T). There is a weak but significant correlation between the ITI and CS response rates (r = 0.28, p < 0.01; log transformed to correct for heteroscedasticity). By design, there is no correlation between the log reinforcement rates (r = 0.06, p = .404).

      CONCEPTUAL

      (1) It is important for the field to realize that the RW model cannot be used to explain the results of Rescorla’s (Rescorla, 1966; Rescorla, 1968, 1969) contingency-not-pairing experiments, despite what was claimed by Rescorla and Wagner (Rescorla & Wagner, 1972; Wagner & Rescorla, 1972) and has subsequently been claimed in many modelling papers and in most textbooks and reviews (Dayan & Niv, 2008; Y. Niv & Montague, 2008). Rescorla programmed reinforcements with a Poisson process. The defining property of a Poisson process is its flat hazard function; the reinforcements were equally likely at every moment in time when the process was running. This makes it impossible to say when non-reinforcements occurred and, a fortiori, to count them. The non-reinforcements are causal events in RW algorithm and subsequent versions of it. Their effects on associative strength are essential to the explanations proffered by these models. Non-reinforcements—failures to occur, updates when reinforcement is set to 0, hence also the lambda parameter—can have causal efficacy only when the successes may be predicted to occur at specified times (during “trials”). When reinforcements are programmed by a Poisson process, there are no such times. Attempts to apply the RW formula to reinforcement learning soon foundered on this problem (Gibbon, 1981; Gibbon, Berryman, & Thompson, 1974; Hallam, Grahame, & Miller, 1992; L.J. Hammond, 1980; L. J. Hammond & Paynter, 1983; Scott & Platt, 1985). The enduring popularity of the delta-rule updating equation in reinforcement learning depends on “big-concept” papers that don’t fit models to real data and discretize time into states while claiming to be real-time models (Y. Niv, 2009; Y. Niv, Daw, & Dayan, 2005).

      The information-theoretic approach to associative learning, which sometimes historically travels as RET (rate estimation theory), is unabashedly and inescapably representational. It assumes a temporal map and arithmetic machinery capable in principle of implementing any implementable computation. In short, it assumes a Turing-complete brain. It assumes that whatever the material basis of memory may be, it must make sense to ask of it how many bits can be stored in a given volume of material. This question is seldom posed in associative models of learning, nor by neurobiologists committed to the hypothesis that the Hebbian synapse is the material basis of memory. Many—including the new Nobelist, Geoffrey Hinton— would agree that the question makes no sense. When you assume that brains learn by rewiring themselves rather than by acquiring and storing information, it makes no sense.

      When a subject learns a rate of reinforcement, it bases its behavior on that expectation, and it alters its behavior when that expectation is disappointed. Subjects also learn probabilities when they are defined. They base some aspects of their behavior on those expectations, making computationally sophisticated use of their representation of the uncertainties (Balci, Freestone, & Gallistel, 2009; Chan & Harris, 2019; J. A. Harris, 2019; J.A. Harris & Andrew, 2017; J. A. Harris & Bouton, 2020; J. A. Harris, Kwok, & Gottlieb, 2019; Kheifets, Freestone, & Gallistel, 2017; Kheifets & Gallistel, 2012; Mallea, Schulhof, Gallistel, & Balsam, 2024 in press).

      (2) Rate estimation theory is oblivious to the temporal order in which experience with different predictors occurs. The matrix computation finds the additive solution, if it exists, to the data so far observed, on the assumption that predicted rates have remained the same. This is the stationarity assumption, which is implicit in a rate computation and was made explicit in the formulation of RET (C.R. Gallistel, 1990). When the additive solution does not exist, the RET algorithm treats the compound of two predictors as a third predictor, and computes the additive solution to the 3-predictor problem. Because it is oblivious to the order in which the data have been acquired, it predicts one-trial overshadowing and retroactive blocking and unblocking (C.R. Gallistel, 1990 pp 439 & 452-455).

      The RET algorithm is but one component of the information-theoretic model of associative learning (aka, TATAL, The Analytic Theory of Associative Learning Wilkes & Gallistel, 2016)). It solves the assignment-of-credit problem, not the change-detection problem. Because rates of reinforcement do sometimes change, the stationarity assumption, which is essential to the RET algorithm, must be tested when each new reinforcement occurs and when the interval since the last reinforcement has become longer than would be expected or the number of reinforcements has become significantly fewer than would be expected given the current estimate of the probability of reinforcement (C. R. Gallistel, Krishan, Liu, Miller, & Latham, 2014). In the information-theoretic approach to associative learning, detecting non-stationarity is done by an information-theoretic change-detecting algorithm. The algorithm correctly predicts that omitted reinforcements to extinction will be a constant (C.R. Gallistel, 2024 under review; Gibbon, Farrell, Locurto, Duncan, & Terrace, 1980). To put the prediction another way, unreinforced trials to extinction will increase in proportional to the trials/reinforcement during training (C.R. Gallistel, 2012; Wilkes & Gallistel, 2016). In other words, it predicts the best and most systematic data on the partial reinforcement extinction effect (PREE) known to us. The profound challenge to neo-Hullian delta-rule updating models that is posed by the PREE has been recognized for the better part of a century. To the best of our knowledge, no other formalized model of associative learning has overcome this challenge (Dayan & Niv, 2008; Mellgren, 2012). Explaining extinction algorithmically is straightforward when one adopts an information-theoretic perspective, because computing reinforcement-by-reinforcement the Kullback-Leibler divergence in a sequence of earlier rate (or probability!) estimates from the most recent estimate and multiplying the vector of divergences by the vector of effective sample sizes (C. R. Gallistel & Latham, 2022) detects and localized changes in rates and probabilities of reinforcement (C.R. Gallistel, 2024 under review). The computation presupposes the existence of a temporal map, a time-stamped record of past events. This supposition is strongly resisted by neuroscience-oriented reinforcement-learning modelers, who try to substitute the assumption of decaying eligibility traces.

      The very interesting Pearce-Ganesan findings (Ganesan & Pearce, 1988) are not predicted by RET, but nor do they run counter its predictions. RET has nothing to say about how subjects categorize appetitive reinforcements; nor, at this time, does the information-theoretic approach to an understanding of associative have anything to say about that.

      The same is not true for the Betts, Brandon & Wagner results (Betts, Brandon, & Wagner, 1996). They pretrained a blocking cue that predicted a painful paraorbital shock to one eye of a rabbit. This cue elicited an anticipatory blink in the threatened eye. It also potentiated the startle reflex made to a loud noise in one ear. A new cue that was then introduced, which always occurred in compound with the pretrained blocking cue. In one group, the painful shock continued to be delivered to the same eye as before; in another group, it was delivered to the skin around the other eye. In the group that continued to receive the shock to the same eye, the old cue effectively blocked conditioning of the new cue for both the eyeblink and the potentiated startle response. However, in the group for which the location of the shock changed to the other eye, the old cue did not block conditioning of the eyeblink response to the new cue but did block conditioning of the startle response to the new cue. The information-theoretic analysis of associative learning focusses on the encoding of measurable predictive temporal relationships, rather than on general and, to our mind, vague notions like CS processing and US processing. A painful shock elicits fear in a rabbit no matter where on the body surface it is experienced, because fear is a reaction to a very broad category of dangers, and fear potentiates the startle reflex regardless of the threat that causes fear. Once that prediction of such a threat is encoded; redundant cues will not be encoded that same way because the RET algorithm blocks the encoding of redundant predictions. A painful shock near an eye elicits a blink of the threatened eye as well as the fear that potentiates the startle. An appropriate encoding for the eye blink must specify the location of the threat. RET will attribute prediction of the threat to the new eye to the new cue—and not to the old cue, the pretrained blocker— while continuing to attribute to the old cue the prediction of a fear-causing threat, because the change in location does not alter that prediction. Therefore, the new cue will be encoded as predicting the new location of the threat to the eye, but not as predicting the large category non-specific threats that elicit fear and the potentiation of the startle, because that prediction remains valid. Changing that prediction would violate the stationarity assumption; predictive relations do not change unless the data imply that they must have changed. Unless we have made a slip in our logic, this would seem to explain Betts et al’s (1996) results. It does so with no free parameters, unlike AESOP, which has a notoriously large number of free parameters.

      Balci, F., Freestone, D., & Gallistel, C. R. (2009). Risk assessment in man and mouse. Proceedings of the National Academy of Science U S A, 106(7), 2459-2463. doi:10.1073/pnas.0812709106

      Balsam, P. D., Fairhurst, S., & Gallistel, C. R. (2006). Pavlovian contingencies and temporal information. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Animal Behavior Processes, 32, 284-294.

      Barron, A., Rissanen, J., & Yu, B. (1998). The minimum description length principle in coding and modeling. IEEE Transactions on Information Theory, 44(6), 2743-2760.

      Berridge, K. C. (2012). From prediction error to incentive salience: Mesolimbic computation of reward motivation. European Journal of Neuroscience.

      Betts, S. L., Brandon, S. E., & Wagner, A. R. (1996). Dissociation of the blocking of conditioned eyeblink and conditioned fear following a shift in US locus. Animal Learning and Behavior, 24(4), 459-470.

      Chan, C. K. J., & Harris, J. A. (2019). The partial reinforcement extinction effect: The proportion of trials reinforced during conditioning predicts the number of trials to extinction. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Animal Learning and Cognition, 45(1). doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/xan0000190

      Dayan, P., & Niv, Y. (2008). Reinforcement learning: The good, the bad and the ugly. Current Opinion in Neurobiology, 18(2), 185-196.

      Gallistel, C. R. (1990). The organization of learning. Cambridge, MA: Bradford Books/MIT Press.

      Gallistel, C. R. (2012). Extinction from a rationalist perspective. Behav Processes, 90, 66-88. doi:10.1016/j.beproc.2012.02.008

      Gallistel, C. R. (2024 under review). Reconceptualized associative learning. Perspectives on Behavioral Science (Special Issue for SQAB 2024).

      Gallistel, C. R., Balsam, P. D., & Fairhurst, S. (2004). The learning curve: Implications of a quantitative analysis. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 101(36), 13124-13131.

      Gallistel, C. R., Krishan, M., Liu, Y., Miller, R. R., & Latham, P. E. (2014). The perception of probability. Psychological Review, 121, 96-123. doi:10.1037/a0035232

      Gallistel, C. R., & Latham, P. E. (2022). Bringing Bayes and Shannon to the Study of Behavioral and Neurobiological Timing. Timing & Time Perception. timing & TIME Perception, 1-61. doi:10.1163/22134468-bja10069

      Ganesan, R., & Pearce, J. M. (1988). Effect of changing the unconditioned stimulus on appetitive blocking. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Animal Behavior Processes, 14, 280-291.

      Gibbon, J. (1981). The contingency problem in autoshaping. In C. M. Locurto, H. S. Terrace, & J. Gibbon (Eds.), Autoshaping and conditioning theory (pp. 285-308). New York: Academic.

      Gibbon, J., & Balsam, P. (1981). Spreading association in time. In C. M. Locurto, H. S. Terrace, & J. Gibbon (Eds.), Autoshaping and conditioning theory (pp. 219-253). New York: Academic Press.

      Gibbon, J., Berryman, R., & Thompson, R. L. (1974). Contingency spaces and measures in classical and instrumental conditioning. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 21(3), 585-605. doi: 10.1901/jeab.1974.21-585

      Gibbon, J., Farrell, L., Locurto, C. M., Duncan, H. J., & Terrace, H. S. (1980). Partial reinforcement in autoshaping with pigeons. Animal Learning and Behavior, 8, 45–59. doi:doi.org/10.3758/BF03209729

      Grünwald, P. D., Myung, I. J., & Pitt, M. A. (2005). Advances in minimum description length: theory and applications. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

      Hallam, S. C., Grahame, N. J., & Miller, R. R. (1992). Exploring the edges of Pavlovian contingency space: An assessment of contignency theory and its various metrics. Learning and Motivation, 23, 225-249.

      Hammond, L. J. (1980). The effect of contingency upon the appetitive conditioning of free operant behavior. Journal of  the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 34, 297-304. doi:10.1901/jeab.1980.34-297

      Hammond, L. J., & Paynter, W. E. (1983). Probabilistic contingency theories of animal conditioning: A critical analysis. Learning and Motivation, 14, 527-550. doi:10.1016/0023-9690(83)90031-0

      Harris, J. A. (2019). The importance of trials. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Animal Learning and Cognition, 45(4).

      Harris, J. A. (2022). The learning curve, revisited. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Animal Learning and Cognition, 48, 265-280.

      Harris, J. A., & Andrew, B. J. (2017). Time, Trials and Extinction. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Animal Learning and Cognition, 43(1), 15-29.

      Harris, J. A., & Bouton, M. E. (2020). Pavlovian conditioning under partial reinforcement: The effects of non-reinforced trials versus cumulative CS duration. The Journal of Experimental Psychology: Animal Learning & Cognition, 46, 256-272.

      Harris, J. A., Kwok, D. W. S., & Gottlieb, D. A. (2019). The partial reinforcement extinction effect depends on learning about nonreinforced trials rather than reinforcement rate. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Animal Behavior Learning and Cognition, 45(4). doi:10.1037/xan0000220

      Jeong, H., Taylor, A., Floeder, J. R., Lohmann, M., Mihalas, S., Wu, B., . . . Namboodiri, V. M. K. (2022). Mesolimbic dopamine release conveys causal associations. Science. doi:10.1126/science.abq6740

      Kheifets, A., Freestone, D., & Gallistel, C. R. (2017). Theoretical Implications of Quantitative Properties of Interval Timing and Probability Estimation in Mouse and Rat. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 108(1), 39-72. doi:doi.org/10.1002/jeab.261

      Kheifets, A., & Gallistel, C. R. (2012). Mice take calculated risks. Proceedings of the National Academy of Science, 109, 8776-8779. doi:doi.org/10.1073/pnas.1205131109

      Mallea, J., Schulhof, A., Gallistel, C. R., & Balsam, P. D. (2024 in press). Both probability and rate of reinforcement can affect the acquisition and maintenance of conditioned responses. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Animal Learning and Cognition.

      Mellgren, R. (2012). Partial reinforcement extinction effect. In N. M. Seel (Ed.), Encyclopedia of the Sciences of Learning. Boston, MA: Springer.

      Niv, Y. (2009). Reinforcement learning in the brain. Journal of Mathematical Psychology, 53, 139-154.

      Niv, Y., Daw, N. D., & Dayan, P. (2005). How fast to work: response vigor, motivation and tonic dopamine. In Y. Weiss, B. Schölkopf, & J. R. Platt (Eds.), NIPS 18 (pp. 1019–1026). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

      Niv, Y., Daw, N. D., Joel, D., & Dayan, P. (2007). Tonic dopamine: Opportunity costs and the control of response vigor. Psychopharmacology, 191(3), 507-520.

      Niv, Y., & Montague, P. R. (2008). Theoretical and empirical studies of learning. In  (., eds), pp. , Academic Press. In P. W. e. a. Glimcher (Ed.), Neuroeconomics: Decision-Making and the Brain (pp. 329–349). New York: Academic Press.

      Niv, Y., & Schoenbaum, G. (2008). Dialogues on prediction errors. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 12(7), 265-272. doi:10.1016/j.tics.2008.03.006

      Rescorla, R. A. (1966). Predictability and the number of pairings in Pavlovian fear conditioning. Psychonomic Science, 4, 383-384.

      Rescorla, R. A. (1968). Probability of shock in the presence and absence of CS in fear conditioning. Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 66(1), 1-5. doi:10.1037/h0025984

      Rescorla, R. A. (1969). Conditioned inhibition of fear resulting from negative CS-US contingencies. Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 67, 504-509.

      Rescorla, R. A., & Wagner, A. R. (1972). A theory of Pavlovian conditioning: Variations in the effectiveness of reinforcement and nonreinforcement. In A. H. Black & W. F. Prokasy (Eds.), Classical conditioning II (pp. 64-99). New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts.

      Rissanen, J. (1999). Hypothesis selection and testing by the MDL principle. The Computer Journal, 42, 260–269. doi:10.1093/comjnl/42.4.260

      Scott, G. K., & Platt, J. R. (1985). Model of response-reinforcement contingency. Journal of  Experimental Psychology: Animal Behavior Processes, 11(2), 152-171.

      Wagner, A. R., & Rescorla, R. A. (1972). Inhibition in Pavlovian conditioning: Appllication of a theory. In R. A. Boakes & S. Halliday (Eds.), Inhibition and learning. New York: Academic.

      Wilkes, J. T., & Gallistel, C. R. (2016). Information Theory, Memory, Prediction, and Timing in Associative Learning (original long version).

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife Assessment

      This important study addresses how 3' splice site choice is modulated by the conserved spliceosome-associated protein Fyv6. The authors provide compelling evidence Fyv6 functions to enable selection of 3' splice sites distal to a branch point and in doing so antagonizes more proximal, suboptimal 3' splice sites. The study would be improved through a more nuanced discussion of alternative possibilities and models, for instance in discussing the phenotypic impact of Fyv6 deletion.

      We thank the editors and reviewers for their supportive comments and assessment of this manuscript. We have improved the discussion at several points as suggested by the reviewers to include discussion of alternative possibilities.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      A key challenge at the second chemical step of splicing is the identification of the 3' splice site of an intron. This requires recruitment of factors dedicated to the second chemical step of splicing and exclusion of factors dedicated to the first chemical step of splicing. Through the highest resolution cyroEM structure of the spliceosome to-date, the authors show the binding site for Fyv6, a factor dedicated to the second chemical step of splicing, is mutually exclusive with the binding site for a distinct factor dedicated to the first chemical step of splicing, highlighting that splicing factors bind to the spliceosome at a specific stage not only by recognizing features specific to that stage but also by competing with factors that bind at other stages. The authors further reveal that Fyv6 functions at the second chemical step to promote selection of 3' splice sites distal to a branch point and thereby discriminate against proximal, suboptimal 3' splice site. Lastly, the authors show by cyroEM that Fyv6 physically interacts with the RNA helicase Prp22 and by genetics Fyv6 functionally interacts with this factor, implicating Fyv6 in 3'SS proofreading and mRNA release from the spliceosome. The evidence for this study is robust, with the inclusion of genomics, reporter assays, genetics, and cyroEM. Further, the data overall justify the conclusions, which will be of broad interest.

      Strengths:

      (1) The resolution of the cryoEM structure of Fyv6-bound spliceosomes at the second chemical step of splicing is exceptional (2.3 Angstroms at the catalytic core; 3.0-3.7 Angstroms at the periphery), providing the best view of this spliceosomal intermediate in particular and the core of the spliceosome in general.

      (2) The authors observe by cryoEM three distinct states of this spliceosome, each distinguished from the next by progressive loss of protein factors and/or RNA residues. The authors appropriately refrain from overinterpreting these states as reflecting distinct states in the splicing cycle, as too many cyroEM studies are prone to do, and instead interpret these observations to suggest interdependencies of binding. For example, when Fyv6, Slu7, and Prp18 are not observed, neither are the first and second residues of the intron, which otherwise interact, suggesting an interdependence between 3' splice site docking on the 5' splice site and binding of these second step factors to the spliceosome.

      (3) Conclusions are supported from multiple angles.

      (4) The interaction between Fyv6 and Syf1, revealed by the cyroEM structure, was shown to account for the temperature-sensitive phenotypes of a fyv6 deletion, through a truncation analysis.

      (5) Splicing changes were observed in vivo both by indirect copper reporter assays and directly by RT-PCR.

      (6) Changes observed by RNA-seq are validated by RT-PCR.

      (7) The authors go beyond simply observing a general shift to proximal 3'SS usage in the fyv6 deletion by RNA-seq by experimentally varying branch point to 3' splice site distance experimentally in a reporter and demonstrating in a controlled system that Fyv6 promotes distal 3' splice sites.

      (8) The importance of the Fyv6-Syf1 interaction for 3'SS recognition is demonstrated by truncations of both Fyv6 and of Syf1.

      (9) In general, the study was executed thoroughly and presented clearly.

      We thank the reviewer for their recognition of the strengths of our multi-faceted approach that led to highly supported conclusions.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Despite the authors restraint in interpreting the three states of the spliceosome observed by cyroEM as sequential intermediates along the splicing pathway, it would be helpful to the general reader to explicitly acknowledge the alternative possibility that the difference states simply reflect decomposition from one intermediate during isolation of the complex (i.e., the loss of protein is an in vitro artifact, if an informative one).

      We thank the reviewer for noticing our restraint in interpreting these structures, and we agree that the scenario described by the reviewer is a possibility. We have now explicitly mentioned this in the Discussion on lines 755-757.

      (2) The authors acknowledge that for prp8 suppressors of the fyv6 deletion, suppression may be indirect, as originally proposed by the Query and Konarska labs - that is, that defects in the second step conformation of the spliceosome can be indirectly suppressed by compensating, destabilizing mutations in the first step spliceosome. Whereas some of the other suppressors of the fyv6 deletion can be interpreted as impacting directly the second step spliceosome (e.g., because the gene product is only present in the second step conformation), it seems that many more suppressors beyond prp8 mutants, especially those corresponding to bulky substitutions, which would more likely destabilize than stabilize, could similarly act indirectly by destabilization of first step conformation. The authors should acknowledge this where appropriate (e.g., for factors like Prp8 that are present in both first and second step conformations).

      We agree that this is also a possibility and have now included this on lines 480-486.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      In this manuscript, Senn, Lipinski, and colleagues report on the structure and function of the conserved spliceosomal protein Fyv6. Pre-mRNA splicing is a critical gene expression step that occurs in two steps, branching and exon ligation. Fyv6 had been recently identified by the Hoskins' lab as a factor that aids exon ligation (Lipinski et al., 2023), yet the mechanistic basis for Fyv6 function was less clear. Here, the authors combine yeast genetics, transcriptomics, biochemical assays, and structural biology to reveal the function of Fyv6. Specifically, they describe that Fyv6 promotes the usage of distal 3'SSs by stabilizing a network of interactions that include the RNA helicase PRP22 and the spliceosome subunit SYF1. They discuss a generalizible mechanism for splice site proofreading by spliceosomsal RNA helicases that could be modulated by other, regulatory splicing factors.

      This is a very high quality study, which expertly combines various approaches to provide new insights into the regulation of 3'SS choice, docking, and undocking. The cryo-EM data is also of excellent quality, which substantially extends on previous yeast P complex structures. This is also supported by the authors use of the latest data analysis tools (Relion-5, AlphaFold2 multimer predictions, Modelangelo). The authors re-evaluate published EM densities of yeast spliceosome complexes (B*, C,C*,P) for the presence or absence of Fyv6, substantiate Fyv6 as a 2nd step specific factor, confirm it as the homolog of the human protein FAM192A, and provide a model for how Fyv6 may fit into the splicing pathway. The biochemical experiments on probing the splicing effects of BP to 3'SS distances after Fyv6 KO, genetic experiments to probe Fyv6 and Syf1 domains, and the suppressor screening add substantially to the study and are well executed. The manuscript is clearly written and we particularly appreciated the nuanced discussions, for example for an alternative model by which Prp22 influences 3'SS undocking. The research findings will be of great interest to the pre-mRNA splicing community.

      We thank the reviewer for their positive comments on our manuscript.

      We have only few comments to improve an already strong manuscript.

      Comments:

      (1) Can the authors comment on how they justify K+ ion positions in their models (e.g. the K+ ion bridging G-1 and G+1 nucleotides)? How do they discriminate e.g. in the 'G-1 and G+1' case K+ from water?

      The assignment of K+ at this position is justified by both longer coordination distances and relatively high cryo-EM density compared to structured water molecules in the same vicinity. We have added a panel to figure3-figure supplement 4C to show the density for the G-1/G+1 bridging K+ ion and to show the adjacent density for putative water molecules which coordinate the ion. The K+ ion density is larger and has stronger signal than the adjacent water molecules. The coordination distances are also longer than would be expected for a Mg2+. For these reasons and because K+ was present in the purification buffer, we modelled the density as K+.

      (2) The authors comment on Yju2 and Fyv6 assignments in all yeast structures except for the ILS. Can the authors comment on if they have also looked into the assignment of Yju2 in the yeast ILS structure in the same manner? While it is possible that Fyv6 could dissociate and Yju2 reassociate at the P to ILS transition, this would merit a closer look given that in the yeast P complex Yju2 had been misassigned previously.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out this very interesting topic! We have used ModelAngelo to analyze the S. cerevisiae ILS structure for support of density assignment as Yju2 (and not Fyv6). This analysis supports the assignment as Yju2 in this structure and we have no evidence to doubt its presence in those particular purified spliceosomes. We have updated Figure 4- figure supplement 1B accordingly.

      That being said, we do think that this issue should be studied more carefully in the future. The S. cerevisiae ILS structure (5Y88) was determined by purifying spliceosome complexes with a TAP-tag on Yju2. So the conclusion that Yju2 is part of the ILS spliceosome involves some circular logic: Yju2 is part of ILS spliceosome complexes because it is present in ILS complexes purified with Yju2. We also note that Yju2 was absent in ILS complexes recently determined from metazoans by the Plaschka group.  We have added some additional nuance to the Discussion to raise this important mechanistic point at lines 711-718.

      (3) For accessibility to a general reader, figures 1c, d, e, 2a, b, would benefit from additional headings or labels, to immediately convey what is being displayed. It is also not clear to us if Fig 1e might fit better in the supplement and be instead replaced by Supplementary Figure 1a (wt) , b (delta upf1), and a new c (delta fyv6) and new d (delta upf1, delta fyv6). This may allow the reader to better follow the rationale of the authors' use of the Fyv6/Upf1 double deletion.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion and have updated Figures 1 C-E to include additional information in the headings and labels. We have not changed the labels in Figures 2A, B but have added additional clarifying language to the legend.

      In terms of rearranging the figures, we thank the reviewer for the suggestion but have decided that the figures are best left in their current ordering.

      (4) The authors carefully interpret the various suppressor mutants, yet to a general reader the authors may wish to focus this section on only the most critical mutants for a better flow of the text.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. While this section of the manuscript does contain (to quote Reviewer #3) “extensive new information regarding functional interactions”, it was a bit long. We have reduced this section of the manuscript by ~200 words for a more focused presentation for general readers.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      In this manuscript the authors expand their initial identification of Fyv6 as a protein involved in the second step of pre-mRNA splicing to investigate the transcriptome-wide impact of Fyv6 on splicing and gain a deeper understanding of the mechanism of Fyv6 action.

      They first use deep sequencing of transcripts in cells depleted of Fyv6 together with Upf1 (to limit loss of mis-spliced transcripts) to identify broad changes in the transcriptome due to loss of Fyv6. This includes both changes in overall gene expression, that are not deeply discussed, as well as alterations in choice of 3' splice sites - which is the focus of the rest of the manuscript

      They next provide the highest resolution structure of the post-catalytic spliceosome to date; providing unparalleled insight into details of the active site and peripheral components that haven't been well characterized previously.

      Using this structure they identify functionally critical interactions of Fyv6 with Syf1 but not Prp22, Prp8 and Slu7. Finally, a suppressor screen additionally provides extensive new information regarding functional interactions between these second step factors.

      Overall this manuscript reports new and essential information regarding molecular interactions within the spliceosome that determine the use of the 3' splice site. It would be helpful, especially to the non-expert, to summarize these in a table, figure or schematic in the discussion.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive comments and suggestions. We did include a summary figure in panel 7H. However, it was a bit buried. To highlight the summary figure more clearly, we have moved panel 7H to its own figure (Fig. 8).

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) The resolution of some panels is poor, nearly illegible (e.g., Supp Fig 1A, B).

      The resolution of panels in supplemental figure 1 has been increased. However, this may be an artifact of the PDF conversion process. We will pay attention to this during the publication process.

      (2) Panel S6B: 6HYU is a structure of DHX8, not DDX8

      We have corrected DDX8 to DHX8 in Supplemental Fig. S6D and associated figure legend.

      (3) The result that Syf1 truncations can suppress the Fyv6 deletion is impressive. The subsequent discussion seems muddled. A discussion of Fyv6 binding at the first step, instead of Yju2, doesn't seem relevant here (though worthy of consideration in the discussion), given that the starting mutation is the Fyv6 deletion. Further, conjuring rebinding of Yju2 based on the data in the paper seems unnecessarily speculative (assumes that biochemical state III is on pathway), unless I am unaware of some other evidence for such rebinding. Instead, a simpler explanation would seem to be that in the absence of Fyv6, Syf1 inappropriately binds Yju2 instead at the second step and that deletion of the common Fyv6/Yju2 binding site on Syf1 suppresses this defect. In this case, the ts phenotype of the Fyv6 deletion would result from inappropriate binding of Yju2, and the splicing defect would be due to loss of Fyv6 activity. Alternatively, especially considering the work of the labs of Query and Konarska, the authors should consider the possibility that i) the Fyv6 deletion destabilizes the second step conformation, shifting an equilibrium to the first step conformation, and that ii) the Syf1 truncation destabilizes binding of Yju2, thereby restoring the equilibrium. In this case the ts phenotype of the Fyv6 deletion is due to a disturbed equilibrium and the splicing defect is due to the failure of Fyv6 to function at the second step.

      We believe the reviewer is specifically referencing the final paragraph of this Results section (the paragraph that comes just before the section “Mutations in many different splicing factors…”). In retrospect, we agree that our discussion was convoluted. In particular, we emphasized rebinding of Yju2 based on its presence in the cryo-EM structure of the yeast ILS complex. However, given some uncertainties about whether or not Yju2 is a bona fide ILS component (as discussed above). We don’t think it is appropriate to over-emphasize rebinding of Yju2 and have decided to incorporate the elegant mechanisms proposed by the reviewer. This paragraph has now been edited accordingly (lines 386-395).

      (4) The authors imply they have performed biochemical studies, which I think is misleading. Of course, RT-PCR and primer extension assays for example are performed in vitro, but these are an analysis of RNA events that occurred in vivo. In my view a higher threshold should be used for defining "biochemistry". To me "biochemistry" would imply that the authors have, for example, investigated 3' splice site usage in splicing extracts of the fyv6 deletion or engaged in an analysis of the Syf1-Fyv6 interaction involving the expression of the interacting domains in bacteria followed by a binding analysis in the test tube.

      We disagree with the reviewer on this point. Biochemistry is defined as the “branch of sciences concerned with the chemical substances, reactions, and physico chemical processes which occur within living organisms; biological or physical chemistry.” (Oxford English Dictionary). Biochemical studies are not defined by whether or not they take place in vitro, in vivo, or even in silico. Indeed, much of the history of biochemistry (especially in studies of metabolism, for example) involved experiments occurring in vivo that reported on the molecular properties and mechanisms of biological processes. We think many of our experiments fall into this category including our structure/function analysis of splicing factors and the use of the ACT1-CUP1 reporter substrate.

      (5) The monovalents are shown; inositol phosphate is shown; is the binding of Prp22 to RNA shown?

      We have added a panel to Figure 3-figure supplement 4D showing density for the 3' exon within Prp22.

      (6) The authors invoke undocking of the 3'SS in the P complex. Where is the 3'SS in the ILS? The author's model predicts: undocked.

      In all ILS structures to date, the 3′ SS is undocked, in agreement with this prediction. We have now noted this observation in line 760.

      (7) Would be helpful to show fyv6 deletion in Fig 1b.

      We have included growth data for an additional fyv6 deletion strain (in a cup1Δ background) in Figure 1b. The results are quite similar to the upf1_Δ_ background except with slightly worse growth at 23°C.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Minor comments

      (1) Fig.3b is the arrow indicating the right rotation?

      This typo has been fixed.

      (2) Fig.4b, panel H is annotated, which should read 'F'.

      This typo has been fixed.

      (3) Line 178: "Finally, we analyzed the sequence features of the alternative 3ʹ SS activated by loss of Fyv6." We would suggest 'used after' instead of 'activated by'.

      We have replaced ‘activated by’ with ‘with increased use after’.

      (4) In Line 544, the authors speculate on a Slu7 requirement for 3'SS docking and on 3'SS docking maintenance. In the results section (Line 265) they however only mention the latter possibility. These statements should be consistent.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We have added a reference to docking maintenance to the results section at line 325.

      (5) Line 476: "Unexpectedly, Prp22 I1133R was actually deleterious when Fyv6 was present for this reporter." We suggest removing "actually".

      We have removed ‘actually’.

      (6) The authors describe the observed changes in splicing events in absolute numbers (e.g. in Fig 1c). To better assess for the reader whether these numbers reflect large or small effects of Fyv6 in defining mRNA isoforms, it would be more useful to state these as percent changes of total events or to provide a reference number for how many introns are spliced in S.c. See for example the statements in Lines 132 and 145.

      We have added a percentage at line 138 that indicates ~20% of introns in yeast showed splicing changes.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Do the authors have a proposed explanation for the observed DGE in non-intron containing genes in the Fyv6 depleted cells?

      The simplest explanation is that this is an indirect effect due to splicing changes occurring in other genes (such as transcription factors, ribosomal protein genes, etc..). It is possible that this can be further dissected in the future using shorter-term knockdown of Fyv6 using Anchors Away or AID-tagging. However, that is beyond the scope of the current manuscript, and we do not wish to comment on these non-intron containing genes further at present.

      Figure 2A - What is going on with the events that show no FAnS value under one condition (i.e. are up against the X or Y axis)? These are of interest as most on the Y- axis are blue.

      The events along one of the axes denote alternative splice sites that are only detected under one condition (either when Fyv6 is present or when it is absent). At this stage, we do not wish to interpret these events further since most have a relatively low number of reads overall.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This study reports single-cell RNA sequencing results of lung adenocarcinoma, comparing 4 treatment-naive and 5 post-neoadjuvant chemotherapy tumor samples.<br /> The authors claim that there are metabolic reprogramming in tumor cells as well as stromal and immune cells after chemotherapy.

      The most significant findings are in the macrophages that there are more pro-tumorigenic cells after chemotherapy, i.e. CD45+CD11b+ARG+ cells. In the treatment-naive samples, more anti-tumorigenic CD45+CD11b+CD86+ macrophages are found. They sorted each population and performed functional analyses.

      Strengths:

      Comparison of the treatment-naive and post-chemotherapy samples of lung adenocarcinoma.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Lengthy descriptive clustering analysis, with indistinct direct comparisons between the treatment-naive and the post-chemotherapy samples.

      Thank you for your detailed review and valuable feedback. We have simplified the descriptive clustering analysis by removing redundant parts and retaining only the key content relevant to our findings. This should help readers to more easily grasp and focus on the main results.

      (2) No statistical analysis was performed for the comparison.

      We appreciate your constructive feedback and are committed to improving our research methodology and reporting to enhance the scientific rigor of our studies.

      (3) Difficult to match data to the text.

      Thank you for your feedback. We understand that there were difficulties in matching the data to the text. We have reviewed the manuscript carefully to ensure that all data points are clearly linked to the corresponding sections in the text.

      (4) ARG1 is a cytosolic enzyme that can be detected by intracellular staining after fixation. It is unclear how the staining and sorting was performed to measure function of sorted cells.

      We apologize for the error caused by miscommunication within our research team. We are currently using both ARG1 and CD206 antibodies in our studies. Due to a communication error, the technician mistakenly assumed ARG1 was another name for CD206 (MRC1), resulting in the incorrect labeling of CD206 as ARG1 in our experimental records. In reality, we used the CD206 antibody, which is consistent with the same surface marker shown in figure 6e. We have made corrections in the manuscript and experimental figures. Thank you for pointing this out, and we regret any misunderstanding this may have caused.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      In this study, Huang et al. performed a scRNA-seq analysis of lung adenocarcinoma (LUAD) specimens from 9 human patients, including 5 who received neoadjuvant chemotherapy (NCT), and 4 without treatment (control). The new data was produced using 10 × Genomics technology and comprises 83622 cells, of which 50055 and 33567 cells were derived from the NCT and control groups, respectively. Data was processed via R Seurat package, and various downstream analyses were conducted, including CNV, GSVA, functional enrichment, cell-cell interaction, and pseudotime trajectory analyses. Additionally, the authors performed several experiments for in vitro and in vivo validation of their findings, such as immunohistochemistry, immunofluorescence, flow cytometry, and animal experiments.

      The study extensively discusses the heterogeneity of cell populations in LUAD, comparing the samples with and without chemotherapy. However, there are several shortcomings that diminish the quality of this paper:

      • The number of cells included in the dataset is limited, and the number of patients from different groups is low, which may reduce the attractiveness of the dataset for other researchers to reuse. Additionally, there is no metadata on patients' clinical characteristics, such as age, sex, history of smoking, etc., which would be valuable for future studies.

      Thank you for your insightful feedback. We recognize that the limited number of cells and the small number of patients from different groups in our dataset may affect its appeal for reuse by other researchers. Additionally, we acknowledge the absence of metadata on patients' clinical characteristics, such as age, sex, and smoking history, which would indeed be valuable for future studies. We have compiled statistics on the patient's metadata and other information in the Supplementary Table 2.

      We appreciate your suggestions and will consider incorporating these aspects in future research to enhance the dataset's utility and attractiveness.

      • Several crucial details about the data analysis are missing: How many PCs were used for reduction? Which versions of Seurat/inferCNV/other packages were used? Why monocle2 was used and not monocle3 or other packages? Also, the authors use R version 3.6.1, and the current version is 4.3.2.

      Thank you for your detailed review and valuable suggestions. Below are our responses to the points you raised:

      Principal Components (PCs) Used for Reduction: We used the first 20 principal components (PCs) for dimensionality reduction. This choice was based on preliminary tests showing that 20 PCs captured the major variation in our data effectively.

      Versions of Packages: The versions of the packages used are as follows:

      Seurat: Version 4.0.1

      inferCNV: Version 1.18.1

      monocle2: Version 2.14.0

      Choice of monocle2 over monocle3 or Other Packages: We chose monocle2 because it performed better on our specific dataset, and its algorithms suited our research needs. Additionally, we are more familiar with the functionalities and outputs of monocle2, which allowed us to better interpret and apply the results.

      R Version: We used R version 3.6.1 at the beginning of our study to ensure consistency and reproducibility throughout the analysis. Although the current version of R is 4.3.2, we maintained the same version throughout our research. We will consider upgrading to the latest version of R and re-testing for compatibility and performance in future studies.

      We appreciate your attention to these details and will include this information in the revised manuscript.

      • It seems that the authors may lack a fundamental understanding of scRNA-seq data processing and the functions of Seurat. For instance, they state, 'Next, we classified cell types through dimensional reduction and unsupervised clustering via the Seurat package.' However, dimensional reduction and unsupervised clustering are not methods for cell classification. Typically, cell types are classified using marker genes or other established methods.

      Thank you for your insightful comments. We appreciate your guidance on the proper understanding and application of scRNA-seq data processing and the functions of Seurat.

      You are correct in noting that dimensional reduction and unsupervised clustering are not methods for cell classification. We apologize for the confusion in our original statement. What we intended to convey was that we performed dimensional reduction and unsupervised clustering using the Seurat package as preliminary steps in our analysis. Following these steps, we classified cell types based on established marker genes.

      "Therefore, to identify subclusters within each of these nine major cell types, we performed principal component analysis" (Line 127). Principal component analysis is a method for dimensionality reduction, not cell clustering.

      The authors did not mention the normalization or scaling of the data, which are crucial steps in scRNA-seq data preprocessing.

      Thank you for your insightful comments. We apologize for any confusion caused by our description in the manuscript. You are correct that principal component analysis (PCA) is primarily a method for dimensionality reduction rather than cell clustering. To clarify, we used PCA to reduce the dimensionality of our single-cell RNA-seq (scRNA-seq) data, which is a preliminary step before clustering the cells.

      In the revised manuscript, we have provided a more detailed description of our data preprocessing pipeline, including the normalization and scaling steps that are indeed crucial for scRNA-seq data analysis. Specifically, we performed the following steps:

      Normalization: We normalized the gene expression data to account for differences in sequencing depth and other technical variations.

      Scaling: We scaled the normalized data to ensure that each gene contributes equally to the PCA, which mitigates the effect of highly variable genes dominating the analysis.

      Following these preprocessing steps, we conducted PCA to reduce the dimensionality of the data, which facilitated the subsequent clustering of cells into subclusters.

      We hope this addresses your concerns, and we appreciate your valuable feedback that helped us improve the clarity and accuracy of our manuscript.

      • Numerous style and grammar mistakes are present in the main text. For instance, certain sections of the methods are written in the present tense, suggesting that parts of a protocol were copied without text editing. Furthermore, some sections of the introduction are written in the past tense when the present tense would be more suitable. Clusters are inconsistently referred to by numbers or cell types, leading to confusion. Additionally, the authors frequently use the term "evolution" when describing trajectory analysis, which may not be appropriate. Overall, significant revisions to the main text are required.

      Thank you for your detailed review and valuable feedback on our manuscript. We highly appreciate your suggestions and have made the following revisions to address the issues you pointed out:

      Tense Consistency: We have thoroughly reviewed and corrected the use of tenses throughout the manuscript. The Methods section now consistently uses the past tense, while the Introduction section uses the present tense where appropriate, ensuring coherence and consistency.

      Cluster Naming Consistency: We have standardized the naming conventions for clusters, consistently using either numbers or cell types to avoid any confusion.

      Appropriate Terminology: We have reviewed our use of the term "evolution" in the context of trajectory analysis. Where necessary, we have replaced it with more accurate terms such as "trajectory progression" or "developmental pathway" to better convey the intended meaning.

      • Some figures are not mentioned in order or are not referenced in the text at all, such as Figure 5l (where it is also unclear how the authors selected the root cells). Additionally, many figures have text that is too small to be read without zooming in. Overall, the quality of the figures is inconsistent and sometimes very poor.

      Thank you for your detailed review and valuable feedback on our manuscript. We have addressed the issues you raised as follows:

      Unreferenced Figures in the Text:

      We acknowledge the oversight regarding Figure 5l not being mentioned in the text. In the revised version, we will ensure that all figures are properly referenced and discussed within the relevant sections of the manuscript.

      Text Size in Figures:

      We understand the difficulty in reading small text within the figures. We will redesign all figures to ensure that text and annotations are legible at normal viewing sizes. This will involve increasing the resolution and text size in all figures to enhance readability.

      Inconsistent Quality of Figures:

      To address the inconsistency in figure quality, we will standardize the formatting of all figures and ensure they meet a high standard of clarity and presentation. This will improve the overall visual quality and professionalism of the manuscript.

      The results section lacks clarity on several points:<br /> • The authors state that "myofibroblasts exclusively originated from the control group". However, pathways up-regulated in myofibroblasts (such as glycolysis) were enhanced after chemotherapy, as indicated by GSVA score. Similarly, why are some clusters of TAMs from the control group associated with pathways enriched in chemotherapy group?

      Thank you for your insightful comments and questions regarding our manuscript. We appreciate the opportunity to clarify these points.

      Regarding the statement that "myofibroblasts exclusively originated from the control group," we acknowledge the confusion and would like to provide a more detailed explanation. While the initial identification indicated that myofibroblasts were predominantly found in the control group, subsequent analyses, including the Gene Set Variation Analysis (GSVA), revealed that certain pathways up-regulated in myofibroblasts, such as glycolysis, were indeed enhanced following chemotherapy. This suggests that chemotherapy may induce or enhance specific functional states in these cells that are not initially apparent from their origin alone.

      Similarly, the observation that some clusters of Tumor-Associated Macrophages (TAMs) from the control group are associated with pathways enriched in the chemotherapy group can be explained by the dynamic nature of cellular responses to treatment. TAMs, like other immune cells, can exhibit plasticity and adapt to the tumor microenvironment altered by chemotherapy. This plasticity may result in the activation of pathways typically associated with a chemotherapy response, even in cells originating from the control group.

      We will revise the manuscript to better articulate these findings and include additional data to support our explanations. This will help clarify the observed discrepancies and provide a more comprehensive understanding of the cellular dynamics in response to chemotherapy.

      • Further explanation is necessary regarding the distinctions between malignant and non-malignant cells, as well as regarding the upregulation of metabolism-related pathways in fibroblasts from the NCT group. Additionally, clarification is needed regarding why certain TAMs from the control group are associated with pathways enriched in the chemotherapy group.

      Thank you for your detailed review and for highlighting the areas that require further clarification. We appreciate the opportunity to provide additional explanations and improve our manuscript.

      We recognize the need to more clearly differentiate between malignant and non-malignant cells in our manuscript. We will include additional details on the criteria and markers used to distinguish these cell types. Specifically, we will elaborate on the molecular and phenotypic characteristics that were used to identify malignant cells, such as specific genetic mutations, aberrant signaling pathways, and distinct cell surface markers, as opposed to those used for identifying non-malignant cells.

      As mentioned above, the association of certain TAMs from the control group with pathways enriched in the chemotherapy group can be attributed to the inherent plasticity and adaptability of TAMs. We will provide a more detailed explanation of how TAMs can exhibit different functional states based on microenvironmental cues. This will include a discussion on the potential pre-existing heterogeneity within TAM populations and how even in the absence of direct chemotherapy exposure, some TAMs may display pathway activities similar to those seen in the chemotherapy group due to microenvironmental influences or intrinsic properties.

      • In the section titled 'Chemo-driven Pro-mac and Anti-mac Metabolic Reprogramming Exerted Diametrically Opposite Effects on Tumor Cells': The markers selected to characterize the anti- and pro-macrophages are commonly employed for describing M1 or M2 polarization. It is uncertain whether this new classification into anti- and pro-macrophages is necessary. Additionally, it should be noted that pro-macrophages are anti-inflammatory, while anti-macrophages are pro-inflammatory, which could lead to confusion. M2 macrophages are already recognized for their role in stimulating tumor relapse after chemotherapy.

      Thank you for your feedback. We appreciate the opportunity to clarify the rationale behind our terminology and the focus on functional phenotypic changes in macrophages before and after chemotherapy.

      Our intention in introducing the terms "pro-macrophages" and "anti-macrophages" was to highlight the distinct functional phenotypic changes in macrophages observed before and after chemotherapy. These terms were chosen to emphasize the functional roles these macrophages play in the tumor microenvironment in response to chemotherapy, rather than strictly adhering to the conventional M1/M2 polarization paradigm.

      We acknowledge that M2 macrophages are well-documented in stimulating tumor relapse after chemotherapy. Our use of "pro-macrophages" is intended to build on this established knowledge by providing a more nuanced understanding of their role in the post-chemotherapy tumor microenvironment. Similarly, "anti-macrophages" highlight the macrophages' role in mounting an anti-tumor response.

      • The authors suggest that there is "reprogramming of CD8+ cytotoxic cells" following chemotherapy (Line 409). It remains unclear whether they imply the reprogramming of other CD8+ T cells into cytotoxic cells. While it is indicated that cytotoxic cells from the control group differ from those in the NCT group and that NCT cytotoxic T cells exhibit higher cytotoxicity, the authors did not assess the expression of NK and NK-like T cell markers (aside from NKG7), which may possess greater cytotoxic potential than CD8+ cytotoxic cells. This could also elucidate why cytotoxic cells from the NCT and control groups are positioned on separate branches in trajectory analysis. Overall, with 22.5k T cells in the dataset, only 3 subtypes were identified, suggesting a need for improved cell annotations by the authors.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback regarding the classification and characterization of CD8+ cytotoxic cells following chemotherapy, and the need for improved cell annotations.

      We appreciate your point on the potential ambiguity around the "reprogramming of CD8+ cytotoxic cells" post-chemotherapy. In our study, we observed that CD8+ T cells from the control and NCT groups differ significantly in their cytotoxic profiles, with the NCT group's cytotoxic T cells displaying enhanced cytotoxicity. However, we did not imply the reprogramming of other CD8+ T cells into cytotoxic cells. Instead, our findings suggest a shift in the functional state of existing CD8+ cytotoxic cells, driven by chemotherapy, which aligns with the upregulation of genes associated with cytotoxic functions.

      We acknowledge that the expression of NK and NK-like T cell markers (apart from NKG7) was not comprehensively assessed. We agree that these markers may possess greater cytotoxic potential and could elucidate the separation observed in the trajectory analysis between cytotoxic cells from the NCT and control groups. This distinction may be attributed to differential cytotoxic potentials and functional states induced by chemotherapy.

      Furthermore, with 22,530 T cells in the dataset, only three subtypes were initially identified. We recognize the need for more refined cell annotations to capture the full spectrum of T cell diversity. This could involve a deeper analysis of additional markers to distinguish between various cytotoxic populations, including NK and NK-like T cells, and their respective roles in the tumor microenvironment post-chemotherapy.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      I would recommend simplifying the manuscript and focusing on the differences between the treatment-naive and post-chemotherapy samples.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback on our manuscript. We greatly appreciate your suggestions and have carefully considered the proposed modifications.

      Upon re-evaluating our manuscript, we believe that the current structure and content most effectively convey our research findings. Our study aims to not only compare the treatment-naive and post-chemotherapy samples but also to highlight several important secondary findings that are integral to the overall research.

      Nevertheless, we understand your recommendation to simplify the manuscript. To address this, we have made some subtle adjustments to improve the readability and conciseness of the text. Additionally, we have included a section in the discussion that more explicitly highlights the differences between the treatment-naive and post-chemotherapy samples.

      IRB number for the human sample collection as well as animal experiments need to be provided.

      Thank you for your thorough review and for highlighting the need for the inclusion of the IRB number for the human sample collection and animal experiments.

      We apologize for this oversight and appreciate your attention to this important detail. The Institutional Review Board (IRB) approval number for the human sample collection is [B2019-436].

      This number has been added to the Methods section of our revised manuscript to ensure compliance with ethical standards and to provide transparency for our research.

      I put a question on the macrophage sorting experiment in the public review. Please clarify how the ARG1 staining was achieved with the preservation of cell viability.

      We apologize for the error caused by miscommunication within our research team. We are currently using both ARG1 and CD206 antibodies in our studies. Due to a communication error, the technician mistakenly assumed ARG1 was another name for CD206 (MRC1), resulting in the incorrect labeling of CD206 as ARG1 in our 0experimental records. In reality, we used the CD206 antibody, which is consistent with the same surface marker shown in figure 6e. We have made corrections in the manuscript and experimental figures. Thank you for pointing this out, and we regret any misunderstanding this may have caused.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Minor comments:

      • Line 65- "Chemotherapy drugs, however, are very toxic and are prone to invalid". Line 75-77: "This heterogeneity in the TME includes the differences between tumor cells and tumor cells and the differences between various stromal cells and immune cells. Actively exploring the changes of multiple cells in the TME of LUAD after chemotherapy may finally find an excellent way to overcome chemotherapy resistance for LUAD." Please rewrite these parts.

      Thank you for your valuable comment. We have revised the manuscript according to your suggestion:

      Original (Line 65): "Chemotherapy drugs, however, are very toxic and are prone to invalid." Revised: "However, chemotherapy drugs are highly toxic and can often become ineffective."

      Original (Line 75-77): "This heterogeneity in the TME includes the differences between tumor cells and tumor cells and the differences between various stromal cells and immune cells. Actively exploring the changes of multiple cells in the TME of LUAD after chemotherapy may finally find an excellent way to overcome chemotherapy resistance for LUAD."

      Revised: "The heterogeneity within the tumor microenvironment (TME) encompasses not only the variations between different tumor cells but also among various stromal and immune cell types. Investigating the dynamic changes in multiple cell populations within the TME of LUAD following chemotherapy may provide crucial insights into overcoming chemotherapy resistance in LUAD."

      • Line 87: "The internal processes of the cells respectively drive immune cells and cancer cells to obtain glucose and glutamine preferentially."-> The internal metabolic changes in the cells drive...

      Thank you for your valuable comment. We have revised the manuscript according to your suggestion:

      Original (Line 87): "The internal processes of the cells respectively drive immune cells and cancer cells to obtain glucose and glutamine preferentially."

      Revised: "The internal metabolic changes in the cells drive immune cells and cancer cells to preferentially obtain glucose and glutamine."

      • Line 93: "an essential feature that affects the effect of chemotherapy"-> an essential feature that affects chemotherapy.

      Thank you for your valuable comment. We have revised the manuscript according to your suggestion:

      Original (Line 93): "Metabolic reprogramming in various cell types in the tumor microenvironment after undergoing chemotherapy may be an essential feature that affects the effect of chemotherapy."

      Revised: "Metabolic reprogramming in various cell types in the tumor microenvironment after undergoing chemotherapy may be an essential feature that affects chemotherapy."

      • Line 84: What do the immune cells depend on glucose for?

      Thank you for your valuable comment. We have revised the manuscript according to your suggestion:

      Original (Line 84): "However, recent studies have shown that tumor-infiltrating immune cells depend on glucose and immune cells especially macrophages consume more glucose than malignant cells."

      Revised: "However, recent studies have shown that tumor-infiltrating immune cells rely on glucose for their energy needs and functionality, with immune cells, particularly macrophages, consuming more glucose than malignant cells."

      • Line 223: "According to previous research, myofibroblast has been described"-> myofibroblasts have been described.

      Thank you for your valuable comment. We have revised the manuscript according to your suggestion:

      Original (Line 223): "According to previous research, myofibroblast has been described as a cancer-associated fibroblast that participated in extensive tissue remodeling, angiogenesis, and tumor progression."

      Revised: "According to previous research, myofibroblasts have been described as cancer-associated fibroblasts that participate in extensive tissue remodeling, angiogenesis, and tumor progression."

      • Line 239: "Considering the essential fibroblasts"-> Considering the essential role of fibroblasts.

      Thank you for your valuable comment. We have revised the manuscript according to your suggestion:

      Original (Line 239): "Considering the essential fibroblasts and their complicated function in shaping the tumor microenvironment..."

      Revised: "Considering the essential role of fibroblasts and their complicated function in shaping the tumor microenvironment..."

      • Line 251: "Further in vitro studies were required to elucidate these notable fibroblasts' potential function..." -> are required.

      Thank you for your valuable comments. We have revised the manuscript according to your suggestions:

      Original (Line 251): "Further in vitro studies were required to elucidate these notable fibroblasts' potential function..."

      Revised: "Further in vitro studies are required to elucidate these notable fibroblasts' potential function..."

      • Line 309: "Interestingly, we found that two subtypes, Anti-mac and Mix, can be converted to Pro-mac through pseudotime time analysis." -> via trajectory analysis we found that two subtypes...

      Thank you for your valuable comments. We have revised the manuscript according to your suggestions:

      Original (Line 309): "Interestingly, we found that two subtypes, Anti-mac and Mix, can be converted to Pro-mac through pseudotime time analysis."

      Revised: "Interestingly, via trajectory analysis we found that two subtypes, Anti-mac and Mix, can be converted to Pro-mac."

      • Line 458: "the interactions between malignant and macrophages"-> the interactions between malignant cells and macrophages.

      Thank you for your valuable comments. We have revised the manuscript according to your suggestions:

      Original (Line 458): "the interactions between malignant and macrophages"

      Revised: "the interactions between malignant cells and macrophages."

      • Line 486: "The 5-year survival rate is still gloomy" -> The 5-year survival rate is still low.

      Thank you for your valuable comments. We have revised the manuscript according to your suggestions:

      Original (Line 486): "The 5-year survival rate is still gloomy."

      Revised: "The 5-year survival rate is still low."

      • Line 491: "More and more efforts are devoted to targeted metabolism to overcome chemoresistance" -> More efforts are devoted to target cell metabolism...

      Thank you for your valuable comments. We have revised the manuscript according to your suggestions:

      Original (Line 491): "More and more efforts are devoted to targeted metabolism to overcome chemoresistance."

      Revised: "More efforts are devoted to targeting cell metabolism to overcome chemoresistance."

      • Line 594: "Repeat the above steps twice" -> This procedure was repeated twice.

      Thank you for your valuable comments. We have revised the manuscript according to your suggestions:

      Original (Line 594): "Repeat the above steps twice."

      Revised: "This procedure was repeated twice."

      • Line 620: How were the new potential markers verified? List the exact genes and experiments or a reference to a Figure.

      Thank you for your valuable comments. We have provided detailed information on how the new potential markers were verified, including the exact genes involved and the specific experiments conducted. A reference to the relevant Figure has also been added to the manuscript.

      • Line 637: Which immune cells were used as a background in CNV analysis? All immune cells or just T cells?

      Thank you for your valuable comments. In this study, all immune cells were used as background control cells.

      • Line 658: in a single cell

      Thank you for your valuable comments. We have revised the manuscript according to your suggestions.

      • Line 672: "a variety of environmental factors potentially affect" -> potentially affects/ may potentially affect.

      Thank you for your valuable comments. We have revised the manuscript according to your suggestions:

      Original (Line 672): "a variety of environmental factors potentially affect"

      Revised: "A variety of environmental factors may potentially affect"

      • Line 683: Which metabolites were tested?

      The metabolites tested included those related to glycolysis and oxidative phosphorylation (OXPHOS), such as glucose and various metabolites indicative of mitochondrial activity. The contents of these metabolites were analyzed to verify consistency with gene expression levels as mentioned in the analysis of metabolic pathways section.

      • Line 718: Required or acquired?

      The correct term should be "acquired" in the context of discussing drug resistance in tumor cells. The sentence likely refers to the "acquired drug resistance" of tumor cells, which is a common challenge in chemotherapy.

      • Line 726: What are the A549 cells?

      A549 cells are a human lung adenocarcinoma cell line commonly used in cancer research, particularly for studying lung cancer. In this study, A549 cells were used in animal experiments, mixed with tumor-associated macrophages (TAMs), and implanted into nude mice to study tumor formation and progression.

      • Line 631: "we set the following cut-off thresholds to reveal the marker genes of each cluster: adjusted P-value <0.01 and multiple changes >0.5." What metric is "multiple changes"? Commonly used measures are adjuster P-value and average Log2FC.

      Thank you for your valuable comment. We have revised the manuscript according to your suggestion. The term "multiple changes" was indeed a misstatement. The correct metric should be "log2 fold change (Log2FC)," which is a commonly used measure in gene expression studies. We have updated the manuscript to reflect this, using "adjusted P-value <0.01 and average Log2FC > 0.5" instead of "multiple changes > 0.5."

      • Figure 1f: "Samplied" -> Samples. What do the numbers on the left side of each column mean?

      Thank you for your valuable comment. The term "Samplied" was indeed a typographical error and has been corrected to "Samples". The numbers on the left side of each column likely represent cluster IDs or sample identifiers corresponding to the different patient samples or clusters analyzed in the study. We have clearly labeled these numbers in the figure to avoid any confusion.

      • Figure 2b: Please add a scale.

      Thank you for your valuable comment. We agree that adding a scale bar is crucial for accurately interpreting the size of the cells or structures shown in the figure. We have now included an appropriate scale bar during the figure preparation stage to provide this reference.

      • Figure 3d/4c: What is the matrix_27/3 metric? Is it average expression?

      Thank you for your valuable comment. The term "matrix_27/3" refers to a specific metric used in our analysis. This metric indeed represents the average expression levels of genes within a particular subset of the dataset. We will clarify this in the figure legend and the methods section to ensure that readers have a clear understanding of what the metric represents. Additionally, we will make sure that all such metrics are consistently and accurately described throughout the manuscript.

      • Figure 6e: Why CD206 staining is shown instead of ARG if ARG was chosen as the main gene for classification of Pro-macrophages?

      We apologize for the confusion regarding the use of CD206 staining in Figure 6e. This issue arose due to a miscommunication within our research team. While ARG1 was initially intended as the primary marker for Pro-macrophages, the technician mistakenly assumed ARG1 was another name for CD206 (MRC1), leading to the incorrect labeling of CD206 as ARG1 in our experimental records. In actuality, CD206 was used for the staining, which is consistent with the surface marker shown in Figure 6e. We have corrected this error in the manuscript and updated the experimental figures accordingly. We sincerely apologize for any misunderstanding this may have caused and appreciate the reviewer for bringing this to our attention.

      • Figures 6h and k: Please explain why do NCT Anti-macrophages show higher glucose and lactate uptake than the Anti-macrophages from the control group, while the size of tumors is the lowest in NCT Anti-macrophages in vivo?

      Thank you for your insightful comment. The observation that NCT Anti-macrophages exhibit higher glucose and lactate uptake while the tumor size is lowest could be attributed to the metabolic reprogramming induced by chemotherapy. It is possible that the enhanced metabolic activity in Anti-macrophages, characterized by increased glucose and lactate uptake, is linked to a more aggressive anti-tumor response in the NCT group. This heightened metabolic activity could reflect an increased energy demand necessary for sustaining enhanced immune functions, ultimately contributing to the reduction in tumor size. We will expand upon this explanation in the revised manuscript to provide a clearer interpretation of these findings.

      • The supplementary Table 1 needs a better legend/more explanation.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback. We have revised the legend for Supplementary Table 1 to provide a more detailed explanation of its contents.

      • No tSNE plot showing epithelial cells colored by patient, which may be important for observation of cell heterogeneity, especially in the epithelial cell population.

      Thank you for pointing this out. We agree that a tSNE plot showing epithelial cells colored by patient would be valuable for observing cell heterogeneity within the epithelial population.

      • Several acronyms not explained in the text (for example GSVA, NMF).

      Thank you for bringing this to our attention. We have ensured that all acronyms, including GSVA (Gene Set Variation Analysis) and NMF (Non-negative Matrix Factorization), are clearly defined in the text at their first mention.

      • Availability of data and material section: Please describe "other experimental data" in more detail.

      Thank you for your suggestion. We have expanded the "Availability of Data and Material" section to provide a more detailed description of the "other experimental data" referenced. This will include specific types of data generated, their formats, and 10how they can be accessed by other researchers. This clarification will enhance transparency and facilitate the reuse of our data by the research community.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife Assessment

      This useful study examined the associations of a healthy lifestyle with comprehensive and organ-specific biological ages defined using common blood biomarkers and body measures. Its large sample size, longitudinal design, and robust statistical analysis provide solid support for the findings, which will be of interest to epidemiologists and clinicians.

      Thank you very much for your thoughtful review of our manuscript. Your valuable comments have greatly helped us improve our manuscript. We have carefully considered all the comments and suggestions made by the reviewers and have revised them to address each point. Below, we provide detailed responses to each of the reviewers' comments. Please note that the line numbers mentioned in the following responses correspond to the line numbers in the clean version of the manuscript.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This study was to examine the associations of a healthy lifestyle with comprehensive and organ-specific biological ages. It emphasized the importance of lifestyle factors in biological ages, which were defined using common blood biomarkers and body measures.

      Strengths:

      The data were from a large cohort study and defined comprehensive and six-specified biological ages.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Since only 8.5% of participants from the CMEC (China Multi-Ethnic Cohort Study) were included in the study, has any section bias happened?

      Thank you for your valuable question. We understand the concern regarding the potential selection bias due to only 8.5% of participants being included in the study. The baseline survey of China Multi-Ethnic Cohort Study (CMEC) employed a rigorous multi-stage stratified cluster sampling method and the repeat survey reevaluated approximately 10% of baseline participants through community-based cluster random sampling. Therefore, the sample of the repeat survey is representative. The second reason for the loss of sample size was the availability of biomarkers for BA calculation. We have compared characteristic of the overall population, the population included in and excluded from this study. Most characteristics were similar, but participants included in this study showed better in some health-related variables, one potential reason is healthier individuals were more likely to complete the follow-up survey. In conclusion, we believe that the impact of selection bias is limited.

      Author response table 1.

      Baseline characteristics of participants included and not included in the study

      BA, biological age; BMI, body mass index; CVD, cardiovascular disease; HLI, healthy lifestyle indicator.

      1 Data are presented as median (25th, 75th percentile) for continuous variables and count (percentage) for categorical variables.

      2 For HLI, "healthy" corresponds to a score of 4-5.

      3 Information on each validated BA has been reported. BA acceleration is the difference between each BA and CA in the same survey.

      (2) The authors should specify the efficiency of FFQ. How can FFQ genuinely reflect the actual intake? Moreover, how was the aMED calculated?

      Thank you for the comments and questions. We appreciate the opportunity to clarify these aspects of our study. For the first question, we evaluated the FFQ's reproducibility and validity by conducting repeated FFQs and 24-hour dietary recalls at the baseline survey. Intraclass correlation coefficients (ICC) for reproducibility ranged from 0.15 for fresh vegetables to 0.67 for alcohol, while deattenuated Spearman rank correlations for validity ranged from 0.10 for soybean products to 0.66 for rice. More details are provided in our previous study (Lancet Reg Health West Pac, 2021). We have added the corresponding content in both the main text and the supplementary materials.

      Methods, Page 8, lines 145-146: “The FFQ's reproducibility and validity were evaluated by conducting repeated FFQs and 24-hour dietary recalls.”

      Supplementary methods, Dietary assessment: “We evaluated the FFQ's reproducibility and validity by conducting repeated FFQs and 24-hour dietary recalls. Intraclass correlation coefficients for reproducibility ranged from 0.15 for fresh vegetables to 0.67 for alcohol, while deattenuated Spearman rank correlations for validity ranged from 0.10 for soybean products to 0.66 for rice.”

      For the second question, we apologize for any confusion. To avoid taking up too much space in the main text, we decided not to include the detailed aMED calculation (as described in Circulation, 2009) there and instead placed it in the supplementary materials:

      “Our calculated aMED score incorporates eight components: vegetables, legumes, fruits, whole grains, fish, the ratio of monounsaturated fatty acids (MUFA) to saturated fatty acids (SFA), red and processed meats, and alcohol. Each component's consumption was divided into sex-specific quintiles. Scores ranging from 1 to 5 were assigned based on quintile rankings to each component, except for red and processed meats and alcohol, for which the scoring was inverted. The alcohol criteria for the aMED was defined as moderate consumption. Since the healthy lifestyle index (HLI) already contained a drinking component, we removed the drinking item in the aMED, which had a score range of 7-35 with a higher score reflecting better adherence to the overall Mediterranean dietary pattern. We defined individuals with aMED scores ≥ population median as healthy diets.”

      Reference:

      (1) Xiao X, Qin Z, Lv X, Dai Y, Ciren Z, Yangla Y, et al. Dietary patterns and cardiometabolic risks in diverse less-developed ethnic minority regions: results from the China Multi-Ethnic Cohort (CMEC) Study. Lancet Reg Health West Pac. 2021;15:100252. doi: 10.1016/j.lanwpc.2021.100252.

      (2) Fung TT, Rexrode KM, Mantzoros CS, Manson JE, Willett WC, Hu FB. Mediterranean diet and incidence of and mortality from coronary heart disease and stroke in women. Circulation. 2009;119(8):1093-100. doi: 10.1161/circulationaha.108.816736.

      (3) HLI (range) and HLI (category) should be clearly defined.

      Thank you for the comment. We have added the definition of HLI (range) and HLI (category) in the methods section:

      Methods P9 lines 165-170: “The HLI was calculated by directly adding up the five lifestyle scores, ranging from 0-5, with a higher score representing an overall healthier lifestyle, denoted as HLI (range) in the following text. We then transformed HLI into a dichotomous variable in this study, denoted as HLI (category), where a score of 4-5 for HLI was considered a healthy lifestyle, and a score of 0-3 was considered an unfavorable lifestyle that could be improved.”

      (4) The comprehensive rationale and each specific BA construction should be clearly defined and discussed. For example, can cardiopulmonary BA be reflected only by using cardiopulmonary status? I do not think so.

      Thank you for the opportunity to clarify. We constructed the comprehensive BA based on all the available biochemical data from the CMEC study, selecting aging-related markers (J Gerontol A Biol Sci Med Sci, 2021), and further construct organ-specific BAs based on these selected biomarkers. The KDM algorithm does not specify biomarker types but requires them to be correlated with chronological age (CA) (Ageing Dev, 2006). Existing studies typically construct BA based on available biomarker, we included 15 biomarkers in this study, which could be considered comprehensive and extensive compared to previous research (J Transl Med. 2023; J Am Heart Assoc. 2024; Nat Cardiovasc Res. 2024). For how the biomarkers for each organ-specific BAs were selected, we categorized biomarkers primarily based on their relevance to the structure and function of each organ system according to the classification in previous studies (Nat Med, 2023; Cell Rep, 2022). Since the biomarkers we used came from clinical-lab data sets, they were categorized based on the clinical interpretation of blood chemistry tests following the methods outlined in the two referenced papers (Nat Med, 2023; Cell Rep, 2022). We only used biomarkers directly related to each specific system to minimize overlap between the indicators used for different BAs, thereby preserving the distinctiveness of organ-specific BAs. We acknowledge the limitations of this approach that a few biomarkers may not fully capture the complete aging process of a system, and certain indicators may be missing due to data constraints. However, the multi-organ BAs we constructed are cost-effective, easy to implement, and have been validated, making them valuable despite the limitations.

      Reference:

      (1) Verschoor CP, Belsky DW, Ma J, Cohen AA, Griffith LE, Raina P. Comparing Biological Age Estimates Using Domain-Specific Measures From the Canadian Longitudinal Study on Aging. J Gerontol A Biol Sci Med Sci. 2021;76(2):187-94. doi: 10.1093/gerona/glaa151.

      (2) Klemera P, Doubal S. A new approach to the concept and computation of biological age. Mech Ageing Dev. 2006;127(3):240-8. doi: 10.1016/j.mad.2005.10.004

      (3) Zhang R, Wu M, Zhang W, Liu X, Pu J, Wei T, et al. Association between life's essential 8 and biological ageing among US adults. J Transl Med. 2023;21(1):622. doi: 10.1186/s12967-023-04495-8.

      (4) Forrester SN, Baek J, Hou L, Roger V, Kiefe CI. A Comparison of 5 Measures of Accelerated Biological Aging and Their Association With Incident Cardiovascular Disease: The CARDIA Study. J Am Heart Assoc. 2024;13(8):e032847. doi: 10.1161/jaha.123.032847.

      (5) Jiang M, Tian S, Liu S, Wang Y, Guo X, Huang T, Lin X, Belsky DW, Baccarelli AA, Gao X. Accelerated biological aging elevates the risk of cardiometabolic multimorbidity and mortality. Nat Cardiovasc Res. 2024;3(3):332-42. doi: 10.1038/s44161-024-00438-8.

      (6) Tian YE, Cropley V, Maier AB, Lautenschlager NT, Breakspear M, Zalesky A. Heterogeneous aging across multiple organ systems and prediction of chronic disease and mortality. Nat Med. 2023;29(5):1221-31. doi: 10.1038/s41591-023-02296-6.

      (7) Nie C, Li Y, Li R, Yan Y, Zhang D, Li T, et al. Distinct biological ages of organs and systems identified from a multi-omics study. Cell Rep. 2022;38(10):110459. doi: 10.1016/j.celrep.2022.110459.

      (5) The lifestyle index is defined based on an equal-weight approach, but this does not reflect reality and cannot fully answer the research questions it raises.

      Thank you very much for your valuable suggestion. We used equal weight healthy lifestyle index (HLI) partly to facilitate comparisons with other studies. The equal-weight approach to construct the HLI is commonly used in current research (Bmj, 2021; Diabetes Care. 2022; Arch Gerontol Geriatr. 2022). The equal-weight HLI can demonstrate the average benefit of adopting each additional healthy lifestyle and avoid assumptions about the relative importance of different behaviors, which may vary depending on the population. To further clarify the importance of each lifestyle factor, we conducted quantile G-computation analysis, which can reflect the weight differences between lifestyle factors (PLoS Med, 2020; Clin Epigenetics, 2022).

      Reference:

      (1) Zhang YB, Chen C, Pan XF, Guo J, Li Y, Franco OH, Liu G, Pan A. Associations of healthy lifestyle and socioeconomic status with mortality and incident cardiovascular disease: two prospective cohort studies. Bmj. 2021;373:n604. doi: 10.1136/bmj.n604.

      (2) Han H, Cao Y, Feng C, Zheng Y, Dhana K, Zhu S, Shang C, Yuan C, Zong G. Association of a Healthy Lifestyle With All-Cause and Cause-Specific Mortality Among Individuals With Type 2 Diabetes: A Prospective Study in UK Biobank. Diabetes Care. 2022;45(2):319-29. doi: 10.2337/dc21-1512.

      (3) Jin S, Li C, Cao X, Chen C, Ye Z, Liu Z. Association of lifestyle with mortality and the mediating role of aging among older adults in China. Arch Gerontol Geriatr. 2022;98:104559. doi: 10.1016/j.archger.2021.104559.

      (4) Chudasama YV, Khunti K, Gillies CL, Dhalwani NN, Davies MJ, Yates T, Zaccardi F. Healthy lifestyle and life expectancy in people with multimorbidity in the UK Biobank: A longitudinal cohort study. PLoS Med. 2020;17(9):e1003332. doi: 10.1371/journal.pmed.1003332.

      (5) Kim K, Zheng Y, Joyce BT, Jiang H, Greenland P, Jacobs DR, Jr., et al. Relative contributions of six lifestyle- and health-related exposures to epigenetic aging: the Coronary Artery Risk Development in Young Adults (CARDIA) Study. Clin Epigenetics. 2022;14(1):85. doi: 10.1186/s13148-022-01304-9.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      This interesting study focuses on the association between lifestyle factors and comprehensive and organ-specific biological aging in a multi-ethnic cohort from Southwest China. It stands out for its large sample size, longitudinal design, and robust statistical analysis.

      Some issues deserve clarification to enhance this paper:

      (1) How were the biochemical indicators for organ-specific biological ages chosen, and are these indicators appropriate? Additionally, a more detailed description of the multi-organ biological ages should be provided to help understand the distribution and characteristics of BAs.

      We thank you for raising this point. As explained in our response to the fourth question from the first reviewer, we constructed the comprehensive BA b ased on all the available biochemical data from the CMEC study, selecting aging-related markers (J Gerontol A Biol Sci Med Sci, 2021), and further construct organ-specific BAs based on these selected biomarkers. The KDM algorithm does not specify biomarker types but requires them to be correlated with chronological age (CA) (Ageing Dev, 2006). Existing studies typically construct BA based on available biomarker, we included 15 biomarkers in this study, which could be considered comprehensive and extensive compared to previous research (J Transl Med. 2023; J Am Heart Assoc. 2024; Nat Cardiovasc Res. 2024). For how   the biomarkers for each organ-specific BAs were selected, we categorized biomarkers primarily based on their relevance to the structure and function of each organ system according to the classification in previous studies (Nat Med, 2023; Cell Rep, 2022). Since the biomarkers we used came from clinical-lab data sets, they were categorized based on the clinical interpretation of blood chemistry tests (Nat Med, 2023). We only used biomarkers directly related to each specific system to minimize overlap between the indicators used for different BAs, thereby preserving the distinctiveness of organ-specific BAs.

      We have added a descriptive table for the comprehensive and organ systems BAs in the supplementary materials to provide a more detailed understanding of the distribution and characteristics of BAs:

      Author response table 2.

      Description of BA and BA acceleration1

      BA, biological age

      1 Data are presented as mean (standard deviation).

      (2) The authors categorized the HLI score into a dichotomous variable, which may cause a loss of information. How did the authors address this potential issue?

      Thank you for raising this concern. We categorized each lifestyle factor into a binary variable based on relevant guidelines and studies, which recommend assigning a score of 1 if the guideline or study recommendations are met (Bmj, 2021; J Am Heart Assoc, 2023). While dichotomization may lead to some loss of information, it allows for a clearer interpretation and comparison of adherence to ideal healthy lifestyle behaviors. Another advantage of this treatment is that it allows for easy comparison with other studies. We categorized the HLI score into a dichotomous variable to enhance the practical relevance of the results (J Gerontol A Biol Sci Med Sci, 2021). Additionally, we conducted analyses using the continuous HLI score to ensure that our findings were robust, and the results were consistent with those obtained using the dichotomous HLI.

      Reference:

      (1) Verschoor CP, Belsky DW, Ma J, Cohen AA, Griffith LE, Raina P. Comparing Biological Age Estimates Using Domain-Specific Measures From the Canadian Longitudinal Study on Aging. J Gerontol A Biol Sci Med Sci. 2021;76(2):187-94. doi: 10.1093/gerona/glaa151.

      (2) Klemera P, Doubal S. A new approach to the concept and computation of biological age. Mech Ageing Dev. 2006;127(3):240-8. doi: 10.1016/j.mad.2005.10.004

      (3) Zhang R, Wu M, Zhang W, Liu X, Pu J, Wei T, et al. Association between life's essential 8 and biological ageing among US adults. J Transl Med. 2023;21(1):622. doi: 10.1186/s12967-023-04495-8.

      (4) Forrester SN, Baek J, Hou L, Roger V, Kiefe CI. A Comparison of 5 Measures of Accelerated Biological Aging and Their Association With Incident Cardiovascular Disease: The CARDIA Study. J Am Heart Assoc. 2024;13(8):e032847. doi: 10.1161/jaha.123.032847.

      (5) Jiang M, Tian S, Liu S, Wang Y, Guo X, Huang T, Lin X, Belsky DW, Baccarelli AA, Gao X. Accelerated biological aging elevates the risk of cardiometabolic multimorbidity and mortality. Nat Cardiovasc Res. 2024;3(3):332-42. doi: 10.1038/s44161-024-00438-8.

      (6) Tian YE, Cropley V, Maier AB, Lautenschlager NT, Breakspear M, Zalesky A. Heterogeneous aging across multiple organ systems and prediction of chronic disease and mortality. Nat Med. 2023;29(5):1221-31. doi: 10.1038/s41591-023-02296-6.

      (7) Nie C, Li Y, Li R, Yan Y, Zhang D, Li T, et al. Distinct biological ages of organs and systems identified from a multi-omics study. Cell Rep. 2022;38(10):110459. doi: 10.1016/j.celrep.2022.110459.

      (3) Because lifestyle data are self-reported, they may suffer from recall bias. This issue needs to be addressed in the limitations section.

      Thank you for your valuable suggestion. We acknowledge that the use of self-reported lifestyle data in our study may introduce recall bias, potentially affecting the accuracy of the information collected. We have added the following statement to the limitations section of our manuscript:

      Discussion, Page 22, lines 463-464: “Fifth, assessment of lifestyle factors was based on self-reported data collected through questionnaires, which may be subject to recall bias.”

      (4) It should be clarified whether the adjusted CA is the baseline value of CA. Additionally, why did the authors choose models with additional adjustments for time-invariant variables as their primary analysis? This approach does not align with standard FEM analysis (Lines 261-263).

      Thank you for the opportunity to clarify. We have changed the sentence to “baseline CA”. For the second question, in a standard fixed effects model (FEM), only time-varying variables are typically included. However, to enhance the flexibility of our models and account for potential variations in the association of time-invariant variables with CA, as has been commonly done in previous studies, we additionally adjusted for time-invariant variables and the baseline value of CA (BMC Med Res Methodol, 2024; Am J Clin Nutr, 2020). Moreover, sensitivity analyses using the standard FEM were conducted in this study, and robust results were obtained.

      Reference:

      (1) Tang D, Hu Y, Zhang N, Xiao X, Zhao X. Change analysis for intermediate disease markers in nutritional epidemiology: a causal inference perspective. BMC Med Res Methodol. 2024;24(1):49. doi: 10.1186/s12874-024-02167-9.

      (2) Trichia E, Luben R, Khaw KT, Wareham NJ, Imamura F, Forouhi NG. The associations of longitudinal changes in consumption of total and types of dairy products and markers of metabolic risk and adiposity: findings from the European Investigation into Cancer and Nutrition (EPIC)-Norfolk study, United Kingdom. Am J Clin Nutr. 2020;111(5):1018-26. doi: 10.1093/ajcn/nqz335.

      (5) How is the relative contribution calculated in the QGC analysis? The relative contribution of some lifestyle factors is not shown in Figure 2 and the supplementary figures, such as Supplementary Figure 7. These omissions should be explained.

      Thanks for the questions. The QGC obtains causal relationships and estimates weights for each component, which has been widely used in epidemiological research. More details about QGC can be found in the supplementary methods. The reason some results are not displayed is that we assumed all healthy lifestyle changes would have a protective effect on BA acceleration. However, the effect size of some lifestyle factors did not align with this assumption and lacked statistical significance. Because positive and negative weights were calculated separately in QGC, with all positive weights summing to 1 and all negative weights summing to 1, these factors would have had large positive weights. To avoid potential misunderstandings, we chose not to include these results in the figures. We have added explanations to the figure legends where applicable:

      “The blue bars represent results that are statistically significant in the FEM analysis, while the gray bars represent results in the FEM analysis that were not found to be statistically significant and positive weights were not shown.”

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      To enhance this paper, some issues deserve clarification:

      (1) How were the biochemical indicators for organ-specific biological ages chosen, and are these indicators appropriate? Additionally, please provide a more detailed description of the multi-organ biological ages to help understand BAs' the distribution and characteristics.

      (2) The authors categorized the HLI score into a dichotomous variable, which may cause a loss of information. How did the authors address this potential issue?

      (3) Because lifestyle data are self-reported, they may suffer from recall bias. This issue needs to be addressed in the limitations section.

      (4) Lines 261-263: Please clarify if the adjusted CA is the baseline value of CA. Additionally, why did you choose models with additional adjustments for time-invariant variables as your primary analysis? This approach does not align with standard FEM analysis.

      (5) How is the relative contribution calculated in the QGC analysis? The relative contribution of some lifestyle factors is not shown in Figure 2 and the supplementary figures, such as Supplementary Figure 7. Please explain these omissions.

      The above five issues overlap with those raised by Reviewer #2 (Public Review). Please refer to the responses provided earlier.

      Minor revision:

      Line 50: The expression "which factors" should be changed to "which lifestyle factor."

      Thank you for the suggestion. As suggested, we have used “which lifestyle factor” instead.

      Lines 91-92: "Aging exhibits variations across and with individuals" appears to be a clerical error. According to the context, it should be "Aging exhibits variations across and within individuals."

      We thank the reviewer for the correction. We have updated the text to read:

      “Aging exhibits variations across and within individuals.”

      Line 154: The authors mentioned "Considering previous studies" but lacked references. Please add the appropriate citations.

      Thank you for pointing this out. We apologize for the oversight. We have now added the appropriate citations to support the statement "Considering previous studies" in the revised manuscript.

      Lines 170-171: "regular exercise ("12 times/week", "3-5 times/week," or "daily or almost every day")"; the first item in parentheses should be "1-2 times/week"? Please verify and correct if necessary. Additionally, check the entire text carefully to avoid confusion caused by clerical errors.

      Thank you for your careful review. We have changed the sentence to "1-2 times/week." We have thoroughly checked the entire manuscript to ensure that no other clerical errors remain.

      Clarifications for Table 1:

      i. The expression "HLI=0" is difficult to understand. Please provide a more straightforward explanation or rephrase it.

      Thank you for your feedback. We have removed the confusing expression and provided a clearer explanation in the table legend for better understanding:

      “For HLI (category), "healthy" corresponds to a score of 4-5, while "unfavorable" corresponds to a score of 0-3.”

      ii. The baseline age is presented as an integer, but the follow-up age is not. Please clarify this discrepancy.

      Thank you for pointing out this discrepancy. We calculated the precise chronological age based on based on participants' survey dates and birth dates for the biological age calculations. Initially, the table presented age as integers, but we have now updated it to show the precise ages.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1:

      (1) Given that this is one of the first studies to report the mapping of longitudinal intactness of proviral genomes in the globally dominant subtype C, the manuscript would benefit from placing these findings in the context of what has been reported in other populations, for example, how decay rates of intact and defective genomes compare with that of other subtypes where known.  

      Most published studies are from men living with HIV-1 subtype B and the studies are not from the hyperacute infection phase and therefore a direct head-to-head comparison with the FRESH study is difficult.  However, we can cite/highlight and contrast our study with a few a few examples from acute infection studies as follows.

      a. Peluso et. al., JCI, 2020, showed that in Caucasian men (SCOPE study), with subtype B infection, initiating ART during chronic infection virus intact genomes decayed at a rate of 15.7% per year, while defective genomes decayed at a rate of 4% per year.  In our study we showed that in chronic treated participants genomes decreased at a rate of 25% (intact) and 3% (defective) per month for the first 6 months of treatment.

      b. White et. al., PNAS, 2021, demonstrated that in a cohort of African, white and mixed-race American men treated during acute infection, the rate of decay of intact viral genomes in the first phase of decay was <0.3 logs copies in the first 2-3 weeks following ART initiation. In the FRESH cohort our data from acute treated participants shows a comparable decay rate of 0.31 log copies per month for virus intact genomes.

      c. A study in Thailand (Leyre et. al., 2020, Science Translational Medicine), of predominantly HIV-1 CRF01-AE subtype compared HIV-reservoir levels in participants starting ART at the earliest stages of acute HIV infection (in the RV254/SEARCH 010 cohort) and participants initiating ART during chronic infection (in SEARCH 011 and RV304/SEARCH 013 cohorts). In keeping with our study, they showed that the frequency of infected cells with integrated HIV DNA remained stable in participants who initiated ART during chronic infection, while there was a sharp decay in these infected cells in all acutely treated individuals during the first 12 weeks of therapy.  Rates of decay were not provided and therefore a direct comparison with our data from the FRESH cohort is not possible.

      d. A study by Bruner et. al., Nat. Med. 2016, described the composition of proviral populations in acute treated (within 100 days) and chronic treated (>180 days), predominantly male subtype B cohort. In comparison to the FRESH chronic treated group, they showed that in chronic treated infection 98% (87% in FRESH) of viral genomes were defective, 80% (60% in FRESH) had large internal deletions and 14% (31% in FRESH) were hypermutated.  In acute treated 93% (48% in FRESH) were defective and 35% (7% in FRESH) were hypermutated.  The differences frequency of hypermutations could be explained by the differences in timing of infection specifically in the acute treated groups where FRESH participants initiate ART at a median of 1 day after infection.  It is also possible that sex- or race-based differences in immunological factors that impact the reservoir may play a role.  

      This study also showed that large deletions are non-random and occur at hotspots in the HIV-1 genome. The design of the subtype B IPDA assay (Bruner et. al., Nature, 2019) is based on optimal discrimination between intact and deleted sequences - obtained with a 5′ amplicon in the Ψ region and a 3′ amplicon in Envelope. This suggest that Envelope is a hotspot for large while deletions in Ψ is the site of frequent small deletions and is included in larger 5′ deletions. In the FRESH cohort of HIV-1 subtype C, genome deletions were most frequently observed between Integrase and Envelope relative to Gag (p<0.0001–0.001).

      e. In 2017, Heiner et. al., in Cell Rep, also described genetic characteristics of the latent HIV-1 reservoir in 3 acute treated and 3 chronic treated male study participants with subtype B HIV.  Their data was similar to Bruner et. al. above showing proportions of intact proviruses in participants who initiated therapy during acute/early infection at 6% (94% defective) and chronic infection at 3% (97% defective). In contrast the frequencies in FRESH in acute treated were 52% intact and 48% defective and in chronic infection were 13% intact and 87% defective.  These differences could be attributed to the timing of treatment initiation where in the aforementioned study early treatment ranged from 0.6-3.4 months after infection.

      (2) Indeed, in the abstract, the authors indicate that treatment was initiated before the peak. The use of the term 'peak' viremia in the hyperacute-treated group could perhaps be replaced with 'highest recorded viral load'. The statistical comparison of this measure in the two groups is perhaps more relevant with regards to viral burden over time or area under the curve viral load as these are previously reported as correlates of reservoir size.

      We have edited the manuscript text to describe the term peak viraemia in hyperacute treated participants more clearly (lines 443-444). We have now performed an analysis of area under the curve to compare viral burden in the two study groups and found associations with proviral DNA levels after one year. This has been added to the results section (lines 162-163).

      Reviewer #2:

      (1) Other factors also deserve consideration and include age, and environment (e.g. other comorbidities and coinfections.)

      We agree that these factors could play a role however participants in this study were of similar age (18-23), and information on co-morbidities and coinfections are not known.

      Reviewer #3:

      (1) The word reservoir should not be used to describe proviral DNA soon after ART initiation. It is generally agreed upon that there is still HIV DNA from actively infected cells (phase 1 & 2 decay of RNA) during the first 6-12 months of ART. Only after a full year of uninterrupted ART is it really safe to label intact proviral HIV DNA as an approximation of the reservoir. This should be amended throughout.

      We agree and where appropriate have amended the use of the word reservoir to only refer to the proviral load after full viral suppression, i.e., undetectable viral load.

      (2) All raw, individualized data should be made available for modelers and statisticians. It would be very nice to see the RNA and DNA data presented in a supplementary figure by an individual to get a better grasp of intra-host kinetics.

      We will make all relevant data available and accessible to interested parties on request. We have now added a section on data availability (lines 489-491).

      (3) The legend of Supplementary Figure 2 should list when samples were taken.

      The data in this figure represents an overall analysis of all sequences available for each participant at all time points.  This has now been explained more clearly in the figure legend.

      Recommendations for The Authors:

      Reviewer #1:

      (1) It is recommended that the introduction includes information to set the scene regarding what is currently reported on the composition of the reservoir for those not in the immediate field of study i.e., the reported percentage of defective genomes and in which settings/populations genome intactness has been mapped, as this remains an area of limited information.

      We have now included summary of other reported findings in the field in the introduction (lines 89-92, 9498) and discussion (lines 345-350).  A more detailed overview has been provided in the response to public reviews.

      (2) It may be beneficial to state in the main text of the paper what the purpose of the Raltegravir was and that it was only administered post-suppression. Looking at Table 1, only the hyperacute treatment group received Raltegravir and this could be seen as a confounder as it is an integrase inhibitor. Therefore, this should be explained.

      Once Raltegravir became available in South Africa, all new acute infections in the study cohort had an intensified 4-drug regimen that included Raltegravir.  A more detailed explanation has now been included in the methods section (lines 435-437).

      (3) Can the authors explain why the viral measures at 6 months post-ART are not shown for chronictreated individuals in Figure 1 or reported on in the text?

      The 6 months post-ART time point has been added to Figure 1.

      (4) Can the authors indicate in the discussion, how the breakdown of proviral composition compares to subtype B as reported in the literature, for example, are the common sites of deletion similar, or is the frequency of hypermutation similar?

      Added to discussion (lines 345-350).

      (5) Do the numbers above the bars in Figure 3 represent the number of sampled genomes? If so, this should be stated.

      Yes, the numbers above the bars represent the number of sampled genomes. This has been added to the Figure 3 legend.

      (6) In the section starting on line 141, the introduction implies a comparison with immunological features, yet what is being compared are markers of clinical disease progression rather than immune responses. This should be clarified/corrected.

      This has been corrected (line 153).

      (7) Line 170 uses the term 'immediately' following infection, however, was this not 1 -3 days after?

      We have changed the word “immediately” to “1-3 days post-detection” (line 181).

      (8) Can the sampling time-points for the two groups be given for the longitudinal sequencing analysis?

      The sequencing time points for each group is depicted in Figure 2.

      (9) Line 183 indicates that intact genomes contributed 65% of the total sequence pool, yet it's given as 35% in the paragraph above. Should this be defective genomes?

      Yes, this was a typographical error.  Now corrected to read “defective genomes” (line 193).

      (10) The section on decay kinetics of intact and defective genomes seems to overlap with the section above and would flow better if merged.

      Well noted, however we choose to keep these sections separate.

      (11) Some references in the text are given in writing instead of numbering.

      This has been corrected.

      (12) In the clonal expansion results section, can it be indicated between which two time-points expansion was measured?

      This analysis was performed with all sequences available for each participant at all time points.  We have added this explanation to the respective Figure legend.

      Reviewer #2:

      (1) The statement on line 384 "Our data showed that early ART...preserves innate immune factors" - what innate immune factors are being referred to?

      We have removed this statement.

      (2) HLA genotyping methods are not included in the Methods section

      Now included and referenced (lines 481-483).

      (3) Are CD4:CD8 ratios available for the cohorts? This could be another informative clinical parameter to analyse in relation to HIV-1 proviral load after 1 year of ART – as done for the other variables (peak VL, and the CD4 measures).

      Yes, CD4:CD8 ratios are available. We performed the recommended analysis but found no associations with HIV-1 proviral load after 1 year of ART. We have added this to the results section (lines 163-164).

      (4) Reference formatting: Paragraph starting at line 247 (Contribution of clonal expansion...) - the two references in this paragraph are not cited according to the numbering system as for the rest of the manuscript. The Lui et al, 2020 reference is missing from the reference list - so will change all the numbering throughout.

      This has been corrected.

      Reviewer #3:

      (1) To allow comparison to past work. I suggest changing decay using % to half-life. I would also mention the multiple studies looking at total and intact HIV DNA decay rates in the intro.

      We do not have enough data points to get a good estimate of the half-life and therefor report decay as percentage per month for the first 6 months. 

      (2) Line 73: variability is the wrong word as inter-individual variability is remarkably low. I think the authors mean "difference" between intact and total.

      We have changed the word variability to difference as suggested.

      (3) Line 297: I am personally not convinced that there is data that definitively shows total HIV DNA impacting the pathophysiology of infection. All of this work is deeply confounded by the impact of past viremia. The authors should talk about this in more detail or eliminate this sentence.

      We have reworded the statement to read “Total HIV-1 DNA is an important biomarker of clinical outcomes.” (Lines 308-309).

      (4) Line 317; There is no target cell limitation for reservoir cells. The vast majority of CD4+ T cells during suppressive ART are uninfected. The mechanism listing the number of reservoir cells is necessarily not target cell limitation.

      We agree. The statement this refers to has been reworded as follows: “Considering, that the majority of CD4 T cells remain uninfected it is likely that this does not represent a higher number of target cells, and this warrants further investigation.” (lines 325-326).

      (5) Line 322: Some people in the field bristle at the concept of total HIV DNA being part of the reservoir as defective viruses do not contribute to viremia. Please consider rephrasing. 

      We acknowledge that there are deferring opinions regarding total HIV DNA being part of the reservoir as defective viruses do not contribute to viremia, however defective HIV proviruses may contribute to persistent immune dysfunction and T cell exhaustion that are associated comorbidities and adverse clinical outcomes in people living with HIV.  We have explained in the text that total HIV-DNA does not distinguish between replication-competent and -defective viruses that contribute to the viral reservoir.

      (6) Line 339: The under-sampling statement is an understatement. The degree of under-sampling is massive and biases estimates of clonality and sensitivity for intact HIV. Please see and consider citing work by Dan Reeves on this subject.

      We agree and have cited work by Dan Reeves (line 358).

      (7) Line 351: This is not a head-to-head comparison of biphasic decay as the Siliciano group's work (and others) does not start to consider HIV decay until one year after ART. I think it is important to not consider what happens during the first year of ART to be reservoir decay necessarily.

      Well noted.

      (8) Line 366-371: This section is underwritten. In nearly all PWH studies to date, observed reservoirs are highly clonal.

      We agree that observed reservoirs are highly clonal but have not added anything further to this section.

      (9) It would be nice to have some background in the intro & discussion about whether there is any a priori reason that clade C reservoirs, or reservoirs in South African women, might differ (or not) from clade B reservoirs observed in different study participants.

      We have now added this to the introduction (lines 94-103).

      (10) Line 248: This sentence is likely not accurate. It is probable that most of the reservoir is sustained by the proliferation of infected CD4+ T cells. 50% is a low estimate due to under-sampling leading to false singleton samples. Moreover, singletons can also be part of former clones that have contracted, which is a natural outcome for CD4+ T cells responding to antigens &/or exhibiting homeostasis. The data as reported is fine but more complex ecologic methods are needed to truly probe the clonal structure of the reservoir given severe under sampling.

      Well noted.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      We thank the reviewers for their time and thoughtful comments on our manuscript. 

      We realised a preliminary version of Figure 2 was initially submitted, which we are replacing now with a novel version. Differences between the two figures are : 1) The schematic in Figure 2a was replaced with a new one in line with that of Figure 3a; 2) in Figure 2c details about the statistical analysis were removed from the legend and one datapoint that was erroneously removed at day 5 for the ΔMYR1-Luc condition was included. Regardless, these changes do not affect the results and the conclusions initially drawn.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review): 

      Previous studies have highlighted some of these paracrine activities of Toxoplasma - and Rasogi et al (mBio, 2020) used a single cell sequencing approach of cells infected in vitro with the WT or MYR KO parasites - and one of their conclusions was that MYR-1 dependent paracrine activities counteract ROP-dependent processes.

      Similarly, Chen et al (JEM 2020) highlighted that a particular rhoptry protein (ROP16) could be injected into uninfected macrophages and move them to an anti-inflammatory state that might benefit the parasite. 

      We are aware of both these studies, where the injection of rhoptry proteins into cells that the parasite does not invade alters the host transcriptional profile establishing a permissive environment. However, here we propose a different paracrine effect that goes beyond the injected/uninfected cell. Specifically, we propose that one or more MYR1-dependent effectors alter the cytokine secretion profile of infected cells, which leads to overall changes in the immune response such as cell types recruited to the site of infection, or the activation state. 

      There are caveats around immunity and as yet no insight into how this works. In Figure 2 there is a marked defect in the ability of the parasites to expand at day 2 and day 5. Together, these data sets suggest that this paracrine effect mediated by MYR-1 works early - well before the development of adaptive responses. 

      Yes, we also hypothesise an early effect based on the data. Growth continues until day 5 at least, and then plateaus towards day 7, which makes us believe that the effect takes place within the first 5 days. We agree with the reviewer that the MYR1-mediated rescue acts before the involvement of the adaptive immune response, which is supported by our results obtained in Rag2-/- mice shown in Figure 3e. 

      Reviewer #2 (Public review): 

      Summary: 

      In this manuscript by Torelli et al., the authors propose that the major function of MYR1 and MYR1-dependent secreted proteins is to contribute to parasite survival in a paracrine manner rather than to protect parasites from cell-autonomous immune response. The authors conclude that these paracrine effects rescue ∆MYR1 or knockouts of MYR1-dependent effectors within pooled in vivo CRISPR screens. 

      Strengths: 

      The authors raised a more general concern that pooled CRISPR screens (not only in Toxoplasma but also other microbes or cancers) would miss important genes by "paracrine masking effect". Although there is no doubt that pooled CRISPR screens (especially in vivo CRISPR screens) are powerful techniques, I think this topic could be of interest to those fields and researchers. 

      Weaknesses: 

      In this version, the reviewer is not entirely convinced of the 'paracrine masking effect' because the in vivo experiments should include appropriate controls (see major point 2). 

      (1) It is convincing that co-infection of WT and ∆MYR1 parasites could rescue the growth of ∆MYR1 in mice shown by in vivo luciferase imaging. Also, this is consistent with ∆MYR1 parasites showing no in vivo fitness defect in the in vivo CRISPR screens conducted by several groups. Meanwhile, it has been reported previously and shown in this manuscript that ∆MYR1 parasites have an in vitro growth defect; however, ∆MYR1 parasites show no in vitro fitness defect the in vitro pooled CRISPR screen. The authors show that the competition defect of ∆MYR1 parasites cannot be rescued by co-infection with WT parasites in Figure 1c, which might indicate that no paracrine rescue occurred in an in vitro environment. The authors seem not to mention these discrepancies between in vitro CRISPR screens and in vitro competition assays. Why do ∆MYR1 parasites possess neutral in vitro fitness scores in in vitro CRISPR screens? Could the authors describe a reasonable hypothesis? 

      The reviewer raises a very interesting point, which at this stage, we cannot fully explain. A technical explanation could be that the relatively small growth defect detected for clean KOs, is not well represented in the CRISPR screens due to the variability of guides, where smaller differences in growth are not reliably captured and hidden within the noise of the assays. Another technical explanation may be median-centering: if the majority of KOs in the pool have a small growth defect, median centering would push these towards a zero. We have observed and reported this phenomenon in Young et al., 2019 for libraries containing a larger fraction of genes with a negative fitness score. In the library used here focusing on secreted proteins, we have not observed a strong trend to negative fitness scores, but cannot exclude smaller shifts. Because we have no solid base to favour any of the above mentioned explanations, we have decided to not speculate too much on this in the manuscript. However, we wanted to show all the data as the difference between these results may not be technical, but biological, which could inform future studies or results by us and others.  

      (2) The authors developed a mixed infection assay with an inoculum containing a 20:80 ratio of ΔMYR1-Luc parasites with either WT parasites or ΔMYR1 mutants not expressing luciferase, showing that the in vivo growth defect of ∆MYR1 parasites is rescued by the presence of WT parasites. Since this experiment lacks appropriate controls, interpretation could be difficult. Is this phenomenon specific to MYR1? If a co-inoculum of ∆GRA12-Luc with either WT parasites or GRA12 parasites not expressing luciferase is included, the data could be appropriately interpreted. 

      We are not quite sure what appropriate controls the reviewer refers to. We show here in Figures 3c and 3f that increasing parasite load by co-infecting mice with ∆MYR1 parasites is not sufficient to rescue ∆MYR1-Luc parasite growth. Co-infection with WT parasites, however, does result in increased ∆MYR1-Luc parasitaemia at day 7 p.i., indicating that MYR1 competence is required for the in vivo trans-rescue we describe. As ∆GRA12 parasites have a very strong cell-autonomous restriction in vitro and severe growth defect in vivo (Torelli et al., BioRxiv), these parasites would be rapidly depleted, which is also observed in all CRISPR screens from various laboratories. Therefore we do not think that co-infection with GRA12-deficient parasites would be an informative experiment here. We do speculate that mutant parasites for other proteins required for export (i.e. MYR 2, 3, 4, ROP17) could also be trans-rescued in addition to mutants for other MYR-dependent proteins such as GRA24 and GRA28, which remodel cytokine secretion and could individually, or synergistically, affect host cell immunity. Dissecting which Toxoplasma factor/s and host cytokine signalling pathways drive this trans-rescue effect is highly interesting, but beyond the scope of this manuscript. Here, we focused on the basic concept that an individual mutant can be rescued in trans in vivo, which we think is of importance beyond the field of Toxoplasma research. 

      (3) In the Discussion part, the authors argue that the rescue phenotype of mixed infection is not due to co-infection of host cells (lines 307-310). This data is important to support the authors' paracrine hypothesis and should be shown in the main figure.

      We understand the reviewer’s concern for rescue by co-infection of the same cell, but we largely exclude this hypothesis as Toxoplasma cell-autonomous effectors, such as GRA12 and ROP18, would also be rescued if that were to happen on a larger scale. We previously performed an in vivo experiment to assess co-infection rates of peritoneal exudate cells (PECs) by imaging using infection doses comparable to those used in the trans-rescue experiments. The total infection rate of PECs was 2.3%, so the overall number of infected cells per image was low, and not suitable for publication purposes. We tried to capture more cells using FACS analysis, however, PECs are highly autofluorescent in the yellow/green channels, which prevented us from drawing adequate conclusions using our GFP and mCherry strains. Because we see no rescue of GRA12 or ROP18 in CRISPR screens, and the overall in vivo co-infection rates were very low as observed by imaging, we did not think that generating strains expressing different fluorochromes compatible with standard FACS analysis, and then performing more in vivo experiments was best use of resources at the time. 

      (4) In the Discussion part, the authors assume that the rescue phenotype is the result of multiple MYR1-dependent effectors. I admit that this hypothesis could be possible since a recently published paper described the concerted action of numerous MYR1-dependent or independent effectors contributing to the hypermigration of infected cells (Ten Hoeve et al., mBio, 2024). I think this paragraph would be kind of overstated since the authors did not test any of the candidate effectors. Since the authors possess ∆IST parasites, they can test whether IST is involved in the "paracrine masking effect" or not to support their claim. 

      MYR1 deletion impairs the export of multiple Toxoplasma effectors into the host cell, including GRA16, GRA24, GRA28, HCE1/TEEGR etc, many of which can influence cytokine levels. As such, we speculate that it is a combination of multiple effector proteins that are responsible for the trans-rescue. As stated above, which parasite effectors, host cell types and cytokines are involved in the phenotype we describe are part of ongoing and future studies. Here, we wanted to focus on the key message, that in in vivo CRISPR screens, paracrine rescue of individual mutants can occur. While we will test IST mutants, it is probably not the top candidate as it only prevents upregulation of ISGs after exposure to IFN-γ, but has probably no role in already stimulated cells. As we still observe strong rescue past day 3, when IFN-γ levels are already elevated (Nishiyama 2020 Parasitol Int), IST probably plays no dominant role. 

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors): 

      (1) Figure 1 - it's not obvious what concentration of IFN-gamma is being used in these assays (sorry if this is stated somewhere else). 

      All in vitro experiments were performed with 100 U/ml IFN-γ as stated in the Material & Methods section, however added this information in the figure legend of Figure 1.

      (2) Figure 3 This reviewer wonders if earlier differences are buried in the data sets. In Figure 3b it looks like there are early differences but this is lost in the collated data analysis in 3c. An early difference is quite apparent in Figure 2. 

      We agree with the reviewer that a difference is visible at day 3 and 5 in Figure 3b, however differences between experimental groups became statistically significant only at day 7 in Figure 3c (N = 4 biological replicates). We cannot compare results between Figure 3c and Figure 2c as the latter reports 100% WT or ΔMYR1 infections and not 20:80 mixes.

      (3) The authors conclude from their in vitro studies that MYR-1 is not required for in vitro growth in IFN-g activated macrophages. Given that the WT parasites still rescue MYR KO parasites in RAG mice it does imply that this paracrine effect would impact early innate responses. Since RAG mice do have a strong ILC/NK cell response that leads to the local production of IFN-g it would seem like a reasonable candidate. Do the authors know if the MYR KO have improved growth in the absence of IFN-g in vivo? This could be done using KO mice or with IFN-g neutralization. 

      MYR1 displayed a neutral score in CRISPR screens in IFN-γ KO mice (Tachibana et al Cell Reports 2023), suggesting that lack of IFN-γ does not specifically improve MYR1 mutant growth compared to other mutants in a pool. We believe that the rescue is rather driven by other cytokines that have been shown to be altered in a MYR1 dependent manner (i.e CCL2, IL-6, IL-12). But as laid out before, this is subject of future studies.  

      This is a submission that might benefit from a graphical model of how the authors view this system working. 

      We agree with the reviewer and we added a graphical model to the manuscript. 

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors): 

      The authors previously published a study that combines CRISPR screens in Toxoplasma and host transcriptome by scRNA-seq (Butterworth et al., Cell Host Microbe 2023). I think the authors possess transcriptome of ∆MYR1-infected HFFs. Although I understand this screen is conducted in in-vitro culture and human fibroblasts, are there any differentially expressed genes or pathways that could explain the paracrine rescue phenomenon described in this manuscript?

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful comment, which is however hard to address.  Thousands of host cell genes within multiple pathways are affected by MYR1 deletion (Naor et al. mBio 2018; Butterworth et al. Cell Host Microbe 2023). Therefore the PerturbSeq dataset is not helpful to pinpoint specific immune mechanisms of rescue, and is speculative without any experimentation to back it up. However, we added a sentence in line 350 of the discussion to highlight known MYR1-related effects on immune-related pathways. “Individual MYR-related effectors that may be responsible for the paracrine rescue have not been investigated here and we hypothesise that the phenotype is likely the concerted result of multiple effectors that affect cytokine secretion. For example, previous studies showed that both GRA18 and GRA28 can induce release of CCL22 from infected cells (He 2018 eLife; Rudzki 2021 mBio), while GRA16 and HCE1/TEEGR impair NF-kB signalling and the potential release of pro-inflammatory cytokines such as IL-6, IL-1β and TNF (Seo 2020 Int J Mol Sci; Braun 2019 Nat Microbiol). Regardless of the effector(s), our results highlight an important novel function of MYR1-dependent effectors by establishing a supportive environment in trans for Toxoplasma growth within the peritoneum.”

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Strengths and weaknesses:

      Although the revised manuscript has significantly improved in the quality of pictures, there seems to be still a discrepancy in Figure 2A: quantification result suggested that NIC (1um) treatment increased the number of colonies from 300 to around 450 (1.5 folds), whereas representative picture shown that the difference was 3 to 12 living organoids (4 folds).

      As reviewer points out, the selected picture was not representative image of “control” group in Figure2A. We replaced it by the new representative image in this revised version.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      A minor point to be corrected:

      Please consider removing "In consistent with this notion", which is repetitive with "Similarly".

      " NIC is supposed to activate Wnt signaling via Hippo-YAP/TAZ and Notch signaling. In consistent with this notion. Similarly, the expression of target proteins (Sox9, TCF4 and, C-myc)..."

      We corrected it according to the reviewer’s suggestion.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Public Reviews: 

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review): 

      Tiedje et al. investigated the transient impact of indoor residual spraying (IRS) followed by seasonal malaria chemoprevention (SMC) on the plasmodium falciparum parasite population in a high transmission setting. The parasite population was characterized by sequencing the highly variable DBL$\alpha$ tag as a proxy for var genes, a method known as varcoding. Varcoding presents a unique opportunity due to the extraordinary diversity observed as well as the extremely low overlap of repertoires between parasite strains. The authors also present a new Bayesian approach to estimating individual multiplicity of infection (MOI) from the measured DBL$\alpha$ repertoire, addressing some of the potential shortcomings of the approach that have been previously discussed. The authors also present a new epidemiological endpoint, the so-called "census population size", to evaluate the impact of interventions. This study provides a nice example of how varcoding technology can be leveraged, as well as the importance of using diverse genetic markers for characterizing populations, especially in the context of high transmission. The data are robust and clearly show the transient impact of IRS in a high transmission setting, however, some aspects of the analysis are confusing.

      (1) Approaching MOI estimation with a Bayesian framework is a well-received addition to the varcoding methodology that helps to address the uncertainty associated with not knowing the true repertoire size. It's unfortunate that while the authors clearly explored the ability to estimate the population MOI distribution, they opted to use only MAP estimates. Embracing the Bayesian methodology fully would have been interesting, as the posterior distribution of population MOI could have been better explored. 

      We thank the reviewer for appreciating the extension of var_coding we present here. We believe the comment on maximum _a posteriori (MAP) refers to the way we obtained population-level MOI from the individual MOI estimates. We would like to note that reliance on MAP was only one of two approaches we described, although we then presented only MAP.  Having calculated both, we did not observe major differences between the two, for this data set.  Nonetheless, we revised the manuscript to include the result based on the mixture distribution which considers all the individual MOI distributions in the Figure supplement 6.

      (2) The "census population size" endpoint has unclear utility. It is defined as the sum of MOI across measured samples, making it sensitive to the total number of samples collected and genotyped. This means that the values are not comparable outside of this study, and are only roughly comparable between strata in the context of prevalence where we understand that approximately the same number of samples were collected. In contrast, mean MOI would be insensitive to differences in sample size, why was this not explored? It's also unclear in what way this is a "census". While the sample size is certainly large, it is nowhere near a complete enumeration of the parasite population in question, as evidenced by the extremely low level of pairwise type sharing in the observed data. 

      We consider the quantity a census in that it is a total enumeration or count of infections in a given population sample and over a given time period. In this sense, it gives us a tangible notion of the size of the parasite population, in an ecological sense, distinct from the formal effective population size used in population genetics. Given the low overlap between var repertoires of parasites (as observed in monoclonal infections), the population size we have calculated translates to a diversity of strains or repertoires.  But our focus here is in a measure of population size itself.  The distinction between population size in terms of infection counts and effective population size from population genetics has been made before for pathogens (see for example Bedford et al. for the seasonal influenza virus and for the measles virus (Bedford et al., 2011)), and it is also clear in the ecological literature for non-pathogen populations (Palstra and Fraser, 2012). 

      We completely agree with the dependence of our quantity on sample size. We used it for comparisons across time of samples of the same depth, to describe the large population size characteristic of high transmission which persists across the IRS intervention. Of course, one would like to be able to use this quantity across studies that differ in sampling depth and the reviewer makes an insightful and useful suggestion.  It is true that we can use mean MOI, and indeed there is a simple map between our population size and mean MOI (as we just need to divide or multiply by sample size, respectively) (Table supplement 7).  We can go further, as with mean MOI we can presumably extrapolate to the full sample size of the host population, or to the population size of another sample in another location. What is needed for this purpose is a stable mean MOI relative to sample size.  We can show that indeed in our study mean MOI is stable in that way, by subsampling to different depths our original sample (Figure supplement 8 in the revised manuscript). We now include in the revision discussion of this point, which allows an extrapolation of the census population size to the whole population of hosts in the local area.

      We have also clarified the time denominator: Given the typical duration of infection, we expect our population size to be representative of a per-generation measure_._

      (3) The extraordinary diversity of DBL$\alpha$ presents challenges to analyzing the data. The authors explore the variability in repertoire richness and frequency over the course of the study, noting that richness rapidly declined following IRS and later rebounded, while the frequency of rare types increased, and then later declined back to baseline levels. The authors attribute this to fundamental changes in population structure. While there may have been some changes to the population, the observed differences in richness as well as frequency before and after IRS may also be compatible with simply sampling fewer cases, and thus fewer DBL$\alpha$ sequences. The shift back to frequency and richness that is similar to pre-IRS also coincides with a similar total number of samples collected. The authors explore this to some degree with their survival analysis, demonstrating that a substantial number of rare sequences did not persist between timepoints and that rarer sequences had a higher probability of dropping out. This might also be explained by the extreme stochasticity of the highly diverse DBL$\alpha$, especially for rare sequences that are observed only once, rather than any fundamental shifts in the population structure.

      We thank the reviewer raising this question which led us to consider whether the change in the number of DBLα types over the course of the study (and intervention) follows from simply sampling fewer P. falciparum cases. We interpreted this question as basically meaning that one can predict the former from the latter in a simple way, and that therefore, tracking the changes in DBLα type diversity would be unnecessary.  A simple map would be for example a linear relationship (a given proportion of DBLα types lost given genomes lost), and even more trivially, a linear loss with a slope of one (same proportion).  Note, however, that for such expectations, one needs to rely on some knowledge of strain structure and gene composition. In particular, we would need to assume a complete lack of overlap and no gene repeats in a given genome. We have previously shown that immune selection leads to selection for minimum overlap and distinct genes in repertoires at high transmission (see for example (He et al., 2018)) for theoretical and empirical evidence of both patterns). Also, since the size of the gene pool is very large, even random repertoires would lead to limited overlap (even though the empirical overlap is even smaller than that expected at random (Day et al., 2017)). Despite these conservators, we cannot a priori assume a pattern of complete non-overlap and distinct genes, and ignore plausible complexities introduced by the gene frequency distribution.  

      To examine this insightful question, we simulated the loss of a given proportion of genomes from baseline in 2012 and examined the resulting loss of DBLα types. We specifically cumulated the loss of infections in individuals until it reached a given proportion (we can do this on the basis of the estimated individual MOI values). We repeated this procedure 500 times for each proportion, as the random selection of individual infection to be removed, introduces some variation. Figure 2 below shows that the relationship is nonlinear, and that one quantity is not a simple proportion of the other.  For example, the loss of half the genomes does not result in the loss of half the DBLα types. 

      Author response image 1.

      Non-linear relationship between the loss of DBLα types and the loss of a given proportion of genomes. The graph shows that the removal of parasite genomes from the population through intervention does not lead to the loss of the same proportion of DBLα types, as the initial removal of genomes involves the loss of rare DBLα types mostly whereas common DBLα types persist until a high proportion of genomes are lost. The survey data (pink dots) used for this subsampling analysis was sampled at the end of wet/high transmission season in Oct 2012 from Bongo District from northern Ghana. We used the Bayesian formulation of the _var_coding method proposed in this work to calculate the multiplicity of infection of each isolate to further obtain the total number of genomes. The randomized surveys (black dots) were obtained based on “curveball algorithm” (Strona et al., 2014) which keep isolate lengths and type frequency distribution.

      We also investigated whether the resulting pattern changed significantly if we randomized the composition of the isolates.  We performed such randomization with the “curveball algorithm” (Strona et al., 2014). This algorithm randomizes the presence-absence matrix with rows corresponding to the isolates and columns, to the different DBLα types; importantly, it preserves the DBLα type frequency and the length of isolates. We generated 500 randomizations and repeated the simulated loss of genomes as above. The data presented in Figure 2 above show that the pattern is similar to that obtained for the empirical data presented in this study in Ghana. We interpret this to mean that the number of genes is so large, that the reduced overlap relative to random due to immune selection (see (Day et al., 2017)) does not play a key role in this specific pattern. 

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):  

      In this manuscript, Tiedje and colleagues longitudinally track changes in parasite numbers across four time points as a way of assessing the effect of malaria control interventions in Ghana. Some of the study results have been reported previously, and in this publication, the authors focus on age-stratification of the results. Malaria prevalence was lower in all age groups after IRS. Follow-up with SMC, however, maintained lower parasite prevalence in the targeted age group but not the population as a whole. Additionally, they observe that diversity measures rebounds more slowly than prevalence measures. Overall, I found these results clear, convincing, and well-presented. They add to a growing literature that demonstrates the relevance of asymptomatic reservoirs.  There is growing interest in developing an expanded toolkit for genomic epidemiology in malaria, and detecting changes in transmission intensity is one major application. As the authors summarize, there is no one-size-fits-all approach, and the Bayesian MOIvar estimate developed here has the potential to complement currently used methods. I find its extension to a calculation of absolute parasite numbers appealing as this could serve as both a conceptually straightforward and biologically meaningful metric. However, I am not fully convinced the current implementation will be applied meaningfully across additional studies. 

      (1) I find the term "census population size" problematic as the groups being analyzed (hosts grouped by age at a single time point) do not delineate distinct parasite populations. Separate parasite lineages are not moving through time within these host bins. Rather, there is a single parasite population that is stochastically divided across hosts at each time point. I find this distinction important for interpreting the results and remaining mindful that the 2,000 samples at each time point comprise a subsample of the true population. Instead of "census population size", I suggest simplifying it to "census count" or "parasite lineage count".  It would be fascinating to use the obtained results to model absolute parasite numbers at the whole population level (taking into account, for instance, the age structure of the population), and I do hope this group takes that on at some point even if it remains outside the scope of this paper. Such work could enable calculations of absolute---rather than relative---fitness and help us further understand parasite distributions across hosts.

      Lineages moving exclusively through a given type of host or “patch”  are not a necessary requirement for enumerating the size of the total infections in such subset.  It is true that what we have is a single parasite population, but we are enumerating for the season the respective size in host classes (children and adults). This is akin to enumerating subsets of a population in ecological settings where one has multiple habitat patches, with individuals able to move across patches.

      Remaining mindful that the count is relative to sample size is an important point. Please see our response to comment (2) of reviewer 1, also for the choice of terminology. We prefer not to adopt “census count” as a census in our mind is a count, and we are not clear on the concept of lineage for these highly recombinant parasites.  Also, census population size has been adopted already in the literature for both pathogens and non-pathogens, to make a distinction with the notion of effective population size in population genetics (see our response to reviewer 1) and is consistent with our usage as outlined in the introduction. 

      Thank you for the comment on an absolute number which would extrapolate to the whole host population.  Please see again our response to comment (2) of reviewer 1, on how we can use mean MOI for this purpose once the sampling is sufficient for this quantity to become constant/stable with sampling effort.

      (2) I'm uncertain how to contextualize the diversity results without taking into account the total number of samples analyzed in each group. Because of this, I would like a further explanation as to why the authors consider absolute parasite count more relevant than the combined MOI distribution itself (which would have sample count as a denominator). It seems to me that the "per host" component is needed to compare across age groups and time points---let alone different studies.

      Again, thank you for the insightful comment. We provide this number as a separate quantity and not a distribution, although it is clearly related to the mean MOI of such distribution. It gives a tangible sense for the actual infection count (different from prevalence) from the perspective of the parasite population in the ecological sense. The “per host” notion which enables an extrapolation to any host population size for the purpose of a complete count, or for comparison with another study site, has been discussed in the above responses for reviewer 1 and now in the revision of the discussion.

      (3) Thinking about the applicability of this approach to other studies, I would be interested in a larger treatment of how overlapping DBLα repertoires would impact MOIvar estimates. Is there a definable upper bound above which the method is unreliable? Alternatively, can repertoire overlap be incorporated into the MOI estimator? 

      This is a very good point and one we now discuss further in our revision. There is no predefined upper bound one can present a priori. Intuitively, the approach to estimate MOI would appear to breakdown as overlap moves away from extremely low values, and therefore for locations with low transmission intensity.  Interestingly, we have observed that this is not the case in our paper by Labbe et al. (Labbé et al., 2023) where we used model simulations in a gradient of three transmission intensities, from high to low values. The original _var_coding method performed well across the gradient. This robustness may arise from a nonlinear and fast transition from low to high overlap that is accompanied by MOI changing rapidly from primarily multiclonal (MOI > 1) to monoclonal (MOI = 1). This matter clearly needs to be investigated further, including ways to extend the estimation to explicitly include the distribution of overlap.

      Smaller comments:

      - Figure 1 provides confidence intervals for the prevalence estimates, but these aren't carried through on the other plots (and Figure 5 has lost CIs for both metrics). The relationship between prevalence and diversity is one of the interesting points in this paper, and it would be helpful to have CIs for both metrics when they are directly compared. 

      Based on the reviewer’s advice we have revised both Figure 4 and Figure 5, to include the missing uncertainty intervals. The specific approach for each quantity is described in the corresponding caption.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review): 

      Summary: 

      The manuscript coins a term "the census population size" which they define from the diversity of malaria parasites observed in the human community. They use it to explore changes in parasite diversity in more than 2000 people in Ghana following different control interventions. 

      Strengths: 

      This is a good demonstration of how genetic information can be used to augment routinely recorded epidemiological and entomological data to understand the dynamics of malaria and how it is controlled. The genetic information does add to our understanding, though by how much is currently unclear (in this setting it says the same thing as age-stratified parasite prevalence), and its relevance moving forward will depend on the practicalities and cost of the data collection and analysis. Nevertheless, this is a great dataset with good analysis and a good attempt to understand more about what is going on in the parasite population. 

      Census population size is complementary to parasite prevalence where the former gives a measure of the “parasite population size”, and the latter describes the “proportion of infected hosts”.  The reason we see similar trends for the “genetic information” (i.e., census population size) and “age-specific parasite prevalence” is because we identify all samples for var_coding based on the microscopy (i.e., all microscopy positive _P. falciparum isolates). But what is more relevant here is the relative percentage change in parasite prevalence and census population size following the IRS intervention. To make this point clearer in the revised manuscript we have updated Figure 4 and included additional panels plotting this percentage change from the 2012 baseline, for both census population size and prevalence (Figure 4EF). Overall, we see a greater percentage change in 2014 (and 2015), relative to the 2012 baseline, for census parasite population size vs. parasite prevalence (Figure 4EF) as a consequence of the significant changes in distributions of MOI following the IRS intervention (Figure 3). As discussed in the Results following the deployment of IRS in 2014 census population size decreased by 72.5% relative to the 2012 baseline survey (pre-IRS) whereas parasite prevalence only decreased by 54.5%. 

      With respect to the reviewer’s comment on “practicalities and cost”, var_coding has been used to successfully amplify _P. falciparum DNA collected as DBS that have been stored for more than 5-years from both clinical and lower density asymptomatic infection, without the additional step and added cost of sWGA ($8 to $32 USD per isolates, for costing estimates see (LaVerriere et al., 2022; Tessema et al., 2020)), which is currently required by other molecular surveillance methods (Jacob et al., 2021; LaVerriere et al., 2022; Oyola et al., 2016). _Var_coding involves a single PCR per isolate using degenerate primers, where a large number of isolates can be multiplexed into a single pool for amplicon sequencing.  Thus, the overall costs for incorporating molecular surveillance with _var_coding are mainly driven by the number of PCRs/clean-ups, the number samples indexed per sequencing run, and the NGS technology used (discussed in more detail in our publication Ghansah et al. (Ghansah et al., 2023)). Previous work has shown that _var_coding can be use both locally and globally for molecular surveillance, without the need to be customized or updated, thus it can be fairly easily deployed in malaria endemic regions (Chen et al., 2011; Day et al., 2017; Rougeron et al., 2017; Ruybal-Pesántez et al., 2022, 2021; Tonkin-Hill et al., 2021).

      Weaknesses: 

      Overall the manuscript is well-written and generally comprehensively explained. Some terms could be clarified to help the reader and I had some issues with a section of the methods and some of the more definitive statements given the evidence supporting them. 

      Thank you for the overall positive assessment. On addressing the “issues with a section of the methods” and “some of the more definitive statements given the evidence supporting them”, it is impossible to do so however, without an explicit indication of which methods and statements the reviewer is referring to. Hopefully, the answers to the detailed comments and questions of reviewers 1 and 2 address any methodological concerns (i.e., in the Materials and Methods and Results). To the issue of “definitive statements”, etc. we are unable to respond without further information.

      Recommendations For The Authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Line 273: there is a reference to a figure which supports the empirical distribution of repertoire given MOI = 1, but the figure does not appear to exist.

      We now included the correct figure for the repertoire size distribution as Figure supplement 3 (previously published in Labbé et al (Labbé et al., 2023)). This figure was accidently forgotten when the manuscript was submitted for review, we thank the reviewer for bringing this to our attention.

      Line 299: while this likely makes little difference, an insignificant result from a Kolmogorov-Smirnov test doesn't tell you if the distributions are the same, it only means there is not enough evidence to determine they are different (i.e. fail to reject the null). Also, what does the "mean MOI difference" column in supplementary table 3 mean? 

      The mean MOI difference is the difference in the mean value between the pairwise comparison of the true population-level MOI distribution, that of the population-level MOI estimates from either pooling the maximum a posteriori (MAP) estimates per individual host or the mixture distribution, or that of the population-level MOI estimates from different prior choices. This is now clarified as requested in the Table supplements 3 - 6. 

      Figure 4: how are the confidence intervals for the estimated number of var repertoires calculated? Also should include horizontal error bars for prevalence measures.

      The confidence intervals were calculated based on a bootstrap approach. We re-sampled 10,000 replicates from the original population-level MOI distribution with replacement. Each resampled replicate is the same size as the original sample. We then derive the 95% CI based on the distribution of the mean MOI of those resampled replicates. This is now clarified as requested in the Figure 4 caption (as well as Table supplement 7 footnotes). In addition, we have also updated Figure 4AB and have included the 95% CI for all measures for clarity. 

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors): 

      -  I would like to see a plot like Supplemental Figure 8 for the upsA DBLα repertoire size. 

      The upsA repertoire size for each survey and by age group has now been provided as requested in Figure supplement 5AB. 

      -  Supplemental Table 2 is cut off in the pdf. 

      We have now resolved this issue so that the Table supplement 2 is no longer cut off.  

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors): 

      The manuscript terms the phrase "census population size". To me, the census is all about the number of individuals, not necessarily their diversity. I appreciate that there is no simple term for this, and I imagine the authors have considered many alternatives, but could it be clearer to say the "genetic census population size"? For example, I found the short title not particularly descriptive "Impact of IRS and SMC on census population size", which certainly didn't make me think of parasite diversity.

      Please see our response to comment (2) of reviewer 1. We prefer not to add “genetic” to the phrase as the distinction from effective population size from population genetics is important, and the quantity we are after is an ecological one. 

      The authors do not currently say much about the potential biases in the genetic data and how this might influence results. It seems likely that because (i) patients with sub-microscopic parasitaemia were not sampled and (ii) because a moderate number of (likely low density) samples failed to generate genetic data, that the observed MOI is an overestimate. I'd be interested to hear the authors' thoughts about how this could be overcome or taken into account in the future. 

      We thank the reviewer for this this comment and agree that this is an interesting area for further consideration. However, based on research from the Day Lab that is currently under review (Tan et al. 2024, under review), the estimated MOI using the Bayesian approach is likely not an “overestimate” but rather an “underestimate”. In this research by Tan et al. (2024) isolate MOI was estimated and compared using different initial whole blood volumes (e.g., 1, 10, 50, 100 uL) for the gDNA extraction. Using _var_coding and comparing these different volumes it was found that MOI was significantly “underestimated” when small blood volumes were used for the gDNA extraction, i.e., there was a ~3-fold increase in median MOI between 1μL and 100μL blood. Ultimately these findings will allow us to make computational corrections so that more accurate estimates of MOI can be obtained from the DBS in the future.

      The authors do not make much of LLIN use and for me, this can explain some of the trends. The first survey was conducted soon after a mass distribution whereas the last was done at least a year after (when fewer people would have been using the nets which are older and less effective). We have also seen a rise in pyrethroid resistance in the mosquito populations of the area which could further diminish the LLIN activity. This difference in LLIN efficacy between the first and last survey could explain similar prevalence, yet lower diversity (in Figures 4B/5). However, it also might mean that statements such as Line 478 "This is indicative of a loss of immunity during IRS which may relate to the observed loss of var richness, especially the many rare types" need to be tapered as the higher prevalence observed in this age group could be caused by lower LLIN efficacy at the time of the last survey, not loss of immunity (though both could be true).  

      We thank the reviewer for this question and agree that (i) LLIN usage and (ii) pyrethroid resistance are important factors to consider. 

      (i) Over the course of this study self-reported LLIN usage the previous night remained high across all age groups in each of the surveys (≥ 83.5%), in fact more participants reported sleeping under an LLIN in 2017 (96.8%) following the discontinuation of IRS compared to the 2012 baseline survey (89.1%). This increase in LLIN usage in 2017 is likely a result of several factors including a rebound in the local vector population making LLINs necessary again, increased community education and/or awareness on the importance of using LLINs, among others. Information on the LLINs (i.e., PermaNet 2.0, Olyset, or DawaPlus 2.0) distributed and participant reported usage the previous night has now been included in the Materials and Methods as requested by the reviewer.

      (ii) As to the reviewer’s question on increased in pyrethroid resistance in Ghana over the study period, research undertaken by our entomology collaborators (Noguchi Memorial Insftute for Medical Research: Profs. S. Dadzie and M. Appawu; and Navrongo Health Research Centre:  Dr. V. Asoala) has shown that pyrethroid resistance is a major problem across the country, including the Upper East Region. Preliminary studies from Bongo District (2013 - 2015), were undertaken to monitor for mutations in the voltage gated sodium channel gene that have been associated with knockdown resistance to pyrethroids and DDT in West Africa (kdr-w). Through this analysis the homozygote resistance kdr-w allele (RR) was found in 90% of An. gambiae s.s. samples tested from Bongo, providing evidence of high pyrethroid resistance in Bongo District dating back to 2013, i.e., prior to the IRS intervention (S. Dadzie, M. Appawu, personal communication). Although we do not have data in Bongo District on kdr-w from 2017 (i.e., post-IRS), we can hypothesize that pyrethroid resistance likely did not decline in the area, given the widespread deployment and use of LLINs.

      Thus, given this information that (i) self-reported LLIN usage remained high in all surveys (≥ 83.5%), and that (ii) there was evidence of high pyrethroid resistance in 2013 (i.e., kdr-w (RR) _~_90%), the rebound in prevalence observed for the older age groups (i.e., adolescents and adults) in 2017 is therefore best explained by a loss of immunity.

      I must confess I got a little lost with some of the Bayesian model section methods and the figure supplements. Line 272 reads "The measurement error is simply the repertoire size distribution, that is, the distribution of the number of non-upsA DBLα types sequenced given MOI = 1, which is empirically available (Figure supplement 3)." This does not appear correct as this figure is measuring kl divergence. If this is not a mistake in graph ordering please consider explaining the rationale for why this graph is being used to justify your point. 

      We now included the correct figure for the repertoire size distribution as Figure supplement 3 (previously published in Labbé et al (Labbé et al., 2023)). This figure was accidently forgotten when the manuscript was submitted for review, we thank the reviewer for bringing our attention to this matter. We hope that the inclusion of this Figure as well as a more detailed description of the Bayesian approach helps to makes this section in the Materials and Methods clearer for the reader. 

      I was somewhat surprised that the choice of prior for estimating the MOI distribution at the population level did not make much difference. To me, the negative binomial distribution makes much more sense. I was left wondering, as you are only measuring MOI in positive individuals, whether you used zero truncated Poisson and zero truncated negative binomial distributions, and if not, whether this was a cause of a lack of difference between uniform and other priors. 

      Thank you for the relevant question. We have indeed considered different priors and the robustness of our  estimates to this choice and have now better described this in the text. We focused on individuals who had a confirmed microscopic asymptomatic P. falciparum infection for our MOI estimation, as median P. falciparum densities were overall low in this population during each survey (i.e., median ≤ 520 parasites/µL, see Table supplement 1). Thus, we used either a uniform prior excluding zero or a zero truncated negative binomial distribution when exploring the impact of priors on the final population-level MOI distribution.  A uniform prior and a zero-truncated negative binomial distribution with parameters within the range typical of high-transmission endemic regions (higher mean MOI with tails around higher MOI values) produce similar MOI  estimates at both the individual and population level. However, when setting the parameter range of the zero-truncated negative binomial to be of those in low transmission endemic regions where the empirical MOI distribution centers around mono-clonal infections with the majority of MOI = 1 or 2 (mean MOI » 1.5, no tail around higher MOI values), the final population-level MOI distribution does deviate more from that assuming the aforementioned prior and parameter choices. The final individual- and population-level MOI estimates are not sensitive to the specifics of the prior MOI distribution as long as this distribution captures the tail around higher MOI values with above-zero probability.   

      The high MOI in children <5yrs in 2017 (immediately after SMC) is very interesting. Any thoughts on how/why? 

      This result indicates that although the prevalence of asymptomatic P. falciparum infections remained significantly lower for the younger children targeted by SMC in 2017 compared 2012, they still carried multiclonal infections, as the reviewer has pointed out (Figure 3B). Importantly this upward shift in the MOI distributions (and median MOI) was observed in all age groups in 2017, not just the younger children, and provides evidence that transmission intensity in Bongo has rebounded in 2017, 32-months a er the discontinuation of IRS.  This increase in MOI for younger children at first glance may seem to be surprising, but instead likely shows the limitations of SMC to clear and/or supress the establishment of newly acquired infections, particularly at the end of the transmission season following the final cycle of SMC (i.e., end of September 2017 in Bongo District; NMEP/GHS, personal communication) when the posttreatment prophylactic effects of SMC would have waned (Chotsiri et al., 2022).  

      Line 521 in the penultimate paragraph says "we have analysed only low density...." should this not be "moderate" density, as low density infections might not be detected? The density range itself is not reported in the manuscript so could be added. 

      In Table supplement 1 we have provided the median, including the inter-quartile range, across each survey by age group. For the revision we have now provided the density min-max range, as requested by the reviewer. Finally, we have revised the statement in the discussion so that it now reads “….we have analysed low- to moderate-density, chronic asymptomatic infections (see Table supplement 1)……”.   

      Data availability - From the text the full breakdown of the epidemiological survey does not appear to be available, just a summary of defined age bounds in the SI. Provision of these data (with associated covariates such as parasite density and host characteristics linked to genetic samples) would facilitate more in-depth secondary analyses. 

      To address this question, we have updated the “Data availability statement” section with the following statement: “All data associated with this study are available in the main text, the Supporting Information, or upon reasonable request for research purposes to the corresponding author, Prof. Karen Day (karen.day@unimelb.edu.au).”  

      REFERENCES

      Bedford T, Cobey S, Pascual M. 2011. Strength and tempo of selection revealed in viral gene genealogies. BMC Evol Biol 11. doi:10.1186/1471-2148-11-220

      Chen DS, Barry AE, Leliwa-Sytek A, Smith T-AA, Peterson I, Brown SM, Migot-Nabias F, Deloron P, Kortok MM, Marsh K, Daily JP, Ndiaye D, Sarr O, Mboup S, Day KP. 2011. A molecular epidemiological study of var gene diversity to characterize the reservoir of Plasmodium falciparum in humans in Africa. PLoS One 6:e16629. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0016629

      Chotsiri P, White NJ, Tarning J. 2022. Pharmacokinetic considerations in seasonal malaria chemoprevention. Trends Parasitol. doi:10.1016/j.pt.2022.05.003

      Day KP, Artzy-Randrup Y, Tiedje KE, Rougeron V, Chen DS, Rask TS, Rorick MM, Migot-Nabias F, Deloron P, Luty AJF, Pascual M. 2017. Evidence of Strain Structure in Plasmodium falciparum Var Gene Repertoires in Children from Gabon, West Africa. PNAS 114:E4103–E4111. doi:10.1073/pnas.1613018114

      Ghansah A, Tiedje KE, Argyropoulos DC, Onwona CO, Deed SL, Labbé F, Oduro AR, Koram KA, Pascual M, Day KP. 2023. Comparison of molecular surveillance methods to assess changes in the population genetics of Plasmodium falciparum in high transmission. Fron9ers in Parasitology 2:1067966. doi: 10.3389/fpara.2023.1067966

      He Q, Pilosof S, Tiedje KE, Ruybal-Pesántez S, Artzy-Randrup Y, Baskerville EB, Day KP, Pascual M. 2018. Networks of genetic similarity reveal non-neutral processes shape strain structure in Plasmodium falciparum. Nat Commun 9:1817. doi:10.1038/s41467-018-04219-3

      Jacob CG, Thuy-nhien N, Mayxay M, Maude RJ, Quang HH, Hongvanthong B, Park N, Goodwin S, Ringwald P, Chindavongsa K, Newton P, Ashley E. 2021. Genetic surveillance in the Greater Mekong subregion and South Asia to support malaria control and elimination. Elife 10:1–22.

      Labbé F, He Q, Zhan Q, Tiedje KE, Argyropoulos DC, Tan MH, Ghansah A, Day KP, Pascual M. 2023. Neutral vs . non-neutral genetic footprints of Plasmodium falciparum multiclonal infections. PLoS Comput Biol 19:e1010816. doi:doi.org/10.1101/2022.06.27.497801

      LaVerriere E, Schwabl P, Carrasquilla M, Taylor AR, Johnson ZM, Shieh M, Panchal R, Straub TJ, Kuzma R, Watson S, Buckee CO, Andrade CM, Portugal S, Crompton PD, Traore B, Rayner JC, Corredor V, James K, Cox H, Early AM, MacInnis BL, Neafsey DE. 2022. Design and implementation of multiplexed amplicon sequencing panels to serve genomic epidemiology of infectious disease: A malaria case study. Mol Ecol Resour 2285–2303. doi:10.1111/1755-0998.13622

      Oyola SO, Ariani C V., Hamilton WL, Kekre M, Amenga-Etego LN, Ghansah A, Rutledge GG, Redmond S, Manske M, Jyothi D, Jacob CG, Ogo TD, Rockeg K, Newbold CI, Berriman M, Kwiatkowski DP. 2016. Whole genome sequencing of Plasmodium falciparum from dried blood spots using selecFve whole genome amplification. Malar J 15:1–12. doi:10.1186/s12936-016-1641-7

      Palstra FP, Fraser DJ. 2012. Effective/census population size ratio estimation: A compendium and appraisal. Ecol Evol 2:2357–2365. doi:10.1002/ece3.329

      Rougeron V, Tiedje KE, Chen DS, Rask TS, Gamboa D, Maestre A, Musset L, Legrand E, Noya O, Yalcindag E, Renaud F, Prugnolle F, Day KP. 2017. Evolutionary structure of Plasmodium falciparum major variant surface antigen genes in South America : Implications for epidemic transmission and surveillance. Ecol Evol 7:9376–9390. doi:10.1002/ece3.3425

      Ruybal-Pesántez S, Sáenz FE, Deed S, Johnson EK, Larremore DB, Vera-Arias CA, Tiedje KE, Day KP. 2021. Clinical malaria incidence following an outbreak in Ecuador was predominantly associated with Plasmodium falciparum with recombinant variant antigen gene repertoires. medRxiv.

      Ruybal-Pesántez S, Tiedje KE, Pilosof S, Tonkin-Hill G, He Q, Rask TS, Amenga-Etego L, Oduro AR, Koram KA, Pascual M, Day KP. 2022. Age-specific patterns of DBLa var diversity can explain why residents of high malaria transmission areas remain susceptible to Plasmodium falciparum blood stage infection throughout life. Int J Parasitol 20:721–731.

      Strona G, Nappo D, Boccacci F, Fagorini S, San-Miguel-Ayanz J. 2014. A fast and unbiased procedure to randomize ecological binary matrices with fixed row and column totals. Nat Commun 5. doi:10.1038/ncomms5114

      Tessema SK, Hathaway NJ, Teyssier NB, Murphy M, Chen A, Aydemir O, Duarte EM, Simone W, Colborn J, Saute F, Crawford E, Aide P, Bailey JA, Greenhouse B. 2020. Sensitive, highly multiplexed sequencing of microhaplotypes from the Plasmodium falciparum heterozygome. Journal of Infec9ous Diseases 225:1227–1237.

      Tonkin-Hill G, Ruybal-Pesántez S, Tiedje KE, Rougeron V, Duffy MF, Zakeri S, Pumpaibool T, Harnyuganakorn P, Branch OH, Ruiz-Mesıa L, Rask TS, Prugnolle F, Papenfuss AT, Chan Y, Day KP. 2021. Evolutionary analyses of the major variant surface antigen-encoding genes reveal population structure of Plasmodium falciparum within and between continents. PLoS Genet 7:e1009269. doi:10.1371/journal.pgen.1009269

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Previous experimental studies demonstrated that membrane association drives avidity for several potent broadly HIV-neutralizing antibodies and its loss dramatically reduces neutralization. In this study, the authors present a tour de force analysis of molecular dynamics (MD) simulations that demonstrate how several HIV-neutralizing membrane-proximal external region (MPER)-targeting antibodies associate with a model lipid bilayer.

      First, the authors compared how three MPER antibodies, 4E10, PGZL1, and 10E8, associated with model membranes, constructed with a lipid composition similar to the native virion. They found that the related antibodies 4E10 and PGZL1 strongly associate with a phospholipid near heavy chain loop 1, consistent with prior crystallographic studies. They also discovered that a previously unappreciated framework region between loops 2-3 in the 4E10/PGZL1 heavy chain contributes to membrane association. Simulations of 10E8, an antibody from a different lineage, revealed several differences from published X-ray structures. Namely, a phosphatidylcholine binding site was offset and includes significant interaction with a nearby framework region.

      Next, the authors simulate another MPER-targeting antibody, LN01, with a model HIV membrane either containing or missing an MPER antigen fragment within. Of note, LN01 inserts more deeply into the membrane when the MPER antigen is present, supporting an energy balance between the lowest energy conformations of LN01, MPER, and the complex. Additional contacts and conformational restraints imposed by ectodomain regions of the envelope glycoprotein, however, remain unaddressed-the size of such simulations likely runs into technical limitations including sampling and compute time.

      The authors next established course-grained (CG) MD simulations of the various antibodies with model membranes to study membrane embedding. These simulations facilitated greater sampling of different initial antibody geometries relative to membrane. Distinct geometries derived from CG simulations were then used to initialize all-atom MD simulations to study insertion in finer detail (e.g., phospholipid association), which largely recapitulate their earlier results, albeit with more unbiased sampling. The multiscale model of an initial CG study with broad geometric sampling, followed by all-atom MD, provides a generalized framework for such simulations.

      Finally, the authors construct velocity pulling simulations to estimate the energetics of antibody membrane embedding. Using the multiscale modelling workflow to achieve greater geometric sampling, they demonstrate that their model reliably predicts lower association energetics for known mutations in 4E10 that disrupt lipid binding. However, the model does have limitations: namely, its ability to predict more subtle changes along a lineage-intermediate mutations that reduce lipid binding are indistinguishable from mutations that completely ablate lipid association. Thus, while large/binary differences in lipid affinity might be predictable, the use of this method as a generative model are likely more limited.

      The MD simulations conducted throughout are rigorous and the analysis are extensive. However, given the large amount of data presented within the manuscript, the text would benefit from clearer subsections that delineate discrete mechanistic discoveries, particularly for experimentalists interested in antibody discovery and design. One area the paper does not address involves the polyreactivity associated with membrane binding antibodies-MD simulations and/or pulling velocity experiments with model membranes of different compositions, with and without model antigens, would be needed. Finally, given the challenges in initializing these simulations and their limitations, the text regarding their generalized use for discovery, rather than mechanism, could be toned down.

      Overall, these analyses provide an important mechanistic characterization of how broadly neutralizing antibodies associate with lipids proximal to membrane-associated epitopes to drive neutralization.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      In this study, Maillie et al. have carried out a set of multiscale molecular dynamics simulations to investigate the interactions between the viral membrane and four broadly neutralizing antibodies that target the membrane proximal exposed region (MPER) of the HIV-1 envelope trimer. The simulation recapitulated in several cases the binding sites of lipid head groups that were observed experimentally by X-ray crystallography, as well as some new binding sites. These binding sites were further validated using a structural bioinformatics approach. Finally, steered molecular dynamics was used to measure the binding strength between the membrane and variants of the 4E10 and PGZL1 antibodies.

      The conclusions from the paper are mostly well supported by the simulations, however, they remain very descriptive and the key findings should be better described and validated. In particular:

      It has been shown that the lipid composition of HIV membrane is rich in cholesterol [1], which accounts for almost 50% molar ratio. The authors use a very different composition and should therefore provide a reference. It has been shown for 4E10 that the change in lipid composition affects dynamics of the binding. The robustness of the results to changes of the lipid composition should also be reported.

      The real advantage of the multiscale approach (coarse grained (CG) simulation followed by a back-mapped all atom simulation) remains unclear. In most cases, the binding mode in the CG simulations seem to be an artifact.

      The results reported in this study should be better compared to available experimental data. For example how does the approach angle compare to cryo-EM structure of the bnAbs engaging with the MPER region, e.g. [2-3]? How do these results from this study compare to previous molecular dynamics studies, e.g.[4-5]?

      References<br /> (1) Brügger, Britta, et al. "The HIV lipidome: a raft with an unusual composition." Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 103.8 (2006): 2641-2646.<br /> (2) Rantalainen, Kimmo, et al. "HIV-1 envelope and MPER antibody structures in lipid assemblies." Cell Reports 31.4 (2020).<br /> (3) Yang, Shuang, et al. "Dynamic HIV-1 spike motion creates vulnerability for its membrane-bound tripod to antibody attack." Nature Communications 13.1 (2022): 6393.<br /> (4) Carravilla, Pablo, et al. "The bilayer collective properties govern the interaction of an HIV-1 antibody with the viral membrane." Biophysical Journal 118.1 (2020): 44-56.<br /> (5) Pinto, Dora, et al. "Structural basis for broad HIV-1 neutralization by the MPER-specific human broadly neutralizing antibody LN01." Cell host & microbe 26.5 (2019): 623-637.

      Considering reviewer suggestions, we slightly reorganized the results section into specific sub-sections with headings and changed the order in which key results were presented to allow the subsequent analysis more accessible for readers.  Supplemental materials were redistributed into eLife format, having each supplemental item grouped to a corresponding main figure. Many slightly detail modifications were made to figures (mostly supplemental items) without changing their character, such as clearer axes labels or revised annotations within panels.

      The major additions within the results sections based on the reviews were:

      (1) An expanded the comparison between our simulation analyses to previous simulations and to existing cryo-EM structural evidence for MPER antibodies’ membrane orientation the context of full-length antigen, resulting in new supplemental figure panels.

      (2) New atomistic simulations of 10E8, PGZL1, and 4E10 evaluating the phospholipid binding predictions in a different lipid composition more closely modeling HIV membranes.

      Minor edits to the analyses and interpretations include:

      (1) Outlining the geometric components contributing to variance in substates after clustering the atomistic 10E8, 4E10, and PGZL1 simulations.

      (2) Better defining the variance and durability of membrane interactions within and across systems in the coarse grain methods section.

      (3) Removed interpretations in the original results sections regarding polyreactivity and energetics for MPER bnAbs that were not explicitly supported by data.   

      (4) More context of the prevenance of bnAb loop geometries in structural informatics section

      (5) Rationale for the choice of the continuous helix MPER-TM conformation in LN01-antigen conformations, and citations to previous gp41 TM simulations.

      (6) Removed language on the novelty of the coarse grain and steered pulling simulations as newly developed approaches; tempering the potential discriminating power and applications of those approaches, in light of their limitations.

      The discussion was revised to provide more novel context of the results within the field, including discussing direct relevance of the simulation methods for evaluating immune tolerance mechanisms and into antibody engineering.   We have shared custom scripts used for molecular dynamics analysis on github (https://github.com/cmaillie98/mper_bnAbs.git) and uploaded trajectories to a public repository hosted on Zenodo (https://zenodo.org/records/13830877).

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Below, I provide an extensive list of minor edits associated with the text and figures for the authors to consider. I provide these with the hope of increasing the accessibility of the manuscript to broader audiences but leave changes to the discretion of the authors.

      Text/clarity

      Figure 1 main text

      The main text discussing Figure 1 is disorganized, making the analysis difficult to follow. I would suggest the following: moving the sentence, "4E10 and PG2L1 are structurally homologous" immediately after the paragraph discussing the simulation initiation. Then, add a sentence that directly compares their experimental affinity, neutralization, and polyreactivity of 4E10 and PG2L1 (later, an unintroduced idea pops up, "These patterns may in part explain 4E10's greater polyreactivity"). Next, lead into the discussion of the MD simulation data with something to the effect of: "Given these similarities, we first compared mechanisms of membrane insertion between 4E10 and PG2L1 to bolster confidence in our predictions". Later, the sentence "Across 4E10 and PGZL1 simulations, the bound lipid phosphates"

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion and we have restructured the beginning of the results to implement this style: to first introduce then discuss the comparative PGZL1 & 4E10 results, i.e. Figure 1 plus associated supplements.

      In the background and the introduction text leading up to Figure 1, CDR-H3 is discussed at length, however, the first figure focuses almost entirely on how CDR-H1 coordinates a lipid phosphate headgroup. Are there experimental mutations in this loop that do not affect affinity (e.g., to a soluble gp41 peptide), but do affect neutralization (like the WAWA mutation for CDR-H3, discussed later)?

      We have altered the Introduction (para 2) and Results (4E10/PGZL1 sub-section) to give more balanced discussion of CDRs H1 & H3.  That includes referencing experimental data addressing the reviewer’s question; a PGZL1 clone H4K3 where mutations to CDRH1 were introduced and shown have minimal impact on affinity to MPER peptide via ELISA and BLI, but those mutant bnAbs had significantly reduced neutralization efficacy (PMC6879610).

      The sentence "These phospholipid binding events were highly stable, typically persisting for hundreds of nanoseconds" should be moved down to immediately precede, "[However], in a PGZL1 simulation, we observed a". This would be a good place for a paragraph break following, "Thus, these bnABs constitutively", since this block of text is very long.

      Similarly, the sentence and parts of the section, "Likewise, the interactions coordinating the lipid phosphate oxygens at CDR-H1" more appropriately belongs immediately before or after the sentence, "Our simulations uncover the CDR-lipid interactions that are the most feasible".

      Thank you for the detailed guidance in reorganizing the Figure 1 results.  We followed the advice to directly compare 4E10 and PGZL1 results separately from 10E8, moving those sections of text appropriately.  New paragraph breaks were added to improve accessibility and flow of concepts throughout the Results.

      In the sentence, "our simulations uncover CDR-lipid interactions that are the most feasible and biologically relevant in the context of a full [HIV] lipid bilayer... validation to which of the many possible ions" à have you confidently determined lipid binding and positioning outside of the site validated in figure 1? Which site(s) are these referencing? The next two sentences then introduce two new ideas on the loop backbone stability then lead into lipid exchange, which is a bit jarring.

      We have adjusted the language concerning the putative ions/lipids electron density across the many PGZL1 and 4E10 crystal structures, and additionally make the explicit point that we confidently determined the lack of lipid binding outside of the site focused on in Figure 1.

      “… both bnAbs showed strong hotspots for a lipid phosphate bound within the CDR-H1 loops, with minimal phospholipid or cholesterol ordering around the proteins elsewhere.  The simulated lipid phosphates bound within CDR-H1 have exceptional overlap with electron densities and atomic details of modelled headgroups from respective lipid-soaked co-crystal structures…”

      Figure 2 main text

      "We similarly investigated bnAb 10E8" - Please make this a separate subheader, the block text is very long up to this point.

      Thank you for the suggestion. We introduced a sub-header to separate work on 10E8 all-atom simulations.

      "we observed a POPC complexed with... modelled as headgroup phosphoglycerol anions..." - please cite the references within the text.

      Thank you for pointing out this missing reference, we added the appropriate reference.

      "One striking and novel observation" - please remove the phrase "striking" throughout, for following best practices in scientific writing (PMC10212555)-this is generally well-done throughout.

      We removed “striking” from our text per your suggestion.

      "This CDR-L1 site highlights... (>500 fold) across HIV strains" - How much do R29 and Y32 also contribute to antigen binding and the conformation of this loop? These mutants also decreased Kd by approximately 20X, and based on the co-crystal structure with the TM antigen (PDB: 4XCC), seem to play a more direct role in antigen contact. Additionally, these residues should be highlighted on a figure, otherwise it's difficult to understand why they are important for membrane association.

      We thank the reviewer for deep engagement to these supporting experimental details.  The R29A+Y32A 10E8 mutant referenced in the text showed only 4-fold Kd increase, a modest change for an SPR binding experiment.  Whereas R29E+Y32E 10E8 mutant resulted in 40x Kd increase, the “20x” the reviewer refers to.  Both 10E8 mutants showed similar drastically reduced breadth and potency of over 2 orders of magnitude on average.

      These mutated CDR-L1 residues are not directly involved in antigen contact and adopt the same loop helix conformation when antigen is bound.  A minor impact on antigen binding affinity could be due altering pre-organization of CDR loops upon losing interactions from the Tyr & Arg sidechains - particularly Tyr31 in contact with CDR-H3.

      As per the suggestion, clearer annotated figure panel denoting these sidechains has been added to Figure 2-Figure Supplement 1 for 10E8 analysis.

      "Structural searches querying... identified between 10^5 and 2*10^6..." - why is this value represented as such a large range? Does this depend on the parameters used for analysis? Please clarify.

      Additionally, how prevalent are any random loop conformations compared to the ones you searched? It's otherwise difficult to attribute number of occurrences within the 2 A cutoff to biological significance, as this number is not put in context.

      We appreciate the reviewers comment to contextualize the range and relative frequency of the bnAb loop conformations.   RMSD and length of loop are the key parameters, which can be controlled by searching reference loops of similar length.  The main point of the backbone-level searching is simply to imply the bnAb loops are not particularly rare when comparing loops of similar length.   

      We did as was suggested and added comparison to random loops of the same length to the main text, including a new Supplementary Table 4.   

      “…identified between 105 to 2∙106 geometrically similar sub-segments within natural proteins (<2 Å RMSD)40, reflecting they are relatively prevalent (not rare) in the protein universe, comparing well with frequency of other surface loops of similar length in antibodies (Supplementary Table 3).”

      "We next examined the geometries" could start after its own new subheading. Moreover, while there's an emphasis on tilt for neutralization, there is not a figure clearly modelling the proposed Env tilt compared to the relatively planar bilayer. It would be helpful to have an additional panel somewhere that shows the orientation of the antibody (e.g., a representative pose) in the simulations relative to an appropriately curved membrane, Env, the binding conformation of the antibody to Env, and apo Env, given the tilting observed in PMID: 32348769 and theorized in PMC5338832. What additional conformational changes or tilting need to occur between the antibodies and Env to accomplish binding to their respective epitopes?

      Thank you for outlining an interesting element to consider in our analysis of a multi-step binding mechanism for MPER antibodies. We added additional figure panels in the supplement to outline the similarities and differences between our simulations and Fabs with the inferred membranes in cryo-EM experiments of full-length HIV Env.  The simulated Fabs’ angles are very similar with only minor tilting to match the cryo-EM antibody-membrane geometries. 

      We added Figure 1-figure supplement 1A & Figure 2-figure supplement 2A, and alter to text to reflect this:

      “The primary difference is Env-bound Fabs in cryo-EM adopt slightly more shallow approach angles (~15_°_) relative to the bilayer normal.  The simulated bnAbs in isolation prefer orientations slightly more upright, but presenting CDRs at approximately the same depth and orientation.  Thus, these bnAbs appear pre-disposed in their membrane surface conformations, needing only a minor tilt to form the membrane-antibody-antigen neutralization complex.”   

      Env tilt dynamics and membrane curvature of natural virions may reconcile some of these differences.  Recent in situ tomography of Full-length Env in pseudo-virions corroborates our approximation of flat bilayers over the short length scales around Env.

      The sentence "we next examined the geometries" mentions "potential energy cost, if any, for reorienting...". However, there's no further discussions of geometry or energy cost within this section. Please rephrase, or move this figure to main and increase discussion associated with the various conformational ensembles, their geometry, and their phospholipid association.

      As the reviewer highlights, the unbiased simulations and our analysis do not explicitly evaluate energetics.  We removed this phrase, and now only allude to the minimal energy barrier between the similar geometric conformations, relative to the tilting & access requirements for antigen binding mechanism.

      “The apparent barrier for re-orientation is likely much less energetically constraining than shielding glycans and accessibility of MPER”

      ".. describing the spectrum of surface-bound conformations" cites the wrong figure.

      Thank you for noticing this error; we correct the figure reference to (Figure 2-figure supplement 4).

      Please comment on the significance of how global clustering (Fig. S5A-C) was similar for 4E10 and PGZL1, but different for 10E8 (e.g., blue, orange, and yellow clusters for 4E10 and PHZL1 versus cyan, red, and green clusters for 10E8). As the cyan cluster seems to be much closer in Euclidian space to the 4E10/PGZL1 clusters, it might warrant additional analysis. What do these clusters represent in terms of structure/conformation? How do these clusters differ in membrane insertion as in (A)?

      We are grateful you identify analysis in the geometric clustering section that may be of interest to other readers. We have added additional supplementary table (Table 2) to detail the CDR loop membrane insertion and global Fab angles which describe each cluster, to demonstrate their similarities and differences.  We also better describe how global clustering was similar for 4E10 and PGZL1, but different for 10E8 in the relevant results section<br /> The cyan cluster is not close in structure to 4E10/PGZL1 clusters.  We note the original figure panel had an error.  The updated Figure 2-supplement 4B shows the correct Euclidian distance hierarchy with an early split between 4e10/pgzl1 and 10e8 clusters.

      Figure 3 main text

      The start of this section, "We next studied bnAb LN01...", is a good place for a new subheader.

      We have added an additional subheader here: Antigen influence on membrane bound conformations and lipid binding sites for LN01

      There should be a sentence in the main text defining the replicate setup and production MD run time. Is the apo and complex based on a published structure? How do you embed the MPER? Is the apo structure docked to membrane like in 4E10? The MD setup could also be better delineated within the methods.

      The first two paragraphs in this section have been updated to clarify the relevant simulations configuration and Fab membrane docking prediction details. 

      The procedure was the same for predicting an initial membrane insertion, albeit now we use the LN01-TM complex and the calculation will account for the membrane burial of the the TM domain and MPER fragment.  As mentioned, LN01 is predicted as inserted with CDR loops insert similarly with or without the TM-MPER fragment.  The geometry differs from PGZL1/4E10 and 10E8, denoted by the text.

      Please comment on the oligomerization state of the antigen used in the MD simulation: how does the simulation differ from a crossed MPER as observed in an MPER antibody-bound Env cryo-EM structure (PMID: 32348769), a three-helix bundle (PMC7210310), or single transmembrane helix (PMC6121722)? How does the model MPER monomer embed in the membrane compared to simulations with a trimeric MPER (PMC6035291, PMID: 33882664)-namely, key arginine residues such as R696?

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out critical underlying rationale for modeling this TM-MPER-LN01 complex which we have corrected in the revised draft. The range of potential conformations and display of MPER based on TM domain organization could easily be its own paper – we in fact have a manuscript in preparation on the topic.  

      The updated text expands the rationale for choosing the monomeric uninterrupted helix form of the MPER-TM model antigen (para 1 of LN01 section). The alternative conformations we did not to explore are called out, with references provided by the reviewer.

      The discussion qualified that the MPER presentation is likely oversimplified here, noting MPER display in the full-length Env trimer will vary in different conformational states or membrane environments. However, the only cryo-EM structures of full-length ENV with TM domains resolved have this continuous helix MPER-TM conformation – seen both within crossing TM dimers or dissociated TM monomers.

      Are there additional analyses that can validate the dynamics of the MPER monomer in the membrane and relative to LN01? Such as key contacts you would expect to maintain over the duration of the MD simulation?

      We also increased description of this TM domain’s behavior, dynamics (tilt, orientation, Arg696 snorkeling, and complex w LN01) to provide a clearer picture of the simulation results – which aligns with past MD of the gp41 TM domain as a monomer (para 2 of LN01 section).  As well, we noted key LN01-MPER contacts that were maintained.

      How does the model MPER modulate membrane properties like lipid density and lipid proximities near LN01?

      We checked and didn’t notice differences for the types of lipids (chol, etc) proximal to the MPER-TM or the CDR loops versus the bulk lipid bilayer distributions.  Due to the already long & detailed nature of this manuscript, we elect not to include discussion on this topic.

      Supplemental figure 1H-I would be better positioned as a figure 3-associated supplemental figure.

      We rearranged to follow the eLife format and have paired supplemental panels with their most relevant main figures.

      Figure 3F/H reference a "loading site" but this site is defined much later in the text, which was confusing.

      Thank you for pointing out this source of confusion, we rearranged our discussion to reflect the order in which we present data in figures.

      What evidence suggests that lipids "quickly exchange from the Loading site into the X-ray site by diffusion"? I do not gather this from Figure S1H/I.

      We have rearranged the loading side and x-ray site RMSD maps in Figure 3-Figure supplement 1 to better illustrate how a lipid exchanges between these sites.

      Figure 4 main text

      The authors assert that in the CG simulations, restraints, "[maintain] Fab tertiary and quaternary structure". However, backbone RMSD does not directly assert this claim-an additional analysis of the key interfacial residues between chains, or geometric analysis between the chains, would better support this claim.

      Thank you for pointing this point.  We rephrased to add that the major sidechain contacts between heavy and light chain persist, in addition to backbone RMSD, to describe how these Fabs maintain the fold stably in CG representation. 

      In several cases, CG models sample and then dissociate from the membrane. In the text, the authors mention, "course-grained models can distinguishing unfavorable and favorable membrane-bound conformations". Is there a particular orientation that causes/favors membrane association and dissociation? This analysis could look at conformations immediately preceding association and dissociation to give clues as to what orientation(s) favor each state.

      Thank you for suggesting this interesting analysis.  Clustering analysis of associated states are presented in Figure 5, Figure 5-Figure Supplement 1, and Figure 6, which show all CDR and framework loop directed insertion.  This feature is currently described in the main text.  

      We did not find strong correlation of specific orientations as “pre-dissociation” states or ineffective non-inserting “scanning” events.  We revised the key sentence to reflect the major take away – that non-CDR alternative conformations did not insert and most of those having CDRs inserted in a different manner than all-atom simulations also were prone to dissociate:

      “Given that non-CDR directed and alternative CDR-embedded orientations readily dissociate, we conclude that course-grained models can distinguish unfavorable and favorable membrane-bound conformations to an extent that provides utility for characterizing antibody-bilayer interaction mechanisms.”

      Figure 6 main text

      "For 4E10, trajectories initiated from all three geometries..." only two geometries are shown for each antibody. Please include all three on the plot.

      The plots include markers for all three geometries for 4E10, highlighted in stars or with letters on the density plots of angles sampled (Figure 6B,C)

      "Aligning a full-length IgG... unlikely that two Fabs simultaneously..." Are there theoretical conformations in which two Fabs could simultaneously associate with membrane? If this was physiological or could be designed rationally, could an antibody benefit further from avidity?

      Our modeling suggests the theoretical conformations having two Fabs on the membrane are infeasible.  It’s even less likely multiple Env antigens could be engaged by one IgG.  We have revised the text to express this more clearly.

      Figure 7 main text

      "An intermediate... showed a modest reduction in affinity..." what affinity does PGZL1 have for this antigen?

      The preceding sentence for this information: “Mature PGZL1 has relatively high affinity to the MPER epitope peptide (Kd = 10 nM) and demonstrates great breadth and potency, neutralizing 84% of a 130 strain panel “

      Figures

      Figure 1

      It would be helpful to have an additional panel at the top of this figure further zoomed out showing the orientation of the antibody (e.g., a representative pose) in the simulations relative to an appropriately curved membrane, Env, the binding conformation of the antibody to Env, and apo Env, given the tilting observed in PMID: 32348769 and theorized in PMC5338832. What additional conformational changes or tilting need to occur between the antibodies and Env to accomplish binding to their respective epitopes?

      Thank you for the suggestion to include this analysis.  We have added to the text reflecting this information, as well as making new supplemental panels for 4E10 and 10E8 that we compare simulated 4E10 and 10E8 Fab conformations to cryoEM density maps with Fabs bound to full-length HIV Env. Figure 1-figure supplement 1A & Figure 2-figure supplement 2A

      In Figure 1, space permitting, it would be helpful to annotate the distances between the phosphates and side chains (similarly, for Figure S1A).

      To avoid the overloading the Main figure panels with text, those relevant distances are listed in the methods sections.  Those distances are used to define the “bound” lipid phosphate state.  Generally, we note the interactions are within hydrogen bonding distance.

      Annotating "Replicate 1" and "Replicate 2" on the left side of Figure 1C/D would make this figure immediately intuitive.

      We have added these labels.

      Figure caption 1C: Please clarify the threshold/definition of a contact used to binarize "bound" versus "unbound" (for example, "mean distance cutoff of 2A between the phosphate oxygen and the COM of CDR-H1") [on further reading of the methods section, this criterion is quite involved and might benefit from: a sentence that includes "see methods"]. Additionally, C could use a sentence explaining the bar such as in E, "Phosphate binding is mapped to above each MD trajectory" Please define FR-H3 in the figure caption for E/F.

      We have added these details to the figure caption.

      Because Figure 1 is aggregated simulation time, it would be helpful to also represent the data as individual replicates or incorporate this information to calculate standard deviations/statistics (e.g., 1 microsecond max using the replicates to compute a standard deviation).

      We believe the current quantification & display of data via sharing all trajectories is sufficient to convey the major point for how often each CDR-phosholipid binding site it occupied.  Further tracking and statistics of inter-atomic distances will likely be too tedious & add minimal value. There is some dynamics of the phosphate oxygens between the polar within the CDR site but our “bound” state definitions sufficiently describe the key participating interactions are made.

      Figure 2

      For A, it would be helpful to annotate the yellow and blue mesh on the figure itself.

      We have defined the orange phosphate and blue choline densities.

      Also, where are R29 and Y32 relative to this site? In the X-ray panels, Y38 is not shown, and the box delineating the zoom-in is almost imperceptible.

      Thank you for this suggestion to include those amino acids which are referenced in the text as critical sites where mutation impacts function. To clarify, Y32 is the pdb numbering for residue Y38 in IMGT numbering. We have added a panel to Figure 2-Figure Supplement 1 having a cartoon graphic of 10E8 loop groove with sidechains & annotating R29 and Y38, staying consistent with out use of IMGT numbering in the manuscript.

      Figure 3

      It might read clearer to have "LN01+MPER-TM" and "LN01-Apo" in the middle of A/B and C/D, respectively, and a dotted line delineating the left and right side of the figure panels.

      We have added these details to the figure for clarity for readers.

      It would be helpful to show some critical interactions that are discussed in the text, such as the salt bridge with K31, by labeling these on the figure (e.g., in E-H).

      We drafted figure panels with dashed lines to indicate those key interactions.  However, they became almost imperceptible and overloaded with annotations that distracted from the overall details.  For K31, the interaction occurs in LN01 crystal structures readers can refer to.

      Why are axes cut off for J?

      We corrected this.

      Please re-define K/L plots as in Figure 1, and explain abbreviations.

      We updated the figure caption to reflect these changes.

      Figure 4

      The caption for panel A states that the Fab begins in solvent 1-2 nm above the bilayer, but the main text states 0.5-2 nm.

      We have reconciled this difference and listed the correct distances: 0.5-2nm.

      Please label the y-axis as "Replicate" for relevant figure panels so that they are more immediately interpretable.

      This label has been added.

      A legend with "membrane-associated" and "non-associated" within the figure would be helpful. Additionally, the average percent membrane associated, with a standard deviation, should be shown (Similar to 1C, albeit with the statistics).

      This legend has been added.  We also added the additional statistical metrics requested to strengthen our analysis.

      The text references "10, 14, and 12 extended insertion events" for the three antibody-based simulations. How do you define "extended insertion events"? Would breaking this into average insertion time and standard deviation better highlight the association differences between MPER antibodies and controls, in addition to the variability due to difference random initialization?

      We thank the reviewer for the insightful suggestion on how to better organize quantitative analysis to support the method. Supplemental Table 3 includes these numbers.

      Figure 5

      The analysis in Fig. S6C could be included here as a main figure.

      The drafted revised figure adding S6C to Figure 5 made for too much information.  Likewise, putting this panel S6C separated it from the parent clustering data of S6B, so we decided to keep these figures separated.  The S6 figure is now Figure 5-figure supplement 1.

      Figure 6

      Please annotate membrane insertion on E as %.

      These are phosphate binding RMSD/occupancy vs time.  The panels are now too small to annotate by %.  The qualitative presentation is sufficient at this stage.  The quantitative % are listed in-line within text when relevant to support assertions made. 

      Please use the figure caption to explain why certain clusters (e.g., 10E8 cluster A, artifact, Fig. S6E) are not included in panel E.

      We have added this information in the figure caption.

      Figure 7

      Please show all points on the box and whisker plots (panels E and F), and perform appropriate statistical tests to see if means are significantly different (these are mentioned in the text, but should be annotated on the graph and mentioned within the figure caption).

      We have changed these plots to show all data points along with relevant statistical comparisons. The figure captions describe unpaired t-test statistical tests used.

      Figure S1

      G, H, and I do not belong here-they should be moved to accompany their relevant text section, which associates with Figure 3. It would be helpful to associate this with Figure 3 in the eLife format, "Figure 3-Supplemental Figure 1" or its equivalent.

      It's very difficult to distinguish the green and blue circles on panel G.

      We darkened the shading and added outline for better visualization

      Subfigure I is missing a caption, could be included with H: "(H,I) Additional replicates for LN01+TM (H) and LN01 (I)".

      We corrected this as suggested.

      Why is H only 3 simulations and not 4? Does it not have a lipid in the x-ray site? Also, the caption states "(top, green)" and "(bottom, cyan)", but the green vs. cyan figures are organized on the left and right. Additional labels within the figure would help make this more intuitive.

      If the point of H and I is to illustrate that POPC exchanges between the X-ray and loading sites, this is unclear from the figure. Consider clarifying these figures.

      Thank you for describing the confusion in this figure, we have added labels to clarify.

      Figure S2 (panels split between revised Figure 4 associated figure supplements)

      The LN01 figures should likely follow later so that they can associate with Figure 3, despite being a similar analysis.

      We corrected supplements to eLife format so supplements are associated with relevant main figures.

      Figure S3 (panels split between revised Figure 1 & 2 associated figure supplements)

      As hydrophobicity is discussed as a driving factor for residue insertion, it would be helpful to have a rolling hydrophobicity chart underneath each plot to make this claim obvious.

      We prefer the current format, due to the worry of having too much information in these already data-rich panels.  As well, residues are not apolar but are deeply inserted.

      Figure S4 (panels split between revised Figure 1 & 2 associated figure supplements)

      It would be helpful to label the relevant loops on these figures.

      We have labeled loops for clarity.

      Do any of these loops have minor contacts with Env in the structure?

      The 4E10 and PGZL1 CDRH-1 loop does not directly contact bound MPER peptides bound in crystal structures. 

      FRL-3 and CDR-H1 in 10E8 do not contact the MPER peptide antigen component based on x-ray crystal structures.

      Do motif contacts with lipid involve minor contacts with additional loops other than those displayed in this figure?

      The phosphate-loop interactions in motifs used as query bait here are mediated solely by the backbone and side chain interactions of the loops displayed. We visually inspected most matches and did not see any “consensus” additional peripheral interactions common across each potential instance in the unrelated proteins.  The supplied Supplemental Table 2 contains the information if a reader wanted to conduct a detailed search. 

      Why is there such a difference between the loop conformation adopted in the X-ray structure and that in the MD simulation, and why does this lead to the large observed differences in ligand-binding structure matches?

      We thank the reviewer for carefully noting our error in labeling of CDR loop and framework region input queries. We revised the labeling to clarify the issue.

      The is minimal structural difference between the loops in x-ray and MD.

      Figure S5 (Figure 2-Figure supplement 4)

      This figure is not colorblind friendly-it would be helpful to change to such a pallet as the data are interesting, but uninterpretable to some.

      We have left this figure the same.

      "Susbstates" - "Substates"

      Corrected, thank you.

      Panel B is uninterpretable-please break the axis so that the Euclidian distances can be represented accurately but the histograms can be interpreted.

      We have adjusted axis for this plot to better illustrate the cluster thresholds.

      The clusters in D-H should be analyzed in greater depth. What is the structural relevance of these clusters other than differences in phospholipid occupancy in (I)? Snapshots of representative poses for each cluster could help clarify these differences.

      We have adjusted the text to describe the geometric differences in each of those clusters that result in the different exceptionally lower propensities for forming the key phospholipid interaction.  

      The figure caption should make it clear that 3 μS of aggregate simulation time is being used here instead of 4 μS to start with unique tilt initializations. E.g., "unique starting membrane-bound conformations (0 degrees, -15 degrees, 15 degrees initialization relative to the docked pose)". Further, why was the particular 0-degree replicate chosen while the other was thrown out? Or was this information averaged? Why is the full 4 μS then used for D-I?

      We thank the reviewer for noting these details.  We didn’t want to bias the differential between 10E8 and 4E10/PGZL1 by including the replicate simulations.  The analysis was mainly intended to achieve more coarse resolution distinction between 10E8 and the similar PGZL1/4E10.  

      In the subsequent clustering of individual bnAb simulation groups, the replicate 0 degree simulations had sufficiently different geometric sampling and unique lipid binding behavior that we though it should be used (4 us total) to achieve finer conformational resolution for each bnAb.

      Figure S6 (now Figure 5-Figure Supplement 1)

      Please label the CDRs in C and provide a color key like in other figures. Also, please label the y-axes. This figure could move to main below 5B with the clusters "A,B,C" labeled on 5B.

      We have added the axes labels and color key legend.  We retained a minimal CDR loop labeling scheme for the more throughput interaction profiles here where colored sections in the residue axes denote CDR loop regions.

      Figure S7 (Figure 7 Figure Supplement 1)

      Panels A and B would likely read better if swapped.

      We have swapped these panels for a better flow.

      For panel C, please display mean and standard deviation, and compare these values with an appropriate statistical test.

      This is already displayed in main figure, we have removed it from supplement.

      For E and F, please clarify from which trajectory(s) you are extracting this conformation from. Are these the global mean/representative poses? How do they compare to other geometrically distinct clusters?

      The requested information was added to supplemental figure caption.  These are frames from 2 distinct time points selected phosphate bound frames from 0-degree tilt replicates for both 4E10 and 10E8, representing at least 2 distinct macroscopic substates differing in global light chain and heavy chain orientation towards the membrane. 

      Table S2 (now Supplementary Table 3)

      Please add details for the 13h11 simulation.

      Additionally, please add average contact time and their standard deviation to the table, rather than just the aggregated total time. This will highlight the variability associated with the random initializations of each simulation.

      We have added the details for 13h11 and the requested analysis (average aggregated time +/- standard deviation and average time per association event +- standard deviation) to supplement our summary statistics for this method.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) The structure of the manuscript should be improved. For example, almost half of the introduction (three paragraphs) summarize the results. I found it hard to navigate all the data and specific interactions described in the result section. Furthermore, the claims at the end of several sections seem unsupported. Especially for the generalization of the approach. This should be moved to the discussion section. The discussion is pretty general and does not provide much context to the results presented in this study.

      We have significantly reorganized the results section to improve the flow of the manuscript and accessibility for readers, especially the first sections of all-atom simulations. We also removed claims not directly supported by data from our results, and expanded on some of these concepts in the discussion to make some more novel context to the result.

      (2) The author should cite more rigorously previous work and refrain from using the term "develop" to describe the simple use of a well established method. E.g. Several studies have investigated membrane protein interactions e.g. [1], membrane protein-bilayer self-assembly [2], steered molecular dynamics [3], etc.

      Thank you for identifying relevant work for the simulations that set precedent for our novel application to antibody-membrane interactions.  We have removed language about development of simulation methods from the text and now better reference the precedent simulation methods used here.

      (3) Have the authors considered estimating the PMF by combining the steered MD simulation through the application of Jarzynski's equality?

      We performed from preliminary PMFs for Fab-membrane binding, but saw it was taking upward of 40 us to reach convergence.  Steered simulations focus on a key lipid may be easier.

      Although PMFs are beyond the scope of this work, we added proposals & allusion to their utility as the next steps for more rigorous quantification of fab-membrane interactions.

      Minor

      (4) The term "integrative modeling" is usually used for computational pipelines which incorporate experimental data. Multiscale modeling would be more appropriate for this study.

      We altered descriptions throughout the manuscript to reflect this comment.

      (5) Units to report the force in the steered molecular dynamics are incorrect. They should be 98.

      We changed axes and results to correctly report this unit.

      (6) Labels for axes of several graphs are not missing.

      We added labels to all axes of graphs, except for a few where stacked labels can be easily interpreted to save space and reduce complexity in figures.

      (7) Figure 3 K & L is this really < 1% of total? The term "total" should also be clarified.

      Thank you for pointing this out, we changed the % labels to be correct with axes from 0-100%. We clarified total in the figure caption.

      (8) The font size in figures should be uniformized.

      This suggestion has been applied

      (9) Time needed for steered MD should be reported in CPUh and not hours (page 17).

      We removed comments on explicit time measurements for our simulations.

      (10) Version of Martini force field is missing in methods section

      We used Martini 2.6 and added this to the methods.

      References

      (1) Prunotto, Alessio, et al. "Molecular bases of the membrane association mechanism potentiating antibiotic resistance by New Delhi metallo-β-lactamase 1." ACS infectious diseases 6.10 (2020): 2719-2731.

      (2) Scott, Kathryn A., et al. "Coarse-grained MD simulations of membrane protein-bilayer self-assembly." Structure 16.4 (2008): 621-630.

      (3) Izrailev, S., et al. "Computational molecular dynamics: challenges, methods, ideas. Chapter 1. Steered molecular dynamics." (1997).

    1. Author response:

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In their manuscript, Gomez-Frittelli and colleagues characterize the expression of cadherin6 (and -8) in colonic IPANs of mice. Moreover, they found that these cdh6-expressing IPANs are capable of initiating colonic motor complexes in the distal colon, but not proximal and midcolon. They support their claim by morphological, electrophysiological, optogenetic, and pharmacological experiments.

      Strengths:

      The work is very impressive and involves several genetic models and state-of-the-art physiological setups including respective controls. It is a very well-written manuscript that truly contributes to our understanding of GI-motility and its anatomical and physiological basis. The authors were able to convincingly answer their research questions with a wide range of methods without overselling their results.

      We greatly appreciate the reviewer’s time, careful reading and support of our study.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors put quite some emphasis on stating that cdh6 is a synaptic protein (in the title and throughout the text), which interacts in a homophilic fashion. They deduct that cdh6 might be involved in IPAN-IPAN synapses (line 247ff.). However, Cdh6 does not only interact in synapses and is expressed by non-neuronal cells as well (see e.g., expression in the proximal tubuli of the kidney). Moreover, cdh6 does not only build homodimers, but also heterodimers with Chd9 as well as Cdh7, -10, and -14 (see e.g., Shimoyama et al. 2000, DOI: 10.1042/0264-6021:3490159). It would therefore be interesting to assess the expression pattern of cdh6-proteins using immunostainings in combination with synaptic markers to substantiate the authors' claim or at least add the possibility of cell-cell-interactions other than synapses to the discussion. Additionally, an immunostaining of cdh6 would confirm if the expression of tdTomato in smooth muscle cells of the cdh6-creERT model is valid or a leaky expression (false positive).

      We agree with the reviewer that Cdh6 could be mediating some other cell-cell interaction besides synapses between IPANs, and will include more on this in the discussion. Cdh6 primarily forms homodimers but, as the reviewer points out, has been known to also form heterodimers with some other cadherins. We performed RNAscope in the colonic myenteric plexus with Cdh7 and found no expression (data not shown). Cdh10 is suggested to have very low expression (Drokhlyansky et al., 2020), possibly in putative secretomotor vasodilator neurons, and Cdh14 has not been assayed in any RNAseq screens. We attempted to visualize Cdh6 protein via antibody staining (Duan et al., 2018) but our efforts did not result in sufficient signal or resolution to identify synapses in the ENS, which remain broadly challenging to assay. Similarly, immunostaining with Cdh6 antibody was unable to confirm Cdh6 protein in tdT-expressing muscle cells, or by RNAscope. We will address these caveats in the discussion section.

      (1) E. Drokhlyansky, C. S. Smillie, N. V. Wittenberghe, M. Ericsson, G. K. Griffin, G. Eraslan, D. Dionne, M. S. Cuoco, M. N. Goder-Reiser, T. Sharova, O. Kuksenko, A. J. Aguirre, G. M. Boland, D. Graham, O. Rozenblatt-Rosen, R. J. Xavier, A. Regev, The Human and Mouse Enteric Nervous System at Single-Cell Resolution. Cell 182, 1606-1622.e23 (2020).

      (2) X. Duan, A. Krishnaswamy, M. A. Laboulaye, J. Liu, Y.-R. Peng, M. Yamagata, K. Toma, J. R. Sanes, Cadherin Combinations Recruit Dendrites of Distinct Retinal Neurons to a Shared Interneuronal Scaffold. Neuron 99, 1145-1154.e6 (2018).

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Intrinsic primary afferent neurons are an interesting population of enteric neurons that transduce stimuli from the mucosa, initiate reflexive neurocircuitry involved in motor and secretory functions, and modulate gut immune responses. The morphology, neurochemical coding, and electrophysiological properties of these cells have been relatively well described in a long literature dating back to the late 1800's but questions remain regarding their roles in enteric neurocircuitry, potential subsets with unique functions, and contributions to disease. Here, the authors provide RNAscope, immunolabeling, electrophysiological, and organ function data characterizing IPANs in mice and suggest that Cdh6 is an additional marker of these cells.

      Strengths:

      This paper would likely be of interest to a focused enteric neuroscience audience and increase information regarding the properties of IPANs in mice. These data are useful and suggest that prior data from studies of IPANs in other species are likely translatable to mice.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s support of our study and insightful critiques for its improvement.

      Weaknesses:

      The advance presented here beyond what is already known is minimal. Some of the core conclusions are overstated and there are multiple other major issues that limit enthusiasm. Key control experiments are lacking and data do not specifically address the properties of the proposed Cdh6+ population.

      Major weaknesses:

      (1) The novelty of this study is relatively low. The main point of novelty suggests an additional marker of IPANs (Cdh6) that would add to the known list of markers for these cells. How useful this would be is unclear. Other main findings basically confirm that IPANs in mice display the same classical characteristics that have been known for many years from studies in guinea pigs, rats, mice and humans.

      We appreciate the already existing markers for IPANs in the ENS and the existing literature characterizing these neurons. The primary intent of this study was to use these well established characteristics of IPANs in both mice and other species to characterize Cdh6-expressing neurons in the mouse myenteric plexus and confirm their classification as IPANs.

      (2) Some of the main conclusions of this study are overstated and claims of priority are made that are not true. For example, the authors state in lines 27-28 of the abstract that their findings provide the "first demonstration of selective activation of a single neurochemical and functional class of enteric neurons". This is certainly not true since Gould et al (AJP-GIL 2019) expressed ChR2 in nitrergic enteric neurons and showed that activating those cells disrupted CMC activity. In fact, prior work by the authors themselves (Hibberd et al., Gastro 2018) showed that activating calretinin neurons with ChR2 evoked motor responses. Work by other groups has used chemogenetics and optogenetics to show the effects of activating multiple other classes of neurons in the gut.

      We believe our phrasing in this sentence was misleading. Whilst single neurochemical classes of enteric neurons have been manipulated to alter gut functions, all such instances to date do not represent manipulation of a single functional class of enteric neurons. In the given examples, NOS and calretinin are each expressed to varying degrees across putative motor neurons, interneurons and IPANs. In contrast, Chd6 is restricted to IPANs and therefore this study is the first optogenetic investigation of enteric neurons from a single putative functional class. We will alter this segment in the revised manuscript to emphasize this point and differentiate this study from those previous.

      (3) Critical controls are needed to support the optogenetic experiments. Control experiments are needed to show that ChR2 expression a) does not change the baseline properties of the neurons, b) that stimulation with the chosen intensity of light elicits physiologically relevant responses in those neurons, and c) that stimulation via ChR2 elicits comparable responses in IPANs in the different gut regions focused on here.

      We completely agree controls are essential. However, our paper is not the first to express ChR2 in enteric neurons. Authors of our paper have shown in Hibberd et al. 2018 that expression of ChR2 in a heterogeneous population of myenteric neurons did not change network properties of the myenteric plexus. This was demonstrated in the lack of change in control CMC characteristics in mice expressing ChR2 under basal conditions (without blue light exposure). Regarding question (b), that it should be shown that stimulation with the chosen intensity of light elicits physiologically relevant responses in those neurons. We show the restricted expression of ChR2 in IPANs and that motor responses (to blue light) are blocked by selective nerve conduction blockade.

      Regarding question (c), that our study should demonstrate that stimulation via ChR2 elicits comparable responses in IPANs in the different gut regions. We would not expect each region of the gut to behave comparably. This is because the different gut regions (i.e. proximal, mid, distal) are very different anatomically, as is anatomy of the myenteric plexus and myenteric ganglia between each region, including the density of IPANs within each ganglia, in addition to the presence of different patterns of electrical and mechanical activity [Spencer et al., 2020]. Hence, it is difficult to expect that between regions stimulation of ChR2 should induce similar physiological responses. The motor output we record in our study (CMCs) is a unified motor program that involves the temporal coordination of hundreds of thousands of enteric neurons and a complex neural circuit that we have previously characterized [Spencer et al., 2018]. But, never has any study until now been able to selectively stimulate a single functional class of enteric neurons (with light) to avoid indiscriminate activation of other classes of neurons.

      (1) T. J. Hibberd, J. Feng, J. Luo, P. Yang, V. K. Samineni, R. W. Gereau, N. Kelley, H. Hu, N. J. Spencer, Optogenetic Induction of Colonic Motility in Mice. Gastroenterology 155, 514-528.e6 (2018).

      (2) N. J. Spencer, L. Travis, L. Wiklendt, T. J. Hibberd, M. Costa, P. Dinning, H. Hu, Diversity of neurogenic smooth muscle electrical rhythmicity in mouse proximal colon. American Journal of Physiology-Gastrointestinal and Liver Physiology 318, G244–G253 (2020).

      (3) N. J. Spencer, T. J. Hibberd, L. Travis, L. Wiklendt, M. Costa, H. Hu, S. J. Brookes, D. A. Wattchow, P. G. Dinning, D. J. Keating, J. Sorensen, Identification of a Rhythmic Firing Pattern in the Enteric Nervous System That Generates Rhythmic Electrical Activity in Smooth Muscle. J. Neurosci. 38, 5507–5522 (2018).

      (4) The electrophysiological characterization of mouse IPANs is useful but this is a basic characterization of any IPAN and really says nothing specifically about Cdh6+ neurons. The electrophysiological characterization was also only done in a small fraction of colonic IPANs, and it is not clear if these represent cell properties in the distal colon or proximal colon, and whether these properties might be extrapolated to IPANs in the different regions. Similarly, blocking IH with ZD7288 affects all IPANs and does not add specific information regarding the role of the proposed Cdh6+ subtype.

      Our electrophysiological characterization was guided to be within a subset of Cdh6+ neurons by Hb9:GFP expression. As in the prior comment (1) above, we used these experiments to confirm classification of Cdh6+ (Hb9:GFP+) neurons in the distal colon as IPANs. We will clarify that these experiments were performed in the distal colon and agree that we cannot extrapolate that these properties are also representative of IPANs in the proximal colon. We apologize that this was confusing. Finally, we agree with the reviewer that ZD7288 affects all IPANs in the ENS and will clarify this in the text.

      (5) Why SMP IPANs were not included in the analysis of Cdh6 expression is a little puzzling. IPANs are present in the SMP of the small intestine and colon, and it would be useful to know if this proposed marker is also present in these cells.

      We agree with the reviewer. In addition to characterizing Cdh6 in the myenteric plexus, it would be interesting to query if sensory neurons located within the SMP also express Cdh6. Our preliminary data (n=2) show ~6-12% tdT/Hu neurons in Cdh6-tdT ileum and colon (data not shown). We will add a sentence to the discussion.

      (6) The emphasis on IH being a rhythmicity indicator seems a bit premature. There is no evidence to suggest that IH and IT are rhythm-generating currents in the ENS.

      Regarding the statement there is no evidence to suggest that IH and IT are rhythm-generating currents in the ENS. We agree with the reviewer that evidence of rhythm generation by IH and IT in the ENS has not been explicitly confirmed. We are confident the reviewer agrees that an absence of evidence is not evidence of absence, although the presence of IH has been well described in enteric neurons. We will modify the text in the results to indicate more clearly that IH and IT are known to participate in rhythm generation in thalamocortical circuits, though their roles in the ENS remain unknown. Our discussion of the potential role of IH or IT in rhythm generation or oscillatory firing of the ENS is constrained to speculation in the discussion section of the text.

      (7) As the authors point out in the introduction and discuss later on, Type II Cadherins such as Cdh6 bind homophillically to the same cadherin at both pre- and post-synapse. The apparent enrichment of Cdh6 in IPANs would suggest extensive expression in synaptic terminals that would also suggest extensive IPAN-IPAN connections unless other subtypes of neurons express this protein. Such synaptic connections are not typical of IPANs and raise the question of whether or not IPANs actually express the functional protein and if so, what might be its role. Not having this information limits the usefulness of this as a proposed marker.

      We agree with the reviewer that the proposed IPAN-IPAN connection is novel although it has been proposed before (Kunze et al., 1993). As detailed in our response to Reviewer #1, we attempted to confirm Cdh6 protein expression, but were unsuccessful, due to insufficient signal and resolution. We therefore discuss potential IPAN interconnectivity in the discussion, in the context of contrasting literature.

      (1) W. A. A. Kunze, J. B. Furness, J. C. Bornstein, Simultaneous intracellular recordings from enteric neurons reveal that myenteric ah neurons transmit via slow excitatory postsynaptic potentials. Neuroscience 55, 685–694 (1993).

      (8) Experiments shown in Figures 6J and K use a tethered pellet to drive motor responses. By definition, these are not CMCs as stated by the authors.

      The reviewer makes a valid criticism as to the terminology, since tethered pellet experiments do not record propagation. We believe the periodic bouts of propulsive force on the pellet is triggered by the same activity underlying the CMC. In our experience, these activities have similar periodicity, force and identical pharmacological properties. Consistent with this, we also tested full colons (n = 2) set up for typical CMC recordings by multiple force transducers, finding that CMCs were abolished by ZD7288, similar to fixed pellet recordings (data not shown).

      (9) The data from the optogenetic experiments are difficult to understand. How would stimulating IPANs in the distal colon generate retrograde CMCs and stimulating IPANs in the proximal colon do nothing? Additional characterization of the Cdh6+ population of cells is needed to understand the mechanisms underlying these effects.

      We agree that the different optogenetic responses in the proximal and distal colon are challenging to interpret, but perhaps not surprising in the wider context. It is not only possible that the different optogenetic responses in this study reflect regional differences in the Chd6+ neuronal populations, but also differences in neural circuits within these gut regions. A study some time ago by the authors showed that electrical stimulation of the proximal mouse colon was unable to evoke a retrograde (aborally) propagating CMC (Spencer, Bywater, 2002), but stimulation of the distal colon was readily able to. We concluded that at the oral lesion site there is a preferential bias of descending inhibitory nerve projections, since the ascending excitatory pathways have been cut off. In contrast, stimulation of the distal colon was readily able to activate an ascending excitatory neural pathway, and hence induce the complex CMC circuits required to generate an orally propagating CMC. Indeed, other recent studies have added to a growing body of evidence for significant differences in the behaviors and neural circuits of the two regions (Li et al., 2019, Costa et al., 2021a, Costa et al., 2021b, Nestor-Kalinoski et al., 2022). We will expand this discussion.

      (1) N. J. Spencer, R. A. Bywater, Enteric nerve stimulation evokes a premature colonic migrating motor complex in mouse. Neurogastroenterology & Motility 14, 657–665 (2002).

      (2) Li Z, Hao MM, Van den Haute C, Baekelandt V, Boesmans W, Vanden Berghe P (2019) Regional complexity in enteric neuron wiring reflects diversity of motility patterns in the mouse large intestine. Elife 8.

      (3). Costa M, Keightley LJ, Hibberd TJ, Wiklendt L, Dinning PG, Brookes SJ, Spencer NJ (2021a) Motor patterns in the proximal and distal mouse colon which underlie formation and propulsion of feces. Neurogastroenterol Motil e14098.

      (4) Costa M, Keightley LJ, Hibberd TJ, Wiklendt L, Smolilo DJ, Dinning PG, Brookes SJ, Spencer NJ (2021b) Characterization of alternating neurogenic motor patterns in mouse colon. Neurogastroenterol Motil 33:e14047.

      (5) Nestor-Kalinoski A, Smith-Edwards KM, Meerschaert K, Margiotta JF, Rajwa B, Davis BM, Howard MJ (2022) Unique Neural Circuit Connectivity of Mouse Proximal, Middle, and Distal Colon Defines Regional Colonic Motor Patterns. Cell Mol Gastroenterol Hepatol 13:309-337.e303.

    1. Author response:

      We are very pleased to see these positive reviews of our preprint.

      Reviewers 1 and 3 raise issues around PIP-PP1 interactions.

      (1) Role of the “RVxF-ΦΦ-R-W string”

      Most PIPs interact with the globular PP1 catalytic core through short linear interaction motifs (SLiMs) and Choy et al (PNAS 2014) previously showed that many PIPs interact with PP1 through conserved trio of SLiMs, RVxF-ΦΦ-R, which is also present in the Phactrs.

      Previous structural analysis showed the trajectory of the PPP1R15A/B, Neurabin/Spinphilin (PPP1R9A/B), and PNUTS (PPP1R10) PIPs across the PP1 surface encompasses not only the RVxF-ΦΦ-R trio, but also additional sequences C-terminal to it (Chen et al, eLife, 2015). This extended trajectory is maintained in the Phactr1-PP1 complex (Fedoryshchak et al, eLife (2020). Based on structural alignment we proposed the existence of an additional hydrophobic “W” SLiM that interacts with the PP1 residues I133 and Y134.

      The extended “RVxF-ΦΦ-R-W” interaction brings sequences C-terminal to the “W” SLiM into the vicinity of the hydrophobic groove that adjoins the PP1 catalytic centre. In the Phactr1/PP1 complex, these sequences remodel the groove, generating a novel pocket that facilitates sequence-specific substrate recognition.

      This raises the possibility that sequences C-terminal to the extended “RVxF-ΦΦ-R-W string” in the other complexes also confer sequence-specific substrate recognition, and our study aims to test this hypothesis. Indeed, the hydrophobic groove structures of the Neurabin/Spinophilin/PP1 and Phactr1/PP1 complexes differ significantly (Ragusa et al, 2010; see Fedoryshchak et al 2020, Fig2 FigSupp1).

      (2) Orientation of the W side chain

      Reviewer 1 points out that in the substrate-bound PP1/PPP1R15A/Actin/eIF2 pre-dephosphorylation complex the W sidechain is inverted with respect to its orientation in  PP1-PPP1R15B complex (Yan et al, NSMB 2021). The authors proposed that this may reflect the role of actin in assembly of the quaternary complex. This does not necessarily invalidate the notion that sequences C-terminal to the “W” motif might play a role in actin-independent substrate recognition, and we therefore consider our inclusion of the R15A/B fusions in our analysis to be reasonable.

      (3) Conservation of W

      The motif ‘W’ does not mandate tryptophan - Phactrs and PPP1R15A/B indeed have W at this position but Neurabin/spinophilin contain VDP, which makes similar interactions. Similarly the _“_RVxF” motifs in Phactr1, Neurabin/Spinophilin, PPP1R15A/B and PNUTS are LIRF, KIKF, KV(R/T)F and TVTW respectively.

      In our revision, we will present comparisons of the differentially remodelled/modified PP1 hydrophobic groove in the various complexes, discuss the different orientations of the tryptophan in the previously published PPP1R15A/PP1 and PPP1R15B/PP1 structures. We will also address the other issues raised by the referees.

    1. Author response:

      We thank the reviewers for their constructive reviews, we are working on a response and revised manuscript which we will submit when complete.

    1. Author response:

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Ma, Yang et al. report a new investigation aimed at elucidating one of the key nutrients S. Typhimurium (STM) utilizes with the nutrient-poor intracellular niche within the macrophage, focusing on the amino acid beta-alanine. From these data, the authors report that beta-alanine plays an important role in mediating STM infection and virulence. The authors employ a multidisciplinary approach that includes some mouse studies and ultimately propose a mechanism by which panD, involved in B-Ala synthesis, mediates the regulation of zinc homeostasis in Salmonella. The impact of this work is questionable. There are already many studies reporting Salmonella-effector interactions, and while this adds to that knowledge it is not a significant advance over previous studies. While the authors are investigating an interesting question, the work has two important weaknesses; if addressed, the conclusions of this work and broader relevance to bacterial pathogenesis would be enhanced.

      Strengths:

      This reviewer appreciates the multidisciplinary nature of the work. The overall presentation of the figure graphics are clear and organized.

      Weaknesses:

      First, this study is very light on mechanistic investigations, even though a mechanism is proposed. Zinc homeostasis in cells, and roles in bacteria infections, are complex processes with many players. The authors have not thoroughly investigated the mechanisms underlying the roles of B-Ala and panD in impacting STM infection such that other factors cannot be ruled out. Defining the cellular content of Zn2+ STM in vivo would be one such route. With further mechanistic studies, the possibility cannot be ruled out that the authors have simply deleted two important genes and seen an infection defect - this may not relate directly to Zn2+ acquisition.

      Thank you for your patient and thoughtful reading as well as the constructive comments and advice about our manuscript. We will revise the manuscript based on your comments and suggestions.

      You are right that this work have not thoroughly investigated the mechanisms underlying the roles of β-Ala, panD and zinc in impacting Salmonella infection. We will perform additional experiments to detect the content of zinc during Salmonella infection in vivo and in vitro, according to your suggestions.

      We agree that other unknown mechanism(s) are also involved in the virulence regulation by β-Ala in Salmonella, as our results showed that the double mutant Δ_panD_Δ_znuA_ (cannot synthesis of β-Ala and uptake of zinc) is more attenuated than the single mutant Δ_znuA_ (Figure 5D), suggesting that the contribution of β-Ala to the virulence of Salmonella is partially dependent on zinc acquisition_._ We will reword the related description throughout the manuscript for clarity.

      Second, the authors hint at their newly described mechanism/pathway being important for disease and possibly a target for therapeutics. This claim is not justified given that they have employed a single STM strain, which was isolated from chickens and is not even a clinical isolate. The authors could enhance the impact of their findings and relevance to human disease by demonstrating it occurs in human clinical isolates and possibly other serovars. Further, the use of mouse macrophage as a model, and mice, have limited translatability to human STM infections.

      We thank your comments and advice regarding our manuscript and are delighted to accept them.

      You are right that our current findings are relatively limited and not sufficient for disease therapeutics. We will reword the related description throughout the manuscript. Based on this comment, we will also use Salmonella Typhi and human macrophages to perform additional experiments to extend our findings. Salmonella Typhi is a human-limited Salmonella serovar and the cause of typhoid fever, a severe lethal systemic disease. Salmonella Typhimurium (STM) cause systemic disease in mice, which is similar to the symptoms of typhoid fever in human and has been widely used to explore the pathogenesis of Salmonella.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Salmonella exploits host- and bacteria-derived β-alanine to efficiently replicate in host macrophages and cause systemic disease. β-alanine executes this by increasing the expression of zinc transporter genes and therefore the uptake of zinc by intracellular Salmonella

      Strengths:

      The experiments designed are thorough and the claims made are directly related to the outcome of the experiments. No overreaching claims were made.

      Weaknesses:

      A little deeper insight was expected, particularly towards the mechanistic aspects. For example, zinc transport was found to be the cause of the b-alanine-mediated effect on Salmonella intracellular replication. It would have been very interesting to see which are the governing factors that may get activated or inhibited due to Zn accumulation that supports such intracellular replication.

      We appreciate your review and advice. We will design and perform additional experiments to further investigate the mechanisms by which β-Ala, panD and zinc influence Salmonella infection, according to your suggestions. For example, we will detect the content of zinc during Salmonella infection in vivo and in vitro.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Salmonella is interesting due to its life within a compact compartment, which we call SCV or Salmonella containing vacuole in the field of Salmonella. SCV is a tight-fitting vacuole where the acquisition of nutrients is a key factor by Salmonella. The authors among many nutrients, focussed on beta-alanine. It is also known from many other studies that Salmonella requires beta-alanine. The authors have done in vitro RAW macrophage infection assays and In vivo mouse infection assays to see the life of Salmonella in the presence of beta-alanine. They concluded by comprehending that beta-alanine modulates the expression of many genes including zinc transporters which are required for pathogenesis.

      Strengths:

      This study made a couple of knockouts in Salmonella and did a transcriptomic investigation to understand the global gene expression pattern.

      Weaknesses:

      The following questions are unanswered:

      (1) It is not clear how the exogenous beta-alanine is taken up by macrophages.

      We thank the reviewer for the question. It is reported that β-alanine is delivered to eukaryotic cells through TauT (SLC6A6) and PAT1 (SLC36A1) transporters (Am J Physiol Cell Physiol. 2020 Apr 1;318(4):C777-C786; Br J Pharmacol 161: 589 –600, 2010; Biochim Biophys Acta 1194: 44 –52, 1994). We will add this information in the revised manuscript.

      (2) It is not clear how the Beta-alanine from the cytosol of the macrophage enters the SCV.

      Thank you for pointing it out. You are right that the above question is not clear. We will do our best to achieve this issue, via reviewing literature, designing and performing additional experiments.

      (3) It is not clear how the beta-alanine from SCV enters the bacterial cytosol.

      Thank you for the question. We have attempted to find the transporter of β-alanine in Salmonella, but we found that the CycA transporter transports β-alanine  in Escherichia coli but not in Salmonella, despite Salmonella is the closely related species of E. coli.

      According to your suggestion, we will perform additional experiments to verify whether BasC is involved in the transport of β-alanine into Salmonella cytosol.

      (4) There is no clarity on the utilization of exogenous beta-alanine of the host and the de novo synthesis of beta-alanine by panD of Salmonella.

      Thank you for the question. Our results showed that β-alanine concentrations were downregulated in the Salmonella-infected RAW264.7 cells, and the replication of Salmonella in RAW264.7 cells was significantly increased with the addition of β-alanine to the culture medium (RPMI) of RAW264.7 cells, implying that intracellular Salmonella use host-derived β-alanine for growth. Unfortunately, we have not found the transporter of exogenous β-alanine into Salmonella cytosol. We will perform additional experiments to verify whether BasC is involved in the transport of β-alanine into Salmonella cytosol, or search for other transporters that are responsible for the uptake of β-alanine into Salmonella.

      Upon confirming the β-alanine transporter in Salmonella, we will compare the intracellular replication and virulence between WT and the transporter mutant strain, via cell and mice infection assays. If the replication ability and virulence of the mutant strain decreases relative to WT, suggesting that Salmonella uptakes the exogenous beta-alanine of the host to enhance intracellular replication and its virulence in mice.

      We have found that the replication of Salmonella panD mutant in macrophages and the virulence in mice were significantly decreased relative to WT, suggesting that the de novo synthesis of β-alanine is important for Salmonella intracellular replication and virulence_. To further confirm that both uptake of host-derived β-alanine and de novo synthesis of β-alanine are critical for the full virulence of _Salmonella, we will generate the double mutant of panD and β-alanine transporter gene. If the replication ability and virulence of the double mutant decreases compared with each of the single mutant, suggesting that Salmonella both utilizes the exogenous beta-alanine of the host and de novo synthesis of β-alanine for full virulence.

    1. Author response:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The paper by Tolossa et al. presents classification studies that aim to predict the anatomical location of a neuron from the statistics of its in-vivo firing pattern. They study two types of statistics (ISI distribution, PSTH) and try to predict the location at different resolutions (region, subregion, cortical layer).

      Strengths:

      This paper provides a systematic quantification of the single-neuron firing vs location relationship.

      The quality of the classification setup seems high.

      The paper uncovers that, at the single neuron level, the firing pattern of a neuron carries some information on the neuron's anatomical location, although the predictive accuracy is not high enough to rely on this relationship in most cases.

      Thank you for your thoughtful feedback. The level of predictive accuracy offered by our current approach, while far above chance, is insufficient for electrode localization in most cases. Although, we speculate that our results represent a lower limit on possible performance—future improvements are almost certain as larger datasets are generated, more diverse features of neural activity are employed, and more advanced ML tools are implemented. We note that the current performance indicates a far more reliable embedding of anatomy in spiking than precedented by the modest statistical significance previously described in the literature. It would have been impossible to achieve this without the tremendous resources provided by the Allen Institute. In our revision, we will clarify that major performance improvements are both possible and probable.

      Weaknesses:

      As the authors mention in the Discussion, it is not clear whether the observed differences in firing are epiphenomenal. If the anatomical location information is useful to the neuron, to what extent can this be inferred from the vicinity of the synaptic site, based on the neurotransmitter and neuromodulator identities? Why would the neuron need to dynamically update its prediction of the anatomical location of its pre-synaptic partner based on activity when that location is static, and if that information is genetically encoded in synaptic proteins, etc (e.g., the type of the synaptic site)? Note that the neuron does not need to classify all possible locations to guess the location of its pre-synaptic partner because it may only receive input from a subset of locations.  If an argument on activity-based estimation being more advantageous to the neuron than synaptic site-based estimation cannot be made, I believe limiting the scope of the paper (e.g., in the Introduction) to an epiphenomenal observation and its quantification will improve the scientific quality.

      Summarily, in response to the two reviewers, we will minimize our discussion of this question in the revision. However, given that our results are either epiphenomenal or functional, we feel that it is important to indicate these possibilities, even if this indication is succinct and conservative.

      In pursuit of a more concise revision, we will not expand our discussion to accommodate this interesting conversation with the reviewer, but we are excited to briefly offer our perspective here.

      Regarding the epiphenomenal nature of our observations: this is a complex question that would be challenging but not impossible to validate experimentally. It has been previously established that neurons, especially those that integrate inputs from a variety of regions and are involved in diverse functions, could benefit from mechanisms for dynamically parsing inputs (Gutig, Sompolinsky 2006). Neurotransmitter and neuromodulator identities may indeed convey some information about presynaptic neuron location (e.g., NE may originate from the locus coeruleus). However, hypothetically, the binding of a neurotransmitter only bears on the postsynaptic neuron via ionic current, or second messenger activity. Postsynaptic neurons do not consume or otherwise endocytose the neurotransmitter, thus the ability of a neuron to “know” the presynaptic identity is a function of induced postsynaptic activity. Certainly, there are multiple streams of information that can provide insight into anatomical location all taking the ultimate form of neural activity and membrane dynamics. This would be broadly consistent with (for example) reward prediction error which is evident in dopamine release, firing rates, spiking patterns, and oscillatory rhythms.

      We could imagine a possible role for the embedding of location in spiking patterns. It is important to note that many neurons in neighboring areas share common neurotransmitters (e.g., glutamate, GABA). Neurons receiving input from multiple regions with similar neurotransmitter profiles could benefit from additional information in the spiking patterns for distinguishing input sources, especially for multimodal integration. For instance, an inferior parietal lobule neuron or microcircuit could be downstream from both auditory cortex (listening) and Broca’s area (speaking). Imagine an individual is in a crowded coffee shop waiting for their drink order to be called while speaking to their friend. In this scenario, it may be important to recognize region-specific activity and thus selectively attend to it. Thus, it is unlikely that neurons actively update a “location prediction,” but rather that location-related information is passively embedded in spike patterning and this might be dynamically leveraged in computation. We emphasize that this is a simplified conceptual example and not a hypothesis that we test in the paper. This conversation, however, is a wonderful example of the thought experiments that we hope will grow from this type of work.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Tolossa et al. analyze Inter-spike intervals from various freely available datasets from the Allen Institute and from a dataset from Steinmetz et al. They show that they can modestly decode between gross brain regions (Visual vs. Hippocampus vs. Thalamus), and modestly separate sub-areas within brain regions (DG vs. CA1 or various visual brain areas).

      Strengths:

      The paper is reasonably well written, and the definitions are quite well done. For example, the authors clearly explained transductive vs. inductive inference in their decoders. E.g., transductive learning allows the decoder to learn features from each animal, whereas inductive inference focuses on withheld animals and prioritizes the learning of generalizable features.

      Thank you!

      Weaknesses:

      However, even with some of these positive aspects, I still found the manuscript to be a laundry list of results, where some results are overly explained and not particularly compelling or interesting, whereas interesting results are not strongly described or emphasized. The overall problem is that the study is not cohesive, and the authors need to either come up with a tool or demonstrate a scientific finding. The current version attempts to split the middle and thus is not as impactful as it could be

      In our revision, we will endeavor to present our results in line with your suggestions. Thank you for the careful and thorough feedback that will improve the readability of our manuscript. We strove to be complete in establishing the logic leading to our ultimate finding—that a robust code for anatomical location can be extracted from single neuron spike trains, but not from more traditional descriptions of neural activity. Our detection of this code, albeit not perfect in performance, is, in most cases, both far above chance levels and is robust to animal identity and laboratory of origin. Our presentation of these results is cohesive in as much as we sequentially establish a series of results that build towards a concluding set of experiments. We start by establishing a baseline via standard measurements and then explore more challenging problems through more complex models that build toward our final test.  Based on your feedback, we will contract and expand elements of this sequence.

      While our findings raise the possibility of developing a computational tool for electrode localization, pending additional features and/or datasets, our current focus is on establishing the neurobiological principle of anatomical embedding in spike trains. The purpose of briefly mentioning a possible application is that we hope to encourage those engaged in machine-learning on multi-modal neural data that this problem is tractable, yet still open. Based on your feedback, we will clarify that the focus of our current work is not an introduction of a new tool.

    1. Author response:

      Public Reviews: 

      Reviewer #1 (Public review): 

      Summary: 

      Mitotic kinesins carry out crucial roles in intracellular motility and mitotic spindle organization. Although many mitotic kinesins have been extensively studied, a few conserved mitotic motors remain poorly explored, including chromosome-associated kinesins. Here, Furusaki et al reconstitute recombinant chromosome-associated kinesin or chromokinesin (Kid) and reveal processive plus-end motility along microtubules. The authors purify multiple versions of Kid, revealing dimeric organization and their processive microtubule plus-ended motility which depends on their conserved motor domains, neck linkers, and coiled-coil regions. The study reveals for the first time that KID can recruit and transport duplex DNA along microtubules using its conserved C-terminal DNA binding domain. The work provides crucial revised thinking about the mechanisms of Chromokinesins mitosis as physical processive motors that mobilize chromosomes towards the microtubule plus ends in early metaphase. 

      Strengths: 

      The authors reconstitute multiple chromosome-associated kinesin (KID) orthologs from Xenopus and humans with microtubules and determine their oligomerization. The study shows how coiled-coil and neck linker regions of KID are essential for its function as its deletion leads to non-processive motility. CHimeras placing the KID coiled-coil and neck linker on the KIF1A motor domain led to the production of a processive recombinant motor supporting the compatibility of their motility mechanisms. The KID c-terminal tail binds and transports only double-stranded DNA and its deletion or single-stranded DNA leads to defects in this activity.

      Thank you very much.

      Weaknesses: 

      A minor weakness in the studies is that they do not resolve the mechanisms of KID in binding large duplex DNA molecules or condensed chromatin. The authors suggest a model in which KID forms multimers along large chromosomes that lead to their transport, but this model was not directly tested. 

      Thank you very much for your suggestion.

      We will attempt to observe the movement of longer dsDNA and/or DNA-bead complexes and compare their motility with that of a single KID motor to elucidate the cooperativity of the motor protein.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review): 

      Summary: 

      Previous work in the field highlighted the role of the kinesin-10 motor protein Kid (KIF22) in the polar ejection force during prometaphase. However, the biochemical and biophysical properties of Kid that enabled it to serve in this role were unclear. The authors demonstrate that human and xenopus Kid proteins are processive kinesins that function as homodimeric molecules. The data are solid and support the findings although the text could use some editing to improve clarity. 

      Strengths: 

      A highlight of the work is the reconstitution of DNA transport in vitro. 

      A second highlight is the demonstration that the monomer vs dimer state is dependent on protein concentration. 

      Thank you very much.

      Weaknesses: 

      The authors make several assumptions of the monomer vs dimer state of various Kid constructs without verifying the protein state using e.g. size exclusion chromatography and/or nanophotometry. They also make statements about monomer-to-dimer transitions on the microtubule without showing or quantifying the data. 

      As reviewer suggests, the monomer-to-dimer transitions on the microtubule is a speculation. What we can measure in our hands are (1) monomer and dimer ratio in the solution and (2) particle movement on microtubules. At the pmol/L condition, Kid is monomeric in solution but exhibits processive movement on microtubules. Dimerization is generally required for the processivity. Therefore, we suggest Kid forms a dimer on microtubules.

      To show that Kid forms a dimer on microtubules, we will perform photobleaching assays and measure the fluorescent intensities of each particle on microtubules to determine their oligomeric state.

      The discussion needs to better put the work into context regarding the ability of non-processive motors to work in teams (formerly thought to be the case for Kid) and how their findings on Kid change this prevailing view in the case of polar ejection force. 

      We will look for the example of non-processive motors and include them in the Discussion and Citation. As described by this reviewer, Kid was originally thought to be a non-processive motor. We hope that our current work would change that view.  

      The authors also do not mention previous work on kinesins with non-conventional neck linker/neck coil regions that have been shown to move processively. Their work on Kid needs to be put into this context.

      We have thought that most kinesins, belonging to the cargo-transport classes, have conserved neck linker domain and neck coil domains, with Kid being exception. We will search for more citations, including non-transport classes of kinesins, and re-write the Discussion.

    1. Author response:

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study by McKim et al seeks to provide a comprehensive description of the connectivity of neurosecretory cells (NSCs) using a high-resolution electron microscopy dataset of the fly brain and several single-cell RNA seq transcriptomic datasets from the brain and peripheral tissues of the fly. They use connectomic analyses to identify discrete functional subgroups of NSCs and describe both the broad architecture of the synaptic inputs to these subgroups as well as some of the specific inputs including from chemosensory pathways. They then demonstrate that NSCs have very few traditional presynapses consistent with their known function as providing paracrine release of neuropeptides. Acknowledging that EM datasets can't account for paracrine release, the authors use several scRNAseq datasets to explore signaling between NSCs and characterize widespread patterns of neuropeptide receptor expression across the brain and several body tissues. The thoroughness of this study allows it to largely achieve it's goal and provides a useful resource for anyone studying neurohormonal signaling.

      Strengths:

      The strengths of this study are the thorough nature of the approach and the integration of several large-scale datasets to address short-comings of individual datasets. The study also acknowledges the limitations that are inherent to studying hormonal signaling and provides interpretations within the the context of these limitations.

      Weaknesses:

      Overall, the framing of this paper needs to be shifted from statements of what was done to what was found. Each subsection, and the narrative within each, is framed on topics such as "synaptic output pathways from NSC" when there are clear and impactful findings such as "NSCs have sparse synaptic output". Framing the manuscript in this way allows the reader to identify broad takeaways that are applicable to other model system. Otherwise, the manuscript risks being encyclopedic in nature. An overall synthesis of the results would help provide the larger context within which this study falls.

      We agree with the reviewer and will replace all the subsection titles as suggested.

      The cartoon schematic in Figure 5A (which is adapted from a 2020 review) has an error. This schematic depicts uniglomerular projection neurons of the antennal lobe projecting directly to the lateral horn (without synapsing in the mushroom bodies) and multiglomerular projection neurons projecting to the mushroom bodies and then lateral horn. This should be reversed (uniglomerular PNs synapse in the calyx and then further project to the LH and multiglomerular PNs project along the mlACT directly to the LH) and is nicely depicted in a Strutz et al 2014 publication in eLife.

      We thank the reviewer for spotting this error. We will modify the schematic as suggested.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors aim to provide a comprehensive description of the neurosecretory network in the adult Drosophila brain. They sought to assign and verify the types of 80 neurosecretory cells (NSCs) found in the publicly available FlyWire female brain connectome. They then describe the organization of synaptic inputs and outputs across NSC types and outline circuits by which olfaction may regulate NSCs, and by which Corazon-producing NSCs may regulate flight behavior. Leveraging existing transcriptomic data, they also describe the hormone and receptor expressions in the NSCs and suggest putative paracrine signaling between NSCs. Taken together, these analyses provide a framework for future experiments, which may demonstrate whether and how NSCs, and the circuits to which they belong, may shape physiological function or animal behavior.

      Strengths:

      This study uses the FlyWire female brain connectome (Dorkenwald et al. 2023) to assign putative cell types to the 80 neurosecretory cells (NSCs) based on clustering of synaptic connectivity and morphological features. The authors then verify type assignments for selected populations by matching cluster sizes to anatomical localization and cell counts using immunohistochemistry of neuropeptide expression and markers with known co-expression.

      The authors compare their findings to previous work describing the synaptic connectivity of the neurosecretory network in larval Drosophila (Huckesfeld et al., 2021), finding that there are some differences between these developmental stages. Direct comparisons between adults and larvae are made possible through direct comparison in Table 1, as well as the authors' choice to adopt similar (or equivalent) analyses and data visualizations in the present paper's figures.

      The authors extract core themes in NSC synaptic connectivity that speak to their function: different NSC types are downstream of shared presynaptic outputs, suggesting the possibility of joint or coordinated activation, depending on upstream activity. NSCs receive some but not all modalities of sensory input. NSCs have more synaptic inputs than outputs, suggesting they predominantly influence neuronal and whole-body physiology through paracrine and endocrine signaling.

      The authors outline synaptic pathways by which olfactory inputs may influence NSC activity and by which Corazon-releasing NSCs may regulate flight. These analyses provide a basis for future experiments, which may demonstrate whether and how such circuits shape physiological function or animal behavior.

      The authors extract expression patterns of neuropeptides and receptors across NSC cell types from existing transcriptomic data (Davie et al., 2018) and present the hypothesis that NSCs could be interconnected via paracrine signaling. The authors also catalog hormone receptor expression across tissues, drawing from the Fly Cell Atlas (Li et al., 2022).

      Weaknesses:

      The clustering of NSCs by their presynaptic inputs and morphological features, along with corroboration with their anatomical locations, distinguished some, but not all cell types. The authors attempt to distinguish cell types using additional methodologies: immunohistochemistry (Figure 2), retrograde trans-synaptic labeling, and characterization of dense core vesicle characteristics in the FlyWire dataset (Figure 1, Supplement 1). However, these corroborating experiments often lacked experimental replicates, were not rigorously quantified, and/or were presented as singular images from individual animals or even individual cells of interest. The assignments of DH44 and DMS types remain particularly unconvincing.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We would like to clarify that the images presented in Figure 2 and Figure 1 Supplement 1 are representative images based on at least 5 independent samples. We will clarify this in the figure caption and methods. The electron micrographs showing dense core vesicle (DCV) characteristics (Figure 1 Supplement E-G) are also representative images based on examination of multiple neurons. However, we agree with the reviewer that a rigorous quantification would be useful to showcase the differences between DCVs from NSC subtypes. Therefore, we have now performed a quantitative analysis of the DCVs in putative m-NSCDH44 (n=6), putative m-NSCDMS (n=6) and descending neurons (n=4) known to express DMS. For consistency, we examined the cross section of each cell where the diameter of nuclei was the largest. We quantified the mean gray value of at least 50 DCV per cell. Our analysis shows that mean gray values of putative m-NSCDMS and DMS descending neurons are not significantly different, whereas the mean gray values of m-NSCDH44 are significantly larger. This analysis is in agreement with our initial conclusion.

      Author response image 1.

      The authors present connectivity diagrams for visualization of putative paracrine signaling between NSCs based on their peptide and receptor expression patterns. These transcriptomic data alone are inadequate for drawing these conclusions, and these connectivity diagrams are untested hypotheses rather than results. The authors do discuss this in the Discussion section.

      We fully agree with the reviewer and will further elaborate on the limitations of our approach in the revised manuscript. However, there is a very high-likelihood that a given NSC subtype can signal to another NSC subtype using a neuropeptide if its receptor is expressed in the target NSC. This is due to the fact that all NSC axons are part of the same nerve bundle (nervi corpora cardiaca) which exits the brain. The axons of different NSCs form release sites that are extremely close to each other. Neuropeptides from these release sites can easily diffuse via the hemolymph to peripheral tissues that (e.g. fat body and ovaries) that are much further away from the release sites on neighboring NSCs. We believe that neuropeptide receptors are expressed in NSCs near these release sites where they can receive inputs not just from the adjacent NSCs but also from other sources such as the gut enteroendocrine cells. Hence, neuropeptide diffusion is not a limiting factor preventing paracrine signaling between NSCs and receptor expression is a good indicator for putative paracrine signaling.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript presents an ambitious and comprehensive synaptic connectome of neurosecretory cells (NSC) in the Drosophila brain, which highlights the neural circuits underlying hormonal regulation of physiology and behaviour. The authors use EM-based connectomics, retrograde tracing, and previously characterised single-cell transcriptomic data. The goal was to map the inputs to and outputs from NSCs, revealing novel interactions between sensory, motor, and neurosecretory systems. The results are of great value for the field of neuroendocrinology, with implications for understanding how hormonal signals integrate with brain function to coordinate physiology.

      The manuscript is well-written and provides novel insights into the neurosecretory connectome in the adult Drosophila brain. Some, additional behavioural experiments will significantly strengthen the conclusions.

      Strengths:

      (1) Rigorous anatomical analysis

      (2) Novel insights on the wiring logic of the neurosecretory cells.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Functional validation of findings would greatly improve the manuscript.

      We agree with this reviewer that assessing the functional output from NSCs would improve the manuscript. Given that we currently lack genetic tools to measure hormone levels and that behaviors and physiology are modulated by NSCs on slow timescales, it is difficult to assess the immediate functional impact of the sensory inputs to NSC using approaches such as optogenetics. However, since l-NSCCRZ are the only known cell type that provide output to descending neurons, we will functionally test this output pathway using different behavioral assays recommended by this reviewer.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      First of all, we would like to thank the reviewers for their very constructive comments, which helped us to improve the manuscript! In response to the raised issues, we have performed new experiments and made necessary changes on the manuscript.

      eLife Assessment

      The study describes a valuable new technology in the field of targeted protein degradation that allows identification of E3-ubiquitin ligases that target a protein of interest. The presented data are convincing, however, it is unclear whether the proposed system can be successfully used in high throughput applications. This technology will serve the community in the initial stages of developing targeted protein degraders.

      We thank the eLife editors for the positive assessment and have clarified the scalability of our system for high throughput applications in the revised manuscript (see our response to both reviewer’s comment on weakness point 1).

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      PROTACs are heterobifunctional molecules that utilize the Ubiquitin Proteasome System to selectively degrade target proteins within cells. Upon introduction to the cells, PROTACs capture the activity of the E3 ubiquitin ligases for ubiquitination of the targeted protein, leading to its subsequent degradation by the proteasome. The main benefit of PROTAC technology is that it expands the "druggable proteome" and provides numerous possibilities for therapeutic use. However, there are also some difficulties, including the one addressed in this manuscript: identifying suitable target-E3 ligase pairs for successful degradation. Currently, only a few out of about 600 E3 ligases are used to develop PROTAC compounds, which creates the need to identify other E3 ligases that could be used in PROTAC synthesis. Testing the efficacy of PROTAC compounds has been limited to empirical tests, leading to lengthy and often failure-prone processes. This manuscript addressed the need for faster and more reliable assays to identify the compatible pairs of E3 ligases-target proteins. The authors propose using the RiPA assay, which depends on rapamycin-induced dimerization of FKBP12 protein with FRB domain. The PROTAC technology is advancing rapidly, making this manuscript both timely and essential. The RiPA assay might be useful in identifying novel E3 ligases that could be utilized in PROTAC technology. Additionally, it could be used at the initial stages of PROTAC development, looking for the best E3 ligase for the specific target.

      The authors described an elegant assay that is scalable, easy-to-use, and applicable to a wide range of cellular models. This method allows for the quantitative validation of the degradation efficacy of a given pair of E3 ligase-target proteins, using luciferase activity as a measure. Importantly, the assay also enables the measurement of kinetics in living cells, enhancing its practicality.

      Strengths:

      (1) The authors have addressed the crucial needs that arise during PROTAC development. In the introduction, they nicely describe the advantages and disadvantages of the PROTAC technology and explain why such an assay is needed.

      (2) The study includes essential controls in experiments (important for generating new assay), such as using the FRB vector without E3 ligase as a negative control, testing different linkers (which may influence the efficacy of the degradation), and creating and testing K-less vectors to exclude the possibility of luciferase or FKBP12 ubiquitination instead of WDR5 (the target protein). Additionally, the position of the luc in the FKBP12 vector and the position of VHL in the FRB vector are tested. Different E3 ligases are tested using previously identified target proteins, confirming the assay's utility and accuracy.

      (3) The study identified a "new" E3 ligase that is suitable for PROTAC technology (FBXL).

      We greatly appreciate the reviewer’s positive feedback on our work. To evaluate our system further, in our revised manuscript we have conducted additional analysis on KRASG12D degradation via VHL and CRBN within our K-less system. Consistent with previous findings of VHL-harnessing PROTACs, our assay demonstrated that VHL mediated efficient degradation of KRASG12D while CRBN induced only a minor effect. This new data is presented in Figure 2 - figure supplement 1C of the revised manuscript.

      Weaknesses:

      · It is not clear how feasible it would be to adapt the assay for high-throughput screens.

      The design of our study is a well-based assay. It is therefore possible but not realistic to evaluate all 600 and more human E3 ligases. Nonetheless, if interested in all E3 ligases, our assay could be adapted for pooled experimental strategies, as demonstrated in Poirson, J., Cho, H., Dhillon, A. et al., Nature 628, 878–886 (2024).

      Our system offers several advantages over pooled screens, including the generation of more quantitative data and faster testing of selected candidates. Pooled screens, by contrast, require more time due to the necessity of next-generation sequencing and bioinformatics analysis. Moreover, in response to the reviewers comment, we have included a schematic in the revised manuscript (Figure 4 - figure supplement 1A) that outlines the assay duration and hands-on time for target and E3 ligase candidates.

      · In some experiments, the efficacy of WDR5 degradation tested by immunoblotting appears to be lower than luciferase activity (e.g., Figure 2G and H).

      We concur with the reviewer that in some instances, the degradation observed via immunoblotting appears lower than that indicated by luciferase activity. Thus, we have quantified the western and added it to the respective blots. This discrepancy may result from the non-linearity of western blots.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Adhikari and colleagues developed a new technique, rapamycin-induced proximity assay (RiPA), to identify E3-ubiquitin (ub) ligases of a protein target, aiming at identifying additional E3 ligases that could be targeted for PROTAC generation or ligases that may degrade a protein target. The study is timely, as expanding the landscape of E3-ub ligases for developing targeted degraders is a primary direction in the field.

      Strengths:

      The study's strength lies in its practical application of the FRB:FKBP12 system. This system is used to identify E3-ub ligases that would degrade a target of interest, as evidenced by the reduction in luminescence upon the addition of rapamycin. This approach effectively mimics the potential action of a PROTAC.

      We are delighted with this assessment of our work by the reviewer. To evaluate our system further, in our revised manuscript we have conducted additional analysis on KRASG12D degradation via VHL and CRBN within our K-less system. Consistent with previous findings of VHL-harnessing PROTACs, our assay demonstrated that VHL mediated efficient degradation of KRASG12D while CRBN induced only a minor effect. This new data is presented in Figure 2 - figure supplement 1C of the revised manuscript.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) While the technique shows promise, its application in a discovery setting, particularly for high-throughput or unbiased E3-ub ligase identification, may pose challenges. The authors should provide more detailed insights into these potential difficulties to foster a more comprehensive understanding of RiPA's limitations.

      The design of our study is well-based assay . It is therefore possible but not realistic to evaluate all 600 and more human E3 ligases. Nonetheless, if interested in all E3 ligases, our assay could be adapted for pooled experimental strategies, as demonstrated in Poirson, J., Cho, H., Dhillon, A. et al., Nature 628, 878–886 (2024).

      Our system offers several advantages over pooled screens, including the generation of more quantitative data and faster testing of selected candidates. Pooled screens, by contrast, require more time due to the necessity of next-generation sequencing and bioinformatics analysis. Moreover, in response to the reviewers comment, we have included a schematic in the revised manuscript (Figure 4 - figure supplement 1A) that outlines the assay duration and hands-on time for target and E3 ligase candidates.

      We also added the following sentences to the Limitations of the study section of the revised manuscript (line 322-326): “While our system offers easy testing of different tagging approaches and due to its simple workflow facilitates the rapid characterization of novel E3 ligases across multiple targets, it is currently not optimized for high-throughput evaluation of all 600+ E3 ligases. Achieving such scale would necessitate further adaptations, including the incorporation of pooled experimental strategies.”

      (2) While RiPA will help identify E3 ligases, PROTAC design would still be empirical. The authors should discuss this limitation. Could the technology be applied to molecular glue generation?

      We agree with the reviewer that our assay rationalizes the choice of E3 ligases but that PROTAC design (“linkerology”) is still mostly empirical. To address this, we included the following line in the Limitations of the study section of our initial manuscript (line 327-330): “Conversely, it is also conceivable that an E3 ligase that can efficiently decrease the levels of a particular target in the RiPA setting may be less suitable for PROTACs, since PROTACs that mimic the steric interaction of the target/E3 pair may not be easily identified in the chemical space.”

      Regarding molecular glues, our assay could also be instrumental in identifying suitable E3 ligases for a target protein prior to screening for molecular glues, provided that the screening system specifically screens E3 ligase and target pairs. However, as most molecular glue screens are currently agnostic to specific E3 ligases or targets, our system may not be applicable in those cases. We have elaborated on this in the discussion section of the revised manuscript (line 271-274): “We envision that this setting will be valuable for identifying the most suitable E3 ligase candidates for PROTACs aimed at specific proteins, and for guiding E3 ligase selection when screening for molecular glues targeting specific E3 ligase and protein pairs.”

      (3) Controls to verify the intended mechanism of action are missing, such as using a proteasome inhibitor or VHL inhibitors/siRNA to verify on-target effects. Verification of the target E3 ligase complex after rapamycin addition via orthogonal approaches, such as IP, should be considered.

      We thank the reviewer for the comment. Particularly VHL siRNA is not beneficial in this setup, as we overexpress the E3 ligase rather than relying on endogenous protein.

      To verify mechanism of action, we performed additional experiments in the presence of proteosomal inhibitor MG132 and neddylation inhibitor MLN4924 with target KRASG12D and E3 ligase VHL. The results is shown in Figure 2H of the revised manuscript.

      Minor concern:

      The graphs in Figure 1E are missing.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We corrected the figure in the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      •  Optionally, the authors could add control experiments with Aurora B and Crb vectors (there shouldn't be any degradation) and experiments confirming that the degradation occurs via the proteasome. For example, the addition of proteasome inhibitors (such as bortezomib) should decrease the efficiency of the target degradation and confirm that targets are degraded via the proteasome system.

      Regarding Aurora-B degradation, as far as we know, there are no specific Aurora-B PROTACs reported. Thus, there is no definitive evidence that CRBN could not degrade Aurora-B. Nevertheless, we performed assays with Aurora-B and VHL, CRBN, or FRB, and observed more effective degradation of Aurora-B by VHL than CRBN. This data is now included in Figure 2 - figure supplement 1B of the revised manuscript.

      • It would also be helpful to provide a possible explanation for why the ratio 1:1 of vectors did not induce the degradation (regarding Figure 1D).

      We believe the lack of degradation with 1:1 vector ratio is due to the differential expression levels of endogenous FKBP12 and mTOR in HEK293 cells. According to Human Protein Atlas, the normalized protein-coding transcripts per million (nTPM) for FKBP12 and mTOR in HEK293 cells are 160 and 24 respectively, indicating that FKBP12 is expressed at levels approximately 6.7 times higher than mTOR. This disparity likely limits the heterodimerization of exclusively fusion proteins upon rapamycin addition. To increase the likelihood of FKBP12 and FRB fusion protein dimerization, we used a higher ratio of the FRB component during transfection, considering the higher endogenous expression of FKBP12.

      • It would be helpful to add more explanation for the data in Figure 1F, including whether there is a difference between vectors with different positions of VHL and FRB and why the FRB-VHL vector is less expressed without rapamycin.

      We thank the reviewer for the comment. Regarding the vector orientations of VHL/FRB and WDR5/Luc/FKBP12, we have consistently observed different migration behaviors for WDR5 and VHL constructs, despite their same molecular weights. This observation aligns with literature reports where differential running behavior is noted when FRB or FKBP12 (or their mutants) are tagged to the N- or C-terminus of a protein (Bondeson, D.P., Mullin-Bernstein, Z., Oliver, S. et al. Nat Commun 13, 5495 (2022); Mabe, S., Nagamune, T. & Kawahara, M. Sci Rep 4, 6127 (2014)). We have now included the following explanation in the figure legend of Figure 1F of the revised manuscript: “WDR5 and VHL fusion proteins tagged at the N- and C-terminal show different migration behaviors despite having same molecular weight.”

      Additionally, the stabilizing effect of rapamycin on FRB (or its mutants), FRB fusion proteins, and FRB-containing proteins has been documented (Stankunas, K., Bayle, J.H., Havranek, J.J. et al. ChemBioChem, 8(10), 1162-1169 (2007); Stankunas, K., Bayle, J.H., Gestwicki J.E. et al. Mol Cell, 12(6), 1615–1624 (2003); Zhang, C., Cui, M., Cui, Y. et al. J. Vis. Exp. (150), e59656 (2019)). We believe that the degree of stabilization by rapamycin could differ between N- and C-terminal FRB fusion proteins.

      • Finally, the mistake in Figure 2G (where the lanes are wrongly labelled, BRBN-FRB and FRB) should be corrected. Also please correct the graph in Figure 1E (there seems to be a problem with bars for 1:100). There are some typos, such as in lines 38, 277, and 288.

      Thank you for bringing this to our attention. We have corrected all the mentioned errors.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Public Reviews: 

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review): 

      Summary: 

      In this work, the authors examine the activity and function of D1 and D2 MSNs in dorsomedial striatum (DMS) during an interval timing task. In this task, animals must first nose poke into a cued port on the left or right; if not rewarded after 6 seconds, they must switch to the other port. Thus, this task requires animals to estimate if at least 6 seconds have passed after the first nose poke. After verifying that animals estimate the passage of 6 seconds, the authors examine striatal activity during this interval. They report that D1-MSNs tend to decrease activity, while D2MSNs increase activity, throughout this interval. They suggest that this activity follows a driftdiffusion model, in which activity increases (or decreases) to a threshold after which a decision is made. The authors next report that optogenetically inhibiting D1 or D2 MSNs, or pharmacologically blocking D1 and D2 receptors, increased the average wait time. This suggests that both D1 and D2 neurons contribute to the estimate of time, with a decrease in their activity corresponding to a decrease in the rate of 'drift' in their drift-diffusion model. Lastly, the authors examine MSN activity while pharmacologically inhibiting D1 or D2 receptors. The authors observe most recorded MSNs neurons decrease their activity over the interval, with the rate decreasing with D1/D2 receptor inhibition. 

      We appreciate the careful read by this reviewer. 

      Major strengths: 

      The study employs a wide range of techniques - including animal behavioral training, electrophysiology, optogenetic manipulation, pharmacological manipulations, and computational modeling. The question posed by the authors - how striatal activity contributes to interval timing - is of importance to the field and has been the focus of many studies and labs. This paper contributes to that line of work by investigating whether D1 and D2 neurons have similar activity patterns during the timed interval, as might be expected based on prior work based on striatal manipulations. However, the authors find that D1 and D2 neurons have distinct activity patterns. They then provide a decision-making model that is consistent with all results. The data within the paper is presented very clearly, and the authors have done a nice job presenting the data in a transparent manner (e.g., showing individual cells and animals). Overall, the manuscript is relatively easy to read and clear, with sufficient detail given in most places regarding the experimental paradigm or analyses used. 

      We are glad that our main points come clearly through.

      Major weaknesses: 

      One weakness to me is the impact of identifying whether D1 and D2 had similar or different activity patterns. Does observing increasing/decreasing activity in D2 versus D1, or different activity patterns in D1 and D2, support one model of interval timing over another, or does it further support a more specific idea of how DMS contributes to interval timing? 

      This is a great point - we were not clear.  We observe distinct patterns of D2 and D1-MSN activity, but that disrupting either D2-MSNs or D1-MSNs led to increased response time.  The model that this supports is that D2-MSNs and D1-MSN ensemble activity represents temporal evidence.  This is a very specific model that can be rigorously tested in future work.  We have now made this very clear in the abstract (Page 2). 

      “We found that D2-MSNs and D1-MSNs exhibited distinct dynamics over temporal intervals as quantified by principal component analyses and trial-by-trial generalized linear models. MSN recordings helped construct and constrain a fourparameter drift-diffusion computational model in which MSN ensemble activity represented the accumulation of temporal evidence. This model predicted that disrupting either D2-MSNs or D1-MSNs would increase interval timing response times and alter MSN firing. In line with this prediction, we found that optogenetic inhibition or pharmacological disruption of either D2-MSNs or D1-MSNs increased interval timing response times.”

      And in the results on Page 18:  

      “Because both D2-MSNs and D1-MSNs accumulate temporal evidence, disrupting either MSN type in the model changed the slope. The results were obtained by simultaneously decreasing the drift rate D (equivalent to lengthening the neurons’ integration time constant) and lowering the level of network noise 𝝈: D = 𝟎. 𝟏𝟐𝟗, 𝝈 = 𝟎. 𝟎𝟒𝟑 for D2-MSNs in Fig 4A (in red; changes in noise had to accompany changes in drift rate to preserve switch response time variance. See Methods); and 𝑫 = 𝟎. 𝟏𝟐𝟐, 𝝈 = 𝟎. 𝟎𝟒𝟑 for D1-MSNs in Fig 4B (in blue). The model predicted that disrupting either D2-MSNs or D1-MSNs would increase switch response times (Fig 4C and Fig 4D) and would shift MSN dynamics.” 

      And in the discussion (Page 30): 

      “Striatal MSNs are critical for temporal control of action (Emmons et al., 2017; Gouvea et al., 2015; Mello et al., 2015). Three broad models have been proposed for how striatal MSN ensembles represent time: 1) the striatal beat frequency model, in which MSNs encode temporal information based on neuronal synchrony (Matell and Meck, 2004); 2) the distributed coding model, in which time is represented by the state of the network (Paton and Buonomano, 2018); and 3) the DDM, in which neuronal activity monotonically drifts toward a threshold after which responses are initiated (Emmons et al., 2017; Simen et al., 2011; Wang et al., 2018). While our data do not formally resolve these possibilities, our results show that D2-MSNs and D1MSNs exhibit opposing changes in firing rate dynamics in PC1 over the interval. Past work by our group and others has demonstrated that PC1 dynamics can scale over multiple intervals to represent time (Emmons et al., 2020, 2017; Gouvea et al., 2015; Mello et al., 2015; Wang et al., 2018). We find that low-parameter DDMs account for interval timing behavior with both intact and disrupted striatal D2- and D1-MSNs. While other models can capture interval timing behavior and account for MSN neuronal activity, our model does so parsimoniously with relatively few parameters (Matell and Meck, 2004; Paton and Buonomano, 2018; Simen et al., 2011). We and others have shown previously that ramping activity scales to multiple intervals, and DDMs can be readily adapted by changing the drift rate (Emmons et al., 2017; Gouvea et al., 2015; Mello et al., 2015; Simen et al., 2011). Interestingly, decoding performance was high early in the interval; indeed, animals may have been focused on this initial interval (Balci and Gallistel, 2006) in making temporal comparisons and deciding whether to switch response nosepokes.”

      Regarding the reviewer’s specific question – it is not clear why D1-MSNs and D2-MSNs have opposing patterns of activity, as integration of temporal evidence can certainly be achieved increasing or decreasing firing rates alone. These patterns have been seen in motor control. Prefrontal neurons, which control striatal ramping, also ramp up and down. We have now included a paragraph on Page 30 explicitly discussing these ideas; however, future experiments will be required to investigate the source of the divergent patterns of activity among D2-MSNs and D1-MSNs.   

      “D2-MSNs and D1-MSNs play complementary roles in movement. For instance, stimulating D1-MSNs facilitates movement, whereas stimulating D2-MSNs impairs movement (Kravitz et al., 2010). Both populations have been shown to have complementary patterns of activity during movements with MSNs firing at different phases of action initiation and selection (Tecuapetla et al., 2016). Further dissection of action selection programs reveals that opposing patterns of activation among D2MSNs and D1-MSNs suppress and guide actions, respectively, in the dorsolateral striatum (Cruz et al., 2022). A particular advantage of interval timing is that it captures a cognitive behavior within a single dimension — time. When projected along the temporal dimension, it was surprising that D2-MSNs and D1-MSNs had opposing patterns of activity. Ramping activity in the prefrontal cortex can increase or decrease; and prefrontal neurons project to and control striatal ramping activity (Emmons et al., 2020, 2017; Wang et al., 2018).  It is possible that differences in D2MSNs and D1-MSNs reflect differences in cortical ramping, which may themselves reflect more complex integrative or accumulatory processes. Further experiments are required to investigate these differences. Past pharmacological work from our group and others has shown that disrupting D2- or D1-MSNs slows timing (De Corte et al., 2019b; Drew et al., 2007, 2003; Stutt et al., 2024) and are in agreement with pharmacological and optogenetic results in this manuscript. Computational modeling predicted that disrupting either D2-MSNs or D1-MSNs increased selfreported estimates of time, which was supported by both optogenetic and pharmacological experiments.”

      I found the results presented in Figures 2 and 3 to be a little confusing or misleading. In Figure 2, the authors appear to claim that D1 neurons decrease their activity over the time interval while D2 neurons increase activity. The authors use this result to suggest that D1/D2 activity patterns are different. In Figure 3, a different analysis is done, and this time D2 neurons do not significantly increase their activity with time, conflicting with Figure 2. While in both figures, there is a significant difference between the mean slopes across the population, the secondary effect of positive/negative slope for D2/D1 neurons changes. I find this especially confusing as the authors refer back to the positive/negative slope for D2/D1 neurons result throughout the rest of the text.  

      We were not clear.  First, we attempted to quantify these differences based on PCA and slope.  We have rephrased our characterization of these differences by changing text on (Page 9) to: 

      “These PETHs revealed that for the 6-second interval immediately after trial start, many putative D2-MSN neurons appeared to ramp up while many putative D1-MSNs appeared to ramp down. For 32 putative D2-MSNs average PETH activity increased over the 6-second interval immediately after trial start, whereas for 41 putative D1-MSNs, average PETH activity decreased. Accordingly, D2-MSNs and D1-MSNs had differences in activity early in the interval (0-5 seconds; F = 4.5, p = 0.04 accounting for variance between mice) but not late in the interval (5-6 seconds; F = 1.9, p = 0.17 accounting for variance between mice). Examination of a longer interval of 10 seconds before to 18 seconds after trial start revealed the greatest separation in D2-MSN and D1-MSN dynamics during the 6-second interval after trial start (Fig S2). Strikingly, these data suggest that D2-MSNs and D1-MSNs might display distinct dynamics during interval timing.” 

      We have rephrased our discussion on PCA to quantify differences in Fig 2G-H using data-driven methods (Page 12): 

      “To quantify differences between D2-MSNs vs D1-MSNs in Fig 2G-H, we turned to principal component analysis (PCA), a data-driven tool to capture the diversity of neuronal activity (Kim et al., 2017a). Work by our group and others has uniformly identified PC1 as a linear component among corticostriatal neuronal ensembles during interval timing (Bruce et al., 2021; Emmons et al., 2020, 2019, 2017; Kim et al., 2017a; Narayanan et al., 2013; Narayanan and Laubach, 2009; Parker et al., 2014; Wang et al., 2018). We analyzed PCA calculated from all D2-MSN and D1MSN PETHs over the 6-second interval immediately after trial start. PCA identified time-dependent ramping activity as PC1 (Fig 3A), a key temporal signal that explained 54% of variance among tagged MSNs (Fig 3B; variance for PC1 p = 0.009 vs 46 (44-49)% for any pattern of PC1 variance derived from random data; Narayanan, 2016). Consistent with population averages from Fig 2G&H, D2-MSNs and D1-MSNs had opposite patterns of activity with negative PC1 scores for D2MSNs and positive PC1 scores for D1-MSNs (Fig 3C; PC1 for D2-MSNs: -3.4 (-4.6 – 2.5); PC1 for D1-MSNs: 2.8 (-2.8 – 4.9); F = 8.8, p = 0.004 accounting for variance between mice (Fig S3A); Cohen’s d = 0.7; power = 0.80; no reliable effect of sex (F = 0.44, p = 0.51) or switching direction (F = 1.73, p = 0.19)).”

      And finally, we directly investigate the heart of the reviewer’s question by explicitly comparing PC1 scores – a data-driven analysis of neuronal patterns that explain the least variance – and show that they are less than 0 for D2-MSNs (i.e., negatively correlated with a down-ramping pattern, or ramping up), and greater than 0 for D1MSNs (i.e., positively correlated with an up-ramping pattern): 

      “Importantly, PC1 scores for D2-MSNs were significantly less than 0 (signrank D2MSN PC1 scores vs 0: p = 0.02), implying that because PC1 ramps down, D2-MSNs tended to ramp up. Conversely, PC1 scores for D1-MSNs were significantly greater than 0 (signrank D1-MSN PC1 scores vs 0: p = 0.05), implying that D1-MSNs tended to ramp down.  Thus, analysis of PC1 in Fig 3A-C suggested that D2-MSNs (Fig 2G) and D1-MSNs (Fig 2H) had opposing ramping dynamics.”

      We interpret these data on Page 16: 

      “Our analysis of average activity (Fig 2G-H) and PC1 (Fig 3A-C) suggested that D2MSNs and D1-MSNs might have opposing dynamics. However, past computational models of interval timing have relied on drift-diffusion dynamics that increases over the interval and accumulates evidence over time (Nguyen et al., 2020; Simen et al., 2011).”

      The reviewer mentions our analysis of ‘mean slopes across the population’ -which we clarify as trial-by-trial slope analysis, which is distinct from the population averages in 2G-H and 3A-C.  We have now made this clear (Page 12). 

      “To interrogate these dynamics at a trial-by-trial level, we calculated the linear slope of D2-MSN and D1-MSN activity over the first 6 seconds of each trial using generalized linear modeling (GLM) of effects of time in the interval vs trial-by-trial firing rate (Latimer et al., 2015).  Note that this analysis focuses on each trial rather than population averages in Fig 2G-H and Fig 3A-C.”

      Finally, as the reviewer suggests, we have removed the term ‘slope’ from the rest of the paper, as the increasing/decreasing comes from averages and analyses of PC1.  We have removed all discussion of ‘opposing’ slope or ‘increasing/decreasing’ slope. 

      It is a bit unclear to me how the authors chose the parameters for the model, and how well the model explains behavior is quantified. It seems that the authors didn't perform cross-validation across trials (i.e., they chose parameters that explained behavior across all trials combined, rather than choosing parameters from a subset of trials and determining whether those parameters are robust enough to explain behavior on held-out trials). I think this would increase the robustness of the result. 

      In addition, it remains a bit unclear to me how the authors changed the specific parameters they did to model the optogenetic manipulation. It seems these parameters were chosen because they fit the manipulation data. This makes me wonder if this model is flexible enough that there is almost always a set of parameters that would explain any experimental result; in other words, I'm not sure this model has high explanatory power. 

      We are glad the reviewer raised these points.  First, we have now included a complete exploration of the parameter space, exactly as the reviewer recommends.  These are described in the methods (Page 41): 

      “Selection of DDMs parameters. Our goal was to build DDMs with dynamics that produce “response times” according to the observed distribution of mice switch times. The selection of parameter values in Fig 4 was done in three steps. First, we fit the distribution of the mice behavioral data with a Gamma distribution and found its fitting values for shape 𝜶𝑴 and rate 𝜷𝑴 (Table S2 and Fig S8; R2 Data vs Gamma ≥ 𝟎. 𝟗𝟒). We recognized that the mean 𝝁𝑴 and the coefficient of variation 𝑪𝑽𝑴 are directly related to the shape and rate of the Gamma distribution by formulas 𝝁𝑴 \= 𝜶𝑴/𝜷𝑴 and 𝑪𝑽𝑴 \= 𝟏/√𝜶𝑴.  Next, we fixed parameters 𝑭 and 𝒃 in DDM (e.g., for D2-MSNs: 𝑭 = 𝟏, 𝒃 = 𝟎. 𝟓𝟐) and simulated the DDM for a range of values for 𝑫 and 𝝈. For each pair (𝑫, 𝝈), one computational “experiment” generated 500 response times with mean 𝝁 and coefficient of variation 𝑪𝑽. We repeated the “experiment” 10 times and took the group median of 𝝁 and 𝑪𝑽 to obtain the simulation-based statistical measures 𝝁𝑺 and 𝑪𝑽𝑺. Last, we plotted 𝑬𝝁 \= |(𝝁𝑺 − 𝝁𝑴)/𝝁𝑴| and 𝑬𝒄𝒗 \= |𝑪𝑽𝑺 − 𝑪𝑽𝑴|, the respective relative error and the absolute error to data (Fig S7). We considered that parameter values (𝑫, 𝝈) provided a good DDM fit of mice behavioral data whenever  𝑬𝝁 ≤ 𝟎. 𝟎𝟓    and 𝑬𝒄𝒗

      And included a new Fig S7 which shows the parameter space: 

      These new data clearly comment on the parameter space of our model. 

      Finally, the reviewer mentions cross-validation.  We did this at length on our model and data fits.  We used 10-fold cross-validation as fitlm needs enough data for the individual fits.  We found that the fit was extremely stable – i.e, we ended up with standard deviations in R2<0.004 for all comparisons.  Thus, we added the following point to the methods on Page 41:  

      “10-fold cross-validation revealed highly stable fits between gamma, models and data.”

      Lastly, the results are based on a relatively small dataset (tens of cells). 

      This is an important point.  Although it is a small optogenetically-tagged dataset, we have adequate statistical power and large effect sizes, which we now detail in the text on Page 12:

      “Consistent with population averages from Fig 2G&H, D2-MSNs and D1-MSNs had opposite patterns of activity with negative PC1 scores for D2-MSNs and positive PC1 scores for D1-MSNs (Fig 3C; PC1 for D2-MSNs: -3.4 (-4.6 – 2.5); PC1 for D1MSNs: 2.8 (-2.8 – 4.9); F = 8.8, p = 0.004 accounting for variance between mice (Fig S3A); Cohen’s d = 0.7; power = 0.80; no reliable effect of sex (F = 0.44, p = 0.51) or switching direction (F = 1.73, p = 0.19)).”

      And:  

      “GLM analysis also demonstrated that D2-MSNs had significantly different slopes (0.01 spikes/second (-0.10 – 0.10)), which were distinct from D1-MSNs (-0.20 (-0.47– 0.06; Fig 3D; F = 8.9, p = 0.004 accounting for variance between mice (Fig S3B); Cohen’s d = 0.8; power = 0.98; no reliable effect of sex (F = 0.02, p = 0.88) or switching direction (F = 1.72, p = 0.19)).”

      And we have included the reviewers point as a limitation on Page 33:  

      “Second, although we had adequate statistical power and medium-to-large effect sizes, optogenetic tagging is low-yield, and it is possible that recording more of these neurons would afford greater opportunity to identify more robust results and alternative coding schemes, such as neuronal synchrony.”

      Impact: 

      The task and data presented by the authors are very intriguing, and there are many groups interested in how striatal activity contributes to the neural perception of time. The authors perform a wide variety of experiments and analysis to examine how DMS activity influences time perception during an interval-timing task, allowing for insight into this process. However, the significance of the key finding -- that D1 and D2 activity is distinct across time -- remains somewhat ambiguous to me. 

      Again, we are glad that the reviewer appreciated our main point, and we very much appreciate the additional points about interpretation, model parameters, and statistical power. If there is any way we can clarify the text further we are happy to do so.  

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):  

      (1) Regarding the results in Figure 2 and Figure 5: for the heatmaps in Fig.2F and Fig.2E, the overall activity pattern of D1 and D2 MSNs looks very similar, both D1 and D2 MSNs contains neurons showing decreasing or increasing activity during interval timing. And the optogenetic and pharmacologic inhibition of either D1 or D2 MSNs resulted in similar behavior outcomes. To me, the D1 and D2 MSN activities were more complementary than opposing. 

      This is a great point. In our last revision, R3 suggested that complementary means opposing – and suggested we change the title to reflect this.  Our original title was ‘Complementary cognitive roles for D2-MSNs and D1-MSNs during interval timing’ – and we have changed the title back to this. We have clarified what we meant by complementary in the abstract (Page 2):

      “Together, our findings demonstrate that D2-MSNs and D1-MSNs had opposing dynamics yet played complementary cognitive roles, implying that striatal direct and indirect pathways work together to shape temporal control of action.”

      And on Page 30: 

      “These data, when combined with our model predictions, demonstrate that despite opposing dynamics,  D2-MSNs and D1-MSN contribute complementary temporal evidence to controlling actions in time.”

      If the authors want to emphasize the opposing side of D1 and D2 MSNs, then the manipulation experiments need to be re-designed, since the average activity of D2 MSNs increased, while D1 MSNs decreased during interval timing, instead of using inhibitory manipulations in both pathways, the authors should use inhibitory manipulation in D2-MSNs, while using optogenetic or pharmacology to activate D1-MSNs. In this way, the authors can demonstrate the opposing role of D1 and D2 MSNs and the functions of increased activity in D2-MSNs and decreased activity in D1-MSNs. 

      These are great ideas, which we agree with.  We would like to emphasize the complementary nature as noted in our original title, and not the opposing side of D1/D2 MSNs. The experiments proposed by reviewer are certainly worth doing, but would likely be quite complex to find the right stimulation parameters to affect timing without affecting movement – and we have now included them as an important limitation / future direction (Page 33):

      “Fifth, we did not deliver stimulation to the striatum because our pilot experiments triggered movement artifacts or task-specific dyskinesias (Kravitz et al., 2010). Future stimulation approaches carefully titrated to striatal physiology may affect interval timing without affecting movement.”

      (2) Regarding the results in Figure 3 C and D, Figure 6 H and Figure 7 D, what is the sample size? From the single data points in the figures, it seems that the authors were using the number of cells to do statistical tests and plot the figures. For example, Figure 3 C, if the authors use n= 32 D2 MSNs and n= 41D1 MSNs to do the statistical test, it could make a small difference to be statistically significant. The authors should use the number of mice to do the statistical tests. 

      These are important points that were discussed at length in the prior review.  First, for the sample size, we now have detailed in our Table 1: 

      Second, we have detailed our statistical approach which explicitly deals with repeated observations of neurons across mice (Page 43):

      “Statistics. All data and statistical approaches were reviewed by the Biostatistics, Epidemiology, and Research Design Core (BERD) at the Institute for Clinical and Translational Sciences (ICTS) at the University of Iowa. All code and data are made available at http://narayanan.lab.uiowa.edu/article/datasets. We used the median to measure central tendency and the interquartile range to measure spread. We used Wilcoxon nonparametric tests to compare behavior between experimental conditions and Cohen’s d to calculate effect size. Analyses of putative single-unit activity and basic physiological properties were carried out using custom routines for MATLAB. For all neuronal analyses, variability between animals was accounted for using generalized linear-mixed effects models and incorporating a random effect for each mouse into the model, which allows us to account for inherent betweenmouse variability. We used fitglme in MATLAB and verified main effects using lmer in R. We accounted for variability between MSNs in pharmacological datasets in which we could match MSNs between saline, D2 blockade, and D1 blockade. P values < 0.05 were interpreted as significant.”   

      We have formally reviewed this approach with professional biostatisticians at the University of Iowa.

      Finally, we note that we do have adequate statistical power for analysis of Fig 3C and D:  we have adequate statistical power and large effect sizes, which we now detail in the text on Page 12:

      “Consistent with population averages from Fig 2G&H, D2-MSNs and D1-MSNs had opposite patterns of activity with negative PC1 scores for D2-MSNs and positive PC1 scores for D1-MSNs (Fig 3C; PC1 for D2-MSNs: -3.4 (-4.6 – 2.5); PC1 for D1MSNs: 2.8 (-2.8 – 4.9); F = 8.8, p = 0.004 accounting for variance between mice (Fig S3A); Cohen’s d = 0.7; power = 0.80; no reliable effect of sex (F = 0.44, p = 0.51) or switching direction (F = 1.73, p = 0.19)).”

      And, on Page 12:  

      “GLM analysis also demonstrated that D2-MSNs had significantly different slopes (0.01 spikes/second (-0.10 – 0.10)), which were distinct from D1-MSNs (-0.20 (-0.47– 0.06; Fig 3D; F = 8.9, p = 0.004 accounting for variance between mice (Fig S3B); Cohen’s d = 0.8; power = 0.98; no reliable effect of sex (F = 0.02, p = 0.88) or switching direction (F = 1.72, p = 0.19)).”

      And we have included the reviewers point as a limitation on Page 33: 

      “Second, although we had adequate statistical power and medium-to-large effect sizes, optogenetic tagging is low-yield, and it is possible that recording more of these neurons would afford greater opportunity to identify more robust results and alternative coding schemes, such as neuronal synchrony.”

      (3) Regarding the results in Figure 5, wly at is the reason for the increase in the response times? The authors should plot the position track during intervals (0-6 s) with or without optogenetic or pharmacologic inhibition. The authors can check Figures 3, 5, and 6 in the paper https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cell.2016.06.032 for reference to analyze the data. 

      These are key points, and we are glad the reviewer raised them.  Our interpretation is that response time increases – without reliable changes in other task-specific movements such as nosepoke reaction time or traversal time (Fig S9).  This was lacking in our prior manuscript, and we are glad the reviewer raised it.  We have now added this to Page 30

      “Our interpretation is that because the activity of D2-MSN and D1-MSN ensembles represents the accumulation evidence, pharmacological/optogenetic disruption of D2-MSN/D1-MSN activity slows this accumulation process, leading to slower interval timing-response times (Fig 5) without changing other task-specific movements (Fig S9).  These results provide new insight into how opposing patterns of striatal MSN activity control behavior in similar ways and show that they play a complementary role in elementary cognitive operations.”

      Regarding the tracking of velocity, we unfortunately do not have this information reliably across all conditions. This citation is a beautiful landmark paper, and we are working on collecting this information in our new datasets going forward.  We have included this as a major limitation (Page 34): 

      “Still, future work combining motion tracking/accelerometry with neuronal ensemble recording and optogenetics and including bisection tasks may further unravel timing vs. movement in MSN dynamics (Robbe, 2023; Tecuapetla et al., 2016).”

      Once again, we are appreciative of the thoughtful points raised by this reviewer.  

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review): 

      Summary: 

      The cognitive striatum, also known as the dorsomedial striatum, receives input from brain regions involved in high-level cognition and plays a crucial role in processing cognitive information. However, despite its importance, the extent to which different projection pathways of the striatum contribute to this information processing remains unclear. In this paper, Bruce et al. conducted a study using various causal and correlational techniques to investigate how these pathways collectively contribute to interval timing in mice. Their results were consistent with previous research, showing that the direct and indirect striatal pathways perform opposing roles in processing elapsed time. Based on their findings, the authors proposed a revised computational model in which two separate accumulators track evidence for elapsed time in opposing directions. These results have significant implications for understanding the neural mechanisms underlying cognitive impairment in neurological and psychiatric disorders, as disruptions in the balance between direct and indirect pathway activity are commonly observed in such conditions. 

      Strengths: 

      The authors employed a well-established approach to study interval timing and employed optogenetic tagging to observe the behavior of specific cell types in the striatum. Additionally, the authors utilized two complementary techniques to assess the impact of manipulating the activity of these pathways on behavior. Finally, the authors utilized their experimental findings to enhance the theoretical comprehension of interval timing using a computational model. 

      We very much appreciate the considered read and comments by the reviewer, and recognition of the breadth of techniques in this manuscript. 

      Weaknesses: 

      The behavioral task used in this study is best suited for investigating elapsed time perception, rather than interval timing. Timing bisection tasks are often employed to study interval timing in humans and animals. In the optogenetic experiment, the laser was kept on for too long (18 seconds) at high power (12 mW). This has been shown to cause adverse effects on population activity (for example, through heating the tissue) that are not necessarily related to their function during the task epochs. Given the systemic delivery of pharmacological interventions, it is difficult to conclude that the effects are specific to the dorsomedial striatum. Future studies should use the local infusion of drugs into the dorsomedial striatum. 

      These are important points.  We agree with them completely and have now included responses to them.  First, bisection tasks certainly have advantages – we have justified our approach in the discussion (Page 32):

      “Our task version has been used extensively to study interval timing in mice and humans (Balci et al., 2008; Bruce et al., 2021; Stutt et al., 2024; Tosun et al., 2016; Weber et al., 2023). However, temporal bisection tasks, in which animals hold during a temporal cue and respond at different locations depending on cue length, have advantages in studying how animals time an interval because animals are not moving while estimating cue duration (Paton and Buonomano, 2018; Robbe, 2023; Soares et al., 2016). Our interval timing task version – in which mice switch between two response nosepokes to indicate their interval estimate has elapsed – has been used extensively in rodent models of neurodegenerative disease (Larson et al., 2022; Weber et al., 2024, 2023; Zhang et al., 2021), as well as in humans (Stutt et al., 2024). This version of interval timing involves motor timing, which engages executive function and has more translational relevance for human diseases than perceptual timing or bisection tasks (Brown, 2006; Farajzadeh and Sanayei, 2024; Nombela et al., 2016; Singh et al., 2021).  Furthermore, because many therapeutics targeting dopamine receptors are used clinically, these findings help describe how dopaminergic drugs might affect cognitive function and dysfunction. Future studies of D2-MSNs and D1-MSNs in temporal bisection and other timing tasks may further clarify the relative roles of D2- and D1-MSNs in interval timing and time estimation.”

      Second – we have included an explicit control that has the same laser that is on for the same epoch as in the experimental animal – and find no effects.  This is now detailed in the methods: (Page 37): 

      “To control for heating and nonspecific effects of optogenetics, we performed control experiments in mice without opsins using identical laser parameters in D2-cre or D1-cre mice (Fig S6).”

      And in the results (Page 21): 

      “To control for heating and nonspecific effects of optogenetics, we performed control experiments in D2-cre mice without opsins using identical laser parameters; we found no reliable effects for opsin-negative controls (Fig S6).”

      And on Page 21:

      “As with D2-MSNs, we found no reliable effects with opsin-negative controls in D1MSNs (Fig S6).”

      We have now detailed these results in Figure S6:

      Regarding focal pharmacology, we performed this experiment with focal infusion of D1/D2 antagonists in our prior work, which we have now cited (Page 4):

      “Similar behavioral effects were found with systemic (Stutt et al., 2024) or focal infusion of D2 or D1 antagonists locally within the dorsomedial striatum (De Corte et al., 2019a).”

      Comments on revised version: 

      Thank you for the comprehensive revisions. Most of my (addressable) concerns were addressed. The current version of your manuscript appears significantly improved. 

      Once again, we appreciate the reviewer’s constructive and insightful comments and careful review of our manuscript.  Their comments have been extremely helpful.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      We thank the reviewers and editor for their positive view and constructive valuable comments on the manuscript.  Following we address the suggestions of the reviewers.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      (1) It will be interesting to monitor the levels of another MIM insertase namely, OXA1. This will help to understand whether some of the observed changes in levels of OXPHOS subunits are related to alterations in the amounts of this insertase.

      OXA1 was not detected in the untargeted mass spectrometry analysis, most likely due to the fact that it is a polytopic membrane protein, spanning the membrane five times (1,2). Consequently, we measured OXA1 levels with immunoblotting, comparing patient fibroblast cells to the HC. No significant change in OXA1 steady state levels was observed.

      These results are now displayed (Fig. S3B and C) and discussed in the revised manuscript.

      Figure 3: How do the authors explain that although TIMM17 and TIMM23 were found to be significantly reduced by Western analysis they were not detected as such by the Mass Spec. method?

      The untargeted mass spectrometry in the current study failed to detect the presence of TIMM17 for both, patient fibroblasts and mice neurons, while TIMM23 was detected only for mice neurons and a decrease was observed for this protein but was not significant. This is most likely due to the fact that TIMM17 and TIMM23 are both polytopic membrane proteins, spanning the membrane four times, which makes it difficult to extract them in quantities suitable for MS detection (2,3).

      (2) How do the authors explain the higher levels of some proteins in the TIMM50 mutated cells?

      The levels of fully functional TIM23 complex are deceased in patients' fibroblasts. Therefore, the mechanism by which the steady state level of some TIM23 substrate proteins is increased, can only be explained relying on events that occur outside the mitochondria. This could include increase in transcription, translation or post translation modifications, all of which may increase their steady state level albite the decrease in the steady state level of the import complex.

      (3) Can the authors elaborate on why mutated cells are impaired in their ability to switch their energetic emphasis to glycolysis when needed?

      Cellular regulation of the metabolic switch to glycolysis occurs via two known pathways: 1) Activation of AMP-activated protein kinase (AMPK) by increased levels of AMP/ADP (4). 2) Inhibition of pyruvate dehydrogenase (PDH) complexes by pyruvate dehydrogenase kinases (PDK) (5). Therefore, changes in the steady state levels of any of these regulators could push the cells towards anaerobic energy production, when needed. In our model systems, we did not observe changes in any of the AMPK, PDH or PDK subunits that were detected in our untargeted mass spectrometry analysis (see volcano plots below, no PDK subunits were detected in patient fibroblasts). Although this doesn’t directly explain why the cells have an impaired ability to switch their energetic emphasis, it does possibly explain why the switch did not occur de facto.

      Author response image 1.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      (1) The authors claim in the abstract, the introduction, and the discussion that TIMM50 and the TIM23 translocase might not be relevant for mitochondrial protein import in mammals. This is misleading and certainly wrong!!!

      Indeed, it was not in our intention to claim that the TIM23 complex might not be relevant. We have now rewritten the relevant parts to convey the correct message:

      Abstract –

      Line 25 - “Strikingly, TIMM50 deficiency had no impact on the steady state levels of most of its putative substrates, suggesting that even low levels of a functional TIM23 complex are sufficient to maintain the majority of complex-dependent mitochondrial proteome.”

      Introduction –

      Line 87 - Surprisingly, functional and physiological analysis points to the possibility that low levels of TIM23 complex core subunits (TIMM50, TIMM17 and TIMM23) are sufficient for maintaining steady-state levels of most presequence-containing proteins. However, the reduced TIM23CORE component levels do affect some critical mitochondrial properties and neuronal activity.

      Discussion –

      Line 339 – “…surprising, as normal TIM23 complex levels are suggested to be indispensable for the translocation of presequence-containing mitochondrial proteins…”

      Line 344 – “…it is possible that unlike what occurs in yeast, normal levels of mammalian TIMM50 and TIM23 complex are mainly essential for maintaining the steady state levels of intricate complexes/assemblies.”

      Line 396 – “In summary, our results suggest that even low levels of TIMM50 and TIM23CORE components suffice in maintaining the majority of mitochondrial matrix and inner membrane proteome. Nevertheless, reductions in TIMM50 levels led to a decrease of many OXPHOS and MRP complex subunits, which indicates that normal TIMM50 levels might be mainly essential for maintaining the steady state levels and assembly of intricate complex proteins.”

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) Lines 25-26: The authors write "Strikingly, TIMM50 deficiency had no impact on the steady state levels of most of its substrates". Since the current data challenges the definition of some proteins as substrates of TIMM50, I suggest using the term "putative substrates".

      Changed as suggested

      (2) Line 27: It is not clear whether the wording "general import role of TIM23" it refers to the TIM23 protein or the TIM23 complex. This should be clarified.

      Clarified. It now states "TIM23 complex".

      (3) Line 72: should be "and plays".

      Changed as suggested.

      (4) It will be helpful to include in Figure 1 a small scheme of TIMM50 and to indicate in which domain the T252M mutation is located.

      We predicted the AlphaFold human TIMM50 structure and indicated the mutation site and the different TIMM50 domains. The structure is included in Fig. 1A.

      (5) I suggest labelling the "Y" axis in Fig. 1B as "Protein level (% of control)".

      Changed as suggested in Fig. 1C (previously Fig. 1B) and in Fig. 2C.

      (6) Line 179: since the authors tested here only about 10 mitochondrial proteins (out of 1500), I think that the word "many" should be replaced by "several representative" resulting in "steady state levels of several representative mitochondrial proteins".

      Changed as requested.

      (7) Line 208: correct typo.

      Typo was corrected.

      (8) Figure 4 is partially redundant as its data is part of Figure 3. The authors can consider combining these two figures. Accordingly, large parts of the legend of Figure 4 are repeating information in the legend to Figure 3 and can refer to it.

      We revamped Figures 3 and 4. Figure 3 now shows the analysis of fibroblasts proteomics while Figure 4 focuses on neurons proteomics. We also modified the legend of Figure 4.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) Abstract: 'Strikingly, TIMM50 deficiency had no impact on the steady state levels of most of its substrates, challenging the currently accepted import dogma of the essential general import role of TIM23 and suggesting that fully functioning TIM23 complex is not essential for maintaining the steady state level of the majority of mitochondrial proteins'. This sentence needs to be rephrased. The data do not challenge any dogma! The authors only show that lower levels of functional TIM23 are sufficient.

      We have rewritten all the relevant sentences as suggested (details are also mentioned in response to reviewer 2 public review point 1)

      (2) Introduction: 'Surprisingly, functional and physiological analysis points to the possibility that TIMM50 and a fully functional TIM23 complex are not essential for maintaining steady-state levels of most presequence-containing proteins'. This again needs to be rephrased.

      Rewritten as suggested (details mentioned in response to reviewer 2 public review point 1)

      (3) Discussion: 'In summary, our results challenge the main dogma that TIMM50 is essential for maintaining the mitochondrial matrix and inner membrane proteome, as steady state level of most mitochondrial matrix and inner membrane proteins did not change in either patient fibroblasts or mouse neurons following a significant decrease in TIMM50 levels.' This again needs to be rephrased.

      Rewritten as suggested (details mentioned in response to reviewer 2 public review point 1)

      (4) The analysis of the proteomics experiment should be improved. The authors show in Figures 3 and 4 several times the same volcano plots in which different groups of proteins are indicated. It would be good to add (a) a principal component analysis to show that the replicates from the mutant samples are consistently different from the controls, (b) a correlation plot that compares the log-fold-change of P1 to that of P2 to show which of the proteins are consistently changed in P1 and P2 and (c) a GO term analysis to show in an unbiased way whether mitochondrial proteins are particular affected upon TIMM50 depletion.

      Figures 3 and 4 have been changed to avoid redundancy. Figure 3 now focuses on fibroblasts proteomics (with additional analysis), while Figure 4 focuses on neurons proteomics. PCA analysis was added in Fig S1, showing that the proteomics replicates of both patients (P1 and P2) are consistently different than the healthy control (HC) replicates. Correlation plots were added in Figure 3C and D, showing high correlation of the downregulated and upregulated mitochondrial proteins between P1 and P2. These plots further highlight that MIM proteins are more affected than matrix proteins and that the OXPHOS and MRP systems comprise the majority of significantly downregulated proteins in both patients. GO term analysis was performed for all the detected proteins that got significantly downregulated in both patients. The GO term analysis is displayed in Figure S3A, and shows that mitochondrial proteins, mainly of the OXPHOS and MRP machineries, are particularly affected.

      (5) Figure 1. The figure shows the levels of TIM and TOM subunits in two mutant samples. The quantifications suggest that the levels of TIMM21, TOMM40, and mtHsp60 are not affected. However, from the figure, it seems that there are increased levels of TIMM21 and reduced levels of TOMM40 and mtHsp60. Unfortunately, in the figure most of the signals are overexposed. Since this is a central element of the study, it would be good to load dilutions of the samples to make sure that the signals are indeed in the linear range and do scale with the amounts of samples loaded.

      The representative WB panels display the Actin loading control of the representative TIMM50 repeat (the top panel). However, each protein was tested separately, at least three times, and was normalized to its own Actin loading control.

      (6) Figure 2B. All panels are shown in color except the panel for TIMM17B which is grayscale. This should be changed to make them look equal.

      All the western blot panels were changed to grayscale.

      (7) Discussion: 'Despite being involved in the import of the majority of the mitochondrial proteome, no study thus far characterized the effects of TIMM50 deficiency on the entire mitochondrial proteome.' This sentence is not correct as proteomic data were published previously, for example for Trypanosomes (PMID: 34517757) and human cells (PMID: 38828998).

      We have corrected the statement to “Despite being involved in the import of the majority of the mitochondrial proteome, little is known about the effects of TIMM50 deficiency on the entire mitochondrial proteome.”

      (8) A recent study on a very similar topic was published by Diana Stojanovki's group that needs to be cited: PMID: 38828998. The results of this comprehensive study also need to be discussed!!!

      We have added the following in the discussion:

      Line 362 – “These observations are similar to the recent analysis of patient-derived fibroblasts which demonstrated that TIMM50 mutations lead to severe deficiency in the level of TIMM50 protein (6,7). Notably, this decrease in TIMM50 was accompanied with a decrease in the level of other two core subunits, TIMM23 and TIMM17. However, unexpectedly, proteomics analysis in our study and that conducted by Crameri et al., 2024 indicate that steady state levels of most TIM23-dependent proteins are not affected despite a drastic decrease in the levels of the TIM23CORE complex (7). The most affected proteins constitute of intricate complexes, such as OXPHOS and MRP machineries. Thus, both these studies indicate a surprising possibility that even reduced levels of the TIM23CORE components are sufficient for maintaining the steady state levels of most presequence containing substrates.

      (1) Homberg B, Rehling P, Cruz-Zaragoza LD. The multifaceted mitochondrial OXA insertase. Trends Cell Biol. 2023;33(9):765–72.

      (2) Carroll J, Altman MC, Fearnley IM, Walker JE. Identification of membrane proteins by tandem mass spectrometry of protein ions. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 2007;104(36):14330–5.

      (3) Ting SY, Schilke BA, Hayashi M, Craig EA. Architecture of the TIM23 inner mitochondrial translocon and interactions with the matrix import motor. J Biol Chem [Internet]. 2014;289(41):28689–96. Available from: http://dx.doi.org/10.1074/jbc.M114.588152

      (4) Trefts E, Shaw RJ. AMPK: restoring metabolic homeostasis over space and time. Mol Cell [Internet]. 2021;81(18):3677–90. Available from: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.molcel.2021.08.015

      (5) Zhang S, Hulver MW, McMillan RP, Cline MA, Gilbert ER. The pivotal role of pyruvate dehydrogenase kinases in metabolic flexibility. Nutr Metab. 2014;11(1):1–9.

      (6) Reyes A, Melchionda L, Burlina A, Robinson AJ, Ghezzi D, Zeviani M.  Mutations in TIMM50 compromise cell survival in OxPhos‐dependent metabolic conditions . EMBO Mol Med. 2018;

      (7) Crameri JJ, Palmer CS, Stait T, Jackson TD, Lynch M, Sinclair A, et al. Reduced Protein Import via TIM23 SORT Drives Disease Pathology in TIMM50-Associated Mitochondrial Disease. Mol Cell Biol [Internet]. 2024;0(0):1–19. Available from: https://doi.org/10.1080/10985549.2024.2353652

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews: 

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review): 

      Summary: 

      A subset of fibroblast growth factor (FGF) proteins (FGF11-FGF14; often referred to as fibroblast growth factor homologous factors because they are not thought to be secreted and do not seem to act as growth factors) have been implicated in modulating neuronal excitability, however, the exact mechanisms are unclear. In part, this is because it is unclear how different FGF isoforms alter ion channel activity in different neuronal populations. In this study, the authors explore the role of FGF 13 in epilepsy using a variety of FGF13 knock-out mouse models, including several targeted cell-type specific conditional knockout mouse lines. The study is intriguing as it indicates that FGF13 plays an especially important role in inhibitory neurons. Furthermore, although FGF13 has been studied as a regulator of neuronal voltage-gated sodium channels, the authors present data indicating that FGF13 knockout in inhibitory neurons induces seizures not by altering sodium current properties but by reducing voltage-gated potassium currents in inhibitory neurons. While intriguing, the data are incomplete in several aspects and thus the mechanisms by which various FGF13 variants induce Developmental and Epileptic Encephalopathies are not resolved by the data presented. 

      Strengths: 

      A major strength is the array of techniques used to assess the mice and the electrical activity of the neurons. 

      The multiple mouse knock-out models utilized are a strength, clearly demonstrating that FGF13 expression in inhibitory neurons, and possibly specific sub-populations of inhibitory neurons, is critically important. 

      The data on the increased sensitivity to febrile seizures in KO mice are very nice, provide clear evidence for regulation of excitability in inhibitory neurons by FGF13. 

      The Gad2Fgf13-KO mice indicated that several Fgf13 splice variants may be expressed in inhibitory neurons and suggest that the Fgf13-VY splice variants may have previously unrecognized specific roles in regulating neuronal excitability. 

      The data on males and females from the various KO mice lines indicates a clear gene dosage effect for this X-linked gene. 

      The unbiased metabolomic analysis supports the assertion that Fgf13 expression in inhibitory neurons is important in regulating seizure susceptibility. 

      Weaknesses: 

      The knockout approach can be powerful but also has distinct limitations. Multiple missense mutations in FGF13-S have been identified. The knockout models employed here are not appropriate for understanding how these missense variants lead to altered neuronal excitability. While the data show that complete loss of Fgf13 from excitatory forebrain neurons is not sufficient to induce seizure susceptibility, it does not rule out that specific variants (e.g., R11C) might alter the excitability of forebrain neurons. The missense variants may alter excitatory and/or inhibitory neuron excitability in distinct ways from a full FGF13 knockout. 

      We agree with this overall interpretation of our data and have updated our language in the Discussion to make the distinction between mechanisms attributable to a knockout compared to a missense variant. We note, however, that the proposed mechanism by which missense variants (e.g., R11C) drive seizures is through loss of long-term inactivation in excitatory neurons and our excitatory knockout model shows loss of long-term inactivation in excitatory neurons. Thus, our knockout model demonstrates that the mechanism(s) by which the missense variants alter neuronal excitability in excitatory neurons must exclude long-term inactivation, thereby providing some clarity regarding the proposed mechanism for those missense variants.

      The electrophysiological experiments are intriguing but not comprehensive enough to support all of the conclusions regarding how FGF13 modulates neuronal excitability. 

      We agree and have updated the language in our Discussion to clarify speculation from conclusions that are directly supported by data.

      Another concern is the use of different ages of neurons for different experiments. For example, sodium currents in Figures 2 and 5 (and Supplemental Figures 2 and 7) are recorded from cultured neurons, which may have very different properties (including changes in sodium channel complexes) from neurons in vivo that drive the development of seizure activity. 

      We agree and acknowledge the important differences between neurons examined in culture and in vivo, yet the in vitro vs in vivo preparations were necessitated by the specific experiments. While these differences are important, previous gene profiling studies comparing primary hippocampal neurons with developing mouse hippocampus have found that although gene expression is accelerated in vitro, gene expression profiles in vitro and in vivo are similar (PMID: 11438693). Moreover, the relative immaturity of the cultured neurons is balanced at least in part because the in vivo experiments were performed on very young animals (~P12), which also have relatively immature neurons. Thus, we predict that sodium channel complexes studied in vitro are informative for the in vivo aspects of this investigation.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review): 

      Summary: 

      The authors address three primary questions: 

      (1) how FGF13 variants confer seizure susceptibility, 

      (2) the specific cell types involved, and 

      (3) the underlying mechanisms, particularly regarding Nav dysfunction. 

      They use different Cre drivers to generate cell type-specific knockouts (KOs). First, using Nestin-Cre to create a whole-brain Fgf13 KO, they observed spontaneous seizures and premature death. While KO of Fgf13 in excitatory neurons does not lead to spontaneous seizures, KO in inhibitory neurons recapitulates the seizures and premature death observed in the Nestin-Cre KO. They further narrow down the critical cell type to MGE-derived interneurons (INs), demonstrating that MGE-neuron-specific KO partially reproduces the observed phenotypes. "All interneuron" KOs exhibit deficits in synaptic transmission and interneuron excitability, not seen in excitatory neuron-specific KOs. Finally, they rescue the defects in the interneuron-specific KO by expressing specific Fgf13 isoforms. This is an elegant and important study adding to our knowledge of mechanisms that contribute to seizures. 

      Strengths 

      • The study provides much-needed cell type-specific KO models. 

      • The authors use appropriate Cre lines and characterize the phenotypes of the different KOs. 

      • The metabolomic analysis complements the rest of the data effectively. 

      • The study confirms and extends previous research using improved approaches (KO lines vs. in vitro KD or antibody infusion). 

      • The methods and analyses are robust and well-executed. 

      Weaknesses 

      • One weakness lies in the use of the Nkx2.1 line (instead of Nkx2.1CreER) in the paper. As a result, some answers to key questions are incomplete. For instance, it remains unclear whether the observed effects are due to Chandelier cells or NGFCs, potentially both MGE and CGE derived, explaining why Nkx2.1 alone does not fully replicate the overall inhibitory KO. Using Nkx2.1CreER could have helped address the cell specificity. With the Nkx2.1 line used in the paper, the answer is partial. 

      We agree that while our data is consistent with the possibility of a role for Fgf13 in chandelier function, the current Cre driver does not provide sufficient direct evidence. We performed preliminary experiments (unpublished) using a Nkx2.1CreER driver, with late embryonic induction with a tamoxifen dosage validated for sparse labeling of chandelier cells (30846310). While we successfully replicated sparse labeling of neocortical chandelier cells (using a Cre-dependent Ai9 reporter), we were unable to determine if there was a significant loss of FGF13 as measured by immunohistochemistry since FGF13+ cells are only a small subset of the already sparse cells. Because multiple snRNA-seq studies identified Fgf13 as a marker for chandelier cells, we speculated—now more carefully circumspect—about the role of chandelier cells vs NGFCs.

      • While the mechanism behind the reduced inhibitory drive in the IN-specific KO is suggested to be presynaptic, the chosen method does not allow them to exactly identify the mechanisms (spontaneous vs mEPSC/mIPSC), and whether it is a loss of inhibitory synapses (potentially axo-axonic) or release probability. 

      We agree that this is an important limitation of our work, and that we are unable to identify the exact mechanism behind the reduced inhibitory drive. We are continuing to explore this question in a follow-up study.

      • Some supporting data (e.g. Supplemental Figure 7 and 8) appear to come from only one (or two) WT and one (or two) KO mice. Supplementary data, like main data, should come from at least three mice in total to be considered complete/solid (even if the statistical analysis is done with cells). 

      All panels in the manuscript, including supplementary data, except supplementary 7D and 8A, have N(mouse)≥3. Time limitations (graduating student) prevented us from obtaining a larger N. Because those supplementary data are not critical for supporting our conclusions, we removed them.

      General Assessment 

      The general conclusions of this paper are supported by data. As it is, the claim that "these results enhance our understanding of the molecular mechanisms that drive the pathogenesis of Fgf13-related seizures" is partially supported. A more cautious term may be more appropriate, as the study shows the mechanism is not Nav-mediated and suggests alternative mechanisms without unambiguously identifying them. The conclusion that the findings "expand our understanding of FGF13 functions in different neuron subsets" is supported, although somewhat overstated, as the work is not conclusive about the exact neuron subtypes. However, it does indeed show differential functions for specific neuronal classes, which is a significant result. 

      Impact and Utility 

      This paper is undoubtedly valuable. Understanding that excitatory neurons are not the primary contributors to the observed phenotypes is crucial. The finding that the effects are not MGE-unique is also important. This work provides a solid foundation for further research and will be a useful resource for future studies. 

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review): 

      Summary: 

      The authors aimed to determine the mechanism by which seizures emerge in Developmental and Epileptic Encephalopathies caused by variants in the gene FGF13. Loss of FGF13 in excitatory neurons had no effect on seizure phenotype as compared to the loss of FGF13 in GABAergic interneurons, which in contrast caused a dramatic proseizure phenotype and early death in these animals. They were able to show that Fgf13 ablation and consequent loss of FGF13-S and FGF13-VY reduced overall inhibitory input from Fgf13-expressing interneurons onto hippocampal pyramidal neurons. This was shown to occur not via disruption to voltage-gated sodium channels but rather by reducing potassium currents and action potential repolarisation in these interneurons. 

      Strengths: 

      The authors employed multiple well-validated, novel mouse lines with FGF13 knocked out in specific cell types including all neurons, all excitatory cells, all GABAergic interneurons, or a subset of MGE-derived interneurons, including axo-axonic chandelier cells. The phenotypes of each of these four mouse lines were carefully characterised to reveal clear differences with the most fundamental being that Interneuron-targeted deletion of FGF13 led to perinatal mortality associated with extensive seizures and impaired the hippocampal inhibitory/excitatory balance while deletion of FGF13 in excitatory neurons caused no detectable seizures and no survival deficits. 

      The authors made excellent use of western blotting and in situ hybridisation of the different FGF13 isoforms to determine which isoforms are expressed in which cell types, with FGF3-S predominantly in excitatory neurons and FGF13-VY and FGF13-V predominantly in GABAergic neurons. 

      The authors performed a highly detailed electrophysiological analysis of excitatory neurons and GABAergic interneurons with FGF13 deficits using whole-cell patch clamp. This enabled them to show that FGF13 removal did not affect voltage-gated sodium channels in interneurons, but rather reduced the action of potassium channels, with the resultant effect of making it more likely that interneurons enter depolarisation block. These findings were strengthened by the demonstration that viral re-expression of different Fgf13 splice isoforms could partially rescue deficits in interneuron action potential output and restore K+ channel current size. 

      Additionally, the discussion was nuanced and demonstrated how the current findings resolved previous apparent contradictions in the field involving the function of FGF13. 

      These findings will have a significant impact on our understanding of how FGF13 causes seizures and death in DEEs, and the action of different FGF13 isoforms within different neuronal cell types, particularly GABAergic interneurons. 

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors): 

      The limitations of the KO model should be fully discussed in the discussion. It should be clear that knocking out FGF13 does not provide insight into how missense mutations such as R11C may alter excitatory and/or inhibitory neuron excitability. 

      We agree with this overall interpretation of our data and have updated our language in the Discussion to make the distinction between mechanisms attributable to a knockout compared to a missense variant. We note, however, that the proposed mechanism by which missense variants (e.g., R11C) drive seizures is through loss of long-term inactivation in excitatory neurons and our excitatory knockout model shows loss of long-term inactivation in excitatory neurons. Thus, our knockout model demonstrates that the mechanism(s) by which the missense variants alter neuronal excitability in excitatory neurons must exclude long-term inactivation, thereby providing some clarity regarding the proposed mechanism for those missense variants.

      It is important to know what sodium channel isoforms are expressed in the cultured neurons used in the experiments for Figures 2 and 5. Are Nav1.1, Nav1.2, Nav1.3, and Nav1.6 expressed at appropriate levels in the cultures? 

      We agree it is important to know that the sodium channel isoforms expressed in our hippocampal neurons are expressed at physiologically relevant levels, for further validation of our primary culture system. We have added RT-qPCR data from our hippocampal neuron cultures (Supplemental Figure 2B) showing the relative levels of SCN1A, SCN2A, SCN3A, and SCN8A, which are similar to the relative levels of voltage-gated sodium channel isoforms found in rodent and human forebrain in early development (Figure 1 in PMID: 35031483).

      The electrophysiological experiments are intriguing but limited. One, it would be helpful to report if there were any changes in resting membrane potential for the cells reported in Figure 5. It is also inappropriate to unequivocally state that "Nav currents were not significantly affected by Fgf13 knockout in Gad2Fghf13 KO neurons" as only a sampling of properties was investigated. Recovery from inactivation and persistent current amplitudes were not evaluated. Furthermore, while it looks like long-term inactivation is not altered, only one specific protocol was used and currents measured from cultured neurons may not be fully representative of neuronal properties in vivo. 

      We agree that we performed a selective analysis of Nav currents—selected because those are the major parameters that have been associated with FGF13 modulation. Because we did not observe significant differences in NaV currents, we therefore hypothesized that FGF13 affected other currents, as previously observed, and consequently assessed potassium currents, for which we did observe a difference. Further, we note that our sodium current and potassium current results are consistent with, and supportive of, our action potential data in which we find no deficit in AP initiation, but rather a deficit in AP repolarization. We revised the text to reflect the more limited analysis of Nav currents. Regarding long-term inactivation, we also agree that measurements in cultured neurons may not fully represent neuronal properties in vivo; however, we note that regulation of long-term inactivation by FGF13 has previously been assessed only in cultured cells (and not in neurons). Thus, our protocols were designed to query that modulation previously reported.

      The first sentence of the results section is misleading: "To determine how FGF13 variants contribute to seizure disorders, we developed genetic mouse models that eliminate Fgf13 in specific neuronal cell types." The knockouts do not target specific splice isoforms and do not help determine how missense variants contribute to DEE. This should be modified to reflect better what is actually being tested. 

      We agree and have revised our text to state that our goal was to assess how FGF13 contributes to neuronal excitability and thereby accurately reflect the cell type-specific, but not isoform specific, targeting.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors): 

      • The sentence in the introduction stating "an unusual example of differential expression of an alternatively spliced neuronal gene in excitatory vs. inhibitor neurons" is factually incorrect, especially for transcripts regulating intrinsic properties like FGF13. Refer to PMID: 31451803 for more details and consider rephrasing this statement. 

      We updated our text to reflect the similarity of Fgf13’s cell type-specific alternative splicing to other genes known to control synaptic interactions and neuronal architecture and added the suggested reference.

      • Consistency is needed in the manuscript regarding the term "BASEscope" or "basescope"; the correct version is "BaseScope." 

      We corrected the text accordingly.

      • In the discussion, the term "reduced overall inhibitory drive" might be more appropriate than "input." 

      We updated the text accordingly.

      • The authors should refer to the Fgf13 data in the database from Furlanis et al., which complements their findings: https://scheiffele-splice.scicore.unibas.ch/

      We agree and now incorporate this reference.

      • The phrase "Fgf13 silencing in Nkx2.1 expressing neurons" should be clarified to include the use of CreER, which was crucial and effectively resulted in the labeling of a different subtype of interneurons, see PMID: 23180771. 

      We agree and have updated our text accordingly.

      • Be more cautious when discussing the role of FGF13 in chandelier function; while it seems probable, the current Cre driver used provides no direct evidence. 

      We agree (as noted above) that while our data are consistent with the possibility of a role for Fgf13 in chandelier function, the current Cre driver used is insufficient to offer direct evidence and therefore updated our text in the discussion.

      • The gene dosage effect is interesting, it would be interesting to explore it further in the future. 

      We agree. Because our data suggest that seizures result from loss of inhibitory neuron input, we hypothesize that the gene dosage effect derives from further loss of inhibitory neuron input and thus more hyperexcitability.

      • Another critical aspect not addressed here and of interest for the future is the distinction between the role of FGF13 in interneuron development versus general maintenance. Using Nkx2.1CreER could have helped address both cell specificity and developmental roles. 

      We agree that there may be an interesting distinction between the role of Fgf13 in development versus general maintenance. We have piloted an Nkx2.1-CreER targeted deletion of Fgf13 from cortical interneurons but have been unsuccessful with significant deletion of Fgf13, likely because the Nkx2.1-CreER strategy targets only a sparse subset of interneurons and FGF13 is expressed in only a subset of total interneurons. Thus, use of the Nkxs.1-CreER strategy is challenging. We are looking for ways to optimize.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors): 

      This was a truly fabulous paper, with an exceptional quantity of beautiful data. I would like to congratulate the authors on their superb work. 

      In the discussion, the authors correctly draw attention to the fact that the clear pro-seizure phenotype they see when FGF13 was knocked out more specifically in a subset of interneurons including chandelier cells, adds to our understanding of the role of FGF13 in chandelier cells. More than that though, given that FGF13 is reducing excitability in these cells AND this results in a strong pro-seizure phenotype, they may want to postulate that this lends further weight to the argument that chandeliers cells are likely powerful regulators of network excitability despite suggestions in the field that they could potentially have a proexcitatory function (see Szabadics et al. Science 2006). 

      We agree this is interesting and have elaborated on our discussion of chandelier cells to include this point while also addressing the important caveats noted by reviewer 2.

      A minor point: 

      On page 26 the sentence: 

      "Here, we were able to assess FGF13-S and FGF13-VY, chosen because they are most abundantly expressed isoforms in the adult mouse brain, but the inability to rescue electrophysiological consequences completely with either isoform alone leaves open the possibility that other isoforms (e.g., FGF13-U, FGF13-V, and FGF13-VY) also make critical contributions." Should the last "FGF13-VY" be removed? 

      We thank the reviewer for noticing the error and have updated the text accordingly.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife Assessment 

      This useful study reports how neuronal activity in the prefrontal cortex maps time intervals during which animals have to wait until reaching a reward and how this mapping is preserved across days. However, the evidence supporting the claims is incomplete as these sequential neuronal patterns do not necessarily represent time but instead may be correlated with stereotypical behavior and restraint from impulsive decision, which would require further controls (e.g. behavioral analysis) to clarify the main message. The study will be of interest to neuroscientists interested in decision making and motor control.

      We thank the editors and reviewers for the constructive comments. In light of the questions mentioned by the reviewers, we have performed additional analyses in our revision, particularly aiming to address issues related to single-cell scalability, and effects of motivation and movement. We believe these additional data will greatly improve the rigor and clarity of our study. We are grateful for the review process of eLife.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review): 

      Summary:

      This paper investigates the neural population activity patterns of the medial frontal cortex in rats performing a nose poking timing task using in vivo calcium imaging. The results showed neurons that were active at the beginning and end of the nose poking and neurons that formed sequential patterns of activation that covaried with the timed interval during nose poking on a trial-by-trial basis. The former were not stable across sessions, while the latter tended to remain stable over weeks. The analysis on incorrect trials suggests the shorter non-rewarded intervals were due to errors in the scaling of the sequential pattern of activity.

      Strengths:

      This study measured stable signals using in vivo calcium imaging during experimental sessions that were separated by many days in animals performing a nose poking timing task. The correlation analysis on the activation profile to separate the cells in the three groups was effective and the functional dissociation between beginning and end, and duration cells was revealing. The analysis on the stability of decoding of both the nose poking state and poking time was very informative. Hence, this study dissected a neural population that formed sequential patterns of activation that encoded timed intervals. 

      We thank the reviewer for the positive comments.

      Weaknesses:

      It is not clear whether animals had enough simultaneously recorded cells to perform the analyzes of Figures 2-4. In fact, rat 3 had 18 responsive neurons which probably is not enough to get robust neural sequences for the trial-by-trial analysis and the correct and incorrect trial analysis. 

      We thank the reviewer for the comment. Our imaging data generally yielded 50-150 cells in each session. The 18 neurons mentioned by the reviewer are from the duration cell category. We have now provided the number of imaged cells from each rat in the new Supplementary figure 1D. In addition, we have plotted the duration cells’ sequential activity of individual trials for each rat in new Supplementary figure 1B and 1C. These data demonstrate robust sequential activities from the duration cells.

      In addition, the analysis of behavioral errors could be improved. The analysis in Figure 4A could be replaced by a detailed analysis on the speed, and the geometry of neural population trajectories for correct and incorrect trials.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestions. We have now performed analyses of the neural population trajectories as the reviewer suggested. We have calculated the neural population trajectories using the first two principal components of the neural activities during nose poke events. While both correct and incorrect trials show similar shapes of the trajectories, correct trials show more expanded paths, with longer lengths on average. These new results are now updated in Figure 4. Since type I or type II errors would likely generate trajectories not following the general direction which is different from our observations, these results are consistent with our conclusion that scaling errors contribute to the incorrect behavior timing in these rats.

      In the case of Figure 4G is not clear why the density of errors formed two clusters instead of having a linear relation with the produce duration. I would be recommendable to compute the scaling factor on neuronal population trajectories and single cell activity or the computation of the center of mass to test the type III errors. 

      To clarify the original Figure 4G, the correct trials tended to show positive time estimation errors while the incorrect trials showed negative time estimation errors. We believe that the polarity switch between these two types suggests a possible use of this neural mechanism to time the action of the rats.

      In addition, we have performed the analysis suggested by the reviewer in our revision. We calculated two types of scaling factors. On individual cell level, we computed the peak position of individual trials to the expected positions from averaged template. And on neural population level, we searched for a scaling multiplier to resample the calcium activity data and minimized the differences between scaled activity and the expected template. Using these two factors, we found that correct trials show significantly larger scaling compared to incorrect trials, consistent with our original interpretation that behavior errors are primarily correlated with scaling errors in the neural activities (type III error). These new results are now incorporated in Figure 4 and we have also updated the main text for the descriptions.

      Due to the slow time resolution of calcium imaging, it is difficult to perform robust analysis on ramping activity. Therefore, I recommend downplaying the conclusion that: "Together, our data suggest that sequential activity might be a more relevant coding regime than the ramping activity in representing time under physiological conditions." 

      We agree with the reviewer, and have now modified this sentence in the abstract.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      In this manuscript, Li and collaborators set out to investigate the neuronal mechanisms underlying "subjective time estimation" in rats. For this purpose, they conducted calcium imaging in the prefrontal cortex of water-restricted rats that were required to perform an action (nosepoking) for a short duration to obtain drops of water. The authors provided evidence that animals progressively improved in performing their task. They subsequently analyzed the calcium imaging activity of neurons and identify start, duration, and stop cells associated with the nose poke. Specifically, they focused on duration cells and demonstrated that these cells served as a good proxy for timing on a trial-by-trial basis, scaling their pattern of actvity in accordance with changes in behavioral performance. In summary, as stated in the title, the authors claim to provide mechanistic insights into subjective time estimation in rats, a function they deem important for various cognitive conditions.

      This study aligns with a wide range of studies in system neuroscience that presume that rodents solve timing tasks through an explicit internal estimation of duration, underpinned by neuronal representations of time. Within this framework, the authors performed complex and challenging experiments, along with advanced data analysis, which undoubtedly merits acknowledgement. However, the question of time perception is a challenging one, and caution should be exercised when applying abstract ideas derived from human cognition to animals. Studying so-called time perception in rats has significant shortcomings because, whether acknowledged or not, rats do not passively estimate time in their heads. They are constantly in motion. Moreover, rats do not perform the task for the sake of estimating time but to obtain their rewards are they water restricted. Their behavior will therefore reflects their motivation and urgency to obtain rewards. Unfortunately, it appears that the authors are not aware of these shortcomings. These alternative processes (motivation, sensorimotor dynamics) that occur during task performance are likely to influence neuronal activity. Consequently, my review will be rather critical. It is not however intended to be dismissive. I acknowledge that the authors may have been influenced by numerous published studies that already draw similar conclusions. Unfortunately, all the data presented in this study can be explained without invoking the concept of time estimation. Therefore, I hope the authors will find my comments constructive and understand that as scientists, we cannot ignore alternative interpretations, even if they conflict with our a priori philosophical stance (e.g., duration can be explicitly estimated by reading neuronal representation of time) and anthropomorphic assumptions (e.g., rats estimate time as humans do). While space is limited in a review, if the authors are interested, they can refer to a lengthy review I recently published on this topic, which demonstrates that my criticism is supported by a wide range of timing experiments across species (Robbe, 2023). In addition to this major conceptual issue that cast doubt on most of the conclusions of the study, there are also several major statistical issues.

      Main Concerns

      (1) The authors used a task in which rats must poke for a minimal amount of time (300 ms and then 1500 ms) to be able to obtain a drop of water delivered a few centimeters right below the nosepoke. They claim that their task is a time estimation task. However, they forget that they work with thirsty rats that are eager to get water sooner than later (there is a reason why they start by a short duration!). This task is mainly probing the animals ability to wait (that is impulse control) rather than time estimation per se. Second, the task does not require to estimate precisely time because there appear to be no penalties when the nosepokes are too short or when they exceed. So it will be unclear if the variation in nosepoke reflects motivational changes rather than time estimation changes. The fact that this behavioral task is a poor assay for time estimation and rather reflects impulse control is shown by the tendency of animals to perform nose-pokes that are too short, the very slow improvement in their performance (Figure 1, with most of the mice making short responses), and the huge variability. Not only do the behavioral data not support the claim of the authors in terms of what the animals are actually doing (estimating time), but this also completely annhilates the interpretation of the Ca++ imaging data, which can be explained by motivational factors (changes in neuronal activity occurring while the animals nose poke may reflect a growing sens of urgency to check if water is available). 

      We would like to respond to the reviewer’s comments 1, 2 and 4 together, since they all focus on the same issue. We thank the reviewer for the very thoughtful comments and for sharing his detailed reasoning from a recently published review (Robbe, 2023). A lot of discussions go beyond the scope of this study, and we agree that whether there is an explicit representation of time (an internal clock) in the brain is a difficult question to be answer, particularly by using animal behaviors. In fact, even with fully conscious humans and elaborated task design, we think it is still questionable to clearly dissociate the neural substrate of “timing” from “motor”. In the end, it may as well be that as the reviewer cited from Bergson’sarticle, the experience of time cannot be measured.

      Studying the neural representation of any internal state may suffer from the same ambiguity. With all due respect, however, we would like to limit our response to the scope of our results. According to the reviewer, two alternative interpretations of the task-related sequential activity exist: 1, duration cells may represent fidgeting or orofacial movements and 2, duration cells may represent motivation or motion plan of the rats. To test the first alternative interpretation, we have now performed a more comprehensive analysis of the behavior data at all the limbs and visible body parts of the experimental rats during nose poke and analyzed its periodicity among different trials. We found that the coding cells (including duration, start and end cells) activities were not modulated by these motions, arguing against this possibility. These data are now included in the new Supp. Figure 2, and we have added corresponding texts in the manuscript.

      Regarding the second alternative interpretation, we think our data in the original Figure 4G argues against it. In this graph, we plotted the decoding error of time using the duration cells’ activity against the actual duration of the trials. If the sequential activity of durations cells only represents motivation, then the errors should be linearly modulated by trial durations. The unimodal distribution we observed (Figure 4G and see graph below for a re-plot without signs) suggests that the scaling factor of the sequential activity represents information related to time. And the fact that this unimodal distribution centered at the time threshold of the task provides strong evidence for the active use of scaling factor for time estimation.

      In order to further test the relationship to motivation, we have measured the time interval between exiting nose poke to the start of licking water reward as an independent measurement of motivation for each trial. We found that this reward-seeking time was positively correlated with the trial durations, suggesting that the durations were correlated with motivation to some degree. And when we scaled the activities of the duration cells by this reward-seeking time, we found that the patterns of the sequential activities were largely diminished, and showed a significantly lower peak entropy compared to the same activities scaled by trial durations. The remaining sequential pattern may be due to the correlation between trial durations and motivation (Supp. Figure 2), and the sequential pattern reflects timing more prominently. These analyses provide further evidence that the sequential activities were not coding motivations. These data are included in Figure 2F, 2K and supp. Figure 3 in revised manuscript.

      Author response image 1.

      Regarding whether the scaling sequential activity we report represents behavioral timing or true time estimation, we did not have evidence on this point. However, a previous study has shown that PFC silencing led to disruption of the mouse’s timing behavior without affecting the execution of the task (PMID: 24367075), arguing against the behavior timing interpretation. The main surprising finding of our present study is that these duration cells are different from the start and end cells

      in terms of their coding stability. Thus, future studies dissecting the anatomical microcircuit of these duration cells may provide further clues regarding whether they are connected with reward-related or motion-related brain regions. This may help partially resolve the “time” vs.

      “motor” debate the reviewer mentioned.

      (2) A second issue is that the authors seem to assume that rats are perfectly immobile and perform like some kind of robots that would initiate nose pokes, maintain them, and remove them in a very discretized manner. However, in this kind of task, rats are constantly moving from the reward magazine to the nose poke. They also move while nose-poking (either their body or their mouth), and when they come out of the nose poke, they immediately move toward the reward spout. Thus, there is a continuous stream of movements, including fidgeting, that will covary with timing. Numerous studies have shown that sensorimotor dynamics influence neural activity, even in the prefrontal cortex. Therefore, the authors cannot rule out that what the records reflect are movements (and the scaling of movement) rather than underlying processes of time estimation (some kind of timer). Concretely, start cells could represent the ending of the movement going from the water spout to the nosepoke, and end cells could be neurons that initiate (if one can really isolate any initiation, which I doubt) the movement from the nosepoke to the water spout. Duration cells could reflect fidgeting or orofacial movements combined with an increasing urgency to leave the nose pokes.

      (3) The statistics should be rethought for both the behavioral and neuronal data. They should be conducted separately for all the rats, as there is likely interindividual variability in the impulsivity of the animals.

      We thank the reviewer for the comment, yet we are not quite sure what specifically was asked by the reviewer. It appears that the reviewer requires we conduct our analysis using each rat individually. In our revised manuscript, we have conducted and reported analyses with individual rat in the original Figure 1C, Figure 2C, G, K, Figure 4F.

      (4) The fact that neuronal activity reflects an integration of movement and motivational factors rather than some abstract timing appears to be well compatible with the analysis conducted on the error trials (Figure 4), considering that the sensorimotor and motivational dynamics will rescale with the durations of the nose poke. 

      (5) The authors should mention upfront in the main text (result section) the temporal resolution allowed by their Ca+ probe and discuss whether it is fast enough in regard of behavioral dynamics occurring in the task. 

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion. We have originally mentioned the caveat of calcium imaging in the interpretation of our results. We have now incorporated more texts for this purpose during our revision. In terms of behavioral dynamics (start and end of nose poke in this case), we think calcium imaging could provide sufficient kinetics. However, the more refined dynamics related to the reproducibility of the sequential activity or the precise representation of individual cells on the scaled duration may be benefited from improved time resolution.

      Recommendations for the authors:  

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors): 

      (1) Please refer explicitly to the three types of cells in the abstract. 

      We have now modified the abstract as suggested during revision.

      (2) Please refer to the work of Betancourt et al., 2023 Cell Reports, where a trial-by-trail analysis on the correlation between neural trajectory dynamics in MPC and timing behavior is reported. In that same paper the stability of neural sequences across task parameters is reported. 

      We have now cited and discussed the study in the discussion section of the revised manuscript.

      (3) Please state the number of studied animals at the beginning of the results section. 

      We have now provided this information as requested. The numbers of rats are also plotted in Figure 1D for each analysis.

      (4) Why do the middle and right panels of Figure 2E show duration cells. 

      Figure 2E was intended to show examples of duration cells’ activity. We included different examples of cells that peak at different points in the scaled duration. We believe these multiple examples would give the readers a straight forward impression of these cells’ activity patterns.

      (5) Which behavioral sessions of Figure 1B were analyzed further.

      We have now labeled the analyzed sessions in Figure 1B with red color in the revised manuscript.

      (6) In Figure 3A-C please increase the time before the beginning of the trial in order to visualize properly the activation patterns of the start cells.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion and have now modified the figure accordingly in the revised manuscript.

      (7) Please state what could be the behavioral and functional effect of the ablation of the cortical tissue on top of mPFC.

      We thank the reviewer for the question. In our experience, mice with lens implanted in the mPFC did not show observable difference with mice without surgery in the acquisition of the task and the distribution of the nose-poke durations. In our dataset, rats with the lens implantation showed similar nose-poking behavior as those without lens implantation (Figure 1B). Thus, it seems that the effect of ablation, if any, was quite limited, in the scope of our task.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife Assessment

      Building on their own prior work, the authors present valuable findings that add to our understanding of cortical astrocytes, which respond to synaptic activity with calcium release in subcellular domains that can proceed to larger calcium waves. The proposed concept of a spatial "threshold" is based on solid evidence from in vivo and ex vivo imaging data and the use of mutant mice. However, details of the specific threshold should be taken with caution and appear incomplete unless supported by additional experiments with higher resolution in space and time.

      We thank the reviewers and editors for the positive assessment of our work as containing valuable findings that add to our understanding of cortical astrocytes. We also appreciate their positive appraisal of the proposed concept of a spatial threshold supported by solid evidence. 

      Regarding their specific comments, we truly appreciate them because they have helped to clarify issues and to improve the study. Point-by-point responses to these comments are provided below. Regarding the general comment on the spatial and temporal resolution of our study, we would like to clarify that the spatial and temporal resolution used in the current study (i.e., 2 - 5 Hz framerate using a 25x objective with 1.7x digital zoom with pixels on the order of 1 µm2) is within the norm in the field, does not compromise the results, nor diminish the main conceptual advancement of the study, namely the existence of a spatial threshold for astrocyte calcium surge. 

      We respect the thoughtfulness of the reviewers and editors towards improving the paper.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Lines et al., provide evidence for a sequence of events in vivo in adult anesthetized mice that begin with a footshock driving activation of neural projections into layer 2/3 somatosensory cortex, which in turn triggers a rise in calcium in astrocytes within "domains" of their "arbor". The authors segment the astrocyte morphology based on SR101 signal and show that the timing of "arbor" Ca2+ activation precedes somatic activation and that somatic activation only occurs if at least {greater than or equal to}22.6% of the total segmented astrocyte "arbor" area is active. Thus, the authors frame this {greater than or equal to}22.6% activation as a spatial property (spatial threshold) with certain temporal characteristics - i.e., must occur before soma and global activation. The authors then elaborate on this spatial threshold by providing evidence for its intrinsic nature - is not set by the level of neuronal stimulus and is dependent on whether IP3R2, which drives Ca2+ release from the endoplasmic reticulum (ER) in astrocytes, is expressed. Lastly, the authors suggest a potential physiologic role for this spatial threshold by showing ex vivo how exogenous activation of layer 2/3 astrocytes by ATP application can gate glutamate gliotransmission to layer 2/3 cortical neurons - with a strong correlation between the number of active astrocyte Ca2+ domains and the slow inward current (SIC) frequency recorded from nearby neurons as a readout of glutamatergic gliotransmission. This is interesting and would potentially be of great interest to readers within and outside the glia research community, especially in how the authors have tried to systematically deconstruct some of the steps underlying signal integration and propagation in astrocytes. Many of the conclusions posited by the authors are potentially important but we think their approach needs experimental/analytical refinement and elaboration.

      We thank the reviewer for her/his positive appraisal and comments that has helped us to improve the study. In response to their insights, we aim to address the key points raised below:

      (1) Sequence of Events: We acknowledge the reviewer's interest in our findings regarding the sequence of events. We have provided a more detailed description of the methods and results to clarify the spatiotemporal relationships between domain activation and spatiotemporal clustering, to centripetal and centrifugal calcium propagation in relation to soma activation.

      (2) Spatial Threshold: The reviewer accurately identifies our characterization of a spatial threshold (≥22.6% activation) with temporal characteristics as a crucial aspect of our study. We have expanded upon this concept by offering a clearer illustration of how this threshold relates to somatic and global activation.

      (3) Intrinsic Nature of Spatial Threshold: The reviewer's insightful observation regarding the inherent quality of the spatial threshold, regardless of its dependence on neuronal stimuli is noteworthy. We have provided additional details to substantiate this claim, shedding more light on the fundamental nature of this phenomenon.

      (4) Physiological Implications: The reviewer rightly highlights the potential physiological significance of our findings, particularly in relation to gliotransmission in cortical neurons. We have enhanced our discussion by elaborating on the implications of these observations.

      The primary issue for us, and which we would encourage the authors to address, relates to the low spatialtemporal resolution of their approach. This issue does not necessarily compromise the concept of a spatial threshold, but more refined observations and analyses are likely to provide more reliable quantitative parameters and a more comprehensive view of the mode of Ca2+ signal integration in astrocytes. 

      We agree with the reviewer that our spatial-temporal resolution (2 – 5 Hz framerate using a 25x objective and 1.7x digital zoom with pixels on the order of 1 µm) does not compromise the proposed concept of the existence of a spatial threshold for the intracellular calcium expansion.

      For this reason, and because their observations might be perceived as both a conceptual and numerical standard in the field, we believe that the authors should proceed with both experimental and analytical refinement. Notably, we have difficulty with the reported mean delays of astrocyte Ca2+ elevations upon sensory stimulation. The 11s delay for response onset in "arbor" and 13s in the soma are extremely long, and we do not think they represent a true physiologic latency for astrocyte responses to the sensory activity. Indeed, such delays appear to be slower even than those reported in the initial studies of sensory stimulation in anesthetized mice with limited spatial-temporal resolution (Wang et al. Nat Neurosci., 2006) - not to say of more recent and refined ones in awake mice (Stobart et al. Neuron, 2018) that identified even sub-second astrocyte Ca2+ responses, largely preserved in IP3R2KO mice. Thus, we are inclined to believe that the slowness of responses reported here is an indicator of experimental/analytical issues. There can be several explanations of such slowness that the authors may want to consider for improving their approach: (a) The authors apparently use low zoom imaging for acquiring signals from several astrocytes present in the FOV: do all of these astrocytes respond homogeneously in terms of delay from sensory stimulus? Perhaps some are faster responders than others and only this population is directly activated by the stimulus. Others could be slower in activation because they respond secondarily to stimuli. In this case, the authors could focus their analysis specifically on the "fast-responding population". (b) By focusing on individual astrocytes and using higher zoom, the authors could unmask more subtle Ca2+ elevations that precede those reported in the current manuscript. These signals have been reported to occur mainly in regions of the astrocyte that are GCaMP6-positive but SR101-negative and constitute a large percentage of its volume (Bindocci et al., 2017). By restricting analysis to the SR101-positive part of the astrocyte, the authors might miss the fastest components of the astrocyte Ca2+ response likely representing the primary signals triggered by synaptic activity. It would be important if they could identify such signals in their records, and establish if none/few/many of them propagate to the SR-101-positive part of the astrocyte. In other words, if there is only a single spatial threshold, the one the authors reported, or two or more of them along the path of signal propagation towards the cell soma that leads eventually to the transformation of the signal into a global astrocyte Ca2+ surge. 

      We thank the reviewer for these excellent and important comments. The qualm with the mean delays of astrocyte activation is indeed a result of averaging together astrocyte responses to a 20 second stimulus. Indeed, astrocyte responses are heterogeneous and many astrocytes respond much quicker, as can be seen in example traces in Figs. 1D, 1G, and 3C. Indeed, with any biological system variability exists, however here we take the averaged responses in order to identify a general property of astrocyte calcium dynamics: the existence of the concept of a spatial threshold for astrocyte calcium surge. We have now included a paragraph in the Discussion section on this subject on P15, L16-22:

      “We were able to discover this general phenomenon of astrocyte physiology through the use of a novel computational tool that allowed us to combine almost 1000 astrocyte responses. Variation is rife in biological systems, and there are sure to be eccentricities within astrocyte calcium responses. Here, we focused on grouped data to better understand what appears to be an intrinsic property of astrocyte physiology. We used different statistical examinations and tested our hypothesis in vivo and in situ, and all these methods together provide a more complete picture of the existence of a spatial threshold for astrocyte calcium surge.“

      The specialized work of Stobart et al. 2018, was focused more on the fast activation of microdomain subpopulations than the induction of later somatic activation. Indeed, Stobart et al. 2018 and Wang et al. 2006 also found that somatic responses of astrocytes were delayed in the range of seconds. Importantly, Wang et al., 2006 describe that the activation of astrocytes is frequency dependent, that is, the higher the frequency, the faster and higher the activation. In the present, work we stimulated at just 2 Hz to better investigate the spatial threshold. Excitingly, the results showed by Stobart et al., 2018 agree with ours, Rupprecht et al. 2024 and Fedotova et al. 2023, that there is a sequence of activation from the domains to the somas, which could be due to the time that is required for the summation of the initial microdomain signal to reach a threshold capable to activate the soma. These above referenced studies have many similarities with our own but are different in the underlying scientific question that led to diverging methodology, however we want to stress that we agree with the reviewers that our methods provide sufficient evidence for the cell-scale scientific phenomenon that we are studying, which is the spatial threshold for astrocyte calcium surge. Finally, we have included an additional figure (new Figure 5) that only looks at the calcium dynamics of early responding cells and found no significant difference in the spatial threshold in this population compared to our original quantification.

      In this context, there is another concept that we encourage the authors to better clarify: whether the spatial threshold that they describe is constituted by the enlargement of a continuous wavefront of Ca2+ elevation, e.g. in a single process, that eventually reaches 22.6% of the segmented astrocyte, or can it also be

      constituted by several distinct Ca2+ elevations occurring in separate domains of the arbor, but overall totaling 22.6% of the segmented surface? Mechanistically, the latter would suggest the presence of a general excitability threshold of the astrocyte, whereas the former would identify a driving force threshold for the centripetal wavefront. In light of the above points, we think the authors should use caution in presenting and interpreting the experiments in which they use SIC as a readout. Their results might lead some readers to bluntly interpret the 22.6% spatial threshold as the threshold required for the astrocyte to evoke gliotransmitter release. Indeed, SIC are robust signals recorded somatically from a single neuron and likely integrate activation of many synapses all belonging to that neuron. On the other hand, an astrocyte impinges in a myriad of synapses belonging to several distinct neurons. In our opinion, it is quite possible that more local gliotransmission occurs at lower Ca2+ signal thresholds (see above) that may not be efficiently detected by using SIC as a readout; a more sensitive approach, such as the use of a gliotransmitter sensor expressed all along the astrocyte plasma-membrane could be tested to this aim.  

      The reviewer raised an excellent point. Whether the spatial threshold of 22.6% occur in the segmented astrocyte or may be reached occurring in separate domains of the arbor, is an important question and we address this by the inclusion of a novel analysis shown in the new figure (new Figure 5) in the revised version of the manuscript. In this new analysis, we demonstrate that the average distance between domain activation is not significantly different between subthreshold activity and the activity that precedes or follows the suprathreshold cellular activation. In contrast, we do find a significant difference in the average time between domain activation between subthreshold activity and activity that precedes and follows suprathreshold activation. We go further with a generalized linear model to show that percent area of active domains and temporal clustering is related to soma activation and not spatial clustering. This suggests that domain activation doesn’t need to be spatially clustered together to induce soma activation and subsequent calcium surge, but more importantly, domain activation must be over the spatial threshold and occur within a timeframe. This has been added to the Results on P10, L2-40:

      “Our results demonstrate the relationship between the percentage of active domains and soma activation and subsequent calcium surge. Next, we were interested in the spatiotemporal properties of domain activity leading up to and during calcium surge. Because we imaged groups of astrocytes, we were able to constrain our analyses to fast responders (onset < median population onset) in order to evaluate astrocytes that were more likely to respond to neuronal-evoked sensory stimulation and not nearby astrocyte activation (Figure 5A). In this population the spatial threshold was 23.8% within the 95% confidence intervals of [21.2%, 24.0%]. First, we created temporal maps, where each domain is labeled as its onset relative to soma activation, of individual astrocyte calcium responses to study the spatiotemporal profile of astrocyte calcium surge (Bindocci et al., 2017; Rupprecht et al., 2024) (Figure 5B). Using temporal maps, we quantified the spatial clustering of responding domains by measuring the average distance between active domains. We found that the average distance between active domains in subthreshold astrocyte responses were not significantly different from pre-soma suprathreshold activity (16.3 ± 0.4 µm in No-soma cells versus 16.2 ± 0.3 µm in Pre-soma cells, p = 0.75; n = 286 No-soma vs n = 326 Pre-soma, 30 populations and 3 animals; Figure 5C). Following soma activation, astrocyte calcium surge was marked with no significant change in the average distance between active domains (16.0 ± 0.3 µm in Post-soma cells versus 16.3 ± 0.4 µm in No-soma cells, p = 0.57 and 16.2 ± 0.3 µm in Presoma cells, p = 0.31; n = 326 soma active and n = 286 no soma active, 30 populations and 3 animals; Figure 5C). Taken together this suggests that on average domain activation happens in a nonlocal fashion that may illustrate the underlying nonlocal activation of nearby synaptic activity. Next, we interrogated the temporal patterning of domain activation by quantifying the average time between domain responses, and found that the average time between domain responses was significantly decreased in pre-soma suprathreshold activity compared to subthreshold activities without subsequent soma activation (9.4 ± 0.3 s in No-soma cells versus 4.4 ± 0.2 s in Pre-soma cells, p < 0.001; n = 326 soma active vs n = 286 not soma active, 30 populations and 3 animals; Figure 5D). The average time between domain activation was even less after the soma became active during calcium surge (2.1 ± 0.1 s in Post-soma versus 9.4 ± 0.3 s in No-Soma cells, p < 0.001 and 4.4 ± 0.1 s in Pre-soma cells, p < 0.001; n = 326 soma active and n = 286 not soma active, 30 populations and 3 animals; Figure 5D). This corroborates our findings in Figure S2 and highlights the difference in temporal profiles between subthreshold activity and astrocyte calcium surge. 

      We then tested the contribution of each of our three variables describing domain activation (percent area, average distance and time) to elicit soma activation by creating a general linear model. We found that overall, there was a significant relationship between these variables and the soma response (p = 5.5e-114), with the percent area having the largest effect (p = 3.5e-70) followed by the average time (p = 3.6e-7), and average distance having no significant effect (p = 0.12). Taken together this suggests that the overall spatial clustering of active domains has no effect on soma activation, and the percent area of active domains within a constrained time window having the largest effect.”

      Regarding comments on SIC, we fully agree with the reviewer. In the revised version of the manuscript, we have included text in the discussion to ensure the correct interpretation of the results, i.e., the observed 22.6% spatial threshold for the SIC does not necessarily indicate an intrinsic property of gliotransmitter release; rather, since SICs have been shown to be calcium-dependent, it is not surprising that their presence, monitored at the whole-cell soma, matches the threshold for the intracellular calcium extension. We have added to the Discussion P16, L15-30:

      “Astrocyte calcium activity induces multiple downstream signaling cascades, such as the release of gliotransmitters (Araque et al., 2014; de Ceglia et al., 2023). Using patch-clamp recordings of a single nearby neuron we showed that a nearby population of astrocyte calcium surge is also correlated to the increase in slow inward currents (SICs), previously demonstrated to be dependent on astrocytic vesicular release of glutamate (Araque et al., 2000; Durkee et al., 2019; Fellin et al., 2004). The increase of SICs we observed from patching a single neuron is likely the integration of gliotransmitter release onto synapses from a group of nearby astrocytes. Indeed, subthreshold astrocyte calcium increases alone can trigger activity in contacted dendrites (Di Castro et al., 2011). An exciting avenue of future research would be to observe the impact of a single astrocyte calcium surge on nearby neurons (Refaeli and Goshen, 2022). How many neurons would be affected, and would this singular event be observable through patch clamp from a single neuron? The output of astrocyte calcium surge is equally important to network communication as the labeling of astrocyte calcium surge, as it identifies a biologically relevant effect onto nearby neurons. Many downstream signaling mechanisms may be activated following astrocyte calcium surge, and the effect of locally concentrated domain activity vs astrocyte calcium surge should be studied further on different astrocyte outputs.”

      Additional considerations are that the authors propose an event sequence as follows: stimulus - synaptic drive to L2/3 - arbor activation - spatial threshold - soma activation - post soma activation - gliotransmission. This seems reminiscent of the sequence underlying neuronal spike propagation - from dendrite to soma to axon, and the resulting vesicular release. However, there is no consensus within the glial field about an analogous framework for astrocytes. Thus, "arbor activation", "soma activation", and "post soma activation" are not established `terms-of-art´. Similarly, the way the authors use the term "domain" contrasts with how others have (Agarwal et al., 2017; Shigetomi et al., 2013; Di Castro et al., 2011; Grosche et al., 1999) and may produce some confusion. The authors could adopt a more flexible nomenclature or clarify that their terms do not have a defined structural-functional basis, being just constructs that they justifiably adapted to deal with the spatial complexity of astrocytes in line with their past studies (Lines et al., 2020; Lines et al., 2021).

      We agree there is no consensus within the glial field about this event sequence. One major difference between this sequence of events and neuronal spike propagation is directionality from dendrite to soma to axon. It is unknown whether directionality of the calcium signal exists in astrocytes. However, our finding in Figure 5E suggests a directionality of centripetal propagation from the arborization to the soma to elicit calcium surge that leads to centrifugal propagation. In the Results on P10-11, L41-8:

      “Recent work studying astrocyte integration has suggested a centripetal model of astrocyte calcium, where more distal regions of the astrocyte arborization become active initially and activation flows towards the soma (Fedotova et al., 2023; Rupprecht et al., 2024). Here, we confirm this finding, where activated domains located distal from the soma respond sooner than domains more proximal to the soma (linear correlation: p < 0.05, R2 = 0.67; n = 30 populations, 3 animals; Figure 4E). Next, we build upon this result to also demonstrate that following soma activation, astrocyte calcium surge propagates outward in a centrifugal pattern, where domains proximal to the soma become active prior to distal domains (linear correlation: p < 0.01, R2 = 0.89; n = 30 populations, 3 animals; Figure 4E). Together these results detail that intracellular astrocyte calcium follows a centripetal model until the soma is activated leading to a calcium surge that flows centrifugally. This suggests that astrocytes have the capabilities to integrate the nearby local synaptic population, and if this activity exceeds the spatial threshold then it leads to a whole-cell response that spreads outward.” 

      And in the Discussion P15, L3-15:

      “Close examinations of the calcium surge uncovered distinct propagations whether before or after soma activation. Firstly, our analysis found that temporal clustering changed before and after calcium surge, with both being above subthreshold activity, and that this characteristic was absent when assessing spatial clustering. When comparing the percent area, spatial and temporal clustering of active domains using a GLM, we found that the percent area was the most significant parameter describing a threshold to soma activation. We then compared the delay of domain activation and its distance from the soma, and recreated previous results that suggest a centripetal model of astrocytic calcium responses from the distal arborizations to the soma (Fedotova et al., 2023; Rupprecht et al., 2023). Here, we went a step further and discovered that soma activation switches this directionality for astrocytic calcium surge to propagate outward in a centrifugal manner away from the soma. Taken together, these results demonstrate the integrative potential of astrocyte calcium responses and characterize further the astrocyte calcium surge to relay this other parts of the astrocyte.”

      The term “microdomain” is used in the references above to define distal subcellular domains in contact with synapses, and in order to dissociate from this term we adopt the nomenclature “domain” to define all subcellular domains in the astrocyte arborization. These items have been discussed and clarified in the revised version of the manuscript on P5, L17-19:

      “The concept of domain to define all subcellular domains in the astrocyte arborization should not be confused with the concept of microdomain, that usually refers to the distal subcellular domains in contact with synapses.”

      Our previous points suggest that the paper would be significantly strengthened by new experimental observations focusing on single astrocytes and using acquisitions at higher spatial and temporal resolution. If the authors will not pursue this option, we encourage them to at least improve their analysis, and at the same time recognize in the text some limitations of their experimental approach as discussed above. We indicate here several levels of possible analytical refinement.

      We believe our spatial (25x objective and 1.7x digital zoom with pixels on the order of 1µm) and temporal (2 – 5 Hz framerate) resolution is within the range used in the glial field. In any case the existence of a spatial threshold for astrocyte calcium surge is not compromised with the use of this imaging resolution.

      The first relates to the selection of astrocytes being analyzed, and the need to focus on a much narrower subpopulation than (for example) 987 astrocytes used for the core data. This selection would take into greater consideration the aspects of structure and latency. With the structural and latency-based criteria for selection, the number of astrocytes to analyze might be reduced by 10-fold or more, making our second analytical recommendation much more feasible.

      We agree that individual differences exist, however, establishing a general concept requires the sampling of many astrocytes. Nevertheless, we have included a new figure (new Figure 5) that analyzes early responders.

      For structure-based selection - Genetically-encoded Ca2+ indicators such as GCaMP6 are in principle expressed throughout an astrocyte, even in regions that are not labelled by SR101. Moreover, astrocytes form independent 3D territories, so one can safely assume that the GCaMP6 signal within an astrocyte volume belongs to that specific astrocyte (this is particularly evident if the neighboring astrocytes are GCaMP6negative). Therefore, authors could extend their analysis of Ca2+ signals in individual astrocytes to the regions that are SR101-negative and try to better integrate fast signals in their spatial threshold concept. Even if they decided to be conservative on their methods, and stick to the astrocyte segmentation based on the SR-101 signal, they should acknowledge that SR101 dye staining quality can vary considerably between individual astrocytes within a FOV - some astrocytes will have much greater structural visibility in the distal processes than others. This means that some astrocytes may have segmented domains extending more distally than others and we think that authors should privilege such astrocytes for analysis. However, cases like the representative astrocytes shown in Figure 4A or Figure S1B, have segmented domains localized only to proximal processes near the soma. Accordingly, given the reported timing differences between "arbor" and "soma" activation, one might expect there to be comparable timing differences between domains that are distal vs proximal to the soma as well. Fast signals in peripheral regions of astrocytes in contact with synapses are largely IP3R2-independent (Stobart et al., 2018). However, the quality of SR101 staining has implications for interpreting the IP3R2 KO data. There is evidence IP3R2 KO may preferentially impact activity near the soma (Srinivasan et al., 2015). Thus, astrocytes with insufficient staining - visible only in the soma and proximal domains - might show a biased effect for IP3R2 KO. While not necessarily disrupting the core conclusions made by the authors based on their analysis of SR101-segmented astrocytes, we think results would be strengthened if astrocytes with sufficient SR101 staining - i.e. more consistent with previous reports of L2/3 astrocyte area (Lanjakornsiripan et al., 2018) - were only included. This could be achieved by using max or cumulative projections of individual astrocytes in combination with SR101 staining to construct more holistic structural maps (Bindocci et al., 2017).

      We agree with the ideas concerning SR101, and indeed there could be variability in the origins of the astrocyte calcium signal. Astrocyte territory boundaries can be difficult to discern when both astrocytes express GCaMP6. Also, SR101-negative domains could encapsulate an area that is only partially that of astrocyte territory, including also extracellular space. Here we take a conservative approach to constrain ROIs to SR101positive astrocyte territory outlines without invading neighboring cells or extracellular space in order to reduce error in the estimate of a spatial threshold. The effect of IP3R2 KO preferentially impacting activity near the soma is interesting, and in line with our conclusions. We agree that the findings from SR101-negative pixels would not necessarily disrupt the core conclusions of the study, and the additional analysis suggested would further strengthen results. We have since included on the limitations of the study in the Discussion P15, L3137:

      “In this study, we chose to limit our examinations of calcium activity that was within the bounds determined by SR101 staining. Much work has shown that astrocyte territories are more akin to sponge-like morphology with small microdomains making up the end feet of their distal arborizations (Baldwin et al., 2024). Here, we took a conservative approach to not incorporate these fine morphological processes and only take SR101-postive pixels for analysis in order to reduce the possible error of including a neighboring astrocyte or extracellular space in our analyses. Much work can be done to extend these results.”

      For latency-based selection - The authors record calcium activity within a FOV containing at least 20+ astrocytes over a period of 60s, during which a 2Hz hindpaw stimulation at 2mA is applied for 20s. As discussed above, presumably some astrocytes in a FOV are the first to respond to the stimulus series, while others likely respond with longer latency to the stimulus. For the shorter-latency responders <3s, it is easier to attribute their calcium increases as "following the sensory information" projecting to L2/3. In other cases, when "arbor" responses occur at 10s or later, only after 20 stimulus events (at 2Hz), it is likely they are being activated by a more complex and recurrent circuit containing several rounds of neuron-glia crosstalk etc., which would be mechanistically distinct from astrocytes responding earlier. We suggest that authors focus more on the shorter latency response astrocytes, as they are more likely to have activity corresponding to the stimulus itself.

      We agree that different times of astrocyte calcium increases may be due to different mechanisms outside of the astrocyte. We believe the spatial threshold will be intrinsic to these external variables; yet we believe that longer latency responses are physiological and may carry important information to determining the astrocyte calcium responses. Indeed, we have performed the spatial threshold analysis on early responders (first half of responding cells), and found the spatial threshold in that population (23.8%) is within the 95% confidence interval [21.2%, 24.0%]. Additionally, the slow responders were also within the confidence interval (22.6%).

      The second level of analysis refinement we suggest relates specifically to the issue of propagation and timing for the activity within "arbor", "soma" and "post-soma". Currently, the authors use an ROI-based approach that segments the "arbor" into domains. We suggest that this approach could be supplemented by a more robust temporal analysis. This could for example involve starting with temporal maps that take pixels above a certain amplitude and plot their timing relative to the stimulus-onset, or (better) the first active pixel of the astrocyte. This type of approach has become increasingly used (Bindocci et al., 2017; Wang et al., 2019; Ruprecht et al., 2022) and we think its use can greatly help clarify both the proposed sequence and better characterize the spatial threshold. We think this analysis should specifically address several important points:

      We agree that the creation of temporal maps from our own data would be interesting, and we provide the results of the suggested analysis within the new figure (new Figure 5) in the revised version of the manuscript. In this analysis we show that subthreshold, pre-soma and post-soma dynamics are significantly different in time. These added results of including temporal maps strengthen our claim of a spatial threshold, by quantifying the distinct temporal and spatial dynamics of domain activation before and after the spatial threshold is met (i.e. soma activation), and highlights differences in subthreshold and suprathreshold activity.

      (1) Where/when does the astrocyte activation begin? Understanding the beginning is very important, particularly because another potential spatial threshold - preceding the one the authors describe in the paper - could gate the initial activation of more distal processes, as discussed above. This sequentially earlier spatial threshold could (for example) rely on microdomain interaction with synaptic elements and (in contrast) be IP3R2 independent (Srinivasan et al., 2015, Stobart et al., 2018). We would be interested to know whether, in a subset of astrocytes that meet the structure and latency criteria proposed above and can produce global activation, there is an initial local GCaMP6f response of a minimal size that must occur before propagation towards the soma begins. The data associated with varying stimulus parameters could potentially be useful here and reveal stimulus intensity/duration-dependent differences.

      This is a very important point. It is difficult to pinpoint the beginning of the signal, which is why we rely on the average of responses. The additional analysis we provide based on temporal maps (new Figure 5) shows a very interesting result in that there is no significant difference between the spatial clustering of, or average distance between, activated domains in subthreshold and pre-soma suprathreshold activity. This result, along with the General Linear Model, suggests that there is not another subcellular potential spatial threshold, as the activity is the same. Instead, the main difference between activity in the domains that leads to soma activation or not is the overall percentage of domains active and not necessarily how that spatial activity is organized. We have also added this point in the Discussion section to highlight the importance of this result. P15, L3-8:

      “Close examinations of the calcium surge uncovered distinct propagations whether before or after soma activation. Firstly, our analysis found that temporal clustering changed before and after calcium surge, with both being above subthreshold activity, and that this characteristic was absent when assessing spatial clustering. When comparing the percent area, spatial and temporal clustering of active domains using a GLM, we found that the percent area was the most significant parameter describing a threshold to soma activation.”

      (2) Whether the propagation in the authors' experimental model is centripetal? This is implied throughout the manuscript but never shown. We think establishing whether (or not) the calcium dynamics are centripetal is important because it would clarify whether spatially adjacent domains within the "arbor" need to be sequentially active before reaching the threshold and then reaching the soma. More broadly, visualizing propagation will help to better visualize summation, which is presumably how the threshold is first reached (and overcome).

      The alternative hypothesis of a general excitability threshold, as discussed above, would be challenged here and possibly rejected, thereby clarifying the nature of the Ca2+ process that needs to reach a threshold for further expansion to the soma and other parts of the astrocyte.

      We agree that our view is centripetal when considering activity leading up to soma activation. Indeed, we have found arborization activity precedes soma activity (Figure 3), soma activity appears to rely on the percent area of domain activity (Figure 4), and pre-soma domain activity comes online earlier in domains distal from the soma (new Figure 5). However, whether this is intrinsic or due to the fact that synapses are more likely to occur in the periphery requires further studies. Our new results in the new Figure 5 demonstrating that subthreshold activity has a spatial organization that is not significantly different than pre-soma activity in suprathreshold cases argues in favor of a general excitability threshold hypothesis. However, we do not see these hypotheses as mutually exclusive. Excitingly, we have also found that following soma activation, calcium surge appears to follow a centrifugal propagation. We have since added the topic of a centripetal-centrifugal experimental model to the Discussion P15, L8-15:

      “We then compared the delay of domain activation and its distance from the soma, and recreated previous results that suggest a centripetal model of astrocytic calcium responses from the distal arborizations to the soma (Fedotova et al., 2023; Rupprecht et al., 2024). Here, we went a step further and discovered that soma activation switches this directionality for astrocytic calcium surge to propagate outward in a centrifugal manner away from the soma. Taken together, these results demonstrate the integrative potential of astrocyte calcium responses and characterize further the astrocyte calcium surge to relay this other parts of the astrocyte.”

      (3) In complement to the previous point: we understand that the spatial threshold does not per se have a location, but is there some spatial logic underlying the organization of active domains before the soma response occurs? One can easily imagine multiple scenarios of sparse heterogeneous GCaMP6f signal distributions that correspond to {greater than or equal to}22.6% of the arborization, but that would not be expected to trigger soma activation. For example, the diagram in Figure 4C showing the astrocyte response to 2Hz stim (which lacks a soma response) underscores this point. It looks like it has {greater than or equal to}22.6% activation that is sparsely localized throughout the arborization. If an alternative spatial distribution for this activity occurred, such that it localized primarily to a specific process within the arbor, would it be more likely to trigger a soma response?

      This is an interesting point and our new spatiotemporal analysis found in the new figure (new Figure 5) aims to shed some light on this and is answered above. To our knowledge, there is no mechanism in astrocytes to impose directionality on calcium propagation, like rectifying voltage-gated sodium channels in neuronal voltage propagation. We found that the delay of domain activation compared to soma onset is significantly correlated to the distance from the soma (new Figure 5E). In addition, spatial clustering is not significantly different compared in pre-soma vs. non responders or post-soma. Together this suggests that centripetal propagation may be occurring throughout the entire cell and not in a local clustered way. Our findings also suggest that following soma activation astrocyte calcium surge follows a mostly centrifugal pattern (new Figure 5E).

      (4) Does "pre-soma" activation predict the location and onset time of "post-soma" activation? For example, are arbor domains that were part of the "pre-soma" response the first to exhibit GCaMP6f signal in the "post-soma" response?

      Please see above comments.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Lines et al investigated the integration of calcium signals in astrocytes of the primary somatosensory cortex. Their goal was to better characterize the mechanisms that govern the spatial characteristics of calcium signals in astrocytes. In line with previous reports in the field, they found that most events originated and stayed localized within microdomains in distal astrocyte processes, occasionally coinciding with larger events in the soma, referred to as calcium surges. As a single astrocyte communicates with hundreds of thousands of synapses simultaneously, understanding the spatial integration of calcium signals in astrocytes and the mechanisms governing the latter is of tremendous importance to deepen our understanding of signal processing in the central nervous system. The authors thus aimed to unveil the properties governing the emergence of calcium surges. The main claim of this manuscript is that there would be a spatial threshold of ~23% of microdomain activation above which a calcium surge, i.e. a calcium signal that spreads to the soma, is observed. Although the study provides data that is highly valuable for the community, the conclusions of the current version of the manuscript seem a little too assertive and general compared with what can be deduced from the data and methods used.

      The major strength of this study is the experimental approach that allowed the authors to obtain numerous and informative calcium recordings in vivo in the somatosensory cortex in mice in response to sensory stimuli as well as in situ. Notably, they developed an interesting approach to modulating the number of active domains in peripheral astrocyte processes by varying the intensity of peripheral stimulation (its amplitude, frequency, or duration).

      We thank the reviewer for their kind and thoughtful review of our study.

      The major weakness of the manuscript is the method used to analyze and quantify calcium activity, which mostly relies on the analysis of averaged data and overlooks the variability of the signals measured. As a result, the main claims from the manuscript seem to be incompletely supported by the data. The choice of the use of a custom-made semi-automatic ROI-based calcium event detection algorithm rather than established state-of-the-art software, such as the event-based calcium event detection software AQuA (DOI: 10.1038/s41593-019-0492-2), is insufficiently discussed and may bias the analysis. Some references on this matter include: Semyanov et al, Nature Rev Neuro, 2020 (DOI: 10.1038/s41583-020-0361-8); Covelo et al 2022, J Mol Neurosci (DOI: 10.1007/s12031-022-02006-w) & Wang et al, 2019, Nat Neuroscience (DOI: 10.1038/s41593-019-0492-2). Moreover, the ROIs used to quantify calcium activity are based on structural imaging of astrocytes, which may not be functionally relevant.

      Unfortunately, there is no general consensus for calcium analysis in the astrocyte or neuronal field, and many groups use custom made software made in lab or custom software such as GECIquant, STARDUST, AQuA or AQuA2. While AQuA is an event-based calcium event detection software, it may be that not including inactive domains that are SR101 positive could underestimate the spatial threshold for calcium surge. Our data is not based on the functional events but is based on calcium with structural constraints within a single astrocyte. This is crucial to properly determine the ratio of active vs inactive pixels within a single astrocyte.

      For the reasons listed above, the manuscript would probably benefit from some rephrasing of the conclusions and a discussion highlighting the advantages and limitations of the methodological approach. The question investigated by this study is of great importance in the field of neuroscience as the mechanisms dictating the spatio-temporal properties of calcium signals in astrocytes are poorly characterized, yet are essential to understand their involvement in the modulation of signal integration within neural circuits.

      We thank the reviewer for their suggestions to benefit the conclusions and discussion. We have now included a paragraph outlining the limitations of the study in the Discussion P15, L23-37:

      “The investigation of the spatial threshold could be improved in the future in a number of ways. One being the use of state-of-the-art imaging in 3D(Bindocci et al., 2017). While the original publication using 3D imaging to study astrocyte physiology does not necessarily imply that there would be different calcium dynamics in one axis over another, the three-dimensional examination of the spatial threshold could refine the findings we present here. To better control the system, mice imaged here were under anesthesia, and this is a method that has been used to characterize many foundational physiological results in the field (Hubel and Wiesel, 1962; Mountcastle et al., 1957). However, assessing the spatial threshold in awake freely moving animals would be the next logical step. In this study, we chose to limit our examinations of calcium activity that was within the bounds determined by SR101 staining. Much work has shown that astrocyte territories are more akin to sponge-like morphology with small microdomains making up the end feet of their distal arborizations (Baldwin et al., 2024). Here, we took a conservative approach to not incorporate these fine morphological processes and only take SR101-postive pixels for analysis in order to reduce the possible error of including a neighboring astrocyte or extracellular space in our analyses. Much work can be done to extend these results.”

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The study aims to elucidate the spatial dynamics of subcellular astrocytic calcium signaling. Specifically, they elucidate how subdomain activity above a certain spatial threshold (~23% of domains being active) heralds a calcium surge that also affects the astrocytic soma. Moreover, they demonstrate that processes on average are included earlier than the soma and that IP3R2 is necessary for calcium surges to occur. Finally, they associate calcium surges with slow inward currents. Strengths:

      The study addresses an interesting topic that is only partially understood. The study uses multiple methods including in vivo two-photon microscopy, acute brain slices, electrophysiology, pharmacology, and knockout models. The conclusions are strengthened by the same findings in both in vivo anesthetized mice and in brain slices.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive assessment of the study and his/her comments.

      Weaknesses:

      The method that has been used to quantify astrocytic calcium signals only analyzes what seems to be a small proportion of the total astrocytic domain on the example micrographs, where a structure is visible in the SR101 channel (see for instance Reeves et al. J. Neurosci. 2011, demonstrating to what extent SR101 outlines an astrocyte). This would potentially heavily bias the results: from the example illustrations presented it is clear that the calcium increases in what is putatively the same astrocyte goes well beyond what is outlined with automatically placed small ROIs. The smallest astrocytic processes are an order of magnitude smaller than the resolution of optical imaging and would not be outlined by either SR101 or with the segmentation method judged by the ROIs presented in the figures. Completely ignoring these very large parts of the spatial domain of an astrocyte, in particular when making claims about a spatial threshold, seems inappropriate. Several recent methods published use pixel-by-pixel event-based approaches to define calcium signals. The data should have been analyzed using such a method within a complete astrocyte spatial domain in addition to the analyses presented. Also, the authors do not discuss how two-dimensional sampling of calcium signals from an astrocyte that has processes in three dimensions (see Bindocci et al, Science 2017) may affect the results: if subdomain activation is not homogeneously distributed in the three-dimensional space within the astrocyte territory, the assumptions and findings between a correlation between subdomain activation and somatic activation may be affected.

      In order to reduce noise from individual pixels, we chose to segment astrocyte arborizations into domains of several pixels. As pointed out previously, including pixels outside of the SR101-positive territory runs the risk of including a pixel that may be from a neighboring cell or mostly comprised of extracellular space, and we chose the conservative approach to avoid this source of error. We agree that the results have limitations from being acquired in 2D instead of 3D, but it is likely to assume the 3D astrocyte is homogeneously distributed and that the 2D plane is representative of the whole astrocyte. Indeed, no dimensional effects were reported in Bindocci et al, Science 2017. We have included a paragraph in the discussion to address this limitation in our study on P15, L23-27:

      “The investigation of the spatial threshold could be improved in the future in a number of ways. One being the use of state-of-the-art imaging in 3D(Bindocci et al., 2017). While the original publication using 3D imaging to study astrocyte physiology does not necessarily imply that there would be different calcium dynamics in one axis over another, the three-dimensional examination of the spatial threshold could refine the findings we present here.”

      The experiments are performed either in anesthetized mice, or in slices. The study would have come across as much more solid and interesting if at least a small set of experiments were performed also in awake mice (for instance during spontaneous behavior), given the profound effect of anesthesia on astrocytic calcium signaling and the highly invasive nature of preparing acute brain slices. The authors mention the caveat of studying anesthetized mice but claim that the intracellular machinery should remain the same. This explanation appears a bit dismissive as the response of an astrocyte not only depends on the internal machinery of the astrocyte, but also on how the astrocyte is stimulated: for instance synaptic stimulation or sensory input likely would be dependent on brain state and concurrent neuromodulatory signaling which is absent in both experimental paradigms. The discussion would have been more balanced if these aspects were dealt with more thoroughly.

      Yes, we agree that this is a limitation, and we acknowledge this is in the Discussion P15, L27-31:

      “To better control the system, mice imaged here were under anesthesia, and this is a method that has been used to characterize many foundational physiological results in the field (Hubel and Wiesel, 1962; Mountcastle et al., 1957). However, assessing the spatial threshold in awake freely moving animals would be the next logical step.”

      The study uses a heaviside step function to define a spatial 'threshold' for somata either being included or not in a calcium signal. However, Fig 4E and 5D showing how the method separates the signal provide little understanding for the reader. The most informative figure that could support the main finding of the study, namely a ~23% spatial threshold for astrocyte calcium surges reaching the soma, is Fig. 4G, showing the relationship between the percentage of arborizations active and the soma calcium signal. A similar plot should have been presented in Fig 5 as well. Looking at this distribution, though, it is not clear why ~23% would be a clear threshold to separate soma involvement, one can only speculate how the threshold for a soma event would influence this number. Even if the analyses in Fig. 4H and the fact that the same threshold appears in two experimental paradigms strengthen the case, the results would have been more convincing if several types of statistical modeling describing the continuous distribution of values presented in Fig. 4E (in addition to the heaviside step function) were presented.

      We agree with the reviewer and have added to the paper a discussion for our justification on the use of the Heaviside step function, and have included this in the methods section. We chose the Heaviside step function to represent the on/off situation that we observed in the data that suggested a threshold in the biology. We agree with the reviewer that Fig. 4G is informative and demonstrates that under 23% most of the soma fluorescence values are clustered at baseline. We agree that a different statistical model describing the data would be more convincing and confirmed the spatial threshold with the use of a confidence interval in the text and supported the use of percent domains active for this threshold over other properties such as spatial or temporal clustering using a general linear model. P18-19, L34-2:

      “Heaviside step function

      The Heaviside step function below in equation 4 is used to mathematically model the transition from one state to the next and has been used in simple integrate and fire models (Bueno-Orovio et al., 2008; Gerstner, 2000).

      The Heaviside step function 𝐻(𝑎) is zero everywhere before the threshold area (𝑎 ) and one everywhere afterwards. From the data shown in Figure 4E where each point (𝑆(𝑎)) is an individual astrocyte response with its percent area (𝑎) domains active and if the soma was active or not denoted by a 1 or 0 respectively. To determine 𝑎 in our data we iteratively subtracted 𝐻(𝑎) from  𝑆(𝑎) for all possible values of 𝑎 to create an error term over 𝑎. The area of the minimum of that error term was denoted the threshold area.”

      The description of methods should have been considerably more thorough throughout. For instance which temperature the acute slice experiments were performed at, and whether slices were prepared in ice-cold solution, are crucial to know as these parameters heavily influence both astrocyte morphology and signaling. Moreover, no monitoring of physiological parameters (oxygen level, CO2, arterial blood gas analyses, temperature etc) of the in vivo anesthetized mice is mentioned. These aspects are critical to control for when working with acute in vivo two-photon microscopy of mice; the physiological parameters rapidly decay within a few hours with anesthesia and following surgery.

      We have increased the thoroughness of our methods section. Especially including that body temperature and respiration were indeed monitored throughout anesthesia.

      Recommendations for the authors:  

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) We think it would improve the paper if the authors provided a frame-by-frame example over (for example) 10-15 frames showing the spatiotemporal evolution of responses, where each frame represents 1s or 2s. This could be included with the temporal maps we proposed above.

      We agree that this is a useful example and have included it in our new figure (new Figure 5, specifically see Figure 5A) that uses temporal maps to analyze the spatiotemporal properties of calcium dynamics (Figure 5B).

      (2) Concerning the evidence in the present manuscript, we are not clear on what "populations" means. Can the authors clarify in methods? It is our understanding that 987 astrocytes from 30 populations from 3 mice were the source for the core data in the paper. What are the 30 populations, and how were the 987 astrocytes distributed across the populations? Are they roughly 10 FOVs per mouse? If so, please clarify roughly how far apart FOVs from the same mouse were, and how much delay between stim protocol application there was when a FOV was changed to a new FOV. Also, if for example, the 10th FOV from mouse 1 "saw" 9 rounds of stimulation before recording the response to the 10th stim round. To this point, was there any indication of response differences in populations that were recorded earlier vs later in the experimental sequence for each mouse?

      Descriptions of data will be included with the uploaded datasets following acceptance.

      (3) The description of the results on page 6 is a bit confusing for us. In lines 1-4, are the authors saying that 57.7% of astrocytes in a FOV exhibited responses within their soma and arborization, while 15.1% had responses only in arborization? If so, this is not clear to us from Figure 2C, where we count ~25 astrocytes in the FOV, maybe 8 or 9 astrocytes with activity in the arborization + soma (after stimulation), and 8 or 9 astrocytes with responses only in arborization. Is there something we do not understand, or is the second panel simply not representative of the group data?

      Figure 2D is representative of the group data and does indeed show 57.7% of the population responds within the soma and arborization, and a 15.1% of astrocytes with responses in only their arborizations. It is unable to observe in this image whether arborizations are active or just increases in one or a few domains, as may not be enough activity to be detected when sampling over the entire arborization.

      (4) In the second part of page 6 - when the authors apply linear regression - are they saying that there is a linear relationship between the amount (area) of activity measured in the arborization versus the soma, where populations of astrocytes with 50% activation of the arborization also tend to have 50% activation in their somas? If so, then this is not apparent by the map provided in Figure 2C, where it looks like soma activation (within the subpopulation) is 100% irrespective of the apparent activity in the arborization. This needs to be clarified. If not, and what they mean is that the probability of finding an active soma is related to the amount of activation within the arborization, this needs to be stated more clearly.

      When testing the linear relationship between somas active vs arborizations active, we find a significant linear correlation (p < 0.001, R2 = 0.90).

      (5) In the experiments where stimulation duration, frequency, and intensity were varied to determine the percentage of domains that were on, it would be helpful to better understand the protocol in terms of sequence. In the methods it seems that hindpaw stimulation intensity was first pseudo-randomly varied at 2Hz for 10s, followed by pseudorandomly varied stimulation frequency and then pseudo-randomly varied duration - both at 2mA for 10s. Is this correct?

      We have since updated the methods section to better describe the experimental protocol.

      (6) In Figure 3E the alignment of the "arbor" to the somatic response is a bit misleading. The signals being averaged for the "arbor" are composed of temporally heterogeneous sources (from distal and proximal domains) and when averaged will produce an artificially slow rise time. In contrast, the averaged somatic signals are composed of much more homogenous sources (arising from a more singular event) and therefore have a sharp rise time. It would make more sense to align their kinetics relative to the stimulus onset. It would also make more sense to compare the somatic response of astrocytes to the "arbor" of astrocytes which respond rapidly vs slowly to the foot-shock.

      Aligning the responses to the stimulus onset would exacerbate the artificially slow rise time for the soma and arborization as not all cells come online at the same time from stimulus onset.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Data availability

      It seems that the data is not shared on a public repository, while it appears to be necessary according to eLife's general principles (see https://elife-rp.msubmit.net/html/eliferp_author_instructions.html#dataavailability).

      We will upload raw data to a repository upon acceptance of the manuscript.

      Data analysis

      - Why did the authors choose the heaviside step function to characterize conditions for somatic event initiation? It seems that this approach is averaging very heterogeneous data (some cells do not display somatic events even with ~50% domains active while some display somatic events with < 5 it seems).

      Please see discussion to variability in the responses to the public reviews. We have since included more discussion on the use of the Heaviside step function in the Methods section.  

      - Averaging of the data. It seems that the approach chosen to quantify calcium activity overlooks the variability of the signals measured ("Astrocyte calcium quantifications were averaged over all astrocytes of a single video and these values were used in statistical testing.", l.22-23, page 15). What is the variability of the measured features between different astrocytes? Between different animals? To what extent does this averaging strategy overlook the variability of the signals/how much information do we expect to lose? The manuscript would probably benefit from a more advanced statistical approach to analyze the data.

      Is it possible to extract information from the data that would indicate mechanisms allowing somatic activity when the percentage of domain activation was lower than the threshold? How about the opposite (i.e when no global event was triggered even when the percentage of domain activation was high)?

      We are indeed combining the responses from many different diverse astrocyte responses, and we see this as a strength of the paper. Variation is a hallmark of biology, and we have added this to the discussion. In the rare cases where astrocyte somas do not come online when the percent of arborizations is over threshold, or the opposite when somas activate with little domain activation, we would say this is most likely due to imaging 2D instead of the entire 3D cell. We have also added this into our discussion.

      - Here are a few suggestions for additional analysis that might be of interest to the community:

      - Measuring calcium activity in domains depending on their distance from the soma. This would allow us to better understand the spatial integration of the signals and notably answer the following question: Does the emergence of somatic events depend on the spatial distribution of active domains? (and does a smaller domain-soma distance facilitate the emergence of a calcium surge with a lower percentage of active domains?) These measurements could be visualized with plots of xy position of the domains (domain-soma distance) = f(time) with a colormap reflecting dF/F0, for example, at different times pre- and post-somatic events. Instead of DF/F0, these plots could also display the correlation between domain activities.

      We have performed this analysis, and it is now in the new figure (new Figure 5).

      - Adding temporality to the data analysis. It seems that calcium activity is "concatenated" during the whole duration prior to the somatic event (pre-soma) and after (post-soma). However, it is unclear how long the domains remained active and how many domains were still active at the onset of the somatic event. Adding a finer temporal analysis might help answer questions such as the potential need for some degree of synchronization of domain activity to trigger calcium surges.

      It could notably be interesting to measure the level of synchrony of events as a function of their distance from the soma and to analyze how it correlates with the properties of the somatic event.

      We have now included temporal analysis of astrocyte calcium surge in our new figure (new Figure 5). While we did see examples of spatially clustered domain activation in our data, those examples usually included other non-clustered domain activities and when including all of the active domains within an astrocytes arborization, we found no difference between the distance between activated domains before and after soma activation, even when comparing to subthreshold domain activity.

      Experiments

      - Would it be possible to apply different levels of stimulation to a given cell in order to discriminate whether the "no-soma" cells can display somatic events when neuronal activity is enhanced?

      Increased sensory stimulation does increase soma activity (Please see Lines et al., Nature Communications, 2020). An example of increased stimulation leading to somatic activation where it was not present in lower stimuli can be seen in Figure 4A-C.

      - Why choose a stimulation of 2 mA, 2 Hz for 20 sec in the experiments on IP3R2-/- mice?

      Has the same set of various stimulation protocols featured in Figure 4 been applied to IP3R2-/- mice? If so, were more domains activated as stimulation intensity (amplitude; duration, or frequency) increased? Could it trigger somatic events? This information seems necessary to be able to assert that calcium surges rely on the IP3R2 pathway.

      These experiments were not performed.

      -  Adding intermediary values of ATP pulse duration to Figure 6 (e.g. 50 ms and 75 ms) might strengthen the claim that the linear increase of SIC frequency with ATP application duration is only observed above the ~23% threshold.

      Agreed, however these experiments were not performed.

      Minor corrections to the text and figures.

      Methods

      The reader might benefit from a little more detail regarding the analysis of calcium signals. Notably, what was the duration of the calcium recordings? Was it constant across the different conditions tested in the study? Was it different in slice experiments versus in vivo experiments? What were the durations of the pre- and post- soma recordings and their variability? Was the calcium activity normalized for each astrocyte or animal? If not, why not consider normalizing the post-stimulation activity with pre-stimulation baseline activity?

      Similarly, some information on the stimulation protocol seems to be lacking: what was the frequency and intensity of the stimulus in the experiments where stimulus duration varied? Concurrently, what were the duration and intensity when frequency varied? What were the duration and frequency when the intensity varied?

      It might be beneficial to add further information on the algorithm of the Calsee software. What is it performing? How was it tested? Why is it referred to as "semi"-automatic, i.e. what might the user be needing to do manually? The segmentation seems to be omitting some branches connecting distal ROIs to the soma (see e.g. Fig S1.E). How would this influence the analysis and results?

      Results

      - Some assessments in the manuscript seem a bit too assertive/general compared to what can be deduced from the evidence presented in the figures. It could be beneficial to the reader to rephrase the latter. Some examples are listed below:

      - "These results indicate that astrocyte responses occurred initially in the arborizations, which is consistent with the idea that synapses are likely to be accessed at the astrocyte arborization ", l.11-12 page 7. The fact that the time to peak is lower in the arborization does not necessarily mean that signals initiate there. It could be because the kinetics/pathways in those compartments are different or there could be a dilution effect in the soma. Indeed, an influx of the same amount of calcium ions in the soma vs in a small domain will not correspond to the same DF/F0 in those compartments and might thus remain undetected in the soma.

      - "Using transgenic IP3R2-/- mice, we found that the activation of type-2 IP3 receptors is necessary for the generation of astrocyte calcium surge" (page 4, line 1-2), "present data further demonstrate that IP3R2 are necessary for the propagation of astrocyte calcium surge." (l. 18-19 page 13) -> As discussed above, the evidence does not seem to be strong enough to assert that IP3R2 is necessary to trigger somatic events. The results indicate that the IP3R2 pathway seems to facilitate the emergence of somatic events. As astrocytes differ strongly in terms of morphology and expression profiles depending on physiological conditions, the conclusions of this study might only apply to the specific experimental conditions used: region studied, age of the animal, type of sensory stimuli performed, and so on.

      - "These results indicate that spatial threshold of the astrocyte calcium surge has a functional impact on gliotransmission, which have important consequences on the spatial extension of the astrocyte-neuron communication and synaptic regulation", l.41-48 page 11. Figure 6 seems to indicate a correlation between the proportion of astrocyte domains activated and the frequency of SICs. The data seems insufficient to conclude that there is a causal relationship between calcium surge in the astrocyte and gliotransmission or SIC frequency.

      -" These results indicate that, on average, subcellular calcium events located in astrocyte arborizations are related to soma activation.", page 6 l 15-16. It may be more informative to specify the correlation measured: i.e the larger the arborization activity, the larger the percentage of active somas.

      Figures

      Figure 2: Adding more details in the figure legend explaining how the different parameters are calculated might be useful to the reader. Notably, what does soma active (%) refer to?

      Figure 3: Could it be possible to add individual traces of calcium activity in the soma and arborization of individual cells to provide a glimpse of the variability of the signals measured?

      Fig4. B-C: Could it be possible to add in the legend information on the timeline between stimulation and calcium signal recording? (and the duration of the latter).

      Fig4 D-E: Why is the maximum number of active domains in panel D ~50-60% but goes up to ~100% in panel E? Could it be that plotting SEM rather than STD might misrepresent the variability in the percentage of active domains for each stimulus property?

      Fig4F: It seems that the threshold changes with the frequency of the stimulus: e.g. at 10 Hz, the threshold seems larger than 22.6%. What would that mean?

      Fig4G: - Why do some data points display a soma amplitude < 0 DF/F0 ?

      - Why choose a sigmoid fit? What are the statistics associated to the fit? Is it in accordance with the threshold of 23%? Would a linear fit provide a good fit?

      Fig5F: - It seems that a few IP3R2-/- astrocytes displayed somatic events? If so, it might be interesting to mention this in the discussion section and to speculate on why that might be. - It seems that panel 5F displays the average percentage of somas that got activated rather than the probability of somatic events.

      - Is it possible that the effect seen in domains vs arborization is due to statistical effects (as n=2450 vs 112)?

      Fig S1: Panel D legend: double labeling of the radius used for each plot might be useful, notably for colorblind readers as the colors might be hard to see.

      Discussion

      - The discussion section might benefit from a discussion on the similitude between the data presented here and previous reports that reported similar results, i.e that most calcium signals in astrocytes were located in the distal processes, forming microdomains that rarely propagated to the soma. These include Bindocci et al 2017 Science (DOI:10.1126/science.aai8185) and Georgiou et al, Science Advances, 2022 (DOI: 10.1126/sciadv.abe5371).

      Thank you for the suggestions. We have now changed portions of the Methods, Results  and Discussion sections.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The text could potentially be improved somewhat.

      Thank you.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      There is a long-standing idea that choices influence evaluation: options we choose are re-evaluated to be better than they were before the choice. There has been some debate about this finding, and the authors developed several novel methods for detecting these re-evaluations in task designs where options are repeatedly presented against several alternatives. Using these novel methods the authors clearly demonstrate this re-evaluation phenomenon in several existing datasets.

      Strengths:

      The paper is well-written and the figures are clear. The authors provided evidence for the behaviour effect using several techniques and generated surrogate data (where the ground truth is known) to demonstrate the robustness of their methods.

      Weaknesses:

      The description of the results of the fMRI analysis in the text is not complete: weakening the claim that their re-evaluation algorithm better reveals neural valuation processes.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s comment regarding the incomplete account of the fMRI results. In response, we implemented Reviewer #2's suggestion to run additional GLM models for a clearer interpretation of our findings. We also took this opportunity to apply updated preprocessing to the fMRI data and revise the GLM models, making them both simpler and more comprehensive. The results section is thus substantially revised, now including a new main figure and several supplemental figures that more clearly present our fMRI findings. Additionally, we have uploaded the statistical maps to NeuroVault, allowing readers to explore the full maps interactively rather than relying solely on the static images in the paper. The new analyses strengthen our original conclusion: dynamic values (previously referred to as revalued values, following the reviewer’s suggestion) better explain BOLD activity in the ventromedial prefrontal cortex, a region consistently associated with valuation, than static values (values reported prior to the choice phase in the auction procedure).

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Zylberberg and colleagues show that food choice outcomes and BOLD signal in the vmPFC are better explained by algorithms that update subjective values during the sequence of choices compared to algorithms based on static values acquired before the decision phase. This study presents a valuable means of reducing the apparent stochasticity of choices in common laboratory experiment designs. The evidence supporting the claims of the authors is solid, although currently limited to choices between food items because no other goods were examined. The work will be of interest to researchers examining decision-making across various social and biological sciences.

      Strengths:

      The paper analyses multiple food choice datasets to check the robustness of its findings in that domain.

      The paper presents simulations and robustness checks to back up its core claims.

      Weaknesses:

      To avoid potential misunderstandings of their work, I think it would be useful for the authors to clarify their statements and implications regarding the utility of item ratings/bids (e-values) in explaining choice behavior. Currently, the paper emphasizes that e-values have limited power to predict choices without explicitly stating the likely reason for this limitation given its own results or pointing out that this limitation is not unique to e-values and would apply to choice outcomes or any other preference elicitation measure too. The core of the paper rests on the argument that the subjective values of the food items are not stored as a relatively constant value, but instead are constructed at the time of choice based on the individual's current state. That is, a food's subjective value is a dynamic creation, and any measure of subjective value will become less accurate with time or new inputs (see Figure 3 regarding choice outcomes, for example). The e-values will change with time, choice deliberation, or other experiences to reflect the change in subjective value. Indeed, most previous studies of choice-induced preference change, including those cited in this manuscript, use multiple elicitations of e-values to detect these changes. It is important to clearly state that this paper provides no data on whether e-values are more or less limited than any other measure of eliciting subjective value. Rather, the paper shows that a static estimate of a food's subjective value at a single point in time has limited power to predict future choices. Thus, a more accurate label for the e-values would be static values because stationarity is the key assumption rather than the means by which the values are elicited or inferred.

      Thank you for this helpful comment. We changed the terminology following the reviewer’s suggestion. The “explicit” values (e-values or ve) are now called “static” values (s-values or vs). Accordingly, we also changed the “Reval” values (r-values or vr) to “dynamic” values (d-values or vd).

      We also address the reviewer's more general point about the utility of item ratings/bids (s-values) and whether our results are likely to hold with other ways of eliciting subjective values. We added a new sub-section in Discussion addressing this and other limitations of our study. To address the reviewer’s point, we write:

      “One limitation of our study is that we only examined tasks in which static values were elicited from explicit reports of the value of food items. It remains to be determined if other ways of eliciting subjective values (e.g., Jensen and Miller, 2010) would lead to similar results. We think so, as the analysis of trials with identical item pairs (Fig. 3) and the difference between forward and backward Reval (Fig. 7) are inconsistent with the notion that values are static, regardless of their precise value. It also remains to be determined if our results will generalize to non-food items whose value is less sensitive to satiety and other dynamic bodily states. Perceptual decisions also exhibit sequential dependencies, and it remains to be explored whether these can be explained as a process of value construction, similar to what we propose here for the food-choice task (Gupta et al., 2024; Cho et al., 2002; Zylberberg et al., 2018; Abrahamyan et al., 2016).”

      There is a puzzling discrepancy between the fits of a DDM using e-values in Figure 1 versus Figure 5. In Figure 1, the DDM using e-values provides a rather good fit to the empirical data, while in Figure 5 its match to the same empirical data appears to be substantially worse. I suspect that this is because the value difference on the x-axis in Figure 1 is based on the e-values, while in Figure 5 it is based on the r-values from the Reval algorithm. However, the computation of the value difference measure on the two x-axes is not explicitly described in the figures or methods section and these details should be added to the manuscript. If my guess is correct, then I think it is misleading to plot the DDM fit to e-values against choice and RT curves derived from r-values. Comparing Figures 1 and 5, it seems that changing the axes creates an artificial impression that the DDM using e-values is much worse than the one fit using r-values.

      We agree with the reviewer that this way of presenting the DDM fits could be misleading. In the previous version of the manuscript, we included the two fits in the same figure panel to make it clear that the sensitivity (slope) of the choice function is greater when we fit the data using the r-values (now d-values) than when we fit them using the e-values (now s-values). In the revised version of Figure 5, we include the data points already shown in Figure 1, so that each DDM fit is shown with their corresponding data points. Thus we avoid giving the false impression that the DDM model fit using the s-values is much worse than the one fit using the d-values. This said, the fit is indeed worse, as we now show with the formal model comparison suggested by the reviewer (next comment).

      Relatedly, do model comparison metrics favor a DDM using r-values over one using e-values in any of the datasets tested? Such tests, which use the full distribution of response times without dividing the continuum of decision difficulty into arbitrary hard and easy bins, would be more convincing than the tests of RT differences between the categorical divisions of hard versus easy.

      We now include the model comparison suggested by the reviewer. The comparison shows that the DDM model using dynamic values explains the choice and response time data better than one using static values. One potential caveat of this comparison, which explains why we did not include it in the original version of the manuscript, is that the d-values are obtained from a fit to the choice data, which could bias the subsequent DDM comparison. We control for this in three ways: (1) by calculating the difference in Bayesian Information Criterion (BIC) between the models, penalizing the DDM model that uses the d-values for the additional parameter (δ); (2) by comparing the difference in BIC against simulations of a model in which the choice and RT data were obtained assuming static values; this analysis shows that if values were static, the DDM using static values would be favored in the comparison despite having one fewer parameter; (3) ignoring the DDM fit to the choices in the model comparison, and just comparing how well the two models explain the RTs; this comparison is unbiased because the δ values are fit only to the choice data, not the RTs. These analyses are now included in Figure 5 and Figure 5–Figure supplement 2.

      Revaluation and reduction in the imprecision of subjective value representations during (or after) a choice are not mutually exclusive. The fact that applying Reval in the forward trial order leads to lower deviance than applying it in the backwards order (Figure 7) suggests that revaluation does occur. It doesn't tell us if there is also a reduction in imprecision. A comparison of backwards Reval versus no Reval would indicate whether there is a reduction in imprecision in addition to revaluation. Model comparison metrics and plots of the deviance from the logistic regression fit using e-values against backward and forward Reval models would be useful to show the relative improvement for both forms of Reval.

      We agree with the reviewer that the occurrence of revaluation does not preclude other factors from affecting valuation. Following the reviewer’s suggestion we added a panel to Figure 6 (new panel B), in which we show the change in the deviance from the logistic regression fits between Reval (forward direction) and no-Reval. The figure clearly shows that the difference in deviance for the data is much larger than that obtained from simulations of choice data generated from the logistic fits to the static values (shown in red).

      Interestingly, we also observe that the deviance obtained after applying Reval in the backward direction is lower than that obtained using the s-values. We added a panel to figure 7 showing this (Fig. 7B). This observation, however, does not imply that there are factors affecting valuation besides revaluation (e.g.,”reduction in imprecision”). Indeed, as we now show in a new panel in Figure 11 (panel F), the same effect (lower deviance for backward Reval than no-Reval) is observed in simulations of the ceDDM.

      Besides the new figure panels (Fig. 6B, 7B, 11F), we mention in Discussion (new subsection, “Limitations...”, paragraph #2) the possibility that there are other non-dynamic contributions to the reduction in deviance for Backward Reval compared to no-Reval:

      “Another limitation of our study is that, in one of the datasets we analyzed (Sepulveda et al. 2020), applying Reval in the forward direction was no better than applying it in the backward direction (Fig. 10). We speculate that this failure is related to idiosyncrasies of the experimental design, in particular, the use of alternating blocks of trials with different instructions (select preferred vs. select non-preferred). More importantly, Reval applied in the backward direction led to a significant reduction in deviance relative to that obtained using the static values. This reduction was also observed in the ceDDM, suggesting that the effect may be explained by the changes in valuation during deliberation. However, we cannot discard a contribution from other, non-dynamic changes in valuation between the rating and choice phase including contextual effects (Lichtenstein and Slovic, 2006), stochastic variability in explicit value reporting (Polania et al., 2019), and the limited range of numerical scales used to report value.”

      Did the analyses of BOLD activity shown in Figure 9 orthogonalize between the various e-valueand r-value-based regressors? I assume they were not because the idea was to let the two types of regressors compete for variance, but orthogonalization is common in fMRI analyses so it would be good to clarify that this was not used in this case. Assuming no orthogonalization, the unique variance for the r-value of the chosen option in a model that also includes the e-value of the chosen option is the delta term that distinguishes the r and e-values. The delta term is a scaled count of how often the food item was chosen and rejected in previous trials. It would be useful to know if the vmPFC BOLD activity correlates directly with this count or the entire r-value (e-value + delta). That is easily tested using two additional models that include only the r-value or only the delta term for each trial.

      We did not orthogonalize the static value and dynamic value regressors. We have included this detail in the revised methods. We thank the reviewer for the suggestion to run additional models to improve our ability to interpret our findings. We have substantially revised all fMRI-related sections of the paper. We took this opportunity to apply standardized and reproducible preprocessing steps implemented in fmriprep, present whole-brain corrected maps on a reconstructed surface of a template brain, and include links to the full statistical maps for the reader to navigate the full map, rather than rely on the static image in the figures. We implemented four models in total: model 1 includes both static value (Vs) obtained during the auction procedure prior to the choice phase and dynamic value (Vd) output by the revaluation algorithm (similar to the model presented in the first submission); model 2 includes only delta = Vd - Vs; model 3 includes only Vs; model 4 includes only Vd. All models included the same confound and nuisance regressors. We found that Vd was positively related to BOLD in vmPFC when accounting for Vs, correcting for familywise error rate at the whole brain level. Interestingly, the relationship between delta and vmPFC BOLD did not survive whole-brain correction and the effect size of the relationship between Vd and vmPFC bold in model 4 was larger than the effect size of the relationship between Vs and vmPFC bold in model 3 and survived correction at the whole brain level encompassing more of the vmPFC. Together, these findings bolster our claim that Vd better accounts for BOLD variability in vmPFC, a brain region reliably linked to valuation.

      Please confirm that the correlation coefficients shown in Figure 11 B are autocorrelations in the MCMC chains at various lags. If this interpretation is incorrect, please give more detail on how these coefficients were computed and what they represent.

      We added a paragraph in Methods explaining how we compute the correlations in Figure 11B (last paragraph of the sub-section “Correlated-evidence DDM” in Methods):

      “The correlations in Fig. 11B were generated using the best-fitting parameters for each participant to simulate 100,000 Markov chains. We generate Markov chain samples independently for the left and right items over a 1-second period. To illustrate noise correlations, the simulations assume that the static value of both the left and right items is zero. We then and for each of the Markov chains (𝑥). Pearson's𝑥 correlation is computed between these 𝑡 calculate the difference in dynamic value ( ) between the left and right items at each time (𝑡) differences at time zero, 𝑥𝑖(𝑡 = 0), and at time 𝑥𝑖(𝑡 = τ), for different time lags τ. Correlations were calculated independently for each participant. Each trace in Fig. 11B represents a different participant.”

      The paper presents the ceDDM as a proof-of-principle type model that can reproduce certain features of the empirical data. There are other plausible modifications to bounded evidence accumulation (BEA) models that may also reproduce these features as well or better than the ceDDM. For example, a DDM in which the starting point bias is a function of how often the two items were chosen or rejected in previous trials. My point is not that I think other BEA models would be better than the ceDDM, but rather that we don't know because the tests have not been run. Naturally, no paper can test all potential models and I am not suggesting that this paper should compare the ceDDM to other BEA processes. However, it should clearly state what we can and cannot conclude from the results it presents.

      Indeed, the ceDDM should be interpreted as a proof-of-principle model, which shows that drifting values can explain many of our results. It is definitely wrong in the details, and we are open to the possibility that a different way of introducing sequential dependencies between decisions may lead to a better match to the experimental data. We now mention this in a new subsection of Discussion, “Limitations...” paragraph #3:

      “Finally, we emphasize that the ceDDM should be interpreted as a proof-of-principle model used to illustrate how stochastic fluctuations in item desirability can explain many of our results. We chose to model value changes following an MCMC process. However, other stochastic processes or other ways of introducing sequential dependencies (e.g., variability in the starting point of evidence accumulation) may also explain the behavioral observations. Furthermore, there likely are other ways to induce changes in the value of items other than through past decisions. For example, attentional manipulations or other experiences (e.g., actual food consumption) may change one's preference for an item. The current version of the ceDDM does not allow for these influences on value, but we see no fundamental limitation to incorporating them in future instantiations of the model.”

      This work has important practical implications for many studies in the decision sciences that seek to understand how various factors influence choice outcomes. By better accounting for the context-specific nature of value construction, studies can gain more precise estimates of the effects of treatments of interest on decision processes.

      Thank you!

      That said, there are limitations to the generalizability of these findings that should be noted.

      These limitations stem from the fact that the paper only analyzes choices between food items and the outcomes of the choices are not realized until the end of the study (i.e., participants do not eat the chosen item before making the next choice). This creates at least two important limitations. First, preferences over food items may be particularly sensitive to mindsets/bodily states. We don't yet know how large the choice deltas may be for other types of goods whose value is less sensitive to satiety and other dynamic bodily states. Second, the somewhat artificial situation of making numerous choices between different pairs of items without receiving or consuming anything may eliminate potential decreases in the preference for the chosen item that would occur in the wild outside the lab setting. It seems quite probable that in many real-world decisions, the value of a chosen good is reduced in future choices because the individual does not need or want multiples of that item. Naturally, this depends on the durability of the good and the time between choices. A decrease in the value of chosen goods is still an example of dynamic value construction, but I don't see how such a decrease could be produced by the ceDDM.

      These are all great points. The question of how generalizable our results are to other domains is wide open. We do have preliminary evidence suggesting that in a perceptual decision-making task with two relevant dimensions (motion and color; Kang, Loffler et al. eLife 2021), the dimension that was most informative to resolve preference in the past is prioritized in future decisions. We believe that a similar process underlies the apparent change in value in value-based decisions. We decided not to include this experiment in the manuscript, as it would make the paper much longer and the experimental designs are very different. Exploring the question of generality is a matter for future studies.

      We also agree that food consumption is likely to change the value of the items. For example, after eating something salty we are likely to want something to drink. We mention in the revised manuscript that time, choice deliberation, attentional allocation and other experiences (including food consumption) are likely to change the value of the alternatives and thus affect future choices and valuations.

      The ceDDM captures only sequential dependencies that can be attributed to values that undergo diffusion-type changes during deliberation. While the ceDDM captures many of the experimental observations, the value of an item may change for reasons not captured by the ceDDM. For example, food consumption is likely to change the value of items (e.g., wanting something to drink after eating something salty). The reviewer is correct that the current version of ceDDM could not account for these changes in value. However, we see no fundamental limitation to extending the ceDDM to account for them.

      We discuss these issues in a new subsection in Discussion (“Limitations...” paragraph #3).

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Summary

      The authors address assumptions of bounded accumulation of evidence for value-based decision-making. They provide convincing evidence that subjects drift in their subjective preferences across time and demonstrate valuable methods to detect these drifts in certain task designs.

      My specific comments are intended to assist the authors with making the paper as clear as possible. My only major concern is with the reporting of the fMRI results.

      Thank you, please see our responses above for a description of the changes we made to the fMRI analyses.

      Specific comments

      - In the intro, I would ask the authors to consider the idea that things like slow drift in vigilance/motivation or faster drifts in spatial attention could also generate serial dependencies in perceptual tasks. I think the argument that these effects are larger in value-based tasks is reasonable, but the authors go a bit too far (in my opinion) arguing that similar effects do not exist *at all* in perceptual decision-making.

      We added a sentence in the Discussion (new section on Limitations, paragraph #1) mentioning some of the literature on sequential dependencies in perceptual tasks and asking whether there might be a common explanation for such dependencies for perceptual and value-based decisions. We tried including this in the Introduction, but we thought it disrupted the flow too much.

      - Figure 1: would it not be more clear to swap the order of panels A and B? Since B comes first in the task?

      We agree, we swapped the order of panels A and B.

      - Figure 2: the label 'simulations' might be better as 'e-value simulations'

      Yes, we changed the label ‘simulations’ to ‘simulations with s-values’ (we changed the term explicit value to static value, following a suggestion by Reviewer #2).

      - For the results related to Figure 2, some citations related to gaps between "stated versus revealed preferences" seem appropriate.

      We added a few relevant citations where we explain the results related to Figure 2.

      - Figure 3: in addition to a decrease in match preferences over the session, it would be nice to look at other features of the task which might have varied over the session. e.g. were earlier trials more likely to be predicted by e-value?

      We do see a trend in this direction, but the effect is not significant. The following figure shows the consistency of the choices with the stated values, as a function of the |∆value|, for the first half (blue) and the second half (red) of the trials. The x-axis discretizes the absolute value of the difference in static value between the left and right items, binned in 17 bins of approximately equal number of trials.

      Author response image 1.

      The slope is shallower for the second half, but a logistic regression model revealed that the difference is not significant:

      ,

      where Ilate is an indicator variable that takes a value of 1 for the second half of the trials and zero otherwise.

      As expected from the figure β2 was negative (-0.15) but the effect was not significant (p-value =0.32, likelihood ratio test).

      We feel we do not have much to say about this result, which may be due to lack of statistical power, so we would rather not include this analysis in the revised manuscript.

      It is worth noting that if we repeat the analysis using the dynamic values obtained from Reval instead of the static values, the consistency is overall much greater and little difference is observed between the first and second halves of the experiment:

      Author response image 2.

      - The e-value DDM fit in Figure 1C/D goes through the points pretty well, but the e-value fits in 5A do not because of a mismatch with the axis. The x-axis needs to say whether the value difference is the e-value or the r-value. Also, it seems only fair to plot the DDM for the r-value on a plot with the x-axis being the e-value.

      Thank you for this comment, we have now changed Figure 5A, such that both sets of data points are shown (data grouped by both e-values and by r-values). We agree that the previous version made it seem as if the fits were worse for the DDM fit to the e-values. The fits are indeed worse, as revealed by a new DDM model comparison (Figure 5–Figure supplement 2), but the effect is more subtle than the previous version of the figure implied.

      - How is Figure 5B "model free" empirical support? The fact that the r-value model gives better separation of the RTs on easy and hard trials doesn't seem "model-free" and also it isn't clear how this directly relates to being a better model. It seems that just showing a box-plot of the R2 for the RT of the two models would be better?

      We agree that “model free” may not be the best expression, since the r-values (now d-values) are derived from a model (Reval). Our intention was to make clear that because Reval only depends on the choices, the relationship between RT and ∆vdynamic is a prediction. We no longer use the term, model free, in the caption. We tried to clarify the point in Results, where we explain this figure panel. We have also included a new model comparison (Figure 5–Figure supplement 2), showing that the DDM model fit to the d-values explains choice and RT better than one fit to the s-values.

      This said, we do consider the separation in RTs between easy and hard trials to be a valid metric to compare the accuracy of the static and dynamic values. The key assumption is that there is a monotonically decreasing relationship between value difference, ∆v, and response time. The monotonic relationship does not need to hold for individual trials (due to the noisiness of the RTs) but should hold if one were to average a large enough number of trials for each value of ∆v.

      Under this assumption, the more truthful a value representation is (i.e., the closer the value we infer is to the true subjective value of the item on a given trial, assuming one exists), the greater the difference in RTs between trials judged to be difficult and those considered easy. To illustrate this with an extreme case, if an experimenter’s valuation of the items is very inaccurate (e.g., done randomly), then on average there will be no difference between easy and difficult RTs as determined by this scoring.

      - Line 189: Are the stats associated with Eq 7, was the model fit subject by subject? Combining subjects? A mixed-effects model? Why not show a scatter plot of the coefficients of Δvₑ and Δvᵣ (1 point/subject).

      The model was not fit separately for each subject. Instead, we concatenated trials from all subjects, allowing each subject to have a different bias term (β0,i ).

      We have now replaced it with the analysis suggested by the reviewer. We fit the logistic regression model independently for each participant. The scatter plot suggested by the reviewer is shown in Figure 5–Figure supplement 1. Error bars indicate the s.e. of the regression coefficients:

      It can be seen that the result is consistent with what we reported before: βd is significantly positive for all participants, while βs is not.

      - I think Figure S1 should be a main figure.

      Thank you for this suggestion, we have now included the former Figure S1 as an additional panel in Figure 5.

      - Fig 9 figure and text (line 259) don't exactly match. In the text it says that the BOLD correlated with vᵣ and not vₑ, but the caption says there were correlations with vᵣ after controlling for vₑ. Is there really nothing in the brain that correlated with vₑ? This seems hard to believe given how correlated the two estimates are. In the methods, 8 regressors are described. A more detailed description of the results is needed.

      Thank you for pointing out the inconsistency in our portrayal of the results in the main text and in the figure caption. We have substantially revised all fMRI methods, re-ran fMRI data preprocessing and implemented new, simpler, and more comprehensive GLM models following Reviewer #2's suggestion. Consequently, we have replaced Figure 9, added Figure 9 — Figure Supplement 1, and uploaded all maps to NeuroVault. These new models and maps allow for a clearer interpretation of our findings. More details about the fMRI analyses in the methods and results are included in the revision. We took care to use similar language in the main text and in the figure captions to convey the results and interpretation. The new analyses strengthen our original conclusion: dynamic values better explain BOLD activity in the ventromedial prefrontal cortex, a region consistently associated with valuation, than static values.

      - It's great that the authors reanalyzed existing datasets (fig 10). I think the ΔRT plots are the least clear way to show that _reval_ is better. Why not a figure like Figure 6a and Figure 7 for the existing datasets?

      We agree with the reviewer. We have replaced Fig. 10 with a more detailed version. For each dataset, we show the ΔRT plots, but we also show figures equivalent to Fig. 6a, Fig. 7a, and the new Fig. 6b (Deviance with and without Reval).

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      I assume that the data and analysis code will be made publicly and openly available once the version of record is established.

      Yes, the data and analysis code is now available at: https://github.com/arielzylberberg/Reval_eLife_2024

      We added a Data Availability statement to the manuscript.

    1. Author response:

      Joint Public Review:

      In the microglia research community, it is accepted that microglia change their shape both gradually and acutely along a continuum that is influenced by external factors both in their microenvironments and in circulation. Ideally, a given morphological state reflects a functional state that provides insight into a microglia's role in physiological and pathological conditions. The current manuscript introduces MorphoCellSorter, an open-source tool designed for automated morphometric analysis of microglia. This method adds to the many programs and platforms available to assess the characteristics of microglial morphology; however, MorphoCellSorter is unique in that it uses Andrew's plotting to rank populations of cells together (in control and experimental groups) and presents "big picture" views of how entire populations of microglia alter under different conditions. Notably, MorphoCellSorter is versatile, as it can be used across a wide array of imaging techniques and equipment. For example, the authors use MorphoCellSorter on images of fixed and live tissues representing different biological contexts such as embryonic stages, Alzheimer's disease models, stroke, and primary cell cultures.

      This manuscript outlines a strategy for efficiently ranking microglia beyond the classical homeostatic vs. active morphological states. The outcome offers only a minor improvement over the already available strategies that have the same challenge: how to interpret the ranking functionally.

      We would like to thank the reviewers for their careful reading and constructive comments and questions. While MorphoCellSorter currently does not rank cells functionally based on their morphology, its broad range of application, ease of use and capacity to handle large datasets provide a solid foundation. Combined with advances in single-cell transcriptomics, MorphoCellSorter could potentially enable the future prediction of cell functions based on morphology.

      Strengths and Weaknesses:

      (1) The authors offer an alternative perspective on microglia morphology, exploring the option to rank microglia instead of categorizing them with means of clusterings like k-means, which should better reflect the concept of a microglia morphology continuum. They demonstrate that these ranked representations of morphology can be illustrated using histograms across the entire population, allowing the identification of potential shifts between experimental groups. Although the idea of using Andrews curves is innovative, the distance between ranked morphologies is challenging to measure, raising the question of whether the authors oversimplify the problem. 

      We have access to the distance between cells through the Andrew’s score of each cell. However, the challenge is that these distances are relative values and specific to each dataset. While we believe that these distances could provide valuable information, we have not yet determined the most effective way to represent and utilize this data in a meaningful manner.

      Also, the discussion about the pipeline's uniqueness does not go into the details of alternative models.The introduction remains weak in outlining the limitations of current methods (L90). Acknowledging this limitation will be necessary.

      Thank you for these insightful comments. The discussion about alternative methods was already present in the discussion L586-598 but to answer the request of the reviewers, we have revised the introduction and discussion sections to more clearly address the limitations of current methods, as well as discussed the uniqueness of the pipeline. Additionally, we have reorganized Figure 1 to more effectively highlight the main caveats associated with clustering, the primary method currently in use.

      (2) The manuscript suffers from several overstatements and simplifications, which need to be resolved. For example:

      a) L40: The authors talk about "accurately ranked cells". Based on their results, the term "accuracy" is still unclear in this context.

      Thank you for this comment. Our use of the term "accurately" was intended to convey that the ranking was correct based on comparison with human experts, though we agree that it may have been overstated. We have removed "accurately" and propose to replace it with "properly" to better reflect the intended meaning.

      b) L50: Microglial processes are not necessarily evenly distributed in the healthy brain. Depending on their embedded environment, they can have longer process extensions (e.g., frontal cortex versus cerebellum).

      Thank you for raising this point to our attention. We removed evenly to be more inclusive on the various morphologies of microglia cells in this introductory sentence

      c) L69: The term "metabolic challenge" is very broad, ranging from glycolysis/FAO switches to ATP-mediated morphological adaptations, and it needs further clarification about the author's intended meaning.

      Thank you for this comment, indeed we clarified to specify that we were talking about the metabolic challenge triggered by ischemia and added a reference as well.

      d) L75: Is morphology truly "easy" to obtain? 

      Yes, it is in comparison to other parameters such as transcripts or metabolism, but we understand the point made by the reviewer and we found another way of writing it.  As an alternative we propose: “morphology is an indicator accessible through…”

      e) L80: The sentence structure implies that clustering or artificial intelligence (AI) are parameters, which is incorrect. Furthermore, the authors should clarify the term "AI" in their intended context of morphological analysis.

      We apologize for this confusing writing, we reformulated the sentence as follows: “Artificial intelligence (AI) approaches such as machine learning have also been used to categorize morphologies (Leyh et al., 2021)”.

      f) L390f: An assumption is made that the contralateral hemisphere is a non-pathological condition. How confident are the authors about this statement? The brain is still exposed to a pathological condition, which does not stop at one brain hemisphere.

      We did not say that the contralateral is non-pathological but that the microglial cells have a non-pathological morphology which is slightly different. The contralateral side in ischemic experiments is classically used as a control (Rutkai et al 2022). Although It has been reported that differences in transcript levels can be found between sham operated animals and contralateral hemisphere in tMCAO mice (Filippenkov et al 2022) https://doi.org/10.3390/ijms23137308 showing that indeed the contralateral side is in a different state that sham controls, no report have been made on differences in term of morphology.

      We have removed “non-pathological” to avoid misinterpretations

      g) Methodological questions:

      a) L299: An inversion operation was applied to specific parameters. The description needs to clarify the necessity of this since the PCA does not require it.

      Indeed, we are sorry for this lack of explanation. Some morphological indexes rank cells from the least to the most ramified, while others rank them in the opposite order. By inverting certain parameters, we can standardize the ranking direction across all parameters, simplifying data interpretation. This clarification has been added to the revised manuscript as follows:

      “Lacunarity, roundness factor, convex hull radii ratio, processes cell areas ratio and skeleton processes ratio were subjected to an inversion operation in order to homogenize the parameters before conducting the PCA: indeed, some parameters rank cells from the least to the most ramified, while others rank them in the opposite order. By inverting certain parameters, we can standardize the ranking direction across all parameters, thus simplifying data interpretation.”

      b) Different biological samples have been collected across different species (rat, mouse) and disease conditions (stroke, Alzheimer's disease). Sex is a relevant component in microglia morphology. At first glance, information on sex is missing for several of the samples. The authors should always refer to Table 1 in their manuscript to avoid this confusion. Furthermore, how many biological animals have been analyzed? It would be beneficial for the study to compare different sexes and see how accurate Andrew's ranking would be in ranking differences between males and females. If they have a rationale for choosing one sex, this should be explained.

      As reported in the literature, we acknowledge the presence of sex differences in microglial cell morphology. Due to ethical considerations and our commitment to reducing animal use, we did not conduct dedicated experiments specifically for developing MorphoCellSorter. Instead, we relied on existing brain sections provided by collaborators, which were already prepared and included tissue from only one sex—either female or male—except in the case of newborn pups, whose sex is not easily determined. Consequently, we were unable to evaluate whether MorphoCellSorter is sensitive enough to detect morphological differences in microglia attributable to sex. Although assessing this aspect is feasible, we are uncertain if it would yield additional insights relevant to MorphoCellSorter’s design and intended applications.

      To address this, we have included additional references in Table 1 of the revised manuscript and clearly indicated the sex of the animals from which each dataset was obtained.

      c) In the methodology, the slice thickness has been given in a range. Is there a particular reason for this variability? 

      We could not spot any range in the text, we usually used 30µm thick sections in order to have entire or close to entire microglia cells.

      Although the thickness of the sections was identical for all the sections of a given dataset, only the plans containing the cells of interest were selected during the imaging for both of the ischemic stroke model. This explains why depending on how the cell is distributed in Z the range of the plans acquired vary.

      Also, the slice thickness is inadequate to cover the entire microglia morphology. How do the authors include this limitation of their strategy? Did the authors define a cut-off for incomplete microglia? 

      We found that 30 µm sections provide an effective balance, capturing entire or nearly entire microglial cells (consistent with what we observe in vivo) while allowing sufficient antibody penetration to ensure strong signal quality, even at the section's center. In our segmentation process, we excluded microglia located near the section edges (i.e., cells with processes visible on the first or last plane of image acquisition, as well as those close to the field of view’s boundary). Although our analysis pipeline should also function with thicker sections (>30 µm), we confirmed that thinner sections (15 µm or less) are inadequate for detecting morphological differences, as tested initially on the AD model. Segmented, incomplete microglia lack the necessary structural information to accurately reflect morphological differences thus impairing the detection of existing morphological differences.

      c) The manuscript outlines that the authors have used different preprocessing pipelines, which is great for being transparent about this process. Yet, it would be relevant to provide a rationale for the different imaging processing and segmentation pipelines and platform usages (Supplementary Figure 7). For example, it is not clear why the Z maximum projection is performed at the end for the Alzheimer's Disease model, while it's done at the beginning of the others.

      The same holds through for cropping, filter values, etc. Would it be possible to analyze the images with the same pipelines and compare whether a specific pipeline should be preferable to others?

      The pre-processing steps depend on the quality of the images in each dataset. For example, in the AD dataset, images acquired with a wide-field microscope were considerably noisier compared to those obtained via confocal microscopy. In this case, reducing noise plane-by-plane was more effective than applying noise reduction on a Z-projection, as we would typically do for confocal images. Given that accurate segmentation is essential for reliable analysis in MorphoCellSorter, we chose to tailor the segmentation approach for each dataset individually. We recommend future users of MorphoCellSorter take a similar approach. This clarification has been added to the discussion.

      On a note, Matlab is not open-access, 

      This is correct. We are currently translating this Matlab script in Python, this will be available soon on Github. 

      https://github.com/Pascuallab/MorphCellSorter.

      This also includes combining the different animals to see which insights could be gained using the proposed pipelines.

      Because of what we have been explaining earlier, having a common segmentation process for very diverse types of acquisitions (magnification, resolution and type of images) is not optimal in terms of segmentation and accuracy in the analysis. Although we could feed MorphoCellSorter with all this data from a unique segmentation pipeline, the results might be very difficult to interprete.

      d) L227: Performing manual thresholding isn't ideal because it implies the preprocessing could be improved. Additionally, it is important to consider that morphology may vary depending on the thresholding parameters. Comparing different acquisitions that have been binarized using different criteria could introduce biases.

      As noted earlier, segmentation is not the main focus of this paper, and we leave it to users to select the segmentation method best suited to their datasets. Although, we acknowledge that automated thresholding would be in theory ideal, we were confronted toimage acquisitions that were notuniform, even within the same sample. For instance, in ischemic brain samples, lipofuscin from cell death introduces background noise that can artificially impact threshold levels. We tested global and local algorithms to automatically binarize the cells but these approaches resulted often on imperfect and not optimized segmentation for every cell. In our experience, manually adjusting the threshold provides a more accurate, reliable, and comparable selection of cellular elements, even though it introduces some subjectivity. To ensure consistency in segmentation, we recommend that the same person performs the analysis across all conditions. This clarification has been added to the discussion.

      e) Parameter choices: L375: When using k-means clustering, it is good practice to determine the number of clusters (k) using silhouette or elbow scores. Simply selecting a value of k based on its previous usage in the literature is not rigorous, as the optimal number of clusters depends on the specific data structure. If they are seeking a more objective clustering approach, they could also consider employing other unsupervised techniques, (e.g. HDBSCAN) (L403f).

      We do agree with the referee’s comment but the purpose of the k-mean we used was just to illustrate the fact that the clusters generated are artificial and do not correspond to the reality of the continuum of microglia morphology. In the course of the study we used the elbow score to determine the k means but this did not work well because no clear elbow was visible in some datasets (probably because of the continuum of microglia morphologies). Anyway, using whatever k value will not change the problem that those clusters are quite artificial and that the boundaries of those clusters are quite arbitrary whatever the way k is determined manually or mathematically.

      L373: A rationale for the choice of the 20 non-dimensional parameters as well as a detailed explanation of their computation such as the skeleton process ratio is missing. Also, how strongly correlated are those parameters, and how might this correlation bias the data outcomes?

      Thank you for raising this point. There is no specific rationale beyond our goal of being as exhaustive as possible, incorporating most of the parameters found in the literature, as well as some additional ones that we believed could provide a more thorough description of microglial morphology.

      Indeed, some of these parameters are correlated. Initially, we considered this might be problematic, but we quickly found that these correlations essentially act as factors that help assign more weight to certain parameters, reflecting their likely greater importance in a given dataset. Rather than being a limitation, the correlated parameters actually enhance the ranking. We tested removing some of these parameters in earlier versions of MorphoCellSorter, and found that doing so reduced the accuracy of the tool.

      Differences between circularity and roundness factors are not coming across and require further clarification. 

      These are two distinct ways of characterizing morphological complexity, and we borrowed these parameters and kept the name from the existing literature, not necessarily in the context of microglia. In our case, these parameters are used to describe the overall shape of the cell. The advantage of using different metrics to calculate similar parameters is that, depending on the dataset, one method may be better suited to capture specific morphological features of a given dataset. MorphoCellSorter selects the parameter that best explains the greatest dispersion in the data, allowing for a more accurate characterization of the morphology.

      One is applied to the soma and the other to the cell, but why is neither circularity nor loudness factor applied to both?

      None of the parameters concern the cell body by itself. The cell body is always relative to another metric(s). Because these parameters and what they represent does not seem to be  very clear we will add a graphic representation of the type of measurements and measure they provide in the revised version of the manuscript.

      f) PCA analysis:

      The authors spend a lot of text to describe the basic principles of PCA. PCA is mathematically well-described and does not require such depth in the description and would be sufficient with references.

      Thank you for this comment indeed the description of PCA may be too exhaustive, we will simplify the text. 

      Furthermore, there are the following points that require attention:

      L321: PC1 is the most important part of the data could be an incorrect statement because the highest dispersion could be noise, which would not be the most relevant part of the data. Therefore, the term "important" has to be clarified.

      We are not sure in the case of segmented images the noise would represent most of the data, as by doing segmentation we also remove most of the noise, but maybe the reviewer is concerned about another type of noise? Nonetheless, we thank the reviewer for his comment and we propose the following change, that should solve this potential issue.

      “_PC_1 is the direction in which data is most dispersed.”

      L323: As before, it's not given that the first two components hold all the information.

      Thank you for this comment we modified this statement as follows: “The two first components represent most of the information (about 70%), hence we can consider the plan PC_1, PC_2 as the principal plan reducing the dataset to a two dimensional space”

      L327 and L331 contain mistakes in the nomenclature: Mix up of "wi" should be "wn" because "i" does not refer to anything. The same for "phi i = arctan(yn/wn)" should be "phi n".

      Thanks a lot for these comments. We have made the changes in the text as proposed by the reviewer.

      L348: Spearman's correlation measures monotonic correlation, not linear correlation. Either the authors used Pearson Correlation for linearity or Spearman correlation for monotonic. This needs to be clarified to avoid misunderstandings.

      Sorry for the misunderstanding, we did use Spearman correlation which is monotonic, we thus changed linear by monotonic in the text. Thanks a lot for the careful reading.

      g) If the authors find no morphological alteration, how can they ensure that the algorithm is sensitive enough to detect them? When morphologies are similar, it's harder to spot differences. In cases where morphological differences are more apparent, like stroke, classification is more straightforward.

      We are not entirely sure we fully understand the reviewer's comment. When data are similar or nearly identical, MorphoCellSorter performs comparably to human experts (see Table 1). However, the advantage of using MorphoCellSorter is that it ranks cells do.much faster while achieving accuracy similar to that of human experts AND gives them a value on an axis (andrews score), which a human expert certainly can't. For example, in the case of mouse embryos, MorphoCellSorter’s ranking was as accurate as that made by human experts. Based on this ranking, the distributions were similar, suggesting that the morphologies are generally consistent across samples.

      The algorithm itself does not detect anything—it simply ranks cells according to the provided parameters. Therefore, it is unlikely that sensitivity is an issue; the algorithm ranks the cells based on existing data. The most critical factor in the analysis is the segmentation step, which is not the focus of our paper. However, the more accurate the segmentation, the more distinct the parameters will be if actual differences exist. Thus, sensitivity concerns are more related to the quality of image acquisition or the segmentation process rather than the ranking itself. Once MorphoCellSorter receives the parameters, it ranks the cells accordingly. When cells are very similar, the ranking process becomes more complex, as reflected in the correlation values comparing expert rankings to those from MorphoCellSorter (Table 1). 

      Moreover, MorphoCellSorter does not only provide a ranking: the morphological indexes automatically computed offer useful information to compare the cells’ morphology between groups.

      h) Minor aspects:

      % notation requires to include (weight/volume) annotation.

      This has been done in the revised version of the manuscript

      Citation/source of the different mouse lines should be included in the method sections (e.g. L117).

      The reference of the mouse line has been added (RRID:IMSR_JAX:005582) to the revised version of the manuscript.

      L125: The length of the single housing should be specified to ensure no variability in this context.

      The mice were kept 24h00 individually, this is now stated in the text

      L673: Typo to the reference to the figure.

      This has been corrected, thank you for your thoughtful reading.

    1. Author response:

      We thank the editor and the reviewers for the positive evaluation of our manuscript and the thoughtful comments. Below we provide a provisional reply to the reviewers’ comments, which we will address in more detail in the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer 1 highlights three important alternative interpretations of our results: (1) sustained suppression, (2) enhancement followed by suppression, and (3) priming. We believe that these alternatives need to be addressed to improve the conclusions we can draw from the available data.

      (1) Sustained suppression: As outlined by R1, it is possible that participants suppressed the HPDL throughout the entire experiment, instead of proactively instantiating suppression on each trial. While possible, we believe that this account is unlikely to explain the present results, given the utilized analysis approach, a voxel-wise GLM fit to the BOLD data per run (see Materials and Methods for details). Specifically, we derived parameter estimates from this GLM per location to estimate the relative suppression. Sustained suppression would modulate BOLD responses throughout the run, i.e. also during the implicit baseline period used to estimate the contrast parameter estimates. Hence, a sustained suppression should not result in a differential modulation between locations, as the BOLD response at the HPDL during the baseline period would be equally suppressed as during the trial. We will discuss this important aspect in the revised manuscript.

      (2) Enhancement followed by suppression: R1 correctly points out that BOLD data, given the poor temporal resolution, do not allow for the detection of potential transient enhancements at the HPDL followed by a later and more pronounced suppression (akin to “search and destroy”). We agree with this assessment. However, we would also argue that a transient enhancement followed by sustained suppression before search onset constitutes proactive suppression in line with our interpretation, because suppression would still arise proactively (i.e., before search and hence distractor onset). Whether brief enhancement precedes suppression cannot be elucidated by our data, but we believe that it constitutes an interesting avenue for future studies using time-resolved and spatially specific recording methods. We will address this important addition in the updated manuscript.

      (3) Priming: It is possible that participants particularly suppress locations which on previous trials contained a distractor. This account constitutes a different perspective than statistical learning integrating across many trials. We believe that it is likely that both accounts contribute to the observed effect to some degree, as both the distant (but often repeated) and the most recent past should inform our priors. Indeed, arguably recent trials should be particularly informative for our predictions as natural environments vary across time, and hence the statistical learning system should remain sensitive to potential changes in the environment. In short, we agree with R1 that the n-1 trial may impact suppression, and therefore charting the potential contributions of this type of priming compared to statistical learning is a relevant addition to the manuscript. We will perform the suggested analysis; however, we also note that dividing trials based on the n-1 trial will significantly reduce the reliability of the parameter estimates (e.g. only ~1/3 of trials follow omissions).

      Reviewer 2 had two valuable suggestions to advance the inferences we can draw from the available data. In particular, R2 proposed two additional analyses, which we will consider during revision.

      First, R2 suggests separating the utilized early visual cortex (EVC) ROI mask into the three retinotopic areas comprising EVC (V1, V2, V3) and to perform the key analyses in surface space for each ROI separately. We agree that exploring distractor suppression across V1, V2 and V3 separately is an interesting extension to our results. Our reasoning to combine early visual areas into one mask was two-fold: First, we did not have an a priori reason to expected distinct neural suppression between these early ROIs. Therefore, we did not acquire retinotopy data to reliably separate V1, V2 and V3, instead opting to increase the number of search task trials. The lack of retinotopy data naturally limits the reliability of the resulting cortical segmentation. However, we believe that separating EVC into its constituent areas using anatomical data is nonetheless a promising addition to our primary analyses. Therefore, during revision we will explore the main suppression analyses split into V1, V2, and V3.

      Second, R2 highlights that behavioral facilitation and neural suppression could be correlated across participants. The rationale is that should neural suppression in EVC relate to the facilitation of behavioral responses, we may expect a positive relationship between neural suppression at the HPDL and RTs across participants. We agree with R2’s suggestion and will perform the analysis accordingly. However, we note that any results should be interpreted with caution, as the present sample size of n=28 is small for an across participant correlation analysis involving neural and behavioral difference scores.

      In summary, we believe that addressing the reviewers' suggestions will substantially improve our manuscript, particularly regarding the interpretation and scope of our findings.

    1. Author response:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review): 

      Summary: 

      The manuscript presents a significant and rigorous investigation into the role of CHMP5 in regulating bone formation and cellular senescence. The study provides compelling evidence that CHMP5 is essential for maintaining endolysosomal function and controlling mitochondrial ROS levels, thereby preventing the senescence of skeletal progenitor cells. 

      Strengths: 

      The authors demonstrate that the deletion of Chmp5 results in endolysosomal dysfunction, elevated mitochondrial ROS, and ultimately enhanced bone formation through both autonomous and paracrine mechanisms. The innovative use of senolytic drugs to ameliorate musculoskeletal abnormalities in Chmp5-deficient mice is a novel and critical finding, suggesting potential therapeutic strategies for musculoskeletal disorders linked to endolysosomal dysfunction. 

      Weaknesses: 

      The manuscript requires a deeper discussion or exploration of CHMP5's roles and a more refined analysis of senolytic drug specificity and effects. This would greatly enhance the comprehensiveness and clarity of the manuscript. 

      We thank the reviewer for these insightful comments. The tissue-specific roles of CHMP5 and the specificity of quercetin and dasatinib treatments in Chmp5-deficient mice will be further discussed and clarified in the revised manuscript. 

      Reviewer #2 (Public review): 

      Summary: 

      The authors try to show the importance of CHMP5 for skeletal development. 

      Strengths: 

      The findings of this manuscript are interesting. The mouse phenotypes are well done and are of interest to a broader (bone) field. 

      Weaknesses: 

      The mechanistic insights are mediocre, and the cellular senescence aspect poor. 

      In total, it has not been shown that there are actual senescent cells that are reduced after D+Q-treatment. These statements need to be scaled back substantially. 

      We thank the reviewer for these suggestive comments. Although multiple hallmarks of cell senescence were shown in CHMP5-deficient skeletal progenitors, we will detect and add additional markers of cell senescence in the revised manuscript. 

      In addition, the effects and specificity of the Q+D treatment will be further discussed and clarified with the revision.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review): 

      Summary: 

      In this study, Zhang et al. reported that CHMP5 restricts bone formation by controlling endolysosome-mitochondrion-mediated cell senescence. The effects of CHMP5 on osteoclastic bone resorption and bone turnover have been reported previously (PMID: 26195726), in which study the aberrant bone phenotype was observed in the CHMP5ctsk-CKO mouse model, using the same mouse model, Zhang et al., report a novel role of CHMP5 on osteogenesis through affecting cell senescence. Overall, it is an interesting study and provides new insights in the field of cell senescence and bone. 

      Strengths: 

      Analyzed the bone phenotype OF CHMP5-periskeletal progenitor-CKO mouse model and found the novel role of senescent cells on osteogenesis and migration. 

      Weaknesses: 

      (1) There are a lot of papers that have reported that senescence impairs osteogenesis of skeletal stem cells. In this study, the author claimed that Chmp5 deficiency induces skeletal progennitor cell senescence and enhanced osteogenesis. Can the authors explain the controversial results? 

      Different skeletal stem cell populations in time and space have been identified and reported. This study shows that Chmp5 deficiency in periskeletal and endosteal skeletal progenitors causes cell senescence and aberrant bone formation. Although cell senescence during aging can impair osteogenesis of certain skeletal stem cells, which contributes to diseases with low bone mass such as osteoporosis, aging can also increase heterotopic mineralization/calcification in musculoskeletal soft tissues such as ligaments and tendons, which is consistent with our results in this study. These reflect out-of-order musculoskeletal mineralization during aging. We will expand the discussion and clarify the results of CHMP5-regulated cell senescence in osteogenesis in the revised manuscript.

      (2) Co-culture of Chmp5-KO periskeletal progenitors with WT ones should be conducted to detect the migration and osteogenesis of WT cells in response to Chmp5-KO-induced senescent cells. In addition, the co-culture of WT periskeletal progenitors with senescent cells induced by H2O2, radiation, or from aged mice would provide more information.

      Increased osteogenesis of WT skeletal progenitors in the periskeletal lesion was shown to be a paracrine mechanism of abnormal bone formation in Chmp5Ctsk mice. The coculture experiment will help confirm the effect of Chmp5-deficient skeletal progenitors on the osteogenesis of neighboring WT skeletal progenitors.

      Notably, the cause and outcome of cell senescence are highly heterogeneous, and different causes of cell senescence can cause significantly different outcomes. Although the coculture of WT periskeletal progenitors with senescent cells induced by H2O2, radiation, or from aged mice would be very interesting, these are beyond the scope of the current study.

      (3) Many EVs were secreted from Chmp5-deleted periskeletal progenitors, compared to the rarely detected EVs around WT cells. Since EVs of BMSCs or osteoprogenitors show strong effects of promoting osteogenesis, did the EVs contribute to the enhanced osteogenesis induced by Chmp5-defeciency? 

      The WT skeletal progenitor cells from Chmp5Ctsk mice have an increased capacity of osteogenesis compared to the corresponding cells from control animals, suggesting that the EVs of the Chmp5-deleted periskeletal progenitors could promote osteogenesis of the WT skeletal progenitors, which represents a paracrine mechanism of abnormal bone formation in Chmp5 deficient animals. We will discuss and clarify these results in the revised manuscript.

      (4) EVs secreted from senescent cells propagate senescence and impair osteogenesis, why do EVs secreted from senescent cells induced by Chmp5-defeciency have opposite effects on osteogenesis? 

      The question is similar to comment #1. The functional heterogeneity of cellular senescence will be discussed in further detail and clarified in the revised manuscript.

      (5) The Chmp5-ctsk mice show accelerated aging-related phenotypes, such as hair loss and joint stiffness. Did Ctsk also label cells in hair follicles or joint tissue? 

      This is an interesting question. Although we did not check the expression of CHMP5 in hair follicles, which is outside the scope of the present study, the result in Fig. 1E showed the expression of CHMP5 in joint ligaments. Notably, abnormal periskeletal bone formation occurs predominantly at the joint ligament insertion site in Chmp5Ctsk mice, which will be elucidated and discussed in the revised manuscript.

      (6) Fifteen proteins were found to increase and five proteins to decrease in the cell supernatant of Chmp5Ctsk periskeletal progenitors. How about SASP factors in the secretory profile? 

      As mentioned above, the SASP phenotype and related factors of senescent cells could be highly heterogeneous depending on inducers, cell types, and timing of senescence. Most of the proteins we identified in the secretome analysis have previously been reported in the secretory profile of osteoblasts. Although we were also interested in the change of some common SASP factors, such as inflammatory cytokines, the experiment did not detect these factors because of their small molecular weights and the technical limitations of mass spec analysis. 

      (7) D+Q treatment mitigates musculoskeletal pathologies in Chmp5 conditional knockout mice. In the previously published paper (CHMP5 controls bone turnover rates by dampening NF-κB activity in osteoclasts), inhibition of osteoclastic bone resorption rescues the aberrant bone phenotype of the Chmp5 conditional knockout mice. Whether the effects of D+Q on bone overgrowth is because of the inhibition of bone resorption? 

      Although in Chmp5Ctsk mice we cannot exclude the effect of D+Q on osteoclasts, the effect of D+Q on osteoblast lineage cells, which is the focus of the current study, was verified in Chmp5Dmp1 mice. We will expand the discussion and make these results clearer with the revision.

      (8) The role of VPS4A in cell senescence should be measured to support the conclusion that CHMP5 regulates osteogenesis by affecting cell senescence. 

      We agree that additional experiments examining the role of VPS4A in cell senescence will provide more mechanistic insights. The focus of the current study is to report that CHMP5 restricts abnormal bone formation by preventing endolysosome-mitochondrion-mediated cell senescence. The roles of VPS4A in cell senescence and skeletal biology will be explored in separate studies.

      (9) Cell senescence with markers, such as p21 and H2AX, co-stained with GFP should be performed in the mouse models to indicate the effects of Chmp5 on cell senescence in vivo. 

      We will examine additional markers of cell senescence, as the reviewers suggest, in the revised manuscript.

      (10) ADTC5 cell as osteochondromas cells line, is not a good cell model of periskeletal progenitors. Maybe primary periskeletal progenitor cell is a better choice. 

      We were aware that ATDC5 cells are typically used as a chondrocyte progenitor cell line. However, our previous study showed that ATDC5 cells could also be used as a reasonable cell model for periskeletal progenitors. Furthermore, the corresponding results from primary periskeletal progenitors were shown. We will further clarify this in the revision.

      In general, the comments of these reviewers will help clarify our results and further strengthen our conclusion. We will address these comments and questions point to point in more detail in the revised manuscript.

    1. Author response:

      We sincerely thank the reviewers for their constructive feedback and the editor for facilitating this thorough review. We found the suggestions insightful and valuable for refining our manuscript.  We would like to clarify a few points in an initial response before presenting the fully updated manuscript. First of all, we would like to emphasize the multi-scale nature of our approach, where we derived insights from both atomistic and coarse-grained simulations. Reviewers focused mostly on the coarse-grained simulations, the drawbacks of which we are aware and were a strong motivation for starting with the atomistic approach. Reviewer 1 mentioned a lack of a proposed mechanism for the increased condensate forming propensity at 300K vs. 290K, and we feel we had clearly pointed to the aromatic contacts as a mechanism for this, but we will make sure to clarify this further in the revision. Furthermore, reviewer 1 was critical of our use of the 10% adjustment to Martini protein-water interactions, which has previously been thoroughly presented and assessed in the literature (see for example Tesei et al JCTC 2022). Furthermore, for our specific system we were encouraged by the favorable comparison of our Martini simulations to the atomistic simulations, e.g. for radius of gyration, contact propensity, and solvent accessibility. We will make sure to emphasize this more clearly in the revision. Finally, we are grateful for the feedback from both reviewers and will use their comments as a guide to incorporate additional analyses and extended simulations to strengthen our conclusions in an upcoming revision.

    1. Author response:

      We thank the reviewers for their thoughtful comments. 

      Based on their suggestions we will: 

      (1) Use more accurate language to describe the hypothalamus regions under investigation in this study. While we aimed to primarily investigate the medial preoptic area (MPOA), our dissections and sequencing data in fact capture several regions of the anterior hypothalamus including the anteroventral periventricular (AVPV), paraventricular (PVN), supraoptic (SON), suprachiasmatic nuclei (SCN), and more. We will revise the language in our manuscript to reflect that our study in fact investigates the cellular evolution of the anterior hypothalamus across behaviorally divergent deer mice.

      (2) Revise our language to clarify that while our study provides a rich dataset for generating hypotheses about which cell types may contribute to behavioral differences, it does not provide any evidence of causal relationships. We hope to investigate this further in future work.

      (3) Clarify specific methodological choices for which reviewers had questions, especially about the hypothalamic regions for which we did histology to validate cell abundance differences and methodological choices related to mapping our cell clusters to Mus cell types.

      Our responses to each reviewer’s specific comments are below.

      Reviewer #1:

      The major limitation of the study is the absence of causal experiments linking the observed changes in MPOA cell types to species-specific social behaviors. While the study provides valuable correlational data, it lacks functional experiments that would demonstrate a direct relationship between the neuronal differences and behavior. For instance, manipulating these cell types or gene expressions in vivo and observing their effects on behavior would have strengthened the conclusions, although I certainly appreciate the difficulty in this, especially in non-musculus mice. Without such experiments, the study remains speculative about how these neuronal differences contribute to the evolution of social behaviors.

      Yes, we agree the study lacks functional experiments. We hope that the dataset is of value for generating hypotheses about how hypothalamic neuronal cell types may govern species-specific social behaviors, and for these hypotheses to be functionally tested by us and others in future work.

      Reviewer #2:

      Some methodology could be further explained, like the decision of a 15% cutoff value for cell type assignment per cluster, or the necessity of a multi-step analysis pipeline for gene enrichment studies.

      A 15% cutoff value for cell type assignment was chosen to include all known homology correspondences between our dataset and the Mus atlas. For example, i14:Avp/Cck cells from the Mus atlas represent Avp cells from the suprachiasmatic nuclei (SCN). Though only 17.3% of cluster 15 maps to i14:Avp/Cck, we know these two clusters correspond based on the expression of Avp and additional SCN marker genes in cluster 15 (Supp Fig 6). We will further explain this cutoff in the revised manuscript.

      Our gene enrichment study includes a multi-step analysis pipeline because we wanted to control for confounders that may be introduced because of gene expression level. Genes that are more highly expressed are more accurately quantified and thus more likely to be identified as differentially expressed. Therefore, we wanted to test for gene enrichments in our set of DE genes against a background of genes with similar expression levels. We will clarify this motivation in the revised manuscript.

      The authors should exercise strong caution in making inferences about these differences being the basis of parental behavior. It is possible, given connections to relevant research, but without direct intervention, direct claims should be avoided. There should be clear distinctions of what to conclude and what to propose as possibilities for future research.

      Yes, we agree that we are unable to make direct claims about neuronal differences being the basis of parental behavior. We will revise our language to be clearer about which relationships we are hypothesizing and what we propose as possibilities for future research.

      Histology is not performed on all regions included in the sequencing analysis.

      We apologize that our language describing the hypothalamic regions included in the sequencing analysis and those included in the histology is unclear. We aimed to dissect the medial preoptic region for the sequencing analysis, but additionally captured parts of the anterior hypothalamus including the paraventricular (PVN), supraoptic (SON), and suprachiasmatic nuclei (SCN), and more.  Our histology was performed across the entire hypothalamus and includes all regions included in the sequencing data. We will revise the manuscript to more accurately describe the hypothalamic regions for which we investigated.

      Reviewer #3:

      My primary concern is that the dataset is limited: 52,121 neuronal nuclei across 24 samples, which does not provide many cells per cluster to analyze comparatively across sex and species, particularly given the heterogeneity of the region dissected. The Supplementary table reports lower UMIs/genes per cell than is typically seen as well. Perhaps additional information could be obtained from the data by not restricting the analyses to cells that can be assigned to Mus types. A direct comparison of the two Peromyscus species could be valuable as would a more complete Peromyscus POA atlas.

      Our dataset reports ~1,500 genes and ~1,000 UMIs per nuclei which is indeed lower than is typically reported in other single nuclei datasets. Some of this discrepancy is due to a lower quality genome and annotated transcriptome available for Peromyscus compared to Mus musculus, which results in a lower mapping rate than is typically reported in Mus studies. However, our dataset was sufficient to identify known peptidergic cell types (Supp Fig 6) and to map homology to Mus cell types for 34 (64%) of our 53 clusters. Additionally, although some of our clusters contain small numbers of cells, our differential abundance analysis accounts for the variance in cell numbers observed across samples and should be robust against any increase in variance due to small numbers. In fact, even differential abundance of very small cell clusters such as oxytocin neurons (cell type 40) was validated by histology. 

      We would like to clarify that all analyses were performed on all cell clusters, regardless of whether or not they could be assigned homology to a Mus cell type. All the cell types that we identified as differentially abundant or contained significant sex differences happened to be cell types for which homology to a Mus cell type could be defined. This may arise for a relatively uninteresting reason: cell types that have more distinct transcriptional signatures will be more accurately clustered, leading to more accurate identification of homology as well as more accurate measurements of differential abundance / expression. We will revise language to make this more clear in our manuscript.

      In Supplement 7, it appears that most neurons can be assigned as excitatory or inhibitory, but then so many of these cells remain in the unassigned "gray blob" seen in panel 1E. Clustering of excitatory and inhibitory neurons separately, as in prior cited work in Mus POA (refs 31 and 57) may boost statistical power to detect sex and species differences in cell types. Perhaps the cells that cannot be assigned to Mus contain too few reads to be useful, in which case they should be filtered out in the QC. The technical challenges of a comparative single-cell approach are considerable, so it benefits the scientific community to provide transparency about them.

      We are not certain about why we are unable to cluster and assign homology to many of our cells (i.e. cells in the unassigned “gray blob”). However, we note that even in the Mus atlas, many cells did not belong to obvious clusters by UMAP visualization and that several clusters lacked notable marker genes and were designated simply as “Gaba” and “Glut” clusters. Therefore, it is unsurprising that our own dataset also contains cells that lack the transcriptional signatures needed to be clustered and/or mapped to Mus cell types. We do know, however, that the median number of reads/nuclei is uniform across cell clusters and does not explain why some clusters could not be assigned to Mus. We will add this information to our revised manuscript. 

      We do not think that a two-stage clustering (i.e. clustering first by excitatory vs. inhibitory neurons) is expected to gain power to resolve cell types in this case. Excitatory vs. inhibitory neurons are clearly separable on our UMAP (Supp Fig 7) so that information is already being used by our clustering procedure. However, we will explore this further in our revised manuscript to see if doing so will boost statistical power.

      The Calb1 dimorphism as observed by immunostaining, appears much more extensive in P. maniculatus compared to P. polionotus (Figures 3 E and F). This finding is not reflected in the counts of the i20:Gal/Moxd1 cluster. The use of Calb1 staining as a proxy for the Gal/Moxd1 cluster would be strengthened if the number of POA Calb1+ neurons that are found in each cluster was apparent. There may be additional Calb+ neurons in the cells that are not annotated to a Mus cluster. This clarification would add support to the overall conclusion that there is reduced sexual dimorphism in P. polionotus.

      From the Mus MPOA atlas (which includes both single-cell sequencing data and imaging-based spatial information), it is known that the i20:Gal/Moxd1 cluster comprises sexually dimorphic cells that make up both the BNST and the SDN-POA. These sexually dimorphic cells are well-studied and known to be marked by Calb1, which we used in immunostaining as a proxy for i20:Gal/Moxd1. 

      However, we would like to clarify that in our study, the immunostaining of Calb1+ neurons and the sequencing counts of the i20:Gal/Moxd1 cluster are not completely reflective of each other because our sequencing dataset only captured the ventral portion of the BNST. Therefore our i20:Gal/Moxd1 counts contain a combination of some Calb1+ BNST cells and likely all Calb1+ SDN-POA cells and is difficult to interpret on its own. Our histology, however, covers the entire hypothalamus and is more reliable for identifying sex and species differences in each region. We will clarify this in the revised manuscript. 

      The relationship between the sex steroid receptor expression and the sex bias in gene expression would be improved if the sex bias in sex steroid receptor expression was included in Supplementary Figure 10.

      We will include this in the revised manuscript. 

      There is no explanation for the finding that there is a female bias in gene expression across all cell types in P. polionotus.

      We also find this observation interesting but don’t have a good explanation for why at this point. We plan to follow this up in future work.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews: 

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review): 

      We thank Reviewer #1 for the relevant and insightful comments on our paper. Please find our detailed answers below in the Recommendations to the Authors section.

      Summary: 

      The researchers examined how individuals who were born blind or lost their vision early in life process information, specifically focusing on the decoding of Braille characters. They explored the transition of Braille character information from tactile sensory inputs, based on which hand was used for reading, to perceptual representations that are not dependent on the reading hand. 

      They identified tactile sensory representations in areas responsible for touch processing and perceptual representations in brain regions typically involved in visual reading, with the lateral occipital complex serving as a pivotal "hinge" region between them.

      In terms of temporal information processing, they discovered that tactile sensory representations occur prior to cognitive-perceptual representations. The researchers suggest that this pattern indicates that even in situations of significant brain adaptability, there is a consistent chronological progression from sensory to cognitive processing. 

      Strengths: 

      By combining fMRI and EEG, and focusing on the diagnostic case of Braille reading, the paper provides an integrated view of the transformation processing from sensation to perception in the visually deprived brain. Such a multimodal approach is still rare in the study of human brain plasticity and allows us to discern the nature of information processing in blind people's early visual cortex, as well as the time course of information processing in a situation of significant brain adaptability. 

      Weaknesses: 

      The lack of a sighted control group limits the interpretations of the results in terms of profound cortical reorganization, or simple unmasking of the architectural potentials already present in the normally developing brain. 

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point! We acknowledge that our claims regarding the unmasking of architectural potentials in both the normally developing and visually deprived brain are limited by the study design we employed. However, we note that defining an appropriate control group and assessing non-visual reading in sighted participants is far from straightforward. We discuss these issues in our response to the Public Review of Reviewer 2.

      Moreover, the conclusions regarding the behavioral relevance of the sensory and perceptual representations in the putatively reorganized brain are limited due to the behavioral measurements adopted.

      We agree with the reviewer that the relation between behavior and neural representations as established via perceived similarity judgments are task-dependent, and that a richer assessment of behavior would be valuable. Please note, however, that this limitation pertains to any experimental task used to assess behavior in the laboratory. Our major goal was to assess whether the identified neural representations are suitably formatted to be used by the brain for at least one behavior rather than being epiphenomenal. We found that the representations are suitably formatted for similarity judgments, thus establishing that they are relevant for at least this behavior. We also argue that judging similarity is a complex task that may underlie many other relevant behaviors. We discuss this point further in response to the Recommendations to the Authors.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review): 

      We thank the reviewer for the considerate and thoughtful suggestions. Please find a detailed description of the implemented changes below.

      Summary: 

      Haupt and colleagues performed a well-designed study to test the spatial and temporal gradient of perceiving braille letters in blind individuals. Using cross-hand decoding of the read letters, and comparing it to the decoding of the read letter for each hand, they defined perceptual and sensory responses. Then they compared where (using fMRI) and when (using EEG) these were decodable. Using fMRI, they showed that low-level tactile responses specific to each hand are decodable from the primary and secondary somatosensory cortex as well as from IPS subregions, the insula, and LOC. In contrast, more abstract representations of the braille letter independent from the reading hand were decodable from several visual ROIs, LOC, VWFA, and surprisingly also EVC. Using a parallel EEG design, they showed that sensory hand-specific responses emerge in time before perceptual braille letter representations. Last, they used RSA to show that the behavioral similarity of the letter pairs correlates to the neural signal of both fMRI (for the perceptual decoding, in visual and ventral ROIs) and EEG (for both sensory and perceptual decoding). 

      Strengths: 

      This is a very well-designed study and it is analyzed well. The writing clearly describes the analyses and results. Overall, the study provides convincing evidence from EEG and fMRI that the decoding of letter identity across the reading hand occurs in the visual cortex in blindness. Further, it addresses important questions about the visual cortex hierarchy in blindness (whether it parallels that of the sighted brain or is inverted) and its link to braille reading. 

      Weaknesses: 

      Although I have some comments and requests for clarification about the details of the methods, my main comment is that the manuscript could benefit from expanding its discussion. Specifically, I'd appreciate the authors drawing clearer theoretical conclusions about what this data suggests about the direction of information flow in the reorganized visual system in blindness, the role VWFA plays in blindness (revised from the original sighted role or similar to it?), how information arrives to the visual cortex, and what the authors' predictions would be if a parallel experiment would be carried out in sighted people (is this a multisensory recruitment or reorganization?). The data has the potential to speak to a lot of questions about the scope of brain plasticity, and that would interest broad audiences. 

      We thank the reviewer for the opportunity to provide clearer theoretical conclusions from our data. We elaborate on each of the points raised by the reviewer in the discussion section.

      Concerning the direction of information flow in the reorganized visual system in blindness, we focus on information arrival to EVC and information flow beyond EVC.

      p. 11, ll. 376-386, Discussion 4.1:

      “Overall, identifying braille letter representations in widespread brain areas raises the question of how information flow is organized in the visually deprived brain. Functional connectivity studies report deprivation-driven changes of thalamo-cortical connections which could explain both arrival of information to and further flow of information beyond EVC. First, the coexistence of early thalamic connections to both S1 and V1 (Müller et al., 2019) would enable EVC to receive from different sources and at different timepoints. Second, potentially overlapping connections from both sensory cortices to other visual or parietal areas (Ioannides et al., 2013) could enable the visually deprived brain to process information in a widespread and interconnected array of brain areas. In such a network architecture, several brain areas receive and forward information at the same time. In contrast to information discretely traveling from one processing unit to the next in the sighted brain’s processing cascade, we can rather picture information flowing in a spatially and functionally more distributed and overlapping fashion.”

      Regarding the role of VWFA, we propose that the functional organization of VWFA is modality-independent.

      p. 10, ll. 346-348, Discussion 4.1:

      “Second, we found that VWFA contains perceptual but not sensory braille letter representations. By clarifying the representational format of language representations in VWFA, our results support previous findings of the VWFA being functionally selective for letter and word stimuli in the visually deprived brain (Reich et al., 2011; Striem-Amit et al., 2012; Liu et al., 2023). Together, these findings suggest that the functional organization of the VWFA is modality-independent (Reich et al., 2011), depicting an important contribution to the ongoing debate on how visual experience shapes representations along the ventral stream (Bedny et al., 2021).” Lastly, we would like to share our thoughts about carrying out a parallel experiment in sighted people. 

      In general, we agree that it seems insightful to conduct a parallel, analogous experiment in sighted participants with the aim to disentangle whether the effects seen in blind participants are due to multisensory recruitment or reorganization. However, before making predictions regarding the outcome, we would have to define an analogous experiment in sighted participants that taps into the same mechanisms. This, however, is difficult to do as it is unclear what counts as analogous. For example, if we compare braille reading to reading visually presented braille dot arrays or Roman letters, we will assess visual object processing, a different mechanism from that involved in braille reading. Alternatively, if we compare braille reading to sighted participants reading embossed Roman letters haptically or ideally even reading Braille after extensive training, we still face the inherent problem that sighted participants have visual experiences and could use visual imagery strategies in these nonvisual tasks. As we cannot experimentally ensure that sighted participants do not use visual strategies to solve a task, this would always complicate drawing conclusions about the underlying processes. More specifically, we could never pinpoint whether differences between sighted and blind participants are due to measuring different mechanisms or measuring the same mechanism and unravelling underlying changes (i.e., multisensory recruitment or reorganization). Finally, apart from potential confounds due to visual imagery, considering populations of sighted readers and Braille readers as only differing with regard to their input modality and otherwise being comparable is problematic: In general, blind populations are more heterogenous than most typical samples due to various factors such as aetiologies, onset and severity (Merabet & Pascual-Leone, 2010). Even when carrying out studies in highly specific population subsamples, such as in congenitally blind braille readers, vast within-group differences remain, e.g., the quality and quantity of their braille education, as well as across braille and print readers, e.g., different passive exposure to braille versus written letters during childhood (Englebretson et al., 2023). Hence, to fully match the groups in terms of learning experience we would, for example, have to teach sighted infants braille reading in childhood and follow them up until a comparable age. This approach does not seem feasible. 

      p. 10, ll. 328-341, Discussion 4.1:

      “We note that our findings contribute additional evidence but cannot conclusively distinguish between the competing hypotheses that visually deprived brains dynamically adjust to the environmental constraints versus that they undergo a profound cortical reorganization. Resolving this debate would require an analogous experiment in sighted people which taps into the same mechanisms as the present study. Defining a suitable control experiment is, however, difficult. Any other type of reading would likely tap into different mechanism than braille reading. Further, whenever sighted participants are asked to perform a haptic reading task, outcomes can be confounded by visual imagery driving visual cortex (Dijkstra et al., 2019). Thus, the results would remain ambiguous as to whether observed differences between the groups index different mechanisms or plastic changes in the same mechanisms. Last, matching groups of sighted readers and braille readers such that they only differ with regard to their input modality seems practically unfeasible: There are vast differences within the blind population in general, e.g., aetiologies, onset and severity, and the subsample of congenitally blind braille readers more specifically, e.g., the quality and quantity of their braille education, as well as across braille and print readers, e.g., different passive exposure to braille versus written letters during childhood (Englebretson et al., 2023; Merabet & Pascual-Leone, 2010).”

      While we appreciate that the conclusions we can draw from our results are limited by our sample and defining an appropriate parallel experiment in sighted participants is difficult for the reasons discussed above, we would still like to share our speculations regarding the process underlying our result pattern. We think that our results, taken together with results of previous studies, suggest that EVC does not undergo fundamental reorganization in the case of visual deprivation. Rather, it can flexibly adjust to given processing requirements. This flexibility is not infinite; adjustments are limited by the area’s architectural and computational capacity. Importantly, we think that this claim refers to an unmasking of preexisting potential rather than multisensory recruitment.

      To aid in drawing even more concrete conclusions about the flow of information, I suggest that the authors also add at least another early visual ROI to plot more clearly whether EVC's response to braille letters arrives there through an inverted cortical hierarchy, intermediate stages from VWFA, or directly, as found in the sighted brain for spoken language. 

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. However, EVC here consists of V1 to V3, and we already also assess V4, LOC, VWFA and LFA. Thus, we assess regions at all levels of processing from mid- over low- to high-level and cannot add a further interim ROI. Our results using this ROI set do not allow us to arbitrate between the hypotheses raised by the reviewer.

      Similarly, it may be informative to look specifically at the occipital electrodes' time differences between decoding for the different parameters and their correlation to behavior.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. However, the spatial resolution of EEG measurements is limited, and we cannot convincingly determine the neural source of signals being recorded from specific electrodes, i.e., occipital. When we reduce the number of electrodes before analysis, we primarily see comparable qualitative trends in the data albeit with a reduction in signal-to-noise-ratio.

      To illustrate, we repeated the EEG time decoding and the EEG-behavior RSA with only occipital and parieto-occipital electrodes (n=8) instead of all electrodes (n=63) and added the results to the Supplementary Material (see Supplementary Figure 3 and 4). Overall, we observe a reduction in signal-to-noise-ratio. This is not surprising given that the EEG searchlight decoding results (Figure 3b) reveal sources of the decoding signals extend beyond occipital and parieto-occipital electrodes. 

      In the EEG time decoding analysis, we see a comparable trend to the whole brain EEG analysis but do not find a significant difference in onsets of sensory and perceptual representation. 

      In the behavior-EEG RSA, we do find that the correlations between behavior and sensory representations emerge significantly earlier than correlations between behavior and perceptual representations. (N = 11, 1,000 bootstraps, one-tailed bootstrap test against zero, P< 0.001). This result is in line with the whole brain EEG analysis.

      Regarding the methods, further detail on the ability to read with both hands equally and any residual vision of the participants would be helpful.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this point. We assessed participants’ letter reading capabilities in a short screening task prior to the experiment. Participants read letters with both hands separately and we used the same presentation time as in the experiment. As the result showed that average performance for recognizing letters with the left hand (89%) and right hand (88%) were comparable. We did not measure continuous reading in the present study, and we did not assess further information about participants’ ability to read equally well with both hands. 

      While the information about the screening task was previously included in Methods section 5.3.2 EEG experiment, we now moved it into a separate section 5.3.3 Braille screening task to make the information better accessible. 

      p. 14, ll. 529-533, Methods 5.3.3:

      “Prior to the experiment, participants completed a short screening task during which each letter of the alphabet was presented for 500ms to each hand in random order. Participants were asked to verbally report the letter they had perceived to assess their reading capabilities with both hands using the same presentation time as in the experiment. The average performance for the left hand was 89% correct (SD = 10) and for the right hand it was 88% correct (SD = 13).”

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion to include information regarding participant’s residual vision. We now added information about participants’ residual light perception to Supplementary Table 1.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors): 

      (1) ROI vs Searchlight Results: Figures 2 b and c do not seem to match. The ROI results (b) should be somehow consistent with the whole brain results (c), but "perceptual" decoding in the searchlight (in green) seems localized in sensorimotor areas while for the same classification, no sensorimotor ROI is significant. can the authors clarify this difference?

      Similarly, perceptual decoding does not emerge in EVC with the searchlight analysis, whereas is quite strong in ROI analysis.

      We agree that the results of the ROI and searchlight decoding do not show a direct match. We think that this difference is due to methodological reasons. For example, ROI decoding can be more sensitive when ROIs follow functionally relevant boundaries in the brain, in comparison to spheres used in searchlight decoding that do not. In turn, searchlight decoding may be more sensitive when information is distributed across functional boundaries that would be captured in different ROIs rather than combined, or when ROI definition is difficult (such as here in the visual system of blind participants).

      However, we point out that the primary goal of our searchlight decoding was to show that no other areas beyond our hypothesized ROIs contained braille letter representations, rather than reproducing the ROI results.

      Decoding accuracies are tested against chance (50% for pairwise classifications) according to methods. In the case of "sensory and perceptual" and "perceptual" classification, this is straightforward. In the case of the analysis that isolates "sensory" representations though the difference is computed between "sensory and perceptual" and "perceptual" decoding accuracies, the accuracies resulting from this difference should thus be centered around 0.

      Are the accuracies tested against 0 in this case? This is not specified in the methods. Furthermore, the data reported in Figure 2 and Figure 3. seem to have 0% as a baseline and the label states "decoding accuracy". Can the authors clarify whether the reported data are the difference in accuracy with an estimated empirical baseline or an expected baseline of 50%? 

      The reviewer is correct in stating that we tested “sensory and perceptual” and “perceptual” against chance level and the difference score “sensory” against 0 and that this information was missing in the methods section.

      We now specify in the methods that we are testing the accuracies for the “sensory” analysis against 0.

      p. 16, ll. 625-627, Methods 5.6:

      “We conducted subject-specific braille letter classification in two ways. First, we classified between letter pairs presented to one reading hand, i.e., we trained and tested a classifier on brain data recorded during the presentation of braille stimuli to the same hand (either the right or the left hand). This yields a measure of hand-dependent braille letter information in neural measurements. We refer to this analysis as within-hand classification. Second, we classified between letter pairs presented to different hands in that we trained a classifier on brain data recorded during the presentation of stimuli to one hand (e.g., right), and tested it on data related to the other hand (e.g., left). This yields a measure of hand-independent braille letter information in neural measurements. We refer to this analysis as across-hand classification. We tested both within-hand and across-hand pairwise classification accuracies against a chance level of 50%. We also calculated a within-across hand classification score which we compared against 0.”

      Regarding Figures 2 and 3, we plot the results as decoding accuracies minus chance level to standardize the y-axes for all three analyses, i.e., compare them to 0. We have corrected the y-axis labels accordingly. 

      In our analyses, we assumed an expected baseline of 50%. But in the response below we provide evidence that our results remain stable whether using an expected or empirical baseline.

      If my understanding is correct, a potential problem persists. The different analyses may not be comparable, because in the "sensory" analysis the baseline is empirically defined, being the classification accuracies of the "perceptual" decoding, while in the other two analyses, the baseline is set at 50%. There are suggestions in the literature to derive empirically defined baselines by randomly shuffling the trial labels and repeating the classification accuracies [grootswagers 2017]. In the context of the present work, its use will make the different statistical analyses more comparable. I would thus suggest the authors define the baseline empirically for all their analyses or, given the high computational demand of this analysis, provide evidence that the results are not affected by this difference in the baseline. 

      We thank the reviewer for raising this point. As the reviewer correctly stated, the “sensory” analysis has an empirically defined baseline because it is a difference score while in the other two analyses the baseline is set at 50%.

      To provide evidence that our results are not affected by this difference in baseline, we now re-ran the EEG time decoding. We derived null distributions from the empirical data for all three analyses, following the guidelines from Grootswagers 2017 (page 688, section “Evaluation of Classifier Performance and Group Level Statistical Testing Statistical”):

      “Another popular alternative is the permutation test, which entails repeatedly shuffling the data and recomputing classifier performance on the shuffled data to obtain a null distribution, which is then compared against observed classifier performance on the original set to assess statistical significance (see, e.g., Kaiser et al., 2016; Cichy et al., 2014; Isik et al., 2014). Permutation tests are especially useful when no assumptions about the null distribution can be made (e.g., in the case of biased classifiers or unbalanced data), but they take much longer to run (e.g., repeating the analysis 10,000 times).”

      Running a sign permutation test with 10,000 repetitions, we show that the results are comparable to the previously reported results based on one-sided Wilcoxon signed rank tests. We are, therefore, confident that our reported results are not affected by this difference in baseline. We now added this control analysis to the results section and supplementary material (see Supplementary Figure 5).

      p. 7-8, ll. 213-215, Results 3.2: 

      “Importantly, the temporal dynamics of sensory and perceptual representations differed significantly. Compared to sensory representations, the significance onset of perceptual representations was delayed by 107ms (21-167ms) (N = 11, 1,000 bootstraps, one-tailed bootstrap test against zero, P= 0.012). This results pattern was consistent when defining the analysis baseline empirically (see Supplementary Figure 5).”

      (2) According to the authors, perceptual rather than sensory braille letter representations identified in space are suitably formatted to guide behavior. However, they acknowledge that this finding is likely to be task-dependent because it is based on subject similarity ratings.

      Maybe they could use a more objective similarity measurement of Braille letters similarity?

      For instance, they can compare letters using Jaccard similarity (See for instance: Bottini et al. 2022). 

      We thank the reviewer for the opportunity to clarify. We acknowledge that our findings regarding the behavioral relevance of the identified neural representations are task-dependent. But, importantly, this is not because we use perceived similarity ratings as a measurement, but because we only use one measurement while there are infinitely many other potential tasks to assess behavior. This means that the same limitation holds when using another similarity measure like Jaccard similarity. We now clarify this in the Discussion section: 

      p. 12, ll. 419-420, Discussion 4.3:

      “Our results clarified that perceptual rather than sensory braille letter representations identified in space are suitably formatted to guide behavior. However, we only use one specific task to assess behavior and, therefore, acknowledge that this finding is taskdependent.”

      Nevertheless, we calculated Jaccard similarity based on the definition used in Bottini et. al. There are no significant correlations for the EEG-behavior or fMRI-behavior RSA when we use the Jaccard matrix and subject-specific EEG or fMRI RDMs (see Supplementary Figure 6).

      This demonstrates that braille letter similarity ratings are significantly correlated with neural representations in space and time but Jaccard similarity of braille dot overlaps is not. 

      (3) If the primacy of perceptual similarity holds also with more objective measures of letter similarity, I think the authors should spend a few more words characterizing the results in fMRI and EEG that are rather divergent (concerning this analysis). Indeed, EEG analysis shows a significant correlation between similarity ratings and within-hand classification accuracy, although this correlation does not emerge in the "sensory" ROIs. I think these findings can be put together, hypothesizing that sensory-based similarity correlates with behavior but only in perceptual ROIs. However, why so? Can the authors provide a more mechanistic explanation? Am I missing something? 

      We thank the reviewer for this intriguing idea. We now speculate about how we could harmonize the results from the behavior-EEG and behavior-fMRI RSAs in the discussion section. 

      p. 12, ll. 438-442, Discussion 4.3:

      “Similarity ratings and sensory representations as captured by EEG are correlated, and so are similarity ratings and representations in perceptual ROIs, but not sensory ROIs. This might be interpreted as suggesting a link between the sensory representations captured in EEG and the representations in perceptual ROIs. However, we do not have any evidence towards this idea. Differing signalto-noise ratios for the different ROIs and sensory versus perceptual analysis could be an alternative explanation.“

      (4) In the methods they state that EEG decoding is tested against chance at each time point but these results are not reported, only latency analysis is reported. Can the authors report the significant time points of the EEG time series decoding?  

      We thank the reviewer for catching this inconsistency! We have now added this information to Figure 3a.

      (5) In fMRI ROI definition procedure, the top 321 voxels of each anatomical ROI that had the highest functional activation were selected. The number of voxels is based on the smaller ROI, which to my understanding means that for this ROI all the voxels were selected potentially introducing noise and impacting the comparison between ROIs. Can the authors clarify which ROI was the smallest? 

      Thank you for the question! The smallest ROI was V4. This indeed means that for this ROI all voxels were selected. This could have led to our results being noisy in V4 but should not influence the results in other ROIs. We now added this information to the methods section.  p. 15, ll. 592, Methods 5.4.4:

      “The smallest mask was V4 which included 321 voxels.”

      (6) Finally, the author suggests that: "Importantly, higher-level computations are not limited to the EVC in visually deprived brains. Natural sound representations 41 and language activations 53 are also located in EVC of sighted participants. This suggests that EVC, in general, has the capacity to process higher-level information 54. Thus, EVC in the visually deprived brain might not be undergoing fundamental changes in brain organization 53. This promotes a view of brain plasticity in which the cortex is capable of dynamic adjustments within pre-existing computational capacity limits 4,53-55." - The presence of a sighted control group would have strengthened this claim. 

      We agree with the reviewer and now discuss the limitations of our approach in the discussion section (see response to weaknesses raised by Reviewer 2 in the Public Review above).

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors): 

      (1) Can the authors comment on the reaction time of the two reading hands? Completely ambidextrous reading is not necessarily common, so any differences in ability or response time across the hands may affect the EEG results. Alternatively, do the authors have any additional behavioral data about the participants' ability to read well with both hands? 

      We thank the reviewer for these questions! We did not assess reaction times and acknowledge this as a limitation. We did, however, measure accuracies and would have expected to see a speed-accuracy-trade off if reaction times would differ between hands, i.e., we would have expected lower accuracy for the hand with higher RTs. But this was not the case: our participants had comparable accuracy values when reading letters with both hands (see methods section 5.3.3 and answer to Public Review above). This measure indicated that participants recognized Braille letters presented for 500ms equally well with both index fingers.

      (2) Please add information about any residual sight in the blind participants (or are they all without light perception?)

      We have now added information about residual light perception in Supplementary Table 1 (see above in response to Public Review).

      (3) Is active tactile exploration involved, or are the participants not moving their fingers at all over the piezo-actuators? Can the authors elaborate more on how the participants used this passive input?

      We thank the reviewer for the opportunity to clarify. Our experimental setup does not involve tactile exploration or sliding motions. Instead, participants rest their index fingers on the piezo-actuators and feel the static sensation of dots pushing up against their fingertips. We assume that participants used the passive input of specific dot stimulation location on fingers to perceive a dot array which, in turn, led to the percept of a braille letter.

      We now specify this information in the methods section.

      p. 13, ll. 474-475, Methods 5.2:

      “The modules were taped to the clothes of a participant for the fMRI experiment and on the table for the EEG and behavioral experiment. This way, participants could read in a comfortable position with their index fingers resting on the braille cells to avoid motion confounds. Importantly, our experimental setup did not involve tactile exploration or sliding motions. We instructed participants to read letters regardless of whether the pins passively stimulated their immobile right or left index finger.”

      (4) I appreciated the RSA analysis, but remain curious about what the ratings were based on.

      Do the authors know what parameters participants used to rate for? Were these consistent across participants? That would aid in interpreting the results.

      We thank the reviewer for the interest in our representational similarity analyses linking the neural representations to behavior. 

      We do not know which parameters participants explicitly used to rate the similarity between letters. We instructed participants to freely compare the similarity of pairs of braille letters without specifying which parameters they should use for the similarity assessment. We speculate that participants used a mixture of low-level features such as stimulation location on fingers and higher-level features such as linguistic similarity between letters. We now clarify the free comparison of braille letter pairs in the methods section:

      p. 14, ll. 538-539, Methods 5.3.4:

      “Each pair of letters was presented once, and participants compared them with the same finger. We instructed participants to freely compare the similarity of pairs of Braille letters without specifying which parameters they should use for the similarity assessment. The rating was without time constraints, meaning participants decided when they rated the stimuli. Participants were asked to verbally rate the similarity of each pair of braille letters on a scale from 1 = very similar to 7 = very different and the experimenter noted down their responses.”

      (5) Can the authors provide confusion matrices for the decoding analyses in the supplementary materials? This could be informative in understanding what pairs of letters are most discernable and where. 

      We have added confusion matrices for within- and between-hand decoding for all ROIs and for the time points 100ms, 200ms, 300ms and 400ms to the Supplementary Material (see Supplementary Figures 7-10).

      (6) Was slice time correction done for the fMRI data? This is not reported. 

      We now added this information to the methods section - our fMRI preprocessing pipeline did not include slice timing correction.  

      p. 14, ll. 554, Methods 5.4.2:

      “We did not apply high or low-pass temporal filters and did not perform slice time correction.”

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Juan Liu et al. investigated the interplay between habitat fragmentation and climate-driven thermophilization in birds in an island system in China. They used extensive bird monitoring data (9 surveys per year per island) across 36 islands of varying size and isolation from the mainland covering 10 years. The authors use extensive modeling frameworks to test a general increase of the occurrence and abundance of warm-dwelling species and vice versa for cold-dwelling species using the widely used Community Temperature Index (CTI), as well the relationship between island fragmentation in terms of island area and isolation from the mainland on extinction and colonization rates of cold- and warm-adapted species. They found that indeed there was thermophilization happening during the last 10 years, which was more pronounced for the CTI based on abundances and less clearly for the occurrence based metric. Generally, the authors show that this is driven by an increased colonization rate of warm-dwelling and an increased extinction rate of cold-dwelling species. Interestingly, they unravel some of the mechanisms behind this dynamic by showing that warm-adapted species increased while cold-dwelling decreased more strongly on smaller islands, which is - according to the authors - due to lowered thermal buffering on smaller islands (which was supported by air temperature monitoring done during the study period on small and large islands). They argue, that the increased extinction rate of cold-adapted species could also be due to lowered habitat heterogeneity on smaller islands. With regards to island isolation, they show that also both thermophilization processes (increase of warm and decrease of cold-adapted species) was stronger on islands closer to the mainland, due to closer sources to species populations of either group on the mainland as compared to limited dispersal (i.e. range shift potential) in more isolated islands.

      The conclusions drawn in this study are sound, and mostly well supported by the results. Only few aspects leave open questions and could quite likely be further supported by the authors themselves thanks to their apparent extensive understanding of the study system.

      Strengths:

      The study questions and hypotheses are very well aligned with the methods used, ranging from field surveys to extensive modeling frameworks, as well as with the conclusions drawn from the results. The study addresses a complex question on the interplay between habitat fragmentation and climate-driven thermophilization which can naturally be affected by a multitude of additional factors than the ones included here. Nevertheless, the authors use a well balanced method of simplifying this to the most important factors in question (CTI change, extinction, colonization, together with habitat fragmentation metrics of isolation and island area). The interpretation of the results presents interesting mechanisms without being too bold on their findings and by providing important links to the existing literature as well as to additional data and analyses presented in the appendix.

      Weaknesses:

      The metric of island isolation based on distance to the mainland seems a bit too oversimplified as in real-life the study system rather represents an island network where the islands of different sizes are in varying distances to each other, such that smaller islands can potentially draw from the species pools from near-by larger islands too - rather than just from the mainland. Although the authors do explain the reason for this metric, backed up by earlier research, a network approach could be worthwhile exploring in future research done in this system. The fact, that the authors did find a signal of island isolation does support their method, but the variation in responses to this metric could hint on a more complex pattern going on in real-life than was assumed for this study.

      Thank you again for this suggestion. Based on the previous revision, we discussed more about the importance of taking the island network into future research. The paragraph is now on Lines 294-304:

      “As a caveat, we only consider the distance to the nearest mainland as a measure of fragmentation, consistent with previous work in this system (Si et al., 2014), but we acknowledge that other distance-based metrics of isolation that incorporate inter-island connections and island size could hint on a more complex pattern going on in real-life than was assumed for this study, thus reveal additional insights on fragmentation effects. For instance, smaller islands may also potentially utilize species pools from nearby larger islands, rather than being limited solely to those from the mainland. The spatial arrangement of islands, like the arrangement of habitat, can influence niche tracking of species (Fourcade et al., 2021). Future studies should use a network approach to take these metrics into account to thoroughly understand the influence of isolation and spatial arrangement of patches in mediating the effect of climate warming on species.”

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Great job on the revision! The new version reads well and in my opinion all comments were addressed appropriately. A few additional comments are as follows:

      Thank you very much for your further review and recognition. We have carefully modified the manuscript according to all recommendations.

      (1) L 62: replace shifts with process

      Done. We also added the word “transforming” to match this revision. The new sentence is now on Lines 61-63:

      “Habitat fragmentation, usually defined as the process of transforming continuous habitat into spatially isolated and small patches”

      (2) L 363: Your metric for habitat fragmentation is isolation and habitat area and I think this could be introduced already in the introduction, where you somewhat define fragmentation (although it could be clearer still). You could also discuss this in the discussion more, that other measures of fragmentation may be interesting to look at.

      Thank you for this suggestion. We now introduced metric of habitat fragmentation in the Introduction part after habitat fragmentation was defined. The sentence is now on Lines 64-66:

      “Among the various ways in which habitat fragmentation is conceptualized and measured, patch area and isolation are two of the most used measures (Fahrig, 2003).”

      (3) L 384: replace for with because of

      Done.

      (4) L 388: "Following this filtering, 60 ...."

      Done.

      (5) Figure 1: In panels b-d you use different terms (fragmented, small, isolated) but aiming to describe the same thing. I would highly recommend to either use fragmented islands or isolated islands for all panels. Although I see that in your study fragmentation includes both, habitat loss and isolation. So make this clear in the figure caption too...

      Thank you very much for this suggestion. It’s important to maintain consistency in using “fragmentation”. We change “fragmented, small, isolated” into “Fragmented patches” in the caption of b-d. The modified caption is now on Line 771:

      (6) L 783: replace background with habitat (or landscape) and exhibit with exemplify

      Done. The new sentence is now on Lines 782-784:

      “The three distinct patches signify a fragmented landscape and the community in the middle of the three patches was selected to exemplify colonization-extinction dynamics in fragmented habitats.”

      (7) One bigger thing is the definition of fragmentation in your study for which you used habitat area (from habitat loss process) and isolation. This could still be clarified a bit more, especially in the figures. In Fig. 1 the smaller panels b-d could all be titled fragmented islands as this is what the different terms describe in your study (small, isolated) and thus the figure would become even clearer. Otherwise I'm happy with the changes made.

      Thank you for raising this important question. Yes, “habitat fragmentation” in our research includes both habitat loss and fragmentation per se. We have clarified the caption of b-d in Figure 1 as suggested by Recommendation (5). We believe this can make it clearer to the readers.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review): 

      Summary: 

      This study explores the neural control of muscle by decomposing the firing activity of constituent motor units from the grid of surface electromyography (EMG) in the Tibialis (TA) Anterior and Vastus Lateralis (VL) during isometric contractions. The study involves extensive samples of motor units across the broadest range of voluntary contraction intensities up to 80% of MVC. The authors examine the rate coding of the population of motor units, which describes the instantaneous firing rate of each motor unit as a function of muscle force. This relationship is characterized by a natural logarithm function that delineates two distinct phases: an initial phase with a steep acceleration in firing rate, particularly pronounced in low-threshold motor units, and a subsequent modest linear increase in firing rate, more significant in high-threshold motor units. 

      Strengths: 

      The study makes a significant contribution to the field of neuromuscular physiology by providing a detailed analysis of motor unit behavior during muscle contractions in a few ways.

      (1) The significance lies in its comprehensive framework of motor unit activity during isometric contractions in a broad range of intensities, providing insights into the non-linear relationship between the firing rate and the muscle force. The extensive sample of motor units across the pool confirms the observation in animal studies in which the spinal motoneuron exhibits a discharge consisting of distinct phases in response to synaptic currents, under the influence of persistent inward currents. As such, it is now reasonable to state the human motor units across the pool are also under the control of gain modulation via some neuromodulatory effects in addition to synaptic inputs arising from ionotropic effects.

      (2) The firing scheme across the entire motoneuron pool revealed in this study reconciles the discrepancy in firing organization under debate; i.e., whether it is 'onion skin' like or not (Heckman and Enoka 2012). The onion skin like model states that the low threshold motor units discharge higher than high threshold motor units and have been held for a long time because the firing behaviors were examined in a partial range of contraction force range due to technical limitations. This reconciliation is crucial because it is fundamental to modelling the organization of motor unit recruitment and rate coding to achieve a desired force generation to advance our understanding of motor control.

      (3) The extensive data collection with a novel blind source separation algorithm on the expanded number of channels of surface EMG signal provides a robust dataset that enhances the reliability and validity of findings, setting a new standard for empirical studies in the field. 

      Collectively, this study fills several knowledge gaps in the field and advances our understanding of the mechanism underlying the isometric force generation.

      We thank the reviewer for their positive appreciation of our work.

      Weaknesses: 

      Although the findings and claims based on them are mostly well aligned, some accounts of the methods and claims need to be clarified.

      (1) The authors examine the input-output function of a motor unit by constructing models, using force as an input and discharge rate as an output. It sounds circular, or the other way around to use the muscle force as an input variable, because the muscle force is the result of motor unit discharges, not the cause that elicits the discharges. More specifically, as a result of non-linear interactions of synchronous and/or asynchronous discharges of a population of a given motoneuron pool that give rise to transient increase/maintenance in twitch force, the gross muscle force is attained. I acknowledge that it is extremely challenging experimentally to measure synaptic currents impinging upon the spinal motoneurons in human subjects and the author has an assumption that the force could be used as a proxy of synaptic currents. However, it is necessary to explicitly provide the caveats and rationale behind that. Force could be used as the input variable for modelling.

      Force is indeed used in this study as a proxy of the common excitatory synaptic currents as their direct measurement is not possible in vivo in humans. It is worth noting that this approach has been extensively used in the past by many groups to study rate coding (e.g., Monsters & Chan, De Luca’s, Heckman’s, and Fuglevand’s groups). Heckman’s, Gorassini’s, Fuglevand’s groups and others have considered the non-linearities in the relation between motor unit firing rates and muscle force in humans as an indicator of the impact of neuromodulation on motor unit behaviour and changes of the intrinsic properties of motoneurons.

      One could also use the cumulative spike train as a more direct estimate of common excitatory inputs, assuming that it is possible to identify a group of motor units not influenced by PICs, as done when selecting a reference low-threshold motor neuron in the delta F method (Gorassini et al., 1998), or the cumulative spike train of low-threshold motor neurons (Afsharipour et al., 2020). However, this approach was not possible in our study as we did not have the same units across contractions to estimate cumulative spike trains. It was therefore not possible to pool the data across contractions as we did to generate force/firing rate relations on the widest range of force.

      We added a sentence in the discussion to highlight this limitation (P19, L470):

      ‘This result must be confirmed with a more direct proxy of the net synaptic drive, such as the firing rate of a reference low-threshold motor neuron used in the delta F method (Gorassini et al., 1998), or the cumulative spike train of low-threshold motor neurons (Afsharipour et al., 2020)’.

      (2) The authors examine the firing organizations in TA and VL in this study without explicit purposes and rationale for choosing these muscles. The lack of accounts makes it hard for the readers to interpret the data presented, particularly in terms of comparing the results from the different muscles.

      We wanted to compare the rate coding of pools of motor units from proximal (VL) and distal (TA) muscles within the lower limb. Indeed, distal and proximal muscles exhibit differences in rate coding and spatial recruitments (De Luca et al., 1982, J Physiol), potentially due to different levels of recurrent inhibition (Cullheim & Kellerth, 1978, J Physiol; Rossi & Mazzocchio, 1991, Exp Brain Res; Edgley et al., 2021, J Neurosci) or different levels of neuromodulation depending on their involvement (or not) in postural control (Hoonsgaard et al., 1988, J Physiol; Kim et al., 2020, J Neurophysiol).

      We added a paragraph at the beginning of the result section to support our muscle choice (P6; L137): ‘16 participants performed either isometric dorsiflexion (n = 8) or knee extension tasks (n = 8) while we recorded the EMG activity of the tibialis anterior (TA - dorsiflexion) or the vastus lateralis (VL – knee extension) with four arrays of 64 surface electrodes (256 electrodes per muscle). The motoneuron pools of these two muscles of the lower limb receive a large part of common input (Laine et al., 2015; Negro et al., 2016a), constraining the recruitment of their motor units in a fixed order across tasks. They are therefore good candidates for an accurate description of rate coding. Moreover, we wanted to determine whether differences in rate coding observed between proximal and distal muscles in the upper limb (De Luca et al., 1982) were also present in the lower limb.’.

      Another factor that guided our muscle choice was the low risk of crosstalk. For this, we verified with ultrasound that our arrays of 256 electrodes only covered the muscle of interest, staying away from the neighbouring muscles. This was possible as superficial muscles from the leg are bulkier than those from the upper limb. Given the small diameter of each electrode (2 mm), it is unlikely that the motor units from the neighbouring muscles were in the recorded muscle volume (Farina et al., 2003, IEEE Trans Biomed Eng)

      (3) In the methods, the author described the manual curation process after applying the blind source separation algorithm. For the readers to understand the whole process of decomposition and to secure rigor and robustness of the analyses, it would be necessary to provide details on what exact curation is performed with what criteria. 

      The manual curation of EMG decomposition with blind source separation is different from what is classically done with intramuscular EMG and template-matching algorithms. 

      In short, our decomposition algorithm uses fast independent component analysis (fastICA) to retrieve motor unit spike trains from the EMG signals. For this, it iteratively optimises a set of weights, i.e., a separation vector, for each motor unit. The projection of the EMG signals on this separation vector generates a sparse motor unit pulse train, with most of its samples close to zero and only a few samples close to one (Figure 1B). The discharge times are estimated from this motor unit pulse train using a peak detection function and a k-mean classification with two classes to separate the high peaks (spikes) from the low peaks (noise and other motor units).

      The manual curation consists of inspecting the automatic detection of the peaks of the motor unit pulse train and manually add missed peaks (missed discharge times) or remove wrongly detected peaks. Then, the separation vector is updated using the correct discharge times and the motor unit pulse train recalculated. This procedure generally improves the distance between the discharge times and the noise, which confirm the accuracy of the manual curation. If that’s not the case, the motor unit is discarded from the analyses.

      We added a section on manual editing in the methods (P23, L615):

      ‘At the end of these automatic steps, all the motor unit pulse trains and identified discharge times were visually inspected, and manual editing was performed to correct the false identification of artifacts or the missed discharge times (Del Vecchio et al., 2020; Hug et al., 2021; Avrillon et al., 2023). The manual editing consisted of i) removing the spikes causing erroneous discharge rates (outliers), ii) adding the discharge times clearly separated from the noise, iii) recalculating the separation vector, iv) reapplying the separation vector on the entire EMG signals, and v) repeating this procedure until the selection of all the discharge times is achieved. The manual editing of potential missed discharge times and falsely identified discharge times was never immediately accepted. Instead, the procedure was consistently followed by the application of the updated motor unit separation vector on the entire EMG signals to generate a new motor unit pulse train. Then, the manual editing was only accepted when the silhouette value increased or stayed well above the threshold of 0.9 quantified with the silhouette value (Negro et al., 2016b). Only these motor units were retained for further analysis.’

      (4) In Figure 3, the early recruited units tend to become untraceable in the higher range of contraction. This is more pronounced in the muscle VL. This limitation would ambiguate the whole firing curve along the force axis and therefore limitation and the applicability in the different muscles needs to be discussed. 

      The loss of low threshold motor units in the higher range of contractions was caused either by the decrease in signal-to-noise ratio for small motor units when many larger ones are recruited, or by the cancellation of the surface action potentials of the small units in the interference electromyographic signal, or by the recruitment of a motor unit with a very similar spatio-temporal filter (an example is shown in the figure below). In the latter case, the motor unit pulse train contains peaks that represent the discharge times of both motor units (green and red dots in the simulated example below), making them undistinguishable by the operator during manual editing.

      Author response image 1.

      This was discussed in the results (P7; L190):

      ‘On average, we tracked 67.1 ± 10.0% (25th–75th percentile: 53.9 – 80.1%) of the motor units between consecutive contraction levels (10% increments, e.g., between 10% and 20% MVC) for TA and 57.2 ± 5.1% (25th–75th percentile: 46.6 – 68.3%) of the motor units for VL (Figure S2). There are two explanations for the inability to track all motor units across consecutive contraction levels. First, some motor units are recruited at higher targets only. Second, it is challenging to track small motor units beyond a few contraction levels due to a lower signal-to-noise ratio for the small motor units when larger motor units are recruited, or signal cancellation (Keenan et al., 2005; Farina et al., 2014a).’

      However, we believe that it had a limited impact on the output of the paper, as the non-linear portion of the rate coding/force relation due to the persistent inward currents occurs during the first seconds after recruitment, before plateauing (for a review see Binder et al., 2020, Physiology).

      (5) It is unclear how commonly the notion "the long-held belief that rate coding is similar across motor units from the same pool" is held among the community without a reference. Different firing organizations have been modelled and discussed in the seminal paper by Fuglevand et al. (1993) and as far as I understand, the debate has not converged to a specific consensus. As such, any reference would be required to support the claim the notion is widely recognized.

      In the paper of Fuglevand et al., (1993, J Neurophysiol), all the motor units had the same rate coding pattern relative to the excitatory input, though they changed the slope of the relations and the saturation threshold of motor units between simulations. This is similar to the paper of De Luca & Contessa (2012, J Neurophysiol), where the equation used to simulate the rate coding was non-linear, but consistent across motor units.  

      We added these citations to the text:

      ‘Overall, we found that motor units within a pool exhibit distinct rate coding with changes in force level (Figure 2 and 3), which contrasts with the long-held belief that rate coding is similar across motor units from the same pool (Fuglevand et al., 1993; De Luca and Contessa, 2012).’

      (6) The authors claim that the firing behavior as a function of force is well characterized by a natural logarithmic function, which consists of initial steep acceleration followed by a modest increase in firing rate. Arguably the gain modulation in firing rate could be attributed to a neuromodulatory effect on the spinal motoneuron, which has been suggested by a number of animal studies. However, the complexity of the interactions between ionotropic and neuromodulatory inputs to motoneurons may require further elucidation to fully understand the mechanisms of neural control; it is possible to consider the differential acceleration among different threshold motor units as a differential combinatory effect of ionotropic and neuromodulatory inputs, but it is not trivially determined how differentially or systematically the inputs are organized. Likewise, the authors make an account for the difference in firing rate between TA and VL in terms of different amounts or balances of excitatory and inhibitory inputs to the motoneuron pool, but again this could be explained by other factors, such as a different extent of neuromodulatory effects. To determine the complexity of the interactions, further studies will be warranted.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s view on this point, as we indeed only indirectly inferred the combination of neuromodulatory and ionotropic inputs to motoneurons in this study. A more direct manipulation of the sources of neuromodulatory and ionotropic inputs will be required in the future to directly highlight the mechanisms responsible for these variations in rate coding within pools. However, it is also worth noting that the acceleration in firing rate, the increase in firing rate during the ramp up, and the hysteresis between ramps up and downs have been used to infer the distribution of ionotropic and neuromodulatory inputs from the firing rate/force relations (Johnson et al., 2017; Beauchamp et al., 2023; Chardon et al., 2023). This approach has been validated with hundreds of thousands of simulations using a biophysical model of motor neurons (Chardon et al., 2023). There is also a series of studies in humans showing how the absence of neuromodulation modulated via inhibitory inputs (Revill & Fuglevand, 2017) or medication blocking serotonin receptors (Goodlich et al., 2023) impact the non-linearity of the firing rate/force relation. Therefore, we are confident that the differences observed within and between pools are linked to different distribution of excitatory/inhibitory inputs and neuromodulation.

      We added a sentence in the discussion to highlight this point (P18; L435):

      ‘Taken together, these results show how ionotropic and neuromodulatory inputs to motoneurons uniquely combine to generate distinct rate coding across the pool, even if a more direct manipulation of the sources of neuromodulatory and ionotropic inputs will be required to directly estimate their interactions.’

      (7) It is unclear with the account " ... the bandwidth of muscle force is < 10Hz during isometric contraction" in the manuscript alone, and therefore, it is difficult to understand the following claim. It appears very interesting and crucial for motor unit discharge and force generation and maintenance because it would pose a question of why the discharge rate of most motor units is higher than 10Hz, despite the bandwidth being so limited, but needs to be elaborated.

      We described the slow fluctuations in smoothed firing rates associated with the variations in force observed during isometric contractions. The bandwidth of muscle force is lower than 10Hz due to the contractile properties of muscle tissues (Baldissera et al., 1998, J Physiol). Having an average firing rate higher than this bandwidth enables the pool of motor neurons to effectively transmit the common inputs (the main discriminant of muscle force) over this bandwidth without distortion (Farina et al., 2014, J Physiol). Increasing the firing rate beyond the muscle bandwidth also increases the power of the spike train at the direct current frequency (frequency equal to 0) since this power is related to the number of spikes per second. Thus, increasing the firing rate well beyond the muscle bandwidth still has a clear effect in force. To illustrate this point, note that electrical stimuli delivered at 100 Hz can lead to an increase in muscle force.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):  

      Summary: 

      The motivation for this study is to provide a comprehensive assessment of motor unit firing rate responses of entire pools during isometric contractions. The authors have used new quantitative methods to extract more unique motor units across contractions than prior studies. This was achieved by recording muscle fibre action potentials from four high-density surface electromyogram (HDsEMG) arrays (Caillet et al., 2023), quantifying residual EMG comparing the recorded and data-based simulation (Figure 1A-B), and developing a metric to compare the spatial identification for each motor unit (Figure 1D-E). From identified motor units, the authors have provided a detailed characterization of recruitment and firing rate responses during slow voluntary isometric contractions in the vastus lateralis and tibialis anterior muscles up to 80% of maximum intensity. In the lower limb, it is interesting how lower threshold motor units have firing rate responses that saturate, whereas higher threshold units that presumably produce higher muscle contractile forces continue to increase their firing rate. In many ways, these results agree with the rate coding of motor units in the extensor digitorum communis muscle (Monster and Chan, 1977). The paper is detailed, and the analyses are well explained. However, there are several points that I think should be addressed to strengthen the paper.

      We thank the reviewer for their positive appreciation of our work.

      General comments: 

      (1) The authors claim they have measured the complete rate coding profiles of motor units in the vastus lateralis and tibialis anterior muscles. However, this study quantified rate coding during slow and prolonged voluntary isometric contractions whereas the function of rate coding during movements (Grimby and Hannerz, 1977) or more complex isometric contractions (Cutsem and Duchateau, 2005; Marshall et al., 2022) remains unexplored. For example, supraspinal inputs may not scale the same way across low and higher threshold motor units, or between muscles (Devanne et al., 1997), making the response of firing rates to increasing isometric contraction force less clear. 

      We agree with the reviewer that rate coding strategies may vary with the velocity and the type of contractions (Duchateau & Enoka, 2008, J Physiol). It is thus likely that the firing rate would increase during the first milliseconds of fast contractions, with the occurrence of doublets (Cutsem and Duchateau, 2005, J Physiol; Del Vecchio et al., 2019, J Physiol), or that motor unit firing rate may be lower during lengthening than shortening contractions (Duchateau & Enoka, J Physiol). 

      However, the decomposition of EMG signals in non-stationary conditions remains challenging, and is still limited to slow varying patterns of force (Chen et al., 2000, Oliveira & Negro, 2021, Mendez Guerra et al., 2024, Yeung et al., 2024). Future methodological developments will be required to expand our findings to other patterns of force.

      Conceptually, the authors focus on the literature on intrinsic motoneurone properties, but in vivo, other possibilities are that descending supraspinal drive, spinal network dynamics, and afferent inputs have different effects across motor unit sizes, muscles, and types of contractions. Also, the influence from local muscles that act as synergists (e.g., vastii muscles for the vastus lateralis, and peroneal muscles that evert the foot for the tibialis anterior) or antagonists (coactivation during higher contraction intensities would stiffen the joint) may provide differential forms of proprioceptive feedback across motor pools. 

      The reviewer is right that differences in spinal network dynamics and afferent inputs may explain the differences in rate coding observed between the two muscles. Indeed, computational models have shown how the pattern of inhibitory inputs may affect the increase in firing rate during linear increase in force (Powers & Heckman, 2017, J Neurophysiol; Chardon et al., 2023, Elife). Specifically, the difference observed between proportional inhibitory inputs vs. a push pull pattern mirror the differences observed here between the TA (push-pull like pattern) and the VL (proportional pattern). This difference may reflect the impact of various pathways of inhibition, such as reciprocal inhibition or recurrent inhibition from homonymous motor units or motor units from synergistic muscles. 

      These points have been further discussed in the manuscript (P19; L475):

      ‘The increase in firing rate was also significantly greater for TA motor units than for those in VL. This difference may reflect a varying balance between excitatory/inhibitory synaptic inputs and neuromodulation due to multiple spinal circuits (Heckman and Binder, 1993; Heckman et al., 2008; Johnson et al., 2017; Powers and Heckman, 2017; Chardon et al., 2023; Škarabot et al., 2023). Specifically, the strength of recurrent and reciprocal inhibitory inputs to motoneurons innervating VL and TA, and their proportional or inverse covariation with excitatory inputs, respectively, may explain the differences in rate limiting and maximal firing rates (Heckman and Binder, 1993; Heckman et al., 2008; Johnson et al., 2017; Powers and Heckman, 2017; Chardon et al., 2023; Škarabot et al., 2023). Thus, the motor units from the VL may receive more recurrent inhibition than those of distal muscles, though direct evidence of these differences remains to be found in humans (Windhorst, 1996). Interestingly, similar differences in rate coding were previously observed between proximal and distal muscles of the upper limb (De Luca et al., 1982). However, other muscles that serve different functions within the human body, such as muscles from the face, have different rate coding characteristics with much higher firing rates (Kirk et al., 2021). Future work should investigate those muscles and other to reveal the myriads of rate coding strategies in human muscles.’

      (2) The evidence that the entire motor unit pool was recorded per muscle is not clear. There appears to be substantial residual EMG (Figure 1B), signal cancellation of smaller motor units (lines 172-176), some participants had fewer than 20 identified motor units, and contractions never went above 80% of MVC. Also, to my understanding, there remains no gold-standard in awake humans to estimate the total motor unit number in order to determine if the entire pool was decomposed. 

      The reviewer is right that we did not decode the full pool of motor units. As indicated in the initial version of the manuscript (e.g. title, introduction), we considered that we identified an extensive sample of motor units representative of the dynamic of the pool. This claim was supported by the identification of motor units with recruitment thresholds ranging from 0 to 75% of the maximal force. 

      This statement was in the introduction (P4; L109): ‘We were able to identify up to ~200 unique active motor units per muscle and per participant in two human muscles in vivo, yielding extensive samples of motor units that are representative of the entire motoneuron pools (Caillet et al., 2023a).’

      Furthermore, using four HDsEMG arrays also raises questions about how some channels were placed over non-target muscles, and if motor units were decomposed from surrounding synergists.

      A factor that guided our muscle choice was the low risk of crosstalk. For this, we verified with ultrasound that our arrays of 256 electrodes only covered the muscle of interest, staying away from the neighbouring muscles. This was possible as superficial muscles from the leg are bulkier than those from the upper limb. Given the small diameter of each electrode (2 mm), it is unlikely that the motor units from the neighbouring muscles were in the recorded muscle volume.

      (3) The authors claim (Abstract L51; Discussion L376) that a commonly held view in the field is that rate coding is similar across motor units from the same pool. Perhaps this is in reference to some studies that have carefully assessed lower threshold motor units during lower force ramp contractions (e.g., Fuglevand et al., 2015; Revill and Fuglevand, 2017). However, a more complete integration of the literature exploring motor unit firing rate responses during rapid isometric contractions, comparing different muscles and contraction intensities would be helpful. From Figure 3, the range of rate coding in the tibialis anterior (~7-40 Hz) is greater than the vastus lateralis (~5-22 Hz) muscle across contraction levels. In agreement with other studies, the range of rate coding within some muscles is different than others (Kirk et al., 2021) and during maximal intensity (Bellemare et al., 1983) or rapid contractions (Desmedt and Godaux, 1978). Likewise, within a motor pool, there is a diversity of firing rate responses across motor units of different sizes as a function of isometric force (Monster and Chan, 1977; Desmedt and Godaux, 1977; Kukula and Clamann, 1981; Del Vecchio et al., 2019; Marshall et al., 2022). A strength of this paper is how firing rate responses are quantified across a wide range of motor unit recruitment thresholds and between two muscles. I suggest improving clarity for the general reader, especially in the motivation for testing two lower limb muscles, and elaborating on some of the functional implications.

      We thank the reviewer for his input on this question. We have added references to these works and lines of research in the discussion:

      (P18; L449): ‘In addition, rate coding patterns should also vary with the pattern of contractions, with fast contractions lowering the range of recruitment thresholds within motoneuron pools (Desmedt and Godaux, 1977b, 1979; van Bolhuis et al., 1997). The variability in rate coding observed here between motor units from the same pool could lead to small deviations from the size principle sometimes observed between pairs of units during isometric contractions with various patterns of force (Desmedt and Godaux, 1979; Marshall et al., 2022) or during the derecruitment phase (Bracklein et al., 2022).’ (P19; L487): ‘However, other muscles that serve different functions within the human body, such as muscles from the face, have different rate coding characteristics with much higher firing rates (Kirk et al., 2021). Future work should investigate those muscles and other to reveal the myriads of rate coding strategies in human muscles.’

      In addition to the responses above, we have added a section at the beginning of the results to motivate the choice of the muscles (P6; L137):

      ‘16 participants performed either isometric dorsiflexion (n = 8) or knee extension tasks (n = 8) while we recorded the EMG activity of the tibialis anterior (TA - dorsiflexion) or the vastus lateralis (VL – knee extension) with four arrays of 64 surface electrodes (256 electrodes per muscle). The motoneuron pools of these two muscles of the lower limb receive a large part of common input (Laine et al., 2015; Negro et al., 2016a), constraining the recruitment of their motor units in a fixed order across tasks. They are therefore good candidates for an accurate description of rate coding. Moreover, we wanted to determine whether differences in rate coding observed between proximal and distal muscles in the upper limb (De Luca et al., 1982) were also present in the lower limb.’.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review): 

      Summary: 

      This is an interesting manuscript that uses state-of-the-art experimental and simulation approaches to quantify motor unit discharge patterns in the human TA and VL. The non-linear profiles of motor unit discharge were calculated and found to have an initial acceleration phase followed by an attenuation phase. Lower threshold motor units had a larger gain of the initial acceleration whereas the higher threshold motor unit had a higher gain in the attenuation phase. These data represent a technical feat and are important for understanding how humans generate and control voluntary force. 

      Strengths: 

      The authors used rigorous, state-of-the-art analyses to decompose and validate their motor unit data during a wide range of voluntary efforts.

      The analyses are clearly presented, applied, and visualized. 

      The supplemental data provides important transparency. 

      We thank the reviewer for their positive appreciation of our work.

      Weaknesses: 

      The number of participants and muscles tested are quite small - particularly given the constraints on yield. It is unclear if this will translate to other motor pools. The justification for TA and VL should be provided.

      One strength of our study is to provide relations between key-parameters of rate coding (acceleration in firing rate, increase in firing rate, hysteresis) and the recruitment thresholds of motor units within two different pools, and for each individual participant. These relations were consistent across all the participants (Figures 2 to 4), making us confident that increasing the sample size would not change the conclusions of the study.

      It is likely that the differences observed here between the VL and TA will also appear between other muscles of the leg, due to differences in the arrays of excitatory and inhibitory inputs they receive, the pattern of inhibitory inputs during increases in force (recurrent/reciprocal inhibition), and different levels of neuromodulation (Johnson et al., 2017, J Neurophysiol; Beauchamp et al., 2023; J Neural Eng). We have added a paragraph in the results to motivate our choice of muscles (P6; L137):

      ‘16 participants performed either isometric dorsiflexion (n = 8) or knee extension tasks (n = 8) while we recorded the EMG activity of the tibialis anterior (TA - dorsiflexion) or the vastus lateralis (VL – knee extension) with four arrays of 64 surface electrodes (256 electrodes per muscle). The motoneuron pools of these two muscles of the lower limb receive a large part of common input (Laine et al., 2015; Negro et al., 2016a), constraining the recruitment of their motor units in a fixed order across tasks. They are therefore good candidates for an accurate description of rate coding. Moreover, we wanted to determine whether differences in rate coding observed between proximal and distal muscles in the upper limb (De Luca et al., 1982) were also present in the lower limb.’.

      While an impressive effort was made to identify and track motor units across a range of contractions, it appears that a substantial portion of muscle force was not identified. Though high-intensity contractions are challenging to decompose - the authors are commended for their technical ability to record population motor unit discharge times with recruitment thresholds up to 75% of a participant's maximal voluntary contractions. However previous groups have seen substantial recruitment of motor units above 80% and even 90% maximum activation in the soleus. Given the innervation ratios of higher threshold motor units, if recruitment continued to 100%, the top quartile would likely represent a substantial portion of the traditional fast-fatigable motor units. It would be highly interesting to understand the recruitment and rate coding of the highest threshold motor units, at a minimum I would suggest using terms other than "entire range" or "full spectrum of recruitment thresholds"

      Motor units were indeed identified between 0 and 80% of the maximal force in this study. This is due to the requirements of the decomposition algorithm that needs sustained and stable contraction to converge toward a set of separation vectors that generate sparse spike trains. Thus, it was not possible for our participants to sustain contractions above 80%MVC without generating fatigue.

      However, it is important to note that only a few motor units are recruited above 80% of the maximal force in the TA (Van Cutsem et al., 1998, J Physiol), as well as in other muscles of the lower limb (Oya et al., 2009, J Physiol; Aeles et al., 2020, J Neurophysiol). Thus, we may have only missed a few motor units recruited above 80% of the maximal force. Nevertheless, we removed the terms ‘full spectrum of recruitment thresholds’ and ‘entire range’ from the manuscript to now read ‘most of the spectrum of recruitment thresholds observed in humans.’.

      The quantification of hysteresis using torque appears to make self-evident the observation that lower threshold motor units demonstrate less hysteresis with respect to torque. If there is motor unit discharge there will be force. I believe this limitation goes beyond the floor effects discussed in the manuscript. Traditionally, individuals have used the discharge of a lower threshold unit as the measure on which to apply hysteresis analyses to infer ion channel function in human spinal motoneurons.

      We agree with the reviewer that the hysteresis is classically estimated using the firing rate of a ‘reporter unit’ with the delta F method (introduced in humans by Gorassini et al..), or most recently with the advances in motor unit identification using the cumulative spike train of the identified motor unit. The researchers use this data as a proxy of the synaptic drive, and compare their values at recruitment and derecruitment thresholds of the ‘test unit’. 

      As mentioned above in response to reviewer 1, this approach was not possible in our study as we did not have the same units across contractions to estimate cumulative spike trains. It was therefore not possible to pool the data across contractions as we did here to generate force/firing rate relations on the widest range of force. This limitation is now highlighted in the discussion section (P19; L470): ‘This result must be confirmed with a more direct proxy of the net synaptic drive, such as the firing rate of a reference low-threshold motor neuron used in the delta F method (Gorassini et al., 1998), or the cumulative spike train of low-threshold motor neurons (Afsharipour et al., 2020).’.

      The main findings are not entirely novel. See Monster and Chan 1977 and Kanosue et al 1979. 

      We agree with the reviewer that the results of the paper are remarkably aligned with previous experimental findings in humans, in animals, or with in vitro and in silico models. However, we believe that our study shows in humans the incredible variety of rate coding patterns within a pool of motor units that span most of the spectrum of recruitment thresholds observed in humans. It also highlights the variability of rate coding patterns between motor neurons that have a similar recruitment threshold. Finally, we observe differences between pools of motor neurons innervating two different muscles in the lower limb, mirroring what has been done in the past in the upper limb muscle. 

      Recommendations for the authors:  

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors): 

      The wording 'decode' across the manuscript may sound somewhat unsuitable for the context, because 'decode' would involve interpreting the signals and activities to understand how they relate to specific variables or proxies of behavior. Here in this study it does not necessarily involve the interpretation, but sounds to be used for decomposing the signal into the constituent motor units. As such, it might be appropriate to use other words such as decompose, read out, or extract.

      ‘Decode’ was removed from the manuscript to now read motor unit ‘identification’

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors): 

      Figures 1 and 2 are informative and interesting. Figures 3 and 4 are harder to interpret. For example, in Figure 4, data plotted along the diagonal is overplotted and not as informative.

      For the sake of clarity, we separated the lines of the fits and the scatter plots in in the right panels in Figure 3. In Figure 4, we remove the scatter plots and only reported the lines of the fits for each participant. 

      Do you think the different durations of the isometric plateau across contraction intensities influenced motor unit derecruitment? Longer duration in lower threshold motor units would have resulted in a larger effect of PICs?

      We did not find an effect of the duration of the plateau on the derecruitment threshold. Notably, a computational study found that the duration of the plateau may impact the delta F, due to the combination of PICs, spike threshold accommodation and spike frequency adaptation (Revill & Fuglevand, 2011, J Neurophysiol). However, we did not use the delta F value here to estimate the effect of PICs on the hysteresis. 

      L703. For the measure of firing rate hysteresis the difference between recruitment and derecruitment was calculated, but why not use the delta-F method? This is more commonly used to assess hysteresis as a rough estimate of intrinsic dynamics.

      As further discussed above, this approach was not possible in our study as we did not have the same units across contractions to estimate cumulative spike trains. It was therefore not possible to pool the data across contractions as we did here to generate force/firing rate relations on the widest range of force.

      This was mentioned in the discussion (P19; L470):

      ‘This result must be confirmed with a more direct proxy of the net synaptic drive, such as the firing rate of a reference low-threshold motor neuron used in the delta F method (Gorassini et al., 1998), or the cumulative spike train of low-threshold motor neurons (Afsharipour et al., 2020).’

      L144. The standard deviation seems high. Some participants had fewer than 20 motor units and your number of participants per muscle was eight, could you state the complete range?

      A table was added in the results section to indicate the yields of the decomposition per contraction.

      If other studies are able to randomly sample motor units with intramuscular electrodes does this also represent an estimate of rate coding from the 'entire' pool? One criticism of HDsEMG arrays is that they are biased towards decomposing superficial larger motor units and in the male sex. 

      The decomposition of EMG signals recorded with arrays of surface electrodes is indeed biased toward the identification of motor units with the larger action potentials in the signal (large and superficial; Farina & Holobar, 2016, Proceedings of IEEE). We took advantage of the latter limitation by performing successive contractions at different levels of force with the objective to identify the last recruited motor units (larger units according to the size principle), while tracking the smaller ones. In that way, we were able to sequentially identify motor units recruited from 0% to 75% of the maximal force. A similar approach could be applied to selective intramuscular electrodes. However, because identifying motor units up to maximal force requires a highly selective pair of fine wires or needle electrodes, the procedure described above should be repeated hundreds of times to reach the same samples as those obtained in our study.

      L151-161. The ratio between simulated and decomposed surface EMG reached 55% for the TA and 70% for the VL. How does this provide support that the "entire" MU pool was sampled?

      As said above, we do not identify all the motor units during each contraction, but rather the larger ones with the larger action potentials within the EMG signals. However, we used here a sequential approach to identify new motor units during each trial while tracking smaller units. In that way, we were able to sequentially identify on average 130 motor units per muscle.

      To avoid any confusion, we removed the references to ‘entire’ pools in the manuscript.  

      L266. How is it possible that in some participants no motor units were recruited below 5% of MVC? Do the authors suspect they produced force from synergist muscles or that the decomposition failed to identify these presumably smaller and deeper motor units?

      This mostly results from the limitations of the decomposition algorithm. In these participants, it is likely that the decomposition was biased toward motor units only active during the plateau of force or recruited at the end of the ramp.

      Figure 2B. Do the higher threshold motor units with linear responses receive more inhibitory input (coactivation) or are devoid of large PIC effects?

      Were antagonist muscles recorded? During higher contraction intensities, greater antagonist coactivation in some trials or participants may have linearized the firing rate profiles (e.g., Revill and Fuglevand, 2017).

      L427. This is a neat finding that higher threshold motor units are less likely to have the functional  hallmark of a strong PIC effect and may therefore be more representative of extrinsic inputs. Could this be an advantage to increase the precision of stronger contractions or reduce the fatigability of muscle fibres during repeated strong contractions?

      Synaptic contacts with Renshaw cells (Fyffe, 1991, J Neurophysiol) and Ia inhibitory interneurons (Heckman & Binder, 1991, J Neurophysiol) are widespread within pools of motor units, which induces homogeneously distributed inhibitory inputs. However, the amplitude of these inhibitory inputs can increase with muscle force. We found that the EMG amplitude of the soleus and the gastrocnemius medialis recorded with bipolar EMG during the dorsiflexion increased with the force. Therefore, the higher inhibitory at higher force may also contribute to the linearisation of the force/firing rate relations observed with high threshold motor neurons, as suggested by Revill and Fuglevand (2017, J Physiol). 

      We discussed this point in the new version of the manuscript (P17; L415):

      ‘The level of recurrent and reciprocal inhibition has also probably increased with the increase in force during the ramp up, progressively blunting the effect of persistent inward currents for late-recruited motor units (Kuo et al., 2003; Hyngstrom et al., 2007; Revill and Fuglevand, 2017). This may also explain the larger percentage of high-threshold motor units with a linear fit for the firing rate/force relation (Figure 2), as the integration of larger inhibitory inputs should linearise the firing rate/force relation (Revill and Fuglevand, 2017).’. 

      In Figure 2B, it makes sense that linear firing rate responses occur later in the ramp contraction when myotendinous slack is lower. Do the authors think contractile dynamics are matched to the firing rate profiles?

      To our knowledge, there is no direct data on the link between the linearity of the force/firing rate relation and the stiffness of the tendon. A recent work from Mazzo et al. (2021, J Physiol) has shown that repeated stretches of calf muscles, which induce a decrease in their stiffness, induced an increase in motor unit firing rate at low levels of forces. This indicates that the contractile properties of the muscle may potentially also impact the profile of rate coding when considered as function of force. 

      We added this point in the discussion (P20; L512):

      ‘On a different note, the steep increase in firing rate over the first percentages of the ramp-up may also enable the motor units to produce the required level of force despite having a more compliant muscletendon unit (Mazzo et al., 2021).’

      L371. It is likely that Marshall et al., 2022, recorded over 100 unique motor units from the same animal.

      The reviewer is right that Marshall may have identified hundreds of motor units across sessions in one non-human primate. However, there is no ways to verify this statement as they used fine wire electrodes inserted in different locations in each session, which made it impossible to verify the uniqueness of each identified unit. Conversely, we verified in our study that all the motor units were unique using the distribution of their surface action potentials across the 236 surface electrodes.

      L378. What do the authors mean by "rate coding is similar"? I find this statement confusing. Is this regarding the absolute firing rate range, response to force increases, hysteresis, or how they scale with contraction intensity?

      This statement was removed from the discussion to avoid any confusion.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors): 

      The authors may want to consider other mechanisms of the linearization of discharge rates of medium and high threshold motor units. Monica's work may suggest that, over time, there is a subthreshold activation of the PIC, which serves to linearize the eventual suprathreshold activation underlying repetitive discharge. Additionally, Andy has shown that inhibitory drive from cutaneous inputs can linearize the initial acceleration of low threshold motor units - cutaneous inputs, or even Ib inputs, may be greater later in the contraction and serve to linearize discharge rates. 

      We thank the reviewer for their input on the discussion, where we now discuss this point:

      ‘The level of recurrent and reciprocal inhibition has also probably increased with the increase in force during the ramp up, progressively blunting the effect of persistent inward currents for late-recruited motor units (Kuo et al., 2003; Hyngstrom et al., 2007; Revill and Fuglevand, 2017). This may also explain the larger percentage of high-threshold motor units with a linear fit for the firing rate/force relation (Figure 2), as the integration of larger inhibitory inputs should linearise the firing rate/force relation (Revill and Fuglevand, 2017).’. 

      Lines 433 - intrinsic properties, in particular the afterhyperpolarization, will likely influence maximal discharge rate and provide a ceiling to the change in firing rate.

      This point is now discussed in the draft (P17; L428):

      ‘This difference may be explained by smaller excitatory synaptic inputs onto low- than high-threshold motoneurons (Powers and Binder, 2001; Heckman and Enoka, 2012), lower synaptic driving potential of the dendritic membrane (Powers and Binder, 2000; Cushing et al., 2005; Fuglevand et al., 2015), and longer and larger afterhyperpolarisation phase in low- than high-threshold motoneurons (Bakels and Kernell, 1993; Gardiner, 1993; Deardorff et al., 2013; Caillet et al., 2022).’

      The actual yield per contraction is not entirely clear. Figure S2 is quite nice in this regard, but a table with this and other information on it may be helpful. This would help with the beginning of the abstract and discussion when it is stated that, on average over 100 motor units were identified per person. 

      We added a table in the results to give the number of motor units identified per contraction.

      Are the thin film units represented in S2 and S3?

      Only motor units identified from signals recorded with arrays of surface electrodes are presented in figures S2 and S3.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Otero-Coronel et al. address an important question for neuroscience - how does a premotor neuron capable of directly controlling behavior integrate multiple sources of sensory inputs to inform action selection? For this, they focused on the teleost Mauthner cell, long known to be at the core of a fast escape circuit. What is particularly interesting in this work is the naturalistic approach they took. Classically, the M-cell was characterized, both behaviorally and physiologically, using an unimodal sensory space. Here the authors make the effort (substantial!) to study the physiology of the M-cell taking into account both the visual and auditory inputs. They performed well-informed electrophysiological approaches to decipher how the M-cell integrates the information of two sensory modalities depending on the strength and temporal relation between them.

      Strengths:

      The empirical results are convincing and well-supported. The manuscript is well-written and organized. The experimental approaches and the selection of stimulus parameters are clear and informed by the bibliography. The major finding is that multisensory integration increases the certainty of environmental information in an inherently noisy environment.

      Weaknesses:

      Even though the manuscript and figures are well organized, I found myself struggling to understand key points of the figures.

      For example, in Figure 1 it is not clear what are actually the Tonic and Phasic components. The figure will benefit from more details on this matter. Then, in Figure 4 the label for the traces in panel A is needed since I was not able to pick up that they were coming from different sensory pathways.

      We added an inset to Figure 1 showing how the tonic and phasic components are measured. We now use solid colors instead of transparencies, and the color scheme was modified for consistency. We added labels to the traces used as examples in Figure 4 panel A.

      In line 338 it should be optic tectum and not "optical tectum".

      We replaced two instances of the term “optical tectum” with “optic tectum”.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Otero-Coronel and colleagues use a combination of acoustic stimuli and electrical stimulation of the tectum to study MSI in the M-cells of adult goldfish. They first perform a necessary piece of groundwork in calibrating tectal stimulation for maximal M-cell MSI, and then characterize this MSI with slightly varying tectal and acoustic inputs. Next, they quantify the magnitude and timing of FFI that each type of input has on the M-cell, finding that both the tectum and the auditory system drive FFI, but that FFI decays more slowly for auditory signals. These are novel results that would be of interest to a broader sensory neuroscience community. By then providing pairs of stimuli separated by 50ms, they assess the ability of the first stimulus to suppress responses to the second, finding that acoustic stimuli strongly suppress subsequent acoustic responses in the M-cell, that they weakly suppress subsequent tectal stimulation, and that tectal stimulation does not appreciably inhibit subsequent stimuli of either type. Finally, they show that M-cell physiology mirrors previously reported behavioural data in which stronger stimuli underwent less integration.

      The manuscript is generally well-written and clear. The discussion of results is appropriately broad and open-ended. It's a good document. Our major concerns regarding the study's validity are captured in the individual comments below. In terms of impact, the most compelling new observation is the quantification of the FFI from the two sources and the logical extension of these FFI dynamics to M-cell physiology during MSI. It is also nice, but unsurprising, to see that the relationship between stimulus strength and MSI is similar for M-cell physiology to what has previously been shown for behavior. While we find the results interesting, we think that they will be of greatest interest to those specifically interested in M-cell physiology and function.

      Strengths:

      The methods applied are challenging and appropriate and appear to be well executed. Open questions about the physiological underpinnings of M-cell function are addressed using sound experimental design and methodology, and convincing results are provided that advance our understanding of how two streams of sensory information can interact to control behavior.

      Weaknesses:

      Our concerns about the manuscript are captured in the following specific comments, which we hope will provide a useful perspective for readers and actionable suggestions for the authors.

      Comment 1 (Minor):

      Line 124. Direct stimulation of the tectum to drive M-cell-projecting tectal neurons not only bypasses the retina, it also bypasses intra-tectal processing and inputs to the tectum from other sources (notably the thalamus). This is not an issue with the interpretation of the results, but this description gives the (false) impression that bypassing the retina is sufficient to prevent adaptation. Adding a sentence or two to accurately reflect the complexity of the upstream circuitry (beyond the retina) would be welcome.

      The reviewer is right in that direct tectal stimulation bypasses all neural processing upstream, not only that produced in the retina and that the tectum does not exclusively process visual information. The revised version now acknowledges (lines 245-252, revised manuscript) the complexity of the system.

      Comment 2 (Major): The premise is that stimulation of the tectum is a proxy for a visual stimulus, but the tectum also carries the auditory, lateral line, and vestibular information. This seems like a confound in the interpretation of this preparation as a simple audio-visual paradigm. Minimally, this confound should be noted and addressed. The first heading of the Results should not refer to "visual tectal stimuli".

      We changed the heading of the corresponding section of the Results section as requested and also omitted the term “optic” when we did not specifically refer to tectal circuits that process optic information.  

      Comment 3 (Major): Figure 1 and associated text.

      It is unclear and not mentioned in the Methods section how phasic and tonic responses were calculated. It is clear from the example traces that there is a change in tonic responses and the accumulation of subthreshold responses. Depending on how tonic responses were calculated, perhaps the authors could overlay a low-passed filtered trace and/or show calculations based on the filtered trace at each tectal train duration.

      The revised version of the manuscript now includes a description of how the phasic and tonic components were calculated (lines 163-172). We also modified the color scheme and the inset of Figure 1A to clarify how these two components were defined. Since we quantified the response in a 12 ms window, we did not include an overlayed low-pass filtered trace since it might be confusing with respect to the metric used.

      Comment 4 (Minor): Figure 3 and associated text.

      This is a lovely experiment. Although it is not written in text, it provides logic for the next experiment in choosing a 50ms time interval. It would be great if the authors calculated the first timepoint at which the percentage of shunting inhibition is not significantly different from zero. This would provide a convincing basis for picking 50ms for the next experiment. That said, I suspect that this time point would be earlier than 50 ms. This may explain and add further complexity to why the authors found mostly linear or sublinear integration, and perhaps the basis for future experiments to test different stimulus time intervals. Please move calculations to Methods.

      We moved calculations to the Methods section (lines 201-208). We mention the rationale for selecting the 50 ms interval in the next experiment (Figure 4, lines 369-371) and discuss in detail the potential contribution of FFI to the complexity of the integration taking place in the M-cell circuit (Discussion, lines 512-535).

      Comment 5 (Major): Figure 4C and lines 398-410.

      These are beautiful examples of M-cell firing, but the text suggests that they occurred rarely and nowhere close to significantly above events observed from single modalities. We do not see this as a valid result to report because there is insufficient evidence that the phenomenon shown is consistent or representative of your data.

      Our experimental conditions required anesthesia and paralysis, conditions designed to reduce neuronal firing and suppress motor output. We think it is valuable to report that we still see that simultaneous presentation subthreshold unisensory stimuli can add up to become suprathreshold, paralleling behavioral observations. We do not claim and acknowledge that those examples are representative of our recording conditions, but are likely to be more representative of the multisensory integration process taking place in freely moving fish. The revised manuscript adds context to these example traces to justify their inclusion (lines 420-426).

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Methods

      The Methods section on "Auditory stimuli" contains a long background on the biophysics of the M-cell and its inputs. This does not belong in Methods. The same is true, to a lesser degree, in the next heading. The argument that direct stimulation of the tectum is necessary to bypass adaptation should be in Results, not Methods.

      Following the reviewer recommendation, we have moved both paragraphs to the Results section.

      Figure 1 and associated text.

      Visually, the use of transparency to differentiate phasic and tonic calculations is difficult to read. Example traces are also cut off at the top and bottom at random sizes.

      We changed the color scheme to avoid the use of transparency and modified the inset of Figure 1A to clarify how the phasic and tonic components were calculated. We also modified the dimensions of the clipping mask used to trim the stimulation artifacts of sample traces to make them more similar while still enabling clear observation of the phasic and tonic components of the response.

      Line 338 "optical tectum" is not correct. "optic tectum" is more common, or better still, just "tectum".

      We apologize for the error. The two instances of “optical tectum” were replaced by the correct term (“optic tectum”).

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Comments:

      (1) We find it interesting that the reshaped model showed decreased firing rates of the projection neurons. We note that maximizing the entropy <-ln p(x)> with a regularizing term -\lambda <\sum _i f(x_i)>, which reflects the mean firing rate, results in \lambda _i = \lambda for all i in the Boltzmann distribution. In other words, in addition to the homeostatic effect of synaptic normalization which is shown in Figures 3B-D, setting all \lambda_i = 1 itself might have a homeostatic effect on the firing rates. It would be better if the contribution of these two homeostatic effects be separated. One suggestion is to verify the homeostatic effect of synaptic normalization by changing the value of \lambda.

      This is an interesting question and we, therefore, explored the effects of different values of $\lambda$ on the performance of unconstrained reshaped RP models and their firing rates. The new supp. Figure 2B presents the results of this exploration: We found that for models with a small set of projections, a high value of $\lambda$ results in better performance than models with low ones, while for models with a large set of projections we find the opposite relation. The mean firing rates of the projection neurons for models with different values of $\lambda$ show a clear trend, where higher $\lambda$ values results in lower mean firing rates.

      Thus, these results suggest an interplay between the optimal size of the projection set and the value of $\lambda$ one should pick. For the population sizes and projection sets we have used here, $\lambda=1$ is a good choice, but, for different population sizes or data sets a different value of $\lambda$ might be better.

      Thus, in addition to supp. Figure 2B, we therefore added the following to the main text:

      “An additional set of parameters that might affect the Reshaped RP models are the coefficients $\lambda$, that weigh each of the projections. Above, we used $\lambda=1$ for all projections, here we investigated the effect of the value of $\lambda$ on the performance of the Reshaped RP models (supp. Figure 2B). We find that for models with a small projection set, high $\lambda$ values result in better performance than models with low values. We find an opposite relation for models with large number projection sets. (We submit that the performance decrease of Reshaped RP models with high value of $\lambda$, as the number of projections grows, is a reflection of the non-convex nature of the Reshaped RP optimization problem).

      The mean firing rates of the projection neurons for models with different values of $\lambda$ show a clear trend, higher $\lambda$ values results in lower mean firing rates. Thus, we conclude that there is an interplay between the number of projections and the value of $\lambda$ we should pick. For the sizes of projection sets we have used here, $\lambda=1$ is a good choice, but, we note that in general, one should probably seek the appropriate value of $\lambda$ for different population sizes or data sets.”

      In addition, we explored the effect of synaptic normalization on models with different values of $\lambda$ (supp. Figure 3). We found that homeostatic Reshaped RP models are superior to the non-homeostatic Reshaped RP models: For low values of $\lambda$, the homeostatic and Reshaped RP models show similar performance in terms of log-likelihood, whereas the homeostatic models are more efficient. For high values of $\lambda_i$ homeostatic models are not only more efficient but also show better performance. These results indicate that the benefit of the homeostatic model is insensitive to the specific choice of $\lambda$.

      In addition to supp. Figure 3, we added the following to the main text:

      “Exploring the effect of synaptic normalization on models with different values of $\lambda$ (supp. Figure 3), we find that homeostatic Reshaped RP models are superior to the non-homeostatic Reshaped RP models: For low values of $\lambda$, the homeostatic and Reshaped RP models show similar performance in terms of log-likelihood, whereas the homeostatic models are more efficient. Importantly, for high values of $\lambda_i$ homeostatic models are not only more efficient but also show better performance. We conclude that the benefit of the homeostatic model is insensitive to the specific choice of $\lambda$.”

      (2) As far as we understand, \theta_i (thresholds of the neurons) are fixed to 1 in the article. Optimizing the neural threshold as well as synaptic weights is a natural procedure (both biologically and engineeringly), and can easily be computed by a similar expression to that of a_ij (equation 3). Do the results still hold when changing \theta _i is allowed as well? For example,

      a. If \theta _i becomes larger, the mean firing rates will decrease. Does the backprop model still have higher firing rates than the reshaped model when \theta _i are also optimized?

      b. Changing \theta _i affects the dynamic range of the projection neurons, thus could modify the effect of synaptic constraints. In particular, does it affect the performance of the bounded model (relative to the homeostatic input models)?

      We followed the referee’s suggestion, and extended our current analysis, and added threshold optimization to the Reshape and Backpropagation models, which is now shown in supp. Figure 2A.  Comparing the performance and properties of these models to ones with fixed thresholds, we found that this addition had a small effect on the performance of the models in terms of their likelihood. (supp. Figure 2A). We further find that backpropagation models with tuned thresholds show lower firing rates compared to backpropagation models with fixed threshold, while reshaped RP models with optimized thresholds show higher firing rates compared to models with fixed threshold. These differences are, again, rather small, and both versions of the reshaped RP models show lower firing rates compared to both versions of the backpropagation models.

      In addition to supp. Figure 2A, we added the following to the main text:

      “The projections' threshold $\theta_i$, which is analogous to the spiking threshold of the projection neurons, strongly affects the projections' firing rates. We asked how, in addition to reshaping the coefficients of each projection, we can also change $\theta_i$ to optimize the reshaped RP and backpropagation models.

      We find that this addition has a small effect on the performance of the models in terms of their likelihood (supp. Figure 2A).

      We also find that this has a small effect on the firing rates of the projection neurons: backpropagation models with tuned thresholds show lower firing rates compared to backpropagation models with fixed threshold, whereas reshaped RP models with optimized thresholds show higher firing rates compared to models with fixed threshold. Yet, both versions of the reshaped RP models show lower firing rates compared to both versions of the backpropagation models. Given the small effect of tuning threshold on models' performance and their internal properties, we will, henceforth, focus on Reshaped RP models with fixed thresholds.”

      (3) In Figure 1, the authors claim that the reshaped RP model outperforms the RP model. This improved performance might be partly because the reshaped RP model has more parameters to be optimized than the RP model. Indeed, let the number of projections N and the in-degree of the projections K, then the RP model and the reshaped RP model have N and KN parameters, respectively. Does the reshaped model still outperform the original one when only (randomly chosen) N weights (out of a_ij) are allowed to be optimized and the rest is fixed? (or, does it still outperform the original model with the same number of optimized parameters (i.e. N/K neurons)?)

      Indeed, the number of tuned parameters in the reshaped RP model is much larger compared to the number of tuned parameters in an RP model with the same projection set size. Yet, we submit that the larger number of tuned parameters is not the reason for the improved performance of the reshaped RP model: Maoz et al [30] have already shown that by optimizing an RP model with a small projection set using the pruning and replacement of projections (P&R), one can reach high accuracy with an almost order of magnitude fewer projections. Thus, we argue that the improved performance stems from the properties of the projections in the model.

      Accordingly, we therefore added supp. Figure 2B that shows the performance of P&R sigmoid RP model compared to RP and reshaped RP models. We added the following to the main text:

      “Because reshaping may change all the existing synapses of each projection, the number of parameters is the number of projections times the projections in-degree. While this is much larger than the number of parameters that we learn for the RP model (one for each projection), we suggest that the performance of the reshaped models is not a naive result of having more parameters. In particular, we have seen that RP models that use a small set of projections can be very accurate when the projections are optimized using the pruning and replacement process [30] (see also supp. Figure 1B). Thus, it is really the nature of the projections that shapes the performance. Indeed, our results here show that a small fixed connectivity projection set with weight tuning is enough for accurate performance which is on par or better than an RP model with more projections.”

      (4) In Figure 2, the authors have demonstrated that the homeostatic synaptic normalization outperforms the bounded model when the allowed synaptic cost is small. One possible hypothesis for explaining this fact is that the optimal solution lies in the region where only a small number of |a_ij| is large and the rest is near 0. If it is possible to verify this idea by, for example, exhibiting the distribution of a_ij after optimization, it would help the readers to better understand the mechanism behind the superiority of the homeostatic input model.

      We modified supp. Figure 4 and made the following change in the relevant part in the main text to address the reviewer comment about the distribution of the $a_{ij}$ values:

      “Figure 5E shows the mean rotation angle over 100 homeostatic models as a function of synaptic cost -- reflecting that the different forms of homeostatic regulation results in different reshaped projections. We show in Supp. Figure 4C the histogram of the rotation angles of several different homeostatic models, as well as the unconstrained Reshape model.

      Analyzing the distribution of the synaptic weights $a_{ij}$ after learning leads to a similar conclusion (supp. Figure 4D): The peak of the histograms is at $a_{ij} = 0$, implying that during reshaping most synapses are effectively pruned. While the distribution is broader for models with higher synaptic budget, it is asymmetric, showing local maxima at different values of $a_{ij}$.

      The diversity of solutions that the different model classes and parameters show imply a form of redundancy in model choice or learning procedure. This reflects a multiplicity of ways to learn or optimize such networks that biology could use to shape or tune neural population codes.“

      (5) In Figures 5D and 5E, the authors present how different reshaping constraints result in different learning processes ("rotation"). We find these results quite intriguing, but it would help the readers understand them if there is more explanation or interpretation. For example,

      a. In the "Reshape - Hom. circuit 4.0" plot (Fig 5D, upper-left), the rotation angle between the two models is almost always the same. This is reasonable since the Homeostatic Circuit model is the least constrained model and could be almost irrelevant to the optimization process. Is there any similar interpretation to the other 3 plots of Figure 5D?

      We added a short discussion of this difference to the main text, but do not have a geometric or other intuitive explanation for the nature of these differences.

      b. In Figure 5E, is there any intuitive explanation for why the three models take minimum rotation angle at similar global synaptic cost (~0.3)?

      We added discussion of this issue to the main text, and the histogram of the rotation angles in Supp Figure 4c shows that they are not identical. But, we don’t have an intuitive explanation for why the mean values are so similar.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      (1) Some claims on the effect of synaptic normalization on the reshaped model sound a little overstated since the presented evidence does not clearly show the improvement of the computational performance (in comparison to the vanilla reshaped model) in terms of maximizing the likelihood of the inputs. Here are some examples of such claims: "Incorporating more biological features and utilizing synaptic normalization in the learning process, results in even more efficient and accurate models." (in Abstract), "Thus, our new scalable, efficient, and highly accurate population code models are not only biologically-plausible but are actually optimized due to their biological features." (in Abstract), or "in our Reshaped RP models, homeostatic plasticity optimizes the performance of network models" (in Discussion).

      We changed the wording according to the reviewers’ suggestions.

      (2) In equation (1) and the following sentence, \theta _j (threshold) should be \theta _i.

      Fixed

      (3) While the authors mention that "reshaping with normalization or without it drives the projection neurons to converge to similar average firing rate values (Figure 3B)", they also claim that "reshaping with normalization implies lower firing rates as well as... (Figure 3E)". These two claims look a little inconsistent to us. Besides, it is not very clear from Figure 3E that the normalization decreases the firing rate (it is clear from Figure 3B, though). How about just deleting "lower firing rates as well as"?

      We changed the wording according to the reviewers’ suggestion.

      (4) The captions of Figures 4D and 4E should be exchanged.

      Fixed

      (5) Typo in In Figure 4F: "normalized in-dgreree".

      Fixed

      (6) In Figure 5D (upper left plot) the choice of "Reshape" and "Bounded3.0" looks a bit weird. Is this the typo of "Hom. cicruit 4.0"?

      There is no typo in the figure labels. We discussed the results of figure 5D in our response to point (5) in the public comments list and addressed the upper left panel of figure 5D in the main text.

      (7) In the paper, the letter \theta represents (1) the threshold of the projection neurons (eq. 1), (2) the "ceiling" value of the bounded model, and (3) the rotation angle of projections (Figure 5). We find this notation a bit confusing and recommend using different notations for different entities.

      Thanks for the suggestion, we changed the confusing notations: (1) The threshold of each projection neuron is still $\theta$, following the notation of the original RP model formulation [30]. (2) The notation of the “ceiling” value of the bounded model is now $\omega$. (3) The rotation angle of the projections during reshape is now marked by $\alpha$.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      We thank you for the time you took to review our work and for your feedback! The main changes to the manuscript are: 

      (1) We have added additional analysis of running onsets in closed and open loop conditions for audiomotor (Figure 2H) and visuomotor (Figure 3H) coupling.  

      (2) We have also added analysis of running speed and pupil dilation upon mismatch presentation (Figures S2A and S2B, S4A and S4B, and S5A and S5B).

      (3) We have expanded on the discussion of the nature of differences between audiomotor and visuomotor mismatches.

      Reviewer #1:

      The manuscript presents a short report investigating mismatch responses in the auditory cortex, following previous studies focused on the visual cortex. By correlating the mouse locomotion speed with acoustic feedback levels, the authors demonstrate excitatory responses in a subset of neurons to halts in expected acoustic feedback. They show a lack of responses to mismatch in the visual modality. A subset of neurons show enhanced mismatch responses when both auditory and visual modalities are coupled to the animal's locomotion. 

      While the study is well-designed and addresses a timely question, several concerns exist regarding the quantification of animal behavior, potential alternative explanations for recorded signals, correlation between excitatory responses and animal velocity, discrepancies in reported values, and clarity regarding the identity of certain neurons. 

      Strengths: 

      (1) Well-designed study addressing a timely question in the field. 

      (2) Successful transition from previous work focused on the visual cortex to the auditory cortex, demonstrating generic principles in mismatch responses. 

      (3) The correlation between mouse locomotion speed and acoustic feedback levels provides evidence for a prediction signal in the auditory cortex. 

      (4) Coupling of visual and auditory feedback shows putative multimodal integration in the auditory cortex. 

      Weaknesses: 

      (1) Lack of quantification of animal behavior upon mismatches, potentially leading to alternative interpretations of recorded signals. 

      (2) Unclear correlation between excitatory responses and animal velocity during halts, particularly in closed-loop versus playback conditions. 

      (3) Discrepancies in reported values in a few figure panels raise questions about data consistency and interpretation. 

      (4) Ambiguity regarding the identity of the [AM+VM] MM neurons. 

      The manuscript is a short report following up on a series of papers focusing on mismatch responses between sensory inputs and predicted signals. While previous studies focused on the visual modality, here the authors moved to the auditory modality. By pairing mouse locomotion speed to the sound level of the acoustic feedback, they show that a subpopulation of neurons displays excitatory responses to halts in the (expected) acoustic feedback. These responses were lower in the open-loop state, when the feedback was uncorrelated to the animal locomotion. 

      Overall it is a well-designed study, with a timely and well-posed question. I have several concerns regarding the nature of the MM responses and their interpretations. 

      - One lacks quantification of the animal behavior upon mismatches. Behavioral responses may trigger responses in the mouse auditory cortex, and this would be an alternative explanation to the recorded signals. 

      What is the animal speed following closed-loop halts (we only have these data for the playback condition)? 

      We have quantified the running speed of the mouse following audiomotor and visuomotor mismatches. We found no evidence of a change in running speed. We have added this to Figures S2A and S4A, respectively.

      Is there any pupillometry to quantify possible changes in internal states upon halts (both closed-loop and playback)?

      The term 'internal state' may be somewhat ambiguous in this context. We assume the reviewer is asking whether we have any evidence for possible neuromodulatory changes. We know that there are noradrenergic responses in visual cortex to visuomotor mismatches (Jordan and Keller, 2023), but no cholinergic responses (Yogesh and Keller, 2023). Pupillometry, however, is likely not always sensitive enough to pick up these responses. With very strong neuromodulatory responses (e.g. to air puffs, or other startling stimuli), pupil dilation is of course detected, but this effect is likely at best threshold linear. Looking at changes in pupil size following audiomotor and visuomotor mismatch responses, we found no evidence of a change. We have added this to Figures S2B and S4B, respectively. Note, we suspect this is also strongly experience-dependent. The first audio- or visuomotor mismatch the mouse encounters is likely a more salient stimulus (to the rest of the brain, not necessarily to auditory or visual cortex), than the following ones.  

      These quantifications must be provided for the auditory mismatches but also for the VM or [AM+VM] mismatches.  

      During the presentation of multimodal mismatches [AM + VM], mice did not exhibit significant changes in running speed or pupil diameter. These data have been now added to Figures S5A and S5B.

      - AM MM neurons supposedly receive a (excitatory) locomotion-driven prediction signal. Therefore the magnitude of the excitation should depend on the actual animal velocity. Does the halt-evoked response in a closed loop correlate with the animal speed during the halt? Is the correlation less in the playback condition? 

      This is indeed what one would expect. We fear, however, that we don’t have sufficient data to address this question properly. Moreover, there is an important experimental caveat that makes the interpretation of the results difficult. In addition to the sound we experimentally couple to the locomotion speed of the mouse, the mouse self-generates sound by running (the treadmill rotating, changes to the airflow of the air-supported treadmill, footsteps, etc.). These sources of sound all also correlate in intensity with running speed. Thus, it is not entirely clear how our increase in sound amplitude with increasing running speed relates to the increase in self-generated sounds on the treadmill. This is one of the key reasons we usually do this type of experiment in the visual system where experimental control of visual flow feedback (in a given retinotopic location) is straightforward. 

      Having said that, if we look at the how mismatch responses change as a function of locomotion speed across the entire population of neurons, there appears to be no systematic change with running speed (and the effects are highly dependent on speed bins we choose). However, just looking at the most audiomotor mismatch responsive neurons, we find a trend for increased responses with increasing running speed (Author response image 1). We analyzed the top 5% of cells that showed the strongest response to mismatch (MM) and divided the MM trials into three groups based on running speed: slow (10-20 cm/s), middle (20-30 cm/s), and fast (>30 cm/s). Given the fact that we have on average 14 mismatch events in total per neuron, we don’t have sufficient data to analyze this. 

      Author response image 1.

      The average response of strongest AM MM responders to AM mismatches as a function of running speed (data are from 51 cells, 11 fields of view, 6 mice). 

      Values in Figure 2H are way higher than what can be observed in Figures 2C, and D. Could you explain the mismatch in values? Same for 3H and 4F. 

      In Figure 2H (now Figure S2F), we display responses from 4 755 individual neurons. Since most recorded neurons did not exhibit significant responses to mismatch presentations, their responses cluster around zero, significantly contributing to the final average shown in panel D. To clarify how individual neurons contribute to the overall population activity, we have added a histogram showing the distribution of neurons responding to audiomotor mismatch and sound playback halts. We hope this addition clarifies how individual neuron responses affect the final population activity. 

      Furthermore, neurons exhibiting suppression upon closed-loop halts (Figure 2C) show changes in deltaF/F of the same order of magnitude as the AM MM neurons (with excitatory responses). I cannot picture where these neurons are found in the scatter plot of Figure 2H. 

      This is caused by a ceiling effect. While we could adjust the scale of the heat map to capture neurons with very high responses (e.g. [-50 50], Author response image 2), doing so would obscure the response dynamics of most neurons. Note that the number of neurons on the y-axis far exceeds the resolution of this figure and thus there are also aliasing issues that mask the strong responses. 

      Author response image 2.

      Responses of all L2/3 ACx neurons to audiomotor mismatches. Same as Figure 2C with different color scale [-50 50] which does not capture most of the neural activity.  

      - Are [AM+VM] MM neurons AM neurons? 

      Many of [AM + VM] and [AM] neurons overlap but it is not exactly the same population. This is partially visible in Figure 4F. There is a subset of neurons (13.7%; red dots, Figure 4F) that selectively responded to the concurrent [AM+VM] mismatch, while a different subset of neurons (11.2%; yellow dots, Figure 4F) selectively responded to the mismatch responses in isolation. The [VM] response contributes only little to the sum of the two responses [AM] + [VM]. 

      Please do not use orange in Figure 4F, it is perceptually too similar to red. 

      We have now changed it to yellow. 

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review): 

      In this study, Solyga and Keller use multimodal closed-loop paradigms in conjunction with multiphoton imaging of cortical responses to assess whether and how sensorimotor prediction errors in one modality influence the computation of prediction errors in another modality. Their work addresses an important open question pertaining to the relevance of non-hierarchical (lateral cortico-cortical) interactions in predictive processing within the neocortex. 

      Specifically, they monitor GCaMP6f responses of layer 2/3 neurons in the auditory cortex of head-fixed mice engaged in VR paradigms where running is coupled to auditory, visual, or audio-visual sensory feedback. The authors find strong auditory and motor responses in the auditory cortex, as well as weak responses to visual stimuli. Further, in agreement with previous work, they find that the auditory cortex responds to audiomotor mismatches in a manner similar to that observed in visual cortex for visuomotor mismatches. Most importantly, while visuomotor mismatches by themselves do not trigger significant responses in the auditory cortex, simultaneous coupling of audio-visual inputs to movement non-linearly enhances mismatch responses in the auditory cortex. 

      Their results thus suggest that prediction errors within a given sensory modality are non-trivially influenced by prediction errors from another modality. These findings are novel, interesting, and important, especially in the context of understanding the role of lateral cortico-cortical interactions and in outlining predictive processing as a general theory of cortical function. 

      In its current form, the manuscript lacks sufficient description of methodological details pertaining to the closed-loop training and the overall experimental design. In several scenarios, while the results per se are convincing and interesting, their exact interpretation is challenging given the uncertainty about the actual experimental protocols (more on this below). Second, the authors are laser-focused on sensorimotor errors (mismatch responses) and focus almost exclusively on what happens when stimuli deviate from the animal's expectations. 

      While the authors consistently report strong running-onset responses (during open-loop) in the auditory cortex in both auditory and visual versions of the task, they do not discuss their interpretation in the different task settings (see below), nor do they analyze how these responses change during closed-loop i.e. when predictions align with sensory evidence. 

      However, I believe all my concerns can be easily addressed by additional analyses and incorporation of methodological details in the text. 

      Major concerns: 

      (1) Insufficient analysis of audiomotor mismatches in the auditory cortex: 

      Lack of analysis of the dependence of audiomotor mismatches on the running speed: it would be helpful if the authors could clarify whether the observed audiomotor mismatch responses are just binary or scale with the degree of mismatch (i.e. running speed). Along the same lines, how should one interpret the lack of dependence of the playback halt responses on the running speed? Shouldn't we expect that during playback, the responses of mismatch neurons scale with the running speed? 

      Regarding the scaling of AM mismatch responses with running speed, please see our response to reviewer 1 above to the same question. 

      Regarding the playback halt response and dependence on running speed, we would not expect there to be a dependence. The playback halt response (by design) measures the strength of the sensory response to a cessation of a stimulus (think OFF response). These typically are less strong in cortex than the corresponding ON responses but need to be controlled for (else a mismatch response might just be an OFF response – the prediction error is quantified as the difference between AM mismatch response and playback halt response). Given that sound onset responses only have a small dependence on running state, we would similarly expect sound offset (playback halt) responses to exhibit only minimal dependence on running state. 

      Slow temporal dynamics of audiomotor mismatches: despite the transient nature of the mismatches (1s), auditory mismatch responses last for several seconds. They appear significantly slower than previous reports for analogous visuomotor mismatches in V1 (by the same group, using the same methods) and even in comparison to the multimodal mismatches within this study (Figure 4C). What might explain this sustained activity? Is it due to a sustained change in the animal's running in response to the auditory mismatch? 

      This is correct, neither AM or AM+VM mismatch return to baseline in the 3 seconds following onset. VM mismatch response in visual cortex also do not return to baseline in that time window (see e.g.

      Figure 1E in (Attinger et al., 2017), or Figure 1F in (Zmarz and Keller, 2016). What the origin or computation significance of this sustained calcium response is we do not know. In intracellular signals, we do not see this sustained response (Jordan and Keller, 2020). Also peculiar is indeed the fact that in the case of AM mismatch the sustained response is similar in strength to the initial response. But also here, why this would be the case, we do not know. It is conceivable that the initial and the sustained calcium response have different origins, if the sustained response amplitude is all or nothing, the fact that the AM mismatch response is the smallest of the three could explain why sustained and initial responses are closer than for [AM+VM] or VM (in visual cortex) mismatch responses. All sustained responses appear to be roughly 1% dF/F. There are no apparent changes in running speed or pupil dilation that would correlate with the sustained activity (new panel A in Figure S2). 

      (2) Insufficient analysis and discussion of running onset responses during audiomotor sessions: The authors report strong running-onset responses during open-loop in identified mismatch neurons. They also highlight that these responses are in agreement with their model of subtractive prediction error, which relies on subtracting the bottom-up sensory evidence from top-down motor-related predictions. I agree, and, thus, assume that running-onset responses during the open loop in identified 'mismatch' neurons reflect the motor-related predictions of sensory input that the animal has learned to expect. If this is true, one would expect that such running-onset responses should dampen during closed-loop, when sensory evidence matches expectations and therefore cancels out this prediction. It would be nice if the authors test this explicitly by analyzing the running-related activity of the same neurons during closed-loop sessions. 

      Thank you for the suggestion. We now show running onset responses in both closed and open loop conditions for audiomotor and visuomotor coupling (new Figures 2H and 3H). In closed loop, we observe only a transient running onset response. In the open loop condition, running onset responses are sustained. For the visuomotor coupling, running onset responses are sustained in both closed and open loop conditions. This would be consistent with a slightly delayed cancellation of sound and motor related inputs in the audiomotor closed loop condition but not otherwise. 

      (3) Ambiguity in the interpretation of responses in visuomotor sessions. 

      Unlike for auditory stimuli, the authors show that there are no obvious responses to visuomotor mismatches or playback halts in the auditory cortex. However, the interpretation of these results is somewhat complicated by the uncertainty related to the training history of these mice. Were these mice exclusively trained on the visuomotor version of the task or also on the auditory version? I could not find this info in the Methods. From the legend for Figure 4D, it appears that the same mice were trained on all versions of the task. Is this the case? If yes, what was the training sequence? Were the mice first trained on the auditory and then the visual version? 

      The training history of the animals is important to outline the nature of the predictions and mismatch responses that one should expect to observe in the auditory cortex during visuomotor sessions.

      Depending on whether the mice in Figure 3 were trained on visual only or both visual and auditory tasks, the open-loop running onset responses may have different interpretations. 

      a) If the mice were trained only on the visual task, how should one interpret the strong running onset responses in the auditory cortex? Are these sensorimotor predictions (presumably of visual stimuli) that are conveyed to the auditory cortex? If so, what may be their role? 

      b) If the mice were also trained on the auditory version, then a potential explanation of the running-onset responses is that they are audiomotor predictions lingering from the previously learned sensorimotor coupling. In this case, one should expect that in the visual version of the task, these audiomotor predictions (within the auditory cortex) would not get canceled out even during the closedloop periods. In other words, mismatch neurons should constantly be in an error state (more active) in the closed-loop visuomotor task. Is this the case? 

      If so, how should one then interpret the lack of a 'visuomotor mismatch' aligned to the visual halts, over and above this background of continuous errors? 

      As such, the manuscript would benefit from clearly stating in the main text the experimental conditions such as training history, and from discussing the relevant possible interpretations of the responses. 

      Mice were not trained on either audiomotor or visuomotor coupling and were reared normally. Prior to the recording day, the mice were habituated to running on the air-supported treadmill without any coupling for up to 5 days. On the first recording day, the mice experienced all three types of sessions (audiomotor, visuomotor, or combined coupling) in a random order for the first time. We have clarified this in the methods. 

      Regarding the question of how one should interpret the strong running onset responses in the auditory cortex, this is complicated by the fact that – unless mice are raised visually or auditorily deprived – they always have life-long experience with visuomotor or audiomotor coupling. The visuomotor coupling they experience in VR is geometrically matched to what they would experience by moving in the real world, for the audiomotor coupling the exact relationship is less clear, but there are a diverse set of sound sources that scale in loudness with increasing running speed. Hence running onset responses reflect either such learned associations (as the reviewer also speculates), or spurious input. Rearing mice without coupling between movement and visual feedback does not abolish movement related responses in visual cortex (Attinger et al., 2017), to the contrary, it enhances them considerably. We suspect this reflects visual cortex being recruited for other functions in the absence of visual input. But given the data we have we cannot distinguish the different possible sources of running related responses. It is very likely that any “training” related effect we could achieve in a few hours pales in comparison to the life-long experience the mouse has in the world. 

      Regarding the lack of a 'visuomotor mismatch' aligned to the visual halts, we are not sure we understand. Our interpretation is that there are no (or only a very small - we speculate that any nonzero VM mismatch response is just inherited from visual cortex) VM mismatch responses in auditory cortex above chance. Our data are consistent with the interpretation that there is no opposition of bottom up visual and top down motor related input in auditory cortex, hence no VM mismatch responses (independent of how strong the top-down motor related input is). This is of course not surprising – this is more of a sanity check and becomes relevant in the context of interpreting AM+VM responses. 

      (4) Ambiguity in the interpretation of responses in multimodal versus unimodal sessions. 

      The authors show that multimodal (auditory + visual) mismatches trigger stronger responses than unimodal mismatches presented in isolation (auditory only or visual only). Further, they find that even though visual mismatches by themselves do not evoke a significant response, co-presentation of visual and auditory stimuli non-linearly augments the mismatch responses suggesting the presence of nonhierarchical interactions between various predictive processing streams. 

      In my opinion, this is an important result, but its interpretation is nuanced given insufficient details about the experimental design. It appears that responses to unimodal mismatches are obtained from sessions in which only one stimulus is presented (unimodal closed-loop sessions). Is this actually the case? An alternative and perhaps cleaner experimental design would be to create unimodal mismatches within a multimodal closed-loop session while keeping the other stimulus still coupled to the movement. 

      This is correct, unimodal mismatches were acquired in unimodal coupling. Testing unimodal mismatch responses in multimodally coupled VR is an interesting idea we had initially even pursued. However, halting visual flow in a condition of coupling of both visual flow and sound amplitude to running speed has an additional complication. Introducing an audiomotor mismatch in this coupling inherently also creates an audiovisual (AV) mismatch, and the same applies to visuomotor mismatches, which cause a concurrent visuoaudio (VA) mismatch (Figure R3). This assumes that there are cross modal predictions from visual cortex to auditory cortex as there are from auditory cortex to visual cortex (Garner and Keller, 2022). There are interesting differences between the different types of mismatches, but with the all the necessary passive controls this quickly exceeded the amount of data we could reasonably acquire for this paper. This remains an interesting question for future research. 

      Author response image 3.

      Rationale of unimodal mismatches introduced within multimodal paradigm. 

      Given the current experiment design (if my assumption is correct), it is unclear if the multimodal potentiation of mismatch responses is a consequence of nonlinear interactions between prediction/error signals exchanged across visual and auditory modalities. Alternatively, could this result from providing visual stimuli (coupled or uncoupled to movement) on top of the auditory stimuli? If it is the latter, would the observed results still be evidence of non-hierarchical interactions between various predictive processing streams? 

      Mice are not in complete darkness during the AM mismatch experiments (the VR is off, but there is low ambient light in the experimental rooms primarily from computer screens), so we can rule out the possibility that the difference comes from having “no” visual input during AM mismatch responses. Addressing the question of whether it is this particular stimulus that cause the increase would require an experiment in which we couple sound amplitude but keep visual flow open loop. We did not do this, but also think this is highly unlikely. However, as described above, we did do an experiment in which we coupled both sound amplitude and visual flow to running, and then either halted visual flow, or sound amplitude, or both. Comparing the [AM+VM] and [AM+AV] mismatch responses, we find that [AM+VM] responses are larger than [AM+AV] responses as one would expect from an interaction between [AM] and [VM] responses (Author response image 4). Finally, either way the conclusion that there are nonhierarchical interactions of prediction error computations holds either way – if any visual stimulus (either visuomotor mismatch, or visual flow responses) influences audiomotor mismatch responses, this is evidence of non-hierarchical interactions.   

      Author response image 4.

      Average population response of all L2/3 neurons to concurrent [AM + VM] or [AM+AV] mismatch. Gray shading indicates the duration of the stimulus.

      Along the same lines, it would be interesting to analyze how the coupling of visual as well as auditory stimuli to movement influences responses in the auditory cortex in close-loop in comparison to auditoryonly sessions. Also, do running onset responses change in open-loop in multimodal vs. unimodal playback sessions? 

      We agree, and why we started out doing the experiments described above. We stopped with this however, because it quickly became a combinatorial nightmare. We will leave addressing the question of how different types of coupling influences responses in auditory cortex to brave future neuroscientists. 

      Regarding the question of running onset responses, in both the multimodal and auditory only paradigms, running onset responses are transient; bottom-up sensory evidence is quickly subtracted from top-down motor-related prediction (Author response image 5). While there appears to be a small difference in the dynamics of running onset responses between these two paradigms, it was not significant. Note, we also have much less data than we would like here for this type of analysis. 

      Author response image 5.

      Running onset responses recorded in unimodal and multimodal closed loop sessions (1903 neurons, 16 fields of view, 8 mice)

      We also compared running onsets in open loop sessions and did not find any significant differences between unimodal and multimodal sessions (Author response image 6). We found only six sessions in which animals performed at least two running onsets in each session type, therefore, we do not have enough data to include it in the manuscript. 

      Author response image 6.

      Running onset responses recorded within unimodal and multimodal open loop sessions (659 cells, 6 field of view, 5 mice).

      Minor concerns and comments:

      (1) Rapid learning of audiomotor mismatches: It is interesting that auditory mismatches are present even on day 1 and do not appear to get stronger with learning (same on day 2). The authors comment that this could be because the coupling is learned rapidly (line 110). How does this compare to the rate at which visuomotor coupling is learned? Is this rapid learning also observable in the animal's behavior i.e. is there a change in running speed in response to the mismatch? 

      In the visual system this is a bit more complicated. If you look at visuomotor mismatch responses in a normally reared mouse, responses are present from the first mismatch (as far as we can tell given the inherently small dataset with just one response pre mouse). However, this is of course confounded by the fact that a normally reared mouse has visuomotor coupling throughout life from eye-opening. Raising mice in complete darkness, we have shown that approximately 20 min of coupling are sufficient to establish visuomotor mismatch responses (Attinger et al., 2017). 

      Regarding the behavioral changes that correlate with learning, we are not sure what the reviewer would expect. We cannot detect a change in mismatch responses and hence would also not expect to see a change in behavior.

      (2) The authors should clarify whether the sound and running onset responses of the auditory mismatch neurons in Figure 2E were acquired during open-loop. This is most likely the case, but explicitly stating it would be helpful. 

      Both responses were measured in isolation (i.e. VR off, just sound and just running onset), not in an open-loop session. We have clarified in the figure legend that these are the same data as in Figure 1H and N. 

      (3) In lines 87-88, the authors state 'Visual responses also appeared overall similar but with a small increase in strength during running ...'. This statement would benefit from clarification. From Figure S1 it appears that when the animal is sitting there are no visual responses in the auditory cortex. But when the animal is moving, small positive responses are present. Are these actually 'visual' responses - perhaps a visual prediction sent from the visual cortex to the auditory cortex that is gated by movement? If so, are they modulated by features of visual stimuli eg. contrast, intensity? Or, do these responses simply reflect motor-related activity (running)? Would they be present to the same extent in the same neurons even in the dark? 

      This was wrong indeed - we have rephrased the statement as suggested. Regarding the source of visual responses, we use the term “visual response” operationally here agnostic to what pathway might be driving it (i.e. it could be a prediction triggered by visual input). 

      We did not test if recorded visual responses are modulated by contrast or intensity. However, testing whether they are would not help us distinguish whether the responses are ‘visual’ or ‘visual predictions’. Finally, regarding the question about whether they are motor-related responses, this might be a misunderstanding. These are responses to visual stimuli while the mouse is already running (i.e. there is no running onset), hence we cannot test whether these responses are present in the dark (this would be the equivalent of looking at random triggers in the dark while the mouse is running).  

      (4) The authors comment in the text (lines 106-107) about cessation of sound amplitude during audiomotor mismatches as being analogous to halting of visual flow in visuomotor mismatches. However, sound amplitude versus visual flow are quite different in nature. In the visuomotor paradigm, the amount of visual stimulation (photons per unit time) does not necessarily change systematically with running speed. Whereas, in the audiomotor paradigm, the SNR of the stimulus itself changes with running speed which may impact the accuracy of predictions. On a broader note, under natural settings, while the visual flow is coupled to movement, sound amplitude may vary more idiosyncratically with movement. 

      This is a question of coding space. The coding space of visual cortex of the mouse is probably visual flow (or change in image) not number of photons. This already starts in the retina. The demonstration of this is quite impressive. A completely static image on the retina will fade to zero response (even though the number of photons remains constant). This is also why most visual physiologists use dynamic stimuli – e.g. drifting gratings, not static gratings – to map visual responses in visual cortex. If responses were linear in number of photons, this would make less of a difference. The correspondence we make is between visual flow (which we assume is the main coding space of mouse V1 – this is not established fact, but probably implicitly the general consensus of the field) and sound amplitude. Responses in auditory cortex are probably more linear in sound amplitude than visual cortex responses are linear in number of photons, but whether that is the correct coding space is still unclear, and as far as we can tell there is no clear consensus in the field. We did consider coupling running speed to frequency, which may work as well, but given the possible equivalence (as argued above) and the fact that we could see similar responses with sound amplitude coupling we did not explore frequency coupling. 

      If visual speed is the coding space of V1, SNR should behave equivalently in both cases. 

      Perhaps such differences might explain why unlike in the case of visual cortex experiments, running speed does not affect the strength of playback responses in the auditory cortex. 

      Possible, but the more straightforward framing of this point is that sensory responses are enhanced by running in visual cortex while they are not in auditory cortex. A playback halt response (by design) is just a sensory response. Why running does not generally increase sensory responses in auditory cortex (L2/3 neurons), but does so in visual cortex, would be the more general version of the same question.

      We fear we have no intelligent answer to this question.  

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review): 

      This study explores sensory prediction errors in the sensory cortex. It focuses on the question of how these signals are shaped by non-hierarchical interactions, specifically multimodal signals arising from same-level cortical areas. The authors used 2-photon imaging of mouse auditory cortex in head-fixed mice that were presented with sounds and/or visual stimuli while moving on a ball. First, responses to pure tones, visual stimuli, and movement onset were characterized. Then, the authors made the running speed of the mouse predictive of sound intensity and/or visual flow. Mismatches were created through the interruption of sound and/or visual flow for 1 second while the animal moved, disrupting the expected sensory signal given the speed of movement. As a control, the same sensory stimuli triggered by the animal's movement were presented to the animal decoupled from its movement. The authors suggest that auditory responses to the unpredicted silence reflect mismatch responses. That these mismatch responses were enhanced when the visual flow was congruently interrupted, indicates the cross-modal influence of prediction error signals. 

      This study's strengths are the relevance of the question and the design of the experiment. The authors are experts in the techniques used. The analysis explores neither the full power of the experimental design nor the population activity recorded with 2-photon, leaving open the question of to what extent what the authors call mismatch responses are not sensory responses to sound interruption. The auditory system is sensitive to transitions and indeed responses to the interruption of the sound are similar in quality, if not quantity, in the predictive and the control situation. 

      This study's strengths are the relevance of the question and the design of the experiment. The authors are experts in the techniques used. The analysis explores neither the full power of the experimental design nor the population activity recorded with 2-photon, leaving open the question of to what extent what the authors call mismatch responses are not sensory responses to sound interruption. The auditory system is sensitive to transitions and indeed responses to the interruption of the sound are similar in quality, if not quantity, in the predictive and the control situation. The pattern they observe is different from the visuomotor mismatch responses the authors found in V1 (Keller et al., 2012), where the interruption of visual flow did not activate neuronal activity in the decoupled condition. 

      Just to add brief context to this. The reviewer is correct here, the (Keller et al., 2012) paper reports finding no responses to playback halt. However, this was likely a consequence of indicator sensitivity (these experiments were done with what now seems like a pre-historic version of GCaMP). Experiments performed with more modern indicators do find playback halt responses in visual cortex (see e.g. (Zmarz and Keller, 2016)). 

      The auditory system is sensitive to transitions, also those to silence. See the work of the Linden or the Barkat labs on-off responses, and also that of the Mesgarani lab (Khalighinejad et al., 2019) on responses to transitions 'to clean' (Figure 1c) in the human auditory cortex. Since the responses described in the current work are modulated by movement and the relationship between movement and sound is more consistent during the coupled sessions, this could explain the difference in response size between coupled and uncoupled sessions. There is also the question of learning. Prediction signals develop over a period of several days and are frequency-specific (Schneider et al., 2018). From a different angle, in Keller et al. 2012, mismatch responses decrease over time as one might expect from repetition. 

      Also for brief context, this might be a misconception. We don’t find a decrease of mismatch responses in the (Keller et al., 2012) paper – we assume what the reviewer is referring to is the fact that mismatch responses decrease in open-loop conditions (they normally do not in closed-loop conditions). This is the behavior one would expect if the mouse learns that movement no longer predicts visual feedback. 

      It would help to see the responses to varying sound intensity as a function of previous intensity, and to plot the interruption response as a function of both transition and movement in both conditions. 

      Given the large populations of neurons recorded and the diversity of the responses, from clearly negative to clearly positive, it would be interesting to understand better whether the diversity reflects the diversity of sounds used or a diversity of cell types, or both. 

      Comments and questions: 

      Does movement generate a sound and does this change with the speed of movement? It would be useful to have this in the methods. 

      There are three ways to interpret the question – below the answers to all three:

      (1) Running speed is experimentally coupled to sound amplitude of a tone played through a loudspeaker. Tone amplitude is scaled with running speed of the mouse in a closed loop fashion. We assume this is not what the reviewer meant, as this is described in the methods (and the results section). 

      (2) Movements of the mouse naturally generate sounds (footsteps, legs moving against fur, etc.). Most of these sounds trivially scale with the frequency of leg movements – we assume this also not what the reviewer meant. 

      (3) Finally, there are experimental sounds related to the rotation speed of the air supported treadmill that increase with running speed of the mouse. We have added this to the methods as suggested. 

      Figures 1a and 2a. The mouse is very hard to see. Focus on mouse, objective, and sensory stimuli? The figures are generally very clear though. 

      We have enlarged the mouse as suggested. 

      1A-K was the animal running while these responses were measured? 

      We did not restrict this analysis to running or sitting and pooled responses over both conditions.  We have made this more explicit in the results section.  

      Data in Figure 1: Since the modulation of sensory responses by movement is relevant for the mismatch responses, I would move this analysis from S1 to Figure 1 and analyze the responses more finely in terms of running speed relative to sound and gratings. I would include here a more thorough analysis of the responses to 8kHz at varying intensities, for example in the decoupled sessions. Does the response adapt? Does it follow the intensity? 

      We agree that these are interesting questions, but they do not directly pertain to our conclusions here. The key point Figure S1 addresses is whether auditory responses are generally enhanced by running (as they are e.g. in visual cortex) – the answer, on average, is no. We have tried emphasizing this more, but it changes the flow of the paper away from our main message, hence we have left the panels in the supplements. 

      Regarding the 8kHz modulation, there is a general increase of the suppression of activity with increasing sound amplitude (Author response image 7 and Author response image 8). But due to the continuously varying amplitude of the stimulus, we do not have sufficient data (or do not know how to with the data we have) to address questions of adaptation. We assume there is some form of adaptation. However, either way, we don’t see how this would change our conclusions. 

      Author response image 7.

      Neural activity as a function of sound level in an AM open loop session. 

      Author response image 8.

      The average sound evoked population response of all ACx layer 2/3 neurons to 60 dB or 75 dB 8 kHz pure tones. Stimulus duration was 1 s (gray shading).

      2C-D why not talk of motor modulation? Paralleling what happens in response to auditory and visual stimuli? 

      This is correct, a mismatch response (we use mismatch here to operationally describe the stimulus – not the interpretation) can be described either as a prediction error (this is the interpretation) or a stimulus specific motor modulation. Note, the key here is “stimulus specific”. It is stimulus specific as there is an approximately 3x change between mismatch and playback halt (the same sensory stimulus with and without locomotion), but basically no change for sound onsets (Figure S1). Having said that, one explanation (prediction error) has predictive power (and hence is testable – see e.g. (Vasilevskaya et al., 2023) for an extensive discussion on exactly this argument for mismatch responses in visual cortex), while the other does not (a “stimulus specific” motor modulation has no predictive value or computational theory behind it and is simply a description). Thus, we choose to interpret it as a prediction error. Note, this finding does not stand in isolation and many of the testable predictions of the predictive processing interpretation have turned out to be correct (see e.g. (Keller and Mrsic-Flogel, 2018) for a review). 

      Note, we try to only use the interpretation of “prediction error” when motivating why we do the experiments, and in the discussion, but not directly in the description of the results (e.g. in Figure 2).  

      How does the mismatch affect the behavior of the mouse? Does it stop running? This could also influence the size of the response. 

      We quantified animal behavior during audiomotor mismatches and did not find any significant acceleration or slowing down upon mismatch events. Thus, neural responses recorded during AM mismatches are unlikely to be explained by changes in animal behavior. These data have been added in Figure S2A and Figure S4A.

      Figure 3. What about neurons that were positively modulated by both grating and movement? How do these neurons respond to the mismatch? 

      Neurons positively modulated by both grating and movement were slightly more responsive to MM than the rest of the population, though this difference was not significant (Author response image 9). This is also visible in Figure 3G – the high VM mismatch responsive neurons are randomly distributed in regard to correlation with running speed and visual flow speed. 

      Author response image 9.

      Responses to visuomotor mismatches of neurons positively modulated by grating and movement and remaining of the population.

      Line 176. The authors say 'Thus, in the case of a [AM + VM] mismatch both the halted visual flow and the halted sound amplitude are predicted by running speed' but the mismatch (halted flow and amplitude) is not predicted by the speed, correct? Please rephrase. 

      Thank you for pointing this out – this was indeed phrased incorrectly. We have corrected this. 

      How was the sound and/or visual flow interruption triggered? Did the animal have to run at a minimum speed in order for it to happen?

      Sound and visual flow interruptions were triggered randomly, independent of the animal's running speed. However, for the analysis, only MM presentations during which animals were running at a speed of at least 0.3 cm/s were included. The 0.3 cm/s was simply the (arbitrary) threshold we used to determine if the mouse was running. In a completely stationary mouse a mismatch event will not have any effect (sound amplitude/visual flow speed are already at 0). This is described in the methods section.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      (1) We agreed that there was insufficient evidence for the authors' conclusion that Myc-overexpressing clones lacking Fmi become losers. We request that the authors change the text to discuss that suppression of Myc clone growth through Fmi depletion is reminiscent of a cell acquiring loser status, although at this point in the manuscript there is no clear demonstration whether this is mostly driven by growth suppression and/or an increase in apoptosis.

      We agree that at the point in the manuscript where we have only described the clone sizes, one cannot make firm conclusions about competition, so we have changed the language to reflect this. We argue that after showing our apoptosis data, those conclusions become firm. Please see the more lengthy responses to reviewers below.

      (2) We agreed that the apoptosis assay, data and interpretation need to be improved. The graphs in Fig. 4O and P should be better discussed in the text and in the legend. Additionally, the graphs are lacking the red lines that are written in the text.

      We regret that we did not adequately explain the data displayed in these two graphs. Supercompetition tends to cause apoptosis in both winners and losers, with the ratio between WT and super-competitor cells being critical in deciding the outcome of competition. We wanted to represent this visually but failed to properly explain our analysis. We have rewritten the figure legend and our discussion in the main text, hopefully making it clearer. 

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper is focused on the role of Cadherin Flamingo (Fmi) in cell competition in developing Drosophila tissues. A primary genetic tool is monitoring tissue overgrowths caused by making clones in the eye disc that expression activated Ras (RasV12) and that are depleted for the polarity gene scribble (scrib). The main system that they use is ey-flp, which make continuous clones in the developing eye-antennal disc beginning at the earliest stages of disc development. It should be noted that RasV12, scrib-i (or lgl-i) clones only lead to tumors/overgrowths when generated by continuous clones, which presumably creates a privileged environment that insulates them from competition. Discrete (hs-flp) RasV12, lgl-i clones are in fact out-competed (PMID: 20679206), which is something to bear in mind. They assess the role of fmi in several kinds of winners, and their data support the conclusion that fmi is required for winner status. However, they make the claim that loss of fmi from Myc winners converts them to losers, and the data supporting this conclusion is not compelling.

      Strengths:

      Fmi has been studied for its role in planar cell polarity, and its potential role in competition is interesting.

      Weaknesses:

      I have read the revised manuscript and have found issues that need to be resolved. The biggest concern is the overstatement of the results that loss of fmi from Myc-overexpressing clones turns them into losers. This is not shown in a compelling manner in the revised manuscript and the authors need to tone down their language or perform more experiments to support their claims. Additionally, the data about apoptosis is not sufficiently explained.

      We take issue with this reviewer’s framing of their criticism. First, the reviewer is selectively reporting the results published in PMID: 20679206. They correctly state that those authors show that small discreet clones of RasV12 lgl are eliminated (Fig. 3B), but they omit the fact that the authors also show that larger RasV12 lgl clones induce apoptosis in the surrounding wild type cells, and therefore behave as winners (Fig. 3C). Hence, the size of the clone appears to determine its winner/loser status. Of course, lgl is not scrib, and it is not a certainty that they would behave similarly, but they also show that large RasV12 scrib clones induce considerable apoptosis of the neighboring wild type cells. 

      The reviewer then discusses “continuous” clones induced by ey-flp, as we use in our manuscript. Here, the term “continuous” is probably misleading; because ey is expressed ubiquitously in the disc from early in development, it is most likely the case that the majority of cells have flipped relatively early, resulting in ~half the cells becoming clone and the other ~half twin spot. The clone cells then likely fuse to make larger clones. We show that ey-flp induced RasV12 scrib clones also behave as winners. It is logical to conclude that this is because they are large. The reviewer talks about “a privileged environment that insulates them from competition,” but if they were insulated from competition, how could they become winners? Because they occupy more territory than the wild type cells, and because they induce apoptosis in the wild type neighbors, they are winners. 

      Having shown that ey-flp induced RasV12 scrib clones behave as winners, we then remove Fmi from these clones, and show that they behave as losers by the same criteria: they occupy less area than the wild type cells (our Fig. 1 and Fig. 1 Supp 2), and they induce apoptosis in the wild type cells (our Fig 4A-H). 

      With respect to the comment about additional experiments are needed to support the claim that loss of Fmi from Myc winners converts them to losers, we’re not sure what additional data the reviewer would want. As for the tumor clones, we show that >>Myc clones get bigger than the twin control clones (Fig. 2), and we measure similar low levels of apoptosis in each (Fig. 4I-K, O). In contrast >>Myc fmi clones are out-grown by wild type clones, and apoptosis is higher in the >>Myc fmi clones than in the wild type clones (Fig. 4L-N, P-S). We therefore believe it is correct to say that >>Myc clones become losers when Fmi is removed.

      In additional comments, the reviewer takes issue with using winner and loser language at the point in the manuscript where we have only shown the clone sizes but not yet the apoptosis data, and about this we agree. We have changed the language accordingly. 

      Re explanation of the apoptosis data, see the response to reviewer #3.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Bosch et al. reveal Flamingo (Fmi), a planar cell polarity (PCP) protein, is essential for maintaining 'winner' cells in cell competition, using Drosophila imaginal epithelia as a model. They argue that tumor growth induced by scrib-RNAi and RasV12 competition is slowed by Fmi depletion. This effect is unique to Fmi, not seen with other PCP proteins. Additional cell competition models are applied to further confirm Fmi's role in 'winner' cells. The authors also show that Fmi's role in cell competition is separate from its function in PCP formation.

      Strengths:

      (1) The identification of Fmi as a potential regulator of cell competition under various conditions is interesting.

      (2) The authors demonstrate that the involvement of Fmi in cell competition is distinct from its role in planar cell polarity (PCP) development.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The authors provide a superficial description of the related phenotypes, lacking a mechanistic understanding of how Fmi regulates cell competition. While induction of apoptosis and JNK activation are commonly observed outcomes in various cell competition conditions, it is crucial to determine the specific mechanisms through which they are induced in fmi-depleted clones. Furthermore, it is recommended that the authors utilize the power of fly genetics to conduct a series of genetic epistasis analyses.

      We agree that it is desirable to have a mechanistic understanding of Fmi’s role in competition, but that is beyond the scope of this manuscript. Here, our goal is to report the phenomenon. We understand and share with the reviewer the interest in better understanding the relationship between Fmi and JNK signaling in competition. The role of JNK in competition, tumorigenesis and cell death is infamously complex. In some preliminary experiments, we explored some epistasis experiments, but these were inconclusive so we elected to not report them here. In the future, we will continue with additional analyses to gain a better understanding of the mechanism by which Fmi affects competition.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Bosch and colleagues describe an unexpected function of Flamingo, a core component of the planar cell polarity pathway, in cell competition in Drosophila wing and eye disc. While Flamingo depletion has no impact on tumour growth (upon induction of Ras and depletion of Scribble throughout the eye disc), and no impact when depleted in WT cells, it specifically tunes down winner clone expansion in various genetic contexts, including the overexpression of Myc, the combination of Scribble depletion with activation of Ras in clones or the early clonal depletion of Scribble in eye disc. Flamingo depletion reduces proliferation rate and increases the rate of apoptosis in the winner clones, hence reducing their competitiveness up to forcing their full elimination (hence becoming now "loser"). This function of Flamingo in cell competition is specific of Flamingo as it cannot be recapitulated with other components of the PCP pathway, does not rely on interaction of Flamingo in trans, nor on the presence of its cadherin domain. Thus, this function is likely to rely on a non-canonical function of Flamingo which may rely on downstream GPCR signaling.

      This unexpected function of Flamingo is by itself very interesting. In the framework of cell competition, these results are also important as they describe, to my knowledge, one of the only genetic conditions that specifically affect the winner cells without any impact when depleted in the loser cells. Moreover, Flamingo do not just suppress the competitive advantage of winner clones, but even turn them in putative losers. This specificity, while not clearly understood at this stage, opens a lot of exciting mechanistic questions, but also a very interesting long term avenue for therapeutic purpose as targeting Flamingo should then affect very specifically the putative winner/oncogenic clones without any impact in WT cells.

      The data and the demonstration are very clean and compelling, with all the appropriate controls, proper quantifications and backed-up by observations in various tissues and genetic backgrounds. I don't see any weakness in the demonstration and all the points raised and claimed by the authors are all very well substantiated by the data. As such, I don't have any suggestions to reinforce the demonstration.

      While not necessary for the demonstration, documenting the subcellular localisation and levels of Flamingo in these different competition scenarios may have been relevant and provide some hints on a putative mechanism (specifically by comparing its localisation in winner and loser cells).

      While we did not perform a thorough analysis, our current revision of the manuscript shows Fmi staining results that do not support a change in subcellular localization of Fmi. In our images, Fmi seemed to localize similarly along the winner-loser clone boundaries, and inside and outside the clones. We cannot rule out that a subtle change in localization is taking place that could perhaps be detected with higher resolution imaging.

      Also, on a more interpretative note, the absence of impact of Flamingo depletion on JNK activation does not exclude some interesting genetic interactions. JNK output can be very contextual (for instance depending on Hippo pathway status), and it would be interesting in the future to check if Flamingo depletion could somehow alter the effect of JNK in the winner cells and promote downstream activation of apoptosis (which might normally be suppressed). It would be interesting to check if Flamingo depletion could have an impact in other contexts involving JNK activation or upon mild activation of JNK in clones.

      See our comment to Reviewer 2 regarding JNK.

      Strengths:

      A clean and compelling demonstration of the function of Flamingo in winner cells during cell competition

      One of the rare genetic conditions that affects very specifically winner cells without any impact in losers, and then can completely switch the outcome of competition (which opens an interesting therapeutic perspective on the long term) Weaknesses:

      The mechanistic understanding obviously remains quite limited at this stage especially since the signaling does not go through the PCP pathway.

      We agree that in the future, it will be desirable to gain a mechanistic understanding of Fmi’s role in competition.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I have read the revised manuscript and have found issues that need to be resolved. The biggest concern is the overstatement of the results that loss of fmi from Myc-overexpressing clones turns them into losers. This is not shown in a compelling manner in the revised manuscript and the authors need to tone down their language or perform more experiments to support their claims.

      (1) I do not agree with the language used by the authors last paragraph of p. 4 stating loss of fmi from Myc supercompetitors (Fig. 2) makes them losers. At this point in the paper, they only use clone size as a readout. By definition, losers in imaginal discs die by apoptosis, which is not measured in this figure. As such, the authors do not prove that fmi-mutant Myc over-expressing clones are now losers at this point in the manuscript. The authors should discuss this in the results section regarding Fig. 2.

      We have modified the language in text and figure legend to acknowledge that the clone size data alone do not demonstrate competition.

      (2) Related to point #1, I do not agree with the language in the legend of Fig. 2H that the graph is measuring "supercompetition". They are only measuring clone ratios, not apoptosis. Growing to a smaller size does not make a clone have loser status without also assessing cell death.

      (a) I suggest that the authors remove the sentence "A ratio over 0 indicates supercompetition of nGFP+ clones, and below 0 indicates nGFP+ cells are losers." in the legend to Fig. 2H. Instead, they should describe the assay in times of clone ratios.

      The reviewer raises a valid point, as at this point in the manuscript we did not quantify cell death and proliferation. However, based on decades of knowledge of supercompetiton, Myc clones are classified as super-competitors in every instance they’ve been studied. (Myc clones show apoptosis when competing with WT cells, while at the same time they eliminate WT neighbors by apoptosis to become winners. Their faster proliferation rate may be what ultimately makes them winners.) We changed the language to address this distinction. 

      (3) In Fig. 4, they do attempt to monitor apoptosis, which is the fate of bona fide losers in imaginal tissue. However, I have several concerns about these data (panels 4I-K, O and P have been added to the revised manuscript.)

      (a) In Fig. 4I-K, why is there no death of WT cells which would be expected based on de la Cova Cell 2004? The authors need to comment on this.

      (b) Cell death should also be observed in the Myc over-expressing clones but none is seen in this disc (see de la Cova 2004 and PMID: 18257071 Fig. 4). The authors need to comment on this.

      We do not understand why the reviewer raises these two points. We see some cell death in >Myc eye discs both in winners and losers, as displayed in the graph. In our hands, the levels were on average very low. The example shown is representative of the analysis and shows apoptosis both in WT and >Myc cells, highlighted by the arrows in 4J. We added a mention to the arrows in the figure legend to make it clearer. In the main text, we already compared our observations to the same publication the reviewer mentions (De la Cova 2004). 

      (c) The data in panel 4O is not explained sufficiently in the legend or results section. What do the lines between the data points in the left side of the panel mean? Why is there a bunch of clustered data points in the right part of the Fig. 4O, when two different genotypes are listed below? I would have expected two clusters of points. The authors need to comment on this.

      We intended to convey as much information as possible in an informative manner in these graphs, and we regret not explaining better the analysis shown. We modified the legends for the apoptosis analysis to better explain the displayed data.

      (d) What is the sample size (n) for the genotypes listed in this figure? The authors need to comment on this and explicitly list the sample size in the legend.

      We added the n for both conditions to the figure. 

      (e) In panels 4L-N, why is the death occurring in the apparent center of the fmiE59>>Myc clone. If these clones are truly losers as the authors claim, then apoptosis should be seen at the boundaries between the fmiE59>>Myc clone and the WT clones. The results in this figure are not compelling, yet this is the critical piece of data to support their claim that fmiE59>>Myc clone are losers. The authors need to comment on this.

      The majority of cell death in this example is observed 1-3 cells away from the clone boundary. In some cases, we observe cell death farther from the boundary, but those cells were not counted in our analyses. As described in our methods, we only considered for the analysis cells at the clone boundary or in the vicinity, as those are the ones that most probably have apoptosis triggered by the neighboring clone.

      (f) There is no red line in Fig. 4O and 4P, in contrast to what is written in the legend in the revised manuscript. This should be corrected.

      We thank the reviewer for catching the error about the line. We have now simplified the graph by removing the line at Y=0 and just leave one dashed line, representing the mean difference between WT and >>Myc cells.

      (4) On p. 10, the reference Harvey and Tapon 2007 to support hpo-/- supercompetitor status is incorrect. The references are Ziosi 2010 and Neto-Silva 2010. This should be changed.

      We thank the reviewer for the correction. While the review we provided discusses the role of the Hpo pathway in proliferation and cancer, it does not discuss competition. The reference we intended to include here was Ziosi 2010. We now cite both in the revised manuscript.

      (5) The legend for Fig. 3A-H is missing from the revised manuscript. This needs to be added.

      This was likely a copy-edit glitch. The missing parts of the legend have been restored.

      (6) Material and methods is missing details on the hs-induced clones. The authors need to specifically state when the clones were generated and when they were analyzed in hours after egg laying.

      The timing of the heat-shock and analysis was described in the methods: “Heat-shock was performed on late first instar and early second instar larvae, 48 hrs after egg laying (AEL). Vials were kept at 25ºC after heat-shock until larvae were dissected”. And additionally, in the dissection methods: “Third instar wandering larvae (120 hrs AEL) were dissected…” We have included in this revision the length of the heat-shock (15 min). 

      I have read the rebuttal and some of my concerns are not sufficiently addressed.

      (8) I raised the point of continuously-generated clones becoming large enough to evade competition, and I disagree with the authors' reply. I think that competition of RasV12, scrib (or lgl) competition largely depends the size of the clone, which is de facto larger when generated by continuous expression of flp (such as eyeless or tubulin promoters used in this study). I think that at that point, we are at an impasse with respect to this issue, but I wanted to register my disagreement for the record. Related to this, one possible reason for the fragmentation of the fmimutant Myc overexpressing clones in the wing disc is because they were not continuously generated and hence did not merge with other clones.

      Please see the discussion above in the public comments. We remain unclear about what, exactly, the reviewer disagrees. As stated above, we think they are correct that the size of the clone is critical in determining winner vs loser status.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Although the authors have addressed some of my concerns, I still feel that a detailed mechanistic understanding is essential. I hope the authors will conduct additional experiments to solve this issue.

      We also consider the mechanism of interest and will pursue this in the future. To test our hypotheses we require a set of genetic mutants that are still in the making that will help us dissect the function and potential partners of Fmi, and we hope to have these results in a future publication.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      - There is no clear demonstration that the relative decrease of clone size in UASMyc/Fmi mutant is mostly driven by either a context dependant suppression of growth and/or an increase of apoptosis (the latter being the more classic feature of loser phenotype).

      We believe that it is driven by both, and refrain from making assumptions about the magnitude of contribution from each. This question is something that we will be interested to explore in the future.

      The distribution of cell death in Fmi/UAS-Myc mutant is somehow surprising and may not fit with most of the competition scenarios where death is mostly restricted to clone periphery (although this may be quite variable and would require much more quantification to be clear).

      While we observe some cell death far from clone boundaries, most of the dying cells are a few cells away from a clone boundary. In other publications quantifying cell death, examples of cell death farther from the boundary are not rare (See for example Moreno and Basler 2004 Fig 6, De la Cova et al. Fig 2, Meyer et al 2014 Fig 2). We did not count cells dying far from clone boundaries in our analysis.

      I just noticed a few mistakes in the legend :

      Figure 3M legend is missing (it would be useful to know at which stage the quantification is performed)

      Another reviewer brought to our attention the problems with Fig 3 legend. We restored the missing parts.

      It would be good to give an estimate of the number of larvae observed when showing the representative cases in Figure 1 .

      This is a good point. We now include these numbers in the figure legend.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors): 

      Discussion, page 28. The argument that the authors put forward justifying the (small) size of the spontaneous EPSCs seems reasonable. Nonetheless, it would be good to have an amplitude distribution constructed with voltage-evoked EPSCs to compare with that of spontaneous EPSCs. Not the large initial EPSC, obtained upon IHC depolarization but rather EPSCs occurring later during the longer pulses (figure 4). The authors made the claim that upon IHC depolarization, EPSCs sizes increased, but this is not backed with data. 

      Following the reviewer recommendation, we have analyzed the voltage-evoked EPSCs occurring during the last 20 ms of the Masker stimulus. We compared the cumulative distribution of the amplitude of these eEPSCs to the cumulative distribution of the amplitude of the sEPSCs (Figure 1-figure supplement 1, panel G) from the same synapses. The two distributions are significantly different (p < 0.0001, Kolmogorov-Smirnov test), with evoked EPSCs having larger amplitudes (average sEPSC amplitude of -97.28 ± 2.22 pA [median 82.10 pA] vs average eEPSC amplitude of 135.8 ± 3.24 pA [median 120.0 pA]).

    1. Author response:

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study investigates protein-protein interactions (PPIs) within the nuage, a germline-specific organelle essential for piRNA biogenesis in Drosophila melanogaster, using AlphaFold2 to predict interactions among 20 nuage-localizing proteins. The authors identify five novel interaction candidates and experimentally validate three of them, including Spindle-E and Squash, through co-immunoprecipitation assays. They confirm the functional significance of these interactions by disrupting salt bridges at the Spn-E_Squ interface. The study further expands its scope to analyze approximately 430 oogenesis-related proteins, validating three additional interaction pairs. A comprehensive screen of around 12,000 Drosophila proteins for interactions with the key piRNA pathway player, Piwi, identifies 164 potential binding partners. Overall, the research demonstrates that in silico approaches using AlphaFold2 can link bioinformatics predictions with experimental validation, streamlining the identification of novel protein interactions and reducing the reliance on extensive experimental efforts. The manuscript is commendably clear and easy to follow; however, areas for improvement should be addressed to enhance its clarity and rigor.

      Major Concerns:

      (1) While AlphaFold2 was developed and trained primarily for predicting protein structures and their interactions, applying it to predict protein-protein interactions is an extrapolation of its intended use. This introduces several important considerations and risks. First, it assumes that AlphaFold's accuracy in structure prediction extends to interactions, despite not being explicitly trained for this task. Additionally, the assumption that high-scoring models with structural complementarity imply biologically relevant interactions is not always valid. Experimental validation is essential to address these uncertainties, as over-reliance on computational predictions without such validation can lead to false positives and inaccurate conclusions. The authors should expand on the assumptions, limitations, and risks associated with using AlphaFold2 for predicting protein-protein interactions.

      We appreciate the reviewer's point. The prediction of protein-protein interactions using AlphaFold2 relies on the number of conserved homologous sequences and previous conformational data. We shall add limitations and risks to the AlphaFold2 prediction method in the revised manuscript.

      (2) The authors experimentally validated three interactions, out of five predicted interactions, using co-immunoprecipitation (co-IP). They attributed the lack of validation for the other two predictions to the limitations of the co-IP method. However, further clarification on the potential limitations of the co-immunoprecipitation behind the negative results would strengthen the conclusions. While co-IP is a widely used technique, it may not detect weak or transient interactions, which could explain the failure to validate some predictions. Suggesting alternative validation methods such as FRET or mass spectrometry could further substantiate the results. On the other hand, AlphaFold2 predictions are not infallible and may generate false positives, particularly when dealing with structurally plausible but biologically irrelevant interactions. By acknowledging both the potential limitations of co-IP and the possibility of false positives from AlphaFold2, the authors can provide a more balanced interpretation of their findings.

      We appreciate the reviewer's point of view. We have used the co-IP method to detect interactions in this study. However, as the reviewer pointed out, it is likely that weak and transient interactions may not be detected. We plan to add a note on the detection limits of the co-IP method and the possibility that AlphaFold2 method produces false positives in the revised manuscript.

      (3) In line 143, the authors state that "This approach identified 13 pairs; seven of these were already known to form complexes, confirming the effectiveness of AlphaFold2 in predicting complex formations (Table 2). The highest pcScore pair was the Zuc homodimer, possibly because AlphaFold2 had learned from Zuc homodimer's crystal structure registered in the database." While the authors mentioned the presence of the Zuc homodimer's crystal structure, they do not provide a systematic bioinformatics analysis to evaluate pairwise sequence identity or check for the presence of existing structures for all the proteins or protein pairs (or their homologs) in databases such as the Protein Data Bank (PDB) or Swiss-Model. Conducting such an analysis is critical, as it significantly impacts the novelty and reliability of AlphaFold2 predictions. For instance, high sequence identity between the query proteins could lead to high-scoring models for biologically irrelevant interactions. Including this information would strengthen the conclusions regarding the accuracy and utility of the predictions.

      We appreciate the reviewer's critical point. The AlphaFold2 method generates a high confidence score when the 3D structure of the protein of interest, or of proteins with very similar sequences, is solved. We will investigate whether the proteins used in this study are included in the 3D structure database and add the information to the revised manuscript.

      (4) While the manuscript successfully identifies novel protein interactions, the broader biological significance of these interactions remains underexplored. The manuscript could benefit from elaborating on how these findings may contribute to understanding the piRNA pathway and its implications on germline development, transposon repression, and oogenesis.

      We plan to add to the revise manuscript the potential biological significance of the novel protein-protein interactions presented in this manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this paper, the authors use AlphaFold2 to identify potential binding partners of nuage localizing proteins.

      Strengths:

      The main strength of the paper is that the authors experimentally verify a subset of the predicted interactions.

      Many studies have been performed to predict protein-protein interactions in various subsets of proteins. The interesting story here is that the authors (i) focus on an organelle that contains quite some intrinsically disordered proteins and (ii) experimentally verify some (but not all) predictions.

      Weaknesses:

      Identification of pairwise interactions is only a first step towards understanding complex interactions. It is pretty clear from the predictions that some (but certainly not all) of the pairs could be used to build larger complexes. AlphaFold easily handles proteins up to 4-5000 residues, so this should be possible. I suggest that the authors do this to provide more biological insights.

      We thank the reviewer for his kind suggestions. Although dimer structure predictions were made in this manuscript, if a protein is predicted to interact with two other proteins, it is possible that three proteins could interact. We plan to add such trimer predictions to the revise manuscript.

      Another weakness is the use of a non-standard name for "ranking confidence" - the author calls it the pcScore - while the name used in AlphaFold (and many other publications) is ranking confidence.

      We take the reviewer’s point and will revise the text accordingly.

    1. Author response:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Through a series of CRISPR-Cas9 screens, the GPX4 antioxidant pathway was identified as a critical suppressor of cold-induced cell death in hibernator-derived cells. Hamster BHK-21 cells exposed to repeated cold and rewarming cycles revealed five genes (Gpx4, Eefsec, Pstk, Secisbp2, and Sepsecs) as critical components of the GPX4 pathway, which protects against cold-induced ferroptosis. A second screen with continuous cold exposure confirmed the essential role of GPX4 in prolonged cold tolerance. GPX4 knockout lines exhibited complete cell death within four days of cold exposure, and pharmacological inhibition of GPX4 further increased cell death, underscoring the necessity of GPX4's catalytic activity in cold conditions.

      An additional CRISPR screen in human cold-sensitive K562 cells identified 176 genes for cold survival. The GPX4 pathway was found to confer significant resistance to cold in hibernators and human cells, with GPX4 loss significantly increasing cold-induced cell death.

      Comparing hamster and human GPX4, overexpression of GPX4 in human K562 cells, whether hamster or human GPX4, dramatically improved cold tolerance, while catalytically dead mutants showed no such effect. These findings suggest that GPX4 abundance is a key limiting factor for cold tolerance in human cells, and primary cell types show strong sensitivity to GPX4 loss, highlighting that differences in cold tolerance across species may be due to varying GPX4-mediated protection.

      Strengths:

      (1) Innovative Approach: The study employs a series of unbiased genome-wide CRISPR-Cas9 screens in both hibernator- and non-hibernator-derived cells to investigate the mechanisms controlling cellular cold tolerance. Notably, this is the first genome-scale CRISPR-Cas9 screen conducted in cells derived from a hibernator, the Syrian hamster.

      (2) Identification of the GPX4 Pathway: Identifying glutathione peroxidase 4 (GPX4) as a critical suppressor of cold-induced cell death significantly contributes to the field. Recently, GPX4 was also reported as a potent regulator of cold tolerance through overexpression screening (Sone et al.) in hamsters, which further supports this finding.

      (3) Improved Cold Viability Assessment: The study identifies an important technical artifact in using trypan blue to assess cell viability following cold exposure. It reveals that cells stained immediately after cold exposure retain the dye, inaccurately indicating cell death. By introducing a brief rewarming period before viability assessment, the authors significantly improve the accuracy of detecting cold-induced cell death. This refinement in methodology ensures more reliable results and sets a new standard for future research on cold stress in cells.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Mechanisms Regulating GPX4 Levels: While the study highlights GPX4 levels as a major determinant of cellular cold tolerance, it does not discuss how these levels are regulated or why they differ between hibernators and non-hibernators. This omission leaves an important aspect of GPX4's role in cold tolerance unexplored.

      (2) Generalizability Across Species: Although the study demonstrates the role of GPX4 in several mammalian species, it does not investigate whether this mechanism extends to other vertebrates (e.g., fish and amphibians) that also face cold challenges. This limitation could restrict the broader evolutionary claims made by the study.

      (3) Variability in Cold Sensitivity Across Human Cell Lines: The study observes significant variability in cold tolerance among different human cell lines but does not explain these differences clearly. This leaves a key aspect of human cell cold sensitivity insufficiently addressed.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive evaluation and thoughtful comments on the manuscript. We acknowledge that our study does not delve into the mechanisms regulating GPX4 levels, including differences between hibernators and non-hibernators, differences between cell types, or the possibility that GPX4 levels are dynamically regulated by environmental conditions. We consider these as interesting open questions that could be addressed in future studies.

      While our study focused entirely on mammalian species, we agree that examining cold tolerance mechanisms across a broader range of vertebrates, including fish and amphibians, could enhance our evolutionary perspective. Interestingly, previous work has indicated that C.elegans adapt to cold temperatures through ferritin mediated Fe2+ detoxification. This suggests that cold induces Fe2+-mediated toxicity in C.elegans as well as mammalian cells, but that the mechanisms through which distantly related species counteract cold-mediated cell death may vary. 

      Finally, we agree that the variability in cold sensitivity across human cell lines could be further explored, and we will strongly consider conducting follow up experiments to examine the extent to which this variability is driven by levels of GPX4.

      We are grateful for these insightful comments, as they highlight important avenues for future research. Addressing these questions will enable a more comprehensive understanding of GPX4's role in cold tolerance and its evolutionary significance across diverse organisms.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Lam et al., present a very intriguing whole genome CRISPR screen in Syrian Hamster cells as well as K562 cells to identify key genes involved in hypothermia-rewarming tolerance. Survival screens were performed by exposing cells to 4C in a cooled CO2 incubator followed by a rewarming period of 30 minutes prior to survival analysis. In this paradigm, Syrian hamster-derived cell lines exhibit more robust survival than human cell lines (BHK-21 and HaK vs HT1080, HeLa, RPE1, and K562). A genome-wide Syrian hamster CRISPR library was created targeting all annotated genes with 10 guides/gene. LV transduction of the library was performed in BHK-21 cells and the survival screen procedures involved 3 cycles of 4C cold exposure x4 days followed by 2 days of re-warming.

      When compared to controls maintained at 37C, 9 genes were required for BHK-21 survival of cold cycling conditions and 5 of these 9 are known components of the GPX4 antioxidant pathway. GPX4 KO BHK-21 cells had reduced cell growth at 37C and profoundly worse cold tolerance which could be reduced by GPX4 expression. GPX4 inhibitors also reduced survival in cold. CRISPR KO screens and GPX4 KO in K562 cells revealed comparable results (though intriguingly glutathione biosynthesis genes were more critical to K562 cells than BHK-21 cells). Human or Syrian hamster GPX4 overexpression improved cold tolerance.

      Strengths:

      This is a very nicely written paper that clearly communicates in figures and text complicated experimental manipulations and in vitro genetic screening and cell survival data. The focus on GPX4 is interesting and relatively novel. The converging pharmacologic, loss-of-function, and gain-of-function experiments are also a strength.

      Weaknesses:

      A recently published article (Reference 43, Sone et al.) also independently explored the role of GPX4 in Syrian hamster cold tolerance through gain-of-function screening. Further exploration of the GPX4 species-specific mechanisms would be of great interest, but this is considered a minor weakness given the already very comprehensive and compelling data presented.

      We greatly appreciate the reviewer’s compliments and thoughtful comments on our manuscript. We agree with the reviewer that our approach (dual unbiased genome-scale screens in human and hamster cells) and the recent investigation by Sone et al (gain-of-function screening involving the insertion of hamster cDNA into human cells) mutually strengthen the importance of GPX4 in cold tolerance across cell types and species.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This work aims to address a fundamental biological question: how do mammalian cells achieve/lose tolerance to cold exposure? The authors first tried to establish an experimental system for cell cold exposure and evaluation of cell death and then performed genome-scale CRISPR-Cas9 screening on immortalized cell lines from Syrian Hamster (BHK-21) and human (K562) for key genes that are associated with cell survival during prolonged cold exposure. From these screenings, they focused on glutathione peroxidase 4 (GPX4). Using genetic modifications or pharmacological interventions, and multiple cell models including primary cells from various mammalian species, they showed that GPX4 proteins are likely to retain their activities at 4 {degree sign}C, functioning to prevent cold-induced cell ferroptosis.

      Strengths:

      (1) This paper is neatly written and hence easy to follow.

      (2) Experiments are well designed.

      (3) The data showing the overall good cell survival after a prolonged cold exposure or repeated cold-warm cycles are helpful to show the advantages of the experimental instruments and methods the authors used, and hence the validity of their results.

      (4) The CRISPR-Cas9 screening is a great attempt.

      (5) Multiple cell types from hibernating mammals (cold tolerant) and cold-intolerant species are used to test their findings.

      (6) Although some may argue that other labs have published works with different approaches that have pointed out the importance of GPX4 and ferroptosis in hamster cell survival from anoxia-reoxygenation or cold exposure models, hence hurting the novelty of this work, this reviewer thinks that it is highly valuable to have independent research groups and different methods/systems to validate an important concept.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Only cell death was robustly surveyed; though cell proliferation was evaluated too in some experiments, other cellular functions, such as mitochondrial ATP production vs. glycolysis, and the extent of lipid peroxidation, could have been measured to reflect cellular physiology.

      Validations on complex tissues or in vivo systems would have further strengthened the work and its impact.

      CRISPR-Cas9 screening may have technical limitations as knock-out of some essential genes/pathways may lead to cell lethality during screening, and hence the relevance of these genes/pathways to cell cold tolerance may not be noted. From the data presented in this study, this reviewer thinks that the GPX4 pathway is likely a conserved mechanism for long-term cold survival, but not for cold sensitivity or acute cell death from cold exposure. In line with my such speculation, their CRISPR-Cas9 screening revealed genes in the GPX4 pathway from a relatively cold-sensitive human cell line, but the endogenous GPX4 pathway is seemingly operational in this cold-sensitive cell line. Also, these cells are viable after GPX4 knock-out. Dead cells from the acute cold exposure phase may detached, or their genomic DNAs have been severely damaged by the time of sample collection, hence not giving any meaningful sequencing reads. Crippling other factors/pathways such as FOXO1 (PMID: 38570500) or 5-aminolevulinic acid (ALA) metabolism (PMID: 35401816) have been shown to severely aggravate cold-induced cell death, including TUNEL-revealed DNA damage, within a much shorter time scale, whilst loss-function knockouts of FOXO1 or ALA Synthase 1 (ALAS1) are usually cell lethal. Thus, they and other possible essential genes may not be screenable from the current experimental protocol. These important points need to be taken into consideration by the authors.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting the novelty of using genome-scale CRISPR-Cas9 screens and the validation of GPX4 function across cell types and mammalian species. 

      We acknowledge that our study primarily focused on measuring cell death using Trypan Blue dye exclusion. To validate the Trypan Blue assay, cell survival data was orthogonally measured using the LDH release assays (Fig. 1g). The proliferation potential of putatively live cells was assessed by counting the increase in live cells following 24 h at 37°C (Fig. 1b). Prompted by your question, we will add additional data to the final version of the manuscript in which we show that following 1 day at 4°C, K562 cells rapidly restarted their cell cycle and double in numbers every 21 hours (Author response image 1). This rate is indistinguishable from the replication rate of cells that were not previously exposed to 4°C, suggesting that the cells following cold exposure are both alive and functionally capable of replicating.

      Author response image 1.

      Population doubling time of K562 cells cultured at 37°C (pink) and cells that are rewarmed to 37°C following 1 day of 4°C exposure

      We agree that assessing additional cellular functions, such as mitochondrial ATP production, glycolysis, lipid metabolism and peroxidation could provide a more comprehensive understanding of cellular physiology under cold stress and would be valuable future studies. Similarly, we appreciate the suggestion to validate our findings in complex tissues or in vivo models. We recognize that such validation could strengthen the implications of our study and enhance its translational potential; however, due to their complexity, we believe that these additional studies are beyond the scope of our current study.

      We agree with the reviewer that CRISPR-Cas9 screens have limitations. For example our screen was designed to identify genes that are preferentially required for cellular fitness at 4°C versus 37°C. There are many genes that are required for cellular survival at 4°C as well as 37°C that are not discussed (Table S2, S5). Also, given that the screen is designed to disrupt a single gene per cell, genes that have redundant functions in cold-tolerance will likely be missed. Given the reviewer’s questions, we will expand the discussion of the paper to highlight limitations of the screen.

      We apologize for any lack of clarity about the methods we employed during the screen and will expand the methods section to provide further details. For example, for the BHK-21 screen we eliminated dead cells by sequencing cells that reattached after rewarming to 37°C for either 30 minutes (15 day cold exposure screen) or 24 hours (4°C cycling screen). Indeed, at the point of cell collection for both BHK-21 and K562 screens, the fraction of live cells was greater than 92% and 95%, respectively.  We respectfully disagree with the reviewer that our screens would miss genes that affect acute cold tolerance. Any cells that would have died either early or late during cold exposure would have not been sequenced, and thus the sgRNAs targeting a specific gene in those cells would appear depleted, regardless of whether these cells died early/acutely or later during cold exposure. 

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out two additionally highly relevant studies. Interestingly, the genes implicated in cold tolerance in these studies, FOXO1 and ALAS1, did not appear essential for survival at 37°C or 4°C  in BHK-21 or K562 cells. There are several possibilities that could explain this finding: 1) our screen may not have successfully knocked out these genes, 2) other proteins may have compensated for their loss, or 3) these pathways may regulate cold tolerance in some but not all cell types. We apologize that in the current version of the manuscript we did not reflect on these recent studies. We will expand our discussion to include their findings. 

      Once again, we are grateful for the reviewer’s insights, which have highlighted key areas for further exploration as well as pointed to specific ways to improve our manuscript.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      eLife Assessment

      This study addresses a question in sensory ethology and active sensing in particular. It links the production of a specific signal - electrosensory chirps - to various contexts and conditions to argue that the main function is to enhance conspecific localization rather than communication as previously believed. The study provides a lot of valuable data, but the methods section is incomplete making it difficult to evaluate the claims.

      We have now added to the methods a new paragraph describing in better detail the analysis done to prepare the data used in figure 7. The figure itself has been substantially changed: we now show EOD fields and electric images using voltage, instead of current and we have better illustrated the comparisons between chirps and beats using statistical analysis.

      Eventually, we are equally grateful to all Reviewers for the constructive criticism and for the time spent in evaluating our manuscript. It certainly helped to improve both the quality of the data presented as well as the readability of the text.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      The authors investigate the role of chirping in a species of weakly electric fish. They subject the fish to various scenarios and correlate the production of chirps with many different factors. They find major correlations between the background beat signals (continuously present during any social interactions) or some aspects of social and environmental conditions with the propensity to produce different types of chirps. By analyzing more specifically different aspects of these correlations they conclude that chirping patterns are related to navigation purposes and the need to localize the source of the beat signal (i.e. the location of the conspecific).

      The study provides a wealth of interesting observations of behavior and much of this data constitutes a useful dataset to document the patterns of social interactions in these fish. Some data, in particular the high propensity to chirp in cluttered environments, raises interesting questions. Their main hypothesis is a useful addition to the debate on the function of these chirps and is worth being considered and explored further.

      After the initial reviewers' comments, the authors performed a welcome revision of the way the results are presented. Overall the study has been improved by the revision. However, one piece of new data is perplexing to me. The new figure 7 presents the results of a model analysis of the strength of the EI caused by a second fish to localize when the focal fish is chirping. From my understanding of this type of model, EOD frequency is not a parameter in the model since it evaluates the strength of the field at a given point in time. Therefore the only thing that matters is the phase relationship and strength of the EOD. Assuming that the second fish's EOD is kept constant and the phase relationship is also the same, the only difference during a chirp that could affect the result of the calculation is the potential decrease in EOD amplitude during the chirp. It is indeed logical that if the focal fish decreased its EOD amplitude the target fish's EOD becomes relatively stronger. Where things are harder to understand is why the different types of chirps (e.g. type 1 vs type 2) lead to the same increase in signal even though they are typically associated with different levels of amplitude modulations. Also, it is hard to imagine that a type 2 chirp that is barely associated with any decrease in EOD amplitude (0-10% maybe), would cause a doubling of the EI strength. There might be something I don't understand but the authors should provide a lot more details on how this result is obtained and convince us that it makes sense.

      We hope we have now resolved the Reviewer’s concerns by applying major edits to Figure 7. We now use voltage - not current - to quantify the impact of chirps on electric images. The effect of chirps is here estimated using the integral of the beat AM, as a broad measure of the potential effects chirping may have on electroreceptors. We underline in the text that this analysis does not represent proof for any type of processing occurring in the fish brain, but we only express in hypothetical terms that - based on the beat perturbations measured - additional spatial information may potentially be available in electric images, as a consequence of chirping. Whether the fish uses this information, or not, needs to be assessed through electrophysiology in future studies.

      Finally, the reviewer is concerned about this sentence in the rebuttal - "The methods section has been edited to clarify the approach (not yet)". This section is unfinished, which suggests that it is difficult to explain the modeling results from a logical point of view. Thus the reviewer's major concern from the previous review remains unresolved. To summarize, the model calculates field strengths at an instant in time and integrates over time with a 500 ms window. This window is 10 times longer than the small chirps, while the longer chirps cover a much larger proportion of the window. Yet, the small chirps have a bigger impact on discriminability than the longer chirps. The authors should attempt to explain this seemingly contradictory result. This remains a major issue because this analysis was the most direct evidence that chirping could impact localization accuracy.

      We added a new method section describing the new figure and hopefully it is explaining more clearly how the effect of chirps is calculated. Since most p-units are affected by the beat cyclic AMs, any change on the electric image caused by a chirp will result in changes in transcutaneous voltage - i.e. the voltage measurable at the receptor level. Overall, this added analysis is not a central point of the manuscript, it is part of an attempt to hint to physiological mechanisms implied which cannot be explored in the current study. We do not mean to propose that these estimates represent alternatives to electrophysiological recordings, rather theoretical evidences which could in fact support this type of investigation. 

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Studying Apteronotus leptorhynchus (the weakly electric brown ghost knifefish), the authors provide evidence that 'chirps' (brief modulations in the frequency and amplitude of the ongoing wave-like electric signal) function in active sensing (specifically homeoactive sensing) rather than communication. Chirping is a behavior that has been well studied, including numerous studies on the sensory coding of chirps and the neural mechanisms for chirp generation. Chirps are largely thought to function in communication behavior, so this alternative function is a very exciting possibility that should have a great impact on the field.

      The authors provide convincing evidence that chirps may function in homeoactive sensing. In particular, the evidence showing increased chirping in more cluttered environments and a relationship between chirping and movement are especially strong and suggestive. Their evidence arguing against a role for chirps in communication is not as strong. However, based on an extensive review of the literature, the authors conclude, I think fairly, that the evidence arguing in favor of a communication function is limited and inconclusive. Thus, the real strength of this study is not that it conclusively refutes the communication hypothesis, but that it calls this hypothesis into question while also providing compelling evidence in favor of an alternative function.

      In summary, although the evidence against a role for chirps in communication is not as strong as the evidence for a role in active sensing, this study presents very interesting data that is sure to stimulate discussion and follow-up studies. The authors acknowledge that chirps could function as both a communication and homeactive sensing signal, and the language arguing against a communication function is appropriately measured. A given electrical behavior could serve both communication and homeoactive sensing. I suspect this is quite common in electric fish (not just in gymnotiforms such as the species studied here, but also in the distantly related mormyrids), and perhaps in other actively sensing species such as echolocating animals.

      We are grateful to the Reviewer for the kind assessment.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This important paper provides the best-to-date characterization of chirping in weakly electric fish using a large number of variables. These include environment (free vs divided fish, with or without clutter), breeding state, gender, intruder vs resident, social status, locomotion state and social and environmental experience, without and with playback experiments. It applies state-of-the-art methods for reducing the dimensionality of the data and finding patterns of correlation between different kinds of variables (factor analysis, K-means). The strength of the evidence, collated from a large number of trials with many controls, leads to the conclusion that the traditionally assumed communication function of chirps may be secondary to its role in environmental assessment and exploration that takes social context into account. Based on their extensive analyses, the authors suggest that chirps are mainly used as probes that help detect beats caused by other fish as well as objects.

      Strengths:

      The work is based on completely novel recordings using interaction chambers. The amount of new data and associated analyses is simply staggering, and yet, well organized in presentation. The study further evaluates the electric field strength around a fish (via modelling with the boundary element method) and how its decay parallels the chirp rate, thereby relating the above variables to electric field geometry. The BEM modelling also convincingly predicts how the electric image of a receiver conspecific on a sending fish is enhanced by a chirp.

      The main conclusions are that the lack of any significant behavioural correlates for chirping, and the lack of temporal patterning in chirp time series, cast doubt on a primary communication goal for most chirps. Rather, the key determinants of chirping are the difference in frequency between two interacting conspecifics as well as individual subjects' environmental and social experience. The paper concludes that there is a lack of evidence for stereotyped temporal patterning of chirp time series, as well as of sender-receiver chirp transitions beyond the known increase in chirp frequency during an interaction. The authors carefully submit that the new putative echolocation function of chirps is not mutually exclusive with a possible communication function.

      These conclusions by themselves will be very useful to the field. They will also allow scientists working on other "communication" systems to perhaps reconsider and expand the goals of the probes used in those senses. A lot of data are summarized in this paper, with thorough referencing to past work.

      The alternative hypotheses that arise from the work are that chirps are mainly used as environmental probes for better beat detection and processing and object localization, and in this sense are self-directed signals. This led to their prediction that environmental complexity ("clutter") should increase chirp rate, which is fact was revealed by their new experiments. The authors also argue that waveform EODs have less power across high spatial frequencies compared to pulse-type fish, with a resulting relatively impoverished power of resolution. Chirping in wave-type fish could temporarily compensate for the lower frequency resolution while still being able to resolve EOD perturbations with a good temporal definition (which pulse-type fish lack due to low pulse rates).

      The authors also advance the interesting idea that the sinusoidal frequency modulations caused by chirps are the electric fish's solution to the minute (and undetectable by neural wetware) echo-delays available to it, due to the propagation of electric fields at the speed of light in water. The paper provides a number of experimental avenues to pursue in order to validate the non-communication role of chirps.

      We are grateful to the Reviewer for the kind assessment.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, the authors have tried to dissect the functions of Proteasome activator 28γ (PA28γ) which is known to activate proteasomal function in an ATP-independent manner. Although there are multiple works that have highlighted the role of this protein in tumours, this study specifically tried to develop a correlation with Complement C1q binding protein (C1QBp) that is associated with immune response and energy homeostasis.

      Strengths:

      The observations of the authors hint that beyond PA28y's association with the proteasome, it might also stabilize certain proteins such as C1QBP which influences energy metabolism.

      Weaknesses:

      The strength of the work also becomes its main drawback. That is, how PA28y stabilizes C1QBP or how C1QBP elicits its pro-tumourigenic role under PA28y OE.<br /> In most of the experiments, the authors have been dependent on the parallel changes in the expression of both the proteins to justify their stabilizing interaction. However, this approach is indirect at best and does not confirm the direct stabilizing effect of this interaction. IP experiments do not indicate direct interaction and have some quality issues. The upregulation of C1QBP might be indirect at best. It is quite possible that PA28y might be degrading some secondary protein/complex that is responsible for C1QBP expression. Since the core idea of the work is PA28y direct interaction with C1QBP stabilizing it, the same should be demonstrated in a more convincing manner.

      Thank you very much for the important comments. Using AlphaFold 3, we found that interaction between PA28γ and C1QBP may depend on amino acids 1-167 and 1-213 (Revised Appendix Figure 1D-H), which was confirmed by our immunoprecipitation (Revised Figure 1I). In the future, we will use nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy to analyze protein-protein interaction between PA28γ and C1QBP and demonstrate it by GST pull down in vitro experiments.

      In all of the assays, C1QBP has been detected as doublet. However, the expression pattern of the two bands varies depending on the experiment. In some cases, the upper band is intensely stained and in some the lower bands. Do C1QBP isoforms exist and are they differentially regulated depending on experiment conditions/tissue types?

      Thank you very much for the important comments. We have rechecked the experimental results with two bands, which may have been caused by using polyclonal antibody of C1QBP (Abcam: ab101267). Therefore, we conducted the experiment with monoclonal antibody of C1QBP (Cell Signaling Technology: #6502) and replaced the corresponding images in revised figure (Revised Figure 1E and Revised Appendix Figure 3D).

      Problems with the background of the work: Line 76. This statement is far-fetched. There are presently a number of works of literature that have dealt with the metabolic programming of OSCC including identification of specific metabolites. Moreover, beyond the estimation of OCR, the authors have not conducted any experiments related to metabolism. In the Introduction, the significance of this study and how it will extend our understanding of OSCC needs to be elaborated.

      Thank you very much for the important comments. Based on your suggestion, we have revised the content and updated the references (“Introduction”, Paragraph 2, Line 13-17 and Paragraph 4, Line 5-8). In addition, we plan to conduct experiments to investigate the regulation of metabolism by PA28γ and C1QBP and update our data in the future.

      The modified content is as follows:

      “Current research on metabolic reprogramming in OSCC primarily focused on mechanism of glycolytic metabolism and metabolic shift from glycolysis to oxidative phosphorylation (OXPHOS) of oral squamous cell carcinoma, which lays the groundwork for novel therapeutic interventions to counteract OSCC (Chen et al., 2024; Zhang et al., 2020).”

      “It is the first study to describe the undiscovered role of PA28γ in promoting the malignant progression of OSCC by elevating mitochondrial function, providing new clinical insights for the treatment of OSCC.”

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors tried to determine how PA28g functions in oral squamous cell carcinoma (OSCC) cells. They hypothesized it may act through metabolic reprogramming in the mitochondria.

      Strengths:

      They found that the genes of PA28g and C1QBP are in an overlapping interaction network after an analysis of a genome database. They also found that the two proteins interact in coimmunoprecipitation and pull-down assays using the lysate from OSCC cells with or without expression of the exogenous genes. They used truncated C1QBP proteins to map the interaction site to the N-terminal 167 residues of C1QBP protein. They observed the levels of the two proteins are positively correlated in the cells. They provided evidence for the colocalization of the two proteins in the mitochondria, the effect on mitochondrial form and function in vitro and in vivo OSCC models, and the correlation of the protein expression with the prognosis of cancer patients.

      Weaknesses:

      Many data sets are shown in figures that cannot be understood without more descriptions, either in the text or the legend, e.g., Figure 1A. Similarly, many abbreviations are not defined.

      Thank you very much for the important comments. We have revised the descriptions in the legend to make it easier to understand.

      Some of the pull-down and coimmunoprecipitation data do not support the conclusion about the PA28g-C1QBP interaction. For example, in Appendix Figure 1B the Flag-C1QBP was detected in the Myc beads pull-down when the protein was expressed in the 293T cells without the Myc-PA28g, suggesting that the pull-down was not due to the interaction of the C1QBP and PA28g proteins. In Appendix Figure 1C, assume the SFB stands for a biotin tag, then the SFB-PA28g should be detected in the cells expressing this protein after pull-down by streptavidin; however, it was not. The Western blot data in Figure 1E and many other figures must be quantified before any conclusions about the levels of proteins can be drawn.

      Thank you very much for the meticulous review. We have rechecked the experimental results, and we made a mistake in the labeling of the image. Therefore, we have corrected it in the revised figure (Revised Appendix Figure 1B, C). In addition, we have conducted a quantitative analysis of gray values to confirm the results of western blot data are accurate by Image J software.

      The immunoprecipitation method is flawed as it is described. The antigen (PA28g or C1QBP) should bind to the respective antibody that in turn should binds to Protein G beads. The resulting immunocomplex should end up in the pellet fraction after centrifugation and be analyzed further by Western blot for coprecipitates. However, the method in the Appendix states that the supernatant was used for the Western blot.

      Thank you very much for the careful review. We have corrected it in the revised appendix file (“Supplemental Materials and Methods”, Part“Immunoprecipitation assay”, Line 4-6).

      The modified content is as follows:

      The sample was shaken on a horizontal shaker for 4 h, after which the deposit was collected for western blotting.

      To conclude that PA28g stabilizes C1QBP through their physical interaction in the cells, one must show whether a protease inhibitor can substitute PA28q and prevent C1QBP degradation, and show whether a mutation that disrupts the PA28g-C1QBP interaction can reduce the stability of C1QBP. In Figure 1F, all cells expressed Myc-PA28g. Therefore, the conclusion that PA28g prevented C1QBP degradation cannot be reached. Instead, since more Myc-PA28g was detected in the cells expressing Flag-C1QBP compared to the cells not expressing this protein, a conclusion would be that the C1QBP stabilized the PA28g. Figure 1G is a quantification of Western blot data that should be shown.

      Thank you very much for the meticulous review. We have rechecked the experimental results, and we made a mistake in the labeling of the image. Therefore, we have corrected it in the revised figure. Compared with the control group, the presence of Myc-PA28γ significantly increased the expression level of Flag-C1QBP (Revised Figure 1F). Gray value analysis showed that in cells transfected with Myc-PA28γ, the decay rate of Flag-C1QBP was significantly slower than that of the control group (Revised Figure 1G), suggesting that PA28γ can delay the protein degradation of C1QBP and stabilize its protein level. This indicates that an increase in the level of PA28γ protein can significantly enhance the expression level of C1QBP protein, while PA28γ can slow down the degradation rate of C1QBP and improve its stability. In addition, we plan to conduct experiments to investigate the effects of protease inhibitors and PA28γ mutants on the stability of C1QBP and update our data in the future.

      The binding site for PA28g in C1QBP was mapped to the N-terminal 167 residues using truncated proteins. One caveat would be that some truncated proteins did not fold correctly in the absence of the sequence that was removed. Thus, the C-terminal region of the C1QBP with residues 168-283 may still bind to the PA29g in the context of full-length protein. In Figure 1I, more Flag-C1QBP 1-167 was pulled down by Myc-PA28g than the full-length protein or the Flag-C1QBP 1-213. Why?

      Thank you very much for the important comments. Immunoprecipitation is a qualitative experiment. Using AlphaFold 3, we found that interaction between PA28γ and C1QBP may depend on amino acids 1-167 and 1-213 (Revised Appendix Figure 1D-H), which was confirmed by our immunoprecipitation (Revised Figure 1I).

      The interaction site in PA28g for C1QBP was not mapped, which prevents further analysis of the interaction. Also, if the interaction domain can be determined, structural modeling of the complex would be feasible using AlphaFold2 or other programs. Then, it is possible to test point mutations that may disrupt the interaction and if so, the functional effect.

      Thank you very much for the important comments. Based on your suggestion, we have added relevant content to the revised appendix figure. (Revised Appendix Figure 1D-H).

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) There are a lot of typos in the figure and manuscript that need to be addressed.

      Thank you very much for the important comments. We have corrected the typos in the revised figure and manuscript.

      (2) Figure 1A: The amount of protein that has been immunoprecipitated is more than the actual amount present in the lysate. The authors should calculate the efficiency of the precipitation to support their results.

      Thank you very much for the important comments. Immunoprecipitation is a qualitative experiment. Moreover, it can enrich specific proteins and their binding partners, increase their concentration in the sample, and thus improve the sensitivity of detection.

      (3) Figure 1D: The relative expression levels of C1QBP look similar in almost all cell lines except for HN12. It seems that the relation of PA28y with C1QBP is more of a cell type-specific effect. It would be better if the blots were quantified, and the differences were statistically determined.

      Thank you very much for the important comments. We have conducted a quantitative analysis of gray values to confirm the results of western blot data are accurate by Image J software.

      (4) Figure 1E: How do the authors quantify the expression of the protein in absolute terms? From the methods, it is understood that the flag-tagged construct is stably expressed. Under such conditions, how the authors observed the variable expression of the protein should be elaborated.

      Thank you very much for the important comments. We transfected Flag-PA28γ plasmids at 0ug, 0.5ug, 1ug, and 2ug in 293T cells. After collecting the protein for Western Blot, we found that the protein expression of Flag-PA28γ gradually increased. Moreover, the increased protein expression of C1QBP is consistent with the expression of Flag-PA28γ, which indicated a dose-dependent relationship between the two proteins.

      (5) Figures 1F, G: The data does not correlate with the arguments presented in the text. The authors propose that interaction with PA28y increases the stability of C1QBP. However, the experiment lacks appropriate controls. Ideally, the expression of C1QBP should be tested in the presence and absence of PA28y. Moreover, the observed difference in expression between lanes 1-4 and 5-8 for myc-PA28y needs to be explained. Are the samples from different sources with variable PA28y expression? Figure 1G quantification for C1QBP does not correlate with the figure presented in F since the expression of the protein in the first four lanes is undetectable.

      Thank you very much for the meticulous review. We have rechecked the experimental results, and we made a mistake in the labeling of the image. Therefore, we have corrected it in the revised figure. Compared with the control group, the presence of Myc-PA28γ significantly increased the expression level of Flag-C1QBP (Revised Figure 1F). Gray value analysis showed that in cells transfected with Myc-PA28γ, the decay rate of Flag-C1QBP was significantly slower than that of the control group (Revised Figure 1G), suggesting that PA28γ can delay the protein degradation of C1QBP and stabilize its protein level. This indicates that an increase in the level of PA28γ protein can significantly enhance the expression level of C1QBP protein, while PA28γ can slow down the degradation rate of C1QBP and improve its stability. In addition, we plan to conduct experiments to investigate the effects of protease inhibitors and PA28γ mutants on the stability of C1QBP and update our data in the future.

      (6) Appendix Figure 1B: Lane 1 does not express Myc-tagged protein but pull-down has been performed using Myc beads. Then how come flag-C1qbp is getting pulled down in lane 1 if there is no PA28y? This indicates a non-specific interaction of C1qbp with the substrata under the experimental conditions used. Similarly, in Figure 1C SFB-PA28y is expressed in both lanes but is reflected only in lane 2 and not in lane 1 even when pull-down is being performed using SFB beads, again reflecting the non-specificity of the interactions shown through immunoprecipitated.

      Thank you very much for the meticulous review. We have rechecked the experimental results, and we made a mistake in the labeling of the image. Therefore, we have corrected it in the revised figure (Revised Appendix Figure 1B, C).

      (7) Figure 2A: Figure 2A the co-localization of P28y with C1QBP in mitochondria is not very convincing. The authors are urged to provide high-resolution images for the same along with quantification of co-localization coefficients.

      Thank you very much for the important comments. We plan to obtain high-resolution images of co-localization of PA28γ with C1QBP in mitochondria and add the quantification analysis. We will update our data in the future.

      (8) Figure 2C: Mitochondria dynamics is an interplay of multiple factors. From the images, it seems that PA28y OE elevates mitochondria biogenesis in general which is having an umbrella effect on mitochondria fusion/fission and OCR. Images also do not convincingly indicate changes in mitochondrial length. The role of PA28y on mitochondria dynamics requires further justification. However, the presented data does not underline whether the changes in mitochondria behaviour are a consequence of PA28y and C1QBP interaction. Correlating higher mitochondria respiration with ROS generation is a far-fetched conclusion since, at present, there are multiple reports that suggest otherwise.

      Thank you very much for the important comments. We plan to knock out the interaction regions between PA28γ and C1QBP (like amino acids 1-167 and 1-213) to confirm whether PA28γ affects mitochondrial function through C1QBP and update our data in the future.

      (9) Line 157: The presented data does not substantiate the claims made that Pa28y regulates mitochondrial function through C1QBP.

      Thank you very much for the important comments. Based on your suggestion, we have made some modifications to make it more accurate (“Results”, Part “PA28γ and C1QBP colocalize in mitochondria and affect mitochondrial functions”, Paragraph 3, Line 1-2).

      The modified content is as follows:

      “Collectively, these data suggest that PA28γ, which co-localizes with C1QBP in mitochondria, may involve in regulating mitochondrial morphology and function.”

      (10) Line 159: From the past data it is not very clear how PA28y upregulates C1QBP, hence the statement is not well supported. The presented data indicates the presence of a functional association between the two proteins.

      Thank you very much for the important comments. We detected the expression of C1QBP in two PA28γ-overexpressing OSCC cells (UM1 and 4MOSC2) and found an increase in C1QBP expression (Revised Figure 4B). Based on the results of the protein levels of the mitochondrial respiratory chain complex and other mitochondrial functional proteins, we believe that PA28γ regulates mitochondrial function by upregulating C1QBP.

      (11) Figure 4A, B: Given the mitochondrial role of C1QBP, the lesser levels of mitochondrial proteins upon C1QBP silencing are expected. Does it get phenocopied upon PA28y silencing? Similarly, all the subsequent mitochondrial phenotypes in D should be seen in a PA28y-depleted background.

      Thank you very much for the important comments. We plan to detect the mitochondrial protein expressions and OCRs of PA28γ-silenced OSCC cells. We will update our data in the future.

      (12) Line 198: The presented data do indicate a functional association between these two proteins but it does not provide a solid evidence for the same.

      Thank you very much for the important comments. Based on your suggestion, we have made some modifications to make it more accurate (“Discussion”, Paragraph 1, Line 9-10).

      The modified content is as follows:

      “Excitingly, we found the evidence that PA28γ interacts with and stabilizes C1QBP.”

      (13) Line 218-220: In this work, the authors highlight the non-degradome role of PA28y and hence, this fact should be treated appropriately in discussion in line with the presented data.

      Thank you very much for the important comments. Based on your suggestion, we have added relevant content to the revised manuscript (“Discussion”, Paragraph 2, Line 16-19).

      The modified content is as follows:

      “In addition, PA28γ can also play as a non-degradome role on tumor angiogenesis. For example, PA28γ can regulate the activation of NF-κB to promote the secretion of IL-6 and CCL2 in OSCC cells, thus promoting the angiogenesis of endothelial cells ( S. Liu et al., 2018).”

      (14) Line 236-240: Although the authors' statement on organ heterogeneity being the cause for getting the contrasting result is justifiable but here there is no direct evidence of PA28y involvement in regulation of OXPHOS and its impact on cellular metabolism (glycolysis, metabolic signalling, etc).

      Thank you very much for the important comments. Based on your suggestion, we have made some modifications to make it more accurate (“Discussion”, Paragraph 3, Line 7-9).

      The modified content is as follows:

      “Therefore, PA28γ's regulation of OXPHOS may impact cellular energy metabolism.”

      (15) Line 249: No conclusive data supporting this statement.

      Thank you very much for the important comments. Based on your suggestion, we have made some modifications to make it more accurate (“Discussion”, Paragraph 5, Line 1-3).

      The modified content is as follows:

      “Furthermore, our study reveals that PA28γ can regulate C1QBP and influence mitochondrial morphology and function by enhancing the expression of OPA1, MFN1, MFN2 and the mitochondrial respiratory complex.”

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The images shown in Figure 2A need to be quantified before the conclusion about the mitochondrial colocalization of the two proteins can be drawn. In Figure 2B and Appendix Figure 2A, the mitochondrial vacuoles and ridge should be indicated for general readers, and quantification should be performed before the conclusion is drawn.

      Thank you very much for the important comments. We will update our data in the future.

      (2) The OCR data from two cell lines are shown in Figure 2E and F. Which is which? The sentence, "The results indicated ... compared to control cells" in lines 130-132, was confusing; perhaps, it would be clear if "were significantly greater" could be deleted.

      Thank you very much for the important comments. We have re-labeled the Figure 2E and F to make it clearly (Revised Figure 2E, F). Based on your suggestion, we have deleted the words in revised manuscript. (“Results”, Part “PA28γ and C1QBP colocalize in mitochondria and affect mitochondrial functions”, Paragraph 1, Line 9-11).

      The modified content is as follows:

      “The results indicated significantly higher basal respiration, maximal OCRs and ATP production in PA28γ-overexpressing cells compared to control cells (Fig. 2G-I and Appendix Fig. 2B-D).”

      (3) Figures 4E-H show the migration, invasive, and proliferation capabilities of the cells. Which for which?

      Thank you very much for the important comments. We have re-labeled the Figure 4F-H to make it clearly (Revised Figure 4F-H).

      (4) In the Discussion, lines 198-201, it states that "C1QBP enhances ... function of OPA1, MNF1, MFN2..." What is the evidence? In lines 222-224, it says that "the binding sites ... may mask the specific ... modification sites". Please justify. In lines 253-254, "fuse" and fuses" are misleading, Did the authors mean "localize" and "localizes"?

      Thank you very much for the important comments. Based on your suggestion, we have made some modifications to make it more accurate (“Discussion”, Paragraph 1, Line 9-13, Paragraph 2, Line 20-23, and Paragraph 5, Line 3-6).

      The modified content is as follows:

      “Excitingly, we found the evidence that PA28γ interacts with and stabilizes C1QBP. We speculate that aberrantly accumulated C1QBP enhances the function of mitochondrial OXPHOS and leads to the production of additional ATP and ROS by activating the expression and function of OPA1, MNF1, MFN2 and mitochondrial respiratory chain complex proteins.”

      “Our study reveals that PA28γ interacts with C1QBP and stabilizes C1QBP at the protein level. Therefore, we speculate that the binding sites of PA28γ and C1QBP may mask the specific post-translational modification sites of C1QBP and inhibit its degradation.”

      “Mitochondrial fusion, crucial for oxidative metabolism and cell proliferation, is regulated by MFN1, MFN2, and OPA1. The first two fuse with the outer mitochondrial membrane, while the last fuses with the inner mitochondrial membrane (Westermann, 2010).”

      (5) Figure 6 was not referred to in the text. In this figure, PA28g and C1QBP are located in the inner membrane and matrix. Has this been determined? What is the blue ovals that are intermediaries of PA28g/C1QBP and OPA1/MFN1/MFN2?

      Thank you very much for the important comments. According to our immunofluorescence assay (Figure 2A), PA28γ is in both the nucleus and cytoplasm. A recent study has demonstrated that PA28γ can shuttle between the nucleus and cytoplasm, participating in various cellular processes. Furthermore, GeneCard information indicates that the subcellular localization of PA28γ includes the nucleus, cytoplasm and mitochondria (Author response image 1). In this article, we mainly focus on the functions of PA28γ and C1QBP located in the cytoplasm. Therefore, figure 6 mainly displays PA28γ and C1QBP in the cytoplasm. Based on your suggestion, we have made some modifications to make it more accurate in revised figure (Revised Figure 6).

      Author response image 1.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      The manuscript by Poltavski and colleagues describes the discovery of previously unreported enteric neural crestderived cells (ENCDC) which are marked by Pax2 and originating from the Placodes. By creating multiple conditional mouse mutants, the authors demonstrate these cells are a distinct population from the previously reported ENCDCs which originate from the Vagal neural crest cells and express Wnt1.

      These Pax2-positive ENCDCs are affected due to the loss of both Ret and Ednrb highlighting that these cells are also ultimately part of the canonical processes governing ENCDC and enteric nervous system (ENS) development. The authors also make explant cultures from the mouse GI tract to detect how Ednrb signaling is important for Ret signaling pathways in these cells and rediscovers the interactions between these 2 pathways. One important observation the authors make is that CGRP-positive neurons in the adult distal colon seem to be primarily derived from these Pax2-positive ENCDCs, which are significantly reduced in the Ednrb mutants, thus highlighting the role of Ednrb in maintaining this neuronal type.

      I appreciate the amount of work the authors have put into generating the mouse models to detect these cells, but there isn't any new insight on either the nature of ENCDC development or the role of Ret and Ednrb. Also, there are sophisticated single-cell genomics methods to detect rare cell type/states these days and the authors should either employ some of those themselves in these mouse models or look at extensively publicly available single-cell datasets of the developing wildtype and mutant mouse and human ENS to map out the global transcriptional profile of these cells. A more detailed analysis of these Pax2-positive cells would be really helpful to both the ENS community as well as researchers studying gut motility disorders.

      We would like to point out that the reviewer’s comments in both Public Review and in some cases reiterated in Recommendations for the Authors are rooted in several misunderstandings. The reviewer writes “Pax2-positive ENCDCs”, as if the Pax2 lineage (properly, the Pax2Cre-labeled lineage) of the ENS is a subset of neural crest, and states that “there isn’t any new insight” from our study on ENS development. Our conclusion is quite different, that the Pax2Cre lineage (placode-derived) is distinct from the neural crest-derived cell lineage. The reviewer may not have appreciated that our study establishes a fundamental reinterpretation of the very long-standing dogma that the ENS is derived solely from neural crest. We believe that finding and characterizing the unique contribution of an independent cell lineage to the ENS provides critical new perspectives into ENS development and the etiology of Hirschsprung disease. One feature of the Pax2Cre (placodal) lineage is as the source of CGRP-positive mechanosensory neurons in the colon (as the reviewer mentioned), but this is one feature of the larger conceptual discovery of the existence of a separate lineage contribution to the ENS, not the most important observation in and of itself.

      The reviewer continues by saying that we “rediscovered” the interaction between Ednrb and Ret in ENS development. In our study we show that the two lineages (placode-derived and neural crest-derived) employ Ednrb and Ret signaling in distinct ways. This isn’t simply rediscovery, this is new insight. To the extent that both lineages utilize both signaling axes (albeit with mechanistic differences) is a primary reason why the unique placodal lineage contribution to the ENS remained unsuspected until now. We have revised the text to make these points more clear in our revised manuscript.

      The reviewer also suggests single cell genomic methods, which is addressed below in our response to the reviewer’s first recommendation.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      This manuscript by Poltavski and colleagues explores the relative contributions of Pax2- and Wnt1- lineagederived cells in the enteric nervous system (ENS) and how they are each affected by disruptions in Ret and Endrb signaling. The current understanding of ENS development in mice is that vagal neural crest progenitors derived from a Wnt1+ lineage migrate into and colonize the developing gut. The sacral neural crest was thought to make a small contribution to the hindgut in addition but recent work has questioned that contribution and shown that the ENS is entirely populated by the vagal crest (PMID: 38452824). GDNF-Ret and Endothelin3-Ednrb signaling are both known to be essential for normal ENS development and loss of function mutations are associated with a congenital disorder called Hirschsprung's disease. The transcription factor Pax2 has been studied in CNS and cranial placode development but has not been previously implicated in ENS development. In this work, the authors begin with the unexpected observation that conditional knockout of Ednrb in Pax2-expressing cells causes a similar aganglionosis, growth retardation, and obstructed defecation as conditional knockout of Ednrb in Wnt1-expressing cells. The investigators then use the Pax2 and Wnt1 Cre transgenic lines to lineage-trace ENS derivatives and assess the effects of loss of Ret or Ednrb during embryonic development in these lineages. Finally, they use explants from the corresponding embryos to examine the effects of GDNF on progenitor outgrowth and differentiation.

      Strengths:

      -  The manuscript is overall very well illustrated with high-resolution images and figures. Extensive data are presented.

      -  The identification of Pax2 expression as a lineage marker that distinguishes a subset of cells in the ENS that may be distinct from cells derived from Wnt1+ progenitors is an interesting new observation that challenges the current understanding of ENS development.

      -  Pax2 has not been previously implicated in ENS development - this manuscript does not directly test that role but hints at the possibility.

      -  Interrogation of two distinct signaling pathways involved in ENS development and their relative effects on the two purported lineages.

      The reviewer provided a succinct and accurate summary of our analysis. We correct just the one statement that the ENS is entirely populated by vagal crest. The paper cited by the reviewer (PMID: 38452824) used Wnt1DreERT2 to lineage label the NC population, so of course only looked at neural crest (comparing vagal vs. sacral NC). The advance in our study is to newly document the independent contribution of the placodal lineage.

      Weaknesses:

      -  The major challenge with interpreting this work is the use of two transgenic lines, rather than knock-ins, Wnt1Cre and Pax2-Cre, which are not well characterized in terms of fidelity to native gene expression and recombination efficiency in the ENS. If 100% of cells that express Wnt1 do not express this transgene or if the Pax2 transgene is expressed in cells that do not normally express Pax2, then these observations would have very different interpretations and not support the conclusions made. The two lineages are never compared in the same embryo, which also makes it difficult to assess relative contributions and renders the evidence more circumstantial than definitive.

      We do not agree that the Cre lines being transgenics rather than knock-ins changes the utility of these reagents or the interpretation of the results; there are also potential problems with knock-in alleles. Wnt1Cre has been in use for 25 years as a pan-neural crest lineage cell marker with exceptional efficiency and specificity (including numerous studies of the ENS), so we disagree that it is not well characterized. Pax2Cre of course has not previously been studied in the ENS, but it has been broadly used in other contexts (e.g., craniofacial, kidney). That said, and as noted in our original manuscript, we are aware that an issue of this study is the uniqueness of the recombination domains of the two Cre lines.  As we wrote, Wnt1Cre and Pax2Cre cannot be combined into the same embryo because they are both Cre lines, and we do not have a suitable nonCre recombinase line to substitute for either. Instead, we demonstrate that the two lines recombine in distinct territories of the early embryonic ectoderm, and that the two lineages thus labeled are distinct in marker expression at the initial onset of their delamination, utilize Edn3-Ednrb and GDNF-Ret in distinct ways during their migration to the hindgut, and contribute to different terminal cell fates in the colon. We think this evidence of the distinct nature of the two lineages from start to finish is compelling rather than merely circumstantial.

      -  Visualization of the Pax2-Cre and Wnt-1Cre induced recombination in cross-sections at postnatal ages would help with data interpretation. If there is recombination induced in the mesenchyme, this would particularly alter the interpretation of Ednrb mutant experiments, since that pathway has been shown to alter gut mesenchyme and ECM, which could indirectly alter ENS colonization.

      We have several thoughts about this comment. First, we are uncertain why postnatal analysis would be informative, as ENS colonization occurs (or fails to occur in mutants) during embryogenesis. The reviewer might be thinking of a juvenile stage additional contribution to the ENS, which is addressed below (responses to Recommendations for the Authors) but as we discuss there is not relevant to our analysis. Second, we did examine recombination in the distal hindgut at E12.5 during ENS colonization (Fig. 1f and 1h) and did not see overlap between either Cre recombination domain and Edn3 mRNA expression (which is expressed by the nonENS mesenchyme). Furthermore, Ednrb is not expressed in the gut mesenchyme during ENS colonization (Fig. 7figure supplement 1), thus ectopic mesenchymal Cre expression, if any, by either line would have no impact in Cre/Ednrb mutants. Lastly, the reviewer’s idea could have been a plausible hypothesis at the onset of the project, but here we show positive evidence for a different explanation. We do not rigorously exclude the reviewer’s hypothesis, nor other theoretically possible models, but we think we have provided a strong case to support the direct involvement of Ret and Ednrb in ENS progenitors rather than in surrounding non-neural mesenchyme.

      -  No consideration of glia - are these derived from both lineages?

      To properly address this question would require new reagents and analyses that we have not yet initiated. While an interesting question from a developmental biology standpoint, we don’t think that this investigation would change any of the interpretations that we make in the manuscript.

      -  No discussion of how these observations may fit in with recent work that suggests a mesenchymal contribution of enteric neurons (PMID: 38108810).

      The recent paper cited by the reviewer is very explicit in describing this mesenchymal contribution to the ENS as occurring after postnatal day P11. Other than the terminal Hirschsprung phenotype, all of our analysis of cell lineage migration and fate and colonic aganglionosis was conducted at embryonic or early (P9) postnatal stages. We therefore do not see a relation of our work to this study. In light of this paper, however, we do agree that it would be worthwhile in a future study to explore Wnt1Cre and Pax2Cre lineage dynamics in the ENS of older mice.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) The authors should reanalyze multiple single-cell RNA-seq datasets available now, to see if these cells are detected in those studies and then look at the global transcriptional profile of these Pax2-positive cells compared to the other vagal neural crest-derived ENCDCs. Some of these datasets can be found here - PMIDs: 33288908, 37585461, and https://www.gutcellatlas.org/.

      We disagree that the datasets from previous studies provide additional insights that are relevant to the current study. It must be appreciated that Wnt1Cre and Pax2Cre are genetic lineage tracers and that migratory ENS progenitor cells labeled with these reagents do not maintain expression of Wnt1 and Pax2 mRNA or protein. The Wnt1 and Pax2 genes are only transiently expressed within their distinct regions of the ectoderm, and their expression turns off as cells delaminate and begin migration. Thus, Pax2Cre-labeled ENS progenitor cells are not Pax2-positive thereafter. The single cell RNA-Seq studies suggested by the reviewer were collected from older embryos and postnatal mice, and do not represent the E10.5-E11.5 period that accounts for genesis of Ret-mediated and Ednrb-mediated Hirschsprung disease pathology. Even with the most recent work by Zhou et al (Dev Cell, 2024) that included E10.5 cells, this analysis only evaluated neural crest-derived Sox10Cre lineage cells, which does not include the placode-derived Pax2Cre lineage (as we show explicitly in Fig. 2-figure supplement 2).  Consequently, it would not be possible to find the “Pax2-positive cells” in these datasets. Performing a new transcriptomic analysis by isolating Pax2Cre-lineage and Wnt1Cre-lineage cells at the appropriate developmental time points could be the basis of future studies, but we think these are beyond the scope of the present paper. 

      (2) Even in their current quantification method of using immunofluorescent cells in a microscopic field, the authors count very few cells. The quantification in Figures 2v-2z is only from 4 embryos and is in the hundreds. This leads to misrepresentation of cell numbers and is best reflected in Figure 2x, where Wnt1Cre/Ret GI tracts have 0 Ret +ve cells, which we now know is not true even in ubiquitous Ret null embryos, where Ret null cells are detected as late as E14.5 (PMID 37585461)

      Because of the reviewer’s comment, we recognize that the specific detail about cell numbers wasn’t properly written. We didn’t count a few hundred cells total, it was a few hundred cells per embryo. Exact numbers are provided in the revised figure legend where “cells/embryo” is now explicitly stated. Multiplied by the number of embryos, this means that we evaluated approx. 1000 total cells per genotype and time point in cases where Ret+ and/or GFP+ (lineage+) cells were found. The total absence of such cells in Wnt1Cre/Ret mutants is a rigorous conclusion. Our results do not misrepresent nor contradict the study by Vincent et al (PMID 37585461). Our analyses were performed on gut tissue isolated at E10.5 and E11.5 stages, which is long before Schwann cell precursors (SCPs, the primary focus of the Vincent et al study) colonize the gut (E14.5; Uesaka et al, 2015. PMID: 26156989). Indeed, as the reviewer notes, SCPs migrate into the gut in a Retindependent manner. For being at a much earlier time point, our focus is on the cranial ectoderm sources of ENS progenitors. We have adjusted the text associated with Fig. 2 to make this more clear.

      (3) There are multiple sections in the manuscript that rehash already known facts, like the whole section about Wnt1 conditional Ret null mice which show failure of migration of ENCDCs. This has been shown multiple times and doesn't add anything to the author's story.

      We think this comment stems from the reviewer’s perception that the Pax2Cre lineage is a subset of neural crest. The Wnt1Cre data (including Ret-deficient and Ednrb-deficient embryos) presented in the manuscript are not intended to rehash what is already known but to establish important similarities and differences between the newly identified placode-derived and the well-established neural crest-derived ENS progenitor cells. In light of the reviewer’s suggestion #8 below, to move the Wnt1Cre lineage analysis to a supplement, this information remains in the main text to provide proper comparison to the Pax2Cre-lineage profile. We think we were fair in the text to the legacy of work on neural crest and ENS development and were explicit in using our Wnt1Cre analysis to compare to the Pax2Cre lineage. Finally, we point out that our analysis was conducted on a different genetic background (outbred ICR) compared to previous studies, and there are strain-specific differences in Hirschsprung-associated lethality between our background and previous studies, so it was not impossible that the behavior of the neural crest cell lineage in the ICR background could be different from past observations on different backgrounds. Although we did not identify any major differences, it is important that the information on NC behavior in this background be presented. 

      (4) Also, the conclusion drawn for Figure 5C "this indicates that the Wnt1Cre-derived cells do not harbor a cellautonomous response to GDNF" seems to suggest the authors are not very well versed with the ENS literature. GDNF as well as EDN3 are expressed from surrounding mesenchyme and are cell non-autonomous.

      The reviewer seems to have misread or misunderstood the specific statement as well as the more important broader conclusion of the experiment. First, of course the source of GDNF ligand in vivo is the mesenchyme. The explant assay was designed to eliminate this and then to substitute GDNF as provided experimentally. The focus of the experiment was to address the response to GDNF, not the source of GDNF. But more importantly, the experiment revealed a surprising outcome that the reviewer did not appreciate. In Pax2Cre/Ret mutants, the Wnt1Cre lineage still expresses Ret, yet does not grow out from the gut explant when provided with GDNF. This shows that the neural crest lineage requires Ret function in placode-derived cells in order to respond to GDNF. In other words, despite expressing Ret, the NC lineage does not harbor a cellautonomous response to GDNF, as we wrote. Because this might be confusing to some readers, we have revised the description of this analysis to hopefully be more clear.

      (5) The fact that Ret and Ednrb signaling pathways interact is not a novel finding and has been reported multiple times in Ret and Ednrb mutant mice and cell lines (PMID: 12355085, 12574515 , 27693352, 31818953), potentially through shared transcription factors (PMID:31313802).It would have been more relevant if the authors could show how the specific tyrosine residue (Y 1015) in Ret is phosphorylated in the presence of Ednrb.

      The observation that human mutations in RET and EDNRB both cause Hirschsprung disease is decades old, and of course numerous studies in human, mouse, and cells have addressed the relation between the two signaling pathways. We did not mean to imply that we were the first to discover that Ret and Ednrb signaling pathways interact. The reviewer cites a number of papers all from the Chakravarti lab that address this phenomenon; while these are a valuable contribution to the field, there is still more to be learned. The model elaborated in PMID: 31313802, in which Ret and Ednrb are both enmeshed in a common gene regulatory network, does not readily explain why each has a different phenotypic manifestation and doesn’t take into account the importance of the placodal lineage. The main new contributions of our paper are the existence of a new cell lineage that contributes to the ENS, and that the placodal and neural crest lineages utilize Ret and Ednrb signaling differently. The clarification of how these elements are differentially used by the two lineages explains long-segment and short-segment Hirschsprung disease (Ret and Ednrb mutants, respectively) far better than in past studies. The reviewer unfortunately dismisses these insights and seems to feel that a biochemical exploration of one specific component of the signaling interaction (Y1015 phosphorylation) would be more relevant. This should be the basis of future studies and are beyond the scope of the new findings reported in the present paper. 

      (6) What is the mechanism of the presence of Y1015 phosphorylation in 33% of Ednrb deficient Pax2Cre cells? It appears to me what the authors report as absent phosphorylation in the 67% of cells could be just weak staining or cells missing in prep.

      The reviewer, referring to Fig. 7q, presumably meant to say Wnt1Cre rather than Pax2Cre. The reviewer overlooked that we provided an explanation for this observation in our original manuscript. This sentence reads “Because Ednrb is expressed only in a subset of Wnt1Cre-derived enteric progenitor cells (Figure 7 – figure supplement 1), the residual Y1015 phosphorylation observed in Wnt1Cre/Ednrb mutant cells is likely to occur in the Ednrb-negative Wnt1Cre-derived cell population”. The sentence is retained unchanged in the revised manuscript. The explanation is not because of weak staining or problems with tissue preparation.

      (7) The references the authors cite regarding the previous discovery of Ret expression in the nucleus are incorrect. The review articles the authors cite do not mention anything about Ret expression in the nucleus. The evidence of nuclear localization of Ret previously comes from overexpression studies in HEK293 cells (PMID: 25795775). Such overexpression studies are fraught with generating noisy data for well-documented reasons. But if this observation is correct, the authors miss a great opportunity to identify what the Ret protein is doing in the nucleus. Is it in direct contact with its known transcription factors like Sox10 and Rarb? This would shed a lot of light on the possible mechanism of Ret LoF observed in Ret mutant mice

      The reviewer overlooked that the one of the review articles that we cited (Chen, Hsu, & Hung, 2020) has a dedicated paragraph for RET (section 3.14), which summarizes the work by Barheri-Yarmand et al (PMID: 25795775) which is the very paper noted by the reviewer in the comment above. The reviewer also somewhat misstated the results of the Barheri-Yarmand et al study. By immunostaining, this paper showed nuclear localization of endogenous Ret, albeit a version of Ret with a disease-associated mutation that makes it constitutively active by constitutive autophosphorylation. Nonetheless, this was endogenous Ret. The paper also used overexpression of GFP-tagged RET in HEK293 cells to show that wildtype RET can behave in a similar manner, at least under these circumstances. Our point is simply that Ret (and other receptor tyrosine kinases) can be found in the nucleus in certain biological contexts, and our observations are consistent with this precedent.

      The reviewer also suggests a biochemical follow-up analysis related to this observation, which we agree would be of interest. Such an investigation however is beyond the scope of the present study.

      (8) The manuscript could benefit from a major rewrite by reorganizing sections to make it easy for the readers to follow the narrative.

      Many sections about the role of Ret and Ednrb in Wnt1cre-derived ENCDCs can be moved to a supplement. These facts are well-documented and have been proven before.

      This was addressed in our response to comment #3 of this reviewer. The figures have been kept as main figures in the revised manuscript to allow side-by-side comparison to parallel analysis of the Pax2Cre lineage.

      - The observation that only a handful of Pax2Cre cells at E10.5 express Ret and the observation that conditional Ret null abrogates these cells at E11.5, are not presented together and makes connecting these two facts difficult.

      Ret expression at E10.5 and E11.5 are both shown in the same figure (Fig. 2). In the presentation of these results, we first describe in normal development that Ret is expressed differently in E10.5 ENS progenitors between the Pax2Cre and Wnt1Cre lineages. This is additional support for the argument that the two lineages are molecularly distinct. Then comes evaluation of postnatal fates with different markers before we return to embryonic Ret expression. We acknowledge that this can make it difficult to connect these observations. We decided to retain the original organization in order to not lose this important conclusion. However, we have revised the text to hopefully make this connection between the sections more congruent.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      - The labeling of some as "figure supplements" is really hard to follow in the text and confusing to interpret when a main figure or supplemental figure is being referenced, and which one.

      We understand this comment, but this is journal style and outside of our control. We have kept the journal format in the revised manuscript.

      - The data in Figures 3b-c is well established in the field and somewhat misinterpreted. NOS1 neurons in the mouse ENS and their projections have been well described (Sang and Young, 1996, and other studies). CGRP immunoreactivity would reflect both ENS CGRP-expressing neurons and visceral afferents from DRG.

      There of course is a history of analysis of NOS1, CGRP, and other markers in the ENS. The focus of the analysis in Fig. 3 is to demonstrate how the cells that express these markers are impacted by gene manipulation in the Wnt1Cre and Pax2Cre lineages. For the giant migrating contractions that are associated with defecation, ample past electrophysiological studies have established that mechanosensory CGRP+ neurons trigger NOS+ inhibitory neurons (and ACh+ excitatory neurons) of the myenteric plexus to propel colonic contents. Thus, these are the relevant markers to explain the lack of colonic peristalsis in Ednrb-deficient mice. To our awareness, our results with NOS1 do not contradict any past study, including the Sang and Young 1996 description. Regarding CGRP, indeed the reviewer is correct that this marker is expressed by both neuronal subtypes. Two arguments support the specific derivation of ENS mechanosensory neurons from the Pax2 lineage. First, the ENS and DRG neurons can be distinguished by the location of their cell bodies and their axon extensions in the gut wall; only the ENS neurons are deficient in Pax2Cre/Ednrb mutants (as documented in Fig. 3). Second, the DRG population is derived from neural crest and is not labeled by Pax2Cre. If this population of CGRP+ neurons had functional relevance to colonic peristalsis, this would not be altered in Pax2Cre/Ednrb mutants. Indeed, the CGRP+ afferent nerve endings of DRG origin in the distal colon are mechanical distension sensors but do not modulate either ENS or autonomic nervous system activity (PMID: 37541195). We believe that our interpretation is correct.

      - The evidence in Figure 3 supporting the claim that NOS1 and CGRP-expressing enteric neurons come from distinct lineages is weak. IHC for CGRP is notoriously poor at labeling soma in the ENS. IHC for tdTomato to ensure the detection of low levels of Tomato expression and quantification of observations would strengthen this claim.

      CGRP is a vesicular peptide which is stored and transported in vesicles, therefore the antibody against CGRP labels vesicular particles of soma and synaptic vesicles along the axons of those CGRP-producing neurons.

      It is not expected to label the entire cytoplasm (or the range of subcellular organelles) as NOS antibody does. We did included quantification of data in Figure 3-figure supplement 1 in the manuscript to support the claim of lineage derivation. As described in the Methods section of the manuscript, we used binary threshold selection for Tomato+ cell count using Fiji-Image J, which detects both TomatoHigh and TomatoLow cells as Tomato+; we feel this is equal to or even superior to IHC for this analysis. 

      - IHC panels in Figures 3h-o are largely uninterpretable. Most of the signal seems to be non-specific background staining in the mucosa and quantification of mucosal signal in this context does not seem meaningful.  

      We disagree with the reviewer’s comment. As described in the response above, CGRP+ mechanosensory neurons send their peripheral axon projections to innervate mucosa (sensory epithelial cells), and NOS+ inhibitory motor axons innervate the circular muscle. Thus, panels h-o of Fig. 3 focus on the axonal profile and are not intended to visualize soma, which is why sagittal views are presented instead of flatmount views. All of the controls were performed side-by-side to confirm that the signal is real and interpretable.

      Note also that the colon does not have villi so this annotation should be revised.

      We appreciate that the reviewer brought this misstatement to our attention. We corrected this error in the revised manuscript.

      - Phospho-RET staining in Figure 7 is difficult to discern and interpret with high background. Positive and negative controls would strengthen these data.

      Fig. 7 shows phospho Ret-Y1015 staining in lineage-labeled Wnt1Cre/Ednrb/R26nTnG mutants. The strength of the signal to noise in the figure is a matter of Ret expression level and the quality of the anti-pY1015 antibody. We are not aware of a meaningful positive control that has been validated in the literature that we could use for comparison. The ideal negative control would be to perform the same analysis in Wnt1Cre/Ret/R26nTnG mutants, but because this manipulation eliminates the entire NC cell lineage from the colon, there would be no NC cells in which to visualize background staining in this lineage with this antibody when Ret protein is not present. We note that anti-pY1096 did not show a difference in staining between control and mutant, which supports the interpretation of a specific impact on pY1015. We also point out here, as in the text, that we do not yet have any validation that phosphorylation of Y1015 is functionally important in NC migration to the distal colon. Clearly, more work to address this role and to demonstrate the mechanism of phosphorylation of this specific residue in response to Edn3-Ednrb signaling will be needed.

  2. Nov 2024
    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife Assessment 

      The work introduces a valuable new method for depleting the ribosomal RNA from bacterial single-cell RNA sequencing libraries and shows that this method is applicable to studying the heterogeneity in microbial biofilms. The evidence for a small subpopulation of cells at the bottom of the biofilm which upregulates PdeI expression is solid. However, more investigation into the unresolved functional relationship between PdeI and c-di-GMP levels with the help of other genes co-expressed in the same cluster would have made the conclusions more significant. 

      Many thanks for eLife’s assessment of our manuscript and the constructive feedback. We are encouraged by the recognition of our bacterial single-cell RNA-seq methodology as valuable and its efficacy in studying bacterial population heterogeneity. We appreciate the suggestion for additional investigation into the functional relationship between PdeI and c-di-GMP levels. We concur that such an exploration could substantially enhance the impact of our conclusions. To address this, we have implemented the following revisions: We have expanded our data analysis to identify and characterize genes co-expressed with PdeI within the same cellular cluster (Fig. 3F, G, Response Fig. 10); We conducted additional experiments to validate the functional relationships between PdeI and c-di-GMP, followed by detailed phenotypic analyses (Response Fig. 9B). Our analysis reveals that while other marker genes in this cluster are co-expressed, they do not significantly impact biofilm formation or directly relate to c-di-GMP or PdeI. We believe these revisions have substantially enhanced the comprehensiveness and context of our manuscript, thereby reinforcing the significance of our discoveries related to microbial biofilms. The expanded investigation provides a more thorough understanding of the PdeI-associated subpopulation and its role in biofilm formation, addressing the concerns raised in the initial assessment.

      Public Reviews: 

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review): 

      Summary: 

      In this manuscript, Yan and colleagues introduce a modification to the previously published PETRI-seq bacterial single-cell protocol to include a ribosomal depletion step based on a DNA probe set that selectively hybridizes with ribosome-derived (rRNA) cDNA fragments. They show that their modification of the PETRI-seq protocol increases the fraction of informative non-rRNA reads from ~4-10% to 54-92%. The authors apply their protocol to investigating heterogeneity in a biofilm model of E. coli, and convincingly show how their technology can detect minority subpopulations within a complex community. 

      Strengths: 

      The method the authors propose is a straightforward and inexpensive modification of an established split-pool single-cell RNA-seq protocol that greatly increases its utility, and should be of interest to a wide community working in the field of bacterial single-cell RNA-seq. 

      Weaknesses: 

      The manuscript is written in a very compressed style and many technical details of the evaluations conducted are unclear and processed data has not been made available for evaluation, limiting the ability of the reader to independently judge the merits of the method. 

      Thank you for your thoughtful and constructive review of our manuscript. We appreciate your recognition of the strengths of our work and the potential impact of our modified PETRI-seq protocol on the field of bacterial single-cell RNA-seq. We are grateful for the opportunity to address your concerns and improve the clarity and accessibility of our manuscript.

      We acknowledge your feedback regarding the compressed writing style and lack of technical details, which are constrained by the requirements of the Short Report format in eLife. We have addressed these issues in our revised manuscript as follows:

      (1) Expanded methodology section: We have provided a more comprehensive description of our experimental procedures, including detailed protocols for the ribosomal depletion step (lines 435-453) and data analysis pipeline (lines 471-528). This will enable readers to better understand and potentially replicate our methods.

      (2) Clarification of technical evaluations: We have elaborated on the specifics of our evaluations, including the criteria used for assessing the efficiency of ribosomal depletion (lines 99-120), and the methods employed for identifying and characterizing subpopulations (lines 155-159, 161-163 and 163-167).

      (3) Data availability: We apologize for the oversight in not making our processed data readily available. We have deposited all relevant datasets, including raw and source data, in appropriate public repositories (GEO: GSE260458) and provide clear instructions for accessing this data in the revised manuscript.

      (4) Supplementary information: To maintain the concise nature of the main text while providing necessary details, we have included additional supplementary information. This will cover extended methodology (lines 311-318, 321-323, 327-340, 450-453, 533, and 578-589), detailed statistical analyses (lines 492-493, 499-501 and 509-528), and comprehensive data tables to support our findings.

      We believe these changes significantly improved the clarity and reproducibility of our work, allowing readers to better evaluate the merits of our method.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review): 

      Summary: 

      This work introduces a new method of depleting the ribosomal reads from the single-cell RNA sequencing library prepared with one of the prokaryotic scRNA-seq techniques, PETRI-seq. The advance is very useful since it allows broader access to the technology by lowering the cost of sequencing. It also allows more transcript recovery with fewer sequencing reads. The authors demonstrate the utility and performance of the method for three different model species and find a subpopulation of cells in the E.coli biofilm that express a protein, PdeI, which causes elevated c-di-GMP levels. These cells were shown to be in a state that promotes persister formation in response to ampicillin treatment. 

      Strengths: 

      The introduced rRNA depletion method is highly efficient, with the depletion for E.coli resulting in over 90% of reads containing mRNA. The method is ready to use with existing PETRI-seq libraries which is a large advantage, given that no other rRNA depletion methods were published for split-pool bacterial scRNA-seq methods. Therefore, the value of the method for the field is high. There is also evidence that a small number of cells at the bottom of a static biofilm express PdeI which is causing the elevated c-di-GMP levels that are associated with persister formation. Given that PdeI is a phosphodiesterase, which is supposed to promote hydrolysis of c-di-GMP, this finding is unexpected. 

      Weaknesses: 

      With the descriptions and writing of the manuscript, it is hard to place the findings about the PdeI into existing context (i.e. it is well known that c-di-GMP is involved in biofilm development and is heterogeneously distributed in several species' biofilms; it is also known that E.coli diesterases regulate this second messenger, i.e. https://journals.asm.org/doi/full/10.1128/jb.00604-15). 

      There is also no explanation for the apparently contradictory upregulation of c-di-GMP in cells expressing higher PdeI levels. Perhaps the examination of the rest of the genes in cluster 2 of the biofilm sample could be useful to explain the observed association. 

      Thank you for your thoughtful and constructive review of our manuscript. We are pleased that the reviewer recognizes the value and efficiency of our rRNA depletion method for PETRI-seq, as well as its potential impact on the field. We would like to address the points raised by the reviewer and provide additional context and clarification regarding the function of PdeI in c-di-GMP regulation.

      We acknowledge that c-di-GMP’s role in biofilm development and its heterogeneous distribution in bacterial biofilms are well studied. We appreciate the reviewer's observation regarding the seemingly contradictory relationship between increased PdeI expression and elevated c-di-GMP levels. This is indeed an intriguing finding that warrants further explanation.

      PdeI is predicted to function as a phosphodiesterase involved in c-di-GMP degradation, based on sequence analysis demonstrating the presence of an intact EAL domain, which is known for this function. However, it is important to note that PdeI also harbors a divergent GGDEF domain, typically associated with c-di-GMP synthesis. This dual-domain structure indicates that PdeI may play complex regulatory roles. Previous studies have shown that knocking out the major phosphodiesterase PdeH in E. coli results in the accumulation of c-di-GMP. Moreover, introducing a point mutation (G412S) in PdeI's divergent GGDEF domain within this PdeH knockout background led to decreased c-di-GMP levels2. This finding implies that the wild-type GGDEF domain in PdeI contributes to maintaining or increasing cellular c-di-GMP levels.

      Importantly, our single-cell experiments demonstrated a positive correlation between PdeI expression levels and c-di-GMP levels (Figure 4D). In this revision, we also constructed a PdeI(G412S)-BFP mutation strain. Notably, our observations of this strain revealed that c-di-GMP levels remained constant despite an increase in BFP fluorescence, which serves as a proxy for PdeI(G412S) expression levels (Figure 4D). This experimental evidence, coupled with domain analyses, suggests that PdeI may also contribute to c-di-GMP synthesis, rebutting the notion that it acts solely as a phosphodiesterase. HPLC LC-MS/MS analysis further confirmed that the overexpression of PdeI, induced by arabinose, resulted in increased c-di-GMP levels (Fig. 4E) . These findings strongly suggest that PdeI plays a pivotal role in upregulating c-di-GMP levels.

      Our further analysis indicated that PdeI contains a CHASE (cyclases/histidine kinase-associated sensory) domain. Combined with our experimental results showing that PdeI is a membrane-associated protein, we hypothesize that PdeI acts as a sensor, integrating environmental signals with c-di-GMP production under complex regulatory mechanisms.

      We understand your interest in the other genes present in cluster 2 of the biofilm and their potential relationship to PdeI and c-di-GMP. Upon careful analysis, we have determined that the other marker genes in this cluster do not significantly impact biofilm formation, nor have we identified any direct relationship between these genes, c-di-GMP, or PdeI. Our focus on PdeI within this cluster is justified by its unique and significant role in c-di-GMP regulation and biofilm formation, as demonstrated by our experimental results. While other genes in this cluster may be co-expressed, their functions appear unrelated to the PdeI-c-di-GMP pathway we are investigating. Therefore, we opted not to elaborate on these genes in our main discussion, as they do not contribute directly to our understanding of the PdeI-c-di-GMP association. However, we can include a brief mention of these genes in the manuscript, indicating their lack of relevance to the PdeI-c-di-GMP pathway. This addition will provide a more comprehensive view of the cluster's composition while maintaining our focus on the key findings related to PdeI and c-di-GMP.

      We have also included the aforementioned explanations and supporting experimental data within the manuscript to clarify this important point (lines 193-217). Thank you for highlighting this apparent contradiction, allowing us to provide a more detailed explanation of our findings.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors): 

      Overall, I found the main text of the manuscript well written and easy to understand, though too compressed in parts to fully understand the details of the work presented, some examples are outlined below. The materials and methods appeared to be less carefully compiled and could use some careful proof-reading for spelling (e.g. repeated use of "minuts" for minutes, "datas" for data) and grammar and sentence fragments (e.g. "For exponential period E. coli data." Line 333). In general, the meaning is still clear enough to be understood. I also was unable to find figure captions for the supplementary figures, making these difficult to understand. 

      We appreciate your careful review, which has helped us improve the clarity and quality of our manuscript. We acknowledge that some parts of the main text may have been overly compressed due to Short Report format in eLife. We have thoroughly reviewed the manuscript and expanded on key areas to provide more comprehensive explanations. We have carefully revised the Materials and Methods section to address the following: Corrected all spelling and grammatical error, including "minuts" to "minutes" and "datas" to "data". Corrected grammatical issues and sentence fragments throughout the section. We sincerely apologize for the omission of captions for the supplementary figures. We have now added detailed captions for all supplementary figures to ensure they are easily understandable. We believe these revisions address your concerns and enhance the overall readability and comprehension of our work.

      General comments: 

      (1) To evaluate the performance of RiboD-PETRI, it would be helpful to have more details in general, particularly to do with the development of the sequencing protocol and the statistics shown. Some examples: How many reads were sequenced in each experiment? Of these, how many are mapped to the bacterial genome? How many reads were recovered per cell? Have the authors performed some kind of subsampling analysis to determine if their sequencing has saturated the detection of expressed genes? The authors show e.g. correlations between classic PETRI-seq and RiboD-PETRI for E. coli in Figure 1, but also have similar data for C. crescentus and S. aureus - do these data behave similarly? These are just a few examples, but I'm sure the authors have asked themselves many similar questions while developing this project; more details, hard numbers, and comparisons would be very much appreciated. 

      Thank you for your valuable feedback. To address your concerns, we have added a table in the supplementary material that clarifies the details of sequencing.

      The correlation values of PETRI-seq and RiboD-PETRI data in C. crescentus are relatively good. However, the correlation values between PETRI-seq and RiboD-PETRI data in SA data are relatively less high. The reason is that the sequencing depths of RiboD-PETRI and PETRI-seq are different, resulting in much higher gene expression in the RiboD-PETRI sequencing results than in PETRI-seq, and the calculated correlation coefficient is only about 0.47. This indicates that there is some positive correlation between the two sets of data, but it is not particularly strong. This indicates that there is a certain positive correlation between these two sets of data, but it is not particularly strong. However, we have counted the expression of 2763 genes in total, and even though the calculated correlation coefficient is relatively low, it still shows that there is some consistency between the two groups of samples.

      Author response image 1.

      Assessment of the effect of rRNA depletion on transcriptional profiles of (A) C. crescentus (CC) and (B) S. aureus (SA) . The Pearson correlation coefficient (r) of UMI counts per gene (log2 UMIs) between RiboD-PETRI and PETRI-seq was calculated for 4097 genes (A) and 2763 genes (B). The "ΔΔ" label represents the RiboD-PETRI protocol; The "Ctrl" label represents the classic PETRI-seq protocol we performed. Each point represents a gene.

      (2) Additionally, I think it is critical that the authors provide processed read counts per cell and gene in their supplementary information to allow others to investigate the performance of their method without going back to raw FASTQ files, as this can represent a significant hurdle for reanalysis. 

      Thank you for your suggestion. However, it's important to clarify that reads and UMIs (Unique Molecular Identifiers) are distinct concepts in single-cell RNA sequencing. Reads can be influenced by PCR amplification during library construction, making their quantity less stable. In contrast, UMIs serve as a more reliable indicator of the number of mRNA molecules detected after PCR amplification. Throughout our study, we primarily utilized UMI counts for quantification. To address your concern about data accessibility, we have included the UMI counts per cell and gene in our supplementary materials provided above (Table S7-15. Some of the files are too large in memory and are therefore stored in GEO: GSE260458). This approach provides a more accurate representation of gene expression levels and allows for robust reanalysis without the need to process raw FASTQ files.

      (3) Finally, the authors should also discuss other approaches to ribosomal depletion in bacterial scRNA-seq. One of the figures appears to contain such a comparison, but it is never mentioned in the text that I can find, and one could read this manuscript and come away believing this is the first attempt to deplete rRNA from bacterial scRNA-seq. 

      We have addressed this concern by including a comparison of different methods for depleting rRNA from bacterial scRNA-seq in Table S4 and make a short text comparison as follows: “Additionally, we compared our findings with other reported methods (Fig. 1B; Table S4). The original PETRI-seq protocol, which does not include an rRNA depletion step, exhibited an mRNA detection rate of approximately 5%. The MicroSPLiT-seq method, which utilizes Poly A Polymerase for mRNA enrichment, achieved a detection rate of 7%. Similarly, M3-seq and BacDrop-seq, which employ RNase H to digest rRNA post-DNA probe hybridization in cells, reported mRNA detection rates of 65% and 61%, respectively. MATQ-DASH, which utilizes Cas9-mediated targeted rRNA depletion, yielded a detection rate of 30%. Among these, RiboD-PETRI demonstrated superior performance in mRNA detection while requiring the least sequencing depth.” We have added this content in the main text (lines 110-120), specifically in relation to Figure 1B and Table S4. This addition provides context for our method and clarifies its position among existing techniques.

      Detailed comments: 

      Line 78: the authors describe the multiplet frequency, but it is not clear to me how this was determined, for which experiments, or where in the SI I should look to see this. Often this is done by mixing cultures of two distinct bacteria, but I see no evidence of this key experiment in the manuscript. 

      The multiplet frequency we discuss in the manuscript is not determined through experimental mixing of distinct bacterial cultures.The PETRI-seq and mirco-SPLIT articles have also done experiments mixing the two libraries to determine the single-cell rate, and both gave good results. Our technique is derived from these two articles (mainly PETRI-seq), and the biggest difference is the difference in the later RiboD part, so we did not do this experiment separately. So the multiple frequencies here are theoretical predictions based on our sequencing results, calculated using a Poisson distribution. We have made this distinction clearer in our manuscript (lines 93-97). The method is available in Materials and Methods section (lines 520-528). The data is available in Table S2. To elaborate:

      To assess the efficiency of single-cell capture in RiboD-PETRI, we calculated the multiplet frequency using a Poisson distribution based on our sequencing results

      (1) Definition: In our study, multiplet frequency is defined as the probability of a non-empty barcode corresponding to more than one cell.

      (2) Calculation Method: We use a Poisson distribution-based approach to calculate the predicted multiplet frequency. The process involves several steps:

      We first calculate the proportion of barcodes corresponding to zero cells: . Then, we calculate the proportion corresponding to one cell: . We derive the proportion for more than zero cells: P(≥1) = 1 - P(0). And for more than one cell: P(≥2) = 1 - P(1) - P(0). Finally, the multiplet frequency is calculated as:

      (3) Parameter λ: This is the ratio of the number of cells to the total number of possible barcode combinations. For instance, when detecting 10,000 cells, .

      Line 94: the concept of "percentage of gene expression" is never clearly defined. Does this mean the authors detect 99.86% of genes expressed in some cells? How is "expressed" defined - is this just detecting a single UMI? 

      The term "percentage gene expression" refers to the proportion of genes in the bacterial strain that were detected as expressed in the sequenced cell population. Specifically, in this context, it means that 99.86% of all genes in the bacterial strain were detected as expressed in at least one cell in our sequencing results. To define "expressed" more clearly: a gene is considered expressed if at least one UMI (Unique Molecular Identifier) detected in a cell in the population. This definition allows for the detection of even low-level gene expression. To enhance clarity in the manuscript, we have rephrased the sentence as “transcriptome-wide gene coverage across the cell population”.

      Line 98: The authors discuss the number of recovered UMIs throughout this paragraph, but there is no clear discussion of the number of detected expressed genes per cell. Could the authors include a discussion of this as well, as this is another important measure of sensitivity? 

      We appreciate your suggestion to include a discussion on the number of detected expressed genes per cell, as this is indeed another important measure of sensitivity. We would like to clarify that we have actually included statistics on the number of genes detected across all cells in the main text of our paper. This information is presented as percentages. However, we understand that you may be looking for a more detailed representation, similar to the UMI statistics we provided. To address this, we have now added a new analysis showing the number of genes detected per cell (lines 132-133, 138-139, 144-145 and 184-186, Fig. 2B, 3B and S2B). This additional result complements our existing UMI data and provides a more comprehensive view of the sensitivity of our method. We have included this new gene-per-cell statistical graph in the supplementary materials.

      Figure 1B: I presume ctrl and delta delta represent the classic PETRI-seq and RiboD protocols, respectively, but this is not specified. This should be clarified in the figure caption, or the names changed. 

      We appreciate you bringing this to our attention. We acknowledge that the labeling in the figure could have been clearer. We have now clarified this information in the figure caption. To provide more specificity: The "ΔΔ" label represents the RiboD-PETRI protocol; The "Ctrl" label represents the classic PETRI-seq protocol we performed. We have updated the figure caption to include these details, which should help readers better understand the protocols being compared in the figure.​

      Line 104: the authors claim "This performance surpassed other reported bacterial scRNA-seq methods" with a long number of references to other methods. "Performance" is not clearly defined, and it is unclear what the exact claim being made is. The authors should clarify what they're claiming, and further discuss the other methods and comparisons they have made with them in a thorough and fair fashion. 

      We appreciate your request for clarification, and we acknowledge that our definition of "performance" should have been more explicit. We would like to clarify that in this context, we define performance primarily in terms of the proportion of mRNA captured. Our improved method demonstrates a significantly higher rate of rRNA removal compared to other bacterial single-cell library construction methods. This results in a higher proportion of mRNA in our sequencing data, which we consider a key performance metric for single-cell RNA sequencing in bacteria. Additionally, when compared to our previous method, PETRI-seq, our improved approach not only enhances rRNA removal but also reduces library construction costs. This dual improvement in both data quality and cost-effectiveness is what we intended to convey with our performance claim.

      We recognize that a more thorough and fair discussion of other methods and their comparisons would be beneficial. We have summarized the comparison in Table S4 and make a short text discussion in the main text (lines 106-120). This addition provides context for our method and clarifies its position among existing techniques.

      Figure 1D: Do the authors have any explanation for the relatively lower performance of their C. crescentus depletion? 

      We appreciate your attention to detail and the opportunity to address this point. The lower efficiency of rRNA removal in C. crescentus compared to other species can be attributed to inherent differences between species. It's important to note that a single method for rRNA depletion may not be universally effective across all bacterial species due to variations in their genetic makeup and rRNA structures. Different bacterial species can have unique rRNA sequences, secondary structures, or associated proteins that may affect the efficiency of our depletion method. This species-specific variation highlights the challenges in developing a one-size-fits-all approach for bacterial rRNA depletion. While our method has shown high efficiency across several species, the results with C. crescentus underscore the need for continued refinement and possibly species-specific optimizations in rRNA depletion techniques. We thank you for bringing attention to this point, as it provides valuable insight into the complexities of bacterial rRNA depletion and areas for future improvement in our method.

      Line 118: The authors claim RiboD-PETRI has a "consistent ability to unveil within-population heterogeneity", however the preceding paragraph shows it detects potential heterogeneity, but provides no evidence this inferred heterogeneity reflects the reality of gene expression in individual cells. 

      We appreciate your careful reading and the opportunity to clarify this point. We acknowledge that our wording may have been too assertive given the evidence presented. We acknowledge that the subpopulations of cells identified in other species have not undergone experimental verification. Our intention in presenting these results was to demonstrate RiboD-PETRI's capability to detect “potential” heterogeneity consistently across different bacterial species, showcasing the method's sensitivity and potential utility in exploring within-population diversity. However, we agree that without further experimental validation, we cannot definitively claim that these detected differences represent true biological heterogeneity in all cases. We have revised this section to reflect the current state of our findings more accurately, emphasizing that while RiboD-PETRI consistently detects potential heterogeneity across species, further experimental validation would be required to confirm the biological significance of the observations (lines 169-171).

      Figure 1 H&I: I'm not entirely sure what I am meant to see in these figures, presumably some evidence for heterogeneity in gene expression. Are there better visualizations that could be used to communicate this? 

      We appreciate your suggestion for improving the visualization of gene expression heterogeneity. We have explored alternative visualization methods in the revised manuscript. Specifically, for the expression levels of marker genes shown in Figure 1H (which is Figure 2D now), we have created violin plots (Supplementary Fig. 4). These plots offer a more comprehensive view of the distribution of expression levels across different cell populations, making it easier to discern heterogeneity. However, due to the number of marker genes and the resulting volume of data, these violin plots are quite extensive and would occupy a significant amount of space. Given the space constraints of the main figure, we propose to include these violin plots as a Fig. S4 immediately following Figure 1 H&I (which is Figure 2D&E now). This arrangement will allow readers to access more detailed information about these marker genes while maintaining the concise style of the main figure.

      Regarding the pathway enrichment figure (Figure 2E), we have also considered your suggestion for improvement. We attempted to use a dot plot to display the KEGG pathway enrichment of the genes. However, our analysis revealed that the genes were only enriched in a single pathway. As a result, the visual representation using a dot plot still did not produce a particularly aesthetically pleasing or informative figure.

      Line 124: The authors state no significant batch effect was observed, but in the methods on line 344 they specify batch effects were removed using Harmony. It's unclear what exactly S2 is showing without a figure caption, but the authors should clarify this discrepancy. 

      We apologize for any confusion caused by the lack of a clear figure caption for Figure S2 (which is Figure S3D now). To address your concern, in addition to adding figure captions for supplementary figure, we would also like to provide more context about the batch effect analysis. In Supplementary Fig. S3, Panel C represents the results without using Harmony for batch effect removal, while Panel D shows the results after applying Harmony. In both panels A and B, the distribution of samples one and two do not show substantial differences. Based on this observation, we concluded that there was no significant batch effect between the two samples. However, we acknowledge that even subtle batch effects could potentially influence downstream analyses. Therefore, out of an abundance of caution and to ensure the highest quality of our results, we decided to apply Harmony to remove any potential minor batch effects. This approach aligns with best practices in single-cell analysis, where even small technical variations are often accounted for to enhance the robustness of the results.

      To improve clarity, we have revised our manuscript to better explain this nuanced approach: 1. We have updated the statement to reflect that while no major batch effect was observed, we applied batch correction as a precautionary measure (lines 181-182). 2. We have added a detailed caption to Figure S3, explaining the comparison between non-corrected and batch-corrected data. 3. We have modified the methods section to clarify that Harmony was applied as a precautionary step, despite the absence of obvious batch effects (lines 492-493).

      Figure 2D: I found this panel fairly uninformative, is there a better way to communicate this finding? 

      Thank you for your feedback regarding Figure 2D. We have explored alternative ways to present this information, using a dot plot to display the enrichment pathways, as this is often an effective method for visualizing such data. Meanwhile, we also provided a more detailed textual description of the enrichment results in the main text, highlighting the most significant findings.

      Figure 2I: the figure itself and caption say GFP, but in the text and elsewhere the authors say this is a BFP fusion. 

      We appreciate your careful review of our manuscript and figures. We apologize for any confusion this may have caused. To clarify: Both GFP (Green Fluorescent Protein) and BFP (Blue Fluorescent Protein) were indeed used in our experiments, but for different purposes: 1. GFP was used for imaging to observe location of PdeI in bacteria and persister cell growth, which is shown in Figure 4C and 4K. 2. BFP was used for cell sorting, imaging of location in biofilm, and detecting the proportion of persister cells which shown in Figure 4D, 4F-J. To address this inconsistency and improve clarity, we will make the following corrections: 1. We have reviewed the main text to ensure that references to GFP and BFP are accurate and consistent with their respective uses in our experiments. 2. We have added a note in the figure caption for Figure 4C to explicitly state that this particular image shows GFP fluorescence for location of PdeI. 3. In the methods section, we have provided a clear explanation of how both fluorescent proteins were used in different aspects of our study (lines 326-340).

      Line 156: The authors compare prices between RiboD and PETRI-seq. It would be helpful to provide a full cost breakdown, e.g. in supplementary information, as it is unclear exactly how the authors came to these numbers or where the major savings are (presumably in sequencing depth?) 

      We appreciate your suggestion to provide a more detailed cost breakdown, and we agree that this would enhance the transparency and reproducibility of our cost analysis. In response to your feedback, we have prepared a comprehensive cost breakdown that includes all materials and reagents used in the library preparation process. Additionally, we've factored in the sequencing depth (50G) and the unit price for sequencing (25¥/G). These calculations allow us to determine the cost per cell after sequencing. As you correctly surmised, a significant portion of the cost reduction is indeed related to sequencing depth. However, there are also savings in the library preparation steps that contribute to the overall cost-effectiveness of our method. We propose to include this detailed cost breakdown as a supplementary table (Table S6) in our paper. This table will provide a clear, itemized list of all expenses involved, including: 1. Reagents and materials for library preparation 2. Sequencing costs (depth and price per G) 3. Calculated cost per cell.

      Line 291: The design and production of the depletion probes are not clearly explained. How did the authors design them? How were they synthesized? Also, it appears the authors have separate probe sets for E. coli, C. crescentus, and S. aureus - this should be clarified, possibly in the main text.

      Thank you for your important questions regarding the design and production of our depletion probes. We included the detailed probe information in Supplementary Table S1, however, we didn’t clarify the information in the main text due to the constrains of the requirements of the Short Report format in eLife. We appreciate the opportunity to provide clarifications. ​

      The core principle behind our probe design is that the probe sequences are reverse complementary to the r-cDNA sequences. This design allows for specific recognition of r-cDNA. The probes are then bound to magnetic beads, allowing the r-cDNA-probe-bead complexes to be separated from the rest of the library. To address your specific questions: 1. Probe Design: We designed separate probe sets for E. coli, C. crescentus, and S. aureus. Each set was specifically constructed to be reverse complementary to the r-cDNA sequences of its respective bacterial species. This species-specific approach ensures high efficiency and specificity in rRNA depletion for each organism. The hybrid DNA complex wasthen removed by Streptavidin magnetic beads. 2. Probe Synthesis: The probes were synthesized based on these design principles. 3. Species-Specific Probe Sets: You are correct in noting that we used separate probe sets for each bacterial species. We have clarified this important point in the main text to ensure readers understand the specificity of our approach. To further illustrate this process, we have created a schematic diagram showing the principle of rRNA removal and clarified the design principle in figure legend, which we have included in the figure legend of Fig. 1A.

      Line 362: I didn't see a description of the construction of the PdeI-BFP strain, I assume this would be important for anyone interested in the specific work on PdeI. 

      Thank you for your astute observation regarding the construction of the PdeI-BFP strain. We appreciate the opportunity to provide this important information. The PdeI-BFP strain was constructed as follows: 1. We cloned the pdeI gene along with its native promoter region (250bp) into a pBAD vector. 2. The original promoter region of the pBAD vector was removed to avoid any potential interference. 3. This construction enables the expression of the PdeI-BFP fusion protein to be regulated by the native promoter of pdeI, thus maintaining its physiological control mechanisms. 4. The BFP coding sequence was fused to the pdeI gene to create the PdeI-BFP fusion construct. We have added a detailed description of the PdeI-BFP strain construction to our methods section (lines 327-334).

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors): 

      (1) General remarks: 

      Reconsider using 'advanced' in the title. It is highly generic and misleading. Perhaps 'cost-efficient' would be a more precise substitute. 

      Thank you for your valuable suggestion. After careful consideration, we have decided to use "improved" in the title. Firstly, our method presents an efficient solution to a persistent challenge in bacterial single-cell RNA sequencing, specifically addressing rRNA abundance. Secondly, it facilitates precise exploration of bacterial population heterogeneity. We believe our method encompasses more than just cost-effectiveness, justifying the use of the term "advanced."

      Consider expanding the introduction. The introduction does not explain the setup of the biological question or basic details such as the organism(s) for which the technique has been developed, or which species biofilms were studied. 

      Thank you for your valuable feedback regarding our introduction. We acknowledge our compressed writing style due to constrains of the requirements of the Short Report format in eLife. We appreciate opportunity to expand this crucial section of our manuscript, which will undoubtedly improve the clarity and impact of our manuscript's introduction.

      We revised our introduction (lines 53-80) according to following principles:

      (1) Initial Biological Question: We explained the initial biological question that motivated our research—understanding the heterogeneity in E. coli biofilms—to provide essential context for our technological development.

      (2) Limitations of Existing Techniques: We briefly described the limitations of current single-cell sequencing techniques for bacteria, particularly regarding their application in biofilm studies.

      (3) Introduction of Improved Technique: We introduced our improved technique, initially developed for E. coli.

      (4) Research Evolution: We highlighted how our research has evolved, demonstrating that our technique is applicable not only to E. coli but also to Gram-positive bacteria and other Gram-negative species, showcasing the broad applicability of our method.

      (5) Specific Organisms Studied: We provided examples of the specific organisms we studied, encompassing both Gram-positive and Gram-negative bacteria.

      (6) Potential Implications: Finally, we outlined the potential implications of our technique for studying bacterial heterogeneity across various species and contexts, extending beyond biofilms.

      (2) Writing remarks: 

      43-45 Reword: "Thus, we address a persistent challenge in bacterial single-cell RNA-seq regarding rRNA abundance, exemplifying the utility of this method in exploring biofilm heterogeneity.". 

      Thank you for highlighting this sentence and requesting a rewording. I appreciate the opportunity to improve the clarity and impact of our statement. We have reworded the sentence as: "Our method effectively tackles a long-standing issue in bacterial single-cell RNA-seq: the overwhelming abundance of rRNA. This advancement significantly enhances our ability to investigate the intricate heterogeneity within biofilms at unprecedented resolution." (lines 47-50)

      49 "Biofilms, comprising approximately 80% of chronic and recurrent microbial infections in the human body..." - probably meant 'contribute to'. 

      Thank you for catching this imprecision in our statement. We have reworded the sentence as: "​Biofilms contribute to approximately 80% of chronic and recurrent microbial infections in the human body...​"

      54-55 Please expand on "this". 

      Thank you for your request to expand on the use of "this" in the sentence. You're right that more clarity would be beneficial here. We have revised and expanded this section in lines 54-69.

      81-84 Unclear why these species samples were either at exponential or stationary phases. The growth stage can influence the proportion of rRNA and other transcripts in the population. 

      Thank you for raising this important point about the growth phases of the bacterial samples used in our study. We appreciate the opportunity to clarify our experimental design. To evaluate the performance of RiboD-PETRI, we designed a comprehensive assessment of rRNA depletion efficiency under diverse physiological conditions, specifically contrasting exponential and stationary phases. This approach allows us to understand how these different growth states impact rRNA depletion efficacy. Additionally, we included a variety of bacterial species, encompassing both gram-negative and gram-positive organisms, to ensure that our findings are broadly applicable across different types of bacteria. By incorporating these variables, we aim to provide insights into the robustness and reliability of the RiboD-PETRI method in various biological contexts. We have included this rationale in our result section (lines 99-106), providing readers with a clear understanding of our experimental design choices.

      86 "compared TO PETRI-seq " (typo). 

      We have corrected this typo in our manuscript.

      94 "gene expression collectively" rephrase. Probably this means coverage of the entire gene set across all cells. Same for downstream usage of the phrase. 

      Thank you for pointing out this ambiguity in our phrasing. Your interpretation of our intended meaning is accurate. We have rephrased the sentence as “transcriptome-wide gene coverage across the cell population”.

      97 What were the median UMIs for the 30,000 cell library {greater than or equal to}15 UMIs? Same question for the other datasets. This would reflect a more comparable statistic with previous studies than the top 3% of the cells for example, since the distributions of the single-cell UMIs typically have a long tail. 

      Thank you for this insightful question and for pointing out the importance of providing more comparable statistics. We agree that median values offer a more robust measure of central tendency, especially for datasets with long-tailed distributions, which are common in single-cell studies. The suggestion to include median Unique Molecular Identifier (UMI) counts would indeed provide a more comparable statistic with previous studies. We have analyzed the median UMIs for our libraries as follows and revised our manuscript according to the analysis (lines 126-130, 133-136, 139-142 and 175-180).

      (1) Median UMI count in Exponential Phase E. coli:

      Total: 102 UMIs per cell

      Top 1,000 cells: 462 UMIs per cell

      Top 5,000 cells: 259 UMIs per cell

      Top 10,000 cells: 193 UMIs per cell

      (2) Median UMI count in Stationary Phase S. aureus:

      Total: 142 UMIs per cell

      Top 1,000 cells: 378 UMIs per cell

      Top 5,000 cells: 207 UMIs per cell

      Top 8,000 cells: 167 UMIs per cell

      (3) Median UMI count in Exponential Phase C. crescentus:

      Total: 182 UMIs per cell

      Top 1,000 cells: 2,190 UMIs per cell

      Top 5,000 cells: 662 UMIs per cell

      Top 10,000 cells: 225 UMIs per cell

      (4) Median UMI count in Static E. coli Biofilm:

      Total of Replicate 1: 34 UMIs per cell

      Total of Replicate 2: 52 UMIs per cell

      Top 1,621 cells of Replicate 1: 283 UMIs per cell

      Top 3,999 cells of Replicate 2: 239 UMIs per cell

      104-105 The performance metric should again be the median UMIs of the majority of the cells passing the filter (15 mRNA UMIs is reasonable). The top 3-5% are always much higher in resolution because of the heavy tail of the single-cell UMI distribution. It is unclear if the performance surpasses the other methods using the comparable metric. Recommend removing this line. 

      We appreciate your suggestion regarding the use of median UMIs as a more appropriate performance metric, and we agree that comparing the top 3-5% of cells can be misleading due to the heavy tail of the single-cell UMI distribution. We have removed the line in question (104-105) that compares our method's performance based on the top 3-5% of cells in the revised manuscript. Instead, we focused on presenting the median UMI counts for cells passing the filter (≥15 mRNA UMIs) as the primary performance metric. This will provide a more representative and comparable measure of our method's performance. We have also revised the surrounding text to reflect this change, ensuring that our claims about performance are based on these more robust statistics (lines 126-130, 133-136, 139-142 and 175-180).

      106-108 The sequencing saturation of the libraries (in %), and downsampling analysis should be added to illustrate this point. 

      Thank you for your valuable suggestion. Your recommendation to add sequencing saturation and downsampling analysis is highly valuable and will help better illustrate our point. Based on your feedback, we have revised our manuscript by adding the following content:

      To provide a thorough evaluation of our sequencing depth and library quality, we performed sequencing saturation analysis on our sequencing samples. The findings reveal that our sequencing saturation is 100% (Fig. 8A & B), indicating that our sequencing depth is sufficient to capture the diversity of most transcripts. To further illustrate the impact of our downstream analysis on the datasets, we have demonstrated the data distribution before and after applying our filtering criteria (Fig. S1B & C). These figures effectively visualized the influence of our filtering process on the data quality and distribution. After filtering, we can have a more refined dataset with reduced noise and outliers, which enhances the reliability of our downstream analyses.

      We have also ensured that a detailed description of the sequencing saturation method is included in the manuscript to provide readers with a comprehensive understanding of our methodology. We appreciate your feedback and believe these additions significantly improve our work.

      122: Please provide more details about the biofilm setup, including the media used. I did not find them in the methods. 

      We appreciate your attention to detail, and we agree that this information is crucial for the reproducibility of our experiments. We propose to add the following information to our methods section (lines 311-318):

      "For the biofilm setup, bacterial cultures were grown overnight. The next day, we diluted the culture 1:100 in a petri dish. We added 2ml of LB medium to the dish. If the bacteria contain a plasmid, the appropriate antibiotic needs to be added to LB. The petri dish was then incubated statically in a growth chamber for 24 hours. After incubation, we performed imaging directly under the microscope. The petri dishes used were glass-bottom dishes from Biosharp (catalog number BS-20-GJM), allowing for direct microscopic imaging without the need for cover slips or slides. This setup allowed us to grow and image the biofilms in situ, providing a more accurate representation of their natural structure and composition.​"

      125: "sequenced 1,563 reads" missing "with" 

      Thank you for correcting our grammar. We have revisd the phrase as “sequenced with 1,563 reads”.

      126: "283/239 UMIs per cell" unclear. 283 and 239 UMIs per cell per replicate, respectively? 

      Thank you for correcting our grammar. We have revised the phrase as “283 and 239 UMIs per cell per replicate, respectively” (lines 184).

      Figure 1D: Please indicate where the comparison datasets are from. 

      We appreciate your question regarding the source of the comparison datasets in Figure 1D. All data presented in Figure 1D are from our own sequencing experiments. We did not use data from other publications for this comparison. Specifically, we performed sequencing on E. coli cells in the exponential growth phase using three different library preparation methods: RiboD-PETRI, PETRI-seq, and RNA-seq. The data shown in Figure 1D represent a comparison of UMIs and/or reads correlations obtained from these three methods. All sequencing results have been uploaded to the Gene Expression Omnibus (GEO) database. The accession number is GSE260458. We have updated the figure legend for Figure 1D to clearly state that all datasets are from our own experiments, specifying the different methods used.

      Figure 1I, 2D: Unable to interpret the color block in the data. 

      We apologize for any confusion regarding the interpretation of the color blocks in Figures 1I and 2D (which are Figure 2E, 3E now). The color blocks in these figures represent the p-values of the data points. The color scale ranges from red to blue. Red colors indicate smaller p-values, suggesting higher statistical significance and more reliable results. Blue colors indicate larger p-values, suggesting lower statistical significance and less reliable results. We have updated the figure legends for both Figure 2E and Figure 3E to include this explanation of the color scale. Additionally, we have added a color legend to each figure to make the interpretation more intuitive for readers.

      Figure1H and 2C: Gene names should be provided where possible. The locus tags are highly annotation-dependent and hard to interpret. Also, a larger size figure should be helpful. The clusters 2 and 3 in 2C are the most important, yet because they have few cells, very hard to see in this panel. 

      We appreciate your suggestions for improving the clarity and interpretability of Figures 1H and 2C (which is Figure 2D, 3D now). We have replaced the locus tags with gene names where possible in both figures. We have increased the size of both figures to improve visibility and readability. We have also made Clusters 2 and 3 in Figure 3D more prominent in the revised figure. Despite their smaller cell count, we recognize their importance and have adjusted the visualization to ensure they are clearly visible. We believe these modifications will significantly enhance the clarity and informativeness of Figures 2D and 3D.​

      (3) Questions to consider further expanding on, by more analyses or experiments and in the discussion: 

      What are the explanations for the apparently contradictory upregulation of c-di-GMP in cells expressing higher PdeI levels? How could a phosphodiesterase lead to increased c-di-GMP levels? 

      We appreciate the reviewer's observation regarding the seemingly contradictory relationship between increased PdeI expression and elevated c-di-GMP levels. This is indeed an intriguing finding that warrants further explanation.

      PdeI was predicted to be a phosphodiesterase responsible for c-di-GMP degradation. This prediction is based on sequence analysis where PdeI contains an intact EAL domain known for degrading c-di-GMP. However, it is noteworthy that PdeI also contains a divergent GGDEF domain, which is typically associated with c-di-GMP synthesis (Fig S8). This dual-domain architecture suggests that PdeI may engage in complex regulatory roles. Previous studies have shown that the knockout of the major phosphodiesterase PdeH in E. coli leads to the accumulation of c-di-GMP. Further, a point mutation on PdeI's divergent GGDEF domain (G412S) in this PdeH knockout strain resulted in decreased c-di-GMP levels2, implying that the wild-type GGDEF domain in PdeI contributes to the maintenance or increase of c-di-GMP levels in the cell. Importantly, our single-cell experiments showed a positive correlation between PdeI expression levels and c-di-GMP levels (Response Fig. 9B). In this revision, we also constructed PdeI(G412S)-BFP mutation strain. Notably, our observations of this strain revealed that c-di-GMP levels remained constant despite increasing BFP fluorescence, which serves as a proxy for PdeI(G412S) expression levels (Fig. 4D). This experimental evidence, along with domain analysis, suggests that PdeI could contribute to c-di-GMP synthesis, rebutting the notion that it solely functions as a phosphodiesterase. HPLC LC-MS/MS analysis further confirmed that PdeI overexpression, induced by arabinose, led to an upregulation of c-di-GMP levels (Fig. 4E). These results strongly suggest that PdeI plays a significant role in upregulating c-di-GMP levels. Our further analysis revealed that PdeI contains a CHASE (cyclases/histidine kinase-associated sensory) domain. Combined with our experimental results demonstrating that PdeI is a membrane-associated protein, we hypothesize that PdeI functions as a sensor that integrates environmental signals with c-di-GMP production under complex regulatory mechanisms.

      We have also included this explanation (lines 193-217) and the supporting experimental data (Fig. 4D & 4J) in our manuscript to clarify this important point. Thank you for highlighting this apparent contradiction, as it has allowed us to provide a more comprehensive explanation of our findings.

      What about the rest of the genes in cluster 2 of the biofilm? They should be used to help interpret the association between PdeI and c-di-GMP. 

      We understand your interest in the other genes present in cluster 2 of the biofilm and their potential relationship to PdeI and c-di-GMP. After careful analysis, we have determined that the other marker genes in this cluster do not have a significant impact on biofilm formation. Furthermore, we have not found any direct relationship between these genes and c-di-GMP or PdeI. Our focus on PdeI in this cluster is due to its unique and significant role in c-di-GMP regulation and biofilm formation, as demonstrated by our experimental results. While the other genes in this cluster may be co-expressed, their functions appear to be unrelated to the PdeI and c-di-GMP pathway we are investigating. We chose not to elaborate on these genes in our main discussion as they do not contribute directly to our understanding of the PdeI and c-di-GMP association. Instead, we could include a brief mention of these genes in the manuscript, noting that they were found to be unrelated to the PdeI-c-di-GMP pathway. This would provide a more comprehensive view of the cluster composition while maintaining focus on the key findings related to PdeI and c-di-GMP.

      Author response image 2.

      Protein-protein interactions of marker genes in cluster 2 of 24-hour static biofilms of E coli data.

      A verification is needed that the protein fusion to PdeI functional/membrane localization is not due to protein interactions with fluorescent protein fusion. 

      We appreciate your concern regarding the potential impact of the fluorescent protein fusion on the functionality and membrane localization of PdeI. It is crucial to verify that the observed effects are attributable to PdeI itself and not an artifact of its fusion with the fluorescent protein. To address this matter, we have incorporated a control group expressing only the fluorescent protein BFP (without the PdeI fusion) under the same promoter. This experimental design allows us to differentiate between effects caused by PdeI and those potentially arising from the fluorescent protein alone.

      Our results revealed the following key observations:

      (1) Cellular Localization: The GFP alone exhibited a uniform distribution in the cytoplasm of bacterial cells, whereas the PdeI-GFP fusion protein was specifically localized to the membrane (Fig. 4C).

      (2) Localization in the Biofilm Matrix: BFP-positive cells were distributed throughout the entire biofilm community. In contrast, PdeI-BFP positive cells localized at the bottom of the biofilm, where cell-surface adhesion occurs (Fig 4F).

      (3) c-di-GMP Levels: Cells with high levels of BFP displayed no increase in c-di-GMP levels. Conversely, cells with high levels of PdeI-BFP exhibited a significant increase in c-di-GMP levels (Fig. 4D).

      (4) Persister Cell Ratio: Cells expressing high levels of BFP showed no increase in persister ratios, while cells with elevated levels of PdeI-BFP demonstrated a marked increase in persister ratios (Fig. 4J).

      These findings from the control experiments have been included in our manuscript (lines 193-244, Fig. 4C, 4D, 4F, 4G and 4J), providing robust validation of our results concerning the PdeI fusion protein. They confirm that the observed effects are indeed due to PdeI and not merely artifacts of the fluorescent protein fusion.

      (!) Vrabioiu, A. M. & Berg, H. C. Signaling events that occur when cells of Escherichia coli encounter a glass surface. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America 119, doi:10.1073/pnas.2116830119 (2022). https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.2116830119

      (2)bReinders, A. et al. Expression and Genetic Activation of Cyclic Di-GMP-Specific Phosphodiesterases in Escherichia coli. J Bacteriol 198, 448-462 (2016). https://doi.org:10.1128/JB.00604-15

    2. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife Assessment 

      The work introduces a valuable new method for depleting the ribosomal RNA from bacterial single-cell RNA sequencing libraries and shows that this method is applicable to studying the heterogeneity in microbial biofilms. The evidence for a small subpopulation of cells at the bottom of the biofilm which upregulates PdeI expression is solid. However, more investigation into the unresolved functional relationship between PdeI and c-di-GMP levels with the help of other genes co-expressed in the same cluster would have made the conclusions more significant. 

      Many thanks for eLife’s assessment of our manuscript and the constructive feedback. We are encouraged by the recognition of our bacterial single-cell RNA-seq methodology as valuable and its efficacy in studying bacterial population heterogeneity. We appreciate the suggestion for additional investigation into the functional relationship between PdeI and c-di-GMP levels. We concur that such an exploration could substantially enhance the impact of our conclusions. To address this, we have implemented the following revisions: We have expanded our data analysis to identify and characterize genes co-expressed with PdeI within the same cellular cluster (Fig. 3F, G, Response Fig. 10); We conducted additional experiments to validate the functional relationships between PdeI and c-di-GMP, followed by detailed phenotypic analyses (Response Fig. 9B). Our analysis reveals that while other marker genes in this cluster are co-expressed, they do not significantly impact biofilm formation or directly relate to c-di-GMP or PdeI. We believe these revisions have substantially enhanced the comprehensiveness and context of our manuscript, thereby reinforcing the significance of our discoveries related to microbial biofilms. The expanded investigation provides a more thorough understanding of the PdeI-associated subpopulation and its role in biofilm formation, addressing the concerns raised in the initial assessment.

      Public Reviews: 

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review): 

      Summary: 

      In this manuscript, Yan and colleagues introduce a modification to the previously published PETRI-seq bacterial single-cell protocol to include a ribosomal depletion step based on a DNA probe set that selectively hybridizes with ribosome-derived (rRNA) cDNA fragments. They show that their modification of the PETRI-seq protocol increases the fraction of informative non-rRNA reads from ~4-10% to 54-92%. The authors apply their protocol to investigating heterogeneity in a biofilm model of E. coli, and convincingly show how their technology can detect minority subpopulations within a complex community. 

      Strengths: 

      The method the authors propose is a straightforward and inexpensive modification of an established split-pool single-cell RNA-seq protocol that greatly increases its utility, and should be of interest to a wide community working in the field of bacterial single-cell RNA-seq. 

      Weaknesses: 

      The manuscript is written in a very compressed style and many technical details of the evaluations conducted are unclear and processed data has not been made available for evaluation, limiting the ability of the reader to independently judge the merits of the method. 

      Thank you for your thoughtful and constructive review of our manuscript. We appreciate your recognition of the strengths of our work and the potential impact of our modified PETRI-seq protocol on the field of bacterial single-cell RNA-seq. We are grateful for the opportunity to address your concerns and improve the clarity and accessibility of our manuscript.

      We acknowledge your feedback regarding the compressed writing style and lack of technical details, which are constrained by the requirements of the Short Report format in eLife. We have addressed these issues in our revised manuscript as follows:

      (1) Expanded methodology section: We have provided a more comprehensive description of our experimental procedures, including detailed protocols for the ribosomal depletion step (lines 435-453) and data analysis pipeline (lines 471-528). This will enable readers to better understand and potentially replicate our methods.

      (2) Clarification of technical evaluations: We have elaborated on the specifics of our evaluations, including the criteria used for assessing the efficiency of ribosomal depletion (lines 99-120), and the methods employed for identifying and characterizing subpopulations (lines 155-159, 161-163 and 163-167).

      (3) Data availability: We apologize for the oversight in not making our processed data readily available. We have deposited all relevant datasets, including raw and source data, in appropriate public repositories (GEO: GSE260458) and provide clear instructions for accessing this data in the revised manuscript.

      (4) Supplementary information: To maintain the concise nature of the main text while providing necessary details, we have included additional supplementary information. This will cover extended methodology (lines 311-318, 321-323, 327-340, 450-453, 533, and 578-589), detailed statistical analyses (lines 492-493, 499-501 and 509-528), and comprehensive data tables to support our findings.

      We believe these changes significantly improved the clarity and reproducibility of our work, allowing readers to better evaluate the merits of our method.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review): 

      Summary: 

      This work introduces a new method of depleting the ribosomal reads from the single-cell RNA sequencing library prepared with one of the prokaryotic scRNA-seq techniques, PETRI-seq. The advance is very useful since it allows broader access to the technology by lowering the cost of sequencing. It also allows more transcript recovery with fewer sequencing reads. The authors demonstrate the utility and performance of the method for three different model species and find a subpopulation of cells in the E.coli biofilm that express a protein, PdeI, which causes elevated c-di-GMP levels. These cells were shown to be in a state that promotes persister formation in response to ampicillin treatment. 

      Strengths: 

      The introduced rRNA depletion method is highly efficient, with the depletion for E.coli resulting in over 90% of reads containing mRNA. The method is ready to use with existing PETRI-seq libraries which is a large advantage, given that no other rRNA depletion methods were published for split-pool bacterial scRNA-seq methods. Therefore, the value of the method for the field is high. There is also evidence that a small number of cells at the bottom of a static biofilm express PdeI which is causing the elevated c-di-GMP levels that are associated with persister formation. Given that PdeI is a phosphodiesterase, which is supposed to promote hydrolysis of c-di-GMP, this finding is unexpected. 

      Weaknesses: 

      With the descriptions and writing of the manuscript, it is hard to place the findings about the PdeI into existing context (i.e. it is well known that c-di-GMP is involved in biofilm development and is heterogeneously distributed in several species' biofilms; it is also known that E.coli diesterases regulate this second messenger, i.e. https://journals.asm.org/doi/full/10.1128/jb.00604-15). 

      There is also no explanation for the apparently contradictory upregulation of c-di-GMP in cells expressing higher PdeI levels. Perhaps the examination of the rest of the genes in cluster 2 of the biofilm sample could be useful to explain the observed association. 

      Thank you for your thoughtful and constructive review of our manuscript. We are pleased that the reviewer recognizes the value and efficiency of our rRNA depletion method for PETRI-seq, as well as its potential impact on the field. We would like to address the points raised by the reviewer and provide additional context and clarification regarding the function of PdeI in c-di-GMP regulation.

      We acknowledge that c-di-GMP’s role in biofilm development and its heterogeneous distribution in bacterial biofilms are well studied. We appreciate the reviewer's observation regarding the seemingly contradictory relationship between increased PdeI expression and elevated c-di-GMP levels. This is indeed an intriguing finding that warrants further explanation.

      PdeI is predicted to function as a phosphodiesterase involved in c-di-GMP degradation, based on sequence analysis demonstrating the presence of an intact EAL domain, which is known for this function. However, it is important to note that PdeI also harbors a divergent GGDEF domain, typically associated with c-di-GMP synthesis. This dual-domain structure indicates that PdeI may play complex regulatory roles. Previous studies have shown that knocking out the major phosphodiesterase PdeH in E. coli results in the accumulation of c-di-GMP. Moreover, introducing a point mutation (G412S) in PdeI's divergent GGDEF domain within this PdeH knockout background led to decreased c-di-GMP levels2. This finding implies that the wild-type GGDEF domain in PdeI contributes to maintaining or increasing cellular c-di-GMP levels.

      Importantly, our single-cell experiments demonstrated a positive correlation between PdeI expression levels and c-di-GMP levels (Figure 4D). In this revision, we also constructed a PdeI(G412S)-BFP mutation strain. Notably, our observations of this strain revealed that c-di-GMP levels remained constant despite an increase in BFP fluorescence, which serves as a proxy for PdeI(G412S) expression levels (Figure 4D). This experimental evidence, coupled with domain analyses, suggests that PdeI may also contribute to c-di-GMP synthesis, rebutting the notion that it acts solely as a phosphodiesterase. HPLC LC-MS/MS analysis further confirmed that the overexpression of PdeI, induced by arabinose, resulted in increased c-di-GMP levels (Fig. 4E) . These findings strongly suggest that PdeI plays a pivotal role in upregulating c-di-GMP levels.

      Our further analysis indicated that PdeI contains a CHASE (cyclases/histidine kinase-associated sensory) domain. Combined with our experimental results showing that PdeI is a membrane-associated protein, we hypothesize that PdeI acts as a sensor, integrating environmental signals with c-di-GMP production under complex regulatory mechanisms.

      We understand your interest in the other genes present in cluster 2 of the biofilm and their potential relationship to PdeI and c-di-GMP. Upon careful analysis, we have determined that the other marker genes in this cluster do not significantly impact biofilm formation, nor have we identified any direct relationship between these genes, c-di-GMP, or PdeI. Our focus on PdeI within this cluster is justified by its unique and significant role in c-di-GMP regulation and biofilm formation, as demonstrated by our experimental results. While other genes in this cluster may be co-expressed, their functions appear unrelated to the PdeI-c-di-GMP pathway we are investigating. Therefore, we opted not to elaborate on these genes in our main discussion, as they do not contribute directly to our understanding of the PdeI-c-di-GMP association. However, we can include a brief mention of these genes in the manuscript, indicating their lack of relevance to the PdeI-c-di-GMP pathway. This addition will provide a more comprehensive view of the cluster's composition while maintaining our focus on the key findings related to PdeI and c-di-GMP.

      We have also included the aforementioned explanations and supporting experimental data within the manuscript to clarify this important point (lines 193-217). Thank you for highlighting this apparent contradiction, allowing us to provide a more detailed explanation of our findings.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors): 

      Overall, I found the main text of the manuscript well written and easy to understand, though too compressed in parts to fully understand the details of the work presented, some examples are outlined below. The materials and methods appeared to be less carefully compiled and could use some careful proof-reading for spelling (e.g. repeated use of "minuts" for minutes, "datas" for data) and grammar and sentence fragments (e.g. "For exponential period E. coli data." Line 333). In general, the meaning is still clear enough to be understood. I also was unable to find figure captions for the supplementary figures, making these difficult to understand. 

      We appreciate your careful review, which has helped us improve the clarity and quality of our manuscript. We acknowledge that some parts of the main text may have been overly compressed due to Short Report format in eLife. We have thoroughly reviewed the manuscript and expanded on key areas to provide more comprehensive explanations. We have carefully revised the Materials and Methods section to address the following: Corrected all spelling and grammatical error, including "minuts" to "minutes" and "datas" to "data". Corrected grammatical issues and sentence fragments throughout the section. We sincerely apologize for the omission of captions for the supplementary figures. We have now added detailed captions for all supplementary figures to ensure they are easily understandable. We believe these revisions address your concerns and enhance the overall readability and comprehension of our work.

      General comments: 

      (1) To evaluate the performance of RiboD-PETRI, it would be helpful to have more details in general, particularly to do with the development of the sequencing protocol and the statistics shown. Some examples: How many reads were sequenced in each experiment? Of these, how many are mapped to the bacterial genome? How many reads were recovered per cell? Have the authors performed some kind of subsampling analysis to determine if their sequencing has saturated the detection of expressed genes? The authors show e.g. correlations between classic PETRI-seq and RiboD-PETRI for E. coli in Figure 1, but also have similar data for C. crescentus and S. aureus - do these data behave similarly? These are just a few examples, but I'm sure the authors have asked themselves many similar questions while developing this project; more details, hard numbers, and comparisons would be very much appreciated. 

      Thank you for your valuable feedback. To address your concerns, we have added a table in the supplementary material that clarifies the details of sequencing.

      The correlation values of PETRI-seq and RiboD-PETRI data in C. crescentus are relatively good. However, the correlation values between PETRI-seq and RiboD-PETRI data in SA data are relatively less high. The reason is that the sequencing depths of RiboD-PETRI and PETRI-seq are different, resulting in much higher gene expression in the RiboD-PETRI sequencing results than in PETRI-seq, and the calculated correlation coefficient is only about 0.47. This indicates that there is some positive correlation between the two sets of data, but it is not particularly strong. This indicates that there is a certain positive correlation between these two sets of data, but it is not particularly strong. However, we have counted the expression of 2763 genes in total, and even though the calculated correlation coefficient is relatively low, it still shows that there is some consistency between the two groups of samples.

      Author response image 1.

      Assessment of the effect of rRNA depletion on transcriptional profiles of (A) C. crescentus (CC) and (B) S. aureus (SA) . The Pearson correlation coefficient (r) of UMI counts per gene (log2 UMIs) between RiboD-PETRI and PETRI-seq was calculated for 4097 genes (A) and 2763 genes (B). The "ΔΔ" label represents the RiboD-PETRI protocol; The "Ctrl" label represents the classic PETRI-seq protocol we performed. Each point represents a gene.

      (2) Additionally, I think it is critical that the authors provide processed read counts per cell and gene in their supplementary information to allow others to investigate the performance of their method without going back to raw FASTQ files, as this can represent a significant hurdle for reanalysis. 

      Thank you for your suggestion. However, it's important to clarify that reads and UMIs (Unique Molecular Identifiers) are distinct concepts in single-cell RNA sequencing. Reads can be influenced by PCR amplification during library construction, making their quantity less stable. In contrast, UMIs serve as a more reliable indicator of the number of mRNA molecules detected after PCR amplification. Throughout our study, we primarily utilized UMI counts for quantification. To address your concern about data accessibility, we have included the UMI counts per cell and gene in our supplementary materials provided above (Table S7-15. Some of the files are too large in memory and are therefore stored in GEO: GSE260458). This approach provides a more accurate representation of gene expression levels and allows for robust reanalysis without the need to process raw FASTQ files.

      (3) Finally, the authors should also discuss other approaches to ribosomal depletion in bacterial scRNA-seq. One of the figures appears to contain such a comparison, but it is never mentioned in the text that I can find, and one could read this manuscript and come away believing this is the first attempt to deplete rRNA from bacterial scRNA-seq. 

      We have addressed this concern by including a comparison of different methods for depleting rRNA from bacterial scRNA-seq in Table S4 and make a short text comparison as follows: “Additionally, we compared our findings with other reported methods (Fig. 1B; Table S4). The original PETRI-seq protocol, which does not include an rRNA depletion step, exhibited an mRNA detection rate of approximately 5%. The MicroSPLiT-seq method, which utilizes Poly A Polymerase for mRNA enrichment, achieved a detection rate of 7%. Similarly, M3-seq and BacDrop-seq, which employ RNase H to digest rRNA post-DNA probe hybridization in cells, reported mRNA detection rates of 65% and 61%, respectively. MATQ-DASH, which utilizes Cas9-mediated targeted rRNA depletion, yielded a detection rate of 30%. Among these, RiboD-PETRI demonstrated superior performance in mRNA detection while requiring the least sequencing depth.” We have added this content in the main text (lines 110-120), specifically in relation to Figure 1B and Table S4. This addition provides context for our method and clarifies its position among existing techniques.

      Detailed comments: 

      Line 78: the authors describe the multiplet frequency, but it is not clear to me how this was determined, for which experiments, or where in the SI I should look to see this. Often this is done by mixing cultures of two distinct bacteria, but I see no evidence of this key experiment in the manuscript. 

      The multiplet frequency we discuss in the manuscript is not determined through experimental mixing of distinct bacterial cultures.The PETRI-seq and mirco-SPLIT articles have also done experiments mixing the two libraries to determine the single-cell rate, and both gave good results. Our technique is derived from these two articles (mainly PETRI-seq), and the biggest difference is the difference in the later RiboD part, so we did not do this experiment separately. So the multiple frequencies here are theoretical predictions based on our sequencing results, calculated using a Poisson distribution. We have made this distinction clearer in our manuscript (lines 93-97). The method is available in Materials and Methods section (lines 520-528). The data is available in Table S2. To elaborate:

      To assess the efficiency of single-cell capture in RiboD-PETRI, we calculated the multiplet frequency using a Poisson distribution based on our sequencing results

      (1) Definition: In our study, multiplet frequency is defined as the probability of a non-empty barcode corresponding to more than one cell.

      (2) Calculation Method: We use a Poisson distribution-based approach to calculate the predicted multiplet frequency. The process involves several steps:

      We first calculate the proportion of barcodes corresponding to zero cells: . Then, we calculate the proportion corresponding to one cell: . We derive the proportion for more than zero cells: P(≥1) = 1 - P(0). And for more than one cell: P(≥2) = 1 - P(1) - P(0). Finally, the multiplet frequency is calculated as:

      (3) Parameter λ: This is the ratio of the number of cells to the total number of possible barcode combinations. For instance, when detecting 10,000 cells, .

      Line 94: the concept of "percentage of gene expression" is never clearly defined. Does this mean the authors detect 99.86% of genes expressed in some cells? How is "expressed" defined - is this just detecting a single UMI? 

      The term "percentage gene expression" refers to the proportion of genes in the bacterial strain that were detected as expressed in the sequenced cell population. Specifically, in this context, it means that 99.86% of all genes in the bacterial strain were detected as expressed in at least one cell in our sequencing results. To define "expressed" more clearly: a gene is considered expressed if at least one UMI (Unique Molecular Identifier) detected in a cell in the population. This definition allows for the detection of even low-level gene expression. To enhance clarity in the manuscript, we have rephrased the sentence as “transcriptome-wide gene coverage across the cell population”.

      Line 98: The authors discuss the number of recovered UMIs throughout this paragraph, but there is no clear discussion of the number of detected expressed genes per cell. Could the authors include a discussion of this as well, as this is another important measure of sensitivity? 

      We appreciate your suggestion to include a discussion on the number of detected expressed genes per cell, as this is indeed another important measure of sensitivity. We would like to clarify that we have actually included statistics on the number of genes detected across all cells in the main text of our paper. This information is presented as percentages. However, we understand that you may be looking for a more detailed representation, similar to the UMI statistics we provided. To address this, we have now added a new analysis showing the number of genes detected per cell (lines 132-133, 138-139, 144-145 and 184-186, Fig. 2B, 3B and S2B). This additional result complements our existing UMI data and provides a more comprehensive view of the sensitivity of our method. We have included this new gene-per-cell statistical graph in the supplementary materials.

      Figure 1B: I presume ctrl and delta delta represent the classic PETRI-seq and RiboD protocols, respectively, but this is not specified. This should be clarified in the figure caption, or the names changed. 

      We appreciate you bringing this to our attention. We acknowledge that the labeling in the figure could have been clearer. We have now clarified this information in the figure caption. To provide more specificity: The "ΔΔ" label represents the RiboD-PETRI protocol; The "Ctrl" label represents the classic PETRI-seq protocol we performed. We have updated the figure caption to include these details, which should help readers better understand the protocols being compared in the figure.​

      Line 104: the authors claim "This performance surpassed other reported bacterial scRNA-seq methods" with a long number of references to other methods. "Performance" is not clearly defined, and it is unclear what the exact claim being made is. The authors should clarify what they're claiming, and further discuss the other methods and comparisons they have made with them in a thorough and fair fashion. 

      We appreciate your request for clarification, and we acknowledge that our definition of "performance" should have been more explicit. We would like to clarify that in this context, we define performance primarily in terms of the proportion of mRNA captured. Our improved method demonstrates a significantly higher rate of rRNA removal compared to other bacterial single-cell library construction methods. This results in a higher proportion of mRNA in our sequencing data, which we consider a key performance metric for single-cell RNA sequencing in bacteria. Additionally, when compared to our previous method, PETRI-seq, our improved approach not only enhances rRNA removal but also reduces library construction costs. This dual improvement in both data quality and cost-effectiveness is what we intended to convey with our performance claim.

      We recognize that a more thorough and fair discussion of other methods and their comparisons would be beneficial. We have summarized the comparison in Table S4 and make a short text discussion in the main text (lines 106-120). This addition provides context for our method and clarifies its position among existing techniques.

      Figure 1D: Do the authors have any explanation for the relatively lower performance of their C. crescentus depletion? 

      We appreciate your attention to detail and the opportunity to address this point. The lower efficiency of rRNA removal in C. crescentus compared to other species can be attributed to inherent differences between species. It's important to note that a single method for rRNA depletion may not be universally effective across all bacterial species due to variations in their genetic makeup and rRNA structures. Different bacterial species can have unique rRNA sequences, secondary structures, or associated proteins that may affect the efficiency of our depletion method. This species-specific variation highlights the challenges in developing a one-size-fits-all approach for bacterial rRNA depletion. While our method has shown high efficiency across several species, the results with C. crescentus underscore the need for continued refinement and possibly species-specific optimizations in rRNA depletion techniques. We thank you for bringing attention to this point, as it provides valuable insight into the complexities of bacterial rRNA depletion and areas for future improvement in our method.

      Line 118: The authors claim RiboD-PETRI has a "consistent ability to unveil within-population heterogeneity", however the preceding paragraph shows it detects potential heterogeneity, but provides no evidence this inferred heterogeneity reflects the reality of gene expression in individual cells. 

      We appreciate your careful reading and the opportunity to clarify this point. We acknowledge that our wording may have been too assertive given the evidence presented. We acknowledge that the subpopulations of cells identified in other species have not undergone experimental verification. Our intention in presenting these results was to demonstrate RiboD-PETRI's capability to detect “potential” heterogeneity consistently across different bacterial species, showcasing the method's sensitivity and potential utility in exploring within-population diversity. However, we agree that without further experimental validation, we cannot definitively claim that these detected differences represent true biological heterogeneity in all cases. We have revised this section to reflect the current state of our findings more accurately, emphasizing that while RiboD-PETRI consistently detects potential heterogeneity across species, further experimental validation would be required to confirm the biological significance of the observations (lines 169-171).

      Figure 1 H&I: I'm not entirely sure what I am meant to see in these figures, presumably some evidence for heterogeneity in gene expression. Are there better visualizations that could be used to communicate this? 

      We appreciate your suggestion for improving the visualization of gene expression heterogeneity. We have explored alternative visualization methods in the revised manuscript. Specifically, for the expression levels of marker genes shown in Figure 1H (which is Figure 2D now), we have created violin plots (Supplementary Fig. 4). These plots offer a more comprehensive view of the distribution of expression levels across different cell populations, making it easier to discern heterogeneity. However, due to the number of marker genes and the resulting volume of data, these violin plots are quite extensive and would occupy a significant amount of space. Given the space constraints of the main figure, we propose to include these violin plots as a Fig. S4 immediately following Figure 1 H&I (which is Figure 2D&E now). This arrangement will allow readers to access more detailed information about these marker genes while maintaining the concise style of the main figure.

      Regarding the pathway enrichment figure (Figure 2E), we have also considered your suggestion for improvement. We attempted to use a dot plot to display the KEGG pathway enrichment of the genes. However, our analysis revealed that the genes were only enriched in a single pathway. As a result, the visual representation using a dot plot still did not produce a particularly aesthetically pleasing or informative figure.

      Line 124: The authors state no significant batch effect was observed, but in the methods on line 344 they specify batch effects were removed using Harmony. It's unclear what exactly S2 is showing without a figure caption, but the authors should clarify this discrepancy. 

      We apologize for any confusion caused by the lack of a clear figure caption for Figure S2 (which is Figure S3D now). To address your concern, in addition to adding figure captions for supplementary figure, we would also like to provide more context about the batch effect analysis. In Supplementary Fig. S3, Panel C represents the results without using Harmony for batch effect removal, while Panel D shows the results after applying Harmony. In both panels A and B, the distribution of samples one and two do not show substantial differences. Based on this observation, we concluded that there was no significant batch effect between the two samples. However, we acknowledge that even subtle batch effects could potentially influence downstream analyses. Therefore, out of an abundance of caution and to ensure the highest quality of our results, we decided to apply Harmony to remove any potential minor batch effects. This approach aligns with best practices in single-cell analysis, where even small technical variations are often accounted for to enhance the robustness of the results.

      To improve clarity, we have revised our manuscript to better explain this nuanced approach: 1. We have updated the statement to reflect that while no major batch effect was observed, we applied batch correction as a precautionary measure (lines 181-182). 2. We have added a detailed caption to Figure S3, explaining the comparison between non-corrected and batch-corrected data. 3. We have modified the methods section to clarify that Harmony was applied as a precautionary step, despite the absence of obvious batch effects (lines 492-493).

      Figure 2D: I found this panel fairly uninformative, is there a better way to communicate this finding? 

      Thank you for your feedback regarding Figure 2D. We have explored alternative ways to present this information, using a dot plot to display the enrichment pathways, as this is often an effective method for visualizing such data. Meanwhile, we also provided a more detailed textual description of the enrichment results in the main text, highlighting the most significant findings.

      Figure 2I: the figure itself and caption say GFP, but in the text and elsewhere the authors say this is a BFP fusion. 

      We appreciate your careful review of our manuscript and figures. We apologize for any confusion this may have caused. To clarify: Both GFP (Green Fluorescent Protein) and BFP (Blue Fluorescent Protein) were indeed used in our experiments, but for different purposes: 1. GFP was used for imaging to observe location of PdeI in bacteria and persister cell growth, which is shown in Figure 4C and 4K. 2. BFP was used for cell sorting, imaging of location in biofilm, and detecting the proportion of persister cells which shown in Figure 4D, 4F-J. To address this inconsistency and improve clarity, we will make the following corrections: 1. We have reviewed the main text to ensure that references to GFP and BFP are accurate and consistent with their respective uses in our experiments. 2. We have added a note in the figure caption for Figure 4C to explicitly state that this particular image shows GFP fluorescence for location of PdeI. 3. In the methods section, we have provided a clear explanation of how both fluorescent proteins were used in different aspects of our study (lines 326-340).

      Line 156: The authors compare prices between RiboD and PETRI-seq. It would be helpful to provide a full cost breakdown, e.g. in supplementary information, as it is unclear exactly how the authors came to these numbers or where the major savings are (presumably in sequencing depth?) 

      We appreciate your suggestion to provide a more detailed cost breakdown, and we agree that this would enhance the transparency and reproducibility of our cost analysis. In response to your feedback, we have prepared a comprehensive cost breakdown that includes all materials and reagents used in the library preparation process. Additionally, we've factored in the sequencing depth (50G) and the unit price for sequencing (25¥/G). These calculations allow us to determine the cost per cell after sequencing. As you correctly surmised, a significant portion of the cost reduction is indeed related to sequencing depth. However, there are also savings in the library preparation steps that contribute to the overall cost-effectiveness of our method. We propose to include this detailed cost breakdown as a supplementary table (Table S6) in our paper. This table will provide a clear, itemized list of all expenses involved, including: 1. Reagents and materials for library preparation 2. Sequencing costs (depth and price per G) 3. Calculated cost per cell.

      Line 291: The design and production of the depletion probes are not clearly explained. How did the authors design them? How were they synthesized? Also, it appears the authors have separate probe sets for E. coli, C. crescentus, and S. aureus - this should be clarified, possibly in the main text.

      Thank you for your important questions regarding the design and production of our depletion probes. We included the detailed probe information in Supplementary Table S1, however, we didn’t clarify the information in the main text due to the constrains of the requirements of the Short Report format in eLife. We appreciate the opportunity to provide clarifications. ​

      The core principle behind our probe design is that the probe sequences are reverse complementary to the r-cDNA sequences. This design allows for specific recognition of r-cDNA. The probes are then bound to magnetic beads, allowing the r-cDNA-probe-bead complexes to be separated from the rest of the library. To address your specific questions: 1. Probe Design: We designed separate probe sets for E. coli, C. crescentus, and S. aureus. Each set was specifically constructed to be reverse complementary to the r-cDNA sequences of its respective bacterial species. This species-specific approach ensures high efficiency and specificity in rRNA depletion for each organism. The hybrid DNA complex wasthen removed by Streptavidin magnetic beads. 2. Probe Synthesis: The probes were synthesized based on these design principles. 3. Species-Specific Probe Sets: You are correct in noting that we used separate probe sets for each bacterial species. We have clarified this important point in the main text to ensure readers understand the specificity of our approach. To further illustrate this process, we have created a schematic diagram showing the principle of rRNA removal and clarified the design principle in figure legend, which we have included in the figure legend of Fig. 1A.

      Line 362: I didn't see a description of the construction of the PdeI-BFP strain, I assume this would be important for anyone interested in the specific work on PdeI. 

      Thank you for your astute observation regarding the construction of the PdeI-BFP strain. We appreciate the opportunity to provide this important information. The PdeI-BFP strain was constructed as follows: 1. We cloned the pdeI gene along with its native promoter region (250bp) into a pBAD vector. 2. The original promoter region of the pBAD vector was removed to avoid any potential interference. 3. This construction enables the expression of the PdeI-BFP fusion protein to be regulated by the native promoter of pdeI, thus maintaining its physiological control mechanisms. 4. The BFP coding sequence was fused to the pdeI gene to create the PdeI-BFP fusion construct. We have added a detailed description of the PdeI-BFP strain construction to our methods section (lines 327-334).

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors): 

      (1) General remarks: 

      Reconsider using 'advanced' in the title. It is highly generic and misleading. Perhaps 'cost-efficient' would be a more precise substitute. 

      Thank you for your valuable suggestion. After careful consideration, we have decided to use "improved" in the title. Firstly, our method presents an efficient solution to a persistent challenge in bacterial single-cell RNA sequencing, specifically addressing rRNA abundance. Secondly, it facilitates precise exploration of bacterial population heterogeneity. We believe our method encompasses more than just cost-effectiveness, justifying the use of the term "advanced."

      Consider expanding the introduction. The introduction does not explain the setup of the biological question or basic details such as the organism(s) for which the technique has been developed, or which species biofilms were studied. 

      Thank you for your valuable feedback regarding our introduction. We acknowledge our compressed writing style due to constrains of the requirements of the Short Report format in eLife. We appreciate opportunity to expand this crucial section of our manuscript, which will undoubtedly improve the clarity and impact of our manuscript's introduction.

      We revised our introduction (lines 53-80) according to following principles:

      (1) Initial Biological Question: We explained the initial biological question that motivated our research—understanding the heterogeneity in E. coli biofilms—to provide essential context for our technological development.

      (2) Limitations of Existing Techniques: We briefly described the limitations of current single-cell sequencing techniques for bacteria, particularly regarding their application in biofilm studies.

      (3) Introduction of Improved Technique: We introduced our improved technique, initially developed for E. coli.

      (4) Research Evolution: We highlighted how our research has evolved, demonstrating that our technique is applicable not only to E. coli but also to Gram-positive bacteria and other Gram-negative species, showcasing the broad applicability of our method.

      (5) Specific Organisms Studied: We provided examples of the specific organisms we studied, encompassing both Gram-positive and Gram-negative bacteria.

      (6) Potential Implications: Finally, we outlined the potential implications of our technique for studying bacterial heterogeneity across various species and contexts, extending beyond biofilms.

      (2) Writing remarks: 

      43-45 Reword: "Thus, we address a persistent challenge in bacterial single-cell RNA-seq regarding rRNA abundance, exemplifying the utility of this method in exploring biofilm heterogeneity.". 

      Thank you for highlighting this sentence and requesting a rewording. I appreciate the opportunity to improve the clarity and impact of our statement. We have reworded the sentence as: "Our method effectively tackles a long-standing issue in bacterial single-cell RNA-seq: the overwhelming abundance of rRNA. This advancement significantly enhances our ability to investigate the intricate heterogeneity within biofilms at unprecedented resolution." (lines 47-50)

      49 "Biofilms, comprising approximately 80% of chronic and recurrent microbial infections in the human body..." - probably meant 'contribute to'. 

      Thank you for catching this imprecision in our statement. We have reworded the sentence as: "​Biofilms contribute to approximately 80% of chronic and recurrent microbial infections in the human body...​"

      54-55 Please expand on "this". 

      Thank you for your request to expand on the use of "this" in the sentence. You're right that more clarity would be beneficial here. We have revised and expanded this section in lines 54-69.

      81-84 Unclear why these species samples were either at exponential or stationary phases. The growth stage can influence the proportion of rRNA and other transcripts in the population. 

      Thank you for raising this important point about the growth phases of the bacterial samples used in our study. We appreciate the opportunity to clarify our experimental design. To evaluate the performance of RiboD-PETRI, we designed a comprehensive assessment of rRNA depletion efficiency under diverse physiological conditions, specifically contrasting exponential and stationary phases. This approach allows us to understand how these different growth states impact rRNA depletion efficacy. Additionally, we included a variety of bacterial species, encompassing both gram-negative and gram-positive organisms, to ensure that our findings are broadly applicable across different types of bacteria. By incorporating these variables, we aim to provide insights into the robustness and reliability of the RiboD-PETRI method in various biological contexts. We have included this rationale in our result section (lines 99-106), providing readers with a clear understanding of our experimental design choices.

      86 "compared TO PETRI-seq " (typo). 

      We have corrected this typo in our manuscript.

      94 "gene expression collectively" rephrase. Probably this means coverage of the entire gene set across all cells. Same for downstream usage of the phrase. 

      Thank you for pointing out this ambiguity in our phrasing. Your interpretation of our intended meaning is accurate. We have rephrased the sentence as “transcriptome-wide gene coverage across the cell population”.

      97 What were the median UMIs for the 30,000 cell library {greater than or equal to}15 UMIs? Same question for the other datasets. This would reflect a more comparable statistic with previous studies than the top 3% of the cells for example, since the distributions of the single-cell UMIs typically have a long tail. 

      Thank you for this insightful question and for pointing out the importance of providing more comparable statistics. We agree that median values offer a more robust measure of central tendency, especially for datasets with long-tailed distributions, which are common in single-cell studies. The suggestion to include median Unique Molecular Identifier (UMI) counts would indeed provide a more comparable statistic with previous studies. We have analyzed the median UMIs for our libraries as follows and revised our manuscript according to the analysis (lines 126-130, 133-136, 139-142 and 175-180).

      (1) Median UMI count in Exponential Phase E. coli:

      Total: 102 UMIs per cell

      Top 1,000 cells: 462 UMIs per cell

      Top 5,000 cells: 259 UMIs per cell

      Top 10,000 cells: 193 UMIs per cell

      (2) Median UMI count in Stationary Phase S. aureus:

      Total: 142 UMIs per cell

      Top 1,000 cells: 378 UMIs per cell

      Top 5,000 cells: 207 UMIs per cell

      Top 8,000 cells: 167 UMIs per cell

      (3) Median UMI count in Exponential Phase C. crescentus:

      Total: 182 UMIs per cell

      Top 1,000 cells: 2,190 UMIs per cell

      Top 5,000 cells: 662 UMIs per cell

      Top 10,000 cells: 225 UMIs per cell

      (4) Median UMI count in Static E. coli Biofilm:

      Total of Replicate 1: 34 UMIs per cell

      Total of Replicate 2: 52 UMIs per cell

      Top 1,621 cells of Replicate 1: 283 UMIs per cell

      Top 3,999 cells of Replicate 2: 239 UMIs per cell

      104-105 The performance metric should again be the median UMIs of the majority of the cells passing the filter (15 mRNA UMIs is reasonable). The top 3-5% are always much higher in resolution because of the heavy tail of the single-cell UMI distribution. It is unclear if the performance surpasses the other methods using the comparable metric. Recommend removing this line. 

      We appreciate your suggestion regarding the use of median UMIs as a more appropriate performance metric, and we agree that comparing the top 3-5% of cells can be misleading due to the heavy tail of the single-cell UMI distribution. We have removed the line in question (104-105) that compares our method's performance based on the top 3-5% of cells in the revised manuscript. Instead, we focused on presenting the median UMI counts for cells passing the filter (≥15 mRNA UMIs) as the primary performance metric. This will provide a more representative and comparable measure of our method's performance. We have also revised the surrounding text to reflect this change, ensuring that our claims about performance are based on these more robust statistics (lines 126-130, 133-136, 139-142 and 175-180).

      106-108 The sequencing saturation of the libraries (in %), and downsampling analysis should be added to illustrate this point. 

      Thank you for your valuable suggestion. Your recommendation to add sequencing saturation and downsampling analysis is highly valuable and will help better illustrate our point. Based on your feedback, we have revised our manuscript by adding the following content:

      To provide a thorough evaluation of our sequencing depth and library quality, we performed sequencing saturation analysis on our sequencing samples. The findings reveal that our sequencing saturation is 100% (Fig. 8A & B), indicating that our sequencing depth is sufficient to capture the diversity of most transcripts. To further illustrate the impact of our downstream analysis on the datasets, we have demonstrated the data distribution before and after applying our filtering criteria (Fig. S1B & C). These figures effectively visualized the influence of our filtering process on the data quality and distribution. After filtering, we can have a more refined dataset with reduced noise and outliers, which enhances the reliability of our downstream analyses.

      We have also ensured that a detailed description of the sequencing saturation method is included in the manuscript to provide readers with a comprehensive understanding of our methodology. We appreciate your feedback and believe these additions significantly improve our work.

      122: Please provide more details about the biofilm setup, including the media used. I did not find them in the methods. 

      We appreciate your attention to detail, and we agree that this information is crucial for the reproducibility of our experiments. We propose to add the following information to our methods section (lines 311-318):

      "For the biofilm setup, bacterial cultures were grown overnight. The next day, we diluted the culture 1:100 in a petri dish. We added 2ml of LB medium to the dish. If the bacteria contain a plasmid, the appropriate antibiotic needs to be added to LB. The petri dish was then incubated statically in a growth chamber for 24 hours. After incubation, we performed imaging directly under the microscope. The petri dishes used were glass-bottom dishes from Biosharp (catalog number BS-20-GJM), allowing for direct microscopic imaging without the need for cover slips or slides. This setup allowed us to grow and image the biofilms in situ, providing a more accurate representation of their natural structure and composition.​"

      125: "sequenced 1,563 reads" missing "with" 

      Thank you for correcting our grammar. We have revisd the phrase as “sequenced with 1,563 reads”.

      126: "283/239 UMIs per cell" unclear. 283 and 239 UMIs per cell per replicate, respectively? 

      Thank you for correcting our grammar. We have revised the phrase as “283 and 239 UMIs per cell per replicate, respectively” (lines 184).

      Figure 1D: Please indicate where the comparison datasets are from. 

      We appreciate your question regarding the source of the comparison datasets in Figure 1D. All data presented in Figure 1D are from our own sequencing experiments. We did not use data from other publications for this comparison. Specifically, we performed sequencing on E. coli cells in the exponential growth phase using three different library preparation methods: RiboD-PETRI, PETRI-seq, and RNA-seq. The data shown in Figure 1D represent a comparison of UMIs and/or reads correlations obtained from these three methods. All sequencing results have been uploaded to the Gene Expression Omnibus (GEO) database. The accession number is GSE260458. We have updated the figure legend for Figure 1D to clearly state that all datasets are from our own experiments, specifying the different methods used.

      Figure 1I, 2D: Unable to interpret the color block in the data. 

      We apologize for any confusion regarding the interpretation of the color blocks in Figures 1I and 2D (which are Figure 2E, 3E now). The color blocks in these figures represent the p-values of the data points. The color scale ranges from red to blue. Red colors indicate smaller p-values, suggesting higher statistical significance and more reliable results. Blue colors indicate larger p-values, suggesting lower statistical significance and less reliable results. We have updated the figure legends for both Figure 2E and Figure 3E to include this explanation of the color scale. Additionally, we have added a color legend to each figure to make the interpretation more intuitive for readers.

      Figure1H and 2C: Gene names should be provided where possible. The locus tags are highly annotation-dependent and hard to interpret. Also, a larger size figure should be helpful. The clusters 2 and 3 in 2C are the most important, yet because they have few cells, very hard to see in this panel. 

      We appreciate your suggestions for improving the clarity and interpretability of Figures 1H and 2C (which is Figure 2D, 3D now). We have replaced the locus tags with gene names where possible in both figures. We have increased the size of both figures to improve visibility and readability. We have also made Clusters 2 and 3 in Figure 3D more prominent in the revised figure. Despite their smaller cell count, we recognize their importance and have adjusted the visualization to ensure they are clearly visible. We believe these modifications will significantly enhance the clarity and informativeness of Figures 2D and 3D.​

      (3) Questions to consider further expanding on, by more analyses or experiments and in the discussion: 

      What are the explanations for the apparently contradictory upregulation of c-di-GMP in cells expressing higher PdeI levels? How could a phosphodiesterase lead to increased c-di-GMP levels? 

      We appreciate the reviewer's observation regarding the seemingly contradictory relationship between increased PdeI expression and elevated c-di-GMP levels. This is indeed an intriguing finding that warrants further explanation.

      PdeI was predicted to be a phosphodiesterase responsible for c-di-GMP degradation. This prediction is based on sequence analysis where PdeI contains an intact EAL domain known for degrading c-di-GMP. However, it is noteworthy that PdeI also contains a divergent GGDEF domain, which is typically associated with c-di-GMP synthesis (Fig S8). This dual-domain architecture suggests that PdeI may engage in complex regulatory roles. Previous studies have shown that the knockout of the major phosphodiesterase PdeH in E. coli leads to the accumulation of c-di-GMP. Further, a point mutation on PdeI's divergent GGDEF domain (G412S) in this PdeH knockout strain resulted in decreased c-di-GMP levels2, implying that the wild-type GGDEF domain in PdeI contributes to the maintenance or increase of c-di-GMP levels in the cell. Importantly, our single-cell experiments showed a positive correlation between PdeI expression levels and c-di-GMP levels (Response Fig. 9B). In this revision, we also constructed PdeI(G412S)-BFP mutation strain. Notably, our observations of this strain revealed that c-di-GMP levels remained constant despite increasing BFP fluorescence, which serves as a proxy for PdeI(G412S) expression levels (Fig. 4D). This experimental evidence, along with domain analysis, suggests that PdeI could contribute to c-di-GMP synthesis, rebutting the notion that it solely functions as a phosphodiesterase. HPLC LC-MS/MS analysis further confirmed that PdeI overexpression, induced by arabinose, led to an upregulation of c-di-GMP levels (Fig. 4E). These results strongly suggest that PdeI plays a significant role in upregulating c-di-GMP levels. Our further analysis revealed that PdeI contains a CHASE (cyclases/histidine kinase-associated sensory) domain. Combined with our experimental results demonstrating that PdeI is a membrane-associated protein, we hypothesize that PdeI functions as a sensor that integrates environmental signals with c-di-GMP production under complex regulatory mechanisms.

      We have also included this explanation (lines 193-217) and the supporting experimental data (Fig. 4D & 4J) in our manuscript to clarify this important point. Thank you for highlighting this apparent contradiction, as it has allowed us to provide a more comprehensive explanation of our findings.

      What about the rest of the genes in cluster 2 of the biofilm? They should be used to help interpret the association between PdeI and c-di-GMP. 

      We understand your interest in the other genes present in cluster 2 of the biofilm and their potential relationship to PdeI and c-di-GMP. After careful analysis, we have determined that the other marker genes in this cluster do not have a significant impact on biofilm formation. Furthermore, we have not found any direct relationship between these genes and c-di-GMP or PdeI. Our focus on PdeI in this cluster is due to its unique and significant role in c-di-GMP regulation and biofilm formation, as demonstrated by our experimental results. While the other genes in this cluster may be co-expressed, their functions appear to be unrelated to the PdeI and c-di-GMP pathway we are investigating. We chose not to elaborate on these genes in our main discussion as they do not contribute directly to our understanding of the PdeI and c-di-GMP association. Instead, we could include a brief mention of these genes in the manuscript, noting that they were found to be unrelated to the PdeI-c-di-GMP pathway. This would provide a more comprehensive view of the cluster composition while maintaining focus on the key findings related to PdeI and c-di-GMP.

      Author response image 2.

      Protein-protein interactions of marker genes in cluster 2 of 24-hour static biofilms of E coli data.

      A verification is needed that the protein fusion to PdeI functional/membrane localization is not due to protein interactions with fluorescent protein fusion. 

      We appreciate your concern regarding the potential impact of the fluorescent protein fusion on the functionality and membrane localization of PdeI. It is crucial to verify that the observed effects are attributable to PdeI itself and not an artifact of its fusion with the fluorescent protein. To address this matter, we have incorporated a control group expressing only the fluorescent protein BFP (without the PdeI fusion) under the same promoter. This experimental design allows us to differentiate between effects caused by PdeI and those potentially arising from the fluorescent protein alone.

      Our results revealed the following key observations:

      (1) Cellular Localization: The GFP alone exhibited a uniform distribution in the cytoplasm of bacterial cells, whereas the PdeI-GFP fusion protein was specifically localized to the membrane (Fig. 4C).

      (2) Localization in the Biofilm Matrix: BFP-positive cells were distributed throughout the entire biofilm community. In contrast, PdeI-BFP positive cells localized at the bottom of the biofilm, where cell-surface adhesion occurs (Fig 4F).

      (3) c-di-GMP Levels: Cells with high levels of BFP displayed no increase in c-di-GMP levels. Conversely, cells with high levels of PdeI-BFP exhibited a significant increase in c-di-GMP levels (Fig. 4D).

      (4) Persister Cell Ratio: Cells expressing high levels of BFP showed no increase in persister ratios, while cells with elevated levels of PdeI-BFP demonstrated a marked increase in persister ratios (Fig. 4J).

      These findings from the control experiments have been included in our manuscript (lines 193-244, Fig. 4C, 4D, 4F, 4G and 4J), providing robust validation of our results concerning the PdeI fusion protein. They confirm that the observed effects are indeed due to PdeI and not merely artifacts of the fluorescent protein fusion.

      (!) Vrabioiu, A. M. & Berg, H. C. Signaling events that occur when cells of Escherichia coli encounter a glass surface. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America 119, doi:10.1073/pnas.2116830119 (2022). https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.2116830119

      (2)bReinders, A. et al. Expression and Genetic Activation of Cyclic Di-GMP-Specific Phosphodiesterases in Escherichia coli. J Bacteriol 198, 448-462 (2016). https://doi.org:10.1128/JB.00604-15

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife Assessment

      This study attempts to resolve an apparent paradox of rapid evolutionary rates of multi-copy gene systems by using a theoretical model that integrates two classic population models. While the conceptual framework is intuitive and thus useful, the specific model is perplexing and difficult to penetrate for non-specialists. The data analysis of rRNA genes provides inadequate support for the conclusions due to a lack of consideration of technical challenges, mutation rate variation, and the relationship between molecular processes and model parameters.

      Overall Responses:

      Since the eLife assessment succinctly captures the key points of the reviews, the reply here can be seen as the overall responses to the summed criticisms. We believe that the overview should be sufficient to address the main concerns, but further details can be found in the point-by-point responses below. The overview covers the same grounds as the provisional responses (see the end of this rebuttal) but is organized more systematically in response to the reviews. The criticisms together fall into four broad areas. 

      First, the lack of engagement with the literature, particularly concerning Cannings models and non-diffusive limits. This is the main rebuttal of the companion paper (eLife-RP-RA-2024-99990). The literature in question is all in the WF framework and with modifications, in particular, with the introduction of V(K). Nevertheless, all WF models are based on population sampling. The Haldane model is an entirely different model of genetic drift, based on gene transmission. Most importantly, the WF models and the Haldane model differ in the ability to handle the four paradoxes presented in the two papers. These paradoxes are all incompatible with the WF models.

      Second, the poor presentation of the model that makes the analyses and results difficult to interpret. In retrospect, we fully agree and thank all the reviewers for pointing them out. Indeed, we have unnecessarily complicated the model. Even the key concept that defines the paradox, which is the effective copy number of rRNA genes, is difficult to comprehend. We have streamlined the presentation now. Briefly, the complexity arose from the general formulation permitting V(K) ≠ E(K) even for single copy genes. (It would serve the same purpose if we simply let V(K) = E(K) for single copy genes.) The sentences below, copied from the new abstract, should clarify the issue. The full text in the Results section has all the details.

      “On average, rDNAs have C ~ 150 - 300 copies per haploid in humans. While a neutral mutation of a single-copy gene would take 4N generations (N being the population size of an ideal population) to become fixed, the time should be 4NC* generations for rRNA genes (C* being the effective copy number). Note that C* >> 1, but C* < (or >) C would depend on the drift strength. Surprisingly, the observed fixation time in mouse and human is < 4N, implying the paradox of C* < 1.”

      Third, the confusion about which rRNA gene is being compared with which homology, as there are hundreds of them. We should note that the effective copy number C* indicates that the rRNA gene arrays do not correspond with the “gene locus” concept. This is at the heart of the confusion we failed to remove clearly. We now use the term “pseudo-population” to clarify the nature of rDNA variation and evolution. The relevant passage is reproduced from the main text shown below.

      “The pseudo-population of ribosomal DNA copies within each individual

      While a human haploid with 200 rRNA genes may appear to have 200 loci, the concept of "gene loci" cannot be applied to the rRNA gene clusters. This is because DNA sequences can spread from one copy to others on the same chromosome via replication slippage. They can also spread among copies on different chromosomes via gene conversion and unequal crossovers (Nagylaki 1983; Ohta and Dover 1983; Stults, et al. 2008; Smirnov, et al. 2021). Replication slippage and unequal crossovers would also alter the copy number of rRNA genes. These mechanisms will be referred to collectively as the homogenization process. Copies of the cluster on the same chromosome are known to be nearly identical in sequences (Hori, et al. 2021; Nurk, et al. 2022). Previous research has also provided extensive evidence for genetic exchanges between chromosomes (Krystal, et al. 1981; Arnheim, et al. 1982; van Sluis, et al. 2019).

      In short, rRNA gene copies in an individual can be treated as a pseudo-population of gene copies. Such a pseudo-population is not Mendelian but its genetic drift can be analyzed using the branching process (see below). The pseudo-population corresponds to the "chromosome community" proposed recently (Guarracino, et al. 2023). As seen in Fig. 1C, the five short arms harbor a shared pool of rRNA genes that can be exchanged among them. Fig. 1D presents the possible molecular mechanisms of genetic drift within individuals whereby mutations may spread, segregate or disappear among copies. Hence, rRNA gene diversity or polymorphism refers to the variation across all rRNA copies, as these genes exist as paralogs rather than orthologs. This diversity can be assessed at both individual and population levels according to the multi-copy nature of rRNA genes.”

      Fourth, the lack of consideration of many technical challenges. We have responded to the criticisms point-by-point below. One of the main criticisms is about mutation rate differences between single-copy and rRNA genes. We did in fact alluded to the parity in mutation rate between them in the original text but should have presented this property more prominently as is done now. Below is copied from the revised text:

      “We now consider the evolution of rRNA genes between species by analyzing the rate of fixation (or near fixation) of mutations. Polymorphic variants are filtered out in the calculation. Note that Eq. (3) shows that the mutation rate, m, determines the long-term evolutionary rate, l. Since we will compare the l values between rRNA and single-copy genes, we have to compare their mutation rates first by analyzing their long-term evolution. As shown in Table S1, l falls in the range of 50-60 (differences per Kb) for single copy genes and 40 – 70 for the non-functional parts of rRNA genes. The data thus suggest that rRNA and single-copy genes are comparable in mutation rate. Differences between their l values will have to be explained by other means.”

      While the overview should address the key issues, we now present the point-by-point response below. 

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      The manuscript by Wang et al is, like its companion paper, very unusual in the opinion of this reviewer. It builds off of the companion theory paper's exploration of the "Wright-Fisher Haldane" model but applies it to the specific problem of diversity in ribosomal RNA arrays.

      The authors argue that polymorphism and divergence among rRNA arrays are inconsistent with neutral evolution, primarily stating that the amount of polymorphism suggests a high effective size and thus a slow fixation rate, while we, in fact, observe relatively fast fixation between species, even in putatively non-functional regions.

      They frame this as a paradox in need of solving, and invoke the WFH model.

      The same critiques apply to this paper as to the presentation of the WFH model and the lack of engagement with the literature, particularly concerning Cannings models and non-diffusive limits. However, I have additional concerns about this manuscript, which I found particularly difficult to follow.

      Response 1: We would like to emphasize that, despite the many modified WF models, there has not been a model for quantifying genetic drift in multi-copy gene systems, due to the complexity of two levels of genetic drift – within individuals as well as between individuals of the population. We will address this question in the revised manuscript (Ruan, et al. 2024) and have included a mention of it in the text as follows:

      “In the WF model, gene frequency is governed by 1/N (or 1/2_N_ in diploids) because K would follow the Poisson distribution whereby V(K) = E(K). As E(K) is generally ~1, V(K) would also be ~ 1. In this backdrop, many "modified WF" models have been developed(Der, et al. 2011), most of them permitting V(K) ≠ E(K) (Karlin and McGregor 1964; Chia and Watterson 1969; Cannings 1974). Nevertheless, paradoxes encountered by the standard WF model apply to these modified WF models as well because all WF models share the key feature of gene sampling (see below and (Ruan, et al. 2024)). ”

      My first, and most major, concern is that I can never tell when the authors are referring to diversity in a single copy of an rRNA gene compared to when they are discussing diversity across the entire array of rRNA genes. I admit that I am not at all an expert in studies of rRNA diversity, so perhaps this is a standard understanding in the field, but in order for this manuscript to be read and understood by a larger number of people, these issues must be clarified.

      Response 2: We appreciate the reviewer’s feedback and acknowledge that the distinction between the diversity of individual rRNA gene copies and the diversity across the entire array of rRNA genes may not have been clearly defined in the original manuscript. The diversity in our manuscript is referring to the genetic diversity of the population of rRNA genes in the cell. To address this concern, we have revised the relevant paragraph in the text:

      “Hence, rRNA gene diversity or polymorphism refer to the variation across all rRNA copies, as these genes exist as paralogs rather than orthologs. This diversity can be assessed at both individual and population levels according to the multi-copy nature of rRNA genes.”

      Additionally, we have updated the Methods section to include a detailed description of how diversity is measured as follows:

      “All mapping and analysis are performed among individual copies of rRNA genes.

      Each individual was considered as a psedo-population of rRNA genes and the diversity of rRNA genes was calculated using this psedo-population of rRNA genes.”

      The authors frame the number of rRNA genes as roughly equivalent to expanding the population size, but this seems to be wrong: the way that a mutation can spread among rRNA gene copies is fundamentally different than how mutations spread within a single copy gene. In particular, a mutation in a single copy gene can spread through vertical transmission, but a mutation spreading from one copy to another is fundamentally horizontal: it has to occur because some molecular mechanism, such as slippage, gene conversion, or recombination resulted in its spread to another copy. Moreover, by collapsing diversity across genes in an rRNA array, the authors are massively increasing the mutational target size.   

      For example, it's difficult for me to tell if the discussion of heterozygosity at rRNA genes in mice starting on line 277 is collapsed or not. The authors point out that Hs per kb is ~5x larger in rRNA than the rest of the genome, but I can't tell based on the authors' description if this is diversity per single copy locus or after collapsing loci together. If it's the first one, I have concerns about diversity estimation in highly repetitive regions that would need to be addressed, and if it's the second one, an elevated rate of polymorphism is not surprising, because the mutational target size is in fact significantly larger.

      Response 3: As addressed in previous Response2, the measurement of diversity or heterozygosity of rRNA genes is consistently done by combining copies, as there is no concept of single gene locus for rDNAs. We agree that by combining the diversity across multiple rRNA gene copies into one measurement, the mutational target size is effectively increased, leading to higher observed levels of diversity than one gene. This is in line with our text:

      “If we use the polymorphism data, it is as if rDNA array has a population size 5.2 times larger than single-copy genes. Although the actual copy number on each haploid is ~ 110, these copies do not segregate like single-copy genes and we should not expect N* to be 100 times larger than N. The HS results confirm the prediction that rRNA genes should be more polymorphic than single-copy genes.”

      Under this consensus, the reviewer points out that the having a large number of rRNA genes is not equivalent to having a larger population size, because the spreading of mutations among rDNA copies within a species involves two stages: within individual (horizontal transmission) and between individuals (vertical transmission). Let’s examine how the mutation spreading mechanisms influence the population size of rRNA genes.

      First, an increase in the copy number of rRNA genes dose increase the actual population size (CN) of rRNA genes. If reviewer is referring to the effective population size of rRNA genes in the context of diversity (N* = CN/V*(K)), then an increase in C would also increase N*. In addition, the linkage among copies would reduce the drift effect, leading to increase diversity. Conversely, homogenization mechanism, like gene conversion and unequal crossing-over would reduce genetic variations between copies and increase V*(K), leading to lower diversity. Therefore, the C* =C/V*(K) in mice is about 5 times larger for rRNA genes than the rest of the genome (which mainly single-copy genes), even though the actual copy number is about 110, indicating a high homogenization rate.

      Even if these issues were sorted out, I'm not sure that the authors framing, in terms of variance in reproductive success is a useful way to understand what is going on in rRNA arrays. The authors explicitly highlight homogenizing forces such as gene conversion and replication slippage but then seem to just want to incorporate those as accounting for variance in reproductive success. However, don't we usually want to dissect these things in terms of their underlying mechanism? Why build a model based on variance in reproductive success when you could instead explicitly model these homogenizing processes? That seems more informative about the mechanism, and it would also serve significantly better as a null model, since the parameters would be able to be related to in vitro or in vivo measurements of the rates of slippage, gene conversion, etc.

      In the end, I find the paper in its current state somewhat difficult to review in more detail, because I have a hard time understanding some of the more technical aspects of the manuscript while so confused about high-level features of the manuscript. I think that a revision would need to be substantially clarified in the ways I highlighted above.

      Response 4: We appreciate your perspective on modeling the homogenizing processes of rRNA gene arrays.

      We employ the WFH model to track the drift effect of the multi-copy gene system. In the context of the Haldane model, the term K is often referred to as reproductive success, but it might be more accurate to interpret it as “transmission rate” in this study. As stated in the caption of Figure 1D, two new mutations can have very large differences in individual output (K) when transmitted to the next generation through homogenization process.

      Regarding why we did not explicitly model different mechanisms of homogenization, previous elegant models of multigene families have involved mechanisms like unequal crossing over(Smith 1974a; Ohta 1976; Smith 1976) or gene conversion (Nagylaki 1983; Ohta 1985) for concerted evolution, or using conversion to approximate the joint effect of conversion and crossing over (Ohta and Dover 1984). However, even when simplifying the gene conversion mechanism, modeling remains challenging due to controversial assumptions, such as uniform homogenization rate across all gene members (Dover 1982; Ohta and Dover 1984). No models can fully capture the extreme complexity of factors, while these unbiased mechanisms are all genetic drift forces that contribute to changes in mutant transmission. Therefore, we opted for a more simplified and collective approach using V*(K) to see the overall strength of genetic drift.

      We have discussed the reason for using V*(K) to collectively represent the homogenization effect in Discussion. As stated in our manuscript:

      “There have been many rigorous analyses that confront the homogenizing mechanisms directly. These studies (Smith 1974b; Ohta 1976; Dover 1982; Nagylaki 1983; Ohta and Dover 1983) modeled gene conversion and unequal cross-over head on. Unfortunately, on top of the complexities of such models, the key parameter values are rarely obtainable. In the branching process, all these complexities are wrapped into V*(K) for formulating the evolutionary rate. In such a formulation, the collective strength of these various forces may indeed be measurable, as shown in this study.”

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Multi-copy gene systems are expected to evolve slower than single-copy gene systems because it takes longer for genetic variants to fix in the large number of gene copies in the entire population. Paradoxically, their evolution is often observed to be surprisingly fast. To explain this paradox, the authors hypothesize that the rapid evolution of multi-copy gene systems arises from stronger genetic drift driven by homogenizing forces within individuals, such as gene conversion, unequal crossover, and replication slippage. They formulate this idea by combining the advantages of two classic population genetic models -- adding the V(k) term (which is the variance in reproductive success) in the Haldane model to the Wright-Fisher model. Using this model, the authors derived the strength of genetic drift (i.e., reciprocal of the effective population size, Ne) for the multi-copy gene system and compared it to that of the single-copy system. The theory was then applied to empirical genetic polymorphism and divergence data in rodents and great apes, relying on comparison between rRNA genes and genome-wide patterns (which mostly are single-copy genes). Based on this analysis, the authors concluded that neutral genetic drift could explain the rRNA diversity and evolution patterns in mice but not in humans and chimpanzees, pointing to a positive selection of rRNA variants in great apes.

      Strengths:

      Overall, the new WFH model is an interesting idea. It is intuitive, efficient, and versatile in various scenarios, including the multi-copy gene system and other cases discussed in the companion paper by Ruan et al.

      Weaknesses:

      Despite being intuitive at a high level, the model is a little unclear, as several terms in the main text were not clearly defined and connections between model parameters and biological mechanisms are missing. Most importantly, the data analysis of rRNA genes is extremely over-simplified and does not adequately consider biological and technical factors that are not discussed in the model. Even if these factors are ignored, the authors' interpretation of several observations is unconvincing, as alternative scenarios can lead to similar patterns. Consequently, the conclusions regarding rRNA genes are poorly supported. Overall, I think this paper shines more in the model than the data analysis, and the modeling part would be better presented as a section of the companion theory paper rather than a stand-alone paper. My specific concerns are outlined below.

      Response 5: We appreciate the reviewer’s feedback and recognize the need for clearer definitions of key terms. We have made revisions to ensure that each term is properly defined upon its first use.

      Regarding the model’s simplicity, as in the Response4, our intention was to create a framework that captures the essence of how mutant copies spread by chance within a population, relying on the variance in transmission rates for each copy (V(K)). By doing so, we aimed to incorporate the various homogenization mechanisms that do not affect single-copy genes, highlighting the substantially stronger genetic drift observed in multi-copy systems compared to single-copy genes. We believe that simplifying the model was necessary to make it more accessible and practical for real-world data analysis and provides a useful approximation that can be applied broadly. It is clearly an underestimate the actual rate as some forces with canceling effects might not have been accounted for.

      (1) Unclear definition of terms

      Many of the terms in the model or the main text were not clearly defined the first time they occurred, which hindered understanding of the model and observations reported. To name a few:

      (i) In Eq(1), although C* is defined as the "effective copy number", it is unclear what it means in an empirical sense. For example, Ne could be interpreted as "an ideal WF population with this size would have the same level of genetic diversity as the population of interest" or "the reciprocal of strength of allele frequency change in a unit of time". A few factors were provided that could affect C*, but specifically, how do these factors impact C*? For example, does increased replication slippage increase or decrease C*? How about gene conversion or unequal cross-over? If we don't even have a qualitative understanding of how these processes influence C*, it is very hard to make interpretations based on inferred C*. How to interpret the claim on lines 240-241 (If the homogenization is powerful enough, rRNA genes would have C*<1)? Please also clarify what C* would be, in a single-copy gene system in diploid species.

      Response 6: We apology for the confusion caused by the lack of clear definitions in the initial manuscript. We recognize that this has led to misunderstandings regarding the concept we presented. Our aim was to demonstrate the concerted evolution in multi-copy gene systems, involving two levels of “effective copy number” relative to single-copy genes: first, homogenization within populations then divergence between species. We used C* and Ne* to try to designated the two levels driven by the same homogenization force, which complicated the evolutionary pattern.

      To address these issues, we have simplified the model and revised the abstract to prevent any misunderstandings:

      “On average, rDNAs have C ~ 150 - 300 copies per haploid in humans. While a neutral mutation of a single-copy gene would take 4_N_ (N being the population size) generations to become fixed, the time should be 4_NC* generations for rRNA genes where 1<< C* (C* being the effective copy number; C* < C or C* > C would depend on the drift strength). However, the observed fixation time in mouse and human is < 4_N, implying the paradox of C* < 1. Genetic drift that encompasses all random neutral evolutionary forces appears as much as 100 times stronger for rRNA genes as for single-copy genes, thus reducing C* to < 1.”

      Thus, it should be clear that the fixation time as well as the level of polymorphism represent the empirical measures of C*.We have also revised the relevant paragraph in the text to define C* and V*(K) and removed Eq. 2 for clarity:

      “Below, we compare the strength of genetic drift in rRNA genes vs. that of single-copy genes using the Haldane model (Ruan, et al. 2024). We shall use * to designate the equivalent symbols for rRNA genes; for example, E(K) vs. E*(K). Both are set to 1, such that the total number of copies in the long run remains constant.

      For simplicity, we let V(K) = 1 for single-copy genes. (If we permit V(K) ≠ 1, the analyses will involve the ratio of V*(K) and V(K) to reach the same conclusion but with unnecessary complexities.) For rRNA genes,  V*(K) ≥ 1 may generally be true because K for rDNA mutations are affected by a host of homogenization factors including replication slippage, unequal cross-over, gene conversion and other related mechanisms not operating on single copy genes. Hence,

      where C is the average number of rRNA genes in an individual and V*(K) reflects the homogenization process on rRNA genes (Fig. 1D). Thus,

      C* = C/V*(K)

      represents the effective copy number of rRNA genes in the population, determining the level of genetic diversity relative to single-copy genes. Since C is in the hundreds and V*(K) is expected to be > 1, the relationship of 1 << C* ≤ C is hypothesized. Fig. 1D is a simple illustration that the homogenizing process may enhance V*(K) substantially over the WF model.

      In short, genetic drift of rRNA genes would be equivalent to single copy genes in a population of size NC* (or N*). Since C* >> 1 is hypothesized, genetic drift for rRNA genes is expected to be slower than for single copy genes.”

      (ii) In Eq(1), what exactly is V*(K)? Variance in reproductive success across all gene copies in the population? What factors affect V*(K)? For the same population, what is the possible range of V*(K)/V(K)? Is it somewhat bounded because of biological constraints? Are V*(K) and C*(K) independent parameters, or does one affect the other, or are both affected by an overlapping set of factors?

      Response 7: - In Eq(1), what exactly is V*(K)?  In Eq(1), V*(K) refers to the variance in the number of progeny to whom the gene copy of interest is transmitted (K) over a specific time interval. When considering evolutionary divergence between species, V*(K) may correspond to the divergence time.

      - What factors affect V*(K)? For the same population, what is the possible range of V*(K)/V(K)? Is it somewhat bounded because of biological constraints?  “V*(K) for rRNA genes is likely to be much larger than V(K) for single-copy genes, because K for rRNA mutations may be affected by a host of homogenization factors including replication slippage, unequal cross-over, gene conversion and other related mechanisms not operating on single-copy genes. For simplicity, we let V(K) = 1 (as in a WF population) and V*(K) ≥ 1.” Thus, the V*(K)/V(K) = V*(K) can potentially reach values in the hundreds, and may even exceed C, resulting in C*(= C/V*(K)) values less than 1. Biological constraints that could limit this variance include the minimum copy number within individuals, sequence constraints in functional regions, and the susceptibility of chromosomes with large arrays to intrachromosomal crossover (which may lead to a reduction in copy number)(Eickbush and Eickbush 2007), potentially reducing the variability of K.

      - Are V*(K) and C*(K) independent parameters, or does one affect the other, or are both affected by an overlapping set of factors?  There is no C*(K), the C* is defined as follows in the text:

      “C* = C/V*(K) represents the effective copy number of rRNA genes, reflecting the level of genetic diversity relative to single-copy genes. Since C is in the hundreds and V*(K) is expected to be > 1, the relationship of 1 << C* ≤ C is hypothesized.” The factors influencing V*(K) directly affect C* due to this relationship.

      (iii) In the multi-copy gene system, how is fixation defined? A variant found at the same position in all copies of the rRNA genes in the entire population?

      Response 8: We appreciate the reviewer's suggestion and have now provided a clear definition of fixation in the context of multi-copy genes within the manuscript.

      “For rDNA mutations, fixation must occur in two stages – fixation within individuals and among individuals in the population. (Note that a new mutation can be fixed via homogenization, thus making rRNA gene copies in an individual a pseudo-population.)”

      The evolutionary dynamics of multi-copy genes differ from those of single-copy (Mendelian) genes, which mutate, segregate and evolve independently in the population. Fixation in multi-copy genes, such as rRNA genes, is influenced by their ability to transfer genetic information among their copies through nonreciprocal exchange mechanisms, like gene conversion and unequal crossover (Ohta and Dover 1984). These processes can cause fluctuations in the number of mutant copies within an individual's lifetime and facilitate the spread of a mutant allele across all copies even in non-homologous chromosomes. Over time, this can result in the mutant allele replacing all preexisting alleles throughout the population, leading to fixation (Ohta 1976) meaning that the same variant will eventually be present at the corresponding position in all copies of the rRNA genes across the entire population. Without such homogenization processes, fixation would be unlikely to be obtained in multi-copy genes.

      (iv) Lines 199-201, HI, Hs, and HT are not defined in the context of a multi-copy gene system. What are the empirical estimators?

      Response 9: We appreciate the reviewer's comment and would like to clarify the definitions and empirical estimators for within the context of a multi-copy gene system in the text:

      “A standard measure of genetic drift is the level of heterozygosity (H). At the mutation-selection equilibrium

      where μ is the mutation rate of the entire gene and Ne is the effective population size. In this study, Ne = N for single-copy gene and Ne = C*N for rRNA genes. The empirical measure of nucleotide diversity H is given by

      where L is the gene length (for each copy of rRNA gene, L ~ 43kb) and pi is the variant frequency at the i-th site.

      We calculate H of rRNA genes at three levels – within-individual, within-species and then, within total samples (HI, HS and HT, respectively). HS and HT are standard population genetic measures (Hartl, et al. 1997; Crow and Kimura 2009). In calculating HS, all sequences in the species are used, regardless of the source individuals. A similar procedure is applied to HT. The HI statistic is adopted for multi-copy gene systems for measuring within-individual polymorphism. Note that copies within each individual are treated as a pseudo-population (see Fig. 1 and text above). With multiple individuals, HI is averaged over them.”

      (v) Line 392-393, f and g are not clearly defined. What does "the proportion of AT-to-GC conversion" mean? What are the numerator and denominator of the fraction, respectively?

      Response 10: We appreciate the reviewer's comment and have revised the relevant text for clarity as well as improved the specific calculation methods for f and g in the Methods section.

      “We first designate the proportion of AT-to-GC conversion as f and the reciprocal, GC-to-AT, as g. Specifically, f represents the proportion of fixed mutations where an A or T nucleotide has been converted to a G or C nucleotide (see Methods). Given f ≠ g, this bias is true at the site level.”

      Methods:

      “Specifically, f represents the proportion of fixed mutations where an A or T nucleotide has been converted to a G or C nucleotide. The numerator for f is the number of fixed mutations from A-to-G, T-to-C, T-to-G, or A-to-C. The denominator is the total number of A or T sites in the rDNA sequence of the specie lineage.

      Similarly, g is defined as the proportion of fixed mutations where a G or C nucleotide has been converted to an A or T nucleotide. The numerator for g is the number of fixed mutations from G-to-A, C-to-T, C-to-A, or G-to-T. The denominator is the total number of G or C sites in the rDNA sequence of the specie lineage.

      The consensus rDNA sequences for the species lineage were generated by Samtools consensus (Danecek, et al. 2021) from the bam file after alignment. The following command was used:

      ‘samtools consensus -@ 20 -a -d 10 --show-ins no --show-del yes input_sorted.bam output.fa’.”

      (2) Technical concerns with rRNA gene data quality

      Given the highly repetitive nature and rapid evolution of rRNA genes, myriads of things could go wrong with read alignment and variant calling, raising great concerns regarding the data quality. The data source and methods used for calling variants were insufficiently described at places, further exacerbating the concern.

      (i) What are the accession numbers or sample IDs of the high-coverage WGS data of humans, chimpanzees, and gorillas from NCBI? How many individuals are in each species? These details are necessary to ensure reproducibility and correct interpretation of the results.

      Response 11: We apologize for not including the specific details of the sample information in the main text. All accession numbers and sample IDs for the WGS data used in this study, including mice, humans, chimpanzee, and gorilla, are already listed in Supplementary Tables S4-S5. We have revised the table captions and referenced them at the appropriate points in the Methods to ensure clarity.

      “The genome sequences of human (n = 8), chimpanzee (n = 1) and gorilla (n = 1) were sourced from National Center for Biotechnology Information (NCBI) (Supplementary Table 4). … Genomic sequences of mice (n = 13) were sourced from the Wellcome Sanger Institute’s Mouse Genome Project (MGP) (Keane, et al. 2011).

      The concern regarding the number of individuals needed to support the results will be addressed in Response 13.

      (ii) Sequencing reads from great apes and mice were mapped against the human and mouse rDNA reference sequences, respectively (lines 485-486). Given the rapid evolution of rRNA genes, even individuals within the same species differ in copy number and sequences of these genes. Alignment to a single reference genome would likely lead to incorrect and even failed alignment for some reads, resulting in genotyping errors. Differences in rDNA sequence, copy number, and structure are even greater between species, potentially leading to higher error rates in the called variants. Yet the authors provided no justification for the practice of aligning reads from multiple species to a single reference genome nor evidence that misalignment and incorrect variant calling are not major concerns for the downstream analysis.

      Response 12: While the copy number of rDNA varies in each individuals, the sequence identity among copies is typically very high (median identity of 98.7% (Nurk, et al. 2022)). Therefore, all rRNA genes were aligned against to the species-specific reference sequences, where the consensus nucleotide nearly accounts for >90% of the gene copies in the population. In minimize genotyping errors, our analysis focused exclusively on single nucleotide variants (SNVs) with only two alleles, discarding other mutation types.

      Regarding sequence divergence between species, which may have greater sequence variations, we excluded unmapped regions with high-quality reads coverage below 10. In calculation of substitution rate, we accounted for the mapping length (L), as shown in the column 3 in Table 3-5.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s comments and have provide details in the Methods.

      (vi) It is unclear how variant frequency within an individual was defined conceptually or computed from data (lines 499-501). The population-level variant frequency was calculated by averaging across individuals, but why was the averaging not weighted by the copy number of rRNA genes each individual carries? How many individuals are sampled for each species? Are the sample sizes sufficient to provide an accurate estimate of population frequencies?

      Response 13: Each individual was considered as a psedo-population of rRNA genes, varaint frequency within an individual was the proportions of mutant allele in this psedo-population. The calculation of varaint frequency is based on the number of supported reads of each individual.

      The reason for calculating population-level variant frequency by averaging across individuals is relevant in the calculation of FIS and FST. In calculating FST, the standard practice is to weigh each population equally. So, when we show FST in humans, we do not consider whether there are more Africans, Caucasians or Asians. There is a reason for not weighing them even though the population sizes could be orders of magnitude different, say, in the comparison between an ethnic minority and the main population. In the case of FIS, the issue is moot. Although copy number may range from 150 to 400 per haploid, most people have 300 – 500 copies with two haploids.

      As for the concern regarding the number the individuals needed to support of the results:

      Considering the nature of multi-copy genes, where gene members undergo continuous exchanges at a much slower rate compared to the rapid rate of random distribution of chromosomes at each generation of sexual reproduction, even a few variant copies that arise during an individual's lifetime would disperse into the gene pool in the next generation (Ohta and Dover 1984). Thus, there is minimal difference between individuals. Our analysis is also aligns with this theory, particularly in human population (FIS = 0.059), where each individual carries the majority of the population's genetic diversity. Therefore, even a single chimpanzee or gorilla individual caries sufficient diversity with its hundreds of gene copies to calculate divergence with humans.

      (vii) Fixed variants are operationally defined as those with a frequency>0.8 in one species. What is the justification for this choice of threshold? Without knowing the exact sample size of the various species, it's difficult to assess whether this threshold is appropriate.

      Response 14: First, the mutation frequency distribution is strongly bimodal (see Figure below) with a peak at zero and the other at 1. This high frequency peak starts to rise slowly at 0.8, similar to FST distribution in Figure 4C. That is why we use it as the cutoff although we would get similar results at the cutoff of 0.90 (see Table below). Second, the sample size for the calculation of mutant frequency is based on the number of reads which is usually in the tens of thousands. Third, it does not matter if the mutation frequency calculation is based on one individuals or multiple individuals because 95% of the genetic diversity of the population is captured by the gene pool within each individual.

      Author response image 1.

      Author response table 1.

      The A/T to G/C and G/C to A/T changes in apes and mouse.

      New mutants with a frequency >0.9 within an individual are considered as (nearly) fixed, except for humans, where the frequency was averaged over 8 individuals in the Table 2.

      The X-squared values for each species are as follows: 58.303 for human, 7.9292 for chimpanzee, and 0.85385 for M. m. domesticus.

      (viii) It is not explained exactly how FIS, FST, and divergence levels of rRNA genes were calculated from variant frequency at individual and species levels. Formulae need to be provided to explain the computation.

      Response 15: After we clearly defined the HI, HS, and HT in Response9, understanding FIS and F_ST_ becomes straightforward.

      “Given the three levels of heterozygosity, there are two levels of differentiation. First, FIS is the differentiation among individuals within the species, defined by

      FIS = [HS - HI]/HS  

      FIS is hence the proportion of genetic diversity in the species that is found only between individuals. We will later show FIS ~ 0.05 in human rDNA (Table 2), meaning 95% of rDNA diversity is found within individuals.

      Second, FST is the differentiation between species within the total species complex, defined as

      FST = [HT – HS]/HT 

      FST is the proportion of genetic diversity in the total data that is found only between species.”

      (3) Complete ignorance of the difference in mutation rate difference between rRNA genes and genome-wide average

      Nearly all data analysis in this paper relied on comparison between rRNA genes with the rest (presumably single-copy part) of the genome. However, mutation rate, a key parameter determining the diversity and divergence levels, was completely ignored in the comparison. It is well known that mutation rate differs tremendously along the genome, with both fine and large-scale variation. If the mutation rate of rRNA genes differs substantially from the genome average, it would invalidate almost all of the analysis results. Yet no discussion or justification was provided.

      Response 16: We appreciate the reviewer's observation regarding the potential impact of varying mutation rates across the genome. To address this concern, we compared the long-term substitution rates on rDNA and single-copy genes between human and rhesus macaque, which diverged approximately 25 million years ago. Our analysis (see Table S1 below) indicates that the substitution rate in rDNA is actually slower than the genome-wide average. This finding suggests that rRNA genes do not experience a higher mutation rate compared to single-copy genes, as stated in the text:

      “Note that Eq. (3) shows that the mutation rate, m, determines the long-term evolutionary rate, l. Since we will compare the l values between rRNA and single-copy genes, we have to compare their mutation rates first by analyzing their long-term evolution. As shown in Table S1, l falls in the range of 50-60 (differences per Kb) for single copy genes and 40 – 70 for the non-functional parts of rRNA genes. The data thus suggest that rRNA and single-copy genes are comparable in mutation rate. Differences between their l values will have to be explained by other means.”

      However, given the divergence time (Td) being equal to or smaller than Tf, even if the mutation rate per nucleotide is substantially higher in rRNA genes, these variants would not become fixed after the divergence of humans and chimpanzees without the help of strong homogenization forces. Thus, the presence of divergence sites (Table 5) still supports the conclusion that rRNA genes undergo much stronger genetic drift compared to single-copy genes.

      Related to mutation rate: given the hypermutability of CpG sites, it is surprising that the evolution/fixation rate of rRNA estimated with or without CpG sites is so close (2.24% vs 2.27%). Given the 10 - 20-fold higher mutation rate at CpG sites in the human genome, and 2% CpG density (which is probably an under-estimate for rDNA), we expect the former to be at least 20% higher than the latter.

      Response 17: While it is true that CpG sites exhibit a 10-20-fold higher mutation rate, the close evolution/fixation rates of rDNA with and without CpG sites (2.24% vs 2.27%) may be attributed to the fact that fixation rates during short-term evolutionary processes are less influenced by mutation rates alone. As observed in the Human-Macaque comparison in the table above, the substitution rate of rDNA in non-functional regions with CpG sites is 4.18%, while it is 3.35% without CpG sites, aligning with your expectation of 25% higher rates where CpG sites are involved.

      This discrepancy between the expected and observed fixation rates may be due to strong homogenization forces, which can rapidly fix or eliminate variants, thereby reducing the overall impact of higher mutation rates at CpG sites on the observed fixation rate. This suggests that the homogenization mechanisms play a more dominant role in the fixation process over short evolutionary timescales, mitigating the expected increase in fixation rates due to CpG hypermutability.

      Among the weaknesses above, concern (1) can be addressed with clarification, but concerns (2) and (3) invalidate almost all findings from the data analysis and cannot be easily alleviated with a complete revamp work.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewing Editor Comments:

      Both reviewers found the manuscript confusing and raised serious concerns. They pointed out a lack of engagement with previous literature on modeling and the presence of ill-defined terms within the model, which obscure understanding. They also noted a significant disconnection between the modeling approach and the biological processes involved. Additionally, the data analysis was deemed problematic due to the failure to consider essential biological and technical factors. One reviewer suggested that the modeling component would be more suitable as a section of the companion theory paper rather than a standalone paper. Please see their individual reviews for their overall assessment.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Beyond my major concerns, I have numerous questions about the interpretation of various findings:

      Lines 62-63: Please explain under what circumstance Ne=N/V(K) is biologically nonsensical and why.

      Response 18: “Biologically non-sensical” is the term used in (Chen, et al. 2017). We now used the term “biologically untenable” but the message is the same. How does one get V(K) ≠ E(K) in the WF sampling? It is untenable under the WF structure. Kimura may be the first one to introduce V(K) ≠ E(K) into the WF model and subsequent papers use the same sort of modifications that are mathematically valid but biologically dubious. As explained extensively in the companion paper, the modifications add complexities but do not give the WF models powers to explain the paradoxes.

      Lines 231-234: The claim about a lower molecular evolution rate (lambda) is inaccurate - under neutrality, the molecular evolution rate is always the same as the mutation rate. It is true that when the species divergence Td is not much greater than fixation time Tf, the observed number of fixed differences would be substantially smaller than 2*mu*Td, but the lower divergence level does not mean that the molecular evolution is slower. In other words, in calculating the divergence level, it is the time term that needs to be adjusted rather than the molecular evolution rate.

      Response 19: Thanks, we agree that the original wording was not accurate. It is indeed the substitution rate rather than the molecular evolution rate that is affected when species divergence time Td is not much greater than the fixation time Tf. We have revised the relevant text in the manuscript to correct this and ensure clarity.

      Lines 277-279: Hs for rRNA is 5.2x fold than the genome average. This could be roughly translated as Ne*/Ne=5.2. According to Eq 2: (1/Ne*)/(1/Ne)= Vh/C*, it can be drived that mean Ne*/Ne=C*/Vh. Then why do the authors conclude "C*=N*/N~5.2" in line 278? Wouldn't it mean that C*/Vh is roughly 5.2?

      Response 20: We apologize for the confusion. To prevent misunderstandings, we have revised Equation 1 and deleted Equation 2 from the manuscript. Please refer to the Response6 for further details.

      Lines 291-292: What does "a major role of stage I evolution" mean? How does it lead to lower FIS?

      Response 21: We apologize for the lack of clarity in our original description, and we have revised the relevant content to make them more directly.

      “In this study, we focus on multi-copy gene systems, where the evolution takes place in two stages: both within (stage I) and between individuals (stage II).”

      FIS for rDNA among 8 human individuals is 0.059 (Table 2), much smaller than 0.142 in M. m. domesticus mice, indicating minimal genetic differences across human individuals and high level of genetic identity in rDNAs between homologous chromosomes among human population. … Correlation of polymorphic sites in IGS region is shown in Supplementary Fig. 1. The results suggest that the genetic drift due to the sampling of chromosomes during sexual reproduction (e.g., segregation and assortment) is augmented substantially by the effects of homogenization process within individual. Like those in mice, the pattern indicates that intra-species polymorphism is mainly preserved within individuals.”

      Line 297-300: why does the concentration at very allele frequency indicate rapid homogenization across copies? Suppose there is no inter-copy homogenization, and each copy evolves independently, wouldn't we still expect the SFS to be strongly skewed towards rare variants? It is completely unclear how homogenization processes are expected to affect the SFS.

      Response 22: We appreciate the reviewer’s insightful comments and apologize for any confusion in our original explanation. To clarify:

      If there is no inter-copy homogenization and each copy evolves independently, it would effectively result in an equivalent population size that is C times larger than that of single-copy genes. However, given the copies are distributed on five chromosomes, if the copies within a chromosome were fully linked, there would be no fixation at any sites. Considering the data presented in Table 4, where the substitution rate in rDNA is higher than in single-copy genes, this suggests that additional forces must be acting to homogenize the copies, even across non-homologous chromosomes.

      Regarding the specific data presented in the Figure 3, the allele frequency spectrum is based on human polymorphism sites and is a folded spectrum, as the ancestral state of the alleles was not determined. High levels of homogenization would typically push variant mutations toward the extremes of the SFS, leading to fewer intermediate-frequency alleles and reduced heterozygosity. The statement that "allele frequency spectrum is highly concentrated at very low frequency within individuals" was intended to emphasize the localized distribution of variants and the high identity at each site. However, we recognize that it does not accurately reflect the role of homogenization and this conclusion cannot be directly inferred from the figure as presented. Therefore, we have removed the sentence in the text.

      The evidence of gBGC in rRNA genes in great apes does not help explain the observed accelerated evolution of rDNA relative to the rest of the genome. Evidence of gBGC has been clearly demonstrated in a variety of species, including mice. It affects not only rRNA genes but also most parts of the genome, particularly regions with high recombination rates. In addition, gBGC increases the fixation probability of W>S mutations but suppresses the fixation of S>W mutations, so it is not obvious how gBGC will increase or decrease the molecular evolution rate overall.

      Response 23: We have thoroughly rewritten the last section of Results. The earlier writing has misplaced the emphasis, raising many questions (as stated above). To answer them, we would have to present a new set of equations thus adding unnecessary complexities to the paper. Here is the streamlined and more logical flow of the new section.

      First, Tables 4 and 5 have shown the accelerated evolution of the rRNA genes. We have now shown that rRNA genes do not have higher mutation rates. Below is copied from the revised text:

      “We now consider the evolution of rRNA genes between species by analyzing the rate of fixation (or near fixation) of mutations. Polymorphic variants are filtered out in the calculation. Note that Eq. (3) shows that the mutation rate, m, determines the long-term evolutionary rate, l. Since we will compare the l values between rRNA and single-copy genes, we have to compare their mutation rates first by analyzing their long-term evolution. As shown in Table S1 l falls in the range of 50-60 (differences per Kb) for single copy genes and 40 – 70 for the non-functional parts of rRNA genes. The data thus suggest that rRNA and single-copy genes are comparable in mutation rate. Differences between their l values will have to be explained by other means.”

      Second, we have shown that the accelerated evolution in mice is likely due to genetic drift, resulting in faster fixation of neutral variants. We also show that this is unlikely to be true in humans and chimpanzees; hence selection is the only possible explanation. The section below is copied from the revised text. It shows the different patterns of gene conversions between mice and apes, in agreement with the results of Tables 4 and 5. In essence, it shows that the GC ratio in apes is shifting to a new equilibrium, which is equivalent to a new adaptive peak. Selection is driving the rDNA genes to move to the new adaptive peak.

      Revision - “Thus, the much accelerated evolution of rRNA genes between humans and chimpanzees cannot be entirely attributed to genetic drift. In the next and last section, we will test if selection is operating on rRNA genes by examining the pattern of gene conversion. 

      3) Positive selection for rRNA mutations in apes, but not in mice – Evidence from gene conversion patterns

      For gene conversion, we examine the patterns of AT-to-GC vs. GC-to-AT changes. While it has been reported that gene conversion would favor AT-to-GC over GC-to-AT conversion (Jeffreys and Neumann 2002; Meunier and Duret 2004) at the site level, we are interested at the gene level by summing up all conversions across sites. We designate the proportion of AT-to-GC conversion as f and the reciprocal, GC-to-AT, as g. Both f and g represent the proportion of fixed mutations between species (see Methods). So defined, f and g are influenced by the molecular mechanisms as well as natural selection. The latter may favor a higher or lower GC ratio at the genic level between species. As the selective pressure is distributed over the length of the gene, each site may experience rather weak pressure.

      Let p be the proportion of AT sites and q be the proportion of GC sites in the gene. The flux of AT-to-GC would be pf and the flux in reverse, GC-to-AT, would be qg. At equilibrium, pf = qg. Given f and g, the ratio of p and q would eventually reach p/q \= g/f. We now determine if the fluxes are in equilibrium (pf =qg). If they are not, the genic GC ratio is likely under selection and is moving to a different equilibrium.

      In these genic analyses, we first analyze the human lineage (Brown and Jiricny 1989; Galtier and Duret 2007). Using chimpanzees and gorillas as the outgroups, we identified the derived variants that became nearly fixed in humans with frequency > 0.8 (Table 6). The chi-square test shows that the GC variants had a significantly higher fixation probability compared to AT. In addition, this pattern is also found in chimpanzees (p < 0.001). In M. m. domesticus (Table 6), the chi-square test reveals no difference in the fixation probability between GC and AT (p = 0.957). Further details can be found in Supplementary Figure 2. Overall, a higher fixation probability of the GC variants is found in human and chimpanzee, whereas this bias is not observed in mice.

      Tables 6-7 here

      Based on Table 6, we could calculate the value of p, q, f and g (see Table 7). Shown in the last row of Table 7, the (pf)/(qg) ratio is much larger than 1 in both the human and chimpanzee lineages. Notably, the ratio in mouse is not significantly different from 1. Combining Tables 4 and 7, we conclude that the slight acceleration of fixation in mice can be accounted for by genetic drift, due to gene conversion among rRNA gene copies. In contrast, the different fluxes corroborate the interpretations of Table 5 that selection is operating in both humans and chimpanzees.”

      References

      Arnheim N, Treco D, Taylor B, Eicher EM. 1982. Distribution of ribosomal gene length variants among mouse chromosomes. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 79:4677-4680.

      Brown T, Jiricny J. 1989. Repair of base-base mismatches in simian and human cells. Genome / National Research Council Canada = Génome / Conseil national de recherches Canada 31:578-583.

      Cannings C. 1974. The latent roots of certain Markov chains arising in genetics: A new approach, I. Haploid models. Advances in Applied Probability 6:260-290.

      Chen Y, Tong D, Wu CI. 2017. A New Formulation of Random Genetic Drift and Its Application to the Evolution of Cell Populations. Mol Biol Evol 34:2057-2064.

      Chia AB, Watterson GA. 1969. Demographic effects on the rate of genetic evolution I. constant size populations with two genotypes. Journal of Applied Probability 6:231-248.

      Crow JF, Kimura M. 2009. An Introduction to Population Genetics Theory: Blackburn Press.

      Danecek P, Bonfield JK, Liddle J, Marshall J, Ohan V, Pollard MO, Whitwham A, Keane T, McCarthy SA, Davies RM, et al. 2021. Twelve years of SAMtools and BCFtools. Gigascience 10.

      Datson NA, Morsink MC, Atanasova S, Armstrong VW, Zischler H, Schlumbohm C, Dutilh BE, Huynen MA, Waegele B, Ruepp A, et al. 2007. Development of the first marmoset-specific DNA microarray (EUMAMA): a new genetic tool for large-scale expression profiling in a non-human primate. Bmc Genomics 8:190.

      Der R, Epstein CL, Plotkin JB. 2011. Generalized population models and the nature of genetic drift. Theoretical Population Biology 80:80-99.

      Dover G. 1982. Molecular drive: a cohesive mode of species evolution. Nature 299:111-117.

      Eickbush TH, Eickbush DG. 2007. Finely orchestrated movements: evolution of the ribosomal RNA genes. Genetics 175:477-485.

      Galtier N, Duret L. 2007. Adaptation or biased gene conversion? Extending the null hypothesis of molecular evolution. Trends in Genetics 23:273-277.

      Gibbs RA, Rogers J, Katze MG, Bumgarner R, Weinstock GM, Mardis ER, Remington KA, Strausberg RL, Venter JC, Wilson RK, et al. 2007. Evolutionary and Biomedical Insights from the Rhesus Macaque Genome. Science 316:222-234.

      Guarracino A, Buonaiuto S, de Lima LG, Potapova T, Rhie A, Koren S, Rubinstein B, Fischer C, Abel HJ, Antonacci-Fulton LL, et al. 2023. Recombination between heterologous human acrocentric chromosomes. Nature 617:335-343.

      Hartl DL, Clark AG, Clark AG. 1997. Principles of population genetics: Sinauer associates Sunderland.

      Hori Y, Shimamoto A, Kobayashi T. 2021. The human ribosomal DNA array is composed of highly homogenized tandem clusters. Genome Res 31:1971-1982.

      Jeffreys AJ, Neumann R. 2002. Reciprocal crossover asymmetry and meiotic drive in a human recombination hot spot. Nat Genet 31:267-271.

      Karlin S, McGregor J. 1964. Direct Product Branching Processes and Related Markov Chains. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 51:598-602.

      Keane TM, Goodstadt L, Danecek P, White MA, Wong K, Yalcin B, Heger A, Agam A, Slater G, Goodson M, et al. 2011. Mouse genomic variation and its effect on phenotypes and gene regulation. Nature 477:289-294.

      Krystal M, D'Eustachio P, Ruddle FH, Arnheim N. 1981. Human nucleolus organizers on nonhomologous chromosomes can share the same ribosomal gene variants. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America 78:5744-5748.

      Meunier J, Duret L. 2004. Recombination drives the evolution of GC-content in the human genome. Molecular Biology and Evolution 21:984-990.

      Nagylaki T. 1983. Evolution of a large population under gene conversion. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 80:5941-5945.

      Nurk S, Koren S, Rhie A, Rautiainen M, Bzikadze AV, Mikheenko A, Vollger MR, Altemose N, Uralsky L, Gershman A, et al. 2022. The complete sequence of a human genome. Science 376:44-53.

      Ohta T. 1985. A model of duplicative transposition and gene conversion for repetitive DNA families. Genetics 110:513-524.

      Ohta T. 1976. Simple model for treating evolution of multigene families. Nature 263:74-76.

      Ohta T, Dover GA. 1984. The Cohesive Population Genetics of Molecular Drive. Genetics 108:501-521.

      Ohta T, Dover GA. 1983. Population genetics of multigene families that are dispersed into two or more chromosomes. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 80:4079-4083.

      Ruan Y, Wang X, Hou M, Diao W, Xu S, Wen H, Wu C-I. 2024. Resolving Paradoxes in Molecular Evolution: The Integrated WF-Haldane (WFH) Model of Genetic Drift. bioRxiv:2024.2002.2019.581083.

      Smirnov E, Chmúrčiaková N, Liška F, Bažantová P, Cmarko D. 2021. Variability of Human rDNA. Cells 10.

      Smith GP. 1976. Evolution of Repeated DNA Sequences by Unequal Crossover. Science 191:528-535.

      Smith GP. 1974a. Unequal crossover and the evolution of multigene families. Cold Spring Harbor symposia on quantitative biology 38:507-513.

      Smith GP. 1974b. Unequal Crossover and the Evolution of Multigene Families.  38:507-513.

      Stults DM, Killen MW, Pierce HH, Pierce AJ. 2008. Genomic architecture and inheritance of human ribosomal RNA gene clusters. Genome Res 18:13-18.

      van Sluis M, Gailín M, McCarter JGW, Mangan H, Grob A, McStay B. 2019. Human NORs, comprising rDNA arrays and functionally conserved distal elements, are located within dynamic chromosomal regions. Genes Dev 33:1688-1701.

      Wall JD, Frisse LA, Hudson RR, Di Rienzo A. 2003. Comparative linkage-disequilibrium analysis of the beta-globin hotspot in primates. Am J Hum Genet 73:1330-1340.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews: 

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The authors set out to measure the diffusion of small drug molecules inside live cells. To do this, they selected a range of flourescent drugs, as well as some commonly used dyes, and used FRAP to quantify their diffusion. The authors find that drugs diffuse and localize within the cell in a way that is weakly correalted with their charge, with positively charged molecules displaying dramatically slower diffusion and a high degree of subcellular localization. <br /> The study is important because it points at an important issue related to the way drugs behave inside cells beyond the simple "IC50" metric (a decidedly mesoscopic/systemic value). The authors conclude, and I agree, that their results point to nuanced effects that are governed by drug chemistry that could be optimized to make them more effective. 

      We are grateful to the reviewer for summarizing the work and appreciate him/her pointing out that it is high time to consider the drug aggregation and high degree of subcellular localization while optimizing to make them more effective beyond the mesoscopic value like "IC50".

      Strengths: 

      The work examines an understudied aspect of drug delivery. 

      The work uses well-established methodologies to measure diffusion in cells 

      The work provides an extensive dataset, covering a range of chemistries that are common in small molecule drug design 

      The authors consider several explanations as to the origin of changes in cellular diffusion

      We are grateful to the reviewer for pointing out the strengths of the manuscript.

      Weaknesses: 

      The results are described qualitatively, despite quantitative data that can be used to infer the strength of the proposed correlations. 

      The statistical treatment of the data is not rigorous and not visualized according to best practices, making it difficult for readers to assess the significance of the findings. 

      Some important aspects of drug behavior are not discussed quantitatively, such as the cell-to-cell or subcellular variability in concentration. 

      It is unclear if the observed behavior of each drug in the cell actually relates to its efficacy - though this is clearly beyond the scope of this specific work.

      We have addressed the weaknesses found by the reviewer (see bellow in Reviewer #1 Recommendations For The Authors). Concerning the last point, It would have been indeed very valuable to find a relation between drug's observable behavior and their efficacy, but as the reviewer indicates, it is beyond the scope of this work.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review): 

      Summary:

      Blocking a weak base compound's protonation increased intracellular diffusion and fractional recovery in the cytoplasm, which may improve the intracellular availability and distribution of weakly basic, small molecule drugs and be impactful in future drug development. 

      We are thankful to the reviewer for summarizing our work and acknowledging that the points raised above can be impactful in future drug development.

      Strengths: 

      (1) The intracellular distribution of drugs and the chemical properties that drive their distribution are much needed in the literature. Thus, the idea behind this paper is of relevance. 

      (2) The study used common compounds that were relevant to others. 

      (3) Altering a compound's pKa value and measuring cytosolic diffusion rates certainly is inciteful on how weak base drugs and their relatively high pKa values affect distribution and pharmacokinetics. This particular experiment demonstrated relevance to drug targeting and drug development. 

      (4) The manuscript was fairly well written. 

      We are thankful to the reviewer for pointing out the strengths of the manuscript like the intracellular distribution of drugs and properties that drive it, which are missing in the literature.

      Weaknesses: 

      (1) Small sample sizes. 2 acids and 1 neutral compound vs 6 weak bases (Figure 1). 

      We fully agree with the reviewer on this point. However, the major limitation we have faced here is the small number of drug/drug-like molecules that fluorescent with sufficient high quantum yields. For this study, we initially screened 1600 drugs for their fluorescence in the visible spectrum, and penetration into cells, resulting in 16 drugs. Of those, a small number was suitable for FRAP due to low quantum yield. For some of the molecules (Mitoxantrone, Priaquine), recovery was minimal, making them challenging to study. We added this information in the materials and method section under “Selection of drugs used in this study” (p.10).

      (2) A comparison between the percentage of neutral and weak base drug accumulation in lysosomes would have helped indicate weak base ion trapping. Such a comparison would have strengthened this study. 

      For weakly basic compounds, the ionic form and the non-ionic form of the molecules always remain in equilibrium. The direction of the equilibrium depends on the pH of the medium, which determines the major form of the drug molecules in the solution. Our examples of GSK3 inhibitor (neutral compound, pka~7.0, as predicted by Chemaxon), shows behaviour very similar to the other basic drugs (pka>8) inside the cells. As lysosome pH is about 5.0, the neutral drug also gets protonated inside the lysosomes, as the colocalization study reveals (Figure 4). We added Fig S16 C-D, where we show co-localization of three drugs within the lysosomes showing that all the three weak base drugs colocalize to acidic lysosomes from moderately to extensively. See also in p. 11 under “Confocal microscopy and FRAP Analysis section”.

      (3) When cytosolic diffusion rates of compounds were measured, were the lysosomes extracted from the image using Imaris to determine a realistic cytosolic value? In real-time, lysosomes move through the cytosol at different rates. Because weak base drugs get trapped, it is likely the movement of a weak base in the lysosome being measured rather than the movement of a weak base itself throughout the cytosol. This was unclear in the methods. Please explain.

      We want to thank the reviewer for pointing this out. To clarify the point, we added to the material and method section in p. 13 the following text: “When the areas of bleach were selected in the drug-treated cell cytoplasm, we avoided the lysosomes as much as possible, within the resolution limits of the confocal microscope. Lysosomes themselves were measured to move within the cytoplasm with an diffusion coefficient of 0.03-0.071 µm2 s−1  (Bandyopadhyay et al., 2014), which is much slower than the diffusion measured for even the slowest compounds using fast Line FRAP, further validating that we did not measure lysosome diffusion.” In addition, we show that in cells after Bafilomycin A1 or Na-Azide treatments the number of lysosomes was reduced drastically (Figures S8& S9, and Figure 7), while the rates of diffusion remain very slow, similar to those measured without lysosomal inhibitors.   

      (4) Because weak base drugs can be protonated in the cytoplasm, the authors need to elaborate on why they thought that inhibiting lysosome accumulation of weak bases would increase cytosolic diffusion rates. Ion trapping is different than "micrometers per second" in the cytosol. Moreover, treating cells with sodium azide de-acidifies lysosomes and acidifies the cytosol; thus, more protons in the cytosol means more protonation of weak base drugs. The diffusion rates were slowed down in the presence of lysosome inhibition (Figure 7), which is more fitting of the story about blocking protonation increases diffusion rates, but in this case, increasing cytosolic protonation via lysosome de-acidification agents decreases diffusion rates. Please elaborate.

      We thank the reviewer for the comment. We added to the results in p. 7 (top) the following “While we selected bleach spots to be small and located outside of lysosomes, this does not assure that some of the bleached area does not include smaller lysosomes. Therefore we investigated whether inhibiting lysosomal trapping will eliminate slow diffusion of cationic drugs.” In addition, we added to the results in p. 7-8 the following: “Comparative FRAP profiles and diffusion coefficients (Figure 7B-D and 7F-H) were slow, but conversely to Bafilomycin, sodium azide treatment did cause a further reduction is rates from Dconfocal 2.4±0.1 µm2s-1  to 1.8±0.1µm2s-1 for quinacrine and from 0.6 to  0.45 µm2s-1 for the GSK3 inhibitor (Figure 7C and G). Both Bafilomycin and sodium azide treatments resulted in elimination of drug confinement in the lysosome, and the small difference in diffusion rates may be a result of the de-acidification of the lysosomes by sodium azide, which may increase the protons in the cytosol upon treatment.”

      Reviewer : A discussion of the likely impact: 

      The manuscript certainly adds another dimension to the field of intracellular drug distribution, but the manuscript needs to be strengthened in its current form. Additional experiments need to be included, and there are clarifications in the manuscript that need to be addressed. Once these issues are resolved, then the manuscript, if the conclusions are further strengthened, is much needed and would be inciteful to drug development.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Major issues: 

      The paper suffers from poor statistical treatment of the data. FRAP recovery curves should be shown for each repeat, overlaid by an average with SDs as errorbars or shaded regions shown. In bar plots, SEMs should be eliminated in favor of StdDevs. All datapoints should be shown for each bar in Figs. 3-8. To show differences in D_confocal appropriate statistical tests should be conducted. In addition it is unclear what an "independent repeat" is. Does this mean 30 separate imaging sessions/drug treatments/etc? Is it 30 cells on the same coverslip? Is it a combination of both? All reported errors, SD or SEM, should have a single significant digit. Guidelines and best practices for representing quantitative imaging data are all described and visualized in detail in Lord et al. JBS 2020. 

      We improved the statistics and added the individual progression curves and did the statistics on them as requested. See Figure S2 for individual FRAP curves of fluorescein, GSK3 inhibitor and and quinacrine. Statistical analysis of the individual FRAP curves is in Figure 3B, 4B, 5B, 7C and G. For details see figures legends and material and methods p. 13 in “Determination of Dconfocal from FRAP results”. Line FRAP was done from the cells taken from different plates, treated independently (see text p. 13).   

      The extensive (and commendable!) dataset the authors have collected can be put to better use than what is currently done. The main text figures in the current form of the preprint are mostly descriptive and their discussion is qualitative, to the point where the author's conclusions are supported only anecdotally. Instead, I would much rather see panels that collate the entire dataset (both protein and drugs) numerically, comparing diffusion values in buffer/cytoplasm/nucleus for all drugs (Like Fig. S6, which is in my opinion the most important in the paper but for some reason relegated to the SI). In addition I would like to see correlations within the dataset, such as D_confocal vs. pKa, vs. concentration (as measured by overall fluorescence signal, see my comment below), vs. mw, or vs. specific chemical moieties (number of charges, aromatic rings, etc). Such correlations should be discussed in terms of a correlation coefficient if conclusions were to be drawn from them, and include errors if available. 

      We want to thank the reviewer for these suggestions. We now made new Figures 9, and S16 to compare multiple parameters. Figure 9C shows a clear relation between pKa and Dconfocal, but no relation was found between logP, MW or number of aromatic rings and Dconfocal. Fig. S3 also shows the relation between drug concentration and Dconfocal values. These data are now discussed in the discussion section in p. 9 (bottom). 

      The drug sequestration hypothesis and other conclusions brought forth by the authors could be further tested by looking at the concentration dependence of the drugs inside eachcell and/or its partitioning between different subcellular compartments. The concentration dependence of these drugs is discussed in a very anecdotal fashion using two concentrations - and despite some cases showing an effect no further studies were done. Drug concentrations in this experiment can vary between cells between repeats or even within a single repeat as a result of drug chemistry and delivery methods (microinjection/passive permeability). This is especially important since it is unclear what clinically-relevant concentrations are for each drug (or at least an IC50 for the cell types tested here). I would like to see a quantitative measure of concentrations as another metric to compare diffusion behavior (see my comment above as well). 

      And maybe one thing to consider in addition would be some discussion in the paper about what sub-cellular distributions might actually mean in the context of drug efficacy (asking for myself as well!) - a paragraph describing recent works on the topic with some references could be instructive. 

      We want to thank the reviewer for the suggestion. We added now Figure S3, showing the relation between fluorescence intensity in each cell (which is directly related to the concentration of the compound) and FRAP rates and percent recovery for fluorescein, GSK inhibitor and Quinacrine. The results show now relation between drug concentration and FRAP rates, and some relation towards percent recovery. These data are now discussed in the main text (p. 4 bottor and p.6) and in the discussion (p. 9, bottom).

      Minor issues: 

      Readers could benefit from a schematic showing the line FRAP method. It is difficult to understand from the text.

      We show now in Figure 2 the line-FRAP method, and discuss it in the introduction (p. 3 top).

      Have the authors considered enrichment in the cell membrane? Summed intensity projections or co-labeling with membrane dyes could prove useful to identify if the membrane is enriched in fluorescence.

      The microscopy slides, including the super-resolution image in Figure S15 do not show enrichment of membranes.

      Cell extracts obtained by chemical lysis are problematic because they contain surfactants. This comparison might not be meaningful. 

      The reviewer is correct about surfactants; However, this is only for illustration to show the crowd density of the cell extracts compared to live cells.

      Unclear why "Bleach size" plots are shown. They are not discussed in the main text. 

      We show now a bleach size plot in Figure 2, where we explain the method. We removed them from the other figures.

      Some figure panels have a strange aspect ratio, causing text to look distorted. 

      We corrected the figure distortion in the revised manuscript.

      How are the values of D_confocal in buffer compared with past literature? Should these not all be diffusion limited? BCECF - larger than many of the drugs used here - shows ~ 100 μm^2/s in buffer (Verkman TiBS 2002).

      We discussed this in our previous work (Ref. 13, iscience 2022, Dey et al.) Dconfocal is a relative diffusion rate and should not be confused with single-molecule diffusion coefficients. FRAP cannot measure the diffusion of more than 100 μm^2/s in the buffer. However, when comparing apparent FRAP rates between different fluorophores, it is not quantitative due to the major implication of the bleach radius towards diffusion rates. The rate constant normalized by bleach radius^2 is the proper way to compare i.e., our Dconfocal. (Ref. JMB 2021, iScience 2022 by Dey et al.).

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors): 

      Recommendations: 

      (1) Page 3 at the bottom of the Introduction states, "...sodium azide (Hiruma et al., 2007) inhibited accumulation in lysosomes, cellular diffusion...increased only slightly." However, Figure 7C, F shows a sodium azide-induced decrease in the Dconfocal cellular diffusion. Please clarify.

      Thank you for pointing this out; we corrected it in the revised version, including adding statistics.

      (2) Page 6 states, "Quinacrine accumulation in the lysosome was observed also immediately after micro-injection, with aggregation increasing over time. Dconfocal of 4.2{plus minus}0.2 µm2 s-1 was calculated from line-FRAP immediately after micro-injection, slowing to 2.2{plus minus}0.1 µm2 s-1 following 2 hours incubations, with fractional recoveries of 0.63 and 0.57 respectively." If lysosome sequestration does not have an effect on cytosolic diffusion rates as the manuscript concludes, why do the authors think the diffusion rate decreased here within 2 hours? A solid conclusion would strengthen the conclusions of this manuscript rather than passing over it.

      Thank you for pointing this out. We added the following text to page 7: “It is notable that the Dconfocal for Quinacrine remained consistent regardless of Bafilomycin treatment, 2 hours after incubation (Fig. S9D, 2.4±0.1 µm2s-1). However, when measured immediately after injection, the diffusion coefficient was higher at 4.2 µm2s-1 (Fig. S5D). This result does not support the notion that the faster diffusion measured immediately after cellular injection relates to lysosomal aggregation, and would better support self-aggregation, or aggregation with other molecules in the cell, which increases over time. This notion is further supported by the almost complete lack in FRAP observed 24 hours after injection (Fig. S5C).”

      (3) In the Results section, the subheading states, "Inhibition of lysosomal sequestration is only slightly increasing diffusion in cells", but the conclusion for bafilomycin was...Dconfocal values were not altered by Bafilomycin A1", and the conclusion for sodium azide was diffusion coefficients (Figure 7B-C and 7E-F) were not much changed for the two drugs and stayed low... similarly to what was observed with Bafilomycin." The clear question is what is the result, "slightly increased diffusion, decreased diffusion, or had no significant effect at all"? Please clarify the wording in the manuscript to accurately describe the results. 

      Indeed, a small difference is obsevered between the two treatments. We added now statistical significance to Fig. 7D and H and to Fig. S8 and S9. In addition, we clarified this point in the text in p.7-8: “Comparative FRAP profiles and diffusion coefficients (Figure 7B-D and 7F-H) were slow, but conversely to Bafilomycin, sodium azide treatment did cause a further reduction is rates from Dconfocal 2.4±0.1 µm2s-1  to 1.8±0.1µm2s-1 for quinacrine and from 0.6 to  0.45 µm2s-1 for the GSK3 inhibitor (Figure 7C and G). Both Bafilomycin and sodium azide treatments resulted in elimination of drug confinement in the lysosome, and the small difference in diffusion rates may be a result of the de-acidification of the lysosomes by sodium azide, which may increase the protons in the cytosol upon treatment.”

      (4) In Figure 8B, why was the Dconfocal for AM-fluorescein with or without sodium azide not included here? Besides consistency, the results might demonstrate significance. Please elaborate on the occlusion of this data. 

      Fraction recovery after FRAP of AM-fluorescein was very low. Calculating Dconfocal rates with such low fraction recovery is meaningless, as in the time of measurement only a small fraction recovered. Therefore, we calculated Dconfocal only when fraction recovery was at least 0.5.

      (5) Throughout the Results section, the ideas and experiments are of relevance, but the suggestions/conclusions at the end of each paragraph of this section seem lightly thought out. For example, as stated on Page 8, "...however, this did not contribute new information to the puzzle." For a chemistry paper, a chemical suggestion strengthens the manuscript. 

      We want to thank the reviewer for these suggestions. We now made new Figures 9, and S16 to compare multiple parameters. Figure 9C shows a clear relation between pKa and Dconfocal, but no relation was found between logP, MW or number of aromatic rings and Dconfocal. Fig. S16 also shows the relation between drug concentration and Dconfocal values. We revised the discussion section to giver more weith to these quantitative assessments. These data are now discussed in p. 9.

      In conclusion, the manuscript's ideas are needed, but the conclusions drawn from the experiments need to be strengthened, more explanatory, and consistent with the main conclusion of the manuscript.

      See answer to point 5.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife Assessment

      This useful manuscript shows a set of interesting data including the first cryo-EM structures of human PIEZO1 as well as structures of disease-related mutants in complex with the regulatory subunit MDFIC, which generate different inactivation phenotypes. The molecular basis of PIEZO channel inactivation is of great interest due to its association with several pathologies. This manuscript provides some structural insights that may help to ultimately build a molecular picture of PIEZO channel inactivation. While the structures are of use and clear conformational differences can be seen in the presence of the auxiliary subunit MDFIC, the strength of the evidence supporting the conclusions of the paper, especially the proposed role for pore lipids in inactivation, is incomplete and there is a lack of data to support them.

      We thank the editors and reviewers for taking the time and effort to review our manuscript.  The evidence supporting the key role of pore lipids in hPIEZO1 activation is as follows. i. Compared with wild-type hPIEZO1, the hydrophobic acyl chain tails of the pore lipids retracted from the hydrophobic pore region in slower inactivating mutant hPIEZO1-A1988V (Fig. 7a-b). ii. Previous electrophysiological functional studies revealed that substituting this hydrophobic pore formed by I2447, V2450, and F2454 with a hydrophilic pore prolongs the inactivation time for both PIEZO1 and PIEZO2 channels (PMID: 30628892). iii. In the structure of the HX channelopathy mutant R2456H, the interaction between the hydrophilic phosphate group head of pore lipids and R2456 is disrupted, remodeling the blade and pore module and resulting in a significantly slow-inactivating rate. iv. The interaction between pore lipids and lipidated-MDFIC stabilizes the pore lipids to reseal the pore upon activation of the hPIEZO1-MDFIC complex.

      According to previously proposed models for the role of pore lipids in mechanosensitive ion channels, such as MscS (PMID: 33568813), MS K2P (PMID: 25500157) and OSCA channels (PMID: 37402734), the pore lipids seal the channel pores in closed state and could be removed in open state by mechanical force induced membrane deformation, which obeys the force-from-lipids principle. Therefore, in our putative model, the pore lipids seal the hydrophobic pore of hPIEZO1 in the closed state. Upon activation of hPIEZO1, the pore lipids retract from the hydrophobic pore and interact with multi-lipidated MDFIC, stabilizing in the inactivation state. The mild channelopathy mutants make the pore lipids retract from the hydrophobic pore and harder to close upon activation. For the severe channelopathy mutant, the interaction between the pore lipids and R2456 is disrupted, resulting in the missing of pore lipids and significantly slow-inactivating. We fully understand the concern of the role of pore lipids in our proposed model. Therefore, we have toned down our putative model.

      Public Reviews:  

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):  

      Summary:  

      This manuscript by Shan, Guo, Zhang, Chen et al., shows a raft of interesting data including the first cryo-EM structures of human PIEZO1. Clearly, the molecular basis of PIEZO channel inactivation is of great interest and as such this manuscript provides some valuable extra information that may help to ultimately build a molecular picture of PIEZO channel inactivation. However, the current manuscript though does not provide any compelling evidence for a detailed mechanism of PIEZO inactivation.

      Strengths:

      This manuscript documents the first cryo-EM structures of human PIEZO1 and the gain of function mutants associated with hereditary anaemia. It is also the first evidence showing that PIEZO1 gain of function mutants are also regulated by the auxiliary subunit MDFIC.

      We thank reviewer #1 for the encouragement.

      Weaknesses:

      While the structures are interesting and clear differences can be seen in the presence of the auxiliary subunit MDFIC the major conclusions and central tenets of the paper, especially a role for pore lipids in inactivation, lack data to support them. The post-translational modification of PIEZOser# auxiliary subunit MDFIC is not modelled as a covalent interaction.

      We fully understand the concern of the role of pore lipids in our proposed model. Therefore, we have toned down our putative model.

      The lipids densities of the post-transcriptional modification of PIEZO1 auxiliary subunit MDFIC are shown below. As the lipids densities are not confident, we only use the single-chain lipids to represent them. And the lipidated MDFIC is proven by the MDFIC identification paper.

      Author response image 1.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Mechanically activated ion channels PIEZOs have been widely studied for their role in mechanosensory processes like touch sensation and red blood cell volume regulation. PIEZO in vivo roles are further exemplified by the presence of gain-of-function (GOF) or loss-of-function (LOF) mutations in humans that lead to disease pathologies. Hereditary xerocytosis (HX) is one such disease caused due to GOF mutation in Human PIEZO1, which are characterized by their slow inactivation kinetics, the ability of a channel to close in the presence of stimulus. But how these mutations alter PIEZO1 inactivation or even the underlying mechanisms of channel inactivation remains unknown. Recently, MDFIC (myoblast determination family inhibitor proteins) was shown to directly interact with mouse PIEZO1 as an auxiliary subunit to prolong inactivation and alter gating kinetics. Furthermore, while lipids are known to play a role in the inactivation and gating of other mechanosensitive channels, whether this mechanism is conserved in PIEZO1 is unknown. Thus, the structural basis for PIEZO1 inactivation mechanism, and whether lipids play a role in these mechanisms represent important outstanding questions in the field and have strong implications for human health and disease.

      To get at these questions, Shan et al. use cryogenic electron microscopy (Cryo-EM) to investigate the molecular basis underlying differences in inactivation and gating kinetics of PIEZO1 and human disease-causing PIEZO1 mutations. Notably, the authors provide the first structure of human PIEZO1 (hPIEZO1), which will facilitate future studies in the field. They reveal that hPIEZO1 has a more flattened shape than mouse PIEZO1 (mPIEZO1) and has lipids that insert into the hydrophobic pore region. To understand how PIEZO1 GOF mutations might affect this structure and the underlying mechanistic changes, they solve structures of hPIEZO1 as well as two HXcausing mild GOF mutations (A1988V and E756del) and a severe GOF mutation (R2456H). Unable to glean too much information due to poor resolution of the mutant channels, the authors also attempt to resolve MCFIC-bound structures of the mutants. These structures show that MDFIC inserts into the pore region of hPIEZO1, similar to its interaction with mPIEZO1, and results in a more curved and contracted state than hPIEZO1 on its own. The authors use these structures to hypothesize that differences in curvature and pore lipid position underlie the differences in inactivation kinetics between wild-type hPIEZO1, hPIEZO1 GOF mutations, and hPIEZO1 in complex with MDFIC.

      Strengths:

      This is the first human PIEZO1 structure. Thus, these studies become the stepping stone for future investigations to better understand how disease-causing mutations affect channel gating kinetics.

      We thank reviewer #2 for the positive comments.

      Weaknesses:

      Many of the hypotheses made in this manuscript are not substantiated with data and are extrapolated from mid-resolution structures.

      We fully understand the concern of the role of pore lipids in our proposed model. Therefore, we have toned down our putative model.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, the authors used structural biology approaches to determine the molecular mechanism underlying the inactivation of the PIEZO1 ion channel. To this end, the authors presented structures of human PIEZO1 and its slow-inactivating mutants. The authors also determined the structures of these PIEZO1 constructs in complexes with the auxiliary subunit MDFIC, which substantially slows down PIEZO1 inactivation. From these structures, the authors suggested an anti-correlation between the inactivation kinetics and the resting curvature of PIEZO1 in detergent. The authors also observed a unique feature of human PIEZO1 in which the lipid molecules plugged the channel pore. The authors proposed that these lipid molecules could stabilize human PIEZO1 in a prolonged inactivated state.

      We thank reviewer #3 for the summary.

      Strengths:

      Notedly, this manuscript reported the first structures of a human PIEZO1 channel, its channelopathy mutants, and their complexes with MDFIC. The evidence that lipid molecules could occupy the channel pore of human PIEZO1 is solid. The authors' proposals to correlate PIEZO1 resting curvature and pore-resident lipid molecules with the inactivation kinetics are novel and interesting.

      Thanks for the positive comments.

      Weaknesses:

      However, in my opinion, additional evidence is needed to support the authors' proposals.

      (1) The authors determined the apo structure of human PIEZO1, which showed a more flattened architecture than that of the mouse PIEZO1. Functionally, the inactivation kinetics of human PIEZO1 is faster than its mouse counterpart. From this observation (and some subsequent observations such as the complex with MDFIC), the authors proposed the anti-correlation between curvature and inactivation kinetics. However, the comparison between human and mouse PIEZO1 structure might not be justified. For example, the human and mouse structures were determined in different detergent environments, and the choice of detergent could influence the resting curvature of the PIEZO structures.

      We apologize for the misleading statement about the anti-correlation between curvature and inactivation kinetics of PIEZOs. We cannot conclude that the observation of curvature variation of mPIEZO1 and hPIEZO1 is related to their inactivation kinetics based on structural studies and electrophysiological assay. The difference in structural basis between mPIEZO1 and hPIEZO1 is what we want to state. To avoid this misleading, we have revised the manuscript. 

      For the concern about detergent, we cannot fully exclude its influence on the curvature of PIEZOs. However, previously reported structures of mPiezo1 (PDB: 7WLT, 5Z10, 6B3R) were in the different detergent environments or in lipid bilayer, but the curvature of mPiezo1 is similar as shown below. Considering the high sequence similarity between mPiezo1 and hPiezo1, we hypothesize that the curvature of both hPiezo1 and mPiezo1 may be unaffected by the detergent.

      Author response image 2.

      Overall structural comparison of curved mPIEZO1 in the lipid bilayer (PDB: 7WLT), mPiezo1 in CHAPS (PDB: 6B3R) and mPiezo1 in Digitonin (PDB: 5Z10).

      (2) Related to point 1), the 3.7 Å structure of the A1988V mutant presented by the authors showed a similar curvature as the WT but has a slower inactivating kinetics.

      Based on the structural comparison between hPIEZO1 and its A1998V mutant, the retraction of pore lipids from the hydrophobic center pore in hPIEZO1-A1998V is mainly responsible for its slower inactivating kinetics.

      (3) Related to point 1), the authors stated that human PIEZO1 might not share the same mechanism as mouse PIEZO1 due to its unique properties. For example, MDFIC only modifies the curvature of human PIEZO1, and lipid molecules were only observed in the pore of the human PIEZO1. Therefore, it may not be justified to draw any conclusions by comparing the structures of PIEZO1 from humans and mice.

      Thanks for the constructive suggestion. To avoid this misleading, we have revised the manuscript.

      (4) Related to point 1), it is well established that PIEZO1 opening is associated with a flattened structure. If the authors' proposal were true, in which a more flattened structure led to faster inactivation, we would have the following prediction: more opening is associated with faster inactivation. In this case, we would expect a pressure-dependent increase in the inactivation kinetics.

      Could the authors provide such evidence, or provide other evidence along this direction?

      We appreciate the reviewer’s comment. We are not claiming a relationship between the flattened structure and activation/inactivation. We only present the results of the structure of wild-type/mutant PIEZO1.

      (5) In Figure S2, the authors showed representative experiments of the inactivation kinetics of PIEZO1 using whole-cell poking. However, poking experiments have high cell-to-cell variability.

      The authors should also show statics of experiments obtained from multiple cells.

      We have shown the statics of representative electrophysiology experiments obtained from multiple cells in Figure S2.

      (6) In Figure 2 and Figure 5, when the authors show the pore diameter, it could be helpful to also show the side chain densities of the pore lining residues.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s suggestion. The side chain of the pore lining restricted residues have been shown in Figure 2 and Figure 5 and the densities of pore domain have been shown in Figure S4 and S14. Interestingly, the pore lining restricted residues in mPIEZO1 and hPIEZO1 is highly conserved.

      (7) The authors observed pore-plugging lipids in slow inactivating conditions such as channelopathy mutations or in complex with MDFIC. The authors propose that these lipid molecules stabilize a "deep resting state" of PIEZO1, making it harder to open and harder to inactivate once opened. This will lead to the prediction that the slow-inactivating conditions will lead to a higher activation threshold, such as the mid-point pressure in the activation curve. Is this true?

      Yes, it is true. In Figure S2, the MDFIC-induced slow-inactivation conditions in hPIEZO1-MDFIC, hPIEZO1-A1988V-MDFIC, hPIEZO1-E756del-MDFIC and hPIEZO1-R2456H-MDFIC result in larger half-activation thresholds than hPIEZO1, hPIEZO1-A1988V, hPIEZO1-E756del and hPIEZO1-R2456H, respectively.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I document the major issues below:

      (1) Mouse vs Human inactivation

      Line 21- "than the slower inactivating curved mouse PIEZO1 (mPIEZO1)."

      Where is the data in this paper or any other paper that human PIEZO1 inactivates faster than mouse PIEZO1? This is central to the way the authors present the paper. In fact, the tau quoted for the hPIEZO1 of ~10 ms is similar to that often measured for mPIEZO1. The reference in the discussion for mouse vs human inactivation times is a review of mechanotransduction. Either the authors need to directly compare the tau of mP1 vs hP1 or quote the relevant primary literature if it exists.

      As measured in HEK-PIKO cells transfected with mPiezo1, the inactivation time of mPiezo1 is 13 ± 1 ms (PMID: 29261642) at -80 mV. 

      The tau is also voltage-dependent. The tau is beyond 20 ms at -60 mV for mPIEZO1 (PMID:

      20813920) and for hPIEZO1 is still around 10 ms.

      (2) MDFIC-lipidation

      Without seeing the PDB or EMDB I can't guarantee this but from Figure 6d it seems like the Sacylation in the distal C-terminus of MDFIC is not modelled as a covalent interaction, these lipids are covalently added to the Cys residues in S-acylation via zDHHC enzymes. This should be modelled correctly.

      Thanks for this suggestion. As the lipid densities of the post-transcriptional modification of PIEZOs auxiliary subunit MDFIC are not confident, we only use the single-chain lipids to represent them.

      And the lipidated MDFIC is proven by the MDFIC identification paper (PMID: 37590348).

      (3) Pore lipids and inactivation

      The lipids close to the pore are interesting and the density for a lipid is also seen in the mouse MDFIC-PIEZO1 complex from Zhou, Ma et al, 2023. However, there is no data provided by the authors that the lipid is functionally relevant to anything. There is not even a correlation with inactivation in Figure 7. P1+MDFIC inactivates slowest yet the lipids are present within the pore. Second, there is no evidence for what these structures are: closed, or inactivated? In fact, the Xiao lab is now interpreting the 7WLU structure as inactivated.

      The evidence supporting the key role of pore lipids in hPIEZO1 activation is as follows. i. Compared with wild-type hPIEZO1, the hydrophobic acyl chain tails of the pore lipids retracted from the hydrophobic pore region in slower inactivating mutant hPIEZO1-A1988V (Fig. 7a-b). ii. Previous electrophysiological functional studies revealed that substituting this hydrophobic pore formed by I2447, V2450, and F2454 with a hydrophilic pore prolongs the inactivation time for both PIEZO1 and PIEZO2 channels (PMID: 30628892). iii. In the structure of the HX channelopathy mutant R2456H, the interaction between the hydrophilic phosphate group head of pore lipids and R2456 is disrupted, remodeling the blade and pore module and resulting in a significantly slow-inactivating rate. iv. The interaction between pore lipids and lipidated-MDFIC stabilizes the pore lipids to reseal the pore upon activation of the hPIEZO1-MDFIC complex. Overall, the pore lipid is involved in inactivation, and we have toned down the statement.

      (4) Cytosolic plug

      There is additional cytosolic density for the human PIEZO1 that the authors intimate could be from a different binding partner. IS it possible to refine this density? Is it from the PIEZO1-tag? At the very least a little more information about this density should be given if it is going to be mentioned like this.

      Our purification result shows that the protein is tag-free. We are also curious about the extra cytosolic density, but we do not know what it is.

      (5) Reduced sensitivity of PIEZO1 in the presence of MDFIC and its regulatory mechanism

      This was reported in the first article however no data is presented by the authors to support MDFIC increasing the mechanical energy required to open PIEZO1. The sentence in the discussion; "MDFIC enables hPIEZO1 to respond to different forces by modifying the pore module through lipid interactions." is not supported by any functional data and seems to be an over-interpretation of the structures.

      We appreciate this suggestion. The half-activation threshold of hPEIZO1 and hPEIZO1-MDFIC is measured to be 7 μm and 9 μm, respectively (Fig.S2). In addition, the mechanical currents amplitude of hPIEZO1-MDFIC is extremely small compared to that of WT reaching the nA level (Fig.S2). Therefore, the less mechanosensitive hPIEZO1-MDFIC may require more mechanical energy to open than PIEZO1 WT.

      6) Both referencing of the PIEZO1 literature and prose could be improved.

      Thanks for the suggestion. We have improved the referencing and prose.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The authors speculate that the difference in curvature between human and mouse PIEZO1 results in its fast inactivation but do not provide experimental evidence to support this idea. This claim would have been bolstered by showing that the GOF human mutations have a more curved structure, but these proved too structurally unstable to be solved at high resolution. However, the authors state that the 3.7 angstrom map solved for hPIEZO1-A1988V does have an overall similar architecture as wild-type hPIEZO1; thus, contradicting their hypothesis.

      We apologize for the misleading statement. In our revised manuscript, we do not claim a relationship between the flattened structure and activation/inactivation. We only present the results of the structure of wild-type/mutant PIEZO1.

      The structure comparison between the A1988V mutant and WT shows a similar architecture but a different occupancy pattern of pore lipids. Therefore, we suggested that the A1988V mutant has slightly slower inactivation kinetics, mainly due to the exit of pore lipids from the pore.

      (2) The authors show that interaction with MDFIC alters hPIEZO1 structure to be more curved and use this to support their idea that changing the curvature of the protein underlies the prolonged inactivation kinetics. It has been previously shown that MDFIC does not change the structure of mPIEZO1 but does alter its inactivation and gating kinetics. How does this discrepancy fit into the inactivation model proposed by the authors? Similarly, their claim that MDFIC slows hPIEZO1 inactivation and weakens mechanosensitivity just by affecting the pore module and changing blade curvature is made based on observation and no experimental data to test it.

      We have revised the manuscript to avoid misleading the relationship between the curvature and the inaction kinetics of hPIEZO1. The evidence reported previously that substitution of the hydrophobic pore, formed by I2447, V2450, and F2454, with a hydrophilic pore prolongs the inactivation time for both PIEZO1 and PIEZO2 channels (PMID: 30628892). In addition, the severe HX channelopathy mutant R2456H, wherein the interaction between the hydrophilic phosphate group head and R2456 is disrupted, leads to remodeling of the blade and pore module. Indeed, our observation is limited and further experiments will be performed to support our model.

      (3) How does their model fit in cell types that have PIEZO1 (or GOF mutant PIEZO1) but not MDFIC?

      In cell types that have PIEZO1 or GOF mutant PIEZO1 but not MDFIC, PIEZO1 or GOF mutant PIEZO1 may have a faster inactivation rate than those that bind to MDFIC. It can be proved that overexpressed PIEZOs exhibit faster inactivation kinetics than those in some native cell types with MDFIC expression (PMID: 20813920, 30132757).

      (4) Figure S2 is missing quantification of the electrophysiology data. The authors should show summary data in addition to their representative traces including the Imax for all conditions, tau for data shown in b, and sample size for all conditions, and related statistics. The text claims that MDFIC decreases mechanosensitivity (line 156) but there is no data to support this.

      For the electrophysiological assay in Figure S2, we referred to previously reported mPIEZO1 mutants (PMID: 23487776, 28716860). We confirmed that the slower inactivation phenotypes of these mutations of hPIEZO1 are similar to those of mPIEZO1.

      The half-activation threshold of hPEIZO1 and hPEIZO1-MDFIC is measured to be 7 μm and 9 μm, respectively. This tendency of increased half-activation threshold of hPIEZO1 upon binding with MDFIC is also shown in the electrophysiological result of hPIEZO1 channelopathy mutants.

      (5) In line 144, the authors mention that they were able to validate the MDFIC density with multilipidated cysteines on the C-terminal amphipathic helix, but they do not show the density with fitted lipids. While individual densities for some of the lipids are shown in extended Figure 12, it would be helpful to include a figure where they show the map for MDFIC with fitted lipids in it.

      Thanks for the valuable suggestion. As the lipid densities of the post-transcriptional modification of PIEZOs auxiliary subunit MDFIC are not confident, we only use the single-chain lipids to represent them. And the lipidated MDFIC is proven by the MDFIC identification paper.

      (6) The authors show that R2456 interacts with a lipid at the pore module and hypothesize that this underlies the fast inactivation of hPIEZO1. While they did not obtain a high-resolution structure of this mutant, this hypothesis could be tested by substituting R for side chains with different charges and performing electrophysiology to determine the effects on inactivation.

      Thanks for the constructive suggestion. We will perform the electrophysiology assay for R2456 mutants with different side chains.

      7) Figure 4 shows overall structure of hPIEZO1 GOF mutations A1988V and E756del in complex with MDFIC. Other than showing an overall similar structure to wildtype hPIEZO1, the authors do not show how the human mutations A1988V alter the structure of the protein at the site of change. Understanding how these mutations affect the local architecture of the protein has important relevance for human physiology.

      As the GOF channelopathy mutant hPIEZO1-A1988V is structurally unstable, the density at the site of A1988V is too weak to figure out the related interaction in the structure of the hPIEZO1-A1988V mutant. 

      Minor comment:

      In general, the manuscript will benefit from heavy copy editing. For example, the word cartoon is misspelled in many of the figure legends.

      We apologize for the mistake. The manuscript has been checked and revised.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Some portions of this manuscript were not well written. For example, at the end of the 3rd paragraph in the introduction, the authors talked about HX mutations and their correlation with malaria infection and plasma iron. This is irrelevant information and will only distract the readers. It would be ideal if the authors could go through the entire manuscript and improve its clarity.

      Thanks for the suggestion. We have revised the sentences about HX mutations as suggested and improved the entire manuscript.

    1. Author response:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Mehmet Mahsum Kaplan et al. demonstrate that Meis2 expression in neural crest-derived mesenchymal cells is crucial for whisker follicle (WF) development, as WF fails to develop in wnt1-Cre;Meis2 cKO mice. Advanced imaging techniques effectively support the idea that Meis2 is essential for proper WF development and that nerves, while affected in Meis2 cKO, are dispensable for WF development and not the primary cause of WF developmental failure. The study also reveals that although Meis2 significantly downregulates Foxd1 in the mesenchyme, this is not the main reason for WF development failure. The paper presents valuable data on the role of mesenchymal Meis2 in WF development. However, further quantification and analysis of the WF developmental phenotype would be beneficial in strengthening the claim that Meis2 controls early WF development rather than causing a delay or arrest in development. A deeper sequencing data analysis could also help link Meis2 to its downstream targets that directly impact the epithelial compartment.

      Strengths:

      (1) The authors describe a novel molecular mechanism involving Mesenchymal Meis2 expression, which plays a crucial role in early WF development.

      (2) They employ multiple advanced imaging techniques to illustrate their findings beautifully.

      (3) The study clearly shows that nerves are not essential for WF development.

      We thank the reviewer for valuable comments that will help improve our study.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The authors claim that Meis2 acts very early during development, as evidenced by a significant reduction in EDAR expression, one of the earliest markers of placode development. While EDAR is indeed absent from the lower panel in Figure 3C of the Meis2 cKO, multiple placodes still express EDAR in the upper two panels of the Meis2 cKO. The authors also present subsequent analysis at E13.3, showing one escaped follicle positive for SHH and Sox9 in Figures 1 and 3. Does this suggest that follicles are specified but fail to develop? Alternatively, could there be a delay in follicle formation? The increase in Foxd1 expression between E12.5 and E13.5 might also indicate delayed follicle development, or as the authors suggest, follicles that have escaped the phenotype. The paper would significantly benefit from robust quantification to accompany their visual data, specifically quantifying EDAR, Sox9, and Foxd1 at different developmental stages. Additionally, analyzing later developmental stages could help distinguish between a delay or arrest in WF development and a complete failure to specify placodes.

      The earliest DC (Foxd1) and placodal (EDAR, Lef1) markers tested in this study were observed only in the escaped WFs whereas these markers were missing in expected WF sites in mutants. This was also reflected in the loss of typical placodal morphology in the mutant’s epithelium. On the other hand, escaped WFs developed normally as shown by the analysis in Supp Fig 1A-B showing their normal size. These data suggest that development of escaped WFs is not delayed because they would appear smaller in size. To strengthen this conclusion, we will analyze whiskers at E18.5 in Meis2 cKO mice by staining Edar, Foxd1, Sox9 and/or Lef1 in revision and results will be added in the revised manuscript. Two-week time for this provisional response is too short to gather all these data. As far as quantification is concerned, we have already quantified the number of whiskers in controls and mutants at E12.5 and E13.5 in all whole mount experiments we did, i.e. Shh ISH and Sox9 or EDAR whole mount IFC. We pooled all these numbers together and calculated the whisker number reduction to 5.7+/-2.0% at E12.5 and 17.1+/-5.9 at E13.5 (page 3, row 114). We will also quantify the whisker number at E15.5 and E18.5 in the revised manuscript.

      (2) The authors show that single-cell sequencing reveals a reduction in the pre-DC population, reduced proliferation, and changes in cell adhesion and ECM. However, these changes appear to affect most mesenchymal cells, not just pre-DCs. Moreover, since E12.5 already contains WFs at different stages of development, as well as pre-DCs and DCs, it becomes challenging to connect these mesenchymal changes directly to WF development. Did the authors attempt to re-cluster only Cluster 2 to determine if a specific subpopulation is missing in Meis2 cKO? Alternatively, focusing on additional secreted molecules whose expression is disrupted across different clusters in Meis2 cKO could provide insights, especially since mesenchymal-epithelial communication is often mediated through secreted molecules. Did the authors include epithelial cells in the single-cell sequencing, can they look for changes in mesenchyme-epithelial cell interactions (Cell Chat) to indicate a possible mechanism?

      We agree with the reviewer that the effect of Meis2 on cell proliferation and expression of cell adhesion and ECM markers are more general because they take place in the whole underlying mesenchyme. Our genetic tools did not allow specific targeting of DC or pre-DCs. Nonetheless, we trust that our data show that mesenchymal Meis2 is required for the initial steps of WF development including Pc formation. As far as bioinformatics data are concerned, this data set was taken from the large dataset GSE262468 covering the whole craniofacial region which led to very limited cell numbers in the cluster 2 (DC): WT_E12_2 --> 28, WT_E13_2 --> 131, MUT_E12_2 --> 19, MUT_E13_2 --> 28. Unfortunately, such small cell numbers did not allow further sub-clustering, efficient normalization, integration and conclusions from their transcriptional profiles. Although a number of interesting differentially expressed genes were identified (see supplementary datasets), none of them convincingly pointed at reasonable secreted molecule candidate.  

      We agree with the reviewer that cellchat analysis could provide robust indication of the mesenchymal-epithelial communication, however our datasets included only mesenchymal cell population (Wnt1-Cre2progeny) and epithelial cells were excluded by FACS prior to sc RNA-seq. (Hudacova et al. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.bone.2024.117297)

      (3) The authors aim to link Meis2 expression in the mesenchyme with epithelial Wnt signaling by analyzing Lef1, bat-gal, Axin1, and Wnt10b expression. However, the changes described in the figures are unclear, and the phenotype appears highly variable, making it difficult to establish a connection between Meis2 and Wnt signaling. For instance, some follicles and pre-condensates are Lef1 positive in Meis2 cKO. Including quantification or providing a clearer explanation could help clarify the relationship between mesenchymal Meis2 and Wnt signaling in both epidermal and mesenchymal cells. Did the authors include epithelial cells in the sequencing? Could they use single-cell analysis to demonstrate changes in Wnt signaling?

      We have now analyzed changes in Lef1 staining intensity in the epithelium and in the upper dermis. According to these quantifications, we observed a considerable decline in the number of Lef1+ placodes in the epithelium which corresponds to the lower number of placodes. On the other hand, Lef1 intensity in the ‘escaped’ placodes were similar between controls and mutants. Lef1 signal in the upper dermis is very strong overall and its quantification did not reveal any changes in the DC and non-DC region of the upper dermis. These data corroborate with our coclusion that Meis2 in the mesenchyme is not crucial for the dermal Wnt signaling but is required for induction of Lef1 expression in the epithelium. However, once ‘escaper’ placodes appear, they display normal wnt signaling in Pc, DC and subsequent development. These quantification data will be added to the revised manuscript.

      (4) Existing literature, including studies on Neurog KO and NGF KO, as well as the references cited by the authors, suggest that nerves are unlikely to mediate WF development. While the authors conduct a thorough analysis of WF development in Neurog KO, further supporting this notion, this point may not be central to the current work. Additionally, the claim that Meis2 influences trigeminal nerve patterning requires further analysis and quantification for validation.

      We agree with the reviewer that analysis of the Neurogenin knockout mice should not be central to this report. Nonetheless, a thorough analysis of WF development in Neurog1 KO was needed to distinguish between two possible mechanisms: whisker phenotype in Meis2 cKO results from 1. impaired nerve branching 2. Function of Meis2 in the mesenchyme. We will modify the text accordingly to make this clearer to readers. We also agree that nerve branching was not extensively analyzed in the current study but two samples from mutant mice were provided (Fig1 and Supp Videos), reflecting the consistency of the phenotype (see also Machon et al. 2015). This section was not central to this report either but led us to focus fully on the mesenchyme. We think that Meis2 function in cranial nerve development is very interesting and deserves a separate study.

      (5) Meis2 expression seems reduced but has not entirely disappeared from the mesenchyme. Can the authors provide quantification?

      In the revised manuscript, we will provide wt/mut quantification of Meis2 expression in the dermis.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Kaplan et al. study mesenchymal Meis2 in whisker formation and the links between whisker formation and sensory innervation. To this end, they used conditional deletion of Meis2 using the Wnt1 driver. Whisker development was arrested at the placode induction stage in Meis2 conditional knockouts leading to the absence of expression of placodal genes such as Edar, Lef1, and Shh. The authors also show that branching of trigeminal nerves innervating whisker follicles was severely affected but that whiskers did form in the complete absence of trigeminal nerves.

      Strengths:

      The analysis of Meis2 conditional knockouts convincingly shows a lack of whisker formation and all epithelial whisker/hair placode markers were analyzed. Using Neurog1 knockout mice, the authors show equally convincingly that whiskers and teeth develop in the complete absence of trigeminal nerves.

      We thank the reviewer for valuable comments that will help improve our study.

      Weaknesses:

      The manuscript does not provide much mechanistic insight as to why mesenchymal Meis2 leads to the absence of whisker placodes. Using a previously generated scRNA-seq dataset they show that two early markers of dermal condensates, Foxd1 and Sox2, are downregulated in Meis2 mutants. However, given that placodes and dermal condensates do not form in the mutants, this is not surprising and their absence in the mutants does not provide any direct link between Meis2 and Foxd1 or Sox2. (The absence of a structure evidently leads to the absence of its markers.)

      We apologize for unclear explanation of our data. We meant that Meis2 is functionally upstream of Foxd1 because Foxd1 is reduced upon Meis2 deletion. This means that during WF formation, Meis2 operates before Foxd1 induction and does not mean necessarily that Meis2 directly controls expression of Foxd1. Yes, we agree with reviewer’s note that Foxd1 and Sox2, as known DC markers, decline because the number of WF declines. We wanted to convince readers that Meis2 operates very early in the GRN hierarchy during WF development. We also admit that we provide poor mechanistic insights into Meis2 function as a transcription factor. We think that this weak point does not lower the value of the report showing indispensable role of Meis2 in WFs and possibly all HFs.

    1. Author response:

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review): 

      [...] Strengths: 

      The method the authors propose is a straightforward and inexpensive modification of an established split-pool single-cell RNA-seq protocol that greatly increases its utility, and should be of interest to a wide community working in the field of bacterial single-cell RNA-seq. 

      Weaknesses: 

      The manuscript is written in a very compressed style and many technical details of the evaluations conducted are unclear and processed data has not been made available for evaluation, limiting the ability of the reader to independently judge the merits of the method. 

      Thank you for your thoughtful and constructive review of our manuscript. We appreciate your recognition of the strengths of our work and the potential impact of our modified PETRI-seq protocol on the field of bacterial single-cell RNA-seq. We are grateful for the opportunity to address your concerns and improve the clarity and accessibility of our manuscript.

      We acknowledge your feedback regarding the compressed writing style and lack of technical details,which are constrained by the requirements of the Short Report format in eLife. We will addresse these issues in our revised manuscript as follows:

      (1) Expanded methodology section: We will provide a more comprehensive description of our experimental procedures, including detailed protocols for the ribosomal depletion step and data analysis pipeline. This will enable readers to better understand and potentially replicate our methods.

      (2) Clarification of technical evaluations: We will elaborate on the specifics of our evaluations, including the criteria used for assessing the efficiency of ribosomal depletion and the methods employed for identifying and characterizing subpopulations within the E. coli biofilm model.

      (3) Data availability: We apologize for the oversight in not making our processed data readily available. We have deposited all relevant datasets, including raw and source data, in appropriate public repositories (GEO number: GSE260458) and provide clear instructions for accessing this data in the revised manuscript.

      (4) Supplementary information: To maintain the concise nature of the main text while providing necessary details, we will inculde additional supplementary information. This will cover extended methodology, detailed statistical analyses, and comprehensive data tables to support our findings.

      (5) Discussion of limitations: We will include a more thorough discussion of the potential limitations of our modified protocol and areas for future improvement.

      ​We believe these changes will significantly improve the clarity and reproducibility of our work, allowing readers to better evaluate the merits of our method.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review): 

      [...] Strengths: 

      The introduced rRNA depletion method is highly efficient, with the depletion for E.coli resulting in over 90% of reads containing mRNA. The method is ready to use with existing PETRI-seq libraries which is a large advantage, given that no other rRNA depletion methods were published for split-pool bacterial scRNA-seq methods. Therefore, the value of the method for the field is high. There is also evidence that a small number of cells at the bottom of a static biofilm express PdeI which is causing the elevated c-di-GMP levels that are associated with persister formation. Given that PdeI is a phosphodiesterase, which is supposed to promote hydrolysis of c-di-GMP, this finding is unexpected. 

      Weaknesses: 

      With the descriptions and writing of the manuscript, it is hard to place the findings about the PdeI into existing context (i.e. it is well known that c-di-GMP is involved in biofilm development and is heterogeneously distributed in several species' biofilms; it is also known that E.coli diesterases regulate this second messenger, i.e. https://journals.asm.org/doi/full/10.1128/jb.00604-15). <br /> There is also no explanation for the apparently contradictory upregulation of c-di-GMP in cells expressing higher PdeI levels. Perhaps the examination of the rest of the genes in cluster 2 of the biofilm sample could be useful to explain the observed association. 

      Thank you for your thoughtful and constructive review of our manuscript. We are pleased that the reviewer recognizes the value and efficiency of our rRNA depletion method for PETRI-seq, as well as its potential impact on the field. We would like to address the points raised by the reviewer and provide additional context and clarification regarding the function of PdeI in c-di-GMP regulation.

      We acknowledge that c-di-GMP’s role in biofilm development and its heterogeneous distribution in bacterial biofilms are well studied. We appreciate the reviewer's observation regarding the seemingly contradictory relationship between increased PdeI expression and elevated c-di-GMP levels. This is indeed an intriguing finding that warrants further explanation.

      PdeI was predicted to be a phosphodiesterase responsible for c-di-GMP degradation. This prediction is based on sequence analysis where PdeI contains an intact EAL domain known for degrading c-di-GMP. However, it is noteworthy that PdeI also contains a divergent GGDEF domain, which is typically associated with c-di-GMP synthesis. This dual-domain architecture suggests a potential for complex regulatory roles. As reported, the knockout of the major phosphodiesterase PdeH in E. coli leads to the accumulation of c-di-GMP. Further, a point mutation on PdeI's divergent GGDEF domain (G412S) in this PdeH knockout strain resulted in decreased c-di-GMP levels, implying that the wild-type GGDEF domain in PdeI has a role in maintaining or increasing c-di-GMP levels in the cell. Additionally, PdeI contains a CHASE (cyclases/histidine kinase-associated sensory) domain. Combined with our experimental results demonstrating that PdeI is a membrane-associated protein, we predict that PdeI functions as a sensor that integrates environmental signals with c-di-GMP production under complex regulatory mechanisms. The experimental evidence, along with domain analysis, suggests that PdeI could contribute to c-di-GMP synthesis, rebutting the notion that it solely functions as a phosphodiesterase. Furthermore, our single-cell experiments showed a positive correlation between PdeI expression levels and c-di-GMP levels (Fig. 2J). HPLC LC-MS/MS analysis further confirmed that PdeI overexpression (induced by arabinose) upregulated c-di-GMP levels (Fig. 2K). Importantly, in our HPLC LC-MS/MS analysis, we compared the PdeI overexpression strain with the wild-type MG1655 strain, thereby excluding the influence of other genes in cluster 2. In summary, while PdeI is predicted to be a phosphodiesterase based on its sequence and the presence of an EAL domain, the additional presence of a divergent GGDEF domain and experimental evidence suggests that PdeI has a function in upregulating c-di-GMP levels. These findings support the hypothesis that PdeI may have both synthetic and regulatory roles in c-di-GMP metabolism.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I appreciate the efforts the authors made to clarify and justify their statements and methodology, respectively. I additionally appreciate the efforts they made to provide me with detailed information - including figures - to aid my comprehension. However, there are two things I nevertheless recommend the authors to include in the main manuscript.

      (1) Statement about animal wellbeing: The authors state that they were constrained in their imaging session duration not because of a commonly reported technical limitation, such as photobleaching (which I honestly assumed), but rather the general wellbeing of the animals, who exhibited signs of distress after longer imaging periods. I find this to be a critical issue and perhaps the best argument against performing longer imaging experiments (which would have increased the number of trials, thus potentially boosting the performance of their model). To say that they put animal welfare above all other scientific and technical considerations speaks to a strong ethical adherence to animal welfare policy, and I believe this should be somehow incorporated into the methods.

      We have now included this at the top of page 26:

      “Mice fully recovered from the brief isoflurane anesthesia, showing a clear blinking reflex, whisking and sniffing behaviors and normal body posture and movements, immediately after head fixation. In our experimental conditions, mice were imaged in sessions of up to 25 min since beyond this time we started observing some signs of distress or discomfort. Thus, we avoided longer recording times at the expense of collecting larger trial numbers, in strong adherence of animal welfare and ethics policy. A pilot group of mice were habituated to the head fixed condition in daily 20 min sessions for 3 days, however we did not observe a marked contrast in the behavior of habituated versus unhabituated mice beyond our relatively short 25 min imaging sessions. In consequence imaging sessions never surpassed a maximum of 25 min, after which the mouse was returned to its home cage.”

      (2) Author response image 2: I sincerely thank the authors for providing us reviewers with this figure, which compares the performance of the naïve Bayesian classifier their ultimately use in the study with other commonly implemented models. Also here I falsely assumed that other models, which take correlated activity into account, did not generally perform better than their ultimate model of choice. Although dwelling on it would be distractive (and outside the primary scope of the study), I would encourage the authors to include it as a figure supplement (and simply mention these controls en passant when they justify their choice of the naïve Bayesian classifier).

      This figure was now included in the revised manuscript as supplemental figure 3.

      Page 10 now reads:

      “We performed cross-validated, multi-class classification of the single-trial population responses (decoding, Fig. 2A) using a naive Bayes classifier to evaluate the prediction errors as the absolute difference between the stimulus azimuth and the predicted azimuth (Fig. 2A). We chose this classification algorithm over others due to its generally good performance with limited available data. We visualized the cross-validated prediction error distribution in cumulative plots where the observed prediction errors were compared to the distribution of errors for random azimuth sampling (Fig. 2B). When decoding all simultaneously recorded units, the observed classifier output was not significantly better (shifted towards smaller prediction errors) than the chance level distribution (Fig. 2B). The classifier also failed to decode complete DCIC population responses recorded with neuropixels probes (Fig. 3A). Other classifiers performed similarly (Suppl. Fig. 3A).”

      The bottom paragraph in page 19 now reads:

      “To characterize how the observed positive noise correlations could affect the representation of stimulus azimuth by DCIC top ranked unit population responses, we compared the decoding performance obtained by classifying the single-trial response patterns from top ranked units in the modeled decorrelated datasets versus the acquired data (with noise correlations). With the intention to characterize this with a conservative approach that would be less likely to find a contribution of noise correlations as it assumes response independence, we relied on the naive Bayes classifier for decoding throughout the study. Using this classifier, we observed that the modeled decorrelated datasets produced stimulus azimuth prediction error distributions that were significantly shifted towards higher decoding errors (Fig. 6B, C) and, in our imaging datasets, were not significantly different from chance level (Fig. 6B). Altogether, these results suggest that the detected noise correlations in our simultaneously acquired datasets can help reduce the error of the IC population code for sound azimuth. We observed a similar, but not significant tendency with another classifier that does not assume response independence (KNN classifier), though overall producing larger decoding errors than the Bayes classifier (Suppl. Fig. 3B).”

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I am generally happy with the response to the reviews.

      I find the Author response image 3 quite interesting. The neuropixel data looks somewhat like I expected (especially for mouse #3 and maybe mouse #4). I find the distribution of weights across units in the imaging dataset compared to in the pixel dataset intriguing (though it probably is just the dimensionality of the data being so much higher).

      I'm not too familiar with facial movements but is it the case that the DCIC would be more modulated by ipsilateral movement compared to contralateral movements? Are face movements in mice conjugate or do both sides of the face move more or less independently? If not it may be interesting in future work to record bilaterally and see if that provides more information about DCIC responses.

      We sincerely thank the editors and reviewers for their careful appraisal, commendation of our effort and helpful constructive feedback which greatly improved the presentation of our study. Below in green font is a point by point reply to the comments provided by the reviewers.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary: In this study, the authors address whether the dorsal nucleus of the inferior colliculus (DCIC) in mice encodes sound source location within the front horizontal plane (i.e., azimuth). They do this using volumetric two-photon Ca2+ imaging and high-density silicon probes (Neuropixels) to collect single-unit data. Such recordings are beneficial because they allow large populations of simultaneous neural data to be collected. Their main results and the claims about those results are the following:

      (1) DCIC single-unit responses have high trial-to-trial variability (i.e., neural noise);

      (2) approximately 32% to 40% of DCIC single units have responses that are sensitive to sound source azimuth;

      (3) single-trial population responses (i.e., the joint response across all sampled single units in an animal) encode sound source azimuth "effectively" (as stated in title) in that localization decoding error matches average mouse discrimination thresholds;

      (4) DCIC can encode sound source azimuth in a similar format to that in the central nucleus of the inferior colliculus (as stated in Abstract);

      (5) evidence of noise correlation between pairs of neurons exists;

      and (6) noise correlations between responses of neurons help reduce population decoding error.

      While simultaneous recordings are not necessary to demonstrate results #1, #2, and #4, they are necessary to demonstrate results #3, #5, and #6.

      Strengths:

      - Important research question to all researchers interested in sensory coding in the nervous system.

      - State-of-the-art data collection: volumetric two-photon Ca2+ imaging and extracellular recording using high-density probes. Large neuronal data sets.

      - Confirmation of imaging results (lower temporal resolution) with more traditional microelectrode results (higher temporal resolution).

      - Clear and appropriate explanation of surgical and electrophysiological methods. I cannot comment on the appropriateness of the imaging methods.

      Strength of evidence for claims of the study:

      (1) DCIC single-unit responses have high trial-to-trial variability - The authors' data clearly shows this.

      (2) Approximately 32% to 40% of DCIC single units have responses that are sensitive to sound source azimuth - The sensitivity of each neuron's response to sound source azimuth was tested with a Kruskal-Wallis test, which is appropriate since response distributions were not normal. Using this statistical test, only 8% of neurons (median for imaging data) were found to be sensitive to azimuth, and the authors noted this was not significantly different than the false positive rate. The Kruskal-Wallis test was not performed on electrophysiological data. The authors suggested that low numbers of azimuth-sensitive units resulting from the statistical analysis may be due to the combination of high neural noise and relatively low number of trials, which would reduce statistical power of the test. This may be true, but if single-unit responses were moderately or strongly sensitive to azimuth, one would expect them to pass the test even with relatively low statistical power. At best, if their statistical test missed some azimuthsensitive units, they were likely only weakly sensitive to azimuth. The authors went on to perform a second test of azimuth sensitivity-a chi-squared test-and found 32% (imaging) and 40% (e-phys) of single units to have statistically significant sensitivity. This feels a bit like fishing for a lower p-value. The Kruskal-Wallis test should have been left as the only analysis. Moreover, the use of a chi-squared test is questionable because it is meant to be used between two categorical variables, and neural response had to be binned before applying the test.

      The determination of what is a physiologically relevant “moderate or strong azimuth sensitivity” is not trivial, particularly when comparing tuning across different relays of the auditory pathway like the CNIC, auditory cortex, or in our case DCIC, where physiologically relevant azimuth sensitivities might be different. This is likely the reason why azimuth sensitivity has been defined in diverse ways across the bibliography (see Groh, Kelly & Underhill, 2003 for an early discussion of this issue). These diverse approaches include reaching a certain percentage of maximal response modulation, like used by Day et al. (2012, 2015, 2016) in CNIC, and ANOVA tests, like used by Panniello et al. (2018) and Groh, Kelly & Underhill (2003) in auditory cortex and IC respectively. Moreover, the influence of response variability and biases in response distribution estimation due to limited sampling has not been usually accounted for in the determination of azimuth sensitivity.

      As Reviewer #1 points out, in our study we used an appropriate ANOVA test (KruskalWallis) as a starting point to study response sensitivity to stimulus azimuth at DCIC. Please note that the alpha = 0.05 used for this test is not based on experimental evidence about physiologically relevant azimuth sensitivity but instead is an arbitrary p-value threshold. Using this test on the electrophysiological data, we found that ~ 21% of the simultaneously recorded single units reached significance (n = 4 mice). Nevertheless these percentages, in our small sample size (n = 4) were not significantly different from our false positive detection rate (p = 0.0625, Mann-Whitney, See Author response image 1).  In consequence, for both our imaging (Fig. 3C) and electrophysiological data, we could not ascertain if the percentage of neurons reaching significance in these ANOVA tests were indeed meaningfully sensitive to azimuth or this was due to chance.

      Author response image 1.

      Percentage of the neuropixels recorded DCIC single units across mice that showed significant median response tuning, compared to false positive detection rate (α = 0.05, chance level).

      We reasoned that the observed markedly variable responses from DCIC units, which frequently failed to respond in many trials (Fig. 3D, 4A), in combination with the limited number of trial repetitions we could collect, results in under-sampled response distribution estimations. This under-sampling can bias the determination of stochastic dominance across azimuth response samples in Kruskal-Wallis tests. We would like to highlight that we decided not to implement resampling strategies to artificially increase the azimuth response sample sizes with “virtual trials”, in order to avoid “fishing for a smaller p-value”, when our collected samples might not accurately reflect the actual response population variability.

      As an alternative to hypothesis testing based on ranking and determining stochastic dominance of one or more azimuth response samples (Kruskal-Wallis test), we evaluated the overall statistical dependency to stimulus azimuth of the collected responses.  To do this we implement the Chi-square test by binning neuronal responses into categories. Binning responses into categories can reduce the influence of response variability to some extent, which constitutes an advantage of the Chi-square approach, but we note the important consideration that these response categories are arbitrary.

      Altogether, we acknowledge that our Chi-square approach to define azimuth sensitivity is not free of limitations and despite enabling the interrogation of azimuth sensitivity at DCIC, its interpretability might not extend to other brain regions like CNIC or auditory cortex. Nevertheless we hope the aforementioned arguments justify why the Kruskal-Wallis test simply could not “have been left as the only analysis”.

      (3) Single-trial population responses encode sound source azimuth "effectively" in that localization decoding error matches average mouse discrimination thresholds - If only one neuron in a population had responses that were sensitive to azimuth, we would expect that decoding azimuth from observation of that one neuron's response would perform better than chance. By observing the responses of more than one neuron (if more than one were sensitive to azimuth), we would expect performance to increase. The authors found that decoding from the whole population response was no better than chance. They argue (reasonably) that this is because of overfitting of the decoder modeltoo few trials used to fit too many parameters-and provide evidence from decoding combined with principal components analysis which suggests that overfitting is occurring. What is troubling is the performance of the decoder when using only a handful of "topranked" neurons (in terms of azimuth sensitivity) (Fig. 4F and G). Decoder performance seems to increase when going from one to two neurons, then decreases when going from two to three neurons, and doesn't get much better for more neurons than for one neuron alone. It seems likely there is more information about azimuth in the population response, but decoder performance is not able to capture it because spike count distributions in the decoder model are not being accurately estimated due to too few stimulus trials (14, on average). In other words, it seems likely that decoder performance is underestimating the ability of the DCIC population to encode sound source azimuth.

      To get a sense of how effective a neural population is at coding a particular stimulus parameter, it is useful to compare population decoder performance to psychophysical performance. Unfortunately, mouse behavioral localization data do not exist. Therefore, the authors compare decoder error to mouse left-right discrimination thresholds published previously by a different lab. However, this comparison is inappropriate because the decoder and the mice were performing different perceptual tasks. The decoder is classifying sound sources to 1 of 13 locations from left to right, whereas the mice were discriminating between left or right sources centered around zero degrees. The errors in these two tasks represent different things. The two data sets may potentially be more accurately compared by extracting information from the confusion matrices of population decoder performance. For example, when the stimulus was at -30 deg, how often did the decoder classify the stimulus to a lefthand azimuth? Likewise, when the stimulus was +30 deg, how often did the decoder classify the stimulus to a righthand azimuth?

      The azimuth discrimination error reported by Lauer et al. (2011) comes from engaged and highly trained mice, which is a very different context to our experimental setting with untrained mice passively listening to stimuli from 13 random azimuths. Therefore we did not perform analyses or interpretations of our results based on the behavioral task from Lauer et al. (2011) and only made the qualitative observation that the errors match for discussion.

      We believe it is further important to clarify that Lauer et al. (2011) tested the ability of mice to discriminate between a positively conditioned stimulus (reference speaker at 0º center azimuth associated to a liquid reward) and a negatively conditioned stimulus (coming from one of five comparison speakers positioned at 20º, 30º, 50º, 70 and 90º azimuth, associated to an electrified lickport) in a conditioned avoidance task. In this task, mice are not precisely “discriminating between left or right sources centered around zero degrees”, making further analyses to compare the experimental design of Lauer et al (2011) and ours even more challenging for valid interpretation.

      (4) DCIC can encode sound source azimuth in a similar format to that in the central nucleus of the inferior colliculus - It is unclear what exactly the authors mean by this statement in the Abstract. There are major differences in the encoding of azimuth between the two neighboring brain areas: a large majority of neurons in the CNIC are sensitive to azimuth (and strongly so), whereas the present study shows a minority of azimuth-sensitive neurons in the DCIC. Furthermore, CNIC neurons fire reliably to sound stimuli (low neural noise), whereas the present study shows that DCIC neurons fire more erratically (high neural noise).

      Since sound source azimuth is reported to be encoded by population activity patterns at CNIC (Day and Delgutte, 2013), we refer to a population activity pattern code as the “similar format” in which this information is encoded at DCIC. Please note that this is a qualitative comparison and we do not claim this is the “same format”, due to the differences the reviewer precisely describes in the encoding of azimuth at CNIC where a much larger majority of neurons show stronger azimuth sensitivity and response reliability with respect to our observations at DCIC. By this qualitative similarity of encoding format we specifically mean the similar occurrence of activity patterns from azimuth sensitive subpopulations of neurons in both CNIC and DCIC, which carry sufficient information about the stimulus azimuth for a sufficiently accurate prediction with regard to the behavioral discrimination ability.

      (5) Evidence of noise correlation between pairs of neurons exists - The authors' data and analyses seem appropriate and sufficient to justify this claim.

      (6) Noise correlations between responses of neurons help reduce population decoding error - The authors show convincing analysis that performance of their decoder increased when simultaneously measured responses were tested (which include noise correlation) than when scrambled-trial responses were tested (eliminating noise correlation). This makes it seem likely that noise correlation in the responses improved decoder performance. The authors mention that the naïve Bayesian classifier was used as their decoder for computational efficiency, presumably because it assumes no noise correlation and, therefore, assumes responses of individual neurons are independent of each other across trials to the same stimulus. The use of decoder that assumes independence seems key here in testing the hypothesis that noise correlation contains information about sound source azimuth. The logic of using this decoder could be more clearly spelled out to the reader. For example, if the null hypothesis is that noise correlations do not carry azimuth information, then a decoder that assumes independence should perform the same whether population responses are simultaneous or scrambled. The authors' analysis showing a difference in performance between these two cases provides evidence against this null hypothesis.

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for this careful and detailed consideration of our analysis approach. Following the reviewer’s constructive suggestion, we justified the decoder choice in the results section at the last paragraph of page 18:

      “To characterize how the observed positive noise correlations could affect the representation of stimulus azimuth by DCIC top ranked unit population responses, we compared the decoding performance obtained by classifying the single-trial response patterns from top ranked units in the modeled decorrelated datasets versus the acquired data (with noise correlations). With the intention to characterize this with a conservative approach that would be less likely to find a contribution of noise correlations as it assumes response independence, we relied on the naive Bayes classifier for decoding throughout the study.

      Using this classifier, we observed that the modeled decorrelated datasets produced stimulus azimuth prediction error distributions that were significantly shifted towards higher decoding errors (Fig. 5B, C) and, in our imaging datasets, were not significantly different from chance level (Fig. 5B). Altogether, these results suggest that the detected noise correlations in our simultaneously acquired datasets can help reduce the error of the IC population code for sound azimuth.”

      Minor weakness:

      - Most studies of neural encoding of sound source azimuth are done in a noise-free environment, but the experimental setup in the present study had substantial background noise. This complicates comparison of the azimuth tuning results in this study to those of other studies. One is left wondering if azimuth sensitivity would have been greater in the absence of background noise, particularly for the imaging data where the signal was only about 12 dB above the noise. The description of the noise level and signal + noise level in the Methods should be made clearer. Mice hear from about 2.5 - 80 kHz, so it is important to know the noise level within this band as well as specifically within the band overlapping with the signal.

      We agree with the reviewer that this information is useful. In our study, the background R.M.S. SPL during imaging across the mouse hearing range (2.5-80kHz) was 44.53 dB and for neuropixels recordings 34.68 dB. We have added this information to the methods section of the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      In the present study, Boffi et al. investigate the manner in which the dorsal cortex of the of the inferior colliculus (DCIC), an auditory midbrain area, encodes sound location azimuth in awake, passively listening mice. By employing volumetric calcium imaging (scanned temporal focusing or s-TeFo), complemented with high-density electrode electrophysiological recordings (neuropixels probes), they show that sound-evoked responses are exquisitely noisy, with only a small portion of neurons (units) exhibiting spatial sensitivity. Nevertheless, a naïve Bayesian classifier was able to predict the presented azimuth based on the responses from small populations of these spatially sensitive units. A portion of the spatial information was provided by correlated trial-to-trial response variability between individual units (noise correlations). The study presents a novel characterization of spatial auditory coding in a non-canonical structure, representing a noteworthy contribution specifically to the auditory field and generally to systems neuroscience, due to its implementation of state-of-the-art techniques in an experimentally challenging brain region. However, nuances in the calcium imaging dataset and the naïve Bayesian classifier warrant caution when interpreting some of the results.

      Strengths:

      The primary strength of the study lies in its methodological achievements, which allowed the authors to collect a comprehensive and novel dataset. While the DCIC is a dorsal structure, it extends up to a millimetre in depth, making it optically challenging to access in its entirety. It is also more highly myelinated and vascularised compared to e.g., the cerebral cortex, compounding the problem. The authors successfully overcame these challenges and present an impressive volumetric calcium imaging dataset. Furthermore, they corroborated this dataset with electrophysiological recordings, which produced overlapping results. This methodological combination ameliorates the natural concerns that arise from inferring neuronal activity from calcium signals alone, which are in essence an indirect measurement thereof.

      Another strength of the study is its interdisciplinary relevance. For the auditory field, it represents a significant contribution to the question of how auditory space is represented in the mammalian brain. "Space" per se is not mapped onto the basilar membrane of the cochlea and must be computed entirely within the brain. For azimuth, this requires the comparison between miniscule differences between the timing and intensity of sounds arriving at each ear. It is now generally thought that azimuth is initially encoded in two, opposing hemispheric channels, but the extent to which this initial arrangement is maintained throughout the auditory system remains an open question. The authors observe only a slight contralateral bias in their data, suggesting that sound source azimuth in the DCIC is encoded in a more nuanced manner compared to earlier processing stages of the auditory hindbrain. This is interesting, because it is also known to be an auditory structure to receive more descending inputs from the cortex.

      Systems neuroscience continues to strive for the perfection of imaging novel, less accessible brain regions. Volumetric calcium imaging is a promising emerging technique, allowing the simultaneous measurement of large populations of neurons in three dimensions. But this necessitates corroboration with other methods, such as electrophysiological recordings, which the authors achieve. The dataset moreover highlights the distinctive characteristics of neuronal auditory representations in the brain. Its signals can be exceptionally sparse and noisy, which provide an additional layer of complexity in the processing and analysis of such datasets. This will be undoubtedly useful for future studies of other less accessible structures with sparse responsiveness.

      Weaknesses:                                                                                               

      Although the primary finding that small populations of neurons carry enough spatial information for a naïve Bayesian classifier to reasonably decode the presented stimulus is not called into question, certain idiosyncrasies, in particular the calcium imaging dataset and model, complicate specific interpretations of the model output, and the readership is urged to interpret these aspects of the study's conclusions with caution.

      I remain in favour of volumetric calcium imaging as a suitable technique for the study, but the presently constrained spatial resolution is insufficient to unequivocally identify regions of interest as cell bodies (and are instead referred to as "units" akin to those of electrophysiological recordings). It remains possible that the imaging set is inadvertently influenced by non-somatic structures (including neuropil), which could report neuronal activity differently than cell bodies. Due to the lack of a comprehensive ground-truth comparison in this regard (which to my knowledge is impossible to achieve with current technology), it is difficult to imagine how many informative such units might have been missed because their signals were influenced by spurious, non-somatic signals, which could have subsequently misled the models. The authors reference the original Nature Methods article (Prevedel et al., 2016) throughout the manuscript, presumably in order to avoid having to repeat previously published experimental metrics. But the DCIC is neither the cortex nor hippocampus (for which the method was originally developed) and may not have the same light scattering properties (not to mention neuronal noise levels). Although the corroborative electrophysiology data largely eleviates these concerns for this particular study, the readership should be cognisant of such caveats, in particular those who are interested in implementing the technique for their own research.

      A related technical limitation of the calcium imaging dataset is the relatively low number of trials (14) given the inherently high level of noise (both neuronal and imaging). Volumetric calcium imaging, while offering a uniquely expansive field of view, requires relatively high average excitation laser power (in this case nearly 200 mW), a level of exposure the authors may have wanted to minimise by maintaining a low the number of repetitions, but I yield to them to explain.

      We assumed that the levels of heating by excitation light measured at the neocortex in Prevedel et al. (2016), were representative for DCIC also. Nevertheless, we recognize this approximation might not be very accurate, due to the differences in tissue architecture and vascularization from these two brain areas, just to name a few factors. The limiting factor preventing us from collecting more trials in our imaging sessions was that we observed signs of discomfort or slight distress in some mice after ~30 min of imaging in our custom setup, which we established as a humane end point to prevent distress. In consequence imaging sessions were kept to 25 min in duration, limiting the number of trials collected. However we cannot rule out that with more extensive habituation prior to experiments the imaging sessions could be prolonged without these signs of discomfort or if indeed influence from our custom setup like potential heating of the brain by illumination light might be the causing factor of the observed distress. Nevertheless, we note that previous work has shown that ~200mW average power is a safe regime for imaging in the cortex by keeping brain heating minimal (Prevedel et al., 2016), without producing the lasting damages observed by immunohistochemisty against apoptosis markers above 250mW (Podgorski and Ranganathan 2016, https://doi.org/10.1152/jn.00275.2016).

      Calcium imaging is also inherently slow, requiring relatively long inter-stimulus intervals (in this case 5 s). This unfortunately renders any model designed to predict a stimulus (in this case sound azimuth) from particularly noisy population neuronal data like these as highly prone to overfitting, to which the authors correctly admit after a model trained on the entire raw dataset failed to perform significantly above chance level. This prompted them to feed the model only with data from neurons with the highest spatial sensitivity. This ultimately produced reasonable performance (and was implemented throughout the rest of the study), but it remains possible that if the model was fed with more repetitions of imaging data, its performance would have been more stable across the number of units used to train it. (All models trained with imaging data eventually failed to converge.) However, I also see these limitations as an opportunity to improve the technology further, which I reiterate will be generally important for volume imaging of other sparse or noisy calcium signals in the brain.

      Transitioning to the naïve Bayesian classifier itself, I first openly ask the authors to justify their choice of this specific model. There are countless types of classifiers for these data, each with their own pros and cons. Did they actually try other models (such as support vector machines), which ultimately failed? If so, these negative results (even if mentioned en passant) would be extremely valuable to the community, in my view. I ask this specifically because different methods assume correspondingly different statistical properties of the input data, and to my knowledge naïve Bayesian classifiers assume that predictors (neuronal responses) are assumed to be independent within a class (azimuth). As the authors show that noise correlations are informative in predicting azimuth, I wonder why they chose a model that doesn't take advantage of these statistical regularities. It could be because of technical considerations (they mention computing efficiency), but I am left generally uncertain about the specific logic that was used to guide the authors through their analytical journey.

      One of the main reasons we chose the naïve Bayesian classifier is indeed because it assumes that the responses of the simultaneously recorded neurons are independent and therefore it does not assume a contribution of noise correlations to the estimation of the posterior probability of each azimuth. This model would represent the null hypothesis that noise correlations do not contribute to the encoding of stimulus azimuth, which would be verified by an equal decoding outcome from correlated or decorrelated datasets. Since we observed that this is not the case, the model supports the alternative hypothesis that noise correlations do indeed influence stimulus azimuth encoding. We wanted to test these hypotheses with the most conservative approach possible that would be least likely to find a contribution of noise correlations. Other relevant reasons that justify our choice of the naive Bayesian classifier are its robustness against the limited numbers of trials we could collect in comparison to other more “data hungry” classifiers like SVM, KNN, or artificial neuronal nets. We did perform preliminary tests with alternative classifiers but the obtained decoding errors were similar when decoding the whole population activity (Supplemental figure 3A). Dimensionality reduction following the approach described in the manuscript showed a tendency towards smaller decoding errors observed with an alternative classifier like KNN, but these errors were still larger than the ones observed with the naive Bayesian classifier (median error 45º). Nevertheless, we also observe a similar tendency for slightly larger decoding errors in the absence of noise correlations (decorrelated, Supplemental figure 3B). Sentences detailing the logic of classifier choice are now included in the results section at page 10 and at the last paragraph of page 18 (see responses to Reviewer 1).

      That aside, there remain other peculiarities in model performance that warrant further investigation. For example, what spurious features (or lack of informative features) in these additional units prevented the models of imaging data from converging?

      Considering the amount of variability observed throughout the neuronal responses both in imaging and neuropixels datasets, it is easy to suspect that the information about stimulus azimuth carried in different amounts by individual DCIC neurons can be mixed up with information about other factors (Stringer et al., 2019). In an attempt to study the origin of these features that could confound stimulus azimuth decoding we explored their relation to face movement (Supplemental Figure 2), finding a correlation to snout movements, in line with previous work by Stringer et al. (2019).

      In an orthogonal question, did the most spatially sensitive units share any detectable tuning features? A different model trained with electrophysiology data in contrast did not collapse in the range of top-ranked units plotted. Did this model collapse at some point after adding enough units, and how well did that correlate with the model for the imaging data?

      Our electrophysiology datasets were much smaller in size (number of simultaneously recorded neurons) compared to our volumetric calcium imaging datasets, resulting in a much smaller total number of top ranked units detected per dataset. This precluded the determination of a collapse of decoder performance due to overfitting beyond the range plotted in Fig 4G.

      How well did the form (and diversity) of the spatial tuning functions as recorded with electrophysiology resemble their calcium imaging counterparts? These fundamental questions could be addressed with more basic, but transparent analyses of the data (e.g., the diversity of spatial tuning functions of their recorded units across the population). Even if the model extracts features that are not obvious to the human eye in traditional visualisations, I would still find this interesting.

      The diversity of the azimuth tuning curves recorded with calcium imaging (Fig. 3B) was qualitatively larger than the ones recorded with electrophysiology (Fig. 4B), potentially due to the larger sampling obtained with volumetric imaging. We did not perform a detailed comparison of the form and a more quantitative comparison of the diversity of these functions because the signals compared are quite different, as calcium indicator signal is subject to non linearities due to Ca2+ binding cooperativity and low pass filtering due to binding kinetics. We feared this could lead to misleading interpretations about the similarities or differences between the azimuth tuning functions in imaged and electrophysiology datasets. Our model uses statistical response dependency to stimulus azimuth, which does not rely on features from a descriptive statistic like mean response tuning. In this context, visualizing the trial-to-trial responses as a function of azimuth shows “features that are not obvious to the human eye in traditional visualizations” (Fig. 3D, left inset).

      Finally, the readership is encouraged to interpret certain statements by the authors in the current version conservatively. How the brain ultimately extracts spatial neuronal data for perception is anyone's guess, but it is important to remember that this study only shows that a naïve Bayesian classifier could decode this information, and it remains entirely unclear whether the brain does this as well. For example, the model is able to achieve a prediction error that corresponds to the psychophysical threshold in mice performing a discrimination task (~30 {degree sign}). Although this is an interesting coincidental observation, it does not mean that the two metrics are necessarily related. The authors correctly do not explicitly claim this, but the manner in which the prose flows may lead a non-expert into drawing that conclusion.

      To avoid misleading the non-expert readers, we have clarified in the manuscript that the observed correspondence between decoding error and psychophysical threshold is explicitly coincidental.

      Page 13, end of middle paragraph:

      “If we consider the median of the prediction error distribution as an overall measure of decoding performance, the single-trial response patterns from subsamples of at least the 7 top ranked units produced median decoding errors that coincidentally matched the reported azimuth discrimination ability of mice (Fig 4G, minimum audible angle = 31º) (Lauer et al., 2011).”

      Page 14, bottom paragraph:

      “Decoding analysis (Fig. 4F) of the population response patterns from azimuth dependent top ranked units simultaneously recorded with neuropixels probes showed that the 4 top ranked units are the smallest subsample necessary to produce a significant decoding performance that coincidentally matches the discrimination ability of mice (31° (Lauer et al., 2011)) (Fig. 5F, G).”

      We also added to the Discussion sentences clarifying that a relationship between these two variables remains to be determined and it also remains to be determined if the DCIC indeed performs a bayesian decoding computation for sound localization.

      Page 20, bottom:

      “… Concretely, we show that sound location coding does indeed occur at DCIC on the single trial basis, and that this follows a comparable mechanism to the characterized population code at CNIC (Day and Delgutte, 2013). However, it remains to be determined if indeed the DCIC network is physiologically capable of Bayesian decoding computations. Interestingly, the small number of DCIC top ranked units necessary to effectively decode stimulus azimuth suggests that sound azimuth information is redundantly distributed across DCIC top ranked units, which points out that mechanisms beyond coding efficiency could be relevant for this population code.

      While the decoding error observed from our DCIC datasets obtained in passively listening, untrained mice coincidentally matches the discrimination ability of highly trained, motivated mice (Lauer et al., 2011), a relationship between decoding error and psychophysical performance remains to be determined. Interestingly, a primary sensory representations should theoretically be even more precise than the behavioral performance as reported in the visual system (Stringer et al., 2021).”

      Moreover, the concept of redundancy (of spatial information carried by units throughout the DCIC) is difficult for me to disentangle. One interpretation of this formulation could be that there are non-overlapping populations of neurons distributed across the DCIC that each could predict azimuth independently of each other, which is unlikely what the authors meant. If the authors meant generally that multiple neurons in the DCIC carry sufficient spatial information, then a single neuron would have been able to predict sound source azimuth, which was not the case. I have the feeling that they actually mean "complimentary", but I leave it to the authors to clarify my confusion, should they wish.

      We observed that the response patterns from relatively small fractions of the azimuth sensitive DCIC units (4-7 top ranked units) are sufficient to generate an effective code for sound azimuth, while 32-40% of all simultaneously recorded DCIC units are azimuth sensitive. In light of this observation, we interpreted that the azimuth information carried by the population should be redundantly distributed across the complete subpopulation of azimuth sensitive DCIC units.

      In summary, the present study represents a significant body of work that contributes substantially to the field of spatial auditory coding and systems neuroscience. However, limitations of the imaging dataset and model as applied in the study muddles concrete conclusions about how the DCIC precisely encodes sound source azimuth and even more so to sound localisation in a behaving animal. Nevertheless, it presents a novel and unique dataset, which, regardless of secondary interpretation, corroborates the general notion that auditory space is encoded in an extraordinarily complex manner in the mammalian brain.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary: Boffi and colleagues sought to quantify the single-trial, azimuthal information in the dorsal cortex of the inferior colliculus (DCIC), a relatively understudied subnucleus of the auditory midbrain. They used two complementary recording methods while mice passively listened to sounds at different locations: a large volume but slow sampling calcium-imaging method, and a smaller volume but temporally precise electrophysiology method. They found that neurons in the DCIC were variable in their activity, unreliably responding to sound presentation and responding during inter-sound intervals. Boffi and colleagues used a naïve Bayesian decoder to determine if the DCIC population encoded sound location on a single trial. The decoder failed to classify sound location better than chance when using the raw single-trial population response but performed significantly better than chance when using intermediate principal components of the population response. In line with this, when the most azimuth dependent neurons were used to decode azimuthal position, the decoder performed equivalently to the azimuthal localization abilities of mice. The top azimuthal units were not clustered in the DCIC, possessed a contralateral bias in response, and were correlated in their variability (e.g., positive noise correlations). Interestingly, when these noise correlations were perturbed by inter-trial shuffling decoding performance decreased. Although Boffi and colleagues display that azimuthal information can be extracted from DCIC responses, it remains unclear to what degree this information is used and what role noise correlations play in azimuthal encoding.

      Strengths: The authors should be commended for collection of this dataset. When done in isolation (which is typical), calcium imaging and linear array recordings have intrinsic weaknesses. However, those weaknesses are alleviated when done in conjunction with one another - especially when the data largely recapitulates the findings of the other recording methodology. In addition to the video of the head during the calcium imaging, this data set is extremely rich and will be of use to those interested in the information available in the DCIC, an understudied but likely important subnucleus in the auditory midbrain.

      The DCIC neural responses are complex; the units unreliably respond to sound onset, and at the very least respond to some unknown input or internal state (e.g., large inter-sound interval responses). The authors do a decent job in wrangling these complex responses: using interpretable decoders to extract information available from population responses.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors observe that neurons with the most azimuthal sensitivity within the DCIC are positively correlated, but they use a Naïve Bayesian decoder which assume independence between units. Although this is a bit strange given their observation that some of the recorded units are correlated, it is unlikely to be a critical flaw. At one point the authors reduce the dimensionality of their data through PCA and use the loadings onto these components in their decoder. PCA incorporates the correlational structure when finding the principal components and constrains these components to be orthogonal and uncorrelated. This should alleviate some of the concern regarding the use of the naïve Bayesian decoder because the projections onto the different components are independent. Nevertheless, the decoding results are a bit strange, likely because there is not much linearly decodable azimuth information in the DCIC responses. Raw population responses failed to provide sufficient information concerning azimuth for the decoder to perform better than chance. Additionally, it only performed better than chance when certain principal components or top ranked units contributed to the decoder but not as more components or units were added. So, although there does appear to be some azimuthal information in the recoded DCIC populations - it is somewhat difficult to extract and likely not an 'effective' encoding of sound localization as their title suggests.

      As described in the responses to reviewers 1 and 2, we chose the naïve Bayes classifier as a decoder to determine the influence of noise correlations through the most conservative approach possible, as this classifier would be least likely to find a contribution of correlated noise. Also, we chose this decoder due to its robustness against limited numbers of trials collected, in comparison to “data hungry” non linear classifiers like KNN or artificial neuronal nets. Lastly, we observed that small populations of noisy, unreliable (do not respond in every trial) DCIC neurons can encode stimulus azimuth in passively listening mice matching the discrimination error of trained mice. Therefore, while this encoding is definitely not efficient, it can still be considered effective.

      Although this is quite a worthwhile dataset, the authors present relatively little about the characteristics of the units they've recorded. This may be due to the high variance in responses seen in their population. Nevertheless, the authors note that units do not respond on every trial but do not report what percent of trials that fail to evoke a response. Is it that neurons are noisy because they do not respond on every trial or is it also that when they do respond they have variable response distributions? It would be nice to gain some insight into the heterogeneity of the responses.

      The limited number of azimuth trial repetitions that we could collect precluded us from making any quantification of the unreliability (failures to respond) and variability in the response distributions from the units we recorded, as we feared they could be misleading. In qualitative terms, “due to the high variance in responses seen” in the recordings and the limited trial sampling, it is hard to make any generalization. In consequence we referred to the observed response variance altogether as neuronal noise. Considering these points, our datasets are publicly available for exploration of the response characteristics.

      Additionally, is there any clustering at all in response profiles or is each neuron they recorded in the DCIC unique?

      We attempted to qualitatively visualize response clustering using dimensionality reduction, observing different degrees of clustering or lack thereof across the azimuth classes in the datasets collected from different mice. It is likely that the limited number of azimuth trials we could collect and the high response variance contribute to an inconsistent response clustering across datasets.

      They also only report the noise correlations for their top ranked units, but it is possible that the noise correlations in the rest of the population are different.

      For this study, since our aim was to interrogate the influence of noise correlations on stimulus azimuth encoding by DCIC populations, we focused on the noise correlations from the top ranked unit subpopulation, which likely carry the bulk of the sound location information.  Noise correlations can be defined as correlation in the trial to trial response variation of neurons. In this respect, it is hard to ascertain if the rest of the population, that is not in the top rank unit percentage, are really responding and showing response variation to evaluate this correlation, or are simply not responding at all and show unrelated activity altogether. This makes observations about noise correlations from “the rest of the population” potentially hard to interpret.

      It would also be worth digging into the noise correlations more - are units positively correlated because they respond together (e.g., if unit x responds on trial 1 so does unit y) or are they also modulated around their mean rates on similar trials (e.g., unit x and y respond and both are responding more than their mean response rate). A large portion of trial with no response can occlude noise correlations. More transparency around the response properties of these populations would be welcome.

      Due to the limited number of azimuth trial repetitions collected, to evaluate noise correlations we used the non parametric Kendall tau correlation coefficient which is a measure of pairwise rank correlation or ordinal association in the responses to each azimuth. Positive rank correlation would represent neurons more likely responding together. Evaluating response modulation “around their mean rates on similar trials” would require assumptions about the response distributions, which we avoided due to the potential biases associated with limited sample sizes.

      It is largely unclear what the DCIC is encoding. Although the authors are interested in azimuth, sound location seems to be only a small part of DCIC responses. The authors report responses during inter-sound interval and unreliable sound-evoked responses. Although they have video of the head during recording, we only see a correlation to snout and ear movements (which are peculiar since in the example shown it seems the head movements predict the sound presentation). Additional correlates could be eye movements or pupil size. Eye movement are of particular interest due to their known interaction with IC responses - especially if the DCIC encodes sound location in relation to eye position instead of head position (though much of eye-position-IC work was done in primates and not rodent). Alternatively, much of the population may only encode sound location if an animal is engaged in a localization task. Ideally, the authors could perform more substantive analyses to determine if this population is truly noisy or if the DCIC is integrating un-analyzed signals.

      We unsuccessfully attempted eye tracking and pupillometry in our videos. We suspect that the reason behind this is a generally overly dilated pupil due to the low visible light illumination conditions we used which were necessary to protect the PMT of our custom scope.

      It is likely that DCIC population activity is integrating un-analyzed signals, like the signal associated with spontaneous behaviors including face movements (Stringer et al., 2019), which we observed at the level of spontaneous snout movements. However investigating if and how these signals are integrated to stimulus azimuth coding requires extensive behavioral testing and experimentation which is out of the scope of this study. For the purpose of our study, we referred to trial-to-trial response variation as neuronal noise. We note that this definition of neuronal noise can, and likely does, include an influence from un-analyzed signals like the ones from spontaneous behaviors.

      Although this critique is ubiquitous among decoding papers in the absence of behavioral or causal perturbations, it is unclear what - if any - role the decoded information may play in neuronal computations. The interpretation of the decoder means that there is some extractable information concerning sound azimuth - but not if it is functional. This information may just be epiphenomenal, leaking in from inputs, and not used in computation or relayed to downstream structures. This should be kept in mind when the authors suggest their findings implicate the DCIC functionally in sound localization.

      Our study builds upon previous reports by other independent groups relying on “causal and behavioral perturbations” and implicating DCIC in sound location learning induced experience dependent plasticity (Bajo et al., 2019, 2010; Bajo and King, 2012), which altogether argues in favor of DCIC functionality in sound localization.

      Nevertheless, we clarified in the discussion of the revised manuscript that a relationship between the observed decoding error and the psychophysical performance, or the ability of the DCIC network to perform Bayesian decoding computations, both remain to be determined (please see responses to Reviewer #2).

      It is unclear why positive noise correlations amongst similarly tuned neurons would improve decoding. A toy model exploring how positive noise correlations in conjunction with unreliable units that inconsistently respond may anchor these findings in an interpretable way. It seems plausible that inconsistent responses would benefit from strong noise correlations, simply by units responding together. This would predict that shuffling would impair performance because you would then be sampling from trials in which some units respond, and trials in which some units do not respond - and may predict a bimodal performance distribution in which some trials decode well (when the units respond) and poor performance (when the units do not respond).

      In samples with more that 2 dimensions, the relationship between signal and noise correlations is more complex than in two dimensional samples (Montijn et al., 2016) which makes constructing interpretable and simple toy models of this challenging. Montijn et al. (2016) provide a detailed characterization and model describing how the accuracy of a multidimensional population code can improve when including “positive noise correlations amongst similarly tuned neurons”. Unfortunately we could not successfully test their model based on Mahalanobis distances as we could not verify that the recorded DCIC population responses followed a multivariate gaussian distribution, due to the limited azimuth trial repetitions we could sample.

      Significance: Boffi and colleagues set out to parse the azimuthal information available in the DCIC on a single trial. They largely accomplish this goal and are able to extract this information when allowing the units that contain more information about sound location to contribute to their decoding (e.g., through PCA or decoding on top unit activity specifically). The dataset will be of value to those interested in the DCIC and also to anyone interested in the role of noise correlations in population coding. Although this work is first step into parsing the information available in the DCIC, it remains difficult to interpret if/how this azimuthal information is used in localization behaviors of engaged mice.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews: 

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      In this study, Alejandro Rosell et al. uncovers the immunoregulation functions of RAS-p110α pathway in macrophages, including the extravasation of monocytes from the bloodstream and subsequent lysosomal digestion. Disrupting RAS-p110α pathway by mouse genetic tools or by pharmacological intervention, hampers the inflammatory response, leading to delayed resolution and more severe acute inflammatory reactions. The authors proposed that activating p110α using small molecules could be a promising approach for treating chronic inflammation. This study provides insights into the roles and mechanisms of p110α on macrophage function and the inflammatory response, while some conclusions are still questionable because of several issues described below. 

      (1) Fig. 1B showed that disruption of RAS-p110α causes the decrease in the activation of NF-κB, which is a crucial transcription factor that regulates the expression of proinflammatory genes. However, the authors observed that disruption of RAS-p110α interaction results in an exacerbated inflammatory state in vivo, in both localized paw inflammation and systemic inflammatory mediator levels. Also, the authors introduced that "this disruption leads to a change in macrophage polarization, favoring a more proinflammatory M1 state" in introduction according to reference 12. The conclusions drew from the signaling and the models seemed contradictory and puzzling. Besides, it is not clear why the protein level of p65 was decreased at 10' and 30'. Was it attributed to the degradation of p65 or experimental variation? 

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful comment and apologize for not previously explaining the implications of the observed decrease in NF-κB activation. We found a decrease in NF-κB activation in response to LPS + IFN-γ stimulation in macrophages lacking RAS-PI3K interaction. As the reviewer pointed out, NF-κB is a key transcription factor that regulates the expression of various proinflammatory genes. To better characterize whether the decrease in p-p65 would lead to a reduction in the expression of specific cytokines, we performed a cytokine array using unstimulated and LPS + IFN-γ stimulated macrophages. The results indicated a small number of cytokines with altered expression, validating that RAS-p110α activation of p-p65 regulates the expression of some inflammatory cytokines. These results have been added to the manuscript and to Figure 1 (panels C and D). In brief, the data suggest an impairment in recruitment factors and inflammatory regulators following the disruption of RAS-p110α signaling in macrophages, which aligns with the observed in vivo phenotype. 

      Our findings indicate that the disruption of RAS-p110α signaling has a complex and multifaceted role in BMDMs. Specifically, monocytes lacking RAS-PI3K are unable to reach the inflamed area due to an impaired ability to extravasate, caused by altered actin cytoskeleton dynamics. Consequently, inflammation is sustained over time, continuously releasing inflammatory mediators. Moreover, we have shown that macrophages deficient in RAS-p110α interaction fail to mount a full inflammatory response due to decreased activation of p-p65, leading to reduced production of a set of inflammatory regulators. Additionally, these macrophages are unable to effectively process phagocytosed material and activate the resolutive phase of inflammation. As a result of these defects, an exacerbated and sustained inflammatory response occurs. 

      Our in vivo data, showing an increase in systemic inflammatory mediators, might be a consequence of the accumulation of monocytes produced by bone marrow progenitors in response to sensed inflammatory stimuli, but unable to extravasate.

      Regarding the sentence in the introduction: "this disruption leads to a change in macrophage polarization, favoring a more proinflammatory M1 state" (reference 12), this was observed in an oncogenic context, which might differ from the role of RAS-p110α in a non-oncogenic situation, as analyzed in this work. We introduced these results as an example to establish the role of RAS-p110α in macrophages, demonstrating its participation in macrophage-dependent responses. Together with our study, these findings clearly indicate that p110α signaling is critical when analyzing full immune responses. Previously, little was known about the role of this PI3K isoform in immune responses. Our data, along with those presented by Murillo et al. (ref. 12), demonstrate that p110α plays a significant role in macrophage function in both oncogenic and inflammatory contexts. Additionally, our results suggest that this role is complex and multifaceted, warranting further investigation to fully understand the complexity of p110α signaling in macrophages.

      Regarding decreased levels of p65 at 10’ and 30’ in RBD cells we are still uncertain about the possible molecular mechanism leading to the observed decrease. No changes in p65 mRNA levels were observed after 30 minutes of LPS+IFNγ treatment as shown in Author response image 1.

      Author response image 1.

      Preliminary data not shown here suggest that treating macrophages with BYL exhibits a similar effect, indicating a potential pathway for investigation. Considering that the decrease in protein levels is not due to lower mRNA expression, we may infer that post-translational mechanisms are leading to early protein degradation in RAS-p110α deficient macrophages. This could explain the observed decrease in protein activation. However, the specific molecular mechanism responsible for this degradation remains unclear, and further research is necessary to elucidate it. 

      (2) In Fig 3, the authors used bone-marrow derived macrophages (BMDMs) instead of isolated monocytes to evaluate the ability of monocyte transendothelial migration, which is not sufficiently convincing. In Fig. 3B, the authors evaluated the migration in Pik3caWT/- BMDMs, and Pik3caWT/WT BMDMs treated with BYL-719'. Given that the dose effect of gene expression, the best control is Pik3caWT/- BMDMs treated with BYL-719. 

      We thank reviewer for this comment. While we agree that using BMDMs might not be the most conventional approach for studying monocyte migration, there were several reasons why we still considered them a valid method. While isolated monocytes are the initial cell type involved in transendothelial migration, bone marrow-derived macrophages (BMDMs) provide a relevant and practical model for studying this process. BMDMs are differentiated from the same bone marrow precursors as monocytes and retain the ability to respond to chemotactic signals, adhere to endothelial cells, and migrate through the endothelium. This makes them a suitable tool for examining the cellular and molecular mechanisms underlying monocyte migration and subsequent macrophage infiltration into tissues. Additionally, BMDMs offer experimental consistency and are easier to manipulate in vitro, enabling more controlled and reproducible studies. 

      In response to the comment regarding Fig. 3B, we appreciate the suggestion to use Pik3ca WT/- BMDMs treated with BYL-719 as a control. However, our rationale for using Pik3ca WT/WT BMDMs treated with BYL-719 was based on a conceptual approach rather than a purely experimental control. The BYL-719 treatment in Pik3ca WT/WT cells was intended to simulate the inhibition of p110α in a fully functional, wild-type context. This allows us to directly assess the impact of p110α inhibition under normal physiological conditions, which is more representative of what would occur in an organism where the full dose of Pik3ca is present. Using Pik3ca WT/- BMDMs treated with BYL-719 as a control may not accurately reflect the in vivo scenario, where any therapeutic intervention would likely occur in the context of a fully functional, wild-type background. Our approach aims to provide a clearer understanding of how p110α inhibition affects cell functionality in a wild-type setting, which is relevant for potential therapeutic applications. Therefore, we considered the use of Pik3ca WT/WT BMDMs with BYL-719 treatment to be a more appropriate control for testing the effects of p110α inhibition in normal conditions.

      (3) In Fig. 4E-4G, the authors observed that elevated levels of serine 3 phosphorylated Cofilin in Pik3caRBD/- BMDMs both in unstimulated and in proinflammatory conditions, and phosphorylation of Cofilin at Ser3 increase actin stabilization, it is not clear why disruption of RAS-p110α binding caused a decrease in the F-actin pool in unstimulated BMDMs? 

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful comment. During the review process, we have carefully quantified all the Western blots conducted. While we did observe an increase in phospho-Cofilin (Ser3) levels in RBD BMDMs, this increase did not reach statistical significance. As a result, we cannot confidently attribute the observed increase in F-actin to this proposed mechanism. We apologize for any confusion this may have caused. Consequently, we have removed these data from Figure 4G and the associated discussion.

      Unfortunately, we have not yet identified the underlying mechanism responsible for this phenotype. Future experiments will focus on exploring potential alterations in other actin-nucleating, regulating, and stabilizing proteins that could account for the observed changes in F-actin levels.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review): 

      Summary: 

      Cell intrinsic signaling pathways controlling the function of macrophages in inflammatory processes, including in response to infection, injury or in the resolution of inflammation are incompletely understood. In this study, Rosell et al. investigate the contribution of RAS-p110α signaling to macrophage activity. p110α is a ubiquitously expressed catalytic subunit of PI3K with previously described roles in multiple biological processes including in epithelial cell growth and survival, and carcinogenesis. While previous studies have already suggested a role for RAS-p110α signaling in macrophages function, the cell intrinsic impact of disrupting the interaction between RAS and p110α in this central myeloid cell subset is not known. 

      Strengths: 

      Exploiting a sound previously described genetically mouse model that allows tamoxifen-inducible disruption of the RAS-p110α pathway and using different readouts of macrophage activity in vitro and in vivo, the authors provide data consistent with their conclusion that alteration in RAS-p110α signaling impairs the function of macrophages in a cell intrinsic manner. The study is well designed, clearly written with overall high-quality figures. 

      Weaknesses: 

      My main concern is that for many of the readouts, the difference between wild-type and mutant macrophages in vitro or between wild-type and Pik3caRBD mice in vivo is rather modest, even if statistically significant (e.g. Figure 1A, 1C, 2A, 2F, 3B, 4B, 4C). In other cases, such as for the analysis of the H&E images (Figure 1D-E, S1E), the images are not quantified, and it is hard to appreciate what the phenotype in samples from Pik3caRBD mice is or whether this is consistently observed across different animals. Also, the authors claim there is a 'notable decrease' in Akt activation but 'no discernible chance' in ERK activation based on the western blot data presented in Figure 1A. I do not think the data shown supports this conclusion. 

      We appreciate the reviewer's careful examination of our data and their observation regarding the modest differences between wild-type and mutant macrophages in vitro, as well as between wild-type and Pik3caRBD mice in vivo. While the differences observed in Figures 1A, 1C, 2A, 2F, 3B, 4B, and 4C are statistically significant but modest, our data demonstrate that they are biologically relevant and should be interpreted within the specific nature of our model. Our study focuses on the disruption of the RASp110α interaction, but it should be noted that alternative pathways for p110α activation, independent of RAS, remain functional in this model. Additionally, the model retains the expression of other p110 isoforms, such as p110β, p110γ, and p110δ, which are known to have significant roles in immune responses. Given the overlapping functions of these p110 isoforms, and the fact that our model involves a subtle modification that specifically affects the RAS-p110α interaction without completely abrogating p110α activity, it is understandable that only modest effects are observed in some readouts. The redundancy and compensation by other p110 isoforms likely mitigate the impact of disrupting RAS-mediated p110α activation.

      However, despite these modest in vitro differences, it is crucial to highlight that the in vivo effects on inflammation are both clear and consistent. The persistence of inflammation in our model suggests that the RAS-p110α interaction plays a specific, non-redundant role in resolving inflammation, which cannot be fully compensated by other signaling pathways or p110 isoforms. These findings underscore the importance of RAS-p110α signaling in immune homeostasis and suggest that even subtle disruptions in this pathway can lead to significant physiological consequences over time, particularly in the context of inflammation. The modest differences observed may represent early or subtle alterations that could lead to more pronounced phenotypes under specific stress or stimulation conditions. This could be tested across all the figures mentioned. For instance, in Fig. 1A, the Western blot for AKT has been quantified, demonstrating a significant decrease in AKT levels; in Fig. 1C, although the difference in paw inflammation was only a few millimeters in thickness, considering the size of a mouse paw, those millimeters were very noticeable by eye. Furthermore, pathological examination of the tissue consistently showed an increase in inflammation in RBD mice. Furthermore, the consistency of the observed differences across different readouts and experimental setups reinforces the reliability and robustness of our findings. Even modest changes that are consistently observed across different assays and conditions are indicative of genuine biological effects. The statistical significance of the differences indicates that they are unlikely to be due to random variation. This statistical rigor supports the conclusion that the observed effects, albeit modest, are real and warrant further exploration.

      Regarding the analysis of H&E images, we have now quantified the changes with the assistance of the pathologist, Mª Carmen García Macías, who has been added to the author list. We removed the colored arrows from the images and instead quantified fibrin and chromatin remnants as markers of inflammation staging. Loose chromatin, which increases as a consequence of cell death, is higher in the early phases of inflammation and decreases as macrophages phagocytose cell debris to initiate tissue healing. Chromatin content was scored on a scale from 1 to 3, where 1 represents the lowest amount and 3 the highest. The scoring was based on the area within the acute inflammatory abscess where chromatin could be found: 3 for less than 30%, 2 for 30-60%, and 1 for over 60%. Graphs corresponding to this quantification have now been added to Figure 1 and an explanation of the scale has been added to Material and Methods. 

      To further substantiate the extent of macrophage function alteration upon disruption of RAS-p110α signaling, the manuscript would benefit from testing macrophage activity in vitro and in vivo across other key macrophage activities such as bacteria phagocytosis, cytokine/chemokine production in response to titrating amounts of different PAMPs, inflammasome function, etc. This would be generally important overall but also useful to determine whether the defects in monocyte motility or macrophage lysosomal function are selectively controlled downstream of RAS-p110α signaling.  

      We thank reviewer #2 for this comment. In order to better address the role of RAS-PI3K in macrophage function, we have performed some additional experiments, some of which have been added to the revised version of the manuscript. 

      (1) We have performed cytokine microarrays of RAS-p110α deficient macrophages unstimulated and stimulated with LPS+IFN-g. Results have been added to the manuscript and to Supplementary Figure S1E and S1F. In brief, the data obtained suggest an impairment in recruitment factors, as well as in inflammatory regulators after disruption of RAS-p110α signaling in macrophages, which align with the in vivo observed phenotype. 

      (2) We also conducted phagocytosis assays to analyze the ability of RAS-p110α deficient macrophages to phagocytose 1 µm Sepharose beads, Borrelia burgdorferi, and apoptotic cells. The data reveal varied behavior of RAS-p110α deficient bone marrow-derived macrophages (BMDMs) depending on the target: 

      • Engulfment of Non-biological Particles: RAS-p110α deficient macrophages showed a decreased ability to engulf 1 µm Sepharose beads. This suggests that RAS-p110α signaling is important for the effective phagocytosis of non-biological particles. These findings have now been added to the text and figures have been added to supplementary Fig. S4A

      • Response to Bacterial Pathogens: When exposed to Borrelia burgdorferi, RAS-p110α deficient macrophages did not exhibit a change in bacterial uptake. This indicates that RAS-p110α may not play a critical role in the initial phagocytosis of this bacterial pathogen. The observed increase in the phagocytic index, although not statistically significant, might imply a compensatory mechanism or a more complex interaction that warrants further investigation. These findings have now been added to the text and figures have been added to supplementary Fig. S4B. These experiments were performed in collaboration with Dr. Anguita, from CICBioBune (Bilbao, Spain) and, as a consequence, he has been added as an author in the paper. 

      • Phagocytosis of Apoptotic Cells: There were no differences in the phagocytosis rate of apoptotic cells between RAS-p110α deficient and control macrophages at early time points. However, the accumulation of engulfed material at later time points suggests a possible delay in the processing and degradation of apoptotic cells in the absence of RAS-p110α signaling.

      These findings highlight the complexity of RAS-p110α's involvement in phagocytic processes and suggest that its role may vary with different types of phagocytic targets. 

      Furthermore, given the key role of other myeloid cells besides macrophages in inflammation and immunity it remains unclear whether the phenotype observed in vivo can be attributed to impaired macrophage function. Is the function of neutrophils, dendritic cells or other key innate immune cells not affected? 

      Thank you for this insightful comment. We understand the key role of other myeloid cells in inflammation and immunity. However, our study specifically focuses on the role of macrophages. Our data show that disruption of RAS-PI3K leads to a clear defect in macrophage extravasation, and our in vitro data demonstrate issues in macrophage cytoskeleton and phagocytosis, aligning with the in vivo phenotype.

      Experiments investigating the role of RAS-PI3K in neutrophils, dendritic cells, or other innate immune cells are beyond the scope of this study. Understanding these interactions would indeed require separate, comprehensive studies and the generation of new mouse models to disrupt RAS-PI3K exclusively in specific cell types.

      Furthermore, during paw inflammation experiments, polymorphonuclear cells were present from the initial phases of the inflammatory response. What caught our attention was the prolonged presence of these cells. In conversation with our in-house pathologist, she mentioned the lack of macrophages to remove dead polymorphonuclear cells in our RAS-PI3K mutant mice. Specific staining for macrophages confirmed the absence of macrophages in the inflamed node of mutant mice.

      We acknowledge that further research is necessary to elucidate the effects on other myeloid cells. However, our current findings provide clear evidence of a decrease in inflammatory monocytes and defective macrophage responses to inflammation, both in vivo and in vitro. We believe these results significantly contribute to understanding the role of RAS-PI3K in macrophage function during inflammation.

      Compelling proof of concept data that targeting RAS-p110α signalling constitutes indeed a putative approach for modulation of chronic inflammation is lacking. Addressing this further would increase the conceptual advance of the manuscript and provide extra support to the authors' suggestion that p110α inhibition or activation constitute promising approaches to manage inflammation. 

      We thank Reviewer #2 for this insightful comment. In our manuscript, we have demonstrated through multiple experiments that the inhibition of p110α, either by disrupting RAS-p110α signaling or through the use of Alpelisib (BYL-719), has a modulatory effect on inflammatory responses. However, we acknowledge that we have not activated the pathway due to the unavailability of a suitable p110α activator until the concluding phase of our study.

      We recognize the importance of this point and are eager about investigating both the inhibition and activation of p110α as potential approaches to managing inflammation in well-established inflammatory disease models. We believe that such comprehensive studies would significantly enhance the conceptual advance and translational relevance of our findings.

      However, it is essential to note that the primary aim of our current work was to demonstrate the role of RAS-p110α in the inflammatory responses of macrophages. We have successfully shown that RASp110α influences macrophage behavior and inflammatory signaling. Expanding the scope to include disease models and pathway activation studies would be an extensive project that goes beyond the current objectives of this manuscript. While our present study establishes the foundational role of RASp110α in macrophage-mediated inflammatory responses, we agree that further investigation into both p110α inhibition and activation in disease models is crucial. We are keen to pursue this line of research in future studies, which we believe will provide robust evidence supporting the therapeutic potential of targeting RAS-p110α signaling in chronic inflammation.

      Finally, the analysis by FACS should also include information about the total number of cells, not just the percentage, which is affected by the relative change in other populations. On this point, Figure S2B shows a substantial, albeit not significant (with less number of mice analysed), increase in the percentage of CD3+ cells. Is there an increase in the absolute number of T cells or does this apparent relative increase reflect a reduction in myeloid cells? 

      We thank the reviewer for this comment, which we have addressed in the revised version of the manuscript. Regarding the total number of cells analyzed, we have added to the Materials and Methods section that in all our studies, a total of 50,000 cells were analyzed (line 749). The percentages of cells are related to these 50,000 events. Additionally, we have increased the number of mice analyzed by including new mice for CD3+ cell analysis. Despite this, the results remain not significant.

      Recommendations for the authors:  

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):   

      (1) It is recommended to provide a graphical abstract to summarize the multiple functions of RAS-p110α pathway in monocyte/macrophages that the authors proposed 

      We thank reviewer for this useful recommendation. A graphical abstract has now been added to the study. 

      (2) Western blots in this paper need quantification and a measure of reproducibility 

      We have now added a graph with the quantification of the western blots performed in this work as a measure of reproducibility. 

      (3) Representative flow data and gating strategy should be included

      We have now added the description of the gating strategy followed to material and methods section.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Tian et al. describe how TIPE regulates melanoma progression, stemness, and glycolysis. The authors link high TIPE expression to increased melanoma cell proliferation and tumor growth. TIPE causes dimerization of PKM2, as well as translocation of PKM2 to the nucleus, thereby activating HIF-1alpha. TIPE promotes the phosphorylation of S37 on PKM2 in an ERK-dependent manner. TIPE is shown to increase stem-like phenotype markers. The expression of TIPE is positively correlated with the levels of PKM2 Ser37 phosphorylation in murine and clinical tissue samples. Taken together, the authors demonstrate how TIPE impacts melanoma progression, stemness, and glycolysis through dimeric PKM2 and HIF-1alpha crosstalk.

      Strengths:

      The authors manipulated TIPE expression using both shRNA and overexpression approaches throughout the manuscript. Using these models, they provide strong evidence of the involvement of TIPE in mediating PKM2 Ser37 phosphorylation and dimerization. The authors also used mutants of PKM2 at S37A to block its interaction with TIPE and HIF-1alpha. In addition, an ERK inhibitor (U0126) was used to block the phosphorylation of Ser37 on PKM2. The authors show how dimerization of PKM2 by TIPE causes nuclear import of PKM2 and activation of HIF-1alpha and target genes. Pyridoxine was used to induce PKM2 dimer formation, while TEPP-46 was used to suppress PKM2 dimer formation. TIPE maintains stem cell phenotypes by increasing the expression of stem-like markers. Furthermore, the relationship between TIPE and Ser37 PKM2 was demonstrated in murine and clinical tissue samples.

      Weaknesses:

      The evaluation of how TIPE causes metabolic reprogramming can be better assessed using isotope tracing experiments and improved bioenergetic analysis.

      Thank you immensely for your invaluable suggestions. Regrettably, we encountered a significant obstacle in completing the isotope tracing experiments due to an unfortunate shortage of necessary instruments. Furthermore, despite our efforts to consult with several companies, we were unable to secure their assistance, which unfortunately hindered the completion of these experiments. We deeply apologize for this imperfection in our experimental design and have thoroughly discussed this limitation in our manuscript.

      Additionally, we acknowledge our oversight in the previous versions of our manuscripts, where only three metabolites were presented. To rectify this and provide a more comprehensive understanding of the metabolic reprogramming induced by TIPE, we have conducted routine untargeted metabolomics analysis. We are pleased to announce that we have incorporated the detailed results of this analysis into our work as a new supplementary figure, designated as Figure S3. This figure specifically highlights the notable decrease in the glycolysis pathway, particularly in pyruvate and lactic acid levels, following TIPE interference.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      In this article, Tian et al present a convincing analysis of the molecular mechanisms underpinning TIPE-mediated regulation of glycolysis and tumor growth in melanoma. The authors begin by confirming TIPE expression in melanoma cell lines and identify "high" and "low" expressing models for functional analysis. They show that TIPE depletion slows tumour growth in vivo, and using both knockdown and over-expression approaches, show that this is associated with changes in glycolysis in vitro. Compelling data using multiple independent approaches is presented to support an interaction between TIPE and the glycolysis regulator PKM2, and the over-expression of TIPE-promoted nuclear translocation of PKM2 dimers. Mechanistically, the authors also demonstrate that PKM2 is required for TIPE-mediated activation of HIF1a transcriptional activity, as assessed using an HRE-promoter reporter assay, and that TIPE-mediated PKM2 dimerization is p-ERK dependent. Finally, the dependence of TIPE activity on PKM2 dimerization was demonstrated on tumor growth in vivo and in the regulation of glycolysis in vitro, and ectopic expression of HIF1a could rescue the inhibition of PKM2 dimerization in TIPE overexpressing cells and reduced induction of general cancer stem cell markers, showing a clear role for HIF1a in this pathway. The main conclusions of this paper are well supported by data, but some aspects of the experiments need clarification and some data panels are difficult to read and interpret as currently presented.

      The detailed mechanistic analysis of TIPE-mediated regulation of PKM2 to control aerobic glycolysis and tumor growth is a major strength of the study and provides new insights into the molecular mechanisms that underpin the Warburg effect in cancer cells. However, despite these strengths, some weaknesses were noted, which if addressed will further strengthen the study.

      (1) The analysis of patient samples should be expanded to more directly measure the relationship between TIPE levels and melanoma patient outcome and progression (primary vs metastasis), to build on the association between TIPE levels and proliferation (Ki67) and hypoxia gene sets that are currently shown.

      Thanks for your suggestions. We have expanded the analysis to include the relationship between TIPE levels and melanoma progression, specifically distinguishing between non-lymph node metastasis and lymph node metastasis. In addition, we added the association between TIPE and Ki67 or LDH levels as your advised, as shown in Figure 7.

      However, the relationship between TIPE levels and melanoma patient outcome is not presented in this article. One reason is that the tissue microarray lack of the survival data. Interestingly, the TCGA dataset showed that the higher TIPE expression has a favorable prognosis for melanoma. We are also very curious about this. Our following study indicated that TIPE might serve as a positive regulator of PD-L1. Therefore, the higher expression of TIPE presents more sensitive tendency to immunotherapy, resulting in a favorable prognosis in melanoma. The detailed mechanisms will be discussed in our following article, and we hope that it might as a continuous research topic for TIPE in melanoma.

      We just only disclose a little information that TIPE shares similar survival and immune signature to PD-L1 and PD-1 in melanoma as following:

      Author response image 1.

      (2) The duration of the in vivo experiments was not clearly defined in the figures, however, it was clear from the tumor volume measurements that they ended well before standard ethical endpoints in some of the experiments. A rationale for this should be provided because longer-duration experiments might significantly change the interpretation of the data. For example, does TIPE depletion transiently reduce or lead to sustained reductions in tumor growth?

      Thanks for your suggestions. Actually, we have performed a pre-experiment before the formal experiments, and all the time points were referred to this. Furthermore, we have added the detailed time points into the figure legends as you suggested.

      (3) The analysis of general cancer stem cell markers is solid and interesting, however inclusion of neural crest stem cell markers that are more relevant to melanoma biology would greatly strengthen this aspect of the study.

      Thanks for your advices. We have selected two neural crest stem cell markers including Nestin and Sox10 to test their expression after overexpression of TIPE in G361 cells or interference of TIPE in A375 cells.

      (4) The authors should take care that all data panels are clearly readable in the figures to facilitate appropriate interpretation by the reader.

      Thanks for your suggestions. We have amended the data panels according to you advises to ensure it is clear and professionally presented.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      It would be suggested to improve the image quality of certain panels (please refer to Fig.1A and Fig.S3B-D).

      Thank you for your expert advice. We have optimized the quality of certain panels according to your suggestions.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Major comments:

      - TCGA survival/patient outcome data relative to TIPE levels should be provided in the supplementary figures, together with TIPE correlation with PKM2.

      - Suggest revising how this point is described in the discussion.

      We have added the results of TIPE expression and prognosis of melanoma patients from the TCGA database as required by the expert, and discussed it appropriately in the article. In addition, the correlation between TIPE and PKM2 expression has already been described in Supplementary Figure 6.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The work by Joseph et al "Impact of the clinically approved BTK inhibitors on the conformation of full-length BTK and analysis of the development of BTK resistance mutations in chronic lymphocytic leukemia" seeks to comparatively analyze the effect of a range of covalent and noncovalent clinical BTK inhibitors upon BTK conformation. The novel aspect of this manuscript is that it seeks to evaluate the differential resistance mutations that arise distinctly from each of the inhibitors.

      Strengths:

      This is an exciting study that builds upon the fundamental notion of ensemble behavior in solutions for enzymes such as BTK. The HDX-MS and NMR experiments are adequately and comprehensively presented.

      We thank the reviewer for this positive feedback.

      Weaknesses:

      While I commend the novelty of the study, the absence of important controls greatly tempers my enthusiasm for this work. As stated in the abstract, there are no broad takeaways for how resistance mutation bias operated from this study, although the mechanism of action of 2 common resistance mutations is useful. How these 2 resistance mutations connect to ensemble behavior, is not obvious. This is partly because BTK does not populate just binary "open"/"closed" conformations, but there are likely multiple intermediate conformations. Each inhibitor appears to preferentially "select" conformations by the authors' own assessment (line 236) and this carries implications for the emergence of resistance mutations. The most important control that would help is to use ADP or nonhydrolyzable and ATP as a baseline to establish the "inactive" and "active" conformations. All of the HDX-MS and NMR studies use protein that has no nucleotide present. A major question that remains is whether each of the inhibitors preferentially favors/blocks ADP or ATP binding. This then means it is not equivalent to correlate functional kinase assay conditions with either HDX-MS or NMR experiments.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this point. The BTK inhibitors studied here are active site inhibitors that completely prevent (block) nucleotide (both ATP and ADP) binding. We believe the other question being asked here is whether the different BTK inhibitors bind preferentially to the ADP or ATP bound kinase (do the conformational states favored by ADP versus ATP bound BTK affect drug binding). We agree this is an interesting question that deserves further study. Here we are focused on the ligand bound state itself rather than on the conformational state selection mechanism of each inhibitor. Thus, HDX-MS and NMR work to compare ligand bound to apo-, ADP, and ATP bound BTK is beyond the scope of this manuscript. That said, previous work (doi: 10.1038/s41598-017-17703-5) has shown that the related TEC kinase, ITK, preferentially binds ADP when the kinase is in the autoinhibited conformation. Since we have previously shown that BTK adopts the autoinhibited conformation in the nucleotide free form (https://doi.org/10.7554/eLife.89489.2), we suggest that the comparison we have carried out here between drug bound and apo-protein is valid. Future work will carefully address the conformational preferences of all three conditions, apo-, ADP- and ATP-bound.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Previous NMR and HDX-MS studies on full-length (FL) BTK showed that the covalent BTKi, ibrutinib, causes long-range effects on the conformation of BTK consistent with disruption of the autoinhibited conformation, based on HDX deuterium uptake patterns and NMR chemical shift perturbations. This study extends the analyses to four new covalent BTKi, acalabrutinib, zanubrutinib, tirabrutinib/ONO4059, and a noncovalent ATP competitive BTKi, pirtobrutinib/LOXO405.

      The results show distinct conformational changes that occur upon binding each BTKi. The findings show consistent NMR and HDX changes with covalent inhibitors, which move helix aC to an 'out' position and disrupt SH3-kinase interactions, in agreement with X-ray structures of the BTKi complexed with the BTK kinase domain. In contrast, the solution measurements show that pirtobrutinib maintains and even stabilizes the helix aC-in and autoinhibited conformation, even though the BTK:pritobrutinib crystallizes with helix aC-out. This and unexpected variations in NMR and HDX behavior between inhibitors highlight the need for solution measurements to understand drug interactions with the full-length BTK. Overall the findings present good evidence for allosteric effects by each BTKi that induce distal conformational changes which are sensitive to differences in inhibitor structure.

      The study goes on to examine BTK mutants T474I and L528W, which are known to confer resistance to pirtobrutinib, zanubritinib, and tirabrutinib. T474I reduces and L528W eliminates BTK autophosphorylation at pY551, while both FL-BTK-WT and FL-BTK-L528W increase HCK autophosphorylation and PLCg phosphorylation. These show that mutants partially or completely inactivate BTK and that inactive FL-BTK can activate HCK, potentially by direct BTK-HCK interactions. But they do not explain drug resistance. However, HDX and NMR show that each mutant alters the effects of BTKi binding compared to WT. In particular, T474I alters the effects of all three inhibitors around W395 and the activation loop, while L528W alters interactions around W395 with tirabrutinib and pirtobrutinib, and does not appear to bind zanubrutinib at all. The study concludes that the mutations might block drug efficacy by reducing affinity or altering binding mode.

      Strengths:

      The work presents convincing evidence that BTK inhibitors alter the conformation of regions distal to their binding sites, including those involved in the SH3-kinase interface, the activation loop, and a substrate binding surface between helix aF and helix aG. The findings add to the growing understanding of allosteric effects of kinase inhibitors, and their potential regulation of interactions between kinase and binding proteins.

      We thank the reviewer for these positive comments.

      Weaknesses:

      The interpretation of HDX, NMR, and kinase assays is confusing in some places, due to ambiguity in quantifying how much kinase is bound to the inhibitor. It would be helpful to confirm binding occupancy, in order to clarify if mutants lower the amount of BTK complexed with BTKi as implied in certain places, or if they instead alter the binding mode. In addition, the interpretation of the mutant effects might benefit from a more detailed examination of how each inhibitor occupies the ATP pocket and how substitutions of T474 and L528 with Ile and Trp respectively might change the contacts with each inhibitor.

      We thank the reviewer for these suggestions. As requested we have now modified the manuscript to clearly state the effects of the mutations on inhibitor binding. Additionally, we have included a new figure to discuss the interaction of the inhibitors within the BTK kinase active site to provide a better explanation for the impact of the resistance mutations.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Major Comments:

      (1) What is the binding affinity of ATP/ADP to BTK? BTK is purified by the authors as an apoenzyme (by the final purification by SEC, all protein should be completely stripped of nucleotide)- but must toggle between ATP and ADP-bound states. Do the inhibitors completely sterically block nucleotide binding? Do they only block one or the other- ADP/ATP binding? Do they weaken ADP/ATP binding? The authors have an opportunity with NMR to establish a clear baseline to compare the inhibitors' effects on BTK. It is not clear if the authors' assumption is that all BTKi share a common mode of action (Line 114).

      All BTK inhibitors studied in this work (Ibrutinib, Acalabrutinib, Zanubrutinib, Tirabrutinib and Pirtobrutinib) share a common mode of action. They are active site inhibitors that completely block nucleotide (ATP and ADP) binding. The introduction to the manuscript has been updated to add this information (lines 70-71, pg. 4).

      "The covalent BTK inhibitors (Ibrutinib, Acalabrutinib, Zanubrutinib and Tirabrutinib) and the non-covalent BTK inhibitor Pirtobrutinib bind tightly to the BTK active site (Kinact/KI or KD values in the nM range; DOI: 10.1056/NEJMoa2114110). In contrast, previous studies have reported nucleotide affinity for TEC kinases that are lower (KD in the µM range), (doi: 10.1038/s41598-017-17703-5). Additionally, the same work has shown that the conformational state of TEC kinases can impact nucleotide binding. The TEC kinases have a higher affinity for ADP (KD ~ 20 µM), as compared to ATP (KD ~ 15 fold lower than ADP), when the full-length protein adopts the autoinhibited conformation. Disruption of the TEC kinase autoinhibited conformation (by mutation) decreases the affinity for ADP, allowing ATP to bind, enabling kinase activity. Nevertheless, regardless of the conformational state of BTK, all the BTK inhibitors studied here block both ADP and ATP binding to the active site."

      (2) Is there an effect of nucleotide binding bias on resistance mutation emergence? Is there a nucleotide binding bias in the resistance mutations characterized in this study? There likely is - BTK L528W is catalytically inactive. It is not clear if this mutant stays bound to ADP or to ATP and cannot transfer the phosphate to its substrate. How does BTK T474I interact with ADP/ATP? This is needed before concluding - in lines 289-291- that mutations cause only minor conformational changes. This needs a qualifier - in the nucleotide-free apo conformation.

      The BTK L528W mutation introduces a bulky sidechain into the BTK kinase active site that sterically impedes both ATP and ADP binding. In fact, previous studies (https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jbc.2022.102555) have confirmed the inability of the BTK L528W mutant to bind ATP.

      The BTK T474I mutation could alter nucleotide binding. However, The BTK T474I mutation lowers the overall activity of BTK, and is consistent with previous work that have shown the same (https://doi.org/10.1021/acschembio.6b00480). The decrease in overall kinase activity cannot account for the development of resistance (which typically requires increased kinase activity). Hence, a decrease in inhibitor binding is likely driving resistance.

      Lines 293 (pg. 14) have been modified to indicate that the conformational changes observed in the BTK mutants are in the absence of nucleotide as requested.

      (3) What is the half-life BTK? And does inhibitor binding to BTK change the half-life of the inhibitor?

      BTK has a long half-life of 48-72 h (DOI: https://doi.org/10.1124/jpet.113.203489). Unbound covalent inhibitors are rapidly cleared from the body with short half-lives on the order of < 4h. Non-covalent BTK inhibitors typically have a longer half-life on the order of 20h. Once bound to BTK, the irreversible nature of binding by covalent inhibitors make them unavailable to other molecules. CLL patients are treated typically with a once daily or twice daily dose of BTK inhibitor. Hence, inhibitor binding to BTK does not alter the half-life of free inhibitor.

      (4) Are there broad differences between covalent and single non-covalent inhibitors upon resistance mutation bias? And nucleotide binding?

      The biggest difference observed between BTK covalent and non-covalent inhibitors in the emergence of resistance mutations is the occurrence of the C481S mutation in patients treated with covalent inhibitors. This resistance mutation is absent in patients treated with non-covalent BTK inhibitors. Patients that develop mutations in BTK C481 can no longer be treated with any of the approved covalent BTK inhibitors (as they all use BTK C481 for covalent linkage). To ensure BTK inhibition, patients with mutations in C481 can be treated with non-covalent BTK active site inhibitors. All currently approved BTK inhibitors (covalent and non-covalent) are active site inhibitors that compete with nucleotide binding.

      (5) It's unclear why the authors chose to evaluate the impact of inhibitor binding on the linker kinase domain first. This seems unnecessary.

      NMR analysis is easier on the smaller BTK linker kinase domain (LKD) fragment compared to the full-length protein. Hence for practical reasons we used the BTK LKD fragment.

      (6) Line 508 - there seems to be a gap in understanding protein half-lives, inhibitor half-lives, and the emergence of resistance mutations in this manuscript itself. The manuscript falls short of a mechanistic descriptor of variable inhibitors and resistance mutation bias.

      The half-life of the inhibitors assessed in this study are provided in Table 1 of this manuscript. The emergence of resistance mutations such as C481 are likely due to a direct consequence of differences in inhibitor half-life as described in the discussion section of this manuscript (page 23).

      (7) HDX-MS reports the conformational average difference across the ensemble but does not distinguish between the number of intermediary conformations. The authors should clarify that this is a limitation of an average readout method such as HDX-MS. This is currently not addressed.

      A sentence describing this limitation has been added (lines 219-221, pg. 11) as requested.

      Minor  Points:

      (1) Some of the qualitative descriptors are unnecessary - line 284 - "Slightly towards....". Line 286 - "Slight stabilizing effect on the conformation..." How slight is slight?

      Qualitative descriptors have been removed from the manuscript as requested.

      (2) The authors should provide SPR data with Kon and Koff values for Pirtobrutinib binding to BTK ( in the presence of ARP and ADP).

      SPR analysis of Pirtobrutinib has previously been reported. Pirtobrutininb binds to BTK wild-type with a KD of 0.9 nM (DOI: 10.1056/NEJMoa2114110). As mentioned earlier in response to comment 1, Pirtobrutinib binds to the BTK kinase active site and is competitive with both nucleotides (ATP and ADP, which bind with lower affinity, KD in the µM range).

      (3) In Figure 2, the legend needs to describe the specific time point represented. Same with Figure 5.

      The HDX-MS changes that are mapped onto the structure represent the maximal changes observed at any time point. The figure legends have been modified as requested to clarify this.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) Figure 7 is an amazing and impressive finding, but it could use two controls: First a blot of pY551 to show more rigorously that FL-BTK-WT and L528W autophosphorylation is unaffected by zanubrutinib binding, just to eliminate the possibility that elevated pY551 accounts for the enhanced HCK phosphorylation.

      Both BTK FL enzymes (WT and L528W) in this assay are catalytically inactive and do not contribute to autophosphorylation on BTK Y551 (BTK FL WT is inhibited by Zanubrutinib and BTK FL L528W is catalytically dead). Additionally, BTK FL WT and BTK FL L528W are both able to activate HCK. Hence differences in pY551 levels between these BTK proteins cannot explain how both proteins are able to activate HCK.

      Nevertheless, as requested, we probed for pY551 levels on BTK. While BTK cannot autophosphorylate itself on BTK Y551 in this assay, BTK Y551 is able to be phosphorylated by HCK. BTK Y551 phosphorylation levels were higher in BTK FL WT compared to BTK FL L528W likely due to Y551 on the activation loop being less accessible in the BTK L528W mutant (which is more stabilized in the autoinhibited conformation) compared to the WT protein. This data has been added as a new panel in Figure 7a.

      Additionally, we tested the ability of the BTK FL L528W/Y551F double mutant to activate HCK. The BTK FL L528W/Y551F double mutant is able to activate HCK similar to BTK FL L528W single mutant, demonstrating that phosphorylation on Y551 is not necessary for HCK activation by BTK FL L528W. This new data has been added as supplemental figure S2a. Taken together, pY551 levels on BTK do not contribute to enhanced HCK phosphorylation. The results section of the manuscript has been modified to include this additional data (Lines 319-335, pg. 15-16).

      Second, controls performed in the absence of Zanubrutinib are needed for the time courses with HCK alone, HCK + FL-BTK WT, and HCK + FL-BTK-L528W. This would help show that the ability of BTK to increase the phosphorylation of HCK and PLCg1 is (or isn't) dependent on drug interactions with BTK, HCK, or PLCg.

      BTK FL L528W can enhance phosphorylation on PLCg by HCK even in the absence of Zanubrutinib. We have added this data as a new supplemental figure S2b. We have not included BTK FL WT in this analysis as in the absence of Zanubrutinib, we would have two active enzymes (HCK and BTK) in the assay which would complicate the interpretation of the data. The results section of the manuscript has been modified to include this additional data (Lines 333-335, pg. 16).

      And please comment: in cells, does zanubrutinib treatment (or any other drug) increase pY phosphorylation of HCK or PLCg?

      All clinically approved BTK inhibitors (covalent and non-covalent) inhibit BTK WT activity and decrease PLCg phosphorylation in cells. There have been no reports, to our knowledge, of any clinically approved BTK inhibitor causing an increase in HCK activity.

      (2) Sections of the Results discussing Figures 8 and 9 are confusing to read because they variously propose that the mutants (i) reduce inhibitor occupancy, or (ii) alter the inhibitor binding mode. However, some of the results unambiguously show an altered binding mode instead of reduced inhibitor binding.

      a) For example, HDX clearly shows protection by tira, zanu, and pirto, therefore reduced inhibitor binding does not seem to be an option. Therefore, I recommend modifying lines 357-363. "The differences in deuterium exchange for drug binding to WT and mutant BTK suggest that the T474I mutation either causes a reduction in inhibitor binding or otherwise alters the mode of drug interaction in the active site. "

      While the HDX-MS data of BTK T474I shows protection by Tirabrutinib, Zanubrutinib and Pirtobrutinib, the magnitude of the protection is reduced in the BTK T474I mutant compared to WT BTK (Fig. 8e) suggesting a reduction in inhibitor binding. These results are consistent with previous SPR analysis of the BTK T474I mutant which also showed reduced binding to Zanubrutinib, Acalabrutinib and Pirtobrutinib (DOI: 10.1056/NEJMoa2114110). The manuscript (lines 381-383, pg. 18) has been modified to clearly state that the BTK T474I mutation causes a reduction in inhibitor binding.

      b) I recommend modifying lines 370-373.

      " In stark contrast to the BTK T474I mutant, the BTK 370 L528W mutant does not show any change in deuterium incorporation in the presence of 371 Zanubrutinib, Tirabrutinib or Pirtobrutinib, providing strong evidence that the BTK L528W 372 mutant does not bind the inhibitors (Fig.8d)."

      Lines 432-435: Although the L528W mutation alters binding to both Tirabrutinib 432 and Pirtobrutinib, the NMR data suggests that it retains partial binding unlike the HDX-MS data 433 that suggests complete disruption of binding. The higher inhibitor concentrations used in the NMR 434 experiments compared to the HDX-MS experiments likely explain this discrepancy."

      The discordance in the L528W mutant between the lack of any HDX protection by tira and pirto versus the clear chemical shift of W395 by NMR is worrisome. If the HDX experiments were really done under conditions where binding occupancy was too low, then it seems important to redo these experiments at higher drug concentrations.

      Alternatively, and perhaps more useful would be to report Kd for binding of these inhibitors to the two mutants. That would allow the authors to interpret these results more definitively.

      SPR analysis of inhibitor binding to full-length BTK WT, T474I and L528W has been previously reported (DOI: 10.1056/NEJMoa2114110). The covalent BTK inhibitors (Ibrutinib, Acalabrutinib, and Zanubrutinib) and the non-covalent BTK inhibitor Pirtobrutinib bind tightly to full-length WT BTK (Kinact/KI or KD values in the nM range). The BTK T474I mutation disrupts binding to Zanubrutinib, Acalabrutinib and Pirtobrutinib, but not Ibrutinib and Fenebrutinib. BTK L528W mutation disrupts binding to Zanubrutinib, Acalabrutinib, Ibrutinib and Pirtobrutinib, but not Fenebrutinib. These previously published results are consistent with the HDX-MS and NMR data presented here. The manuscript has been modified to clearly state that the mutations reduce drug binding instead of altered binding.

      c) Recommend adding data to confirm statements in lines 419-421:

      "Spectral overlays of the BTK L528W mutant with and without Zanubrutinib show no 419 chemical shift changes (Fig. 9a, right panel) suggesting that the mutation completely disrupts 420 inhibitor binding in complete agreement with the HDX-MS data (Fig. 8d).

      428-432: The Pirtobrutinib-bound BTK L528W spectrum (Fig. 9c) shows two resonance positions, 428 one of which overlaps with the W395 resonance in the apo protein and the other that corresponds to that of the mutant protein bound to Pirtobrutinib. This data suggests a mixture of inhibitor bound and unbound BTK kinase domain in solution, likely due to a reduction in Pirtobrutinib affinity 431 caused by the L528W mutation."

      Likewise, direct measurements of binding affinity to L528W would be helpful. It is not completely convincing that the effects of this mutant are due to the reduced binding of either inhibitor. The effects of pirtobrutinib may instead reflect a slow exchange of W395 instead of 50% occupancy. For example, what happened in the rest of the spectra? Were other chemical shifts apparent in either case, which might address binding stoichiometry? It would be useful to show the full spectra in Supplemental figures, as well as any titrations that may have been done to confirm that the inhibitors are added at saturating concentration.

      As requested the full-spectra of Pirtobrutinib bound to BTK L528W has now been added as supplemental figure S1c. In the BTK L528W bound to Pirtobrutinib spectrum, two cross peaks are visible for multiple resonances, one of which overlaps with that of the apo BTK L528W spectrum, suggesting that there is a mixture of apo and inhibitor bound forms of BTK L528W.

      The clinically approved inhibitors that we are working with here (Ibrutinib, Acalabrutinib, Zanubrutinib, Tirabrutinib and Pirtobrutinib have reported IC50 values in the nM range (0.5 nM, 3 nM, 0.3 nM, 6.8 nM and 3.68 nM respectively). All the NMR work presented here was carried out at a 1:1.33, protein:inhibitor ratio (absolute concentration of the inhibitor was 200 µM). NMR titrations of BTK WT have been carried out with Ibrutinib (https://doi.org/10.7554/eLife.60470) and Tirabrutinib. Complete binding is observed at a 1:1 molar ratio of protein:inhibitor, consistent with the previously reported binding characteristics. Mass spec analysis also shows one covalent inhibitor bound to each BTK WT protein (Fig. 4a). The BTK T474I and L528W mutants were tested at the same protein:inhibitor ratio as WT BTK for ease of comparison.

      (3) The Discussion could use a structural perspective on the likely effects of each mutation on inhibitor binding. Both residues occupy positions in beta7 and the hinge, which are commonly found to form hydrophobic and polar contacts with ATP competitive inhibitors in many kinases. This would be useful to discuss and show as a figure, in order to give the non-kinase expert a better understanding of why the mutations might affect inhibitor binding. The variations in structures of each inhibitor and how they contact these two positions might be useful to inspect, and ask why some inhibitors but not others are affected by mutation, and why some inhibitors but not others induce effects over long distances to W395 and the activation loop.

      As requested, we have added a new paragraph in the discussion and a new figure (Fig. 10), to expand on likely effects of the mutations on inhibitor binding. The allosteric effects of some of the BTK inhibitors, on the other hand are currently being investigated and is beyond the scope of the current manuscript.

      (4) The authors propose that small differences in Tm and stability of L358W account for its effect on resistance. Does this mutant show elevated expression in patient tumors over those with WT BTK?

      Preliminary data indicates that BTK L528W levels are elevated in one of two patients carrying this resistance mutation. However, due to the low number of patients tested, we have chosen to not include the data in this study but will continue to pursue this question in future work.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      The Editors have assessed your revised submission and rather than issuing a further decision letter we are writing to invite you to make a few small amendments to this version of the paper as listed below.

      We added a summary paragraph at the end of the introduction for clarity.

      (1) RMSD values in Fig 2-source data 1 (and possibly reflected in Fig 2C) appear to be improbably duplicated, specifically ACh runs 1/2, Ebx runs 1/3, and error values for Ebx vs. ACh.

      Thanks for bringing this to our attention. The values are now corrected.

      (2) Shaded area in Fig 2-supplement 5D is inaccurate for depicting loop C.

      The shaded area now reflects residues in loop C, residues 189-198.

      (3) In Fig 2-supplement 4 where an abrupt change in ligand RMSD is implied to represent a cis-trans flip, the accompanying figure showing snapshots misleadingly depicts a different simulation of CCh instead of ACh.

      The snapshot was from the correct ACh simulation. It was mislabeled as CCh in the legend, which now stands corrected.

      (4) Legend to Fig 3 seems misleading regarding colors in the porcupine plots.

      The color pattern indicated in the legend represents the FEL plot and not the porcupine plot. Description about the porcupine plot is not associated with any color.

      (5) Some shaded regions in Fig 6-supplement 2 do not correspond to intervals reported in Fig 4-source data 1.

      Thanks. This is now corrected to match the table.

      Given that some of the above points have remained unaddressed from the prior round of review, the authors should double check that they have addressed any other relevant prior comments not explicitly listed here.

      Finally, the revised first results section has removed the explanation as to why the authors opted to simulate a dimer (i.e., affinity being affected only by local perturbations). The authors should consider reincorporating this explanation for readers, as well as adding a reference to Wang et al. 1997 (PMID: 9222901) in regard to lines 116-119.

      The revised section now includes an added explanation on why dimer was used in simulations. Gupta et. al., J Gen Physiol. 2017 Jan; 149(1): 85–103 was added, as it includes residues from not just the M1 domain that Wang et al covers, but other TMD regions also.

    1. Author response:

      eLife Assessment

      Zhang et al. present important findings that reveal a new role for TET2 in controlling glucose production in the liver, showing that both fasting and a high-fat diet increase TET2 levels, while its absence reduces glucose production. TET2 works with HNF4α to activate the FBP1 gene upon glucagon stimulation, while metformin disrupts TET2-HNF4α interaction, lowering FBP1 levels and improving glucose homeostasis. While the results are solid, more details about the mechanisms and methods are needed to strengthen the study's conclusions

      Thanks for the positive evaluation and constructive comments, which will significantly improve the quality of the manuscript. We will provide more details about the mechanisms and methods in the revised version.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Zhang et al. describe a delicate relationship between Tet2 and FBP1 in the regulation of hepatic gluconeogenesis.

      Strengths:

      The studies are very mechanistic, indicating that this interaction occurs via demethylation of HNF4a. Phosphorylation of HNF4a at ser 313 induced by metformin also controls the interaction between Tet2 and FBP1.

      Weaknesses:

      The results are briefly described, and oftentimes, the necessary information is not provided to interpret the data. Similarly, the methods section is not well developed to inform the reader about how these experiments were performed. While the findings are interesting, the results section needs to be better developed to increase confidence in the interpretation of the results.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive evaluation and constructive comments. There is a factual error in the paragraph of “Strengths”. The comment that “The studies are very mechanistic, indicating that this interaction occurs via demethylation of HNF4a. Phosphorylation of HNF4a at ser 313 induced by metformin also controls the interaction between Tet2 and FBP1.” should be revised as follows: “The studies are very mechanistic, indicating that this interaction occurs via demethylation of FBP1. Phosphorylation of HNF4a at ser 313 induced by metformin also controls the interaction between Tet2 and HNF4a.”

      Following reviewer’s suggestions, we will provide all the necessary information in methods section to inform the reader about how these experiments were performed, and improve the description of the results in the revised revision.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study reveals a novel role of TET2 in regulating gluconeogenesis. It shows that fasting and a high-fat diet increase TET2 expression in mice, and TET2 knockout reduces glucose production. The findings highlight that TET2 positively regulates FBP1, a key enzyme in gluconeogenesis, by interacting with HNF4α to demethylate the FBP1 promoter in response to glucagon. Additionally, metformin reduces FBP1 expression by preventing TET2-HNF4α interaction. This identifies an HNF4α-TET2-FBP1 axis as a potential target for T2D treatment.

      Strengths:

      The authors use several methods in vivo (PTT, GTT, and ITT in fasted and HFD mice; and KO mice) and in vitro (in HepG2 and primary hepatocytes) to support the existence of the HNF4alpha-TET-2-FBP-1 axis in the control of gluconeogenesis. These findings uncovered a previously unknown function of TET2 in gluconeogenesis.

      Weaknesses:

      Although the authors provide evidence of an HNF4α-TET2-FBP1 axis in the control of gluconeogenesis, which contributes to the therapeutic effect of metformin on T2D, its role in the pathogenesis of T2D is less clear. The mechanisms by which TET2 is up-regulated by glucagon should be more explored.

      We thank the reviewer for the supports and constructive comments, and agree with the reviewer that the current version mainly focused on the function of HNF4α-TET2-FBP1 axis in the control of gluconeogenesis. We will explore the pathogenesis of T2D and the mechanism how TET2 is up-regulated by glucagon in the revised revision.

      Both reviewers made positive comments and we will address all the reviewers’ concerns either by new experiments or clarifications. We thank editors and reviewers for the constructive comments, which will significantly improve the quality of the manuscript.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      We thank the reviewers for their overall positive evaluation of the manuscript and finding MChIP-C to be a valuable technological advance. To address the reviewer’s helpful comments and recommendations, we performed several additional analyses and improved the text and figures.

      Briefly, we extended and clarified the main text and methods, added analyses of interactions at consensus and method-specific CTCF/DHS sites (Figure S3), added additional comparison tracks to other methods in specific loci (Figure 4), added examples of MChIP-C E-P interactions at previously-verified loci (Figure S2a) and added extensive MChIP-C downsampling analysis (Figure S6).

      Recommendations for authors:

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors:

      (1) Provide .HiC and .cool files for the community to explore the data.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We have uploaded both the raw and processed data to GEO. We note that .cool and .hic formats may be less useful for this type of data, since it includes only promoter-based interactions and thus the resulting interaction matrix is extremely sparse at the relevant resolutions. In addition, we provide an online genomic browser for our data.

      (2) Provide an R or bioconda package for future data processing.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We have organized and streamlined the relevant code for processing MChIP-C data and it is available as a github repository.

      (3) The authors should avoid using "mln" for "million".

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We have corrected this in the text.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) Figure 2- A handful of sites identified by MChIP-C should be verified by 3C or 4C to validate they are true interactions using an orthogonal approach.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. As we show in the current manuscript (and supported by several papers using MNase-based C-methods), C-methods based on restriction enzymes are considerably less sensitive than those based on MNase, so using these methods for anecdotal validation may not be adequate. In addition, it is difficult to extract accurate quantitative measurements from 3C and 4C due to challenges in bias normalization. As a large-scale alternative, we analyzed a set of consensus promoter-CTCF and promoter-DHS interactions identified by all 3 methods (PLAC-seq/Micro-C/MChIP-C; Figure S3). We find that MChIP-C shows clearly superior resolution and sensitivity on these consensus sites. In fact, even for sites which were only called by one of the competing methods, we still see better signal in the MChIP-C data (suggesting that our simplistic MChIP-C peak-calling approach could be improved for further gain). However, as this analysis focuses on “easily detectable” consensus sites, we also emphasize the importance of inspecting interactions which are not detected clearly by alternative methods. To this end, we now show in our manuscript interaction profiles for 11 loci (MYC, PTGER3, CITED2, BTG1, ANTXR2, SEMA7A, LMO2, GATA1, HBG2, VEGFA, MYB), each showing high-resolution MChIP-C interactions which coincide with expected genomic features (p300, CTCF, H3K27ac, known enhancers) and are not clearly observable in Micro-C and PLAC-seq. We also note that the extended overlap of detected MChIP-C interactions with functionally validated enhancers (as measured by CRISPRi) provides an additional large-scale orthogonal validation.

      (2) A supplemental table indicating read pair depth, etc, similar to S02, should be added for the datasets used for comparison (HiChIP-etc). Given the age differences between some of the reference data used, it may represent simply an improvement by increasing sequencing depth rather than a true technical advantage.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We have added the sequencing depths of the relevant datasets in the methods section. We also performed extensive downsampling analyses as explained in response to the next point.

      (3) I would recommend performing a downsampling analysis to determine at what point the MChIP-C data reaches saturation in terms of the number of reads, with a comparison to the HiChIP reference data. This would allow a more objective measure of the sensitivity of the assays with reference to read depth.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. First, we note that downsampling does not affect the high sensitivity and resolution results as shown in aggregate plots (e.g. Figure 2 and Figure S3). However, downsampling can affect individual peak calling. We thus downsampled our data to 50%, approximately matching the number of total informative reads of both PLAC-seq and Micro-C (i.e. ~20M). We also further downsampled our data to 25% and 10%. With respect to prediction of K562 functionally validated enhancer-promoter interactions (Figure S6b), even at 25% downsampling MChIP-C achieves both a higher recall and higher precision than the other methods, with a slightly higher false-positive rate. At 10% sampling, recall is slightly worse than Micro-C and PLAC-seq, but both the precision and false-positive rate are better than the alternatives. With respect to saturation, we plotted the number of unique distal cis read pairs versus the total number of reads (Figure S6c), and find that our MChIP-C data does not yet show saturation. We also show that downsampling our data to 50% maintains  ~80% of the called interactions (Figure S6d).

      (4) "our results suggest that MChIP-C achieves superior sensitivity and resolution compared to C-methods based on standard restriction enzymes." The sensitivity claims are supported by Figure 2, but not the resolution claims. This is particularly challenging when using histone marks since they can be broad. To directly compare the resolution of MChIP-C to other approaches such as ChIA-PET or HiChIP CTCF or a similar DNA binding protein is required.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We first note that actually both sensitivity and resolution are relevant for the results shown in Figure 2 and for the signal-to-noise calculations. This is because the low resolution of PLAC-seq peaks can result in very broad peaks that cover the entire area of the interrogated window (5kb on each side), which could seem like low sensitivity. However, we believe that the new Figure S3 may show the higher resolution of MChIP-C more clearly, as do the 11 locus interaction profiles tracks shown in Figure 2, Figure 4 and Figure S2.

      Public reviews:

      Reviewer #1:

      The authors presented a new MNase-based proximity ligation method called MChIP-C, allowing for the measurement of protein-mediated chromatin interactions at single-nucleosome resolution on a genome-wide scale. With improved resolution and sensitivity, they explored the spatial connectivity of active promoters and identified the potential candidates for establishing/maintaining E-P interactions. Finally, with published CRISPRi screens, they found that most functionally verified enhancers do physically interact with their cognate promoters, supporting the enhancer-promoter looping model.

      The study's experimental approach and findings are interesting. However, several issues need to be addressed.

      (1) The authors described that "the lack of interaction between experimentally-validated enhancers and their cognate promoters in some studies employing C-methods has raised doubts regarding the classical promoter-enhancer looping model", so it's intriguing to see whether the MChIP-C could indeed detect the E-P interactions which were not identified by C-methods as they mentioned (Benabdallah et al., 2019; Gupta et al., 2017). I agree that they identified more E-P interactions using MChIP-C, but specifically, they should show at least 2-3 cases. It's important since this is the main conclusion the authors want to draw.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. As we show in the current manuscript (and supported by several papers using MNase-based C-methods), C-methods based on restriction enzymes are considerably less sensitive than those based on MNase, so using these methods for anecdotal validation may not be useful. In addition, it is difficult to extract accurate quantitative measurements from 3C and 4C due to challenges in bias normalization. As a large-scale alternative, we analyzed a set of consensus promoter-CTCF and promoter-DHS interactions identified by all 3 methods (PLAC-seq/Micro-C/MChIP-C; new Figure S3). We find that MChIP-C shows clearly superior resolution and sensitivity on these consensus sites. However, as this analysis focuses on “easily detectable” consensus sites, we also emphasize the importance of inspecting interactions which are not detected clearly by alternative methods. To this end, we now show in our manuscript interaction profiles for 11 loci (MYC, PTGER3, CITED2, BTG1, ANTXR2, SEMA7A, LMO2, GATA1, HBG2, VEGFA, MYB), each showing high-resolution MChIP-C interactions which coincide with expected genomic features (p300, CTCF, H3K27ac, known enhancers) and are not clearly observable in Micro-C and PLAC-seq. We also note that the extended overlap of detected MChIP-C interactions with functionally validated enhancers (as measured by CRISPRi) provides an additional large-scale orthogonal validation.

      (2) The authors compared their data to those of Chen et al. (Chen et al., 2022), who used PLAC-seq with anti-H3K4me3 antibodies in K562 cells and standard Micro-C data previously reported for K562, concluding that "MChIP-C achieves superior sensitivity and resolution compared to C-methods based on standard restriction enzymes.". This is not convincing since they only compared their data to one dataset. More datasets from other cell lines should be included.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We would like to clarify that all datasets in the paper are K562 datasets, and this cell line is unique in the availability of CRISPRi screens, PLAC-Seq, Micro-C, and hundreds of ChIP-Seq tracks for it. We would expect datasets from other cell types to have changes in their regulatory interactions, so they would be less adequate for direct comparison. In addition, the general resolution and sensitivity limitations (e.g. due to restriction fragment size) are not dependent on cell type and has been shown in other MNase-based method papers.

      (3) The reasons for choosing Chen's data (Chen et al., 2022) and CRISPRi screens (Fulco et al., 2019; Gasperini et al., 2019) should be provided since there are so many out there.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We selected these CRISPRi screen datasets since they match the cell type (K562) which we used for MChIP-C, and we selected the PLAC-seq data as it is the only PLAC-seq/HiChIP dataset which matches both the cell type (K562) and the antibody (H3K4me3).

      (4) The authors identify EP300 histone acetyltransferase and the SWI/SNF remodeling complex as potential candidates for establishing and/or maintaining enhancer-promoter interactions, but not RNA polymerase II, mediator complex, YY1, and BRD4. More explanation is needed for this point since they're previously suggested to be associated with E-P interactions.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We apologize for this point being unclear: as Figure S5 shows, we actually did identify Pol2, mediator YY1 and BRD4 as predictive features, but P300 and SWI/SNF show somewhat higher predictive power. We have now clarified this in the text.

      (5) The limitations of the method should be discussed.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We have now added to the text a discussion of what we view as the current main limitation of the method, namely its low fraction of informative reads.

      Reviewer #2:

      Summary:

      Golov et al performed the capture of MChIP-C using the H3K4me3 antibody. The new method significantly increases the resolution of Micro-C and can detect clear interactions which are not well described in the previous HiChIP/PLAC-seq method. Overall, the paper represents a significant technological advance that can be valuable to the 3D genomic field in the future.

      Strengths:

      (1) The authors established a novel method to profile the promoter center genomic interactions based on the Micro-C method. Such a method could be very useful to dissect the enhancer promoter interaction which has long been an issue for the popular HiC method.

      (2) With the MChIP-C method the authors are able to find new genomic interactions with promoter regions enriched in CTCF. The author has significantly increased the detection sensitivity of such methods as PLAC-seq, Micro-C, and HiChIP.

      (3) The authors identified a new type of interaction between the CTCF-less promoter and the CTCF binding site. This particular type of interaction could explain the CTCF's function in regulating gene transcription activity as observed in many studies. I personally think the second stripe model of P-CTCF interaction is more likely as this has been proposed for the super-enhancer stripe model before. The author should also discuss this part of the story more.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The data presentation should include the contact heat map. The current data presentation makes it hard for the readers to have a comprehensive view of pair-wise interactions between promoters and the PIR. In particular, these maps may directly give answers to the proposed model of promoter-CTCF interactions by the authors in Figure 3a.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We note that since the data mainly includes promoter-based interactions, the resulting interaction matrix is extremely sparse at the relevant resolutions. Specifically with respect to promoter-CTCF interactions, without a good sampling of the entire interaction matrix it is difficult to confidently distinguish between the two models only based on MChIP-C data, as it would require data about interaction between non-promoter regions and CTCF.

      (2) In Fig 3D, there seems a very limited increase of power predicting MChIP-C signal for DHS-promoter pairs beyond the addition of CTCF. This figure could be simplified with fewer factors.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We agree that the last factors do not add predictive power, but we do not think this overly complicates the figure and we prefer to leave these for the reader to evaluate.

      (3) The current method seems to have a big fraction of unusable reads. How the authors process the data should be included to allow for future reproduction. Ideally, the authors should generate a package on R or Bioconda for this processing.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We agree that the fraction of informative reads is small with respect to some other methods, and expect future versions of MChIP-C to address this limitation. We have organized and streamlined the relevant code for processing MChIP-C data and it is available as a github repository.

      Reviewer #3:

      Summary:

      This manuscript represents a technological development- specifically a micrococcal nuclease chromatin capture approach, termed MChIP-C to identify promoter-centered chromatin interactions at single nucleosome resolution via a specific protein, similar to HiChIP, ChIA-PET, etc.. In general, the manuscript is technically well done. Two major issues raise concerns that need to be addressed. First, it does not appear that novel chromatin interactions identified by MChIP-C which were missed by other approaches such as HiChIP, were validated. This is central to the argument of "improved" sensitivity, which is one of the key factors to assess sensitivity. Second is the question of resolution. Because the authors focus on a histone mark (H3K4me3) it is unclear whether the resolution of the assay truly exceeds other approaches, especially microC. These two issues are not completely supported by the data provided.

      Strengths:

      The method appears to hold promise to improve both the sensitivity and resolution of protein-centered chromatin capture approaches.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Specific validation experiments to demonstrate the identification of previously missed novel interactions are missing.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. Given that such interactions are missed by Micro-C and PLAC-seq, it would not make sense to use these methods for validation. We thus propose that MChIP-C interactions can be validated by their overlap with expected genomic features. To this end, we now show in our manuscript interaction profiles for 11 loci (MYC, PTGER3, CITED2, BTG1, ANTXR2, SEMA7A, LMO2, GATA1, HBG2, VEGFA, MYB), each showing high-resolution MChIP-C interactions which coincide with expected genomic features (p300, CTCF, H3K27ac, known enhancers) and are not clearly observable in Micro-C and PLAC-seq. In addition, the higher overlap of MChIP-C interactions with functionally-validated K562 enhancer-promoter interactions (provided by CRISPRi screens) provides further functional validation for novel MChIP-C interactions.

      (2) It is unclear if the resolution is really superior based on the data provided.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We first note that actually both sensitivity and resolution are relevant for the results shown in Figure 2 and for the signal-to-noise calculations. This is because the low resolution of PLAC-seq peaks can result in very broad peaks that cover the entire area of the interrogated window (5kb on each side), which could seem like low sensitivity. However, we believe that the new Figure S3 may show the higher resolution of MChIP-C more clearly, as do the 11 locus interaction profiles tracks shown in Figure 2, Figure 4 and Figure S2.

      (3) It is unclear how much advantage the approach has, especially compared to existing approaches such as HiChIP since sequencing depth as a variable is not adequately addressed.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. First, we note that downsampling does not affect the high sensitivity and resolution results as shown in aggregate plots (e.g. Figure 2 and Figure S3). However, downsampling can affect individual peak calling. We thus downsampled our data to 50%, approximately matching the number of total informative reads of both PLAC-seq and Micro-C (i.e. ~20M). We also further downsampled our data to 25% and 10%. With respect to prediction of K562 functionally validated enhancer-promoter interactions (Figure S6b), even at 25% downsampling MChIP-C achieves both a higher recall and higher precision than the other methods, with a slightly higher false-positive rate. At 10% sampling, recall is slightly worse than Micro-C but both the precision and false-positive rate are better than the alternatives.

    1. Author response:

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript proposes that 5mC modifications to DNA, despite being ancient and widespread throughout life, represent a vulnerability, making cells more susceptible to both chemical alkylation and, of more general importance, reactive oxygen species. Sarkies et al take the innovative approach of introducing enzymatic genome-wide cytosine methylation system (DNA methyltransferases, DNMTs) into E. coli, which normally lacks such a system. They provide compelling evidence that the introduction of DNMTs increases the sensitivity of E. coli to chemical alkylation damage. Surprisingly they also show DNMTs increase the sensitivity to reactive oxygen species and propose that the DNMT generated 5mC presents a target for the reactive oxygen species that is especially damaging to cells. Evidence is presented that DNMT activity directly or indirectly produces reactive oxygen species in vivo, which is an important discovery if correct, though the mechanism for this remains obscure.

      Strengths:

      This work is based on an interesting initial premise, it is well-motivated in the introduction and the manuscript is clearly written. The results themselves are compelling.

      We thank the reviewer for their positive response to our study.  We also really appreciate the thoughtful comments raised.  Adding the considerations raised below to the manuscript will considerably strengthen our findings.

      Weaknesses:

      I am not currently convinced by the principal interpretations and think that other explanations based on known phenomena could account for key results. Specific points below.

      (1) As noted in the manuscript, AlkB repairs alkylation damage by direct reversal (DNA strands are not cut). In the absence of AlkB, repair of alklylation damage/modification is likely through BER or other processes involving strand excision and resulting in single stranded DNA. It has previously been shown that 3mC modification from MMS exposure is highly specific to single stranded DNA (PMID:20663718) occurring at ~20,000 times the rate as double stranded DNA. Consequently, the introduction of DNMTs is expected to introduce many methylation adducts genome-wide that will generate single stranded DNA tracts when repaired in an AlkB deficient background (but not in an AlkB WT background), which are then hyper-susceptible to attack by MMS. Such ssDNA tracts are also vulnerable to generating double strand breaks, especially when they contain DNA polymerase stalling adducts such as 3mC. The generation of ssDNA during repair is similarly expected follow the H2O2 or TET based conversion of 5mC to 5hmC or 5fC neither of which can be directly repaired and depend on single strand excision for their removal. The potential importance of ssDNA generation in the experiments has not been considered.

      We thank the reviewer for this interesting and insightful suggestion.  Our interpretation of our findings is that a subset of MMS-induced DNA damage, specifically 3mC, overlaps with the damage introduced by DNMTs and this accounts for increased sensitivity to MMS when DNMTs are expressed.  However, the idea that the introduction of 3mC by DNMT actually makes the DNA more liable to damage by MMS, potentially through increasing the level of ssDNA, is also a potential explanation, which could operate in addition to the mechanism that we propose.

      (2) The authors emphasise the non-additivity of the MMS + DNMT + alkB experiment but the interpretation of the result is essentially an additive one: that both MMS and DNMT are introducing similar/same damage and AlkB acts to remove it. The non-additivity noted would seem to be more consistent with the ssDNA model proposed in #1. More generally non-additivity would also be seen if the survival to DNA methylation rate is non-linear over the range of the experiment, for example if there is a threshold effect where some repair process is overwhelmed. The linearity of MMS (and H2O2) exposure to survival could be directly tested with a dilution series of MMS (H2O2).

      We thank the reviewer for this point.  As in the response to point #1, the reviewer’s hypothesis of increased potency of MMS, potentially through increased ssDNA, downstream of 3mC induction by DNMT, is a good one.  The reviewers’ suggestion would produce a highly non-linear response to MMS treatment in the AlkB mutant in the DNMT background, so we agree that investigating non-linearity over a wider range rather than inferring from the non-additivity of a single point would be useful in evaluating the results so we will add a dose-response curve for DNMT-expressing cells to MMS to the revised version of the manuscript.

      (3) The substantial transcriptional changes induced by DNMT expression (Supplemental Figure 4) are a cause for concern and highlight that the ectopic introduction of methylation into a complex system is potentially more confounded than it may at first seem. Though the expression analysis shows bulk transcription properties, my concern is that the disruptive influence of methylation in a system not evolved with it adds not just consistent transcriptional changes but transcriptional heterogeneity between cells which could influence net survival in a stressed environment. In practice I don't think this can be controlled for, possibly quantified by single-cell RNA-seq but that is beyond the reasonable scope of this paper.

      We fully agree with the reviewer and, indeed, we are very interested in what is driving the transcriptional changes that we observed.  Work is currently underway in the lab to investigate this further but, as the reviewer suggests, is beyond the scope of this paper.  However, we will include a more extensive comment about the transcriptional changes in the discussion of the revised manuscript.

      (4) Figure 4 represents a striking result. From its current presentation it could be inferred that DNMTs are actively promoting ROS generation from H2O2 and also to a lesser extent in the absence of exogenous H2O2. That would be very surprising and a major finding with far-reaching implications. It would need to be further validated, for example by in vitro reconstitution of the reaction and monitoring ROS production. Rather, I think the authors are proposing that some currently undefined, indirect consequence of DNMT activity promotes ROS generation, especially when exogenous H2O2 is available. It would help if this were clarified.

      We thank the reviewer for picking this up.  In the current version’s discussion, we raised two possible explanations for why DNMT (even without H2O2) increases the ROS levels.  One idea is direct activity of DNMT, and one is through the product of DNMT activity acting as a platform to generate more ROS from endogenous or exogenous sources.  We argued that direct activity is less likely, exactly as the reviewer points out.  It is, however, not impossible and we agree with the reviewer that, if it were to be the case, it would be a striking result.  In the revised version of the manuscript we will include an experiment to test whether DNMTs can generate ROS in vitro, which may provide preliminary evidence to distinguish between the two hypotheses we raised, and we will also edit the text of the discussion to clarify our reasoning. 

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      5-methylcytosine (5mC) is a key epigenetic mark in DNA and plays a crucial role in regulating gene expression in many eukaryotes including humans. The DNA methyltransferases (DNMTs) that establish and maintain 5mC, are conserved in many species across eukaryotes, including animals, plants, and fungi, mainly in a CpG context. Interestingly, 5mC levels and distributions are quite variable across phylogenies with some species even appearing to have no such DNA methylation.

      This interesting and well-written paper discusses the continuation of some of the authors' work published several years ago. In that previous paper, the laboratory demonstrated that DNA methylation pathways coevolved with DNA repair mechanisms, specifically with the alkylation repair system. Specifically, they discovered that DNMTs can introduce alkylation damage into DNA, specifically in the form of 3-methylcytosine (3mC). (This appears to be an error in the DNMT enzymatic mechanism where the generation 3mC as opposed to its preferred product 5-methylcytosine (5mC), is caused by the flipped target cytosine binding to the active site pocket of the DNMT in an inverted orientation.) The presence of 3mC is potentially toxic and can cause replication stress, which this paper suggests may explain the loss of DNA methylation in different species. They further showed that the ALKB2 enzyme plays a crucial role in repairing this alkylation damage, further emphasizing the link between DNA methylation and DNA repair.

      The co-evolution of DNMTs with DNA repair mechanisms suggests there can be distinct advantages and disadvantages of DNA methylation to different species which might depend on their environmental niche. In environments that expose species to high levels of DNA damage, high levels of 5mC in their genome may be disadvantageous. This present paper sets out to examine the sensitivity of an organism to genotoxic stresses such as alkylation and oxidation agents as the consequence of DNMT activity. Since such a study in eukaryotes would be complicated by DNA methylation controlling gene regulation, these authors cleverly utilize Escherichia coli (E.coli) and incorporate into it the DNMTs from other bacteria that methylate the cytosines of DNA in a CpG context like that observed in eukaryotes; the active sites of these enzymes are very similar to eukaryotic DNMTs and basically utilize the same catalytic mechanism (also this strain of E.coli does not specifically degrade this methylated DNA) .

      The experiments in this paper more than adequately show that E. coli expression of these DNMTs (comparing to the same strain without the DNMTS) do indeed show increased sensitivity to alkylating agents and this sensitivity was even greater than expected when a DNA repair mechanism was inactivated. Moreover, they show that this E. coli expressing this DNMT is more sensitive to oxidizing agents such as H2O2 and has exacerbated sensitivity when a DNA repair glycosylase is inactivated. Both propensities suggest that DNMT activity itself may generate additional genotoxic stress. Intrigued that DNMT expression itself might induce sensitivity to oxidative stress, the experimenters used a fluorescent sensor to show that H2O2 induced reactive oxygen species (ROS) are markedly enhanced with DNMT expression. Importantly, they show that DNMT expression alone gave rise to increased ROS amounts and both H2O2 addition and DNMT expression has greater effect that the linear combination of the two separately. They also carefully checked that the increased sensitivity to H2O2 was not potentially caused by some effect on gene expression of detoxification genes by DNMT expression and activity. Finally, by using mass spectroscopy, they show that DNMT expression led to production of the 5mC oxidation derivatives 5-hydroxymethylcytosine (5hmC) and 5-formylcytosine (5fC) in DNA. 5fC is a substrate for base excision repair while 5hmC is not; more 5fC was observed. Introduction of non-bacterial enzymes that produce 5hmC and 5fC into the DNMT expressing bacteria again showed a greater sensitivity than expected. Remarkedly, in their assay with addition of H2O2, bacteria showed no growth with this dual expression of DNMT and these enzymes.

      Overall, the authors conduct well thought-out and simple experiments to show that a disadvantageous consequence of DNMT expression leading to 5mC in DNA is increased sensitivity to oxidative stress as well as alkylating agents.

      Again, the paper is well-written and organized. The hypotheses are well-examined by simple experiments. The results are interesting and can impact many scientific areas such as our understanding of evolutionary pressures on an organism by environment to impacting our understanding about how environment of a malignant cell in the human body may lead to cancer.

      We thank the reviewer for their response to our study, and value the time taken to produce a public review that will aid readers in understanding the key results of our study. 

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Krwawicz et al., present evidence that expression of DNMTs in E. coli results in (1) introduction of alkylation damage that is repaired by AlkB; (2) confers hypersensitivity to alkylating agents such as MMS (and exacerbated by loss of AlkB); (3) confers hypersensitivity to oxidative stress (H2O2 exposure); (4) results in a modest increase in ROS in the absence of exogenous H2O2 exposure; and (5) results in the production of oxidation products of 5mC, namely 5hmC and 5fC, leading to cellular toxicity. The findings reported here have interesting implications for the concept that such genotoxic and potentially mutagenic consequences of DNMT expression (resulting in 5mC) could be selectively disadvantageous for certain organisms. The other aspect of this work which is important for understanding the biological endpoints of genotoxic stress is the notion that DNA damage per se somehow induces elevated levels of ROS.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript is well-written, and the experiments have been carefully executed providing data that support the authors' proposed model presented in Fig. 7 (Discussion, sources of DNA damage due to DNMT expression).

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The authors have established an informative system relying on expression of DNMTs to gauge the effects of such expression and subsequent induction of 3mC and 5mC on cell survival and sensitivity to an alkylating agent (MMS) and exogenous oxidative stress (H2O2 exposure). The authors state (p4) that Fig. 2 shows that "Cells expressing either M.SssI or M.MpeI showed increased sensitivity to MMS treatment compared to WT C2523, supporting the conclusion that the expression of DNMTs increased the levels of alkylation damage." This is a confusing statement and requires revision as Fig. 2 does ALL cells shown in Fig. 2 are expressing DNMTs and have been treated with MMS. It is the absence of AlkB and the expression of DNMTs that that causes the MMS sensitivity.

      We thank the reviewer for this and agree that this needs to be clarified with regards to the figure presented and will do so in the revised manuscript. 

      (2) It would be important to know whether the increased sensitivity (toxicity) to DNMT expression and MMS is also accompanied by substantial increases in mutagenicity. The authors should explain in the text why mutation frequencies were not also measured in these experiments.

      This is an important point because it is not immediately obvious that increased sensitivity would be associated with increased mutagenicity (if, for example, 3mC was never a cause of innacurate DNA repair even in the absence of AlkB).  We will carry out this experiment and include these data in the revised version of the manuscript.  Detailed consideration of the types and sources of mutations is beyond the scope of this manuscript, but we are also working on this and hope to produce data on this in the future. 

      (3) Materials and Methods. ROS production monitoring. The "Total Reactive Oxygen Species (ROS) Assay Kit" has not been adequately described. Who is the Vendor? What is the nature of the ROS probes employed in this assay? Which specific ROS correspond to "total ROS"?

      The ROS measurement was with a kit from ThermoFisher: https://www.thermofisher.com/order/catalog/product/88-5930-74.  The probe is DCFH-DA.  This is a general ROS sensor that is oxidised by a large number of cellular reactive oxygen species hence we cannot attribute the signal to a single species.  Use of a technique with the potential to more precisely identify the species involved is something we plan to do in future, but is beyond what we can do as part of this study.  We will include a comment to this effect in the revised version of the manuscript.

      (4) The demonstration (Fig. 4) that DNMT expression results in elevated ROS and its further synergistic increase when cells are also exposed to H2O2 is the basis for the authors' discussion of DNA damage-induced increases in cellular ROS. S. cerevisiae does not possess DNMTs/5mC, yet exposure to MMS also results in substantial increases in intracellular ROS (Rowe et al, (2008) Free Rad. Biol. Med. 45:1167-1177. PMC2643028). The authors should be aware of previous studies that have linked DNA damage to intracellular increases in ROS in other organisms and should comment on this in the text.

      We thank the reviewer for this point.  We note that the increased ROS that we observed occur in the presence of DNMTs alone and in the presence of H2O2, not in the presence of MMS; however, the point that DNA damage in general can promote increased ROS in some circumstances is well taken and we will include a comment on this in the discussion of the revised version.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      In the current manuscript, the authors use theoretical and analytical tools to examine the possibility of neural projections to engage ensembles of synaptic clusters in active dendrites. The analysis is divided into multiple models that differ in the connectivity parameters, speed of interactions, and identity of the signal (electric vs. second messenger). They first show that random connectivity almost ensures the representation of presynaptic ensembles. As expected, this convergence is much more likely for small group sizes and slow processes, such as calcium dynamics. Conversely, fast signals (spikes and postsynaptic potentials) and large groups are much less likely to recruit spatially clustered inputs. Dendritic nonlinearity in the postsynaptic cells was found to play a highly important role in distinguishing these clustered activation patterns, both when activated simultaneously and in sequence. The authors tackled the difficult issue of noise, showing a beneficiary effect when noise 'happens' to fill in gaps in a sequential pattern but degraded performance at higher background activity levels. Last, the authors simulated selectivity to chemical and electrical signals. While they find that longer sequences are less perturbed by noise, in more realistic activation conditions, the signals are not well resolved in the soma.

      While I think the premise of the manuscript is worth exploring, I have a number of reservations regarding the results.

      (1) In the analysis, the authors made a simplifying assumption that the chemical and electrical processes are independent. However, this is not the case; excitatory inputs to spines often trigger depolarization combined with pronounced calcium influx; this mixed signaling could have dramatic implications on the analysis, particularly if the dendrites are nonlinear (see below)

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out that we were not entirely clear about the strong basis upon which we had built our analyses of nonlinearity. In the previous version we had relied on published work, notably (Bhalla 2017), which does include these nonlinearities. However, we agree it is preferable to unambiguously demonstrate all the reported selectivity properties in a single model with all the nonlinearities discussed. We have now done so. This is now reported in the paper:

      “A single model exhibits multiple forms of nonlinear dendritic selectivity

      We implemented all three forms of selectivity described above, in a single model which included six voltage and calcium-gated ion channels, NMDA, AMPA and GABA receptors, and chemical signaling processes in spines and dendrites. The goal of this was three fold: To show how these nonlinear operations emerge in a mechanistically detailed model, to show that they can coexist, and to show that they are separated in time-scales. We implemented a Y-branched neuron model with additional electrical compartments for the dendritic spines (Methods). This model was closely based on a published detailed chemical-electrical model (Bhalla 2017). We stimulated this model with synaptic input corresponding to the three kinds of spatiotemporal patterns described in figures Figure 8 - Supplement 1 (sequential synaptic activity triggering electrical sequence selectivity), Figure 8 - Supplement 2 (spatially grouped synaptic stimuli leading to local Ca4_CaM activation), and Figure 8 - Supplement 3 (sequential bursts of synaptic activity triggering chemical sequence selectivity). We found that each of these mechanisms show nonlinear selectivity with respect to both synaptic spacing and synaptic weights. Further, these forms of selectivity coexist in the composite model (Figure 8 Supplements 1, 2, 3), separated by the time-scales of the stimulus patterns (~ 100 ms, ~ 1s and ~10s respectively). Thus mixed signaling in active nonlinear dendrites yields selectivity of the same form as we explored in simpler individual models. A more complete analysis of the effect of morphology, branching and channel distributions deserves a separate in-depth analysis, and is outside the scope of the current study.”

      (2) Sequence detection in active dendrites is often simplified to investigating activation in a part of or the entirety of individual branches. However, the authors did not do that for most of their analysis. Instead, they treat the entire dendritic tree as one long branch and count how many inputs form clusters. I fail to see why simplification is required and suspect it can lead to wrong results. For example, two inputs that are mapped to different dendrites in the 'original' morphology but then happen to fall next to each other when the branches are staggered to form the long dendrites would be counted as neighbors.

      We have added the below section within the main text in the section titled “Grouped Convergence of Inputs” to address the effect of branching.

      “End-effects limit convergence zones for highly branched neurons

      Neurons exhibit considerable diversity with respect to their morphologies. How synapses extending across dendritic branch points interact in the context of a synaptic cluster/group, is a topic that needs detailed examination via experimental and modeling approaches. However for the sake of analysis, we present calculations under the assumption that selectivity for grouped inputs might be degraded across branch points.

      Zones beginning close to a branch point might get interrupted. Consider a neuron with B branches. The length of the typical branch would be L/B. As a conservative estimate if we exclude a region of length Z for every branch, the expected number of zones that begin too close to a branch point is

                                                                          [Equation 3]

      For typical pyramidal neurons B~50, so Eend ~ 0.05 for values of Z of ~10 µm. Thus pyramidal neurons will not be much affected by branching effects, Profusely branching neurons like Purkinje cells have B~900 for a total L of ~7800 µm, (McConnell and Berry, 1978), hence Eend ~1 for values of Z of ~10 µm. Thus almost all groups in Purkinje neurons would run into a branch point or terminal. For the case of electrical groups, this estimate would be scaled by a factor of 5 if we consider a zone length of 50 µm. However, it is important to note that these are very conservative estimates, as for clusters of 4-5 inputs, the number of synapses available within a zone are far greater (~100 synapses within 50 µm).”

      (3) The simulations were poorly executed. Figures 5 and 6 show examples but no summary statistics.

      We have included the summary statistics in Figure 5F and Figure 6E. The statistics for both these panels were generated by simulating multiple spatiotemporal combinations of ectopic input in the presence of different stimulus patterns for each sequence length.

      The authors emphasize the importance of nonlinear dendritic interactions, but they do not include them in their analysis of the ectopic signals! I find it to be wholly expected that the effects of dendritic ensembles are not pronounced when the dendrites are linear.

      We would like to clarify that both Figures 5 and 6 already included nonlinearities. In Figure 5, the chemical mechanism involving the bistable switch motif is strongly selective for ordered inputs in a nonlinear manner. A separate panel highlighting this (Panel C) has now been included in Figure 5. This result had been previously shown in Figure 3I of (Bhalla 2017). We have reproduced it in Figure 5C.

      The published electrical model used in Figure 6 also has a nonlinearity which predominantly stems from the interaction of the impedance gradient along the dendrite with the voltage dependence of NMDARs. Check Figure 4C,D of (Branco, Clark, and Häusser 2010).

      To provide a comprehensive analysis of dendritic integration, the authors could simulate more realistic synaptic conductances and voltage-gated channels. They would find much more complicated interactions between inputs on a single site, a sliding temporal and spatial window of nonlinear integration that depends on dendritic morphology, active and passive parameters, and synaptic properties. At different activation levels, the rules of synaptic integration shift to cooperativity between different dendrites and cellular compartments, further complicated by nonlinear interactions between somatic spikes and dendritic events.

      We would like to clarify two points. First, the key goal of our study was to understand the role played by random connectivity in giving rise to clustered computation. In this revision we provide simulations to show the mechanistic basis for the nonlinearities, and then abstracted these out in order to scale the analysis to networks. These nonlinearities were taken as a given, though we elaborated previous work slightly in order to address the question of ectopic inputs. Second, in our original submission we relied on published work for the estimates of dendritic nonlinearities. Previous work from (Poirazi, Brannon, and Mel 2003; Branco, Clark, and Häusser 2010; Bhalla 2017) have already carried out highly detailed realistic simulations, and in some cases including chemical and electrical nonlinearities as the reviewer mentions (Bhalla 2017). Hence we did not feel that this needed to be redone.

      In this resubmission we have addressed the above and two additional concerns, namely whether the different forms of selectivity can coexist in a single model including all these nonlinearities, and whether there is separation of time-scales. The answer is yes to both. The outcome of this is presented in Figure 8 and the associated supplementary figures, and all simulation details are provided on the github repository associated with this paper. A more complete analysis of interaction of multiple nonlinearities in a detailed model is material for further study.

      While it is tempting to extend back-of-the-napkin calculations of how many inputs can recruit nonlinear integration in active dendrites, the biological implementation is very different from this hypothetical. It is important to consider these questions, but I am not convinced that this manuscript adequately addressed the questions it set out to probe, nor does it provide information that was unknown beforehand.

      We developed our analysis systematically, and perhaps the reviewer refers to the first few calculations as back-of-the-napkin. However, the derivation rapidly becomes more complex when we factor in combinatorics and the effect of noise. This derivation is in the supplementary material. Furthermore, the exact form of the combinatorial and noise equations was non-trivial to derive and we worked closely with the connectivity simulations (Figures 2 and 4) to obtain equations which scale across a large parameter space by sampling connectivity for over 100000 neurons and activity over 100 trials for each of these neurons for each network configuration we have tested.

      the biological implementation is very different from this hypothetical.

      We do not quite understand in what respect the reviewer feels that this calculation is very different from the biological implementation. The calculation is about projection patterns. In the discussion we consider at length how our findings of selectivity from random projections may be an effective starting point for more elaborate biological connection rules. We have added the following sentence:

      “We present a first-order analysis of the simplest kind of connectivity rule (random), upon which more elaborate rules such as spatial gradients and activity-dependent wiring may be developed.”

      In case the reviewer was referring to the biological implementation of nonlinear integration, we treat the nonlinear integration in the dendrites as a separate set of simulations, most of which are closely based on published work (Bhalla 2017). We use these in the later sections of the paper to estimate selectivity terms, which inform our final analysis.

      In the revision we have worked to clarify this progression of the analysis. As indicated above, we have also made a composite model of all of the nonlinear dendritic mechanisms, chemical and electrical, which underlie our analysis.

      nor does it provide information that was unknown beforehand.

      We conducted a broad literature survey and to the best of our knowledge these calculations and findings have not been obtained previously. If the reviewer has some specific examples in mind we would be pleased to refer to it.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      If synaptic input is functionally clustered on dendrites, nonlinear integration could increase the computational power of neural networks. But this requires the right synapses to be located in the right places. This paper aims to address the question of whether such synaptic arrangements could arise by chance (i.e. without special rules for axon guidance or structural plasticity), and could therefore be exploited even in randomly connected networks. This is important, particularly for the dendrites and biological computation communities, where there is a pressing need to integrate decades of work at the single-neuron level with contemporary ideas about network function.

      Using an abstract model where ensembles of neurons project randomly to a postsynaptic population, back-of-envelope calculations are presented that predict the probability of finding clustered synapses and spatiotemporal sequences. Using data-constrained parameters, the authors conclude that clustering and sequences are indeed likely to occur by chance (for large enough ensembles), but require strong dendritic nonlinearities and low background noise to be useful.

      Strengths:

      (1) The back-of-envelope reasoning presented can provide fast and valuable intuition. The authors have also made the effort to connect the model parameters with measured values. Even an approximate understanding of cluster probability can direct theory and experiments towards promising directions, or away from lost causes.

      (2) I found the general approach to be refreshingly transparent and objective. Assumptions are stated clearly about the model and statistics of different circuits. Along with some positive results, many of the computed cluster probabilities are vanishingly small, and noise is found to be quite detrimental in several cases. This is important to know, and I was happy to see the authors take a balanced look at conditions that help/hinder clustering, rather than to just focus on a particular regime that works.

      (3) This paper is also a timely reminder that synaptic clusters and sequences can exist on multiple spatial and temporal scales. The authors present results pertaining to the standard `electrical' regime (~50-100 µm, <50 ms), as well as two modes of chemical signaling (~10 µm, 100-1000 ms). The senior author is indeed an authority on the latter, and the simulations in Figure 5, extending those from Bhalla (2017), are unique in this area. In my view, the role of chemical signaling in neural computation is understudied theoretically, but research will be increasingly important as experimental technologies continue to develop.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The paper is mostly let down by the presentation. In the current form, some patience is needed to grasp the main questions and results, and it is hard to keep track of the many abbreviations and definitions. A paper like this can be impactful, but the writing needs to be crisp, and the logic of the derivation accessible to non-experts. See, for instance, Stepanyants, Hof & Chklovskii (2002) for a relevant example.

      It would be good to see a restructure that communicates the main points clearly and concisely, perhaps leaving other observations to an optional appendix. For the interested but time-pressed reader, I recommend starting with the last paragraph of the introduction, working through the main derivation on page 7, and writing out the full expression with key parameters exposed. Next, look at Table 1 and Figure 2J to see where different circuits and mechanisms fit in this scheme. Beyond this, the sequence derivation on page 15 and biophysical simulations in Figures 5 and 6 are also highlights.

      We appreciate the reviewers' suggestions. We have tightened the flow of the introduction. We understand that the abbreviations and definitions are challenging and have therefore provided intuitions and summaries of the equations discussed in the main text.

      Clusters calculations

      “Our approach is to ask how likely it is that a given set of inputs lands on a short segment of dendrite, and then scale it up to all segments on the entire dendritic length of the cell.

      Thus, the probability of occurrence of groups that receive connections from each of the M ensembles (PcFMG) is a function of the connection probability (p) between the two layers, the number of neurons in an ensemble (N), the relative zone-length with respect to the total dendritic arbor (Z/L) and the number of ensembles (M).”

      Sequence calculations

      “Here we estimate the likelihood of the first ensemble input arriving anywhere on the dendrite, and ask how likely it is that succeeding inputs of the sequence would arrive within a set spacing.

      Thus, the probability of occurrence of sequences that receive sequential connections (PcPOSS) from each of the M ensembles is a function of the connection probability (p) between the two layers, the number of neurons in an ensemble (N), the relative window size with respect to the total dendritic arbor (Δ/L) and the number of ensembles (M).”

      (2) I wonder if the authors are being overly conservative at times. The result highlighted in the abstract is that 10/100000 postsynaptic neurons are expected to exhibit synaptic clustering. This seems like a very small number, especially if circuits are to rely on such a mechanism. However, this figure assumes the convergence of 3-5 distinct ensembles. Convergence of inputs from just 2 ense mbles would be much more prevalent, but still advantageous computationally. There has been excitement in the field about experiments showing the clustering of synapses encoding even a single feature.

      We agree that short clusters of two inputs would be far more likely. We focused our analysis on clusters with three of more ensembles because of the following reasons:

      (1) The signal to noise in these clusters was very poor as the likelihood of noise clusters is high.

      (2) It is difficult to trigger nonlinearities with very few synaptic inputs.

      (3) At the ensemble sizes we considered (100 for clusters, 1000 for sequences), clusters arising from just two ensembles would result in high probability of occurrence on all neurons in a network (~50% in cortex, see p_CMFG in figures below.). These dense neural representations make it difficult for downstream networks to decode (Foldiak 2003).

      However, in the presence of ensembles containing fewer neurons or when the connection probability between the layers is low, short clusters can result in sparse representations (Figure 2 - Supplement 2). Arguments 1 and 2 hold for short sequences as well.

      (3) The analysis supporting the claim that strong nonlinearities are needed for cluster/sequence detection is unconvincing. In the analysis, different synapse distributions on a single long dendrite are convolved with a sigmoid function and then the sum is taken to reflect the somatic response. In reality, dendritic nonlinearities influence the soma in a complex and dynamic manner. It may be that the abstract approach the authors use captures some of this, but it needs to be validated with simulations to be trusted (in line with previous work, e.g. Poirazi, Brannon & Mel, (2003)).

      We agree that multiple factors might affect the influence of nonlinearities on the soma. The key goal of our study was to understand the role played by random connectivity in giving rise to clustered computation. Since simulating a wide range of connectivity and activity patterns in a detailed biophysical model was computationally expensive, we analyzed the exemplar detailed models for nonlinearity separately (Figures 5, 6, and new figure 8), and then used our abstract models as a proxy for understanding population dynamics. A complete analysis of the role played by morphology, channel kinetics and the effect of branching requires an in-depth study of its own, and some of these questions have already been tackled by (Poirazi, Brannon, and Mel 2003; Branco, Clark, and Häusser 2010; Bhalla 2017). However, in the revision, we have implemented a single model which incorporates the range of ion-channel, synaptic and biochemical signaling nonlinearities which we discuss in the paper (Figure 8, and Figure 8 Supplement 1, 2,3). We use this to demonstrate all three forms of sequence and grouped computation we use in the study, where the only difference is in the stimulus pattern and the separation of time-scales inherent in the stimuli.

      (4) It is unclear whether some of the conclusions would hold in the presence of learning. In the signal-to-noise analysis, all synaptic strengths are assumed equal. But if synapses involved in salient clusters or sequences were potentiated, presumably detection would become easier? Similarly, if presynaptic tuning and/or timing were reorganized through learning, the conditions for synaptic arrangements to be useful could be relaxed. Answering these questions is beyond the scope of the study, but there is a caveat there nonetheless.

      We agree with the reviewer. If synapses receiving connectivity from ensembles had stronger weights, this would make detection easier. Dendritic spikes arising from clustered inputs have been implicated in local cooperative plasticity (Golding, Staff, and Spruston 2002; Losonczy, Makara, and Magee 2008). Further, plasticity related proteins synthesized at a synapse undergoing L-LTP can diffuse to neighboring weakly co-active synapses, and thereby mediate cooperative plasticity (Harvey et al. 2008; Govindarajan, Kelleher, and Tonegawa 2006; Govindarajan et al. 2011). Thus if clusters of synapses were likely to be co-active, they could further engage these local plasticity mechanisms which could potentiate them while not potentiating synapses that are activated by background activity. This would depend on the activity correlation between synapses receiving ensemble inputs within a cluster vs those activated by background activity. We have mentioned some of these ideas in a published opinion paper (Pulikkottil, Somashekar, and Bhalla 2021). In the current study, we wanted to understand whether even in the absence of specialized connection rules, interesting computations could still emerge. Thus, we focused on asking whether clustered or sequential convergence could arise even in a purely randomly connected network, with the most basic set of assumptions. We agree that an analysis of how selectivity evolves with learning would be an interesting topic for further work.

      References

      Bhalla, Upinder S. 2017. “Synaptic Input Sequence Discrimination on Behavioral Timescales Mediated by Reaction-Diffusion Chemistry in Dendrites.” Edited by Frances K Skinner. eLife 6 (April):e25827. https://doi.org/10.7554/eLife.25827.

      Branco, Tiago, Beverley A. Clark, and Michael Häusser. 2010. “Dendritic Discrimination of Temporal Input Sequences in Cortical Neurons.” Science (New York, N.Y.) 329 (5999): 1671–75. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.1189664.

      Foldiak, Peter. 2003. “Sparse Coding in the Primate Cortex.” The Handbook of Brain Theory and Neural Networks. https://research-repository.st-andrews.ac.uk/bitstream/handle/10023/2994/FoldiakSparse HBTNN2e02.pdf?sequence=1.

      Golding, Nace L., Nathan P. Staff, and Nelson Spruston. 2002. “Dendritic Spikes as a Mechanism for Cooperative Long-Term Potentiation.” Nature 418 (6895): 326–31. https://doi.org/10.1038/nature00854.

      Govindarajan, Arvind, Inbal Israely, Shu-Ying Huang, and Susumu Tonegawa. 2011. “The Dendritic Branch Is the Preferred Integrative Unit for Protein Synthesis-Dependent LTP.” Neuron 69 (1): 132–46. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuron.2010.12.008.

      Govindarajan, Arvind, Raymond J. Kelleher, and Susumu Tonegawa. 2006. “A Clustered Plasticity Model of Long-Term Memory Engrams.” Nature Reviews Neuroscience 7 (7): 575–83. https://doi.org/10.1038/nrn1937.

      Harvey, Christopher D., Ryohei Yasuda, Haining Zhong, and Karel Svoboda. 2008. “The Spread of Ras Activity Triggered by Activation of a Single Dendritic Spine.” Science (New York, N.Y.) 321 (5885): 136–40. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.1159675.

      Losonczy, Attila, Judit K. Makara, and Jeffrey C. Magee. 2008. “Compartmentalized Dendritic Plasticity and Input Feature Storage in Neurons.” Nature 452 (7186): 436–41. https://doi.org/10.1038/nature06725.

      Poirazi, Panayiota, Terrence Brannon, and Bartlett W. Mel. 2003. “Pyramidal Neuron as Two-Layer Neural Network.” Neuron 37 (6): 989–99. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0896-6273(03)00149-1.

      Pulikkottil, Vinu Varghese, Bhanu Priya Somashekar, and Upinder S. Bhalla.     2021.

      “Computation, Wiring, and Plasticity in Synaptic Clusters.” Current Opinion in Neurobiology, Computational Neuroscience, 70 (October):101–12. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.conb.2021.08.001.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary

      Type 1 diabetes mellitus (T1DM) progression is accelerated by oxidative stress and apoptosis. Eugenol (EUG) is a natural compound previously documented as anti-inflammatory, anti-oxidative, and anti-apoptotic. In this manuscript by Jiang et al., the authors study the effects of EUG on T1DM in MIN6 insulinoma cells and a mouse model of chemically induced T1DM. The authors show that EUG increases nuclear factor E2-related factor 2 (Nrf2) levels. This results in a reduction of pancreatic beta-cell damage, apoptosis, oxidative stress markers, and a recovery of insulin secretion. The authors highlight these effects as indicative of the therapeutic potential of EUG in managing T1DM.

      Strengths

      Relevant, timely, and addresses an interesting question in the field. The authors consistently observe enhanced beta cell functionality following EUG treatment, which makes the compound a promising candidate for T1DM therapy.

      Weaknesses

      (1) The in vivo experiments have too few biological replicates. With an n=3 (as all figure legends indicate) in complex mouse studies such as these, drawing robust conclusions becomes challenging. It is important to reproduce these results in a larger cohort, to validate the conclusions of the authors.

      Thanks for your comments. In the figure legends of the first draft manuscript, n=3 means at least 3 biological replicates, and in the section of material and methods, n=30 means sample size. The number of mice in each group is 30 and there were 150 mice used in this study, and mice are assigned as follows for the whole in vivo experiments. The relative information has been added in the revised manuscript.

      Author response image 1.

      (2) Another big concern is the lack of quantifications and statistical analysis throughout the manuscript. Although the authors claim statistical significance in various experiments, the limited information provided makes it difficult to verify. The authors use vague and minimal descriptions of their experiments, which further reduces the reader's comprehension and the reproducibility of the experiments.

      Thanks for your constructive suggestion. We conducted quantitative and statistical analysis of the entire manuscript through GraphPad Prism software again. Additionally, we have improved the experimental description in the revised manuscript.

      (3) Finally, the use of Min6 cells as a model for pancreatic beta cells is a strong limitation of this study. Future studies should seek to reproduce these findings in a more translational model and use more relevant in vitro cell systems (eg. Islets).

      Thanks for your professional comments. Mouse insulinoma cells (MIN6 cell line) are permanent cell lines isolated from mouse islet β cell tumors, which can reflect the functional changes of islet β cells. As mature islet cells, MIN6 cells have been widely used in the study of type 1 diabetes mellitus[1-4], so in this study, MIN6 cells were used as the cell model in vitro. In our future studies, we will try to conduct our findings using more relevant in vitro cell systems (eg. Islets).

      References:

      (1) WU M, CHEN W, ZHANG S, et al. Rotenone protects against β-cell apoptosis and attenuates type 1 diabetes mellitus [J]. Apoptosis, 2019, 24(11-12): 879-91.

      (2) LUO C, HOU C, YANG D, et al. Urolithin C alleviates pancreatic β-cell dysfunction in type 1 diabetes by activating Nrf2 signaling [J]. Nutr Diabetes, 2023, 13(1): 24.

      (3) LAKHTER A J, PRATT R E, MOORE R E, et al. Beta cell extracellular vesicle miR-21-5p cargo is increased in response to inflammatory cytokines and serves as a biomarker of type 1 diabetes [J]. Diabetologia, 2018, 61(5): 1124-34.

      (4) LIN Y, SUN Z. Antiaging Gene Klotho Attenuates Pancreatic β-Cell Apoptosis in Type 1 Diabetes [J]. Diabetes, 2015, 64(12): 4298-311.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This study by Jiang et al. aims to establish the streptozotocin (STZ)-induced type 1 diabetes mellitus (T1DM) mouse model in vivo and the STZ-induced pancreatic β cell MIN6 cell model in vitro to explore the protective effects of Eugenol (EUG) on T1DM. The authors tried to elucidate the potential mechanism by which EUG inhibits the NRF2-mediated anti-oxidative stress pathway. Overall, this study is well executed with solid data, offering an intriguing report from animal studies for a potential new treatment strategy for T1DM.

      Strengths:

      The in vivo efficacy study is comprehensive and solid. Given that STZ-induced T1DM is a devastating and harsh model, the in vivo efficacy of this compound is really impressive.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The Mechanism is linked with the anti-oxidant property of the compound, which is common for many natural compounds, such as flavonoids and polyphenol. However, rarely, this kind of compound has been successfully developed into therapeutics in clinical usage. Indeed, if that is the case, Vitamin C or Vitamin E could be used here as the positive control.

      Thanks for your comments. In fact, many anti-oxidant drugs are used for the treatment of type 1 diabetes mellitus in the clinical. For example, lipoic acid was used to treat diabetic peripheral neuropathy[5]. Vitamin E could effectively eliminate free radicals, protect cell membranes, and significantly reduce the risk of cardiovascular disease in patients with SPACE or ICARE diabetes[6]. Glutathione played crucial roles in the detoxification and anti-oxidant systems of cells and has been used to treat acute poisoning and chronic liver diseases by intravenous injection[7]. Therefore, eugenol enhances the management of type 1 diabetes mellitus by modulating oxidative stress pathways and holds potential as a future therapeutic choice for clinical application. In the future relevant studies, we will try to use Vitamin C or Vitamin E as the positive control.

      References:

      (5) ZIEGLER D, PAPANAS N, SCHNELL O, et al. Current concepts in the management of diabetic polyneuropathy [J]. J Diabetes Investig, 2021, 12(4): 464-75.

      (6) VARDI M, LEVY N S, LEVY A P. Vitamin E in the prevention of cardiovascular disease: the importance of proper patient selection [J]. J Lipid Res, 2013, 54(9): 2307-14.

      (7) HONDA Y, KESSOKU T, SUMIDA Y, et al. Efficacy of glutathione for the treatment of nonalcoholic fatty liver disease: an open-label, single-arm, multicenter, pilot study [J]. BMC Gastroenterol, 2017, 17(1): 96.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      • For each of the figure panels the authors should indicate the exact number of biological replicates (how many mice or how many independent in vitro experiments). For IF panels, the number of mice, the number of histology slides per mouse, number of fields analyzed should be indicated.

      Thanks for your constructive suggestion. These details had been added in the revised manuscript.

      • The methods state n=30 and Figure 1 states n=3. N=3 is too little for such a complex in vivo study and would severely reduce the reliability of the in vivo experiments.

      Thanks for your suggestion. In the figure legends of the first draft manuscript, n=3 means at least 3 biological replicates, and in the section of material and methods, n=30 means sample size. The number of mice in each group is 30 and there were 150 mice used in this study, and mice are assigned as follows for the whole in vivo experiments. The in vivo experimental data of Figure 1 were supplemented in the revised manuscript.

      • Individual data points should be included in each of the graphs from this manuscript.

      Thanks for your reminder. The revised manuscript have shown the individual data points in each of the graphs.

      • The quantifications and statistics in the manuscript need improvement. Several experiments are missing quantifications and/or statistical tests (e.g. Figure 1J). Other experiments show a quantification but without any explanation of replicates (e.g. Figures 2B and 2G). None of the experiments show individual data points, and as in the previous comment, these should be included.

      Thanks for your comments. In the revised manuscript, statistics and repetitions of experimental data have been supplemented, and individual data points were shown in each graph.

      • What is the reason for intragastric administration? The previous studies on which the dosages were based used oral administration (gavage). (Discussed in methods 4.2).

      Thanks for your professional comments. The intervention treatment of T1DM mice is conducted through two methods: oral administration[8] and oral gavage[9-11]. Due to limited experimental conditions, it is not feasible to feed a single mouse in a single cage, which makes it challenging to precisely control the actual daily intervention dose for each mouse when using oral administration. To ensure that each mouse receives an intervention dose according to its weight and expected dosage, we employ a method of gavage. In addition, oral gavage is more convenient and easier to operate than oral administration. Therefore, in vivo experiment of this study used eugenol gavage intervention as a treatment method. These details had been added in the revised manuscript.

      References:

      (8) ZHAO H, WU H, DUAN M, et al. Cinnamaldehyde Improves Metabolic Functions in Streptozotocin-Induced Diabetic Mice by Regulating Gut Microbiota [J]. Drug Des Devel Ther, 2021, 15: 2339-55.

      (9) XING D, ZHOU Q, WANG Y, et al. Effects of Tauroursodeoxycholic Acid and 4-Phenylbutyric Acid on Selenium Distribution in Mice Model with Type 1 Diabetes [J]. Biol Trace Elem Res, 2023, 201(3): 1205-13.

      (10) SUDIRMAN S, LAI C S, YAN Y L, et al. Histological evidence of chitosan-encapsulated curcumin suppresses heart and kidney damages on streptozotocin-induced type-1 diabetes in mice model [J]. Sci Rep, 2019, 9(1): 15233.

      (11) YAO H, SHI H, JIANG C, et al. L-Fucose promotes enteric nervous system regeneration in type 1 diabetic mice by inhibiting SMAD2 signaling pathway in enteric neural precursor cells [J]. Cell Commun Signal, 2023, 21(1): 273.

      • Urine volume cannot be specified per mouse (methods 4.4) unless the mice were single-housed or if the different groups were not mixed, both are not ideal study set-ups. Please clarify in the methods section.

      Thanks for your constructive suggestion. After successful modeling of T1DM mice, the successful modeling mice were grouped based on method 4.2 as follows Control, T1DM, T1DM + EUG (5 mg/kg/day), T1DM + EUG (10 mg/kg/day), and T1DM + EUG (20 mg/kg/day). To ensure consistency among groups, each group consisted of 5 mice and had equal amounts of diet (100 g), drinking water (250 mL), and environmental conditions for feeding. The urine-soaked area of mice in each group was recorded to quantify the urine volume. The conditions are the same for each group. The description of Method 4.4 has been improved in the revised manuscript.

      • OGTT (Figure 1H) of week 2 is missing. This is an important control time point, as it would show the effect of STZ before EUG treatment.

      Thanks for your careful review. OGTT (Figure 1H) of week 2 has been added in the revised manuscript.

      • In Figure 1J, the control group does not follow the expected ITT trajectory. If possible, add the 120-minute time point to see if the blood glucose levels return to baseline in the control group. The graph shows increased basal glucose levels in the experimental groups, but no differences in insulin tolerance. It also misses the AUC calculations. It is probably not significantly different, which should be noted in the text.

      Thanks for your suggestion. T1DM primarily manifests as pancreatic β cell damage and the absolute reduction of insulin secretion, resulting in the disorder of glucose metabolism in vivo. The oral glucose tolerance test (OGTT) is a series of plasma glucose concentrations measured within 2 h after oral gavage of a certain amount of glucose. It is a standard method to evaluate an individual's blood glucose regulation ability and to understand the function of islet β cells. Insulin resistance means reducing the efficiency of insulin to promote glucose uptake and utilization for various reasons, and the body's compensatory secretion of excessive insulin leads to hyperinsulinemia to maintain the stability of blood glucose. The insulin resistance test (ITT) is commonly employed to detect insulin resistance in T2DM. However, it was found that the ITT experiment had little correlation with T1DM. Therefore, the ITT experiment of Figure 1J and related description have been removed from the revised manuscript.

      • The staining and FACS data on the effects of STZ+EUG+/- ML385 are not convincing (Figure 6 and Figure 7) and do not seem to align with the bar graphs and the conclusions in the text. It would be good to include immunofluorescent staining for insulin to further validate the effects of STZ+EUG+/- ML385 on insulin expression.

      Thanks for your comments.

      (1) In the revised manuscript, between the statistical results and the pictures, so we re-conducted the statistics of the immunofluorescence results of NRF2 and HO-1, as follows:

      (1) NRF2 immunofluorescence staining:

      Author response image 2.

      Group 1

      Author response image 3.

      Group 2

      Author response image 4.

      Group 3

      Author response image 5.

      Group 4

      Author response image 6.

      Group 5

      Author response image 7.

      NRF2 immunofluorescence staining statistics:

      (2) HO-1 immunofluorescence staining:

      Author response image 8.

      Group 1

      Author response image 9.

      Group 2

      Author response image 10.

      Group 3

      Author response image 11.

      Group 4

      Author response image 12.

      Group 5

      Author response image 13.

      HO-1 immunofluorescence staining statistics:

      (2) The meanings represented by each quadrant of cell flow analysis are as follows: Q1 represents a group of necrotic cells, characterized by positive PI staining and negative Anenexin V staining; Q2 represents late apoptotic cells, with both PI and Anenexin V staining negative; Q3 represents early apoptotic cells, with both PI and Anenexin V staining positive; Q4 represents living cells, characterized by positive Anenexin V staining and negative PI staining. In the experiment, the number of apoptotic cells were calculated as the sum of late apoptotic cells in Q2 and early apoptotic cells in Q3. As shown in Figure 9F-G, these results were consistent with those observed in Figure 6G, 6J and Figure 7D-F.

      (3) MIN6 cells, as mouse islet β cell line, has the function of secreting insulin. The intervention of STZ was an absolute decrease in the number of islet β cells, so the result of insulin immunofluorescence staining was only a decrease in the number of MIN6 cells in each cell group. In addition, the detection of insulin protein expression level is always through ELISA method to assess the secretion of insulin protein in the cell supernatant. Figure 6E is the ELISA results of insulin protein secretion in the cell supernatant.

      • The experimental design for the in vitro experiments was unclear from the text. Consider including a schematic to show when cells were treated with STZ, EUG, and ML385.

      Thanks for your suggestion. The experimental design for the in vitro experiments of this study has been added in Figure 6A of the revised manuscript.

      • As stated in the Discussion, the use of the insulinoma line Min6 as a model instead of primary pancreatic beta cells is a clear limitation of the study. The mechanistic data would be stronger if validated on a more relevant system (eg. untransformed Islets).

      Thanks for your comments. Mouse insulinoma cells (MIN6 cell line) are permanent cell lines isolated from mouse islet β cell tumors, which can reflect the functional changes of islet β cells. As mature islet cells, MIN6 cells have been widely utilized as an in vitro cellular model for diabetes research to investigate the functionality of β cells within pancreatic islets[1, 2, 12]. So in this study, MIN6 cells were used as the cell model in vitro. In our future studies, we will try to conduct our findings using more relevant in vitro cell systems (eg. Islets).

      References:

      (1) WU M, CHEN W, ZHANG S, et al. Rotenone protects against β-cell apoptosis and attenuates type 1 diabetes mellitus [J]. Apoptosis, 2019, 24(11-12): 879-91.

      (2) LUO C, HOU C, YANG D, et al. Urolithin C alleviates pancreatic β-cell dysfunction in type 1 diabetes by activating Nrf2 signaling [J]. Nutr Diabetes, 2023, 13(1): 24.

      (12) CHEN H, LOU Y, LIN S, et al. Formononetin, a bioactive isoflavonoid constituent from Astragalus membranaceus (Fisch.) Bunge, ameliorates type 1 diabetes mellitus via activation of Keap1/Nrf2 signaling pathway: An integrated study supported by network pharmacology and experimental validation [J]. J Ethnopharmacol, 2024, 322: 117576.

      • The use of small molecule inhibitors such as ML385 can have unspecific effects. Genetic manipulation or the use of siRNAs to inhibit the NRF2 pathway would have been preferable for the in vitro experiments.

      Thanks for your constructive suggestion. ML385 is a commonly used and stable inhibitor of the NRF2 and has been used in a variety of disease studies[13-15]. The MIN6 cells utilized in this study were cultured under challenging conditions and exhibited a sluggish growth rate. Owing to the cytotoxicity associated with siRNAs transfection reagents, a significant proportion of MIN6 cells succumbed following transfection. Consequently, small molecule inhibitors ML385 were employed in this investigation. In our future studies, we will try to conduct our findings using siRNAs.

      References:

      (13) DANG R, WANG M, LI X, et al. Edaravone ameliorates depressive and anxiety-like behaviors via Sirt1/Nrf2/HO-1/Gpx4 pathway [J]. J Neuroinflammation, 2022, 19(1): 41.

      (14) WANG Z, YAO M, JIANG L, et al. Dexmedetomidine attenuates myocardial ischemia/reperfusion-induced ferroptosis via AMPK/GSK-3β/Nrf2 axis [J]. Biomed Pharmacother, 2022, 154: 113572.

      (15) LI J, DENG S H, LI J, et al. Obacunone alleviates ferroptosis during lipopolysaccharide-induced acute lung injury by upregulating Nrf2-dependent antioxidant responses [J]. Cell Mol Biol Lett, 2022, 27(1): 29.

      • The study proposes a mechanism in which EUG-induced disruption of KEAP1 and NRF2 interaction leads to NRF2 translocation to the nucleus and upregulation of proteins required to prevent oxidative stress. In Figure 6H it is unclear whether the nuclear NRF2 increases. Please add quantifications of the immunostainings.

      Thanks for your reminder. Figure 6J shows the quantifications of the immunostainings of NRF2 in the revised manuscript.

      • Some of the figure legends lack important information. In Figure 5A, 6E for instance, what is the protein expression normalized to?

      Thanks for your constructive suggestion. Protein normalization refers to the standardization of proteins from different sources and with different properties, so as to facilitate the comparison of protein content and expression in different samples. In WB experiment, protein expression normalization is one of the essential steps. Western blot of nuclear protein generally cannot be performed using β-Actin as an internal reference. Lamin B was chosen because β-Actin is an intrinsic parameter not found in the nucleus. N-NRF2, as a nuclear protein, requires Lamin B as a reference for protein normalization. The lack important information of WB in Figure have been supplemented in figure legends of the revised manuscript.

      • Please acknowledge previous literature on the effects of EUG/clove oil in diabetes models. The meta-analytical review by Carvalho et al. (DOI: 10.1016/j.phrs.2020.105315) should be cited and discussed.

      Thanks for your suggestion. It has been cited and discussed in the revised manuscripts.

      • Consider revising the text for grammar, language mistakes, and readability. The text is not always precise (e.g. in the explanation of gamma-H2AX in the results), does not explain terminology (e.g. the oxidative stress markers - line 204+205), or simplifies conclusions (e.g. "improved islet function" based on glucose tolerance test", line 129).

      Thanks for your comments. The above problem has been solved in the revised manuscripts. In addition, we had send our manuscript to the professional English language editing company to improve our paper, and the editorial certificate had been submitted as a supplement document.

      • In the current format, some figures are out of focus. Please make sure to upload a high-quality version for publication.

      Thanks for your suggestion. A high quality version figures has been uploaded. Perhaps due to the excessive content of the file after upload, the file is compressed, and the figures is not focused. So, all figures in this study have been uploaded separately for download in the review system.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Below are specific points of criticism on the experiments presented.

      (1a) There is no comparison among eugenol treatments with regards to fasting weight, blood glucose, water intake, food intake, and, crucially, OGTT. All three treatments appear to show very similar effects but has this been statistically assessed? Shown statistical significance of ketonuria between no and high eugenol treatments seems exaggerated.

      Thanks for your comments. EUG intervention has a dose-dependent effect on T1DM. According to Figure 1B-I, 20 mg/kg EUG has the best effect. Fasting body weight, blood glucose, water intake, food intake, and OGTT were statistically assessed in Figure 1 of the revised manuscript. In addition, we performed statistical analyse of ketonuria between no and high eugenol treatments again in the revised manuscript. In the revised manuscript, we have also made objective revisions to the expression of eugenol's efficacy.

      (b) ITT is not used to detect T1DM (line 126).

      Thanks for your suggestion. T1DM primarily manifests as pancreatic β cell damage and the absolute reduction of insulin secretion, resulting in the disorder of glucose metabolism in vivo. The oral glucose tolerance test (OGTT) is a series of plasma glucose concentrations measured within 2 h after oral gavage of a certain amount of glucose. It is a standard method to evaluate an individual's blood glucose regulation ability and to understand the function of islet β cells. Insulin resistance means reducing the efficiency of insulin to promote glucose uptake and utilization for various reasons, and the body's compensatory secretion of excessive insulin leads to hyperinsulinemia to maintain the stability of blood glucose. The insulin resistance test (ITT) is commonly employed to detect insulin resistance in T2DM. However, it was found that the ITT experiment had little correlation with T1DM. Therefore, the ITT experiment and related description have been removed in the revised manuscript.

      (2) Here it is hard to reconcile the gradual increase of Ins protein levels in (STZ) and (STZ + increasing eugenol) samples with(a) results in 1 suggesting that the dose of eugenol does not significantly affect the outcome and(b) Ins expression, which is essentially undetectable in both STZ and STZ+EUG mice. A likely explanation is that EUG just postpones beta cell death. I assume that these analyses were done in week 10 but it is not stated.

      Thanks for your professional suggestion. Perhaps because the file is compressed, the gray value of WB strip is not obvious, so the expression of INS is not seen clearly. In fact, the intervention of STZ resulted in a significant decrease in INS expression compared with the Control group, which could be alleviated by the treatment of EUG. However, due to the large difference in INS between the STZ group, EUG treatment, and the Control group, the gray values of INS in the STZ group and the STZ + EUG group were not clear. As mentioned in the method 4.12-4.13, our WB and PCR samples were from 10 week mice.

      (3) The γH2Ax stainings provided are weak and do not fully correspond to the quantitation - the 5 mg/Kg EUG treatment appears less severe than the 10 mg/Kg. In contrast, changes in the PCD pathway are convincingly demonstrated.

      Thanks for your reminder. γH2AX immunohistochemical staining is required to be located in the islets. It measured the number of β cells stained with brown, not the brown area. The ZOOM image of γH2AX staining showed that the EUG improvement effect of 10 mg/kg was better than that of 5 mg/kg. γH2AX, as a marker of DNA damage, exhibits nuclear localization and is absent in the cytoplasmic compartment. Therefore, in Figure 4C-D, we quantified the proportion of cells exhibiting brown staining. In Figure 4C, black arrows were employed to highlight the presence of brown-stained islet β cells.

      (4) Is there a reason for looking at mRNA levels of Ho-1 but not KEAP1 or NQO-1 ? What is the expression of Nrf2 itself at the RNA level? Please give in the text what the abbreviations MDA, SOD, CAT GSH-Px stand for. Are these protein levels or activity assays? Units in the y-axis of graphs?

      Thanks for your constructive suggestion.The required KEAP1 and NQO-1 primers have been synthesized, and the relevant data have been supplemented in the revised manuscript. The expression of Nrf2 itself at the RNA level is T-NRF2 (Total NRF2). The MDA, SOD, CAT and GSH-Px abbreviations stand for Malondialdehyde, Superoxide dismutase, Catalase, Glutathione peroxidase, and the relevant information, which have been supplemented in the revised manuscript. These are activity assays of serum, and units in the y-axis of graphs have been added in the revised manuscripts.

      (5) The Ins levels in the culture medium of STZ + ML treated cells are much lower than the levels in STZ treated cells (6D). This is not consistent with the results of Ins cell content or Ins expression as stated (6B and D).

      Thanks for your careful review. The experimental samples in Figure 6C in the revised manuscript represent the proteins extracted from cells of each group, while the experimental samples in Figure 6E represent the supernatant of cells from each group. ML385 is an inhibitor of NRF2, which effectively suppresses the NRF2 signaling pathway and aggravates MIN6 cell damage, resulting in lower INS expression observed in both the STZ+ML385 group depicted in Figures 6C and 6E compared to that in the STZ group. Although the sample sources of the two groups differ and there are slight variations in the trend, it can be observed that the overall trend of the STZ+ML385 group is comparatively lower than that of the STZ group.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      It is evident that studying leukocyte extravasation in vitro is a challenge. One needs to include physiological flow, culture cells and isolate primary immune cells. Timing is of utmost Importance and a reproducible setup essential. Extra challenges are met when extravasation kinetics in different vascular beds is required, e.g., across the blood-brain barrier. In this study, the authors describe a reliable and reproducible method to analyze leukocyte TEM under physiological flow conditions, including this analysis. That the software can also detect reverse TEM is a plus.

      Strengths:

      It is quite a challenge to get this assay reproducible and stable, in particular as there is flow included. Also for the analysis, there is currently no clear software analysis program, and many labs have their own methods. This paper gives the opportunity to unify the data and results obtained with this assay under label-free conditions. This should eventually lead to more solid and reproducible results.

      Also, the comparison between manual and software analysis is appreciated.

      We thank the Reviewer for their positive evaluation of our manuscript and highlighting the value of obtaining more reproducible and unbiases results, as well as detection of forward and reverse transmigration with UFMTrack.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors stress that it can be done in BBB models, but I would argue that it is much more broadly applicable. This is not necessarily a weakness of the study but more an opportunity to strengthen the method. So I would encourage the authors to rewrite some parts and make it more broadly applicable.

      We thank the Reviewer for this suggestion. In the revised version of our manuscript, we have now emphasized the broader applicability of UFMTrack to analyze the interaction of immune cells with 2dimensional endothelial monolayers in various contexts in the abstract, introduction, and discussion sections.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This paper develops an under-flow migration tracker to evaluate all the steps of the extravasation cascade of immune cells across the BBB. The algorithm is useful and has important applications.

      Strengths:

      Algorithm is almost as accurate as manual tracking and importantly saves time for researchers.

      We thank the Reviewer for this positive evaluation of our work.

      Weaknesses:

      Applicability can be questioned because the device used is 2D and physiological biology is in 3D. Comparisons to other automated tools was not performed by the authors.

      We thank the Reviewer for pointing our attention to these weaknesses in our manuscript.

      We have clarified in the revised manuscript that using 2D endothelial monolayer models in parallel laminar flow chambers is still a state-of-the-art methodology for studying the multi-step extravasation process of immune cells across endothelial monolayers under physiological flow by in vitro live cell imaging. These models provide excellent optical quality that is not yet achieved in 3D models. We have extended the introduction to emphasize the limitations of existing tools that motivated us to establish UFMTrack. We have furthermore extended the discussion section to highlight the features unique to our UFMTrack framework.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The authors aimed to establish a faster and more efficient method of tracking steps of T-cell extravasation across the blood brain barrier. The authors developed a framework to visualize, recognize and track the movement of different immune cells across primary human and mouse brain microvascular endothelial cells without the need for fluorescence-based imaging. The authors succinctly describe the basic requirements for tracking in the introduction followed by an in-depth account of the execution.

      We thank the Reviewer for their positive evaluation of our manuscript and highlighting the value of label-free analysis of the multistep immune cell extravasation cascade with UFMTrack.

      Weaknesses and Strengths:

      Materials & methods and results:

      (1) The methods section also lacks details of the microfluidic device that the authors talk about in the paper. Under physiological sheer stress, the T-cells detach from the pMBMEC monolayer, and are hence unable to be detected; however, this observation requires an explanation pertaining to the reason of occurrence and potential solutions to circumvent it to ensure physiologically relevant experimental parameters.

      We thank the Reviewer for pointing out this oversight. We have used a custom-made microfluidic device that has been published and described in detail before. This information has now been included in the Methods Section under Point 7, and the two references describing the flow chamber in depth are mentioned below and have been included in the manuscript.  

      Coisne Caroline, Ruth Lyck and Britta Engelhardt. 2013. Live cell imaging techniques to study T cell trafficking across the blood-brain barrier in vitro and in vivo. Fluids and Barriers of the CNS 10:7 doi:10.1186/20458118-10-7; 21 January 2013

      Lyck R, Hideaki Nishihara, Sidar Aydin, Sasha Soldati and Britta Engelhardt. 2022. Modeling brain vasculature immune interactions in vitro. Angogenesis, 2nd edition. Editors PatriciaD’Amore and Diane Bielenberg Cold Spring Harb Perspect Med doi: 10.1101/cshperspect.a041185

      T cell detachment is a physiologically relevant parameter besides T cell arrest, polarization, crawling, probing, and transmigration during the interaction with an endothelial monolayer. T cell detachment means that post-arrest, the T cell cannot engage adhesion molecules required for subsequent polarization and, eventually, transmigration. 

      (2) The author describes a method for debris exclusion using UFMTrack that eliminates objects of <30 pixels in size from analysis based on a mean pixel size of 400 for T lymphocytes. However, this mean pixel size appears to stem from in-vitro activated CD8 T cells, which rapidly grow and proliferate upon stimulation. In line with this, activated lymphocytes exhibit increased cytoplasmic area, making them appear less dense or “brighter” by phase microscopy compared to naïve lymphocytes, which are relatively compact and subsequently appear dimmer. Given this, it is not clear whether UFMTrack is sufficiently trained to identify naïve human lymphocytes in circulating blood, nor smaller, murine lymphocytes. Analysis of each lymphocyte subtype in terms of pixel size and intensity would be beneficial to strengthen the claim that UFMTrack can identify each of these populations. Additionally, demonstrating that UFMTrack can correctly characterize the behavior of naïve versus activated lymphocytes isolated from murine and human sources would strengthen the claim that UFMTrack can be broadly applied to study lymphocyte dynamics in diverse models without additional training

      We thank the Reviewer for the suggestion to more precisely evaluate the range of cell sizes that can be analyzed by our framework. We have included a visualization of crawling cell sizes successfully analyzed by the UFMTrack in Supplementary Figure 7. It demonstrates that the human peripheral blood mononuclear cells, that are almost twice as small as the activated mouse CD4 T cells used in these assays, can be successfully segmented, tracked, and analyzed with the UFMTrack framework. Thus, our UFMTrack framework is suitable for a broad application to differentially sized immune cells during their interaction with the endothelial cell monolayer under flow. 

      (3) Average precision was compared to the analysis of UFMTrack but it is unclear how average precision was calculated. This information should have been included in the methods section

      We thank the Reviewer for pointing our attention to the missing information. We have added a subsection, “Performance Analysis”, to the Materials and Methods section, where we describe the statistical methods and the performance metrics used to evaluate the UFMTrack framework.

      (4) CD4 and CD8 T cells exhibit distinct biology and interaction kinetics driven in part by their MHC molecule affinity and distinct receptor expression profiles. Thus, it is unclear why two distinct mechanisms of endothelial cell activation are needed to see differences between the populations.

      We thank the Reviewer for pointing out that different cytokine stimulations of endothelial cells were used in the assays used here to test our UFMTrack to analyze CD4 and CD8 T cell interactions with the endothelial monolayer. While the Reviewer is correct that CD4 and CD8 T cells use different mechanism to cross the pMBMEC monolayer as show by us (doi: 10.1002/eji.201546251.) and others and that recognition of cognate antigen on MHC class I on pMBMECs will arrest CD8 T cells and lead to CD8 T-cell mediated apoptosis ( doi: 10.1038/s41467-023-38703-2.) the focus of the present study was not on comparing CD4 and CD8 T cell interactions with the pMBMEC monolayer but rather to test suitability of UFMTrack to study the different multi-step transmigration of these T cell subsets across the endothelial monolayer. 

      (5) The BMECs are barrier tissues but were cultured on µdishes in this study. To study the transmigration of T-cells across the endothelium, the model would have been more relevant on a semi-permeable membrane instead of a closed surface.

      We understand the critique of the Reviewer, but laminar flow chambers with endothelial monolayers still provide a state-of-the-art and established methodology to study immune cell migration across endothelial monolayers by in vitro live cell imaging including endothelial cells forming the blood-brain barrier.  

      (6) Methods are provided for the isolation and expansion of human effector and memory CD4+ T cells. However, there is no mention of specific CD4+ T cell populations used for analysis with UFMTrack, nor a clear breakdown of tracking efficiency for each subpopulation. Further, there is no similar method for the isolation of CD8+ T cell compartments. A clear breakdown of the performance efficiency of UFMTrack with each cell population investigated in this study would provide greater insight into the software’s performance with regard to tracking the behavior and movement of distinct immune populations.

      We thank the Reviewer for this comment. Since a fair performance evaluation requires collecting reliable and consistent manual annotations, in this work we have performed such analysis only for the mouse CD8 T-cell population migrating on the pMBMEC monolayer. We have chosen this as a reference since it is a different cell population than the one the segmentation model was trained on. This provides an insight into how high performance is expected when other immune cell types are studied than the ones used for model development.

      (7) The results section is quite extensive and discusses details of establishment of the framework while highlighting both the pros and cons of the different aspects of the process, for example the limitation of the two models, 2D and 2D+T were highlighted well. However, the results section includes details which may be more fitting in the methods section.

      We thank the Reviewer for highlighting the extensive work carried out in the development of our UFMTrack framework. We decided to include in the results section only the description of key elements and design decisions taken when developing the framework, such as the need to include a time series of images for successful segmentation of the transmigrated cells. At the same time, the majority of implementational details can be found in the Supplementary Material.

      (8) A few statements in the results section lacked literary support, which was not provided in the discussion either, such as support for increased variance of T-cell instantaneous speed on stimulated vs non-stimulated pMBMECs. Another example is the enhancement of cytokine stimulation directed T-cell movement on the pMBMECs that the authors observed but failed to relay the physiological relevance of it. The authors don’t provide enough references for developments in the field prior to their work which form the basis and need for this technology.

      We thank the Reviewer for this comment and for asking for literature references. However, we cannot provide such references as these are original observations we made by employing the UFMTrack framework.  This shows that UFMTrack observes T-cell behaviors that have previously been overlooked. Their physiological relevance will have to be explored in separate studies. We have extended the introduction section to include the details on the existing methods developed in the field, as well as their weaknesses that motivated the development of the UFMTrack framework.

      (9) The rationale for use of OT-1 and 2D2-derived murine lymphocytes is unclear here. The OT-1 model has been generated to study antigen-specific CD8+ T cell responses, while the 2D2 model has been generated to recapitulate CD4 T cell-specific myelin oligodendrocyte glycoprotein (MOG) responses.

      To establish and test the UFMTrack framework, we have made use of the specific T-cell subsets and endothelial cell models we generally use within our research context. Especially for animal work, this is according to the 3R rules requesting to reduce animal experimentation.  

      Figures and text:

      (1) There are certain discrepancies and misarrangement of figures and text. For example, discussion of the effect of sheer flow on T cell attachment as part of the introduction in figure 1 and then mentioning it in the text again in the results section as part of figure 4 is repetitive.

      We thank the Reviewer for pointing our attention to this misarrangement. We have adjusted the label of Figure 4 to emphasize that this effect is correctly captured by the UFMTrack.

      (2) Section IV, subsection 1 of the results section, refers to ‘data acquisition section above’ in line 279, however the said section is part of materials and methods which is provided towards the end of the manuscript.

      We thank the Reviewer for pointing our attention to this misarrangement. We have adjusted the text to reflect the correct chapter order.

      (3) There are figures in the manuscript that have not been referenced in the results section, for example, figure 3A and B. Figure 1 hasn’t been addressed until subsection 7 of materials and methods

      We thank the Reviewer for pointing our attention to this misarrangement. We have adjusted the text to refer to all figure panels and the clarification of the cell multiplicity estimation in the supplementary information section. References to Figure 1 were added in the introduction section to illustrate the in vitro under flow imaging setup as well as the typical T cell behaviors in such experiments.

      (4) A lack of significance but an observed trend of increased variance of T cell instantaneous speed is reported in line 296-298; however, the graph (figure 4G) shows a significant change in instantaneous speed between non-stimulated and TNFα-stimulated systems. This is misleading to the readers.

      We thank the Reviewer for pointing our attention to this discrepancy. We have expanded the text to indicate a low statistical significance for the TNF and no significance but just a trend for the IL1-beta conditions.

      (5) The authors talk about three beginner experimentors testing the manual T cell tracking process but figure 5 only showcases data from two experimentors without stating the reason for excluding experimentor 1.

      We thank the Reviewer for pointing our attention to this ambiguity. While both the migration analysis and the manual cell tracking were performed by all three beginner experimenters, the cell tracking data for the first one was unfortunately lost due to a hardware failure.

      Discussion:

      (1) While the discussion captures the major takeaways from the paper, it lacks relevant supporting references to relate the observation to physiological conditions and applicability.

      This study is not about the physiological relevance of the microfluidic devices and immune cells used but rather about advancing methodology to analyze dynamic immune cell behavior on endothelial monolayers under physiological flow. Therefore, the discussion does not extend to comparing the physiological relevance of the specific in vitro models employed in this study.   

      (2) The discussion lacks connection to the results since the figures were not referenced while discussing an observed trend

      We thank the Reviewer for pointing our attention to this misarrangement. We have included the references to the relevant figures as well as supporting references.

      (3) The authors briefly looked into mouse and human BMECs and their individual interaction with Tcells, but don’t discuss the differences between the two, if any, that challenged their framework.

      We thank the Reviewer for pointing our attention to this weakness. We have added to the discussion section clarifications on the challenges of analyzing the T cell interactions with the HBMEC and the BMDM interactions with the pMBMEC monolayer.

      (4) Even though though the imaging tool relies on difference in appearance for detection, the authors talk about lack of feasibility in detecting transmigration of BMDMs due to their significantly different appearance. The statement lacks a problem solving approach to discuss how and why this was the case.

      We thank the Reviewer for pointing our attention to this weakness and apologize for the misleading explanation of the problem of analyzing the BMDM sample. Since the transmigrated part of the macrophages differs in appearance from a transmigrated part of a T cell, its detection by a Deep Neural Network trained on the T cell data is worse than that for the T cells. At the same time, the detection performance before the transmigration is sufficient for the BMDM migration analysis. The potential approaches to alleviate this are added to the discussion section.

      Relevance to the field:

      Utilizing the framework provided by the authors, the application can be adapted and/or utilized for visualizing a range of different cell types, provided they are different in appearance. However, this would require extensive changes to the script and won’t be adaptable in its current form.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The authors should announce in the abstract that the software analysis Track is downloadable and free to use for all researchers. They may consider providing some sort of helpdesk, although I realize that that may run into too much time.

      As said above, they stress that it can be done in BBB models, but I would argue that it is much more broadly applicable.

      We thank the Reviewer for these suggestions. We have emphasized the broader applicability of UFMTrack in the abstract and pointed out the public availability of the code and data.

      Can they add an experiment that shows that it also works for neutrophils for example? I understand that on paper yes it should work, but the neutrophils are of course faster etc.

      This is an excellent suggestion, but we tested UFMTrack within the current framework of ongoing research, which does not include the investigation of neutrophil transmigration across endothelial monolayers.  

      Also, the combination of different leukocytes in one TEM assay would really be a step forward. If the software can detect different-sized leukocytes, then this should be possible.

      We thank the Reviewer for this suggestion. We have added Supplementary Figure 7, demonstrating the range of cell sizes that were successfully analyzed by the UFMTrack framework throughout our manuscript. We also added a statement to the discussion that according to this data, “simply by discriminating cells by size, it is possible to extend UFMTrack to study the interaction of several types of immune cells migrating on top of a cellular monolayer under flow.”

      Extra challenges: can the method also discriminate between paracellular and transcellular migration modes? In particular for T-cells this is known to happen.

      We thank the Reviewer for this suggestion. We have added this to the potential applications of UFMTrack in the discussion section. While this differentiation is not feasible relying solely on the phasecontrast imaging data, UFMTrack can simplify this analysis by providing automatically the predictions of the transmigration locations, for analysis of the fluorescent data of the junctional labels.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      This paper develops an under-flow migration tracker to evaluate all the steps of the extravasation cascade of immune cells across the BBB. The algorithm is useful and has important applications. There are several points that need to be addressed, particularly about the claims made by the authors.

      Please see the comments below for more details:

      • Lines 88-92: Add a citation for the characteristics of the BBB as a barrier

      We have added two references accordingly.  

      • Lines 94-95: Can the authors indicate what models were used for these studies and how those compare to their in vitro model? In addition, can the authors say whether T cells were manually tracked in this study to translate results to the clinic and whether the results were successful when translated to the clinic? This may enhance the argument that automatic trackers are needed if the translation was not 100% successful

      This introductory paragraph summarizes in vivo and in vitro observations from several laboratories. Although these studies include manual tracking of T cells, they do not necessarily distinguish all sequential steps of the multi-step T cell transmigration cascade. Thus, automated tracking may provide additional insights, allowing for increased translation of findings to the clinic.  

      • Lines 96-98: Citing the work of Roger Kamm and Noo Li Jeon would be helpful here as they pioneered these BBB microfluidic models and have protocol papers on how to build them and how to use them for cancer cell extravasation studies. Roger Kamm has also worked on several extravasation studies with neutrophils, monocytes, and PBMCs from 3D vasculatures in microfluidic devices, under flow using pressurized fluid or recirculating pumps. Mentioning those would be helpful as they are directly related to what the authors are presenting in their paper.

      We thank the Reviewer for this comment, and we consider the work of Roger Kamm and Noo Li Jeon as very valuable for the field. However, these authors have focused on developing functional 3D microfluidic devices, including, e.g., all cells of the neurovascular unit which is not the focus of this present study that solely employed parallel flow chamber devices and endothelial monolayers.  

      • Lines 110-116: Can the authors comment on the use of ImageJ or similar automatic tracking tools and how these compare to the under-flow migration tracker developed in this paper? Several groups use ImageJ to track cellular migration successfully and in an automatic manner with short intervals between each frame. One paper that comes to mind is Chen et al: DOI: 10.1073/pnas.1715932115 where neutrophil migration in 3D was assessed with ImageJ in microfluidic devices of the vasculature. If the authors can highlight differences between their tool and what is currently available and used for automatic tracking (e.g. ImageJ), this would help in understanding the advantages of the migration tracker developed in this paper.

      • Lines 118-121: Add citations for the current state of the art for T cell extravasation tracking

      We thank the Reviewer for these suggestions. We have extended the introduction to add more details on the available tools for tracking migrating immune cells and their limitations, as well as the discussion section to emphasize the features unique to the developed UFMTrack framework.

      • Figure 1: The device used by the authors is considered to be a 2D microfluidic device with a monolayer of mouse brain endothelial cells. I would recommend the authors to carefully revise the claims made in the paper to mention that this is a 2D device as opposed to a 3D device, in order to not mislead readers who may be expecting these analyses to be performed in 3D vasculatures.

      We thank the Reviewer for this suggestion. We have included in the summary the mention of the 2dimensional nature of the employed BBB model.

      • Figure 1: The T cells used in this study are not fluorescently-labeled but the authors mention that this is an issue from current state-of-the-art tools. I would recommend that the authors remove this point as being an issue because it is not addressed in their paper. The T cells are also not labeled in this study so this limitation of other systems is not addressed in this paper.

      We apologize to the Reviewer as we do not understand this question. There will be many experimental conditions not allowing to study fluorescently tagged T cells. Therefore, UFMTrack is tailored to follow and analyze T cells and other immune cells during their interaction with endothelial monolayers independent of a fluorescence tag.  

      • Figure 1: Was the shear stress controlled manually with a syringe? Or with the use of a pressure controller? I would clarify this aspect and discuss human errors that can be introduced from manually controlling the pressure applied to the monolayer.

      We thank the Reviewer for pointing our attention to this ambiguity. We have added a mention of the automated syringe pump used to control the shear stress in the text where the values of shear stress applied to the sample are first mentioned.

      • Figure 1: Does T cell attachment occur within the first 5 minutes? Can the authors comment on how they chose this timeline and the percentage of T cells that are washed off at the second step at 1.5 dynes/cm^2? Is 30 seconds enough to ensure all the non-adhered T cells are washed off with 1.5 dyns/cm^2?

      Superfusion of the T cells over the endothelial monolayer is performed under 0.5 dynes/cm2 to allow the T cells to settle on the endothelial cell monolayer under flow. After increasing to physiological, flow non adherent T cells detach within 30 seconds, as described by the Reviewer. We have included in the Methods Section Point 7 the references describing in depth the design of the flow chamber device and methods used here.  

      • Line 154: How many images were used in the training vs. testing dataset for T cell migrations?

      We thank the Reviewer for pointing our attention to this missing information. We have added the sizes of the training and validation datasets. Specifically, the 226MPix of available imaging data was split into 154Mpix training and 37 MPix validation sets. The gap in between was introduced to avoid a correlation between validation and training set that would compromise the performance evaluation.

      • Are the supplementary videos at real speed or accelerated?

      We thank the Reviewer for pointing our attention to this missing information. The videos are sped up by a factor of 96. We have added this information to the Supplementary video descriptions.  

      • Lines 208 216: Can the authors comment on how their initial adhesion timeframe of 30sec before starting the recording at 5.5min affects the number of T cells with rapid displacement? 30 seconds may not be enough to ensure T cells have adhered to the endothelium

      Please see our comment above. The methodology used in the present assays has been set up and validated in numerous publications. We have included in the Methods Section under Point 7 the references describing in depth the design of the flow chamber device and the methods used here.  

      • Lines 275-277: Was the number of testing images 18? Can the authors comment on how this compares to training dataset size and whether these numbers are enough to achieve robust results?

      We apologize for this ambiguity in our manuscript. The framework was evaluated on 18 imaging datasets, each corresponding to 32 minutes of recording, not 18 images. We have added this clarification to the “CD4+ T cell analysis” subsection. The total size of these datasets is 18 datasets * 191 timeframe/dataset * 9.9MPix/frame = 34MPix

      • Figure 4B: Can the authors add statistics here? Individual datapoints on the error bars would be helpful too. 

      We thank the Reviewer for pointing our attention to this weakness. The data corresponds to the statistical errors as evaluated based on all cells in the 18 datasets. We have added the total number of cells in each of the endothelium stimulation conditions to the text.

      • Figure 4C-J: Can the authors put individual datapoints here as well and explain whether they considered each T cell to be one datapoint or each endothelium (averaging all T cells) to be one datapoint? 

      We thank the Reviewer for this suggestion. However, adding about one thousand points corresponding to each cell would be impractical. We thus present the distributions of the evaluated from the data metrics as a histogram on the violin plot instead of the swarm plot.

      • Figure 4: Did the authors wash the monolayers before introducing T cells? Soluble unbound cytokines may still be present and there are two different questions that would be studied here: “Is the inflamed endothelium affecting T cell migration?” (if washing was performed) or “Is T cell and microenvironmental inflammation affecting T cell migration?” (if no washing was performed)

      The endothelial monolayers are “washed” by starting the flow in the flow chamber device and this is before superfusing the T cells over the endothelial monolayer. We agree that our flow chamber device combined with UFMTrack will allow to address all these questions.

      • Figure 4I: Are all the T cells decelerating? (negative AM speed)

      We thank the Reviewer for this question. The cells are moving along the flow, which, in our experiments, is from left to right. The vector of speed is thus pointing against the x-axis, and thus the AM speed is negative.

      • Lines 302 306: Please explain how this compares to ImageJ or similar trackers that can achieve similar outputs. 

      We thank the Reviewer for this question. We have added a statement in the “T-cell tracking” section emphasizing that standard trackers are incapable of correctly capturing large displacements.

      • Lines 306-309: It is not lower for TNF stimulation though. How do the authors address this? TNF is also a pro-inflammatory cytokine.

      We have previously shown that stimulation of pMBMECs with IL-1 and TNF-a induces different cell surface levels of ICAM-1 and VCAM-1, which will influence T cell behavior on the pMBMEC monolayer.  

      • Lines 313-315: Could this be because the monolayer was not washed and soluble cytokines affected T cell response directly?

      Please see our answer to lines 306-309.  

      • Lines 319: Please cite Roger Kamm and Noo Li Jeon’s papers on BBB models with human BMECs, pericytes and astrocytes in 3D microfluidic devices.

      We thank the Reviewer again for pointing out these studies. As mentioned above, as our present study does not explore 3D models of the BBB, we think it does not fit into the framework of our study to elaborate on 3D models of the BBB. In addition, this would require the inclusion of a discussion of the work of others like, e.g., Peter Searson and others.  

      • Figure 5: Several statistics are missing from parts of the figure. Please add those.

      We apologize – but we do not understand which statistical analysis the Reviewer is missing from this Figure.  

      • Can the authors comment on the number of T cells perfused over the monolayer and if this ratio of T cells to endothelial cells makes physiological sense? Too many T cells may result in endothelium inflammation and increased diapedesis.

      The number of T cells used to suprerfuse over the endothelial monolayer is tested to avoid aggregation of T cells in suspension and thus artificial interactions with the endothelial monolayer. T cell behavior on the pMBMEC monolayer remains the same over the dilution of factor 10.  

      • Lines 381 383: How does this compare to analyses that look at the cross-section of the endothelium? It is difficult to assess transmigration looking at the top view of the endothelium. Perhaps, cross-section assessments will identify differences in manual vs. automatic tracking.

      There is, to the best of our knowledge, no microscopic device that would allow for in vitro live cell imaging of a live endothelial monolayer – this is in the presence of tissue culture medium – from the side at a resolution that would allow to define transmigration. Our current study rather shows the UFMTrack can distinguish cells moving above or below the endothelial monolayer.  

      • Figure 5J: This is probably the most important argument of the paper. If the authors can show statistical differences in their graph, this would greatly help convince readers that this tool is necessary and actually computationally efficient compared to manual work by researchers.

      We thank the Reviewer for this suggestion. However, comparing a single data point for automated measurement with four manual experimenter analysts is not a statistically sound comparison. We believe that Figure 5K is clearly showing the factor 5 difference in analysis speed as compared to manual analysis. More importantly, though, the automated analysis is taking the machine time, lifting the need for the experimenter to invest even 1/5th of the original analysis time.

      • Figure 6: Did the authors use autologous immune cells and endothelial cells? This is particularly relevant with the use of human-derived T cells (line 436) on the BMEC monolayer. Can the authors comment on non-self reactivity by the T cells encountering BMEC from another human subject?

      Autologous T cell interaction with BMECs would only be possible when using hiPSC-derived EECM-BMECs and the T cells from the same individual. All other experimental frameworks will not include autologous interactions. This is the experimental framework used by most authors studying immune cell interactions with commercially available donors. We have not studied alloreactive interactions in our assays and thus cannot further comment.  

      • Figure 6M,N,O: How does this compare to ImageJ for tracking of fluorescent cells? I recommend the authors to try that, at least for this section, as this may enhance their argument for their tool vs. standard tools like ImageJ if success rates are higher for their tool.

      We thank the Reviewer for this suggestion. We included a note on the analysis of the fluorescent datasets using the  TrackMate plugin for imageJ performed previously in our lab in the “Human T cells on immobilized recombinant BBB adhesion molecules” subsection.

      • Figure 6: Please put individual datapoints on the bar or violin plots where they are missing.

      We thank the Reviewer for this suggestion. However, adding about one thousand points corresponding to each cell would be impractical. We thus present the distributions of the evaluated from the data metrics as a histogram on the violin plot instead of the swarm plot.

      • Lines 467-471: This argument is important and should be mentioned earlier in the introduction.

      Another point that can be mentioned is the application of this platform to imaging modalities in vivo (mouse or human) given that there is no fluorescent staining in these cases. This review may be relevant: https://doi.org/10.1002/jcb.10454

      We thank the Reviewer for this suggestion. We have clarified in the introduction that UFMTrack does not require fluorescent labels of the imaged migrating cells and relies solely on the phase contrast imaging data.

      • Discussion: Please address a few more potential applications to this study. One can be cancer and immune infiltration.

      We thank the Reviewer for this suggestion. We have elaborated on additional potential applications to the discussion section.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) Line 327-328: The authors talk about ‘As we have previously shown…pMBMEC monolayers differs between CD4+ and CD8+ cells…’. Where was this shown? If it was in a previously published article, please provide a reference.

      We have added these missing references.  

      (2) Line 353: Please provide clear location on where to find the associated information instead of stating ‘see below’.

      We thank the Reviewer for pointing our attention to this ambiguity. We have corrected the phrase to “see next paragraph”

      (3) Line 439: Please correct the acronym to BMECs

      We thank the Reviewer for pointing our attention to this typo. We have corrected it.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, the authors employed direct RNA sequencing with nanopores, enhanced by 5' end adaptor ligation, to comprehensively interrogate the human transcriptome at singlemolecule and nucleotide resolution. They conclude that cellular stress induces prevalent 5' end RNA decay that is coupled to translation and ribosome occupancy. Contrary to the literature, they found that, unlike typical RNA decay models in normal conditions, stress-induced RNA decay is dependent on XRN1 but does not depend on the removal of the poly(A) tail. The findings presented are interesting but a substantial amount of work is needed to fully establish these paradigm-shifting findings.

      Strengths:

      These are paradigm-shifting observations using cutting-edge technologies.

      Weaknesses:

      The conclusions do not appear to be fully supported by the data presented.

      Our response to the reviewer comments is provided at the end of this document in the section "Recommendations For The Authors"

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      In the manuscript "Full-length direct RNA sequencing uncovers stress-granule dependent RNA decay upon cellular stress", Dar, Malla, and colleagues use direct RNA sequencing on nanopores to characterize the transcriptome after arsenite and oxidative stress. They observe a population of transcripts that are shortened during stress. The authors hypothesize that this shortening is mediated by the 5'-3' exonuclease XRN1, as XRN1 knockdown results in longer transcripts. Interestingly, the authors do not observe a polyA-tail shortening, which is typically thought to precede decapping and XRN1-mediated transcript decay. Finally, the authors use G3BP1 knockout cells to demonstrate that stress granule formation is required for the observed transcript shortening.

      The manuscript contains intriguing findings of interest to the mRNA decay community. That said, it appears that the authors at times overinterpret the data they get from a handful of direct RNA sequencing experiments. To bolster some of the statements additional experiments might be desirable.

      A selection of comments:

      (1) Considering that the authors compare the effects of stress, stress granule formation, and XRN1 loss on transcriptome profiles, it would be desirable to use a single-cell system (and validated in a few more). Most of the direct RNAseq is performed in HeLa cells, but the experiments showing that stress granule formation is required come from U2OS cells, while short RNAseq data showing loss of coverage on mRNA 5'ends is reanalyzed from HEK293 cells. It may be plausible that the same pathways operate in all those cells, but it is not rigorously demonstrated.

      We agree with the reviewer that performing all experiments in a single cell system would be desirable. Presently, our core findings on 5’ RNA shortening are all performed in HeLa cells: the identification of 5’ RNA shortening, the reliance of shortening through XRN1 silencing, suppression of shortening by translation inhibition, and now the relationship between 5’ shortening and deadenylation/decapping through experiments described further below. Our use of other cell lines is primarily to show that 5’ shortening is a general phenomenon, and we have now done this for U20S cells, HEK293 cells, and primary 3T3 cells from mouse. 

      Regarding stress granule formation, we are unfortunately restricted by the lack of available wellcharacterized resources. The DDG3BP1/2 U2OS is a well characterized cell line that has been extensively used for stress granule-related experiments. We have therefore opted to use it and performed experiments to verify both the occurrence of stress-induced RNA shortening as well as the rescue in the absence of stress granules. The reproducibility and breadth of the cell lines used in our analysis makes us confident on the generality of our findings.

      (2) An interesting finding of the manuscript is that polyA tail shortening is not observed prior to transcript shortening. The authors would need to demonstrate that their approach is capable of detecting shortened polyA tails. Using polyA purified RNA to look at the status of polyA tail length may not be ideal (as avidity to oligodT beads may increase with polyA tail length and therefore the authors bias themselves to longer tails anyway). At the very least, the use of positive controls would be desirable; e.g. knockdown of CCR4/NOT.

      We thank the reviewer for their comment. Previous studies, using in vitro transcribed RNA molecules, have shown that direct RNA sequencing can capture and quantify poly(A) tails of varying lengths (Krause et al. 2019). Specifically, a range of 10 to 150 nt has been tested and a high concordance between known and dRNA-Seq determined values was observed. Both tailfindR and nanopolish (used in this work) showed high poly(A) tail estimation accuracy.

      Regardless, we agree with the reviewer that our method depends on poly(A) tail capture and thus may be incomplete for fully quantifying poly(A) length changes. We therefore opted to replace these data and instead follow this and other reviewers’ suggestions and perform experiments following knockdown of CCR4/NOT using cells expressing a catalytically inactive CNOT8 (CNOT8*) dominant negative mutant (Chang et al. 2019). Our new data show that stress-induced 5’ end decay is indeed not dependent on prior removal of the poly(A) tail. Specifically, we find that transcript shortening is still observed upon oxidative stress in cells expressing CNOT8* compared to control cells. We present these new results in Fig. 3 and Sup. Fig 3. 

      (3) The authors use a strategy of ligating an adapter to 5' phosphorylated RNA (presumably the breakdown fragments) to be able to distinguish true mRNA fragments from artifacts of abortive nanopore sequencing. This is a fantastic approach to curating a clean dataset. Unfortunately, the authors don't appear to go through with discarding fragments that are not adapter-ligated (presumably to increase the depth of analysis; they do offer Figure 1e that shows similar changes in transcript length for fragments with adapter, compared to Figure 1d). It would be good to know how many reads in total had the adapter. Furthermore, it would be good to know what percentage of reads without adapters are products of abortive sequencing. What percentage of reads had 5'OH ends (could be answered by ligating a different adapter to kinasetreated transcripts). More read curation would also be desirable when building the metagene analysis - why do the authors include every 3'end of sequenced reads (their RNA purification scheme requires a polyA tail, so non-polyadenylated fragments are recovered in a nonquantitative manner and should be discarded).

      We thank the reviewer for appreciating our approach. The reviewer is correct that we do not discard reads that are not adapter-ligated. As the reviewer correctly mentions this is to increase the sequencing depth. We have found that the ligation efficiency is very low, ~1-2 % of total reads (now in Sup. Table. 1), across all libraries, and so the percentage of REL5-ligated reads does not directly infer the total amount of non-artifactual 5’ ends. Instead, we use these REL5ligated reads as a subset of our data for which we have extremely high confidence in the true 5’end. Our results show that non-ligated reads display the same length distribution as ligated ones, and that the results are reproducible regardless of read selection (e.g. Fig. 1c, e, Sup. Fig. 1k, l, Fig. 3b, c). This strong concordance between REL5-ligated and non-ligated reads suggests that our conclusions on 5’ end shortening are not substantially influenced by abortive sequencing or other artefactual creation of 5’ shortening. We have modified the text to clarify these points and have added plots using only ligated molecules for relevant figures that this was not previously done (Sup. Fig 1l, 3c)

      We agree with the reviewer that non-polyadenylated reads could be discarded from metagene analysis and we have performed this change in the revised version. Our conclusions following removal of non-polyadenylated reads remain unchanged (Sup. Fig. 1g).

      (4) The authors should come to a clear conclusion about what "transcript shortening" means. Is it exonucleolytic shortening from the 5'end? They cannot say much about the 3'ends anyway (see above). Or are we talking about endonucleolytic cuts leaving 5'P that then can be attached by XRN1 (again, what is the ratio of 5'P and 5'OH fragments; also, what is the ratio of shortened to full-length RNA)?

      We thank the reviewer for their suggestion. We have performed additional experiments to investigate the role of deadenylation and decapping by expressing dominant negative forms of the NOT8 deadenylase (NOT8*) and DCP2 decapping (DCP2*) enzyme in HeLa cells. Our results show that neither expression of NOT8* nor DCP2* can inhibit stress-induced transcript shortening following arsenite treatment (Fig. 3e-f). These new data suggest that neither deadenylation nor decapping are required for stress-induced RNA decay. Instead, our data are more compatible with endonucleolytic cleavage as the most likely mechanism for stressinduced RNA decay. We have incorporated these results in the text and present them in Fig. 3 and Sup. Fig. 3.

      (5) The authors should clearly explain how they think the transcript shortening comes about. They claim it does not need polyA shortening, but then do not explain where the XRN1 substrate comes from. Does their effect require decapping? Or endonucleolytic attacks?

      Please also refer to our answer to the previous comment (#4). Collectively, our results from a) the dominant negative expression of NOT8* and DCP2* that show no effect on stress-induced shortening and b) the rescue of transcript length upon translation initiation inhibition, indicate a potential endonucleolytic mechanism as a mediator of stress-induced RNA decay. However, we believe that extensive, further studies currently beyond the scope of this work, will be required to discover the nuclease and to dissect the exact molecular mechanisms that define the 5' ends of mRNAs upon stress-induced decay. We now discuss these points in the discussion.

      (6) XRN1 KD results in lengthened transcripts. That is not surprising as XRN1 is an exonuclease - and XRN1 does not merely rescue arsenite stress-mediated transcript shortening, but results in a dramatic transcript lengthening.

      The reviewer raises an intriguing point. Additional analysis of data has showed that in fact, in unstressed cells, XRN1 KD leads to modestly significant reduction in overall transcript length (Fig. 3b, c). This could possibly be the result of an accumulation of intermediate cleavage products normally expected to be degraded by XRN1 as previously described (Pelechano, Wei, and Steinmetz 2015; Ibrahim et al. 2018).

      Instead, we find that under stress, XRN1 KD shows an almost identical transcript length distribution to unstressed cells and significantly higher than siCTRL stressed cells (Fig. 3b, c). These results indicate that in the absence of XRN1, stress-induced decay is largely abolished. As the reviewer correctly points out, this seems to affect the majority of RNAs which we believe is evidence of the general lack of specificity in the mechanism. Nevertheless, we find that transcripts that are the primary substrates to stress-induced shortening are substantially more lengthened than all other transcripts (Fig. 3e). This indicates that transcripts primarily affected by stress-induced decay are also lengthened the most in the absence of XRN1 and at an even higher level than expected by general XRN1 KD effects.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      The work by Dar et al. examines RNA metabolism under cellular stress, focusing on stressgranule-dependent RNA decay. It employs direct RNA sequencing with a Nanopore-based method, revealing that cellular stress induces prevalent 5' end RNA decay that is coupled to translation and ribosome occupancy but is independent of the shortening of the poly(A) tail. This decay, however, is dependent on XRN1 and enriched in the stress granule transcriptome. Notably, inhibiting stress granule formation in G3BP1/2-null cells restores the RNA length to the same level as wild-type. It suppresses stress-induced decay, identifying RNA decay as a critical determinant of RNA metabolism during cellular stress and highlighting its dependence on stress-granule formation.

      This is an exciting and novel discovery. I am not an expert in sequencing technologies or sequencing data analysis, so I will limit my comments purely to biology and not technical points. The PI is a leader in applying innovative sequencing methods to studying mRNA decay.

      One aspect that appeared overlooked is that poly(A) tail shortening per se does lead to decapping. It is shortening below a certain threshold of 8-10 As that triggers decapping. Therefore, I found the conclusion that poly(A) tail shortening is not required for stress-induced decay to be somewhat premature. For a robust test of this hypothesis, the authors should consider performing their analysis in conditions where CNOT7/8 is knocked down with siRNA.

      We agree with the reviewer. We have now performed experiments in cells expressing a well characterized catalytically inactive dominant negative NOT8 isoform (NOT8*) (Chang et al.

      2019). Our new data show that stress-induced decay still occurs in cells expressing NOT8*.

      These results confirm our findings that stress-induced decay does not require deadenylation. We present these new results in Fig. 3 and Sup. Fig. 3. 

      Similarly, as XRN1 requires decapping to take place, it necessitates the experiment where a dominant-negative DCP2 mutant is over-expressed.

      We agree with the reviewer and have performed this experiment as requested. Expression of a dominant negative DCP2 (DCP2*) isoform (Loh, Jonas, and Izaurralde 2013) in HeLa cells showed that decapping is also not required for stress-induced decay. We present these new results in Fig. 3 and Sup. Fig. 3.

      Are G3BP1/2 stress granules required for stress-induced decay or simply sites for storage? This part seems unclear. A very worthwhile test here would be to assess in XRN1-null background.

      We thank the reviewer for their comment. Our data show that stress-induced decay is not observed in DDG3BP1/2 U2OS cells, unable to form stress granules (Fig. 6). This result suggests that G3BP1/2 SGs are either a) required for 5’ RNA shortening or b) preserve partially fragmented RNAs that would otherwise be rapidly degraded. We find the second option unlikely for two reasons. First, even if the fragments were rapidly degraded, we would still expect to find evidence of their presence in our data. However, Fig. 6f shows that the length distribution of DDG3BP1/2 U2OS cells, with and without arsenite, are almost identical, thus arguing against the presence of such a pool of rapidly degrading RNAs. Second, if these RNAs were protected by SGs, then they would be expected to be downregulated in the absence of SGs in DDG3BP1/2 U2OS cells treated with arsenite. Our results contradict this hypothesis as no association is found between the level of downregulation in arsenite-treated DDG3BP1/2 U2OS cells and the observed stress-induced fragmentation in WT. Collectively our results point towards G3BP1/2 stress granules being required for stress-induced decay. We have expanded on these points in the manuscript to clarify.

      Finally, the authors speculate that the mechanism of stress-induced decay may have evolved to relieve translational load during stress. But why degrade the 5' end when removing the cap may be sufficient? This returns to the question of assessing the role of decapping in this mechanism.

      The reviewer raises a very interesting point. Our new results, following expression of dominant negative DCP2, show that stress-induced decay does not require decapping. It is therefore plausible that a stress-induced co-translational mechanism cleaves mRNAs endonucleolyticaly to reduce the translational load. Such a mechanism would have many functional benefits as it would acutely reduce the translational load, degrade non-essential RNAs, preserve energy and release ribosomes for translation of the stress response program. We have expanded the discussion to mention these points.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewing Editor (Recommendations For The Authors):

      As you can see from the comments, although the reviewers appreciate the novelty of your findings, there was a consensus opinion from all reviewers that the authors overinterpreted their data, since they only have one assay and did not fully analyze it, as laid out in one of the reviewer's critiques. Some orthogonal validation of the "groundbreaking" claims is necessary. Examination of the effects of upstream events in 5'-to-3' decay, namely deadenylation, and decapping, would be necessary for a better understanding of the phenomena the authors describe. Many tools and approaches for studying this are described well in the literature (CNOT7-KD, dominant negative DCP2 E148Q, XRN1-null cell lines), so it is well within the authors' reach. Overall, while some of the evidence presented is novel and solid, for some of the claims there is only incomplete evidence.

      We thank the reviewers and the editor for their comments and suggestions. We have performed several additional experiments to further support our conclusions. We have notably investigated the role of deadenylation and decapping in the stress-induced decay by expressing dominant negative NOT8 and DCP2, respectively, as suggested. Our results show that neither deadenylation nor decapping is necessary for stress-induced transcript shortening, suggesting an endonucleolytic event. We believe that these additional experiments strengthen the main conclusions of our work. 

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Major comments:

      (1) The experiments were conducted in two unrelated cell lines, HeLa and U2OS. The authors should determine if the 5'end RNA decay in response to stress is also observed in normal human cells such as normal human diploid fibroblasts. Furthermore, it would be important to know if this mechanism is conserved between human and mouse cells. This can be tested in mouse embryonic fibroblasts.

      We thank the reviewer for their suggestion. We have now also performed experiments in the mouse embryonic fibroblast NIH 3T3 cell line. Our new results confirm that stress-induced 5’ end RNA decay is also observed in this primary cell line and is conserved between human and mouse (Sup. Fig. 1k, I). 

      (2) The authors state that they monitored cell viability up to 24 hours after Arsenite treatment, but the data is shown up to 240 min (Suppl. 1a). Also, the Y-axis label of this Figure is "Active cells (%)". This should be changed to "Live cells (%)" if this is what they are referring to.

      We thank the reviewer for identifying this mistake. Cell viability was monitored up to 4 hours after arsenite treatment. We have corrected the text and modified the figure according to the reviewer’s suggestion.

      (3) Based on direct Nanopore-based RNA-seq the authors surprisingly found that RNAs in oxidative stress were globally shorter than unstressed cells. Since Nanopore-based RNA-seq will not detect RNAs that lack a poly A-tail, are they not missing out on RNAs that have already started getting degraded due to the loss of a poly A-tail? Also, I am not sure if they used a spikein control which would be critical to claim global changes in RNA expression.

      We agree with the reviewer that our strategy does not capture RNA molecules without a poly(A) tail. Nevertheless, our data do identify shortening upon stress at the 5’ end of RNAs that include poly(A) tails. We considered this as direct evidence that decay at the 5’ end does not require prior removal of the poly(A) tail. Otherwise, these molecules would not have been captured and observed. Indeed, our newly added data from cells expressing a well characterized catalytically inactive dominant negative NOT8 isoform (Chang et al. 2019) show that stress-induced decay occurs even upon silencing of the CCR4-NOT deadenylation complex. We present these results in Fig. 3 and Sup. Fig 3.

      We would like to clarify that in our results we did not use a spike-in control and thus refrain from claiming global changes in RNA expression. Instead, we compare relative ratios of groups of molecules within libraries that are internally normalized, we perform correlative comparisons that are invariant to normalization and we perform differential gene expression using established normalization schemes such as DESeq2 (Love, Huber, and Anders 2014). 

      (4) Many graphs are confusing and inconsistent. For example, samples for Nanopore RNA-seq were prepared in triplicates. Biological or technical? The schematic in Figure 1a shows ISRIB but it appears from Figure 4 onwards. It is missing in the Figure 1 results and the Figure legend. The X-axis labels of many graphs are confusing. For example, Supplementary Figure 1d, 1e, 1g and 1h. It says transcript length but are these nucleotides? P-values are missing from many of these graphs. For some graphs, the authors compared Unstressed vs Arsenite (Figure 1), but in other panels they state No Ars vs 0.5 mM Ars (Fig. 3a) or Control vs Ars (Figure 5c). Likewise, in Figure 1b, Expression change (log2) is unstressed vs Arsenite or Arsenite vs unstressed?

      We thank the reviewer identifying these inconsistencies in the presentation of our results. The replicates for nanopore RNA-seq experiments were biological. We have now clarified this point in the text. Furthermore, we have removed “ISRIB” from Fig. 1a to avoid any confusion. We have also made our labelling across all figures more consistent using ‘unstressed’ for NO arsenite treatment vs “arsenite” or ‘+ Ars’ for arsenite treatment. 

      (5) The authors transfected cells with siCTRL or siXRN1 using electroporation and treated the cells 72 hours after transfection. Since XRN1 is an essential gene, it would be important to determine the viability of cells 72 hours after transfection. Along these lines, in Figure 3b, it would be important to determine the effect of XRN1 knockdown in unstressed cells. Currently, there are only 3 comparisons in Figure 3b - unstressed, siCTRL + Ars and siXRN1 + Ars, and this is insufficient to conclude the effects of XRN1 knockdown in the presence of Arsenite.

      We thank the reviewer for their suggestion. We have updated Fig. 3b and the text to show the requested conditions: siCTRL and siXRN1 with and without arsenite. While XRN2 is an essential gene for many organisms, XRN1 is not essential in mammalian cells and no increased cell death has been reported for XRN1-KO or –KD cells (Brothers et al. 2023). We have also tested different concentration (up to 40 nM) of siRNA and monitored the cells up to five days after transfection without observing any cell toxicity, as previously reported.

      (6) More broadly, the whole study is somewhat descriptive. The biological effect of 5'end mRNA shortening on gene expression is unclear. There is no data indicating how these changes in RNA lengths impact protein expression. Global quantitative proteomics would be critical to determine this.

      We thank the reviewer for their suggestion. To address this concern we have performed additional experiments using cells expressing catalytically inactive forms of NOT8 (Chang et al. 2019) and DCP2 (Loh, Jonas, and Izaurralde 2013) to inhibit deadenylation and decapping.

      These experiments provide additional mechanistic details for 5’ shortening and suggest endonucleolytic cleavage as a critical step (Fig. 3 and Sup. Fig. 3). We agree that it would be interesting to study the fate of these shortened transcripts notably regarding translation. However, given the complexity of the expected proteome changes also following global translation arrest under stress (Harding et al., 2003; Pakos-Zebrucka et al., 2016), we think that this work is beyond the scope of this manuscript and will be the subject of future studies. 

      Minor comments:

      (1) Some of the affected RNAs can be validated in HeLa and other cell lines.

      We thank the reviewer for their suggestion. We have performed RT-qPCR on 3 different mRNAs that present 5’ shortening upon oxidative stress using different primers located along the mRNA. We hypothesized that the closer the primer set is located to the 5’ end, the less abundant the corresponding region would be for arsenite-treated compared to untreated cells. Our results show indeed that the measured level of these mRNAs depends on the location of the primer sets used for the qPCR, the closer to the 5’end it is, the less abundant the mRNA is upon oxidative stress compared to control cells. We present these data as well as a schematic representing the positions of the primers in Sup. Fig. 2d. 

      (2) The authors should check whether XRN1 also co-localizes in SGs.

      We thank the reviewer for their suggestion. We have performed immunofluorescence on U2OS and HeLa upon oxidative stress and did not observe a co-localization of XRN1 with TIA-1, a marker of stress granules (see below). These results are consistent with (Kedersha et al. 2005) that have shown that XRN1 mainly co-localizes to processing bodies and are very weakly detectable in SGs in DU145 cells. We think that this result is beyond the scope of this study and thus decided to only include it for the reviewers.

      Author response image 1.

      Representative immunofluorescence merged image of HeLa (left panel) and U2OS (right panel) cells treated with sodium arsenite and labelled with anti-TIA1 (red), anti-XRN1 (green) antibodies and DAPI (blue). Scale bar 50 µm.

      (3) XRN1 should be knocked down with more than one siRNA.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. Our results show that our XRN1 KD specifically rescues the length of the most shortened mRNAs (Fig. 3e). This is a highly specific effect that makes us confident it is not mediated by non-specific siRNA binding; thus, we do not consider it necessary to repeat the experiment.

      (4) There are typos in the text regarding Figure 6d, e, and f. Also, Supplementary Figure 4a.

      We thank the reviewer for identifying these mistakes. We have corrected the typos. 

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The authors should consider testing their hypotheses by arresting the decay pathway using the approaches I mentioned previously. As it stands, some conclusions are somewhat speculative.

      We have replied to the reviewer comments in the public review section. 

      References:

      • Brothers, William R., Farah Ali, Sam Kajjo, and Marc R. Fabian. 2023. “The EDC4-XRN1 Interaction Controls P-Body Dynamics to Link MRNA Decapping with Decay.” The EMBO Journal, August, e113933.

      • Chang, Chung-Te, Sowndarya Muthukumar, Ramona Weber, Yevgen Levdansky, Ying Chen, Dipankar Bhandari, Catia Igreja, Lara Wohlbold, Eugene Valkov, and Elisa Izaurralde. 2019. “A Low-Complexity Region in Human XRN1 Directly Recruits Deadenylation and Decapping Factors in 5’-3’ Messenger RNA Decay.” Nucleic Acids Research 47 (17): 9282–95.

      • Harding, Heather P., Yuhong Zhang, Huiquing Zeng, Isabel Novoa, Phoebe D. Lu, Marcella Calfon, Navid Sadri, et al. 2003. “An Integrated Stress Response Regulates Amino Acid Metabolism and Resistance to Oxidative Stress.” Molecular Cell 11 (3): 619–33.

      • Ibrahim, Fadia, Manolis Maragkakis, Panagiotis Alexiou, and Zissimos Mourelatos. 2018. “Ribothrypsis, a Novel Process of Canonical MRNA Decay, Mediates Ribosome-Phased MRNA Endonucleolysis.” Nature Structural & Molecular Biology 25 (4): 302–10.

      • Kedersha, Nancy, Georg Stoecklin, Maranatha Ayodele, Patrick Yacono, Jens Lykke-Andersen, Marvin J. Fritzler, Donalyn Scheuner, Randal J. Kaufman, David E. Golan, and Paul Anderson. 2005. “Stress Granules and Processing Bodies Are Dynamically Linked Sites of MRNP Remodeling.” The Journal of Cell Biology 169 (6): 871–84.

      • Krause, Maximilian, Adnan M. Niazi, Kornel Labun, Yamila N. Torres Cleuren, Florian S. Müller, and Eivind Valen. 2019. “Tailfindr: Alignment-Free Poly(A) Length Measurement for Oxford Nanopore RNA and DNA Sequencing.” RNA  25 (10): 1229–41.

      • Loh, Belinda, Stefanie Jonas, and Elisa Izaurralde. 2013. “The SMG5-SMG7 Heterodimer Directly Recruits the CCR4-NOT Deadenylase Complex to MRNAs Containing Nonsense Codons via Interaction with POP2.” Genes & Development 27 (19): 2125–38.

      • Love, Michael I., Wolfgang Huber, and Simon Anders. 2014. “Moderated Estimation of Fold Change and Dispersion for RNA-Seq Data with DESeq2.” Genome Biology 15 (12): 550.

      • Pakos-Zebrucka, Karolina, Izabela Koryga, Katarzyna Mnich, Mila Ljujic, Afshin Samali, and Adrienne M. Gorman. 2016. “The Integrated Stress Response.” EMBO Reports 17 (10): 1374–95.

      • Pelechano, Vicent, Wu Wei, and Lars M. Steinmetz. 2015. “Widespread Co-Translational RNA Decay Reveals Ribosome Dynamics.” Cell 161 (6): 1400–1412.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The authors report an fMRI investigation of the neural mechanisms by which selective attention allows capacity-limited perceptual systems to preferentially represent task-relevant visual stimuli. Specifically, they examine competitive interactions between two simultaneously-presented items from different categories, to reveal how task-directed attention to one of them modulates the activity of brain regions that respond to both. The specific hypothesis is that attention will bias responses to be more like those elicited by the relevant object presented on its own, and further that this modulation will be stronger for more dissimilar stimulus pairs. This pattern was confirmed in univariate analyses that measured the mass response of a priori regions of interest, as well as multivariate analyses that considered the patterns of evoked activity within the same regions. The authors follow these neuroimaging results with a simulation study that favours a "tuning" mechanism of attention (enhanced responses to highly effective stimuli, and suppression for ineffective stimuli) to explain this pattern.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript clearly articulates a core issue in the cognitive neuroscience of attention, namely the need to understand how limited perceptual systems cope with complex environments in the service of the observer's goals. The use of a priori regions of interest, and the inclusion of both univariate and multivariate analyses as well as a simple model, are further strengths. The authors carefully derive clear indices of attentional effects (for both univariate and multivariate analyses) which makes explication of their findings easy to follow.

      Weaknesses:

      There are some relatively minor weaknesses in presentation, where the motivation behind some of the procedural decisions could be clearer. There are some apparently paradoxical findings reported -- namely, cases in which the univariate response to pairs of stimuli is greater than to the preferred stimulus alone -- that are not addressed. It is possible that some of the main findings may be attributable to range effects: notwithstanding the paradox just noted, it seems that a floor effect should minimise the range of possible attentional modulation of the responses to two highly similar stimuli. One possible limitation of the modelled results is that they do not reveal any attentional modulation at all under the assumptions of the gain model, for any pair of conditions, implying that as implemented the model may not be correctly capturing the assumptions of that hypothesis.

      We thank the reviewer for the constructive comments. In response, in the current version of the manuscript we have improved the presentation. We further discuss how the response in paired conditions is in some cases higher than the response to the preferred stimulus in this letter. For this, we provide a vector illustration, and a supplementary figure of the sum of weights to show that the weights of isolated-stimulus responses for each category pair are not bound to the similarity of the two isolated responses.

      Regarding the simulation results, we have clarified that the univariate effect of attention is not the attentional modulation itself, but the change in the amount of attentional modulation in the two paired conditions. We provide an explanation for this in this letter below, and have changed the term “attentional modulation” to “univariate shift” in the manuscript to avoid the confusion.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In an fMRI study requiring participants to attend to one or another object category, either when the object was presented in isolation or with another object superimposed, the authors compared measured univariate and multivariate activation from object-selective and early visual cortex to predictions derived from response gain and tuning sharpening models. They observed a consistent result across higher-level visual cortex that more-divergent responses to isolated stimuli from category pairs predicted a greater modulation by attention when attending to a single stimulus from the category pair presented simultaneously, and argue via simulations that this must be explained by tuning sharpening for object categories.

      Strengths:

      - Interesting experiment design & approach - testing how category similarity impacts neural modulations induced by attention is an important question, and the experimental approach is principled and clever.

      - Examination of both univariate and multivariate signals is an important analysis strategy.

      - The acquired dataset will be useful for future modeling studies.

      Weaknesses:

      - The experimental design does not allow for a neutral 'baseline' estimate of neural responses to stimulus categories absent attention (e.g., attend fixation), nor of the combination of the stimulus categories. This seems critical for interpreting results (e.g., how should readers understand univariate results like that plotted in Fig. 4C-D, where the univariate response is greater for 2 stimuli than one, but the analyses are based on a shift between each extreme activation level?).

      We are happy to clarify our research rationale. We aimed to compare responses in paired conditions when the stimuli were kept constant while varying the attentional target. After we showed that the change in the attentional target resulted in a response change , we compared the amount of this response change to different stimulus category pairs to investigate the effect of representation similarity between the target and the distractor on the response modulation caused by attentional shift. While an estimate of the neural responses in the absence of attention might be useful for other modeling studies, it would not provide us with more information than the current data to answer the question of this study.

      Regarding the univariate results in Fig. 4C-D (and other equivalent ROI results in the revised version) and our analyses, we did not impose any limit on the estimated weights of the two isolated responses in the paired response and thus the sum of the two weights could be any number. We however see that the naming of “weighted average”, which implies a sum of weights being capped at one, has been misleading . We have now changed the name of this model to “linear combination” to avoid confusion

      Previous studies (Reddy et al., 2009, Doostani et al., 2023) using a similar approach have shown a related results pattern: the response to multiple stimuli is higher than the average, but lower than the sum of the isolated responses, which is exactly what our results suggest. We have added discussion on this topic in the Results section in lines 409-413 for clarification:

      “Note that the response in paired conditions can be higher or lower than the response to the isolated more preferred stimulus (condition Mat), depending on the voxel response to the two presented stimuli, as previously reported (Doostani et al. 2023). This is consistent with previous studies reporting the response to multiple stimuli to be higher than the average, but lower than the sum of the response to isolated stimuli (Reddy et al. 2009).”

      We are not sure what the reviewer means by “each extreme activation level”. Our analyses are based on all four conditions. The two isolated conditions are used to calculate the distance measures and the two paired conditions are used for calculating the shift index. Please note that either the isolated or the paired conditions could show the highest response and we seeboth cases in our data. For example, as shown in Figure 4A in EBA, the isolated Body condition and the paired BodyatCar condition show the highest activation levels for the Body-Car pair, whereas in Figure 4C, the two paired conditions (BodyatCat and BodyCatat) elicit the highest response.

      - Related, simulations assume there exists some non-attended baseline state of each individual object representation, yet this isn't measured, and the way it's inferred to drive the simulations isn't clearly described.

      We agree that the simulations assume a non-attended baseline state, and that we did not measure that state empirically. We needed this non-attended response in the simulations to test which attention mechanism led to the observed results. Thus, we generated the non-attended response using the data reported in previous neural studies of object recognition and attention in the visual cortex (Ni et al., 2012, Bao and Tsao, 2018). Note that the simulations are checking for the profile of the modulations based on category distance. Thus, they do not need to exactly match the real isolated responses in order to show the effect of gain and tuning shift on the results. We include the clarification and the range of neural responses and attention parameters used in the simulations in the revised manuscript in lines 327-333:

      “To examine which attentional mechanism leads to the effects observed in the empirical data, we generated the neural response to unattended object stimuli as a baseline response in the absence of attention, using the data reported by neural studies of object recognition in the visual cortex (Ni et al., 2012, Bao and Tsao, 2018). Then, using an attention parameter for each neuron and different attentional mechanisms, we simulated the response of each neuron to the different task conditions in our experiment. Finally, we assessed the population response by averaging neural responses.”

      - Some of the simulation results seem to be algebraic (univariate; Fig. 7; multivariate, gain model; Fig. 8)

      This is correct. We have used algebraic equations for the effect of attention on neural responses in the simulations. In fact, thinking about the two models of gain and tuning shift leads to the algebraic equations, which in turn logically leads to the observed results, if no noise is added to the data. The simulations are helpful for visualizing these logical conclusions. Also, after assigning different noise levels to each condition for each neuron, the results are not algebraic anymore which is shown in updated Figure 7 and Figure 8.

      - Cross-validation does not seem to be employed - strong/weak categories seem to be assigned based on the same data used for computing DVs of interest - to minimize the potential for circularity in analyses, it would be better to define preferred categories using separate data from that used to quantify - perhaps using a cross-validation scheme? This appears to be implemented in Reddy et al. (2009), a paper implementing a similar multivariate method and cited by the authors (their ref 6).

      Thank you for pointing out the missing details about how we used cross-validation. In the univariate analysis, we did use cross validation, defining preferred categories and calculating category distance on one half of the data and calculating the univariate shift on the other half of the data. Similarly, we employed cross-validation for the multivariate analysis by using one half of the data to calculate the multivariate distance between category pairs, and the other half of the data to calculate the weight shift for each category pair. We have now added this methodological information in the revised manuscript.

      - Multivariate distance metric - why is correlation/cosine similarity used instead of something like Euclidean or Mahalanobis distance? Correlation/cosine similarity is scale-invariant, so changes in the magnitude of the vector would not change distance, despite this likely being an important data attribute to consider.

      Since we are considering response patterns as vectors in each ROI, there is no major difference between the two measures for similarity. Using euclidean distance as a measure of distance (i.e. inverse of similarity) we observed the same relationship between weight shift and category euclidean distance. There was a positive correlation between weight shift and the euclidean category distance in all ROIs ( ps < 0.01, ts > 2.9) except for V1 (p = 0.5, t = 0.66). We include this information in the revised manuscript in the Results section lines 513-515:

      “We also calculated category distance based on the euclidean distance between response patterns of category pairs and observed a similarly positive correlation between the weight shift and the euclidean category distance in all ROIs (ps < 0.01, ts >2.9) except V1 ( p = 0.5, t = 0.66).”

      - Details about simulations implemented (and their algebraic results in some cases) make it challenging to interpret or understand these results. E.g., the noise properties of the simulated data aren't disclosed, nor are precise (or approximate) values used for simulating attentional modulations.

      We clarify that the average response to each category was based on previous neurophysiology studies (Ni et al., 2012, Bao and Tsao, 2018). The attentional parameter was also chosen based on previous neurophysiology (Ni et al., 2012) and human fMRI (Doostani et al., 2023) studies of visual attention by randomly assigning a value in the range from 1 to 10. We have included the details in the Methods section in lines 357-366:

      “We simulated the action of the response gain model and the tuning sharpening model using numerical simulations. We composed a neural population of 4⨯105 neurons in equal proportions body-, car-, cat- or house-selective. Each neuron also responded to object categories other than its preferred category, but to a lesser degree and with variation. We chose neural responses to each stimulus from a normal distribution with the mean of 30 spikes/s and standard deviation of 10 and each neuron was randomly assigned an attention factor in the range between 1 and 10 using a uniform distribution. These values are comparable with the values reported in neural studies of attention and object recognition in the ventral visual cortex (Ni et al. 2012, Bao and Tsao 2018). We also added poisson noise to the response of each neuron (Britten et al. 1993), assigned randomly for each condition of each neuron.”

      - Eye movements do not seem to be controlled nor measured. Could it be possible that some stimulus pairs result in more discriminable patterns of eye movements? Could this be ruled out by some aspect of the results?

      Subjects were instructed to direct their gaze towards the fixation point. Given the variation in the pose and orientation of the stimuli, it is unlikely that eye movements would help with the task. Eye movements have been controlled in previous experiments with individual stimulus presentation (Xu and Vaziri-Pashkam, 2019) and across attentional tasks in which colored dots were superimposed on the stimuli (Vaziri-Pashkam and Xu, 2017) and no significant difference for eye movement across categories or conditions was observed. As such, we do not think that eye movements would play a role in the results we are observing here.

      - A central, and untested/verified, assumption is that the multivariate activation pattern associated with 2 overlapping stimuli (with one attended) can be modeled as a weighted combination of the activation pattern associated with the individual stimuli. There are hints in the univariate data (e.g., Fig. 4C; 4D) that this might not be justified, which somewhat calls into question the interpretability of the multivariate results.

      If the reviewer is referring to the higher response in the paired compared to the isolated conditions, as explained above, we have not forced any limit on the sum of the estimated weights to equal 1 or 2. Therefore, our model is an estimation of a linear combination of the two multivariate patterns in the isolated conditions. In fact, Leila Reddy et al. (reference 6) reported that while the combination is closer to a weighted average than to a weighted sum, the sum of the weights are on average larger than 1. In Figure 4C and 4D the responses in the paired conditions are higher than either of the isolated-condition responses. This suggests that the weights for the linear combination of isolated responses in the multivariate analysis should add up to larger than one. This is what we find in our results. We have added a supplementary figure to Figure 6, depicting the sum of weights for different category pairs in all ROIs. The figure illustrates that in each ROI, the sum of weights are greater than 1 for some category pairs. It is however noteworthy that we normalized the weights in each condition by the sum of weights to calculate the weight shift in our analysis. The amount of the weight shift was therefore not affected by the absolute value of the weights.

      - Throughout the manuscript, the authors consistently refer to "tuning sharpening", an idea that's almost always used to reference changes in the width of tuning curves for specific feature dimensions (e.g., motion direction; hue; orientation; spatial position). Here, the authors are assaying tuning to the category (across exemplars of the category). The link between these concepts could be strengthened to improve the clarity of the manuscript.

      The reviewer brings up an excellent point. Whereas tuning curves have been extensively used for feature dimensions such as stimulus orientation or motion direction, here, we used the term to describe the variation in a neuron’s response to different object stimuli.

      With a finite set of object categories, as is the case in the current study, the neural response in object space is discrete, rather than a continuous curve illustrated for features such as stimulus orientation. However, since more preferred and less preferred features (objects in this case) can still be defined, we illustrated the neural response using a hypothetical curve in object space in Figure 3 to show how it relates with other stimulus features. Therefore, here, tuning sharpening refers to the fact that the response to the more preferred object categories has been enhanced while the response to the less preferred stimulus categories is suppressed.

      We clarify this point in the revised manuscript in the Discussion section lines 649-659:

      “While tuning curves are commonly used for feature dimensions such as stimulus orientation or motion direction, here, we used the term to describe the variation in a neuron’s response to different object stimuli. With a finite set of object categories, as is the case in the current study, the neural response in object space is discrete, rather than a continuous curve illustrated for features such as stimulus orientation. The neuron might have tuning for a particular feature such as curvature or spikiness (Bao et al., 2020) that is present to different degrees in our object stimuli in a continuous way, but we are not measuring this directly. Nevertheless, since more preferred and less preferred features (objects in this case) can still be defined, we illustrate the neural response using a hypothetical curve in object space. As such, here, tuning sharpening refers to the fact that the response to the more preferred object categories has been enhanced while the response to the less preferred stimulus categories is suppressed.”

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      a. The authors should address the apparent paradox noted above (and report whether it is seen in other regions of interest as well). On what model would the response to any pair of stimuli exceed that of the response to the preferred stimulus alone? This implies some kind of Gestalt interaction whereby the combined pair generates a percept that is even more effective for the voxels in question than the "most preferred" one?

      The response to a pair of stimuli can exceed the response to each of the stimuli presented in isolation if the voxel is responsive to both stimuli and as long as the voxel has not reached its saturation level. This phenomenon has been reported in many previous studies (Zoccolan et al., 2005, Reddy et al., 2009, Ni et al., 2012, Doostani et al., 2023) and can be modeled using a linear combination model which does not limit the weights of the isolated responses to equal 1 (Doostani et al., 2023). Note that the “most preferred” stimulus does not necessarily saturate the voxel response, thus the response to two stimuli could be more effective based on voxel responsiveness to the second stimulus.

      As for the current study, the labels “more preferred” and “less preferred” are only relatively defined (as explained in the Methods section), meaning that the more preferred stimulus is not necessarily the most preferred stimulus for the voxels. Furthermore, the presented stimuli are semi-transparent and presented with low-contrast, which moves the responses further away from the saturation level. Based on reported evidence for multiple-stimulus responses, responses to single stimuli are in many cases sublinearly added to yield the multiple-stimulus response (Zoccolan et al., 2005, Reddy et al., 2009, Doostani et al., 2023). This means that the multiple-stimulus response is lower than the sum of the isolated responses and not lower than each of the isolated responses. Therefore, it is not paradoxical to observe higher responses in paired conditions compared to the isolated conditions. We observe similar results in other ROIs, which we provide as supplementary figures to Figure 4 in the revised manuscript.

      We address this observation and similar reports in previous studies in the Results section of the revised manuscript in lines 409-413:

      “Note that the response in paired conditions can be higher or lower than the response to the isolated more preferred stimulus (condition Mat), depending on the voxel preference for the two presented stimuli, as previously reported (Doostani et al., 2023). This is consistent with previous studies reporting the response to multiple stimuli to be higher than the average, but lower than the sum of the response to isolated stimuli (Reddy et al., 2009).”

      b. Paradox aside, I wondered to what extent the results are in part explained by range limits. Take two categories that evoke a highly similar response (either mean over a full ROI, or in the multivariate sense). That imposes a range limit such that attentional modulation, if it works the way we think it does, could only move responses within that narrow range. In contrast, the starting point for two highly dissimilar categories leaves room in principle for more modulation.

      We do not believe that the results can be explained by range limits because responses in paired conditions are not limited by the isolated responses, as can be observed in Figure 4. However, to rule out the possibility of the similarity between responses in isolated conditions affecting the range within which responses in paired conditions can change, we turned to the multivariate analysis. We used the weight shift measure as the change in the weight of each stimulus with the change in the attentional target. In this method, no matter how close the two isolated vectors are, the response to the pair could still have a whole range of different weights of the isolated responses. We have plotted an example illustration of two-dimensional vectors for better clarification. Here, the vectors Vxat and Vyat denote the responses to the isolated x and y stimuli, respectively, and the vector Pxaty denotes the response to the paired condition in which stimulus x is attended. The weights a1 and a2 are illustrated in the figure, which are equal to regression coefficients if we solve the equation Pxaty \= [a1 a2] [x y]’. While the weight values depend on the amplitude of and the angle between the three vectors, they are not limited by a lower angle between Vxat and Vyat.

      We have updated Figure 2 in the manuscript to avoid the confusion. We have also added a figure including the sum of weights for different category pairs in different regions, showing that the sum of weights are not dependent on the similarity between the two stimuli. The conclusions based on the weight shift are therefore not confounded by the similarity between the two stimuli.

      c. Finally, related to the previous point, while including V1 is a good control, I wonder if it is getting a "fair" test here, because the range of responses to the four categories in this region, in terms of (dis)similarity, seems compressed relative to the other categories.

      We believe that V1 is getting a fair test because the single-subject range of category distance in V1 is similar to LO, as can be observed Author response image 1_:_

      Author response image 1.

      Range of category distance in each ROI averaged across participants

      The reason that V1 is showing a more compressed distance range on the average plot is that the category distance in V1 is not consistent among participants. Although the average plots are shown in Figure 5 and Figure 6, we tested statistical significance in each ROI based on single-subject correlation coefficients.

      Please also note that a more compressed range of dissimilarity does not necessarily lead to a less strong effect of category distance on the effect of attention. For instance, while LO shows a more compressed dissimilarity range for the presented categories compared to the other object selective regions, it shows the highest correlation between weight shift and category distance. Furthermore, as illustrated in Figure 5, no significant correlation is observed between univariate shift and category distance in V1, even though the range of the univariate distance in V1 is similar to LO and pFs, where we observed a significant correlation between category distance and univariate shift.

      d. In general, the manuscript does a very good job explaining the methods of the study in a way that would allow replication. In some places, the authors could be clearer about the reasoning behind those methodological choices. For example: - How was the sample size determined?

      Estimating conservatively based on the smallest amount of attentional modulation we observed in a previous study (Doostani et al., 2023), we chose a medium effect size (0.3). For a power of 0.8, the minimum number of participants should be 16. We have added the explanation to the Methods section in lines 78-81:

      “We estimated the number of participants conservatively based on the smallest amount of attentional modulation observed in our previous study (Doostani et al., 2023). For a medium effect size of 0.3 and a power of 0.8, we needed a minimum number of 16 participants.”

      - Why did the authors choose those four categories? What was the evidence that would suggest these would span the range of similarities needed here?

      We chose these four categories based on a previous behavioral study reporting the average reaction time of participants when detecting a target from one category among distractors from another category (Xu and Vaziri-Pashkam, 2019). Ideally the experiment should include as many object categories as possible. However, since we were limited by the duration of the experiment, the number of conditions had to be controlled, leading to a maximum of 4 object categories. We chose two animate and two inanimate object categories to include categories that are more similar and more different based on previous behavioral results (Xu and Vaziri-Pashkam, 2019). We included body and house categories because they are both among the categories to which highly responsive regions exist in the cortex. We chose the two remaining categories based on their similarity to body and house stimuli. In this way, for each category there was another category that elicited similar cortical responses, and two categories that elicited different responses. While we acknowledge that the chosen categories do not fully span the range of similarities, they provide an observable variety of similarities in different ROIs which we find acceptable for the purposes of our study.

      We include this information in the Methods section of the revised manuscript in lines 89-94:

      “We included body and house categories because there are regions in the brain that are highly responsive and unresponsive to each of these categories, which provided us with a range of responsiveness in the visual cortex. We chose the two remaining categories based on previous behavioral results to include categories that provided us with a range of similarities (Xu and Vaziri-Pashkam, 2019). Thus, for each category there was a range of responsiveness in the brain and a range of similarity with the other categories.”

      - Why did the authors present the stimuli at the same location? This procedure has been adopted in previous studies, but of course, it does also move the stimulus situation away from the real-world examples of cluttered scenes that motivate the Introduction.

      We presented the stimuli at the same location because we aimed to study the mechanism of object-based attention and this experimental design helped us isolate it from spatial attention. We do not think that our design moves the stimulus situation away from real-world examples in such a way that our results are not generalizable. We include real-world instances, as well as a discussion on this point, in the Discussion section of the revised manuscript, in lines 611-620:

      “Although examples of superimposed cluttered stimuli are not very common in everyday life, they still do occur in certain situations, for example reading text on the cellphone screen in the presence of reflection and glare on the screen or looking at the street through a patterned window. Such instances recruit object-based attention which was the aim of this study, whereas in more common cases in which attended and unattended objects occupy different locations in space, both space-based and object-based attention may work together to resolve the competition between different stimuli. Here we chose to move away from usual everyday scenarios to study the effect of object-based attention in isolation. Future studies can reveal the effect of target-distractor similarity, i.e. proximity in space, on space-based attention and how the effects caused by object-based and space-based attention interact.”

      - While I'm not concerned about this (all relevant comparisons were within-participants) was there an initial attempt to compare data quality from the two different scanners?

      We compared the SNR values of the two groups of participants and observed no significant difference between these values (ps > 0.34, ts < 0.97). We have added this information to the Methods section.

      Regarding the observed effect, we performed a t-test between the results of the participants from the two scanners. For the univariate results, the observed correlation between univariate attentional modulation and category distance was not significantly different for participants of the two scanners in any ROIs (ps > 0.07 , ts < 1.9). For the multivariate results, the observed correlation between the weight shift and multivariate category distance was not significantly different in any ROIs (ps > 0.48 , ts < 0.71) except for V1 (p-value = 0.015 , t-value = 2.75).

      We include a sentence about the comparison of the SNR values in the preprocessing section in the revised manuscript.

      e. There are a couple of analysis steps that could be applied to the existing data that might strengthen the findings. For one, the authors have adopted a liberal criterion of p < 0.001 uncorrected to include voxels within each ROI. Why, and to what extent is the general pattern of findings robust over more selective thresholds? Also, there are additional regions that are selective for bodies (fusiform body area) and scenes (occipital place area and retrosplenial cortex). Including these areas might provide more diversity of selectivity patterns (e.g. different responses to non-preferred categories) that would provide further tests of the hypothesis.

      We selected this threshold to allow for selection of a reasonable number of voxels in each hemisphere across all participants. To check whether the effect is robust over more selective thresholds, we exemplarily redefined the left EBA region using p < 0.0001 and p < 0.00001 and observed that the weight shift effect remained equivalent. We have made a note of this analysis in the Results section. As for the additional regions suggested by the reviewer, we chose not to include them because they could not be consistently defined in both hemispheres of all participants. Please note that the current ROIs also show different responses to non-preferred categories (e.g. in LO and pFs). We include this information in the Methods section in lines 206-207:

      “We selected this threshold to allow for selection of a reasonable number of voxels in each hemisphere across all participants.”

      And in the Results section in lines 509-512:

      “We performed the analysis including only voxels that had a significantly positive GLM coefficient across the runs and observed the same results. Moreover, to check whether the effect is robust over more selective thresholds for ROI definition, we redefined the left EBA region with p < 0.0001 and p < 0.00001 criteria. We observed a similar weight shift effect for both criteria.”

      f. One point the authors might address is the potential effect of blocking the paired conditions. If I understood right, the irrelevant item in each paired display was from the same category throughout a block. To what extent might this knowledge shape the way participants attend to the task-relevant item (e.g. by highlighting to them certain spatial frequencies or contours that might be useful in making that particular pairwise distinction)? In other words, are there theoretical reasons to expect different effects if the irrelevant category is not predictable?

      We believe that the participants’ knowledge about the distractor does not significantly affect our results because our results are in agreement with previous behavioral data (Cohen et al., 2014, Xu and Vaziri-Pashkam, 2019), in which the distractor could not be predicted. These reports suggest there is a theoretical reason to expect similar effects if the participants could not predict the distractor. To directly test this, one would need to perform an fMRI experiment using an event-related design, an interesting venue for future research.

      We have made a note of this point in the Discussion section of the revised manuscript in lines 621-626:

      “Please note that we used a blocked design in which the target and distractor categories could be predicted across each block. While it is possible that the current design has led to an enhancement of the observed effect, previous behavioral data (Cohen et al., 2014, Xu and Vaziri-Pashkam, 2019) have reported the same effect in experiments in which the distractor was not predictable. To study the effect of predictability on fMRI responses, however, an event-related design is more appropriate, an interesting venue for future fMRI studies.”

      g. The authors could provide behavioural data as a function of the specific category pairs. There is a clear prediction here about which pairs should be more or less difficult.

      We provide the behavioral data as a supplementary figure to Figure 1 in the revised manuscript. We however do not see differences in behavior for the different category paris. This is so because our fMRI task was designed in a way to make sure the participants could properly attend to the target for all conditions. The task was rather easy across all conditions and due to the ceiling effect, there was no significant difference between behavioral performance for different category pairs. However, the effect of category pair on behavior has been previously tested and reported in a visual search paradigm with the same categories (Xu and Vaziri-Pashkam, 2019), which was in fact the basis for our choice of categories in this study (as explained in response to point “d” above).

      h. Figure 4 shows data for EBA in detail; it would be helpful to have a similar presentation of the data for the other ROIs as well.

      We provide data for all ROIs as figure supplements 1-4 to Figure 4 in the revised manuscript.

      i. For the pFs and LOC ROIs, it would be helpful to have an indication of what proportion of voxels was most/least responsive to each of the four categories. Was this a relatively even balance, or generally favouring one of the categories?

      In LO, the proportion of voxels most responsive to each of the four categories was relatively even for Body (31%) and House (32%) stimuli, which was higher than the proportion of Car- and Cat-preferring voxels (18% and 19%, respectively). In pFs, 40% of the voxels were house-selective, while the proportion was relatively even for voxels most responsive to bodies, cars, and houses with 21%, 17%, and 22% of the voxels, respectively. We include the percentage of voxels most responsive to each of the four categories in each ROI as Appendix 1-table 1.

      j. Were the stimuli in the localisers the same as in the main experiment?

      No, we used different sets of stimuli for the localizers and the main experiment. We have added the information in line 146 of the Methods section.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) Why are specific ROIs chosen? Perhaps some discussion motivating these choices, and addressing the possible overlap between these and retinotopic regions (based on other studies, or atlases - Wang et al, 2015) would be useful.

      Considering that we used object categories, we decided to look at general object-selective regions (LO, pFS) as well as regions that are highly selective for specific categories (EBA, PPA). We also looked at the primary visual cortex as a control region. We have added this clarification in the Methods section lines 128-133:

      “Considering that we used object categories, we investigated five different regions of interest (ROIs): the object-selective areas lateral occipital cortex (LO) and posterior fusiform (pFs) as general object-selective regions, the body-selective extrastriate body area (EBA) and the scene-selective parahippocampal place area (PPA) as regions that are highly selective for specific categories, and the primary visual cortex (V1) as a control region. We chose these regions because they could all be consistently defined in both hemispheres of all participants and included a large number of voxels.”

      (2) The authors should consider including data on the relative prevalence of voxels preferring each category for each ROI (and/or the mean activation level across voxels for each category for each ROI). If some ROIs have very few voxels preferring some categories, there's a chance the observed results are a bit noisy when sorting based on those categories (e.g., if a ROI has essentially no response to a given pair of categories, then there's not likely to be much attentional modulation detectable, because the ROI isn't driven by those categories to begin with).

      We thank the reviewer for the insightful comment.

      We include the percentage of voxels most responsive to each of the four categories in each ROI in the Appendix ( Appendix 1-table 1, please see the answer to point “i” of the first reviewer).

      We also provide a table of average activity across voxels for each category in all ROIs as Appendix 1-table 2.

      As shown in the table, voxels show positive activity for all categories in all ROIs except for PPA, where voxels show no response to body and cat stimuli. This might explain why we observed a marginally significant correlation between weight shift and category distance in PPA only. As the reviewer mentions, since this region does not respond to body and cat stimuli, we do not observe a significant change in response due to the shift in attention for some pairs. We include the table in the Appendix and add the explanation to the Results section of the revised manuscript in lines 506-508:

      _“_Less significant results in PPA might arise from the fact that PPA shows no response to body and cat stimuli and little response to car stimuli (Appendix 1-table 2). Therefore, it is not possible to observe the effect of attention for all category pairs.”

      a. Related - would it make sense to screen voxels for inclusion in analysis based on above-basely activation for one or both of the categories? [could, for example, imagine you're accidentally measuring from the motor cortex - you'd be able to perform this analysis, but it would be largely nonsensical because there's no established response to the stimuli in either isolated or combined states].

      We performed all the analyses including only voxels that had a significantly positive GLM coefficient across the runs and the results remained the same. We have added the explanation in the Results section in line 509-510.

      (3) Behavioral performance is compared against chance level, but it doesn't seem that 50% is chance for the detection task. The authors write on page 4 that the 1-back repetition occurred between 2-3 times per block, so it doesn't seem to be the case that each stimulus had a 50% chance of being a repetition of the previous one.

      We apologize for the mistake in our report. We have reported the detection rate for the target-present trials (2-3 per block), not the behavioral performance across all trials. We have modified the sentence in the Results section.

      (4) Authors mention that the stimuli are identical for 2-stimulus trials where each category is attended (for a given pair) - but the cue is different, and the cue appears as a centrally-fixated word for 1 s. Is this incorporated into the GLM? I can't imagine this would have much impact, but the strict statement that the goals of the participant are the only thing differentiating trials with otherwise-identical stimuli isn't quite true.

      The word cue was not incorporated as a separate predictor into the GLM. As the reviewer notes, the signals related to the cue and stimuli are mixed. But given that the cues are brief and in the form of words rather than images, they are unlikely to have an effect on the response in the regions of interest.

      To be more accurate, we have included the clarification in the Methods section in lines 181-182:

      “We did not enter the cue to the GLM as a predictor. The obtained voxel-wise coefficients for each condition are thus related to the cue and the stimuli presented in that condition.”

      And in the Results section in lines 425-428 :

      “It is important to note that since the cue was not separately modeled in the GLM, the signals related to the cue and the stimuli were mixed. However, given that the cues were brief and presented in the form of words, they are unlikely to have an effect on the responses observed in the higher-level ROIs.”

      (5) Eq 5: I expected there to be some comparison of a and b directly as ratios (e.g., a_1 > b_1, as shown in Fig. 2). The equations used here should be walked through more carefully - it's very hard to understand what this analysis is actually accomplishing. I'm not sure I follow the explanation of relative weights given by the authors, nor how that maps onto the delta_W quantity in Equation 5.

      We provide a direct comparison of a and b, as well as a more thorough clarification of the analysis, in the Methods section in lines 274-276:

      “We first projected the paired vector on the plane defined by the isolated vectors (Figure 2A) and then determined the weight of each isolated vector in the projected vector (Figure 2B).”

      And in lines 286-297:

      “A higher a1 compared to a2 indicates that the paired response pattern is more similar to Vxat compared to Vyat, and vice versa. For instance, if we calculate the weights of the Body and Car stimuli in the paired response related to the simultaneous presentation of both stimuli, we can write in the LO region: VBodyatCar \= 0.81 VBody + 0.31 VCar, VBodyCarat \= 0.43 VBody + 0.68 VCar. Note that these weights are averaged across participants. As can be observed, in the presence of both body and car stimuli, the weight of each stimulus is higher when attended compared to the case when it is unattended. In other words, when attention shifts from body to car stimuli, the weight of the isolated body response (VBody) decreases in the paired response. We can therefore observe that the response in the paired condition is more similar to the isolated body response pattern when body stimuli are attended and more similar to the isolated car response pattern when car stimuli are attended.”

      And lines 303-306:

      “As shown here, even when body stimuli are attended, the effect of the unattended car stimuli is still present in the response, shown in the weight of the isolated car response (0.31). However, this weight increases when attention shifts towards car stimuli (0.68 in the attended case).”

      We also provide more detailed clarification for the 𝛥w and the relative weights in lines 309-324:

      “To examine whether this increase in the weight of the attended stimulus was constant or depended on the similarity of the two stimuli in cortical representation, we defined the weight shift as the multivariate effect of attention:

      𝛥w = a1/(a1+a2) – b1/(b1+b2)                                                                                          (5)

      Here, a1, a2, b1,and b2 are the weights of the isolated responses, estimated using Equation 4. We calculate the weight of the isolated x response once when attention is directed towards x (a1), and a second time when attention is directed towards y (b1). In each case, we calculate the relative weight of the isolated x in the paired response by dividing the weight of the isolated x by the sum of weights of x and y (a1+a2 when attention is directed towards x, and b1+b2 when attention is directed towards y). We then define the weight shift, Δw, as the change in the relative weight of the isolated x response in the paired response when attention shifts from x to y. A higher Δw for a category pair indicates that attention is more efficient in removing the effect of the unattended stimulus in the pair. We used relative weights as a normalized measure to compensate for the difference in the sum of weights for different category pairs. Thus, using the normalized measure, we calculated the share of each stimulus in the paired response. For instance, considering the Body-Car pair, the share of the body stimulus in the paired response was equal to 0.72 and 0.38, when body stimuli were attended and unattended, respectively. We then calculated the change in the share of each stimulus caused by the shift in attention using a simple subtraction ( Equation 5: Δw=0.34 for the above example of the Body-Car pair in LO) and used this measure to compare between different pairs.”

      We hope that this clarification makes it easier to understand the multivariate analysis and the weight shift calculation in Equation 5.

      We additionally provide the values of the weights (a1, b1, a2, and b2 ) for each category pair averaged across participants as Appendix 1 -table 4.

      (6) For multivariate analyses (Fig. 6A-E), x axis is normalized (pattern distance based on Pearson correlation), while the delta_W does not seem to be similarly normalized.

      We calculated ΔW by dividing the weights in each condition by the sum of weights in that condition. Thus, we use relative weights which are always in the range of 0 to 1, and ΔW is thus always in the range of -1 to 1. This means that both axes are normalized. Note that even if one axis were not normalized, the relationship between the independent and the dependent variables would remain the same despite the change in the range of the axis.

      (7) Simulating additional scenarios like attention to both categories just increasing the mean response would be helpful - is this how one would capture results like those shown in some panels of Fig. 4?

      We did not have a condition in which participants were asked to attend to both categories. Therefore it was not useful for our simulations to include such a scenario. Please also note that the goal of our simulations is not to capture the exact amount of attentional modulation, but to investigate the effect of target-distractor similarity on the change in attentional modulation (univariate shift and weight shift).

      As for the results in some panels of Figure 4, we have explained the reason underlying higher responses in paired conditions compared to isolated conditions) in response to the “weaknesses” section of the second reviewer. We hope that these points satisfy the reviewer’s concern regarding the results in Figure 4 and our simulations.

      (8) Lines 271-276 - the "latter" and "former" are backwards here I think.

      We believe that the sentence was correct, but confusing.. We have rephrased the sentence to avoid the confusion in lines 371-376 of the revised manuscript:

      “We modeled two neural populations: a general object-selective population in which each voxel shows preference to a particular category and voxels with different preferences are mixed in with each other (similar to LO and pFS), and a category-selective population in which all voxels have a similar preference for a particular category (similar to EBA and PPA).”

      (9) Line 314 - "body-car" pair is mentioned twice in describing the non-significant result in PPA ROI.

      Thank you for catching the typo. We have changed the second Body-Car to Body-Cat.

      (10) Fig. 5 and Fig. 6 - I was expecting to see a plot that demonstrated variability across subjects rather than across category pairs. Would it be possible to show the distribution of each pair's datapoints across subjects, perhaps by coloring all (e.g.) body-car datapoints one color, all body-cat datapoints another, etc? This would also help readers better understand how category preferences (which differ across ROIs) impact the results.

      We demonstrated variability across category pairs rather than subjects because we aimed to investigate how the variation in the similarity between categories (i.e. category distance) affected the univariate and multivariate effects of attention. The variability across subjects is reflected in the error bars in the bar plots of Figure 5 and Figure 6.

      Here we show the distribution of each category pair’s data points across subjects by using a different color for each pair:

      Author response image 2.

      Univariate shift versus category distance including single-subject data points in all ROIs.

      Author response image 3.

      Weight shift versus category distance including single-subject data points in all ROIs.

      As can be observed in the figures, category preference has little impact on the results. Rather, the similarity in the preference (in the univariate case) or the response pattern (in the multivariate case) to the two presented categories is what impacts the amount of the univariate shift and the weight shift, respectively. For instance, in EBA we observe a low amount of attentional shift both for the Body-Cat pair, with two stimuli for which the ROI is highly selective, and the Car-House pair, including stimuli to which the region shows little response. A similar pattern is observed in the object-selective regions LO and pFs which show high responses to all stimulus categories.

      We believe that the figures including the data points related to all subjects are not strongly informative. However, we agree that using different colors for each category pair helps the readers better understand that category preference has little impact on the results in different ROIs. We therefore present the colored version of Figure 5 and Figure 6 in the revised manuscript, with a different color for each category pair.

      (11) Fig. 5 and Fig. 6 use R^2 as a dependent variable across participants to conclude a positive relationship. While the positive relationship is clear in the scatterplots, which depict averages across participants for each category pair, it could still be the case that there are a substantial number of participants with negative (but predictive, thus high positive R^2) slopes. For completeness and transparency, the authors should illustrate the average slope or regression coefficient for each of these analyses.

      We concluded the positive relationship and calculated the significance in Figure 5 and Figure 6 using the correlation r rather than r.^2 This is why the result was not significantly positive in V1. We acknowledge that the use of r-squared in the bar plot leads to confusion. We have therefore changed the bar plots to show the correlation coefficient instead of the r-squared. Furthermore, we have added a table of the correlation coefficient for all participants in all ROIs for the univariate and weight shift analyses supplemental to Figure 5 and Figure 6, respectively.

      (12) No statement about data or analysis code availability is provided

      Thanks for pointing this out. The fMRI data is available on OSF. We have added a statement about it in the Data Availability section of the revised manuscript in line 669.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the current reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, the authors investigated how partial loss of SynGap1 affects inhibitory neurons derived from the MGE in the auditory cortex, focusing on their synaptic inputs and excitability. While haplo-insufficiently of SynGap1 is known to lead to intellectual disabilities, the underlying mechanisms remain unclear.

      Strengths:

      The questions are novel

      Weaknesses:

      Despite the interesting and novel questions, there are significant issues regarding the experimental design and potential misinterpretations of key findings. Consequently, the manuscript contributes little to our understanding of SynGap1 loss mechanisms.

      Major issues in the second version of the manuscript:

      In the review of the first version there were major issues and contradictions with the sEPSC and mEPSC data, and were not resolved after the revision, and the new control experiments rather confirmed the contradiction.

      In the original review I stated: "One major concern is the inconsistency and confusion in the intermediate conclusions drawn from the results. For instance, while the sEPSC data indicates decreased amplitude in PV+ and SOM+ cells in cHet animals, the frequency of events remains unchanged. In contrast, the mEPSC data shows no change in amplitudes in PV+ cells, but a significant decrease in event frequency. The authors conclude that the former observation implies decreased excitability. However, traditionally, such observations on mEPSC parameters are considered indicative of presynaptic mechanisms rather than changes of network activity.‎ The subsequent synapse counting experiments align more closely with the traditional conclusions. This issue can be resolved by rephrasing the text. However, it would remain unexplained why the sEPSC frequency shows no significant difference. If the majority of sEPSC events were indeed mediated by spiking (which is blocked by TTX), the average amplitudes and frequency of mEPSCs should be substantially lower than those of sEPSCs. Yet, they fall within a very similar range, suggesting that most sEPSCs may actually be independent of action potentials. But if that was indeed the case, the changes of purported sEPSC and mEPSC results should have been similar."<br /> Contradictions remained after the revision of the manuscript. On one hand, the authors claimed in the revised version that "We found no difference in mEPSC amplitude between the two genotypes (Fig. 1g), indicating that the observed difference in sEPSC amplitude (Figure 1b) could arise from decreased network excitability". On the other hand, later they show "no significative difference in either amplitude or inter-event intervals between sEPSC and mEPSC, suggesting that in acute slices from adult A1, most sEPSCs may actually be AP independent." The latter means that sEPSCs and mEPSCs are the same type of events, which should have the same sensitivity to manipulations.

      We understand that the data are confusing. Our results suggest a diverse population of PV+ cells, with varying reliance on action potential-dependent and -independent release. Several PV+ cells indeed show TTX sensitivity (reduced EPSC event amplitudes following TTX application: See Fig.1c-f, at the end of this document), but their individual responses are diluted when all cells are pooled together. To account for this variability, we are currently recording sEPSC followed by mEPSC from more mice of both genotypes. We will rephrase the text to reflect the updated data accordingly, keeping with the editors and reviewers’ suggestions.

      Concerns about the quality of the synapse counting experiments were addressed by showing additional images in a different and explaining quantification. However, the admitted restriction of the analysis of excitatory synapses to the somatic region represent a limitation, as they include only a small fraction of the total excitation - even if, the slightly larger amplitudes of their EPSPs are considered.

      We agree with the reviewer that restricting the anatomical analysis of excitatory synapses to PV cell somatic region is a limitation, which is what we have already highlighted in the discussion of the revised manuscript. Recent studies, based on serial block-face scanning electron microscopy, suggest that cortical PV+ interneurons receive more robust excitatory inputs to their perisomatic region as compared to pyramidal neurons (see for example, Hwang et al. 2021, Cerebral Cortex, http://doi.org/10.1093/cercor/bhaa378). It is thus possible that putative glutamatergic synapses, analysed by vGlut1/PSD95 colocalisation around PV+ cell somata, may be representative of a substantially major excitatory input population. Similar immunolabeling and quantification approach coupled with mEPSC analysis have been reported in several publications by other labs (for example Bernard et al 2022, Science 378, doi: 10.1126/science.abm7466; Exposito-Alonso et al, 2020 eLife, doi: 10.7554/eLife.57000). Since analysing putative excitatory synapses onto PV+ dendrites would be difficult and require a much longer time, we will re-phrase the text to more clearly highlight the rationale and limitation of this approach.

      New experiments using paired-pulse stimulation provided an answer to issues 3 and 4. Note that the numbering of the Figures in the responses and manuscript are not consistent.

      We are glad that the reviewer found that the new paired-pulse experiments answered previously raised concerns. We will correct the discrepancy in figure numbers in the manuscript.

      I agree that low sampling rate of the APs does not change the observed large differences in AP threshold, however, the phase plots are still inconsistent in a sense that there appears to be an offset, as all values are shifted to more depolarized membrane potentials, including threshold, AP peak, AHP peak. This consistent shift may be due to a non-biological differences in the two sets of recordings, and, importantly, it may negate the interpretation of the I/f curves results (Fig. 5e).

      We agree with the reviewers that higher sampling rate would allow to more accurately assess different parameters, such as AP height, half-width, rise time, etc., while it would not affect the large differences in AP threshold we observed between control and mutant mice. Since the phase plots to not add to our result analysis, we will remove them. The offset shown in Fig.5 was due to the unfortunate choice of two random neurons; this offset is not present in the different examples shown in Fig.7. We apologize for the confusion.

      Additional issues:

      The first paragraph of the Results mentioned that the recorded cells were identified by immunolabelling and axonal localization. However, neither the Results nor the Methods mention the criteria and levels of measurements of axonal arborization.

      As suggested, we will add this information in the revised manuscript.

      The other issues of the first review were adequately addressed by the Authors and the manuscript improved by these changes.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      This paper compares the synaptic and membrane properties of two main subtypes of interneurons (PV+, SST+) in the auditory cortex of control mice vs mutants with Syngap1 haploinsufficiency. The authors find differences between control and mutants in both interneuron populations, although they claim a predominance in PV+ cells. These results suggest that altered PV-interneuron functions in the auditory cortex may contribute to the network dysfunctions observed in Syngap1 haploinsufficiency-related intellectual disability.

      The subject of the work is interesting, and most of the approach is rather direct and straightforward, which are strengths. There are also some methodological weaknesses and interpretative issues that reduce the impact of the paper.

      (1) Supplementary Figure 3: recording and data analysis. The data of Supplementary Figure 3 show no differences either in the frequency or amplitude of synaptic events recorded from the same cell in control (sEPSCs) vs TTX (mEPSCs). This suggests that, under the experimental conditions of the paper, sEPSCs are AP-independent quantal events. However, I am concerned by the high variability of the individual results included in the Figure. Indeed, several datapoints show dramatically different frequencies in control vs TTX, which may be explained by unstable recording conditions. It would be important to present these data as time course plots, so that stability can be evaluated. Also, the claim of lack of effect of TTX should be corroborated by positive control experiments verifying that TTX is working (block of action potentials, for example). Lastly, it is not clear whether the application of TTX was consistent in time and duration in all the experiments and the paper does not clarify what time window was used for quantification.

      We understand the reviewer’s concern about high variability. To account for this variability, we are currently recording sEPSC followed by mEPSC from more mice of both genotypes.

      Indeed, we confirmed that TTX was working several times through the time course of this study, in different aliquots prepared from the same TTX vial used for all experiments. The results of the last test we performed, showing that TTX application blocks action potentials (2 recordings, one from a SST+ and one from a PV+ interneuron), are shown in Fig.1a,b at the end of this document. TTX was applied using the same protocol for all recorded neurons. In particular, sEPSCs were first sampled over a 2 min period. TTX (1μM; Alomone Labs) was then perfused into the recording chamber at a flow rate of 2 mL/min. We then waited for 5 min before sampling mEPSCs over a 2 min period. We will add this information in the revised manuscript methods. Finally, Fig.1g-j shows series resistance (Rs) over time for 4 different PV+ interneurons, indicating recording stability. These results are representative of the entire population of recorded neurons, which we have meticulously analysed one by one.

      (2) Figure 1 and Supplementary Figure 3: apparent inconsistency. If, as the authors claim, TTX does not affect sEPSCs (either in the control or mutant genotype, Supplementary Figure 3 and point 1 above), then comparing sEPSC and mEPSC in control vs mutants should yield identical results. In contrast, Figure 1 reports a _selective_ reduction of sEPSCs amplitude (not in mEPSCs) in mutants, which is difficult to understand. The proposed explanation relying on different pools of synaptic vesicles mediating sEPSCs and mEPSCs does not clarify things. If this was the case, wouldn't it also imply a decrease of event frequency following TTX addition? However, this is not observed in Supplementary Figure 3. My understanding is that, according to this explanation, recordings in control solution would reflect the impact of two separate pools of vesicles, whereas, in the presence of TTX, only one pool would be available for release. Therefore, TTX should cause a decrease in the frequency of the recorded events, which is not what is observed in Supplementary Figure 3.

      Our results suggest a diverse population of PV+ cells, with varying reliance on action potential-dependent and -independent release. Several PV+ cells indeed show TTX sensitivity (reduced EPSC event amplitudes following TTX application: See Fig.1c-f, at the end of this document), but their individual responses are diluted when all cells are pooled together. As mentioned above, we are currently recording sEPSCs followed by mEPSCs from more mice of both genotypes, to account for the large variability. We will rephrase the text in the revised manuscript according to the updated data and reviewers’ suggestions.

      (3) Figure 1: statistical analysis. Although I do appreciate the efforts of the authors to illustrate both cumulative distributions and plunger plots with individual data, I am confused by how the cumulative distributions of Figure 1b (sEPSC amplitude) may support statistically significant differences between genotypes, but this is not the case for the cumulative distributions of Figure 1g (inter mEPSC interval), where the curves appear even more separated. A difference in mEPSC frequency would also be consistent with the data of Supplementary Fig 2b, which otherwise are difficult to reconciliate. I would encourage the authors to use the Kolmogorov-Smirnov rather than a t-test for the comparison of cumulative distributions.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We used both cumulative distribution and plunger plots with individual data because they convey 2 different kinds of information. Cumulative distributions highlight where the differences lie (the deltas between the groups), while plunger plots with individual data show the variability between data points. In histogram 1g, the variability is greater than in 1b (due to the smaller sample size in 1g), which leads to larger error bars and directly impacts the statistical outcome. So, while the delta is larger in 1g, the variability is also greater. In contrast, the delta in 1b is smaller, as is the variability, which in turn affects the statistical outcome. To address this issue, we are currently increasing N of recordings.

      We will include Kolmogorov-Smirnov analysis in the revision, as suggested; nevertheless, we will base our conclusions on statistical results generated by the linear mixed model (LMM), modelling animal as a random effect and genotype as the fixed effect. We used this statistical analysis since we considered the number of mice as independent replicates and the number of cells in each mouse as repeated/correlated measures. The reason we decided to use LMM for our statistical analyses is based on the growing concern over reproducibility in biomedical research and the ongoing discussion on how data are analysed (see for example, Yu et al (2022), Neuron 110:21-35 https://doi: 10.1016/j.neuron.2021.10.030; Aarts et al. (2014). Nat Neurosci 17, 491–496. https://doi.org/10.1038/nn.3648). We acknowledge that patch-clamp data has been historically analysed using t-test and analysis of variance (ANOVA), or equivalent non-parametric tests. However, these tests assume that individual observations (recorded neurons in this case) are independent of each other. Whether neurons from the same mouse are independent or correlated variables is an unresolved question, but does not appear to be likely from a biological point of view. Statisticians have developed effective methods to analyze correlated data, including LMM. In parallel, we also tested the data by using the standard parametric and non-parametric analyses and reported these results as well (Tables 1-9, and S1-S2).

      (4) Methods. I still maintain that a threshold at around -20/-15 mV for the first action potential of a train seems too depolarized (see some datapoints of Fig 5c and Fig7c) for a healthy spike. This suggest that some cells were either in precarious conditions or that the capacitance of the electrode was not compensated properly.

      As suggested by the reviewer, we will exclude the neurons with threshold at -20/-15 mV. In addition, we performed statistical analysis with and without these cells (data reported below) and found that whether these cells are included or excluded, the statistical significance of the results does not change.

      Fig.5c: including the 2 outliers from cHet group with values of -16.5 and 20.6 mV: -42.6±1.01 mV in control, n=33 cells from 15 mice vs -35.3±1.2 mV in cHet, n=40 cells from 17 mice, ***p<0.001, LMM; excluding the 2 outliers from cHet group -42.6±1.01 mV in control, n=33 cells from 15 mice vs -36.2±1.1 mV in cHet, n=38 cells from 17 mice, ***p<0.001, LMM.

      Fig.7c: including the 2 outliers from cHet group with values of -16.5 and 20.6 mV: -43.4±1.6 mV in control, n=12 cells from 9 mice vs -33.9±1.8 mV in cHet, n=24 cells from 13 mice, **p=0.002, LMM; excluding the 2 outliers from cHet group -43.4±1.6 mV in control, n=12 cells from 9 mice vs -35.4±1.7 mV in cHet, n=22 cells from 13 mice, *p=0.037, LMM.

      (5) The authors claim that "cHet SST+ cells showed no significant changes in active and passive membrane properties (Figure 8d,e); however, their evoked firing properties were affected with fewer AP generated in response to the same depolarizing current injection".<br /> This sentence is intrinsically contradictory. Action potentials triggered by current injections are dependent on the integration of passive and active properties. If the curves of Figure 8f are different between genotypes, then some passive and/or active property MUST have changed. It is an unescapable conclusion. The general _blanket_ statement of the authors that there are no significant changes in active and passive properties is in direct contradiction with the current/#AP plot.

      We shall rephrase the text according to the reviewer’s suggestion to better represent the data. As discussed in the first revision, it's possible that other intrinsic factors, not assessed in this study, may have contributed to the effect shown in the current/#AP plot.

      (6) The phase plots of Figs 5c, 7c, and 7h suggest that the frequency of acquisition/filtering of current-clamp signals was not appropriate for fast waveforms such as spikes. The first two papers indicated by the authors in their rebuttal (Golomb et al., 2007; Stevens et al., 2021) did not perform a phase plot analysis (like those included in the manuscript). The last work quoted in the rebuttal (Zhang et al., 2023) did perform phase plot analysis, but data were digitized at a frequency of 20KHz (not 10KHz as incorrectly indicated by the authors) and filtered at 10 kHz (not 2-3 kHz as by the authors in the manuscript). To me, this remains a concern.

      We agree with the reviewer that higher sampling rate would allow to more accurately assess different AP parameters, such as AP height, half-width, rise time, etc. The papers were cited in context of determining AP threshold, not performing phase plot analysis. We apologize for the confusion and error. Further, as mentioned above, we will remove the phase plots since they do not add relevant information.

      (7) The general logical flow of the manuscript could be improved. For example, Fig 4 seems to indicate no morphological differences in the dendritic trees of control vs mutant PV cells, but this conclusion is then rejected by Fig 6. Maybe Fig 4 is not necessary. Regarding Fig 6, did the authors check the integrity of the entire dendritic structure of the cells analyzed (i.e. no dendrites were cut in the slice)? This is critical as the dendritic geometry may affect the firing properties of neurons (Mainen and Sejnowski, Nature, 1996).

      As suggested by the reviewer, we will remove Fig.4. All the reconstructions used for dendritic analysis contained intact cells with no evidently cut dendrites.

      Author response image 1.

      (a, b) Representative voltage responses of a SST+ cell (a) and a PV+ cell (b) in absence (left) and presence (right) of TTX in response to depolarizing current injections corresponding to threshold current and 2x threshold current. (c-f) Cumulative histograms of sEPSCs/mEPSCs amplitude (bin width 0.5 pA) and frequency (bin width 10 ms) recorded from four PV+ cells.  sEPSC were recorded for 2 minutes, then TTX (1μM; Alomone Labs) was perfused into the recording chamber. After 5 minutes, mEPSC were recorded for 2 minutes. (g, h, i, j) Time course plots of series resistance (Rs) of the four representative PV+ cells shown in c-f before (sEPSC) and during the application of TTX (mEPSC).


      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      The study is designed to assess the role of Syngap1 in regulating the physiology of the MGE-derived PV+ and SST+ interneurons. Syngap1 is associated with some mental health disorders, and PV+ and SST+ cells are the focus of many previous and likely future reports from studies of interneuron biology, highlighting the translational and basic neuroscience relevance of the authors' work.

      Strengths of the study are using well-established electrophysiology methods and the highly controlled conditions of ex vivo brain slice experiments combined with a novel intersectional mouse line, to assess the role of Syngap1 in regulating PV+ and SST+ cell properties. The findings revealed that in the mature auditory cortex, Syngap1 haploinsufficiency decreases both the intrinsic excitability and the excitatory synaptic drive onto PV+ neurons from Layer 4. In contrast, SST+ interneurons were mostly unaffected by Syngap1 haploinsufficiency. Pharmacologically manipulating the activity of voltagegated potassium channels of the Kv1 family suggested that these channels contributed to the decreased PV+ neuron excitability by Syngap insufficiency. These results therefore suggest that normal Syngap1 expression levels are necessary to produce normal PV+ cell intrinsic properties and excitatory synaptic drive, albeit, perhaps surprisingly, inhibitory synaptic        transmission was not affected by Syngap1 haploinsufficiency.

      Since the electrophysiology experiments were performed in the adult auditory cortex, while Syngap1 expression was potentially affected since embryonic stages in the MGE, future studies should address two important points that were not tackled in the present study. First, what is the developmental time window in which Syngap1 insufficiency disrupted PV+ neuron properties? Albeit the embryonic Syngap1 deletion most likely affected PV+ neuron maturation, the properties of Syngap-insufficient PV+ neurons do not resemble those of immature PV+ neurons. Second, whereas the observation that Syngap1 haploinsufficiency affected PV+ neurons in auditory cortex layer 4 suggests auditory processing alterations, MGE-derived PV+ neurons populate every cortical area. Therefore, without information on whether Syngap1 expression levels are cortical area-specific, the data in this study would predict that by regulating PV+ neuron electrophysiology, Syngap1 normally controls circuit function in a wide range of cortical areas, and therefore a range of sensory, motor and cognitive functions. These are relatively minor weaknesses regarding interpretation of the data in the present study that the authors could discuss.

      We agree with the reviewer on the proposed open questions, which we now discuss in the revised manuscript. We do have experimental evidence suggesting that Syngap1 mRNA is expressed by PV+ and SST+ neurons in different cortical areas, during early postnatal development and in adulthood (Jadhav et al., 2024); therefore, we agree that it will be important, in future experiments, to tackle the question of when the observed phenotypes arise.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, the authors investigated how partial loss of SynGap1 affects inhibitory neurons derived from the MGE in the auditory cortex, focusing on their synaptic inputs and excitability. While haplo-insufficiently of SynGap1 is known to lead to intellectual disabilities, the underlying mechanisms remain unclear.

      Strengths:

      The questions are novel

      Weaknesses:

      Despite the interesting and novel questions, there are significant concerns regarding the experimental design and data quality, as well as potential misinterpretations of key findings. Consequently, the current manuscript fails to contribute substantially to our understanding of SynGap1 loss mechanisms and may even provoke unnecessary controversies.

      Major issues:

      (1) One major concern is the inconsistency and confusion in the intermediate conclusions drawn from the results. For instance, while the sEPSC data indicates decreased amplitude in PV+ and SOM+ cells in cHet animals, the frequency of events remains unchanged. In contrast, the mEPSC data shows no change in amplitudes in PV+ cells, but a significant decrease in event frequency. The authors conclude that the former observation implies decreased excitability. However, traditionally, such observations on mEPSC parameters are considered indicative of presynaptic mechanisms rather than changes of network activity. The subsequent synapse counting experiments align more closely with the traditional conclusions. This issue can be resolved by rephrasing the text. However, it would remain unexplained why the sEPSC frequency shows no significant difference. If the majority of sEPSC events were indeed mediated by spiking (which is blocked by TTX), the average amplitudes and frequency of mEPSCs should be substantially lower than those of sEPSCs. Yet, they fall within a very similar range, suggesting that most sEPSCs may actually be independent of action potentials. But if that was indeed the case, the changes of purported sEPSC and mEPSC results should have been similar.

      We understand the reviewer’s perspective; indeed, we asked ourselves the very same question regarding why the sEPSC and mEPSC frequency fall within a similar range when we analysed neuron means (bar graphs). We thus recorded sEPSCs followed by mEPSCs from several PV neurons (control and cHet) and included this data to the revised version of the manuscript (new Supplementary Figure 3). We found that the average amplitudes and frequency of mEPSCs together with their respective cumulative probability curves were not significantly different than those of sEPSCs. We rephrased the manuscript to present potential interpretations of the data.

      We hope that we have correctly interpreted the reviewer's concern. If the question is why we do not observe a significant difference in the average frequency when comparing sEPSC and mEPSC in control mice, this could be explained by the fact that increased mean amplitude of sEPSCs was primarily driven by alterations in large sEPSCs (>9-10pA, as shown in cumulative probability in Fig. 1b right), with smaller ones being relatively unaffected. Consequently, a reduction in sEPSC amplitude may not necessarily result in a significant decrease in frequency since their values likely remain above the detection threshold of 3 pA. 

      If the question is whether we should see the same parameters affected by the genetic manipulation in both sEPSC and mEPSC, then another critical consideration is the involvement of the releasable pool in mEPSCs versus sEPSCs. Current knowledge suggests that activity-dependent and -independent release may not necessarily engage the same pool of vesicles or target the same postsynaptic sites. This concept has been extensively explored (Sara et al., 2005; Sara et al., 2011; reviewed in Ramirez and Kavalali, 2011; Kavalali, 2015). Consequently, while we may have traditionally interpreted activitydependent and -independent data assuming they utilize the same pool, this is no longer accurate. The current discussion in the field revolves around understanding the mechanisms underlying such phenomena. Therefore, comparisons between sEPSCs and mEPSCs may not yield conclusive data but rather speculative interpretations. 

      (2) Another significant concern is the quality of synapse counting experiments. The authors attempted to colocalize pre- and postsynaptic markers Vglut1 and PSD95 with PV labelling. However, several issues arise. Firstly, the PV labelling seems confined to soma regions, with no visible dendrites. Given that the perisomatic region only receives a minor fraction of excitatory synapses, this labeling might not accurately represent the input coverage of PV cells. Secondly, the resolution of the images is insufficient to support clear colocalization of the synaptic markers. Thirdly, the staining patterns are peculiar, with PSD95 puncta appearing within regions clearly identified as somas by Vglut1, hinting at possible intracellular signals. Furthermore, PSD95 seems to delineate potential apical dendrites of pyramidal cells passing through the region, yet Vglut1+ partners are absent in these segments, which are expected to be the marker of these synapses here. Additionally, the cumulative density of Vglut2 and Vglut1 puncta exceeds expectations, and it's surprising that subcortical fibers labeled by Vglut2 are comparable in number to intracortical Vglut1+ axon terminals. Ideally, N(Vglut1)+N(Vglut2) should be equal or less than N(PSD95), but this is not the case here. Consequently, these results cannot be considered reliable due to these issues.

      We apologize, as it appears that the images we provided in the first submission have caused confusion. The selected images represent a single focal plane of a confocal stack, which was visually centered on the PV cell somata. We chose just one confocal plane because we thought it showed more clearly the apposition of presynaptic and postsynaptic immunolabeling around the somata. In the revised version of the manuscript, we now provide higher magnification images, which will clearly show how we identified and selected the region of interest for the quantification of colocalized synaptic markers (Supplemental Figure 2). In our confocal stacks, we can also identify PV immunolabeled dendrites and colocalized vGlut1/PSD95 or vGlut2/PSD95 puncta on them; but these do not appear in the selected images because, as explained, only one focal plane, centered on the PV cell somata, was shown. 

      We acknowledge the reviewer's point that in PV+ cells the majority of excitatory inputs are formed onto dendrites; however, we focused on the somatic excitatory inputs to PV cells, because despite their lower number, they produce much stronger depolarization in PV neurons than dendritic excitatory inputs (Hu et al., 2010; Norenberg et al., 2010). Further, quantification of perisomatic putative excitatory synapses is more reliable since by using PV immunostaining, we can visualize the soma and larger primary dendrites, but smaller, higher order dendrites are not be always detectable. Of note, PV positive somata receive more excitatory synapses than SST positive and pyramidal neuron somata as found by electron microscopy studies in the visual cortex (Hwang et al., 2021; Elabbady et al., 2024).

      Regarding the comment on the density of vGlut1 and vGlut2 puncta, the reason that the numbers appear high and similar between the two markers is because we present normalized data (cHet normalized to their control values for each set of immunolabelling) to clearly represent the differences between genotypes. We now provide a more detailed explanation of our methods in the revised manuscript.  Briefly, immunostained sections were imaged using a Leica SP8-STED confocal microscope, with an oil immersion 63x (NA 1.4) at 1024 X 1024, z-step =0.3 μm, stack size of ~15 μm. Images were acquired from the auditory cortex from at least 3 coronal sections per animal. All the confocal parameters were maintained constant throughout the acquisition of an experiment. All images shown in the figures are from a single confocal plane. To quantify the number of vGlut1/PSD95 or vGlut2/PSD95 putative synapses, images were exported as TIFF files and analyzed using Fiji (Image J) software. We first manually outlined the profile of each PV cell soma (identified by PV immunolabeling). At least 4 innervated somata were selected in each confocal stack. We then used a series of custom-made macros in Fiji as previously described (Chehrazi et al, 2023). After subtracting background (rolling value = 10) and Gaussian blur (σ value = 2) filters, the stacks were binarized and vGlut1/PSD95 or vGlut2/PSD95 puncta were independently identified around the perimeter of a targeted soma in the focal plane with the highest soma circumference. Puncta were quantified after filtering particles for size (included between 0-2μm2) and circularity (included between 01). Data quantification was done by investigators blind to the genotype, and presented as normalized data over control values for each experiment.

      (3) One observation from the minimal stimulation experiment was concluded by an unsupported statement. Namely, the change in the onset delay cannot be attributed to a deficit in the recruitment of PV+ cells, but it may suggest a change in the excitability of TC axons.

      We agree with the reviewer, please see answer to point below.

      (4) The conclusions drawn from the stimulation experiments are also disconnected from the actual data. To make conclusions about TC release, the authors should have tested release probability using established methods, such as paired-pulse changes. Instead, the only observation here is a change in the AMPA components, which remained unexplained.

      As suggested, we performed additional paired-pulse ratio experiments at different intervals. We found that, in contrast with Control mice, evoked excitatory inputs to layer IV PV+ cells showed paired-pulse facilitation in cHet mice (Figure 3g, h), suggesting that thalamocortical presynaptic sites likely have decreased release probability in mutant compared to control mice.  We rephrased the text according to the data obtained from this new experiment.

      (5) The sampling rate of CC recordings is insufficient to resolve the temporal properties of the APs. Therefore, the phase-plots cannot be interpreted (e.g. axonal and somatic AP components are not clearly separated), raising questions about how AP threshold and peak were measured. The low sampling rate also masks the real derivative of the AP signals, making them apparently faster.

      We acknowledge that a higher sampling rate would provide a more detailed and smoother phase-plot. However, in the context of action potential parameters analysis here, it is acceptable to use sampling rates ranging from 10 kHz to 20 kHz (Golomb et al., 2007; Stevens et al., 2021; Zhang et al., 2023), which are considered adequate in the context of the present study. Indeed, our study aims to evaluate "relative" differences in the electrophysiological phenotype when comparing groups following a specific genetic manipulation. A sampling rate of 10 kHz is commonly employed in similar studies, including those conducted by our collaborator and co-author S. Kourrich (e.g., Kourrich and Thomas 2009, Kourrich et al., 2013), as well as others (Russo et al., 2013; Ünal et al., 2020; Chamberland et al., 2023). Despite being acquired at a lower sampling rate than potentially preferred by the reviewer, our data clearly demonstrate significant differences between the experimental groups, especially for parameters that are negligibly or not affected by the sampling rate used here (e.g., #spikes/input, RMP, Rin, Cm, Tm, AP amplitude, AP latency, AP rheobase).

      Regarding the phase-plots, a higher sampling rate would indeed have resulted in smoother curves. However, the differences were sufficiently pronounced to discern the relative variations in action potential waveforms between the experimental groups.

      A related issue is that the Methods section lacks essential details about the recording conditions, such as bridge balance and capacitance neutralization.

      We indeed performed bridge balance and neutralized the capacitance before starting every recording. We added the information in the methods.

      (6) Interpretation issue: One of the most fundamental measures of cellular excitability, the rheobase, was differentially affected by cHet in BCshort and BCbroad. Yet, the authors concluded that the cHet-induced changes in the two subpopulations are common.

      We are uncertain if we have correctly interpreted the reviewer's comment. While we observed distinct impacts on the rheobase (Fig. 7d and 7i), there seems to be a common effect on the AP threshold (Fig. 7c and 7h), as interpreted and indicated in the final sentence of the results section for Figure 7. If our response does not address the reviewer's comment adequately, we would greatly appreciate it if the reviewer could rephrase their feedback.

      (7) Design issue:

      The Kv1 blockade experiments are disconnected from the main manuscript. There is no experiment that shows the causal relationship between changes in DTX and cHet cells. It is only an interesting observation on AP halfwidth and threshold. However, how they affect rheobase, EPSCs, and other topics of the manuscript are not addressed in DTX experiments.

      Furthermore, Kv1 currents were never measured in this work, nor was the channel density tested. Thus, the DTX effects are not necessarily related to changes in PV cells, which can potentially generate controversies.

      While we acknowledge the reviewer's point that Kv1 currents and density weren't specifically tested, an important insight provided by Fig. 5 is the prolonged action potential latency. This delay is significantly influenced by slowly inactivating subthreshold potassium currents, namely the D-type K+ current. It's worth noting that D-type current is primarily mediated by members of the Kv1 family. The literature supports a role for Kv1.1containing channels in modulating responses to near-threshold stimuli in PV cells (Wang et al., 1994; Goldberg et al., 2008; Zurita et al., 2018). However, we recognize that besides the Kv1 family, other families may also contribute to the observed changes.

      To address this concern, we revised the manuscript by referring to the more accurate term "D-type K+ current", and rephrased the discussion to clarify the limit of our approach. It is not our intention to open unnecessary controversy, but present the data we obtained. We believe this approach and rephrasing the discussion as proposed will prevent unnecessary controversy and instead foster fruitful discussions.

      (8) Writing issues:

      Abstract:

      The auditory system is not mentioned in the abstract.

      One statement in the abstract is unclear. What is meant by "targeting Kv1 family of voltagegated potassium channels was sufficient..."? "Targeting" could refer to altered subcellular targeting of the channels, simple overexpression/deletion in the target cell population, or targeted mutation of the channel, etc. Only the final part of the Results revealed that none of the above, but these channels were blocked selectively.

      We agree with the reviewer and we will rephrase the abstract accordingly.

      Introduction:

      There is a contradiction in the introduction. The second paragraph describes in detail the distinct contribution of PV and SST neurons to auditory processing. But at the end, the authors state that "relatively few reports on PV+ and SST+ cell-intrinsic and synaptic properties in adult auditory cortex". Please be more specific about the unknown properties.

      We agree with the reviewer and we will rephrase more specifically.

      (9) The introduction emphasizes the heterogeneity of PV neurons, which certainly influences the interpretation of the results of the current manuscript. However, the initial experiments did not consider this and handled all PV cell data as a pooled population.

      In the initial experiments, we handled all PV cell data together because we wanted to be rigorous and not make assumptions on the different PV cells, which in later experiments we distinguished based on the intrinsic properties alone. Nevertheless, based on this and other reviewers’ comments, we completely rewrote the introduction in the revised manuscript to increase both focus and clarity.

      (10) The interpretation of the results strongly depends on unpublished work, which potentially provide the physiological and behavioral contexts about the role of GABAergic neurons in SynGap-haploinsufficiency. The authors cite their own unpublished work, without explaining the specific findings and relation to this manuscript.

      We agree with the reviewer and provided more information and updated references in the revised version of this manuscript. Our work is now in press in Journal of Neuroscience.

      (11) The introduction of Scholl analysis experiments mentions SOM staining, however, there is no such data about this cell type in the manuscript.

      We thank the reviewer for noticing the error; we changed SOM with SST (SOM and SST are two commonly used acronyms for Somatostatin expressing interneurons).

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      This paper compares the synaptic and membrane properties of two main subtypes of interneurons (PV+, SST+) in the auditory cortex of control mice vs mutants with Syngap1 haploinsufficiency. The authors find differences at both levels, although predominantly in PV+ cells. These results suggest that altered PV-interneuron functions in the auditory cortex may contribute to the network dysfunction observed in Syngap1 haploinsufficiencyrelated intellectual disability. The subject of the work is interesting, and most of the approach is direct and quantitative, which are major strengths. There are also some weaknesses that reduce its impact for a broader field.

      (1) The choice of mice with conditional (rather than global) haploinsufficiency makes the link between the findings and Syngap1 relatively easy to interpret, which is a strength. However, it also remains unclear whether an entire network with the same mutation at a global level (affecting also excitatory neurons) would react similarly.

      We agree with the reviewer and now discuss this important caveat in the revised manuscript.

      (2) There are some (apparent?) inconsistencies between the text and the figures. Although the authors appear to have used a sophisticated statistical analysis, some datasets in the illustrations do not seem to match the statistical results. For example, neither Fig 1g nor Fig 3f (eNMDA) reach significance despite large differences. 

      We respectfully disagree, we do not think the text and figures are inconsistent. In the cited example, large apparent difference in mean values does not show significance due to the large variability in the data; further, we did not exclude any data points, because we wanted to be rigorous. In particular, for Fig.1g, statistical analysis shows a significant increase in the inter-mEPSC interval (*p=0.027, LMM) when all events are considered (cumulative probability plots), while there is no significant difference in the inter-mEPSCs interval for inter-cell mean comparison (inset, p=0.354, LMM).  Inter-cell mean comparison does not show difference with Mann-Whitney test either (p=0.101, the data are not normally distributed, hence the choice of the Mann-Whitney test). For Fig. 3f (eNMDA), the higher mean value for the cHet versus the control is driven by two data points which are particularly high, while the other data points overlap with the control values. The MannWhitney test show also no statistical difference (p=0.174).

      In the manuscript, discussion of the data is based on the results of the LMM analysis, which takes in account both the number of cells and the numbers of mice from which these cells are recorded. We chose this statistical approach because it does not rely on the assumption that cells recorded from same mouse are independent variables. In the supplemental tables, we provided the results of the statistical analysis done with both LMM and the most commonly used Mann Whitney (for not normally distributed) or t-test (for normally distributed), for each data set.

      Also, the legend to Fig 9 indicates the presence of "a significant decrease in AP half-width from cHet in absence or presence of a-DTX", but the bar graph does not seem to show that.

      We apologize for our lack of clarity. In legend 9, we reported the statistical comparisons between 1) vehicle-treated cHET vs control PV+ cells and 2) a-DTX-treated cHET vs control PV+ cells. We rephrased the legend of the figure to avoid confusion.

      (3) The authors mention that the lack of differences in synaptic current kinetics is evidence against a change in subunit composition. However, in some Figures, for example, 3a, the kinetics of the recorded currents appear dramatically different. It would be important to know and compare the values of the series resistance between control and mutant animals.

      We agree with the reviewer that there appears to be a qualitative difference in eNMDA decay between conditions, although quantified eNMDA decay itself is similar between groups. We have used a cutoff of 15 % for the series resistance (Rs), which is significantly more stringent as compared to the cutoff typically used in electrophysiology, which are for the vast majority between 20 and 30%. To answer this concern, we re-examined the Rs, we compared Rs between groups and found no difference for Rs in eAMPA (Control mice: 13.2±0.5, n=16 cells from 7 mice vs cHet mice: 13.7±0.3, n=14 cells from 7 mice; LMM, p=0.432) and eNMDA (Control mice: 12.7±0.7, n=6 cells from 3 mice vs cHet mice: 13.8±0.7 in cHet n=6 cells from 5 mice: LMM, p=0.231). Thus, the apparent qualitative difference in eNMDA decay stems from inter-cell variability rather than inter-group differences. Notably, this discrepancy between the trace (Fig. 3a) and the data (Fig. 3f, right) is largely due to inter-cell variability, particularly in eNMDA, where a higher but non-significant decay rate is driven by a couple of very high values (Fig. 3f, right). In the revised manuscript, we now show traces that better represent our findings.

      (4) A significant unexplained variability is present in several datasets. For example, the AP threshold for PV+ includes points between -50-40 mV, but also values at around -20/-15 mV, which seems too depolarized to generate healthy APs (Fig 5c, Fig7c).

      We acknowledge the variability in AP threshold data, with some APs appearing too depolarized to generate healthy spikes. However, we meticulously examined each AP that spiked at these depolarized thresholds and found that other intrinsic properties (such as Rin, Vrest, AP overshoot, etc.) all indicate that these cells are healthy. Therefore, to maintain objectivity and provide unbiased data to the community, we opted to include them in our analysis. It's worth noting that similar variability has been observed in other studies (Bengtsson Gonzales et al., 2020; Bertero et al., 2020).

      Further, we conducted a significance test on AP threshold excluding these potentially unhealthy cells and found that the significant differences persist. After removing two outliers from the cHet group with values of -16.5 and 20.6 mV, we obtain: -42.6±1.01 mV in control, n=33, 15 mice vs -36.2±1.1 mV in cHet, n=38 cells, 17 mice (LMM, ***p<0.001). Thus, whether these cells are included or excluded, our interpretations and conclusions remain unchanged.

      We would like to clarify that these data have not been corrected with the junction potential, as described in the revised version.

      (5) I am unclear as to how the authors quantified colocalization between VGluts and PSD95 at the low magnification shown in Supplementary Figure 2.

      We apologize for our lack of clarity. Although the analysis was done at high resolution, the figures were focused on showing multiple PV somata receiving excitatory inputs. We added higher magnification figures and more detailed information in the methods of the revised version. Please also see our response to reviewer #2.

      (6) The authors claim that "cHet SST+ cells showed no significant changes in active and passive membrane properties", but this claim would seem to be directly refused by the data of Fig 8f. In the absence of changes in either active or passive membrane properties shouldn't the current/#AP plot remain unchanged?

      While we acknowledge the theoretical expectation that changes in intrinsic parameters should correlate with alterations in neuronal firing, the absence of differences in the parameters analyzed in this study is not incompatible with the clear and significant decrease in firing rate observed in cHet SST+ cells. It's indeed possible that other intrinsic factors, not assessed in this study, may have contributed to this effect. However, exploring these mechanisms is beyond the scope of our current investigation. We rephrased the discussion and added this limitation of our study in the revised version.

      (7) The plots used for the determination of AP threshold (Figs 5c, 7c, and 7h) suggest that the frequency of acquisition of current-clamp signals may not have been sufficient, this value is not included in the Methods section.

      This study utilized a sampling rate of 10 kHz, which is a standard rate for action potential analysis in the present context. While we acknowledge that a higher sampling rate could have enhanced the clarity of the phase plot, our recording conditions, as detailed in our response to Rev#2/comment#5, were suitable for the objectives of this study.

      Reference list

      Bengtsson Gonzales C, Hunt S, Munoz-Manchado AB, McBain CJ, Hjerling-Leffler J (2020) Intrinsic electrophysiological properties predict variability in morphology and connectivity among striatal Parvalbumin-expressing Pthlh-cells Scientific Reports 10: 15680 https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-020-72588-1

      Bertero A, Zurita H, Normandin M, Apicella AJ (2020) Auditory long-range parvalbumin cortico-striatal neurons. Frontiers in Neural Circuits 14:45 http://doi.org/10.3389/fncir.2020.00045

      Chamberland S, Nebet ER, Valero M, Hanani M, Egger R, Larsen SB, Eyring KW, Buzsáki G, Tsien RW (2023) Brief synaptic inhibition persistently interrupts firing of fastspiking interneurons Neuron 111:1264–1281 http://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuron.2023.01.017 

      Chehrazi P, Lee KKY, Lavertu-Jolin M, Abbasnejad Z, Carreño-Muñoz MI, Chattopadhyaya B, Di Cristo G (2023). The p75 neurotrophin receptor in preadolescent prefrontal parvalbumin interneurons promotes cognitive flexibility in adult mice Biological Psychiatry 94:310-321 doi: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.biopsych.2023.04.019

      Elabbady L, Seshamani S, Mu S, Mahalingam G, Schneider-Mizell C, Bodor AL, Bae JA, Brittain D, Buchanan J, Bumbarger DJ, Castro MA, Dorkenwald S, Halageri A, Jia Z, Jordan C, Kapner D, Kemnitz N, Kinn S, Lee K, Li K, Lu R, Macrina T, Mitchell E, Mondal SS,  Popovych S, Silversmith W, Takeno M, Torres R,  Turner NL, Wong W,  Wu J, Yin W, Yu SC, The MICrONS Consortium,  Seung S,  Reid C,  Da Costa NM,  Collman F (2024) Perisomatic features enable efficient and dataset wide cell-type classifications across large-scale electron microscopy volumes bioRxiv, https://doi.org/10.1101/2022.07.20.499976

      Goldberg EM, Clark BD, Zagha E, Nahmani M, Erisir A, Rudy B (2008) K+ Channels at the axon initial segment dampen near-threshold excitability of neocortical fastspiking GABAergic interneurons. Neuron 58 :387–400 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuron.2008.03.003

      Golomb D, Donner K, Shacham L, Shlosberg D, Amitai Y, Hansel D. (2007). Mechanisms of firing patterns in fast-spiking cortical interneurons PLoS Computational Biology 38:e156 http://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pcbi.0030156

      Hu H, Martina M, Jonas P (2010). Dendritic mechanisms underlying rapid synaptic activation of fast-spiking hippocampal interneurons. Science 327:52–58. http://doi.org/10.1126/science.1177876

      Hwang YS, Maclachlan C, Blanc J, Dubois A, Petersen CH, Knott G, Lee SH (2021). 3D ultrastructure of synaptic inputs to distinct gabaergic neurons in the mouse primary visual cortex. Cerebral Cortex 31:2610–2624 http://doi.org/10.1093/cercor/bhaa378

      Jadhav V, Carreno-Munoz MI, Chehrazi P, Michaud JL, Chattopadhyaya B, Di Cristo G (2024) Developmental Syngap1 haploinsufficiency in medial ganglionic eminencederived interneurons impairs auditory cortex activity, social behavior and extinction of fear memory The Journal of Neuroscience in press.

      Kavalali E (2015) The mechanisms and functions of spontaneous neurotransmitter release Nature Reviews Neuroscience 16:5–16. https://doi.org/10.1038/nrn3875

      Kourrich S, Thomas MJ (2009) Similar neurons, opposite adaptations: psychostimulant experience differentially alters firing properties in accumbens core versus shell Journal of Neuroscience 29:12275-12283 http://doi.org:10.1523/JNEUROSCI.302809.2009

      Kourrich S, Hayashi T, Chuang JY, Tsai SY, Su TP, Bonci A (2013) Dynamic interaction between sigma-1 receptor and Kv1.2 shapes neuronal and behavioral responses to cocaine Cell 152:236–247. http://doi.org/10.1016/j.cell.2012.12.004 

      Norenberg A, Hu H, Vida I, Bartos M, Jonas P (2010) Distinct nonuniform cable properties optimize rapid and efficient activation of fast-spiking GABAergic interneurons Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 107:894–9. http://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.0910716107

      Ramirez DM, Kavalali ET (2011) Differential regulation of spontaneous and evoked neurotransmitter release at central synapses Current Opinion in Neurobiology 21:275282 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.conb.2011.01.007

      Russo G, Nieus TR, Maggi S, Taverna S (2013) Dynamics of action potential firing in electrically connected striatal fast-spiking interneurons Frontiers in Cellular Neuroscience 7:209 https://doi.org/10.3389/fncel.2013.00209

      Sara Y, Virmani T, Deák F, Liu X, Kavalali ET (2005) An isolated pool of vesicles recycles at rest and drives spontaneous neurotransmission Neuron 45:563-573 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuron.2004.12.056

      Sara Y, Bal M, Adachi M, Monteggia LM, Kavalali ET (2011) Use-dependent AMPA receptor block reveals segregation of spontaneous and evoked glutamatergic neurotransmission Journal of Neuroscience 14:5378-5382 https://doi.org/10.1523/JNEUROSCI.5234-10.2011

      Stevens SR, Longley CM, Ogawa Y, Teliska LH, Arumanayagam AS, Nair S, Oses-Prieto JA, Burlingame AL, Cykowski MD, Xue M, Rasband MN (2021) Ankyrin-R regulates fast-spiking interneuron excitability through perineuronal nets and Kv3.1b K+ channels eLife 10:e66491 http://doi.org/10.7554/eLife.66491  

      Ünal CT, Ünal B, Bolton MM (2020) Low-threshold spiking interneurons perform feedback inhibition in the lateral amygdala Brain Structure and Function 225:909–923. http://doi.org/10.1007/s00429-020-02051-4

      Wang H, Kunkel DD, Schwartzkroin PA, Tempel BL (1994) Localization of Kv1.1 and Kv1.2, two K channel proteins, to synaptic terminals, somata, and dendrites in the mouse brain. The Journal of Neuroscience 14:4588-4599. https://doi.org/10.1523/JNEUROSCI.14-08-04588.1994

      Zhang YZ, Sapantzi S, Lin A, Doelfel SR, Connors BW, Theyel BB (2023) Activitydependent ectopic action potentials in regular-spiking neurons of the neocortex. Frontiers in Cellular Neuroscience 17 https://doi.org/10.3389/fncel.2023.1267687

      Zurita H, Feyen PLC, Apicella AJ (2018) Layer 5 callosal parvalbumin-expressing neurons: a distinct functional group of GABAergic neurons. Frontiers in Cellular Neuroscience 12:53 https://doi.org/10.3389/fncel.2018.00053

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Major points:

      (1) The introduction nicely summarizes multiple aspects of cortical auditory physiology and auditory stimulus processing, but the experiments in this study are performed ex vivo in acute slices. I wonder if it would be beneficial to shorten the initial parts of the introduction and consider a more focused approach highlighting, for example, to what extent Syngap1 expression levels change during development and/or vary across cortical areas. What cortical cell types express Syngap1 in addition to PV+ and SST+ cells? If multiple cell types normally express Syngap1, the introduction could clarify that the present study investigated Syngap1 insufficiency by isolating its effects in PV+ and SST+ neurons, a condition that may not reflect the situation in mental health disorders, but that would allow to better understand the global effects of Syngap1 deficiency.

      We thank the reviewer for this very helpful suggestion. We have changed the introduction as suggested.

      (2) Because mEPSCs are not affected in Syngap+/- interneurons, the authors conclude that the lower sEPSC amplitude is due to decreased network activity. However, it is likely that the absence of significant difference (Fig 1g), is due to lack of statistical power (control: 18 cells from 7 mice, cHet: 8 cells from 4 mice). By contrast, the number of experiments recording sIPSCs and mIPSCs (Fig 2) is much larger. Hence, it seems that adding mEPSC data would allow the authors to more to convincingly support their conclusions. To more directly test whether Syngap insufficiency affects excitatory inputs by reducing network activity, ideally the authors would want to record sEPSCs followed by mEPSCs from each PV+ neuron (control or cHet). Spontaneous event frequency and amplitude should be higher for sEPSCs than mEPSCs, and Syngap1 deficiency should affect only sEPSCs, since network activity is abolished following tetrodotoxin application for mEPSC recordings.

      We agreed with the reviewer’s suggestion, and recorded sEPSCs followed by mEPSCs from PV+ neurons in control and cHet mice (Figure supplement 3). In both genotypes, we found no significative difference in either amplitude or inter-event intervals between sEPSC and mEPSC, suggesting that in acute slices from adult A1, most sEPSCs may actually be action potentialindependent. While perhaps surprisingly at first glance, this result can be explained by recent published work suggesting that action potentials-dependent (sEPSC) and -independent (mEPSC) release may not necessarily engage the same pool of vesicles or target the same postsynaptic sites (Sara et al., 2005; Sara et al., 2011; reviewed in Ramirez and Kavalali, 2011; Kavalali, 2015). Consequently, while we may have traditionally interpreted activity-dependent and -independent data assuming they utilize the same pool, this is no longer accurate; and indeed, the current discussion in the field revolves around understanding the mechanisms underlying such phenomena.

      Therefore, comparisons between sEPSCs and mEPSCs may not yield conclusive data but rather speculative interpretations. We have added this caveat in the result section.

      (3) The interpretation of the data of experiments studying thalamic inputs and single synapses should be clarified and/or rewritten. First, it is not clear why the authors assume they are selectively activating thalamic fibers with electrical stimulation. Presumably the authors applied electrical stimulation to the white matter, but the methods not clearly explained? Furthermore, the authors could clarify how stimulation of a single axon was verified and how could they distinguish release failures from stimulation failures, since the latter are inherent to using minimal stimulation conditions. Interpretations of changes in potency, quantal content, failure rate, etc, depend on the ability to distinguish release failures from stimulation failures. In addition, can the authors provide information on how many synapses a thalamic axon does establish with each postsynaptic PV+ cell from control or Syngap-deficient mice? Even if stimulating a single thalamic axon would be possible, if the connections from single thalamic axons onto single PV+ or SST+ cells are multisynaptic, this would make the interpretation of minimal stimulation experiments in terms of single synapses very difficult or unfeasible. In the end, changes in EPSCs evoked by electrical stimulation may support the idea that Syngap1 insufficiency decreases action potential evoked release, that in part mediates sEPSC, but without indicating the anatomical identity of the stimulated inputs (thalamic, other subcortical or cortico-cortical?

      We agree with the reviewer, our protocol does not allow the stimulation of single synapses/axons, but rather bulk stimulation of multiple axons. We thank the reviewer for bringing up this important point.  In our experiment, we reduced the stimulus intensity until no EPSC was observed, then increased it until we reached the minimum intensity at which we could observe an EPSC. We now explain this approach more clearly in the method and changed the results section by removing any reference to “minimal” stimulation.

      Electrical stimulation of thalamic radiation could indeed activate not only monosynaptic thalamic fibers but also polysynaptic (corticothalamic and/or corticocortical) EPSC component. To identify monosynaptic thalamocortical connections, we used as criteria the onset latencies of EPSC and the variability jitter obtained from the standard deviation of onset latencies, as previously published by other studies (Richardson et al., 2009; Blundon et al., 2011; Chun et al., 2013). Onset latencies were defined as the time interval between the beginning of the stimulation artifact and the onset of the EPSC. Monosynaptic connections are characterized by short onset latencies and low jitter variability (Richardson et al., 2009; Blundon et al., 2011; Chun et al., 2013). In our experiments, the initial slopes of EPSCs evoked by white matter stimulation had short onset latencies (mean onset latency, 4.27 ± 0.11 ms, N=16 neurons in controls, and 5.07 ± 0.07 ms, N=14 neurons in cHet mice) and low onset latency variability jitter (0.24 ± 0.03 ms in controls vs 0.31 ± 0.03 ms in cHet mice), suggestive of activation of monosynaptic thalamocortical monosynaptic connections (Richardson et al., 2009; Blundon et al., 2011; Chun et al., 2013). Of note, a previous study in adult mice (Krause et al., 2014) showed that local field potentials evoked by electrical stimulation of medial geniculate nucleus or thalamic radiation were comparable. The information is included in the revised manuscript, in the methods section.

      (4) The data presentation in Fig 6 is a bit confusing and could be clarified. First, in cluster analysis (Fig 6a), the authors may want to clarify why a correlation between Fmax and half width is indicative of the presence of subgroups. Second, performing cluster analysis based on two variables alone (Fmax and half-width) might not be very informative, but perhaps the authors could better explain why they chose two variables and particularly these two variables? For reference, see the study by Helm et al. 2013 (cited by the authors) using multivariate cluster analysis. Additionally, the authors may want to clarify, for non-expert readers, whether or not finding correlations between variables (heatmap in the left panel of Fig 6b) is a necessary condition to perform PCA (Fig 6b right panel).

      We apologize for the confusion and thank the reviewer for the comment. The choice of Fmax and half width to cluster PV+ subtypes was based on past observation of atypical PV+ cells characterized by a slower AP half-width and lower maximal AP firing frequency (Nassar et al., 2015; Bengtsson Gonzales et al., 2018; Ekins et al., 2020; Helm et al., 2013). Based on these previous studies we performed hierarchical clustering of AP half-width and Fmax-initial values based on Euclidean distance. However, in our case some control PV+ cells showed no correlation between these parameters (as it appears in Fig 6a left, right, and 6b left), requiring the use of additional 11 parameters to perform Principal Component Analysis (PCA). PCA takes a large data set with many variables per observation and reduces them to a smaller set of summary indices (Murtagh and Heck 1987).  We choose in total 13 parameters that are largely unrelated, while excluding others that are highly correlated and represent similar features of membrane properties (e.g., AP rise time and AP half-width). PCA applies a multiexponential fit to the data, and each new uncorrelated variable [principal component (PC)] can describe more than one original parameter (Helm et al., 2013). We added information in the methods section as suggested.

      Minor points:

      (1) In Fig 3a, the traces illustrating the effects of syngap haplo-insufficiency on AMPA and NMDA EPSCs do not seem to be the best examples? For instance, the EPSCs in syngap-deficient neurons show quite different kinetics compared with control EPSCs, however Fig 3f suggests similar kinetics.

      We changed the traces as suggested.

      (2) In the first paragraph of results, it would be helpful to clarify that the experiments are performed in acute brain slices and state the age of animals.

      Done as suggested.

      (3) The following two sentences are partly redundant and could be synthesized or merged to shorten the text: "Recorded MGE-derived interneurons, identified by GFP expression, were filled with biocytin, followed by posthoc immunolabeling with anti-PV and anti-SST antibodies. PV+ and SST+ interneuron identity was confirmed using neurochemical marker (PV or SST) expression and anatomical properties (axonal arborisation location, presence of dendritic spines)."

      We rewrote the paragraph to avoid redundancy, as suggested.

      (4) In the following sentence, the mention of dendritic spines is not sufficiently clear, does it mean that spine density or spine morphology differ between PV and SST neurons?: "PV+ and SST+ interneuron identity was confirmed using neurochemical marker (PV or SST) expression and anatomical properties (axonal arborisation location, presence of dendritic spines)."

      We meant absence or presence of spines. PV+ cells typically do not have spines, while SST+ interneurons do. We corrected the sentence to improve clarity.

      (5) The first sentence of the discussion might be a bit of an overinterpretation of the data? Dissecting the circuit mechanisms of abnormal auditory function with Syngap insufficiency requires experiments very different from those reported in this paper. Moreover, that PV+ neurons from auditory cortex are particularly vulnerable to Syngap deficiency is possible, but this question is not addressed directly in this study because the effects on auditory cortex PV+ neurons were not thoroughly compared with those on PV+ cells from other cortical areas.

      We agreed with the reviewer and changed this sentence accordingly.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Minor issues:

      "glutamatergic synaptic inputs to Nkx2.1+ interneurons from adult layer IV (LIV) auditory cortex" it would be more correct if this sentence used "in adult layer IV" instead of "from".

      We made the suggested changes.

      It would be useful information to provide whether the slice quality and cellular health was affected in the cHet animals.

      We did not observe any difference between control and cHet mice in terms of slices quality, success rate of recordings and cellular health. We added this sentence in the methods.

      Were BCshort and BCbroad observed within the same slice, same animals? This information is important to exclude the possibility of experimental origin of the distint AP width.

      We have indeed found both type of BCs in the same animal, and often in the same slice.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) The introduction is rather diffuse but should be more focused on Syngap1, cellular mechanisms and interneurons. For example, the authors do not even define what Syngap1 is.

      We thank the reviewer for this very helpful suggestion. We have changed the introduction as suggested.

      (2) Some of the figures appear very busy with small fonts that are difficult to read. Also, it is very hard to appreciate the individual datapoints in the blue bars. Could a lighter color please be used?

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful suggestion. We made the suggested changes.

      (3)     The strength/limit of using a conditional knockout should be discussed.

      Done as suggested, in the revised Discussion.

      (4) Statistical Methods should be described more in depth and probably some references should be added. Also, do (apparent?) inconsistencies between the text and the figures depend on the analysis used? For example, neither Fig 1g nor Fig 3f (eNMDA) reach significance despite large differences in the illustration. Maybe the authors could acknowledge this trend and discuss potential reasons for not reaching significance. Also, the legend to Fig 9 indicates the presence of "a significant decrease in AP half-width from cHet in absence or presence of a-DTX", but the bar graph does not show that.

      The interpretation of the data is based on the results of the LMM analysis, which takes in account both the number of cells and the numbers of mice from which these cells are recorded. We chose this statistical approach because it does not rely on the assumption that cells recorded from same mouse are independent variables. We further provided detailed information about statistical analysis done in the tables associated to each figure where we show both LMM and the most commonly used Mann Whitney (for not normally distributed) or t-test (for normally distributed), for each data set.  As suggested, we added reference about LMM in Methods section.

      (5) Were overall control and mutant mice of the same average postnatal age? Is there a reason for the use of very young animals? Was any measured parameter correlated with age?

      Control and mutant mice were of the same postnatal age. In particular, the age range was 75.5 ± 1.8 postnatal days for control group and 72.1 ± 1.7 postnatal days in cHet group (mean ± S.E.M.). We did not use any young mice. We have added this information in the methods.

      (6) Figure 6. First, was the dendritic arborization of all cells fully intact? Second, if Figure 7 uses the same data of Figure 5 after a reclassification of PV+ cells into the two defined subpopulations, then Figure 5 should probably be eliminated as redundant. Also, if the observed changes impact predominantly one PV+ subpopulation, maybe one could argue that the synaptic changes could be (at least partially) explained by the more limited dendritic surface of BC-short (higher proportion in mutant animals) rather than only cellular mechanisms.

      All the reconstructions used for dendritic analysis contained intact cells with no evidently cut dendrites. We added this information in the methods section.

      Regarding Figure 5 we recognize the reviewer’s point of view; however, we think both figures are informative. In particular, Figure 5 shows the full data set, avoiding assumptions on the different PV cells subtype classification, and can be more readily compared with several previously published studies.

      We apologize for our lack of clarity, which may have led to a misunderstanding. In Figure 6i our data show that BC-short from cHet mice have a larger dendritic surface and a higher number of branching points compared to BC-short from control mice. 

      (7) I am rather surprised by the AP threshold of ~-20/-15 mV observed in the datapoints of some figures. Did the authors use capacitance neutralization for their current-clamp recordings? What was the sampling rate used? Some of the phase plots (Vm vs dV/dT) suggests that it may have been too low.

      See responses to public review.

      (8) Please add the values of the series resistance of the recordings and a comparison between control and mutant animals.

      As suggested, we re-examined the series resistance values (Rs), comparing Rs between groups and found no difference for Rs in eAMPA (Control mice: 13.2±0.5,  n=16 cells from 7 mice; cHet mice: 13.7±0.3, n=14 cells from 7 mice; LMM, p=0.432) and eNMDA (Control mice: 12.7±0.7, n=6 cells from 3 mice; cHet mice: 13.8±0.7, n=6 cells from 5 mice;  LMM, p=0.231).

      (9) I am unclear as to how the authors quantified colocalization between VGluts and PSD95 at the low magnification shown in Supplementary Figure 2. Could they please show images at higher magnification?

      Quantification was done on high resolution images. Immunostained sections were imaged using a Leica SP8-STED confocal microscope, with an oil immersion 63x (NA 1.4) at 1024 X 1024, zoom=1, z-step =0.3 μm, stack size of ~15 μm. As suggested by the reviewer, we changed the figure by including images at higher magnification.

      (10) The authors claim that "cHet SST+ cells showed no significant changes in active and passive membrane properties", but this claim would seem to be directly refused by the data of Fig 8f. In the absence of changes in either active or passive membrane properties shouldn't the current/#AP plot remain unchanged?

      The reduction in intrinsic excitability observed in SST+ cells from cHet mice could be due to intrinsic factors not assessed in this study. However, exploring these mechanisms is beyond the scope of our current investigation. We rephrased the discussion and added this limitation of our study in the revised version.

      (11) Please check references as some are missing from the list.

      Thank you for noticing this issue, which is now corrected.

      References  

      Bengtsson Gonzales C, Hunt S, Munoz-Manchado AB, McBain CJ, Hjerling-Leffler J (2020) Intrinsic electrophysiological properties predict variability in morphology and connectivity among striatal Parvalbumin-expressing Pthlh-cells Scientific Reports 10:15680 https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-020-72588-1

      Blundon JA, Bayazitov IT, Zakharenko SS (2011) Presynaptic gating of postsynaptically expressed plasticity at mature thalamocortical synapses The Journal of Neuroscience 31:1601225 https://doi.org/10.1523/JNEUROSCI.3281-11.2011

      Chun S, Bayazitov IT, Blundon JA, Zakharenko SS (2013) Thalamocortical long-term potentiation becomes gated after the early critical period in the auditory cortex The journal of Neuroscience 33:7345-57 https://doi.org/10.1523/JNEUROSCI.4500-12.2013.

      Ekins TG, Mahadevan V, Zhang Y, D’Amour JA, Akgül G, Petros TJ, McBain CJ (2020) Emergence of non-canonical parvalbumin-containing interneurons in hippocampus of a murine model of type I lissencephaly eLife 9:e62373 https://doi.org/10.7554/eLife.62373

      Helm J, Akgul G, Wollmuth LP (2013) Subgroups of parvalbumin-expressing interneurons in layers 2/3 of the visual cortex Journal of Neurophysiology 109:1600–1613 https://doi.org/10.1152/jn.00782.2012

      Kavalali E (2015) The mechanisms and functions of spontaneous neurotransmitter release Nature Reviews Neuroscience 16:5–16 https://doi.org/10.1038/nrn3875

      Krause BM, Raz A, Uhlrich DJ, Smith PH, Banks MI (2014) Spiking in auditory cortex following thalamic stimulation is dominated by cortical network activity Frontiers in Systemic Neuroscience 8:170. https://doi.org/10.3389/fnsys.2014.00170

      Murtagh F, Heck A (1987) Multivariate Data Analysis. Dordrecht, The Netherlands: Kluwer Academic.

      Nassar M, Simonnet J, Lofredi R, Cohen I, Savary E, Yanagawa Y, Miles R, Fricker D (2015) Diversity and overlap of Parvalbumin and Somatostatin expressing interneurons in mouse presubiculum Frontiers in Neural Circuits 9:20. https://doi.org/10.3389/fncir.2015.00020

      Ramirez DM, Kavalali ET (2011) Differential regulation of spontaneous and evoked neurotransmitter release at central synapses Current Opinion in Neurobiology 21:275-282 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.conb.2011.01.007

      Richardson RJ, Blundon JA, Bayazitov IT, Zakharenko SS (2009) Connectivity patterns revealed by mapping of active inputs on dendrites of thalamorecipient neurons in the auditory cortex. The Journal of Neuroscience 29:6406-17 https://doi.org/10.1523/JNEUROSCI.3028-09.2009

      Sara Y, Virmani T, Deák F, Liu X, Kavalali ET (2005) An isolated pool of vesicles recycles at rest and drives spontaneous neurotransmission Neuron 45:563-573 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuron.2004.12.056

      Sara Y, Bal M, Adachi M, Monteggia LM, Kavalali ET (2011) Use-dependent AMPA receptor block reveals segregation of spontaneous and evoked glutamatergic neurotransmission Journal of Neuroscience 14:5378-5382 https://doi.org/10.1523/JNEUROSCI.5234-10.2011

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #2:

      No further questions, but please do add a sentence or two about the lack of these additional points in the discussion as a limitation to the study.

      We have included additional “limitations of the study” in the Discussion Section.

      Reviewer #3:

      The authors have added to the discussion some critical remarks about the limitations of the study, which will help in the assessment of the conclusions.

      In sum, the manuscript has significantly improved during the revision.

      Some minor points should be changed, though

      Page 18 marked: "What causes an age-dependent decrease in mitochondrial OXPHOS genes across tissues, however, is largely unknown." I assume, the authors do not suggest that the abundance of genes is reduced, which means elimination of DNA? Be more precise about this.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We have clarified this to mean “OXPHOS gene expression” and made a couple changes accordingly.

      Page 18 marked : a paragraph was added addressing the increase in mitochondrial respiration in the heart, this should be discussed in the light of literature as it was done for skeleton muscle the following paragraph

      We have included additional paragraphs in the Discussion Section to talk about increased mitochondrial respiration in the aging heart in the context of published literature.

      Figure 2: it was asked for error bars for the OCR measurements. Response: We have added the error bars and statistical significance to revised Figure 2; however, is it correct that there are no significant differences?

      Figure 2 ranks tissues based on the OCR values within a single group of mice (male or female, young or old) and is not a comparison between male vs female, or young vs old. For this reason, no statistics were included as they are not needed here. The goal of this figure is to highlight the OCR distribution across tissues within a single sex and age group.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      We have responded to these criticisms below and have revised the main text and figures. Here, we outline the major points of our responses:

      (1) The reviewers asked for more clarification regarding cell type annotation in the lung mesenchyme as shown in Figure 3C. We have included a new supplementary figure (Supplementary Figure 2) which shows differentially expressed genes amongst these mesenchymal cell subsets using a variety of visualization tools including a heatmap, UMAP plots, and the dotplot which was originally shown in Supplementary Figure 1D. The other supplemental figures have been re-numbered.

      (2) We acknowledge the lack of consensus in the field regarding the nomenclature of fibroblast subsets in the developing mouse lung. We are not attempting to define new subsets, but rather we adopted annotations based on previously published work. Specifically, we used Seurat to define mesenchymal cell clusters and then compared the gene expression patterns of these clusters to published work by Hurskainen et al. (Bernard Thebaud’s group) and Narvaez Del Pilar et al. (Jichou Chen’s group). We acknowledge these annotations might conflict with other published data, but any approach to choosing a cell label would be subject to scrutiny. For example, Col13a1 fibroblasts share markers with cells which have been defined by others as lipofibroblasts or alveolar fibroblasts. Similarly, Col14a1 fibroblasts appear to share markers with matrix fibroblasts. Further work is clearly needed to address these discrepancies, and we hope that making our data publicly available will help that effort. 

      (3) The reviewers asked us to interrogate changes in canonical markers of fibroblast subsets (i.e. lipofibroblasts, matrix fibroblasts) to address whether the apparent loss of myofibroblasts could be explained by a change in myofibroblast specification/differentiation. We have included these data in the responses, but because we are unable to draw any clear conclusions from these results, we do not feel these data warrant inclusion in the manuscript/figures.

      (4) As highlighted in the eLife assessment, our study does not include tissue validation (i.e. immunohistochemistry) of myofibroblast markers to distinguish whether the loss of myofibroblasts is attributable to lack of proliferation and/or changes in differentiation/specification. We spent considerable time over the past few months attempting to address these questions, however we were unable to produce convincing PDGFRa staining on tissues that we had collected during our original studies. Without PDGFRa staining, we regretfully could not co-stain for other useful markers to assess proliferation (EdU), apoptosis (TUNEL or caspase), or fibroblast function/specification (ACTA2, SM22a/TAGLN, ADRP, etc). We suspect that these experiments would require optimization of tissue fixation/processing at the time of harvest or the inclusion of a Pdgfra lineage tool for better identification of these cells by immunohistochemistry. Given that the majority of Pdgfra lineage tools require a knock-in/knock-out approach, data generated using these tools should be interpreted with caution given our results here show that Pdgfra-haploinsufficiency alone worsens disease outcomes after hyperoxia exposure.

      In summary, we have addressed several concerns raised by the reviewers and have attempted to perform some of the additional experiments suggested.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this study, the authors used both the commonly used neonatal hyperoxia model as well as cell-type-specific genetic inactivation of Tgfbr2 models to study the basis of BPD. The bulk of the analyses focus on the mesenchymal cells. Results indicate impaired myofibroblast proliferation, resulting in decreased cell number. Inactivation of Etc2 in Pdgfra-lineaged cells, preventing cytokinesis of myofibroblasts, led to alveolar simplification. Together, the findings demonstrate that disrupted myofibroblast proliferation is a key contributor to BPD pathogenesis.

      Strengths:

      Overall, this comprehensive study of BPD models advances our understanding of the disease. The data are of high quality.

      Weaknesses:

      The critiques are mostly minor and can be addressed without extensive experimentation.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this study, the authors systematically explore the mechanism(s) of impaired postnatal lung development with relevance to BPD (bronchopulmonary dysplasia) in two murine models of 'alveolar simplification', namely hyperoxia and epithelial loss of TGFb signaling. The work presented here is of great importance, given the limited treatment options for a clinical entity frequently encountered in newborns with high morbidity and mortality that is still poorly understood, and the unclear role of TGFb signaling, its signaling levels, and its cellular effects during secondary alveolar septum formation, a lung structure generating event heavily impacted by BPD. The authors show that hyperoxia and epithelial TGFb signaling loss have similar detrimental effects on lung structure and mechanical properties (emphysema-like phenotype) and are associated with significantly decreased numbers of PDGFRa-expressing cells, the major cell pool responsible for generation of postnatal myofibroblasts. They then use a single-cell transcriptomic approach combined with pathway enrichment analysis for both models to elucidate common factors that affect alveologenesis. Using cell communication analysis (NicheNet) between epithelial and myofibroblasts they confirm increased projected TGFb-TGFbR interactions and decreased projected interactions for PDGFA-PDGFRA, and other key pathways, such as SHH and WNT. Based on these results they go on to uncover in a sequela of experiments that surprisingly, increased TGFb appears reactive to postnatal lung injury and rather protective/homeostatic in nature, and the authors establish the requirement for alpha V integrins, but not the subtype alphaVbeta6, a known activator of TGFb signaling and implied in adult lung fibrosis. The authors then go beyond the TGFb axis evaluation to show that mere inhibition of proliferation by conditional KO of Ect2 in Pdgfra lineage results in alveolar simplification, pointing out the pivotal role of PDGFRa-expressing myofibroblasts for normal postnatal lung development.

      Strengths:

      (1) The approach including both pharmacologic and mechanistically-relevant transgenic interventions both of which produced consistent results provides robustness of the results presented here.

      (2) Further adding to this robustness is the use of moderate levels of hyperoxia at 75% FiO2, which is less extreme than 100% FiO2 frequently used by others in the field, and therefore favors the null hypothesis.

      (3) The prudent use of advanced single-cell analysis tools, such as NicheNet to establish cell interactions through the pathways they tested and the validation of their scRNA-seq results by analysis of two external datasets. Delineation of the complexity of signals between different cell types during normal and perturbed lung development, such as attempted successfully in this study, will yield further insights into the underlying mechanism(s).

      (4) The combined readout of lung morphometric (MLI) and lung physiologic parameters generates a clinically meaningful readout of lung structure and function.

      (5) The systematic evaluation of TGFb signaling better determines the role in normal and postnatally-injured lungs.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) While the study convincingly establishes the effect of lung injury on the proliferation of PDGFRa-expressing cells, differentiation is equally important. Characterization of PDGFRa expressing cells and tracking the changes in the injury models in the scRNA analysis, a key feature of this study, would benefit from expansion in this regard. PDGFRa lineage gives rise to several key fibroblast populations, including myofibroblasts, lipofibroblasts, and matrix-type fibroblasts (Collagen13a1, Collagen14a1). Lipofibroblasts constitute a significant fraction of PDGFRa+ cells, and expand in response to hyperoxic injury, as shown by others. Collagen13a1-expressing fibroblasts expand significantly under both conditions (Figure 3), and appear to contain a significant number of PDGFRa-expressing cells (Suppl Fig.1). Effects of the applied injuries on known differentiation markers for these populations should be documented. Another important aspect would be to evaluate whether the protective/homeostatic effect of TGFb signaling is supporting the differentiation of myofibroblasts. Postnatal Gli1 lineage gains expression of PDGFRa and differentiation markers, such as Acta2 (SMA) and Eln (Tropoelastin). Loss of PDGFRa expression was shown to alter Elastin and TGFb pathway-related genes. TGFb signaling is tightly linked to the ECM via LTBPs, Fibrillins, and Fibulins. An additional analysis in the aforementioned regard has great potential to more specifically identify the cell type(s) affected by the loss of TGFb signaling and allow analysis of their specific transcriptomic changes in response and underlying mechanism(s) to postnatal injury.

      We attempted to conduct additional analyses on our sequencing data to evaluate the impact of lung injury on the differentiation of Pdgfra-expressing cells towards other fibroblast lineages. To specifically address the impact of hyperoxia on fibroblast differentiation, we subsetted wildtype cells collected at the P7 timepoint (while pups were still undergoing hyperoxia treatment) from the larger data set. Shown below are several Violin Plots comparing gene expression between RA and O2 conditions across the mesenchymal populations.

      Although there are some interesting observations in this analysis, we could not identify a consistent theme from these data which could clearly answer the reviewers’ questions. We see a clear reduction of Pdgfra and Eln in both myofibroblast subsets with hyperoxia, which support our findings of reductions in the myofibroblast subsets. Acta2 and Tagln appear slightly lower in alveolar myofibroblasts, but both are higher in ductal myofibroblasts. Interestingly, both Acta2 and Tagln are higher in Col14a1 fibroblasts with hyperoxia. The functional relevance of these data are unclear because there appears to be higher per-cell expression of Acta2 in ductal myofibroblasts while the relative contribution of these cells is reduced (Figure 3D-E). Col14a1 fibroblasts show increased Acta2 and Tagln expression and are slightly increased in proportion at P7 with hyperoxia treatment (Figure 3D), albeit to a much lesser degree compared to Col13a1 fibroblasts.

      Author response image 1.

      Markers of ductal myofibroblasts including Hhip, Cdh4, and Aspn all appear lower with hyperoxia. Interestingly Plin2 expression is only slightly increased in Col13a1 fibroblasts with hyperoxia treatment, and there is also increased expression in alveolar myofibroblasts. Tcf21 is another marker commonly used to identify lipofibroblasts and its expression is similarly increased in myofibroblasts during hyperoxia, although its expression is conversely lower in Col13a1 and Col14a1 fibroblasts in our data. Overall, these data would appear consistent with recently published data by Ricetti et al. in which the authors observed an increase in lipofibroblast gene signatures and reduced myofibroblast gene signatures with hyperoxia treatment.

      Author response image 2.

      Author response image 3.

      The ability of our data to clearly identify changes in cell fate differentiation is limited by our use of Seurat to define cell clusters because these methods are likely to mask subtle gene expression changes in a small number of cells nested within a parent cluster. In the example above with Plin2, the change in Plin2 expression within myofibroblasts is not significant enough for Seurat to pull these cells out from their parent clusters to define a different lineage, nor are these cells similar enough in their current moment in time to be considered Col13a1 fibroblasts or lipofibroblasts. Increasing the dimensions used to define Seurat clusters might be sufficient to identify this subset of cells as a distinct cluster, however this approach would come at the expense of creating several more cell subsets with increasingly small populations which would be difficult to further analyze.

      One alternative approach to address these questions regarding differentiation might include using pseudo-time analysis of our sequencing data to predict cell lineage. Unfortunately, these analyses are beyond the scope of our current study, but we hope that our public data set can be used by investigators hoping to utilize this approach. Another method to address these questions could utilize a pulse-chase lineage experiment where one could label Pdgfra-expressing cells at the onset of injury and compare the differentiation of these labeled cells following injury. Li et al. conducted a similar experiment with hyperoxia in which Pdgfra-expressing cells were labeled during embryonic development and then postnatally following hyperoxia exposure. The authors noted a decrease in both lineaged myofibroblasts and lineaged lipofibroblasts and concluded that Pdgfra-lineaged cells were lost with hyperoxia treatment rather than undergoing aberrant differentiation. While these experiments likely have their own caveats related to the timing and efficiency of labeling, they represent a more conclusive approach to addressing differences in cell specification as compared to our sequencing- and flow cytometry-based approaches.

      Author response image 4.

      Author response image 5.

      (2) Of the three major lung abnormalities encountered in BPD, the authors focus on alveolarization impairment in great detail, to a very limited extent on inflammation, and not on vascularization impairment. However, this would be important not only to better capture the established pathohistologic abnormalities of BPD, but also it is needed since the authors alter TGFb signaling, and inflammatory and vascular phenotypes with developmental loss of TGFb signaling and its activators have been described. Since the authors make the point about the absence of inflammation in their BPD model, it will be important to show the evidence.

      We acknowledge that vascular changes significantly contribute to BPD pathogenesis, however our study was not designed to adequately characterize changes in vascular/endothelial cells. We were motivated to focus on the lung mesenchyme after observing a dramatic loss of PDGFRa+ cells with our initial characterization of the hyperoxia injury model (Figure 2). At the onset of our study, the existing publicly available data did not contain enough mesenchymal cells for in-depth analysis. To generate new observations and hypotheses within the lung mesenchyme we enriched our single cell prep for mesenchymal cells at the time of FACS-sorting to ensure we would have sufficient cell numbers for downstream analysis.

      (3) Conceptually it would be important that in the discussion the authors reconcile their findings in the experimental BPD models in light of human BPD and the potential implications it might have on new ways to target key pathways and cell types for treatment. This allows the scientific community to formulate the next set of questions in a disease-relevant manner.

      We have edited text in the discussion to address this point.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This paper seeks to understand the role of alveolar myofibroblasts in abnormal lung development after saccular stage injury.

      Strengths:

      Multiple models of neonatal injury are used, including hyperoxia and transgenic models that target alveolar myofibroblasts.

      Weaknesses:

      There are several weaknesses that leave the conclusions significantly undersupported by the data as presented:

      (1) There is no validation of the decreased number of myofibroblasts suggested by flow cytometry/scRNAseq at the level of the tissue. Given that multiple groups have reported increased myofibroblasts (aSMA+ fibroblasts) in humans with BPD and in mouse models, demonstrating a departure from prior findings with tissue validation in the mouse models is essential. There are many reasons for decreased numbers of a subpopulation by flow cytometry, most notably that injured cells may be less likely to survive the cell sorting process.

      Unfortunately, we were unable to produce convincing PDGFRa staining on tissues that we had collected during our original studies. Without PDGFRa staining, we regretfully could not co-stain for other useful markers to assess proliferation (EdU), apoptosis (TUNEL or caspase), or fibroblast function/specification (aSMA/ACTA2, SM22a/TAGLN, ADRP, etc). We suspect that these experiments would require optimization of tissue fixation/processing at the time of harvest or the inclusion of a Pdgfra lineage tool for better identification of these cells by immunohistochemistry. Given that the majority of Pdgfra lineage tools require a knock-in/knock-out approach, data generated using these tools should be interpreted with caution given our results here show that Pdgfra-haploinsufficiency alone worsens disease outcomes after hyperoxia exposure.

      Our single cell data show that there is increased expression of Acta2 and Tagln shown in the plots which might be consistent with the increased aSMA staining which others have observed in these settings. Interestingly, the transcripts of both genes are reduced in alveolar fibroblasts while increased in ductal myofibroblasts, Col13a1 fibroblasts, Col14a1 fibroblasts, and vascular smooth muscle. We did not include aSMA antibody staining in our flow cytometry experiments, but this would certainly add value to future attempts to characterize the phenotypic changes occurring during these injury models. 

      (2) The hallmark genes used to define the subpopulations are not given in single-cell data. As the definition of fibroblast subtypes remains an area of unsettled discussion in the field, it is possible that the decreased number by classification and not a true difference. Tissue validation and more transparency in the methods used for single-cell sequencing would be critical here.

      See response above and new Supplemental Figure 2.

      (3) There is an oversimplification of neonatal hyperoxia as a "BPD model" used here without a reference to detailed prior work demonstrating that the degree and duration of hyperoxia dramatically change the phenotype. For example, Morty et al have shown that hyperoxia of 85% or more x 14 days is required to demonstrate the septal thickening observed in severe human BPD. Other than one metric of lung morphometry (MLI), which is missing units on the y-axis and flexivent data, the authors have not fully characterized this model. Prior work comparing 75% O2 exposure for 5, 8, or 14 days shows that in the 8-day exposed group (similar to the model used here), much of the injury was reversible. What evidence do the authors have that hyperoxia alone is an accurate model of the permanent structural injury seen in human BPD?

      At the onset of our studies, we noted that several groups were using widely variable protocols ranging from 60-100% O2 exposure. Morty et al. have indeed conducted thorough experiments to characterize various different hyperoxia exposure protocols. In their 2017 study (https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC5312005/) they showed that 85% O2 from P1-P7 was sufficient to produce increased septal thickness compared to control mice, and this change was comparable to P1-P14 exposure with 85% O2. Interestingly, they also noted that some therapeutic interventions could rescue disease caused by 60% O2 but not 85% O2 exposure. Our criteria in choosing a treatment protocol were: (1) nursing dams and pups survived hyperoxia exposure, (2) injury was reproducible across cohorts, and (3) injury was not reversible simply by recovering in room air. We found that recent work utilizing 75% O2 exposure was sufficient to cause the alveolar simplification phenotype which we sought to investigate. In our hands, we did not observe mortality of nursing dams or pups except for litters lost to cannibalism/failure of cross-fostering.

      We are confident that the injury caused by our hyperoxia protocol is not reversible simply by recovering mice in room air. Several groups have phenotyped mice at P4, P10, or P14 immediately following the conclusion of hyperoxia treatment. To ensure that we were studying a lasting, irreversible phenotype, we conducted our endpoint studies (morphometry and lung physiology) at P40. Because mice continue to undergo alveolarization until ~P36-P39, we reasoned that this additional recovery time following cessation of hyperoxia would allow for spontaneous recovery if this injury was transient. Additionally, shown below are unpublished flexiVent data in which mice were treated for 10 days with 75% O2 and recovered until analysis at 10 weeks of age. These results are entirely consistent with the flexiVent data we have included in the manuscript, and the persistence of lung physiologic changes in adult mice suggest the presence of permanent underlying structural changes. We did not conduct morphometry/MLI studies at later timepoints, but we have no reason to suspect a different outcome given the clear results from lung physiology.

      Author response image 6.

      (4) Thibeault et al published a single-cell analysis of neonatal hyperoxia in 2021, with seemingly contrasting findings. How does this dataset compare in context?

      Our data is complimentary to the single-cell analysis published by Thebaud et al. We included a re-analysis of their mesenchymal data in Supplementary Figure 2 which shows they also observed a relative decrease in myofibroblast clusters at the P7 and P14 timepoints following hyperoxia treatment. Figure 4 of their paper highlights the top differentially expressed genes between RA and O2 in Col13a1 FB and myofibroblasts, and we observe nearly identical findings in our data set within each of these clusters. Below we have created dotplots of P7 wildtype samples for the same selected genes shown in Figure 4G of the Thebaud et al. paper. It is important to note that their clustering pooled all myofibroblasts into one cluster, while our data is divided into alveolar myofibroblasts and ductal myofibroblasts. The other difference is their data set includes all timepoints P3, P7 and P14 pooled for display, while the plot we selected for simplicity here is only P7 cells. From these data we can see that the general trends are identical to those observed by Thebaud et al., and the differences in genes such as Acta2 can be accounted for by different changes observed in the different myofibroblast clusters – which is identical to what is shown in the violin plots above – namely that Acta2 is reduced in hyperoxia in alveolar myofibroblasts while increased in the ductal myofibroblasts.

      Author response image 7.

      Alveolar myoFB

      Author response image 8.

      Ductal myoFB

      One difference between our two datasets is the relative contribution of myofibroblast and Col13a1 fibroblasts to the entire mesenchymal population of cells. Over 50% of all mesenchymal cells in our preps consist of myofibroblasts, while most of their mesenchymal cells are Col13a1 fibroblasts. These differences are likely accounted for by differences in tissue digestion and cell preparation protocols. However, despite these differences, their data show the same trends of decreased myofibroblasts and a relative expansion in Col13a1 fibroblasts.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) Figure 1, for the hyperoxia model, it is informative to have the analysis done at P40, while most of the previous studies using this model focus on outcomes shortly after the end of the hyperoxia regimen. The authors state "we did not see evidence of fibrosis, scarring, or inflammation." It will be helpful to include data supporting this conclusion, especially ACTA2, CTHRC1, and CD45 staining.

      We did not conduct trichrome staining or hydroxyproline assays to quantify the absence of fibrotic changes because there were no gross histologic changes consistent with scarring or fibrosis by H&E staining. We have amended the text to say “we did not see evidence of fibrosis or scarring” since we did not publish any changes to characterize the immune cell compartment.

      (2) Figure 3, single cell analysis, naming of the clusters is confusing. Is "alveolar myofibroblasts" the same as "secondary crest myofibroblasts"? Is "Col13a1 FB" the same as "alveolar fibroblasts" and "Col14a1 FB" the same as "adventitial fibroblasts"? The loss of myofibroblasts is intriguing because, by staining, there is an increase of ACTA2+ cells. Are ACTA2+ cells not myofibroblasts in scRNAseq data?

      As mentioned in responses above, we used Jichou Chen’s nomenclature of “alveolar myofibroblasts” and “ductal myofibroblasts”, but we agree that the former cluster is most consistent with “secondary crest myofibroblasts”. To distinguish the two remaining clusters of fibroblasts we used the same nomenclature as found in Thebaud et al’s single cell data set- “Col13a1 FB and “Col14a1 FB”. The Col13a1 FB cluster is most consistent with “alveolar fibroblasts” and contains high expression of several genes used to define “lipofibroblasts”, though it is unclear whether the latter may represent a subcluster within the Col13a1 FB cluster.

      As shown above, Acta2 is expressed broadly within the lung mesenchyme with highest levels found in myofibroblasts and smooth muscle cells.

      (3) Phosphorylated SMAD2/3 staining (e.g. Cell Signaling antibody) in the two models will be informative to show where TGF signaling activity is altered.

      We have not been successful in using SMAD2/3 staining to infer changes in TGFb signaling at the resolution needed to address this question. Other groups have shown qPCR and western blot data for SMAD2/3 signaling from whole lung extracts, but these approaches lack cell type and specificity and do not address spatial changes. We attempted to incorporate pSMAD2/3 staining into our flow cytometry experiments, but the staining protocol did not work in our hands.

      (4) Is cell death increased in the multiple models that showed simplification?

      While our EdU experiments address proliferation, we were unable to perform PDGFRa and TUNEL/caspase co-staining by histology to address apoptosis/cell death in our different models. Shown here is data from P7 wildtype mice in which Cdkn1a (promoting arrest of cell cycle), and pro-apoptotic genes Bax, Bak1, and Fas are all upregulated in hyperoxia in several mesenchymal cell populations including myofibroblasts.

      Author response image 9.

      (5) Wording: "These data suggest that avb6 does not play a role in TGFb activation during normal development or neonatal hyperoxia, while av-integrins in the lung mesenchyme are required for normal development and play a protective role in response to hyperoxia." The first half of the sentence is missing a reference to the epithelium.

      Text now reads "These data suggest that epithelial avb6 does not play a role…”

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The reviewer greatly appreciates the work presented here, especially the hard task of addressing combined signaling pathway input into key mesenchymal cell types during an essential expansion of alveolar surface area in postnatal lung and its effect upon disturbance.

      The issues of concern are mentioned in the public review and are expanded upon below:

      (1) Expanded characterization of PDGFRa+ expressing cells in the scRNA dataset is needed (see public review). Also included should be some of the key myofibroblast genes (elastin, Acta2, etc.) and their changes in the relevant cell populations. It would be important to show (at least at the transcriptional level) that myofibroblast differentiation is impaired if the author claims that the alveolarization defect is due to functional myofibroblast impairment. Furthermore, Ect2 expression and changes with treatments should be shown for the different cell populations (relevant to Figure 9).

      See responses above

      (2) The authors stated that they did not find evidence of fibrosis, scarring, and inflammation, but did not provide data to support this statement. Given the importance of at least the inflammation component in BPD, the absence of inflammation needs to be shown, especially in the model using the TGFBR2-cKO mouse, where at least their data show a trend to increased CD45 cell numbers (Figure 2), and upregulated inflammatory upstream regulators (IL10, IFNa, IKBKB, CEBPB upregulated) in the IPA (Figure 3). BAL and/or tissue by flow or IHC have been used to assess different immune cell populations. In terms of evaluation of vascular impairment, the single-cell data set contains endothelial cells, vascular smooth muscle, and pericytes, which allows interrogation following the two different types of injury (hyperoxia cKO TGFbR2) used for the scRNA-seq experiments).

      A full characterization of the immune cell or vascular/endothelial cell compartment within our models is beyond the scope of this current study as we were focusing on the shared changes observed within the lung mesenchyme. None of these compartments exist in isolation, so of course there are likely to be correlative and/or causative changes observed in each of the different models which we studied. We did consider further phenotypic analysis of the immune cells by flow cytometry within our different models, but deferred these experiments for future studies. As mentioned earlier we have omitted the reference to “no inflammation”.

      (3) The authors should report several litters per experiment and experimental group, mortality in the groups, and if present, visualize using e.g. Caplan-Meyer curves. The switch of the mothers during treatment, the early postnatal injections and treatments, and variability in outcome measures between different litters have to be anticipated. Therefore at least 2 litters, but preferably 3 litters per experiment should be examined, to show reproducibility.

      All experiments were conducted with at least 2-3 contemporaneous litters in each treatment group as this was necessary to have enough animals per treatment condition/group to achieve statistical significance. This was essential as all experiments were conducted on the C57BL/6 background where litter sizes are typically 6-8 pups in our colony. We did not encounter any maternal mortality related to hyperoxia exposure while rotating between hyperoxia and normoxia every 48 hrs. Loss of pups in our experiments was mostly due to cannibalism either immediately after birth or from neglect due to failure of cross-fostering.

      (4) The reviewer is concerned about using PBS as a control for experiments involving antibody treatment, in this case, 1D 11. The use of an isotype IgG would be the most appropriate and convincing control. In this case, an isotype-matched murine IgG1 control (13C4) has already been generated and is commercially available. While the reviewer does not suggest repeating all experiments, at least one small experiment showing that control IgG does not alter the lung phenotype with hyperoxia when compared with 1D11 would be important.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s suggestion and will consider an isotype antibody comparison in future studies. While not directly comparing 1D11 to isotype, we can share data in which we compared PBS to a different antibody. In this experiment, we attempted to use antibody blockade during the first 10 days of life while mice were undergoing hyperoxia treatment to target a specific component of the TGFb pathway. We observed no difference in outcomes either in RA or O2 when comparing PBS to xxx antibody. We cannot share the antibody identity due to intellectual property reasons, however additional studies confirmed that this antibody likely had no impact due to poor in vivo blocking activity.

      Author response image 10.

      (5) While inhibited proliferation is one possible explanation for the decrease of PDGFRa expression in the injured mice, there should be consideration of increased and/or premature apoptosis (before the physiologically observed wave P14-P20) as another reason. Also, do the authors propose that only proliferation results in alveolarization impairment, but differentiation plays no significant role here? If that is the case that would mean that there are some fully-differentiated myofibroblasts in the alveolar septa, but not enough to create the multitude of alveolar septal walls. Have the authors evaluated the decrease in secondary alveolar septa formed per alveolar airspace? This measure would give some sense of whether septum initiation was prevented or whether septa were formed, but are structurally abnormal, e.g. due to altered ECM (suspected decrease in Elastin and SMA expression, if myofibroblast differentiation was impaired or cell content (suspected decrease in myofibroblasts and increase of other cell types, such as lipofibroblasts).

      Apoptosis/cell death are likely to play a role in addition to inhibited proliferation. See violin plots shown above with cell cycle arrest and pro-apoptotic genes upregulated within the mesenchyme. Because we were unable to optimize tissue sections/staining with the samples collected during the early time points of our experiments (ie P4, P7, P10, P14), we are unable to co-stain for markers of apoptosis and answer this question in a direct manner. Future experiments will focus on additional characterization of these early changes with particular attention to altered fibroblast phenotypes within the alveolar septae.

      (6) An illustration depicting key cells and the pathways involved in cartoon format would be a useful addition and visualize the important conclusions of this paper for the reader.

      We appreciate this suggestion but think the results are sufficiently straightforward that a summary cartoon would not add much.

      Figure 4A: the legend appears to be switched. The gray square seems to align with the epithelial ligands, while the blue square aligns with receptors.

      Thank you for identifying this mistake – fixed.

      Names of transgenic lines used through manuscript:

      Please use the correct name, as per JAX would be either Gli1tm3(cre/ERT2)Alj/J or Gli1-CreERT2.

      Please use the correct name, as per JAX would be either Pdgfratm1.1(cre/ERT2)Blh/J or Pdgfrα-CreERT2.

      PDGFRa-CRE would be JAX# 013148.

      The transgenic lines have been noted in the methods, and we have edited the text of the manuscript to reflect the correct names of these lines. For the supplementary figure 4 which compares Gli1-CreERT2 to Pdgfrα-CreERT2, we left our prior nomenclature intact because it better reflects that each of these lines are haploinsufficient at their targeted loci, and that the controls are cre-negative littermates.

      We did not use the PDGFRa-CRE line (JAX# 013148).

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      - More transparency about the single-cell analysis is required: 1) how are cell types and clusters defined? 2) what strategy was used for ambient RNA? 3) how do the controls compare with recently published mouse developmental datasets? 4) how does this model compare with the single-cell dataset published by Thibeault et al in 2021 (neonatal hyperoxia x 14 days with multiple time points used)?

      See responses above.

      - Tissue level validation of these findings is essential by RNA ISH or IF. While validation that the same process is at play in human tissue would be ideal, if this is not available, the conclusions must be tempered in the discussion.

      See responses above.

      - Is this more mild neonatal injury reversible in mice? As noted above, more characterization of this model (and placing it in the context of other more widely published models would be helpful).

      See responses above.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife Assessment:

      This important study reveals that the malaria parasite protein PfHO, though lacking typical heme oxygenase activity, is vital for the survival of Plasmodium falciparum. Structural and localization analyses showed that PfHO is essential for apicoplast maintenance, particularly in gene expression and biogenesis, indicating a novel adaptive role for this protein in parasite biology. While the results supporting the claims of the authors are convincing, the lack of data defining a molecular understanding or mechanism of action of the protein in question limits the impact of the study. 

      We appreciate the positive assessment. We agree that further mechanistic understanding of PfHO function remains a key future challenge. Indeed, we made extensive efforts to unravel the molecular interactions and mechanisms that underpin the critical function of PfHO. We elucidated key interactions between PfHO and the apicoplast genome, reliance of these interactions on the electropositive N-terminus, association of PfHO with DNA-binding proteins, and a specific defect in apicoplast mRNA levels upon PfHO knockdown. The major limitation we faced in further defining PfHO function is the general lack of understanding of apicoplast transcription and broader gene expression in this organelle. That limitation and the challenges to overcome it go well beyond our study and will require concerted efforts across several manuscripts (likely by multiple groups) to define the mechanistic features of apicoplast gene expression. We look forward to contributing further molecular understanding of PfHO function as broader understanding of apicoplast transcription emerges.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Malaria parasites detoxify free heme molecules released from digested host hemoglobins by biomineralizing them into inert hemozoin. Thus, why malaria parasites retain PfHO, a dead enzyme that loses the capacity of catabolizing heme, is an outstanding question that has puzzled researchers for more than a decade. In the current manuscript, the authors addressed this question by first solving the crystal structure of PfHO and aligning it with structures of other heme oxygenase (HO) proteins. They found that the N-terminal 95 residues of PfHO, which failed to crystalize due to their disordered nature, may serve as signal and transit peptides for PfHO subcellular localization. This was confirmed by subsequent microscopic analysis with episomally expressed PfHO-GFP and a GFP reporter fused to the first 83 residues of PfHO (PfHO N-term-GFP). To investigate the functional importance of PfHO, the authors generated an anhydrotetracycline (aTC) controlled PfHO knockdown strain. Strikingly, the parasites lacking PfHO failed to grow and lost their apicoplast. Finally, by chromatin immunoprecipitation (ChIP), quantitative PCR/RT-PCR, and growth assays, the authors showed that both the cognate N-terminus and HO-like domain were required for PfHO function as an apicoplast DNA interacting protein.

      The authors systemically performed multidisciplinary approaches to address this difficult question: what is the function of this enzymatically dead PfHO? I enjoyed reading this manuscript and its thoughtful discussion. This study is not of clinical importance for antimalarial treatments but also deepens our understanding of protein function evolution. While I understand these experiments are challenging to conduct in malaria parasites, the data quality of some of the experiments could be improved. For example, most of the Western blots and Southern blots are not of high quality. 

      We thank the reviewer for the positive comments but are a bit puzzled by the final statement about western and Southern blot quality. We agree that the two anti-PfHO western blots probed with custom antibody (Fig. 3- source data 2 and 8) have substantial background signal in the higher molecular mass region >75 kDa. However, we note that the critical region <50 kDa is clear in both cases and readily enables target band visualization. All other western blots probing GFP or HA epitopes are of high quality with minimal off-target background. We present two Southern blot images. We agree that the signal is somewhat faint for the Southern blot demonstrating on-target integration of the aptamer/TetR-DOZI plasmid (Fig. 3- fig. supplement 4), although we note that the correct band pattern for integration is visible. We also note that the accompanying genomic PCR data is unambiguous. The Southern blot for GFPDHFRDD incorporation into the PfHO locus (Fig. 3- fig. supplement 1) has clear signal and strongly supports on-target integration. The minor background signal in the lower left region of the image does not extend into the critical lanes nor impact interpretation of correct clonal integration.

      As noted below, we have obtained a second western blot image to evaluate the decrease in PfHO protein expression in -aTC conditions. This revised image, which we now include in Fig. 3, shows clean detection of the PfHO signal in the critical molecular mass region below 40 kDa in +aTC conditions and substantial loss of this signal in -aTC conditions (relative to HSP60 loading control).

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary: 

      Blackwell et al. investigated the structure, localization, and physiological function of Plasmodium falciparum (Pf) heme oxygenase (HO). Pf and other malaria parasites scavenge and digest large amounts of hemoglobin from red cells for sustenance. To counter the potentially cytotoxic effects of heme, it is biomineralized into hemozoin and stored in the food vacuole. Another mechanism to counteract heme toxicity is through its enzymatic degradation via heme oxygenases. However, it was previously found by the authors that PfHO lacks the ability to catalyze heme degradation, raising the intriguing question of what the physiological function of PfHO is. In the current contribution, the authors determine that PfHO localizes to the apicoplast, determine its targeting sequence, establish the essentiality of PfHO for parasite viability, and determine that PfHO is required for proper maintenance of apicoplasts and apicoplast gene expression. In sum, the authors establish an essential physiological function for PfHO, thereby providing new insights into the role of PfHO in plasmodium metabolism. 

      Strengths: 

      The studies are rigorously conducted and the results of the experiments unambiguously support a role for PfHO as being an apicoplast-targeted protein required for parasite viability and maintenance of apicoplasts. 

      Weaknesses: 

      While the studies conducted are rigorous and support the primary conclusions, the lack of experiments probing the molecular function of PfHO limits the impact of the work. Nevertheless, the knowledge that PfHO is required for parasite viability and plays a role in the maintenance of apicoplasts is still an important advance.

      We appreciate the positive assessment. We agree that further mechanistic understanding of PfHO function remains a key future challenge. Indeed, we made extensive efforts to unravel the molecular interactions and mechanisms that underpin the critical function of PfHO. We elucidated key interactions between PfHO and the apicoplast genome, reliance of these interactions on the electropositive N-terminus, association of PfHO with DNA-binding proteins, and a specific defect in apicoplast mRNA levels upon PfHO knockdown. The major limitation we faced in further defining PfHO function is the general lack of understanding of apicoplast transcription and broader gene expression. That limitation and the challenges to overcome it go well beyond our study and will require concerted efforts across several manuscripts (likely by multiple groups) to define the mechanistic features of apicoplast gene expression. We look forward to contributing further molecular understanding of PfHO function as broader understanding of apicoplast transcription emerges.

      Recommendations for the authors: 

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors): 

      Specifically, I would like to see the expression of PfHO in the 3D7 strain and PfHOaptamer/TetR-DOZI parasites detected by PfHO antibody on the same blot. The reason is that while most of the western blots show that PfHO appears as both pro- and processed-form, Figure 3-S5B shows only the processed-form of PfHO in all life stages of 3D7. It would be interesting to find out if the processing of PfHO1 is strain/stage-specific, and whether it is regulated by heme levels. It may also be interesting to find out if the pro-form of PfHO is also functional (i.e. mutate the cleavage site). 

      We agree with the reviewer that Fig. 3- figure supplement 5B shows predominant detection of a single band for PfHO in untagged 3D7 parasites. In our experience, the detection of the unprocessed, pro form of PfHO can vary idiosyncratically with different experiments and cultures. In support of this variable detection of unprocessed PfHO in 3D7, we note in Fig. 3A that we detected both the unprocessed and processed forms of PfHO in a western blot of endogenously tagged PfHO-GFP-DHFRDD in 3D7 parasites with an intact apicoplast. We agree with the reviewer that future studies of stage-dependent processing of PfHO may give insights into conditions that favor or disfavor detection of the unprocessed protein. 

      Given prior evidence for vestigial heme binding by PfHO (Sigala et al. JBC 2012), we considered whether such heme binding might modulate PfHO expression, stability, and/or function. It is unknown if heme is present inside the apicoplast, and we currently lack evidence for heme-dependent function or expression by PfHO. Future studies can test this possible dependence.

      Regarding processing and possible function of the cleaved peptide, we note that the Nterminal 18 amino acids are expected to constitute the signal peptide that is cleaved cotranslationally with import into the ER. Our data indicate that PfHO undergoes further processing upon import into the apicoplast to remove a further 15 residues. We currently have no evidence nor expectation that these additional residues contribute to PfHO function beyond targeting to the apicoplast.

      I am also confused as to why the authors used rabbit anti-PfHO and rabbit anti-Ef1α on the same blot for Figure 3C, which makes it difficult to appreciate the expression changes of PfHO. Given the high non-specific background of PfHO antibody shown by other Western blots (Figure 3 - Source data 2), I would like to see a blot stained with only PfHO antibody to show that expression of PfHO has been efficiently reduced in the absence of aTC. 

      Bands for Ef1α (50 kDa) and untagged PfHO (~32 kDa) are readily distinguished by western blot analysis based on their distinct molecular masses and electrophoretic mobilities. We agree that staining with the anti-PfHO antibody resulted in background bands in other regions of the gel image, especially in the higher molecular mass region >75 kDa. We note that additional strong evidence for down-regulation of PfHO expression is provided in Fig. 3- figure supplement 6, which shows specific loss of PfHO mRNA transcript levels in -aTC conditions by RT-qPCR. 

      Nevertheless, we have followed the reviewer’s suggestion and provided a new WB image of PfHO expression ±aTC (probed only with rabbit anti-PfHO antibody) that shows strong down-regulation of PfHO protein levels in -aTC conditions, consistent with the strong growth phenotype observed. We have inserted this revised, cleaner western blot image into Fig. 3 (along with detection of HSP60 levels in replicate samples as loading control) and placed the prior image into Fig. 3- figure supplement 6. In both cases, densitometry analysis indicates an 80-85% reduction in PfHO levels in -aTC conditions.

      The authors proposed that PfHO interacts with apicoplast genome DNA via the electropositive N-terminus. Interestingly, these positively charged residues are not conserved between Plasmodium, Theileria, and Babesia. I will be curious to follow the authors' future work to investigate the function of this electropositive N-terminus, possibly by comparative and mutagenesis analysis. 

      We agree that further molecular studies of DNA-binding determinants by PfHO and its N-terminus will be insightful.

      The Quantitative RT-PCR analysis revealed that loss of PfHO specifically resulted in decreased apicoplast RNA. I wonder if the authors plan to conduct RNAseq analysis on the PfHO knockdown strain across multiple life stages, to get a clearer picture of PfHO function in malaria parasites. 

      Our RT-qPCR data across multiple asexual stages prior to organelle loss indicate that abundance of all apicoplast-encoded transcripts drops precipitously and uniformly upon PfHO knockdown (Fig. 5- figure supplement 7). Given the small size of the apicoplast genome and the polycistronic nature of apicoplast transcription, we assume that RNA-Seq studies would result in a similar observation. We hypothesize that PfHO knockdown and subsequent dysfunctions may interfere with RNA polymerase assembly on DNA and/or processivity. We are currently testing these hypotheses.

      I noticed that the authors did not discuss the function of PfHO in apicoplast organelle biogenesis. Since ClpM (previously termed ClpC) is the only apicoplast-encoded Clp subunit that is essential for apicoplast biogenesis, does the author think that PfHO knockdown parasites lost their apicoplast due to decreased ClpM expression? If that were the case, would episomally expression or nuclear knockin of ClpM rescue PfHO deficiency in the absence of isopentenyl pyrophosphate (IPP)? 

      We share the reviewer’s curiosity to understand how loss of apicoplast transcripts leads to organelle dysfunction and defective IPP synthesis. We agree that ClpM function may be critical to import of nuclear-encoded proteins necessary for apicoplast function. SufB encoded on the apicoplast genome is also expected to be essential for Fe-S cluster synthesis in the apicoplast and to be required for Fe-S-dependent IPP synthesis. We have expanded the first Discussion section to address these possible connections.

      Minor: 

      (1) None of the microscopy photos have scale bars. 

      We have added scale bars to all microscopy images.

      (2) Multiple microscopy pictures show strange patches around the fluorescent signals (a grey square distinguishes from the black background). This is especially evident in Figure 2 S2. Was it caused by the reduction of the original pictures? 

      We have reviewed all fluorescence microscopy images but are unable to identify the issue noted by the reviewer. We have uploaded new versions of all images to include scale bars (as requested above), and we hope that this update resolves the issue observed by the reviewer. We are happy to further troubleshoot and address if the reviewer continues to see these artifacts and can provide further information.

      (3) A description of how Southern blotting was performed is missing. 

      We thank the reviewer for bringing this omission to our attention. We have added a description of the Southern blot methods to the section on genome editing.

      (4) Figure 3B: should be "αGFP: 12nm", not "αPfHO1: 12nm". 

      We have modified this labeling to read “αGFP (PfHO): 12 nm”.

      (5) Figure 3C: which clone of PfHO knockdown was used in all the following figures? How many clones were tested in the following figures (did they show consistent phenotype)? 

      The polyclonal culture of PfHO-aptamer/TetR-DOZI knockdown parasites from transfection 11 was used for growth assay and western blot experiments, since there was no evidence by PCR or Southern blot for the wildtype PfHO locus. We have elaborated on these details in the Methods section.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors): 

      In Figure 2 and Figure 3B, to address rigor and reproducibility, the authors should state the number of parasites analyzed and if there was any variation in localization. For instance, did all of the parasites analyzed have apicoplast localization of heme oxygenase or was there a distribution of apicoplast and non-apicoplast localization? 

      Localization by fluorescence microscopy of episomal and endogenous tagged PfHO is presented in Fig. 2, Fig. 2- fig. supplements 1 and 2, and Fig. 3- fig. supplement 2. Localization by immunogold EM is presented in Fig. 3B and Fig. 3- fig. supplement 3. In all cases 3-4 representative images are presented that support exclusive localization of PfHO to the apicoplast. We imaged ≥10-20 additional parasites in all cases (and across distinct transfections and biological samples) that also supported exclusive localization to the apicoplast. We have modified the figure legends and methods description to note these replicate values. Finally, we note that IPP rescue of parasite viability upon PfHO knockdown strongly supports the conclusion that the critical and essential function of PfHO impacts the apicoplast, consistent with its exclusive detection in that organelle by microscopy.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1:

      Comment 1. Mohseni and Elhaik's article offers a critical evaluation of Geometric Morphometrics (GM), a common tool in physical anthropology for studying morphological differences and making phylogenetic inferences. I read their article with great interest, although I am not a geneticist or an expert on PCA theory since the problem of morphology-based classification is at the core of paleoanthropology.

      The authors developed a Python package for processing superimposed landmark data with classifier and outlier detection methods, to evaluate the adequacy of the standard approach to shape analysis via modern GM. They call into question the accuracy, robustness, and reproducibility of GM, and demonstrate how PCA introduces statistical artefacts specific to the data, thus challenging its scientific rigor. The authors demonstrate the superiority of machine learning methods in classification and outlier detection tasks. The paper is well-written and provides strong evidence in support of the authors' argument. Thus, in my opinion, it constitutes a major contribution to the field of physical anthropology, as it provides a critical and necessary evaluation of what has become a basic tool for studying morphology, and of the assumptions allowing its application for phylogenetic inferences. Again, I am not an expert in these statistical methods, nor a geneticist, but the authors' contribution is of substantial relevance to our field (physical anthropology). The examples of NR fossils and HLD 6 are cases in point, in line with other notable examples of critical assessment of phylogenetic inferences made on the basis of PCA results of GM analysis. For example, see Lordkipanidze et al.'s (2014) GM analyses of the Dmanisi fossils, suggesting that the five crania represent a single regional variant of Homo erectus; and see Schwartz et al.'s (2014) comment on their findings, claiming that the dental, mandibular, and cranial morphology of these fossils suggest taxic diversity. Schwartz et al. (2014) ask, "Why did the GMA of 78 landmarks not capture the visually obvious differences between the Dmanisi crania and specimens commonly subsumed H. erectus? ... one wonders how phylogenetically reliable a method can be that does not reflect even easily visible gross morphological differences" (p. 360).

      As an alternative to the PCA step in GM, the authors tested eight leading supervised learning classifiers and outlier detection methods on three-dimensional datasets. The authors demonstrated inconsistency of PCA clustering with the taxonomy of the species investigated for the reconstruction of their phylogeny, by analyzing a database comprising landmarks of 6 known species that belong to the Old World monkeys tribe Papionini, using PCA for classification. The authors also demonstrated that high explained variance should not be used as an estimate of high accuracy (reliability). Then, the authors altered the dataset in several ways to simulate the characteristic nature of paleontological data.

      The authors excluded taxa from the database to study how PCA and alternative classifiers are affected by partial sampling, and the results presented in Figures 4 and 5, among others, are quite remarkable in showing the deviations from the benchmark data. These results expose the perils of applying PCA and GM for interpreting morphological data. Furthermore, they provide evidence showing that the alternative classifiers are superior to PCA, and that they are less susceptible to experimenter intervention. Similar results, i.e., inconsistencies in the PC plots, were obtained in examinations of the effect of removing specimens from the dataset and in the interesting test of removing landmarks to simulate partial morphological data, as is often the case with fossils. To test the combined effect of these data alterations, the authors combined removal of taxa, specific samples, and landmarks from the dataset. In this case, as well, the PCA results indicate deviation from the benchmark data. However, the ML classifiers could not remedy the situation. The authors discuss how these inconsistencies may lead to different interpretations of the data, and in turn, different phylogenetic conclusions. Lastly, the authors simulated the situation of a specimen of unknown taxonomy using outlier detection methods, demonstrating LOF's ability to identify a novelty in the morphospace.

      References

      Bookstein FL. 1991. Morphometric tools for landmark data: geometry and biology [Orange book]. Cambridge New York: Cambridge University Press.<br /> Cooke SB, and Terhune CE. 2015. Form, function, and geometric morphometrics. The Anatomical Records 298:5-28.<br /> Lordkipanidze D, et al. 2013. A complete skull from Dmanisi, Georgia, and the evolutionary biology of early Homo. Science 342: 326-331.<br /> Schwartz JH, Tattersall I, and Chi Z. 2014. Comment on "A complete skull from Dmanisi, Georgia, and the evolutionary biology of Early Homo". Science 344(6182): 360-a.

      The reviewer considered our work to be a “contribution is of substantial relevance to our field (physical anthropology)” We are grateful for this evaluation and for the thorough review and insightful comments on our manuscript, which helped us improve its quality further. Your remarks regarding the superiority of machine learning methods over traditional GM approaches, as well as the challenges and implications highlighted in our findings, resonate deeply with the core objectives of our research. The references to previous studies and their relevance to our work underscore the broader implications of our findings for the interpretation of morphological data in evolutionary studies. We are thankful for your remarks regarding the debate surrounding the Dmanisi fossils. We covered it in our introduction (lines 161-174):

      Finally, PCA also played a part in the much-disputed case of the Dmanisi hominins (39, 40). These early Pleistocene hominins, whose fossils were recovered at Dmanisi (Georgia), have been a subject of intense study and debate within physical anthropology. Despite their small brain size and primitive skeletal architecture, the Dmanisi fossils represent Eurasia’s earliest well-dated hominin fossils, offering insights into early hominin migrations out of Africa. The taxonomic status of the Dmanisi hominins has been initially classified as Homo erectus or potentially represented a new species, Homo georgicus or else (40, 41). Lordkipanidze et al.’s (42) geometric morphometrics analyses suggested that the variation observed among the Dmanisi skulls may represent a single regional variant of Homo erectus. However, Schwartz et al. (2014) (43) raised concerns about the phylogenetic inferences based on PCA results of the geometric morphometrics analysis, noting the failure of the method to capture visually obvious differences between the Dmanisi crania and specimens commonly subsumed under Homo erectus."

      Comment 2. I suggest moving all the interpretations from the Results section to the Discussion section. This will enhance the flow of the results and make it easier to follow.

      We tried that, but it made the manuscript less readable. Because our manuscript makes two strong statements, one about the unsuitability of PCA to the field and one about the many other problems in the field, as demonstrated through several test cases, it is better to keep them separate in the Results and Discussions, respectively.

      Comment 3. I recommend conducting an English language edit on the text to address minor inconsistencies.

      We thoroughly edited the text to enhance the language style and consistency. We thank the reviewer for the suggestion.

      Comment 4. Line 21, what do you mean by "ontogenists"?

      Individuals who are versed in or study ontogeny.

      Comment 5. When referring to the remains from Nesher Ramla (Israel), I recommend using "NR fossils". Thus, in line 34, I suggest replacing "Homo Nesher Ramla" by "Nesher Ramla fossils (NR fossils)", also in line 122.

      We replaced "Homo Nesher Ramla" with "Nesher Ramla fossils (NR fossils)" in all of the instances throughout the manuscript. We thank the reviewer for the suggestion.

      Comment 6. Line 34, I suggest replacing "human" by "hominin".

      (Line 35) We replaced "human" with "hominin".

      “…, such as the case of Homo Nesher Ramla, an archaic hominin with a questionable taxonomy.”

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion.

      Comment 7. Line 67-68, I suggest clarifying the classification of landmarks using the definition of landmark types (Bookstein, 1991; also see summary by Cooke and Terhune (2015) - Table 1).

      We revised our summary of the classification of landmarks: (Lines 83-94). Our MS now reads:

      “Determining sufficient measurements and data points for a valid morphometric analysis is older than modern geometric morphometrics (19). In geometric morphometrics, landmarks are discrete points on biological structures used to capture shape variation. Bookstein (20) categorised landmarks into three types: Type one, representing the juxtaposition of tissues such as the intersection of two sutures; Type two, denoting maxima of curvature like the deepest point in a depression or the most projecting point on a process; and Type three, which includes extremal points defined by information from other locations on the object, such as the endpoint or centroid of a curve or feature. Originally, Type three landmarks encompassed semi-landmarks, but Weber and Bookstein (21) refined this classification, identifying Type three landmarks as those characterised by information from multiple curves and symmetry, including the intersection of two curves or the intersection of a curve and a suture, and further subdividing them into three subtypes (3a, 3b, 3c) (15). While landmarks provide crucial information about the structure’s overall shape, semi-landmarks capture fine-scale shape variation (e.g., curves or surfaces) that landmarks alone cannot adequately represent. Semi-landmarks are heavily relied upon as the source of shape information to break the continuity of regions in the specimen without clearly identifiable landmarks (22). Semi-landmarks are typically aligned based on their relative positions to landmarks, allowing for the comprehensive analysis of shape changes and deformations within complex structures (2). Unsurprisingly, the use of semi-landmarks is controversial. For instance, Bardua et al. (23) claim that high-density sliding semi-landmark approaches offer advantages compared to landmark-only studies, while Cardini (24) advises caution about potential biases and subsequent inaccuracies in high-density morphometric analyses.”

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion.

      Comment 8. Line 84, "beneficial over" - I suggest revising.

      (Line 102) We revised the sentence and used “offer advantages” instead.

      “… claim that high-density sliding semi-landmark approaches offer advantages compared to landmark-only studies.”

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion.

      Comment 9. Line 97, do you mean "therefore"?

      (Line 115) Yes, we replaced "thereby" with "therefore".

      Comment 10. Line 116, I suggest rephrasing as follows: "newly discovered hominin fossils with respect to...".

      (Lines 135, 136) We rephrased it as suggested:

      “is the classification of newly discovered hominin fossils within the human phylogenetic tree”

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion.

      Comment 11. Line 119, please clarify or explain what you mean by subjective determination of clustering in PCA plots.

      We rephrased (Lines 137, 138) to read:

      "However, which specimens should be included in clusters and which ones should be considered outliers is determined subjectively…"

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion.

      Comment 12. Lines 146-148: consider revising to clarify the sentence; "than" in line 147 should be "that".

      We modified the sentence, we replaced "than" with "that". (Lines 196, 197)

      " … that even the criticism from its pioneers was dismissed"

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion.

      Comment 13. Line 213: I recommend adding the phylogenetic tree of the Papionini tribe. This would be particularly relevant for the interpretation of the results, e.g., in lines 324-328.

      The reviewer suggested adding a phylogenetic tree of the Papionini tribe to increase the interpretability of our results. We added two trees (Figure 3) based on the molecular phylogeny of extant papionins and the most parsimonious tree generated from the initial Collard and Wood (1).

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion.

      Comment 14. Lines 244-248: I recommend that the parallels drawn between the results presented in this section and other cases of PCA analysis interpretation (e.g., the NR fossils) are transferred to the Discussion section.

      This would allow a more fluent read of the results.

      Thank you, we considered that but found that it does not improve the readability of the discussion, because this is a very technical issue that would be best understood alongside the specific use case that tests it.

      Comment 15. Line 301: The word "are" should be placed before the word "all".

      (Line 319) We modified accordingly and placed "are" before "all":

      “Rarely are all related taxa represented;”

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion.

      Comment 16. Line 426: I suggest "omissions" in place of "missingness".

      (Line 435) We replaced "missingness" with "omissions".

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion.

      Comment 17. Line 440 is part of the caption for Figure 6. Please add a description of what the red arrow indicates in every figure in which it appears.

      Yes, we added a sentence to the caption of figures 7 and 8:

      “The red arrow in subfigures A, B, and C marks a Lophocebus albigena (pink) sample whose position in PC scatterplots is of interest.”

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion.

      Comment 18. Line 454: I recommend "partial morphological information" instead of "some form information".

      (Lines 446, 447) We made modifications and replaced "some form information" with " partial morphological information":

      “Newfound samples often comprise incomplete osteological remains or fossils (18, 22) and only present partial morphological information.”

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion.

      Comment 19. Line 547: I suggest "portion" instead of "fracture".

      (Lines 470, 471) We replaced "fracture" with "portion":

      “Thereby, while the complete skull would cluster with its own taxon…”

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion.

      Comment 20. Lines 664-665 should read "anatomy and physical anthropology".

      (Lines 600-602) We modified the text accordingly:

      “There are various approaches in morphometrics, but among them, geometric morphometrics has left an indelible mark on biology, especially in anatomy and physical anthropology.”

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion.

      Comment 21. Lines 684-699: This paragraph seems to belong in the introduction section.

      (lines 175-190) We modified it and moved it to the introduction.

      “Visual interpretations of the PC scatterplots are not the only role PCA plays in geometric morphometrics. Phylogenetic Principal Component Analysis (Phy-PCA) (44) and Phylogenetically Aligned Component Analysis (PACA) (45) are both used in geometric morphometrics to analyse shape variation while considering the supposed phylogenetic relationships among species. They differ in their approach to aligning landmark configurations and the role of PCA within them. Phy-PCA incorporates phylogenetic information by utilising a phylogenetic tree to model the evolutionary history of the species. This method aims to separate shape variation resulting from shared evolutionary history from other sources of variation. PCA plays a similar role in performing dimensionality reduction on the aligned landmark configurations in Phy-PCA (44). PACA takes a different approach to alignment. It uses a Procrustes superimposition method based on a phylogenetic distance matrix, aligning the landmark configurations according to the evolutionary relationships among species. PCA is then applied to the aligned configurations to extract the principal components of shape variation (45). Both analyses provide insights into the patterns and processes that shape biological form diversity while considering phylogenetic relationships, yet they are also subjected to the limitations and biases inherent in relying on PCA as part of the process.”

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion.

      Comment 22. Line 717: I suggest "fossils" instead of "hominins".

      (Lines 636, 637) We modified it accordingly and replaced "hominins" with "fossils":

      “…which reflect the restraints faced in morphometric analysis of ancient samples (e.g., fossils).”

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion.

      Comment 23. Line 728: the word "the" should be deleted; Skhul V should not be italicized, and so do the words "Mount Carmel"; "Neandertals"; "modern humans"; and "Late Paleolithic" in the following lines.

      (Line 647-651) We made modifications accordingly:

      “For example, Harvati (27), who analysed the Skhul 5 (84), a 40,000-year-old human skull from Mount Carmel (Israel), proposed diverging hypotheses based on favourable PC outcomes (based on PC8 separating it from Neanderthals and modern humans and associating it with the Late Palaeolithic specimen and based on PC12 associating it with modern humans).”

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion.

      Comment 24. Line 734: the first comma should be deleted.

      (Line 653) We deleted the first comma:

      “(Figures 5-12) show that compared to the benchmark (Figure 4), …”

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion.

      Reviewer #2:

      Comment 1. I completely agree with the basic thrust of this study. Yes, of course, machine learning is FAR better than any variant of PCA for the paleosciences. I agree with the authors' critique early on that this point is not new per se - it is familiar to most of the founders of the field of GMM, including this reviewer. A crucial aspect is the dependence of ALL of GMM, PCA or otherwise, on the completely unexamined, unformalized praxis by which a landmark configuration is designed in the first place. I must admit that I am stunned by the authors' estimate of over 32K papers that have used PCA with GMM.

      We thank the reviewer for accepting the premise of our study.

      But beating a dead horse is not a good way of designing a motor vehicle. I think the manuscript needs to begin with a higher-level view of the pathology of its target disciplines, paleontology and paleoanthropology, along the lines that David demonstrated for numerical taxonomy some decades ago. That many thousands of bad methodologies require some sort of explanation all of their own in terms of (a) the fears of biologists about advanced mathematics, (b) the need for publications and tenure, (c) the desirability of covers of Nature and Science, and (d) the even greater glory of getting to name a new "species." This cumulative pathology of science results in paleoanthro turning into a branch of the humanities, where no single conclusion is treated as stable beyond the next dig, the next year or so of applied genomics, and the next chemical trace analysis. In short, the field is not cumulative.

      Given the wide popularity of PCA and the attempts to prevent data replication to show its limitations, we do not believe that we are beating a dead horse, but a very live beast that threatens the integrity of the entire field. We accept the second part of the analogy about developing a motor vehicle.

      We also accepted the reviewer’s suggestion and developed the suggested paragraph:

      " A major contribution to the field was made by Sokal and Sneath’s Principles of Numerical Taxonomy (9) book, which challenged traditional taxonomic theory as inherently circular and introduced quantitative methods to address questions of classification (see also review by Sneath (10)). Hull (11) claimed that evolutionary reasoning practiced in taxonomy is not inherently circular but rather unwarranted. He argued that such criticism was based on misunderstandings of the logic of hypothesising, which he attributed to an unrealistic desire for a mistake-proof science. He contended that scientific hypotheses should begin with insufficient evidence and be refined iteratively as new evidence emerges. However, some taxonomists preferred a more rigid, hierarchical approach to avoid the appearance of error. As a result of these and other criticisms, traditional taxonomy declined in favour of cladistics and molecular systematics, which provided more accurate and evolutionarily informed classifications.

      Today, palaeontology and palaeoanthropology grapple with methodological challenges that compromise the stability of their conclusions. These issues stem from various factors, including biologists’ apprehensions towards advanced mathematics, the pressure to publish for career advancement (12), the pursuit of high-profile journal covers, and the prestige associated with naming new species. As a result, these fields often resemble a branch of biology where the latest discoveries or new analytical techniques frequently overturn previous findings. This lack of cumulative knowledge necessitates a more rigorous approach to methodology and interpretation in morphometrics to ensure that conclusions are robust and enduring."

      It is not obvious that the authors' suggestion of supervised machine learning will remedy this situation, since (a) that field itself is undergoing massive changes month by month with the advent of applications AI, and even more relevant (b) the best ML algorithms, those based on deep neural nets, are (literally) unpublishable - we cannot see how their decisions have actually been computed. Instead, to stabilize, the field will need to figure out how to base its inferences on some syntheses of actual empirical theories.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s insightful comments and concerns regarding the use of supervised machine learning in our study. We acknowledge the rapid advancements in the field of machine learning and its significant impact on various domains, including geometric morphometrics. Although we are aware of the ongoing integration of machine learning techniques in geometric morphometrics, our objective was to thoroughly investigate some of the conventional and more frequently used models for comparative analysis.

      Our intention was also to develop a Python module that enables users to easily apply these models to their landmark data. We recognise that most users typically apply machine learning methods to the principal component analysis (PCA) of their landmark data (2), unless PCA fails to explain enough variance (3), as we discussed in the context of Linear Discriminant Analysis (LDA). Our study demonstrates that these machine learning methods can be directly applied after generalised Procrustes analysis (GPA), without necessitating PCA as an intermediary step. This highlights another significant point of our research: the often automatic and potentially unnecessary use of PCA in geometric morphometrics.

      Furthermore, we acknowledge that the availability of more extensive data might have allowed us to explore more complex methods, such as neural networks. However, neural networks require a substantial amount of data due to their numerous learning parameters, which we did not possess in this study. It is also evident that not every algorithm is suitable for every situation. Our findings revealed that simpler models, such as the nearest neighbours classifier, which do not even have a training phase, performed exceptionally well. Additionally, the nearest neighbours classifier offers the desired transparency and interpretability, addressing the reviewer’s concern regarding the opacity of more complex models.

      We hope this clarifies our approach and objectives, and we sincerely thank the reviewer for their valuable feedback, which has helped us refine our study and its presentation.

      It's not that this reviewer is cynical, but it is fair to suggest a revision conveying a concern for the truly striking lack of organized skepticism in the literature that is being critiqued here. A revision along those lines would serve as a flagship example of exactly the deeper argument that reference (17) was trying to seed, that the applied literature obviously needs a hundred times more of. Such a review would do the most good if it appeared in one of the same journals - AJBA, Evolution, Journal of Human Evolution, Paleobiology - where the bulk of the most highly cited misuses of PCA themselves have appeared.

      First, we do not believe that this reviewer is cynical, and we hope they will not consider us cynical if we point out that the field has thus far largely ignored previous reports of PCA misuses published in those journals, like the excellent Bookstein 2019 (4) paper, so perhaps a different approach is needed with a different journal.

      Second, our MS is not a review. We agree with the reviewer that a review of PCA critical papers is of value. We changed the title of our study to make it easier to find, and we thank the reviewer for the comment. 

      Reviewer #3:

      Comment 1. Mohseni and Elhaik challenge the widespread use of PCA as an analytical and interpretive tool in the study of geometric morphometrics. The standard approach in geometric morphometrics analysis involves Generalised Procrustes Analysis (GPA) followed by Principal Component Analysis (PCA). Recent research challenges PCA outcomes' accuracy, robustness, and reproducibility in morphometrics analysis. In this paper, the authors demonstrate that PCA is unreliable for such studies. Additionally, they test and compare several Machine-Learning methods and present MORPHIX, a Python package of their making that incorporates the tools necessary to perform morphometrics analysis using ML methods.

      Mohseni and Elhaik conducted a set of thorough investigations to test PCA's accuracy, robustness, and reproducibility following renewed recent criticism and publications where this method was abused. Using a set of 2 and 3D morphometric benchmark data, the authors performed a traditional analysis using GPA and PCA, followed by a reanalysis of the data using alternative classifiers and rigorous testing of the different outcomes.

      In the current paper, the authors evaluated eight ML methods and compared their classification accuracy to traditional PCA. Additionally, common occurrences in the attempted morphological classification of specimens, such as non-representative partial sampling, missing specimens, and missing landmarks, were simulated, and the performance of PCA vs ML methods was evaluated.

      This is a correct description of our MS.

      The main problem with this manuscript is that it is three papers rolled into one, and the link doesn't work.

      We agree that the manuscript is comprehensive and can probably be broken down into more than one manuscript. However, we do not adhere to the philosophies of the least publishable unit (LPU), the smallest publishable unit (SPU), or the minimum publishable unit (MPU). Instead, we believe in producing high-quality and encompassing studies.

      We checked the link thoroughly and ensured it is functional, thank you for your comment.

      The title promises a new Python package, but the actual text of the manuscript spends relatively little time on the Python package itself and barely gives any information about the package and what it includes or its usefulness. It is definitely not the focus of the manuscript. The main thrust of the manuscript, which takes up most of the text, is the analysis of the papionin dataset, which shows very convincingly that PCA underperforms in virtually all conditions tested.

      We agree. We revised the title to reflect the main issue of the paper. Thank you for your comment.

      In addition, the manuscript includes a rather vicious attack against two specific cases of misuse of PCA in paleoanthropological studies, which does not connect with the rest of the manuscript at all.

      We consider these case studies of the use of PCA, which resonate with our ultimate goal. First, the previous reviewer suggested that we are beating a “dead horse.” We provide very recent and high-profile test cases to support our position that PCA is a popular and widely used method. Second, we wish to show how researchers use data alternations to cherry-pick results. Third, we focus on one of the use cases (the Homo NS) to demonstrate the poor scientific practices prevalent in this field, such as refusing to share data and breaking Science’s policies to protect this act.

      If the manuscript is a criticism of PCA techniques, this should be reflected in the title. If it is a report of a new Python package, it should focus on the package. Otherwise, there should be two separate manuscripts here.

      It is a criticism of PCA, and it is now reflected in the title; thank you again.

      The criticism of PCA is valid and important. However, pointing out that it is problematic in specific cases and is sometimes misused does not justify labeling tens of thousands of papers as questionable and does not justify vilifying an entire discipline. The authors do not make a convincing enough case that their criticism of the use of PCA in analyzing primate or hominin skulls is relevant to all its myriad uses in morphometrics. The criticism is largely based on statistical power, but it is framed as though it is a criticism of geometric morphometrics in general.

      We appreciate the opportunity to address the concerns raised regarding our critique of PCA. The reviewer argues that because we analyzed only primate skulls, we cannot extrapolate that PCA will be biased in analyzing other data (other taxa or other usages). Using the same logic, we can also argue that PCA cannot be used to study NEW taxa and certainly not to detect NOVEL taxa because it was never shown to apply to these taxa. We can further argue that PCA cannot be sued to study ANY taxa since it was never shown to yield correct results (PCA results are justified through circular reasoning and are adjusted when they do not show the desired results). However, that part of our answer is not a defense of our method but rather a further criticism of the field.

      To answer the question more directly, our criticism of PCA is rooted in empirical evidence and robust research, including studies by Elhaik (5) and others (6, 7), demonstrating that PCA lacks the power to produce accurate and reliable results. If the reviewer believes that using cats instead of primates will somehow boost the accuracy of PCA, they should, at the very least, explain what morphological properties of cats justify this presumption. Concerning the case of other usages, we clearly noted that “the scope of our study was limited to PCA usage in geometric morphology.”  The reviewer did not explain why our analysis is not “convincing enough,” so we cannot address it.

      As you know, this issue extends beyond the specific case study of primate or hominin skulls in our research. Despite its widespread use, PCA is heavily relied upon in the field, often without sufficient scrutiny of its limitations. Our intention is not to vilify an entire discipline but to highlight the pervasive and sometimes unquestioning reliance on PCA across many studies in geometric morphometrics. Calling to reevaluate studies based on problematic method is not a vilification, this is by definition science.

      While we understand the concern about the generalisability of our findings, our critique is based on the inherent limitations of PCA itself, not merely on statistical power. PCA lacks measurable power, a test of significance, and a null model. Its outcomes are highly sensitive to the input data, making them susceptible to manipulation and interpretation. Moreover, the ability to evaluate various dimensions allows for cherry-picking of results, where different outcomes can be equally acceptable, thus undermining the robustness of conclusions drawn from PCA.

      We invite the reviewer to examine the mathematical basis of PCA as demonstrated in Figure 1 of Elhaik (2022) (https://www.nature.com/articles/s41598-022-14395-4/figures/1). We ask the reviewer to explain what in this straightforward calculation—calculating the mean of the dimensions, subtracting the mean from the dimensions, calculating the covariance matrix, and identifying the eigenvalues—convinces them that PCA is suitable for predicting evolutionary relationships between samples. What evidence supports the notion that evolutionary relationships can be inferred by merely subtracting the mean of a matrix? There is none, just as there is no statistical power in this method. PCA does not know what the data mean. It can be applied equally to horse race data and a dataset that records how many times Home Simpsons says his catchphrases. PCA is not an evolutionary method; it’s just a linear transformation. If we ask anyone why they trust it, eventually, we will get the answer that with enough tweaking, PCA results produce what the scientist wants to show, and, most importantly, it will be mathematically accurate (and as mathematically accurate as the result of all possible tweaks). There is nothing specific to hominins about it. If your method produces conflicting results by tweaking the number of samples, species, or landmarks, as we showed, your method is worthless. This is what we demonstrated.

      We would also like to note that if we had easier access to more data, we would have extended our analysis further and shown that the bias exists in other species. As explained in our manuscript, we reached out to several scientists who refused to share their data so that we would not show biases in their studies. As this reviewer is undoubtedly aware of the practices in the field, this criticism is extremely unfair.

      Finally, arguing that our MS dismisses the entire field of geometric morphometrics is also unfair and provocative. We made no such claim. On the contrary, we offer an unbiased method to replace PCA and improve the accuracy of studies in this field.

      We hope this clarifies our position and reinforces the validity of our critique. Thank you for your valuable feedback and for allowing us to address these important points.

      Comment 2a. The article's tone is very argumentative and provocative, and non-necessary superlatives and modifiers are used ("...colourful scatterplots", lines 101, 155, 672). While this is an excellent paper and should be studied by morphometrics experts and probably anyone using PCA, the overall tone does nothing to help. It reads somewhat like a Facebook rant rather than a scientific paper (there is still, we hope, a difference between the two). Please tone it down.

      Again, we thank the reviewer for considering our work excellent. We regret that the reviewer believes that describing colorful (#101) scatterplots as such is a provocation. We do not feel the same way. “Subsumed” (#155) has been suggested to us by an anonymous reviewer. We changed it to “classified” to satisfy the reviewer (However, Schwartz et al. (2014) raised concerns about the phylogenetic inferences based on PCA results of the geometric morphometrics analysis, noting the failure of the method to capture visually obvious differences between the Dmanisi crania and specimens commonly classified under Homo erectus.).  We do not understand the problem with #672, but we revised it to read “However, a growing body of literature criticises the accuracy of various PCA applications, raising concerns about its use in geometric morphometrics.” We hope that this satisfies the reviewer. We made no special effort to be argumentative or provocative. There is no need for that; our results speak for themselves. We did, however, make an effort to communicate the gravity of our findings by citing K. Popper. We do not consider this a provocation.

      Comment 2b. The acronym ML is normally used to denote Maximum Likelihood in the context of phylogenetic studies. The authors use it to denote Machine Learning, which many readers may find confusing (this reviewer took a while to realize that it was not referring to Maximum Likelihood). Perhaps leave "machine learning" written in full.

      We understand that in some contexts, "ML" typically denotes Maximum Likelihood, which can indeed cause confusion. Unfortunately, “ML” is also a well-established acronym for machine learning, and since our paper doesn’t deal with Maximum Likelihood but rather machine learning, we have to choose the latter. Initially, we did spell out "Machine Learning" in full to avoid this confusion. However, upon review, we found that the manuscript's readability and flow were compromised, leading us to revert to the acronym.

      We appreciate your suggestion and understand the importance of clarity. To address this, we will ensure that the first mention of "ML" is accompanied by "Machine Learning" written in full (Line 244). This should help maintain both clarity and readability. Thank you for your valuable input.

      Comment 3. In lines 142, 157 Rohlf's should be Rohlf.

      (Lines 191, 205) We modified it accordingly and replaced "Rohlf's" with "Rohlf".

      Comment 4. The short paragraph in lines 165-167 feels out of place and does not connect to the paragraphs before and after it.

      (Lines 210-223) We modified the introduction and merged that paragraph with a relevant paragraph. The new paragraph reads:

      “PCA’s prominent role in morphometrics analyses and, more generally, physical anthropology is inconsistent with the recent criticisms, raising concerns regarding its validity and, consequently, the value of the results reported in the literature. To assess PCA’s accuracy, robustness, and reproducibility in geometric morphometric analysis, particularly its potential biases and inconsistencies in clustering with species taxonomy for phylogenetic reconstruction, we utilised a benchmark database containing landmarks from six known species within the Old World monkeys tribe Papionini. We altered this dataset to simulate typical characteristics of paleontological data. We found that PCA’s outcomes lack reliability, robustness, and reproducibility. We also evaluated the argument that a high explained variance could be counted as a measure of reliability (2) and found no association between high explained variance amounts and the subjectiveness of the results. If PCA of morphometric landmark data produces biased results, then landmark-based geometric morphometric studies employing PCA, conservatively estimated to range jfrom 18,400 to 35,200 (as of July 2024) (see Methods), should be reevaluated.”

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion.

      References

      (1) Gilbert CC, Rossie JB. Congruence of molecules and morphology using a narrow allometric approach. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences. 2007;104(29):11910-11914.

      (2) Courtenay LA, Yravedra J, Huguet R, Aramendi J, Maté-González MÁ, González-Aguilera D, et al. Combining machine learning algorithms and geometric morphometrics: a study of carnivore tooth marks. Palaeogeography, Palaeoclimatology, Palaeoecology. 2019;522:28-39.

      (3) Bellin N, Calzolari M, Callegari E, Bonilauri P, Grisendi A, Dottori M, et al. Geometric morphometrics and machine learning as tools for the identification of sibling mosquito species of the Maculipennis complex (Anopheles). Infection, Genetics and Evolution. 2021;95:105034.

      (4) Bookstein FL. Pathologies of between-groups principal components analysis in geometric morphometrics. Evolutionary Biology. 2019;46(4):271-302.

      (5) Elhaik E. Principal Component Analyses (PCA)-based findings in population genetic studies are highly biased and must be reevaluated. Scientific reports. 2022;12(1):1-35.

      (6) Cardini A, Polly PD. Cross-validated between group PCA scatterplots: a solution to spurious group separation? Evolutionary Biology. 2020;47(1):85-95.

      (7) Berner D. Size correction in biology: how reliable are approaches based on (common) principal component analysis? Oecologia. 2011;166(4):961-971.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Kainov et al investigated the prevalence of mutations in 3'UTR that affect gene expression in cancer to identify noncoding cancer drivers.

      The authors used data from normal controls (1000 genome data) and compared it to cancer data (PCAWG). They found that in cancer 3'UTR mutations had a stronger effect on cleavage than the normal population. These mutations are negatively selected in the normal population and positively selected in cancers. The authors used PCAWG data set to identify such mutations and found that the mutations that lead to a reduction of gene expression are enriched in tumor suppressor genes and those that are increased in gene expression are enriched for oncogenes. 3'UTR mutations that reduce gene expression or occur in TSGs cooccur with non-synonymous mutations. The authors then validate the effect of 3'UTR mutations experimentally using a luciferase reporter assay. These data identify a novel class of noncoding driver genes with mutations in 3'UTR that impact polyadenylation and thus gene expression.

      This is an elegant study with fundamental insight into identifying cancer driver genes. The conclusions of this paper are mostly well supported by data, but some aspects of data analysis need to be extended.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive assessment of our work and constructive comments.

      (1) It would be important for the authors to show if the findings of this study hold for metastatic cancers since most deaths occur due to metastasis and tumor heterogeneity changes when cancer progresses to metastasis. The authors should use the Hartwig data and show if metastatic cancers are enriched for 3'UTR mutations.

      This is a good suggestion, but we believe that the proposed analysis would have a significantly stronger impact in the context of a separate study focused specifically on longitudinal changes in the somatic mutation landscape as cancer progresses from primary tumours to metastases. Conducting such a study would require obtaining permissions to use relevant controlled datasets and, ideally, collaborating with oncologists to generate additional genome and transcriptome sequencing data. As such, this level of analysis would go beyond the current scope of our work.

      (2) Figure 2 should show the distribution of 3'UTR mutations by cancer type especially since authors go on to use colorectal cancer only for validations. It would be helpful to bring Figures S3A and S3C to this panel since these findings make the connections to cancer biology. Are any molecular functions enriched in addition to biological processes? Are kinases, phosphatases, etc more or less affected by 3'UTR mutations?

      As suggested, we have added a pie chart showing the distribution of 3’UTR mutations by cancer type (new Fig. 2E). Notably, nearly a half of the mutations in our dataset was of colorectal adenocarcinoma origin, justifying the focus on this type of cancer in our subsequent validation analyses. 

      To strengthen the connections to cancer biology, we moved Fig. S3A and S3C to the main text. It was more logical to integrate these panels into Fig. 3 rather than Fig. 2. We also analysed molecular function enrichment in Fig. 3E. Consistent with the biological process enrichment (now shown in Fig. 3D), this revealed an enrichment of proteins interacting with the ubiquitination pathway, including tumour suppressors SMAD2, APC and AXIN1.

      (3) Figure 3 looks at the co-occurrence of 3'UTR mutations with non-synonymous mutations but what about copy number change? You would expect the loss of the other allele to be enriched. Along the same line, are these data phased? Do you know that the nonsynonymous mutations are in the other allele or in the same allele that shows 3'UTR mutation?

      As suggested, we have analysed copy number variation data. As mentioned in the revised Results, this "showed that increased copy number was 4.1-times more common in the PCAWG data compared to allele loss. However, the incidence of copy number increase was substantially lower in the DOWN-paSNV group compared to the BG-paSNV control (Fig. S6). This points to a negative selection against duplications of genes affected by DOWNpaSNVs in cancer".

      Phasing somatic mutations in cancer samples is challenging due to high genetic heterogeneity of tumour cells. This situation will likely improve in the near future with the increased use of long-read sequencing. However, with currently available data, there is no straightforward method to determine whether mutations co-occur in the same cell. We have added a note on this in the Discussion section: "As long-read genomic sequencing data become increasingly available, it will be interesting to investigate whether these additional mutations occur in the same or in a different allele compared to the DOWN-paSNVs".

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      To evaluate whether somatic mutations in cancer genomes are enriched with mutations in polyadenylation signal regions, the authors analyzed 1000 genomes data and PCAWG data as a control and experimental set, respectively. They observed increased enrichment of somatic mutations that may affect the function of polyA signals and confirmed that these mutations may influence the expression of the gene through a minigene expression experiment.

      Strengths:

      This study provides a systematic evaluation of polyA signal, which makes it valuable. Overall, the analytic approach and results are solid and supported by experimental validation.

      Thank you.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) This study uses APARENT2 as a tool to evaluate functional alteration in polyA signal sequences. Based on the original paper and the results shown in this paper, the algorithm appears to be of high quality. However, the whole study is dependent on the output of APARENT2. Therefore, it would be nice to

      (a) run and show a positive control run, which can show that the algorithm works well, and (b) describe the rationale for selecting this algorithm in the main text.

      As suggested, we have added control analyses to Fig. S1A-B, which show that APARENT2 performs well in our hands. We have described the rationale for using APARENT in the Results as follows: "For each paSNV, we calculated the change in cleavage/polyadenylation efficiency using the APARENT2 neural network model, which has been shown to infer this statistic more accurately than earlier approaches [Ref23]".

      (2) Are there recurrent somatic mutation calls (= exactly the same mutation across different tumor samples) in the poly(A) region of certain genes?

      We indeed see several cases where the same cleavage/polyadenylation signal is affected by the same or different DOWN mutations in different cancer samples. This finding is now summarized in the Results section and Table S1 as follows: "In several cases, including LRP1B and FOXO1, which are known to act as tumour suppressors in certain cancers, the same signal/polyadenyalation signal was disrupted by the same or different mutations in more than one sample (see columns Mut_Recurrence and Signal_Recurrence in Table S1)".

      (3) The authors nicely showed that the minigene with A>G mutation altered gene expression. Maybe one can reach a similar conclusion by analyzing a cancer dataset that has mutation and gene expression data? That is, genes with or without polyA mutations show different expression levels.

      The data presented in Fig. 5A-B show that DOWN-paSNV mutations have a negative effect on the expression of endogenous tumour suppressor genes.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Figures should be numbered in order. For example, Figure S3C is referred to in the text before S3A-B, etc.

      We have proofread the text to fix this problem.

      Adding a supplementary file with lists of genes carrying 3'UTR mutations split by effect on gene expression and cancer type would be very useful for the community.

      We now show this in Table S1, with the caveat that we could not consistently investigate the effect of DOWN-paSNV on gene expression since the transcriptomics data are not available for all cancers.

      Spelling mistake in Figure 1A - genone should be genome.

      Fixed - thank you.

      Typo in Figure 1B x-axis label +50nt should be -50nt to the left of the dashed line.

      Fixed - thank you.

      All figures use E to denote x10 but it would make the figures more readable if authors used the standard notation (x10) for all numbers with exponents and base 10.

      Done.

    1. Author Response:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      It is well known that autophagosomes/autolysosomes move along microtubules. However, because previous studies did not distinguish between autophagosomes and autolysosomes, it remains unknown whether autophagosomes begin to move after fusion with lysosomes or even before fusion. In this manuscript, the authors show, using fusion-deficient cells, that both pre-fusion autophagosomes and lysosomes can move along the MT toward the minus end. By screening motor proteins and Rabs, the authors found that autophagosomal traffic is primarily regulated by the dynein-dynactin system and can be counter-regulated by kinesins. They also show that Rab7-Epg5 and Rab39-ema interactions are important for autophagosome trafficking.

      Strengths:

      This study uses reliable Drosophila genetics and high-quality fluorescence microscopy. The data are properly quantified and statistically analyzed. It is a reasonable hypothesis that gathering pre-fusion autophagosomes and lysosomes in close proximity improves fusion efficiency.

      Thank you for your positive comments and for acknowledging the strengths of our work.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) To distinguish autophagosomes from autolysosomes, the authors used vps16 RNAi cells, which are supposed to be fusion deficient. However, the extent to which fusion is actually inhibited by knockdown of Vps16A is not shown. The co-localization rate of Atg8 and Lamp1 should be shown (as in Figure 8). Then, after identifying pre-fusion autophagosomes and lysosomes, the localization of each should be analyzed.

      Thank you for this comment. We plan to perform immunohistochemistry experiment on Vps16A KD fat body cells for mCherry and Lamp1, as in case of other panels of Figure 8. We will also analyse the distribution of each.

      It is also possible that autophagosomes and lysosomes are tethered by factors other than HOPS (even if they are not fused). If this is the case, autophagosomal trafficking would be affected by the movement of lysosomes.

      While we cannot exclude the possibility that autophagosomes are transported indirectly by being tethered to lysosomes. However, we find this unlikely be the case as we believe in fat cells lysosomes and autophagosomes will rapidly fuse with each other if they get close enough.

      (2) The authors analyze autolysosomes in Figures 6 and 7. This is based on the assumption that autophagosome-lysosome fusion takes place in cells without vps16A RANi. However, even in the presence of Vps16A, both pre-fusion autophagosomes and autolysosomes should exist. This is also true in Figure 8H, where the fusion of autophagosomes and lysosomes is partially suppressed in knockdown cells of dynein, dynactin, Rab7, and Epg5. If the effect of fusion is to be examined, it is reasonable to distinguish between autophagosomes and autolysosomes and analyze only autolysosomes.

      Thank you for your careful insights. The mCherry-Atg8a reporter we use is highly stable in autolysosomes due to the resilience of the mCherry fluorophore within these acidic, post-fusion structures, making it useful for labelling both autophagosomes and autolysosomes. Notably, the high intensity of mCherry-Atg8a within autolysosomes allows us to distinguish them from pre-fusion autophagosomes, which appear fainter and smaller, especially when accumulated in fusion-defective backgrounds (as shown in Figure 4). We therefore regard larger, brighter structures as autolysosomes.

      To improve clarity, we included additional markers—endogenous Lamp1 staining (Figure 8) and Lamp1-GFP (Figure S9)—to help differentiate between autophagic structures. Lamp1-negative, mCherry-Atg8a-positive vesicles indicate pre-fusion autophagosomes, while Lamp1/mCherry-Atg8a double-positive vesicles represent autolysosomes. Additionally, Lamp1-positive, mCherry-Atg8a-negative vesicles mark lysosomes of non-autophagic origin. We appreciate your suggestion

      (3) In this study, only vps16a RNAi cells were used to inhibit autophagosome-lysosome fusion. However, since HOPS has many roles besides autophagosome-lysosome fusion, it would be better to confirm the conclusion by knockdown of other factors (e.g., Stx17 RNAi).

      Thank you for this suggestion. We will generate additional Drosophila lines similar to those used in our current study, substituting Syntaxin17, SNAP29 or Vamp7 RNAi for Vps16A RNAi. We will test key phenotypic hits with these new backgrounds to confirm our findings.

      (4) Figure 8: Rab7 and Epg5 are also known to be directly involved in autophagosome-lysosome tethering/fusion. Even if the fusion rate is reduced in the absence of Rab7 and Epg5, it may not be the result of defective autophagosome movement, but may simply indicate that these molecules are required for fusion itself. How do the authors distinguish between the two possibilities?

      Thank you for this comment. While we agree that Rab7 and Epg5 are involved in autophagosome-lysosome tethering and subsequent fusion, we believe they also play an additional role in autophagosome movement. Our hypothesis stems from the observation that the phenotypes of vps16 RNAi and rab7 or epg5 RNAi are not identical. In contrast, RNAi targeting SNARE proteins involved exclusively in fusion (Syx17, SNAP29, and Vamp7) all result in a consistent phenotype: autophagosomes accumulate around the nucleus, closely resembling the phenotype observed with vps16 depletion. This suggests that these SNAREs are specifically involved in fusion. Since Rab7 and Epg5 depletion scatters autophagosomes throughout the cytosol rather than transporting them to the nucleus, we hypothesize that this is due to impaired movement of autophagosomes. This hypothesis is further supported by our co-IP data showing that Epg5 binds to dyneins.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript by Boda et al. describes the results of a targeted RNAi screen in the background of Vps16A-depleted Drosophila larval fat body cells. In this background, lysosomal fusion is inhibited, allowing the authors to analyze the motility and localization specifically of autophagosomes, prior to their fusion with lysosomes to become autolysosomes. In this Vps16A-deleted background, mCherry-Atg8a-labeled autophagosomes accumulate in the perinuclear area, through an unknown mechanism.

      The authors found that the depletion of multiple subunits of the dynein/dynactin complex caused an alternation of this mCherry-Atg8a localization, moving from the perinuclear region to the cell periphery. Interactions with kinesin overexpression suggest these motor proteins may compete for autophagosome binding and transport. The authors extended these findings by examining potential upstream regulators including Rab proteins and selected effectors, and they also examined effects on lysosomal movement and autolysosome size. Altogether, the results are consistent with a model in which specific Rab/effector complexes direct the movement of lysosomes and autophagosomes toward the MTOC, promoting their fusion and subsequent dispersal throughout the cell.

      Strengths:

      Although previous studies of the movement of autophagic vesicles have identified roles for microtubule-based transport, this study moves the field forward by distinguishing between effects on pre- and post-fusion autophagosomes, and by its characterization of the roles of specific Dynein, Dynactin, and Rab complexes in regulating movement of distinct vesicle types. Overall, the experiments are well-controlled, appropriately analyzed, and largely support the authors' conclusions.

      Thank you for your positive comments and for acknowledging the strengths of our work.

      Weaknesses:

      One limitation of the study is the genetic background that serves as the basis for the screening. In addition to preventing autophagosome-lysosome fusion, disruption of Vps16A has been shown to inhibit endosomal maturation and block the trafficking of components to the lysosome from both the endosome and Golgi apparatus. Additional effects previously reported by the authors include increased autophagosome production and reduced mTOR signaling. Thus Vps16A-depleted cells have a number of endosome, lysosome, and autophagosome-related defects, with unknown downstream consequences. Additionally, the cause and significance of the perinuclear localization of autophagosomes in this background is unclear. Thus, interpretations of the observed reversal of this phenotype are difficult, and have the caveat that they may apply only to this condition, rather than to normal autophagosomes. Additional experiments to observe autophagosome movement or positioning in a more normal environment would improve the manuscript.

      Thank you for highlighting this limitation. We plan to conduct time-lapse imaging of live fat body tissues expressing 3xmCherry-Atg8a and GFP-Lamp1 to visualize the movement and fusion events of pre-fusion autophagosomes (3xmCherry-Atg8a positive and GFP-Lamp1 negative) and lysosomes (GFP-Lamp1 positive). We expect these vesicles to exhibit movement toward the ncMTOC, providing insight into their behaviour under more typical conditions.

      Specific comments

      (1) Several genes have been described that when depleted lead to perinuclear accumulation of Atg8-labeled vesicles. There seems to be a correlation of this phenotype with genes required for autophagosome-lysosome fusion; however, some genes required for lysosomal fusion such as Rab2 and Arl8 apparently did not affect autophagosome positioning as reported here. Thus, it is unclear whether the perinuclear positioning of autophagosomes is truly a general response to disruption of autophagosome-lysosome fusion, or may reflect additional aspects of Vps16A/HOPS function. A few things here would help. One would be an analysis of Atg8a vesicle localization in response to the depletion of a larger set of fusion-related genes. Another would be to repeat some of the key findings of this study (effects of specific dynein, dynactin, rabs, effectors) on Atg8a localization when Syx17 is depleted, rather than Vps16A. This should generate a more autophagosome-specific fusion defect.

      Thank you for this suggestion. We will generate additional Drosophila lines similar to those used in our current study, substituting Syntaxin17, SNAP29, and Vamp7 RNAi for Vps16A RNAi. We will test key phenotypic hits with these new backgrounds to confirm our findings.

      Third, it would greatly strengthen the findings to monitor pre-fusion autophagosome localization without disrupting fusion. Such vesicles could be identified as Atg8a-positive Lamp-negative structures. The effects of dynein and rab depletion on the tracking of these structures in a post-induction time course would serve as an important validation of the authors' findings.

      Thank you for this helpful suggestion. We plan to conduct time-lapse experiments under various conditions (e.g., non-starved and starved at different durations) to monitor the motility of newly formed autophagosomes (3xmCherry-Atg8a positive, Lamp1 negative), allowing us to analyze their positioning dynamics without interference from fusion defects.

      (2) The authors nicely show that depletion of Shot leads to relocalization of Atg8a to ectopic foci in Vps16A-depleted cells; they should confirm that this is a mislocalized ncMTOC by co-labeling Atg8a with an MTOC component such as MSP300. The effect of Shot depletion on Atg8a localization should also be analyzed in the absence of Vps16A depletion.

      Thank you for this positive comment, to confirm the presence of ectopic MTOC foci in Shot KD cells, we plan to co-label with MTOC markers, including Khc-nod-LacZ, and additional reporters like Msps-mCherry, in both Vps16A-depleted and normal backgrounds.

      (3) The authors report that depletion of Dynein subunits, either alone (Figure 6) or co-depleted with Vps16A (Figure 2), leads to redistribution of mCherry-Atg8a punctae to the "cell periphery". However, only cell clones that contact an edge of the fat body tissue are shown in these figures. Furthermore, in these cells, mCherry-Atg8a punctae appear to localize only to contact-free regions of these cells, and not to internal regions of clones that share a border with adjacent cells. Thus, these vesicles would seem to be redistributed to the periphery of the fat body itself, not to the periphery of individual cells. Microtubules emanating from the perinuclear ncMTOC have been described as having a radial organization, and thus it is unclear that this redistribution of mCherry-Atg8a punctae to the fat body edge would reflect a kinesin-dependent process as suggested by the authors.

      Thank you for this detailed observation. Indeed, we frequently observe autophagosomes redistributing to contact-free peripheral regions upon dynein depletion, resulting in an asymmetric distribution. We believe this redistribution to be kinesin-dependent, as shown in Figure 3: kinesin overexpression scatters or shifts autophagosomes to the periphery, while kinesin/dynein double knockdown causes widespread autophagosome scattering. The simplest explanation is that, in dynein's absence, kinesins drive autophagosome movement.

      Additionally, while the radial organization of the microtubule (MT) network has been documented in two independent studies that we referenced, neither study showed MT plus-ends specifically, towards which kinesins transport. It is plausible that, while the MT network appears radial and symmetrical, subtle asymmetry might influence kinesin-dependent transport in fat cells. To explore this further, we will express MT plus-end markers, such as EB1-RFP and EB1-GFP, as well as kinesin reporters like unc-104-GFP or HA-tagged kinesins.

      (4) To validate whether the mCherry-Atg8a structures in Vps16A-depleted cells were of autophagic origin, the authors depleted Atg8a and observed a loss of mCherry- Atg8a signal from the mosaic cells (Figure S1D, J). A more rigorous experiment would be to deplete other Atg genes (not Atg8a) and examine whether these structures persist.

      Thank you for the suggestion to further validate our reporter. We will knock down additional Atg genes, including Atg14, Atg1, Atg6, and Vps34, to confirm that the mCherry-Atg8a-positive structures in the Vps16A RNAi background are indeed of autophagic origin.

      (5) The authors found that only a subset of dynein, dynactin, rab, and rab effector depletions affected mCherry- Atg8a localization, leading to their suggestion that the most important factors involved in autophagosome motility have been identified here. However, this conclusion has the caveat that depletion efficiency was not examined in this study, and thus any conclusions about negative results should be more conservative.

      Thank you for this constructive feedback. We agree and will adjust our conclusions based on the negative results in the revised manuscript to account for the potential variability in depletion efficiency.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In multicellular organisms, autophagosomes are formed throughout the cytosol, while late endosomes/lysosomes are relatively confined in the perinuclear region. It is known that autophagosomes gain access to the lysosome-enriched region by microtubule-based trafficking. The mechanism by which autophagosomes move along microtubules remains incompletely understood. In this manuscript, Péter Lőrincz and colleagues investigated the mechanism driving the movement of nascent autophagosomes along the microtubule towards the non-centrosomal microtubule organizing center (ncMTOC) using the fly fat body as a model system. The authors took an approach whereby they examined autophagosome positioning in cells where autophagosome-lysosome fusion was inhibited by knocking down the HOPS subunit Vps16A. Despite being generated at random positions in the cytosol, autophagosomes accumulate around the nucleus when Vps16A is depleted. They then performed an RNA interference screen to identify the factors involved in autophagosome positioning. They found that the dynein-dynactin complex is required for the trafficking of autophagosomes toward ncMTOC. Dynein loss leads to the peripheral relocation of autophagosomes. They further revealed that a pair of small GTPases and their effectors, Rab7-Epg5 and Rab39-ema, are required for bidirectional autophagosome transport. Knockdown of these factors in Vps16a RNAi cells causes the scattering of autophagosomes throughout the cytosol.

      Strengths:

      The data presented in this study help us to understand the mechanism underlying the trafficking and positioning of autophagosomes.

      Thank you for your positive comment and for acknowledging the strengths of our work.

      Major concerns:

      (1) The localization of EPG5 should be determined. The authors showed that EPG5 colocalizes with endogenous Rab7. Rab7 labels late endosomes and lysosomes. Previous studies in mammalian cells have shown that EPG5 is targeted to late endosomes/lysosomes by interacting with Rab7. EPG5 promotes the fusion of autophagosomes with late endosomes/lysosomes by directly recognizing LC3 on autophagosomes and also by facilitating the assembly of the SNARE complex for fusion. In Figure 5I, the EPG5/Rab7-colocalized vesicles are large and they are likely to be lysosomes/autolysosomes.

      Thank you for suggesting an improvement to our Epg5 localization data. We plan to perform triple-staining experiments with autophagy and lysosome markers, such as Atg8a and Lamp1, together with Epg5-9xHA to provide a clearer context for Epg5 localization.

      (2) The experiments were performed in Vps16A RNAi KD cells. Vps16A knockdown blocks fusion of vesicles derived from the endolysosomal compartments such as fusion between lysosomes. The pleiotropic effect of Vps16A RNAi may complicate the interpretation. The authors need to verify their findings in Stx17 KO cells, as it has a relatively specific effect on the fusion of autophagosomes with late endosomes/lysosomes.

      Thank you for this valuable suggestion. We will create similar Drosophila lines as used in our study but will now employ Syntaxin17, SNAP29, or Vamp7 RNAi. We will cross our most significant hits with these new lines to confirm our findings.

      (3) Quantification should be performed in many places such as in Figure S4D for the number of FYVE-GFP labeled endosomes and in Figures S4H and S4I for the number and size of lysosomes.

      Thank you for pointing this out, we will perform the suggested quantifications and statistics.

      (4) In this study, the transport of autophagosomes is investigated in fly fat cells. In fat cells, a large number of large lipid droplets accumulate and the endomembrane systems are distinct from that in other cell types. The knowledge gained from this study may not apply to other cell types. This needs to be discussed.

      Thank you for this insight. We will discuss the potential cell-type specificity of our findings in the revised manuscript. Additionally, we plan to examine the distribution of the mCherry-Atg8a reporter in the vps16A RNAi background in other cell types, such as salivary gland cells, to broaden our analysis.

      Minor concerns:

      (5) Data in some panels are of low quality. For example, the mCherry-Atg8a signal in Figure 5C is hard to see; the input bands of Dhc64c in Figure 5L are smeared.

      Thank you for noting this. We will repeat the experiment in Figure 5C to obtain clearer images. The smeared Dhc64C input bands in Figure 5L are due to the large size of this protein, which affects its migration characteristics. We will address this in the revised manuscript.

      (6) In this study, both 3xmCherry-Atg8a and mCherry-Atg8a were used. Different reporters make it difficult to compare the results presented in different figures.

      Thank you for this comment. Both reporters are well-established as autophagic markers and function similarly. However, to reduce confusion, we have used only one type per figure to ensure comparability of results.

      (7) The small autophagosomes presented in Figures such as in Figure 1D and 1E are not clear. Enlarged images should be presented.

      Thank you for your suggestion. We will repeat these experiments and provide higher-quality, enlarged images for clarity.

      (8) The authors showed that Epg5-9xHA coprecipitates with the endogenous dynein motor Dhc64C. Is Rab7 required for the interaction?

      Thank you for this question. We will investigate this by co-transfecting the cells with WT and GTP- or GDP-locked Rab7 mutants (which mimic constitutively active and dominant-negative forms, respectively) with Epg5-9xHA. This will allow us to assess whether Rab7 modulates the Epg5-Dhc interaction.

      (9) The perinuclear lysosome localization in Epg5 KD cells has no indication that Epg5 is an autophagosome-specific adaptor.

      Thank you for this comment. We will moderate our statement regarding Epg5's role as an autophagosome-specific adaptor in the revised manuscript.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Ma X. et al proposed that A. muciniphila was a key strain that promotes the proliferation and differentiation of intestinal stem cells through acting on the Wnt/β-catenin signaling pathway. They used various models, such as piglet model, mouse model and intestinal organoids to address how A. muciniphila and B. fragilis offer the protection against ETEC infection. They showed that FMT with fecal samples, A. muciniphila or B. fragilis protected piglets and/or mice from ETEC infection, and this protection is manifested as reduced intestinal inflammation/bacterial colonization, increased tight junction/Muc2 proteins, as well as proper Treg/Th17 cells. Additionally, they demonstrated that A. muciniphila protected basal-out and/or apical-out intestinal organoids against ETEC infection via Wnt signaling.

      Comments on revised version:

      Please add proper references to indicate the invasion of ETEC into organoids after 1 h of infection.

      We have added references on line 211.

      References:

      Xiao K, Yang Y, Zhang Y, Lv QQ, Huang FF, Wang D, Zhao JC, Liu YL. 2022. Long-chain PUFA ameliorate enterotoxigenic Escherichia coli-induced intestinal inflammation and cell injury by modulating pyroptosis and necroptosis signaling pathways in porcine intestinal epithelial cells. Br. J. Nutr. 128(5):835-850.

      Qian MQ, Zhou XC, Xu TT, Li M, Yang ZR, Han XY. 2023. Evaluation of Potential Probiotic Properties of Limosilactobacillus fermentum Derived from Piglet Feces and Influence on the Healthy and E. coli-Challenged Porcine Intestine. Microorganisms. 11(4).

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Ma et al. describes a multi-model (pig, mouse, organoid) investigation into how fecal transplants protect against E. coli infection. The authors identify A. muciniphila and B. fragilis as two important strains and characterize how these organisms impact the epithelium by modulating host signaling pathways, namely the Wnt pathway in lgr5 intestinal stem cells.

      Strengths:

      The strengths of this manuscript include the use of multiple model systems and follow up mechanistic investigations to understand how A. muciniphila and B. fragilis interacted with the host to impact epithelial physiology.

      Weaknesses:

      After an additional revision, the bioinformatics section of the methods has changed significantly from previous versions and now indicates a third sequencer was used instead: Ion S5 XL. Important parameters required to replicate analysis have still not been provided. Inspection of the SRA data indicates a mix of Illumina MiSeq and Illumina HiSeq 2500. It is now unclear which sequencing technology was used as authors have variably reported 4 different sequencers for these samples. Appropriate metadata was not provided in the SRA, although some groups may be inferred from sample names. These changing descriptions of the methodologies and ambiguity in making the data available create concerns about rigor of study and results.

      Due to confusing the sequencing method of this experiment with other experiment samples, we apologize for the multiple incorrect modifications of the method description. We have modified the method for microbiome sequencing technology on line 304. The sequencing technology is Illumina HiSeq 2500. The SRA metadata can be viewed at https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/sra/PRJNA837047. The sample names ep1-6 and ef1-6 were correspond to the EP and EF groups, respectively.

      Recommendations For the Authors:

      As in the previous revision:

      -provide important parameters required to replicate analysis

      -ensure that reporting of sequencing technology is correct as data listed on SRA appears to be derived from Illumina sequencers, and was deposited indicating as such.

      -update SRA metadata such that experimental groups are clear and match the nomenclature used in the manuscript (Particularly for samples which are labelled [A-Z][0-9]

      - The multiple testing correction wasn’t applied.

      -Due to confusing the sequencing method of this experiment with other experiment samples, we apologize for the multiple incorrect modifications of the method description. We have modified the method for microbiome sequencing technology on line 304. The sequencing technology is Illumina HiSeq 2500.

      - The SRA metadata can be viewed at https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/sra/PRJNA837047. The sample names ep1-6 and ef1-6 were correspond to the EP and EF groups, respectively.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews: 

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review): 

      Summary: 

      Bennion and colleagues present a careful examination of how an earlier set of memories can either interfere with or facilitate memories formed later. This impressive work is a companion piece to an earlier paper by Antony and colleagues (2022) in which a similar experimental design was used to examine how a later set of memories can either interfere with or facilitate memories formed earlier. This study makes contact with an experimental literature spanning 100 years, which is concerned with the nature of forgetting, and the ways in which memories for particular experiences can interact with other memories. These ideas are fundamental to modern theories of human memory, for example, paired-associate studies like this one are central to the theoretical idea that interference between memories is a much bigger contributor to forgetting than any sort of passive decay. 

      Strengths: 

      At the heart of the current investigation is a proposal made by Osgood in the 1940s regarding how paired associates are learned and remembered. In these experiments, one learns a pair of items, A-B (cue-target), and then later learns another pair that is related in some way, either A'-B (changing the cue, delta-cue), or A-B' (changing the target, delta-target), or A'-B' (changing both, delta-both), where the prime indicates that item has been modified, and may be semantically related to the original item. The authors refer to the critical to-be-remembered pairs as base pairs. Osgood proposed that when the changed item is very different from the original item there will be interference, and when the changed item is similar to the original item there will be facilitation. Osgood proposed a graphical depiction of his theory in which performance was summarized as a surface, with one axis indicating changes to the cue item of a pair and the other indicating changes to the target item, and the surface itself necessary to visualize the consequences of changing both. 

      In the decades since Osgood's proposal, there have been many studies examining slivers of the proposal, e.g., just changing targets in one experiment, just changing cues in another experiment. Because any pair of experiments uses different methods, this has made it difficult to draw clear conclusions about the effects of particular manipulations. 

      The current paper is a potential landmark, in that the authors manipulate multiple fundamental experimental characteristics using the same general experimental design. Importantly, they manipulate the semantic relatedness of the changed item to the original item, the delay between the study experience and the test, and which aspect of the pair is changed. Furthermore, they include both a positive control condition (where the exact same pair is studied twice), and a negative control condition (where a pair is only studied once, in the same phase as the critical base pairs). This allows them to determine when the prior learning exhibits an interfering effect relative to the negative control condition and also allows them to determine how close any facilitative effects come to matching the positive control. 

      The results are interpreted in terms of a set of existing theories, most prominently the memory-for-change framework, which proposes a mechanism (recursive reminding) potentially responsible for the facilitative effects examined here. One of the central results is the finding that a stronger semantic relationship between a base pair and an earlier pair has a facilitative effect on both the rate of learning of the base pair and the durability of the memory for the base pair. This is consistent with the memory-for-change framework, which proposes that this semantic relationship prompts retrieval of the earlier pair, and the two pairs are integrated into a common memory structure that contains information about which pair was studied in which phase of the experiment. When semantic relatedness is lower, they more often show interference effects, with the idea being that competition between the stored memories makes it more difficult to remember the base pair. 

      This work represents a major methodological and empirical advance for our understanding of paired-associates learning, and it sets a laudably high bar for future work seeking to extend this knowledge further. By manipulating so many factors within one set of experiments, it fills a gap in the prior literature regarding the cognitive validity of an 80-year-old proposal by Osgood. The reader can see where the observed results match Osgood's theory and where they are inconclusive. This gives us insight, for example, into the necessity of including a long delay in one's experiment, to observe potential facilitative effects. This point is theoretically interesting, but it is also a boon for future methodological development, in that it establishes the experimental conditions necessary for examining one or another of these facilitation or interference effects more closely. 

      We thank the reviewer for their thorough and positive comments -- thank you so much!

      Weaknesses: 

      One minor weakness of the work is that the overarching theoretical framing does not necessarily specify the expected result for each and every one of the many effects examined. For example, with a narrower set of semantic associations being considered (all of which are relatively high associations) and a long delay, varying the semantic relatedness of the target item did not reliably affect the memorability of that pair. However, the same analysis showed a significant effect when the wider set of semantic associations was used. The positive result is consistent with the memory-for-change framework, but the null result isn't clearly informative to the theory. I call this a minor weakness because I think the value of this work will grow with time, as memory researchers and theorists use it as a benchmark for new theory development. For example, the data from these experiments will undoubtedly be used to develop and constrain a new generation of computational models of paired-associates learning. 

      We thank the reviewer for this constructive critique. We agree that the experiments with a narrower set of semantic associations are less informative; in fact, we thought about removing these experiments from the current study, but given that we found results in the ΔBoth condition in Antony et al. (2022) using these stimuli that we did NOT find in the wider set, we thought it was worth including for a thorough comparison. We hope that the analyses combining the two experiment sets (Fig 6-Supp 1) are informative for contextualizing the results in the ‘narrower’ experiments and, as the reviewer notes, for informing future researchers.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review): 

      Summary: 

      The study focuses on how relatedness with existing memories affects the formation and retention of new memories. Of core interest were the conditions that determine when prior memories facilitate new learning or interfere with it. Across a set of experiments that varied the degree of relatedness across memories as well as retention interval, the study compellingly shows that relatedness typically leads to proactive facilitation of new learning, with interference only observed under specific conditions and immediate test and being thus an exception rather than a rule. 

      Strengths: 

      The study uses a well-established word-pair learning paradigm to study interference and facilitation of overlapping memories. However it goes more in-depth than a typical interference study in the systematic variation of several factors: (1) which elements of an association are overlapping and which are altered (change target, change cue, change both, change neither); (2) how much the changed element differs from the original (word relatedness, with two ranges of relatedness considered); (3) retention period (immediate test, 2-day delay). Furthermore, each experiment has a large N sample size, so both significant effects as well as null effects are robust and informative. 

      The results show the benefits of relatedness, but also replicate interference effects in the "change target" condition when the new target is not related to the old target and when the test is immediate. This provides a reconciliation of some existing seemingly contradictory results on the effect of overlap on memory. Here, the whole range of conditions is mapped to convincingly show how the direction of the effect can flip across the surface of relatedness values. 

      Additional strength comes from supporting analyses, such as analyses of learning data, demonstrating that relatedness leads to both better final memory and also faster initial learning. 

      More broadly, the study informs our understanding of memory integration, demonstrating how the interdependence of memory for related information increases with relatedness. Together with a prior study or retroactive interference and facilitation, the results provide new insights into the role of reminding in memory formation. 

      In summary, this is a highly rigorous body of work that sets a great model for future studies and improves our understanding of memory organization. 

      We thank their reviewer for their thorough summary and very supportive words!

      Weaknesses: 

      The evidence for the proactive facilitation driven by relatedness is very convincing. However, in the finer scale results, the continuous relationship between the degree of relatedness and the degree of proactive facilitation/interference is less clear. This could be improved with some additional analyses and/or context and discussion. In the narrower range, the measure used was AS, with values ranging from 0.03-0.98, where even 0.03 still denotes clearly related words (pious - holy). Within this range from "related" to "related a lot", no relationship to the degree of facilitation was found. The wider range results are reported using a different scale, GloVe, with values from -0.14 to 0.95, where the lower end includes unrelated words (sap - laugh). It is possible that any results of facilitation/interference observed in the wider range may be better understood as a somewhat binary effect of relatedness (yes or no) rather than the degree of relatedness, given the results from the narrower condition. These two options could be more explicitly discussed. The report would benefit from providing clearer information about these measures and their range and how they relate to each other (e.g., not a linear transformation). It would be also helpful to know how the values reported on the AS scale would end up if expressed in the GloVe scale (and potentially vice-versa) and how that affects the results. Currently, it is difficult to assess whether the relationship between relatedness and memory is qualitative or quantitative. This is less of a problem with interdependence analyses where the results converge across a narrow and wider range. 

      We thank the reviewer for this point. While other analyses do show differences across the range of AS values we used, we agree in the case of the memorability analysis in the narrower stimulus set, 48-hr experiment (or combining across the narrower and wider stimulus sets), there could be a stronger influence of binary (yes/no) relatedness. We have now made this point explicitly (p. 26):

      “Altogether, these results show that PI can still occur with low relatedness, like in other studies finding PI in ΔTarget (A-B, A-D) paradigms (for a review, see Anderson & Neely, 1996), but PF occurs with higher relatedness. In fact, the absence of low relatedness pairs in the narrower stimulus set likely led to the strong overall PF in this condition across all pairs (positive y-intercept in the upper right of Fig 3A). In this particular instance, there may have been a stronger influence of a binary factor (whether they are related or not), though this remains speculative and is not the case for other analyses in our paper.”

      Additionally, we have also emphasized that the two relatedness metrics are not linear transforms of each other. Finally, as in addressing both your and reviewer #3’s comment below, we now graph relatedness values under a common GloVe metric in Fig 1-Supp 1C (p. 9):

      “Please note that GloVe is an entirely different relatedness metric and is not a linear transformation of AS (see Fig 1-Supp 1C for how the two stimulus sets compare using the common GloVe metric).”

      A smaller weakness is generalizability beyond the word set used here. Using a carefully crafted stimulus set and repeating the same word pairings across participants and conditions was important for memorability calculations and some of the other analyses. However, highlighting the inherently noisy item-by-item results, especially in the Osgood-style surface figures, makes it challenging to imagine how the results would generalize to new stimuli, even within the same relatedness ranges as the current stimulus sets. 

      We thank the reviewer for this critique. We have added this caveat in the limitations to suggest that future studies should replicate these general findings with different stimulus sets (p. 28):

      “Finally, future studies could ensure these effects are not limited to these stimuli and generalize to other word stimuli in addition to testing other domains (Baek & Papaj, 2024; Holding, 1976).”

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review): 

      Summary: 

      Bennion et al. investigate how semantic relatedness proactively benefits the learning of new word pairs. The authors draw predictions from Osgood (1949), which posits that the degree of proactive interference (PI) and proactive facilitation (PF) of previously learned items on to-be-learned items depends on the semantic relationships between the old and new information. In the current study, participants learn a set of word pairs ("supplemental pairs"), followed by a second set of pairs ("base pairs"), in which the cue, target, or both words are changed, or the pair is identical. Pairs were drawn from either a narrower or wider stimulus set and were tested after either a 5-minute or 48-hour delay. The results show that semantic relatedness overwhelmingly produces PF and greater memory interdependence between base and supplemental pairs, except in the case of unrelated pairs in a wider stimulus set after a short delay, which produced PI. In their final analyses, the authors compare their current results to previous work from their group studying the analogous retroactive effects of semantic relatedness on memory. These comparisons show generally similar, if slightly weaker, patterns of results. The authors interpret their results in the framework of recursive reminders (Hintzman, 2011), which posits that the semantic relationships between new and old word pairs promote reminders of the old information during the learning of the new to-be-learned information. These reminders help to integrate the old and new information and result in additional retrieval practice opportunities that in turn improve later recall. 

      Strengths: 

      Overall, I thought that the analyses were thorough and well-thought-out and the results were incredibly well-situated in the literature. In particular, I found that the large sample size, inclusion of a wide range of semantic relatedness across the two stimulus sets, variable delays, and the ability to directly compare the current results to their prior results on the retroactive effects of semantic relatedness were particular strengths of the authors' approach and make this an impressive contribution to the existing literature. I thought that their interpretations and conclusions were mostly reasonable and included appropriate caveats (where applicable). 

      We thank the reviewer for this kind, effective summary and highlight of the paper’s strengths!

      Weaknesses: 

      Although I found that the paper was very strong overall, I have three main questions and concerns about the analyses. 

      My first concern lies in the use of the narrow versus wider stimulus sets. I understand why the initial narrow stimulus set was defined using associative similarity (especially in the context of their previous paper on the retroactive effects of semantic similarity), and I also understand their rationale for including an additional wider stimulus set. What I am less clear on, however, is the theoretical justification for separating the datasets. The authors include a section combining them and show in a control analysis that there were no directional effects in the narrow stimulus set. The authors seem to imply in the Discussion that they believe there are global effects of the lower average relatedness on differing patterns of PI vs PF across stimulus sets (lines 549-553), but I wonder if an alternative explanation for some of their conflicting results could be that PI only occurs with pairs of low semantic relatedness between the supplemental and base pair and that because the narrower stimulus set does not include the truly semantically unrelated pairs, there was no evidence of PI. 

      We agree with the reviewer’s interpretation here, and we have now directly stated this in the discussion section (p. 26):

      “Altogether, these results show that PI can still occur with low relatedness, like in other studies finding PI in ΔTarget (A-B, A-D) paradigms (for a review see, Anderson & Neely, 1996), but PF occurs with higher relatedness. In fact, the absence of low relatedness pairs in the narrower stimulus set likely led to the strong overall PF in this condition across all pairs (positive y-intercept in the upper right of Fig 3A).”

      As for the remainder of this concern, please see our response to your elaboration on the critique below.

      My next concern comes from the additive change in both measures (change in Cue + change in Target). This measure is simply a measure of overall change, in which a pair where the cue changes a great deal but the target doesn't change is treated equivalently to a pair where the target changes a lot, but the cue does not change at all, which in turn are treated equivalently to a pair where the cue and target both change moderate amounts. Given that the authors speculate that there are different processes occurring with the changes in cue and target and the lack of relationship between cue+target relatedness and memorability, it might be important to tease apart the relative impact of the changes to the different aspects of the pair. 

      We thank the reviewer for this great point. First, we should clarify that we only added cue and target similarity values in the ΔBoth condition, which means that all instances of equivalence relate to non-zero values for both cue and target similarity. However, it is certainly possible cue and target similarity separately influence memorability or interdependence. We have now run this analysis separately for cue and target similarity (but within the ΔBoth condition). For memorability, neither cue nor target similarity independently predicted memorability within the ΔBoth condition in any of the four main experiments (all p > 0.23). Conversely, there were some relationships with interdependence. In the narrower stimulus set, 48-hr delay experiment, both cue and target similarity significantly or marginally predicted base-secondary pair interdependence (Cue: r = 0.30, p = 0.04; Target: r = 0.29, p = 0.054). Notably, both survived partial correlation analyses partialing out the other factor (Cue: r = 0.33, p = 0.03; Target: r = 0.32, p = 0.04). In the wider stimulus set, 48-hr delay experiment, only target similarity predicted interdependence (Cue: r = 0.09, p = 0.55; Target: r = 0.34, p = 0.02), and target similarity also predicted interdependence after partialing out cue similarity (r = 0.34, p = 0.02). Similarly, in the narrower stimulus set, 5-min delay experiment, only target similarity predicted interdependence (Cue: r = 0.01, p = 0.93; Target: r = 0.41, p = 0.005), and target similarity also predicted interdependence after partialing out cue similarity (r = 0.42, p = 0.005). Neither predicted interdependence in the wider stimulus set, 5-min delay experiment (Cue: r = -0.14, p = 0.36; Target: r = 0.09, p = 0.54). We have opted to leave this out of the paper for now, but we could include it if the reviewer believes it is worthwhile.

      Note that we address the multiple regression point raised by the reviewer in the critique below.

      Finally, it is unclear to me whether there was any online spell-checking that occurred during the free recall in the learning phase. If there wasn't, I could imagine a case where words might have accidentally received additional retrieval opportunities during learning - take for example, a case where a participant misspelled "razor" as "razer." In this example, they likely still successfully learned the word pair but if there was no spell-checking that occurred during the learning phase, this would not be considered correct, and the participant would have had an additional learning opportunity for that pair. 

      We did not use online spell checking. We agree that misspellings would be considered successful instances of learning (meaning that for those words, they would essentially have successful retrieval more than once). However, we do not have a reason to think that this would meaningfully differ across conditions, so the main learning results would still hold. We have included this in the Methods (p. 29-30):

      “We did not use spell checking during learning, meaning that in some cases pairs could have been essentially retrieved more than once. However, we do not believe this would differ across conditions to affect learning results.”

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors): 

      In terms of the framing of the paper, I think the paper would benefit from a clearer explication of the different theories at play in the introductory section. There are a few theories being examined. Memory-for-change is described in most detail in the discussion, it would help to describe it more deliberately in the intro. The authors refer to a PI account, and this is contrasted with the memory-for-change account, but it seems to me that these theories are not mutually exclusive. In the discussion, several theories are mentioned in passing without being named, e.g., I believe the authors are referring to the fan effect when they mention the difference between delta-cue and delta-target conditions. Perhaps this could be addressed with a more detailed account of the theory underlying Osgood's predictions, which I believe arise from an associative account of paired-associates memory. Osgood's work took place when there was a big debate between unlearning and interference. The current work isn't designed to speak directly to that old debate. But it may be possible to develop the theory a bit more in the intro, which would go a long way towards scaffolding the many results for the reader, by giving them a better sense up front of the theoretical implications. 

      We thank the reviewer for this comment and the nudge to clarify these points. First, we have now made the memory-for-change and remindings accounts more explicit in the introduction, as well as the fact that we are combining the two in forming predictions for the current study (p. 3):

      “Conversely, in favor of the PF account, we consider two main, related theories. The first is the importance of “remindings” in memory, which involve reinstating representations from an earlier study phase during later learning (Hintzman, 2011). This idea centers study-phase retrieval, which involves being able to mentally recall prior information and is usually applied to exact repetitions of the same material (Benjamin & Tullis, 2010; Hintzman et al., 1975; Siegel & Kahana, 2014; Thios & D’Agostino, 1976; Zou et al., 2023). However, remindings can occur upon the presentation of related (but not identical) material and can result in better memory for both prior and new information when memory for the linked events becomes more interdependent (Hintzman, 2011; Hintzman et al., 1975; McKinley et al., 2019; McKinley & Benjamin, 2020; Schlichting & Preston, 2017; Tullis et al., 2014; Wahlheim & Zacks, 2019). The second is the memory-for-change framework, which builds upon these ideas and argues that humans often retrieve prior experiences during new learning, either spontaneously by noticing changes from what was learned previously or by instruction (Jacoby et al., 2015; Jacoby & Wahlheim, 2013). The key advance of this framework is that recollecting changes is necessary for PF, whereas PI occurs without recollection. This framework has been applied to paradigms including stimulus changes, including common paired associate paradigms (e.g., A-B, A-D) that we cover extensively later. Because humans may be more likely to notice and recall prior information when it is more related to new information, these two accounts would predict that semantic relatedness instead promotes successful remindings, which would create PF and interdependence among the traces.”

      Second, as the reviewer suggests, we were referring to the fan effect in the discussion, and we have now made that more explicit (p. 26):

      “We believe these effects arise from the competing processes of impairments between competing responses at retrieval that have not been integrated versus retrieval benefits when that integration has occurred (which occurs especially often with high target relatedness). These types of competing processes appear operative in various associative learning paradigms such as retrieval-induced forgetting (Anderson & McCulloch, 1999; Carroll et al., 2007), and the fan effect (Moeser, 1979; Reder & Anderson, 1980).”

      Finally, our reading of Osgood’s proposal is as an attempt to summarize the qualitative effects of the scattered literature (as of 1949) and did not discuss many theories. For this reason, we generally focus on the directional predictions relating to Osgood’s surface, but we couch it in theories proposed since then.

      It strikes me that the advantage seen for items in the retroactive study compared to the proactive study is consistent with classic findings examining spontaneous recovery. These classic studies found that first-learned materials tended to recover to a level above second-learned materials as time passed. This could be consistent with the memory-for-change proposal presented in the text. The memory-for-change proposal provides a potential cognitive mechanism for the effect, here I'm just suggesting a connection that could be made with the spontaneous recovery literature. 

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. Indeed, we agree there is a meaningful point of connection here. We have added the following to the Discussion (p. 27):

      “Additionally, these effects partially resemble those on spontaneous recovery, whereby original associations tend to face interference after new, conflicting learning, but slowly recover over time (either absolutely or relative to the new learning) and often eventually eclipse memory for the new information (Barnes & Underwood, 1959; Postman et al., 1969; Wheeler, 1995). In both cases, original associations appear more robust to change over time, though it is unclear whether these similar outcomes stem from similar mechanisms.”

      Minor recommendations 

      Line 89: relative existing -> relative to existing. 

      Line 132: "line from an unrelated and identical target" -> from an unrelated to identical target (take a look, just needs rephrasing). 

      Line 340: (e.g. peace-shaverazor) I wasn't clear whether this was a typographical error, or whether the intent was to typographically indicate a unified representation. <br /> Line 383: effects on relatedness -> effects of relatedness. 

      We think the reviewer for catching these errors. We have fixed them, and for the third comment, we have clarified that we indeed meant to indicate a unified representation (p. 12):

      “[e.g., peace-shaverazor (written jointly to emphasize the unification)]”

      Page 24: Figure 8. I think the statistical tests in this figure are just being done between the pairs of the same color? Like in the top left panel, delta-cue pro and delta-target retro are adjacent and look equivalent, but there is no n.s. marking for this pair. Could consider keeping the connecting line between the linked conditions and removing the connecting lines that span different conditions. 

      Indeed, we were only comparing conditions with the same color. We have changed the connecting lines to reflect this.

      Page 26 line 612: I think this is the first mention that the remindings account is referred to as the memory-for-change framework, consider mentioning this in the introduction. 

      Thank you – we have now mentioned this in the introduction.

      Lines 627-630. Is this sentence referring to the fan effect? If so it could help the reader to name it explicitly. 

      We have now named this explicitly.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors): 

      This is a matter of personal preference, but I would prefer PI and PF spelled out instead of the abbreviations. This was also true for RI and RF which are defined early but then not used for 20 pages before being re-used again. In contrast, the naming of the within-subject conditions was very intuitive. 

      We appreciate this perspective. However, we prefer to keep the terms PI and PF for the sake of brevity. We now re-introduce terms that do not return until later in the manuscript.

      Osgood surface in Figure 1A could be easier to read if slightly reformatted. For example, target and cue relatedness sides are very disproportional and I kept wondering if that was intentional. The z-axis could be slightly more exaggerated so it's easier to see the critical messages in that figure (e.g., flip from + to - effect along the one dimension). The example word pairs were extremely helpful. 

      Figures 1C and 1D were also very helpful. It would be great if they could be a little bigger as the current version is hard to read. 

      Figure 1B took a while to decipher and could use a little more anticipation in the body of the text. Any reason to plot the x-axis from high to low on this figure? It is confusing (and not done in the actual results figures). I believe the supplemental GloVe equivalent in the supplement also has a confusing x-axis. 

      Thank the reviewer for this feedback. We have modified Figure 1A to reduce the disproportionality and accentuate the z-axis changes. We have also made the text in C and D larger. Finally, we have flipped around the x-axis in B and in the supplement.

      The description of relatedness values was rather confusing. It is not intuitive to accept that AS values from 0.03-0.96 are "narrow", as that seems to cover almost the whole theoretical range. I do understand that 0.03 is still a value showing relatedness, but more explanation would be helpful. It is also not clear how the GloVe values compare to the AS values. If I am understanding the measures and ranges correctly, the "narrow" condition could also be called "related only" while the "wide" condition could be called "related and unrelated". This is somewhat verbalized but could be clearer. In general, please provide a straightforward way for a reader to explicitly or implicitly compare those conditions, or even plot the "narrow" condition using both AS values and GloVe values so one can really compare narrow and wider conditions comparing apples with apples. 

      We thank the reviewer for this critique. First, we have now sought to clarify this in the Introduction (p. 11-12):

      “Across the first four experiments, we manipulated two factors: range of relatedness among the pairs and retention interval before the final test. The narrower range of relatedness used direct AS between pairs using free association norms, such that all pairs had between 0.03-0.96 association strength. Though this encompasses what appears to be a full range of relatedness values, pairs with even low AS are still related in the context of all possible associations (e.g., pious-holy has AS = 0.03 but would generally be considered related) (Fig 1B). The stimuli using a wider range of relatedness spanned the full range of global vector similarity (Pennington et al., 2014) that included many associations that would truly be considered unrelated (Fig 1-Supp 1A). One can see the range of the wider relatedness values in Fig 1-Supp 1B and comparisons between narrower and wider relatedness values in Fig 1-Supp 1C.”

      Additionally, as noted in the text above, we have added a new subfigure to Fig 1-Supp 1 that compares the relatedness values in the narrower and wider stimulus sets using the common GloVe metric.

      Considering a relationship other than linear may also be beneficial (e.g., the difference between AS of 0.03 and 0.13 may not be equal to AS of .83 and .93; same with GloVe). I am assuming that AS and GloVe are not linear transforms of each other. Thus, it is not clear whether one should expect a linear (rather than curvilinear or another monotonic) relationship with both of them. It could be as simple as considering rank-order correlation rather than linear correlation, but just wanted to put this out for consideration. The linear approach is still clearly fruitful (e.g., interdependence), but limits further the utility of having both narrow and wide conditions without a straightforward way to compare them. 

      We thank the reviewer for this point. Indeed, AS and GloVe are not linear transforms of each other, but metrics derived from different sources (AS comes from human free associations; GloVe comes from a learned vector space language model). (We noted this in the text and in our response to your above comment.) However, we do have the ability to put all the word pairs into the GloVe metric, which we do in the Results section, “Re-assessing proactive memory and interdependence effects using a common metric”. In this analysis, we used a linear correlation that combined data sets with a similar retention interval and replicated our main findings earlier in the paper (p. 5):

      “In the 48-hr delay experiment, correlations between memorability and cue relatedness in the ΔCue condition [r2(44) > 0.29, p < 0.001] and target relatedness in the ΔTarget condition [r2(44) = 0.2, p < 0.001] were significant, whereas cue+target relatedness in the ΔBoth condition was not [r2(44) = 0.01, p = 0.58]. In all three conditions, interdependence increased with relatedness [all r2(44) > 0.16, p < 0.001].”

      Following the reviewer suggestion to test things out using rank order, we also re-created the combined analysis using rank order based on GloVe values rather than the raw GloVe values. The ranks now span 1-90 (because there were 45 pairs in each of the narrower and wider stimulus sets). All results qualitatively held.

      Author response image 1.

      Rank order results.

      Author response image 2.

      And the raw results in Fig 6-Supp 1 (as a reference).

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      In regards to my first concern, the authors could potentially test whether the stimulus sets are different by specifically looking at pairs from the wider stimulus set that overlap with the range of relatedness from the narrow set and see if they replicate the results from the narrow stimulus set. If the results do not differ, the authors could simplify their results section by collapsing across stimulus sets (as they did in the analyses presented in Figure 6 - Supplementary Figure 1). If the authors opt to keep the stimulus sets separate, it would be helpful to include a version of Figure 1b/Figure 1 - Supplementary Figure 1 where the coverage of the two stimulus sets are plotted on the same figure using GloVe similarity so it is easier to interpret the results. 

      We have conducted this analysis in two ways, though we note that we will eventually settle upon keeping the stimulus sets separate. First, we examined memorability between the data sets by removing one pair at a time from the wider stimulus set until there was no significant difference (p > 0.05). We did this at the long delay because that was more informative for most of our analyses. Even after reducing the wider stimulus set, the narrow stimulus set still had significantly or marginally higher memorability in all three conditions (p < 0.001 for ΔCue; p < 0.001 for ΔTarget; p = 0.08 for ΔBoth. We reasoned that this was likely because the AS values still differed (all, p < 0.001), which would present a clear way for participants to associate words that may not be as strongly similar in vector space (perhaps due to polysemy for individual words). When we ran the analysis a different way that equated AS, we no longer found significant memorability differences (p \= 0.13 for ΔCue; p = 0.50 for ΔTarget; p = 0.18 for ΔBoth). However, equating the two data sets in this analysis required us to drop so many pairs to equate the wider stimulus data set (because only a few only had a direct AS connection; there were 3, 5, and 1 pairs kept in the ΔCue, ΔTarget, and ΔBoth conditions) that we would prefer not to report this result.

      Additionally, we now plot the two stimulus sets on the same plot (Reviewer 2 also suggested this).

      In regards to my second concern, one potential way the authors could disambiguate the effects of change in cue vs change in target might be to run a multiple linear regression with change in Cue, change in Target, and the change in Cue*change in Target interaction (potentially with random effects of subject identity and word pair identity to combine experiments and control for pair memorability/counterbalancing), which has the additional bonus of potentially allowing the authors to include all word pairs in a single model and better describe the Osgood-style spaces in Figure 6.

      This is a very interesting idea. We set this analysis up as the reviewer suggested, using fixed effects for ΔCue, ΔTarget, and ΔCue*ΔTarget, and random effects for subject and word ID. Because we had a binary outcome variable, we used mixed effects logistic regression. For a given pair, if it had the same cue or target, the corresponding change column received a 0, and if it had a different cue or target, it received a graded value (1 - GloVe value between the new and old cue or target). For this analysis, because we designed this analysis to indicate a treatment away from a repeat (as in the No Δ condition, which had no change for either cues and targets), we omitted control items. For items in the ΔBoth condition, we initially used positive values in both the Cue and Target columns too, with the multiplied ΔCue*ΔTarget value in its own column. We focused these analyses on the 48-hr delay experiments. In both experiments, running it this way resulted in highly significant negative effects of ΔCue and ΔTarget (both p < 0.001), but positive effects of ΔCue*ΔTarget (p < 0.001), presumably because after accounting for the negative independent predictions of both ΔCue and ΔTarget, ΔCue*ΔTarget values actually were better than expected.

      We thought that those results were a little strange given that generally there did not appear to be interactions with ΔCue*ΔTarget values, and the positive result was simply due to the other predictors in the model. To show that this is the case, we changed the predictors so that items in the ΔBoth condition had 0 in ΔCue and ΔTarget columns alongside their ΔCue*ΔTarget value. In this case, all three factors negatively predicted memory (all p < 0.001).

      We don't necessarily see this second approach as better, partly because it seems clear to us that any direction you go from identity is just hurting memory, and we felt the need to drop the control condition. We next flipped around the analysis to more closely resemble how we ran the other analyses, using similarity instead of distance. Here, identity along any dimension indicated a 1, a change in any part of the pair involved using that pair’s GloVe value (rather than the 1 – the GloVe value from above), and the control condition simply had zeros in all the columns. In this case, if we code the cue and target similarity values as themselves in the ΔBoth condition, in both 48-hr experiments, cue and target similarity significantly positively predicted memory (narrower set: cue similarity had p = 0.006, target similarity had p < 0.001; wider set: both p < 0.001) and the interaction term negatively predicted memory (p < 0.001 in both). If we code cue and target similarity values as 0s in the ΔBoth condition, all three factors tend to be positive (narrower, Cue: p = 0.11, Target and Interaction: p < 0.001; wider, Cue and Target p < 0.001; Interaction: p = 0.07).

      Ultimately, we would prefer to leave this out of the manuscript in the interest of simplicity and because we largely find that these analyses support our prior conclusions. However, we could include them if the reviewer prefers.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      eLife assessment:

      In this useful study, the authors analyze droplet size distributions of multiple protein condensates and their fit to a scaling ansatz, highlighting that they exhibit features of first- and second-order phase transitions. The experimental evidence is still incomplete as the measurements were apparently done only at one time point, neglecting the possibility that droplet size distribution can evolve with time. The text would benefit from a connection to and contextualization with the well-understood expectations from the coupling of percolation and phase separation in protein condensates - a phenomenon that is increasingly gaining consensus amongst the community and that emphasizes "liquid-gas" criticality. 

      We have now carried out new experiments at multiple time points to establish that the droplet size distributions are stationary below the critical concentration. We have also addressed the comments made by the reviewers about the nature of the phase transition.

      Our analysis does not depend on a specific hypothesis on the nature of the phase transition, whether it be percolation or a gas-liquid critical transition. The scaling that we observed is an emergent property that is independent from the possible theoretical models used to describe the phase transition. In fact, our scaling analysis indicates that any theoretical model proposed for protein phase separation should predict the critical exponents that we reported. 

      Reviewer #1

      The authors analyse droplet size distributions of multiple protein condensates and fit to a scaling ansatz to highlight that they exhibit features of first-order and second-order phase transitions. While the experimental evidence is solid, the text lacks connection and contextualization to the well-understood expectations from the coupling of percolation and phase separation in protein condensates - a phenomenon that is increasingly gaining consensus amongst the community. The evidence supports the percolation and phase separation model rather than being close to a true critical point in the liquid-gas phase space. Overall, the work is useful to the community.

      We are grateful to the reviewer for these positive comments. We would like to emphasises that our contribution is not to propose a theoretical model, but rather to report a scaling behaviour in the experimentally measured droplet size distributions. The main implication of our work is that any theoretical model should predict the scaling exponents that we derived from the experimental measurements.

      Strengths: 

      The experimental analysis of distinct protein condensates is very well done and the reported exponents/scaling framework provides a clear framework to help the community deconvolve signatures of percolation in condensates. 

      Weaknesses: 

      The principal concern this reviewer has is that the reviewers adopt a framing in this paper to present a discovery of second-order features and connections to criticality - however, they ignore/miss the connections to percolation (a well-understood second-order transition that is expected to play a major role in protein condensates). I believe this needs to be addressed and the paper suitably revised to help connect with these expectations. 

      The scaling that we found is not characteristic standard percolation, since the exponents that we obtained (a=0 and f=1) are different from those of percolation (a=1.19 and f=2.21). This difference indicates that protein phase separation is not in the same universality class of standard percolation. Further studies will be required to understand whether theoretical models based on percolation could predict the observed critical exponents.

      - Protein condensates have been increasingly understood to be described as fluids whose assembly is driven by a connection of density (phase separation, first-order) and connectivity (percolation, second-order) transitions. This has been long known in the polymer community (Flory, Stockmayer, Tanaka, Rubinstein, Semenov, and others) and recently repopularized in the condensate community (by Pappu and Mittag, in particular, amongst others). The authors make no connections to any of these frameworks - which actually seem to be the essence of what they are describing. 

      As mentioned above, our purpose was neither to support an existing theoretical model, nor to propose a new one. Rather, we have reported a scaling behaviour and scaling exponents not noted before. Further studies will be required to establish whether existing theoretical models could account for this scaling behaviour.

      - Percolation theory, which has been around for more than half a century, has clear-cut scaling laws that have essentially similar forms to the ansatz adopted by the authors, and the commonalities/differences are not discussed by the authors - this is essential since this provides a physical basis for their ansatz rather than an arbitrary mathematical formulation. In particular, percolation models connect size distribution exponents to factors like dimensionality, valence, etc. and if these connections can be made with this data, that would be very powerful. 

      The scaling ansatz that we are using is commonly adopted in studies of critical phenomena, and it is not specific to percolation. The scaling exponents depends only on very few attributes like dimensionality, symmetries and if interactions are short or long range. These attributes determine the universality class. As such, scaling does not link with molecular determinants, but can distinguish different classes.

      - The connections between spinodal decomposition and second-order phase transitions are very confusing. Spindal decomposition happens when the barriers for first-order phase transitions are zero and systems can phase separate without crossing nucleation barriers. Further, the "criticality" discussed in the paper is confusing since it more likely refers to a percolation threshold and much less likely to a "critical temperature" (Tc -where spinodal and binodals become identical). I would recommend reframing this argument. 

      We cannot refer to percolation threshold as our model is not readily compatible with it. We elaborated and better explained the differences between these models.

      It's unlikely, in this reviewer's opinion, that the authors are actually discussing a "first-order" liquid-gas critical point - because saturation concentrations of these proteins can be much higher with temperature and the critical point would thus likely be at much higher concentrations (and ofc temperature). Further, the scaling exponents don't fall into that class naturally. However, if the authors disagree, I would appreciate clear quantitative reasons (including through the scaling exponents in that universality class) and be happy to be convinced to change my mind. As provided, the data does not support this model. 

      We have now clarified in the manuscript that we do not discuss the liquid-gas critical point.

      Reviewer #2

      This is a potentially interesting study addressing a possible scale-invariant log-normal characteristic of droplet size distribution in the phase separation behavior of biomolecular condensates. Some of the data presented are valuable and intriguing. However, as it stands, the validity and utility of this study are uncertain because there are serious deficiencies in the execution and presentation of the authors' results. Many of these shortcomings are fundamental, including a lack of clarity in the basic conceptual framework of the study, insufficient justification of the experimental setup, less-than-conclusive experimental evidence, and inadequate discussion of implications of the authors' findings to future experimental and theoretical studies of biomolecular condensates. Accordingly, this reviewer considers that the manuscript should undergo a major revision to address the following. In particular, the discussion should be significantly expanded by including references mentioned below as well as other references pertinent to the issues raised. 

      We thank the reviewer for the helpful comments. In the revised version of the manuscript we clarified that we aimed to use a well-established tool – the scaling analysis – to study phase transition and applied to the protein condensation process. This approach offers insight into a universal aspect of protein phase separation, and also provides a practical approach to determine the phase boundary. The observed fat-tailed distribution of protein droplet sizes is not what is normally observed in more standard phase separation systems in the subsaturated phase. Our contribution is not to propose a theoretical model, but rather to report the observation of a scaling behaviour. 

      (1) The theoretical analysis in this study is based on experimental data on condensed droplet size distributions for FUS and α-synuclein. The size data for FUS droplet is indirect as it relies on the assumption that FUS droplet diameter is proportional to fluorescence intensity of labeled FUS (page 10 of manuscript), with fluorescence data adopted from a previously published work by another group (Kar et al. & Pappu, ref.27). Because fluorescence of a droplet is expected to be dependent upon the condensed-phase concentration of FUS, this proportional relationship, even if it holds, must also be modulated by FUS concentration in the droplet. Moreover, why should fluorescence be proportional to diameter but not the cross-sectional area or volume of the FUS droplet, which would be more intuitive? These issues should be clarified. A new measure by microscopy is used to determine the size distribution of condensed α-synuclein; but no microscopy image is shown. It is of critical importance that such raw data (for example microscopy images) be presented for the completeness and reproducibility of the experiment because the entire study relies on the soundness of these experimental measurements. 

      As we mentioned in the article, for the scaling analysis, the droplet dimensions could be assessed in 1D (length), 2D (area) or 3D (volume). For the FUS experiments, we used the data as the authors provided in the original publication (PNAS 2022). For alpha-synuclein, we provided the data in the article. 

      (2) Despite the authors' claim of a universal scaling relationship, the log-log scatter plots in Figure 1 (page 15 of the manuscript) exhibit significant deviations from linearity at low protein concentrations (ρ→0). Given this fact, is universal scaling really valid? Discussion of this behavior is conspicuously absent (except the statement that these data points are excluded in the fit). In any case, the possible origins of these deviations should be thoroughly discussed so that the regime of universal scaling can be properly delineated. 

      In general, one would expect the scaling ansatz to be valid close to the phase boundary. It is the feature of the ansatz, that further away from the boundary, deviations are expected because of the decreasing relevance of critical phenomena.

      (3) Droplet size distribution most likely depends on the time duration after the preparation of the sample. For α-synuclein, "liquid droplet size characterisation images were captured 10 minutes post-liquid droplet formation" (page 9 of the manuscript). Why 10 minutes? Have the authors tried imaging at different time points and, if so, do the distributions at different time points remain essentially the same? If they are different, what is the criterion for focusing only on a particular time point? Information related to these questions should be provided. 

      We have now determined the droplet size distribution of alpha-synuclein at different time points, finding that they are not dependent on time within experimental uncertainties (Figure 6 in the revised manuscript).

      (4) At least two well-known mechanisms can lead to the time-dependent distribution of liquid droplet sizes: (i) coalescence of droplets in spatial proximity to form a larger droplet, and (ii) Ostwald ripening, i.e., formation of larger droplets concomitant with the dissolution of smaller droplets without fusion of droplets. The implications of these mechanisms on the authors' droplet size distributions should be addressed. Indeed, maintaining a size distribution against these mechanisms in vivo often requires active suppression [Bressloff, Phys Rev E 101, 042804 (2020)] with possible involvement of chemical reactions [Kirschbaum & Zwicker, J R Soc Interface 18, 20210255 (2021)]. These considerations are central to the basic rationale of this study and therefore should be carefully tackled. 

      These two mechanism of growth are relevant above the critical concentration. Below the critical concentration, which is the regime that we investigated in our work, there is no need of active suppression.

      (5) If coalescence and/or Ostwald ripening do occur, given sufficient time after sample preparation, the condensed phase may become a single large "droplet" or a single liquid layer. Does this occur in the authors' experiments? 

      As we are below the critical concentration, this is unlikely to occur, as indeed supported by the experiments mentioned at point (3). 

      (6) It is unclear whether the authors aim to address the kinetic phenomenon of liquid droplet formation and evolution or equilibrium properties. The two types of phenomena appear to be conflated in the authors' narrative. Clarification is needed. If this work aims to address timeindependent (or infinite-time) equilibrium properties, how are they expected to be related to droplet size distribution, which most likely is time-dependent? 

      Our analysis focuses on the equilibrium properties of the droplet size distribution below the critical concentration, and it should guide the proposal of a theoretical model that explains the emergence of scaling. In the introductory part of our manuscript, we proposed a possible scenario that tries to extend the Flory-Huggins’s theory to predict a scaling behaviour appropriate to a critical transition. Other scenarios are possible, and our result along with further experiments are needed to arrive at a deeper understanding of protein aggregation.

      (7) The relationship between the potentially time-dependent droplet size distribution and equilibrium properties of ρt and ρc (transition and critical concentrations, respectively) should be better spelled out. An added illustrative figure will be helpful. 

      We are addressing equilibrium properties, not kinetic ones. See also the answers to point 6.

      (8) The authors comment that their findings appear to be inconsistent with Flory-Huggins theory because Flory-Huggins "characterizes droplet formation as a consequence of nucleation ..." (page 8 of the manuscript). Here, three issues need detailed clarification: (i) In what way does Flory-Huggins mandate nucleation? (ii) Why are the findings of apparent scale invariance inconsistent with nucleation? (iii) If liquid droplet formations do not arise from nucleation, what physical mechanism(s) is (are) envisioned by the authors to be underpinning the formation of condensed liquid droplets in protein phase separation? 

      We do agree that the Flory-Huggins theory does not mandate nucleation above the spinodal line. However, we are addressing the equilibrium properties below the critical concentration, so the stable phase is the dilute phase, and there is no nucleation.

      (9) Are any of the authors' findings related to finite-system effects of phase separation [see, e.g., Nilsson & Irbäck, Phys Rev E 101, 022413 (2020)]?  

      Our experimental system is macroscopic, so we would not expect finite size effects.

      (10) Since the authors are using their observation of an apparent scale-invariant droplet size distribution to evaluate phase separation theory, it is important to clarify whether their findings provide any constraint on the shape of coexistence curves (phase diagrams). 

      We are only reporting the phenomenological observation of a scaling behaviour, so we may not speculate at this stage on the constraints of the coexistence curves. This is indeed an exciting opportunity for future studies.

      (11) More specifically, do the authors' findings suggest that the phase diagrams predicted by Flory-Huggins are invalid? Or, are they suggesting that even if the phase diagrams predicted by Flory-Huggins are empirically correct (if verified by experimental testing), they are underpinned by a free energy function different from that of Flory-Huggins? It is important to answer this question to clarify the implications of the authors' findings on equilibrium phase behaviors and the falsifiability of the implications. 

      As mentioned above, our main conclusion is that the droplet size distribution follows a scaling behaviour.  Our contribution is not to propose a theoretical model, but rather to propose a scaling behaviour that should be accounted for by existing of future theoretical models.

      (12) How about the implications of the authors' findings on other theories of protein phase separation that are based on interactions that are different from the short spatial range interactions treated by Flory-Huggins? For instance, it has been observed that whereas the Flory-Huggins-predicted phase diagrams always convex upward, phase diagrams for charged intrinsically disordered proteins with long spatial range Coulomb interactions exhibit a region that concave upward [Das et al., Phys Chem Chem Phys 20, 28558-28574 (2018)]. Can information be provided by the authors' findings regarding apparent scale-invariant droplet size distribution on the underlying interaction driving the protein molecules toward phase separation? 

      This is an interesting point for future studies about the type of interactions that give rise to the observed scaling behaviour.

      (13) Table S1 (page 4) and Table S2 (page 7) are mentioned in the text but these tables are not in the submitted files. 

      We have added the Supplementary Tables as well as the source files for the figures.

      (14) The two systems studied (FUS and α-synuclein) have a single intrinsically disordered protein (IDP) component. It is not clear if the authors expect their claimed scaling relation to be applicable to systems with multiple IDP components and if so, why.

      From the data that we have currently analysed, we feel that we may not speculate on this interesting point, leaving it to future studies.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      A limitation of the study is that it does not directly compare the e4ect of inhibiting the PERKATF4 pathway with inhibiting JUN and/or JUN-CHOP double deficient animals. It would also be useful, for the cell survival experiments shown in Figure 1, to examine a longer time point than 14 days to understand the long-term consequence of manipulating the PERK-ATF4 pathway.

      We appreciate that both suggestions are fantastic ideas for future studies but consider them to be beyond the scope of this investigation. 

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      However, the main concern is the overall data quality, which appears to be suboptimal. The transfection e4iciency of AAV2-hSyn1-mTagBFP2-ires-Cre used in this study does not seem highly e4ective, as evidenced by the data presented in Supplementary Figure 1.

      We appreciate the importance of the e;ectiveness of transfection e;iciency of AAV2-hSyn1-mTagBFP2-ires-Cre to the interpretations of our results and acknowledge that the imaging and color schemes used required improvement. We have now validated widespread knockout in RGCs using AAV2-hSyn1-mTagBFP2-ires-Cre, improving the staining and imaging of LSL.tdTomato Cre reporter mice (Figure S1A-B) and using RNAScope to validate the disruption of ATF4 and CHOP, respectively, in the RGCs of ATF4 cKO and CHOP cKO mice (Figure S1C-D). Additional validation of functional knockout of these transcription factors is provided by reduction of RGC-autonomous expression of transcripts that we identified in this study to be injury-regulated in an ATF4-dependent (Chac1, Atf3, Figure 4C-E) or ATF4- and CHOP-dependent manner (Ecel1, Avil, Figure 4C-E and Figure S2D).

      The manuscript also contains several inconsistencies and a mix of methods in data collection, analysis, and interpretation, such as the labeling and quantification of RGCs and the combination of bulk and single-cell sequencing results.

      Regarding the use and comparison of bulk-seq and scRNA-seq data, it is our sense that these innovative approaches will be among the impactful aspects of this study. Numerous transcriptomic studies of the optic nerve crush model exist, though it has been unclear whether major and minor technical di;erences would preclude deriving insights across studies without the expense and time of exact reproduction. One goal of this study was to evaluate the hypothesis that, despite the obvious limitation that RGCs represent fewer than 1% of cells in whole retina bulk transcriptomics approach, the signals amongst top di;erentially expressed genes (DEGs) would be dominated by injury-induced changes within RGCs and that the most robust of these changes would be readily detected across techniques and labs, serving as a cornerstone for interpreting similarities and di;erences in findings. We believe that the results validate this approach. Important insights gained in this study from these cross-study and cross-platform analyses include:

      (1) Genes that we identify in this study as neuronal ATF4-dependent by whole retina transcriptomics include many of the most robust genes expression changes observed across multiple studies that enrich for RGCs and those that only report RGC-autonomous expression changes by scRNA-seq. This observation predicts that many of the ATF4-dependent expression changes that we report are RGC autonomous, which we further validate in this revision by RNAScope.

      (2) Similarly designed whole transcriptomics studies across labs can be remarkably robust for top DEGs, showing striking similarity that allows for meaningful insights and testable hypotheses across di;erent knockout and conditional knockout mice.

      (3) scRNA-seq of RGCs and bulk sequencing of FACS-enriched RGCs, unsurprisingly results in higher sensitivity for injury-induced expression changes, but the high degree of similarity that we demonstrate between the top DEGs from those studies and whole retina transcriptomics studies allows for confident inferences regarding the expected cell autonomy of reported expression changes in this model, using available resources such as the Single Cell Portal, without the expense and technical optimization required for extensive spatial transcriptomics across numerous mouse models.

      Other revisions

      In addition to these updates to address the public reviews, we are grateful for the reviewers’ additional recommendations and provide these further revisions:

      (1) We appreciate the request to clarify with a schematic the di;erences between our study and a previous report (Tian et al., 2022). A second Correction to that study was published in July 2024, resulting in changes to the logFC values used in our original cross-study comparison and adjustments to multiple figures and tables related to the proposed transcriptional programs of ATF4, CHOP, and the other purported core transcription factors. We have therefore updated our Figure S3A-C in accordance with that Correction to better reflect the underlying data of that study. These changes do not alter our original conclusions that: (a) both the whole retina transcriptomics approach of our study and the FACS-enriched RGC approach of that study readily detect the strong upregulation of many known ATF4 target genes after optic nerve crush (Figure S3A); and (b) there are striking di;erences in the ATF4- and CHOP-dependent transcripts suggested by our cKO data and those suggested by the reported gRNA data. Though we had hoped that the Correction would allow us in this revision to diagram those findings and model for comparison to these cKO findings, documenting those changes and their impacts on the proposed model is beyond the scope of this study.

      (2) We agree that the discordance between the gene and protein names for Ddit3/CHOP and Eif2ak3/PERK represents a challenge for clarity, even when gene names are carefully selected when referring to genes or transcripts and protein names when referring to proteins. We have therefore attempted to streamline the naming throughout, using where possible both names.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) I was surprised to see that the Authors have failed to address my major concerns about the paper, which was in the Main text of the Review.

      Previously I wrote: The major weakness of the manuscript is that it is written for a very specialized reader who has a strong background in cerebellar development, making it hard to read for eLife's general audience. It's challenging to follow the logic of some of the experiments as well as to contextualize these findings in the field of cerebellar development.

      This has not been addressed. The manuscript has not been substantively changed and it is still written for a very specialized reader rather than a general reader.

      We appreciate the respected reviewer’s concern and have made substantial revisions throughout the manuscript to address the points. We have simplified the technical language throughout the manuscript and included additional background information, particularly in the introduction and discussion sections, to better orient general readers. Additionally, we have clarified the logical flow of the experiments by incorporating transitional statements and summaries that explain the purpose and outcomes of each experiment (revisions are highlighted in yellow). 

      (2) These two have been addressed, although to be honest, I don't think that the cartoon is particularly helpful for a general audience.

      Thank you for your feedback. We have replaced the cartoon with a revised version that provides more detailed information to clarify and simplify the origins of cerebellar nuclei from the caudal and rostral ends in both Atoh1+/+ and Atoh1-/- mice. We believe this will make the content more clear and informative for the general audience.

      (3) My third recommendation, that they include a section in the Discussion to speculate about what these cells may become in the adult and the existence of multiple cell types with different molecular markers and projection patterns in the nuclei, has also not been addressed.

      We apologize for the oversight in the previous revision. We have now added a detailed discussion in the manuscript that speculates on the potential fate of these newly identified cells in the adult cerebellum, suggesting that they may differentiate into excitatory neurons (highlighted on page 9). In addition, as noted in our previous resubmission, further direct evidence is needed from the early population of SNCA+ cells during E9 to E13. This is an ongoing focus of investigation in our lab, where we are currently using SNCA-GFP mice, part of a project for a PhD student in our lab.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      One small remaining issue: The methods text re cell counts remains confusing: n=3

      EMBRYOS???

      "To assess the number of OTX2-positive cells, we conducted immunohistochemistry (IHC) labeling on slides containing serial sections from embryonic days 12, 13, 14, and 15 (n=3 EMBRYOS??? at each timepoint)."

      Thank you for this point and we acknowledge that, and we have revised the text in the methods section for clarity. As highlighted on page 11, “The sample size was equal to 9 embryos” and on page 16, “3 embryos were used at each time point”.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Fats and lipids serve many important roles in cancers, including serving as important fuels for energy metabolism in cancer cells by being oxidized in the mitochondria. The process of fatty acid oxidation is initiated by the enzyme carnitine palmitoyltransferase 1A (CPT1A), and the function and targetability of CPT1A in cancer metabolism and biology have been heavily investigated. This includes studies that have found important roles for CPT1A in colorectal cancer growth and metastasis.

      In this study, Chen and colleagues use analysis of patient samples and functional interrogation in animal models to examine the role CPT1A plays in colorectal cancer (CRC). The authors find that CPT1A expression is decreased in CRC compared to paired healthy tissue and that lower expression correlates with decreased patient survival over time, suggesting that CPT1A may suppress tumor progression. To functionally interrogate this hypothesis, the authors both use CRISPR to knockout CPT1A in a CRC cell line that expresses CPT1A and overexpress CPT1A in a CRC cell line with low expression. In both systems, increased CPT1A expression decreased cell survival and DNA repair in response to radiation in culture. Further, in xenograft models, CPT1A decreased tumor growth basally and radiotherapy could further decrease tumor growth in CPT1A-expressing tumors. As CRC is often treated with radiotherapy, the authors argue this radiosensitization driven by CPT1A could explain why CPT1A expression correlates with increased patient survival.

      Lastly, Chen and colleagues sought to understand why CPT1A suppresses CRC tumor growth and sensitizes the tumors to radiotherapy in culture. The antioxidant capacity of cells can increase cell survival, so the authors examine antioxidant gene expression and levels in CPT1A-expressing and non-expressing cells. CPT1A expression suppresses the expression of antioxidant metabolism genes and lowers levels of antioxidants. Antioxidant metabolism genes can be regulated by the FOXM1 transcription factor, and the authors find that CPT1A expression regulates FOXM1 levels and that antioxidant gene expression can be partially rescued in CPT1A-expressing CRC cells. This leads the authors to propose the following model: CPT1A expression downregulates FOXM1 (via some yet undescribed mechanism) which then leads to decreased antioxidant capacity in CRC cells, thus suppressing tumor progression and increasing radiosensitivity. This is an interesting model that could explain the suppression of CPT1A expression in CRC, but key tenets of the model are untested and speculative.

      Strengths:

      Analysis of CPT1A in paired CRC tumors and non-tumor tissue using multiple modalities combined with analysis of independent datasets rigorously show that CPT1A is downregulated in CRC tumors at the RNA and protein level.

      The authors use paired cell line model systems where CPT1A is both knocked out and overexpressed in cell lines that endogenously express or repress CPT1A respectively. These complementary model systems increase the rigor of the study.

      The finding that a metabolic enzyme generally thought to support tumor energetics actually is a tumor suppressor in some settings is theoretically quite interesting.

      We would like to thank Reviewer #1 for the positive comments.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors propose that CPT1A expression modulates antioxidant capacity in cells by suppressing FOXM1 and that this pathway alters CRC growth and radiotherapy response. However, key aspects of this model are not tested. The authors do not show that FOXM1 contributes to the regulation of antioxidant levels in CRC cells and tumors or if FOXM1 suppression is key to the inhibition of CRC tumor growth and radiosensitization by CPT1A. Thus, the model the authors propose is speculative and not supported by the existing data.

      We thank the reviewer for the valuable comment. In this study, we employed Western blotting to assess the protein levels of the ROS scavenging enzymes CAT, SOD1, and SOD2 following FOXM1 overexpression. This approach allowed us to evaluate how FOXM1 regulates ROS clearance and mediates cellular radiation resistance. Further in-vivo evidence is needed and will be addressed in future research.

      The authors propose two mechanisms by which CPT1A expression triggers radiosensitization: decreasing DNA repair capacity (Figure 3) and decreasing antioxidant capacity (Figure 5). However, while CPT1A expression does alter these capacities in CRC cells, neither is functionally tested to determine if altered DNA repair or antioxidant capacity (or both) are the reason why CRC cells are more sensitive to radiotherapy or are delayed in causing tumors in vivo. Thus, this aspect of the proposed model is also speculative.

      We thank the reviewer for the valuable comment. In this study, we combined a colony formation assay, multi-target single-hit survival model, comet assay, and Western blotting (for γH2AX) to evaluate DNA damage and repair in cells. Additionally, we employed qPCR, Western blotting, and enzyme activity kits to assess the direct ROS-scavenging activities of the peroxisomal enzymes CAT, SOD1, SOD2, and SOD3.

      The authors find that CPT1A affects radiosensitization in cell culture and assess this in vivo. In vivo, CPT1A expression slows tumor growth even in the absence of radiotherapy, and radiotherapy only proportionally decreases tumor growth to the same extent as it does in CPT1A non-expressing CRC tumors. The authors propose from this data that CPT1A expression also sensitizes tumors to radiotherapy in vivo. However, it is unclear whether CPT1A expression causes radiosensitization in vivo or if CPT1A expression acts as an independent tumor suppressor to which radiotherapy has an additive effect. Additional experiments would be necessary to differentiate between these possibilities.

      We thank the reviewer for the valuable comment. As shown in Figure 4D, in the absence of CPT1A knockdown, radiotherapy reduced the percentage of Ki67-positive cells in the xenograft tumors by 32.9% (approximately 39.6% of the pre-irradiation baseline). In contrast, upon CPT1A knockdown, radiotherapy only led to a 14.5% reduction in the percentage of Ki67-positive cells (approximately 15.6% of the pre-irradiation baseline). Furthermore, as illustrated in Figures 4E and 4F, in the absence of CPT1A overexpression, radiotherapy resulted in a 0.10-g decrease in tumor weight (around 52.5% of the pre-irradiation weight), whereas with CPT1A overexpression, radiotherapy induced a more pronounced 0.12-g reduction in tumor weight (approximately 89.7% of the pre-irradiation weight). Collectively, these findings indicate that CPT1A exhibits a radiosensitising effect. We have incorporated these relevant details in the Results section (Lines 196-201 and 204-208).

      The authors propose in Figure 3 that DNA repair capacity is inhibited in CRC cells by CPT1A expression. However, the gH2AX immunoblots performed in Figure 3H-I that measure DNA repair kinetics are not convincing that CPT1A expression impairs DNA repair kinetics. Separate blots are shown for CPT1A expressing and non-expressing cell lines, not allowing for rigorous comparison of gH2AX levels and resolution as CPT1A expression is modulated.

      We thank the reviewer for the valuable comment. In this study, we also employed a colony formation assay, multi-target single-hit survival model, and comet assay to elucidate the impact of CPT1A on DNA repair capacity. These methods all indicated that DNA repair capacity is inhibited in CRC cells by CPT1A expression.

      There are conflicting studies (PMID: 37977042, 29995871) that suggest that CPT1A is overexpressed in CRC and contributes to tumor progression rather than acting as a tumor suppressor as the authors propose. It would be helpful for readers for the authors to discuss these studies and why there is a discrepancy between them.

      We thank the reviewer for the valuable comment. We have expanded the discussion of these findings in the relevant section of the manuscript (Lines 317-318). We speculated that the differences between our observations and previous reports may be attributable to the inherent heterogeneity of tumor tissues as well as variations in tumor stage.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      The manuscript by Chen et al. describes how low levels of CPT1A in colorectal cancer (CRC) confer radioresistance by expediting radiation-induced ROS clearance. The authors propose that this mechanism of ROS homeostasis is regulated through FOXM1. CPT1A is known for its role in fatty acid metabolism via beta-oxidation of long-chain fatty acids, making it important in many metabolic disorders and cancers.

      Previous studies have suggested that the upregulation of CPT1A is essential for the tumor-promoting effect in colorectal cancers (CRC) (PMID: 32913185). For example, CPT1A-mediated fatty acid oxidation promotes colorectal cancer cell metastasis (PMID: 2999587), and repression of CPT1A activity renders cancer cells more susceptible to killing by cytotoxic T lymphocytes (PMID: 37722058). Additionally, inhibition of CPT1A-mediated fatty-acid oxidation (FAO) sensitizes nasopharyngeal carcinomas to radiation therapy (PMID: 29721083). While this suggests a tumor-promoting effect for CPT1A, the work by Chen et al. suggests instead a tumor-suppressive function for CPT1A in CRC, specifically that loss or low expression of CPT1A confers radioresistance in CRC. This makes the findings important given that they oppose the previously proposed tumorigenic function of CPT1A. However, the data presented in the manuscript is limited in scope and analysis.

      Major Limitations:

      (1) Analysis of Patient Samples

      - Figure 1D shows that CPT1A levels are significantly lower in COAD and READ compared to normal tissues. It would be beneficial to show whether CPT1A levels are also significantly lower in CRC compared to other tumor types using TCGA data.

      We thank the reviewer for the valuable comment. We assessed the expression levels of CPT1A across all cancer types in the TCGA dataset and found that the abundance of CPT1A in CRC was significantly lower compared to cholangiocarcinoma (CHOL), esophageal carcinoma (ESCA), kidney chromophobe (KICH), acute myeloid leukemia (LAML), and stomach adenocarcinoma (STAD) (Author response image 1).

      Author response image 1.

      The mRNA level of CPT1A across all cancer types in the TCGA dataset.

      - The analysis should include a comparison of closely related CPT1 isoforms (CPT1B and CPT1C) to emphasize the specific importance of CPT1A silencing in CRC.

      We thank the reviewer for the valuable comment. We further examined the mRNA expression levels of the CPT1 isoforms CPT1B and CPT1C in COAD and READ tumor samples and their respective normal tissue counterparts. The results showed that CPT1B was significantly upregulated in READ tumor samples compared to normal tissues. Similarly, CPT1C was significantly overexpressed in both READ and COAD tumor samples relative to their normal tissue controls (Author response image 2).

      Author response image 2.

      The mRNA expression levels of CPT1B and CPT1C in rectal adenocarcinoma (READ) and colon adenocarcinoma (COAD) based on data from the TCGA database. A. CPT1B expression in READ. B. CPT1B expression in COAD. C. CPT1C expression in READ. D. CPT1C expression in COAD.

      - Figure 2 lacks a clear description of how IHC scores were determined and the criteria used to categorize patients into CPT1A-high and CPT1A-low groups. This should be detailed in the text and figure legend.

      We thank the reviewer for the valuable comment. We have provided a detailed description of the methodology used to determine the IHC scores and criteria applied to categorise patients into CPT1A-high and CPT1A-low groups in the Materials and Methods section (Lines 418-426) as well as the legend of Figure 2A.

      - None of Figure 2B or 2C show how many patients were assigned to the CPT1A-low and CPT1A-high groups.

      We thank the reviewer for the valuable comment. We have added the number of patients in the CPT1A-low and CPT1A-high groups to the legends of Figures 2B and 2C.

      (2) Model Selection and Experimental Approaches

      - The authors primarily use CPT1A knockout (KO) HCT116 cells and CPT1A overexpression (OE) SW480 cells for their experiments, which poses major limitations.

      We thank the reviewer for the valuable comment.

      - The genetic backgrounds of the cell lines (e.g., HCT116 being microsatellite instable (MSI) and SW480 not) should be considered as they might influence treatment outcomes. This should be acknowledged as a major limitation.

      We thank the reviewer for the valuable comment. Indeed, the genetic background differences among cell lines represent a significant limitation. We have addressed this issue in the discussion section (Lines 363-365). 

      - Regardless of their CPT1A expression levels, for the experiments with HCT116 and SW480 cells in Figure 3C-F, it would be useful to see whether HCT116 cells can be further sensitized to radiotherapy in overexpression and whether SW480 cells can be desensitized through CPT1A KO.

      We thank the reviewer for the valuable comment. Due to the inherently high levels of CPT1A in the HCT116 cell line, we attempted to perform relevant experiments but were unable to achieve significant overexpression. Similarly, we faced challenges with the SW480 cell line, which has lower levels of CPT1A. We could thus not provide additional insights in this respect.

      - The use of only two CRC cell lines is insufficient to draw broad conclusions. Additional CRC cell lines should be used to validate the findings and account for genetic heterogeneity. The authors should repeat key experiments with additional CRC cell lines to strengthen their conclusions.

      We thank the reviewer for the valuable comment. To address this issue, we used a radiation-resistant variant of the HCT-15 cell line as a new approach to investigate whether CPT1A is associated with cellular radiation sensitivity. We believe that the data obtained from these acquired resistant cell lines are comparable to those from the ordinary cell lines mentioned in the reviewer’s comment.

      (3) Pharmacological Inhibition

      Several studies have reported beneficial outcomes of using CPT1 pharmacological inhibition to limit cancer progression (e.g., PMID: 33528867, PMID: 32198139), including its application in sensitization to radiation therapy (PMID: 30175155). Since the authors argue for the opposite case in CRC, they should show this through pharmacological means such as etomoxir and whether CPT1A inhibition phenocopies their observed genetic KO effect, which would have important implications for using this inhibitor in CRC patients.

      We thank the reviewer for the valuable comment. The referenced literature has indeed attracted our attention. Our research group is concurrently investigating the role of CPT1A in tumor radiotherapy and immunology, utilising CPT1A inhibitors for experimental validation. We look forward to publishing these related studies to further support the conclusions presented in our manuscript.

      (4) Data Representation and Statistical Analysis

      - The relative mRNA expression levels across the seven cell lines (Supplementary Figure 1C) differ greatly from those reported in the DepMap (https://depmap.org/portal/). This discrepancy should be addressed.

      We thank the reviewer for the valuable comment. The observed differences in mRNA levels may be attributable to variations in cell culture density. For subsequent radiation sensitivity experiments, we maintained our cell culture density at approximately 70–80% confluence.

      - The statistical significance of differences in mRNA and protein levels between RT-sensitive and RT-resistant cells should be shown (Supplementary Figure 1C, D).

      As suggested, we have included a statistical analysis of the differences in CPT1A mRNA levels between RT-sensitive and -resistant cells in Figure 3 and Supplementary Figure 1C. However, further analysis revealed no significant difference in CPT1A protein levels between these groups. This was attributed to the high variability in grayscale values observed between the groups.

      Conclusion

      The study offers significant insights into the role of CPT1A in CRC radioresistance, proposing a tumor-suppressive function. However, the scope and depth of the analysis need to be expanded to fully validate these claims. Additional CRC cell lines, pharmacological inhibition studies, and a more detailed analysis of patient samples are essential to strengthen the conclusions.

      We would like to thank Reviewer #2 for the comments.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The study aims to elucidate the role of CPT1A in developing resistance to radiotherapy in colorectal cancer (CRC). The manuscript is a collection of assays and analyses to identify the mechanism by which CPT1A leads to treatment resistance through increased expression of ROS-scavenging genes facilitated by FOXM1 and provides an argument to counter this role, leading to a reversal of treatment resistance.

      Strengths:

      The article is well written with sound scientific methodology and results. The assays performed are well within the scope of the hypothesis of the study and provide ample evidence for the role of CPT1A in the development of treatment resistance in colorectal cancer. While providing compelling evidence for their argument, the authors have also rightfully provided limitations of their work.

      We would like to thank Reviewer #3 for the positive comments.

      Weaknesses:

      The primary weakness of the study is acknowledged by the authors at the end of the Discussion section of the manuscript. The work heavily relies on bioinformatics and in vitro work with little backing of in vivo and patient data. In terms of animal studies, it is to be noted that the model they have used is nude mice with non-orthotopic, subcutaneous xenograft, which may not be the best recreation of the patient tumor.

      We thank the reviewer for the insightful comment. Our research group is continuing to explore the role of CPT1A in colorectal cancer radiotherapy and immunotherapy. In a new study, we used a C57BL/6 mouse model to conduct in-vivo experiments. Preliminary data suggest that CPT1A confers heightened radiosensitivity to immunocompetent mice. We look forward to the forthcoming publication of this ongoing research project.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The manuscript was challenging to read and contained many typographical errors and tangents that were not logically relevant to the logic of the paper. For example, in lines 365-367 the authors talk about peroxisomes being important for redox balance and that they will target peroxisomal pathways. However, the authors do not perform any experiments targeting peroxisomal pathways. So, I found myself quite perplexed. Careful proofreading of the manuscript would improve the utility for readers.

      We thank the reviewer for the insightful comments. We have made several additions throughout the manuscript to include more relevant information and experimental details, thereby improving the manuscript’s logical structure and readability. As described in the text, we used the DCFH-DA probe to measure ROS levels in cells, considering that regulation of intracellular ROS levels is a major function of peroxidases. We examined the transcriptional levels, protein expression, and enzymatic activities of peroxidases such as CAT, SOD1, SOD2, and SOD3 through qPCR, Western blotting, and specific assay kits.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) Clarification and Flow

      Introduction Clarity: The introduction introduces several topics in succession without clearly connecting them. For example, the introduction of FOXM1 on Line 102 lacks clarity in its relationship to the study. Consider discussing these elements only in the discussion section to avoid confusion.

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful comment. We have moved the section on FOXM1 to the discussion to enhance readability (Lines 342-348).

      Explanation for Non-experts: Both the multi-target single-hit survival model and the comet assay require one sentence to explain their principles for non-experts in the field.

      As suggested, we have included brief explanations of the multi-target single-hit survival model and the comet assay in the Materials and Methods section to clarify these concepts to readers not familiar with the subject (Lines 458-460 and 462-465). 

      (2) Specific Text Revisions

      - Line 302: "We transfected the CRISPR/Cas9 lentivirus into HCT 116 ... efficiency of the 2nd site was the highest" - Clarify what is meant by "second site." If you mean the second sgRNA, please use this term.

      As suggested, we have revised ‘2nd’ to ‘second’ (Lines 151 and 152).

      - Lines 358-359: For the results subsection "Low CPT1A levels accelerate post-radiation ROS scavenging," include an introductory sentence, such as: "To study the mechanism of low CPT1A expression in radiotherapy resistance, we conducted differential gene expression analysis between HCT116 CPT1A KO and NC cells."

      As suggested, we have added an introductory sentence in the section titled ‘Low CPT1A Levels Accelerate Post-Radiation ROS Scavenging’ (Lines 215-217).

      - Line 359: "The gene expression heatmap showed high consistency among replicates for both HCT 116-NC and HCT 116-KO cells (Supplementary Figure 3A)." If these are technical replicates performed on the same batch of KO or NC cells, please state this clearly.

      We have added the suggested information to improve clarity (Line 218).

      - Lines 360-362: "With CPT1A knockdown, we found 363 upregulated and 1290 downregulated genes (|log2(fold change)|>1 and P<0.05)." Ensure that the p-value is correct; it seems this should be q-value < 0.05.

      As suggested, we have revised ‘p’ to ‘q’ (Lines 220 and 496).

      - Line 363: Introduce the term "DEGs" as Differentially Expressed Genes in the main text, not just in the Materials and Methods (line 215).

      As suggested, we have introduced the term "DEGs" as Differentially Expressed Genes in the main text (Lines 221-222).

      - Lines 364-365: "Showing that the main enriched pathways were in peroxisomes, cell cycle nucleotide excision repair, and fatty acid degradation (Figure 5A)." The data does not support this statement. Clarify that the listed pathways are AMONG the enriched KEGG pathways.

      As suggested, we have revised the relevant part in the manuscript (Lines 222-224).

      - Line 370: "...following 6 Gy irradiation and 1 h of incubation with DCFH-DA (Figure 5C)." Write out the term DCFH-DA and explain it for non-experts: "a fluorescent redox probe used to detect reactive oxygen species."

      As suggested, we have added a brief explanation to clarify the term for readers not familiar with the subject (Lines 230-231). 

      - Line 444: "CPT1A is an essential tumor suppressor." This statement has not been validated or referenced adequately.

      As suggested, we have removed the sentence to improve clarity.

      - Line 447: Clarify the relevance of the He, Zhang & Xu reference.

      We apologise for the error and have removed the reference.

      (3) Figure Improvements

      - Standardize Graph Labels: Ensure that graph axis labels and numbering are consistent and legible across the manuscript. For example, Figure 1A has large labels, while Figure 1B has much smaller labels. Ensure all graphs, such as 2C and 3G, have readable labels and numbering.

      We thank the reviewer for the insightful comment. We have revised the labels and numbering in Figures 1B, 2C, and 3G.

      - Figure 2B and 2C: Correct the x-axis label from "mouths" to "months."

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful comment. We have revised the labels in Figure 2B and 2C.

      - Figure 3 Legend: Clarify what is meant by "different groups of cell lines" in the legend of Figure 3. Specify whether these are single clones, pooled clones, or mixtures of cells in the text and/or figure legend.

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful comment. We have updated the legend of Figure 3 to enhance clarity.

      - Figures 3H and 3I: Label the blots clearly to indicate which refer to HCT116 NC and KO and which to SW480 RFP and OE.

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful comment. We have revised the labels in Figure 3H and 3I.

      - Supplementary Figure 2A: Describe the terms F and W in the legend.

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful comment. 'F' denotes fraction and 'W' denotes week. We have updated the legend of Figure 3 and Figure 3-figure supplement 2 to improve clarity.

      - Supplementary Data: Consider moving the data described in Supplementary Figure 2 to the main figures as it is among the most convincing data in the paper.

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful comment. We have decided to retain this figure at its current position, as we believe the data presented provide complementary evidence supporting the conclusion discussed earlier.

    1. Author response:

      Public Reviews: 

      Reviewer #1 (Public review): 

      The paper by Chen et al describes the role of neuronal themo-TRPV3 channels in the firing of cortical neurons at a fever temperature range. The authors began by demonstrating that exposure to infrared light increasing ambient temperature causes body temperature to rise to a fever level above 38{degree sign}C. Subsequently, they showed that at the fever temperature of 39{degree sign}C, the spike threshold (ST) increased in both populations (P12-14 and P7-8) of cortical excitatory pyramidal neurons (PNs). However, the spike number only decreased in P7-8 PNs, while it remained stable in P12-14 PNs at 39 degrees centigrade. In addition, the fever temperature also reduced the late peak postsynaptic potential (PSP) in P12-14 PNs. The authors further characterized the firing properties of cortical P12-14 PNs, identifying two types: STAY PNs that retained spiking at 30{degree sign}C, 36{degree sign}C, and 39{degree sign}C, and STOP PNs that stopped spiking upon temperature change. They further extended their analysis and characterization to striatal medium spiny neurons (MSNs) and found that STAY MSNs and PNs shared the same ST temperature sensitivity. Using small molecule tools, they further identified that themo-TRPV3 currents in cortical PNs increased in response to temperature elevation, but not TRPV4 currents. The authors concluded that during fever, neuronal firing stability is largely maintained by sensory STAY PNs and MSNs that express functional TRPV3 channels. Overall, this study is well designed and executed with substantial controls, some interesting findings, and quality of data. Here are some specific comments: 

      (1) Could the authors discuss, or is there any evidence of, changes in TRPV3 expression levels in the brain during the postnatal 1-4 week age range in mice? 

      To our knowledge, no published studies have documented changes in TRPV3 expression levels in the brain during the 1st to 4th postnatal weeks in mice. Research on TRPV3 expression in the mouse brain has primarily involved RT-PCR analysis of RNA from dissociated tissue in adult mice (Jang et al., 2012; Kumar et al., 2018), largely due to the scarcity of effective antibodies for brain tissue sections at the time of publication. Furthermore, the Allen Brain Atlas lacks data on TRPV3 expression in the developing or postnatal brain. To address this gap, we plan to examine TRPV3 expression at P7-8, P12-13, and P20-23 as part of our manuscript revision.

      (2) Are there any differential differences in TRPV3 expression patterns that could explain the different firing properties in response to fever temperature between the STAY- and STOP neurons? 

      This is an excellent question and one we plan to explore in the future by developing reporter mice or viral tools to monitor the activity of cells with endogenous TRPV3 expression. To our knowledge, these tools do not currently exist. Creating them will be challenging, as it requires identifying promoters that accurately reflect endogenous TRPV3 expression. We have not yet quantified TRPV3 expression in STOP and STAY neurons; however, our analysis of evoked spiking activity at 30, 36, and 39°C suggests that TRPV3 expression may mark a population of pyramidal neurons that tend to STAY spiking as temperatures increase. To investigate this further, we are considering patch-seq for TRPV3 expression on recorded neurons. This is a complex experiment, as it requires recording activity at three different temperatures and subsequently collecting the cell contents. While success is not guaranteed, we are committed to attempting these experiments as part of our revisions.

      (3) TRPV3 and TRPV4 can co-assemble to form heterotetrameric channels with distinct functional properties. Do STOP neurons exhibit any firing behaviors that could be attributed to the variable TRPV3/4 assembly ratio? 

      There is some evidence that TRPV3 and TRPV4 proteins can physically associate in HEK293 cells and native skin tissues (Hu et al., 2022).  TRPV3 and TRPV4 are both expressed in the cortex (Kumar et al., 2018), but it remains unclear whether they are co-expressed and co-assembled to form heteromeric channels in cortical excitatory  pyramidal neurons.  Examination of the I-V curve from HEK cells co-expressing TRPV3/4 heteromeric channels shows enhanced current at negative membrane potentials (Hu et al., 2022).  

      Currently, we cannot characterize cells as STOP or STAY and measure TRPV3 or TRPV4 currents simultaneously, as this would require different experimental setups and internal solutions. Additionally, the protocol involves a sequence of recordings at 30, 36, and 39°C, followed by cooling back to 30°C and re-heating to each temperature. Cells undergoing such a protocol will likely not survive till the end.

      In our recordings of TRPV3 currents—which likely include both STOP and STAY cells—we do not observe a significant current at negative voltages, suggesting that TRPV3/4 heteromeric channels may either be absent or underrepresented, at least at a 1:1 ratio. However, the possibility that TRPV3/4 heteromeric channels could define the STOP cell population is intriguing and plausible.

      (4) In Figure 7, have the authors observed an increase of TRPV3 currents in MSNs in response to temperature elevation? 

      We have not recorded TRPV3 currents in MSNs in response to elevated temperatures.

      (5) Is there any evidence of a relationship between TRPV3 expression levels in D2+ MSNs and degeneration of dopamine-producing neurons? 

      This is an interesting question, though it falls outside our current research focus in the lab. A PubMed search yields no results connecting the terms TRPV3, MSNs, and degeneration. However, gain-of-function mutations in TRPV4 channel activity have been implicated in motor neuron degeneration (Sullivan et al., 2024) and axon degeneration (Woolums et al., 2020). Similarly, TRPV1 activation has been linked to developmental axon degeneration (Johnstone et al., 2019), while TRPV3 blockade has shown neuroprotective effects in models of cerebral ischemia/reperfusion injury in mice (Chen et al., 2022).

      The link between TRPV activation and cell degeneration, however, may not be straightforward. For instance, TRPV1 loss has been shown to accelerate stress-induced degradation of axonal transport from retinal ganglion cells to the superior colliculus and to cause degeneration of axons in the optic nerve (Ward et al., 2014). Meanwhile, TRPV1 activation by capsaicin preserves the survival and function of nigrostriatal dopamine neurons in the MPTP mouse model of Parkinson's disease (Chung et al., 2017).

      (6) Does fever range temperature alter the expressions of other neuronal Kv channels known to regulate the firing threshold? 

      This is an active line of investigation in our lab. The results of ongoing experiments will provide further insight into this question.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review): 

      Summary: 

      The authors study the excitability of layer 2/3 pyramidal neurons in response to layer four stimulation at temperatures ranging from 30 to 39 Celsius in P7-8, P12-P14, and P22-P24 animals. They also measure brain temperature and spiking in vivo in response to externally applied heat. Some pyramidal neurons continue to fire action potentials in response to stimulation at 39 C and are called stay neurons. Stay neurons have unique properties aided by TRPV3 channel expression. 

      Strengths: 

      The authors use various techniques and assemble large amounts of data. 

      Weaknesses: 

      (1) No hyperthermia-induced seizures were recorded in the study. 

      The goal of this manuscript is to uncover the age-related physiological changes that enable the brain to retain function at fever temperatures. These changes may potentially explain why most children do not experience febrile seizures or why, in the rare cases when they do occur, the most prominent window of susceptibility is between 2-5 years of age (Shinnar and O’Dell, 2004), as this may coincide with the window during which these developmental changes are normally occurring. While it is possible that impairments in these mechanisms could result in febrile seizures, another possibility is that neural activity may fall below the level required to maintain normal function.

      (2) Febrile seizures in humans are age-specific, extending from 6 months to 6 years. While translating to rodents is challenging, according to published literature (see Baram), rodents aged P11-16 experience seizures upon exposure to hyperthermia. The rationale for publishing data on P7-8 and P22-24 animals, which are outside this age window, must be clearly explained to address a potential weakness in the study. 

      This manuscript focuses on identifying the age-related physiological changes that enable the brain to retain function at fever temperatures. To this end, we examine two age periods flanking the putative window of susceptibility (P12-14), specifically an earlier timepoint (P7-8) and a later timepoint (P20-23). The inclusion of these time points also serves as a negative control, allowing us to determine whether the changes we observe in the proposed window of susceptibility are unique to this period. We believe that including these windows ensures a thorough and objective scientific approach.

      (3) Authors evoked responses from layer 4 and recorded postsynaptic potentials, which then caused action potentials in layer 2/3 neurons in the current clamp. The post-synaptic potentials are exquisitely temperature-sensitive, as the authors demonstrate in Figures 3 B and 7D. Note markedly altered decay of synaptic potentials with rising temperature in these traces. The altered decays will likely change the activation and inactivation of voltage-gated ion channels, adjusting the action potential threshold. 

      In Figure 4B, we surmised that the temperature-induced reductions in inhibition and the subsequent loss of the late PSP primarily contribute to the altered decay of the synaptic potentials.

      (4) The data weakly supports the claim that the E-I balance is unchanged at higher temperatures. Synaptic transmission is exquisitely temperature-sensitive due to the many proteins and enzymes involved. A comprehensive analysis of spontaneous synaptic current amplitude, decay, and frequency is crucial to fully understand the effects of temperature on synaptic transmission. 

      Thank you for the opportunity to provide clarification. It was not stated, nor did we intend to imply, that in general, E-I balance is unchanged at higher temperatures. Please see the excerpt from the manuscript below. The statements specifically referred to observations made for experiments conducted during the P20-26 age range for cortical pyramidal neurons. We have a parallel line of investigation exploring the differential susceptibility of E-I balance based on age and temperature. Additionally, our measurements focus on evoked activity, rather than spontaneous activity, as these events are more likely linked to the physiological changes underlying behavior in the sensory cortex.

      “As both excitatory and inhibitory PNs that stay spiking increase their firing rates (Figure 5B) and considering that some neurons within the network are inactive throughout or stop spiking, it is plausible that these events are calibrated such that despite temperature increases, the excitatory to inhibitory (E-I) balance within the circuit may remain relatively unchanged. Indeed, recordings of L4-evoked excitatory and inhibitory postsynaptic currents (respectively EPSCs and IPSCs) in wildtype L2/3 excitatory PNs in S1 cortex, where inhibition is largely mediated by the parvalbumin positive (PV) interneurons, showed that E-I balance (defined as E/E+I, the ratio of the excitatory current to the total current) remained unchanged as temperature increased from 36 to 39°C (Figure 5E).”

      (5) It is unclear how the temperature sensitivity of medium spiny neurons is relevant to febrile seizures. Furthermore, the most relevant neurons are hippocampal neurons since the best evidence from human and rodent studies is that febrile seizures involve the hippocampus. 

      Thank you for the opportunity to clarify. Our goal was not to establish a link between medium spiny neuron (MSN) function and febrile seizures. The manuscript's focus is on identifying age-related physiological changes that enable supragranular cortical cells in the brain to retain function at fever temperatures. MSNs were selected for mechanistic comparison in this study because they represent a non-pyramidal, non-excitatory neuronal subtype, allowing us to assess whether the physiological changes observed in L2/3 excitatory pyramidal neurons are unique to these cells.

      (6) TRP3V3 data would be convincing if the knockout animals did not have febrile seizures. 

      Could you kindly provide the reference indicating that TRPV3 KO mice have seizures? Unfortunately, we were unable to locate this reference. It is important to distinguish febrile seizures, which occur within the range of physiological body temperatures (~ 38 to 40°C), from seizures resulting from heat stroke, a severe form of hyperthermia occuring when body temperature exceeds 40.0 °C. Mechanistically, these may represent different phenomena, as the latter is typically associated with widespread protein denaturation and cell death, whereas febrile seizures are usually non-lethal.  Additionally, TRPV3 is located on chromosome 17p13.2, a region not currently associated with seizure susceptibility.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review): 

      Summary: 

      This important study combines in vitro and in vivo recording to determine how the firing of cortical and striatal neurons changes during a fever range temperature rise (37-40 oC). The authors found that certain neurons will start, stop, or maintain firing during these body temperature changes. The authors further suggested that the TRPV3 channel plays a role in maintaining cortical activity during fever. 

      Strengths: 

      The topic of how the firing pattern of neurons changes during fever is unique and interesting. The authors carefully used in vitro electrophysiology assays to study this interesting topic. 

      Weaknesses: 

      (1) In vivo recording is a strength of this study. However, data from in vivo recording is only shown in Figures 5A,B. This reviewer suggests the authors further expand on the analysis of the in vivo Neuropixels recording. For example, to show single spike waveforms and raster plots to provide more information on the recording. The authors can also separate the recording based on brain regions (cortex vs striatum) using the depth of the probe as a landmark to study the specific firing of cortical neurons and striatal neurons. It is also possible to use published parameters to separate the recording based on spike waveform to identify regular principal neurons vs fast-spiking interneurons. Since the authors studied E/I balance in brain slices, it would be very interesting to see whether the "E/I balance" based on the firing of excitatory neurons vs fast-spiking interneurons might be changed or not in the in vivo condition. 

      As requested, in the revised manuscript, we will include examples of single spike waveforms and raster plots for the in vivo recordings. Please note that all recordings were conducted in the cortex, not the striatum. To clarify, we used published parameters to separate the recordings based on spike waveform, which allowed us to identify regular principal neurons and fast-spiking interneurons. The paragraph below from the methods section describes this procedure.

      “ Following manual curation, based on their spike waveform duration, the selected single units (n= 633) were separated into putative inhibitory interneurons and excitatory principal cells (Barthóet al., 2004). The spike duration was calculated as the time difference between the trough and the subsequent waveform peak of the mean filtered (300 – 6000 Hz bandpassed) spike waveform. Durations of extracellularly recorded spikes showed a bimodal distribution (Hartigan’s dip test; p < 0.001) characteristic of the neocortex with shorter durations corresponding to putative interneurons (narrow spikes) and longer durations to putative principal cells (wide spikes). Next, k-means clustering was used to separate the single units into these two groups, which resulted in 140 interneurons (spike duration < 0.6 ms) and 493 principal cells (spike duration > 0.6 ms), corresponding to a typical 22% - 78% (interneuron – principal) cell ratio”.

      In vivo patching to record extracellular and inhibitory responses at 36°C and then waiting 10 minutes to record again at 39°C would be an extremely challenging experiment. Due to the high difficulty and expected very low yield, these experiments will not be pursued for the revision studies.

      (2) The author should propose a potential mechanism for how TRPV3 helps to maintain cortical activity during fever. Would calcium influx-mediated change of membrane potential be the possible reason? Making a summary figure to put all the findings into perspective and propose a possible mechanism would also be appreciated. 

      Thank you for your helpful suggestions. In response to your recommendation, we will include a summary figure detailing the hypothesis currently described in the discussion section of the manuscript. The excerpt from the discussion is included below.

      “Although, TRPV3 channels are cation-nonselective, they exhibit high permeability to Ca2+ (Ca²⁺ > Na⁺ ≈ K⁺ ≈ Cs⁺) with permeability ratios (relative to Na+) of 12.1, 0.9, 0.9, 0.9 (Xu et al., 2002). Opening of TRPV3 channels activates a nonselective cationic conductance and elevates membrane depolarization, which can increase the likelihood of generating action potentials. Indeed, our observations of a loss of the temperature-induced increases in the PSP with TRPV3 blockade are consistent with a reduction in membrane depolarization. In S1 cortical circuits at P12-14, STAY PNs appear to rely on a temperature-dependent activity mechanism, where depolarization levels (mediated by higher excitatory input and lower inhibitory input) are scaled to match the cell’s ST. Thus, an inability to increase PSPs with temperature elevations prevents PNs from reaching ST, so they cease spiking.”

      (3) The author studied P7-8, P12-14, and P20-26 mice. How do these ages correspond to the human ages? it would be nice to provide a comparison to help the reader understand the context better.

      Ideally, the mouse-human age comparison would depend on the specific process being studied. Please note that these periods are described in the introduction of the manuscript. The relevant excerpt is included below. Let us know if you need any additional modifications to this description.

      “Using wildtype mice across three postnatal developmental periods—postnatal day (P)7-8 (neonatal/early), P12-14 (infancy/mid), and P20-26 (juvenile/late)—we investigated the electrophysiological properties, ex vivo and in vivo, that enable excitatory pyramidal neurons (PNs) neurons in mouse primary somatosensory (S1) cortex to remain active during temperature increases from 30°C (standard in electrophysiology studies) to 36°C (physiological temperature), and then to 39°C (fever-range).”

    1. Author response:

      eLife Assessment

      This important study describes a computational tool termed FliSimBA (Fluorescence Lifetime Simulation for Biological Applications), which uses simulations to rigorously assess experimental limitations in fluorescence lifetime imaging microscopy (FLIM), including diverse noise factors, hardware effects, and sensor expression levels. The evidence from simulation and experimental measurements supporting the usefulness of FlimSimBA is solid. The authors may improve the application of the tool to a wide range of biological samples by providing the simulation package, currently in MATLB, in other common languages such as Python, and having better descriptions of the fitting algorithm and model assumptions. The work will interest scientists who wish to perform quantitative FLIM imaging for cells and tissues.

      We thank the editors and reviewers for the constructive feedback. We plan to provide the FLiSimBA simulation package in Python in addition to Matlab. We will also describe in more detail in the Results section our fitting method. Furthermore, we will explain more clearly in the text that our simulation package makes almost no model assumptions, and features flexibility and adaptability so that it can be used for any fluorescence lifetime measurements. We will clearly outline what are the specific examples we use for our case studies, and how users can input their own values based on the specific sensors, autofluorescence, and hardware they use.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      In this study, Ma et al. aimed to determine previously uncharacterized contributions of tissue autofluorescence, detector afterpulse, and background noise on fluorescence lifetime measurement interpretations. They introduce a computational framework they named "Fluorescence Lifetime Simulation for Biological Applications (FLiSimBA)" to model experimental limitations in Fluorescence Lifetime Imaging Microscopy (FLIM) and determine parameters for achieving multiplexed imaging of dynamic biosensors using lifetime and intensity. By quantitatively defining sensor photon effects on signal-to-noise in either fitting or averaging methods of determining lifetime, the authors contradict any claims of FLIM sensor expression insensitivity to fluorescence lifetime and highlight how these artifacts occur differently depending on the analysis method. Finally, the authors quantify how statistically meaningful experiments using multiplexed imaging could be achieved.

      A major strength of the study is the effort to present results in a clear and understandable way given that most researchers do not think about these factors on a day-to-day basis. The model code is available and written in Matlab, which should make it readily accessible, although a version in other common languages such as Python might help with dissemination in the community. One potential weakness is that the model uses parameters that are determined in a specific way by the authors, and it is not clear how vastly other biological tissue and microscope setups may differ from the values used by the authors.

      Overall, the authors achieved their aims of demonstrating how common factors (autofluorescence, background, and sensor expression) will affect lifetime measurements and they present a clear strategy for understanding how sensor expression may confound results if not properly considered. This work should bring to awareness an issue that new users of lifetime biosensors may not be aware of and that experts, while aware, have not quantitatively determined the conditions where these issues arise. This work will also point to future directions for improving experiments using fluorescence lifetime biosensors and the development of new sensors with more favorable properties.

      We appreciate the comments and helpful suggestions. We plan to present FLiSimBA simulation code in Python in addition to Matlab to make it more accessible to the community.

      One of the advantages of FLiSimBA is that the simulation package is flexible and adaptable, allowing users to input parameters based on the specific sensors, hardware, and autofluorescence measurements for their biological and optical systems. We used parameters based on one FRET-based sensor, measured autofluorescence from mouse tissue, and measured dark count/after pulse of our specific GaAsP PMT in this manuscript as examples. We will emphasize this advantage and further clarify how these parameters can be adapted to diverse tissues, imaging systems, and sensors based on individual users in our revision.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      By using simulations of common signal artefacts introduced by acquisition hardware and the sample itself, the authors are able to demonstrate methods to estimate their influence on the estimated lifetime, and lifetime proportions, when using signal fitting for fluorescence lifetime imaging.

      Strengths:

      They consider a range of effects such as after-pulsing and background signal, and present a range of situations that are relevant to many experimental situations.

      Weaknesses:

      A weakness is that they do not present enough detail on the fitting method that they used to estimate lifetimes and proportions. The method used will influence the results significantly. They seem to only use the "empirical lifetime" which is not a state of the art algorithm. The method used to deconvolve two multiplexed exponential signals is not given.

      We appreciate the comments and constructive feedback and will more clearly describe the fitting methods in our revision.

      Two metrics are currently used to estimate lifetime in our paper, which are currently described in the Methods section ‘Experimental data collection, parameter determination, and simulation’ and ‘FLIM analysis’: (1) fitted P1: we described how lifetime histograms were fitted to Equation 2 with the Gauss-Newton nonlinear least-square fitting algorithm and the fitted P1 was used as lifetime estimation; (2) empirical lifetime, defined by Equation 5. These two metrics were used for the following reasons: (1) when the exponential decay equation of a sensor is known (for example, the FRET-based PKA activity sensor FLIM-AKAR can be described as a double exponential equation), fitted coefficients for each exponential component provide a robust way for lifetime estimate that is less sensitive to noise and background signals; (2) when the biophysical properties of sensors are unknown, or when the sensors cannot be easily described with single or double exponential equations, empirical lifetime (i.e. average lifetime values) provides an unbiased way to quantify fluorescence lifetime without assumptions of underlying models to describe sensor lifetime.

      To deconvolve two multiplexed exponential signals (Fig. 8), histograms were fitted to Equation 2 with the Gauss-Newton nonlinear least-square fitting algorithm, as described in Methods section ‘Simulation and analysis of multiplexed imaging with fluorescence intensity and lifetime data’.

      Considering the importance of these methodological details for evaluating the conclusions of this study, and the importance of appreciating the advantages and limitations of different methods of lifetime estimates (e.g. Figure 7), we will move the description of the fitting method to estimate P1 and the method of calculating empirical lifetime from Methods to Results, and will further clarify the rationale of using these different methods of lifetime estimates.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study presents a useful computational tool, termed FLiSimBA. The MATLAB-based FLiSimBA simulations allow users to examine the effects of various noise factors (such as autofluorescence, afterpulse of the photomultiplier tube detector, and other background signals) and varying sensor expression levels. Under the conditions explored, the simulations unveiled how these factors affect the observed lifetime measurements, thereby providing useful guidelines for experimental designs. Further simulations with two distinct fluorophores uncovered conditions in which two different lifetime signals could be distinguished, indicating multiplexed dynamic imaging may be possible.

      Strengths:

      The simulations and their analyses were done systematically and rigorously. FliSimba can be useful for guiding and validating fluorescence lifetime imaging studies. The simulations could define useful parameters such as the minimum number of photons required to detect a specific lifetime, how sensor protein expression level may affect the lifetime data, the conditions under which the lifetime would be insensitive to the sensor expression levels, and whether certain multiplexing could be feasible.

      Weaknesses:

      The analyses have relied on a key premise that the fluorescence lifetime in the system can be described as two-component discrete exponential decay. This means that the experimenter should ensure that this is the right model for their fluorophores a priori and should keep in mind that the fluorescence lifetime of the fluorophores may not be perfectly described by a two-component discrete exponential (for which alternative algorithms have been implemented: e.g., Steinbach, P. J. Anal. Biochem. 427, 102-105, (2012)). In this regard, I also couldn't find how good the fits were for each simulation and experimental data to the given fitting equation (Equation 2, for example, for Figure 2C data).

      We thank the reviewer for the constructive feedback. We agree that the FLiSimBA users should ensure that the right decay equations are used to describe the fluorescent sensors. In this study, we used a FRET-based PKA sensor FLIM-AKAR to provide a proof-of-principle demonstration of FLiSimBA usage. The donor fluorophore of FLIM-AKAR, truncated monomeric enhanced GFP, follows a single exponential decay. FLIM-AKAR, a FRET-based sensor, follows a double exponential decay. The time constants of the two exponential components were determined previously (Chen, et al, Frontiers in pharmacology (2014)).  Thus, a double exponential decay equation with known τ1 and τ2 (Equation 1) was used for both simulation and fitting. In our revision, we will refer to our prior study characterizing the double exponential decay model of FLIM-AKAR. We will also emphasize the importance of using the right decay equations, strategies to estimate sensor decays, and how the flexibility of FLiSimBA allows users to input different forms of models to describe their specific sensor histograms. We will additionally provide data showing the goodness of fit for both simulated data and experimental data.

      Also, in Figure 2C, the 'sensor only' simulation without accounting for autofluorescence (as seen in Sensor + autoF) or afterpulse and background fluorescence (as seen in Final simulated data) seems to recapitulate the experimental data reasonably well. So, at least in this particular case where experimental data is limited by its broad spread with limited data points, being able to incorporate the additional noise factors into the simulation tool didn't seem to matter too much.

      We agree that in Figure 2C the contributions from autofluorescence, afterpulse, and background signals are small, because sensor photon count is high here. As seen in Figure 2B, when sensor photon counts are higher, the contributions from these other factors become less pronounced. The simulated data in Figure 2C were based on high photon counts because the simulated P1 value was determined by fitting experimental data. To achieve reasonable fitting with minimal interference from autofluorescence, afterpulse, and background signals, we used experimental data with high sensor expression. We will clarify these details in our revision.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Summary of revisions

      Title

      We have changed the title of the manuscript to “Chromatin endogenous cleavage provides a global view of yeast RNA polymerase II transcription kinetics”.

      Text

      Additional discussion of the patterns for elongation factors added (detailed below).

      Small text changes throughout, as mentioned in the detailed response below.

      Figures

      Updated legend-image in Figure 2F to reflect correct colors

      Added Figure 2 – supplement 1F – RNAPII enrichment with shorter promoter dwell times

      Added Figure 2 - supplement 2 with ChIP-seq outcomes (and text legend)

      Removed gene numbers in Figure 5C and put them in the legend.

      Substituted Med1 and Med8 ChEC over Rap1 sites in Figure 5F.

      Moved kin28-is growth inhibition to Figure 5 – Supplement 1.

      Substituted a new panel overlaying the RNAPII enrichment over UASs or promoters for all three strains in Figure 7D.

      Improved the labeling and legend of Figure 7E

      Methods

      Added ChIP-seq performed to confirm that the MNase fusion proteins are able to produce the expected pattern for ChIP.

      Point-by-point response to reviewers’ comments

      Reviewer 1:

      (1) Extending this work to elongation factors Ctk1 and Spt5 unexpectedly give strong signals near the PIC location and little signals over the coding region. This, and mapping CTD S2 and S5 phosphorylation by ChEC suggests to me that, for some reason, ChEC isn't optimal for detecting components of the elongation complex over coding regions. 

      (3) mapping the elongation factors Spt5 and Ctk1 by ChEC gives unexpected results as the signals over the coding sequences appear weak but unexpectedly strong at promoters and terminators. It would be helpful if the authors could comment on reasons why ChEC may not work well with elongation factors. For example, could this be something to do with the speed of Pol elongation and/or the chromatin structure of coding sequences such that coding sequence DNA is less accessible to MNase cleavage? 

      (7) The mintbodys are an interesting attempt to measure Pol II CTD modifications during elongation but give unexpected results as the signals in the coding region are lower than at promoters and terminators. It seems like ChIP is still a much better option for elongation factors unless I'm missing something. 

      We agree with the reviewer that this is a point that could confuse the reader.  Therefore, we have devoted two additional paragraphs to possible interpretations of our data in the Discussion:

      ChEC with factors involved in elongation (Ctk1, Spt5, Ser2p-RNAPII), when normalized to total RNAPII, showed greater enrichment over the CDS (Figure 3G), as expected. However, it is surprising that we also observed clear enrichment of these factors at promoters (e.g. Figure 3A, E & F). The association of elongation factors with the promoter seems to be biologically relevant. Changes in transcription correlate with changes in ChEC enrichment for these factors and modifications (Figure 4C). Blocking initiation by inhibiting TFIIH kinase led to a reduction of Ser5p RNAPII and Ser2p RNAPII over both the promoter and the transcribed region (Figure 5G). This suggests either that the true signal of these factors over transcribed regions is less evident by ChEC than by ChIP or that ChEC can reveal interactions of elongation factors at early stages of transcription that are missed by ChIP. The expectations for enrichment of elongation factors and phosphorylated CTD are largely based on ChIP data. Because ChIP fails to capture RNAPII enrichment at UASs and promoters, it is possible that ChIP also fails to capture promoter interaction of factors involved in elongation as well.

      Factors important for elongation can also function at the promoter. For example, Ctk1 is required for the dissociation of basal transcription factors from RNAPII at the promoter (Ahn et al., 2009). Transcriptional induction leads to increases in Ctk1 ChEC enrichment both over the promoter and over the 3’ end of the transcribed region (Figure 4C). Dynamics of Spt4/5 association with RNAPII from in vitro imaging (Rosen et al., 2020) indicate that the majority of Spt4/5 binding to RNAPII does not lead to elongation; Spt4/5 frequently dissociates from DNA-bound RNAPII. Association of Spt4/5 with RNAPII may represent a slow, inefficient step in the transition to productive elongation. If so, then ChEC-seq2 may capture transient Spt4/5 interactions that occur prior to productive elongation, producing enrichment of Spt5 at the promoter.

      (2) Finally, the role of nuclear pore binding by Gcn4 is explored, although the results do not seem convincing (10) In Figure 7, it's not convincing to me that ChEC is revealing the reason for the transcriptional defect in the Gcn4 PD mutant. The plots in panel D look nearly the same and I don't follow the authors' description of the differences stated in the text. In panel A, replotting the data in some other way might make the transcriptional differences between WT and Gcn4 PD mutants more obvious. 

      The phenotype of the gcn4-pd mutant is a quantitative decrease in transcription and this leads to a quantitative decrease, rather than qualitative loss, of RNA polymerase II over the promoter, without impacting the association of RNA polymerase II over the UAS region. This effect is small but statistically significant (p = 4e5). We have changed the title of this section of the manuscript to “ChEC-seq2 suggests a role for the NPC in stabilizing promoter association of RNAPII”. Also, to make comparison clearer, we have plotted the data together in the revised figure (Figure 7D).

      The magnitude of the decrease is not large, but we would highlight that is almost as large as that produced by inhibiting the Kin28 kinase (Figure 5H). Because the promoter-bound RNAPII is poorly captured by ChIP, this effect might be difficult to observe by techniques other than ChEC. Obviously, more mechanistic studies will need to be performed to fully understand this phenotype, but this result supports a role for the interaction with the nuclear pore complex in either enhancing the transfer of RNA polymerase II from the enhancer to the promoter or in preventing its dissociation from the promoter.

      I think that the related methods cut&run/cut&tag have been used to map elongating pol II. The authors should summarize what is known from this approach in the introduction and/or discussion. 

      CUT&RUN has been used to map RNAPII in mammals, but we are not aware of reports in S. cerevisiae.  Work from the Henikoff Lab in yeast mapped transcription factors and histone modifications (PMIDs 28079019 and 31232687).  A report using CUT&RUN in a human cell line reported a promoter-5’ bias of RNAPII that appeared to be dependent on fragment length (PMID 33070289). Regardless, the report highlights a key distinction between yeast and other eukaryotes: paused RNAPII. Indeed, paused RNAPII dominates ChIP-seq tracks in metazoans, and so we are hesitant to speculate between CUT&RUN in other species vs. ChEC-seq2 in S. cerevisiae

      Are the Rpb1, Rpb3, TFIIA, and TFIIE cleavage patterns expected based on the known structure of the PIC (Figures 2C, E)? 

      Rpb1 and 3 show peaks at approximately -17 and +34 with respect to TATA. TFIIA (Toa2) shows peaks at -12 and + 12.  And TFIIE (Tfa1) shows a peak around +34 (Figure 2C & E):

      As shown in the supplementary movie (based on the cMed-PIC structure; PDB #5OQM; Schilbach et al., 2017), upon binding to TBP/TFIID, TFIIA would be expected to cleave slightly upstream and downstream of the protected TATA (-12 and +12), while TFIIE binds downstream after the +12 site is protected and would be closest to the +34 unprotected site (to the right in the image below). RNAPII, which binds the fully assembled PIC, should be able to access either the upstream site (-12) or the downstream site (+34). Rpb1’s unstructured carboxy terminal domain, to which MNase is fused, would give it maximum flexibility, which likely explains why Rpb1 cleaves both at -12 and +34, with a preference for -12. Rpb3 also cleaves both sites, but without an obvious preference. 

      Author response image 1.

      Author response image 2.

      cleavage at -12, +12 and +34

      Author response image 3.

      Highlighted sites corresponding to the peaks in TFIIA assembled with TBP:

      Author response image 4.

      The complete PIC, protecting the +12 site, but leaving the +34 site exposed: 

      (6) Figure 2 S1: Pol II ChIP in the coding region gives a better correlation with transcription vs ChEC in promoters. Also, Pol II ChIP at terminators is almost as good as ChEC at promoters for estimating transcription. This latter point seems at odds with the text. The authors should comment on this and modify the text as needed. 

      Thank you for this comment.  We have clarified the text.

      In Figures 4 and 5, it's hard to tell how well changes in transcription correlate with changes in Pol II ChEC signals. It might be helpful to have a scatterplot or some other type of plot so that this relationship can be better evaluated. 

      While we find corresponding increase/decrease in ChEC-seq2 signal in genes identified as up/downregulated by SLAM-seq, the magnitude in change is not well correlated between the two techniques.  This was not surprising, because neither ChIP nor ChEC correlate especially well with SLAM-seq (Figure 2 – supplement 1E).

      In Figure 5, it's unclear why Pol association with Rap1 is being measured. Buratowski/Gelles showed that Pol associates with strong acidic activators - presumably through Mediator. Rap1 supposedly does not bind Mediator - so how is Pol associating here? Perhaps it would be better to measure Pol binding at STM genes that show Mediator-UAS binding. 

      Thank you; this is a good point.  We chose Rap1 because we had generated high-confidence binding sites in our strains under these conditions by ChEC-seq2. The results suggest that RNAPII is recruited well to these sites and that this recruitment does not require TFIIB. However, in disagreement with the notion that Mediator does not interact with Rap1, ChEC with Mediator subunits Med1 and Med8 also show peaks at these sites (new Figure 5F; the old Figure 5F is now Figure 5 – Supplement 1).  Therefore, either these sites are co-occupied by other transcription factors that mind Mediator, or Mediator is recruited by Rap1.  In either case, this correlates with binding of RNAPII. 

      Reviewer 2:

      (1) The term "nascent transcription" is all too often used interchangeably for NET-seq, PRO-seq, 4sUseq, and other assays that often provide different types of information. The authors should make it clear their use of the term refers to SLAM-seq data. 

      We have clarified throughout the manuscript that nascent transcription measured by SLAM-seq.

      The authors should explicitly state that experiments were performed in S. cerevisiae in the Results section. 

      We have made it clear in the title and the text that these experiments were performed in S. cerevisiae.

      Lines 216-218 state that "None of the 24 predicted the strong signal over the transcribed region with promoter depletion characteristic of ChIP-seq". I understand the authors' point, but there are parameter combinations that produce a flat profile with slightly less signal over the promoter (e.g., 5 sec dwell times and 3000 bp/ min elongation rate). If flanking windows were included, this profile would look something like ChIP-seq. I'd encourage the authors to be more precise with their language. 

      Thank you for highlighting this over-statement.

      We have now clarified the text and added another supplementary panel as follows:

      “While some combinations predicted a relatively flat distribution across the gene with lower levels in the promoter, none of the 24 predicted the strong signal over the transcribed region with promoter depletion characteristic of ChIP-seq. Only very short promoter dwell times (i.e., < 1s), produced the low promoter occupancy seen in ChIP-seq (Figure 2 – supplement 1F).”

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews: 

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review): 

      Summary: 

      The main goal of the paper was to identify signals that activate FLP-1 release from AIY neurons in response to H2O2, previously shown by the authors to be an important oxidative stress response in the worm. 

      Strengths: 

      This study builds upon the authors' previous work (Jia and Sieburth 2021) by further elucidating the gut-derived signaling mechanisms that coordinate the organism-wide antioxidant stress response in C. elegans. 

      By detailing how environmental cues like oxidative stress are transduced into gut-derived peptidergic signals, this study represents a valuable advancement in understanding the integrated physiological responses governed by the gut-brain axis. 

      This work provides valuable mechanistic insights into the gut-specific regulation of the FLP2 peptide signal. 

      Weaknesses: 

      Although the authors identify intestinal FLP-2 as the endocrine signal important for regulating the secretion of the neuronal antioxidant neuropeptide, FLP-1, there is no effort made to identify how FLP-2 levels regulate FLP-1 secretion or identify whether this regulation is occurring directly through the AIY neuron or indirectly. This is brought up in the discussion, but identifying a target for FLP-2 in this pathway seems like a crucial missing piece of information in characterizing this pathway. 

      We agree that this is an important question. Specifically, identifying the FLP-2 receptor and its site of action is a major priority. Since there are at least four different receptors that have been functionally or physically linked to FLP-2 and there are at least three FLP-2 peptides, unraveling the components acting directly downstream of FLP-2 will require further investigation that we feel is beyond the scope of this current study. We have added a new panel (Fig 1E) addressing the requirements for flp-2 signaling on peroxide production in AIY. These results provide new mechanistic insight into how flp-2 impacts signaling in AIY and a new interpretation of these results has been added to the discussion.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review): 

      Summary: 

      The core findings demonstrate that the neuropeptide-like protein FLP-2, released from the intestine of C. elegans, is essential for activating the intestinal oxidative stress response. This process is mediated by endogenous hydrogen peroxide (H2O2), which is produced in the mitochondrial matrix by superoxide dismutases SOD-1 and SOD-3. H2O2 facilitates FLP-2 secretion through the activation of protein kinase C family member pkc-2 and the SNAP25 family member aex-4. The study further elucidates that FLP-2 signaling potentiates the release of the antioxidant FLP-1 neuropeptide from neurons, highlighting a bidirectional signaling mechanism between the intestine and the nervous system. 

      Strengths: 

      This study presents a significant contribution to the understanding of the gut-brain axis and its role in oxidative stress response and significantly advances our understanding of the intricate mechanisms underlying the gut-brain axis's role in oxidative stress response. By elucidating the role of FLP-2 and its regulation by H2O2, the study provides insights into the molecular basis of inter-tissue communication and antioxidant defense in C. elegans. These findings could have broader implications for understanding similar pathways in more complex organisms, potentially offering new targets for therapeutic intervention in diseases related to oxidative stress and aging. 

      Weaknesses: 

      (1) The experimental techniques employed in the study were somewhat simple and could benefit from the incorporation of more advanced methodologies. 

      Thank you for your comment

      (2) The weak identification of the key receptors mediating the interaction between FLP-2 and AIY neurons, as well as the receptors in the gut that respond to FLP-1. 

      We agree that this is an important question. Specifically, identifying the FLP-2 receptor and its site of action is a major priority. Since there are at least four different receptors that have been functionally or physically linked to FLP-2 and there are at least three FLP-2 peptides, unraveling the components acting directly downstream of FLP-2 will require further investigation that we feel is beyond the scope of this current study.

      (3) The study could be improved by incorporating a sensor for the direct measurement of hydrogen peroxide levels. 

      We have added a new panel (Fig 1E) addressing the requirements for flp-2 signaling on peroxide production in AIY using the genetically encoded peroxide sensor HyPer7. These results provide new mechanistic insight into how flp-2 impacts signaling in AIY and a new interpretation of these results has been added to the discussion. In addition, we have used HyPer7 to measure peroxide levels in the intestinal mitochondrial matrix and outer membrane (Figs 3, 4, 5, 6)

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors): 

      The major missing link in the study is how FLP-2 affects FLP-1 release from AIY: is the effect direct and does it require the previously described FLP-2 receptor FRPR-18? Although this possibility is discussed extensively (L511-528) so it is odd that the effect of an frpr-18 mutation was not tested (or if it was tested, why the results were not reported). If the authors haven't done this experiment (despite doing many less critical experiments) it would be good to know why. 

      We agree that this is an important question. Specifically, identifying the FLP-2 receptor and its site of action is a major priority. Since there are at least four different receptors that have been functionally or physically linked to FLP-2 and there are at least three FLP-2 peptides, unraveling the components acting directly downstream of FLP-2 will require further investigation that we feel is beyond the scope of this current study. We have added a new panel (Fig 1E) addressing the requirements for flp-2 signaling on peroxide production in AIY. These results provide new mechanistic insight into how flp-2 impacts signaling in AIY and a new interpretation of these results has been added to the discussion.

      Results:

      “To address how flp-2 signaling regulates FLP-1 secretion from AIY, we examined H2O2 levels in AIY using a mitochondrially targeted pH-stable H2O2 sensor HyPer7 (mitoHyPer7, Pak et al. 2020). Mito-HyPer7 adopted a punctate pattern of fluorescence in AIY axons, and the average fluorescence intensity of axonal mito-HyPer7 puncta increased about two-fold following 10 minute juglone treatment (Fig 1E), in agreement with our previous studies using HyPer (Jia and Sieburth 2021), confirming that juglone rapidly increases mitochondrial AIY H2O2 levels. flp-2 mutations had no significant effects on the localization or the average intensity of mito-HyPer7 puncta in AIY axons either in the absence of juglone, or in the presence of juglone (Fig 1E), suggesting that flp-2 signaling promotes FLP-1 secretion by a mechanism that does not increase H2O2 levels in AIY. Consistent with this, intestinal overexpression of flp-_2 had no effect on FLP-1::Venus secretion in the absence of juglone, but significantly enhanced the ability of juglone to increase FLP-1 secretion (Fig. 1D). We conclude that both elevated mitochondrial H2O2 levels and intact _flp-2 signaling from the intestine are necessary to increase FLP-1 secretion from AIY.”

      More minor comments/suggestions: 

      Line 172: No justification is given as to why the authors chose to focus on flp-2 over the other potential candidates identified in their RNAi screen. 

      We are currently examining the other neuropeptide hits from the screen, but we have no additional phenotypes to report.

      Line 189: An explanation for the use of gDNA as opposed to cDNA should be given. 

      We have changed the text in the Results section as follows:

      “Expressing a flp-2 genomic DNA (gDNA), fragment (containing both the flp-2a and flp-2b isoforms that arise by alternative splicing), specifically in the nervous system failed to rescue the FLP-1::Venus defects of flp-2 mutants, whereas expressing flp-2 selectively in the intestine fully restored juglone-induced FLP1::Venus secretion to flp-2 mutants (Fig. 1D).”

      Line 249-253: nlp-40 and nlp-27 were not implicated in contributing to juglone toxicity in the RNAi screen performed previously by the authors, so it is unclear why both of these peptides are investigated beyond simply being released from the intestine. Confusingly, while Figure S2D shows no overlap between NLP-40 and FLP2, NLP-27 is omitted from the analysis. 

      We have clarified that these peptides are not implicated in stress responses, providing a clearer rational for why the serve as controls for specificity.

      “Third, nlp-40 and nlp-27 encode neuropeptide-like proteins that are released from the intestine, but are not implicated in stress responses (Liu et al. 2023; Taylor et al. 2021; Wang et al. 2013), and juglone treatment had no detectable effects on coelomocyte fluorescence in animals expressing intestinal NLP-40::Venus or NLP-27::Venus fusion proteins (Fig. S2B and C), and NLP40::mTur2 puncta did not overlap with FLP-2::Venus puncta in the intestine (Fig. S2D).”

      Line 262: A more detailed description of juglone's mechanism of action would be welcome here. Is juglone expected to act only in intestinal cells, or is its function more pervasive? 

      We have added more detail:

      “Juglone generates superoxide anion radicals (Ahmad and Suzuki 2019; Paulsen and Ljungman 2005) and juglone treatment of C. elegans increases ROS levels (de Castro, Hegi de Castro, and Johnson 2004) likely by promoting the global production of mitochondrial superoxide. Superoxide can then be rapidly converted into H2O2 by superoxide dismutase.”

      Line 414: Justification for why expulsion frequency is used here to quantify NLP-40 secretion is required, particularly because NLP-40::Venus was already used to quantify NLP-40 secretion via the coelomocyte fluorescence method in the experiments contributing to Figure S2. 

      We used expulsion frequency here because (1) it is an easier assay compared to the coelomocyte assay and (2) it is a functional assay. Defective NLP-40 exocytosis manifests as reduced exclusion frequency, therefore if NLP-40 secretion is defective in pkc-2 mutants, nlp-40 mutants should exhibit defects in expulsion frequency.

      We have clarified this point:

      “To determine whether pkc-2 can regulate the intestinal secretion of other peptides that are not associated with oxidative stress, we examined expulsion frequency, which is a measure of NLP-40 secretion (Mahoney et al. 2008; Wang et al. 2013).”

      Line 478: The discussion of neuronally-secreted kisspeptin in this context does not seem relevant as this paper has focused on intestinal peptide secretion. 

      We have removed this sentence:

      In mammals, release of the RF-amide neuropeptide kisspeptin from the anteroventral periventricular nucleus (AVPV) regulates reproduction by inducing the release of gonadotropins via its stimulatory action on GnRH neurons (Han et al. 2005).

      Line 526: DMSR-18 seems to be a typo. Possibly meant FRPR-8, as this is another FLP-2-activated GPCR identified in the screen (though notably, FRPR-8 is only activated by one of the two FLP-2 peptide products) On that note, DMSR-1 has two isoforms, and only one of them is activated by FLP-2 (and only one of the two FLP-2 peptides). This seems relevant to discuss. 

      We have corrected the text and we have added to the discussion the number of FLP-2 peptides:

      “In addition, certain FLP-2-derived peptides (of which there are at least three) can bind to the GPCRs DMSR-1, or FRPR-8 in transfected cells (Beets et al. 2023). Identifying the relevant FLP-2 peptide(s), the FLP-2 receptor and its site of action will help to define the circuit used by intestinal flp-2 to promote FLP-1 release from AIY.” 

      Line 534: An explanation or speculation into why this integration might be necessary would be welcome here. 

      We have edited this paragraph:

      “FLP-1 release from AIY is positively regulated by H2O2 generated from mitochondria (Jia and Sieburth 2021). Here we showed that H2O2-induced FLP-1 release requires intestinal flp-2 signaling. However, flp-2 does not appear to promote FLP-1 secretion by increasing H2O2 levels in AIY (Fig 1E), and flp-2 signaling is not sufficient to promote FLP-1 secretion in the absence of H2O2 (Fig. 1D). These results point to a model whereby at least two conditions must be met in order for AIY to increase FLP-1 secretion: an increase in H2O2 levels in AIY itself, and an increase in flp-2 signaling from the intestine. Thus AIY integrates stress signals from both the nervous system and the intestine to activate the intestinal antioxidant response through FLP-1 secretion. The requirement of signals from multiple tissues for FLP-1 secretion may function to limit the activation of SKN-1, since unregulated SKN-1 activation can be detrimental to organismal health (Turner, Ramos, and Curran 2024).”

      Line 569: Should specify what these candidates are. 

      There are 11 proteins with thioredoxin fold domains. We modified the sentence to list one of them.

      “There are several thioredoxin-domain containing proteins in addition to trx-3 in the C. elegans genome that could be candidates for this role (e.g. trx-5 and others).”

      Line 660: Details about whether the M9 control had an equivalent amount of DMSO as the juglone+M9 condition is required. 

      We have performed toxicity assay and neuropeptide release assays comparing M9 DMSO, and Juglone treatment and we have included this new data in Fig S1C, D and S2E. Methods: 

      “A stock solution of 50mM juglone in DMSO was freshly made on the same day of liquid toxicity assay. 120μM  working solution of juglone in M9 buffer was prepared using stock solution before treatment. Around 60-80 synchronized adult animals were transferred into a 1.5mL Eppendorf tube with fresh M9 buffer and washed three times, and a final wash was done with either the working solution of juglone with or M9  DMSO at the concentrations present in juglone-treated animals does not contribute to toxicity since DMSO treatment alone caused no significant change in survival compared to M9-treated controls (Fig. S1C).

      For coelomocyte imaging, L4 stage animals were transferred in fresh M9 buffer on a cover slide, washed six times with M9 before being exposed to 300μM juglone in M9 buffer (diluted from freshly made 50mM stock solution), 1mM H2O2 in M9 buffer, or M9 buffer. DMSO at the concentrations present in juglone-treated animals does not alter neuropeptide secretion since DMSO treatment alone caused no significant change in FLP-1::Venus or FLP-2::Venus coelomocyte fluorescence compared to M9-treated controls.  (Fig. S1D and S2E).”

      Line 1191: Should be FLP-1:Venus in AIY, not the intestine  

      Corrected.

      In general, the significance of reporting in the figures is very unclear. "a, b, c" to report statistical analysis is confusing in the figure legends, and also unnecessary when they denote non-significance. There are some cases where it is reported that a symbol (eg. ***) denotes statistical significance, but there is no indication of what level of statistical significance the symbol represents (for example, in Figures 2C and 2D) 

      Levels of significance was summarized in the end of legend for each figure unless indicated for specific symbols (for example Fig. 1C), we have edited this figure legend: 

      “E Representative images and quantification of fluorescence of matrix-targeted HyPer7 in the axon of AIY following M9 or juglone treatment for 10min. Arrowheads denote puncta marked by MLS::HyPer7 fusion proteins (Excitation: 500 and 400nm; emission: 520nm). Ratio of images taken with 500nM (GFP) and 400nM (CFP) for excitation was used to measure H2O2 levels. Unlined *** and ns denote statistical analysis compared to “wild type”. n = 25, 25, 25, 25 independent animals. Scale bar: 10μM.

      F Representative images and quantification of average fluorescence in the posterior region of transgenic animals expressing P_gst-4::gfp_ after 4h vehicle M9 or juglone exposure. Asterisks mark the intestinal region used for quantification. P_gst-4::gfp_ expression in the body wall muscles, which appears as fluorescence on the edge animals in some images, was not quantified. Unlined *** and ns denote statistical analysis compared to “wild type”; unlined ## and ### denotes statistical analysis compared to “wild type+juglone”. n = 25, 26, 25, 25, 25, 25, 25, 25 independent animals. Scale bar: 10μM.”

      Figure 2C: It is unclear which conditions have H2O2 treatment (as described in the legend). There is also no mention of what ### indicates. 

      Levels of significance for ### was summarized in the end of legend, No H2O2 treatment was performed in this assay, we have edited this figure legend: 

      “C. Representative images and quantification of average coelomocyte fluorescence of the indicated mutants expressing FLP-2::Venus fusion proteins in the intestine following M9 or juglone treatment for 10min. Unlined *** and ns denote statistical analysis compared to “wild type”. n = 29, 25, 24, 30, 23, 30, 25, 25, 25 independent animals. Scale bar: 5μM.”

      Figure 2D: It is not previously mentioned that M9 condition contains DMSO, as implied by the legend. 

      We have edited this figure legend:

      “D. Quantification of average coelomocyte fluorescence of transgenic animals expressing FLP-2::Venus fusion proteins in the intestine following treatment of fresh M9 buffer or the indicated stressors for 10min. Unlined *** denotes statistical analysis compared to “M9”. n = 23, 25, 25 independent animals.”  

      Figure 3J: The y-axis label should more clearly describe the ratio being measured. 

      We have updated the panel and this figure legend: 

      “J. Schematic, representative images and quantification of fluorescence in the posterior region of the indicated transgenic animals co-expressing mitochondrial matrix targeted HyPer7 (matrix-HyPer7) or mitochondrial outer membrane targeted HyPer7 (OMMHyPer7) with TOMM-20::mCherry following M9 juglone or H2O2 treatment. Ratio of images taken with 500nM (GFP) and 400nM (CFP) for excitation and 520nm for emission was used to measure H2O2 levels. Unlined *** and ns denote statistical analysis compared to “wild type; unlined ## denotes statistical analysis compared to “wild type+juglone”. (top) n = 20, 20, 18, 20, 19, 19, 20, 20 independent animals.

      (bottom) n = 20, 20, 19, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20 independent animals. Scale bar: 5μM.” 

      Figure S3A: *** is mislabelled. It should be a comparison to wildtype. 

      We have edited this figure legend: 

      “A. Quantification of average coelomocyte fluorescence of the indicated mutants expressing FLP-2::Venus fusion proteins in the intestine following M9 or juglone treatment for 10min. Unlined *** denotes statistical analysis compared to “wild type”; ### and ns denote statistical analysis compared to “wild type+juglone”. n = 29, 27, 29, 27, 25, 26, 24 independent animals.”  

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors): 

      (1) The localization experiments could benefit from the application of ultra-high-resolution fluorescence microscopy. This would allow for a more detailed analysis of the spatial distribution of SOD-1/3::GFP in relation to mitochondria-targeted TOMM-20::mCherry fusion proteins in the posterior intestinal region of transgenic animals. 

      We agree that high resolution microscopy would be a great way to more precisely localize SOD proteins relative to the mitochondria, and this would enhance understanding of the source of peroxide in this system. We do not conduct this type of microcopy in the lab, so this approach would require a collaboration with a lab that is set up for this. Thus we feel that this is beyond the scope of the current study.  

      (2) The paper may note the challenge of directly measuring mitochondrial H2O2 concentrations. However, advancements in chemical or fluorescent sensors for H2O2 detection within mitochondria could provide more direct evidence of its role in FLP-2 secretion. 

      We have considered using chemical sensors, but many are either not efficiently taken up by worms (the skin is largely impermeable to all but the most hydrophobic molecules), or they would label peroxide indiscriminately in all tissues making detection specifically in the intestine challenging. We have had good luck with genetically encoded peroxide sensors since they provide tissue specificity and good spatial resolution depending on where we target them. We have added imaging results for HyPer7 in the AIY neuron to Figure 1E. 

      Results:

      “To address how flp-2 signaling regulates FLP-1 secretion from AIY, we examined H2O2 levels in AIY using a mitochondrially targeted pH-stable H2O2 sensor HyPer7 (mitoHyPer7, Pak et al. 2020). Mito-HyPer7 adopted a punctate pattern of fluorescence in AIY axons, and the average fluorescence intensity of axonal mito-HyPer7 puncta increased about two-fold following 10 minute juglone treatment (Fig 1E), in agreement with our previous studies using HyPer (Jia and Sieburth 2021), confirming that juglone rapidly increases mitochondrial AIY H2O2 levels. flp-2 mutations had no significant effects on the localization or the average intensity of mito-HyPer7 puncta in AIY axons either in the absence of juglone, or in the presence of juglone (Fig 1E), suggesting that flp-2 signaling promotes FLP-1 secretion by a mechanism that does not increase H2O2 levels in AIY. Consistent with this, intestinal overexpression of flp-_2 had no effect on FLP-1::Venus secretion in the absence of juglone, but significantly enhanced the ability of juglone to increase FLP-1 secretion (Fig. 1D). We conclude that both elevated mitochondrial H2O2 levels and intact _flp-2 signaling from the intestine are necessary to increase FLP-1 secretion from AIY.” 

      (3) To confirm the activation of AIY neurons by FLP-2, measuring calcium activity in these neurons may be a robust approach. It would be beneficial to determine if synthetic FLP-2 can activate AIY neurons and subsequently induce an intestinal antioxidant response. 

      This is a great idea. We have begun to examine GCaMP fluorescence in AIY and we see responses to oxidative stressors. We think that this data is too preliminary at the moment to include here.  

      (4) The identification of the key receptors mediating the interaction between FLP-2 and AIY neurons, as well as the receptors in the gut that respond to FLP-1, would complete the signaling pathway and strengthen the study's conclusions. 

      We agree that this is an important question. Specifically, identifying the FLP-2 receptor and its site of action is a major priority. Since there are at least four different receptors that have been functionally or physically linked to FLP-2 and there are at least three FLP-2 peptides, unraveling the components acting directly downstream of FLP-2 will require further investigation that we feel is beyond the scope of this current study.  

      (5) Investigating whether direct manipulation of AIY neurons, through methods such as optogenetic activation or inhibition, can trigger the gut's antioxidant response would provide insight into the functional relevance of this neuronal activity. 

      Also an excellent idea. We previously published that Channelrhodopsin activation specifically in AIY indeed increases FLP-1 secretion, but we have not yet examined its effects on antioxidant responses in the intestine.  This may require a more sustained activation of AIY than Channelrhodopsin can provide.

      (6) For the analysis of intestinal Pges-1::GFP fluorescence, specifying the region of interest would enhance the precision of the data and the reproducibility of the results. 

      We analyze fluorescence intensity of a 16-pixel diameter circle in the posterior intestine (as indicated by the asterisks) and we have added this to the methods, we edited this paragraph:

      “or transcriptional reporter imaging, young adult animals with indicated genotype were transferred into a 1.5mL Eppendorf tube with M9 buffer, washed three times and incubated in M9 buffer or 60uM working solution of juglone for 1h in dark on rotating mixer before recovering on fresh NGM plates with OP50 for 3h in dark at 20°C. The posterior end of the intestine was imaged with the 60x objective and quantification for average fluorescence intensity of a 16-pixel diameter circle in the posterior intestine was calculated using Metamorph.”

      (7) Assessing the potential for pharmacological modulation of FLP-2 or H2O2 levels could provide valuable insights into therapeutic strategies aimed at enhancing the oxidative stress response. 

      Agreed.

      (8) For improved clarity, it is suggested that the schematic currently presented in Figure S1A be integrated into Figure 2C, as this would facilitate the reader's comprehension of the experimental design and findings. 

      Moved.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Choi and co-authors presents "P3 editing", which leverages dual-component guide RNAs (gRNA) to induce protein-protein proximity. They explore three strategies for leveraging prime-editing gRNA (pegRNA) as a dimerization module to create a molecular proximity sensor that drives genome editing, splitting a pegRNA into two parts (sgRNA and petRNA), inserting self-splicing ribozymes within pegRNA, and dividing pegRNA at the crRNA junction. Among these, splitting at the crRNA junction proved the most promising, achieving significant editing efficiency. They further demonstrated the ability to control genome editing via protein-protein interactions and small molecule inducers by designing RNA-based systems that form active gRNA complexes. This approach was also adaptable to other genome editing methods like base editing and ADAR-based RNA editing.

      Strengths:

      The study demonstrates significant advancements in leveraging guide RNA (gRNA) as a dimerization module for genome editing, showcasing its high specificity and versatility. By investigating three distinct strategies-splitting pegRNA into sgRNA and petRNA, inserting self-splicing ribozymes within the pegRNA, and dividing the pegRNA at the repeat junction-the researchers present a comprehensive approach to achieving molecular proximity and reconstituting function. Among these methods, splitting the pegRNA at the repeat junction emerged as the most promising, achieving editing efficiencies up to 76% of the control, highlighting its potential for further development in CRISPR-Cas9 systems. Additionally, the study extends genome editing control by linking protein-protein interactions to RNA-mediated editing, using specific protein-RNA interaction pairs to regulate editing through engineered protein proximity. This innovative approach expands the toolkit for precision genome editing, demonstrating the feasibility of controlling genome editing with enhanced specificity and efficiency.

      Weaknesses:

      The initial experiments with splitting the pegRNA into sgRNA and petRNA showed low editing efficiency, less than 2%. Similarly, inserting self-splicing ribozymes within pegRNA was inefficient, achieving under 2% editing efficiency in all constructs tested, possibly hindered by the prime editing enzyme. The editing efficiency of the crRNA and petracrRNA split at the repeat junction varied, with the most promising configurations only reaching 76% of the control efficiency. The RNA-RNA duplex formation's inefficiency might be due to the lack of additional protein binding, leading to potential degradation outside the Cas9-gRNA complex. Extending the approach to control genome editing via protein-protein interactions introduced complexity, with a significant trade-off between efficiency and specificity, necessitating further optimization. The strategy combining RADARS and P3 editing to control genome editing with specific RNA expression events exhibited high background levels of non-specific editing, indicating the need for improved specificity and reduced leaky expression. Moreover, P3 editing efficiencies are exclusively quantified after transfecting DNA into HEK cells, a strategy that has resulted in past reproducibility concerns for other technologies. Overall, the various methods and combinations require further optimization to enhance efficiency and specificity, especially when integrating multiple synthetic modules.

      Thank you for this accurate summary and assessment of the strengths and weaknesses of the P3 editing as it stands. Looking ahead, we agree that further optimizations will be important, as will characterizing the performance of P3 editing in additional cellular contexts. The revised Discussion (see below) now makes these points more clearly.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Choi et al. describe a new approach for enabling input-specific CRISPR-based genome editing in cultured cells. While CRISPR-Cas9 is a broadly applied system across all of biology, one limitation is the difficulty in inducing genome editing based on cellular events. A prior study, from the same group, developed ENGRAM - which relies on activity-dependent transcription of a prime editing guide RNA, which records a specific cellular event as a given edit in a target DNA "tape". However, this approach is limited to the detection of induced transcription and does not enable the detection of broader molecular events including protein-protein interactions or exposure to small molecules. As an alternative, this study envisioned engineering the reconstitution of a split prime editing guide RNA (pegRNA) in a protein-protein interaction (PPI)-dependent manner. This would enable location- and content-specific genome editing in a controlled setting.

      The authors explored three different design possibilities for engineering a PPI-dependent split pegRNA. First, they tried splitting pegRNA into a functional sgRNA and corresponding prime editing transRNA, incorporating reverse-complementary dimerization sequences on each guide half. This approach, however, resulted in low editing efficiency across 7 different designs with various complementary annealing template lengths (<2% efficiency). They also tried inserting a self-splicing ribozyme within the pegRNA, which produces a functional pegRNA post-transcriptionally. The incorporation of a split-ribozyme, dependent on a PPI, could have been used to reconstitute the split pegRNA in an event-controlled manner. However again, only modest levels of editing were observed with the self-splicing ribozyme design (<2%). Finally, they tried splitting the pegRNA at the repeat:anti-repeat junction that was used to join the original dual-guide system comprised of a crRNA and tracrRNA, into a single-guide RNA. They incorporated the prime editing features into the tracrRNA half, to create petracrRNA. Dimerization was initially induced by different complementary RNA annealing sequences. Using this design, they were able to induce an editing efficiency of ~28% (compared to 37% efficiency using a positive control epegRNA guide).

      Having identified a suitable split pegRNA system, they next sought to induce the reconstitution of the two halves in a PPI-dependent manner. They replaced the complementary RNA annealing sequences with two different RNA aptamers (MS2 and BoxB). MS2 detects the MCP protein, while BoxB detects the LambdaN protein. Close proximity between MCP and LambdaN would thus bring together the two split pegRNA halves, creating a functional pegRNA that would enable prime editing at a specific target site. They demonstrated that they could induce MCP-BoxB proximity by fusing them to different dimerizing protein partners: 1) constitutive epitope-nanobody/antibody pairs such as scFv/GCN4 or NbALFA/ALFA-Tag; 2) split-GFP; or 3) chemically-induced protein pairs such as FKBP/FRB or ABI/PYL. For all of these approaches, they could achieve between ~20-60% normalized editing efficiency (relative to positive control editing levels with epegRNA). Additional mutation of the linkers between the RNA and aptamers could increase editing efficiency but also increase non-specific background editing even in the absence of an induced PPI.

      Additional applications of this overall strategy included incorporating the design with different DNA base editors, with the most promising examples shown with the base editors CBE4max and ABE8. It should be noted that these specific examples used a non-physiological LambdaN-MCP direct fusion protein as the "bait" that induced reconstitution of the two halves of the guideRNA, rather than relying on a true induced PPI. They also demonstrated that the recently reported RADARS strategy could be incorporated into their system. In this example, they used an ADAR-guide-RNA to drive the expression of a LambdaN-PCP fusion protein in the presence of a specific target RNA molecule, IL6. This induced LambdaN-PCP protein could then reconstitute the split peg-RNAs to drive prime editing. To enable this last application, they replaced the MS2 aptamer in their pegRNA with the PP7 aptamer that binds the PCP protein (this was to avoid crosstalk with RADARS, which also uses MS2/MCP interaction). Using this strategy, they observed a normalized editing efficiency of around 12% (but observed non-specific editing of around 8% in the absence of the target RNA).

      Strengths:

      The strengths of this paper include an interesting concept for engineering guide RNAs to enable activity-dependent genome editing in living cells in the future, based on discreet protein-protein interactions (either constitutively, spatially, or chemically induced). Important groundwork is laid down to engineer and improve these guide RNAs in the future (especially the work describing altering the linkers in Supplementary Figure 3 - which provides a path forward).

      Weaknesses:

      In its current state, the editing efficiency appears too low to be applied in physiological settings. Much of the latter work in the paper relies on a LambdaN-MCP direction fusion protein, rather than two interacting protein pairs. Further characterizations in the future, especially varying the transfection amounts/durations/etc of the various components of the system, would be beneficial to improve the system. It will also be important to demonstrate editing at additional sites; to characterize how long the PPI must be active to enable efficient prime editing; and how reversible the reconstitution of the split pegRNA is.

      Thank you for this assessment of the strengths and weaknesses of the P3 editing as it stands. Looking ahead, we agree that further optimizations will be important, including along the lines suggested by the reviewer, as will further characterization of the system with respect to dependencies, reversibility, etc. The revised Discussion (see below) now makes these points more clearly.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewing Editor comments:

      It would be helpful to better describe the nature of improvements (on-targeting and/or off-targeting) that would be needed to effectively use this approach in vitro and in vivo applications.

      We agree, and have accordingly revised the last paragraph of our discussion to better describe what improvements are needed for in vitro and in vivo applications:

      “In our view, there are four outstanding challenges for P3 editing to be broadly useful: evaluating additional cellular contexts, the method’s efficiency and specificity, understanding the limit of detectable protein-protein interactions, and the development of sensors compatible with multiplex P3 editing within the same cell. First, we have thus far only conducted P3 editing in HEK293T cells, and obviously needs to be tested in additional cell types. Second, both the efficiency and specificity of the P3 editing need to be improved before it can be used as a selective editing tool in model systems. We have explored how modifying the crRNA and petracrRNA pair sequences can tune the efficiency-vs-specificity tradeoff, but alternative avenues to improvement (e.g., better docking of RNA-aptamers such as MS2, BoxB, or PP7 by testing more linker sequences that place crRNA and petracrRNA for duplex formation) may be more fruitful in terms of achieving high efficiency and specificity at once (e.g., >50% editing in the setting of a specific protein-protein interaction, and <1% editing without it). Second, it is not clear whether weak and transient interactions among proteins can be used to trigger P3 editing. Assuming the genome editing complex formation is reversible, improving P3 editing efficiency may be able to capture different strengths of protein-protein interactions, although some interactions may be too transient to promote functional guide RNA formation. Finally, the current P3 editing design uses a pair of RNA aptamers and their corresponding protein binders, limiting the multiplex detection of protein-protein pairs. More orthogonal protein-RNA pairs need to be identified (e.g., using a massively parallel platform (Buenrostro et al., 2014) and/or computational prediction (Baek et al., 2023)) to allow for large numbers of P3 sensors for different protein-protein interactions to be deployed within the same cell. Overcoming these four challenges is necessary for P3 editing to be broadly useful for gating genome editing on physiological levels of specific protein-protein interactions in a multiplex fashion.”

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      It does not appear that all plasmids necessary to reproduce the results of this paper have been deposited to addgene, but only a small subset. The authors might include that these plasmids are available upon request, if not uploaded to a public repository.

      We have added a statement that additional plasmids are available upon request. Our Data Availability Statement reads (with the added sentence underlined):

      “Raw sequencing data have been uploaded to Sequencing Read Archive (SRA) with the associated BioProject ID PRJNA1004865. The following plasmids have been deposited to Addgene: pU6-crRNA-MS2, pU6-BoxB-petracrRNA, pCMV-LambdaN-MCP, pCMV-LambdaN-NbALFA,  and pCMV-ALFA-MCP (Addgene ID 207624 - 207628). The rest of the plasmids used in this study are available upon request.”

      It could be useful to include somewhere why, specifically, editing the guide RNAs as opposed to the Cas9 itself is advantageous. Light-inducible split Cas9s have been engineered, and I imagine other PPI-inducible split Cas9s have also been engineered. A specific mention of the advantages of using engineered split pegRNAs could put the significance of this work in a better context.

      Thanks for raising this, and we agree. We have revised the first paragraph of the Results section to highlight why we think splitting the guide RNAs as opposed to Cas9 might be advantageous:

      “In the split architecture, the “dimerization module” is a key sensor component. Although strategies that split the protein component of the genome editing complex have been described (e.g., split-Cas9 (Yu et al., 2020)), we reasoned that having the guide RNA serve as the dimerization module rather than the protein, i.e. by splitting it into two parts, and making the restoration of its function dependent on a molecular proximity event, would afford even more control. For example, if multiple split gRNAs were present within the same cell, they could be independently controlled, whereas a split Cas9 would only allow a single control point.  In our initial experiments, we focused on splitting the pegRNA used in prime editing.”

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors test the "OHC-fluid-pump" hypothesis by assaying the rates of kainic acid dispersal both in quiet and in cochleae stimulated by sounds of different levels and spectral content. The main result is that sound (and thus, presumably, OHC contractions and expansions) results in faster transport along the duct. OHC involvement is corroborated using salicylate, which yielded results similar to silence. Especially interesting is the fact that some stimuli (e.g. tones) seem to provide better/faster pumping than others (e.g. noise), ostensibly due to the phase profile of the resulting cochlear traveling-wave response.

      Strengths:

      The experiments appear well controlled and the results are novel and interesting. Some elegant cochlear modeling that includes coupling between the organ of Corti and the surrounding fluid as well as advective flow supports the proposed mechanism.

      Weaknesses:

      It's not clear whether the effect size (e.g., the speed of sound-induced pumping relative to silence) is large enough to have important practical applications (e.g., for drug delivery). The authors should comment on the practical requirements and limitations.

      With our current data, what we can conclude is that modest sound levels (e.g., 75 dB SPL noise or an 80 dB SPL tone) facilitates cochlear drug delivery. We added a paragraph to the Discussion stating some future considerations for application to drug delivery in the human cochlea.

      Although helpful so far as it goes, the modeling could be taken much further to help understand some of the more interesting aspects of the data and to obtain testable predictions. In particular, the authors should systematically explore the level effects they find experimentally and determine whether the model can replicate the finding that different sounds produce different results (e.g. noise vs tone).

      The model should also be used to relate the model's flow rates more quantitatively to the properties of the traveling wave (e.g., its phase profile).

      The present study is focused on explaining the principle of mass transport in the cochlea. The quantification of the relationship between flow rate and traveling wave is an important open question and will be the topic of future studies. Our previous modeling study (Shokrian et al. 2020) showed a clear relation between the traveling wave characteristics (e.g., amplitude and phase velocity) and the mass transport in the Corti fluid. As the reviewer correctly pointed out, the current paper is focused on designing controlled experiments to provide proof of concept along with computational simulations to support our major claim (that outer hair cells stir cochlear fluid). 

      Finally, the model should be used to investigate differences between active and passive OHCs (e.g., simulating the salicylate experiment by disabling the model's OHCs).

      What the reviewer asks for has been demonstrated in previous theoretical studies (Lighthill, 1992; Edom, Obrist, Kleiser, 2014; Sumner, Reichenbach, 2021). In some of the previous studies, it was called the steady streaming. These studies are excellent examples because they simulated the sensitive cochlea (similar level of basilar membrane vibrations) but did not incorporate the Corti fluid peristalsis. Even without the peristaltic motion of the Corti tube, the basilar membrane-scala fluid interaction generated steady streaming (creepy fluid flow). However, the streaming velocity of cochlear models without active peristalsis along the Corti tube is about three orders of magnitude smaller than the active cochlea at a comparable level of basilar membrane vibrations. For example, the peak streaming speed was < 0.1 um/s at 80 dB SPL, and it took > 4 hours for particles to travel 1 mm. This speed is much slower than the particle transport speed due to pure diffusion (Sumner, Reichenbach, 2021).

      The manuscript would be stronger if the authors discussed ways to test their hypothesis that OHC motility serves a protective effect by pumping fluid. For example, do animals held in quiet after noise exposure (TTS) take longer to recover?

      We agree with the reviewer. The following statements were added to the Discussion section. “Our results have implications for cochlear fluid homeostasis. For example, future studies can test the hypothesis that an acoustically rich environment would be beneficial in maintaining healthy hearing as well as in recovering from transient hearing loss.”

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Recent cochlear micromechanical measurements in living animals demonstrated outer hair celldriven broadband vibration of the reticular lamina that contradicts frequency-selective cochlear amplification. The authors hypothesized that motile outer hair cells can drive cochlear fluid circulation. This hypothesis was tested by observing the effects of acoustic stimuli and salicylate, an outer hair cell motility blocker, on kainic acid-induced changes in the cochlear nucleus activities. It was found that acoustic stimuli can reduce the latency of the kainic acid effect, and a low-frequency tone is more effective than broadband noise. Salicylate reduced the effect of acoustic stimuli on kainic acid-induced changes. The authors also developed a computational model to provide the physical basis for interpreting experimental results. It was concluded that experimental data and simulations coherently indicate that broadband outer hair cell action is for cochlear fluid circulation.

      Strengths:

      The major strengths of this study include its high significance and the combination of electrophysiological recording of the cochlear nucleus responses with computational modeling. Cochlear outer hair cells have been believed to be responsible for the exceptional sensitivity, sharp tuning, and huge dynamic range of mammalian hearing. Recent observation of the broadband reticular lamina vibration contradicts frequency-specific cochlear amplification. Moreover, there is no effective noninvasive approach to deliver the drugs or genes to the cochlea for treating sensorineural hearing loss, one of the most common auditory disorders. These important questions were addressed in this study by observing outer hair cells' roles in the cochlear transport of kainic acid. The well-established electrophysiological method for recording cochlear nucleus responses produced valuable new data, and the purposely developed computational model significantly enhanced the interpretation of the data.

      The authors successfully tested their hypothesis, and both the experimental and modeling results support the conclusion that active outer hair cells can drive cochlear fluid circulation in the living cochlea.

      Findings from this study will help auditory scientists understand how the outer hair cells contribute to cochlear amplification and normal hearing.

      We thank the reviewer for acknowledging our effort.

      Weaknesses:

      While the statement "The present study provides new insights into the nonselective outer hair cell action (in the second paragraph of Discussion)" is well supported by the results, the authors should consider providing a prediction or speculation of how this hair cell action enhances cochlear sensitivity. Such discussion would help the readers better understand the significance of the current work.

      We added a potential implication to the Discussion, that an acoustically rich environment could be beneficial in maintaining healthy hearing as well as recovering from damaged hearing.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study reveals that sound exposure enhances drug delivery to the cochlea through the nonselective action of outer hair cells. The efficiency of sound-facilitated drug delivery is reduced when outer hair cell motility is inhibited. Additionally, low-frequency tones were found to be more effective than broadband noise for targeting substances to the cochlear apex. Computational model simulations support these findings.

      Strengths:

      The study provides compelling evidence that the broad action of outer hair cells is crucial for cochlear fluid circulation, offering a novel perspective on their function beyond frequency-selective amplification. Furthermore, these results could offer potential strategies for targeting and optimizing drug delivery throughout the cochlear spiral.

      Weaknesses:

      The primary weakness of this paper lies in the surgical procedure used for drug administration through the round window. Opening the cochlea can alter intracochlear pressure and disrupt the traveling wave from sound, a key factor influencing outer hair cell activity. However, the authors do not provide sufficient details on how they managed this issue during surgery. Additionally, the introduction section needs further development to better explain the background and emphasize the significance of the work.

      Although we wrote that the inner ear left intact, it might have not been sufficiently clear. Our surgical approach leaves the inner ear intact, including the round-window membrane. The round window in gerbil is concave like a bowl. We applied 4 µL of kainic acid solution in the round-window niche, without perforating the round-window membrane. 

      Recommendations For The Authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The authors' choice to frame their findings by hinting that they have discovered the "real" reason for the evolution of broadband OHC electromotility (e.g., the first and last sentences of the abstract and parts of the Discussion), although clearly intended to boost the perceived significance of the work, does them no favors and will probably lead to distracting criticisms they could easily have avoided. The manuscript would be significantly improved by removing or downplaying these rather speculative and unsupported claims; the work stands on its own without them.

      We agree that the first line of the Abstract might distract the readers. Meanwhile, in the Discussion, we believe the readers will appreciate our speculation of how this study is relevant to recent debates on hearing mechanics. Following the reviewer’s advice, we have revised the Abstract.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Please review the detailed comments below. I hope they contribute to enhancing the paper:

      We thank the reviewer for this detailed advice. All of these comments make good sense and were very helpful in improving this paper or in planning future studies. 

      Many of the comments were relevant to the computer model, and they have one common basis, which we have not yet achieved. I.e., simulating the level-dependence. 

      I. Introduction

      (1) Please clarify and improve this sentence. Effective and safe strategies for delivering treatments to the inner ear have been reported: 'Consequently, intervening in hearing health by delivering substances to the inner-ear fluid is challenging'.

      The preceding statement is regarding the blood-labyrinthine barrier (BLB), comparable to the bloodbrain barrier (BBB). We revised the statement: “Consequently, intervening in hearing health by delivering substances to the inner-ear fluid through systemic circulation is challenging.”

      (2) Please expand on how the secretion and absorption of ions and molecules maintain the unique ionic compositions of the two intracochlear fluids. Include details on the role of the stria vascularis and the specific functions of the three types of strial cells in this process.

      In response to this request, we added a paragraph discussing cochlear fluid homeostasis. Our study is different from existing homeostasis studies in three regards. First, the site: Existing studies are centered on the stria vascularis, while this study concerns the Corti fluid. Second, the mechanism: Existing studies are regarding metabolic transport, while our scope is the transport due to fluid flow. Third, the range: Existing studies considered local electrochemical equilibrium within a radial section, while this study concerns global (longitudinal) mass transport. To address this comment, the following was added to the Discussion.

      “Our study complements existing studies regarding cochlear fluid homeostasis and differs from previous studies in several ways. The intrastrial fluids (extracellular fluids in the stria vascularis) have been more thoroughly investigated because the three layers in the stria vascularis (marginal, intermediate, and basal cells) maintain the endocochlear potential (Wangemann 2006).

      Equilibrium in the Corti fluid has been sparsely investigated because its electrochemical gradient is modest compared to that of the intrastrial fluids (Johnstone, Patuzzi et al. 1989; Zidanic and Brownell 1990). Local electrochemical balance in the cochlear fluids has been considered within a radial section (Quraishi and Raphael 2008; Patuzzi 2011; Nin, Hibino et al. 2012). Our study is focused on the longitudinal (global) equilibrium along the cochlear coil and did not consider the equilibrium across the stria vascularis cell layers. To examine whether the longitudinal fluid flow driven by outer hair cells is strong enough to affect cochlear fluid homeostasis, future studies should measure the K+ equilibrium and recycling along the length of the Corti fluid under sound and silence conditions.“

      (3) Please provide a more detailed explanation and definition of a longitudinal electrochemical gradient, including how it functions and its relevance in physiological processes.

      The most researched electrochemical gradient of the cochlea must be the endocochlear potential that varies along the cochlear length. The endocochlear potential at any location is determined by the equilibrium between the source and the sink. In the view of the Corti fluid, the source is the potassium current out of the hair cells and the sink is the resorption of potassium by supporting cells. The effect of a longitudinal electrochemical gradient on hearing physiology is beyond the scope of this study. To do so would require incorporating detailed K+ equilibrium dynamics. This certainly is one of our future directions. 

      (4) Please include the necessary references to support these three sentences: "Diffusion is an effective mechanism for a substance to travel along submicrometer distances. For instance, it takes microseconds for neurotransmitters to diffuse across a 20-nm synaptic gap. In contrast, diffusion is inefficient for travel on the centimeter scale. It takes days for a drug applied at the round window to travel 30 mm to the apical end of the human cochlea. In practice, the substance would not reach the apex because it would be resorbed before traveling the distance".   

      A reference was added (Berg, 1993). Our description of diffusion is based on the fundamental physics of Fick’s laws.

      (5) In paragraph 3, the author only discussed a portion of the previous approaches. There are numerous methods for inner ear delivery, including external, middle ear, and direct inner ear delivery via the round window or semicircular canal. Each method has its pros and cons, which the authors should carefully address. For example, the semicircular canal approach doesn't require two perforations in the inner ear and distributes the injection evenly throughout the cochlea.  

      A recent review paper regarding inner ear drug delivery was added as a reference (Szeto, Chiang et al. 2020). Drug delivery is a means to demonstrate the OHC’s role in longitudinal mass transport. We are concerned that comparing different drug delivery modalities in detail would distract the readers from the main point of this study. We mentioned ‘one remedy’ with two perforations, for which abundant case studies are found in the literature. Discussing existing approaches exhaustively can be better done by review papers.

      (6) The following sentence is inaccurate and should be carefully rephrased. Previous reports chose higher volumes than the actual fluid volume to maximize the drug (or gene) effect, but this was not a requirement of the delivery methods: 'Such an invasive approach requires the injection of a substantial fluid volume, larger than the entire perilymph in the inner ear'.

      We revised the statement to relax the wording ‘require’: ‘Such an invasive approach is often associated with the injection of a substantial fluid volume, larger than the entire perilymph in the inner ear (Szeto, Chiang et al. 2020)'. This statement might be acceptable because we found few invasive delivery papers that used < 1 µL. Moreover, the physics basis of the injection method is to replace the fluid in a labyrinth compartment with a new fluid (a good example where this fluid physics was tested with quantitative data is the Lichtenhan et al. 2016 paper).

      (7) Please provide the necessary references. Also, clarify what is meant by 'actuator cells'. Are you referring to hair cells?: 'The tube-shaped organ of Corti (OoC) is lined with actuator cells and the cells are activated systematically with a large phase velocity (> a few m/s) toward the apex'.

      Yes, we meant OHCs as the actuator cells. This point has been clarified. A reference for the phase velocity has been added (Olson, Duifhuis, Steele, 2012).

      II. Results

      (1) Is there a specific reason you use 60 or 75 dB SPL for broadband sounds, but opt for louder sounds (80 dB SPL) for pure tones?

      It is not straightforward to compare the SPL between broadband noise and a pure tone, and we did not attempt to ‘equate’ them in any way. 

      (2) Please provide specific details about the sound generation protocol, including the duration, start time, end time, and any other relevant parameters. Here is an example of a vague sentence. Do you play the sounds continuously during these time periods, or only at specific intervals?: 'In two example cases, the effect time at low-CF locations (CFs near 2 kHz) was 15 minutes for the case of the 0.5 kHz tone (Fig. 3A)'

      It is described in the Measurement protocol part of the Methods section (see the red text below). In the exampled case and all other cases, the sounds were played continually (not continuously).

      For the “Sound” protocol, 1.1-s noise pips (60 or 75 dB SPL, 0.1-12 kHz bandwidth, 0.8-s duration including 0.15-s onset/offset ramps) were presented continually. After 48 noise pips, one 1.1-s silent pause and three CF tone pips followed (a total of 51 pips and a pause make a 57.2-s sequence). The CF tone pips were presented at the level of 35 dB SPL to monitor neural responses. The silence pause was to monitor spontaneous neural responses. The sequence was repeated until neural signals at the lowest CF site were completely abolished. The neural responses presented in this study are the ‘driven responses’ obtained by subtracting the spontaneous responses from the responses to the 35 dB CF tones. For the “Silence” or “Pure-tone” protocol, the noise pips of the Sound protocol were replaced with either silence pauses or a pure tone at 80 dB SPL.

      (3) Providing a schematic timeline of your experiments indicating sound generation, kainic acid (and salicylate) application, as well as DPOAE and AVCN recordings would greatly help in understanding and following your results.

      We have revised Figure 2.

      (4) How did you control the opening(s) for the injection? The openings could alter intracochlear pressure and affect the traveling wave from the sound, which is the major factor influencing outer hair cell activity.

      We did not open the inner ear. The round window remained intact. Opening the bulla does not affect the intracochlear pressure. We have clarified this issue, beginning with the first sentence of the Abstract. Thanks for raising this important question.

      (5) Is there any reason why the author generated only low and mid-frequencies? If so, please address what the limitations were in testing high frequency.

      There are no limitations to testing high frequencies. High frequencies would not affect drug delivery to the apex of the cochlea because the traveling waves stop right after the CF location. We are interested in delivering drugs deeper into the apex. Our presented results support this reasoning: mid-frequency stimulation was less effective for delivery to the low CF location.

      (6) I suggest combining Figures 3E and 3F to facilitate a direct comparison between the Silence and Noise conditions, as the MF and LF plots are overlapping in these panels.

      We considered this change but realized that it might introduce confusion and difficulty in parsing the results. Moreover, the two panels have their respective messages. 

      (7) In Figure 3E, why does the LF tone affect both Low and Mid CFs, while the MF tone only affects Mid CF?

      The cochlear traveling wave stops right after the CF location. Peristaltic action takes place in the broad tail region of the traveling waves (see Fig. 5C).

      III. Materials and Methods

      (1) Please provide details about your injection protocol. Did you create additional perforations? How did you target the round window? What was the injection rate? How did you seal the round window, and so on?

      The inner ear including the round window was left intact. Only the bulla was open.

      (2) Please include details about your surgical procedure for the AVCN recording, including probe insertion.

      AVCN recording is a well-established technique. Instead of reintroducing the method, we added a classical reference with friendlier description (Frisina, Chamberlain, et al., 1982). 

      IV. Minor points

      (1) Please include the full terms for the abbreviations 'CF', 'DPOAEs', 'PT', 'IP', and 'RW' for readers who are not in the hearing research field.

      We have checked that these abbreviations were defined.

      (2) Are 'GXXX's in figures animal identifiers? Please clarify what they represent.

      Yes, they are animal identifiers. We have clarified this point in Fig. 1 caption.

    1. Author response:

      In response to your comments, we will revise our manuscript to address the limitations raised, including our ability to rigorously test how observed changes in gene expression in shrews are adaptive. The phylogenetic ANOVA we use (EVE), tests for a separate RNA expression optimum specific to the shrew lineage for each gene, and is consistent with expectations for adaptive evolution of gene expression. However, as you noted, while this analysis highlights many candidate genes potentially under positive selection, further functional validation is required to confirm if and how these genes contribute to Dehnel’s phenomenon. We will emphasize that inferred adaptive expression of these genes is putative in our discussion and outline that future studies are needed to test the function of proposed adaptations. For example, cell line validations of BCL2L1 on apoptosis is a case study that tests the function of a putatively adaptive change in gene expression, and it illuminates this limitation. We will also refine our discussion to focus more on pathway-level analyses rather than on individual genes.

      We recognize that our methodological choices may not have been fully transparent, such as our selection of gene expression clusters for the pathway enrichment analysis and our focus on BCL2L1 for functional validation in cell lines. We will expand on these decisions in the methods section to provide greater clarity for our readers.

      Regarding the use of sex as a covariate, we acknowledge the concerns raised. In our evolutionary analyses, we maintained a balanced sex ratio when possible. EVE models handle the effect of sex on gene expression as intraspecific variation, reflective of plasticity. In shrews, however, we used males exclusively. Females were only found among juvenile individuals and including them would have introduced developmental variation with larger, negative impacts on these results. For the seasonal data, we will now include sex as a covariate in differential expression analyses, however, our design is imbalanced in relation to sex. We will account for this limitation and discuss it further in the revised manuscript.

    1. Author response:

      We sincerely thank you for your constructive and insightful feedback on our manuscript, including the assessment of its strengths and suggestions for improvements. This will allow us to enhance the clarity and impact of our work. In our revised manuscript, we will address your recommendations as follows:

      (1) Disambiguating whether the joystick eccentricity reflects the subject’s confidence or simply the perceived stimulus strength or coherence

      We agree that this is a pivotal issue for the interpretation of our results. We are confident that the joystick “eccentricity” (i.e., radial joystick deviation from the center) does not simply correlate with the moment-to-moment fluctuations of stimulus coherence. The observations that the radial joystick response varied considerably more than the stimulus fluctuations within each subject and each coherence level, and the analysis of metacognitive sensitivity, suggest that subjects indeed incorporated confidence judgements into their continuous reports. As proposed, we will further explore the established signatures of metacognitive confidence reports, and we will quantify the motion energy fluctuations within time intervals where the nominal stimulus parameters remained constant, to examine whether accuracy and confidence levels vary in response to these fluctuations. This approach will provide deeper insights into continuous dynamics within our paradigm.

      (2) Rationale for Social Investigation

      We will clarify the rationale and methodology of the social aspects in our experiments to better contextualize our approach and findings and their relationship to the field of collective decision-making. In particular, we will further emphasize that while our paradigm indeed did not impose integrating the information from the partner and did not involve incentives for collectively solving the task, the participants could (and did) incorporate the social information into their judgements and mostly improved their earnings. In this way, our approach complements the studies that required joint decisions.

      (3) Streamlining and Terminology

      We will streamline the text and figure legends to present our main arguments more concisely and improve the overall flow of the manuscript. Additionally, we will include a glossary to the main text to clarify terminology, enhancing accessibility and ensuring consistent understanding of key terms throughout the paper.

      To clarify two of the points upfront, we indeed used the term “eccentricity” not in a visual science sense but as the measure of radial joystick deviation from the center and the corresponding angular width of the response arc; we now realize that this is confusing in the context of visual psychophysics paper and will use another word. The term “dyadic” was meant to describe the experimental condition when two participants worked on the task, and associated measures of performance in this condition. The “dyadic score”, defined as the average score across the two participants in the dyadic condition, will be renamed as “combined score”.  

      (4) Incorporation of Additional Literature

      We acknowledge and appreciate the recommendations for additional relevant literature, which we will incorporate into our discussion. This will allow us to contextualize our findings more thoroughly within the existing body of research and highlight the broader implications of our work.

    1. Author response:

      eLife Assessment

      This valuable study uses consensus-independent component analysis to highlight transcriptional components (TC) in high-grade serous ovarian cancers (HGSOC). The study presents a convincing preliminary finding by identifying a TC linked to synaptic signaling that is associated with shorter overall survival in HGSOC patients, highlighting the potential role of neuronal interactions in the tumor microenvironment. This finding is corroborated by comparing spatially resolved transcriptomics in a small-scale study; a weakness is in being descriptive, non-mechanistic, and requiring experimental validation.

      We sincerely thank the editors for the valuable and constructive feedback. We appreciate the recognition of our findings and the significance of identifying transcriptional components in high-grade serous ovarian cancers. We acknowledge the insightful point on our study's descriptive nature and limited mechanistic depth. While further experimental validation would indeed enhance our conclusions, such work extends beyond the current scope of this manuscript. However, we would like to highlight that mechanistic studies demonstrating the impact of tumor-infiltrating nerves on disease progression are emerging (Zahalka et al., 2017; Allen et al., 2018; Balood et al., 2022; Jin et al., 2022; Globig et al., 2023; Restaino et al., 2023; Darragh et al., 2024). Importantly, members of our group have contributed to these findings. These studies, including in vitro and in vivo work in head and neck squamous cell carcinoma as well as high-grade serous ovarian carcinoma, demonstrate that substance P released from tumor-infiltrating nociceptors potentiates MAP kinase signaling in cancer cells, thereby influencing disease progression. This effect can be mitigated in vivo by blocking the substance P receptor (Restaino et al., 2023). Our present work identifies a transcriptional component that aligns with the presence of functional nerves within malignancies. These published mechanistic studies support our findings and suggest that this transcriptional component could serve as a potential screening tool to identify innervated tumors. Such information is clinically relevant, as patients with innervated tumors may benefit from more aggressive therapy.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This manuscript explores the transcriptional landscape of high-grade serous ovarian cancer (HGSOC) using consensus-independent component analysis (c-ICA) to identify transcriptional components (TCs) associated with patient outcomes. The study analyzes 678 HGSOC transcriptomes, supplemented with 447 transcriptomes from other ovarian cancer types and noncancerous tissues. By identifying 374 TCs, the authors aim to uncover subtle transcriptional patterns that could serve as novel drug targets. Notably, a transcriptional component linked to synaptic signaling was associated with shorter overall survival (OS) in patients, suggesting a potential role for neuronal interactions in the tumor microenvironment. Given notable weaknesses like lack of validation cohort or validation using another platform (other than the 11 samples with ST), the data is considered highly descriptive and preliminary.

      Strengths:

      (1) Innovative Methodology:

      The use of c-ICA to dissect bulk transcriptomes into independent components is a novel approach that allows for the identification of subtle transcriptional patterns that may be overshadowed in traditional analyses.

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for recognizing the strengths and novelty of our study. We appreciate the positive feedback on our use of consensus-independent component analysis (c-ICA) to decompose bulk transcriptomes, which we believe allowed us to detect subtle transcriptional signals often overlooked in traditional analyses.

      (2) Comprehensive Data Integration:

      The study integrates a large dataset from multiple public repositories, enhancing the robustness of the findings. The inclusion of spatially resolved transcriptomes adds a valuable dimension to the analysis.

      Thank you for recognizing the robustness of our study through comprehensive data integration. We appreciate the acknowledgment of our efforts to leverage a large, multi-source dataset, as well as the additional insights gained from spatially resolved transcriptomes. We believe this integrative approach enhances the depth of our analysis and contributes to a more nuanced understanding of the tumor microenvironment.

      (3) Clinical Relevance:

      The identification of a synaptic signaling-related TC associated with poor prognosis highlights a potential new avenue for therapeutic intervention, emphasizing the role of the tumor microenvironment in cancer progression.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s recognition of the clinical implications of our findings. The identification of a synaptic signaling-related transcriptional component associated with poor prognosis underscores the potential for novel therapeutic targets within the tumor microenvironment. We agree that this insight could open new avenues for intervention and further highlights the role of neuronal interactions in cancer progression.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Mechanistic Insights:

      While the study identifies TCs associated with survival, it provides limited mechanistic insights into how these components influence cancer progression. Further experimental validation is necessary to elucidate the underlying biological processes.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s point regarding the limited mechanistic insights provided in our study. We agree that further experimental validation would enhance our understanding of how the biology captured by these transcriptional components influence cancer progression. However, we respectfully note that such validation is beyond the current scope of this article.   Our current analyses are done on publicly available expression array and spatial transcriptomic array datasets. For future studies, we therefore intend to combine spatial transcriptomic data with immunohistochemical analysis of the same tumors for validation purposes. We have started with setting up in vitro cocultures of neurons and ovarian cancer cells to obtain mechanistic insight in how genes with a large weight in TC121 regulate synaptic signaling and how that affects ovarian cancer cells.

      (2) Generalizability:

      The findings are primarily based on transcriptomic data from HGSOC. It remains unclear how these results apply to other subtypes of ovarian cancer or different cancer types.

      In Figure 5, we present the activity of TC121 across various cancer types, demonstrating broader applicability. However, due to limited treatment response data, we were unable to assess associations between TC activity scores and patient response. Additionally, transcriptomic and survival data specific to other ovarian cancer subtypes beyond HGSOC are currently not available, limiting our ability to generalize these findings to those groups. We intend to leverage survival data from TCGA to explore associations between TC activity scores and overall survival of patients with other cancer types. Nonetheless, we recognize limitations with TCGA survival data, as outlined in this article: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC8726696/.

      (3) Innovative Methodology:

      Requires more validation using different platforms (IHC) to validate the performance of this bulk-derived data. Also, the lack of control over data quality is a concern.

      We acknowledge the reviewer’s suggestion to validate our results with alternative platforms, such as IHC; however, we regret that such validation is beyond the scope of this article. Regarding data quality control, we implemented a series of checks:

      • Bulk Transcriptional Profiles: We applied principal component analysis (PCA) on the sample Pearson product-moment correlation matrix, focusing on the first principal component (PCqc), which accounted for approximately 80-90% of the variance, primarily reflecting technical rather than biological variability  (Bhattacharya et al., 2020). Samples with a correlation below 0.8 with PCqc were removed as outliers. Additionally, we generated unique MD5 hashes for each CEL file to identify and exclude duplicate samples. Per gene, expression values were standardized to a mean of zero and a variance of one across the GEO, CCLE, GDSC, and TCGA datasets to minimize probeset- or gene-specific variability.

      • Spatial Transcriptional Profiles: We used PCA for quality control here as well, retained samples only if their loading factors for the first principal component showed consistent signs across all profiles (i.e., all profiles had either positive or negative loading factors for the first PC) from that individual spatial transcriptomic sample. Samples that did not meet this criterion were excluded from analyses.

      (4) Clinical Application:

      Although the study suggests potential drug targets, the translation of these findings into clinical practice is not addressed. Probably given the lack of some QA/QC procedures it'll be hard to translate these results. Future studies should focus on validating these targets in clinical settings.

      While this study is exploratory in nature, we agree that future studies should focus on validating these potential drug targets in clinical settings. As suggested, QA/QC procedures were integral to our analyses. We applied rigorous quality control, including PCA-based checks and duplicate removal across datasets, to ensure data integrity (detailed in our previous response).

      In terms of clinical application, which we partially discussed in the manuscript, we will discuss additional strategies to prevent synaptic signaling and neurotransmitter release in the tumor microenvironment (TME). Drugs such as ifenprodil and lamotrigine are used in treating neuronal disorders to block glutamate release responsible for subsequent synaptic signaling, whereas the vesicular monoamine transporter (VMAT) inhibitor reserpine can block the formation of synaptic vesicles (Reid et al., 2013; Williams et al., 2001). Previous in vitro studies with HGSOC cell lines showed a significant effect of ifenprodil alone on cancer cell proliferation, whereas reserpine seemed to trigger apoptosis in cancer cells (North et al., 2015; Ramamoorthy et al., 2019). Such strategies could potentially be used to inhibit synaptic neurotransmission in the TME.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Consensus-independent component analysis and closely related methods have previously been used to reveal components of transcriptomic data that are not captured by principal component or gene-gene coexpression analyses.

      Here, the authors asked whether applying consensus-independent component analysis (c-ICA) to published high-grade serous ovarian cancer (HGSOC) microarray-based transcriptomes would reveal subtle transcriptional patterns that are not captured by existing molecular omics classifications of HGSOC.

      Statistical associations of these (hitherto masked) transcriptional components with prognostic outcomes in HGSOC could lead to additional insights into underlying mechanisms and, coupled with corroborating evidence from spatial transcriptomics, are proposed for further investigation.

      This approach is complementary to existing transcriptomics classifications of HGSOC.

      The authors have previously applied the same approach in colorectal carcinoma (Knapen et al. (2024) Commun. Med).

      Strengths:

      (1) Overall, this study describes a solid data-driven description of c-ICA-derived transcriptional components that the authors identified in HGSOC microarray transcriptomics data, supported by detailed methods and supplementary documentation.

      We thank the reviewer for acknowledging the strength of our data-driven approach and the use of consensus-independent component analysis (c-ICA) to identify transcriptional components within HGSOC microarray data. We aimed to provide comprehensive methodological detail and supplementary documentation to support the reproducibility and robustness of our findings. We believe this approach allows for the identification of subtle transcriptional signals that might be overlooked by traditional analysis methods.

      (2) The biological interpretation of transcriptional components is convincing based on (data-driven) permutation analysis and a suite of analyses of association with copy-number, gene sets, and prognostic outcomes.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s positive feedback on the biological interpretation of our transcriptional components. We are pleased that our approach, which includes data-driven permutation testing and analyses of associations with copy-number alterations, gene sets, and prognostic outcomes, was found convincing. These analyses were integral to enhancing the robustness and biological relevance of our findings.

      (3) The resulting annotated transcriptional components have been made available in a searchable online format.

      Thank you for acknowledging the availability of our annotated transcriptional components in a searchable online format.

      (4) For the highlighted transcriptional component which has been annotated as related to synaptic signalling, the detection of the transcriptional component among 11 published spatial transcriptomics samples from ovarian cancers appears to support this preliminary finding and requires further mechanistic follow-up.

      Thank you for acknowledging the accessibility of our annotated transcriptional components. We prioritized making these data available in a searchable online format to facilitate further research and enable the community to explore and validate our findings.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) This study has not explicitly compared the c-ICA transcriptional components to the existing reported transcriptional landscape and classifications for ovarian cancers (e.g. Smith et al Nat Comms 2023; TCGA Nature 2011; Engqvist et al Sci Rep 2020) which would enable a further assessment of the additional contribution of c-ICA - whether the c-ICA approach captured entirely complementary components, or whether some components are correlated with the existing reported ovarian transcriptomic classifications.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s insightful suggestion to compare our c-ICA-derived transcriptional components with previously reported ovarian cancer classifications, such as those from Smith et al. (2023), TCGA (2011), and Engqvist et al. (2020). To address this, we will incorporate analyses comparing the activity scores of our transcriptional components with these published landscapes and classifications, particularly focusing on any associations with overall survival. Additionally, we plan to evaluate correlations between gene signatures from these studies and our identified TCs, enhancing our understanding of the unique contributions of the c-ICA approach.

      (2) Here, the authors primarily interpret the c-ICA transcriptional components as a deconvolution of bulk transcriptomics due to the presence of cells from tumour cells and the tumour microenvironment. However, c-ICA is not explicitly a deconvolution method with respect to cell types: the transcriptional components do not necessarily correspond to distinct cell types, and may reflect differential dysregulation within a cell type. This application of c-ICA for the purpose of data-driven deconvolution of cell populations is distinct from other deconvolution methods that explicitly use a prior cell signature matrix.

      Thank you for highlighting this nuanced aspect of c-ICA interpretation. We acknowledge that c-ICA, unlike traditional deconvolution methods, is not specifically designed for cell-type deconvolution and does not rely on a predefined cell signature matrix. While we explored the transcriptional components in the context of tumor and microenvironmental interactions, we agree that these components may not correspond directly to distinct cell types but rather reflect complex patterns of dysregulation, potentially within individual cell populations.

      Our goal with c-ICA was to uncover hidden transcriptional patterns possibly influenced by cellular heterogeneity. However, we recognize these patterns may also arise from regulatory processes within a single cell type. To investigate further, we plan to use single-cell transcriptional data (~60,000 cell-types annotated profiles from GSE158722) and project our transcriptional components onto these profiles to obtain activity scores, allowing us to assess each TC’s behavior across diverse cellular contexts after removing the first principal component to minimize background effects.

      References

      Allen JK, Armaiz-Pena GN, Nagaraja AS, Sadaoui NC, Ortiz T, Dood R, Ozcan M, Herder DM, Haemerrle M, Gharpure KM, Rupaimoole R, Previs R, Wu SY, Pradeep S, Xu X, Han HD, Zand B, Dalton HJ, Taylor M, Hu W, Bottsford-Miller J, Moreno-Smith M, Kang Y, Mangala LS, Rodriguez-Aguayo C, Sehgal V, Spaeth EL, Ram PT, Wong ST, Marini FC, Lopez-Berestein G, Cole SW, Lutgendorf SK, diBiasi M, Sood AK. 2018. Sustained adrenergic signaling promotes intratumoral innervation through BDNF induction. Cancer Res 78:canres.1701.2016.

      Balood M, Ahmadi M, Eichwald T, Ahmadi A, Majdoubi A, Roversi Karine, Roversi Katiane, Lucido CT, Restaino AC, Huang S, Ji L, Huang K-C, Semerena E, Thomas SC, Trevino AE, Merrison H, Parrin A, Doyle B, Vermeer DW, Spanos WC, Williamson CS, Seehus CR, Foster SL, Dai H, Shu CJ, Rangachari M, Thibodeau J, Rincon SVD, Drapkin R, Rafei M, Ghasemlou N, Vermeer PD, Woolf CJ, Talbot S. 2022. Nociceptor neurons affect cancer immunosurveillance. Nature 611:405–412.

      Bhattacharya A, Bense RD, Urzúa-Traslaviña CG, Vries EGE de, Vugt MATM van, Fehrmann RSN. 2020. Transcriptional effects of copy number alterations in a large set of human cancers. Nat Commun 11:715.

      Darragh LB, Nguyen A, Pham TT, Idlett-Ali S, Knitz MW, Gadwa J, Bukkapatnam S, Corbo S, Olimpo NA, Nguyen D, Court BV, Neupert B, Yu J, Ross RB, Corbisiero M, Abdelazeem KNM, Maroney SP, Galindo DC, Mukdad L, Saviola A, Joshi M, White R, Alhiyari Y, Samedi V, Bokhoven AV, John MSt, Karam SD. 2024. Sensory nerve release of CGRP increases tumor growth in HNSCC by suppressing TILs. Med 5:254-270.e8.

      Globig A-M, Zhao S, Roginsky J, Maltez VI, Guiza J, Avina-Ochoa N, Heeg M, Hoffmann FA, Chaudhary O, Wang J, Senturk G, Chen D, O’Connor C, Pfaff S, Germain RN, Schalper KA, Emu B, Kaech SM. 2023. The β1-adrenergic receptor links sympathetic nerves to T cell exhaustion. Nature 622:383–392.

      Jin M, Wang Y, Zhou T, Li W, Wen Q. 2022. Norepinephrine/β2-adrenergic receptor pathway promotes the cell proliferation and nerve growth factor production in triple-negative breast cancer. J Breast Cancer 26:268–285.

    1. Author response:

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In the present study, Chen et al. investigate the role of Endophilin A1 in regulating GABAergic synapse formation and function. To this end, the authors use constitutive or conditional knockout of Endophilin A1 (EEN1) to assess the consequences on GABAergic synapse composition and function, as well as the outcome for PTZ-induced seizure susceptibility. The authors show that EEN1 KO mice show a higher susceptibility to PTZ-induced seizures, accompanied by a reduction in the GABAergic synaptic scaffolding protein gephyrin as well as specific GABAAR subunits and eIPSCs. The authors then investigate the underlying mechanisms, demonstrating that Endophilin A1 binds directly to gephyrin and GABAAR subunits, and identifying the subdomains of Endophilin A1 that contribute to this effect. Overall, the authors state that their study places Endophilin A1 as a new regulator of GABAergic synapse function.

      Strengths:

      Overall, the topic of this manuscript is very timely, since there has been substantial recent interest in describing the mechanisms governing inhibitory synaptic transmission at GABAergic synapses. The study will therefore be of interest to a wide audience of neuroscientists studying synaptic transmission and its role in disease. The manuscript is well-written and contains a substantial quantity of data.

      Weaknesses:

      A number of questions remain to be answered in order to be able to fully evaluate the quality and conclusions of the study. In particular, a key concern throughout the manuscript regards the way that the number of samples for statistical analysis is defined, which may affect the validity of the data analysed. Addressing this weakness will be essential to providing conclusive results that support the authors' claims.

      We would like to thank the reviewer for appreciation of the value of our study and careful critics to help us improve the manuscript. We will correct the way that the number of samples for statistical analysis is defined throughout the manuscript as suggested and update figures, figure legends, and Materials and Methods accordingly. For example, we will average the values for all dendritic segments from one neuron, so that each data point represents one neuron in the graphs.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The function of neural circuits relies heavily on the balance of excitatory and inhibitory inputs. Particularly, inhibitory inputs are understudied when compared to their excitatory counterparts due to the diversity of inhibitory neurons, their synaptic molecular heterogeneity, and their elusive signature. Thus, insights into these aspects of inhibitory inputs can inform us largely on the functions of neural circuits and the brain.

      Endophilin A1, an endocytic protein heavily expressed in neurons, has been implicated in numerous pre- and postsynaptic functions, however largely at excitatory synapses. Thus, whether this crucial protein plays any role in inhibitory synapse, and whether this regulates functions at the synaptic, circuit, or brain level remains to be determined.

      New Findings:

      (1) Endophilin A1 interacts with the postsynaptic scaffolding protein gephyrin at inhibitory postsynaptic densities within excitatory neurons.

      (2) Endophilin A1 promotes the organization of the inhibitory postsynaptic density and the subsequent recruitment/stabilization of GABA A receptors via Endophilin A1's membrane binding and actin polymerization activities.

      (3) Loss of Endophilin A1 in CA1 mouse hippocampal pyramidal neurons weakens inhibitory input and leads to susceptibility to epilepsy.

      (4) Thus the authors propose that via its role as a component of the inhibitory postsynaptic density within excitatory neurons, Endophilin A1 supports the organization, stability, and efficacy of inhibitory input to maintain the excitatory/inhibitory balance critical for brain function.

      (5) The conclusion of the manuscript is well supported by the data but will be strengthened by addressing our list of concerns and experiment suggestions.

      We would like to thank the reviewer for their favorable impression of manuscript. We also appreciate the great experiment suggestions to help us improve the manuscript.

      Weaknesses:

      Technical concerns:

      (1) Figure 1F and Figure 1H, Figures 7H,J:

      Can the authors justify using a paired-pulse interval of 50 ms for eEPSCs and an interval of 200 ms for eIPSCs? Otherwise, experiments should be repeated using the same paired pulse interval.

      We apologize for the confusion. As illustrated by the schematic current traces, the decay time constants of eEPSCs and eIPSCs in hippocampal CA1 neurons are different. The eEPSCs exhibit a faster channel closing rate, corresponding to a smaller time constant Tau. Thus, a shorter inter-stimulus interval (50 ms) was chosen for paired-pulse ratio recordings. In contrast, the eIPSCs display a slower channel closing rate, with a Tau value larger than that of eEPSCs, so a longer inter-stimulus interval (200 ms) was used for PPR. This protocol has been long-established and adopted in previous studies (please see below for examples).

      Contractor, A., Swanson, G. & Heinemann, S. F. Kainate receptors are involved in short- and long-term plasticity at mossy fiber synapses in the hippocampus. Neuron 29, 209-216, doi:10.1016/s0896-6273(01)00191-x (2001).

      Babiec, W. E., Jami, S. A., Guglietta, R., Chen, P. B. & O'Dell, T. J. Differential Regulation of NMDA Receptor-Mediated Transmission by SK Channels Underlies Dorsal-Ventral Differences in Dynamics of Schaffer Collateral Synaptic Function. Journal of neuroscience 37, 1950-1964, doi:10.1523/JNEUROSCI.3196-16.2017 (2017).

      (2) Figures 3G,H,I:

      While 3D representations of proteins of interest bolster claims made by superresolution microscopy, SIM resolution is unreliable when deciphering the localization of proteins at the subsynaptic level given the small size of these structures (<1 micrometer). In order to determine the actual location of Endophilin A1, especially given the known presynaptic localization of this protein, the authors should complete SIM experiments with a presynaptic marker, perhaps an active zone protein, so that the relative localization of Endophilin A1 can be gleaned. Currently, overlapping signals could stem from the presynapse given the poor resolution of SIM in this context.

      Thanks for your suggestions. It is certainly preferable to investigate the relative localization of endophilin A1 using both presynaptic and postsynaptic markers. For SIM imaging in Figure 3G-I, to visualize neuronal morphology, we immunostained GFP as cell fill, leaving two other channels for detection of immunofluorescent signals of endophilin A1 and another protein. We will try co-immunostaining of endophilin A1, the active zone protein bassoon (presynaptic marker) and gephyrin without morphology labeling. Alternatively, we will do co-staining of endophilin A1 and bassoon in GFP-expressing neurons. We agree that overlapping signals or proximal localization of presynaptic endophilin A1 with gephyrin or GABAAR γ2 could not be ruled out. To note, if image resolution is improved with the use of a more advanced imaging system, the overlap between two proteins will become smaller or even disappear. With the ~110 nm lateral resolution of SIM microscopy, the degree of overlap between the two proteins of interest is much lower than in confocal microscopy. Given the presynaptic localization of endophilin, most likely we will observe a small overlap (presynatpic) or proximal localization (postsynaptic) of endophilin A1 with bassoon. Nevertheless, we will complete the SIM experiments as suggested to improve the manuscript.

      Manuscript consistency:

      (1) Figure 2:

      The authors looked at VGAT and noticed a reduction of signals in hippocampal regions in their P21 slices, indicating that the proposed postsynaptic organization/stabilization functions of Endophilin A1 extend to the inhibitory presynapse, perhaps via Neuroligin 2-Neurexin. Simultaneously, hippocampal regions in P21 slices showed a reduction in PSD-95 signals, indicating that excitatory synapses are also affected. It would be crucial to also look at excitatory presynapses, via VGLUT staining, to assess whether EndoA1 -/- also affects presynapses. Given the extensive roles of Endophilin A1 in presynapses, especially in excitatory presynapses, this should be investigated.

      Thanks for the thoughtful comments. Given that the both VGAT and PSD95 signals are reduced in hippocampal regions in P21 slices, it is conceivable that the proposed postsynaptic organization/stabilization functions of endophilin A1 extend to the inhibitory presynapse via Neuroligin-2-Neurexin and the excitatory presynapse as well during development. Of note, endophilin A1 knockout did not impair the distribution of Neuroligin-2 in inhibitory postsynapses (immunoisolated with anti-GABAAR α1) in mature mice (Figure 3K), and endophilin A1 did not bind to Neuroligin-2 (Figure 4D), suggesting that endophilin A1 might function via other mechanisms. Nevertheless, as functions of endophilin A family members at the presynaptic site are well-established, the reduction of presynaptic signals in developmental hippocampal regions of EndoA-/- mice might result from the depletion of presynaptic endophilin A1. The presynaptic deficits can be compensatory by other mechanisms as neurons mature. Certainly, we will do VGLUT staining of EndoA1-/- brain slices as suggested to assess the role of endophilin A1 in excitatory presynapses in vivo.

      (2) Figure 7C:

      The authors do not assess whether p140Cap overexpression rescues GABAAR receptor loss exhibited in Endophilin A1 KO, as they did for Gephryin. This would be an important data point to show, as p140Cap may somehow rescue receptor loss by another pathway. In fact, it is mentioned in the text that this experiment was done, "Consistently, neither p140Cap nor the endophilin A1 loss-of-function mutants could rescue the GABAAR clustering phenotype in EEN1 KO neurons (Figure 7C, D)" yet the data for p140Cap overexpression seem to be missing. This should be remedied.

      Thanks a lot for the thoughtful comment. We will determine whether p140Cap overexpression also rescues the GABAAR clustering phenotype in EndoA1-/- neurons by surface GABAAR γ2 staining in our revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Chen et al. identify endophilin A1 as a novel component of the inhibitory postsynaptic scaffold. Their data show impaired evoked inhibitory synaptic transmission in CA1 neurons of mice lacking endophilin A1, and an increased susceptibility to seizures. Endophilin can interact with the postsynaptic scaffold protein gephyrin and promote assembly of the inhibitory postsynaptic element. Endophilin A1 is known to play a role in presynaptic terminals and in dendritic spines, but a role for endophilin A1 at inhibitory postsynaptic densities has not yet been described.

      Strengths:

      The authors used a broad array of experimental approaches to investigate this, including tests of seizure susceptibility, electrophysiology, biochemistry, neuronal culture, and image analysis.

      Weaknesses:

      Many results are difficult to interpret, and the data quality is not always convincing, unfortunately. The basic premise of the study, that gephyrin and endophilin A1 interact, requires a more robust analysis to be convincing.

      We greatly appreciate the positive comment on our study and the very valuable feedback for us to improve the manuscript. We will conduct additional experiments to improve our data quality and strengthen our evidences according to these great constructive suggestions. To gain strong evidence for the interaction between endophilin A1 and gephyrin, we will perform in vitro pull-down assay with recombinant proteins from bacterial expression system.

    1. Author response:

      Public Reviews:

      Summary:

      We sincerely thank the reviewers for their insightful and thorough feedback. Their comments cover both technical and conceptual aspects of our project, which we have attempted to address in our provisional responses.

      First, we would like to clarify that any current lack of documentation or technical issues (such as local installation challenges) reflect the software's early stage. These aspects are receiving our full attention and are not intended to remain in their current state. As suggested, we plan to enhance the toolbox’s structure by separating it into a standalone library and a web application, alongside developing smaller satellite apps for SWC and MOD file management. We will also expand our documentation, provide a more detailed user guide, and add video tutorials for the GUI.

      Second, we have clarified the rationale behind specific implementation choices in our software, explaining why certain features of the toolbox were designed and implemented in particular ways. Our goal is to maintain a strong focus on single-cell level modeling, addressing its various aspects in great detail. We are also working on new features, such as automated parameter optimization and support for multiple output formats, to further enrich the toolbox’s functionality.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Dendrotweaks provides its users with a solid tool to implement, visualize, tune, validate, understand, and reduce single-neuron models that incorporate complex dendritic arbors with differential distribution of biophysical mechanisms. The visualization of dendritic segments and biophysical mechanisms therein provide users with an intuitive way to understand and appreciate dendritic physiology.

      Strengths:

      (1) The visualization tools are simplified, elegant, and intuitive.

      (2) The ability to build single-neuron models using simple and intuitive interfaces.

      (3) The ability to validate models with different measurements.

      (4) The ability to systematically and progressively reduce morphologically-realistic neuronal models.

      We thank the reviewer for their positive comments.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Inability to account for neuron-to-neuron variability in structural, biophysical, and physiological properties in the model-building and validation processes.

      We agree with the reviewer that it is important to account for neuron-to-neuron variability. The core approach of DendroTweaks and its distinctive feature is interactive exploration of how morpho-electric parameters affect neuronal activity. In light of this, variability can be achieved through interactive updating of the model parameters with widgets. In a sense, by adjusting a widget (e.g., channel distribution or kinetics), a user ends up with a new instance of a cell in the parameter space and receives almost real-time feedback on how this change affects neuronal activity. Implementing complex algorithms to account for neuron-to-neuron variability during the validation process would detract from the interactivity aspect of the GUI. That being said, we acknowledge the importance of this issue and we will explore the options to address it more comprehensively in our revised manuscript.

      (2) Inability to account for the many-to-many mapping between ion channels and physiological outcomes. Reliance on hand-tuning provides a single biased model that does not respect pronounced neuron-to-neuron variability observed in electrophysiological measurements.

      We acknowledge the challenge of accounting for degeneracy in the relation between ion channels and physiological outcomes and the importance of capturing neuron-to-neuron variability. One possible way to address this, as we mention in the Discussion, is to integrate automated parameter optimization algorithms alongside the existing interactive hand-tuning with widgets. We are currently exploring the possibility of integrating Jaxley (Deistler et al., 2024) into DendroTweaks in addition to NEURON. This would allow for automated and fast gradient-based parameter optimization, including optimization of heterogeneous channel distributions.

      (3) Lack of a demonstration on how to connect reduced models into a network within the toolbox.

      Building a network of reduced models is a promising direction, albeit it goes beyond the scope of this manuscript. We do not plan to add support for network models to the toolbox itself. In DendroTweaks, we focus on single-cell modeling, aiming to cover its various aspects in great detail. Of course, such refined single-cell models—both detailed and reduced—are likely to be integrated into networks but this will not take place within the DendroTweaks toolbox. To support the integration of DendroTweaks-produced model neurons into networks, we will focus on better compatibility with existing formats and standards and improve exporting capabilities. It is already possible to export reduced morphologies as SWC files, standardized ion channel models as MOD files and channel distributions as JSON files. Nevertheless, as a proof of concept, we plan to generate a simple network of exported reduced models outside the toolbox and include it as a separate Jupyter notebook.

      (4) Lack of a set of tutorials, which is common across many "Tools and Resources" papers, that would be helpful in users getting acquainted with the toolbox.

      This is a valid concern that we aim to address promptly. Currently, an online user guide is available at https://dendrotweaks.dendrites.gr/guide.html. This guide introduces users to the GUI elements and covers basic use cases. We are working on video tutorials and detailed documentation, which will be available soon (as part of the revised manuscript). The toolbox will be split into two parts: a Bokeh app and a standalone library. The library will offer the core functionality, such as reducing morphology and standardizing channels, without the GUI, enabling bulk processing. It will be installable through PyPI and integrated into the app code as an external library. We will provide thorough documentation for all classes and functions in the library.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      The paper by Makarov et al. describes the software tool called DendroTweaks, intended for the examination of multi-compartmental biophysically detailed neuron models. It offers extensive capabilities for working with very complex distributed biophysical neuronal models and should be a useful addition to the growing ecosystem of tools for neuronal modeling.

      Strengths

      (1) This Python-based tool allows for visualization of a neuronal model's compartments.

      (2) The tool works with morphology reconstructions in the widely used .swc and .asc formats.

      (3) It can support many neuronal models using the NMODL language, which is widely used for neuronal modeling.

      (4) It permits one to plot the properties of linear and non-linear conductances in every compartment of a neuronal model, facilitating examination of the model's details.

      (5) DendroTweaks supports manipulation of the model parameters and morphological details, which is important for the exploration of the relations of the model composition and parameters with its electrophysiological activity.

      (6) The paper is very well written - everything is clear, and the capabilities of the tool are described and illustrated with great attention to detail.

      We thank the reviewer for their positive comments.

      Weaknesses

      (1) Not a really big weakness, but it would be really helpful if the authors showed how the performance of their tool scales. This can be done for an increasing number of compartments - how long does it take to carry out typical procedures in DendroTweaks, on a given hardware, for a cell model with 100 compartments, 200, 300, and so on? This information will be quite useful to understand the applicability of the software.

      DendroTweaks functions as a layer on top of a simulation engine. As a result, currently its performance scales in proportion to the NEURON’s one. Note that the GUI displays the time taken to run a given simulation in NEURON at the bottom of the Simulation tab in the left menu. While GUI-related processing and rendering also consume time, this is not as straightforward to measure. Nonetheless, we will explore options to provide suggested benchmarking in the revised manuscript.

      (2) Let me also add here a few suggestions (not weaknesses, but something that can be useful, and if the authors can easily add some of these for publication, that would strongly increase the value of the paper).

      (3) It would be very helpful to add functionality to read major formats in the field, such as NeuroML and SONATA.

      We agree with the reviewer that support for major formats will substantially improve and ensure reproducibility and reusability of the models. As mentioned in the Discussion, we plan to add support for NeuroML. Regarding SONATA, it is indeed possible to view our models as a network with a single morphologically-detailed biophysical node receiving inputs from multiple populations of virtual nodes. In future editions of the tool we plan to expand its support for additional file formats.

      (4) Visualization is available as a static 2D projection of the cell's morphology. It would be nice to implement 3D interactive visualization.

      We offer an option to rotate a cell around the vertical axis using a slider under the plot. This is a workaround, as implementing a true 3D visualization in Bokeh would require custom Bokeh elements, along with external JavaScript libraries. Despite these implementation difficulties, we advocate for a different approach than the one used in most of the morphology viewers mentioned in the Discussion. The core idea of DendroTweaks' morphology exploration is that each section is "clickable" allowing its geometric properties to be examined in a 2D Section view. Furthermore, we believe the Graph view presents the overall cell topology more clearly than a 3D visualization.

      (5) It is nice that DendroTweaks can modify the models, such as revising the radii of the morphological segments or ionic conductances. It would be really useful then to have the functionality for writing the resulting models into files for subsequent reuse.

      This functionality is already available. Users can export JSON files with channel distributions and SWC files after morphology reduction through the GUI. In the standalone version, users can modify and export SWC files, as well as export MOD files after standardization. Please note that in the online demo version export and import functionality is currently limited, but we plan to fully enable it when submitting our revisions. We are considering separating file managers as satellite apps—one for SWC and one for MOD files. It is worth mentioning that the MOD file manager along with parsing the files and generating Python classes for visualization purposes is already capable of producing Jaxley-compatible Python channel classes.

      (6) If I didn't miss something, it seems that DendroTweaks supports the allocation of groups of synapses, where all synapses in a group receive the same type of Poisson spike train. It would be very useful to provide more flexibility. One option is to leverage the SONATA format, which has ample functionality for specifying such diverse inputs.

      Currently, each group shares the same set of parameters for both biophysical properties of synapses (e.g., reversal potential, time constants) and presynaptic "population" activity (e.g., rate, onset). The parameter that controls an incoming Poisson spike train is the rate, which is indeed shared across all synapses in a group. The suggestion to allow for variability in input properties within a group is interesting and is worth implementing. We will explore this in the revised manuscript.

      (7) "Each session can be saved as a .json file and reuploaded when needed" - do these files contain the whole history of the session or the exact snapshot of what is visualized when the file is saved? If the latter, which variables are saved, and which are not? Please clarify.

      These files capture the exact snapshot of the model's latest state. They include model parameters such as channel distributions, equilibrium potentials, and temperature. Currently, stimuli (current clamps and synapses) are not saved. However, we plan to add an option to export stimuli parameters in the same JSON file. This will also be available as part of the revised manuscript.

      References

      Michael Deistler, Kyra L. Kadhim, Matthijs Pals, Jonas Beck, Ziwei Huang, Manuel Gloeckler, Janne K. Lappalainen, Cornelius Schröder, Philipp Berens, Pedro J. Gonçalves, Jakob H. Macke Differentiable simulation enables large-scale training of detailed biophysical models of neural dynamics bioRxiv 2024.08.21.608979; doi:https://doi.org/10.1101/2024.08.21.608979

    1. Author response:

      To reviewer #1:

      We appreciate your advice on providing more conceptual motivations for comparing Bayesian and RL-like belief updating models. In short, both model families are complementary in capturing asymmetrical and symmetrical updating. They both consider that the magnitude of updating is weighed by two separate learning rates, one for positive and one for negative belief disconfirming evidence. If these two learning rates differ, updating is asymmetrical; if they are equal, updating is symmetrical.

      However, the model families’ assumptions about the underlying updating process differ. In the RL-like belief updating model family, this process is assumed to be driven by comparing base rates and initial beliefs, also known as the prediction error (PE), weighed by the learning rates. On the contrary, the Bayesian updating model assumes that updating (i.e., the posterior belief) is driven by combining the base rate (i.e., the prior evidence) and how often the initial belief is represented in the estimated base rate (i.e., the likelihood ratio of all other alternative hypotheses, beliefs). Moreover, the two components of the posterior belief can differ in their respective contribution (i.e., precision or confidence), which might be more adaptive to external actual life conditions characterized by high uncertainty about the future.

      For the revised manuscript, we will elaborate more on the conceptual and psychological meaning of these two proposed belief updating processes. So far, it is important to note that we do not have direct proof of humans reasoning in an RL-like or Bayesian way when updating their beliefs about the future. We, therefore, focus on the complementarity of both models to capture latent processes and variables in belief updating that can be leveraged to understand the sources of inter-individual differences and the impact of external contexts such as experiencing an actual adverse life event on human psychology.

      To reviewer #2:

      Thank you for recommending the exploration of potential differences between optimism biases in initial belief estimations (self versus other) during and outside the pandemic. We will also provide more details on the belief updating task and design.

      To both reviewers: 

      We agree on the limitations arising from the lack of physiological and self-reported measures of stress. We collected some self-reports on risk perception, adoption of protective measures, need for social interactions, and mood, but solely in participants tested during the pandemic-related lockdowns (reported in the SI Table 1). For the revised manuscript, we propose exploring the correlational links between belief-updating biases and self-reports in this sample. The expected outcomes of such correlational analyses may identify the variables to target with interventions in future studies of human belief updating under real-world contexts. We also will add a relevant section to the discussion to elaborate on the limitation that hinders inferring plausible psychological causes of the differences observed in belief updating during and outside the pandemic.

      Importantly, we will follow your recommendations to improve the computational modeling analyses. We will (1) add the confusion matrices from model recovery analyses to gain inferences on specificity, (2) provide evidence for the best-fitting model to reproduce the observed behavior shown in Figure 1, and (3) conduct model comparisons on the combined groups to justify the focus on the RL like updating model. In a few weeks, we plan to submit a revised manuscript alongside a point-by-point response to your concerns and recommendations.

    1. Author response:

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      First, the authors confirm the up-regulation of the main genes involved in the three branches of the Unfolded Protein Response (UPR) system in diet-induced obese mice in AT, observations that have been extensively reported before. Not surprisingly, IRE1a inhibition with STF led to an amelioration of the obesity and insulin resistance of the animals. Moreover, non-alcoholic fatty liver disease was also improved by the treatment. More novel are their results in terms of thermogenesis and energy expenditure, where IRE1a seems to act via activation of brown AT. Finally, mice treated with STF exhibited significantly fewer metabolically active and M1-like macrophages in the AT compared to those under vehicle conditions. Overall, the authors conclude that targeting IRE1a has therapeutical potential for treating obesity and insulin resistance.

      The study has some strengths, such as the detailed characterization of the effect of STF in different fat depots and a thorough analysis of macrophage populations. However, the lack of novelty in the findings somewhat limits the study´s impact on the field.

      We thank the reviewer for the appreciation of our findings and the comments about the novelty. Regarding the novelty, we would emphasize several novelties presented in this manuscript. First, as the reviewer correctly pointed out, we discovered that IRE1 inhibition by STF activates brown AT and promotes thermogenesis and that IRE1 inhibition not only significantly attenuated the newly discovered CD9+ ATMs and the “M1-like” CD11c+ ATMs but also diminished the M2 ATMs for the first time. These discoveries are very important and novel. In obesity, it was originally proposed that ATM undergoes M1/M2 polarization from an anti-inflammatory M2 to a classical pro-inflammatory M1 state. It was further reported that IRE1 deletion improves thermogenesis by boosting M2 population which then synthesize and secrete catecholamines to promote thermogenesis. It is now known that M2 macrophages do not synthesize catecholamines or promote thermogenesis. In this study, we discovered that IRE1 inhibition doesn’t increase (but instead decrease) the M2 population and that IRE1 inhibition promotes thermogenesis likely by suppressing pro-inflammatory macrophage populations including the M1-like ATMs and most importantly the newly identified metabolically active macrophages, given that ATM inflammation has been reported to suppress thermogenesis. Second, this study presented the first characterization of relationship between the more classical M1-like ATMs and the newly discovered metabolically active ATMs, showing that the CD11c+ M1-like ATMs are largely overlapping with but yet non-identical to CD9+ ATMs in the eWAT under HFD. Third, although upregulation of ER stress response genes in the adipose tissues of diet-induced obese mice have been extensively reported, it doesn’t necessarily mean that targeting IRE1a or ER stress can reverse existing insulin resistance and obesity. It is not uncommon that a therapy doesn’t yield the desired effect as expected. For instance, amyloid plaques are a hallmark of Alzheimer's disease (AD), interventions that prevent or reverse beta amyloid deposition have been expected to prevent progression or even reverse cognitive impairment in AD patients. However, clinical trials on such therapies have been disappointing. In essence, experimental demonstration of effectiveness or feasibility for any potential therapeutic targets is a first step for any future clinical implementation.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      The manuscript by Wu et al demonstrated that IRE1a inhibition mitigated insulin resistance and other comorbidities through increased energy expenditure in DIO mice. In this reviewer's opinion, this timely study has high significance in the field of metabolism research for the following reasons.

      (1) The authors' findings are significant and may offer a new therapeutic target to treat metabolic diseases, including diabetes, obesity, NAFLD, etc.

      (2) The authors carefully profiled the ATMs and examined the changes in gene expression after STF treatment.

      (3) The authors presented evidence collected from both systemic indirect calorimetry and individual tissue gene expression to support the notion of increased energy expenditure.

      Overall, the authors have presented sufficient background in a clear and logically organized structure, clearly stated the key question to be addressed, used the appropriate methodology, produced significant and innovative main findings, and made a justified conclusion.

      We thank the reviewer for the appreciation of our work.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Wu D. et al. explores an innovative approach to immunometabolism and obesity by investigating the potential of targeting macrophage Inositol-requiring enzyme 1α (IRE1α) in cases of overnutrition. Their findings suggest that pharmacological inhibition of IRE1α could influence key aspects such as adipose tissue inflammation, insulin resistance, and thermogenesis. Notable discoveries include the identification of High-Fat Diet (HFD)-induced CD9+ Trem2+ macrophages and the reversal of metabolically active macrophages' activity with IRE1α inhibition using STF. These insights could significantly impact future obesity treatments.

      Strengths:

      The study's key strengths lie in its identification of specific macrophage subsets and the demonstration that inhibiting IRE1α can reverse the activity of these macrophages. This provides a potential new avenue for developing obesity treatments and contributes valuable knowledge to the field.

      Weaknesses:

      The research lacks an in-depth exploration of the broader metabolic mechanisms involved in controlling diet-induced obesity (DIO). Addressing this gap would strengthen the understanding of how targeting IRE1α might fit into the larger metabolic landscape.

      Impact and Utility:

      The findings have the potential to advance the field of obesity treatment by offering a novel target for intervention. However, further research is needed to fully elucidate the metabolic pathways involved and to confirm the long-term efficacy and safety of this approach. The methods and data presented are useful, but additional context and exploration are required for broader application and understanding.

      We thank the reviewer for the appreciation of strengths in our manuscript. In particular, we appreciate the reviewer’s recommendation on the exploration of broader metabolic landscape, such as the effect of IRE1 inhibition on non-adipose tissue macrophages and metabolism. We agree that achieving these will certainly broaden the therapeutic potential of IRE1 inhibition to larger metabolic disorders and we will pursue these explorations in future studies.

    1. Author response:

      We thank the reviewers for their constructive feedback here, which will both improve the present manuscript, and help us update our approach as we continue to examine interregional interactions in the motor system. Below we address the concerns raised in the Public Reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This study examined the interaction between two key cortical regions in the mouse brain involved in goal-directed movements, the rostral forelimb area (RFA) - considered a premotor region involved in movement planning, and the caudal forelimb area (CFA) - considered a primary motor region that more directly influences movement execution. The authors ask whether there exists a hierarchical interaction between these regions, as previously hypothesized, and focus on a

      specific definition of hierarchy - examining whether the neural activity in the premotor region exerts a larger functional influence on the activity in the primary motor area than vice versa. They examine this question using advanced experimental and analytical methods, including localized optogenetic manipulation of neural activity in either region while measuring both the neural activity in the other region and EMG signals from several muscles involved in the reaching movement, as well as simultaneous electrophysiology recordings from both regions in a separate cohort of animals.

      The findings presented show that localized optogenetic manipulation of neural activity in either RFA or CFA resulted in similarly short-latency changes in the muscle output and in firing rate changes in the other region. However, perturbation of RFA led to a larger absolute change in the neural activity of CFA neurons. The authors interpret these findings as evidence for reciprocal, but asymmetrical, influence between the regions, suggesting some degree of hierarchy in which RFA has a greater effect on the neural activity in CFA. They go on to examine whether this asymmetry can also be observed in simultaneously recorded neural activity patterns from both regions. They use multiple advanced analysis methods that either identify latent components at the population level or measure the predictability of firing rates of single neurons in one region using firing rates of single neurons in the other region. Interestingly, the main finding across these analyses seems to be that both regions share highly similar components that capture a high degree of variability of the neural activity patterns in each region. Single units' activity from either region could be predicted to a similar degree from the activity of single units in the other region, without a clear division into a leading area and a lagging area, as one might expect to find in a simple hierarchical interaction. However, the authors find some evidence showing a slight bias towards leading activity in RFA. Using a two-region neural network model that is fit to the summed neural activity recorded in the different experiments and to the summed muscle output, the authors show that a network with constrained (balanced) weights between the regions can still output the observed measured activities and the observed asymmetrical effects of the optogenetic manipulations, by having different within-region local weights. These results put into question whether previous and current findings that demonstrate asymmetry in the output of regions can be interpreted as evidence for asymmetrical (and thus hierarchical) inputs between regions, emphasizing the challenges in studying interactions between any brain regions.

      Strengths:

      The experiments and analyses performed in this study are comprehensive and provide a detailed examination and comparison of neural activity recorded simultaneously using dense electrophysiology probes from two main motor regions that have been the focus of studies examining goal-directed movements. The findings showing reciprocal effects from each region to the other, similar short-latency modulation of muscle output by both regions, and similarity of neural activity patterns without a clear lead/lag interaction, are convincing and add to the growing body of evidence that highlight the complexity of the interactions between multiple regions in the motor system and go against a simple feedforward-like network and dynamics. The neural network model complements these findings and adds an important demonstration that the observed asymmetry can, in theory, also arise from differences in local recurrent connections and not necessarily from different input projections from one region to the other. This sheds an important light on the multiple factors that should be considered when studying the interaction between any two brain regions, with a specific emphasis on the role of local recurrent connections, that should be of interest to the general neuroscience community.

      Weaknesses:

      While the similarity of the activity patterns across regions and lack of a clear leading/lagging interaction are interesting observations that are mostly supported by the findings presented (however, see comment below for lack of clarity in CCA/PLS analyses), the main question posed by the authors - whether there exists an endogenous hierarchical interaction between RFA and CFA - seems to be left largely open. 

      The authors note that there is currently no clear evidence of asymmetrical reciprocal influence between naturally occurring neural activity patterns of the two regions, as previous attempts have used non-natural electrical stimulation, lesions, or pharmacological inactivation. The use of acute optogenetic perturbations does not seem to be vastly different in that aspect, as it is a non-natural stimulation of inhibitory interneurons that abruptly perturbs the ongoing dynamics.

      We do believe that our optogenetic inactivation identifies a causal interaction between the endogenous activity patterns in the excitatory projection neurons that are largely silenced, and the endogenous activity that is affected in a downstream region. To clarify, the effect in the downstream region results directly from the silencing of activity in the excitatory projection neurons that connect RFA and CFA. 

      Here we have performed a causal intervention common in biology: a loss-of-function experiment. Such experiments generally reveal that a causal interaction of some sort is present, but often do not clarify much about the nature of the interaction, as is true in our case. By showing that the silencing of endogenous activity in one motor cortical region causes a significant change to the endogenous activity in another, we establish a causal relationship between these activity patterns.

      This is analogous to knocking out the gene for a transcription factor and observing causal effects on the expression of other genes that depends on it. 

      Moreover, our experiments are, to our knowledge, the first that localize a causal relationship to endogenous activity in motor cortical regions at a particular point during motor behavior. Stimulation experiments generate spiking in excitatory projection neurons that is not endogenous. Lesion and pharmacological or chemogenetic inactivation have long-lasting effects, and so their consequences on firing in other regions cannot be attributed to a short-latency influence of activity at a particular point during movement. Moreover, the involvement of motor cortex in motor learning and movement preparation/initiation complicates the interpretation of these consequences vis-à-vis movement execution, as disturbance to processes on which execution depends can impede execution itself. 

      That said, we would agree that the form of the causal interaction between RFA and CFA remains largely unaddressed by our results. These results do not expose how the silenced activity patterns affect activity in the downstream region, just as transcription factor gene knockouts do not expose how the effect on transcription occurs. To show evidence for specific interaction dynamics between RFA and CFA, a different sort of experiment would be necessary. See Jazayeri and Afraz, Neuron, 2017 for more on this issue.

      Furthermore, the main finding that supports a hierarchical interaction is a difference in the absolute change of firing rates as a result of the optogenetic perturbation, a finding that is based on a small number of animals (N = 3 in each experimental group), and one which may be difficult to interpret. 

      Though N = 3 in this case, we do show statistical significance. Moreover, using three replicates is not uncommon in biological experiments that require a large technical investment, including those in rodents.

      As the authors nicely demonstrate in their neural network model, the two regions may differ in the strength of local within-region inhibitory connections. Could this theoretically also lead to a difference in the effect of the artificial light stimulation of the inhibitory interneurons on the local population of excitatory projection neurons, driving an asymmetrical effect on the downstream region? 

      We (Miri et al., Neuron, 2017) and others (Guo et al., Neuron, 2014) have shown that the effect of this inactivation on excitatory neurons in CFA is a near-complete silencing (90-95% within 20 ms). Thus there is not much room for the effects on projection neurons in RFA to be much larger. As part of other work currently in review, we have verified that the effects on RFA projection neuron firing are not larger.

      Moreover, the manipulation was performed upon the beginning of the reaching movement, while the premotor region is often hypothesized to exert its main control during movement preparation, and thus possibly show greater modulation during that movement epoch. It is not clear if the observed difference in absolute change is dependent on the chosen time of optogenetic stimulation and if this effect is a general effect that will hold if the stimulation is delivered during different movement epochs, such as during movement preparation.

      We agree that the dependence of RFA-CFA interactions on movement phase would be interesting to address in subsequent experiments. While a strong interpretation of past lesion results might lead to a hypothesis that premotor influence on primary motor cortex is local to, or stronger during, movement preparation as opposed to execution, at present there is to our knowledge no empirical support from interventional experiments for this hypothesis. Moreover, existing results from analysis of activity in premotor and primary motor cortex have produced conflicting results on the strength of interaction between these regions during preparation. Compare for example Bachschmid-Romano et al., eLife, 2023 to Kaufman et al., Nature Neuroscience, 2014.

      That said, this lesion interpretation would predict the same asymmetry we have observed from perturbations at the beginning of a reach – a larger effect of RFA on CFA than vice versa.

      Another finding that is not clearly interpretable is in the analysis of the population activity using CCA and PLS. The authors show that shifting the activity of one region compared to the other, in an attempt to find the optimal leading/lagging interaction, does not affect the results of these analyses. Assuming the activities of both regions are better aligned at some unknown groundtruth lead/lag time, I would expect to see a peak somewhere in the range examined, as is nicely shown when running the same analyses on a single region's activity. If the activities are indeed aligned at zero, without a clear leading/lagging interaction, but the results remain similar when shifting the activities of one region compared to the other, the interpretation of these analyses is not clear.

      Our results in this case were definitely surprising. Many share the intuition that there should be a lag at which the correlations in activity between connected regions will be strongest. Similarity in alignment across lags might be expected if communication between regions occurs over a range of latencies as a result of dependence on a broad diversity of synaptic paths that connect neurons. In the Discussion, we offer an explanation of how to reconcile these findings with the seemingly different picture presented by DLAG.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      While technical advances have enabled large-scale, multi-site neural recordings, characterizing inter-regional communication and its behavioral relevance remains challenging due to intrinsic properties of the brain such as shared inputs, network complexity, and external noise. This work by Saiki-Ishikawa et al. examines the functional hierarchy between premotor (PM) and primary motor (M1) cortices in mice during a directional reaching task. The authors find some evidence consistent with an asymmetric reciprocal influence between the regions, but overall, activity patterns were highly similar and equally predictive of one another. These results suggest that motor cortical hierarchy, though present, is not fully reflected in firing patterns alone.

      Strengths:

      Inferring functional hierarchies between brain regions, given the complexity of reciprocal and local connectivity, dynamic interactions, and the influence of both shared and independent external inputs, is a challenging task. It requires careful analysis of simultaneous recording data, combined with cross-validation across multiple metrics, to accurately assess the functional relationships between regions. The authors have generated a valuable dataset simultaneously recording from both regions at scale from mice performing a cortex-dependent directional reaching task.

      Using electrophysiological and silencing data, the authors found evidence supporting the traditionally assumed asymmetric influence from PM to M1. While earlier studies inferred a functional hierarchy based on partial temporal relationships in firing patterns, the authors applied a series of complementary analyses to rigorously test this hierarchy at both individual neuron and population levels, with robust statistical validation of significance.

      In addition, recording combined with brief optogenetic silencing of the other region allowed authors to infer the asymmetric functional influence in a more causal manner. This experiment is well designed to focus on the effect of inactivation manifesting through oligosynaptic connections to support the existence of a premotor to primary motor functional hierarchy.

      Subsequent analyses revealed a more complex picture. CCA, PLS, and three measures of predictivity (Granger causality, transfer entropy, and convergent cross-mapping) emphasized similarities in firing patterns and cross-region predictability. However, DLAG suggested an imbalance, with RFA capturing CFA variance at a negative time lag, indicating that RFA 'leads' CFA. Taken together these results provide useful insights for current studies of functional hierarchy about potential limitations in inferring hierarchy solely based on firing rates.

      While I would detail some questions and issues on specifics of data analyses and modeling below, I appreciate the authors' effort in training RNNs that match some behavioral and recorded neural activity patterns including the inactivation result. The authors point out two components that can determine the across-region influence - 1) the amount of inputs received and 2) the dependence on across-region input, i.e., the relative importance of local dynamics, providing useful insights in inferring functional relationships across regions.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Trial-averaging was applied in CCA and PLS analyses. While trial-averaging can be appropriate in certain cases, it leads to the loss of trial-to-trial variance, potentially inflating the perceived similarities between the activity in the two regions (Figure 4). Do authors observe comparable degrees of similarity, e.g., variance explained by canonical variables? Also, the authors report conflicting findings regarding the temporal relationship between RFA and CFA when using CCA/PLS versus DLAG. Could this discrepancy be due to the use of trial-averaging in former analyses but not in the latter?

      We certainly agree that the similarity in firing patterns is higher in trial averages than on single trials, given the variation in single-neuron firing patterns across trials. Here, we were trying to examine the similarity of activity variance that is clearly movement dependent, as trial averages are, and to use an approach that mirrors those applied in much of the existing literature. We would also agree that there is more that can be learned about interactions from trial-by-trial analysis. 

      It is possible that the activity components identified by DLAG as being asymmetric somehow are not reflected strongly in trial averages. In our Discussion we offer another potential explanation related to the differences in what is calculated in DLAG and CCA/PLS.

      We also note here that all of the firing pattern predictivity analysis we report (Figure 6) was done on single-trial data, and in all cases the predictivity was symmetric. Thus, our results in aggregate are not consistent with symmetry purely being an artifact of trial averaging.

      (2) A key strength of the current study is the precise tracking of forelimb muscle activity during a complex motor task involving reaching for four different targets. This rich behavioral data is rarely collected in mice and offers a valuable opportunity to investigate the behavioral relevance of the PM-M1 functional interaction, yet little has been done to explore this aspect in depth. For example, single-trial time courses of inter-regional latent variables acquired from DLAG analysis can be correlated with single-trial muscle activity and/or reach trajectories to examine the behavioral relevance of inter-regional dynamics. Namely, can trial-by-trial change in inter-regional dynamics explain behavioral variability across trials and/or targets? Does the inter-areal interaction change in error trials? Furthermore, the authors could quantify the relative contribution of across-area versus within-area dynamics to behavioral variability. It would also be interesting to assess the degree to which across-area and within-area dynamics are correlated. Specifically, can acrossarea dynamics vary independently from within-area dynamics across trials, potentially operating through a distinct communication subspace?

      These are all very interesting questions. Our study does not attempt to parse activity into components predictive of muscle activity and others that may reflect other functions. Distinct components of RFA and CFA activity may be involved in distinct interactions between them.

      (3) While network modeling of RFA and CFA activity captured some aspects of behavioral and neural data, I wonder if certain findings such as the connection weight distribution (Figure 7C), across-region input (Figure 7F), and the within-region weights (Figure 7G), primarily resulted from fitting the different overall firing rates between the two regions with CFA exhibiting higher average firing rates. Did the authors account for this firing rate disparity when training the RNNs?

      The key comparison in Figure 7 is shown in 7F, where the firing rates are accounted for in calculating the across-region input strength. Equalizing the firing rates in RFA and CFA would effectively increase RFA rates. If the mean firing rates in each region were appreciably dependent on across-region inputs, we would then expect an off-setting change in the RFA→CFA weights, such that the RFA→CFA distributions in 7F would stay the same. We would also expect the CFA→RFA weights would increase, since RFA neurons would need more input. This would shift the CFA→RFA (blue) distributions up. Thus, if anything, the key difference in this panel would only get larger. 

      We also generally feel that it is a better approach to fit the actual firing rates, rather than normalizing, since normalizing the firing rates would take us further from the actual biology, not closer.

      (4) Another way to assess the functional hierarchy is by comparing the time courses of movement representation between the two regions. For example, a linear decoder could be used to compare the amount of information about muscle activity and/or target location as well as time courses thereof between the two regions. This approach is advantageous because it incorporates behavior rather than focusing solely on neural activity. Since one of the main claims of this study is the limitation of inferring functional hierarchy from firing rate data alone, the authors should use the behavior as a lens for examining inter-areal interactions.

      As we state above, we agree that examining interactions specific to movement-related activity components could be illuminating. Since it remains a challenge to rigorously identify a subset of activity patterns specifically related to driving muscle activity, any such analysis would involve an additional assumption. It remains unclear how well the motor cortical activity that decoders use for predicting muscle activity matches the motor cortical activity that actually drives muscle activity in situ. 

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      This study investigates how two cortical regions that are central to the study of rodent motor control (rostral forelimb area, RFA, and caudal forelimb area, CFA) interact during directional forelimb reaching in mice. The authors investigate this interaction using

      (1) optogenetic manipulations in one area while recording extracellularly from the other,

      (2) statistical analyses of simultaneous CFA/RFA extracellular recordings, and

      (3) network modeling.

      The authors provide solid evidence that asymmetry between RFA and CFA can be observed, although such asymmetry is only observed in certain experimental and analytical contexts.

      The authors find asymmetry when applying optogenetic perturbations, reporting a greater impact of RFA inactivation on CFA activity than vice-versa. The authors then investigate asymmetry in endogenous activity during forelimb movements and find asymmetry with some analytical methods but not others. Asymmetry was observed in the onset timing of movement-related deviations of local latent components with RFA leading CFA (computed with PCA) and in a relatively higher proportion and importance of cross-area latent components with RFA leading than CFA leading (computed with DLAG). However, no asymmetry was observed using several other methods that compute cross-area latent dynamics, nor with methods computed on individual neuron pairs across regions. The authors follow up this experimental work by developing a twoarea model with asymmetric dependence on cross-area input. This model is used to show that differences in local connectivity can drive asymmetry between two areas with equal amounts of across-region input.

      Overall, this work provides a useful demonstration that different cross-area analysis methods result in different conclusions regarding asymmetric interactions between brain areas and suggests careful consideration of methods when analyzing such networks is critical. A deeper examination of why different analytical methods result in observed asymmetry or no asymmetry, analyses that specifically examine neural dynamics informative about details of the movement, or a biological investigation of the hypothesis provided by the model would provide greater clarity regarding the interaction between RFA and CFA.

      Strengths:

      The authors are rigorous in their experimental and analytical methods, carefully monitoring the impact of their perturbations with simultaneous recordings, and providing valid controls for their analytical methods. They cite relevant previous literature that largely agrees with the current work, highlighting the continued ambiguity regarding the extent to which there exists an asymmetry in endogenous activity between RFA and CFA.

      A strength of the paper is the evidence for asymmetry provided by optogenetic manipulation. They show that RFA inactivation causes a greater absolute difference in muscle activity than CFA interaction (deviations begin 25-50 ms after laser onset, Figure 1) and that RFA inactivation causes a relatively larger decrease in CFA firing rate than CFA inactivation causes in RFA (deviations begin <25ms after laser onset, Figure 3). The timescales of these changes provide solid evidence for an asymmetry in the impact of inactivating RFA/CFA on the other region that could not be driven by differences in feedback from disrupted movement (which would appear with a ~50ms delay).

      The authors also utilize a range of different analytical methods, showing an interesting difference between some population-based methods (PCA, DLAG) that observe asymmetry, and single neuron pair methods (granger causality, transfer entropy, and convergent cross mapping) that do not. Moreover, the modeling work presents an interesting potential cause of "hierarchy" or "asymmetry" between brain areas: local connectivity that impacts dependence on across-region input, rather than the amount of across-region input actually present.

      Weaknesses:

      There is no attempt to examine neural dynamics that are specifically relevant/informative about the details of the ongoing forelimb movement (e.g., kinematics, reach direction). Thus, it may be preemptive to claim that firing patterns alone do not reflect functional influence between RFA/CFA. For example, given evidence that the largest component of motor cortical activity doesn't reflect details of ongoing movement (reach direction or path; Kaufman, et al. PMID: 27761519) and that the analytical tools the authors use likely isolate this component (PCA, CCA), it may not be surprising that CFA and RFA do not show asymmetry if such asymmetry is related to the control of movement details. 

      An asymmetry may still exist in the components of neural activity that encode information about movement details, and thus it may be necessary to isolate and examine the interaction of behaviorally-relevant dynamics (e.g., Sani, et al. PMID: 33169030).

      To clarify, we are not claiming that firing patterns in no way reflect the asymmetric functional influence that we demonstrate with optogenetic inactivation. Instead, we show that certain types of analysis we might expect to reflect such influence, in fact, do not. Indeed, DLAG did exhibit asymmetries that matched those seen in functional influence (at least qualitatively), though other methods we applied did not.

      As we state above, we do think that there is more that can be gleaned by looking at influence specifically in terms of activity related to movement. However, if we did find that movement-related activity exhibited an asymmetry matching that of functional influence in cases where overall activity exhibited symmetry, our results imply that the activity not related to movement would exhibit an opposite asymmetry, such that the overall balance is symmetric. This would itself be surprising. We also note that the components identified by CCA and PLS show substantial variation across reach targets, indicating that they are not only reflecting condition-invariant components. These analyses used over 90% of the total activity variance, suggesting that both condition-dependent and condition-invariant components are included.

      The idea that local circuit dynamics play a central role in determining the asymmetry between RFA and CFA is not supported by experimental data in this paper. The plausibility of this hypothesis is supported by the model but is not explored in any analyses of the experimental data collected. Given the focus on this idea in the discussion, further experimental investigation is warranted.

      While we do not provide experimental support for this hypothesis, the data we present also do not contradict this hypothesis. Here we used modeling as it is often used – to capture experimental results and generate hypotheses about potential explanations. We feel that our Discussion makes clear where the hypothesis derives from and does not misrepresent the lack of experimental support. We expect readers will take our engagement with this hypothesis with the appropriate grain of salt. The imaginable experiments to support such a hypothesis would constitute another substantial study requiring numerous controls – a whole other paper in itself.

    1. Author response:

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This study investigates how ant group demographics influence nest structures and group behaviors of Camponotus fellah ants, a ground-dwelling carpenter ant species (found locally in Israel) that build subterranean nest structures. Using a quasi-2D cell filled with artificial sand, the authors perform two complementary sets of experiments to try to link group behavior and nest structure: first, the authors place a mated queen and several pupae into their cell and observe the structures that emerge both before and after the pupae eclose (i.e., "colony maturation" experiments); second, the authors create small groups (of 5,10, or 15 ants, each including a queen) within a narrow age range (i.e., "fixed demographic" experiments) to explore the dependence of age on construction. Some of the fixed demographic instantiations included a manually induced catastrophic collapse event; the authors then compared emergency repair behavior to natural nest creation. Finally, the authors introduce a modified logistic growth model to describe the time-dependent nest area. The modification introduces parameters that allow for age-dependent behavior, and the authors use their fixed demographic experiments to set these parameters, and then apply the model to interpret the behavior of the colony maturation experiments. The main results of this paper are that for natural nest construction, nest areas, and morphologies depend on the age demographics of ants in the experiments: younger ants create larger nests and angled tunnels, while older ants tend to dig less and build predominantly vertical tunnels; in contrast, emergency response seems to elicit digging in ants of all ages to repair the nest.

      We sincerely thank Reviewer #1 for the time and effort dedicated to our manuscript's detailed review and assessment. The revision suggestions were constructive, and we will incorporate them into the next version to improve the manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      I enjoyed this paper and the approach to examining an accepted wisdom of ants determining overall density by employing age polyethism that would reduce the computational complexity required to match nest size with population (although I have some questions about the requirement that growth is infinite in such a solution). Moreover, the realization that models of collective behaviour may be inappropriate in many systems in which agents (or individuals) differ in the behavioural rules they employ, according to age, location, or information state. This is especially important in a system like social insects, typically held as a classic example of individual-as-subservient to whole, and therefore most likely to employ universal rules of behaviour. The current paper demonstrates a potentially continuous age-related change in target behaviour (excavation), and suggests an elegant and minimal solution to the requirement for building according to need in ants, avoiding the invocation of potentially complex cognitive mechanisms, or information states that all individuals must have access to in order to have an adaptive excavation output.

      We sincerely thank reviewer #2 for the time and effort dedicated to our manuscript's detailed review and assessment. The insightful feedback provided by the reviewer will be incorporated into the successive revisions.

      The only real reservation I have is in the question of how this relationship could hold in properly mature colonies in which there is (presumably) a balance between the birth and death of older workers. Would the prediction be that the young ants still dig, or would there be a cessation of digging by young ants because the area is already sufficient? Another way of asking this is to ask whether the innate amount of digging that young ants do is in any way affected by the overall spatial size of the colony. If it is, then we are back to a problem of perfect information - how do the young ants know how big the overall colony is? Perhaps using density as a proxy? Alternatively, if the young ants do not modify their digging, wouldn't the colony become continuously larger? As a non-expert in social insects, I may be misunderstanding and it may be already addressed in the citations used.

      We thank the reviewer for this interesting question. We find that the nest excavation is predominantly performed by the younger ants in the nest and the nest area increase is followed by an increase in the population. However, if the young ants dig unrestricted, this could result in unnecessary nest growth as suggested by reviewer #2. Therefore, we believe that the innate digging behavior of ants could potentially be regulated by various cues such as;

      (a) Density-based: If the colony becomes less dense as its area expands, this could serve as a feedback signal for young ants to reduce or stop digging, as described in references (25, 29, 30).

      (b) Pheromone depositions: If the colony reaches a certain population density, pheromone signals could inhibit further digging by young ants, references (25, 29,) or space usage as a proxy for the nest area.

      Thus, rather than perfect information, decentralized control, and digging-based local cues probably regulate the level of age-dependent digging, without the ants needing to estimate the overall colony size or nest area.

      In any case, this is an excellent paper. The modelling approach is excellent and compelling, also allowing extrapolation to other group sizes and even other species. This to me is the main strength of the paper, as the answer to the question of whether it is younger or older ants that primarily excavate nests could have been answered by an individual tracking approach (albeit there are practical limitations to this, especially in the observation nest setup, as the authors point out). The analysis of the tunnel structure is also an important piece of the puzzle, and I really like the overall study.

      We thank the reviewer for the comments. We completely agree that individual tracking of ants within our experimental setup would have been the ideal approach, but we were limited by technical and practical limitations of the setup as pointed out by the reviewer such as;

      (a) Continuous tracking of ants in our nests would have required a camera to be positioned at all times in front of the nest, which necessitates a light background. Since Camponotus fellah ants are subterranean, we aimed to allow them to perform nest excavation in conditions as close to their natural dark environment as possible. Additionally, implementing such a system in front of each nest would have reduced the sample sizes for our treatments.

      (b) The experimental duration of our colony maturation and fixed demographics experiments extended for up to six months (unprecedented durations in these kinds of measurements). These naturally limited our ability to conduct individual tracking while maintaining the identity of each ant based on the current design.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, Harikrishnan Rajendran, Roi Weinberger, Ehud Fonio, and Ofer Feinerman measured the digging behaviours of queens and workers for the first 6 months of colony development, as well as groups of young or old ants. They also provide a quantitative model describing the digging behaviours and allowing predictions. They found that young ants dig more slanted tunnels, while older ants dig more vertically (straight down). This finding is important, as it describes a new form of age polyethism (a division of labour based on age). Age polyethism is described as a "yes or no" mechanism, where individuals perform or not a task according to their age (usually young individuals perform in-nest tasks, and older ones foraging). Here, the way of performing the task is modified, not only the propensity to carry it or not. This data therefore adds in an interesting way to the field of collective behaviours and division of labour.

      The conclusions of the paper are well supported by the data. Measurements of the same individuals over time would have strengthened the claims.

      We sincerely thank reviewer #3 for the time and effort dedicated to our manuscript's detailed review and assessment. We completely agree with the reviewer’s comments on the measurements of the same individuals over time, however, we were limited by the technical and experimental limitations as described above and pointed out by reviewer #2.

      Strengths:

      I find that the measure of behaviour through development is of great value, as those studies are usually done at a specific time point with mature colonies. The description of a behaviour that is modified with age is a notable finding in the world of social insects. The sample sizes are adequate and all the information clearly provided either in the methods or supplementary.

      We thank the reviewer #3 for this assessment.

      Weaknesses:

      I think the paper is failing to take into consideration or at least discuss the role of inter-individual variabilities. Tasks have been known to be undertaken by only a few hyper-active individuals for example. Comments on the choice to use averages and the potential roles of variations between individuals are in my opinion lacking. Throughout the paper wording should be modified to refer to the group and not the individuals, as it was the collective digging that was measured. Another issue I had was the use of "mature colony" for colonies with very few individuals and only 6 months of age. Comments on the low number of workers used compared to natural mature colonies would be welcome.

      Regarding main comment 1

      We completely agree with the reviewer’s comment on considering inter-individual variability based on activity levels. We have discussed how individual morphological variability could influence digging behavior (references: 28, 31), and we will elaborate further on this aspect in future revisions.

      Regarding main comment 2:

      We agree with the reviewer’s comments regarding the wording. The term “mature colony” will be revised in future versions. The wording (“mature colony”‘) will be changed and addressed in the future revisions. We were practically limited by the continuation of the experiments for more than 6 months of age predominantly due to the stability of nests as they were made with a sand-soil mix. We also acknowledge that the colony sizes attained in our maturation experiments may be smaller than those of naturally matured colonies. This trend was observed generally in lab-reared colonies and could be attributed to differences in microclimatic conditions, foraging opportunities, space availability, and other factors. We will address these aspects in more detail in future revisions.

    1. Author response:

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study from Zhu and colleagues, a clear role for MED26 in mouse and human erythropoiesis is demonstrated that is also mapped to amino acids 88-480 of the human protein. The authors also show the unique expression of MED26 in later-stage erythropoiesis and propose transcriptional pausing and condensate formation mechanisms for MED26's role in promoting erythropoiesis. Despite the author's introductory claim that many questions regarding Pol II pausing in mammalian development remain unanswered, the importance of transcriptional pausing in erythropoiesis has actually already been demonstrated (Martell-Smart, et al. 2023, PMID: 37586368, which the authors notably did not cite in this manuscript). Here, the novelty and strength of this study is MED26 and its unique expression kinetics during erythroid development.

      Strengths:

      The widespread characterization of kinetics of mediator complex component expression throughout the erythropoietic timeline is excellent and shows the interesting divergence of MED26 expression pattern from many other mediator complex components. The genetic evidence in conditional knockout mice for erythropoiesis requiring MED26 is outstanding. These are completely new models from the investigators and are an impressive amount of work to have both EpoR-driven deletion and inducible deletion. The effect on red cell number is strong in both. The genetic over-expression experiments are also quite impressive, especially the investigators' structure-function mapping in primary cells. Overall the data is quite convincing regarding the genetic requirement for MED26. The authors should be commended for demonstrating this in multiple rigorous ways.

      Thank you for your positive feedback.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The authors state that MED26 was nominated for study based on RNA-seq analysis of a prior published dataset. They do not however display any of that RNA-seq analysis with regards to Mediator complex subunits. While they do a good job showing protein-level analysis during erythropoiesis for several subunits, the RNA-seq analysis would allow them to show the developmental expression dynamics of all subunit members.

      Thank you for this helpful suggestion. While we did not originally nominate MED26 based on RNA-seq analysis, we have analyzed the transcript levels of Mediator complex subunits in our RNA-seq data across different stages of erythroid differentiation (Author response image 1). The results indicate that most Mediator subunits, including MED26, display decreased RNA expression over the course of differentiation, with the exception of MED25, as reported previously (Pope et al., Mol Cell Biol 2013. PMID: 23459945).

      Notably, our study is based on initial observations at the protein level, where we found that, unlike most other Mediator subunits that are downregulated during erythropoiesis, MED26 remains relatively abundant. Protein expression levels more directly reflect the combined influences of transcription, translation and degradation processes within cells, and are likely more closely related to biological functions in this context. It is possible that post-transcriptional regulation (such as m6A-mediated improvement of translational efficiency) or post-translational modifications (like escape from ubiquitination) could contribute to the sustained levels of MED26 protein, and this will be an interesting direction for future investigation.

      Author response image 1,

      Relative RNA expression of Mediator complex subunits during erythropoiesis in human CD34+ erythroid cultures. Different differentiation stages from HSPCs to late erythroblasts were identified using CD71 and CD235a markers, progressing sequentially as CD71-CD235a-, CD71+CD235a-, CD71+CD235a+, and CD71-CD235a+. Expression levels were presented as TPM (transcripts per million).

      (2) The authors use an EpoR Cre for red cell-specific MED26 deletion. However, other studies have now shown that the EpoR Cre can also lead to recombination in the macrophage lineage, which clouds some of the in vivo conclusions for erythroid specificity. That being said, the in vitro erythropoiesis experiments here are convincing that there is a major erythroid-intrinsic effect.

      Thank you for this insightful comment. We recognize that EpoR-Cre can drive recombination in both erythroid and macrophage lineages (Zhang et al., Blood 2021, PMID: 34098576). However, EpoR-Cre remains the most widely used Cre for studying erythroid lineage effects in the hematopoietic community. Numerous studies have employed EpoR-Cre for erythroid-specific gene knockout models (Pang et al, Mol Cell Biol 2021, PMID: 22566683; Santana-Codina et al., Haematologica 2019, PMID: 30630985; Xu et al., Science 2013, PMID: 21998251.).

      While a GYPA (CD235a)-Cre model with erythroid specificity has recently been developed (https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0006497121029074), it has not yet been officially published. We look forward to utilizing the GYPA-Cre model for future studies. As you noted, our in vivo mouse model and primary human CD34+ erythroid differentiation system both demonstrate that MED26 is essential for erythropoiesis, suggesting that the regulatory effects of MED26 in our study are predominantly erythroid-intrinsic.

      (3) The donor chimerism assessment of mice transplanted with MED26 knockout cells is a bit troubling. First, there are no staining controls shown and the full gating strategy is not shown. Furthermore, the authors use the CD45.1/CD45.2 system to differentiate between donor and recipient cells in erythroblasts. However, CD45 is not expressed from the CD235a+ stage of erythropoiesis onwards, so it is unclear how the authors are detecting essentially zero CD45-negative cells in the erythroblast compartment. This is quite odd and raises questions about the results. That being said, the red cell indices in the mice are the much more convincing data.

      Thank you for your careful and thorough feedback. We have now included negative staining controls (Author response image 2A, top). We agree that CD45 is typically not expressed in erythroid precursors in normal development. Prior studies have characterized BFU-E and CFU-E stages as c-Kit+CD45+Ter119−CD71low and c-Kit+CD45−Ter119−CD71high cells in fetal liver (Katiyar et al, Cells 2023, PMID: 37174702).

      However, our observations indicate that erythroid surface markers differ during hematopoiesis reconstitution following bone marrow transplantation.  We found that nearly all nucleated erythroid progenitors/precursors (Ter119+Hoechst+) express CD45 after hematopoiesis reconstitution (Author response image 2A, bottom).

      To validate our assay, we performed next-generation sequencing by first mixing mouse CD45.1 and CD45.2 total bone marrow cells at a 1:2 ratio. We then isolated nucleated erythroid progenitors/precursors (Ter119+Hoechst+) by FACS and sequenced the CD45 gene locus by targeted sequencing. The resulting CD45 allele distribution matched our initial mixing ratio, confirming the accuracy of our approach (Author response image 2B).

      Moreover, a recent study supports that reconstituted erythroid progenitors can indeed be distinguished by CD45 expression following bone marrow transplantation (He et al., Nature Aging 2024, PMID: 38632351. Extended Data Fig. 8). 

      In conclusion, our data indicate that newly formed erythroid progenitors/precursors post-transplant express CD45, enabling us to identify nucleated erythroid progenitors/precursors by Ter119+Hoechst+ and determine their origin using CD45.1 and CD45.2 markers.

      Author response image 2.

      Representative flow cytometry gating strategy of erythroid chimerism following mouse bone marrow transplantation. A. Gating strategy used in the erythroid chimerism assay. B. Targeted sequencing result of Ter119+Hoechst+ cells isolated by FACS. The cell sample was pre-mixed with 1/3 CD45.2 and 2/3 CD45.1 bone marrow cells. Ptprc is the gene locus for CD45.

      (4) The authors make heavy use of defining "erythroid gene" sets and "non-erythroid gene" sets, but it is unclear what those lists of genes actually are. This makes it hard to assess any claims made about erythroid and non-erythroid genes.

      Thank you for this helpful suggestion. We defined "erythroid genes" and "non-erythroid genes" based on RNA-seq data from Ludwig et al. (Cell Reports 2019. PMID: 31189107. Figure 2 and Table S1). Genes downregulated from stages k1 to k5 are classified as “non-erythroid genes,” while genes upregulated from stages k6 to k7 are classified as “erythroid genes.” We will add this description in the revised manuscript.

      (5) Overall the data regarding condensate formation is difficult to interpret and is the weakest part of this paper. It is also unclear how studies of in vitro condensate formation or studies in 293T or K562 cells can truly relate to highly specialized erythroid biology. This does not detract from the major findings regarding genetic requirements of MED26 in erythropoiesis.

      Thank you for the rigorous feedback. Assessing the condensate properties of MED26 protein in primary CD34+ erythroid cells or mouse models is indeed challenging. As is common in many condensate studies, we used in vitro assays and cellular assays in HEK293T and K562 cells to examine the biophysical properties (Figure S7), condensation formation capacity (Figure 5C and Figure S7C), key phase-separation regions of MED26 protein (Figure S6), and recruitment of pausing factors (Figure 6A-B) in live cells. We then conducted functional assays to demonstrate that the phase-separation region of MED26 can promote erythroid differentiation similarly to the full-length protein in the CD34+ system and K562 cells (Figure 5A). Specifically, overexpressing the MED26 phase-separation domain accelerates erythropoiesis in primary human erythroid culture, while deleting the Intrinsically Disordered Region (IDR) impairs MED26’s ability to form condensates and recruit PAF1 in K562 cells.

      In summary, we used HEK293T cells to study the biochemical and biophysical properties of MED26, and the primary CD34+ differentiation system to examine its developmental roles. Our findings support the conclusion that MED26-associated condensate formation promotes erythropoiesis.

      (6) For many figures, there are some panels where conclusions are drawn, but no statistical quantification of whether a difference is significant or not.

      Thank you for your thorough feedback. We have checked all figures for statistical quantification and added the relevant statistical analysis methods to the corresponding figure legends (Figure 2L and Figure S4C) to clarify the significance of the observed differences. The updated information will be incorporated into the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Zhu et al describes a novel role for MED26, a subunit of the Mediator complex, in erythroid development. The authors have discovered that MED26 promotes transcriptional pausing of RNA Pol II, by recruiting pausing-related factors.

      Strengths:

      This is a well-executed study. The authors have employed a range of cutting-edge and appropriate techniques to generate their data, including: CUT&Tag to profile chromatin changes and mediator complex distribution; nuclear run-on sequencing (PRO-seq) to study Pol II dynamics; knockout mice to determine the phenotype of MED26 perturbation in vivo; an ex vivo erythroid differentiation system to perform additional, important, biochemical and perturbation experiments; immunoprecipitation mass spectrometry (IP-MS); and the "optoDroplet" assay to study phase-separation and molecular condensates.

      This is a real highlight of the study. The authors have managed to generate a comprehensive picture by employing these multiple techniques. In doing so, they have also managed to provide greater molecular insight into the workings of the MEDIATOR complex, an important multi-protein complex that plays an important role in a range of biological contexts. The insights the authors have uncovered for different subunits in erythropoiesis will very likely have ramifications in many other settings, in both healthy biology and disease contexts.

      Thank you for your thoughtful summary and encouraging feedback.

      Weaknesses:

      There are almost no discernible weaknesses in the techniques used, nor the interpretation of the data. The IP-MS data was generated in HEK293 cells when it could have been performed in the human CD34+ HSPC system that they employed to generate a number of the other data. This would have been a more natural setting and would have enabled a more like-for-like comparison with the other data.

      Thank you for your positive feedback and insightful suggestions. We will perform validation of the immunoprecipitation results in CD34+ derived erythroid cells to further confirm our findings.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors aim to explore whether other subunits besides MED1 exert specific functions during the process of terminal erythropoiesis with global gene repression, and finally they demonstrated that MED26-enriched condensates drive erythropoiesis through modulating transcription pausing.

      Strengths:

      Through both in vitro and in vivo models, the authors showed that while MED1 and MED26 co-occupy a plethora of genes important for cell survival and proliferation at the HSPC stage, MED26 preferentially marks erythroid genes and recruits pausing-related factors for cell fate specification. Gradually, MED26 becomes the dominant factor in shaping the composition of transcription condensates and transforms the chromatin towards a repressive yet permissive state, achieving global transcription repression in erythropoiesis.

      Thank you for your positive summary and feedback.

      Weaknesses:

      In the in vitro model, the author only used CD34+ cell-derived erythropoiesis as the validation, which is relatively simple, and more in vitro erythropoiesis models need to be used to strengthen the conclusion.

      Thank you for your thoughtful suggestions. We have shown that MED26 promotes erythropoiesis using the primary human CD34+ differentiation system (Figure 2 K-M and Figure S4) and have demonstrated its essential role in erythropoiesis through multiple mouse models (Figure 2A-G and Figure S1-3). Together, these in vitro and in vivo results support our conclusion that MED26 regulates erythropoiesis. However, we are open to further validating our findings with additional in vitro erythropoiesis models, such as iPSC or HUDEP erythroid differentiation systems.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper describes the covalent interactions of small molecule inhibitors of carbonic anhydrase IX, utilizing a pre-cursor molecule capable of undergoing beta-elimination to form the vinyl sulfone and covalent warhead.

      Strengths:

      The use of a novel covalent pre-cursor molecule that undergoes beta-elimination to form the vinyl sulfone in situ. Sufficient structure-activity relationships across a number of leaving groups, as well as binding moieties that impact binding and dissociation constants.

      Overall, the paper is clearly written and provides sufficient data to support the hypothesis and observations. The findings and outcomes are significant for covalent drug discovery applications and could have long-term impacts on related covalent targeting approaches.

      Weaknesses:

      No major weaknesses were noted by this reviewer.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors utilized a "ligand-first" targeted covalent inhibition approach to design potent inhibitors of carbonic anhydrase IX (CAIX) based on a known non-covalent primary sulfonamide scaffold. The novelty of their approach lies in their use of a protected pre(pro?)-vinylsulfone as a precursor to the common vinylsulfone covalent warhead to target a nonstandard His residue in the active site of CAIX. In addition to a biochemical assessment of their inhibitors, they showed that their compounds compete with a known probe on the surface of HeLa cells.

      Strengths:

      The authors use a protected warhead for what would typically be considered an "especially hot" or even "undevelopable" vinylsulfone electrophile. This would be the first report of doing so making it a novel targeted covalent inhibition approach specifically with vinylsulfones.

      The authors used a number of orthogonal biochemical and biophysical methods including intact MS, 2D NMR, x-ray crystallography, and an enzymatic stopped-flow setup to confirm the covalency of their compounds and even demonstrate that this novel pre-vinylsulfone is activated in the presence of CAIX. In addition, they included a number of compelling analogs of their inhibitors as negative controls that address hypotheses specific to the mechanism of activation and inhibition.

      The authors employed an assay that allows them to assess target engagement of their compounds with the target on the surface of cells and a fluorescent probe which is generally a critical tool to be used in tandem with phenotypic cellular assays.

      Weaknesses:

      While the authors show that the pre-vinyl moiety is shown biochemically to be transformed into the vinylsulfone, they do not show what the fate of this -SO2CH2CH2OCOR group is in a cellular context. Does the pre-vinylsulfone in fact need to be in the active site of CAIX on the surface of the cell to be activated or is the vinylsulfone revealed prior to target engagement?

      I appreciate the authors acknowledging the limitations of using an assay such as thermal shift to derive an apparent binding affinity, however, it is not entirely convincing and leaves a gap in our understanding of what is happening biochemically with these inhibitors, especially given the two-step inhibitory mechanism. It is very difficult to properly understand the activity of these inhibitors without a more comprehensive evaluation of kinact and Ki parameters. This can then bring into question how selective these compounds actually are for CAIX over other carbonic anhydrases.

      The authors did not provide any cellular data beyond target engagement with a previously characterized competitive fluorescent probe. It would be critical to know the cytotoxicity profile of these compounds or even how they affect the biology of interest regarding CAIX activity if the intention is to use these compounds in the future as chemical probes to assess CAIX activity in the context of tumor metastasis.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Targeted covalent inhibition of therapeutically relevant proteins is an attractive approach in drug development. This manuscript now reports a series of covalent inhibitors for human carbonic anhydrase (CA) isozymes (CAI, CAII, and CAIX, CAXIII) for irreversible binding to a critical histidine amino acid in the active site pocket. To support their findings, they included co-crystal structures of CAI, CAII, and CAIX in the presence of three such inhibitors. Mass spectrometry and enzymatic recovery assays validate these findings, and the results and cellular activity data are convincing.

      Strengths:

      The authors designed a series of covalent inhibitors and carefully selected non-covalent counterparts to make their findings about the selectivity of covalent inhibitors for CA isozymes quite convincing. The supportive X-ray crystallography and MS data are significant strengths. Their approach of targeted binding of the covalent inhibitors to histidine in CA isozyme may have broad utility for developing covalent inhibitors.

      Weaknesses:

      This reviewer did not find any significant weaknesses. However, I suggest several points in the recommendation for the authors' section for authors to consider.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewing Editor Comments:

      The reviewers have made excellent suggestions. We believe a revised version addressing those points can improve the assessment and quality of your work.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The beta-elimination process is referred to as a "rearrangement" in both the text and the Figure 2 legend. Based on the proposed mechanism the authors provided, it is a simple beta-elimination and conjugate addition mechanism, and is not a rearrangement mechanism. This change should be reflected in the text and Figure 2 legend.

      We have made the requested change from rearrangement to elimination reaction.

      (2) From a structure-based design perspective, it is not obvious why only large cyclo-alkyl groups were used to target the lipophilic pocket, with the exception of the phenyl carbamates. Perhaps this is background literature on CAIX that describes this? It seems like this is a flexible functional moiety that could be used to impact drug properties. Why were other lipophilic and especially more aromatic or heteroaromatic moieties not studied?

      The structure-affinity relationship of the lipophilic ring versus other moieties has been studied and reported previously in manuscripts: Dudutiene 2014, Zubriene 2017, Linkuviene 2018, chapter 16 by Zubriene (https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-12780-0_16). The lipophilic ring served better than a flexible tail or an aromatic ring.

      (3) The color-coded "correlation map" in Figure 8 is difficult to follow. Perhaps a standard SAR table with selectivity and affinity values would be easier to read and follow.

      We are trying to promote “correlation maps” because in our opinion they are easier to follow than tables.

      (4) Although there is a statement for this in line 254 of the SI, the compound numbering in the SI, vs. the numbering used in the manuscript is confusing. The standard format for these is to consecutively number all compounds and have identical compound numbers in both the SI and manuscript. The synthetic intermediates included in the SI can be identified by IUPAC names.

      An additional numbering system had to be made because the synthesis was described in the supplementary materials. We would prefer to leave the numbering as in the current manuscript. There are quite a few intermediate compounds that we assigned intermediate numbers such as 20x in order to make it simpler to distinguish intermediate synthesis compounds from compounds that were studied for binding affinity.

      (5) Ranges of isolated yields for the synthetic steps in SI schemes SI, S2, and S3 need to be included.

      We have remade the SI schemes S1, S2, and S3 to include the yields of each compound.

      (6) Presumably, the AcOH/H2O2 reaction forms the sulfones and not sulfoxides when heat is used. In the SI, the structures of 9x and 10x are shown to be sulfoxides and not sulfones. Initially, this is thought to be a simple structural mistake, however, this is concerning, since the HRMS data (for compound 9x) reported is for the sulfoxide (HRMS for C8H7F4NO4S2 [(M+H)+]: calc. 321.9825, found 321.9824. 482) and not the sulfone? In the synthesis scheme S1, condition "C" is used for both the sulfoxide and sulfone synthesis (i.e. 3ax to 9x vs. 12x to 13x). It appears the sulfoxide is prepared using a room temperature procedure, vs. the sulfone requiring 75 degrees centigrade heat. These two similar conditions need to be designated as different synthetic steps in the schemes with the specific conditions noted since the products formed are different.

      We have made requested corrections/adjustments and added separate reaction conditions for sulfoxide synthesis in SI scheme S1.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I appreciate that it's difficult to determine parameters such as kinact or Ki of such potent inhibitors and ones that work by a two-step mechanism. I might suggest characterizing the steps separately to determine the detailed parameters. Maybe something like NMR for the for the activation step and SPR for the kinact and Ki of the unmasked vinylsulfone?

      We agree that such information would be helpful. However, it requires significant effort and equipment and will be performed in a separate study.

      I always advocate for at least a global proteomics analysis using a pulldown probe to get an idea of the specificity profile, especially for the so-far untried and untested pre-vinylsulfone moiety.

      We fully agree that the pull-down assay is a good idea. However, this major task will be performed in a separate study.

      This might be picky but wouldn't this be considered a pro-vinylsulfone rather than pre-vinylsulfone? Just as the term "prodrug" is used?

      We agree that both the pre-vinylsulfone and pro-vinylsulfone are suitable names. However, in pharmacology, the prodrug is common, but in organic synthesis, the precursor is commonly used. Therefore, we prefer to keep the pre-vinylsulfone.

      I would also be curious to know what species is responsible for activating the compound to the vinylsulfone. Maybe make some key point mutations of nearby basic residues?

      The His64 formed the covalent bond, thus His64 was the likely activating base. Preparing a mutation could be a good path for future studies.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The authors presented only a close-up view of the active site with a 2Fo-Fc map mesh in three panels of Figure 4. For readers unfamiliar with the carbonic anhydrase field, adding a complete illustration of each protein-inhibitor complex (protein in cartoon mode and ligand in stick) will be helpful. Also, an image of the 180º rotation of the close-up view presented in each panel should be added. Depicting h-bonds between critical residues (Asn62, Gln 92, etc.) with dashed lines and marking the distances will be helpful for readers.

      We have prepared a requested picture for CAIX. Panels on the left show entire protein molecule view of the bound ligands to each isozyme and there are two close-up views for each structure rotated 180 degrees.

      (2) Line 198 should be revised to refer to the correct complexes. 20, 21, and 23 should be 21, 20, 23.

      We appreciate that the reviewer noticed this error. We corrected the mistake.

      (3) Omit electron density maps around each ligand in Figure 4 should be included for compounds 20, 21, and 23, perhaps as a supplementary figure.

      Detailed electron density map information is provided in the mtz files that have been submitted to the PDB. We think the omit maps are not necessary in the supplementary materials.

      (4) The cyclooctyl group is stabilized by hydrophobic active site residues, L131, A135, L141, and L198. However, only L131 is shown in Figure 4. All residues that stabilize the ligands should be shown.

      For clarity purposes of the figure, we have omitted some of the residues that make contact with the ligand molecule. We think that the structure provided to the PDB could be analyzed in detail to see all contacts between the ligand and protein molecule.

      (5) The supplementary table S1 lacks the crystallographic data on the CAIX-23 complex.

      We have added a new version of the supplementary materials that contains the crystallographic data on the CAIX-23 complex.

      (6) A minor peak (30213 Da) with a 638 Dalton shift compared to the unmodified enzyme is for Figure 5A, not Figure 5B, as mentioned in line 235. This sentence in line 235 should be corrected.

      We corrected this mistake.

      (7) As the authors stated in the text, a minor peak (30213 Da) represents a potential second binding site. Can they revisit their electron density maps and show any residual density if it is present around a second histidine residue? The MS data in Figure S17C indicates the presence of additional sites for compound 12. Thus, additional electron density around the secondary and tertiary sites is possible.

      CAII contains His3 and His4 that are at the N-end of the protein and not visible in the crystal structure. The NMR data indicate that the additional modification may occur at one of these His residues.

      (8) MS data were presented for compounds 12 and 22 in Figure 5A, B, but the co-crystal structures were generated with compounds 21, 20, and 23. Why was no MS data included for compounds 20, 21, and 23? Would these compounds show the presence of a secondary binding site? Can authors include the MS data?

      In the main body of the manuscript in Figure 5A we only present MS data on CAXIII with compound 12. It is only an example that confirms covalent interaction. In the supplementary we have MS data for compound 12 with all carbonic anhydrase isozymes and compound 20 with almost all (except CAVI) CA isozymes. There are also MS data provided with numerous compounds (3, 9, 13, and other) and CA isozymes that serve as a control or confirmation of covalent bond formation.

      (9) The coordination between the zinc ion and NH of the ligand is mentioned in the enzyme schematic in Figure 3. Can the distances and coordination with Zinc be illustrated in ligand-bound structures in Figure 4?

      We considered and decided that picture which shows the numerous distances between ligand atoms and protein residues would be difficult to follow. The structures provided to the PDB could be analyzed for every aspect of the complex structure.

      (10) A key difference between covalent (compound 12) and its non-covalent counterpart, compound 5, is the two oxygens attached to sulfur in compound 12. Do protein side chains or water interact with these oxygens? Are these oxygen atoms exposed to solvent? Can authors show the interactions or clarify if there is no interaction?

      The two oxygens in the ligand molecule serve several purposes. First, they pull out electrons and diminish the pKa of the sulfonamide, thus making interaction stronger. Second, the oxygen atoms may make contacts, hydrogen bonds with the protein molecule and may also be important for covalent bond formation. Exact energy contributions cannot be determined from the structure directly. Thus, we decided to not yet explore and delve into this area.

      (11) Fix the font size of the text in lines 355-356.

      The font has been corrected.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Previous studies have used a randomly induced label to estimate the number of hematopoietic precursors that contribute to hematopoiesis. In particular, the McKinneyFreeman lab established a measurable range of precursors of 50-2500 cells using random induction of one of the 4 fluorescent proteins (FPs) of a Confetti reporter in the fetal liver to show that hundreds of precursors establish lifelong hematopoiesis. In the presented work, Liu and colleagues aim to extend the measurable range of precursor numbers previously established and enable measurement in a variety of contexts beyond embryonic development. To this end, the authors investigated whether the random induction of a given Confetti FP follows the principles of binomial distribution such that the variance inversely correlates with the precursor number. They tested their hypothesis using a simplified 2-color in vitro system, paying particular attention to minimizing sources of experimental error (elimination of outliers, sample size, events recorded, etc.) that may obscure the measurement of variance. As a result, the data generated are robust and show that the measurable range of precursors can be extended up to 105 cells. They use tamoxifen-inducible Scl-CreER, which is active in hematopoietic stem and progenitor cells (HSPCs) to induce Confetti labeling, and investigated whether they could extend their model to cell numbers below 50 with in vivo transplantation of high versus low numbers of Confetti total bone marrow (BM) cells. The premise of binomial distribution requires that the number of precursors remains constant within a group of mice. The rare frequency of HSPCs in the BM means that the experimentally generated "low" number recipient animals showed some small variability of seeding number, which does not follow the requirement for binomial distribution. While variance due to differences in precursor numbers still dominates, it is unclear how accurate estimated numbers are when precursor numbers are low (<10).

      According to our simulation, the differences between estimated numbers and the corresponding expected numbers are more profound at numbers below 10, but they are still relatively small. Since Figure S4A is in log-scale, it might be difficult for readers to appreciate the magnitude in difference from the graph. We plan to add a linear scale figure to Figure S4A for better visualization of the absolute value differences (left). We also plan to provide an additional graph quantifying the value differences between estimated and expected values for numbers below 15 (right). From both graphs, the maximum difference between estimated n and expected n occurs at 10 precursor numbers (estimated as 7.6). We admit that these numbers are not numerically the same, and some minor correction of the formula may be needed if a very accurate absolute number is warrant. However, we also want to emphasize that 1. most estimated n values are within 25% range of the expected n; 2. despite the minor discrepancy, the estimated n is still highly correlated with the expected n, so the comparison between different precursor numbers was not affected.

      Author response image 1.

      The authors then apply their model to estimate the number of hematopoietic precursors that contribute to hematopoiesis in a variety of contexts including adult steady state, fetal liver, following myeloablation, and a genetic model of Fanconi anemia. Their modeling shows:

      - thousands of precursors (~2400-2600) contribute to adult myelopoiesis, which is in line with results from a previous study (Sun et al, 2014).

      - myeloablation (single dose 5-FU), while reducing precursor numbers of myeloid progenitors and HSPCs, was not associated with a reduction in precursor numbers of LTHSCs.

      - no major expansion of precursor number in the fetal liver derived from labeling at E11.5 versus E14.5, consistent with recent findings from Ganuza et al, 2022.

      - normal precursor numbers in Fancc-/- mice at steady state and from competitive transplantation of young Fancc-/- BM cells, suggesting that reduced Fancc-/- cell proliferation may underlie the reduced chimerism upon transplantation.

      - reduced number of lymphoid precursors following transplantation of BM cells from 9month-old Fancc-/- animals (beyond this age animals have decreased survival).

      Although this system does not permit the tracing of individual clones, the modeling presented allows measurements of clonal activity covering nearly the entire HSPC population (as recently estimated by Cosgrove et al, 2021) and can be applied to a wide range of in vivo contexts with relative ease. The conclusions are generally sound and based on high-quality data. Nevertheless, some results could benefit from further explanation or discussion:

      - The estimated number of LT-HSCs that contribute to myelopoiesis is not specifically provided, but from the text, it would be calculated to be 1958/5 = ~391. Data from Busch et al, 2015 suggest that the number of differentiation-active HSCs is 5.2x103, which is considered the maximum limit. There is nevertheless a more than 10-fold difference between these two estimates, and it is unclear how this discrepancy arises.

      First, we would like to clarify a sentence in the manuscript. 

      “The average myeloid precursor number at the time of BM analysis (1958) matched the average precursor number calculated from BM myeloid progenitors (MP, Lin-Sca-1-cKit+) and HSPCs (1773 and 1917), but it was five-fold higher than that of LT-HSC (Figure 3E).”

      In this sentence, we compared the number of precursors calculated from peripheral blood myeloid cells to the those calculated from BM myeloid progenitor, HSPC and LT-HSC. However, we did not intend to imply that those precursors numbers calculated from HSPC and LT-HSC specifically contribute to myelopoiesis. To avoid misunderstanding, we propose to change this sentence to read:

      “The average precursor number calculated from PB myeloid cells at the time of BM analysis (1958) matched those calculated from BM myeloid progenitors (MP, Lin-Sca-1-cKit+) and HSPCs (1773 and 1917), but it was fivefold higher than that of LT-HSC (Figure 3E).”

      Nonetheless, we appreciate the reviewers’ comment on the gap between the precursor numbers of LT-HSC and the number of differentiation-active HSCs reported in Busch et al, 2015. We propose the following explanation: 

      First of all, precursor numbers reflect LT-HSC self-renewal by symmetric division and maintenance by asymmetric division but not differentiation. To compare the number of differentiation-active LT-HSC, precursor numbers measured from differentiated progeny (progenitors) is a better choice. As our system does not differentiate the origin of a precursor, measuring the precursor number of differentiation-active LT-HSC is difficult, since progenitors may also derive from other long-lived MPPs. However, if we assume that most divisions of LT-HSC are asymmetric division, generating one LT-HSC and one progenitor, then we can approximate the number of differentiation-active HSCs with the precursor numbers of LT-HSC.

      Second, when Busch et al, 2015 calculated the number of differentiation-active HSC, they measured the cumulative activity of stem cells by following the mice up to 36 weeks postinduction. Our method measured the recent but not accumulative activity of HSC, thus the number of differentiation-active HSC in Busch et al 2015 is predicted to be higher. 

      Third, Busch et al, 2015 used Tie2MCM Cre to trace HSC. It has been shown that Tie2+ HSC have a higher reconstitution capacity (Ito et al 2016, Science), but no one has compared the in situ activity of Tie2+ and Tie2- HSC in a native environment. Since the behavior of HSCs in situ may be very different from their behavior in a transplantation setting, it is possible that Tie2+ HSC are more prone to differentiation than Tie2- HSC in a native environment, leading to an overestimation of differentiation-active HSC in the HSC pool. 

      - Similarly, in Figure 3E, the estimated number of precursors is highest in MPP4, a population typically associated with lymphoid potential and transient myeloid potential, whereas the numbers of MPP3, traditionally associated with myeloid potential, tend to be higher but are not significantly different than those found in HSCs.

      We believe this question results from similar confusion of the nomenclature of myeloid precursors in the previous question. As explained previously, the precursors quantified reflect a variety of possible differentiation routes, not just myelopoiesis. Thus, Figure 3E did not suggest that the lymphoid-biased MPP4 has more myeloid precursors than LTHSC. Instead, it simply means more precursors contribute to MPP4 population than the LT-HSC pool. We apologize for the confusion.

      - The requirement for estimating precursor numbers at stable levels of Confetti labeling is not well explained. As a result, it is unclear how accurate the estimates of B cell precursors upon transplantation of Fancc-/- cells are. In previous experiments on normal Confetti mice (Figure 3B), the authors do not estimate precursors of lymphopoiesis because Confetti labeling of B cells is not saturated, and this appears to be the case in Fanc-/- animals as well (Fig. 5B).

      We appreciate the request for clarification. Our approach required the labeling level to be stable in peripheral blood because we calculate the total number of precursors by normalizing precursor numbers in Confetti+ population with the labeling level (precursor numbers in Confetti+ population divided by labeling efficiency). If the labeling level is not saturated, then the calculation of total precursors will be overestimated. This requirement is more important in native hematopoiesis, since it takes a long time for the mature population, especially the lymphoid population, to be fully replaced by the progenies from the labeled HSPC population (as suggested by Busch et al 2015 and Säwen et al 2018). In transplantation, since lethal irradiation was performed, mature blood cells were rapidly generated by HSPCs, thus saturation of labeling level is not a major concern for precursor quantification. We plan to add Author response image 2 as evidence that Confetti labeling level was stable in mice transplanted with Fancc-/- cells.  

      Author response image 2.

      - Do 9-month-old Fanc-/- animals have reduced lymphoid precursors as well?

      Because of the non-saturated labeling in peripheral blood B cells and extra-HSPC induction of Confetti in T cells, we cannot accurately measure lymphoid precursor numbers in 9-month-old Fancc-/- animals. As an alternative, the precursor number of lymphoid biased MPP4 population were comparable between Fancc+/+ and Fancc-/- animals (Figure 5D).   We plan to add the frequency of common lymphoid progenitors (defined by Lin-IL-7Ra+Sca-1midcKitmid) add a supplementary figure to show were CLP frequencies between these two genotypes.

      Author response image 3.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript by Liu et al. uses Confetti labeling of hematopoietic stem and progenitor cells in situ to infer the clonal dynamics of adult hematopoiesis. The authors apply a new mathematical framework to analyze the data, allowing them to increase the range of applicability of this tool up to tens of thousands of precursors. With this tool, they (1) provide evidence for the large polyclonality of adult hematopoiesis, (2) offer insights on the expansion dynamics in the fetal liver stage, (3) assess the clonal dynamics in a Fanconi anemia model (Fancc), which has engraftment defects during transplantation.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript is well written, with beautiful and clear figures, and both methods and mathematical models are clear and easy to understand.

      Since 2017, Mikel Ganuza and Shannon McKinney-Freeman have been using these Confetti approaches that rely on calculating the variance across independent biological replicates as a way to infer clonal dynamics. This is a powerful tool and it is a pleasure to see it being implemented in more labs around the world. One of the cool novelties of the current manuscript is using a mathematical model (based on a binomial distribution) to avoid directly regressing the Confetti labeling variance with the number of clones (which only has linearity for a small range of clone numbers). As a result, this current manuscript of Liu et al. methodologically extends the usability of the Confetti approach, allowing them more precise and robust quantification.

      They then use this model to revisit some questions from various Ganuza et al. papers, validating most of their conclusions. The application to the clonal dynamics of hematopoiesis in a model of Fanconi anemia (Fancc mice) is very much another novel aspect, and shows the surprising result that clonal dynamics are remarkably similar to the wild-type (in spite of the defect that these Fancc HSCs have during engraftment).

      Overall, the manuscript succeeds at what it proposes to do, stretching out the possibilities of this Confetti model, which I believe will be useful for the entire community of stem cell biologists, and possibly make these assays available to other stem cell regenerating systems.

      Weaknesses:

      My main concern with this work is the choice of CreER driver line, which then relates to some of the conclusions made. Scl-CreER succeeds at being as homogenous as possible in labeling HSC/MPPs... however it is clear that it also labels a subcompartment of HSC clones that become dominant with time... This is seen as the percentage of Confettirecombined cells never ceases to increase during the 9-month chase of labeled cells, suggesting that non-labeled cells are being replaced by labeled cells. The reason why this is important is that then one cannot really make conclusions about the clonal dynamics of the unlabeled cells (e.g. for estimating the total number of clones, etc.).

      We appreciate the reviewers’ comments. We also agree that this is especially a concern for measuring B cell precursors in native hematopoiesis. For myeloid cells, the increase was much less profound (0.5% per month) after month four post-induction. One way to investigate the dynamics of unlabeled cells is to induce different groups of mice with different doses of tamoxifen so that labeling efficiency varies among different groups. With 14 days of tamoxifen treatment, maximum 60% of HSPC can be labeled (RFP+CFP+YFP). If the unlabeled cells behave similarly with labeled cells, then varying the labeling efficiency shouldn’t affect the total number of precursors calculated (if excluding the potential effect of longer tamoxifen treatment on HSC). While we haven’t extensively performed such lengthy experiment, we have performed one measurement (5 mice) with 14-days of tamoxifen treatment and showed that peripheral blood myeloid precursor numbers calculated from this experiment were comparable to the ones from Figure 3 (2-day tamoxifen).

      Author response image 4.

      It's possible that those HSPC that are never labeled with Confetti even during longer tamoxifen treatment could behave differently. In this case, a different Cre driver may provide insight into the total precursor numbers.

      I am not sure about the claims that the data shows little precursor expansion from E11 to E14. First, these experiments are done with fewer than 5 replicates, and thus they have much higher error, which is particularly concerning for distinguishing differences of such a small number of clones. Second, the authors do see a ~0.5-1 log difference between E11 and E14 (when looking at months 2-3). When looking at months 5+, there is already a clear decline in the total number of clones in both adult-labeled and embryonic-labeled, so these time points are not as good for estimating the embryonic expansion. In any case, the number of precursors at E11 (which in the end defines the degree of expansion) is always overestimated (and thus, the expansion underestimated) due to the effects of lingering tamoxifen after injection (which continues to cause Confetti allele recombination as stem cell divide). Thus, I think these results are still compatible with expansion in the fetal liver (the degree of which still remains uncertain to me).

      We agreed adding additional replicates will reducing any error and boost confidence in our conclusions. The dilemma of comparing fetal- and adult-labeled cohorts is that HSPC activities could not be synchronized among different developmental stages. At fetal to neonatal stage, HSPC proliferate faster to generate new blood cells and support developmental need, while at adult stage HSPC proliferate much slower. Thus, it takes long time for the mature myeloid cells in the adult-labeled cohort to reach a stable Confetti labeling and provide an accurate quantification of precursor. While we agree that it might be better to compare precursor numbers in earlier months, we preferred to compare precursor numbers at later time points for the aforementioned reasons. The other option is to compare the number of HSPC precursors in the BM at earlier time points, as no equilibration of labeling level is required in HSPC, but this requires earlier sacrifice, compromising long term assessment.    

      We did not revisit questions about the lingering effect of tamoxifen, as this has been studied by Ganuza et al 2017. They showed that tamoxifen was not able to induce additional Confetti recombination if given one day ahead, suggesting the effective window for tamoxifen is less than 24h.

      Based on our data, the expansion of lifelong precursors range anywhere from 1.4 to 7.0 (Figure 4G). It’s possible that we might observe a higher level of expansion if the comparison was done in earlier time points. Nonetheless, the assertion that the expansion of life-long HSPC is not as profound as evidenced by transplantation, emphasizes value of HSPC activity analysis in situ.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:  

      Liu et al. focus on a mathematical method to quantify active hematopoietic precursors in mice using Confetti reporter mice combined with Cre-lox technology. The paper explores the hematopoietic dynamics in various scenarios, including homeostasis, myeloablation with 5-fluorouracil, Fanconi anemia (FA), and post-transplant environments. The key findings and strengths of the paper include (1) precursor quantification: The study develops a method based on the binomial distribution of fluorescent protein expression to estimate precursor numbers. This method is validated across a wide dynamic range, proving more reliable than previous approaches that suffered from limited range and high variance outside this range; (2) dynamic response analysis: The paper examines how hematopoietic precursors respond to myeloablation and transplantation; (3) application in disease models: The method is applied to the FA mouse model, revealing that these mice maintain normal precursor numbers under steady-state conditions and posttransplantation, which challenges some assumptions about FA pathology. Despite the normal precursor count, a diminished repopulation capability suggests other factors at play, possibly related to cell proliferation or other cellular dysfunctions. In addition, the FA mouse model showed a reduction in active lymphoid precursors post-transplantation, contributing to decreased repopulation capacity as the mice aged. The authors are aware of the limitation of the assumption of uniform expansion. The paper assumes a uniform expansion from active precursor to progenies for quantifying precursor numbers. This assumption may not hold in all biological scenarios, especially in disease states where hematopoietic dynamics can be significantly altered. If non-uniformity is high, this could affect the accuracy of the quantification. Overall, the study underscores the importance of precise quantification of hematopoietic precursors in understanding both normal and pathological states in hematopoiesis, presenting a robust tool that could significantly enhance research in hematopoietic disorders and therapy development. The following concerns should be addressed.

      Major Points:

      • The authors have shown a wide range of seeded cells (1 to 1e5) (Figure 1D) that follow the linear binomial rule. As the standard deviation converges eventually with more seeded cells, the authors need to address this limitation by seeding the number of cells at which the assumption fails.

      While number range above 105 is not required for our measurement of hematopoietic precursors in mice, we agree that it will be valuable to understand the upper limit of experimental measurement. we plan to seed 106-107 cells per replicate to address reviewer’s comments. 

      • Line 276: This suggests myelopoiesis is preferred when very few precursors are available after irradiation-mediated injury. Did the authors see more myeloid progenitors at 1 month post-transplantation with low precursor number? The authors need to show this data in a supplement.

      While we appreciate the concern, we did not generate this dataset because this requires take down of a substantial number of animals at one-month post-transplantation. 

      Minor Points:

      • Please cite a reference for line 40: a rare case where a single HSPC clone supports hematopoiesis.

      • Line 262-263: "This discrepancy may reflect uneven seeding of precursors to the BM throughout the body after transplantation and the fact that we only sampled a part of the BM (femur, tibia, and pelvis)." Consider citing this paper (https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cell.2023.09.019) that explores the HSPCs migration across different bones.

      • Lines 299 and 304. Misspellings of RFP.

      We appreciate reviewer’s suggestions and will modify as suggested. 

      • The title is misleading as the paper's main focus is the precursor number estimator using the binomial nature of fluorescent tagging. Using a single-copy cassette of Confetti mice cannot be used to measure clonality.

      We appreciate reviewer’s suggestions and plan to modify the title of the manuscript to read: “Dynamic Tracking of Native Precursors in Adult Mice”.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews: 

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review): 

      Summary: 

      This study explores the therapeutic potential of KMO inhibition in endometriosis, a condition with limited treatment options. 

      Strengths: 

      KNS898 is a novel specific KMO inhibitor and is orally bioavailable, providing a convenient and non-hormonal treatment option for endometriosis. The promising efficacy of KNS898 was demonstrated in a relevant preclinical mouse model of endometriosis with pathological and behavioural assessments performed. 

      Weaknesses: 

      (1) The expression of KMO in human normal endometrium and endometrial lesions was not quantified. Western blot or quantification of IHC images will provide valuable insight.

      Given the differential expression of KMO in luminal epithelial cells lining the endometrial glands compared to the other parts of the endometrium, a general endometrial Western Blot prep is not going to be additionally helpful or accurate in addressing this question, without e.g. laser capture microdissection or single cell quantitative proteomics. Furthermore, KMO is a flavin-dependent monooxygenase and the activity, especially generating the oxidative stressor product 3-hydroxykynurenine is far more dependent on kynurenine substrate availability than it is on actual enzyme abundance - although it is important to show (as we have done), that KMO is present in the human endometrial glands and in human distended endometrial gland-like structures (DEGLS).

      If KMO is not overexpressed in diseased tissues i.e. it may have homeostatic roles, and inhibition of KMO may have consequences on general human health and wellbeing.

      KMO certainly does have important homeostatic roles, for example as key step in the repletion of NAD+ through de novo synthesis. Although with good nutrition and sufficient NAD+ precursors in the diet e.g. niacin, that specific role may be partially redundant. KMO knockout mice exhibit normal fertility and fecundity and do not show a survival deficit compared to littermate wildtype controls (e.g. Mole et al Nature Medicine 2016). To further develop KNS898 towards clinical use, preclinical GLP safety and toxicology studies and human Phase 1 clinical trials will of course need to be completed, but that is standard for the development of any new drug

      In addition, KMO expression in control mice was not shown or quantified.

      Control mice that were not inoculated intraperitoneally with endometrial fragments did not develop DEGLS and therefore there is nothing to show or quantify.

      Images of KMO expression in endometriosis mice with treatments should be shown in Figure 4.

      We have now included a representative KMO immunohistochemistry image from each endometriosis group and included all KMO immunohistochemistry images in Supplementary Information.

      The images showing quantification analysis (Figure 4A-F) can be moved to supplementary material.

      This recommendation contradicts the emphasis placed by the same reviewer earlier regarding quantification, so we have elected to keep it where it is.

      (2) Figure 1 only showed representative images from a few patients. A description of whether KMO expression varies between patients and whether it correlates with AFS stages/disease severity will be helpful. Images from additional patients can be provided in supplementary material. 

      We have added extra information to the Figure legend to clarify the disease stage of the superficial peritoneal lesions which were illustrated (Stage I/II) and to link them to the information in supplementary Table S1. In total we examined 11 peritoneal lesions and 5 ovarian lesions (stage III/IV) – in every sample examined immunopositive staining was most intense in epithelial cells lining gland-like structures. Sections illustrated were chosen to illustrate this key finding.

      (3) For Home Cage Analysis, different measurements were performed as stated in methods including total moving distance, total moving time, moving speed, isolation/separation distance, isolated time, peripheral time, peripheral distance, in centre zones time, in centre zones distance, climbing time, and body temperature. However, only the finding for peripheral distance was reported in the manuscript. 

      This was indeed a large amount of output, which we rationalised for the benefit of a concise paper. The paper now includes a description of which parameters showed a difference with drug treatment.

      (4) The rationale for choosing the different dose levels of KNS898 - 0.01-25mg/kg was not provided. What is the IC50 of a drug? 

      KNS898 dosing has been extensively characterised by us in multiple species, and the pIC50 has already been published (e.g. Hayes et al Cell Reports 2023 and elsewhere). We now include the pIC50 in the present manuscript to save the reader from having to search through another reference.

      (5) Statistical significance: 

      (a) Were stats performed for Fig 3B-E?

      Now included, thank you.

      (b) Line 141 - 'P = 0.004 for DEGLS per group' 

      However, statistics were not shown in the figure. 

      Thanks, now displayed on figure.

      (c) Line 166 - 'the mechanical allodynia threshold in the hind paw was statistically significantly lower compared to baseline for the group' 

      However, statistics were not shown in the figure. 

      (d) Line 170 - 'Two-way ANOVA, Group effect P = 0.003, time effect P < 0.0001' The stats need to be annotated appropriately in Figure 5A as two separate symbols. 

      Arguably the far more important comparison in this figure is whether there is any effect of treatment, and to mark multiple statistical comparisons on the figure would make it difficult to understand. Instead, the figure legend and results text have been clarified on this point.

      (e) Figure 5B - multiple comparisons of two-way ANOVA are needed. G4 does not look different to G3 at D42. 

      Multiple comparison testing (Dunnett’s T3) was done and the results have been clarified in the text and figure legends.

      (f) Line 565 - 'non-significant improvement in KNS898 treated groups'. However, ** was annotated in Figure 5A. 

      Thank you. This is an error that has been checked and corrected.

      (6) Discussion is very light. No reference to previous publications was made in the discussion. Discussion on potential mechanistic pathways of KYR/KMO in the pathogenesis of endometriosis will be helpful, as the expression and function of KMO and/or other metabolites in endometrial-related conditions. 

      The discussion is deliberately concise and focussed. The paper has 21 references to previous publications. A speculative discussion is generally not favoured by us.

      The findings in this study generally support the conclusion although some key data which strengthen the conclusion eg quantification of KMO in normal and diseased tissue is lacking.

      We differ from the reviewer here and do not think that those data would materially affect the likelihood of KMO inhibition being efficacious in human endometriosis in Phase 2/3 clinical trials.

      Before KMO inhibitors can be used for endometriosis, the function of KMO in the context of endometriosis should be explored eg KMO knockout mice should be studied. 

      We take the view that before KMO inhibitors can be used for endometriosis in patients there are multiple other regulatory and clinical development steps that are required that would be a priority. While using a KMO knockout mouse might be an interesting scientific experiment, it would not impact on the critical path in a material way.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review): 

      Summary: 

      The authors aim to address the clinical challenge of treating endometriosis, a debilitating condition with limited and often ineffective treatment options. They propose that inhibiting KMO could be a novel non-hormonal therapeutic approach. Their study focuses on: 

      • Characterising KMO expression in human and mouse endometriosis tissues. 

      • Investigating the effects of KMO inhibitor KNS898 on inflammation, lesion volume, and pain in a mouse model of endometriosis. 

      • Demonstrating the efficacy of KMO blockade in improving histological and symptomatic features of endometriosis. 

      Strengths: 

      • Novelty and Relevance: The study addresses a significant clinical need for better endometriosis treatments and explores a novel therapeutic target. 

      • Comprehensive Approach: The authors use both human biobanked tissues and a mouse model to study KMO expression and the effects of its inhibition. 

      • Clear Biochemical Outcomes: The administration of KNS898 reliably induced KMO blockade, leading to measurable biochemical changes (increased kynurenine, increased kynurenic acid, reduced 3-hydroxykynurenine). 

      Weaknesses: 

      • Limited Mechanistic Insight: The study does not thoroughly investigate the mechanistic pathways through which KNS898 affects endometriosis. Specifically, the local vs. systemic effects of KMO inhibition are not well differentiated. 

      While we agree that this is not a comprehensive mechanistic analysis, given that the ultimate therapy would be almost certainly a once daily oral dosing i.e. systemic administration, we do not consider differentiating local vs systemic effects of KMO inhibition to be critical to therapeutic development in this scenario.

      • Statistical Analysis Issues: The choice of statistical tests (e.g., two-way ANOVA instead of repeated measures ANOVA for behavioral data) may not be the most appropriate, potentially impacting the validity of the results. 

      The selection of two-way ANOVA (time and group) is sufficient and correct for this experimental analysis and its use does not invalidate the results. We agree that repeated measures ANOVA could be a valid alternative.

      • Quantification and Comparisons: There is insufficient quantitative comparison of KMO expression levels between normal endometrium and endometriosis lesions,

      Please see response above to quantification question raised by Reviewer 1.

      and the systemic effects of KNS898 are not fully explored or quantified in various tissues. 

      Please see earlier responses. KNS898 has been thoroughly explored in multiple tissues, species and experimental models, but those data do not need rehearsed here.

      • Potential Side Effects: The systemic accumulation of kynurenine pathway metabolites raises concerns about potential side effects, which are not addressed in the study. 

      As discussed above (response to Reviewer 1), KMO knockout mice exhibit normal fertility and fecundity and do not show a survival deficit compared to littermate wildtype controls (e.g. Mole et al Nature Medicine 2016). To further develop KNS898 towards clinical use, preclinical GLP safety and toxicology studies and human Phase 1 clinical trials will naturally need to be completed, but this is standard for the development of any new drug.

      Achievement of Aims: 

      • The authors successfully demonstrated that KMO is expressed in endometriosis lesions and that KNS898 can induce KMO blockade, leading to biochemical changes and improvements in endometriosis symptoms in a mouse model. 

      Support of Conclusions: 

      • While the data supports the potential of KMO inhibition as a therapeutic strategy, the conclusions are somewhat overextended given the limitations in mechanistic insights and statistical analysis. The study provides promising initial evidence but requires further exploration to firmly establish the efficacy and safety of KNS898 for endometriosis treatment. 

      We do not agree that the conclusions are overextended based on the data presented, as expanded in the reply to the eLife editorial assessment at the beginning of this response. It is clear that additional preclinical, regulatory and clinical development work, and human clinical trials will be required to firmly establish the efficacy and safety of KN898 for endometriosis treatment.

      Impact on the Field: 

      • The study introduces a novel therapeutic target for endometriosis, potentially leading to non-hormonal treatment options. If validated, KMO inhibition could significantly impact the management of endometriosis. 

      Utility of Methods and Data: 

      • The methods used provide a foundation for further research, although they require refinement. The data, while promising, need more rigorous statistical analysis and deeper mechanistic exploration to be fully convincing and useful to the community. 

      We believe that the data are a) convincing, and b) useful to the community. To be advanced effectively towards patients, KNS898 needs to follow the critical development path outlined above.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors): 

      (1) Change 'hyperalgia' to hyperalgesia throughout the manuscript including the title. 

      Done

      (2) Line 69 - write '3-HK' in full. 

      Done

      (3) Line 85 - the findings of the study include 'define the preclinical efficacy of KNS898 in reducing inflammation'. The inflammatory profile was not studied. 

      Changed to “disease”

      (4) Line 259 - write 'EPHect' in full. 

      Done

      (5) Line 260 - write 'AFS' in full. Also, abbreviate 'AFS' in the caption of Table S1. 

      Done

      (6) 20 patients were listed in Table S1 but only 19 were accounted for in the methods section. 

      Apologies there was an error and has now been corrected in the methods section as one of the endometrial samples had not been included. Table S1 has also been changed to make it clear which samples were eutopic endometrium to differentiate them from the lesions.

      (7) The location from which the endometrial lesion tissues were obtained should be provided in Table S1. 

      Table S1 has been changed to make it clear that the subtypes of lesions examined were classified as Stage I/II – superficial peritoneal subtype and Stage III/IV – endometrioma. The methods section has also been updated to reflect these subtypes (lines 272-277).

      (8) Table S2 - G5 should be given compound 'A' not 'B'. 

      Thank you. Corrected.

      (9) Figure 2E was not referenced in the text and no figure legend was provided. 

      Now referenced and the figure legend updated.

      (10) Figure 3A - font needs to be enlarged. HCA baseline recording was annotated as performed twice in the protocol. When is the baseline taken and on what day was the Week 12 measurement taken (refer to Figures 5C and D)? 

      Font has been enlarged as requested. The second HCA baseline annotation in Fig 3A is a cut-and-paste error, now rectified and the time of second measurement annotated.

      (11) Line 133 - 'In KNS898-treated group G4 (endometriosis + treatment from Day 19), DEGLS formed in 4 of 15 mice (26.7%) and in G5 (Endo + treatment start on Day 26) in 6 of 15 mice (40%) (Fig. 3f).'. The aforementioned data is not reflected in Figure 3F. 

      Thank you. This has been rectified.

      (12) Line 137 - 'Mice with endometriosis receiving KNS898 from the time of inoculation (G4) had an average of 2.0 DEGLS per animal with DEGLS (total = 8 DEGLS in 4 mice in G4) and those receiving KNS898 1 week after inoculation (G5) had an average of 1.8 DEGLS per animal (total = 11 DEGLS in 6 mice in G5) (Figs. 3g and 3h).' 

      The aforementioned data is not reflected in Figure 3G. There is no Figure 3H shown. 

      Rectified as above.

      (13) Provide a discussion of why KA levels were significantly lower in Figure 3E compared to Figure 2C. 

      (14) Figure legend for Figure 3 - G1 and G2 were noted as n=8. However, Figure S1 and Table S2 noted both groups as n=10. 

      Thank you. This is a typographical error. The legend for Fig 3 should indeed read n=10 for G1 and G2 and has been corrected.

      (15) Line 181 - 'compared to non-operated and sham-operated control groups'. Only the sham group was shown in Figures 5C and D. 

      This text has been clarified to refer only to the data shown.

      (16) Figure 1 images need scalebars. Same for Figure 4. 

      Now added

      (17) Figure 3B - y-axis is fold change? 

      Relative concentration. Legend has been clarified.

      (18) Figures 5A and B - are the last Von Frey measurements taken on Day 40 (as per Figure 3A) or 42?

      Taken on Day 42. Fig 3A (the prospective protocol figure) has been clarified to reflect what actually happened (D42) as opposed to what was planned (D40) to pre-empt any further confusion.

      (19) Symbols in Figure S1 need to be explained in the Figure legend. 

      Done

      (20) Figures 2A and 2D should not be plotted in log scale to match the description of results in Line 106 and Line 118. 

      These particular results are plotted on a log scale to allow the reader to visualise that detectable levels of drug are measurable at very low doses and that there is no significant pharmacodynamic effect at that low dose. We choose to retain the present format.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors): 

      Comments and queries 

      Introduction/aims section: 

      Line 82 - 87: Clarify in the proposal aims what is being accessed and analysed in humans and/or in animal models (mice). Specifically state clearly the correlations with KMO expression. Were the correlations between KMO expression with features of inflammation performed only in mice or also in humans? 

      Thank you for this comment. The aims have been clarified in the Introduction.

      Section - KMO is expressed in human eutopic endometrium and human endometriosis tissue lesions: 

      Was any quantitative or semi-quantitative method used to quantify the KMO expression in human tissues? Although the authors claimed that "KMO was strongly immunopositive in human peritoneal endometriosis lesions" by the representative figures it is not clear if KMO expression is similar, higher or lower between normal endometrium and peritoneal endometriosis lesions. 

      We have added extra information to the legend of Figure 1 to identify the PIN number of the superficial lesions illustrated. The key finding from the immunostaining with the antibody which had been previously validated as specific for KMO was that the most intense immunopositive response was in glandular epithelial cells and the samples illustrate this result.

      Section - Oral KNS898 inhibits KMO in mice: 

      The authors clearly confirmed the target engagement of KNS898 in inhibiting KMO activity and, therefore, affecting upstream and downstream metabolites systemically in (peripheral fluid/ plasma) mice. Whether KNS898 effect is broad and targets systemic immune cells and whole body cells and tissue was not explored. It was also not explored if KNS898 is able to specifically inhibit KMO locally at the endometrium tissue by targeting epithelial and/or infiltrated immune cells, for example. 

      That is correct.

      It would be interesting to measure (or if it was measured to report in this section and also in Figure 2) the levels of KYN, KA and 3HK in naïve animals that did not receive KNS898. It would help to understand the net effect of KNS898 on the levels of kynurenine pathway metabolites and, therefore, justify the dose chosen.

      These data are already presented in Fig 3B-E, control group.

      Perhaps then the chosen dose could be lower considering the possible substantial changes in kynurenine pathway metabolites levels, which are reported to exert an effect in many cells, tissues and systems and could, therefore, precipitate side effects. Even more considering that the values for these metabolites are expressed as ng/ml, which hinders the comparison of the metabolite levels with the one reported for naïve animals in the literature. I would also suggest expressing the metabolite levels as nM/L. 

      This is not a relevant method of determining dose-limiting toxicity or safety pharmacology/toxicology, either non-GLP or GLP. There are international guidelines on the proper conduct of those studies. This is also why it is important not to make claims about the safety or otherwise of an experimental compound in an in vivo setting that has not explicitly complied with those regulatory standards. With regard to the units recommendation, accepted units are ng/mL or nM, not usually nM/L.

      Section - KMO blockade reduces endometrial gland-like lesion burden in experimental endometriosis in mice: 

      Line 130: It would be better to replace "blockade of 3HK production" with "reduction of 3HK production" to better reflect the results. 

      Changed to “inhibition of 3HK production”.

      Line 140: In G5 (treatment starting at Day 26/ 1 week after inoculation), is the experimental model of endometriosis already established with all pathological and phenotypic features? 

      This was not specifically tested in this experiment.

      Lines 146 - 148: It would be better to specify that "Overall, there was no significant difference IN BODY WEIGHT between G3 and the KNS898 treatment groups G4 and G5 (endometriosis + treatment from Day 26)". Otherwise, this last sentence might be interpreted as the overall conclusion of this result sub-section. 

      Thank you, a good point and has been corrected.

      The authors demonstrated with an experimental approach that KMO blockade reduces a pathological measure of endometriosis i.e., endometrial gland-like lesion burden, in experimental endometriosis in mice when both administrated concomitant but also after the disease development. Although mechanistic insights about how reduced KMO activity can reduce the developed distended endometrial gland-like structures were not explored. Therefore, it remains to be investigated which (and how ) kynurenine pathway metabolites are directly linked to the beneficial effects of KMO blockade in the experimental model of endometriosis.

      We agree.

      Although the beneficial effects on the pathological measures are evident, Figure 3 shows an exorbitant accumulation of KYN and KA and also a substantial reduction in 3HK after the treatment with KNS898, which then raises concerns about tolerability and side effects. Would this effective KNS898 dose be viable and translational as a therapeutic approach? 

      Please refer to comments above at multiple junctures about safety pharmacology and the clinical development critical path.

      Section - KMO is expressed in experimental endometriosis in mice: 

      By histological examination, the authors confirm that the treatment with KNS898 specifically reduced the KMO expression intensity in the DEGLS from mice. Therefore, the effect exerted by KNS898 locally on the KMO expression at the DEGLS could be, at least, partially responsible for the beneficial effects observed in Figure 3 i.e., the reduction of pathological measures. Although remains to be explored whether the effect of KNS898 in other cells or tissues could also be accountable for the beneficial effects exerted by KNS898 on the animal model of endometriosis. 

      This is correct.

      From a logical experimental point of view, I would suggest switching the order of the result subsection "KMO blockade reduces endometrial gland-like lesion burden in experimental endometriosis in mice" and "KMO is expressed in experimental endometriosis in mice" as well as the respective Figures 3 and 4. 

      We do not agree. Fig 3 (and section) is the macroscopic enumeration of DEGLS, Fig 4 (and section) is the microscopic and immunohistochemical evaluation of the lesions introduced in Fig 3. The sequence as originally presented is the more logical.

      Sections - KMO inhibition reduces mechanical allodynia in experimental endometriosis - and - KMO inhibition reduces mechanical allodynia in experimental endometriosis: 

      The authors suggested that the KMO inhibition with KNS898 exerts beneficial effects on behavioural paradigms related to the experimental model of endometriosis. Based on the statistical analysis performed for the author, KMO inhibition with KNS898 reduces mechanical allodynia, as well as rescues, impaired cage exploration behaviour and mobility in mice with endometriosis. However, I believe that the most indicated statistical tests for Von Frey (allodynia behaviour) and Home cage (illness behaviour) analyses over time would be repeated measures ANOVA and paired t-test, respectively (and not two-way ANOVA as performed). Therefore for a more trustful analysis and interpretation of this data set, I would suggest the authors modify the statistical analysis and report the corresponding interpretation of these tests. 

      The selection of two-way ANOVA (time and group) is suitable for this experimental analysis and its use does not invalidate the results. We agree that repeated measures ANOVA could be a valid alternative.

      Overall, the authors present a solid and useful case for KMO inhibition as a potential therapeutic strategy for endometriosis. However, the study would benefit from more detailed mechanistic insights, appropriate statistical analyses, and an evaluation of potential side effects. With these improvements, the research could have a significant impact on the field and pave the way for new treatment modalities for endometriosis. 

      We thank the reviewer for the positive comments and we have responded to the criticisms above.

      Specific recommendations for improvement: 

      • Mechanistic Studies: Conduct detailed studies to understand the local vs. systemic effects of KMO inhibition and its specific impacts on different cell types and tissues. If not feasible here, the authors could include in the discussion section a detailed overview of the possible mechanisms implicated. 

      While we agree that this is not a comprehensive mechanistic analysis, given that the ultimate therapy would be almost certainly a once daily oral dosing i.e. systemic administration, we do not consider differentiating local vs systemic effects of KMO inhibition to be critical to therapeutic development in this scenario. We do not think speculation about possible mechanisms that is not supported by experimental data should be included. Furthermore, that notion (of statements not supported by data) has been given as a criticism by the reviewers, and therefore consistency on this point must be preferable.

      • Quantitative Analysis: Include more robust quantitative methods to compare KMO expression levels in different tissues and assess the correlation between KNO expression and pathological and behavioural changes. 

      As discussed above, the pathophysiological importance of KMO is in its enzymatic activity, not in its abundance as a protein, and 3HK production is far more dependent on kynurenine substrate availability rather than KMO protein abundance.

      • Appropriate Statistics: Use the most suitable statistical tests for behavioural and other repeated measures data to ensure accurate interpretation. 

      As discussed above

      • Side Effect Evaluation: Investigate potential side effects of systemic KMO inhibition, particularly focusing on the long-term implications of altered kynurenine pathway metabolites. If not feasible here, the authors could include in the discussion section a detailed overview of the possible side effects associated as well as inform if KNS898 can cross the BBB and its implications. 

      For a novel small molecule therapeutic compound in preclinical/clinical development, there are strictly regulated preclinical and clinical development standards that need to be met. It would not be responsible to publish or make claims about safety and potential adverse effect profiles without conducting the proper panel of tests within a suitable regulatory framework.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Orlovskis and his colleagues revealed an interesting phenomenon that SAP54-overexpressing leaf exposure to leafhopper males is required for the attraction of followed females. By transcriptomic analysis, they demonstrated that SAP54 effectively suppresses biotic stress response pathways in leaves exposed to the males. Furthermore, they clarified how SAP54, by targeting SVP, heightens leaf vulnerability to leafhopper males, thus facilitating female attraction and subsequent plant colonization by the insects.

      Strengths:

      The phenomenon of this study is interesting and exciting.

      Weaknesses:

      The underlying mechanisms of this phenomenon are not convincing.

      We thank the reviewer for the comment of finding our study interesting and exciting. However, we respectfully disagree with the reviewer assertion that the mechanisms we uncovered are unconvincing.

      We have uncovered a significant portion of the mechanisms by which SAP54 induces the leafhopper attraction phenotype.

      First, we discovered that the SAP54-mediated attraction of leafhoppers requires the presence of male leafhoppers on the leaves. Female leafhoppers were only attracted and laid more eggs on leaves when both SAP54 and male leafhoppers were present. In the absence of either males or SAP54, female leafhoppers did not exhibit this behaviour.

      Second, we found that biotic stress responses in leaves were significantly downregulated when exposed to SAP54 and male leafhoppers, with a much lesser effect observed in the presence of females.

      Third, we identified that the presence of the MADS-box transcription factor SHORT VEGETATIVE PHASE (SVP) in leaves is crucial for the leafhopper attraction phenotype, and that SAP54 facilitates the degradation of SVP.

      Our research corroborates previous findings that SAP54-mediated degradation of MADS-box transcription factors depends on the 26S proteasome shuttle factor RAD23, which we found previously to also be necessary for the leafhopper attraction phenotype (MacLean et al., 2014. PMID: 24714165). This finding has been replicated by other research groups. Previous research has also revealed that leafhoppers are specifically attracted to leaves, not to the leaf-like flowers (Orlovskis & Hogenhout, 2016. PMID: 27446117).

      Collectively, these results suggest that SAP54 acts as a "matchmaker", helping male leafhoppers locate mates more easily by degrading SVP-containing complexes in leaves. We have updated the model in Fig. 7 to better illustrate our findings.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this study, the authors show that leaf exposure to leafhopper males is required for female attraction in the SAP54-expressing plant. They clarify how SAP54, by degrading SVP, suppresses biotic stress response pathways in leaves exposed to the males, thus facilitating female attraction and plant colonization.

      Strengths:

      This study suggests the possibility that the attraction of insect vectors to leaves is the major function of SAP54, and the induction of the leaf-like flowers may be a side-effect of the degradation of MTFs and SVP. It is a very surprising discovery that only male insect vectors can effectively suppress the plant's biotic stress response pathway. Although there has been interest in the phyllody symptoms induced by SAP54, the purpose, and advantage of secreting SAP54 were unknown. The results of this study shed light on the significance of secreted proteins in the phytoplasma life cycle and should be highly evaluated.

      Weaknesses:

      One weakness of this study is that the mechanisms by which male and female leafhoppers differentially affect plant defense responses remain unclear, although I understand that this is a future study.

      The authors show that female feeding suppresses female colonization on SAP54-expressing plants. This is also an intriguing phenomenon but this study doesn't explain its molecular mechanism (Figure 7).

      Strengths:

      We appreciate the reviewer's assessment of the strengths of our study. We do indeed discuss the possibility that the induction of leaf-like flowers could be a side effect of the SAP54 effector function. However, it is not uncommon for effectors to have multiple functions, as has been frequently demonstrated for viral proteins (e.g., PMID: 34618877). Furthermore, it is increasingly evident that developmental and immune processes in organisms often overlap and are mediated by the same proteins. A notable example is the Toll-like receptors, which are widely recognized for their role in innate immunity but were initially discovered for their involvement in various developmental processes (e.g., PMID: 29695493).

      MADS-box transcription factors are known to regulate various developmental pathways in plants, and their diversification has been a key driver of evolutionary innovations in plant development. These factors are comparable to HOX genes, which are essential for the development of bilateral animals. While the role of MADS-box transcription factors in orchestrating flowering has been well-documented, recent evidence has emerged showing that they also play a role in regulating immune processes in plants. Our findings contribute to this emerging understanding, presenting novel insights into the multifunctional roles of these transcription factors.

      Specifically, the MADS-box transcription factor SVP has vital roles in both plant immunity and flowering. The SAP54-mediated targeting of this transcription factor may therefore confer multiple advantages to phytoplasmas that, as obligate colonisers, depend on plants and transmission by insects for survival. Firstly, the inhibition of flowering could delay plant senescence and death, which is particularly relevant in annual plants, the primary hosts of AY-WB phytoplasma studied here. Secondly, the downregulation of plant defence responses, particularly against males, facilitates the attraction of females, which are more likely to reproduce and thus increase the number of vectors for phytoplasma transmission. Given that phytoplasmas are obligate organisms with highly reduced genomes, it is plausible that they rely on ‘efficient proteins’ capable of targeting multiple key pathways in their hosts.

      Weaknesses:

      As explained above, we have uncovered a substantial portion of the mechanisms through which SAP54 induces the leafhopper attraction phenotypes that includes the identification of MADS-box transcription factor SVP as an important contributor. We have updated the model in Fig. 7 to better illustrate our findings.

      It is known that SVP forms quaternary structures with other (MADS-box) transcription factors, and it is seems likely that the degradations of specific SVP complexes present in fully developed leaves play a significant role in the downregulation of immune genes in the presence of SAP54 and males. These specific complexes also do not form in svp mutants, which could explain why females are attracted to these mutant plants in the presence of males. However, transcription profiles are different in male-exposed SAP54 vs male-exposed svp plants. This may be explained by SVP having multiple functions, including those that are not targeted by SAP54.

      Identifying which SVP complexes contribute to the male-mediated downregulation of immunity in the presence of SAP54 would require the development of a broad range of tools to investigate plant immunity without the confounding effects of developmental changes. This line of inquiry extends beyond the findings presented in this study.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Orlovskis and colleagues revealed an interesting phenomenon that SAP54-overexpressing leaf exposure to leafhopper males is required for the attraction of followed females. By transcriptomic analysis, they demonstrated that SAP54 effectively suppresses biotic stress response pathways in leaves exposed to the males. Furthermore, they clarified how SAP54, by targeting SVP, heightens leaf vulnerability to leafhopper males, thus facilitating female attraction and subsequent plant colonization by the insects. The discovery of this study is interesting and exciting. However, I have a few concerns that require authors to address.

      (1) The author demonstrated that SAP54-overexpressing leaf exposure to leafhopper males is more attractive to females. However, I was confused that the author did not analyse the choice preference of males. This is important, as the author demonstrated later that "SAP54 plants exposed to males display significant downregulation of biotic stress responses". It is very possible that the female is attracted by a mating signal, but not by reduced biotic stress responses. Also, it is important to address whether the female used in this study is virgin.

      We have analysed male preference in feeding choice tests (Figure 1, treatment 3) and described our findings in the text (p7; lines 214-216). For added clarity, we have revised the text on p7 (lines 214-216) to specify that males alone do not show any feeding preference for SAP54 plants.

      Additionally, we investigated whether females could be attracted to male-exposed SAP54 plants prior to landing and feeding using choice experiments, as depicted in Supplemental Figure 3 and discussed in the text (p9; lines 265-271). These findings suggest that long-distance cues alone do not fully account for the female attraction phenotype observed in Figure 1. We acknowledge that mating calls or volatiles may complement or enhance the transcriptional changes in male-exposed SAP54 leaves. This interpretation is further supported by comparing Figure 1, treatments 4 and 5, which shows that removing males from SAP54 leaves before female choice does not increase female colonisation. To enhance clarity and precision, we have added the term "solely" to the results (p9; line 265) and discussion (p25; line 719), and included a new sentence on p26 (lines 726-730): "However, given that the removal of males from SAP54 leaves prior to female choice does not enhance female colonisation (comparison of Figure 1, treatment 4 with treatment 5), we cannot exclude the possibility that male-produced volatiles or mating calls could enhance or supplement SAP54-dependent changes in biotic stress responses to males, thereby enhancing female attraction."

      We have also updated the methods section to clarify that a mixture of virgin and pre-mated females was used in all experiments (p28; lines 798-799), consistent with our previously published work (Orlovskis & Hogenhout, 2016. PMID: 27446117; MacLean et al., 2014. PMID: 24714165).

      (2) I was confused by the rationality of the section "Female leafhopper preference for male-exposed SAP54 plants unlikely involves long-distance cues". The volatile cues or mating calls from males can be only perceived from a distance?

      As mentioned in our response to comment 1, for clarity, we have added new text to both the results (p9; line 265) and discussion sections (p25; lines 719 and 726-730). In the results section highlighted by the reviewer (p8-9), we aimed to explicitly test whether cues produced by males (such as mating calls or pheromones) or SAP54 plants (such as plant volatiles) could account for female attraction from a distance, independent of, and prior to, physical contact with the plants or male insects.

      To address the possibility that volatiles or mating calls might be perceived simultaneously with downregulated biotic stress responses, we have included an additional sentence in the discussion, which addresses comments 1 and 2 from the reviewers. Furthermore, it is important to note that Figure 1, treatment 4, mirrors the results of Figure 1, treatment 1, suggesting that direct physical contact between males and females is not necessary for the observed female attraction. This conclusion, derived from our experiments, was already emphasised in the main text (p7; lines 218-222).

      (3) Line 271-273. How the author concluded the "immediate access". A time course experiment (detect the number of insects on each plant at different time point) for host-choice experiment is necessary.

      We have corrected and rephrased the sentence as follows:

      ‘’Therefore, these results indicate that female reproductive preference for the male-exposed SAP54 versus GFP plants is dependent on immediate access of the direct females access to the leaves of SAP54 plants and presence of males on these leaves.’’ (p9; lines 267-271).

      (4) I appreciate the transcriptome analysis. However, the figures are poorly organized. i.e. the heatmap in Figure 2 was poorly understood. The author should clearly address what is upregulated or downregulated. It is meaningless to exhibit the heatmap without explaining what gene represented. Also, it is hard for readers to distinguish the difference between the 4 maps in Figure 2, similar to the two figures in Figure 3.

      We thank the reviewer for the recommendation. To make Figure 2 and 3 easier to read and understand as stand-alone, we have changed and improved the corresponding figure legends, highlighting the colouring of up- and down-regulated DEGs as well as explaining the related supplementary file content in figure legends. For brevity and clarity, we have removed the mentioning of figure supplement 4, 5 and 6 as they have already been explained and referred to in the main text but do not directly relate to Figure 2 or 3 but rather data processing prior to analysis in Figure 2.

      We hope that the improvements in figure legends will make the Figures 2 and 3 easier and quicker to understand.

      (5) For transcriptomic analysis, three out of four replicates were well clustered, and the author excluded the outliers in subsequent analysis. Is this treatment commonly used in transcriptomic analysis? If yes, please provide corresponding references.

      Removing outliers from transcriptomic data is not unusual, as it enhances the classification of treatment groups and increases the efficiency of detecting biologically relevant differentially expressed genes (DEGs) (PMID: 36833313; PMID: 32600248). For large datasets, especially in clinical studies, automated procedures and algorithms have been developed for this purpose (PMID: 32600248; doi.org/10.1101/144519). Given our relatively small sample size of 4, we opted for a PCA-based manual outlier evaluation, followed by repeated PCA without the identified outliers. This approach demonstrated improved group discrimination (Figure Supplement 4), which can enhance downstream characterization of DEGs and pathways that explain female preference for male-exposed SAP54 plants. We have detailed this procedure on pages 9-10. It is worth noting that other automated outlier removal methods, which are also based on PCA, have been shown to be as effective as manual outlier removal (PMID: 32600248).

      (6) Figure 5A. How the experiment was done? The HA-SVP and other HA-tagged genes were stably or transiently expressed in GFP and GFP-SAP54 plants? How many replicates were conducted? The band intensity from different biological replicates should be provided. In this manuscript, no information is provided even in the method section.

      We thank the reviewer for noticing this and have updated the methods section providing more details on transient protoplast expression assays (p39; line 835). We have performed two independent degradation assays for all 5 MTF proteins and indicated in the legend of Figure 5. Western blot results from both experiments are provided as a new figure supplement 10 (p53). The degradation/destabilisation efficiency was calculated as the HA intensity divided by the RuBisCo large subunit (rbcL) intensity from the same sample, normalised to the intensity of the sample with the highest ratio from the same leaf (Rel HA/rbcL) using ImageJ. Relative pixel intensities are provided above each treatment in new figure supplement 10, as requested by the reviewer.

      (7) For the interaction assay, only Y2H was conducted. Generally, at least two methods are needed to confirm protein interaction. This is also applicable to degradation assays.

      There is substantial prior evidence that SAP54 interacts with MADS-box transcription factors and facilitates their degradation in plants, a process that also involves the 26S proteasome shuttle factor RAD23 (MacLean et al., 2014; PMID: 24714165). This interaction has been independently confirmed by other research groups using various methods, including split-YFP assays (e.g., PMID: 24597566, PMID: 26179462). Given the extensive data already available on this topic, it would be redundant to replicate all of these findings in our manuscript. Instead, we have focused on a few validated assays that effectively demonstrate the specific interactions between SAP54 and MADS-box transcription factors.

      (8) Lines 528-530. No direct evidence in this study was provided for how SAP54-mediated degradation of SVP. The author should tone down the claim.

      Our findings demonstrate that SVP is degraded in plant cells in the presence of SAP54. Additionally, through yeast two-hybrid assays, we show that SAP54 does not directly bind to SVP but does directly interact with several MADS-box transcription factors known to associate with SVP. We also provide evidence that they interact with SVP herein. Furthermore, previous studies have shown that SAP54 facilitates the degradation of MADS-box transcription factor complexes of Arabidopsis and several other eudicot species (PMID: 24597566, PMID: 26179462, PMID: 28505304, PMID: 35234248; PMID: 38105442). We have described observations herein and of others (see main text pages 4-5,  pages 19-20), and believe that we have presented them accurately without overstating our conclusions.

      (9) Overall, the phenomenon of this study is interesting, but the underlying mechanisms are not solidified. Additional work is still needed in future studies.

      We respectfully disagree—we have identified a significant portion of the mechanisms by which SAP54 induces these phenotypes. As with any research, new data often leads to further questions that may be addressed by follow-up studies. Please refer to our previous responses for additional context.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Major comment

      It will be interesting to see how long male feeding affects changes in gene expression in plants. No feeding choice of females was observed on the SAP54 plants when males were removed from the clip-cages prior to the choice test with females alone (Figure 1, Treatment 5; Figure Supplement 1, Treatment 5). This indicates that SAP54 plants lose their ability to attract females as soon as males are removed. On the other hand, if the suppression of the plant's stress response pathway by male feeding continues for some time even after males are removed, I think that we cannot exclude the possiblity that volatiles emitted by males may partially promote female feeding and colonization.

      As described above, our findings suggest that long-distance cues alone do not fully account for the female attraction phenotype observed in Figure 1. We acknowledge that mating calls or volatiles may complement or enhance the transcriptional changes in male-exposed SAP54 leaves. This interpretation is further supported by comparing Figure 1, treatments 4 and 5, which shows that removing males from SAP54 leaves before female choice does not increase female colonisation. To enhance clarity and precision, we have added the term "solely" to the results (p9; line 265) and discussion (p25; line 719), and included a new sentence on p26 (lines 726-730): "However, given that the removal of males from SAP54 leaves prior to female choice does not enhance female colonisation (comparison of Figure 1, treatment 4 with treatment 5), we cannot exclude the possibility that male-produced volatiles or mating calls could enhance or supplement SAP54-dependent changes in biotic stress responses to males, thereby enhancing female attraction."

      Minor comments

      The legend of Figure 1 is missing an explanation for panel C.

      Thank you for noticing this. We have added the missing information.

      Although from a different perspective from this study, a relationship between phytoplasma infection and SVP has been previously reported (Yang et al., Plant Physiology, 2015). Shouldn't this paper be cited somewhere?

      We thank the reviewer for identifying this oversight. We have added the missing reference (PMID: 26103992) and clarified that, as seen in Figure 5E (p20; lines 555-558), our findings show a similar upregulation of SVP in male-exposed SAP54 plants as reported by Yang et al. This suggests that SAP54 and its homologs, such as PHYL1, may indeed operate through similar mechanisms by targeting MTFs that are crucial for their function. While Yang et al. described the role of SVP in the development of abnormal flower phenotypes in Catharanthus, our study reveals a completely novel role for SVP in plant-insect interactions. Although SAP54 destabilises the SVP protein, its transcript is upregulated in the presence of SAP54, indicating a potential disruption of MTF autoregulation and the MTF network as a whole.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the current reviews.

      Response to reviewer 1:

      We thank the reviewer for their positive comments and note that we made many attempts to genetically alter endothelial cells to expression mutants of SEC61A1 that are resistant to the effects of mycolactone. However, these cells were not capable of supporting expression of this transgene. Instead, we used an approach where we tested other translocation inhibitors, with a different chemical structure but same mechanism of action at the Sec61 translocon and found that these phenocopied the effects.


      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      The authors have investigated the effect of the toxin mycolactone produced by mycobacterium ulcerans on the endothelium. Mycobacterium ulcerans is involved in Buruli ulcer classified as a neglected disease by WHO. This disease has dramatic consequences on the microcirculation causing important cutaneous lesions. The authors have previously demonstrated that endothelial cells are especially sensitive to mycolactone. The present study brings more insight into the mechanism involved in mycolactone-induced endothelial cells defect and thus in microcirculatory dysfunction. The authors showed that mycolactone directly affected the synthesis of proteoglycans at the level of the golgi with a major consequence on the quality of the glycocalyx and thus on the endothelial function and structure. Importantly, the authors show that blockade of the enzyme involve in this synthesis (galactosyltransferase II) phenocopied the effects of mycolactone. The effect of mycolactone on the endothelium was confirmed in vivo. Finally, the authors showed that exogenous laminin-511 reversed the effects of mycolactone, thus opening an important therapeutic perspective for the treatment of wound healing in patients suffering Buruli ulcer and presenting lesions.  

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):  

      The authors dissected the effects of mycolacton on endothelial cell biology and vessel integrity. The study follows up on previous work by the same group, which highlighted alterations in vascular permeability and coagulation in patients with Buruli ulcer. It provides a mechanistic explanation for these clinical observations, and suggests that blockade of Sec61 in endothelial cells contributes to tissue necrosis and slow wound healing.  

      Overall, the generated data support their conclusions and I only have two major criticisms:  

      - Replicating the effects of mycolactone on endothelial parameters with Ipomoeassin F (or its derivative ZIF-80) does not demonstrate that these effects are due to Sec61 blockade. This would require genetic proof, using for example endothelial cells expressing Sec61A mutants that confer resistance to mycolactone blockade. The authors claimed in the Discussion that they could not express such mutants in primary endothelial cells, but did they try expressing mutants in HUVEC cell lines? Without such genetic evidence all statements claiming a causative link between the observed effects on endothelial parameters and Sec61 blockade should be removed or rephrased. The same applies to speculations on the role of Sec61 in epithelial migration defects in discussion. Data corresponding to Ipomoeassin F and ZIF-80 do not add important information, and may be removed or shown as supplemental information.  

      - While statistical analysis is done and P values are provided, no information is given on the statistical tests used, neither in methods nor results. This must be corrected, to evaluate the repeatability and reproducibility of their data.  

      We respectfully but fundamentally disagree with the comments regarding the Sec61 dependence of the effects that we observed. We showed that loss of glycocalyx and basement membrane components underpinned the phenotypic changes in endothelial cells (morphological changes, loss of adhesion, increased permeability, and reduced ability to repair scratch wounds). We demonstrated that we could phenocopy permeability increases and elongation phenotype by knocking down the type II membrane protein B3Galt6, and reverse the adhesion defect by exogenous provision of the secreted laminin-511 heterotrimer.

      Our conclusion that mycolactone mediates these effects via Sec61 inhibition is not based solely on the use of alternative inhibitors but is built on several pillars of evidence:  

      First, the proteomics data conforms entirely to predictions based on the topology of affected vs. non-effected proteins, and agrees with independently published proteomic datasets from T lymphocytes, dendritic cells and sensory neurons (ref.12), as well as biochemical studies performed using in vitro translocation assays (ref.11,34). Furthermore, the pattern of membrane protein down regulation observed in our experiments fits perfectly with established models of protein translocation mechanisms, particularly with respect to the lack of effect on specific topologies of multipass membrane proteins, tail anchored- and type III membrane proteins (ref.34-36).  

      Second, since Sec61 very highly conserved amongst mammals and is found in all nucleated cells, it is hard to conceptualise a framework in which mycolactone targets Sec61 in some cells and not others, as this reviewer suggests might be the case for epithelial cells [noting that the work being referred to (ref.29) predates our 2014 work showing that mycolactone is a Sec61 inhibitor (ref.7)]. Indeed, mycolactone has been shown to target Sec61 in multiple independent approaches including forward genetic screens involving random mutagenesis and CRISPR/Cas9 (ref.10, PMID: 35939511). Genetic evidence has previously been provided for the Sec61 dependence of mycolactone effects in epithelial cells (ref.10,17). We have unpublished genetic evidence that the rounding and detachment of epithelial cells due to mycolactone is reduced when resistance mutations are over expressed, and will consider including this in the next version of the manuscript.

      Third, given this weight of evidence, one would be hard-pressed to provide an alternative explanation for the specific down-regulation of glycosaminoglycan-synthesising enzymes and adhesion/basement membrane molecules while most cytosolic and non-Sec61 dependent membrane proteins are unchanged or upregulated. However, seeking to be as rigorous as possible we have here shown that a completely independent Sec61 inhibitor produces the same phenotype at the gross and molecular level. Ipomoeassin F (Ipom-F) is a glycolipid, not a polyketide lactone, yet they both compete for binding with cotransin in Sec61α (ref.6). There is significant overlap in the cellular responses to mycolactone and Ipom-F, including the induction of the integrated stress response (ref.17, PMID: 34079010), which we observed again in the current data, providing further evidence that this approach is useful when genetic approaches are technically unattainable.  

      Therefore, we are confident the effects seen on endothelial cells are Sec61-dependent. We are happy to provide more detail on our lengthy attempts at over-expressing mycolactone resistant SEC61A1 genes in HUVECs; primary endothelial cells derived from the umbilical vein. We are highly experienced in this area, and have previously stably expressed these proteins in epithelial cell lines, reproducing the resistance profile (ref.10,17). Notably though, these cells do not have normal ‘fitness’ in the absence of challenge. Since endothelial cells (and endothelial cell lines; PMID: 12560236) are extremely hard to transfect with plasmids, with efficiency routinely 5-10% (including in our hands), we developed a lentivirus system. We were eventually (after multiple attempts using different protocols) able to transduce primary HUVECs with constructs expressing GFP (at an efficiency of about 10-20%) and select/expand these under puromycin selection. Never-the-less, we never recovered any cells that expressed the flag-tagged SEC61A1 wild type or SEC61A1 carrying the resistance mutant D60G. We also attempted to select D60G-transduced cells with mycolactone epimers, an approach that can help the cells compete against non-transduced cells in culture flasks (ref.10).  We concluded that primary endothelial cells are unable to tolerate the expression of additional Sec61α, and this was incompatible with survival.  

      It’s also important to note that most endothelial cell specialists would agree that endothelial cell lines are not good models of endothelial behaviour. We tested the HMEC-1 cell line, but found it did not express prototypical endothelial marker vWF in the expected way. Therefore we focussed our efforts on primary endothelial cells. Should we be able to overcome the dual challenge of the necessity to work in primary cells, and the difficulty of over-expressing Sec61, we will update this paper at a later date with this data, and will also expand the above arguments.  

      We apologise for the embarrassing oversight of not including information about the statistical analyses we used, which of course we will correct in full in the revised version. However, we would like to provide this information to readers of the current version of the manuscript. All data were analysed using GraphPad Prism Version 9.4.1:

      Figure 1: one-way ANOVA with Dunnett’s (panel A) or Tukey’s (panel B) correction for multiple comparisons

      Figure 2 supplement: one-way ANOVA with Tukey’s correction for multiple comparisons (analysed panel)

      Figure 3: one-way ANOVA with Tukey’s (panel B) or Dunnett’s (panel E&F) correction for multiple comparisons

      Figure 4:  one-way ANOVA with Dunnett’s correction for multiple comparisons (all analysed panels)

      Figure 5 and supplement:  one-way ANOVA with Dunnett’s correction for multiple comparisons (all analysed panels)

      Figure 6:  one-way ANOVA with Dunnett’s correction for multiple comparisons (analysed panel)

      Figure 6 supplement: one-way ANOVA with Dunnett’s correction for multiple comparisons (all analysed panels)

      Figure 7: two-way ANOVA with Tukey’s correction for multiple comparisons (all analysed panels; panels B&C also included the Geisser Greenhouse correction for sphericity)

      Figure 7 supplement: Panels A&D used a repeated measures one-way ANOVA with Dunnett’s correction for multiple comparisons (panel D also included the Geisser Greenhouse correction for sphericity). Panels B,C&E used a two-way ANOVA with Tukey’s correction for multiple comparisons (panels B&C also included the Geisser Greenhouse correction for sphericity)

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Buruli ulcer is a severe skin infection in humans that is caused by a bacterium, Mycobacterium ulcerans. The main clinical sign is a massive tissue necrosis subsequent to an edema stage. The main virulence factor called mycolactone is a polyketide with a lactone core and a long alkyl chain that is released within vesicles by the bacterium. Mycolactone was already shown to account for several disease phenotypes characteristic of Buruli ulcer, for instance tissue necrosis, host immune response modulation and local analgesia. A large number of cellular pathways in various cell types was reported to be impacted by mycolactone. Among those, the Sec61 translocon involved in the transport of certain proteins to the endoplasmic reticulum was first identified by the authors of the study and is currently the most consensual target. Mycolactone disruption of Sec61 function was then shown to directly impact on cell apoptosis in macrophages, limited immune responses by T-cells and increased autophagy in dermal endothelial cells and fibroblasts. In their manuscript, TzungHarn Hsieh and their collaborators investigated the Sec61- dependent role of mycolactone on morphology, adhesion and migration of primary human dermal microvascular endothelial cells (HDMEC). They used a combination of sugar and proteomic studies on a live imagebased phenotypic assay on HDMEC to characterize the effect of mycolactone. First, they showed that upon incubation of monolayer of HDMEC with mycolactone at low dose (10 ng/mL) for 24h, the cells become elongated before rounding and eventually detached from the culture dish at 48h. Next, mycolactone was probed on a scratch assay and migration of the cells ceased upon a 24h incubation. The same effect as mycolactone on these two assays was observed for two other Sec61 inhibitors Ipomoeassin F and ZIF-80. Then, the authors resorted to the widely established mouse footpad model of M. ulcerans infection to evidence fibrinogen accumulation outside the blood vessel within the endothelium at 28 days postinfection, correlating with severe endothelial cell morphology changes.  

      To dissect the molecular pathways involved in these phenotypes, the authors performed an HDMEC membrane protein analysis and showed a decrease in the numbers of proteins involved in glycosylation and adhesion. As protein glycosylation mainly occurs in the Golgi apparatus, a deeper analysis revealed that enzymes involved in glycosaminoglycan (GAG) synthesis were lost in mycolactone treated HDMEC. A combination of immunofluorescence and flow cytometry approaches confirmed the impact of mycolactone on the ability of endothelial cells to synthesize GAG chains. The mycolactone effect on cell elongation was phenocopied by knock-down of galactosyltransferase II (B3Galt6) involved in GAG biosynthesis. A second extensive analysis of the endothelial basement membrane component and their ligands identified multiple laminins affected by mycolactone. Using similar functional studies as for GAG, the impact of mycolactone on cell rounding and migration could be reversed by the addition of laminin α5.  

      The major strengths of the study relies on a combination of cleverly designed phenotypic assays and in-depth cleverly designed membrane proteomic studies and follow-up analysis.  

      The results really support the conclusions. Congratulations!  

      The discussion takes into account the current state of the art, which has mostly been established by the authors of the present manuscript.  

      Recommendations for the authors:

      In preparing this revised version we have made a number of general improvements:

      • We added the missing information on statistical analysis that was mentioned in the public review of reviewer #2

      • We have changed all gene names to the HUGO nomenclature

      • We have changed our abbreviation of mycolactone from “MYC” to “Myco” in all figures to avoid any potential confusion with other protein factors

      • We have moved the fibrin(ogen) staining of the mouse footpads to its own figure (now Fig 2), partly due to the inclusion of additional data in Fig 1. This has changed the numbering of subsequent figures, but has also made the supplementary figures easier to track.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):  

      (1) Figure 1I. When mice are injected M. Ulcerens a measurement of local blood flow would be very informative in addition of the data shown. Cutaneous blood flow at the level of the feet is possible using laser doppler or Laser speckle imaging. With these measurements the authors would have a functional quantification of the effect of the glycosaminoglycans- Sec61α associated damages on the microcirculatory blood flow. The same measurement could also better validate the therapeutic effect of laminin. 

      We thank the reviewer for this great suggestion, and respectfully remind the reviewer that these experiments take place in CL3 containment. This often completely precludes certain procedures due to the availability of equipment inside the containment, and our ability to sterilise it. Where we are able to perform procedures, it greatly increases their complexity since any procedures on live animals must take place inside of a cabinet. Therefore, we can only use equipment that we have at our animal facility. It is not trivial to set up the regulatory permissions to perform these experiments at other facilities where more specialist equipment is located due to the containment restrictions. 

      Never-the-less we have attempted to perform ultrasound imaging of mouse feet using the VivoF and have set up a collaboration with other researchers at Surrey who have developed a novel imaging instrument to measure microvascular circulation call optical coherence tomography (OCT; https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/34882760/), and we are working with them to develop a protocol that be used in small rodents.  

      However, while we have dedicated considerable time to trying to perform the suggested experiment, we have not been successful within a reasonable time frame. Consequently, if we are able to establish this technique in the M. ulcerans infection model, and/or OCT in small rodents, this will likely be beyond the scope of the current manuscript and will be a publication in its own right. We note that we have been able to perform almost all of the other requested experiments (see below), and have also been able to undertake transmission electron microscopy of M. ulcerans infected mouse footpads, which confirms the loss of the basement membrane at high resolution (Fig 7E).

      (2) Figure 1 -D. Endothelial cells were exposed to mycolactone, Ipomoeassin F or ZIF-80. The effect on the cells is clear and impressive. Nevertheless, endothelial cells in no flow conditions are considered "diseased" cells as in the areas of low flow or no flow are prone to atherosclerosis in vivo. Would the authors expect similar effects in cells submitted to flow? In this conditions cells would be already elongated in the direction of flow. 

      We agree that flow is usually experienced by endothelial cells in vivo, and have repeated a selection of our experiments under conditions that mimic flow and produce uniaxial shear stress. All showed a similar pattern of response to mycolactone, including the phenotypic changes (Fig 1I-K), loss of perlecan (Fig S6C) and laminin α4 (Fig S7B). It is true that the elongation phenotype is not as striking in a cell monolayer that already contains many elongated cells, but qualitatively the cells become disorganised and at 48 hours, their length/width ratio had increase. These results provide reassurance that our findings are physiologically relevant.

      (3) Discuss the possible consequences of your findings on vascular reactivity and especially on flow-mediated dilation and/or flow-mediated remodeling which as both are important in tissue repair and wound healing. 

      We agree with this reviewer that there are likely to be broad consequences to endothelial and vascular function as a result of our findings here. Vascular reactivity is not something we directly considered in this manuscript, and is probably better linked to our planned future work, laid out above, regarding vascular flow in the infected animals. While a key mediator of vascular tone, endothelin 1, is a Sec61-dependent secreted peptide mediator (and is likely to also be affected by mycolactone’s actions), this was not one of the >6500 proteins we identified in our proteomic study. On the other hand, it has been shown by others that mycolactone can induce NO production by in other types of cells.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):  

      - The authors use a mouse model of M. ulcerans infection of footpads to assess the in vivo relevance of their results. It would be useful to comment on any differences between human and mouse with regard to endothelial cell biology and vessel wall architecture. Since the authors have access to patients samples, parallel stainings in human lesions would have strengthened the study. 

      This is an important issue, and is one we have already addressed in our two previous articles https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/35100311/ https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/26181660/ . Indeed, this latter work already included a detailed analysis of fibrin staining in these Buruli ulcer patient biopsies and underpinned the hypothesis that we have now tested in the current manuscript. 

      It is worth noting that our data supports that the critical step is at an early (pre-clinical) stage, for which patient samples are not available. The proposed human challenge model (https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/37384606/ ) may well provide a suitable platform such studies in the future.

      - The authors should provide in the Discussion some explanation for the differential effects of Laminin-11, -411 and -511 in Fig. 7 

      This is an interesting point, and probably related to the expression of laminin binding proteins by mycolactone-exposed endothelial cells. We pursued several candidates based on the proteomic data but could not identify a unique gene that explained this observation. Mostly likely they are explained by partial (be it low or high) loss of a combination of integrin binding proteins. Since this was rather inconclusive and we preferred not to present this data, and already said (p34-35) “We have not been able to ascribe this to the retention of a specific adhesion molecule, and instead postulate that rescue could be via residual expression of a wide variety of laminin α5 receptors

      - The word "catastrophic" in the title is very dramatic given the limited impact on the vital prognosis of patients 

      This word has been changed to “destructive”

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):  

      Several points could be further discussed:  

      -In mouse model of M. ulcerans infection, in 5% of cases, animals heal spontaneously. How could the authors results contribute to bring hypothesis to this phenomenon? 

      Others have shown that the ability of some mice to control M. ulcerans infection is related to loss of mycolactone production by an unknown mechanism. It is not something we have ever observed in the infection experiments we have performed, although this may be due to the humane endpoints of our licence. However, this seems somewhat outside the main focus of the paper and we have not discussed this further.  

      -Mycolactone was also reported to induce analgesia in the mouse model. There is still controversy about the precise mechanisms involved in this mycolactone mediated painless effect. Could the data obtained here help to resolve the controversy? 

      We agree that analgaesia in M. ulcerans infection (both in mouse models and in clinical infections) is an extremely interesting area. However, we cannot mechanistically link loss of vascular integrity with the analgaesia based on the data generated in the current manuscript. Therefore we prefer not to speculate on this.

      The quantification of the microscopy images and videos should be provided as well as the script used to quantify them. 

      The reviewer is not specific about which microscopy images are being referred to in this comment, but the reference to videos leads us to assume this is related to the ZenCell OWL images/videos presented in Figure 1 and Figure S1. We had already provided quantification of these in the graphs provided, and the algorithms use for % coverage and % detached cells were provided in the instrument software used to gather the data, the ZenCell OWL (which are proprietary). Other counts were made manually, and the length:width ratio is simple arithmetic as already described in the methodology.

      The authors performed their work using chemically synthesized mycolactone obtained from the very generous Professor Kishi (Harvard University). Would the same phenotype and proteomics analysis be obtained with biologically purified mycolactone? 

      Our lab has extensive experience of both biologically purified and synthetic mycolactone, and the phenotypes observed have always been identical when using the chemically synthesised form. Therefore we did not repeat the proteomics experiments as we do not believe it would provide any greater insight into the disease mechanism. However, we have now replicated a range of findings using mycolactone biologically purified from M. ulcerans. In particular, we confirmed that the cytotoxic activity of synthetic and biological mycolactone are inseparable (Figure S1A), and the main phenotypic changes induced by mycolactone in endothelial cells (Phenotypes; Figures S1D-F, B3GALT6/perlecan/laminin α5 loss; S5A, S6B, S7A).

      Although already very comprehensive, a kinetic study of their proteomic analysis over time could strengthen the analysis (from 2H to 48H). 

      We agree that more data is always better, but since we validated our proteomic data set over multiple timepoints between 2 and 48 hrs, we do not believe this would alter the main conclusions of our work.   

      The siRNA transfection protocol could be better described. A Table listing all the reagents would help the reader.  

      A more detailed siRNA transfection protocol has been added to the methods section, and we now include a Key Resources Table at the start of the Materials & Methods section.

    1. Author response:

      Reviewer #1:

      Summary:

      The investigators undertook detailed characterization of a previously proposed membrane targeting sequence (MTS), a short N-terminal peptide, of the bactofilin BacA in Caulobacter crescentus. Using light microscopy, single molecule tracking, liposome binding assays, and molecular dynamics simulations, they provide data to suggest that this sequence indeed does function in membrane targeting and further conclude that membrane targeting is required for polymerization. While the membrane association data are reasonably convincing, there are no direct assays to assess polymerization and some assays used lack proper controls as detailed below. Since the MTS isn't required for bactofilin polymerization in other bacterial homologues, showing that membrane binding facilitates polymerization would be a significant advance for the field

      We thanks Reviewer #1 for the constructive criticism and will address the points detailed below in a revised version of the manuscript.

      Major concerns

      (1) This work claims that the N-termina MTS domain of BacA is required for polymerization, but they do not provide sufficient evidence that the ∆2-8 mutant or any of the other MTS variants actually do not polymerize (or form higher order structures). Bactofilins are known to form filaments, bundles of filaments, and lattice sheets in vitro and bundles of filaments have been observed in cells. Whether puncta or diffuse labeling represents different polymerized states or filaments vs. monomers has not been established. Microscopy shows mis-localization away from the stalk, but resolution is limited. Further experiments using higher resolution microscopy and TEM of purified protein would prove that the MTS is required for polymerization.

      We do not propose that the MTS is directly involved in the polymerization process, and preliminary transmission electron microscopy (TEM) data show that variants lacking the MTS or carrying amino acid exchanges in the MTS still form polymers when highly overproduced in E. coli and then purified from cell lysates by affinity chromatography. This finding is consistent with the results of previous studies and in line with the finding that bactofilin polymerization is exclusively mediated by the conserved bactofilin domain (Deng et al, Nat Microbiol, 2019). However, under native expression conditions, bactofilin levels are often relatively low, with only a few hundred molecules of BacA measured per cell in C. crescentus (Kühn et al, EMBO J, 2006). Our data indicate that, under this condition, the concentration of BacA on the 2D surface of the cytoplasmic membrane and, potentially, steric contraints induced by membrane curvature, may be required to facilitate its efficient assembly into functional polymeric complexes. We will provide TEM images of purified proteins in a revised version of our manuscript and explain this model in more detail in the Discussion.

      In the case of polymer-forming proteins, defined localized signals are typically interpreted as polymeric complexes. An even distribution of the fluorescence signals, by contrast, indicates that the proteins form monomers or, at most, small oligomers that diffuse rapidly within the cell and are thus no longer detected as a stationary focus by widefield microscopy. Our single-molecule data also indicate that proteins that are no longer able to interact with the membrane (as verified by cell fractionation studies and in vitro liposome binding assays) show a high diffusion rate, similar to that measured for the non-polymerizing and non-membrane-bound F130R variant. These results indicate that a loss of membrane binding strongly reduces the ability of BacA to form polymeric assemblies. To support this hypothesis, we will perform additional single-molecule tracking analyses of a freely diffusible and membrane-bound monomeric fluorescent proteins for comparison.

      (2) Liposome binding data would be strengthened with TEM images to show BacA binding to liposomes. From this experiment, gross polymerization structures of MTS variants could also be characterized.

      We do not have the possibility to perform cryo-electron microscopy studies of liposomes bound to BacA. However, the results of the cell fractionation and liposome sedimentation assays clearly support a critical role of the MTS in membrane binding.

      (3) The use of the BacA F130R mutant throughout the study to probe the effect of polymerization on membrane binding is concerning as there is no evidence showing that this variant cannot polymerize. Looking through the papers the authors referenced, there was no evidence of an identical mutation in BacA that was shown to be depolymerized or any discussion in this study of how the F130R mutation might to analogous to polymerization-deficient variants in other bactofilins mentioned in these references.

      Residue F130 in the C-terminal polymerization interface of BacA is highly conserved among bactofilin homologs, although its absolute position in the protein sequence may vary, depending on the length of the N-terminal unstructured tail. The papers cited in our manuscript show that an exchange of this conserved phenylalanine residue abolishes polymer formation. We will make this fact clearer in the revised version of the manuscript. Moreover, we will provide gel filtration and transmission electron microscopy data showing that the BacA-F130R variant no longer forms polymers.

      (4) Microscopy shows that a BacA variant lacking the native MTS regains the ability to form puncta, albeit mis-localized, in the cell when fused to a heterologous MTS from MreB. While this swap suggests a link between puncta formation and membrane binding the relationship between puncta and polymerization has not been established (see comment 1).

      We show that a BacA variant lacking the MTS regains the ability to form membrane-associated foci when fused to the MTS of MreB. In contrast, a similar variant that additionally carries the F130R exchange (preventing its polymerization) shows a diffuse cytoplasmic localization. In addition, we show that the F130R exchange leads to a loss of membrane binding and to a considerable increase in the mobility of the variants carrying the MreB MTS. Together, these results strongly support the hypothesis that membrane binding and polymerization act synergistically to establish localized bactofilin assemblies.

      (5) The authors provide no primary data for single molecule tracking. There is no tracking mapped onto microscopy images to show membrane localization or lack of localization in MTS deletion/ variants. A known soluble protein (e.g. unfused mVenus) and a known membrane bound protein would serve as valuable controls to interpret the data presented. It also is unclear why the authors chose to report molecular dynamics as mean squared displacement rather than mean squared displacement per unit time, and the number of localizations is not indicated. Extrapolating from the graph in figure 4 D for example, it looks like WT BacA-mVenus would have a mobility of 0.5 (0.02/0.04) micrometers squared per second which is approaching diffusive behavior. Further justification/details of their analysis method is needed. It's also not clear how one should interpret the finding that several of the double point mutants show higher displacement than deleting the entire MTS. These experiments as they stand don't account for any other cause of molecular behavior change and assume that a decrease in movement is synonymous with membrane binding.

      We agree that a more in-depth analysis of the single-molecule-tracking data would be helpful to support our conclusions.  We will map the reads on the cells, although the loss of membrane localization of BacA variants with a defective MTS is already obvious in the widefield fluorescence images. Moreover, we will perform additional measurements on soluble mVenus and a membrane-associated variant of mVenus for comparison and address the other issues raised here.

      The single-molecule tracking data alone are certainly not sufficient to draw firm conclusions on the relationship between membrane binding and protein mobility. However, our other in vivo and in vitro analyses indicate a very clear correlation of between the mobility of BacA and its ability to interact with the membrane and polymerize (processes that synergistically promote each other).

      (6) The experiments that map the interaction surface between the N-terminal unstructured region of PbpC and a specific part of the BacA bactofilin domain seem distinct from the main focus of the paper and the data somewhat preliminary. While the PbpC side has been probed by orthogonal approaches (mutation with localization in cells and affinity in vitro), the BacA region side has only been suggested by the deuterium exchange experiment and needs some kind of validation

      The results of the HDX analysis per se are not preliminary and clearly indicate a change in the accessibily of surface-exposed residues in the central bactofilin domain. However, we agree that additional experiments would be required to verify the binding site suggested by these data. However, this aspect is indeed not the main focus of the paper. We included the analysis of the interaction between PbpC and BacA, because we see effects of membrane binding/polymerization on the BacA-PbpC interaction and thus on the physiological function of BacA in C. crescentus.

      Reviewer #2:

      Summary:

      The authors of this study investigated the membrane-binding properties of bactofilin A from Caulobacter crescentus, a classic model organism for bacterial cell biology. BacA was the progenitor of a family of cytoskeletal proteins that have been identified as ubiquitous structural components in bacteria, performing a range of cell biological functions. Association with the cell membrane is a common property of the bactofilins studied and is thought to be important for functionality. However, almost all bactofilins lack a transmembrane domain. While membrane association has been attributed to the unstructured N-terminus, experimental evidence had yet to be provided. As a result, the mode of membrane association and the underlying molecular mechanics remained elusive.

      Liu at al. analyze the membrane binding properties of BacA in detail and scrutinize molecular interactions using in-vivo, in-vitro and in-silico techniques. They show that few N-terminal amino acids are important for membrane association or proper localization and suggest that membrane association promotes polymerization. Bioinformatic analyses revealed conserved lineage-specific N-terminal motifs indicating a conserved role in protein localization. Using HDX analysis they also identify a potential interaction site with PbpC, a morphogenic cell wall synthase implicated in Caulobacter stalk synthesis. Complementary, they pinpoint the bactofilin-interacting region within the PbpC C-terminus, known to interact with bactofilin. They further show that BacA localization is independent of PbpC.

      Strengths

      These data significantly advance the understanding of the membrane binding determinants of bactofilins and thus their function at the molecular level. The major strength of the comprehensive study is the combination of complementary in vivo, in vitro and bioinformatic/simulation approaches, the results of which are consistent.

      We thank Reviewer #2 for the positive evaluation of our paper and for the constructive criticism sent to us in the the non-public review. We will address the points raised in a revised version of the manuscript.

      Weaknesses:

      The results are limited to protein localization and interaction, as there is no data on phenotypic effects. Therefore, the cell biological significance remains somewhat underrepresented.

      We agree that it would be interesting to investigate the phenotypic effects caused by a defect of BacA in membrane binding. We will investigate PbpC localization and stalk length in phosphate-limited medium for mutants producing MTS-deficient BacA variants and include these data in the revised version of the manuscript. However, we would like to point out that the relevance of our findings goes beyond the C. cres­centus system, because the MTS and its role for bactofilin function is likely to be conserved in many other species.

    1. Author response:

      We thank the reviewers for their valuable comments. Our revision will address their recommendations and clarify any misconceptions. The main points we plan to amend are as follows:

      Direct comparison of pRF sizes

      We may have misunderstood this comment in the eLife assessment. We believe our original analyses and the figures already provided a “direct comparison between pRF sizes in the high-adapted and low-adapted conditions”. Specifically, we included a figure showing the histograms of pRF sizes in both conditions, and also reported statistical tests to compare conditions both within each participant and across the group. However, we now realize these comparisons might not be as clear to readers as we intended, which would explain Reviewer #2’s interpretations. To clarify, in our revised version we will instead show 2D plots comparing pRF sizes between conditions as suggested by Reviewer #2, and also show the pRF size plotted against eccentricity (rather than only the difference) as suggested by Reviewer #3.

      Data sharing 

      The behavioral data, fMRI data (where ethically permissible), stimulus-generation code, statistical analyses, and fMRI stimulus video are already publicly available at the link: https://osf.io/9kfgx/. However, we unfortunately failed to include the link in the preprint. We apologize for this oversight. It will be included in the revision. The repository now also contains a script for simulated adaptation effects on pRF size used in our response to Reviewer #2. Moreover, for transparency, we will include plots of all the pRF parameter maps for all participants, including pRF size, polar angle, eccentricity, normalized R2, and raw R2.

      Sample size

      The reviewers shared concerns about the sample size of our study. We disagree that this is a weakness of our study. It is important to note that large sample sizes are not necessary to obtain conclusive results, especially when the research aims to test whether an effect exists, rather than finding out how strong the effect is on average in a population (Schwarzkopf & Huang, 2024, currently out as preprint, but in press at Psychological Methods). Our results showed robust within-subject effects, consistent across multiple visual regions in most individual participants. A larger sample size would not necessarily improve the reliability of our findings. Treating each individual as an independent replication, our results suggest a high probability that they would replicate in each additional participant we could scan. 

      Reviewer #1:

      We thank the reviewer for their careful evaluation and positive comments. We will include a more detailed discussion about the issues pointed out, and an additional plot showing the polar angle for both adapter conditions. In line with previous work on the reliability of pRF estimates (van Dijk, de Haas, Moutsiana, & Schwarzkopf, 2016; Senden, Reithler, Gijsen, & Goebel, 2014), both polar angle and eccentricity maps are very stable between the two adaptation conditions.

      Reviewer #2:

      We thank the reviewer for their comments - we will improve how we report key findings which we hope will clarify matters raised by the reviewer.

      RF positions in a voxel

      The reviewer’s comments suggest that they may have misunderstood the diagram (Figure 1A) illustrating the theoretical basis of the adaptation effect, likely due to us inadvertently putting the small RFs in the middle of the illustration. We will change this figure to avoid such confusion.

      Theoretical explanation of adaptation effect

      The reviewer’s explanation for how adaptation should affect the size of pRF averaging across individual RFs is incorrect. When selecting RFs from a fixed range of semi-uniformly distributed positions (as in an fMRI voxel), the average position of RFs (corresponding to pRF position) is naturally near the center of this range. The average size (corresponding to pRF size) reflects the visual field coverage of these individual RFs. This aggregate visual field coverage thus also reflects the individual sizes. When large RFs have been adapted out, this means the visual field coverage at the boundaries is sparser, and the aggregate pRF is therefore smaller. The opposite happens when adapting out the contribution of small RFs. We demonstrate this with a simple simulation at this OSF link: https://osf.io/ebnky/.

      Figure S2 

      It is not actually possible to compare R2 between regions by looking at Figure S2 because it shows the pRF size change, not R2. Therefore, the arguments Reviewer #2 made based on their interpretation of the figure are not valid. Just as the reviewer expected, V1 is one of the brain regions with good pRF model fits. In our revision, we will include normalized and raw R2 maps to make this more obvious to the readers and provide additional explanations.

      V1 appeared essentially empty in that plot primarily due to the sigma threshold we selected, which was unintentionally more conservative than those applied in our analyses and other figures. We apologize for this mistake and will correct it in the revised version by including a plot with the appropriate sigma threshold.

      Thresholding details 

      Thresholding information was included in our original manuscript; however, we will include more information in the figure captions to make it more obvious.

      2D plots will replace histograms

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. The manuscript contained histograms showing the distribution of pRF size for both adaptation conditions for each participant and visual area (Figure S1). However, we agree that 2D plots better communicate the difference in pRF parameters between conditions, so we will replace this figure. We will consider 2D kernel density plots as suggested by the reviewer; however, such plots can obscure distributional anomalies so they may not be the optimal choice and we may opt to show transparent scatter plots of individual pRFs instead.

      (proportional) pRF size-change map 

      The reviewer requests pRF size difference maps. Figure S2 in fact demonstrates the proportional difference between the pRF sizes of the two adaptation conditions. Instead of simply taking the difference, we believe showing the proportional change map is more sensible because overall pRF size varies considerably between visual regions. We will explain this more clearly in our revision. 

      pRF eccentricity plot 

      “I suspect that the difference in PRF size across voxels correlates very strongly with the difference in eccentricity across voxels.”

      Our manuscript already contains a supplementary plot (Figure S4 B) comparing the eccentricity between adapter conditions, showing no notable shift in eccentricities except in V3A - but that is a small region and the results are generally more variable. We will comment more on this finding in the main text and explain this figure in more detail. 

      To the reviewer’s point, even if there were an appreciable shift in eccentricity between conditions (as they suggest may have happened for the example participant we showed), this does not mean that the pRF size effect is “due [...] to shifts in eccentricity.” Parameters in a complex multi-dimensional model like the pRF are not independent. There is no way of knowing whether a change in one parameter is causally linked with a change in another. We can only report the parameter estimates the model produces. 

      In fact, it is conceivable that adaptation causes both: changes in pRF size and eccentricity. If more central or peripheral RFs tend to have smaller or larger RFs, respectively, then adapting out one part of the distribution will shift the average accordingly. However, as we already established, we find no compelling evidence that pRF eccentricity changes dramatically due to adaptation, while pRF size does. We will illustrate this using the 2D plots in our revision.

      Reviewer #3:

      We thank the reviewer for their comments.

      pRF model

      Top-up adapters were not modelled in our analyses because they are shared events in all TRs, critically also including the “blank” periods, providing a constant source of signal. Therefore modelling them separately cannot meaningfully change the results. However, the reviewer makes a good suggestion that it would be useful to mention this in the manuscript, so we will add a discussion of this point.

      pRF size vs eccentricity

      We will add a plot showing pRF size in the two adaptation conditions (in addition to the pRF size difference) as a function of eccentricity.

      Correlation with behavioral effect

      In the original manuscript, we pointed out why the correlation between the magnitude of the behavioral effect and the pRF size change is not an appropriate test for our data. First, the reviewer is right that a larger sample size would be needed to reliably detect such a between-subject correlation. More importantly, as per our recruitment criteria for the fMRI experiment, we did not scan participants showing weak perceptual effects. This limits the variability in the perceptual effect and makes correlation inapplicable.

      References

      van Dijk, J. A., de Haas, B., Moutsiana, C., & Schwarzkopf, D. S. (2016). Intersession reliability of population receptive field estimates. NeuroImage, 143, 293–303. https://doi.org/10.1016/J.NEUROIMAGE.2016.09.013

      Schwarzkopf, D. S., & Huang, Z. (2024). A simple statistical framework for small sample studies. BioRxiv, 2023.09.19.558509. https://doi.org/10.1101/2023.09.19.558509

      Senden, M., Reithler, J., Gijsen, S., & Goebel, R. (2014). Evaluating population receptive field estimation frameworks in terms of robustness and reproducibility. PloS One, 9(12). https://doi.org/10.1371/JOURNAL.PONE.0114054

    1. Author response:

      eLife Assessment 

      This valuable study investigates how the neural representation of individual finger movements changes during the early period of sequence learning. By combining a new method for extracting features from human magnetoencephalography data and decoding analyses, the authors provide incomplete evidence of an early, swift change in the brain regions correlated with sequence learning, including a set of previously unreported frontal cortical regions. The addition of more control analyses to rule out that head movement artefacts influence the findings, and to further explain the proposal of offline contextualization during short rest periods as the basis for improvement performance would strengthen the manuscript. 

      We appreciate the Editorial assessment on our paper’s strengths and novelty.  We have implemented additional control analyses to show that neither task-related eye movements nor increasing overlap of finger movements during learning account for our findings, which are that contextualized neural representations in a network of bilateral frontoparietal brain regions actively contribute to skill learning.  Importantly, we carried out additional analyses showing that contextualization develops predominantly during rest intervals.

      Public Reviews:

      We thank the Reviewers for their comments and suggestions, prompting new analyses and additions that strengthened our report.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review): 

      Summary: 

      This study addresses the issue of rapid skill learning and whether individual sequence elements (here: finger presses) are differentially represented in human MEG data. The authors use a decoding approach to classify individual finger elements and accomplish an accuracy of around 94%. A relevant finding is that the neural representations of individual finger elements dynamically change over the course of learning. This would be highly relevant for any attempts to develop better brain machine interfaces - one now can decode individual elements within a sequence with high precision, but these representations are not static but develop over the course of learning. 

      Strengths: The work follows a large body of work from the same group on the behavioural and neural foundations of sequence learning. The behavioural task is well established and neatly designed to allow for tracking learning and how individual sequence elements contribute. The inclusion of short offline rest periods between learning epochs has been influential because it has revealed that a lot, if not most of the gains in behaviour (ie speed of finger movements) occur in these so-called micro-offline rest periods. The authors use a range of new decoding techniques, and exhaustively interrogate their data in different ways, using different decoding approaches. Regardless of the approach, impressively high decoding accuracies are observed, but when using a hybrid approach that combines the MEG data in different ways, the authors observe decoding accuracies of individual sequence elements from the MEG data of up to 94%. 

      We have previously showed that neural replay of MEG activity representing the practiced skill correlated with micro-offline gains during rest intervals of early learning, 1 consistent with the recent report that hippocampal ripples during these offline periods predict human motor sequence learning2.  However, decoding accuracy in our earlier work1 needed improvement.  Here, we reported a strategy to improve decoding accuracy that could benefit future studies of neural replay or BCI using MEG.

      Weaknesses: 

      There are a few concerns which the authors may well be able to resolve. These are not weaknesses as such, but factors that would be helpful to address as these concern potential contributions to the results that one would like to rule out. Regarding the decoding results shown in Figure 2 etc, a concern is that within individual frequency bands, the highest accuracy seems to be within frequencies that match the rate of keypresses. This is a general concern when relating movement to brain activity, so is not specific to decoding as done here. As far as reported, there was no specific restraint to the arm or shoulder, and even then it is conceivable that small head movements would correlate highly with the vigor of individual finger movements. This concern is supported by the highest contribution in decoding accuracy being in middle frontal regions - midline structures that would be specifically sensitive to movement artefacts and don't seem to come to mind as key structures for very simple sequential keypress tasks such as this - and the overall pattern is remarkably symmetrical (despite being a unimanual finger task) and spatially broad. This issue may well be matching the time course of learning, as the vigor and speed of finger presses will also influence the degree to which the arm/shoulder and head move. This is not to say that useful information is contained within either of the frequencies or broadband data. But it raises the question of whether a lot is dominated by movement "artefacts" and one may get a more specific answer if removing any such contributions. 

      Reviewer #1 expresses concern that the combination of the low-frequency narrow-band decoder results, and the bilateral middle frontal regions displaying the highest average intra-parcel decoding performance across subjects is suggestive that the decoding results could be driven by head movement or other artefacts.

      Head movement artefacts are highly unlikely to contribute meaningfully to our results for the following reasons. First, in addition to ICA denoising, all “recordings were visually inspected and marked to denoise segments containing other large amplitude artifacts due to movements” (see Methods). Second, the response pad was positioned in a manner that minimized wrist, arm or more proximal body movements during the task. Third, while head position was not monitored online for this study, the head was restrained using an inflatable air bladder, and head position was assessed at the beginning and at the end of each recording. Head movement did not exceed 5mm between the beginning and end of each scan for all participants included in the study. Fourth, we agree that despite the steps taken above, it is possible that minor head movements could still contribute to some remaining variance in the MEG data in our study. The Reviewer states a concern that “it is conceivable that small head movements would correlate highly with the vigor of individual finger movements”. However, in order for any such correlations to meaningfully impact decoding performance, such head movements would need to: (A) be consistent and pervasive throughout the recording (which might not be the case if the head movements were related to movement vigor and vigor changed over time); and (B) systematically vary between different finger movements, and also between the same finger movement performed at different sequence locations (see 5-class decoding performance in Figure 4B). The possibility of any head movement artefacts meeting all these conditions is extremely unlikely.

      Given the task design, a much more likely confound in our estimation would be the contribution of eye movement artefacts to the decoder performance (an issue appropriately raised by Reviewer #3 in the comments below). Remember from Figure 1A in the manuscript that an asterisk marks the current position in the sequence and is updated at each keypress. Since participants make very few performance errors, the position of the asterisk on the display is highly correlated with the keypress being made in the sequence. Thus, it is possible that if participants are attending to the visual feedback provided on the display, they may move their eyes in a way that is systematically related to the task.  Since we did record eye movements simultaneously with the MEG recordings (EyeLink 1000 Plus; Fs = 600 Hz), we were able to perform a control analysis to address this question. For each keypress event during trials in which no errors occurred (which is the same time-point that the asterisk position is updated), we extracted three features related to eye movements: 1) the gaze position at the time of asterisk position update (or keyDown event), 2) the gaze position 150ms later, and 3) the peak velocity of the eye movement between the two positions. We then constructed a classifier from these features with the aim of predicting the location of the asterisk (ordinal positions 1-5) on the display. As shown in the confusion matrix below (Author response image 1), the classifier failed to perform above chance levels (Overall cross-validated accuracy = 0.21817):

      Author response image 1.

      Confusion matrix showing that three eye movement features fail to predict asterisk position on the task display above chance levels (Fold 1 test accuracy = 0.21718; Fold 2 test accuracy = 0.22023; Fold 3 test accuracy = 0.21859; Fold 4 test accuracy = 0.22113; Fold 5 test accuracy = 0.21373; Overall cross-validated accuracy = 0.2181). Since the ordinal position of the asterisk on the display is highly correlated with the ordinal position of individual keypresses in the sequence, this analysis provides strong evidence that keypress decoding performance from MEG features is not explained by systematic relationships between finger movement behavior and eye movements (i.e. – behavioral artefacts).

      In fact, inspection of the eye position data revealed that a majority of participants on most trials displayed random walk gaze patterns around a center fixation point, indicating that participants did not attend to the asterisk position on the display. This is consistent with intrinsic generation of the action sequence, and congruent with the fact that the display does not provide explicit feedback related to performance. A similar real-world example would be manually inputting a long password into a secure online application. In this case, one intrinsically generates the sequence from memory and receives similar feedback about the password sequence position (also provided as asterisks), which is typically ignored by the user. The minimal participant engagement with the visual task display observed in this study highlights another important point – that the behavior in explicit sequence learning motor tasks is highly generative in nature rather than reactive to stimulus cues as in the serial reaction time task (SRTT).  This is a crucial difference that must be carefully considered when designing investigations and comparing findings across studies.

      We observed that initial keypress decoding accuracy was predominantly driven by contralateral primary sensorimotor cortex in the initial practice trials before transitioning to bilateral frontoparietal regions by trials 11 or 12 as performance gains plateaued.  The contribution of contralateral primary sensorimotor areas to early skill learning has been extensively reported in humans and non-human animals. 1,3-5  Similarly, the increased involvement of bilateral frontal and parietal regions to decoding during early skill learning in the non-dominant hand is well known.  Enhanced bilateral activation in both frontal and parietal cortex during skill learning has been extensively reported6-11, and appears to be even more prominent during early fine motor skill learning in the non-dominant hand12,13.  The frontal regions identified in these studies are known to play crucial roles in executive control14, motor planning15, and working memory6,8,16-18 processes, while the same parietal regions are known to integrate multimodal sensory feedback and support visuomotor transformations6,8,16-18, in addition to working memory19. Thus, it is not surprising that these regions increasingly contribute to decoding as subjects internalize the sequential task.  We now include a statement reflecting these considerations in the revised Discussion.

      A somewhat related point is this: when combining voxel and parcel space, a concern is whether a degree of circularity may have contributed to the improved accuracy of the combined data, because it seems to use the same MEG signals twice - the voxels most contributing are also those contributing most to a parcel being identified as relevant, as parcels reflect the average of voxels within a boundary. In this context, I struggled to understand the explanation given, ie that the improved accuracy of the hybrid model may be due to "lower spatially resolved whole-brain and higher spatially resolved regional activity patterns".

      We strongly disagree with the Reviewer’s assertion that the construction of the hybrid-space decoder is circular. To clarify, the base feature set for the hybrid-space decoder constructed for all participants includes whole-brain spatial patterns of MEG source activity averaged within parcels. As stated in the manuscript, these 148 inter-parcel features reflect “lower spatially resolved whole-brain activity patterns” or global brain dynamics. We then independently test how well spatial patterns of MEG source activity for all voxels distributed within individual parcels can decode keypress actions. Again, the testing of these intra-parcel spatial patterns, intended to capture “higher spatially resolved regional brain activity patterns”, is completely independent from one another and independent from the weighting of individual inter-parcel features. These intra-parcel features could, for example, provide additional information about muscle activation patterns or the task environment. These approximately 1150 intra-parcel voxels (on average, within the total number varying between subjects) are then combined with the 148 inter-parcel features to construct the final hybrid-space decoder. In fact, this varied spatial filter approach shares some similarities to the construction of convolutional neural networks (CNNs) used to perform object recognition in image classification applications. One could also view this hybrid-space decoding approach as a spatial analogue to common time-frequency based analyses such as theta-gamma phase amplitude coupling (PAC), which combine information from two or more narrow-band spectral features derived from the same time-series data.

      We directly tested this hypothesis – that spatially overlapping intra- and inter-parcel features portray different information – by constructing an alternative hybrid-space decoder (HybridAlt) that excluded average inter-parcel features which spatially overlapped with intra-parcel voxel features, and comparing the performance to the decoder used in the manuscript (HybridOrig). The prediction was that if the overlapping parcel contained similar information to the more spatially resolved voxel patterns, then removing the parcel features (n=8) from the decoding analysis should not impact performance. In fact, despite making up less than 1% of the overall input feature space, removing those parcels resulted in a significant drop in overall performance greater than 2% (78.15% ± SD 7.03% for HybridOrig vs. 75.49% ± SD 7.17% for HybridAlt; Wilcoxon signed rank test, z = 3.7410, p = 1.8326e-04) (Author response image 2).

      Author response image 2.

      Comparison of decoding performances with two different hybrid approaches. HybridAlt: Intra-parcel voxel-space features of top ranked parcels and inter-parcel features of remaining parcels. HybridOrig:  Voxel-space features of top ranked parcels and whole-brain parcel-space features (i.e. – the version used in the manuscript). Dots represent decoding accuracy for individual subjects. Dashed lines indicate the trend in performance change across participants. Note, that HybridOrig (the approach used in our manuscript) significantly outperforms the HybridAlt approach, indicating that the excluded parcel features provide unique information compared to the spatially overlapping intra-parcel voxel patterns.

      Firstly, there will be a relatively high degree of spatial contiguity among voxels because of the nature of the signal measured, i.e. nearby individual voxels are unlikely to be independent. Secondly, the voxel data gives a somewhat misleading sense of precision; the inversion can be set up to give an estimate for each voxel, but there will not just be dependence among adjacent voxels, but also substantial variation in the sensitivity and confidence with which activity can be projected to different parts of the brain. Midline and deeper structures come to mind, where the inversion will be more problematic than for regions along the dorsal convexity of the brain, and a concern is that in those midline structures, the highest decoding accuracy is seen. 

      We definitely agree with the Reviewer that some inter-parcel features representing neighboring (or spatially contiguous) voxels are likely to be correlated. This has been well documented in the MEG literature20,21 and is a particularly important confound to address in functional or effective connectivity analyses (not performed in the present study). In the present analysis, any correlation between adjacent voxels presents a multi-collinearity problem, which effectively reduces the dimensionality of the input feature space. However, as long as there are multiple groups of correlated voxels within each parcel (i.e. - the effective dimensionality is still greater than 1), the intra-parcel spatial patterns could still meaningfully contribute to the decoder performance. Two specific results support this assertion.

      First, we obtained higher decoding accuracy with voxel-space features [74.51% (± SD 7.34%)] compared to parcel space features [68.77% (± SD 7.6%)] (Figure 3B), indicating individual voxels carry more information in decoding the keypresses than the averaged voxel-space features or parcel-space features.  Second, Individual voxels within a parcel showed varying feature importance scores in decoding keypresses (Author response image 3). This finding supports the Reviewer’s assertion that neighboring voxels express similar information, but also shows that the correlated voxels form mini subclusters that are much smaller spatially than the parcel they reside in.

      Author response image 3.

      Feature importance score of individual voxels in decoding keypresses: MRMR was used to rank the individual voxel space features in decoding keypresses and the min-max normalized MRMR score was mapped to a structural brain surface. Note that individual voxels within a parcel showed different contribution to decoding.

       

      Some of these concerns could be addressed by recording head movement (with enough precision) to regress out these contributions. The authors state that head movement was monitored with 3 fiducials, and their time courses ought to provide a way to deal with this issue. The ICA procedure may not have sufficiently dealt with removing movement-related problems, but one could eg relate individual components that were identified to the keypresses as another means for checking. An alternative could be to focus on frequency ranges above the movement frequencies. The accuracy for those still seems impressive and may provide a slightly more biologically plausible assessment. 

      We have already addressed the issue of movement related artefacts in the first response above. With respect to a focus on frequency ranges above movement frequencies, the Reviewer states the “accuracy for those still seems impressive and may provide a slightly more biologically plausible assessment”. First, it is important to note that cortical delta-band oscillations measured with local field potentials (LFPs) in macaques is known to contain important information related to end-effector kinematics22,23 muscle activation patterns24 and temporal sequencing25 during skilled reaching and grasping actions. Thus, there is a substantial body of evidence that low-frequency neural oscillatory activity in this range contains important information about the skill learning behavior investigated in the present study. Second, our own data shows (which the Reviewer also points out) that significant information related to the skill learning behavior is also present in higher frequency bands (see Figure 2A and Figure 3—figure supplement 1). As we pointed out in our earlier response to questions about the hybrid space decoder architecture (see above), it is likely that different, yet complimentary, information is encoded across different temporal frequencies (just as it is encoded across different spatial frequencies). Again, this interpretation is supported by our data as the highest performing classifiers in all cases (when holding all parameters constant) were always constructed from broadband input MEG data (Figure 2A and Figure 3—figure supplement 1).  

      One question concerns the interpretation of the results shown in Figure 4. They imply that during the course of learning, entirely different brain networks underpin the behaviour. Not only that, but they also include regions that would seem rather unexpected to be key nodes for learning and expressing relatively simple finger sequences, such as here. What then is the biological plausibility of these results? The authors seem to circumnavigate this issue by moving into a distance metric that captures the (neural network) changes over the course of learning, but the discussion seems detached from which regions are actually involved; or they offer a rather broad discussion of the anatomical regions identified here, eg in the context of LFOs, where they merely refer to "frontoparietal regions". 

      The Reviewer notes the shift in brain networks driving keypress decoding performance between trials 1, 11 and 36 as shown in Figure 4A. The Reviewer questions whether these substantial shifts in brain network states underpinning the skill are biologically plausible, as well as the likelihood that bilateral superior and middle frontal and parietal cortex are important nodes within these networks.

      First, previous fMRI work in humans performing a similar sequence learning task showed that flexibility in brain network composition (i.e. – changes in brain region members displaying coordinated activity) is up-regulated in novel learning environments and explains differences in learning rates across individuals26.  This work supports our interpretation of the present study data, that brain networks engaged in sequential motor skills rapidly reconfigure during early learning.

      Second, frontoparietal network activity is known to support motor memory encoding during early learning27,28. For example, reactivation events in the posterior parietal29 and medial prefrontal30,31 cortex (MPFC) have been temporally linked to hippocampal replay, and are posited to support memory consolidation across several memory domains32, including motor sequence learning1,33,34.  Further, synchronized interactions between MPFC and hippocampus are more prominent during early learning as opposed to later stages27,35,36, perhaps reflecting “redistribution of hippocampal memories to MPFC” 27.  MPFC contributes to very early memory formation by learning association between contexts, locations, events and adaptive responses during rapid learning37. Consistently, coupling between hippocampus and MPFC has been shown during, and importantly immediately following (rest) initial memory encoding38,39.  Importantly, MPFC activity during initial memory encoding predicts subsequent recall40. Thus, the spatial map required to encode a motor sequence memory may be “built under the supervision of the prefrontal cortex” 28, also engaged in the development of an abstract representation of the sequence41.  In more abstract terms, the prefrontal, premotor and parietal cortices support novice performance “by deploying attentional and control processes” 42-44 required during early learning42-44. The dorsolateral prefrontal cortex DLPFC specifically is thought to engage in goal selection and sequence monitoring during early skill practice45, all consistent with the schema model of declarative memory in which prefrontal cortices play an important role in encoding46,47.  Thus, several prefrontal and frontoparietal regions contributing to long term learning 48 are also engaged in early stages of encoding. Altogether, there is strong biological support for the involvement of bilateral prefrontal and frontoparietal regions to decoding during early skill learning.  We now address this issue in the revised manuscript.

      If I understand correctly, the offline neural representation analysis is in essence the comparison of the last keypress vs the first keypress of the next sequence. In that sense, the activity during offline rest periods is actually not considered. This makes the nomenclature somewhat confusing. While it matches the behavioural analysis, having only key presses one can't do it in any other way, but here the authors actually do have recordings of brain activity during offline rest. So at the very least calling it offline neural representation is misleading to this reviewer because what is compared is activity during the last and during the next keypress, not activity during offline periods. But it also seems a missed opportunity - the authors argue that most of the relevant learning occurs during offline rest periods, yet there is no attempt to actually test whether activity during this period can be useful for the questions at hand here. 

      We agree with the Reviewer that our previous “offline neural representation” nomenclature could be misinterpreted. In the revised manuscript we refer to this difference as the “offline neural representational change”. Please, note that our previous work did link offline neural activity (i.e. – 16-22 Hz beta power and neural replay density during inter-practice rest periods) to observed micro-offline gains49.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review): 

      Summary 

      Dash et al. asked whether and how the neural representation of individual finger movements is "contextualized" within a trained sequence during the very early period of sequential skill learning by using decoding of MEG signal. Specifically, they assessed whether/how the same finger presses (pressing index finger) embedded in the different ordinal positions of a practiced sequence (4-1-3-2-4; here, the numbers 1 through 4 correspond to the little through the index fingers of the non-dominant left hand) change their representation (MEG feature). They did this by computing either the decoding accuracy of the index finger at the ordinal positions 1 vs. 5 (index_OP1 vs index_OP5) or pattern distance between index_OP1 vs. index_OP5 at each training trial and found that both the decoding accuracy and the pattern distance progressively increase over the course of learning trials. More interestingly, they also computed the pattern distance for index_OP5 for the last execution of a practice trial vs. index_OP1 for the first execution in the next practice trial (i.e., across the rest period). This "off-line" distance was significantly larger than the "on-line" distance, which was computed within practice trials and predicted micro-offline skill gain. Based on these results, the authors conclude that the differentiation of representation for the identical movement embedded in different positions of a sequential skill ("contextualization") primarily occurs during early skill learning, especially during rest, consistent with the recent theory of the "micro-offline learning" proposed by the authors' group. I think this is an important and timely topic for the field of motor learning and beyond. <br /> Strengths 

      The specific strengths of the current work are as follows. First, the use of temporally rich neural information (MEG signal) has a large advantage over previous studies testing sequential representations using fMRI. This allowed the authors to examine the earliest period (= the first few minutes of training) of skill learning with finer temporal resolution. Second, through the optimization of MEG feature extraction, the current study achieved extremely high decoding accuracy (approx. 94%) compared to previous works. As claimed by the authors, this is one of the strengths of the paper (but see my comments). Third, although some potential refinement might be needed, comparing "online" and "offline" pattern distance is a neat idea. 

      Weaknesses 

      Along with the strengths I raised above, the paper has some weaknesses. First, the pursuit of high decoding accuracy, especially the choice of time points and window length (i.e., 200 msec window starting from 0 msec from key press onset), casts a shadow on the interpretation of the main result. Currently, it is unclear whether the decoding results simply reflect behavioral change or true underlying neural change. As shown in the behavioral data, the key press speed reached 3~4 presses per second already at around the end of the early learning period (11th trial), which means inter-press intervals become as short as 250-330 msec. Thus, in almost more than 60% of training period data, the time window for MEG feature extraction (200 msec) spans around 60% of the inter-press intervals. Considering that the preparation/cueing of subsequent presses starts ahead of the actual press (e.g., Kornysheva et al., 2019) and/or potential online planning (e.g., Ariani and Diedrichsen, 2019), the decoder likely has captured these future press information as well as the signal related to the current key press, independent of the formation of genuine sequential representation (e.g., "contextualization" of individual press). This may also explain the gradual increase in decoding accuracy or pattern distance between index_OP1 vs. index_OP5 (Figure 4C and 5A), which co-occurred with performance improvement, as shorter inter-press intervals are more favorable for the dissociating the two index finger presses followed by different finger presses. The compromised decoding accuracies for the control sequences can be explained in similar logic. Therefore, more careful consideration and elaborated discussion seem necessary when trying to both achieve high-performance decoding and assess early skill learning, as it can impact all the subsequent analyses.

      The Reviewer raises the possibility that (given the windowing parameters used in the present study) an increase in “contextualization” with learning could simply reflect faster typing speeds as opposed to an actual change in the underlying neural representation. The issue can essentially be framed as a mixing problem. As correct sequences are generated at higher and higher speeds over training, MEG activity patterns related to the planning, execution, evaluation and memory of individual keypresses overlap more in time. Thus, increased overlap between the “4” and “1” keypresses (at the start of the sequence) and “2” and “4” keypresses (at the end of the sequence) could artefactually increase contextualization distances even if the underlying neural representations for the individual keypresses remain unchanged (assuming this mixing of representations is used by the classifier to differentially tag each index finger press). If this were the case, it follows that such mixing effects reflecting the ordinal sequence structure would also be observable in the distribution of decoder misclassifications. For example, “4” keypresses would be more likely to be misclassified as “1” or “2” keypresses (or vice versa) than as “3” keypresses. The confusion matrices presented in Figures 3C and 4B and Figure 3—figure supplement 3A in the previously submitted manuscript do not show this trend in the distribution of misclassifications across the four fingers.

      Moreover, if the representation distance is largely driven by this mixing effect, it’s also possible that the increased overlap between consecutive index finger keypresses during the 4-4 transition marking the end of one sequence and the beginning of the next one could actually mask contextualization-related changes to the underlying neural representations and make them harder to detect. In this case, a decoder tasked with separating individual index finger keypresses into two distinct classes based upon sequence position might show decreased performance with learning as adjacent keypresses overlapped in time with each other to an increasing extent. However, Figure 4C in our previously submitted manuscript does not support this possibility, as the 2-class hybrid classifier displays improved classification performance over early practice trials despite greater temporal overlap.

      We also conducted a new multivariate regression analysis to directly assess whether the neural representation distance score could be predicted by the 4-1, 2-4 and 4-4 keypress transition times observed for each complete correct sequence (both predictor and response variables were z-score normalized within-subject). The results of this analysis affirmed that the possible alternative explanation put forward by the Reviewer is not supported by our data (Adjusted R2 = 0.00431; F = 5.62). We now include this new negative control analysis result in the revised manuscript.

      Overall, we do strongly agree with the Reviewer that the naturalistic, self-paced, generative task employed in the present study results in overlapping brain processes related to planning, execution, evaluation and memory of the action sequence. We also agree that there are several tradeoffs to consider in the construction of the classifiers depending on the study aim. Given our aim of optimizing keypress decoder accuracy in the present study, the set of trade-offs resulted in representations reflecting more the latter three processes, and less so the planning component. Whether separate decoders can be constructed to tease apart the representations or networks supporting these overlapping processes is an important future direction of research in this area. For example, work presently underway in our lab constrains the selection of windowing parameters in a manner that allows individual classifiers to be temporally linked to specific planning, execution, evaluation or memory-related processes to discern which brain networks are involved and how they adaptively reorganize with learning. Results from the present study (Figure 4—figure supplement 2) showing hybrid-space decoder prediction accuracies exceeding 74% for temporal windows spanning as little as 25ms and located up to 100ms prior to the keyDown event strongly support the feasibility of such an approach.

      Related to the above point, testing only one particular sequence (4-1-3-2-4), aside from the control ones, limits the generalizability of the finding. This also may have contributed to the extremely high decoding accuracy reported in the current study. 

      The Reviewer raises a question about the generalizability of the decoder accuracy reported in our study. Fortunately, a comparison between decoder performances on Day 1 and Day 2 datasets does provide some insight into this issue. As the Reviewer points out, the classifiers in this study were trained and tested on keypresses performed while practicing a specific sequence (4-1-3-2-4). The study was designed this way as to avoid the impact of interference effects on learning dynamics. The cross-validated performance of classifiers on MEG data collected within the same session was 90.47% overall accuracy (4-class; Figure 3C). We then tested classifier performance on data collected during a separate MEG session conducted approximately 24 hours later (Day 2; see Figure 3—supplement 3). We observed a reduction in overall accuracy rate to 87.11% when tested on MEG data recorded while participants performed the same learned sequence, and 79.44% when they performed several previously unpracticed sequences. Both changes in accuracy are important with regards to the generalizability of our findings. First, 87.11% performance accuracy for the trained sequence data on Day 2 (a reduction of only 3.36%) indicates that the hybrid-space decoder performance is robust over multiple MEG sessions, and thus, robust to variations in SNR across the MEG sensor array caused by small differences in head position between scans.  This indicates a substantial advantage over sensor-space decoding approaches. Furthermore, when tested on data from unpracticed sequences, overall performance dropped an additional 7.67%. This difference reflects the performance bias of the classifier for the trained sequence, possibly caused by high-order sequence structure being incorporated into the feature weights. In the future, it will be important to understand in more detail how random or repeated keypress sequence training data impacts overall decoder performance and generalization. We strongly agree with the Reviewer that the issue of generalizability is extremely important and have added a new paragraph to the Discussion in the revised manuscript highlighting the strengths and weaknesses of our study with respect to this issue.

      In terms of clinical BCI, one of the potential relevance of the study, as claimed by the authors, it is not clear that the specific time window chosen in the current study (up to 200 msec since key press onset) is really useful. In most cases, clinical BCI would target neural signals with no overt movement execution due to patients' inability to move (e.g., Hochberg et al., 2012). Given the time window, the surprisingly high performance of the current decoder may result from sensory feedback and/or planning of subsequent movement, which may not always be available in the clinical BCI context. Of course, the decoding accuracy is still much higher than chance even when using signal before the key press (as shown in Figure 4 Supplement 2), but it is not immediately clear to me that the authors relate their high decoding accuracy based on post-movement signal to clinical BCI settings.

      The Reviewer questions the relevance of the specific window parameters used in the present study for clinical BCI applications, particularly for paretic patients who are unable to produce finger movements or for whom afferent sensory feedback is no longer intact. We strongly agree with the Reviewer that any intended clinical application must carefully consider these specific input feature constraints dictated by the clinical cohort, and in turn impose appropriate and complimentary constraints on classifier parameters that may differ from the ones used in the present study.  We now highlight this issue in the Discussion of the revised manuscript and relate our present findings to published clinical BCI work within this context.

      One of the important and fascinating claims of the current study is that the "contextualization" of individual finger movements in a trained sequence specifically occurs during short rest periods in very early skill learning, echoing the recent theory of micro-offline learning proposed by the authors' group. Here, I think two points need to be clarified. First, the concept of "contextualization" is kept somewhat blurry throughout the text. It is only at the later part of the Discussion (around line #330 on page 13) that some potential mechanism for the "contextualization" is provided as "what-and-where" binding. Still, it is unclear what "contextualization" actually is in the current data, as the MEG signal analyzed is extracted from 0-200 msec after the keypress. If one thinks something is contextualizing an action, that contextualization should come earlier than the action itself. 

      The Reviewer requests that we: 1) more clearly define our use of the term “contextualization” and 2) provide the rationale for assessing it over a 200ms window aligned to the keyDown event. This choice of window parameters means that the MEG activity used in our analysis was coincident with, rather than preceding, the actual keypresses.  We define contextualization as the differentiation of representation for the identical movement embedded in different positions of a sequential skill. That is, representations of individual action elements progressively incorporate information about their relationship to the overall sequence structure as the skill is learned. We agree with the Reviewer that this can be appropriately interpreted as “what-and-where” binding. We now incorporate this definition in the Introduction of the revised manuscript as requested.

      The window parameters for optimizing accurate decoding individual finger movements were determined using a grid search of the parameter space (a sliding window of variable width between 25-350 ms with 25 ms increments variably aligned from 0 to +100ms with 10ms increments relative to the keyDown event). This approach generated 140 different temporal windows for each keypress for each participant, with the final parameter selection determined through comparison of the resulting performance between each decoder.  Importantly, the decision to optimize for decoding accuracy placed an emphasis on keypress representations characterized by the most consistent and robust features shared across subjects, which in turn maximize statistical power in detecting common learning-related changes. In this case, the optimal window encompassed a 200ms epoch aligned to the keyDown event (t0 = 0 ms).  We then asked if the representations (i.e. – spatial patterns of combined parcel- and voxel-space activity) of the same digit at two different sequence positions changed with practice within this optimal decoding window.  Of course, our findings do not rule out the possibility that contextualization can also be found before or even after this time window, as we did not directly address this issue in the present study.  Ongoing work in our lab, as pointed out above, is investigating contextualization within different time windows tailored specifically for assessing sequence skill action planning, execution, evaluation and memory processes.

      The second point is that the result provided by the authors is not yet convincing enough to support the claim that "contextualization" occurs during rest. In the original analysis, the authors presented the statistical significance regarding the correlation between the "offline" pattern differentiation and micro-offline skill gain (Figure 5. Supplement 1), as well as the larger "offline" distance than "online" distance (Figure 5B). However, this analysis looks like regressing two variables (monotonically) increasing as a function of the trial. Although some information in this analysis, such as what the independent/dependent variables were or how individual subjects were treated, was missing in the Methods, getting a statistically significant slope seems unsurprising in such a situation. Also, curiously, the same quantitative evidence was not provided for its "online" counterpart, and the authors only briefly mentioned in the text that there was no significant correlation between them. It may be true looking at the data in Figure 5A as the online representation distance looks less monotonically changing, but the classification accuracy presented in Figure 4C, which should reflect similar representational distance, shows a more monotonic increase up to the 11th trial. Further, the ways the "online" and "offline" representation distance was estimated seem to make them not directly comparable. While the "online" distance was computed using all the correct press data within each 10 sec of execution, the "offline" distance is basically computed by only two presses (i.e., the last index_OP5 vs. the first index_OP1 separated by 10 sec of rest). Theoretically, the distance between the neural activity patterns for temporally closer events tends to be closer than that between the patterns for temporally far-apart events. It would be fairer to use the distance between the first index_OP1 vs. the last index_OP5 within an execution period for "online" distance, as well. 

      The Reviewer suggests that the current data is not convincing enough to show that contextualization occurs during rest and raises two important concerns: 1) the relationship between online contextualization and micro-online gains is not shown, and 2) the online distance was calculated differently from its offline counterpart (i.e. - instead of calculating the distance between last IndexOP5 and first IndexOP1 from a single trial, the distance was calculated for each sequence within a trial and then averaged).

      We addressed the first concern by performing individual subject correlations between 1) contextualization changes during rest intervals and micro-offline gains; 2) contextualization changes during practice trials and micro-online gains, and 3) contextualization changes during practice trials and micro-offline gains (Author response image 4). We then statistically compared the resulting correlation coefficient distributions and found that within-subject correlations for contextualization changes during rest intervals and micro-offline gains were significantly higher than online contextualization and micro-online gains (t = 3.2827, p = 0.0015) and online contextualization and micro-offline gains (t = 3.7021, p = 5.3013e-04). These results are consistent with our interpretation that micro-offline gains are supported by contextualization changes during the inter-practice rest period.

      Author response image 4.

      Distribution of individual subject correlation coefficients between contextualization changes occurring during practice or rest with  micro-online and micro-offline performance gains. Note that, the correlation distributions were significantly higher for the relationship between contextualization changes during rest and micro-offline gains than for contextualization changes during practice and either micro-online or offline gain.

      With respect to the second concern highlighted above, we agree with the Reviewer that one limitation of the analysis comparing online versus offline changes in contextualization as presented in the reviewed manuscript, is that it does not eliminate the possibility that any differences could simply be explained by the passage of time (which is smaller for the online analysis compared to the offline analysis). The Reviewer suggests an approach that addresses this issue, which we have now carried out.   When quantifying online changes in contextualization from the first IndexOP1 the last IndexOP5 keypress in the same trial we observed no learning-related trend (Author response image 5, right panel). Importantly, offline distances were significantly larger than online distances regardless of the measurement approach and neither predicted online learning (Author response image 6).

      Author response image 5.

      Trial by trial trend of offline (left panel) and online (middle and right panels) changes in contextualization. Offline changes in contextualization were assessed by calculating the distance between neural representations for the last IndexOP5 keypress in the previous trial and the first IndexOP1 keypress in the present trial. Two different approaches were used to characterize online contextualization changes. The analysis included in the reviewed manuscript (middle panel) calculated the distance between IndexOP1 and IndexOP5 for each correct sequence, which was then averaged across the trial. This approach is limited by the lack of control for the passage of time when making online versus offline comparisons. Thus, the second approach controlled for the passage of time by calculating distance between the representations associated with the first IndexOP1 keypress and the last IndexOP5 keypress within the same trial. Note that while the first approach showed an increase online contextualization trend with practice, the second approach did not.

      Author response image 6.

      Relationship between online contextualization and online learning is shown for both within-sequence (left; note that this is the online contextualization measure used in the reviewd manuscript) and across-sequence (right) distance calculation. There was no significant relationship between online learning and online contextualization regardless of the measurement approach.

      A related concern regarding the control analysis, where individual values for max speed and the degree of online contextualization were compared (Figure 5 Supplement 3), is whether the individual difference is meaningful. If I understood correctly, the optimization of the decoding process (temporal window, feature inclusion/reduction, decoder, etc.) was performed for individual participants, and the same feature extraction was also employed for the analysis of representation distance (i.e., contextualization). If this is the case, the distances are individually differently calculated and they may need to be normalized relative to some stable reference (e.g., 1 vs. 4 or average distance within the control sequence presses) before comparison across the individuals. 

      The Reviewer makes a good point here. We have now implemented the suggested normalization procedure in the analysis provided in the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review): 

      Summary: 

      One goal of this paper is to introduce a new approach for highly accurate decoding of finger movements from human magnetoencephalography data via dimension reduction of a "multi-scale, hybrid" feature space. Following this decoding approach, the authors aim to show that early skill learning involves "contextualization" of the neural coding of individual movements, relative to their position in a sequence of consecutive movements. Furthermore, they aim to show that this "contextualization" develops primarily during short rest periods interspersed with skill training and correlates with a performance metric which the authors interpret as an indicator of offline learning. <br /> Strengths: 

      A clear strength of the paper is the innovative decoding approach, which achieves impressive decoding accuracies via dimension reduction of a "multi-scale, hybrid space". This hybrid-space approach follows the neurobiologically plausible idea of the concurrent distribution of neural coding across local circuits as well as large-scale networks. A further strength of the study is the large number of tested dimension reduction techniques and classifiers (though the manuscript reveals little about the comparison of the latter). 

      We appreciate the Reviewer’s comments regarding the paper’s strengths.

      A simple control analysis based on shuffled class labels could lend further support to this complex decoding approach. As a control analysis that completely rules out any source of overfitting, the authors could test the decoder after shuffling class labels. Following such shuffling, decoding accuracies should drop to chance level for all decoding approaches, including the optimized decoder. This would also provide an estimate of actual chance-level performance (which is informative over and beyond the theoretical chance level). Furthermore, currently, the manuscript does not explain the huge drop in decoding accuracies for the voxel-space decoding (Figure 3B). Finally, the authors' approach to cortical parcellation raises questions regarding the information carried by varying dipole orientations within a parcel (which currently seems to be ignored?) and the implementation of the mean-flipping method (given that there are two dimensions - space and time - what do the authors refer to when they talk about the sign of the "average source", line 477?). 

      The Reviewer recommends that we: 1) conduct an additional control analysis on classifier performance using shuffled class labels, 2) provide a more detailed explanation regarding the drop in decoding accuracies for the voxel-space decoding following LDA dimensionality reduction (see Fig 3B), and 3) provide additional details on how problems related to dipole solution orientations were addressed in the present study.  

      In relation to the first point, we have now implemented a random shuffling approach as a control for the classification analyses. The results of this analysis indicated that the chance level accuracy was 22.12% (± SD 9.1%) for individual keypress decoding (4-class classification), and 18.41% (± SD 7.4%) for individual sequence item decoding (5-class classification), irrespective of the input feature set or the type of decoder used. Thus, the decoding accuracy observed with the final model was substantially higher than these chance levels.  

      Second, please note that the dimensionality of the voxel-space feature set is very high (i.e. – 15684). LDA attempts to map the input features onto a much smaller dimensional space (number of classes-1; e.g. –  3 dimensions, for 4-class keypress decoding). Given the very high dimension of the voxel-space input features in this case, the resulting mapping exhibits reduced accuracy. Despite this general consideration, please refer to Figure 3—figure supplement 3, where we observe improvement in voxel-space decoder performance when utilizing alternative dimensionality reduction techniques.

      The decoders constructed in the present study assess the average spatial patterns across time (as defined by the windowing procedure) in the input feature space.  We now provide additional details in the Methods of the revised manuscript pertaining to the parcellation procedure and how the sign ambiguity problem was addressed in our analysis.

      Weaknesses: 

      A clear weakness of the paper lies in the authors' conclusions regarding "contextualization". Several potential confounds, described below, question the neurobiological implications proposed by the authors and provide a simpler explanation of the results. Furthermore, the paper follows the assumption that short breaks result in offline skill learning, while recent evidence, described below, casts doubt on this assumption. 

      We thank the Reviewer for giving us the opportunity to address these issues in detail (see below).

      The authors interpret the ordinal position information captured by their decoding approach as a reflection of neural coding dedicated to the local context of a movement (Figure 4). One way to dissociate ordinal position information from information about the moving effectors is to train a classifier on one sequence and test the classifier on other sequences that require the same movements, but in different positions50. In the present study, however, participants trained to repeat a single sequence (4-1-3-2-4). As a result, ordinal position information is potentially confounded by the fixed finger transitions around each of the two critical positions (first and fifth press). Across consecutive correct sequences, the first keypress in a given sequence was always preceded by a movement of the index finger (=last movement of the preceding sequence), and followed by a little finger movement. The last keypress, on the other hand, was always preceded by a ring finger movement, and followed by an index finger movement (=first movement of the next sequence). Figure 4 - Supplement 2 shows that finger identity can be decoded with high accuracy (>70%) across a large time window around the time of the key press, up to at least +/-100 ms (and likely beyond, given that decoding accuracy is still high at the boundaries of the window depicted in that figure). This time window approaches the keypress transition times in this study. Given that distinct finger transitions characterized the first and fifth keypress, the classifier could thus rely on persistent (or "lingering") information from the preceding finger movement, and/or "preparatory" information about the subsequent finger movement, in order to dissociate the first and fifth keypress. Currently, the manuscript provides no evidence that the context information captured by the decoding approach is more than a by-product of temporally extended, and therefore overlapping, but independent neural representations of consecutive keypresses that are executed in close temporal proximity - rather than a neural representation dedicated to context. 

      Such temporal overlap of consecutive, independent finger representations may also account for the dynamics of "ordinal coding"/"contextualization", i.e., the increase in 2-class decoding accuracy, across Day 1 (Figure 4C). As learning progresses, both tapping speed and the consistency of keypress transition times increase (Figure 1), i.e., consecutive keypresses are closer in time, and more consistently so. As a result, information related to a given keypress is increasingly overlapping in time with information related to the preceding and subsequent keypresses. The authors seem to argue that their regression analysis in Figure 5 - Figure Supplement 3 speaks against any influence of tapping speed on "ordinal coding" (even though that argument is not made explicitly in the manuscript). However, Figure 5 - Figure Supplement 3 shows inter-individual differences in a between-subject analysis (across trials, as in panel A, or separately for each trial, as in panel B), and, therefore, says little about the within-subject dynamics of "ordinal coding" across the experiment. A regression of trial-by-trial "ordinal coding" on trial-by-trial tapping speed (either within-subject or at a group-level, after averaging across subjects) could address this issue. Given the highly similar dynamics of "ordinal coding" on the one hand (Figure 4C), and tapping speed on the other hand (Figure 1B), I would expect a strong relationship between the two in the suggested within-subject (or group-level) regression. Furthermore, learning should increase the number of (consecutively) correct sequences, and, thus, the consistency of finger transitions. Therefore, the increase in 2-class decoding accuracy may simply reflect an increasing overlap in time of increasingly consistent information from consecutive keypresses, which allows the classifier to dissociate the first and fifth keypress more reliably as learning progresses, simply based on the characteristic finger transitions associated with each. In other words, given that the physical context of a given keypress changes as learning progresses - keypresses move closer together in time and are more consistently correct - it seems problematic to conclude that the mental representation of that context changes. To draw that conclusion, the physical context should remain stable (or any changes to the physical context should be controlled for). 

      The issues raised by Reviewer #3 here are similar to two issues raised by Reviewer #2 above and agree they must both be carefully considered in any evaluation of our findings.

      As both Reviewers pointed out, the classifiers in this study were trained and tested on keypresses performed while practicing a specific sequence (4-1-3-2-4). The study was designed this way as to avoid the impact of interference effects on learning dynamics. The cross-validated performance of classifiers on MEG data collected within the same session was 90.47% overall accuracy (4-class; Figure 3C). We then tested classifier performance on data collected during a separate MEG session conducted approximately 24 hours later (Day 2; see Figure 3—supplement 3). We observed a reduction in overall accuracy rate to 87.11% when tested on MEG data recorded while participants performed the same learned sequence, and 79.44% when they performed several previously unpracticed sequences. This classification performance difference of 7.67% when tested on the Day 2 data could reflect the performance bias of the classifier for the trained sequence, possibly caused by mixed information from temporally close keypresses being incorporated into the feature weights.

      Along these same lines, both Reviewers also raise the possibility that an increase in “ordinal coding/contextualization” with learning could simply reflect an increase in this mixing effect caused by faster typing speeds as opposed to an actual change in the underlying neural representation. The basic idea is that as correct sequences are generated at higher and higher speeds over training, MEG activity patterns related to the planning, execution, evaluation and memory of individual keypresses overlap more in time. Thus, increased overlap between the “4” and “1” keypresses (at the start of the sequence) and “2” and “4” keypresses (at the end of the sequence) could artefactually increase contextualization distances even if the underlying neural representations for the individual keypresses remain unchanged (assuming this mixing of representations is used by the classifier to differentially tag each index finger press). If this were the case, it follows that such mixing effects reflecting the ordinal sequence structure would also be observable in the distribution of decoder misclassifications. For example, “4” keypresses would be more likely to be misclassified as “1” or “2” keypresses (or vice versa) than as “3” keypresses. The confusion matrices presented in Figures 3C and 4B and Figure 3—figure supplement 3A in the previously submitted manuscript do not show this trend in the distribution of misclassifications across the four fingers.

      Following this logic, it’s also possible that if the ordinal coding is largely driven by this mixing effect, the increased overlap between consecutive index finger keypresses during the 4-4 transition marking the end of one sequence and the beginning of the next one could actually mask contextualization-related changes to the underlying neural representations and make them harder to detect. In this case, a decoder tasked with separating individual index finger keypresses into two distinct classes based upon sequence position might show decreased performance with learning as adjacent keypresses overlapped in time with each other to an increasing extent. However, Figure 4C in our previously submitted manuscript does not support this possibility, as the 2-class hybrid classifier displays improved classification performance over early practice trials despite greater temporal overlap.

      As noted in the above replay to Reviewer #2, we also conducted a new multivariate regression analysis to directly assess whether the neural representation distance score could be predicted by the 4-1, 2-4 and 4-4 keypress transition times observed for each complete correct sequence (both predictor and response variables were z-score normalized within-subject). The results of this analysis affirmed that the possible alternative explanation put forward by the Reviewer is not supported by our data (Adjusted R2 = 0.00431; F = 5.62). We now include this new negative control analysis result in the revised manuscript.

      Finally, the Reviewer hints that one way to address this issue would be to compare MEG responses before and after learning for sequences typed at a fixed speed. However, given that the speed-accuracy trade-off should improve with learning, a comparison between unlearned and learned skill states would dictate that the skill be evaluated at a very low fixed speed. Essentially, such a design presents the problem that the post-training test is evaluating the representation in the unlearned behavioral state that is not representative of the acquired skill. Thus, this approach would not address our experimental question: “do neural representations of the same action performed at different locations within a skill sequence contextually differentiate or remain stable as learning evolves”.

      A similar difference in physical context may explain why neural representation distances ("differentiation") differ between rest and practice (Figure 5). The authors define "offline differentiation" by comparing the hybrid space features of the last index finger movement of a trial (ordinal position 5) and the first index finger movement of the next trial (ordinal position 1). However, the latter is not only the first movement in the sequence but also the very first movement in that trial (at least in trials that started with a correct sequence), i.e., not preceded by any recent movement. In contrast, the last index finger of the last correct sequence in the preceding trial includes the characteristic finger transition from the fourth to the fifth movement. Thus, there is more overlapping information arising from the consistent, neighbouring keypresses for the last index finger movement, compared to the first index finger movement of the next trial. A strong difference (larger neural representation distance) between these two movements is, therefore, not surprising, given the task design, and this difference is also expected to increase with learning, given the increase in tapping speed, and the consequent stronger overlap in representations for consecutive keypresses. Furthermore, initiating a new sequence involves pre-planning, while ongoing practice relies on online planning (Ariani et al., eNeuro 2021), i.e., two mental operations that are dissociable at the level of neural representation (Ariani et al., bioRxiv 2023). 

      The Reviewer argues that the comparison of last finger movement of a trial and the first in the next trial are performed in different circumstances and contexts. This is an important point and one we tend to agree with. For this task, the first sequence in a practice trial (which is pre-planned offline) is performed in a somewhat different context from the sequence iterations that follow, which involve temporally overlapping planning, execution and evaluation processes.  The Reviewer is particularly concerned about a difference in the temporal mixing effect issue raised above between the first and last keypresses performed in a trial. However, in contrast to the Reviewers stated argument above, findings from Korneysheva et. al (2019) showed that neural representations of individual actions are competitively queued during the pre-planning period in a manner that reflects the ordinal structure of the learned sequence.  Thus, mixing effects are likely still present for the first keypress in a trial. Also note that we now present new control analyses in multiple responses above confirming that hypothetical mixing effects between adjacent keypresses do not explain our reported contextualization finding. A statement addressing these possibilities raised by the Reviewer has been added to the Discussion in the revised manuscript.

      In relation to pre-planning, ongoing MEG work in our lab is investigating contextualization within different time windows tailored specifically for assessing how sequence skill action planning evolves with learning.

      Given these differences in the physical context and associated mental processes, it is not surprising that "offline differentiation", as defined here, is more pronounced than "online differentiation". For the latter, the authors compared movements that were better matched regarding the presence of consistent preceding and subsequent keypresses (online differentiation was defined as the mean difference between all first vs. last index finger movements during practice).  It is unclear why the authors did not follow a similar definition for "online differentiation" as for "micro-online gains" (and, indeed, a definition that is more consistent with their definition of "offline differentiation"), i.e., the difference between the first index finger movement of the first correct sequence during practice, and the last index finger of the last correct sequence. While these two movements are, again, not matched for the presence of neighbouring keypresses (see the argument above), this mismatch would at least be the same across "offline differentiation" and "online differentiation", so they would be more comparable. 

      This is the same point made earlier by Reviewer #2, and we agree with this assessment. As stated in the response to Reviewer #2 above, we have now carried out quantification of online contextualization using this approach and included it in the revised manuscript. We thank the Reviewer for this suggestion.

      A further complication in interpreting the results regarding "contextualization" stems from the visual feedback that participants received during the task. Each keypress generated an asterisk shown above the string on the screen, irrespective of whether the keypress was correct or incorrect. As a result, incorrect (e.g., additional, or missing) keypresses could shift the phase of the visual feedback string (of asterisks) relative to the ordinal position of the current movement in the sequence (e.g., the fifth movement in the sequence could coincide with the presentation of any asterisk in the string, from the first to the fifth). Given that more incorrect keypresses are expected at the start of the experiment, compared to later stages, the consistency in visual feedback position, relative to the ordinal position of the movement in the sequence, increased across the experiment. A better differentiation between the first and the fifth movement with learning could, therefore, simply reflect better decoding of the more consistent visual feedback, based either on the feedback-induced brain response, or feedback-induced eye movements (the study did not include eye tracking). It is not clear why the authors introduced this complicated visual feedback in their task, besides consistency with their previous studies.

      We strongly agree with the Reviewer that eye movements related to task engagement are important to rule out as a potential driver of the decoding accuracy or contextualization effect. We address this issue above in response to a question raised by Reviewer #1 about the impact of movement related artefacts in general on our findings.

      First, the assumption the Reviewer makes here about the distribution of errors in this task is incorrect. On average across subjects, 2.32% ± 1.48% (mean ± SD) of all keypresses performed were errors, which were evenly distributed across the four possible keypress responses. While errors increased progressively over practice trials, they did so in proportion to the increase in correct keypresses, so that the overall ratio of correct-to-incorrect keypresses remained stable over the training session. Thus, the Reviewer’s assumptions that there is a higher relative frequency of errors in early trials, and a resulting systematic trend phase shift differences between the visual display updates (i.e. – a change in asterisk position above the displayed sequence) and the keypress performed is not substantiated by the data. To the contrary, the asterisk position on the display and the keypress being executed remained highly correlated over the entire training session. We now include a statement about the frequency and distribution of errors in the revised manuscript.

      Given this high correlation, we firmly agree with the Reviewer that the issue of eye movement-related artefacts is still an important one to address. Fortunately, we did collect eye movement data during the MEG recordings so were able to investigate this. As detailed in the response to Reviewer #1 above, we found that gaze positions and eye-movement velocity time-locked to visual display updates (i.e. – a change in asterisk position above the displayed sequence) did not reflect the asterisk location above chance levels (Overall cross-validated accuracy = 0.21817; see Author response image 1). Furthermore, an inspection of the eye position data revealed that a majority of participants on most trials displayed random walk gaze patterns around a center fixation point, indicating that participants did not attend to the asterisk position on the display. This is consistent with intrinsic generation of the action sequence, and congruent with the fact that the display does not provide explicit feedback related to performance. As pointed out above, a similar real-world example would be manually inputting a long password into a secure online application. In this case, one intrinsically generates the sequence from memory and receives similar feedback about the password sequence position (also provided as asterisks), which is typically ignored by the user. Notably, the minimal participant engagement with the visual task display observed in this study highlights an important difference between behavior observed during explicit sequence learning motor tasks (which is highly generative in nature) with reactive responses to stimulus cues in a serial reaction time task (SRTT).  This is a crucial difference that must be carefully considered when comparing findings across studies. All elements pertaining to this new control analysis are now included in the revised manuscript.

      The authors report a significant correlation between "offline differentiation" and cumulative micro-offline gains. However, it would be more informative to correlate trial-by-trial changes in each of the two variables. This would address the question of whether there is a trial-by-trial relation between the degree of "contextualization" and the amount of micro-offline gains - are performance changes (micro-offline gains) less pronounced across rest periods for which the change in "contextualization" is relatively low? Furthermore, is the relationship between micro-offline gains and "offline differentiation" significantly stronger than the relationship between micro-offline gains and "online differentiation"? 

      In response to a similar issue raised above by Reviewer #2, we now include new analyses comparing correlation magnitudes between (1) “online differention” vs micro-online gains, (2) “online differention” vs micro-offline gains and (3) “offline differentiation” and micro-offline gains (see Author response images 4, 5 and 6 above). These new analyses and results have been added to the revised manuscript. Once again, we thank both Reviewers for this suggestion.

      The authors follow the assumption that micro-offline gains reflect offline learning.

      This statement is incorrect. The original Bonstrup et al (2019) 49 paper clearly states that micro-offline gains must be carefully interpreted based upon the behavioral context within which they are observed, and lays out the conditions under which one can have confidence that micro-offline gains reflect offline learning.  In fact, the excellent meta-analysis of Pan & Rickard (2015) 51, which re-interprets the benefits of sleep in overnight skill consolidation from a “reactive inhibition” perspective, was a crucial resource in the experimental design of our initial study49, as well as in all our subsequent work. Pan & Rickard stated:

      “Empirically, reactive inhibition refers to performance worsening that can accumulate during a period of continuous training (Hull, 1943). It tends to dissipate, at least in part, when brief breaks are inserted between blocks of training. If there are multiple performance-break cycles over a training session, as in the motor sequence literature, performance can exhibit a scalloped effect, worsening during each uninterrupted performance block but improving across blocks52,53. Rickard, Cai, Rieth, Jones, and Ard (2008) and Brawn, Fenn, Nusbaum, and Margoliash (2010) 52,53 demonstrated highly robust scalloped reactive inhibition effects using the commonly employed 30 s–30 s performance break cycle, as shown for Rickard et al.’s (2008) massed practice sleep group in Figure 2. The scalloped effect is evident for that group after the first few 30 s blocks of each session. The absence of the scalloped effect during the first few blocks of training in the massed group suggests that rapid learning during that period masks any reactive inhibition effect.”

      Crucially, Pan & Rickard51 made several concrete recommendations for reducing the impact of the reactive inhibition confound on offline learning studies. One of these recommendations was to reduce practice times to 10s (most prior sequence learning studies up until that point had employed 30s long practice trials). They stated:

      “The traditional design involving 30 s-30 s performance break cycles should be abandoned given the evidence that it results in a reactive inhibition confound, and alternative designs with reduced performance duration per block used instead 51. One promising possibility is to switch to 10 s performance durations for each performance-break cycle Instead 51. That design appears sufficient to eliminate at least the majority of the reactive inhibition effect 52,53.”

      We mindfully incorporated recommendations from Pan and Rickard51  into our own study designs including 1) utilizing 10s practice trials and 2) constraining our analysis of micro-offline gains to early learning trials (where performance monotonically increases and 95% of overall performance gains occur), which are prior to the emergence of the “scalloped” performance dynamics that are strongly linked to reactive inhibition effects. 

      However, there is no direct evidence in the literature that micro-offline gains really result from offline learning, i.e., an improvement in skill level.

      We strongly disagree with the Reviewer’s assertion that “there is no direct evidence in the literature that micro-offline gains really result from offline learning, i.e., an improvement in skill level.”  The initial Bönstrup et al. (2019) 49 report was followed up by a large online crowd-sourcing study (Bönstrup et al., 2020) 54. This second (and much larger) study provided several additional important findings supporting our interpretation of micro-offline gains in cases where the important behavioral conditions clarified above were met (see Author response image 7 below for further details on these conditions).

      Author response image 7.

      Micro-offline gains observed in learning and non-learning contexts are attributed to different underlying causes. (A) Micro-offline and online changes relative to overall trial-by-trial learning. This figure is based on data from Bönstrup et al. (2019) 49. During early learning, micro-offline gains (red bars) closely track trial-by-trial performance gains (green line with open circle markers), with minimal contribution from micro-online gains (blue bars). The stated conclusion in Bönstrup et al. (2019) is that micro-offline gains only during this Early Learning stage reflect rapid memory consolidation (see also 54). After early learning, about practice trial 11, skill plateaus. This plateau skill period is characterized by a striking emergence of coupled (and relatively stable) micro-online drops and micro-offline increases. Bönstrup et al. (2019) as well as others in the literature 55-57, argue that micro-offline gains during the plateau period likely reflect recovery from inhibitory performance factors such as reactive inhibition or fatigue, and thus must be excluded from analyses relating micro-offline gains to skill learning.  The Non-repeating groups in Experiments 3 and 4 from Das et al. (2024) suffer from a lack of consideration of these known confounds.

      Evidence documented in that paper54 showed that micro-offline gains during early skill learning were: 1) replicable and generalized to subjects learning the task in their daily living environment (n=389); 2) equivalent when significantly shortening practice period duration, thus confirming that they are not a result of recovery from performance fatigue (n=118);  3) reduced (along with learning rates) by retroactive interference applied immediately after each practice period relative to interference applied after passage of time (n=373), indicating stabilization of the motor memory at a microscale of several seconds consistent with rapid consolidation; and 4) not modified by random termination of the practice periods, ruling out a contribution of predictive motor slowing (N = 71) 54.  Altogether, our findings were strongly consistent with the interpretation that micro-offline gains reflect memory consolidation supporting early skill learning. This is precisely the portion of the learning curve Pan and Rickard51 refer to when they state “…rapid learning during that period masks any reactive inhibition effect”.

      This interpretation is further supported by brain imaging evidence linking known memory-related networks and consolidation mechanisms to micro-offline gains. First, we reported that the density of fast hippocampo-neocortical skill memory replay events increases approximately three-fold during early learning inter-practice rest periods with the density explaining differences in the magnitude of micro-offline gains across subjects1. Second, Jacobacci et al. (2020) independently reproduced our original behavioral findings and reported BOLD fMRI changes in the hippocampus and precuneus (regions also identified in our MEG study1) linked to micro-offline gains during early skill learning. 33 These functional changes were coupled with rapid alterations in brain microstructure in the order of minutes, suggesting that the same network that operates during rest periods of early learning undergoes structural plasticity over several minutes following practice58. Third, even more recently, Chen et al. (2024) provided direct evidence from intracranial EEG in humans linking sharp-wave ripple events (which are known markers for neural replay59) in the hippocampus (80-120 Hz in humans) with micro-offline gains during early skill learning. The authors report that the strong increase in ripple rates tracked learning behavior, both across blocks and across participants. The authors conclude that hippocampal ripples during resting offline periods contribute to motor sequence learning. 2

      Thus, there is actually now substantial evidence in the literature directly supporting the assertion “that micro-offline gains really result from offline learning”.  On the contrary, according to Gupta & Rickard (2024) “…the mechanism underlying RI [reactive inhibition] is not well established” after over 80 years of investigation60, possibly due to the fact that “reactive inhibition” is a categorical description of behavioral effects that likely result from several heterogenous processes with very different underlying mechanisms.

      On the contrary, recent evidence questions this interpretation (Gupta & Rickard, npj Sci Learn 2022; Gupta & Rickard, Sci Rep 2024; Das et al., bioRxiv 2024). Instead, there is evidence that micro-offline gains are transient performance benefits that emerge when participants train with breaks, compared to participants who train without breaks, however, these benefits vanish within seconds after training if both groups of participants perform under comparable conditions (Das et al., bioRxiv 2024). 

      It is important to point out that the recent work of Gupta & Rickard (2022,2024) 55 does not present any data that directly opposes our finding that early skill learning49 is expressed as micro-offline gains during rest breaks. These studies are essentially an extension of the Rickard et al (2008) paper that employed a massed (30s practice followed by 30s breaks) vs spaced (10s practice followed by 10s breaks) to assess if recovery from reactive inhibition effects could account for performance gains measured after several minutes or hours. Gupta & Rickard (2022) added two additional groups (30s practice/10s break and 10s practice/10s break as used in the work from our group). The primary aim of the study was to assess whether it was more likely that changes in performance when retested 5 minutes after skill training (consisting of 12 practice trials for the massed groups and 36 practice trials for the spaced groups) had ended reflected memory consolidation effects or recovery from reactive inhibition effects. The Gupta & Rickard (2024) follow-up paper employed a similar design with the primary difference being that participants performed a fixed number of sequences on each trial as opposed to trials lasting a fixed duration. This was done to facilitate the fitting of a quantitative statistical model to the data.  To reiterate, neither study included any analysis of micro-online or micro-offline gains and did not include any comparison focused on skill gains during early learning. Instead, Gupta & Rickard (2022), reported evidence for reactive inhibition effects for all groups over much longer training periods. Again, we reported the same finding for trials following the early learning period in our original Bönstrup et al. (2019) paper49 (Author response image 7). Also, please note that we reported in this paper that cumulative micro-offline gains over early learning did not correlate with overnight offline consolidation measured 24 hours later49 (see the Results section and further elaboration in the Discussion). Thus, while the composition of our data is supportive of a short-term memory consolidation process operating over several seconds during early learning, it likely differs from those involved over longer training times and offline periods, as assessed by Gupta & Rickard (2022).

      In the recent preprint from Das et al (2024) 61,  the authors make the strong claim that “micro-offline gains during early learning do not reflect offline learning” which is not supported by their own data.   The authors hypothesize that if “micro-offline gains represent offline learning, participants should reach higher skill levels when training with breaks, compared to training without breaks”.  The study utilizes a spaced vs. massed practice group between-subjects design inspired by the reactive inhibition work from Rickard and others to test this hypothesis. Crucially, the design incorporates only a small fraction of the training used in other investigations to evaluate early skill learning1,33,49,54,57,58,62.  A direct comparison between the practice schedule designs for the spaced and massed groups in Das et al., and the training schedule all participants experienced in the original Bönstrup et al. (2019) paper highlights this issue as well as several others (Author response image 8):

      Author response image 8.

      (A) Comparison of Das et al. Spaced & Massed group training session designs, and the training session design from the original Bönstrup et al. (2019) 49 paper. Similar to the approach taken by Das et al., all practice is visualized as 10-second practice trials with a variable number (either 0, 1 or 30) of 10-second-long inter-practice rest intervals to allow for direct comparisons between designs. The two key takeaways from this comparison are that (1) the intervention differences (i.e. – practice schedules) between the Massed and Spaced groups from the Das et al. report are extremely small (less than 12% of the overall session schedule) and (2) the overall amount of practice is much less than compared to the design from the original Bönstrup report 49  (which has been utilized in several subsequent studies). (B) Group-level learning curve data from Bönstrup et al. (2019) 49 is used to estimate the performance range accounted for by the equivalent periods covering Test 1, Training 1 and Test 2 from Das et al (2024). Note that the intervention in the Das et al. study is limited to a period covering less than 50% of the overall learning range.

      First, participants in the original Bönstrup et al. study 49 experienced 157.14% more practice time and 46.97% less inter-practice rest time than the Spaced group in the Das et al. study (Author response image 8).  Thus, the overall amount of practice and rest differ substantially between studies, with much more limited training occurring for participants in Das et al.  

      Second, and perhaps most importantly, the actual intervention (i.e. – the difference in practice schedule between the Spaced and Massed groups) employed by Das et al. covers a very small fraction of the overall training session. Identical practice schedule segments for both the Spaced & Massed groups are indicated by the red shaded area in Author response image 8. Please note that these identical segments cover 94.84% of the Massed group training schedule and 88.01% of the Spaced group training schedule (since it has 60 seconds of additional rest). This means that the actual interventions cover less than 5% (for Massed) and 12% (for Spaced) of the total training session, which minimizes any chance of observing a difference between groups.

      Also note that the very beginning of the practice schedule (during which Figure R9 shows substantial learning is known to occur) is labeled in the Das et al. study as Test 1.  Test 1 encompasses the first 20 seconds of practice (alternatively viewed as the first two 10-second-long practice trials with no inter-practice rest). This is immediately followed by the Training 1 intervention, which is composed of only three 10-second-long practice trials (with 10-second inter-practice rest for the Spaced group and no inter-practice rest for the Massed group). Author response image 8 also shows that since there is no inter-practice rest after the third Training practice trial for the Spaced group, this third trial (for both Training 1 and 2) is actually a part of an identical practice schedule segment shared by both groups (Massed and Spaced), reducing the magnitude of the intervention even further.

      Moreover, we know from the original Bönstrup et al. (2019) paper49 that 46.57% of all overall group-level performance gains occurred between trials 2 and 5 for that study. Thus, Das et al. are limiting their designed intervention to a period covering less than half of the early learning range discussed in the literature, which again, minimizes any chance of observing an effect.

      This issue is amplified even further at Training 2 since skill learning prior to the long 5-minute break is retained, further constraining the performance range over these three trials. A related issue pertains to the trials labeled as Test 1 (trials 1-2) and Test 2 (trials 6-7) by Das et al. Again, we know from the original Bönstrup et al. paper 49 that 18.06% and 14.43% (32.49% total) of all overall group-level performance gains occurred during trials corresponding to Das et al Test 1 and Test 2, respectively. In other words, Das et al averaged skill performance over 20 seconds of practice at two time-points where dramatic skill improvements occur. Pan & Rickard (1995) previously showed that such averaging is known to inject artefacts into analyses of performance gains.

      Furthermore, the structure of the Test in Das et. al study appears to have an interference effect on the Spaced group performance after the training intervention.  This makes sense if you consider that the Spaced group is required to now perform the task in a Massed practice environment (i.e., two 10-second-long practice trials merged into one long trial), further blurring the true intervention effects. This effect is observable in Figure 1C,E of their pre-print. Specifically, while the Massed group continues to show an increase in performance during test relative to the last 10 seconds of practice during training, the Spaced group displays a marked decrease. This decrease is in stark contrast to the monotonic increases observed for both groups at all other time-points.

      Interestingly, when statistical comparisons between the groups are made at the time-points when the intervention is present (as opposed to after it has been removed) then the stated hypothesis, “If micro-offline gains represent offline learning, participants should reach higher skill levels when training with breaks, compared to training without breaks”, is confirmed.

      The data presented by Gupta and Rickard (2022, 2024) and Das et al. (2024) is in many ways more confirmatory of the constraints employed by our group and others with respect to experimental design, analysis and interpretation of study findings, rather than contradictory. Still, it does highlight a limitation of the current micro-online/offline framework, which was originally only intended to be applied to early skill learning over spaced practice schedules when reactive inhibition effects are minimized49. Extrapolation of this current framework to post-plateau performance periods, longer timespans, or non-learning situations (e.g. – the Non-repeating groups from Experiments 3 & 4 in Das et al. (2024)), when reactive inhibition plays a more substantive role, is not warranted. Ultimately, it will be important to develop new paradigms allowing one to independently estimate the different coincident or antagonistic features (e.g. - memory consolidation, planning, working memory and reactive inhibition) contributing to micro-online and micro-offline gains during and after early skill learning within a unifying framework.

      References

      (1) Buch, E. R., Claudino, L., Quentin, R., Bonstrup, M. & Cohen, L. G. Consolidation of human skill linked to waking hippocampo-neocortical replay. Cell Rep 35, 109193 (2021). https://doi.org:10.1016/j.celrep.2021.109193

      (2) Chen, P.-C., Stritzelberger, J., Walther, K., Hamer, H. & Staresina, B. P. Hippocampal ripples during offline periods predict human motor sequence learning. bioRxiv, 2024.2010.2006.614680 (2024). https://doi.org:10.1101/2024.10.06.614680

      (3) Classen, J., Liepert, J., Wise, S. P., Hallett, M. & Cohen, L. G. Rapid plasticity of human cortical movement representation induced by practice. J Neurophysiol 79, 1117-1123 (1998).

      (4) Karni, A. et al. Functional MRI evidence for adult motor cortex plasticity during motor skill learning. Nature 377, 155-158 (1995). https://doi.org:10.1038/377155a0

      (5) Kleim, J. A., Barbay, S. & Nudo, R. J. Functional reorganization of the rat motor cortex following motor skill learning. J Neurophysiol 80, 3321-3325 (1998).

      (6) Shadmehr, R. & Holcomb, H. H. Neural correlates of motor memory consolidation. Science 277, 821-824 (1997).

      (7) Doyon, J. et al. Experience-dependent changes in cerebellar contributions to motor sequence learning. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 99, 1017-1022 (2002).

      (8) Toni, I., Ramnani, N., Josephs, O., Ashburner, J. & Passingham, R. E. Learning arbitrary visuomotor associations: temporal dynamic of brain activity. Neuroimage 14, 1048-1057 (2001).

      (9) Grafton, S. T. et al. Functional anatomy of human procedural learning determined with regional cerebral blood flow and PET. J Neurosci 12, 2542-2548 (1992).

      (10) Kennerley, S. W., Sakai, K. & Rushworth, M. F. Organization of action sequences and the role of the pre-SMA. J Neurophysiol 91, 978-993 (2004). https://doi.org:10.1152/jn.00651.2003 00651.2003 [pii]

      (11) Hardwick, R. M., Rottschy, C., Miall, R. C. & Eickhoff, S. B. A quantitative meta-analysis and review of motor learning in the human brain. Neuroimage 67, 283-297 (2013). https://doi.org:10.1016/j.neuroimage.2012.11.020

      (12) Sawamura, D. et al. Acquisition of chopstick-operation skills with the non-dominant hand and concomitant changes in brain activity. Sci Rep 9, 20397 (2019). https://doi.org:10.1038/s41598-019-56956-0

      (13) Lee, S. H., Jin, S. H. & An, J. The difference in cortical activation pattern for complex motor skills: A functional near- infrared spectroscopy study. Sci Rep 9, 14066 (2019). https://doi.org:10.1038/s41598-019-50644-9

      (14) Battaglia-Mayer, A. & Caminiti, R. Corticocortical Systems Underlying High-Order Motor Control. J Neurosci 39, 4404-4421 (2019). https://doi.org:10.1523/JNEUROSCI.2094-18.2019

      (15) Toni, I., Thoenissen, D. & Zilles, K. Movement preparation and motor intention. Neuroimage 14, S110-117 (2001). https://doi.org:10.1006/nimg.2001.0841

      (16) Wolpert, D. M., Goodbody, S. J. & Husain, M. Maintaining internal representations: the role of the human superior parietal lobe. Nat Neurosci 1, 529-533 (1998). https://doi.org:10.1038/2245

      (17) Andersen, R. A. & Buneo, C. A. Intentional maps in posterior parietal cortex. Annu Rev Neurosci 25, 189-220 (2002). https://doi.org:10.1146/annurev.neuro.25.112701.142922 112701.142922 [pii]

      (18) Buneo, C. A. & Andersen, R. A. The posterior parietal cortex: sensorimotor interface for the planning and online control of visually guided movements. Neuropsychologia 44, 2594-2606 (2006). https://doi.org:S0028-3932(05)00333-7 [pii] 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2005.10.011

      (19) Grover, S., Wen, W., Viswanathan, V., Gill, C. T. & Reinhart, R. M. G. Long-lasting, dissociable improvements in working memory and long-term memory in older adults with repetitive neuromodulation. Nat Neurosci 25, 1237-1246 (2022). https://doi.org:10.1038/s41593-022-01132-3

      (20) Colclough, G. L. et al. How reliable are MEG resting-state connectivity metrics? Neuroimage 138, 284-293 (2016). https://doi.org:10.1016/j.neuroimage.2016.05.070

      (21) Colclough, G. L., Brookes, M. J., Smith, S. M. & Woolrich, M. W. A symmetric multivariate leakage correction for MEG connectomes. NeuroImage 117, 439-448 (2015). https://doi.org:10.1016/j.neuroimage.2015.03.071

      (22) Mollazadeh, M. et al. Spatiotemporal variation of multiple neurophysiological signals in the primary motor cortex during dexterous reach-to-grasp movements. J Neurosci 31, 15531-15543 (2011). https://doi.org:10.1523/JNEUROSCI.2999-11.2011

      (23) Bansal, A. K., Vargas-Irwin, C. E., Truccolo, W. & Donoghue, J. P. Relationships among low-frequency local field potentials, spiking activity, and three-dimensional reach and grasp kinematics in primary motor and ventral premotor cortices. J Neurophysiol 105, 1603-1619 (2011). https://doi.org:10.1152/jn.00532.2010

      (24) Flint, R. D., Ethier, C., Oby, E. R., Miller, L. E. & Slutzky, M. W. Local field potentials allow accurate decoding of muscle activity. J Neurophysiol 108, 18-24 (2012). https://doi.org:10.1152/jn.00832.2011

      (25) Churchland, M. M. et al. Neural population dynamics during reaching. Nature 487, 51-56 (2012). https://doi.org:10.1038/nature11129

      (26) Bassett, D. S. et al. Dynamic reconfiguration of human brain networks during learning. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 108, 7641-7646 (2011). https://doi.org:10.1073/pnas.1018985108

      (27) Albouy, G., King, B. R., Maquet, P. & Doyon, J. Hippocampus and striatum: dynamics and interaction during acquisition and sleep-related motor sequence memory consolidation. Hippocampus 23, 985-1004 (2013). https://doi.org:10.1002/hipo.22183

      (28) Albouy, G. et al. Neural correlates of performance variability during motor sequence acquisition. Neuroimage 60, 324-331 (2012). https://doi.org:10.1016/j.neuroimage.2011.12.049

      (29) Qin, Y. L., McNaughton, B. L., Skaggs, W. E. & Barnes, C. A. Memory reprocessing in corticocortical and hippocampocortical neuronal ensembles. Philos Trans R Soc Lond B Biol Sci 352, 1525-1533 (1997). https://doi.org:10.1098/rstb.1997.0139

      (30) Euston, D. R., Tatsuno, M. & McNaughton, B. L. Fast-forward playback of recent memory sequences in prefrontal cortex during sleep. Science 318, 1147-1150 (2007). https://doi.org:10.1126/science.1148979

      (31) Molle, M. & Born, J. Hippocampus whispering in deep sleep to prefrontal cortex--for good memories? Neuron 61, 496-498 (2009). https://doi.org:S0896-6273(09)00122-6 [pii] 10.1016/j.neuron.2009.02.002

      (32) Frankland, P. W. & Bontempi, B. The organization of recent and remote memories. Nat Rev Neurosci 6, 119-130 (2005). https://doi.org:10.1038/nrn1607

      (33) Jacobacci, F. et al. Rapid hippocampal plasticity supports motor sequence learning. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 117, 23898-23903 (2020). https://doi.org:10.1073/pnas.2009576117

      (34) Albouy, G. et al. Maintaining vs. enhancing motor sequence memories: respective roles of striatal and hippocampal systems. Neuroimage 108, 423-434 (2015). https://doi.org:10.1016/j.neuroimage.2014.12.049

      (35) Gais, S. et al. Sleep transforms the cerebral trace of declarative memories. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 104, 18778-18783 (2007). https://doi.org:0705454104 [pii] 10.1073/pnas.0705454104

      (36) Sterpenich, V. et al. Sleep promotes the neural reorganization of remote emotional memory. J Neurosci 29, 5143-5152 (2009). https://doi.org:10.1523/JNEUROSCI.0561-09.2009

      (37) Euston, D. R., Gruber, A. J. & McNaughton, B. L. The role of medial prefrontal cortex in memory and decision making. Neuron 76, 1057-1070 (2012). https://doi.org:10.1016/j.neuron.2012.12.002

      (38) van Kesteren, M. T., Fernandez, G., Norris, D. G. & Hermans, E. J. Persistent schema-dependent hippocampal-neocortical connectivity during memory encoding and postencoding rest in humans. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 107, 7550-7555 (2010). https://doi.org:10.1073/pnas.0914892107

      (39) van Kesteren, M. T., Ruiter, D. J., Fernandez, G. & Henson, R. N. How schema and novelty augment memory formation. Trends Neurosci 35, 211-219 (2012). https://doi.org:10.1016/j.tins.2012.02.001

      (40) Wagner, A. D. et al. Building memories: remembering and forgetting of verbal experiences as predicted by brain activity. Science (New York, N.Y.) 281, 1188-1191 (1998).

      (41) Ashe, J., Lungu, O. V., Basford, A. T. & Lu, X. Cortical control of motor sequences. Curr Opin Neurobiol 16, 213-221 (2006).

      (42) Hikosaka, O., Nakamura, K., Sakai, K. & Nakahara, H. Central mechanisms of motor skill learning. Curr Opin Neurobiol 12, 217-222 (2002).

      (43) Penhune, V. B. & Steele, C. J. Parallel contributions of cerebellar, striatal and M1 mechanisms to motor sequence learning. Behav. Brain Res. 226, 579-591 (2012). https://doi.org:10.1016/j.bbr.2011.09.044

      (44) Doyon, J. et al. Contributions of the basal ganglia and functionally related brain structures to motor learning. Behavioural brain research 199, 61-75 (2009). https://doi.org:10.1016/j.bbr.2008.11.012

      (45) Schendan, H. E., Searl, M. M., Melrose, R. J. & Stern, C. E. An FMRI study of the role of the medial temporal lobe in implicit and explicit sequence learning. Neuron 37, 1013-1025 (2003). https://doi.org:10.1016/s0896-6273(03)00123-5

      (46) Morris, R. G. M. Elements of a neurobiological theory of hippocampal function: the role of synaptic plasticity, synaptic tagging and schemas. The European journal of neuroscience 23, 2829-2846 (2006). https://doi.org:10.1111/j.1460-9568.2006.04888.x

      (47) Tse, D. et al. Schemas and memory consolidation. Science 316, 76-82 (2007). https://doi.org:10.1126/science.1135935

      (48) Berlot, E., Popp, N. J. & Diedrichsen, J. A critical re-evaluation of fMRI signatures of motor sequence learning. Elife 9 (2020). https://doi.org:10.7554/eLife.55241

      (49) Bonstrup, M. et al. A Rapid Form of Offline Consolidation in Skill Learning. Curr Biol 29, 1346-1351 e1344 (2019). https://doi.org:10.1016/j.cub.2019.02.049

      (50) Kornysheva, K. et al. Neural Competitive Queuing of Ordinal Structure Underlies Skilled Sequential Action. Neuron 101, 1166-1180 e1163 (2019). https://doi.org:10.1016/j.neuron.2019.01.018

      (51) Pan, S. C. & Rickard, T. C. Sleep and motor learning: Is there room for consolidation? Psychol Bull 141, 812-834 (2015). https://doi.org:10.1037/bul0000009

      (52) Rickard, T. C., Cai, D. J., Rieth, C. A., Jones, J. & Ard, M. C. Sleep does not enhance motor sequence learning. J Exp Psychol Learn Mem Cogn 34, 834-842 (2008). https://doi.org:10.1037/0278-7393.34.4.834

      53) Brawn, T. P., Fenn, K. M., Nusbaum, H. C. & Margoliash, D. Consolidating the effects of waking and sleep on motor-sequence learning. J Neurosci 30, 13977-13982 (2010). https://doi.org:10.1523/JNEUROSCI.3295-10.2010

      (54) Bonstrup, M., Iturrate, I., Hebart, M. N., Censor, N. & Cohen, L. G. Mechanisms of offline motor learning at a microscale of seconds in large-scale crowdsourced data. NPJ Sci Learn 5, 7 (2020). https://doi.org:10.1038/s41539-020-0066-9

      (55) Gupta, M. W. & Rickard, T. C. Dissipation of reactive inhibition is sufficient to explain post-rest improvements in motor sequence learning. NPJ Sci Learn 7, 25 (2022). https://doi.org:10.1038/s41539-022-00140-z

      (56) Jacobacci, F. et al. Rapid hippocampal plasticity supports motor sequence learning. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 117, 23898-23903 (2020).

      (57) Brooks, E., Wallis, S., Hendrikse, J. & Coxon, J. Micro-consolidation occurs when learning an implicit motor sequence, but is not influenced by HIIT exercise. NPJ Sci Learn 9, 23 (2024). https://doi.org:10.1038/s41539-024-00238-6

      (58) Deleglise, A. et al. Human motor sequence learning drives transient changes in network topology and hippocampal connectivity early during memory consolidation. Cereb Cortex 33, 6120-6131 (2023). https://doi.org:10.1093/cercor/bhac489

      (59) Buzsaki, G. Hippocampal sharp wave-ripple: A cognitive biomarker for episodic memory and planning. Hippocampus 25, 1073-1188 (2015). https://doi.org:10.1002/hipo.22488

      (60) Gupta, M. W. & Rickard, T. C. Comparison of online, offline, and hybrid hypotheses of motor sequence learning using a quantitative model that incorporate reactive inhibition. Sci Rep 14, 4661 (2024). https://doi.org:10.1038/s41598-024-52726-9

      (61) Das, A., Karagiorgis, A., Diedrichsen, J., Stenner, M.-P. & Azanon, E. “Micro-offline gains” convey no benefit for motor skill learning. bioRxiv, 2024.2007.2011.602795 (2024). https://doi.org:10.1101/2024.07.11.602795

      (62) Mylonas, D. et al. Maintenance of Procedural Motor Memory across Brief Rest Periods Requires the Hippocampus. J Neurosci 44 (2024). https://doi.org:10.1523/JNEUROSCI.1839-23.2024

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      We would like to thank the reviewers for helping us improve our article and software. The feedback that we received was very helpful and constructive, and we hope that the changes that we have made are indeed effective at making the software more accessible, the manuscript clearer, and the online documentation more insightful as well. A number of comments related to shared concerns, such as:

      • the need to describe various processing steps more clearly (e.g. particle picking, or the nature of ‘dust’ in segmentations)

      • describing the features of Ais more clearly, and explaining how it can interface with existing tools that are commonly used in cryoET

      • a degree of subjectivity in the discussion of results (e.g. about Pix2pix performing better than other networks in some cases.)

      We have now addressed these important points, with a focus on streamlining not only the workflow within Ais but also making interfacing between Ais and other tools easier. For instance, we explain more clearly which file types Ais uses and we have added the option to export .star files for use in, e.g., Relion, or meshes instead of coordinate lists. We also include information in the manuscript about how the particle picking process is implemented, and how false positives (‘dust’) can be avoided. Finally, all reviewers commented on our notion that Pix2pix can work ‘better’ despite reaching a higher loss after training. As suggested, we included a brief discussion about this idea in the supplementary information (Fig. S6) and used it to illustrate how Ais enables iteratively improving segmentation results. 

      Since receiving the reviews we have also made a number of other changes to the software that are not discussed below but that we nonetheless hope have made the software more reliable and easier to use. These include expanding the available settings, slight changes to the image processing that can help speed it up or avoid artefacts in some cases, improving the GUI-free usability of Ais, and incorporating various tools that should help make it easier to use Ais with remote data (e.g. doing annotation on an office PC, but model training on a more powerful remote PC). We have also been in contact with a number of users of the software, who reported issues or suggested various other miscellaneous improvements, and many of whom had found the software via the reviewed preprint.

      Reviewer 1 (Public Review):

      This paper describes "Ais", a new software tool for machine-learning-based segmentation and particle picking of electron tomograms. The software can visualise tomograms as slices and allows manual annotation for the training of a provided set of various types of neural networks. New networks can be added, provided they adhere to a Python file with an (undescribed) format. Once networks have been trained on manually annotated tomograms, they can be used to segment new tomograms within the same software. The authors also set up an online repository to which users can upload their models, so they might be re-used by others with similar needs. By logically combining the results from different types of segmentations, they further improve the detection of distinct features. The authors demonstrate the usefulness of their software on various data sets. Thus, the software appears to be a valuable tool for the cryo-ET community that will lower the boundaries of using a variety of machine-learning methods to help interpret tomograms. 

      We thank the reviewer for their kind feedback and for taking the time to review our article. On the basis of their  comments, we have made a number of changes to the software, article, and documentation, that we think have helped improve the project and render it more accessible (especially for interfacing with different tools, e.g. the suggestions to describe the file formats in more detail). We respond to all individual comments one-by-one below.

      Recommendations:

      I would consider raising the level of evidence that this program is useful to *convincing* if the authors would adequately address the suggestions for improvement below.

      (1) It would be helpful to describe the format of the Python files that are used to import networks, possibly in a supplement to the paper. 

      We have now included this information in both the online documentation and as a supplementary note (Supplementary Note 1). 

      (2) Likewise, it would be helpful to describe the format in which particle coordinates are produced. How can they be used in subsequent sub-tomogram averaging pipelines? Are segmentations saved as MRC volumes? Or could they be saved as triangulations as well? More implementation details like this would be good to have in the paper, so readers don't have to go into the code to investigate. 

      Coordinates: previously, we only exported arrays of coordinates as tab-separated .txt files, compatible with e.g. EMAN2. We now added a selection menu where users can specify whether to export either .star files or tsv .txt files, which together we think should cover most software suites for subtomogram averaging. 

      Triangulations: We have now improved the functionality for exporting triangulations. In the particle picking menu, there is now the option to output either coordinates or meshes (as .obj files). This was previously possible in the Rendering tab, but with the inclusion in the picking menu exporting triangulations can now be done for all tomograms at once rather than manually one by one.

      Edits in the text: the output formats were previously not clear in the text. We have now included this information in the introduction:

      “[…] To ensure compatibility with other popular cryoET data processing suites, Ais employs file formats that are common in the field, using .mrc files for volumes, tab-separated .txt or .star files for particle datasets, and the .obj file format for exporting 3D meshes.”

      (3) In Table 2, pix2pix has much higher losses than alternatives, yet the text states it achieves fewer false negatives and fewer false positives. An explanation is needed as to why that is. Also, it is mentioned that a higher number of epochs may have improved the results. Then why wasn't this attempted? 

      The architecture of Pix2pix is quite different from that of the other networks included in the test. Whereas all others are trained to minimize a binary cross entropy (BCE) loss, Pix2pix uses a composite loss function that is a weighted combination of the generator loss and a discriminator penalty, neither of which employ BCE. However, to be able to compare loss values, we do compute a BCE loss value for the Pix2pix generator after every training epoch. This is the value reported in the manuscript and in the software. Although Pix2pix’ BCE loss does indeed diminish during training, the model is not actually optimized to minimize this particular value and a comparison by BCE loss is therefore not entirely fair to Pix2pix. This is pointed out (in brief) in the legend to the able: 

      “Unlike the other architectures, Pix2pix is not trained to minimize the bce loss but uses a different loss function instead. The bce loss values shown here were computed after training and may not be entirely comparable.”

      Regarding the extra number of epochs for Pix2pix: here, we initially ran in to the problem that the number of samples in the training data was low for the number of parameters in Pix2pix, leading to divergence later during training. This problem did not occur for most other models, so we decided to keep the data for the discussion around Table 1 and Figure 2 limited to that initial training dataset. After that, we increased the sample size (from 58 to 170 positive samples) and trained the model for longer. The resulting model was used in the subsequent analyses. This was previously implicit in the text but is now mentioned explicitly and in a new supplementary figure. 

      “For the antibody platform, the model that would be expected to be one of the worst based on the loss values, Pix2pix, actually generates segmentations that are seem well-suited for the downstream processing tasks. It also output fewer false positive segmentations for sections of membranes than many other models, including the lowest-loss model UNet. Moreover, since Pix2pix is a relatively large network, it might also be improved further by increasing the number of training epochs. We thus decided to use Pix2pix for the segmentation of antibody platforms, and increased the size of the antibody platform training dataset (from 58 to 170 positive samples) to train a much improved second iteration of the network for use in the following analyses (Fig. S6).”

      (4) It is not so clear what absorb and emit mean in the text about model interactions. A few explanatory sentences would be useful here. 

      We have expanded this paragraph to include some more detail.

      “Besides these specific interactions between two models, the software also enables pitching multiple models against one another in what we call ‘model competition’. Models can be set to ‘emit’ and/or ‘absorb’ competition from other models. Here, to emit competition means that a model’s prediction value is included in a list of competing models. To absorb competition means that a model’s prediction value will be compared to all values in that list, and that this model’s prediction value for any pixel will be set to zero if any of the competing models’ prediction value is higher. On a pixel-by-pixel basis, all models that absorb competition are thus suppressed whenever their prediction value for a pixel is lower than that of any of the emitting models.”

      (5) Under Figure 4, the main text states "the model interactions described above", but because multiple interactions were described it is not clear which ones they were. Better to just specify again. 

      Changed as follows:

      “The antibody platform and antibody-C1 complex models were then applied to the respective datasets, in combination with the membrane and carbon models and the model interactions described above (Fig. 4b): the membrane avoiding carbon, and the antibody platforms colocalizing with the resulting membranes”.

      (6) The next paragraph mentions a "batch particle picking process to determine lists of particle coordinates", but the algorithm for how coordinates are obtained from segmented volumes is not described. 

      We have added a paragraph to the main text to describe the picking process:

      “This picking step comprises a number of processing steps (Fig. S7). First, the segmented (.mrc) volumes are thresholded at a user-specified level. Second, a distance transform of the resulting binary volume is computed, in which every nonzero pixel in the binary volume is assigned a new value, equal to the distance of that pixel to the nearest zero-valued pixel in the mask. Third, a watershed transform is applied to the resulting volume, so that the sets of pixels closest to any local maximum in the distance transformed volume are assigned to one group. Fourth, groups that are smaller than a user-specified minimum volume are discarded. Fifth, groups are assigned a weight value, equal to the sum of the prediction value (i.e. the corresponding pixel value in the input .mrc volume) of the pixels in the group. For every group found within close proximity to another group (using a user-specified value for the minimum particle spacing), the group with the lower weight value is discarded. Finally, the centroid coordinate of the grouped pixels is considered the final particle coordinate, and the list of all

      coordinates is saved in a tab-separated text file.

      “As an alternative output format, segmentations can also be converted to and saved as triangulated meshes, which can then be used for, e.g., membrane-guided particle picking. After picking particles, the resulting coordinates are immediately available for inspection in the Ais 3D renderer (Fig. S8).“

      The two supplementary figures are pasted below for convenience. Fig. S7 is new, while Fig. S8 was previously Fig. S10 -the reference to this figure was originally missing in the main text, but is now included.

      (7) In the Methods section, it is stated that no validation splits are used "in order to make full use of an input set". This sounds like an odd decision, given the importance of validation sets in the training of many neural networks. Then how is overfitting monitored or prevented? This sounds like a major limitation of the method. 

      In our experience, the best way of preparing a suitable model is to (iteratively) annotate a set of training images and visually inspect the result. Since the manual annotation step is the bottleneck in this process, we decided not to use validation split in order to make full use of an annotated training dataset (i.e. a validation split of 20% would mean that 20% of the manually annotated training data is not used for training)

      We do recognize the importance of using separate data for validation, or at least offering the possibility of doing so. We have now added a parameter to the settings (and made a Settings menu item available in the top menu bar) where users can specify what fraction (0, 10, 20, or 50%) of training datasets should be set aside for validation. If the chosen value is not 0%, the software reports the validation loss as well as the size of the split during training, rather than (as was done previously) the training loss. We have, however, set the default value for the validation split to 0%, for the same reason as before. We also added a section to the online documentation about using validation splits, and edited the corresponding paragraph in the methods section:

      “The reported loss is that calculated on the training dataset itself, i.e., no validation split was applied. During regular use of the software, users can specify whether to use a validation split or not. By default, a validation split is not applied, in order to make full use of an input set of ground truth annotations. Depending on the chosen split size, the software reports either the overall training loss or the validation loss during training.”

      (8) Related to this point: how is the training of the models in the software modelled? It might be helpful to add a paragraph to the paper in which this process is described, together with indicators of what to look out for when training a model, e.g. when should one stop training? 

      We have expanded the paragraph where we write about the utility of comparing different networks architectures to also include a note on how Ais facilitates monitoring the output of a model during training:

      “When taking the training and processing speeds in to account as well as the segmentation results, there is no overall best architecture. We therefore included multiple well-performing model architectures in the final library, in order to allow users to select from these models to find one that works well for their specific datasets. Although it is not necessary to screen different network architectures and users may simply opt to use the default (VGGNet), these results thus show that it can be useful to test different networks in order to identify one that is best. Moreover, these results also highlight the utility of preparing well-performing models by iteratively improving training datasets and re-training models in a streamlined interface. To aid in this process, the software displays the loss value of a network during training and allows for the application of models to datasets during training. Thus, users can inspect how a model’s output changes during training and decide whether to interrupt training and improve the training data or choose a different architecture.”

      (9) Figure 1 legend: define the colours of the different segmentations. 

      Done

      (10) It may be better to colour Figure 2B with the same colours as Figure 2A. 

      We tried this, but the effect is that the underlying density is much harder to see. We think the current grayscale image paired with the various segmentations underneath is better for visually identifying which density corresponds to membranes, carbon film, or antibody platforms.

      Reviewer 2 (Public Review):

      Summary: 

      Last et al. present Ais, a new deep learning-based software package for the segmentation of cryo-electron tomography data sets. The distinguishing factor of this package is its orientation to the joint use of different models, rather than the implementation of a given approach. Notably, the software is supported by an online repository of segmentation models, open to contributions from the community. 

      The usefulness of handling different models in one single environment is showcased with a comparative study on how different models perform on a given data set; then with an explanation of how the results of several models can be manually merged by the interactive tools inside Ais. 

      The manuscripts present two applications of Ais on real data sets; one is oriented to showcase its particlepicking capacities on a study previously completed by the authors; the second one refers to a complex segmentation problem on two different data sets (representing different geometries as bacterial cilia and mitochondria in a mouse neuron), both from public databases. 

      The software described in the paper is compactly documented on its website, additionally providing links to some YouTube videos (less than an hour in total) where the authors videocapture and comment on major workflows. 

      In short, the manuscript describes a valuable resource for the community of tomography practitioners. 

      Strengths: 

      A public repository of segmentation models; easiness of working with several models and comparing/merging the results. 

      Weaknesses: 

      A certain lack of concretion when describing the overall features of the software that differentiate it from others. 

      We thank the reviewer for their kind and constructive feedback. Following the suggestion to use the Pix2pix results to illustrate the utility of Ais for analyzing results, we have added a new supplementary figure (Fig. S6) and brief discussion, showing the use of Ais in iteratively improving segmentation results. We have also expanded the online documentation and included a note in the supplementary information about how models are saved/loaded (Supplemetary note 1) 

      Recommendations:

      I would like to ask the authors about some concerns about the Ais project as a whole: 

      (1) The website that accompanies the paper (aiscryoet.org), albeit functional, seems to be in its first steps. Is it planned to extend it? In particular, one of the major contributions of the paper (the maintenance of an open repository of models) could use better documentation describing the expected formats to submit models. This could even be discussed in the supplementary material of the manuscript, as this feature is possibly the most distinctive one of the paper. Engaging third-party users would require giving them an easier entry point, and the superficial mention of this aspect in the online documentation could be much more generous.

      We have added a new page to the online documentation, titled ‘Sharing models’ where we include an explanation of the structure of model files and demonstrate the upload page. We also added a note to the Supplementary Information that explains the file format for models, and how they are loaded/saved (i.e., that these standard keras model obects). 

      To make it easier to interface Ais with other tools, we have now also made some of the core functionality available (e.g. training models, batch segmentation) via the command line interface. Information on how to use this is included in the online documentation. All file formats are common formats used in cryoET, so that using Ais in a workflow with, e.g. AreTomo -> Ais -> Relion should now be more straightforward.

      (2) A different major line advanced by the authors to underpin the novelty of the software, is its claimed flexibility and modularity. In particular, the restrictions of other packages in terms of visualization and user interaction are mentioned. Although in the manuscript it is also mentioned that most of the functionalities in Ais are already available in major established packages, as a reader I am left confused about what exactly makes the offer of Ais different from others in terms of operation and interaction: is it just the two aspects developed in the manuscript (possibility of using different models and tools to operate model interaction)? If so, it should probably be stated; but if the authors want to pinpoint other aspects of the capacity of Ais to drive smoothly the interactions, they should be listed and described, instead of leaving it as an unspecific comment. As a potential user of Ais, I would suggest the authors add (maybe in the supplementary material) a listing of such features. Figure 1 does indeed carry the name "overview of (...) functionalities", but it is not clear to me which functionalities I can expect to be absent or differently solved on the other tools they mention.

      We have rewritten the part of the introduction where we previously listed the features as below. We think it should now be clearer for the reader to know what features to expect, as well as how Ais can interface with other software (i.e. what the inputs and outputs are). We have also edited the caption for Figure 1 to make it explicit that panels A to C represent the annotation, model preparation, and rendering steps of the Ais workflow and that the images are screenshots from the software.

      “In this report we present Ais, an open-source tool that is designed to enable any cryoET user – whether experienced with software and segmentation or a novice – to quickly and accurately segment their cryoET data in a streamlined and largely automated fashion. Ais comprises a comprehensive and accessible user interface within which all steps of segmentation can be performed, including: the annotation of tomograms and compiling datasets for the training of convolutional neural networks (CNNs), training and monitoring performance of CNNs for automated segmentation, 3D visualization of segmentations, and exporting particle coordinates or meshes for use in downstream processes. To help generate accurate segmentations, the software contains a library of various neural network architectures and implements a system of configurable interactions between different models. Overall, the software thus aims to enable a streamlined workflow where users can interactively test, improve, and employ CNNs for automated segmentation. To ensure compatibility with other popular cryoET data processing suites, Ais employs file formats that are common in the field, using .mrc files for volumes, tab-separated .txt or .star files for particle datasets, and the .obj file format for exporting 3D meshes.”

      “Figure 1 – an overview of the user interface and functionalities. The various panels represent sequential stages in the Ais processing workflow, including annotation (a), testing CNNs (b), visualizing segmentation (c). These images (a-c) are unedited screenshots of the software. a) […]”

      (3) Table 1 could have the names of the three last columns. The table has enough empty space in the other columns to accommodate this. 

      Done.

      (4) The comment about Pix2pix needing a larger number of training epochs (being a larger model than the other ones considered) is interesting. It also lends itself for the authors to illustrate the ability of their software to precisely do this: allow the users to flexibly analyze results and test hypothesis

      Please see the response to Reviewer 1 comment #3. We agree that this is a useful example of the ability to iterate between annotation and training, and have added an explicit mention of this in the text:

      “Moreover, since Pix2pix is a relatively large network, it might also be improved further by increasing the number of training epochs. In a second iteration of annotation and training, we thus increased the size of the antibody platform training dataset (from 58 to 170 positive samples) and generated an improved Pix2pix model for use in the following analyses.”

      Reviewer 3 (Public Review):

      We appreciate the reviewer’s extensive and very helpful feedback and are glad to read that they consider Ais potentially quite useful for the users. To address the reviewer’s comments, we have made various edits to the text, figures, and documentation, that we think have helped improve the clarity of our work. We list all edits below. 

      Summary

      In this manuscript, Last and colleagues describe Ais, an open-source software package for the semi-automated segmentation of cryo-electron tomography (cryo-ET) maps. Specifically, Ais provides a graphical user interface (GUI) for the manual segmentation and annotation of specific features of interest. These manual annotations are then used as input ground-truth data for training a convolutional neural network (CNN) model, which can then be used for automatic segmentation. Ais provides the option of several CNNs so that users can compare their performance on their structures of interest in order to determine the CNN that best suits their needs. Additionally, pre-trained models can be uploaded and shared to an online database. 

      Algorithms are also provided to characterize "model interactions" which allows users to define heuristic rules on how the different segmentations interact. For instance, a membrane-adjacent protein can have rules where it must colocalize a certain distance away from a membrane segmentation. Such rules can help reduce false positives; as in the case above, false negatives predicted away from membranes are eliminated. 

      The authors then show how Ais can be used for particle picking and subsequent subtomogram averaging and for the segmentation of cellular tomograms for visual analysis. For subtomogram averaging, they used a previously published dataset and compared the averages of their automated picking with the published manual picking. Analysis of cellular tomogram segmentation was primarily visual. 

      Strengths:

      CNN-based segmentation of cryo-ET data is a rapidly developing area of research, as it promises substantially faster results than manual segmentation as well as the possibility for higher accuracy. However, this field is still very much in the development and the overall performance of these approaches, even across different algorithms, still leaves much to be desired. In this context, I think Ais is an interesting package, as it aims to provide both new and experienced users with streamlined approaches for manual annotation, access to a number of CNNs, and methods to refine the outputs of CNN models against each other. I think this can be quite useful for users, particularly as these methods develop. 

      Weaknesses: 

      Whilst overall I am enthusiastic about this manuscript, I still have a number of comments: 

      (1) On page 5, paragraph 1, there is a discussion on human judgement of these results. I think a more detailed discussion is required here, as from looking at the figures, I don't know that I agree with the authors' statement that Pix2pix is better. I acknowledge that this is extremely subjective, which is the problem. I think that a manual segmentation should also be shown in a figure so that the reader has a better way to gauge the performance of the automated segmentation.

      Please see the answer to Reviewer 1’s comment #3.

      (2) On page 7, the authors mention terms such as "emit" and "absorb" but never properly define them, such that I feel like I'm guessing at their meaning. Precise definitions of these terms should be provided. 

      We have expanded this paragraph to include some more detail:

      “Besides these specific interactions between two models, the software also enables pitching multiple models against one another in what we call ‘model competition’. Models can be set to ‘emit’ and/or ‘absorb’ competition from other models. Here, to emit competition means that a model’s prediction value is included in a list of competing models. To absorb competition means that a model’s prediction value will be compared to all values in that list, and that this model’s prediction value for any pixel will be set to zero if any of the competing models’ prediction value is higher. On a pixel-by-pixel basis, all models that absorb competition are thus suppressed whenever their prediction value for a pixel is lower than that of any of the emitting models.” 

      (3) For Figure 3, it's unclear if the parent models shown (particularly the carbon model) are binary or not.

      The figure looks to be grey values, which would imply that it's the visualization of some prediction score. If so, how is this thresholded? This can also be made clearer in the text. 

      The figures show the grayscale output of the parent model, but this grayscale output is thresholded to produce a binary mask that is used in an interaction. We have edited the text to include a mention of thresholding at a user-specified threshold value:

      “These interactions are implemented as follows: first, a binary mask is generated by thresholding the parent model’s predictions using a user-specified threshold value. Next, the mask is then dilated using a circular kernel with a radius 𝑅, a parameter that we call the interaction radius. Finally, the child model’s prediction values are multiplied with this mask.”

      To avoid confusion, we have also edited the figure to show the binary masks rather than the grayscale segmentations. 

      (4) Figure 3D was produced in ChimeraX using the hide dust function. I think some discussion on the nature of this "dust" is in order, e.g. how much is there and how large does it need to be to be considered dust? Given that these segmentations can be used for particle picking, this seems like it may be a major contributor to false positives. 

      ‘Dust’ in segmentations is essentially unavoidable; it would require a perfect model that does not produce any false positives. However, when models are sufficiently accurate, the volume of false positives is typically smaller than that of the structures that were intended to be segmented. In these cases, discarding particles based on size is a practical way of filtering the segmentation results. Since it is difficult to generalize when to consider something ‘dust’ we decided to include this additional text in the Method’s section rather than in the main text:

      “… with the use of the ‘hide dust’ function (the same settings were used for each panel, different settings used for each feature).

      This ‘dust’ corresponds to small (in comparison to the segmented structures of interest) volumes of false positive segmentations, which are present in the data due to imperfections in the used models. The rate and volume of false positives can be reduced either by improving the models (typically by including more examples of the images of what would be false negatives or positives in the training data) or, if the dust particles are indeed smaller than the structures of interest, they can simply be discarded by filtering particles based on their volume, as applied here. In particle picking a ‘minimum particle volume’ is specified – particles with a smaller volume are considered ‘dust’.

      In combination with the newly included text about the method of converting volumes into lists of coordinates (see Reviewer 1’s comment #6).

      “Third, a watershed transform is applied to the resulting volume, so that the sets of pixels closest to any local maximum in the distance transformed volume are assigned to one group. Fourth, groups that are smaller than a user-specified minimum volume are discarded…”

      We think it should now be clearer that (some form of) discarding ‘dust’ is a step that is typically included in the particle picking process.

      (5) Page 9 contains the following sentence: "After selecting these values, we then launched a batch particle picking process to determine lists of particle coordinates based on the segmented volumes." Given how important this is, I feel like this requires significant description, e.g. how are densities thresholded, how are centers determined, and what if there are overlapping segmentations? 

      Please see the response to Reviewer 1’s comment #6.

      (6) The FSC shown in Figure S6 for the auto-picked maps is concerning. First, a horizontal line at FSC = 0 should be added. It seems that starting at a frequency of ~0.045, the FSC of the autopicked map increases above zero and stays there. Since this is not present in the FSC of the manually picked averages, this suggests the automatic approach is also finding some sort of consistent features. This needs to be discussed. 

      Thank you for pointing this out. Awkwardly, this was due to a mistake made while formatting the figure. In the two separate original plots, the Y axes had slightly different ranges, but this was missed when they were combined to prepare the joint supplementary figure. As a result, the FSC values for the autopicked half maps are displayed incorrectly. The original separate plots are shown below to illustrate the discrepancy:

      Author response image 1.

      The corrected figure is Figure S9 in the manuscript. The values of 44 Å and 46 Å were not determined from the graph and remain unchanged.

      (7) Page 11 contains the statement "the segmented volumes found no immediately apparent false positive predictions of these pores". This is quite subjective and I don't know that I agree with this assessment. Unless the authors decide to quantify this through subtomogram classification, I don't think this statement is appropriate. 

      We originally included this statement and the supplementary figure because we wanted to show another example of automated picking, this time in the more crowded environment of the cell. We do agree that it requires better substantiation, but also think that the demonstration of automated picking of the antibody platforms and IgG3-C1 complexes for subtomogram averaging suffices to demonstrate Ais’ picking capabilities. Since the supplementary information includes an example of picked coordinates rendered in the Ais 3D viewer (Figure S7) that also used the pore dataset, we still include the supplementary figure (S10) but have edited the statement to read:

      “Moreover, we could identify the molecular pores within the DMV, and pick sets of particles that might be suitable for use in subtomogram averaging (see Fig. S11).”

      We have also expanded the text that accompanies the supplementary figure to emphasize that results from automated picking are likely to require further curation, e.g. by classification in subtomogram averaging, and that the selection of particles is highly dependent on the thresholds used in the conversion from volumes to lists of coordinates.

      (8) In the methods, the authors note that particle picking is explained in detail in the online documentation. Given that this is a key feature of this software, such an explanation should be in the manuscript. 

      Please see the response to Reviewer 1’s comment #6. 

      Recommendations:

      (9) The word "model" seems to be used quite ambiguously. Sometimes it seems to refer to the manual segmentations, the CNN architectures, the trained models, or the output predictions. More precision in this language would greatly improve the readability of the manuscript.

      This was indeed quite ambiguous, especially in the introduction. We have edited the text to be clearer on these differences. The word ‘model’ is now only used to refer to trained CNNs that segment a particular feature (as in ‘membrane model’ or ‘model interactions’). Where we used terms such as ‘3D models’ to describe scenes rendered in 3D, we now use ‘3D visualizations’ or similar terms. Where we previously used the term ‘models’ to refer to CNN architectures, we now use terms such as ‘neural network architectures’ or ‘architecture’. Some examples:

      … with which one can automatically segment the same or any other dataset …

      Moreover, since Pix2pix is a relatively large network, …       

      … to generate a 3D visualization of ten distinct cellular …

      … with the use of the same training datasets for all network architectures …

      In Figure 1, the text in panels D and E is illegible. 

      We have edited the figure to show the text more clearly (the previous images were unedited screenshots of the website).

      (10) Prior to the section on model interactions, I was under the impression that all annotations were performed simultaneously. I think it could be clarified that models are generated per annotation type. 

      Multiple different features can be annotated (i.e. drawn by hand by the user) at the same time, but each trained CNN only segments one feature. CNNs that output segmentations for multiple features can be implemented straightforwardly, but this introduces the need to provide training data where for every grayscale image, every feature is annotated. This can make preparing the training data much more cumbersome. Reusability of the models is also hampered. We now mention the separateness of the networks explicitly in the introduction:

      “Multiple features, such as membranes, microtubules, ribosomes, and phosphate crystals, can be segmented and edited at the same time across multiple datasets (even hundreds). These annotations are then extracted and used as ground truth labels upon which to condition multiple separate neural networks, …”

      (11) On page 6, there is the text "some features are assigned a high segmentation value by multiple of the networks, leading to ambiguity in the results". Do they mean some false features? 

      To avoid ambiguity of the word ‘features’, we have edited the sentence to read:

      “… some parts of the image are assigned a high segmentation value by multiple of the networks, leading to false classifications and ambiguity in the results.”

      (12) Figures 2 and 3 would be easier to follow if they had consistent coloring. 

      We have changed the colouring in Figure 2 to match that of Figure 3 better:

      (13) For Figure 3D, I'm confused as to why the authors showed results from the tomogram in Figure 2B. It seems like the tomogram in Figure 3C would be a more obvious choice, as we would be able to see how the 2D slices look in 3D. This would also make it easier to see the effect of interactions on false negatives. Also, since the orientation of the tomogram in 2B is quite different than that shown in 3D, it's a bit difficult to relate the two.

      We chose to show this dataset because it exemplifies the effects of both model competition and model interactions better than the tomogram in Figure 3C. See Figure 3D and Author response image 2 for a comparison:

      Author response image 2.

      (14) I'm confused as to why the tomographic data shown in Figures 4D, E, and F are black on white while all other cryo-ET data is shown as white on black. 

      The images in Figure 4DEF are now inverted.

      (15) For Figure 5, there needs to be better visual cueing to emphasize which tomographic slices are related to the segmentations in Panels A and B. 

      We have edited the figure to show more clearly which grayscale image corresponds to which segmentation:

      (16) I don't understand what I should be taking away from Figures S1 and S2. There are a lot of boxes around membrane areas and I don't know what these boxes mean. 

      We have added a more descriptive text to these figures. The boxes are placed by the user to select areas of the image that will be sampled when saving training datasets.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews: 

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review): 

      In their manuscript "PDGFRRa signaling regulates Srsf3 transcript binding to affect PI3K signaling and endosomal trafficking" Forman and colleagues use iMEPM cells to characterize the effects of PDGF signaling on alternative splicing. They first perform RNA-seq using a one-hour stimulation with Pdgf-AA in control and Srsf3 knockdown cells. While Srsf3 manipulation results in a sizeable number of DE genes, PDGF does not. They then turn to examine alternative splicing, due to findings from this lab. They find that both PDGF and Srsf3 contribute much more to splicing than transcription. They find that the vast majority of PDGF-mediated alternative splicing depends upon Srsf3 activity and that skipped exons are the most common events with PDGF stimulation typically promoting exon skipping in the presence of Srsf3. They used eCLIP to identify RNA regions bound to Srsf3. Under both PDGF conditions, the majority of peaks were in exons with +PDGF having a substantially greater number of these peaks. Interestingly, they find differential enrichment of sequence motifs and GC content in stimulated versus unstimulated cells. They examine 2 transcripts encoding PI3K pathway (enriched in their

      GO analysis) members: Becn1 and Wdr81. They then go on to examine PDGFRRa and Rab5, an endosomal marker, colocalization. They propose a model in which Srsf3 functions downstream of PDGFRRa signaling to, in part, regulate PDGFRa trafficking to the endosome. The findings are novel and shed light on the mechanisms of PDGF signaling and will be broadly of interest. This lab previously identified the importance of PDGF naling on alternative splicing. The combination of RNA-seq and eCLIP is an exceptional way to comprehensively analyze this effect. The results will be of great utility to those studying PDGF signaling or neural crest biology. There are some concerns that should be considered, however. 

      We thank the Reviewer for these supportive comments.

      (1) It took some time to make sense of the number of DE genes across the results section and Figure 1. The authors give the total number of DE genes across Srsf3 control and loss conditions as 1,629 with 1,042 of them overlapping across Pdgf treatment. If the authors would add verbiage to the point that this leaves 1,108 unique genes in the dataset, then the numbers in Figure 1D would instantly make sense. The same applies to PDGF in Figure 1F and the Venn diagrams in Figure 2. 

      We have edited the relevant sentence for Figure 1D as follows: “There was extensive overlap (521 out of 1,108; 47.0%) of Srsf3-dependent DE genes across ligand treatment conditions, resulting in a total of 1,108 unique genes within both datasets (Fig. 1C,D; Fig. S1A).” Similarly, we edited the relevant sentence for Figure 1F as follows: “There was limited overlap (4 out of 47; 8.51%) of PDGF-AA-dependent DE genes across Srsf3 conditions, resulting in a total of 47 unique genes within both datasets (Fig. 1E,F; Fig. S1B).” We edited the relevant sentence for Figure 2B as follows: “There was limited overlap (203 out of 1,705; 11.9%) of Srsf3-dependent alternatively-spliced transcripts across ligand treatment conditions, resulting in a total of 1,705 unique events within both datasets (Fig. 2A,B).” Finally, we edited the relevant sentence for Figure 2D as follows: “There was negligible overlap (9 out of 622; 1.45%) of PDGF-AA-dependent alternatively-spliced transcripts across Srsf3 conditions, resulting in a total of 622 unique events within both datasets (Fig. 2C,D).”

      (2) The percentage of skipped exons in the +DPSI on the righthand side of Figure 2F is not readable.  

      We have moved the label for the percentage of skipped exon events with a +DPSI for the -PDGF-AA vs +PDGF-AA (scramble) alternatively-spliced transcripts in Figure 2E so that it is legible.

      (3) It would be useful to have more information regarding the motif enrichment in Figure 3. What is the extent of enrichment? The authors should also provide a more complete list of enriched motifs, perhaps as a supplement. 

      We have added P values beneath the motifs in Figure 3F and 3G. Further, we have added a new Supplementary Figure, Figure S5, that lists the occurrence of the top 10 most enriched motifs in the unstimulated and, separately, stimulated samples in the eCLIP dataset and in a control dataset, as well as their P values.

      (4) It is unclear what subset of transcripts represent the "overlapping datasets" on lines 280-315. The authors state that there are 149 unique overlapping transcripts, but the Venn diagram shows 270. Also, it seems that the most interesting transcripts are the 233 that show alternative splicing and are bound by Srsf3. Would the results shown in Figure 5 change if the authors focused on these transcripts? 

      The Reviewer is correct that 233 of the alternatively-spliced transcripts had an Srsf3 eCLIP peak, as indicated in Figure 5A. However, several of these eCLIP peaks were a large distance from an alternatively-spliced element in the rMATS datasets, indicating that Srsf3 binding may not be contributing to the splicing outcomes in these cases. Instead, we correlated the eCLIP peaks with AS events by identifying transcripts in which Srsf3 bound within an alternatively-spliced exon or within 250 bp of the neighboring introns. We have added additional text clarifying this point in the Results: “We next sought to identify high-confidence transcripts for which Srsf3 binding had an increased likelihood of contributing to AS. Previous studies revealed enrichment of functional RBP motifs near alternatively-spliced exons (Yee et al., 2019). As such, we correlated the eCLIP peaks with AS events across all four treatment comparisons by identifying transcripts in which Srsf3 bound within an alternatively-spliced exon or within 250 bp of the neighboring introns (Tables S12-S15).” Further, we have relabeled Figure 5B as “Highconfidence, overlapping datasets biological process GO terms”.

      (5) In general, there is little validation of the sequencing results, performing qPCR on Arhgap12 and Cep55. The authors should additionally validate the PI3K pathway members that they analyze. Related, is Becn1 expression downregulated in the absence of Srsf3, as would be predicted if it is undergoing NMD? 

      We have added two new figure panels, Figure 5F-5G, assessing Wdr81 AS and Wdr81 protein sizes, as this gene has previously been implicated in craniofacial development. We have added the following text to the Results section: “Finally, as Wdr81 protein levels are predicted to regulate RTK trafficking between early and late endosomes, we confirmed the differential AS of Wdr81 transcripts between unstimulated scramble cells and scramble cells treated with PDGFAA ligand for 1 hour by qPCR using primers within constitutively-expressed exons flanking alternatively-spliced exon 9. This analysis revealed a decreased PSI for Wdr81 in each of three biological replicates upon PDGF-AA ligand treatment (Fig. 5F). Relatedly, we assessed the ratio of larger isoforms of Wdr81 protein (containing the WD3 domain) to smaller isoforms (missing the WD3 domain) via western blotting. Consistent with our RNA-seq and qPCR results, PDGFAA stimulation for 24 hours in the presence of Srsf3 led to an increase in smaller Wdr81 protein isoforms (Fig. 5G).”

      (6) What is the alternative splicing event for Acap3?  

      We have added the following text to the Results section and updated Figure 5E with Acap3 eCLIP peak visualization and the predicted alternative splicing outcome: “Finally, Acap3 is a GTPase-activating protein (GAP) for the small GTPase Arf6, converting Arf6 to an inactive, GDP-bound state (Miura et al., 2016). Arf6 localizes to the plasma membrane and endosomes, and has been shown to regulate endocytic membrane trafficking by increasing PI(4,5)P2 levels at the cell periphery (D’Souza-Schorey and Chavrier, 2006). Further, constitutive activation of Arf6 leads to upregulation of the gene encoding the p85 regulatory subunit of PI3K and increased activity of both PI3K and AKT (Yoo et al., 2019)… Srsf3 binding was additionally increased in Acap3 exon 19 upon PDGF-AA stimulation, at an enriched motif within the highconfidence, overlapping datasets, and we observed a corresponding increase in excision of adjacent intron 19 (Fig. 5D,E). As Acap3 intron 19 contains a PTC, this event is predicted to result in more transcripts encoding full-length protein (Fig. 5E).”

      (7) The insets in Figure 6 C"-H" are useful but difficult to see due to their small size. Perhaps these could be made as their own figure panels. 

      We have increased the size of the previous insets in new Figure 6 panels C’’’-H’’’.

      (8) In Figure 6A, it is not clear which groups have statistically significant differences. A clearer visualization system should be used. 

      We have added bracket shapes to Figure 6A indicating the statistically significant differences between scramble 0 minutes and scramble 60 minutes, and between scramble 60 minutes and shSrsf3 60 minutes.

      (9) Similarly in Figure 6B, is 15 vs 60 minutes in the shSrsf3 group the only significant difference? Is there a difference between scramble and shSrsf3 at 15 minutes? Is there a difference between 0 and 15 minutes for either group? 

      We have added a bracket shape to Figure 6B indicating the statistically significant difference between shSrsf3 at 15 minutes and shSrsf3 at 60 minutes. No other pairwise comparisons between treatments or timepoints were statistically significantly different.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review): 

      Summary: 

      This manuscript builds upon the work of a previous study published by the group (Dennison, 2021) to further elucidate the coregulatory axis of Srsf3 and PDGFRa on craniofacial development. The authors in this study investigated the molecular mechanisms by which PDGFRa signaling activates the RNA-binding protein Srsf3 to regulate alternative splicing (AS) and gene expression (GE) necessary for craniofacial development. PDGFRa signaling-mediated Srsf3 phosphorylation drives its translocation into the nucleus and affects binding affinity to different proteins and RNA, but the exact molecular mechanisms were not known. The authors performed RNA sequencing on immortalized mouse embryonic mesenchyme (MEPM) cells treated with shRNA targeting 3' UTR of Srsf3 or scramble shRNA (to probe AS and DE events that are Srsf3 dependent) and with and without PDGF-AA ligand treatment (to probe AS and DE events that are PDGFRa signaling dependent). They found that PDGFRa signaling has more effect on AS than on DE. A matching eCLIP-seq experiment was performed to investigate how Srsf3 binding sites change with and without PDGFRa signaling. 

      Strengths: 

      (1) The work builds well upon the previous data and the authors employ a variety of appropriate techniques to answer their research questions. 

      (2) The authors show that Srsf3 binding pattern within the transcript as well as binding motifs change significantly upon PDGFRa signaling, providing a mechanistic explanation for the significant changes in AS. 

      (3) By combining RNA-seq and eCLIP datasets together, the authors identified a list of genes that are directly bound by Srsf3 and undergo changes in GE and/or AS. Two examples are Becn1 and Wdr81, which are involved in early endosomal trafficking.  We thank the Reviewer for these supportive comments.

      Weaknesses: 

      (1) The authors identify two genes whose AS are directly regulated by Srsf3 and involved in endosomal trafficking; however, they do not validate the differential AS results and whether changes in these genes can affect endosomal trafficking. In Figure 6, they show that PDGFRa signaling is involved in endosome size and Rab5 colocalization, but do not show how Srsf3 and the two genes are involved. 

      We have added two new figure panels, Figure 5F-5G, assessing Wdr81 AS and Wdr81 protein sizes, as this gene has previously been implicated in craniofacial development. We have added the following text to the Results section: “Finally, as Wdr81 protein levels are predicted to regulate RTK trafficking between early and late endosomes, we confirmed the differential AS of Wdr81 transcripts between unstimulated scramble cells and scramble cells treated with PDGFAA ligand for 1 hour by qPCR using primers within constitutively-expressed exons flanking alternatively-spliced exon 9. This analysis revealed a decreased PSI for Wdr81 in each of three biological replicates upon PDGF-AA ligand treatment (Fig. 5F). Relatedly, we assessed the ratio of larger isoforms of Wdr81 protein (containing the WD3 domain) to smaller isoforms (missing the WD3 domain) via western blotting. Consistent with our RNA-seq and qPCR results, PDGFAA stimulation for 24 hours in the presence of Srsf3 led to an increase in smaller Wdr81 protein isoforms (Fig. 5G).” The experiments in Figure 6 compare early endosome size, PDGFRa localization in early endosomes and phospho-Akt levels in response to PDGF-AA stimulation in scramble versus shSrsf3 cells, demonstrating that Srsf3-mediated PDGFRa signaling leads to enlarged early endosomes, retention of PDGFRa in early endosomes and increased downstream phospho-Akt signaling. Though we agree with the Reviewer that functionally linking the AS events to the endosomal phenotype would strengthen our conclusions, these are technically challenging experiments for several reasons. First, this approach has typically relied on tiling oligos against a region of interest to find the optimal sequence. We identified several transcripts that are bound by Srsf3 and undergo alternative splicing upon PDGFRa signaling to potentially contribute to the regulation of PI3K signaling and early endosomal trafficking. We do not expect that these effects are mediated by a single transcript but may instead by mediated by a combination of alternative splicing changes. As such, these experiments would require us to identify and validate multiple splice-switching antisense oligonucleotides (ASOs). Second, ASOs designed against a specific target may not lead to alternative splicing of that target, even in cases of high predicted binding affinities (Scharner et al., 2020, Nucleic Acid Res 48(2), 802816). Third, ASOs have been shown to result in off-target mis-splicing effects, which are hard to predict (Scharner et al., 2020, Nucleic Acid Res 48(2), 802-816). The design of functional ASOs is thus a long-standing challenge in the field, and likely beyond the scope of this manuscript. We have added the following text to the Discussion to highlight this potential future direction: “In the future, it will be worthwhile to attempt to functionally link the AS of transcripts such as Becn1, Wdr81 and/or Acap3 to the endosomal trafficking changes observed above using spliceswitching antisense oligonucleotides (ASOs).”

      (2) The proposed model does not account for other proteins mediating the activation of Srsf3 after Akt phosphorylation. How do we know this is a direct effect (and not a secondary or tertiary effect)? 

      This point is introduced in the Discussion: “Whether phosphorylation of Srsf3 directly influences its binding to target RNAs or acts to modulate Srsf3 protein-protein interactions which then contribute to differential RNA binding remains to be determined, though findings from Schmok et al., 2024 may argue for the latter mechanism. Studies identifying proteins that differentially interact with Srsf3 in response to PDGF-AA ligand stimulation are ongoing and will shed light on these mechanisms…. Again, this shift could be due to loss of RNA binding owing to electrostatic repulsion and/or changes in ribonucleoprotein composition and will be the subject of future studies.” We have added a potential change in Srsf3 protein-protein interactions upon Akt phosphorylation in the model in Figure 6J.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors): 

      Suggestions: 

      (1) It would strengthen the paper and improve the connection with the other sections of the paper if the authors show: 

      a)  validation of PDGFRa signaling leading to AS of Becn1 and Wdr81 and corresponding changes in protein, and  

      We have added two new figure panels, Figure 5F-5G, assessing Wdr81 AS and Wdr81 protein sizes, as this gene has previously been implicated in craniofacial development. We have added the following text to the Results section: “Finally, as Wdr81 protein levels are predicted to regulate RTK trafficking between early and late endosomes, we confirmed the differential AS of Wdr81 transcripts between unstimulated scramble cells and scramble cells treated with PDGFAA ligand for 1 hour by qPCR using primers within constitutively-expressed exons flanking alternatively-spliced exon 9. This analysis revealed a decreased PSI for Wdr81 in each of three biological replicates upon PDGF-AA ligand treatment (Fig. 5F). Relatedly, we assessed the ratio of larger isoforms of Wdr81 protein (containing the WD3 domain) to smaller isoforms (missing the WD3 domain) via western blotting. Consistent with our RNA-seq and qPCR results, PDGFAA stimulation for 24 hours in the presence of Srsf3 led to an increase in smaller Wdr81 protein isoforms (Fig. 5G).”

      b)  functionally link the AS event(s) to endosomal phenotype using ASOs, etc. 

      Though we agree with the Reviewer that such results would strengthen our conclusions, these are technically challenging experiments for several reasons. First, this approach has typically relied on tiling oligos against a region of interest to find the optimal sequence. We identified several transcripts that are bound by Srsf3 and undergo alternative splicing upon PDGFRa signaling to potentially contribute to the regulation of PI3K signaling and early endosomal trafficking. We do not expect that these effects are mediated by a single transcript but may instead by mediated by a combination of alternative splicing changes. As such, these experiments would require us to identify and validate multiple splice-switching antisense oligonucleotides (ASOs). Second, ASOs designed against a specific target may not lead to alternative splicing of that target, even in cases of high predicted binding affinities (Scharner et al., 2020, Nucleic Acid Res 48(2), 802-816). Third, ASOs have been shown to result in off-target mis-splicing effects, which are hard to predict (Scharner et al., 2020, Nucleic Acid Res 48(2), 802-816). The design of functional ASOs is thus a long-standing challenge in the field, and likely beyond the scope of this manuscript. We have added the following text to the Discussion to highlight this potential future direction: “In the future, it will be worthwhile to attempt to functionally link the AS of transcripts such as Becn1, Wdr81 and/or Acap3 to the endosomal trafficking changes observed above using splice-switching antisense oligonucleotides (ASOs).”

      (2) The Venn diagram in Figure 5A and the description of the analysis the authors did to combine the RNA-seq and eCLIP-seq data are a little confusing. The authors say that they correlated eCLIP peaks with GE or AS events across all four treatment comparisons. The purpose of looking at both datasets was to find genes that are directly bound by Srsf3 and also have significantly affected GE and/or AS. Therefore, the data with and without PDGF-AA should be considered separately. For example, eCLIP peaks in the PDGF-AA condition can be correlated to Srsf3-dependent AS differences (comparing shSrsf3 and scramble) in the -PDGF-AA condition, and eCLIP peaks in the +PDGF-AA condition can be correlated to Srsf3-dependent AS differences in the +PDGF-AA condition. In the Venn diagram and the description, it seems like all comparisons were combined and it is not clear how the data were analyzed.

      As indicated in Figure 5A, 233 of the alternatively-spliced transcripts uniquely found in one of the four treatment comparisons had an Srsf3 eCLIP peak. However, several of these eCLIP peaks were a large distance from an alternatively-spliced element in the rMATS datasets, indicating that Srsf3 binding may not be contributing to the splicing outcomes in these cases. Instead, we correlated the eCLIP peaks with AS events by identifying transcripts in which Srsf3 bound within an alternatively-spliced exon or within 250 bp of the neighboring introns. We have added additional text clarifying this point in the Results: “We next sought to identify highconfidence transcripts for which Srsf3 binding had an increased likelihood of contributing to AS.

      Previous studies revealed enrichment of functional RBP motifs near alternatively-spliced exons (Yee et al., 2019). As such, we correlated the eCLIP peaks with AS events across all four treatment comparisons by identifying transcripts in which Srsf3 bound within an alternativelyspliced exon or within 250 bp of the neighboring introns (Tables S12-S15).” Further, we have relabeled Figure 5B as “High-confidence, overlapping datasets biological process GO terms”. We respectfully disagree with the Reviewer’s suggested comparisons. A comparison of the PDGF-AA eCLIP data with the scramble vs shSrsf3 (-PDGF-AA) data from the list of highconfidence transcripts resulted in only 7 transcripts. Similarly, a comparison of the +PDGF-AA eCLIP data with the scramble vs shSrsf3 (+PDGF-AA) data from the list of high-confidence transcripts resulted in only 14 transcripts. Separate gene ontology analyses of these lists of 7 and 14 transcripts revealed 21 and 40 significant terms for biological process, respectively, the majority of which encompassed one, and never more than two, transcripts. Had we separately examined the -PDGF-AA and +PDGF-AA data, we would not have detected the changes in Becn1, Wdr81 and Acap3 in Figure 5E.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the current reviews.

      Reviewer #4

      We sincerely appreciate the time and effort you have taken to review our manuscript. We followed your recommendations to polish the text and make it easier to understand.

      Regarding terms and terminology, we changed “non-breeding” everywhere in the text to “over- wintering.”

      Regarding the title, as it was suggested by reviewer #1 as his recommendation, we tried to find a compromise and make the changes you suggested but left part of the suggestion from reviewer #1. So, now it’s “Foxtrot migration and dynamic over-wintering range of an arctic raptor”

      Thank you for highlighting the importance of snow cover and changes in snow cover as a possible factor of over-wintering movements. We appreciate your feedback and have explored several approaches to address this issue. Specifically, we examined how both snow cover extent and changes in snow cover influenced movement distance. However, we found no effect of either factor on movement distance.

      Our data show that birds leave their sites in October and move southwest, even though snow cover is minimal at that time. They also leave their sites in November and in subsequent months, regardless of the snow cover levels. Thus, we observed no pattern of birds leaving sites when snow cover reaches a specific threshold (e.g., 75-80%). Similarly, we found no evidence of birds staying in areas with a certain snow cover extent (e.g., 30%), nor did they leave sites when snow cover increased by a specific amount (e.g., by 10 or 20%).

      It is possible that more experienced birds anticipate that October plots will become inaccessible later in the winter and, therefore, leave early without waiting for significant snow accumulation. Alternatively, other factors, such as brief heavy snowfalls, may trigger movement, even if these do not lead to sustained increases in snow cover. Multiple factors, possibly acting asynchronously, could also play a role. This complexity adds an interesting dimension to the study of ecological patterns. However, in this study, we chose to focus on describing the migration pattern itself and its impact on aspects like over-winter range determination and population dynamics. While we have prioritized this approach, we remain committed to further analyzing the data to uncover additional details about this behavior.

      In response to your suggestion, we have expanded the Methods sections to clarify that we tested the effects of snow cover and changes in snow cover on distance (Lines 241-246); the Results section (Lines 348-349). We have also included the relevant plots in the Supplementary Materials. In the Discussion, we noted that this approach did not reveal any significant dependence and acknowledged that this issue requires further investigation (Lines 422-459).

      ---------

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Reviewer #2:

      We sincerely appreciate the time and effort you have taken to review our manuscript. 

      First of all, we apologize for publishing the preprint without incorporating certain adjustments outlined in our earlier response, particularly in the Methods section. This was due to an oversight regarding the different versions of the manuscript. We have corrected this mistake. Our response to the feedback on this section (Methods), with line numbers of the changes made, is immediately below this response. In addition, we have included the units of measurement (mean and standard deviation) in both the results and figure captions for clarity.

      To focus on the main point regarding wintering strategies, we acknowledge that in the previous versions, this aspect was inadequately addressed and caused some confusion. In the revised edition, both the Introduction and the Discussion have been thoroughly reworked.

      As you suggested, we have removed the long introductory paragraph and all references to foxtrot migrations from the Introduction. As a result, the Introduction is now short and to the point. In the second paragraph, we explain why we propose the wintering strategies outlined (L74-81).

      In the Discussion, we've added a substantial new section at the beginning that discusses different wintering strategies. We have also updated Figure 4 accordingly. Previously, we erroneously suggested that Montagu's harrier and other African-Palaearctic migrants might adopt wintering strategies similar to those we describe. Upon further investigation, however, we found that almost all African-Palaearctic migrants exhibit an itinerant wintering strategy. Conversely, the strategy we describe is primarily observed in mid-latitude wintering species.

      We have shown that, unlike itinerancy, the birds in our study don't pause for 1-2 months at multiple non-breeding sites, but instead migrate significant distances, up to 1000 km, throughout the winter. Furthermore, unlike itinerancy, the sites they reach are consistently snow-free throughout the year. Following the logic of publications on Montagu's harriers (Schlaich et al. 2023), our birds do not wait for favorable conditions at the next site, as is typical of itinerancy. Moreover, this behavior is influenced by external factors such as snow cover dynamics and occurs primarily in mid-latitudes. Researchers studying a species similar to our subject, the Common buzzard, observed a similar pattern and termed it "prolonged autumn migration" rather than itinerancy. Although their transmitters stopped working in mid-winter, precluding a full observation of the annual cycle, they captured the essence of continued migration at a slower pace, distinct from itinerancy. We've detailed all of these findings in a new section.

      In addition, we acknowledge the mischaracterization of the implications of our research as ‘Conservation implications’ and have corrected this to ‘Mapping ranges and assessing population trends’, as you suggested.

      Finally, we've rewritten the Conclusion, removing overly grandiose statements and simply summarizing the main findings.

      We appreciate your time and effort in reviewing our manuscript. With your invaluable input, it has become clearer, more concise, and easier to understand.

      Dataset: unclear what is the frequency of GPS transmissions. Furthermore, information on relative tag mass for the tracked individuals should be reported.

      We have included this information in our manuscript (L 115-122). We also refer to the study in which this dataset was first used and described in detail (L 123).

      Data pre-processing: more details are needed here. What data have been removed if the bird died? The entire track of the individual? Only the data classified in the last section of the track? The section also reports on an 'iterative procedure' for annotating tracks, which is only vaguely described. A piecewise regression is mentioned, but no details are provided, not even on what is the dependent variable (I assume it should be latitude?).

      Regarding the deaths, we only removed the data when the bird was already dead. We estimated the date of death and excluded tracking data corresponding to the period after the bird's death. We have corrected the text to make this clear (L 130-131).

      Regarding the piecewise regression. We have added a detailed description on lines 136-148.

      Data analysis: several potential issues here:

      (1) Unclear why sex was not included in all mixed models. I think it should be included.

      Our dataset contains 35 females and eight males (L116). This ratio does not allow us to include sex in all models and adequately assess the influence of this factor. At the same time, because adult females disperse farther than males in some raptor species, we conducted a separate analysis of the dependence of migration distance on sex (Table S8) and found no evidence for this in our species. We have written about that in the Methods (L177-181) and after in the Results (L277-278).

      (2) Unclear what is the rationale of describing habitat use during migration; is it only to show that it is a largely unsuitable habitat for the species? But is a formal analysis required then? Wouldn't be enough to simply describe this?

      Habitat use and snow cover determine the two main phases (quick and slow) of the pattern we describe. We believe that habitat analysis is appropriate in this case, and a simple description would be uninformative and not support our conclusions.

      (3) Analysis of snow cover: such a 'what if' analysis is fine but it seems to be a rather indirect assessment of the effect of snow cover on movement patterns. Can a more direct test be envisaged relating e.g. daily movement patterns to concomitant snow cover? This should be rather straightforward. The effectiveness of this method rests on among-year differences in snow cover and timing of snowfall. A further possibility would be to demonstrate habitat selection within the entire non-breeding home range of an individual in relation snow cover. Such an analysis would imply associating presenceabsence of snow to every location within the non-breeding range and testing whether the proportion of locations with snow is lower than the proportion of snow of random locations within the entire nonbreeding home range (95% KDE) for every individual (e.g. by setting a 1/10 ratio presence to random locations).

      The proposed analysis will provide an opportunity to assess whether the Rough-legged buzzard selects areas with the lowest snow cover, but will not provide an opportunity to follow the dynamics and will therefore give a misleading overall picture. This is especially true in the spring months. In March-April, Rough-legged buzzards move northeast and are in an area that is not the most open to snow. At this time, areas to the southwest are more open to snow (this can be seen in Figure 3b). If we perform the proposed analysis, the control points for this period would be both to the north (where there is more snow) and to the south (where there is less snow) from the real locations, and the result would be that there is no difference in snow cover. 

      A step-selection analysis could be used, as we did in our previous work (Curk et al 2020 Sci Rep) with the same Rough-legged buzzards (but during migration, not winter). But this would only give us a qualitative idea, not a quantitative one - that Rough-legged Buzzards move from snow (in the fall) and follow snowmelt progression (in the spring). 

      At the same time, our analysis gives a complete picture of snow cover dynamics in different parts of the non-breeding range. This allows us to see that if Rough-legged buzzards remained at their fall migration endpoint without moving southwest, they would encounter 14.4% more snow cover (99.5% vs. 85.1%). Although this difference may seem small (14.4%), it holds significance for rodent-hunting birds, distinguishing between complete and patchy snow cover.

      Simultaneously, if Rough-legged buzzards immediately flew to the southwest and stayed there throughout winter, they would experience 25.7% less snow cover (57.3% vs. 31.6%). Despite a greater difference than in the first case, it doesn't compel them to adopt this strategy, as it represents the difference between various degrees of landscape openness from snow cover.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In an era of increasing antibiotic resistance, there is a pressing need for the development of novel sustainable therapies to tackle problematic pathogens. In this study, the authors hypothesize that pyoverdines - metal-chelating compounds produced by fluorescent pseudomonads - can act as antibacterials by locking away iron, thereby arresting pathogen growth. Using biochemical, growth, and virulence assays on 12 opportunistic pathogens strains, the authors demonstrate that pyoverdines induce iron starvation, but this effect was highly context-dependent. This same effect has been demonstrated for plant pathogens, but not for human opportunistic pathogens exposed to natural siderophores. Only those pathogens lacking (1) a matching receptor to take up pyoverdine-bound iron and/or (2) the ability to produce strong iron chelators themselves experienced strong growth arrest. This would suggest that pyoverdines might not be effective against all pathogens, thereby potentially limiting the utility of pyoverdines as global antibacterials.

      Strengths:

      The work addresses an important and timely question - can pyoverdines be used as an alternative strategy to deal with opportunistic pathogens? In general, the work is well conducted with rigorous biochemical, growth, and virulence assays. The work is clearly written and the findings are supported by high-quality figures.

      Weaknesses:

      I do not think there are any 'weaknesses' as such. However, it is well known that siderophore production is highly plastic, typically being upregulated in response to metal limitation (as well as toxic metal stress). Did the authors quantify whether pyoverdine supplementation altered siderophore production in the focal pathogens (either through phenotypic assays / transcriptomics)? Could such a phenotypic plastic response result in an increased capacity to scavenge iron from the environment? Importantly, increased expression of siderophores has been shown to enhance pathogen virulence (e.g. Lear et al 2023: increased pyoverdine production is linked with increased virulence in Pseudomonas aeruginosa). I really appreciate the amount of work the authors have put into this study, but I would suggest expanding the discussion a bit to include a few sentences on

      (1) unintentional consequences of pyoverdine treatment (e.g. changes in gene expression and non-siderophore-related mutations (e.g. biofilm formation)) on disease dynamics/pathogen virulence:

      (2) the efficacy of siderophore treatment under more natural conditions, i.e. when the pathogens have to compete with other species in the resident community (i.e. any other effects than resistance evolution through HGT of pyoverdine receptors as mentioned).

      Response 1: We would like to thank reviewer # 1 for the positive and constructive assessment. We agree that discussing the above points is important. We have added new paragraphs in the discussion, in which we elaborate on unintentional consequences (lines 532-551) and HGT of receptors (lines 599-607).

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      I only have minor comments/suggestions for the authors, all listed below:

      • The authors' findings show that the antibacterial activity of pyoverdine is highly context-dependent. As such, I would suggest somewhat toning down the quite general statement in the Abstract: 'Thus, pyoverdines from environmental strain could become new sustainable antibacterials against human pathogens'

      Response 2: We agree that the pyoverdine treatment is especially potent against Acinetobacter baumannii and Staphylococcus aureus, but less so against Klebsiella pneumoniae. The treatment success is pathogen-dependent, and we have thus modified the phrase in the abstract (lines 32-34). The new sentence now reads: 'Thus, pyoverdines from environmental strains have the potential to become a new class of sustainable antibacterials against specific human pathogens.' Also in other parts of the manuscript (Results and Discussion), we emphasize that the pyoverdine treatment will likely be effective against specific pathogens (e.g., those with lower-iron affinity siderophores).

      • Bacteria often produce more than one type of siderophore. Do you know whether the 320 natural isolates used in this study produce any non-pyoverdine siderophores? Previous work has shown that pyochelin production is suppressed in PAO1 under a wider range of lab conditions. Do you know whether this is the case for the natural isolates used here (and rule out a potential role of non-pyoverdines in iron starvation as observed in Figure 1).

      Response 3: This is a valid question. Our own bioinformatic and phenotypic assays reveal that a certain fraction of strains (~ 40%) can produce secondary siderophores (unpublished data). We now mention the existence of secondary siderophores on lines 97-100 and 123. However, we do not think that their contribution to the supernatant assay results is large since the expression of pyoverdine typically suppresses the expression of the secondary siderophores (Cornelis 2010 Appl Microbiol Biotechnol; Dumas et al. 2013 Proc B) under stringent iron limitation. Furthermore, secondary siderophores have lower iron-binding affinities than pyoverdine. Finally, both the semi-pure and ultra-pure pyoverdine extracts showed strong pathogen inhibition (Fig. 3), and we are thus confident that pyoverdine is responsible for the observed growth inhibition.

      • Upon first mentioning the 'mock control' in the Results section in the main text, please state what the actual treatment is.

      Response 4: Thank you for noticing this. We now explain in more detail the actual treatment conditions used on lines 103-107 and in the caption of Figure 1. We have further removed the term 'mock' as it is confusing in this context and simple refer to the 'control treatment' in the text.

      • Please mention what the different colours mean in the legend of growth recovery in Figure 1B

      Response 5: We have clarified the colour scheme in the legend of Figure 1B.

      • Please clarify whether you used 12 or 14 strains of human pathogens (the latter number is mentioned in the results section)?

      Response 6: In the methods (lines 647-650), we now clearly specify that we used 12 strains of human pathogens in the initial supernatant screen (Figure 1). For all subsequent analyses (dose-response curves and infection experiments), we included the ESKAPE pathogens K. pneumoniae and A. baumannii.

      • Please explain whether ferribactin can be used in any other way than iron chelation (e.g. can this precursor be recycled to form pyoverdine)?

      Response 7: We apologize for not having properly explained the role of ferribactin. Under natural conditions, ferribactin is not secreted. It is kept in the periplasmic space, where it matures to pyoverdine. We most likely recovered ferribactin in the supernatant because of the vigorous shaking and centrifugation involved in the pyoverdine purification protocol. We now explain this on lines 216-218. Thus, there is no ferribactin secretion and recycling.

      • Have the authors looked at whether there is a relationship between the degree of growth arrest and phylogenetic distance? Would you expect there to be one?

      Response 8: This is an interesting question. We have now constructed a phylogenetic tree to explore this relationship (new Figure S2). We found that strains with inhibitory supernatants were scattered across the phylogenetic tree (described on lines 129-135). However, we also found two branches on the tree on which strains with inhibitory supernatant effects were overrepresented. This matches well our previous analysis that closely related species can produce similar pyoverdine types, but that the same pyoverdine can also be produced by completely different species (Gu et al. 2024 eLife).

      • In the Methods section, please mention you used pyoverdine-only controls in the infection assay.

      Response 9: We now mention the use of pyoverdine-only controls in the Methods section (lines 788-790). Overall, we have improved the infection procedure section (starting on line 770). Thank you for pointing this out.

      • Did you confirm whether the addition of pyoverdine resulted in lower bacterial loads in Galleria? In other words, were the observed changes in mortality solely related to changes in bacterial density?

      Response 10: Thank you for this valid question. No, we did not test whether pyoverdine treatment reduces the bacterial load. However, we did this in the past in two studies with a similar set of pathogens (Weigert et al. 2017 Evol Appl; Schmitz et al. 2023 Proc B) and found strong correlations between G. mellonella survival and bacterial loads. We agree that it is important to understand how pyoverdine affects pathogen load in the host and we will address this point in future studies.

      • In your infection assay, were Galleria (n=10) for each treatment housed in the same environment/container? If so, can you treat these as independent observations or should you use some sort of grouping variable in your survival analysis?

      Response 11: Thank you for pointing this out. We forgot to clarify this in the Methods section and now do so on lines 777-779. All larvae were individually housed in separate wells of a 24-well plate. There was no physical contact between larvae and no opportunity for pathogen exchange. As such, we treat each individual larvae as an independent observation.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      In this work, Vollenweider et al. examine the effectiveness of using natural products, specifically molecules that chelate iron, to treat infectious agents. Through the purification of 320 environmental isolates, 25 potential candidates were identified from natural products based on inhibition assays and were further screened. The structural information and chemical composition were determined.

      The paper is well-structured and thorough; targeting virulence factors in this manner is a great idea. My enthusiasm is dampened by the mediocre effects of the compounds. The lack of a dose-response curve in the survivability assays suggests a limited scope for these molecules. While it is encouraging that the best survivability occurred at the lowest toxicity level, it opens questions as to how effective such molecules can be. Either the reduction in mortality was offset by using higher concentrations, which was not observed in the compound-alone test, or there is no dose-response curve. The latter would suggest to me that the variation in survivability is not due to the addition of siderophores.

      Response 12: Thank you very much for the overall positive assessment. We understand your concern regarding the effectiveness of pyoverdines in the host. However, we wish to emphasize that hazard risks were reduced by more than 50% when treating A. baumannii and K. pneumoniae. Moreover, it was not so surprising to us that the treatment worked best at intermediate pyoverdine concentrations. We anticipated that pyoverdines could have negative effects for the host at relatively high concentrations because siderophore can interfere with host iron stocks (see discussion starting on line 552). Finally, dose-response curves do not necessarily need to be linear or sigmoid, they can also be hump-shaped. To better illustrate this aspect, we have now plotted the time to death for all the deceased larvae against the pyoverdine concentration gradient and fitted polynomial regression (new Fig. S6). For the above two pathogens, we found humped-shaped dose-response curves in four out of the six comparisons. We present this new analysis on lines 351-362.

      I would also like to see how these molecules compare to other iron-chelating molecules. Desferoxamine is a bacteria-derived siderophore that is FDA-approved. However, it is not used to treat infections. Would the author consider comparing their candidate molecules to well-studied molecules? This also raises questions about the novelty of this work; I think the authors could rephrase the discussion to better reflect that bioprospecting for iron-chelating molecules has previously occurred and been successful.

      Response 13: Thank you for the comment. The initial version of our manuscript already featured a brief discussion on other iron-chelation therapies. We have now changed the narrative to better reflect the differences of our approach to already existing iron-chelating molecules such as deferoxamine (lines 608-632).

      Finally, I am concerned about the few mutations reported in the resistance study. Looking at the SI, it appears that very few mutations were seen. It is unclear what filtering the authors used to arrive at such a low number of mutations. Even filtering against mutations that were selected by adaptation to the media, it seems low that only a handful of clones had distinct mutations.

      Response 14: We apologise for the unclear explanations and data analysis. When reanalysing the data we indeed detected a mistake: we originally treated all genomes as clonal origin, despite the fact that we sequenced entire populations for the control treatments. We have now completely re-done the mutational analysis using the breseq pipeline as newly described in the Methods (lines 861-866) and presented in the Results (lines 421-451). We have improved the filtering process and indeed found many more mutations, including the loss of mobile genetic elements. However, it is important to note that it is not uncommon to only find a few beneficial mutations. Especially, in cases where there are selective sweeps often only a few mutations fix.

      This paper has a lot of strengths. The workflow is logical and well-executed; the only significant weakness is the effect of the molecules and the lack of an explanation for a dose-response curve in the survivability assay, especially when compared to the data reported in Figure 3. As the authors describe in lines 214-217.

      Response 15: Thank you for this overall positive assessment. As discussed in our response 12, the effect of the molecule in the host was not weak as it decreased hazard risks by more than 50% for A. baumannii and K. pneumoniae. Moreover, we explain that the benefit of the pyoverdine treatment (in terms of treating the infection) can be offset by adverse effects on the host, especially at high pyoverdine concentrations.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      • Compare these compounds to well-studied iron chelating molecules.

      Response 16: We have addressed this comment in our response 13.

      • Considering adding time of death to the analysis for the survivability. While the reduction in mortality was not large perhaps the time to death increased.

      Response 17: This is an excellent suggestion. We have now analysed the time-to-death as a function of pyoverdine concentration (new Figure S6). Time-to-death was highly variable and sample size was fairly low for A. baumannii and K. pneumoniae as many larvae survived. Nonetheless, we found hump-shaped dose-response curves in four out of six comparisons and a linear dose-response curve in one case. We now report the new analyses on lines 351-362. Finally, we like to stress once more that reduction in mortality was considerable (hazard risk reduction by more than 50%).

      • I would also like to see the actual growth curves of the pathogens in the SI to accompany Fig 6.

      Response 18: This is a good point. We have now included the actual growth curves of the pathogens in the Supporting Information to accompany Figure 6 (new Figures S9 and S10).

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Joint Public Review:

      Summary:

      This study presents a strategy to efficiently isolate PcrV-specific BCRs from human donors with cystic fibrosis who have/had Pseudomonas aeruginosa (PA) infection. Isolation of mAbs that provide protection against PA may be a key to developing a new strategy to treat PA infection as the PA has intrinsic and acquired resistance to most antibiotic drug classes. Hale et al. developed fluorescently labeled antigen-hook and isolated mAbs with anti-PA activity. Overall, the authors' conclusion is supported by solid data analysis presented in the paper. Four of five recombinantly expressed PcrV-specific mAbs exhibited anti-PA activity in a murine pneumonia challenge model as potent as the V2L2MD mAb (equivalent to gremubamab). However, therapeutic potency for these isolated mAbs is uncertain as the gremubamab has failed in Phase 2 trials. Clarification of this point would greatly benefit this paper.

      Strengths:

      (1) High efficiency of isolating antigen-specific BCRs using an antigenic hook.

      (2) The authors' conclusion is supported by data.

      Weaknesses:

      Although the authors state that the goal of this study was to generate novel protective mAbs for therapeutic use (P12; Para. 2), it is unclear whether PcrV-specific mAbs isolated in this study have therapeutic potential better than the gremubamab, which has failed in Phase 2 trials. Four of five PcrV-specific mAbs isolated in this study reduced bacterial burdens in mice as potent as, but not superior to, gremubamab-equivalent mAb. Clarification of this concern by revising the text or providing experimental results that show better potential than gremubamab would greatly benefit this paper.

      The authors thank the reviewer for their thoughtful positive assessment. As noted by the reviewer, the studies described here, which were performed in mice, show that our MBC-derived mAbs are as effective as V2L2MD, a mAb that is one component of the gremubamab bi-specific. However, key theoretical strengths of MBC-derived mAbs (reduced immunogenicity, full participation in effector functions) are not easily tested in mice. We have clarified and expanded our discussion of these points in our revised manuscript, particularly in the Discussion paragraph 4.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Page 8. Using improved methods that enhanced the efficiency and depth of sequencing (manuscript in preparation...). This method is not provided in detail. The authors should provide a detailed method (as a preprint on a public database or described in the method section).

      We thank the reviewers for their interest in the details of the specific methods for single cell B cell receptor sequencing. We regret that the manuscript is still in preparation. In fact, our current methods section provides much more detail about sequencing methods than is customarily supplied by authors mAb development papers. However, we understand the frustration and will remove our citation of our manuscript in preparation in our revised manuscript.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      In their paper, Kang et al. investigate rigidity sensing in amoeboid cells, showing that, despite their lack of proper focal adhesions, amoeboid migration of single cells is impacted by substrate rigidity. In fact, many different amoeboid cell types can durotax, meaning that they preferentially move towards the stiffer side of a rigidity gradient. 

      The authors observed that NMIIA is required for durotaxis and, buiding on this observation, they generated a model to explain how durotaxis could be achieved in the absence of strong adhesions. According to the model, substrate stiffness alters the diffusion rate of NMAII, with softer substrates allowing for faster diffusion. This allows for NMAII accumulation at the back, which, in turn, results in durotaxis. 

      The authors responded to all my comments and I have nothing to add. The evidence provided for durotaxis of non adherent (or low-adhering) cells is strong. I am particularly impressed by the fact that amoeboid cells can durotax even when not confined. I wish to congratulate the authors for the excellent work, which will fuel discussion in the field of cell adhesion and migration.

      We thank the reviewer for critically evaluating our work and giving kind suggestions. We are glad that the reviewer found our work to be of potential interest to the broad scientific community.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The authors developed an imaging-based device that provides both spatialconfinement and stiffness gradient to investigate if and how amoeboid cells, including T cells, neutrophils, and Dictyostelium, can durotax. Furthermore, the authors showed that the mechanism for the directional migration of T cells and neutrophils depends on non-muscle myosin IIA (NMIIA) polarized towards the soft-matrix-side. Finally, they developed a mathematical model of an active gel that captures the behavior of the cells described in vitro.

      Strengths:

      The topic is intriguing as durotaxis is essentially thought to be a direct consequence of mechanosensing at focal adhesions. To the best of my knowledge, this is the first report on amoeboid cells that do not depend on FAs to exert durotaxis. The authors developed an imaging-based durotaxis device that provides both spatial confinement and stiffness gradient and they also utilized several techniques such as quantitative fluorescent speckle microscopy and expansion microscopy. The results of this study have well-designed control experiments and are therefore convincing.

      Weaknesses:

      Overall this study is well performed but there are still some minor issues I recommend the authors address:

      (1) When using NMIIA/NMIIB knockdown cell lines to distinguish the role of NMIIA and NMIIB in amoeboid durotaxis, it would be better if the authors took compensatory effects into account.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We have investigated the compensation of myosin in NMIIA and NMIIB KD HL-60 cells using Western blot and added this result in our updated manuscript (Fig. S4B, C). The results showed that the level of NMIIB protein in NMIIA KD cells doubled while there was no compensatory upregulation of NMIIA in NMIIB KD cells. This is consistent with our conclusion that NMIIA rather than NMIIB is responsible for amoeboid durotaxis since in NMIIA KD cells, compensatory upregulation of NMIIB did not rescue the durotaxis-deficient phenotype. 

      (2) The expansion microscopy assay is not clearly described and some details are missed such as how the assay is performed on cells under confinement.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We have updated details of the expansion microscopy assay in our revised manuscript in line 481-485 including how the assay is performed on cells under confinement:

      Briefly, CD4+ Naïve T cells were seeded on a gradient PA gel with another upper gel providing confinement. 4% PFA was used to fix cells for 15 min at room temperature. After fixation, the upper gradient PA gel is carefully removed and the bottom gradient PA gel with seeded cells were immersed in an anchoring solution containing 1% acrylamide and 0.7% formaldehyde (Sigma, F8775) for 5 h at 37 °C.

      (3) In this study, an active gel model was employed to capture experimental observations. Previously, some active nematic models were also considered to describe cell migration, which is controlled by filament contraction. I suggest the authors provide a short discussion on the comparison between the present theory and those prior models.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. Active nematic models have been employed to recapitulate many phenomena during cell migration (Nat Commun., 2018, doi: 10.1038/s41467-018-05666-8.). The active nematic model describes the motion of cells using the orientation field, Q, and the velocity field, u. The director field n with (n = −n) is employed to represent the nematic state, which has head-tail symmetry. However, in our experiments, actin filaments are obviously polarized, which polymerize and flow towards the direction of cell migration. Therefore, we choose active gel model which describes polarized actin field during cell migration. In the discussion part, we have provided the comparison between active gel model and motor-clutch model. We have also supplemented a short discussion between the present model and active nematic model in the main text of line 345-347:

      The active nematic model employs active extensile or contractile agents to push or pull the fluid along their elongation axis to simulate cells flowing (61). 

      (4) In the present model, actin flow contributes to cell migration while myosin distribution determines cell polarity. How does this model couple actin and myosin together?

      We thank the reviewer for this question. In our model, the polarization field is employed to couple actin and myosin together. It is obvious that actin accumulate at the front while myosin diffuses in the opposite direction. Therefore, we propose that actin and myosin flow towards the opposite direction, which is captured in the convection term of actin ) and myosin () density field.

    2. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      In their paper, Kang et al. investigate rigidity sensing in amoeboid cells, showing that, despite their lack of proper focal adhesions, amoeboid migration of single cells is impacted by substrate rigidity. In fact, many different amoeboid cell types can durotax, meaning that they preferentially move towards the stiffer side of a rigidity gradient. 

      The authors observed that NMIIA is required for durotaxis and, buiding on this observation, they generated a model to explain how durotaxis could be achieved in the absence of strong adhesions. According to the model, substrate stiffness alters the diffusion rate of NMAII, with softer substrates allowing for faster diffusion. This allows for NMAII accumulation at the back, which, in turn, results in durotaxis. 

      The authors responded to all my comments and I have nothing to add. The evidence provided for durotaxis of non adherent (or low-adhering) cells is strong. I am particularly impressed by the fact that amoeboid cells can durotax even when not confined. I wish to congratulate the authors for the excellent work, which will fuel discussion in the field of cell adhesion and migration.

      We thank the reviewer for critically evaluating our work and giving kind suggestions. We are glad that the reviewer found our work to be of potential interest to the broad scientific community.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The authors developed an imaging-based device that provides both spatialconfinement and stiffness gradient to investigate if and how amoeboid cells, including T cells, neutrophils, and Dictyostelium, can durotax. Furthermore, the authors showed that the mechanism for the directional migration of T cells and neutrophils depends on non-muscle myosin IIA (NMIIA) polarized towards the soft-matrix-side. Finally, they developed a mathematical model of an active gel that captures the behavior of the cells described in vitro.

      Strengths:

      The topic is intriguing as durotaxis is essentially thought to be a direct consequence of mechanosensing at focal adhesions. To the best of my knowledge, this is the first report on amoeboid cells that do not depend on FAs to exert durotaxis. The authors developed an imaging-based durotaxis device that provides both spatial confinement and stiffness gradient and they also utilized several techniques such as quantitative fluorescent speckle microscopy and expansion microscopy. The results of this study have well-designed control experiments and are therefore convincing.

      Weaknesses:

      Overall this study is well performed but there are still some minor issues I recommend the authors address:

      (1) When using NMIIA/NMIIB knockdown cell lines to distinguish the role of NMIIA and NMIIB in amoeboid durotaxis, it would be better if the authors took compensatory effects into account.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We have investigated the compensation of myosin in NMIIA and NMIIB KD HL-60 cells using Western blot and added this result in our updated manuscript (Fig. S4B, C). The results showed that the level of NMIIB protein in NMIIA KD cells doubled while there was no compensatory upregulation of NMIIA in NMIIB KD cells. This is consistent with our conclusion that NMIIA rather than NMIIB is responsible for amoeboid durotaxis since in NMIIA KD cells, compensatory upregulation of NMIIB did not rescue the durotaxis-deficient phenotype. 

      (2) The expansion microscopy assay is not clearly described and some details are missed such as how the assay is performed on cells under confinement.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We have updated details of the expansion microscopy assay in our revised manuscript in line 481-485 including how the assay is performed on cells under confinement:

      Briefly, CD4+ Naïve T cells were seeded on a gradient PA gel with another upper gel providing confinement. 4% PFA was used to fix cells for 15 min at room temperature. After fixation, the upper gradient PA gel is carefully removed and the bottom gradient PA gel with seeded cells were immersed in an anchoring solution containing 1% acrylamide and 0.7% formaldehyde (Sigma, F8775) for 5 h at 37 °C.

      (3) In this study, an active gel model was employed to capture experimental observations. Previously, some active nematic models were also considered to describe cell migration, which is controlled by filament contraction. I suggest the authors provide a short discussion on the comparison between the present theory and those prior models.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. Active nematic models have been employed to recapitulate many phenomena during cell migration (Nat Commun., 2018, doi: 10.1038/s41467-018-05666-8.). The active nematic model describes the motion of cells using the orientation field, Q, and the velocity field, u. The director field n with (n = −n) is employed to represent the nematic state, which has head-tail symmetry. However, in our experiments, actin filaments are obviously polarized, which polymerize and flow towards the direction of cell migration. Therefore, we choose active gel model which describes polarized actin field during cell migration. In the discussion part, we have provided the comparison between active gel model and motor-clutch model. We have also supplemented a short discussion between the present model and active nematic model in the main text of line 345-347:

      The active nematic model employs active extensile or contractile agents to push or pull the fluid along their elongation axis to simulate cells flowing (61). 

      (4) In the present model, actin flow contributes to cell migration while myosin distribution determines cell polarity. How does this model couple actin and myosin together?

      We thank the reviewer for this question. In our model, the polarization field is employed to couple actin and myosin together. It is obvious that actin accumulate at the front while myosin diffuses in the opposite direction. Therefore, we propose that actin and myosin flow towards the opposite direction, which is captured in the convection term of actin ) and myosin () density field.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      With socioeconomic development, more and more people are obese which is an important reason for sub-fertility and infertility. Maternal obesity reduces oocyte quality which may be a reason for the high risk of metabolic diseases for offspring in adulthood. Yet the underlying mechanisms are not well elucidated. Here the authors examined the effects of maternal obesity on oocyte methylation. Hyper-methylation in oocytes was reported by the authors, and the altered methylation in oocytes may be partially transmitted to F2. The authors further explored the association between the metabolome of serum and the altered methylation in oocytes. The authors identified decreased melatonin. Melatonin is involved in regulating the hyper-methylation of high-fat diet (HFD) oocytes, via increasing the expression of DNMTs which is mediated by the cAMP/PKA/CREB pathway.

      Strengths:

      This study is interesting and should have significant implications for the understanding of the transgenerational inheritance of GDM in humans.

      Thank you for your positive comments to our manuscript.

      Weaknesses:

      The link between altered DNA methylation and offspring metabolic disorders is not well elucidated; how the altered DNA methylation in oocytes escapes reprogramming in transgenerational inheritance is also unclear.

      Thanks. These are very good questions. There is a long way to completely elucidate the relationship between methylation and offspring metabolic disorders, and the underlying mechanisms of obtained methylation escaping the reprogramming during development. We would like to explore these in the future.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      This manuscript offers significant insights into the impact of maternal obesity on oocyte methylation and its transgenerational effects. The study employs comprehensive methodologies, including transgenerational breeding experiments, whole genome bisulfite sequencing, and metabolomics analysis, to explore how high-fat diet (HFD)-induced obesity alters genomic methylation in oocytes and how these changes are inherited by subsequent generations. The findings suggest that maternal obesity induces hyper-methylation in oocytes, which is partly transmitted to F1 and F2 oocytes and livers, potentially contributing to metabolic disorders in offspring. Notably, the study identifies melatonin as a key regulator of this hyper-methylation process, mediated through the cAMP/PKA/CREB pathway.

      Strengths:

      The study employs comprehensive methodologies, including transgenerational breeding experiments, whole genome bisulfite sequencing, and metabolomics analysis, and provides convincing data.

      Thank you for your positive comments to our manuscript.

      Weaknesses:

      The description in the results section is somewhat verbose. This section (lines 126~227) utilized transgenerational breeding experiments and methylation analysis to demonstrate that maternal obesity-induced alterations in oocyte methylation (including hyper-DMRs and hypo-DMRs) can be partially transmitted to F1 and F2 oocytes and livers. The authors should consider condensing and revising this section for clarity and brevity.

      Thanks for your suggestions. We have re-written this parts in the revised manuscript.

      There is a contradiction with Reference 3, but the discrepancy is not discussed. In this study, the authors observed an increase in global methylation in oocytes from HFD mice, whereas Reference 3 indicates Stella insufficiency in oocytes from HFD mice. This Stella insufficiency should lead to decreased methylation (Reference 33). There should be a discussion of how this discrepancy can be reconciled with the authors' findings.

      Thanks for your suggestions. As reported by Reference 33, STELLA prevents hypermethylation in oocytes by sequestering UHRF1 from the nuclei which recruits DNMT1 into nuclei. Han et al. reported that obesity induced by high-fat diet reduces STELLA level in oocytes. These indicate that STELLA insufficiency might induce hypermethylation in oocytes, although significant hypermethylation in obese oocytes is not reported by Han et al. using immunofluorescence. This contradiction may be caused by the limited sample sizes (n=14) used by Han et al. We have added a brief discussion in the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Maternal obesity is a health problem for both pregnant women and their offspring. Previous works including work from this group have shown significant DNA methylation changes for offspring of obese pregnancies in mice. In this manuscript, Chao et al digested the potential mechanisms behind the DNA methylation changes. The major observations of the work include transgenerational DNA methylation changes in offspring of maternal obesity, and metabolites such as methionine and melatonin correlated with the above epigenetic changes. Exogenous melatonin treatment could reverse the effects of obesity. The authors further hypothesized that the linkage may be mediated by the cAMP/PKA/CREB pathway to regulate the expression of DNMTs.

      Strengths:

      The transgenerational change of DNA methylation following HFD is of great interest for future research to follow. The metabolic treatment that could change the DNA methylation in oocytes is also interesting and has potential relevance to future clinical practice.

      Thank you for your positive comments to our manuscript.

      Weaknesses:

      The HFD oocytes have more 5mC signal based on staining and sequencing (Fig 1A-1F). However, the authors also identified almost equal numbers of hyper- and hypo-DMRs, which raises questions regarding where these hypo-DMRs were located and how to interpret their behaviors and functions. These questions are also critical to address in the following mechanistic dissections as the metabolic treatments may also induce bi-directional changes of DNA methylation. The authors should carefully assess these conflicts to make the conclusions solid.

      Thanks for the helpful comments and suggestions. As presented in Fig. 1F, there is an increase of methylation level in promoter and exon regions and there is a decrease in intron, utr3 and repeat regions. According to the suggestions, we further analyzed the distribution of DMRs, and found that hypo-DMRs were mainly distributed at utr3, intron, repeat, and tes regions compared with hyper-DMRs (Fig. S3). These suggest that the distribution of DMRs in genome is not random.

      The transgenerational epigenetic modifications are controversial. Even for F0 offspring under maternal obesity, there were different observations compared to this work (Hou, YJ., et al. Sci Rep, 2016). The authors should discuss the inconsistencies with previous works.

      Thanks for the suggestions. There are contradictions on the whole genome DNA methylation of oocytes in obese mice. Hou YJ et al. in 2016 reported that obesity reduces the whole genome DNA methylation of NSN GV oocytes using immunofluorescence. In 2018, Han LS et al. reported that the whole genome 5mC of oocytes is not significantly influenced by obesity using immunofluorescence, but they find the Stella level is reduced in oocytes by obesity. Stella locates in the cytoplasm and nuclei of oocytes and sequesters Uhrf1 from the nuclei. Stella knockout in oocytes results in about twofold increase of global methylation in MII oocytes via recruiting more DNMT1 into nuclei. These suggest that the global methylation of oocytes in obese mice should be increased, but the similar methylation in oocytes between obese and non-obese mice is reported by Han LS et al. Thus, the contradiction may be induced by the different sample size in our manuscript and previous studies, and Hou YJ and colleagues just examined the methylation of NSN GV oocytes. As present in Stella+/- oocytes, the global methylation of oocytes is normal, which suggest that the insufficiency of Stella may be not the main reason for the increased methylation of oocytes in obese mice. We have added a brief discussion in the revised manuscript.

      In addition to the above inconsistencies, the DNA methylation analysis in this work was not carefully evaluated. Several previous works were evaluating the DNA methylation in mice oocytes, which showed global methylation levels of around 50% (Shirane K, et al. PLoS Genet, 2013; Wang L., et al, Cell, 2014). In Figure 1E, the overall methylation level is about 23% in control, which is significantly different from previous works. The authors should provide more details regarding the WGBS procedure, including but not limited to sequencing coverage, bisulfite conversion rate, etc.

      Thanks for the good questions. Smallwood et al. reported the the CG methylation of MII oocyte is about 33.1% (Smallwood et al. Nature Methods, 2014) using single-cell genome-wide bisulfite sequencing. Shirane K et al. reported that the average methylation level of GV oocytes is 37.9%. Kobayashi H et al. Reported that the CG methylation in GV oocytes is about 40% (Kobayashi H et al. Plos Genet. 2012). CG methylation in fully grown oocytes is about 38.7% (Maenohara S et al. Plos Genet. 2017). The variation of methylation in oocytes is associated with sequencing methods, sequencing depth, and mapping rates. In the present study, whole genome bisulfite sequencing (WGBS) for small sample and methylation analysis were performed by NovoGene. The reads are 31613641 to 37359643, unique mapping rate is ≥32.88%,  conversation rate is > 99.44%, and sequencing depth is 2.45 to 2.75. Relative information is presented in Table S1. The sequencing depth might be a reason for the inconsistence. But we further confirmed our sequencing results using bisulfite sequencing (BS), and the result is similar between BS and WGBS results. These findings suggest that our results are reliable.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) Since the results show that melatonin may play a role in hyper-methylation, the authors need to give some basic information in the Introduction section.

      Thanks. We added more information in the section of Introduction.

      (2) There are many differential metabolites identified. Besides melatonin, other differential metabolites are involved in the altered methylation in oocytes

      These is a good question. We firstly filtered the differential metabolites which may be involved in methylation, and then further filtered these metabolites according to the relative DNA methylation pathways and published papers. After that, we confirmed the concentrations of relative metabolites in the serum using ELISA. Certainly, we can not completely exclude all the metabolites which might involved in regulating DNA methylation.

      (3) The altered methylation would be found in the F1 tissues. Did the authors examine the other parts besides the liver?

      Thank you. In the present study, we didn’t examined the DNA methylation in the other tissues besides the liver. We agree that the altered methylation should be observed in the other tissues.

      (4) Did the authors try or guess how many generations the maternal obesity-induced genomic methylation alterations can be transmitted?

      Thanks. This is a good question. Takahashi Y and colleagues reported that obtained DNA methylation at CpG island can be transmitted across multiple generations using DNA methylation-edited mouse (Takahashi Y et al. 2023, cell). Similar inheritance is also reported by other studies using different models.

      (5) The F2 is indirectly affected by maternal obesity, so the evidence is not enough to prove the transgenerational inheritance of the altered methylation.

      Thanks. We find the altered DNA methylation in F2 tissue and oocytes is similar to that in F1 oocytes. These suggest the altered DNA methylation in F2 oocytes should be at least partly transmitted to F3. Previous paper (Takahashi Y et al. 2023, cell) confirms that obtain DNA methylation in CpG island can be transmitted across several generations through paternal and maternal germ lines. Certainly, it’s better if it is examined in F3 tissues.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) Figure Font Size: The font sizes in the figures are quite inconsistent. Please try to uniform the font size of similar types of text.

      Thanks for your suggestions. We re-edited the relative figures in the revised manuscript.

      (2) Figure Clarity: Ensure that all critical information in the figures is clearly visible, such as in Figure 3C.

      Thank you. We revised this figure.

      (3) Figure 1B, C: The position of the asterisks ("**") is not centered in the corresponding columns, and the font size is too small. Please correct this and address similar issues in other figures.

      Thank you for your suggestions. We re-edited these in the revised figures.

      (4) Line 126: The current expression is confusing. It may be revised to: "Both the oocyte quality and the uterine environment can contribute to adult diseases, which may be mediated by epigenetic modifications."

      Thanks. We revised this sentence in the revised manuscript.

      (5) Missing Panel in Figure 3: Figure 3 is missing panel 3N.

      Thank you so much. We corrected it in the revised manuscript.

      (6) Figure Panel Order: Please adjust the order of the panels in the figures to follow a logical reading sequence.

      Thank you. We changed the orders in the revised manuscript.

      (7) Line 493: Correct "inthe" to "in the".

      Thank you. We revised it.

      (8) Lines 102-106: Polish the wording and expression, an example as follows: "We analyzed the differentially methylated regions (DMRs) in oocytes from both HFD and CD groups and identified 4,340 DMRs. These DMRs were defined by the criteria: number of CG sites {greater than or equal to} 4 and absolute methylation difference {greater than or equal to} 0.2. Among these, 2,013 were hyper-DMRs (46.38%) and 2,327 were hypo-DMRs (53.62%) (Fig. 1G). These DMRs were distributed across all chromosomes (Fig. 1H). "

      Thank you! We re-wrote these parts in the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The sample numbers should be annotated in the figure legend for all the bar plots using Image J. The lines in Figures 2B and 2C were without error bars. How many mice were used for these plots?

      Thanks for your suggestions. We added the sample size in the revised manuscript. We made a mistake when we prepared the pictures for figure 2B and figure 2C, which resulted in missing the error bars. We have corrected these pictures. Thanks again!

      The authors should revise the panel arrangement of the figures (Figure 2, Figure 5, etc) to make them more clear and readable.

      Thank you! We have revised these in the revised manuscript.

      The writing should be improved since there were multiple typos and unclear expressions. AI tools like Grammarly or ChatGPT may help.

      Thank you! We have re-edited the language in the revised manuscript using AI tools.

      Please recheck the immunofluorescence images for clear interpretability. For example, in Figure 5F (H89 treated), the GV is all the way at the edge of the oocyte, and the oocyte in the DIC image appears like it is partially lysed. The DIC images and the DAPI images are not clear enough.

      Thanks for your suggestions. We have re-edited these pictures in the revised manuscript.

      Another concern is that the Methods describes the immunofluorescence preparation for 5mC and 5hmC staining as a simple fixation in 4% paraformaldehyde followed by permeabilization with .5% TritonX-100, but there is no antigen exposure step described, a step that is normally required for visualizing these DNA modifications (e.g., 4N HCl).

      Thanks. Sorry for that we didn’t describe the methods clearly. We have added more information about the methods in the revised manuscript.

      The metabolomic analysis revealed a highly significant increase in dibutylphthalate, genistein, and daidzein in the control mice. The presence of these exogenous metabolites suggests that the diets differed in many aspects, not just fat content, so it would be very difficult to interpret the results as related to a high-fat diet alone. Both daidzein and genistein are phytoestrogens and dibutylphthalate is a plasticizer, suggesting differences in the diet and/or in the materials used to collect the samples for analysis from the mice. The Methods define the high-fat diet adequately, as the formulation can be found online using the catalog number. However, the control diet is just listed as "normal diet", so one has no idea what is in it

      Thank you for your good questions. The daidzein and genistein may be from the diets and the dibutylthalate may be from the materials used to collect samples. If so, these should be similar between groups. Thus, we added the formulation of normal diet in the revised manuscript. The raw materials of normal diet include corn, bean pulp, fish meal, flour, yeast powder, plant oil, salt, vitamins, and mineral elements. According to the suggestions, we re-checked the data about these metabolites, and found that the abundance of these metabolites was low. And the result of these metabolites was at a low confidence level because the iron of these metabolites was only mapped to ChemSpider(HMDB,KEGG,LIPID MAPS). To further confirm these results, we examined these metabolites in serum using ELISA, and results revealed that the concentrations of genistein and dibutylthalate were similar between groups. These results suggest that these metabolites may be not involved in the altered methylation of oocytes induced by obesity.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this work by Wang et al., the authors use single-molecule super-resolution microscopy together with biochemical assays to quantify the organization of Nipah virus fusion protein F (NiV-F) on cell and viral membranes. They find that these proteins form nanoscale clusters which favors membrane fusion activation, and that the physical parameters of these clusters are unaffected by protein expression level and endosomal cleavage. Furthermore, they find that the cluster organization is affected by mutations in the trimer interface on the NiV-F ectodomain and the putative oligomerization motif on the transmembrane domain, and that the clusters are stabilized by interactions among NiV-F, the AP2-complex, and the clathrin coat assembly. This work improves our understanding of the NiV fusion machinery, which may have implications also for our understanding of the function of other viruses.

      Strengths:

      The conclusions of this paper are well-supported by the presented data. This study sheds light on the activation mechanisms underlying the NiV fusion machinery.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors provide limited details of the convolutional neural network they developed in this work. Even though custom-codes are made available, a description of the network and specifications of how it was used in this work would aid the readers in assessing its performance and applicability. The same holds for the custom-written OPTICS algorithm. Furthermore, limited details are provided for the imaging setup, oxygen scavenging buffer, and analysis for the single-molecule data, which limits reproducibility in other laboratories. The claim of 10 nm resolution is not backed up by data and seems low given the imaging conditions and fluorophores used. Fourier Ring Correlation analysis would have validated this claim. If the authors refer to localization precision rather than resolution, then this should be specified and appropriate data provided to support this claim.

      We thank reviewer 1 for these suggestions. We described key steps in imaging setup, singlemolecule data reconstruction, the OPTICS algorithm in cluster identification, and 1D CNN in

      classification of the OPTICS data in the Materials and Methods section. We also provided a recipe for the imaging buffer. We refer to 10 nm localization precision rather than resolution. The localization precision achieved by our SMLM system is shown in the Author response image 1.

      Author response image 1.

      The localization precision of the custom-built SMLM. Shows the distribution of localization error at the x (dX), y (dY), and z (dZ) direction in nanometer of blinks generated from Alexa Flour 647 labeled to NiV-F expressed on the plasma membrane of PK13 cells. The lateral precision is <10 nm and the axial precision is < 20 nm. 

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review): 

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Wang and co-workers employ single molecule light microscopy (SMLM) to detect NiV fusion protein (NiV-F) in the surface of cells. They corroborate that these glycoproteins form microclusters (previously seen and characterized together with the NiVG and Nipah Matrix protein by Liu and co-workers (2018) also with super-resolution light microscopy). Also seen by Liu and coworkers the authors show that the level of expression of NiV-F does not alter the identity of these microclusters nor endosomal cleavage. Moreover, mutations and the transmembrane domain or the hexamer-of-trimer interface seem to have a mild effect on the size of the clusters that the authors quantified.

      Importantly, it has also been shown that these particles tend to cluster in Nipah VLPs.

      We thank reviewer #2 for the comments and suggestions. This paper is built on Liu et al 1 to further characterize the nanoclusters formed by NiV-F and their role in membrane fusion activation. While Liu et al. studied the NiV glycoprotein distribution at the NiV assembly sites to inform mechanisms in NiV assembly and release, Wang et al. analyzed the nanoorganization and distribution of NiV-F at the prefusion conformation, providing insights into the membrane fusion activation mechanisms.  

      Strengths:

      The authors have tried to perform SMLM in single VLPs and have shown partially the importance of NiV-F clustering.

      Weaknesses:

      The labelling strategy for the NiV-F is not sufficiently explained. The use of a FLAG tag in the extracellular domain should be validated and compared with the unlabelled WT NiV-F when expressed in functional pseudoviruses (for example HIV-1 based particles decorated with NiV-F). This experiment should also be carried out for both infection and fusion (including BlaM-Vpr as a readout for fusion). I would also suggest to run a time-of-addition BlaM experiment to understand how this particular labelling strategy affects single virion fusion as compared to the the WT.  

      We thank reviewer #2 for this suggestion. We have made various efforts to validate the expression and function of FLAG-tagged NiV-F. The NiV-F-FLAG shows comparable cell surface expression levels and induces similar cell-cell fusion levels in 293T cells as that of untagged NiV-F 1. The NiV-F-FLAG also showed similar levels of virus entry as untagged NiV-F when both were pseudotyped on a recombinant Vesicular Stomatitis Virus (VSV) with the VSV glycoprotein replaced by a Renilla luciferase reporter gene (VSV-ΔG-rLuc; Fig. S1D). We also performed a virus entry kinetics assay using NiV VLPs expressing NiV-M-βlactamase (NiV-M-Bla), NiV-G-HA, and NiV-F-FLAG, NiV-F-AU1 or untagged NiV-F. The intracellular AU1 tag is located at the C-terminus of NiV-F (Genbank accession no. AY816748.1). However, we detected different levels of NiV-M-Bla in equal volume of VLPs, suggesting that the tags in NiV-F affect the budding of the VLPs (Author response image 2A). Therefore, we performed fusion kinetics assay by using VLPs expressing the same levels of NiV-M-Bla. Among them, the NiV-F-FLAG on VLPs shows the most efficient fusion between VLP and HEK293T cell membranes (Author response image 2B), significantly more efficient than that of untagged NiV-F and NiV-FAU1. However, we cannot attribute the enhanced fusion activity to the FLAG tag, because the readout of this assay relies on both the levels of β-lactamase (introduced by NiV-M-Bla in VLPs) and the NiV-F constructs. The tags in NiV-F could affect both the budding of VLPs and the stoichiometry of F and M in individual VLPs. We did not use the HIV-based pseudovirus system because the incorporation of NiV-F into HIV pseudoviruses requires a C-terminal deletion 2,3.

      In summary, the FLAG tag does not affect cell-cell fusion 1 and virus entry when pseudotyped to the recombinant VSV-ΔG-rLuc viruses (Fig. S1D). Given that we do not observe any difference in clustering between an HA- and FLAG-tagged NiV-F constructs on PK13 cell surface (Fig. S1A-C), we conclude that the FLAG tag has minimal effect on both the fusion activity and the nanoscale distribution of NiV-F. 

      Author response image 2.

      Viral entry is not affected by labeling of NiV-F. A) Western blot analysis of NiV-M-Bla in NiV-VLPs generated by HEK293T cells expressing NiV-M-Bla, NiV-G-HA and NiV-F-FLAG, untagged NiV-F, or NiV-F-AU1. Equal volume of VLPs were separated by a denaturing 10% SDS–PAGE and probed against β-lactamase (SANTA CRUZ, sc-66062). B) NiV-VLPs expressing NiV-M-BLa, NiV-G-HA, and NiV-F-FLAG, untagged NiV-F or NiV-F-AU1 expression plasmids were bond to the target HEK293T cells loaded with CCF2-AM dye at 4°C. The Blue/Green (B/G) ratio was measured at 37°C for 4 hrs at a 3-min interval. Results were normalized to the maximal B/G ratio of NiV-F-FLAG-NiV VLPs. Results from one representative experiment out of three independent experiments are shown. 

      It would also be very important to compare the FLAG labelling approach with recent advances in the field (for instance incorporating noncanonical amino acids (ncAAs) into NiVF by amber stop-codon suppression, followed by click chemistry). 

      We are greatly thankful for this comment from reviewer #2. Labeling noncanonical amino acids (ncAAs) with biorthogonal click chemistry is indeed a more precise labeling strategy compared to the traditional epitope labeling approach used in this paper. We will explore the applications of ncAAs labeling in single-molecule localization imaging and virus-host interactions in future projects. 

      In this paper, the FLAG tag inserted in NiV-F protein seems to have minimal effect on the NiV-F-induced virus entry and cell-cell fusion 1 (Fig. S1). Although the FLAG tag labeling approach may increase the detectable size of NiV-F nanoclusters due to the use of the antibody complex, it should not affect our conclusions drawn from the relative comparisons between wt and mutant NiV-F or control and drug-treated cells. 

      The correlation between the existence of microclusters of a particular size and their functionality is missing. Only cell-cell fusion assays are shown in supplementary figures and clearly, single virus entry and fusion cannot be compared with the biophysics of cell-cell fusion. Not only the environment is completely different, membrane curvature and the number of NiV-F drastically varies also. Therefore, specific fusion assays (either single virus tracking and/or time-of-addition BlaM kinetics with functional pseudoviruses) are needed to substantiate this claim.  

      We thank Reviewer 2 for the suggestion. To support the link between F clustering and viruscell membrane fusion, we conducted pseudotyped virus entry and VLP fusion kinetics assays, as shown in revised Figure S4. The viral entry results (Fig. S4 E and F) corroborate that of the cell-cell fusion assay (Fig. S4A and B) and previously published data 4. The fusion kinetics confirmed that the real-time fusion kinetics was affected by mutations at the hexameric interface, with the hypo-fusogenic mutants L53D and V108D exhibited reduced entry efficiency while the hyper-fusogenic mutant Q393L showed increased efficiency (Fig. S4G and H). The results were described in detail in the revised manuscript. 

      Additionally, we performed a pseudotyped virus entry assay on the LI4A (Fig. S6F and G) and YA (Fig. S7F and G) mutants to verify the function of these mutants on viruses in revised Supplemental Figures. Neither LI4A nor YA incorporated into the VSV/NiV pseudotyped viruses as shown by the Western blot analyses of the pseudovirions (Fig. S6F and S7F), and thus did not induce virus entry, consisting with the cell-cell fusion results (Fig. S6C, D and Fig. S7C, D). We did not perform the entry kinetic assay of these two mutants as they do not incorporate into VLPs or pseudovirions. 

      The authors also claim they could not characterize the number of NiV-F particles per cluster. Another technique such as number and brightness (Digman et al., 2008) could support current SMLM data and identify the number of single molecules per cluster. Also, this technology does not require complex microscopy apparatus. I suggest they perform either confocal fluorescence fluctuation spectroscopy or TIRF-based nandb to validate the clusters and identify how many molecule are present in these clusters.  

      We thank reviewer 2 for this suggestion. Determining the true copy number of NiV-F in individual clusters could verify whether the F clusters on the plasma membrane are hexamer-of-trimer assemblies. Regardless, it does not affect our conclusion that the organization of NiV-F into nanoclusters affects the membrane fusion triggering ability. The confocal fluorescence fluctuation spectroscopy (FFS) and TIRF-based analyses are accessible tools for quantifying fluorophore copy numbers and/or stoichiometry based on fluorescence fluctuation or photobleaching. However, these methods are unable to quantify the number of proteins in individual clusters because they analyze fluorophores either in the entire cell (as in wide-field epifluorescence microscopy coupled with FFS and TIRF-coupled photobleaching) 5–7 or within a large excitation volume (confocal laser scanning microscopycoupled FFS) 8. Both of these volumes are significantly larger than a single NiV-F cluster, which has an average diameter of 24-26 nm (Fig. 1F). 

      The current SMLM setup is useful for characterizing the protein distribution and organization. However, quantifying the true protein copy number within a nanocluster is challenging because of the stochasticity of fluorophore blinking and the unknown labeling stoichiometry 9–11. To address the challenge in fluorophore blinking, quantitative DNA-PAINT (qDNA-PAINT) may be used because the on-off frequency of the fluorophores is tied to the well-defined kinetic constants of DNA binding and the influx rate of the imager strands, rather than the stochasticity of fluorophore blinking. Thus, the frequency of blinks can be translated to protein counting 12. To address the challenge in unknown labeling stoichiometry, DNA origami can be used as a calibration standard 11. DNA origami supports handles at a regular space with several to tens of nanometers apart, and the handles can be conjugated with a certain number of proteins of interest. The copy number of protein interest in the experimental group can be determined by comparing the SMLM localization distribution of the sample to that of the DNA origami calibration standard. Given the requirement of a more sophisticated SMLM setup and a high-precision calibration tool, we will explore the quantification of NiV-F copy numbers in nanoclusters in a future project. 

      Also, it is not clear how many cells the authors employ for their statistics (at least 30-50 cells should be employed and not consider the number of events blinking events. I hope the authors are not considering only a single cell to run their stats... The differences between the mutants and the NiV-F is minor even if their statistical analyses give a difference (they should average the number and size of the clusters per cell for a total of 30-50 cells with experiments performed at least in three different cells following the same protocol). Overall, it seems that the authors have only evaluated a very low number of cells.

      We disagree with this comment from Reviewer #2. The sample size for cluster analysis in SMLM images was chosen by considering the target of the study (cells and VLPs) and the data acquisition and analysis standards in the SMLM imaging field. We also noted the sample size (# of ROI and cells) in the figure legend. 

      Below, we compared the sample sizes in our study to those in similar studies that used comparable imaging and cluster analysis methods from 2015 to 2024. The classical clustering analysis methods are categorized into global clustering (e.g. nearest neighbor analysis, Ripley’s K function, and pair correlation function) and complete clustering, such as density-based analysis (e.g. DBSCAN, Superstructure, FOCAL, ToMATo) and Tessellationbased analysis (e.g. Delaunay triangulation, Voronoii Tessellation). The global clustering analysis method provides spatial statistics for global protein clustering or organization (e.g. clustering extent), while the complete clustering approach extracts information from a single-cluster level, such as the morphology and localization density of individual clusters. We used the density-based analyses, DBSCAN and OPTICS, for cluster analysis on cell plasma membranes and VLP membranes. 

      Author response table 1.

      The comparison of imaging methods, analysis methods, and sample size in the current study to other studies conducted from 2015 to 2024.

      They should also compare the level of expression (with the number of molecules per cell provided by number and brightness) with the total number of clusters. 

      We thank reviewer 2 for this suggestion. We compared the level of expression with the total number of clusters for F-WT in Figure 1I in the main text.  

      The same applies to the VLP assay. I assume the authors have only taken VLPs expressing both NiV-M and NiV-F (and NiV-G). But even if this is not clearly stated I would urge the authors to show how many viruses were compared per condition (normally I would expect 300 particles per condition coming from three independent experiments. As a negative control to evaluate the cluster effect I would mix the different conditions. Clearly you have clusters with all conditions and the differences in clustering depending on each condition are minimal. Therefore you need to increase the n for all experiments.

      We thank reviewer 2 for this comment. We acquired and analyzed more images of NiV VLPs bearing F-WT, Q393L, L53D, and V108D. Results are shown in the revised Figure 4 and the number of VLPs (>300) used for analysis is specified in the figure legend. An increased number of VLP images does not affect the classification result in Figure 4C. 

      As for the suggestion on “evaluating the cluster effect at different mixed conditions”, I assume that reviewer 2 would like to see how the presence of different viral structural proteins (F, M, and G) on VLPs could affect F clustering.  We showed that the organization of NiV envelope proteins on the VLP membrane is similar in the presence or absence of NiV-M by direct visualization 27, suggesting that the effect of NiV-M on F-WT clustering on VLPs is minimal. We also show comparable incorporation of NiV-F among the NiV-F hexamer-oftrimer mutants (Fig. 4A). Therefore, we did not test the F clustering at different F, M, and G combinations in this paper. However, this could be an interesting question to pursue in a paper focusing on NiV VLP production. 

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Wang and colleagues describes single molecule localization microscopy to quantify the distribution and organization of Nipah virus F expressed on cells and on virus-like particles. Notably the crystal structure of F indicated hexameric assemblies of F trimers. The authors propose that F clustering favors membrane fusion.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript provides solid data on imaging of F clustering with the main findings of:

      -  F clusters are independent of expression levels

      -  Proteolytic cleavage does not affect F clustering

      -  Mutations that have been reported to affect the hexamer interface reduce clustering on cells and its distribution on VLPs - - F nanoclusters are stabilized by AP

      Weaknesses:

      The relationship between F clustering and fusion is per se interesting, but looking at F clusters on the plasma membrane does not exclude that F clustering occurs for budding. Many viral glycoproteins cluster at the plasma membrane to generate micro domains for budding. 

      This does not exclude that these clusters include hexamer assemblies or clustering requires hexamer assemblies. 

      We thank reviewer #3 for this question. We did not focus on the role of NiV-F clusters for budding in the current manuscript, although this is an interesting topic to pursue. In this manuscript, we observed that NiV VLP budding is decreased for some cluster-disrupting mutants, such as F-YA, and F-LI4A. however, F-V108D showed increased budding compared to F-WT (Fig. 4A). We also observed that VLPs and VSV/NiV pseudoviruses expressing L53D have little NiV-G (Fig. 4A, Fig. S4F and S4H), although the incorporation level of L53D is comparable to that of wt F in both VLPs and pseudovirions (Fig. 4A and Fig. S4F). L53D is a hypofusogenic mutant with decreased clustering ability. Therefore, our current data do not show a clear link between F clustering and NiV VLP budding or glycoprotein incorporation. 

      We reported that both NiV-F and -M form clusters at the plasma membrane although NiV-F clusters are not enriched at the NiV-M positive membrane domains 1. This result indicates that NiV-M is the major driving force for assembly and budding, while NiV-F is passively incorporated into the assembly sites. The central role of NiV-M in budding is also supported by a recent study showing that NiV-M induces membrane curvature by binding to PI(4,5)P2 in the inner leaflet of the plasma membrane 28. However, the expression of NiV-F alone induces the production of vesicles bearing NiV-F 29 and NiV-F recruits vesicular trafficking and actin cytoskeleton factors to VLPs either alone or in combination with NiV-G and -M, indicating a potential autonomous role in budding 30. Additionally, several electron microscopy studies show that the paramyxovirus F forms 2D lattice interspersed above the M lattice, suggesting the participation of F in virus assembly and budding. Nonetheless, the evidence above suggests that NiV-F may play a role in budding, but our data cannot correlate NiV-F clustering to budding. 

      Assuming that the clusters are important for entry, hexameric clusters are not unique to Nipah virus F. Similar hexameric clusters have been described for the HEF on influenza virus C particles (Halldorsson et al 2021) and env organization on Foamy virus particles (Effantin et al 2016), both with specific interactions between trimers. What is the organization of F on Nipah virus particles? If F requires to be hexameric for entry, this should be easily imaged by EM on infectious or inactivated virus particles. 

      We thank reviewer #3 for this suggestion. The hexamer-of-trimer NiV-F is observed on the VLP surface by electron tomography 4. The NiV-F hexamer-of-trimers are arranged into a soccer ball-like structure, with one trimer being part of multiple hexamer-of-trimers. The implication of NiV-F clusters in virus entry and the potential mechanism for NiV-F higherorder structure formation are discussed in the revised manuscripts. 

      AP stabilization of the F clusters is curious if the clusters are solely required for entry? Virus entry does not recruit the clathrin machinery. Is it possible that F clusters are endocytosed in the absence of budding? 

      We thank reviewer #3 for this question. The evidence from the current study does not exclude the role of NiV-F clustering in virus budding. NiV-F is known to be endocytosed in the virus-producing cells for cleavage by Cathepsin B or L at endocytic compartments at a pH-dependent manner31–33 in the absence of budding. However, given that all cleaved and uncleaved NiV-F have an endocytosis signal sequence at the cytoplasmic tail and are able to interact with AP-2 for endosome assembly and the cleaved and uncleaved F may have similar clustering patterns (Fig. 2), we do not think NiV-F clustering is specifically regulated for the cleavage of NiV-F. A plausible hypothesis is that NiV-F clusters are stabilized by multiple intrinsic factors (e.g. trimer interface) and host factors (e.g. AP-2) on cell membrane for cell-cell fusion and virus budding. We linked the clustering to the fusion ability of NiV-F in this study, but the NiV-F clustering may also be important in facilitating virus budding. Once in the viruses, the higher-order assembly of the clusters (e.g. lattice) may form due to protein enrichment, and the cell factors may not be the major maintenance force. 

      Clusters are required for budding. 

      Other points:

      Fig. 3: Some of the V108D and L53D clusters look similar in size than wt clusters. It seems that the interaction is important but not absolutely essential. Would a double mutant abrogate clustering completely?

      We thank Reviewer #3 for the suggestion. We generated a double mutant of NIV-F with L53D and V108D (NiV-F-LV) and assessed its expression and processing. Although the mutant retained processing capability, it exhibited minimal surface expression, making it unfeasible to analyze its nano-organization on the cell or viral membrane.

      Author response image 4.

      The expression and fusion activity of Flag-tagged NiV-F and NiV-F L53D-V108D (LV). (A) Representative western blot analysis of NiV-F-WT, LV in the cell lysate of 293T cells. 293T cells were transfected by NiV-F-WT or the LV mutant. The empty vector was used as a negative control. The cell lysates were analyzed on SDS-PAGE followed by western blotting after 28hrs post-transfection. F0 and F2 were probed by the M2 monoclonal mouse antiFLAG antibody. GAPDH was probed by monoclonal mouse anti-GAPDH. (B) Representative images of 293T cell-cell fusion induced by NiV-G and NiV-F-WT or NiV-F-LV. 293T cells were co-transfected with plasmids coding for NiV-G and empty vector (NC) or NiV-F constructs. Cells were fixed at 18 hrs post-transfection. Arrows point to syncytia. Scale bar: 10um. (C) Relative cell-cell fusion levels in 293T cells in (B). Five fields per experiment were counted from three independent experiments. Data are presented as mean ± SEM. (D) The cell surface expression levels of NiV-F-WT, NiV-F-LV in 293T cells measured by flow cytometry. Mean fluorescence Intensity (MFI) values were calculated by FlowJo and normalized to that of F-WT. Data are presented as mean ± SEM of three independent experiments. Statistical significance was determined by the unpaired t-test with Welch’s correction (*P<0.05, **P<0.01, ***P<0.001, ****P<0.0001). Values were compared to that of the NiV-F-WT.

      Fig. 4: The distribution of F on VLPs should be confirmed by cryoEM analyses. This would also confirm the symmetry of the clusters. The manuscript by Chernomordik et al. JBC 2004 showed that influenza HA outside the direct contact zone affects fusion, which could be further elaborated in the context of F clusters and the fusion mechanism.

      We thank reviewer 3 for this suggestion. The distribution of F on VLPs was resolved by electron tomogram which showed that the NiV-F hexamer-of-trimers are arranged into a soccer ball-like structure 4. The role of influenza HA outside of the contact zone in fusion activation is an interesting phenomenon. It may address the energy transmission within and among clusters. We will pursue this topic in a future project.  

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      •  Please define all used abbreviations throughout the manuscript and in the SI.

      We defined the abbreviations at their first usage. 

      •  The sentence starting with "Additionally, ..." on line 155 appears to be incomplete.

      We corrected this sentence.  

      •  The statement starting with "As reported, ..." on line 181 should be supported by a reference.

      We added a reference. 

      •  In Fig. 4C, it is unclear what the x and y axes represent.  

      Fig. 4C is a t-SNE plot for visualizing high-dimensional data in a low-dimensional space. It maintains the local data structure but does not represent exact quantitative relationships. In other words, points that are close together in Fig. 4C are also close in the high-dimensional space, meaning the OPTICS plots, which reflect the clustering patterns, are similar for two points that are positioned near each other in Fig. 4C. Therefore, the x and y axes do not represent the original, quantitative data, and thus the axis titles are meaningless.  

      •  The reference on line 306 appears to be unformatted.

      We reformatted the reference.  

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The authors need to include the overall statistics for each experiment (at least 30 to 50 cells with three independent experiments are needed). 

      We highlighted the sample size (number of ROI and number of cells) used for analysis in the figure legend. The determination of the sample size is justified in Table 1 in the response letter. 

      The authors need to generate a functional pseudovirus system (for example HIVpp/NiV F) to run both infectivity and fusion experiments (including Apr-BlaM assay). 

      We tested viral entry using a VSV/NiV pseudovirus system and the viral entry kinetics using VLPs expressing NiV-M-β-lactamase. The results are presented in Fig. S1, S4, S6, and S7.  

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Even low resolution EM data on VLPs or viruses would strengthen the conclusions.

      We thank this reviewer for the suggestion. We cited the NiV VLP images acquired by electron tomography 4, but we currently have limited resources to perform cryoEM on NiV VLPs.  

      References.

      (1) Liu, Q., Chen, L., Aguilar, H. C. & Chou, K. C. A stochastic assembly model for Nipah virus revealed by super-resolution microscopy. Nature Communications 9, 3050 (2018).

      (2) Khetawat, D. & Broder, C. C. A Functional Henipavirus Envelope Glycoprotein Pseudotyped Lentivirus Assay System. Virology Journal 7, 312 (2010).

      (3) Palomares, K. et al. Nipah Virus Envelope-Pseudotyped Lentiviruses Efficiently Target ephrinB2Positive Stem Cell Populations In Vitro and Bypass the Liver Sink When Administered In Vivo. J Virol 87, 2094–2108 (2013).

      (4) Xu, K. et al. Crystal Structure of the Pre-fusion Nipah Virus Fusion Glycoprotein Reveals a Novel Hexamer-of-Trimers Assembly. PLoS Pathog 11, e1005322 (2015).

      (5)    Bakker, E. & Swain, P. S. Estimating numbers of intracellular molecules through analysing fluctuations in photobleaching. Sci Rep 9, 15238 (2019).

      (6) Nayak, C. R. & Rutenberg, A. D. Quantification of Fluorophore Copy Number from Intrinsic

      Fluctuations during Fluorescence Photobleaching. Biophys J 101, 2284–2293 (2011).

      (7) Salavessa, L. & Sauvonnet, N. Stoichiometry of ReceptorsReceptors at the Plasma MembranePlasma membrane During Their EndocytosisEndocytosis Using Total Internal Reflection Fluorescent (TIRF) MicroscopyMicroscopy Live Imaging and Single-Molecule Tracking. in Exocytosis and Endocytosis: Methods and Protocols (eds. Niedergang, F., Vitale, N. & Gasman, S.) 3–17 (Springer US, New York, NY, 2021). doi:10.1007/978-1-0716-1044-2_1.

      (8) Slenders, E. et al. Confocal-based fluorescence fluctuation spectroscopy with a SPAD array detector. Light Sci Appl 10, 31 (2021).

      (9) Annibale, P., Vanni, S., Scarselli, M., Rothlisberger, U. & Radenovic, A. Identification of clustering artifacts in photoactivated localization microscopy. Nat Methods 8, 527–528 (2011).

      (10) Baumgart, F. et al. Varying label density allows artifact-free analysis of membrane-protein nanoclusters. Nat Methods 13, 661–664 (2016).

      (11) Zanacchi, F. C. et al. A DNA origami platform for quantifying protein copy number in super-resolution. Nat Methods 14, 789–792 (2017).

      (12) Jungmann, R. et al. Multiplexed 3D cellular super-resolution imaging with DNA-PAINT and Exchange-PAINT. Nature Methods 11, 313–318 (2014).

      (13) Rubin-Delanchy, P. et al. Bayesian cluster identification in single-molecule localization microscopy data. Nat Methods 12, 1072–1076 (2015).

      (14) Griffié, J. et al. 3D Bayesian cluster analysis of super-resolution data reveals LAT recruitment to the T cell synapse. Sci Rep 7, 4077 (2017).

      (15) Dynamic Bayesian Cluster Analysis of Live-Cell Single Molecule Localization Microscopy Datasets - Griffié - 2018 - Small Methods - Wiley Online Library. https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/full/10.1002/smtd.201800008.

      (16) Caetano, F. A. et al. MIiSR: Molecular Interactions in Super-Resolution Imaging Enables the Analysis of Protein Interactions, Dynamics and Formation of Multi-protein Structures. PLOS Computational Biology 11, e1004634 (2015).

      (17) Malkusch, S. & Heilemann, M. Extracting quantitative information from single-molecule superresolution imaging data with LAMA – LocAlization Microscopy Analyzer. Sci Rep 6, 34486 (2016).

      (18) Zhang, Y., Lara-Tejero, M., Bewersdorf, J. & Galán, J. E. Visualization and characterization of individual type III protein secretion machines in live bacteria. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 114, 6098–6103 (2017).

      (19) Tobin, S. J. et al. Single molecule localization microscopy coupled with touch preparation for the quantification of trastuzumab-bound HER2. Sci Rep 8, 15154 (2018).

      (20) Levet, F. et al. SR-Tesseler: a method to segment and quantify localization-based super-resolution microscopy data. Nature Methods 12, 1065–1071 (2015).

      (21) Peters, R., Griffié, J., Burn, G. L., Williamson, D. J. & Owen, D. M. Quantitative fibre analysis of singlemolecule localization microscopy data. Sci Rep 8, 10418 (2018).

      (22) Levet, F. et al. A tessellation-based colocalization analysis approach for single-molecule localization microscopy. Nat Commun 10, (2019).

      (23) Banerjee, C. et al. ULK1 forms distinct oligomeric states and nanoscopic structures during autophagy initiation. Science Advances 9, eadh4094 (2023).

      (24) Pageon, S. V. et al. Functional role of T-cell receptor nanoclusters in signal initiation and antigen discrimination. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 113, E5454–E5463 (2016).

      (25) Cresens, C. et al. Flat clathrin lattices are linked to metastatic potential in colorectal cancer. iScience 26, 107327 (2023).

      (26) Seeling, M. et al. Immunoglobulin G-dependent inhibition of inflammatory bone remodeling requires pattern recognition receptor Dectin-1. Immunity 56, 1046-1063.e7 (2023).

      (27) Liu, Q. T. et al. The nanoscale organization of Nipah virus matrix protein revealed by super-resolution microscopy. Biophysical Journal 121, 2290–2296 (2022).

      (28) Norris, M. J. et al. Measles and Nipah virus assembly: Specific lipid binding drives matrix polymerization. Science Advances 8, eabn1440 (2022).

      (29) Patch, J. R. et al. The YPLGVG sequence of the Nipah virus matrix protein is required for budding. Virol. J. 5, 137 (2008).

      (30) Johnston, G. P. et al. Nipah Virus-Like Particle Egress Is Modulated by Cytoskeletal and Vesicular Trafficking Pathways: a Validated Particle Proteomics Analysis. mSystems 4, e00194-19 (2019).

      (31) Diederich, S. et al. Activation of the Nipah Virus Fusion Protein in MDCK Cells Is Mediated by Cathepsin B within the Endosome-Recycling Compartment. J Virol 86, 3736–3745 (2012).

      (32) Diederich, S., Thiel, L. & Maisner, A. Role of endocytosis and cathepsin-mediated activation in Nipah virus entry. Virology 375, 391–400 (2008).

      (33) Pager, C. T., Craft, W. W., Patch, J. & Dutch, R. E. A mature and fusogenic form of the Nipah virus fusion protein requires proteolytic processing by cathepsin L. Virology 346, 251–257 (2006).

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the current reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      I have read the authors' response to my comments as well as to the other reviewers. Summarizing briefly, I don't think they provide substantial answer to the questions/comments by me or reviewer 3, and generally do not quantify the results/effects data. I still remain unconvinced about the analyses and conclusions. Rather than rewriting another set of comments, I think it will be more useful for all (authors and readers) simply to be able to see the entire set of reviews and responses together with the paper.

      The authors disagree with the views of referees. The authors have provided point-wise precise responses to each of the previous comments. The authors find that the referee has not been able to engage with the responses and accompanying analysis that were provided while communicating the previous response.

      The following extensive analyses were performed by the authors while submitting our revision of round 2 of peer-review to address the comments of reviewer 2 and reviewer 3   that were raised by them on the previous versions:

      (1) We calculated the distribution of multiple metrics for both the apo and holo simulations, including their secondary structure composition, and demonstrated the robustness of our findings.

      (2) We analyzed smaller 60 µs chunks from two parts of the 1.5 ms trajectory and showed how, in combination with the Markov state modeling (MSM) approach, these chunks effectively capture equilibrium properties.

      (3) We thoroughly investigated the choice of starting structures, examining parameters such as Rg, RMSD, secondary structure, and SASA, in response to Referee 3's concerns about the objectivity of our dimension reduction approach.

      (4) We conducted multiple analyses using VAMP-scores and justified the use of a Variational Autoencoder (VAE) over tICA.

      (5) We had extensively verified the choice of hyperparameters used in constructing the MSM.

      (6) To aleviate referee concerns, we had retrained a VAE with four latent dimensions and used it to build an MSM, ensuring the robustness of our approach.

      However, we find that Referee has not considered these additional analysis in response to his/her comments on the manuscript.

      Since referee 2 also draws comments from Referee 3, it is worth noting that some of the comments from Referee 2 and Referee 3 in Round 1 were mutually contradictory. In particular, Referee 3's suggestion in Round 1 to use the same initial configuration for simulations of intrinsically disordered proteins (IDPs) in both apo and ligand-bound forms contradicts the fundamental principle that IDPs should not possess structural bias. This recommendation also directly conflicts with Referee 2's request for greater diversity in starting structures. Our manuscript provided robust evidence that our initial configurations are indeed diverse, with one configuration coincidentally matching that used in the ligand-bound simulations. Despite this, we addressed both sets of concerns in our Round 2 revisions. Unfortunately, it seems that these efforts were overlooked in the subsequent round of review.

      Referee 2's suggestion in prevous round of review comments to mix both holo and apo simulation trajectories for MSM construction is conceptually wrong and indicates a lack of understanding of transition matrix building in this field. Nevertheless, we addressed these comments by performing additional analyses and demonstrating the robustness of our current MSM.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      While the authors have provided additional information in the updated manuscript, none of the additional analyses address the fundamental flaws of the manuscript.

      The additional analyses do not convincingly demonstrate that these two extremely different simulation datasets (1500 microsecond unbiased MD for a-synuclein + fasudil, 23 separate 1-4 microsecond simulations of apo a-synuclein) are directly comparable for the purposes of building MSMs.

      The 23 unbiased 1-4 microsecond simulations of apo αS totals to ~ 60 us.

      Author response image 1.

      Left figure : Distribution of the radius of gyration (Rg) of the 23 apo simulation (as shown in the colourbar) and holo simulation (black). Right figure : Mean and standard deviation (as error bar) of the Rg of the 23 apo (colourbar) and holo simulations (black).

      We have plotted the distribution of the Radius of gyration ((Rg) for the 23 apo simulation (colour bar) and the holo simulation (black) as shown in the left figure and also compared the mean and standard deviations of the Rg values (right figure). We find that our apo simulations span the entire space of Rg as is spanned by the holo simulation. We have also measured the mean and standard deviations (SD) (horizontal error bar) of the apo and holo simulations. The fact that the apo simulations have mean and SDs comparable to those of the holo ensemble suggests that the majority of the apo simulations are sampling similar conformational space as those observed in the ligand-bound holo form and hence can be used for building the MSM.

      The additional analyses do not demonstrate that there are sufficient conformational transitions among kinetically metastable states observed in 23 separate 1-4 microsecond simulations of apo a-synuclein to build a valid MSM, or that the latent space of the VAE is kinetically meaningful.      

      We have performed the Chapman-Kolmogorov test to compare observed and predicted transition probabilities over increasing lag times and found good agreement between these probabilities, thereby suggesting that transitions between states are well-sampled for both the apo (Author response image 2) and holo simulation (Figure S9).

      Author response image 2.

      The Chapman-Kolmogorov test performed for the three state Markov State Model of the αS ensemble.

      As for the latent space of VAE, we have compared the VAMP2 score and compared with tICA. VAE has a higher VAMP2 score as compared to tICA thereby indicating its efficacy in capturing slower mode for both apo and holo simulation (Fig. S7 and S8).

      If one is interested in modeling the kinetics and thermodynamics of transitions between a set of conformational states, and they run a small number of MD simulations that are too short to see conformational transitions between conformational states - any kinetics and thermodynamics modeled by an MSM will be inherently meaningless. This is likely to be the case with the apo asynuclein dataset analyzed in this investigation.

      We disagree with the referee’s view. The referee does not seem to understand the point of building Markov state models via short-time scale trajectories. The distribution of Rg of all the 23 apo simulations spans the entire Rg space sampled by the holo simulation, thereby suggesting that multiple short simulations can sample structures of varying sizes as sampled from the 1.5 ms holo simulation (see Author response image 1).

      Simulations of 1-4 microseconds are almost certainly far too short to see a meaningful sampling of conformational transitions of a highly entangled 140-residue IDP beyond a very local relaxation of the starting structures, and the authors provide no analyses to suggest otherwise.

      Author response image 3.

      Autocorrelation of the first principal component of the backbone dihedral for the apo (colourbar) and holo (black) simulation.

      Author response image 4.

      Autocorrelation of the second principal component of the backbone dihedral for the apo (colourbar) and holo (black) simulation.

      In order to assess the 23 short simulations in capturing meaningful kinetics and thermodynamics, we have computed the backbone dihedrals which were then reduced to two principal components for both the 23 apo and holo simulations. We then calculated the autocorrelation time for each of the components and for each of the apo and holo simulations which are plotted in Author response image 3 and Author response image 4 respectively.

      The autocorrelation for the holo and most of the apo simulation is similar, thereby suggesting that there is sufficient sampling of conformational transitions between conformational states in the apo simulations and are therefore able to represent the structural changes of the system similarly to the long simulation.

      Without convincingly demonstrating reasonable statistics of conformational changes from the very small apo simulation dataset analyzed here, it seems highly likely the apparent validity of the apo MSM results from learning a VAE latent space that groups structurally and kinetically distinct conformations into similar states, creating the spurious appearance of transitions between states. As such, the kinetics and thermodynamics of the resulting MSM are likely to be relatively meaningless, and comparisons with an MSM for a-synuclein in the presence of fasudil are likely to be meaningless.

      We have shown above that the short simulations are able to capture the structural changes in the long simulation. In addition we have compared the VAMP2 score of the apo and holo simulation with tICA and found out that VAE is superior in capturing long timescale dynamics, for both apo and holo simulation (Fig. S7 and S8).

      In its present form, this study provides an example of how the use of black-box machine learning methods to analyze molecular simulations can lead to obtaining misleading results (such as the appearance of a valid MSM) - when more basic analyses are omitted.

      The authors disagree with the referee’s viewpoint on our manuscript. We find that the majority of the contents of the referee’s comments are cursory and lack objectivity.

      The referee’s loose reference on Machine learning as a black box lacks basic knowledge to comprehend artificial deep neutral network’s long-proven ability to objectively deduce optimal set of lower-dimensional representation of conformational subspace of complex biomacromolecule. The referee’s views on the manuscript ignore the extensive optimization of hyper-parameters that were carried out by the authors in developing the suitable framework of beta-variational autoencoder for deducing optimal latent space representation of complex and fuzzy conformational  landscape of an IDP such as alpha-synuclein. We had thoroughly investigated the choice of starting structures, examining parameters such as Rg, RMSD, secondary structure, and SASA, in response to Referee 3's concerns about the objectivity of our dimension reduction approach. However, we find that referee 3 has ignored the analysis provided to justify our choice.

      Referee 3's advocacy for linear dimensional reduction techniques overlooks the necessity and generality of non-linear approaches, as enabled by artificial deep neural network frameworks, demonstrated in the present manuscript. Nevertheless, our manuscript includes evidence demonstrating the optimality of our current reduced dimensions through varied dimensional analyses. Our extensive analysis, based on the VAMP-2 score, supports the sufficiency of the present dimensions compared to other linear reduction methods.

      The referee’s views that developing Markov state models (MSM) of apo form of the alphasynulclein using multiple number of 1-4 microsecond long simulation length is misleading, suggests referee’s lack of knowledge on the fundamental purpose and motivation for the usage of MSM, which is, to derive long-time scale equilibrium properties from significantly short-length adaptively sampled trajectories. The referee has overlooked the extensive analysis that the authors had provided while demonstrating that the Markov state models developed from short length simulation trajectories of alpha-synclein can statistically replicate the properties derived from very long trajectories.

      ---

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      The following extensive analyses were performed to address the reviewer comments:

      (1) We have calculated the distribution of radius of gyration (Rg), end-to-end distance (Ree), solvent accessible surface area (SASA)  of the apo and holo simulations and also their secondary structure composition.

      (2) We have performed a similar analysis for the smaller 60 µs chunk from two parts of the 1.5 ms trajectory.

      (3) The choice of starting structures have been thoroughly investigated in terms of Rg, RMSD, secondary structure and SASA.

      (4) We have justified the use of VAE over tICA.

      (5) We have verified the choice of hyperparameters that were used to build the MSM.

      (6) We have retrained a VAE with four latent dimensions and used it to build MSM. 

      (7) As per recommendation of the referee 1, we have updated the title of the manuscript by introducing ‘expansion’ phrase.

      The manuscript has been accordingly revised by updating it with additional analysis.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This is a well-conducted study about the mechanism of binding of a small molecule (fasudil) to a disordered protein (alpha-synuclein). Since this type of interaction has puzzled researchers for the last two decades, the results presented are welcome as they offer relevant insight into the physical principles underlying this interaction.

      Strengths:

      The results show convincingly that the mechanism of entropic expansion can explain the previously reported binding of fasudil to alpha-synuclein. In this context, the analysis of the changes in the entropy of the protein and of water is highly relevant. The combination use of machine learning for dimensional reduction and of Markov State Models could become a general procedure for the analysis of other systems where a compound binds a disordered protein.

      Weaknesses:

      It would be important to underscore the computational nature of the results, since the experimental evidence that fasudil binds alpha-synuclein is not entirely clear, at least to my knowledge.

      The experimental evidence of binding of fasudil to α-synuclein and potentially preventing its aggregation is reported in the paper “Fasudil attenuates aggregation of α-synuclein in models of Parkinson’s disease. Tatenhorst et al. Acta Neuropathologica Communications (2016) 4:39 DOI 10.1186/s40478-016-0310-y ”. In this work, solution state 15N-1H HSQC NMR experiments were performed of α-synuclein in increasing amounts of fasudil which led to large chemical shift perturbation of Y133 and Y136 residues. Additionally single and double mutant  synT-Y133A and synT-Y136A (tyrosine is replaced with alanine), when treated with fasudil, had no significant effect as evident from immunochemistry, thereby indicating that α-synuclein aggregation can be inhibited by the interaction of C-terminal tyrosines with  fasudil. These two analyses point to binding specific binding sites of fasudil to α-synuclein.

      In our work, we have built a MSM using the latent dimension of a deep learning method called VAE,  to address how fasudil interacts with α-synuclein. An analysis of the macrostates as obtained from MSM, gives insights into how fasudil interacts with α-synuclein, in terms of  transition probabilities among the states, thereby predicting which states are most favorable for binding.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      The manuscript by Menon et al describes a set of simulations of alpha-Synuclein (aSYN) and analyses of these and previous simulations in the presence of a small molecule.

      While I agree with the authors that the questions addressed are interesting, I am not sure how much we learn from the present simulations and analyses. In parts, the manuscript reads more like an attempt to apply a whole range of tools rather than with a goal of answering any specific questions.

      In this manuscript, we have employed a variational bayesian method, VAE, that uses variational inference to approximate the distribution of latent variable. Unlike conventional linear dimension reduction methods such as tICA (as provided in the SI), this method has been found to be better (higher VAMP2 score) in capturing slow modes and thereby facilitate the study of long-time dynamics. Markov State Model was built on this lower dimension space which indicated the presence of three and six states for the apo and holo simulations respectively. The exclusivity of the states was justified by determining the backbone contact map and further mapping these states using a denoising CNN-VAE. The increase in the number of states in the presence of the small molecule was justified by calculating the entropy of the macrostates. The entropic contribution from water remained similar across all states, while for the protein in the holo ensemble, entropy was significantly modulated (either increased or decreased) compared to the apo state. In contrast, the entropy of the apo states showed much less modulation. This proves that an increase in the number of states is primarily an entropic effect caused by the small molecule. Finally we have compared the mean first passage time (MFPT) of other states to the most populated state, which reveals a strong correlation between transition time and the system's entropy for both apo and holo ensemble. However, the transition times (to the most populated state) are much lower for the holo ensemble, thereby suggesting that fasudil may potentially trap the protein conformations in the intermediate states, thereby slowing down αS in exploring the large conformational space and eventually slow down aggregation.

      There's a lot going on in this paper, and I am not sure it is useful for the authors, readers or me to spell out all of my comments in detail. But here are at least some points that I found confusing/etc

      Major concerns

      p. 5 and elsewhere:

      I lack a serious discussion of convergence and the statistics of the differences between the two sets of simulations. On p. 5 it is described how the authors ran multiple simulations of the ligandfree system for a total of 62 µs; that is about 25 times less than for the ligand system. I acknowledge that running 1.5 ms is unfeasible, but at a bare minimum the authors should discuss and analyse the consequences for the relatively small amount of sampling. Here it is important to say that while 62 µs may sound like a lot it is probably not enough to sample the relevant properties of a 140-residue long disordered protein.

      As to referee 2’s original comment on ‘a lot going on in the manuscript’, we believe that the complexity of the project demanded that this work needs to be dealt with an extensive analysis and objective machine learning approaches, instead of routine collective variable or traditional linear dimensional reduction techniques. This is what has been accomplished in this manuscript. For someone to get the gist of the work, the last paragraph of the introduction and first paragraph of conclusion provides a summary of the overall finding and investigation in the manuscript. First, a VAE-based machine learning approach demonstrates the modulation of free energy landscape of alpha-synuclein in presence of fasudil. Next, Markov State Model elucidates distinct binding competing states of alpha-synuclein in presence of the small-molecule drug. Then the MSMderived metastable states of alpha-synuclein monomer are structurally characterized in presence of fasudil. Next we mapped the macrostates in apo and bound-state ensembles using denoising convolutional variational autoencoder, to ensure that these are mutually distinct. Next we show that fasudil exhibits conformation-dependent interactions with individual metastable states. Finally the investigation quantatively brings out entropic signatures of small molecule binding.

      We thank the reviewer for the question. For the apo simulations, we performed 1-4 μs long simulations with 23 different starting structures and the ensemble amounted to an ensemble of ~62 μs. In the Supplementary figures,  we show analyses of how the starting structures used for apo simulations compare with the structure used to run the holo simulations as well as comparison of the apo and holo ensembles in terms of structures features as Rg, Ree, solvent accessible surface area (SASA) and secondary structure properties. This is updated in the manuscript on page 3,31- 33 and figures S1-S6, S25-S30.

      Also, regarding the choice of starting structures, we chose multiple distinct conformations from a previous simulation of alpha synuclein monomer, reported in Robustelli et. al, PNAS, 115 (21), E4758-E4766. The Rg of the starting structures represent the entire distribution of Rg of the holo ensemble; from compact, intermediate to extended states. Importantly, the Rg distribution of the apo and holo ensembles are highly comparable and overlapping, indicating that the apo simulations, although of short timescale, have sampled the phase space locally around each starting conformation and thus covered the protein phase space as in the holo simulation. Similarly, other structural properties such as SASA, Ree  and secondary structure are comparable for the two ensembles. These analyses show that the local sampling across a variety of starting conformations has ensured sufficient sampling of the IDP phase space. This is  updated in the manuscript on page 33-34 and figure S1, S25-S30.

      p. 7:

      The authors make it sound like a bad thing than some methods are deterministic. Why is that the case? What kind of uncertainty in the data do they mean? One can certainly have deterministic methods and still deal with uncertainty. Again, this seems like a somewhat ad hoc argument for the choice of the method used.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s comment. In this work, we have used a single VAE model to map the simulation of αS in its apo state and in the presence of fasudil, into two dimensions. If we had used an autoencoder, which is a deterministic model, we would have to train two independent models; one for the apo-state and one for fasudil. It would then be questionable to compare the two dimensions obtained from two different autoencoders as the model parameters are not shared. 

      VAE gives us this flexibility by not mapping it to a single point, but to a distribution, thereby encouraging it to learn more generalizable representation. The uncertainty is not in the data; but mapping a conformation (of the fasudil simulation) to a distribution would provide a new point for a similar structure (from the apo simulation). 

      p. 8:

      The authors should make it clear (i) what the reconstruction loss and KL is calculated over and (ii) what the RMSD is calculated over.

      (i) The reconstruction loss is calculated between the reconstructed and original pairwise distances, whereas the KL loss is calculated between the approximated posterior distribution and the prior distribution (for VAE it is a standard normal distribution)

      (ii) The RMSE is the root mean square error between the original data and the reconstructed data. 

      (i) is updated on page 34 and (ii) is updated in the revised manuscript on page 8.

      p. 9/figure 1:

      The authors select a beta value that may be the minimum, but then is just below a big jump in the cross-validation error. Why does the error jump so much and isn't it slightly dangerous to pick a value close to such a large jump.

      In this work, RMSE has been chosen as a metric to select the best VAE model. To do so, the β parameter (weighting factor for the KL loss) was varied. The β value was chosen as this had the minimum value.

      This is updated on page 8.

      p. 10:

      Why was a 2-dimensional representation used in the VAE? What evidence do the authors have that the representation is meaningful? The authors state "The free energy landscape represents a large number of spatially close local minima representative of energetically competitive conformations inherent in αS" but they do not say what they mean by "spatially close". In the original space? If so, where is the evidence.

      We thank the reviewer for the question. Even though an increase in the number of latent dimensions may make the model more accurate, this can also result in overfitting. The model can simply memorize the pattern in the data instead of generalizing them. A higher dimensional latent space is also more difficult to interpret; therefore, we chose two dimensions. 

      The reconstruction loss (which is the mean squared error between the input and the reconstructed data) is of the order of 10-4. Also, the MSM built on the latent space of VAE is able to identify states that are distinct for both apo and holo simulations, which ensures that the latent space representation is meaningful.

      We have also trained a model with 4 neurons in the latent space and built an MSM. The implied timescales indicate the presence of six states which is consistent with the model with two latent dimensions.

      This is updated in the manuscript on page 13 and figure S14-S15.

      No, not spatially close in the original space, but in the reduced two dimensional latent space.

      p. 10:

      It is not clear from the text whether the VAEs are the same for both aSYN and aSYN-Fasudil. I assume they are. Given that the Fasudil dataset is 25x larger, presumably the VAE is mostly driven by that system. Is the VAE an equally good representation of both systems?

      Yes, the same model is used for both aSYN and aSYN-Fasudil ensemble.

      The states obtained from the MSM of the aSyn ensemble are distinct when their Cα contact maps are analyzed. So we think it is a good representation for this system.

      p. 10/11:

      Do the authors have any evidence that the latent space representation preserves relevant kinetic properties? This is a key point because the entire analysis is built on this. The choice of using z1 and z2 to build the MSM seems somewhat ad hoc. What does the auto-correlation functions of Z1 and Z2 look like? Are the related to dynamics of some key structural properties like Rg or transient helical structure.

      Autocorrelation of z1 and z2 of the latent space of VAE and the radius of gyration for asyn-fasudil simulation.

      Author response image 5.

      We find that z1 of VAE has a much slower decay as compared to Rg. This indicates that it is much better in capturing long-time-scale dynamics as compared to Rg.

      p. 11:

      What's the argument for not building an MSM with states shared for aSYN +- Fasudil?

      We have built two different markov state models for two aSYN simulation in its apo state and in the presence of ligand. Mixing the two latent spaces to build one MSM would give incorrect transition timescales among the states as these are independent simulations.

      p. 12:

      Fig. 3b/c show quite clearly that the implied timescales are not converged at the chosen lag time (incidentally, it would have been useful with showing the timescales in physical time). The CK test is stated to be validated with "reasonable accuracy", though it is unclear what that means.

      We have mentioned the physical timescales in the main manuscript (Page no. 38), which is 36 and 32 ns for apo and holo simulations, respectively. We used “reasonable accuracy” in the context of the Chapman-Kolmogorov test. We note that for the ligand simulations, the estimated and predicted models are in excellent agreement as compared to some of the transitions in the apo state. This good agreement implies that the model has reached Markovianity and the timescales have converged. 

      The CK test is updated in the manuscript on page 12.

      p. 12:

      In Fig. 3d, what are the authors bootstrapping over? What are the errors if the authors analyse sampling noise (e.g. bootstrap over simulation blocks)?

      For bootstrapping, we randomly deleted a part of the simulation (simulation block) and rebuilt the MSM with this reduced dataset. We repeated this 10 times and reported the average value of the population and the transition timescales over the 10 iterations.  

      p. 13:

      I appreciate that the authors build an MSM using only a subset of the fasudil simulations. Here, it would be important that this analysis includes the entire workflow so that the VAE is also rebuilt from scratch. Is that the case?

      The VAE model was trained over data points of the ligand simulation sampled at every 9 ns starting from time t=0, for the entire 1.5 ms. We did not train it for the subset of the fasudil simulation, but rather used the trained VAE model to get the latent space of the 60 μs of the fasudil simulation to build the MSM. Additionally, we have compared the distributions of Rg for this simulation block with the apo ensemble and found good agreement among them. 

      Rg distribution is updated in the manuscript on page 13 and see figure S10-S11.

      p. 18:

      I don't understand the goal of building the CVAE and DCVAE. Am I correct that the authors are building a complex ML model using only 3/6 input images? What is the goal of this analysis. As it stands, it reads a bit like simply wanting to apply some ML method to the data. Incidentally, the table in Fig. 6C is somewhat intransparent.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s valid question. The ensemble averaged contact map of the macrostates of aSyn in apo state and in the presence of ligand posed us a challenge in finding contacts that are exclusive to each state. Since VAEs are excellent in finding patterns, we employed a convolutional VAE (typically used for images). However, owing to the few number of contact maps, the model overfitted and to prevent this, we added noise to the data.  A visual inspection of the ensemble averaged contact map, especially for IDPs is difficult and this lower dimensional space will give us a preliminary idea of how each macrostate is different from every other. The table in Fig. 6C provides scores for the denoised contact maps (SSIM and PSNR scores). An SSIM score above 0.9 and PSNR score between 20-48 indicates that the reconstruction of the contact map is of good quality.

      p. 22:

      "Our results indicate that the interaction of fasudil with αS residues governs the structural features of the protein."

      What results indicate this?

      By building a Markov State Model and comparing them across the apo and holo ensembles, we showed the interaction of fasudil with aSyn leads to the population of more states (than apo). In these states, we observe that fasudil interacts with aSyn in different regions as shown by the protein-ligand contact map as shown in figure 7. Also, the contact maps and the extent of secondary structure of the six states are distinct across the states. The location and extent of the helix and sheet-like character in the ensemble of the six macrostates as shown in figure S16-S17.  Based on these observations, we state that the interaction of the small molecule favors the population of new aSyn states that are distinct in their structural features.

      p. 23:

      The authors should add some (realistic) errors to the entropy values quoted. Fig. 8 have some error bars, though they seem unrealistically small. Also, is the water value quoted from the same force field and conditions as for the simulations?

      The error values are the standard deviations that are provided by the PDB2ENTROPY package. Yes, the water value is from the same force field and conditions for the simulations are the same as reported in the section “Entropy of water”  

      p. 23:

      Has PDB2ENTROPY been validated for use with disordered proteins?

      Yes, it has been used in the following paper studying liquid-liquid phase separation of an IDP. 

      This paper has also been cited in the manuscript (reference 66).

      “Thermodynamic forces from protein and water govern condensate formation of an intrinsically disordered protein domain” by Saumyak Mukherjee & Lars V. Schäfer, Nature Communications volume  14, Article number: 5892 (2023) https://doi.org/10.1038/s41467-023-41586-y

      p. 23/24:

      It would be useful to compare (i) the free energies of the states (from their populations), (ii) the entropies (as calculated) and (iii) the enthalpies (as calculated e.g. as the average force field energy). Do they match up?

      Our analysis stems from previous studies where enthalpy driven drug design has not led to significant advances in drug design, particularly for IDPs. In the presence of the drug/ligand, the protein may be able to explore a larger conformational space and hence an increase in the number of states accessible by the protein, which we found by building Markov State Model using the latent space of VAE. The entropy of the protein is calculated based on the torsional degrees of freedom relative to the random distribution (the protein with the most random configuration).

      p. 31:

      It is unclear which previous simulation the new aSYN simulations were launched from. What is the size of the box used?

      The starting conformations for the new aSYN simulations were randomly chosen from a previously reported 73 μs simulation in Robustelli et. al. (PNAS, 115 (21), E4758-E4766). 

      Box size for the 23 simulation has been added to the supplemental information in Table S1.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript Menon, Adhikari, and Mondal analyze explicit solvent molecular dynamics (MD) computer simulations of the intrinsically disordered protein (IDP) alpha-synuclein in the presence and absence of a small molecule ligand, Fasudil, previously demonstrated to bind alpha-synuclein by NMR spectroscopy without inducing folding into more ordered structures. In order to provide insight into the binding mechanism of Fasudil the authors analyze an unbiased 1500us MD simulation of alpha-synuclein in the presence of Fasudil previously reported by Robustelli et.al. (Journal of the American Chemical Society, 144(6), pp.2501-2510). The authors compare this simulation to a very different set of apo simulations: 23 separate1-4us simulations of alphasynuclein seeded from different apo conformations taken from another previously reported by Robustelli et. al. (PNAS, 115 (21), E4758-E4766), for a total of ~62us.

      To analyze the conformational space of alpha-synuclein - the authors employ a variational autoencoder (VAE) to reduce the dimensionality of Ca-Ca pairwise distances to 2 dimensions, and use the latent space projection of the VAE to build Markov state Models. The authors utilize kmeans clustering to cluster the sampled states of alpha-synuclein in each condition into 180 microstates on the VAE latent space. They then coarse grain these 180 microstates into a 3macrostate model for apo alpha-synuclein and a 6-macrostate model for alpha-synuclein in the presence of fasudil using the PCCA+ course graining method. Few details are provided to explain the hyperparameters used for PCCA+ coarse graining and the rationale for selecting the final number of macrostates.

      The authors analyze the properties of each of the alpha-synuclein macrostates from their final MSMs - examining intramolecular contacts, secondary structure propensities, and in the case of alpha-synuclein:Fasudil holo simulations - the contact probabilities between Fasudil and alphasynuclein residues.

      The authors utilize an additional variational autoencoder (a denoising convolutional VAE) to compare denoised contact maps of each macrostate, and project onto an additional latent space. The authors conclude that their apo and holo simulations are sampling distinct regions of the conformational space of alpha-synuclein projected on the denoising convolutional VAE latent space.

      Finally, the authors calculate water entropy and protein conformational entropy for each microstate. To facilitate water entropy calculations - the author's take a single structure from each macrostate - and ran a 20ps simulation at a finer timestep (4 femtoseconds) using a previously published method (DoSPT), which computes thermodynamic properties of water from MD simulations using autocorrelation functions of water velocities. The authors report that water entropy calculated from these individual 20ps simulations is very similar.

      For each macrostate the authors compute protein conformational entropy using a previously published Maximum Information Spanning tree approach based on torsion angle distributions - and observe that the estimated protein conformational entropy is substantially more negative for the macrostates of the holo ensemble.

      The authors calculate mean first passage times from their Markov state models and report a strong correlation between the protein conformational entropy of each state and the mean first passage time from each state to the highest populated state.

      As the authors observe the conformational entropy estimated from macrostates of the holo alphasynuclein:Fasudil is greater than those estimated from macrostates of the apo holo alphasynuclein macrostates - they suggest that the driving force of Fasudil binding is an increase in the conformational entropy of alpha-synuclein. No consideration/quantification of the enthalpy of alpha-synuclein Fasudil binding is presented.

      Strengths:

      The author's utilize MD simulations run with an appropriate force field for IDPs (a99SB-disp and a99SB-disp water (Robustelli et. al, PNAS, 115 (21), E4758-E4766) - which has previously been used to perform MD simulations of alpha-synuclein that have been validated with extensive NMR data.

      The contact probability between Fasudil and each alpha-synuclein residue observed in the previously performed 1500us MD simulation of alpha-synuclein in the presence of Fasudil (Robustelli et. al., Journal of the American Chemical Society, 144(6), pp.2501-2510) was previously found to be in good agreement with experimental NMR chemical shift perturbations upon Fasudil binding - suggesting that this simulation is a reasonable choice for understanding IDP:small molecule interactions.

      Weaknesses:

      Major Weakness 1: Simulations of apo alpha-synuclein and holo simulations of alpha-synuclein and fasudil are not comparable.

      The most robust way to determine how presence of Fasudil affects the conformational ensemble of alpha-synuclein conclusions is to run apo and holo simulations of the same length from the same starting structures using the same simulation parameters.

      The 23 1-4 us independent simulations of apo alpha-synuclein and the long unbiased 1500us alpha-synuclein in the presence of fasudil are not directly comparable. The starting structures of simulations used to build a Markov state model to describe apo alpha-synuclein were taken from a previously reported 73us MD simulation of alpha-synuclein run with the a99SB-disp force field and water model) with 100mM NaCl, (Robustelli et. al, PNAS, 115 (21), E4758-E4766). As the holo simulation of alpha-synuclein and Fasudil was run in 50mM NaCl, snapshots from the original apo alpha-synuclein simulation were resolvated with 50mM NaCl - and new simulations were run.

      No justification is offered for how starting structures were selected. We have no sense of the conformational variability of the starting structures selected and no sense of how these conformations compare to the alpha-synuclein conformations sampled in the holo simulation in terms of standard structural descriptors such as tertiary contacts, secondary structure, radius of gyration (Rg), solvent exposed surface area etc. (we only see a comparison of projections on an uninterpretable non-linear latent-space and average contact maps). Additionally, 1-4 us is a relatively short timescale for a simulation of a 140 residue IDP- and one is unlikely to see substantial evolution for many structural properties of interest (ie. secondary structure, radius of gyration, tertiary contacts) in simulations this short. Without any information about the conformational space sample in the 23 apo simulations (aside from a projection on an uninterpretable latent space)- we have no way to determine if we observe transitions between distinct states in these short simulations, and therefore if it is possible the construct a meaningful MSM from these simulations.

      If the structures used for apo simulations are on average more compact or contain more tertiary contacts - then it is unsurprising that in short independent simulations they sample a smaller region of conformational space. Similarly, if the starting structures have similar dimensions - but we only observe extremely local sampling around starting structures in apo simulations in the short simulation times - it would also not be surprising that we sample a smaller amount of conformational space. By only presenting comparisons of conformational states on an uninformative VAE latent space - it is not possible for a reader to ask simple questions about how the conformational ensembles compare.

      It is noted that the authors attempt to address questions about sampling by building an MSM of single contiguous 60us portion of the holo simulation of alpha-synuclein and Fasudil - noting that:

      "the MSM built using lesser data (and same amount of data as in water) also indicated the presence of six states of alphaS in presence of fasudil, as was observed in the MSM of the full trajectory. Together, this exercise invalidates the sampling argument and suggests that the increase in the number of metastable macrostates of alphaS in fasudil solution relative to that in water is a direct outcome of the interaction of alphaS with the small molecule."

      However, the authors present no data to support this assertion - and readers have no sense of how the conformational space sampled in this portion of the trajectory compares to the conformational space sampled in the independent apo simulations or the full holo simulation. As the analyzed 60us portion of the holo trajectory may have no overlap with conformational space sampled in the independent apo simulations - it is unclear if this control provides any information. There is no quantification of the conformational entropy of the 6 states obtained from this portion of the holo trajectory or the full conformational space sampled. No information is presented to determine if we observe similar states in the shorter portion of the holo trajectory. Furthermore - as the authors provide almost no justification for the criteria used to select of the final number of macrostates for any of the MSMs reported in this work- and the number of macrostates is effectively a free parameter in the PCCA+ method, arriving at an MSM with 6 macrostates does not convey any information about the conformational entropy of alpha-synuclein in the presence or absence of ligands. Indeed - the implied timescale plot for 60us holo MSM (Figure S2) - shows that at least 10 processes are resolved in the 120 microstate model - and there is no information to provided explaining/justifying how a final 6-macrostate model was determined. The authors also do not project the conformations sampled in this sub- trajectory onto the latent space of the final VAE.

      One certainly expects that an MSM built with 1/20th of the simulation data should have substantial differences from an MSM built from the full trajectory - so failing additional information and hyperparameter justification - one wonders if the emergence of a 6-state model could be the direct result of hardcoded VAE and MSM construction hyperparameter choices.

      Required Controls For Supporting the Conclusions of the Study: The authors should initiate apo and holo simulations from the same starting structures - using the same simulation software and parameters. This could be done by adding a Fasudil ligand to the apo structures - or by removing the Fasudil ligand from a subset of holo structures. This would enable them to make apples-toapples comparisons about the effect of Fasudil on alpha-synuclein conformational space.

      Failing to add direct apples-to-apples comparisons, which would be required to truly support the studies conclusions, the authors should at least compare the conformational space sampled in the independent apo simulations and holo simulations using standard interpretable IDP order parameters (ie. Rg, end-to-end distance, secondary structure order parameters) and/or principal components from PCA or tICA obtained from the holo simulation. The authors should quantify the number of transitions observed between conformational states in their apo simulations. The authors could also perform more appropriate holo controls, without additional calculations, by taking batches of a similar number of short 1-4us segments of simulations used to compute the apo MSMs and examining how the parameters/macrostates of the holo MSMs vary with the input with random selections.

      In case of IDPs, one should not bias the simulation by starting from identical structures, as IDP does not have a defined structure and the starting configuration has little significance. It is the microenvironment that matters most. As for the choice of simulation software and parameters, we have used the same force field that was used in the holo simulation at the same temperature and same salt concentration. We have performed multiple independent simulations that have varying structural signatures such as Rg, SASA and secondary structure content. In fact, the starting structure for apo simulations covered the entire span of the Rg distribution of holo simulation, including the starting structure of the holo simulation. The simulations are unbiased w.r.t the starting structure. Although the fasudil simulation was run for 1.5 ms, we should also understand that it is difficult to run a millisecond range of simulation in reasonable time from a single starting structure. It is exactly for this reason that we start with different structures so that we do not bias ourselves and sample every possible conformation. 

      We have updated the manuscript on page 33-34 and figure S1, S25-S30.

      Considering the computational expense for simulating 1.5 ms timescale of a 140-residue IDP, we generated an ensemble from multiple short runs amounting to ~60 µs. The premise of this investigation is a widely popular method, Markov State Models (MSMs) that can be used to estimate long timescale kinetics and stationary populations of metastable states built from ensembles of short simulations. We have also demonstrated that comparable to the apo data, when we build an MSM for asyn-fasudil (holo) using 60 µs simulation block, the implied timescales (ITS) plot shows identical number of metastable states as for the 1.5 ms data.  

      An intrinsically disordered protein (IDP) is not represented by a fixed structure. Therefore, it would be most appropriate to run multiple simulations starting from different initial structures and simulate the local environment around those structures; thus generating an ensemble effectively sampling the phase space. Accordingly, for initiating the apo simulations, instead of biasing the initial structure (using the starting structure used for simulations with fasudil), we chose randomly 23 different conformations from the 73 µs long simulation of 𝛼-synuclein monomer reported in Robustelli et. al, PNAS, 115 (21), E4758-E4766.  Based on the reviewer’s comment on providing a justification for choice of the starting structures for apo simulations, we provide a compilation of figures below showing comparison of standard conformational properties of the chosen initial structures for apo simulations with the starting structure of the long holo simulation; we have also provided comparative analyses of the apo (~60 µs) and holo ensemble (1.5 ms) properties. 

      Figure S1 compares the Rg of the apo and holo ensembles of ~60 μs and 1.5 ms, respectively. The distributions are majorly overlapping, indicating that the apo ensemble is comparable to the holo ensemble, in terms of the extent of compaction of the conformations. In Figure 1, we have also marked the Rg values corresponding to the starting structures used to seed the apo simulations. It is evident that the 23 starting conformations chosen represent the whole range of the Rg space that is sampled in the holo ensemble. Therefore, while the apo simulations are relatively short (1-4 μs), the local sampling of these multiple starting conformations of variable compaction (Rg) ensures that the phase space is efficiently sampled and the resulting ensemble is comparable to the holo ensemble. Furthermore, the implementation of MSM on such an ensemble can be efficiently used to identify metastable states and the long timescale transitions happening between them

      Another property that is proportional to Rg is the end-to-end distance of the protein conformations. Figure S2 shows that the distribution of this property in the apo and holo ensembles are highly similar.

      Figure S3 depicts another fundamental structural descriptor i.e. solvent accessible surface area (SASA) that indicates the extent of folding and the exposure of the residues. The apo ensemble only shows a minimal shift in the distribution towards higher SASA values. The distributions of the two ensembles largely overlap. 

      In Figure S25, we have provided the root mean square deviation (RMSD) of the starting structures used in the apo simulations with the structure used to start the long simulation with fasudil. The RMSD values range from 1.6 to 3 nm, indicating that the starting structures used are highly variable. This is justifiable for IDPs since they are not identified by a single, fixed structure, but rather by an array of different conformations.  

      Figures S26-S28 show the fraction of the secondary structure elements i.e. helix, beta and coil in the starting structures of apo and holo simulations. All the conformations are mostly disordered in nature with the greatest extent of coil content. The helix content ranges from 3-10 % while sheet content varies from 3-15 % in the initial simulation structures. 

      Figures S4-s6 represent the residue-wise percentage of secondary structure elements (helix, beta and coil) in the apo and holo ensembles. It is evident that the extent of secondary structure is comparable in the two ensembles. 

      The above analyses comparing distributions of several structural features clearly indicate that the apo simulations we performed from different starting structures have effectively sampled the phase space as the single long simulation of the holo system.

      We have discussed the above in the manuscript: Computational Methods section, Page 33-34.

      The above VAMP score analyses (Figures S7 and S8has been now presented in the manuscript: Results and Discussion (Page 8)

      Building the MSM

      While building the MSM, we iteratively varied the hyperparameters to build a reasonable model. In this process, we explored different values of the number of clusters, maximum number of iterations, tolerance, stride, metric, seed, chunk size and initialization methods. There is no possible way to perform an optimization on the choice of the above hyperparameters using gradient descent methods, as no convergence would be guaranteed. The parameters were tuned carefully so that we get the best possible implied timescales of the system. The quality of the MSM was further validated using the Chapman-Kolmogorov (CK) test on a state-by-state basis i.e by considering the transitions between each pair of the metastable states. In addition, we have built the contact maps to show that the states are mutually exclusive. This is also justified by the latent space of denoising convolutional variational autoencoders.

      We have compared the conformational space in the independent apo and holo simulations for Rg, Ree, SASA and secondary structure. As for PCA/TICA, we have computed the VAMP-2 score for TICA and found out to be low as compared to VAE. In fact, neural networks have been shown previously as a better dimension reduction technique due to its non-linearity over linear methods such as PCA or TICA.

      Author response image 6.

      Distribution of (a)Rg, (b) Ree, (c) SASA and of the apo ensemble and a 60 μs slice of the holo simulation trajectory.  (d) ITS plot of the 60 μs chunk.

      First, someone familiar with MSM should understand that the basic philosophy of MSM is not the requirement of long simulation trajectories, which would defeat the purpose of its usage. Rather as motivated by Noe and coworkers in seminal PNAS (vol. 106, page 9011, year 2009) paper, MSM plays an important role in inferring long-time scale equilibrium properties by using significantly short-length scale non-equilibrium trajectories. 

      Considering the difference in the size of the ensembles in the apo and holo simulations, we verified how different is the MSM built using 60 μs slice of the data from the 1.5 ms holo simulation in terms of the number of metastable states identified by the model. For this, we considered 60 μs data beginning from 966 μs - 1026 μs. First, we compared the gross structural properties of these datasets. Author response image 6a-c compares the distributions of Rg, Ree and SASA. The distributions show that the apo and holo simulations are very similar with respect to these standard properties of protein conformations. 

      We built the MSM for this 60 μs data of the holo ensemble from the reduced data obtained from the same VAE model. We would like to clarify that the hyperparameters of the model are not hardcoded but rather carefully fine-tuned to obtain a good model that performs good kinetic discretization of the underlying macrostates. The implied timescale plot of this new MSM shows distinct timescales corresponding to six macrostates. This led us to conclude that the six-state model is robust despite the differences in the ensemble size. The implied timescale is shown in Author response image 6d.

      The above analyses in Author response image 6 are presented in Results and Discussion, Page 13. 

      Major Weakness 2: There is little justification of how the hyperparameters MSMs were selected. It is unclear if the results of the study depend on arbitrary hyperparameter selections such as the final number of macrostates in each model.

      It is unclear what criteria were used to determine the appropriate number of microstates and macrostates for each MSM. Most importantly - as all analyses of water entropy and conformational entropy are restricted to the final macrostates - the criteria used to select the final number of macrostates with the PCCA+ are extremely important to the results of the conclusions of the study. From examining the ITS plots in Figure 3 - it seems both MSMs show the same number of resolved processes (at least 11) - suggesting that a 10-state model could be apropraite for both systems. If one were to simply select a large number of macrostates for the 20x longer holo simulation - do these states converge to the same conformational entropy as the states seen in the short apo simulations? Is there some MSM quality metric used to determine what number of macrostates is more appropriate?

      Required Controls For Supporting the Conclusions of the Study: The authors should specify the criteria used to determine the appropriate number of microstates and macrostates for their MSMs and present controls that demonstrate that the conformational entropies calculated for their final states are not simply a function of the ratio of the number macrostates chosen to represent very disparate amounts of conformational sampling.

      VAMP-2 score was used to determine the number of microstates. We have calculated the VAMP2 score by varying the number of microstates, ranging from 10 to 220. We find that the VAMP-2 score has saturated at a higher number of microstates for both apo and holo simulations.

      The number of macrostates were determined by the gap between the lines of the Implied timescales plot followed by a CK test (shown in figure S1). Since we plotted the first 10 slowest timescales, the implied timescales show 10 timescales and this is not an indicator of the number of macrostates. The macrostates are separated by distinct gaps in the timescales and do not merge as seen beyond 5 timescales in the plot. The timescales, when leveled off and distinct, indicate that the system has well defined metastable states and the MSM is accurate in identifying the macrostates. We find this to be three and six for the apo and holo simulations from the corresponding implied timescales.

      The above is discussed in Computational Methods, Page 37-38.

      Major Weakness 3: The use of variational autoencoders (VAEs) obscures insights into the underlying conformational ensembles of apo and holo alpha-synuclein rather than providing new ones

      No rationale is offered for the selection of the VAE architecture or hyperparameters used to reduce the dimensionality of alpha-synuclein conformational space.

      It is not clear the VAEs employed in this study are providing any new insight into the conformational ensembles and binding mechanisms of Fasudil to alpha-synuclein, or if the underlying latent space of the VAEs are more informative or kinetically meaningful than standard linear dimensionality reduction techniques like PCA and tICA. The initial VAE is used to reduce the dimensionality of alpha-synuclein conformational ensembles to 2 degrees of freedom - but it is unclear if this projection is structurally or kinetically meaningful. It is not clear why the authors choice to use a 2-dimeinsional projection instead of a higher number of dimensions to build their MSMs. Can they produce a more kinetically and structurally meaningful model using a higher dimensional VAE latent space?

      Additionally - it is not clear what insights are provided by the Denoising Convolutional Variational Autoencoder. The authors appear to be noising-and-denoising the contact maps of each macrostate, and then projecting the denoised values onto a new latent space - and commenting that they are different. Does this provide additional insight that looking at the contact maps in Figures 4&5 does not? Is this more informative than examining the distribution of the Radii of gyration or the secondary structure propensities of each ensemble? It is not clear what insight this analysis adds to the manuscript.

      Suggested controls to improve the study: The authors should project interpretable IDP structural descriptors (ie. secondary structure, radius of gyration, secondary structure content, # of intramolecular contacts, # of intermolecular contacts between alpha-synuclein and Fasudil ) onto this latent space to illustrate if any of these properties are meaningful separated by the VAE projection. The authors should compare these projections, and MSMs built from these projections, to projections and MSMs built from projections using standard linear dimensionality projection techniques like PCA and tICA.

      We have already pointed out the IDP structural parameters for the first question.

      In case of VAE, the latent space captures the underlying pattern of the higher dimensional data. A non-linear projection using VAE has shown to have a higher VAMP-2 score over linear dimension reduction methods such as tICA. The latent space of VAE was then used to build the MSM, in order to get the macrostates and also the transition timescales among them. We can project the data onto a higher dimension, but the goal is to reduce it to lower dimensions where it will be easier to interpret. Higher number dimensions would also risk overfitting; and the model, instead of learning the pattern, it may simply memorize the data. The training and validation loss curve from VAE has reached the order of 10^-4 thereby indicating good reconstruction of the original data.

      As for dimension reduction using tICA, the VAMP-2 score confirms that our VAE model performs better than tICA. This manuscript uses deep neural networks to understand the structural and kinetic process of IDP and small molecule interaction. Dimension reduction using tICA would give different reaction coordinates and MSM built using the projected data of tICA will not be one-to one comparable with that obtained from VAE.

      We had to perform noising, as we had only 9 contact maps. This led to overfitting of the CVAE model. To overcome this problem, we have introduced white noise to our data, so as to prevent the model from overfitting. The objective of the DCVAE model was to see how distinct these contact maps are based on their locations on a lower dimensional space. A visual inspection of the ensemble averaged contact map, especially for IDPs is much more difficult as compared to folded proteins. So, even before computing the Rg, Ree, SASA or secondary structure, this lower dimensional space will give us a preliminary idea of how each macrostate is different from every other.

      As for the distribution of Rg, we have plotted it in Author response image 7. The residue-wise percentage secondary structure is plotted in figure S4-S6  for the holo and apo simulation respectively.

      Author response image 7.

      Distribution of radius of gyration for the three and six macrostates in the apo and holo simulation respectively.

      As for training a model with a higher number of latent dimensions, we have retrained a VAE model with four dimensions in the latent space. The loss was of the order of 10-4. We built a MSM with the appropriate number of microstates and found the presence of six macrostates as evident from the ITS plot as shown in Figure S14 and S15.

      This data is presented in Results and Discussion, Page 13

      Major Weakness 4: The MSMs produced in this study have large discrepancies with MSMs previously produced on the same dataset by the same authors that are not discussed.

      Previously - two of the authors of this manuscript (Menon and Mondal) authored a preprint titled "Small molecule modulates α-synuclein conformation and its oligomerization via Entropy Expansion" (https://www.biorxiv.org/content/10.1101/2022.10.20.513005v1.full) that analyzed the same 1500us holo simulation of alpha-synuclein binding Fasudil. In this study - they utilized the variational approach to Markov processes (VAMP) to build an MSM using a 1D order parameter as input (the radius of gyration), first discretizing the conformational space into 300 microstates before similarly building a 6 macrostate model. From examining the contact maps and secondary structure propensities of the holo MSMs from the current study and the previous study- some of the macrostates appear similar, however there appear to be orders of magnitude differences in the timescales of conformational transitions between the two models. The timescales of conformational transitions in the previous MSM are on the order of 10s of microseconds, while the timescales of transitions in this manuscript are 100s-1000s microseconds. In the previous manuscript, a 3 state MSM is built from an apo α-synuclein obtained from a continuous 73ms unbiased MD simulation of alpha-synuclein run at a different salt concentration (100mM) and an additional 33 ms of shorter simulations. The apo MSM from the previous study similarly reports very fast timescales of transitions between apo states (on the order ~1ms) - while the MSM reported in the current study (Figure 9) are on the order of 10s-100s of microseconds).

      These discrepancies raise further concerns that the properties of the MSMs built on these systems are extremely sensitive to the chosen projection methods and MSM modeling choices and hyperparameters, and that neither model may be an accurate description of the true underlying dynamics

      Suggestions to improve the study: The authors should discuss the discrepancies with the MSMs reported in their previous studies.

      In the previous preprint, the radius of gyration was used as the collective variable to build the MSM. In this manuscript, we have used a much more general collective variable, reduced pairwise distance using VAE. Firstly, the collective variables used to build the model in the two works are different. Secondly, for the 73 μs apo simulation in the previous manuscript, the salt concentration used was 100 mM, but in this work, we have used a salt concentration of 50 mM, same as the salt concentration used in the holo simulations. Since the two simulation conditions are different with respect to salt concentration, the conformational space sampled in these conditions will be different and this will be reflected in the nature/features of the metastable states and the associated transition kinetics. Thirdly, the lag time at which the MSM was built was 3.6 ns in the previous manuscript, whereas, in this work we have used 32 ns. This is already off by a factor of 10. So the order of timescales have also changed. Thus, changes in the collective variable and change in the lag time at which the system reaches Markovianity is different. Hence, the timescales of transition among the macrostates are also different. Because of these differences, it would not be correct to compare the results that we would get from the two investigations.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      To highlight the role of the entropic expansion mechanism, I would suggest modifying the title to capture this result, for example: "An Integrated Machine Learning Approach Delineates an Entropic Expansion Mechanism for the Binding of a Small Molecule to α-Synuclein".

      We have changed the title as suggested by the reviewer.

      To my knowledge the binding of fasudil to alpha-synuclein has been shown in the simulations by Robustelli et al (JACS 2022), but the experimental evidence is less clear cut. If an experimental binding affinity and the effect on alpha-synuclein aggregation have been measured, they should be reported.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      We thank the reviewer for the careful evaluation of our manuscript and providing comments and questions that we have attempted to address and incorporate. 

      Minor

      Abstract:

      In "which is able to statistically distinguish fuzzy ensemble", what does the word "statistically" mean in this context? Do the authors present evidence that the two ensembles are statistically different, and if so in what ways?

      We have analyzed the apo and holo ensembles of aSyn using the framework of Markov State Models, which provides the stationary populations of the states that the model identifies. For this reason, we have used ‘which is able to statistically distinguish fuzzy ensemble’ as we compare and contrast the metastable states that we resolve using MSM. The MSM provides metastable states which are identified through statistical analysis of the transitions between states (transition probability matrix). We characterize their structural features to distinguish them which gives a meaningful interpretation of the fuzzy ensemble.

      Abstract:

      What does "entropic ordering" mean?

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. Here, we mean that the presence of the small molecule only affects the protein backbone entropy while the entropy of water is not affected in the simulations with fasudil. We will rewrite this more clearly in the abstract. 

      The changed sentence is as follows: 

      “A thermodynamic analysis indicates that small-molecule modulates the structural repertoire of αS by tuning protein backbone entropy, however the entropy of the water remains unperturbed.”

      Abstract:

      What does "offering insights into entropic modulation" mean?

      In this investigation, we first discretized the ensemble of a small-molecule binding/interacting with a disordered aSyn into the underlying metastable states, followed by characterisation of these identified states. As small molecule interactions can affect the overall entropy of the IDP, we estimated the said effect of fasudil binding on aSyn. We find that small molecule binding effect is manifested in the protein backbone entropy and the solvent entropy is not affected. Through this work, we highlight these insights into the modulatory effect that fasudil brings about in the entropy of the system (entropic modulation).

      p. 3/4:

      When the authors write "However, a routine comparison of monomeric αS ensemble... ensemble" it is unclear whether they are referring to previous work (they only cite a paper with simulations of "apo" aSYN, and if so which. Do they mean Ref 32? Also, the word "routine" sounds odd in this context.

      We thank the author for pointing this out. We compared the ensemble properties (such as the distributions of the radius of gyration, end-to-end distance, solvent accessible surface area, secondary structure properties) of ɑ-synuclein monomer that we generated in neat water and the ensemble of ɑ-synuclein in the presence of the small molecule fasudil that is reported in Robustelli et.al. (Journal of the American Chemical Society, 144(6), pp.2501-2510).  We have now modified this sentence in the main manuscript as follows: (Page no 3)

      “However, comparison of the global and local structural features of the αS ensemble in neat water and that in the presence of fasudil [32] (see Figure S1-S6) did not indicate a significant difference that is a customary signature of the dynamic IDP ensemble.”

      p. 4:

      Regarding "Integrative approaches are therefore gaining importance in IDP studies", these kinds of integrative approaches have been used for 20 years for studies of IDPs (with increasing sophistication and success), so I think "gaining" is somewhat of a stretch.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree with the reviewer and have now changed this sentence  as follows:

      “Integrative approaches have been exploited in studying IDPs as well as small-molecule binding to IDPs.”

      p. 5:

      What does "large scale" mean in "This study showed no large-scale differences between the bound and unbound states of αS"? Do the authors mean substantially/significantly different, or differences on a large (length) scale?

      Here, we refer to the study of small molecule (fasudil) binding study to α-synclein reported in Robustelli et.al. (Journal of the American Chemical Society, 144(6), pp.2501-2510). In this study, the authors report no substantial (“large scale”) differences in the conformational ensembles of αsynuclein in the bound and unbound states of fasudil such as the backbone conformation distributions. 

      p. 6:

      The authors write "In a clear departure from the classical view of ligand binding to a folded globular protein, the visual change in αS ensemble due to the presence of small molecule is not so strikingly apparent." I don't understand this. Normally, there is very little difference between apo and holo protein structures for folded proteins, so I don't understand the "in a clear departure" part. This seems like a strawman. Of course, for folded proteins one can generally see the ligand bound, but here the authors are talking about the protein.

      In case of folded proteins, the overall tertiary structure of the protein remains mostly the same upon binding of the ligand. Structural changes are localized in nature and primarily around the binding site. However, in case of ⍺Syn, binding of fasudil is transient and not as strong as seen for folded proteins. “Clear departure” refers to the fact that for ⍺Syn, binding of fasudil is more subtle and dispersed across the ensemble of conformations rather than localized changes as in case of folded proteins.

      p. 6:

      I don't think the term "data-agnostic" makes sense since these methods are based on data and also make some assumptions about how the data can/should be used.

      We have replaced this term with “model-agnostic”.

      p. 16:

      How are contacts defined; please add to caption.

      A contact is considered if the Cα atoms of two residues are within a distance of 8 Å of each other. We have updated the caption with this information in Figures 4 and 5.  

      p. 20:

      What do the authors mean by "non-specific interactions" in this context?

      The interactions of fasudil are predominantly with the negatively charged residues in the C-terminal region of ⍺Syn via charge-charge and π-stacking interactions (Robustelli et.al. (Journal of the American Chemical Society, 144(6), pp.2501-2510)).

      In addition, in some metastable states that we identify, we also observe transient interactions with residues in the hydrophobic NAC region and N-terminal region. We refer to these transient interactions as “non-specific” interactions.

      p. 27:

      Are the axes of Fig. 9c/d z1 and z2?

      Yes. The axes are z1 and z2

      Smaller than minor

      Abstract:

      Rephrase "In particular, the presence of fasudil in milieu"

      We have rephrased the sentence as follows: 

      “In particular, the presence of fasudil in the solvent…”

      p. 4:

      What does the word "potentially" do in "ensemble of conformations potentially sampled"?

      Here, by potentially, we mean the various conformations that the protein can adopt, subject to the environmental conditions. 

      p. 10:

      "we trained a large array of inter-residue pairwise distances"

      The distances were not trained; please reformulate

      We have corrected this sentence as follows:  

      “We trained a VAE model using a large array of inter-residue pairwise distances.”

      p. 13:

      N/C-terminal -> terminus (or in the C-terminal region)

      We have made the changes in the manuscript at the required places. 

      p. 20:

      Precedent -> previous (?)

      We have made the change in the manuscript. 

      p. 30:

      As far as I understand, Anton does not use GPUs and does not run Desmond.

      We thank the reviewer for providing this information. We referred to the original paper of the ⍺syn-fasudil simulations (Robustelli et.al. (Journal of the American Chemical Society, 144(6), pp.2501-2510)). The authors have performed equilibration with GPU/Desmond and used Anton for production runs. We have modified this sentence as:

      We have modified this sentence as: 

      “A 1500 μs long all-atom MD simulation trajectory of αS monomer in aqueous fasudil solution was simulated by D. E. Shaw Research with the Anton supercomputer that is specially purposed for running long-time-scale simulations.” on page 31

      References : 

      (1) Schütte  C,  Fischer  A,  Huisinga  W,  Deuflhard  P  (1999)  A  direct  approach  to  conformational  dynamics  based  on  hybrid  monte  carlo. J  Comput  Phys 151:146–168

      (2) Chodera JD, Swope WC, Pitera JW, Dill KA (2006) Long-time protein folding dynamics from short-time molecular dynamics simulations.Multiscale  Model  Simul5:1214–1226.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Public Reviews: 

      Reviewer #1 (Public review): 

      Summary: 

      UGGTs are involved in the prevention of premature degradation for misfolded glycoproteins, by utilizing UGGT1-KO cells and a number of different ERAD substrates. They proposed a concept by which the fate of glycoproteins can be determined by a tug-of-war between UGGTs and EDEMs. 

      Strengths: 

      The authors provided a wealth of data to indicate that UGGT1 competes with EDEMs, which promotes the glycoprotein degradation. 

      Weaknesses: 

      NA 

      We appreciate your comment.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review): 

      In this study, Ninagawa et al., sheds light on UGGT's role in ER quality control of glycoproteins. By utilizing UGGT1/UGGT2 DKO , they demonstrate that several model misfolded glycoproteins undergo early degradation. One such substrate is ATF6alpha where its premature degradation hampers the cell's ability to mount an ER stress response. 

      This study convincingly demonstrates that many unstable misfolded glycoproteins undergo accelerated degradation without UGGTs. Also, this study provides evidence of a "tug of war" model involving UGGTs (pulling glycoproteins to being refolded) and EDEMs (pulling glycoproteins to ERAD). 

      The study explores the physiological role of UGGT, particularly examining the impact of ATF6α in UGGT knockout cells' stress response. The authors further investigate the physiological consequences of accelerated ATF6α degradation, convincingly demonstrating that cells are sensitive to ER stress in the absence of UGGTs and unable to mount an adequate ER stress response. 

      These findings offer significant new insights into the ERAD field, highlighting UGGT1 as a crucial component in maintaining ER protein homeostasis. This represents a major advancement in our understanding of the field. 

      Thank you very much for your comment.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review): 

      This valuable manuscript demonstrates the long-held prediction that the glycosyltransferase UGGT slows degradation of endoplasmic reticulum (ER)-associated degradation substrates through a mechanism involving re-glucosylation of asparaginelinked glycans following release from the calnexin/calreticulin lectins. The evidence supporting this conclusion is solid using genetically-deficient cell models and well established biochemical methods to monitor the degradation of trafficking-incompetent ER-associated degradation substrates, although this could be improved by better defining of the importance of UGGT in the secretion of trafficking competent substrates. This work will be of specific interest to those interested in mechanistic aspects of ER protein quality control and protein secretion. 

      The authors have attempted to address my comments from the previous round of review, although some issues still remain. For example, the authors indicate that it is difficult to assess how UGGT1 influences degradation of secretion competent proteins, but this is not the case. This can be easily followed using metabolic labeling experiments, where you would get both the population of protein secreted and degraded under different conditions. Thus, I still feel that addressing the impact of UGGT1 depletion on the ER quality control for secretion competent protein remains an important point that could be better addressed in this work. 

      We mainly focused on the impact of UGGT1 depletion on ERAD in this paper and intend to determine the impact of UGGT1 depletion on the ER quality control for secretion competent protein in the near future.

      Further, in the previous submission, the authors showed that UGGT2 depletion demonstrates a similar reduction of ATF6 activation to that observed for UGGT1 depletion, although UGGT2 depletion does not reduce ATF6 protein levels like what is observed upon UGGT1 depletion. In the revised manuscript, they largely remove the UGGT2 data and only highlight the UGGT1 depletion data. While they are somewhat careful in their discussion, the implication is that UGGT1 regulates ATF6 activity by controlling its stability. The fact that UGGT2 has a similar effect on activity, but not stability, indicates that these enzymes may have other roles not directly linked to ATF6 stability. It is important to include the UGGT2 data and explicitly highlight this point in the discussion. Its fine to state that figuring out this other function is outside the scope of this work but removing it does not seem appropriate.

      We have added the data of UGGT2-KO and UGGT-DKO cells to Figure 4 and discussed appropriately.

      As I mentioned in my previous review, I think that this work is interesting and addresses an important gap in experimental evidence supporting a previously asserted dogma in the field. I do think that the authors would be better suited for highlighting the limitations of the study, as discussed above. Ultimately, though, this is an important addition to the literature. 

      We appreciate your comments. Thank you very much.

      Recommendations for the authors: 

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors): 

      I have carefully gone through the revised manuscript and responses to the reviewers' comments; I believe that the authors did a great job on revisions, and I do think that now this manuscript has been much improved (far easier to read through). Now I have only minor comments as follows; 

      Page 9: Lines 8-9; Comparison between WT and EDEM-TKO cells indicates that ATF6alpha is still degraded via gpERAD requiring mannose trimming even in the presence of DNJ (Fig. 1D). (it would be better to indicate which figure to look) 

      We have fixed it.

      Page 10: Lines 9-11; as multiple higher molecular weight bands (representing a mixture of G3M9, G2M9m and GM9 etc.) in WT cells treated with CST -> I am NOT AT ALL convinced with this statement on Figure 1-figure supplement 6A). How can the subtle glycan structure difference cause the ladder of the band? And if it is indeed the case (which I frankly doubt by the way), will endo-alpha-mannosidase treatment end up with a single band for CST? And PNGase F digestion can cancel all size difference between samples (control, +DNJ and +CST)? 

      CD3d-DTM-HA is a small protein (~20 kDa) possessing three N-glycans. Clear increase in the level of GM9 in WT cells treated with DNJ (Figure 1-Figure supplement 5A) caused an upward band shift (Figure 1-Figure supplement 6A). Similarly, clear increase in the levels of GM9, G2M9, G3M9 in WT cells treated with CST (Figure 1-Figure supplement 6B) produced the ladder of the band (Figure 1-Figure supplement 6A).

      Crystal violet assay (new Fig 4G; Page 33); It said that, after treating cells with drug (Tg) for 4 hours, cells were spread on 24 well plates and cultured without Tg for 5 days. If incubated that long, I wonder that any compromised viability may have been canceled by growing cells (cells become confluent no matter what?). Am I missing something? Please clarify. 

      We employed a previously published method to determine ER stress sensitivity (Yamamoto et al., Dev. Cell, 2007). Although any compromised viability may have been canceled by growing cells, as suggested, we were able to detect the difference between WT and UGGT-KO cells.

      Figure 5D; why one of the three N-glycans is missing on the last protein?? 

      We have fixed it.

    1. Author response:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This is an interesting study on the role of FGF signaling in the induction of primitive streak-like cells (PS-LC) in human 2D-gastruloids. The authors use a previously characterized standard culture that generates a ring of PS-LCs (TBXT+) and correlate this with pERK staining. A requirement for FGF signaling in TBXT induction is demonstrated via pharmacological inhibition of MEK and FGFR activity. A second set of culture conditions (with no exogenous FGFs) suggests that endogenous FGFs are required for pERK and TBXT induction. The authors then characterize, via scRNA-seq, various components of the FGF pathway (genes for ligands, receptors, ERK regulators, and HSPG regulation). They go on to characterize the pFGFR1, receptor isoforms, and polarized localization of this receptor. Finally, they perform FGF4 inhibition and use a cell line with a limited FGF17 inactivation (heterozygous null) and show that loss of these FGFs reduces PS-LC and derivative cell types.

      Strengths:

      (1) As the authors point out, the role of FGF signaling in gastrulation is less well understood than other signaling pathways. Hence this is a valuable contribution to that field.

      (2) The FGF4 and FGF17 loss-of-function experiments in Figure 5 are very intriguing. This is especially so given the intriguing observation that these FGFs appear to be dominating in this model of human gastrulation, in contrast to what FGFs dominate in mice, chicks, and frogs.

      (3) In general this paper is valuable as a further development of the Human gastruloid system and the role of FGF signaling in the induction of PS-CLs. The wide net that the authors cast in characterizing the FGF ligand gene, receptor isoforms, and downstream components provides a foundation for future work. As the authors write near the beginning of the Discussion "Many questions remain."

      We thank the reviewer for these positive comments.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) FGFs are cell survival factors in various aspects of development. The authors fail to address cell death due to loss of FGF signaling in their experiments. For example, in Figure 1E (which requires statistical analysis) and 1G (the bottom FGFRi row), there appears to be a significant amount of cell loss. Is this due to cell death? The authors should address the question of whether the role of FGF/ERK signaling is to keep the cells alive.

      Indeed, FGF also strongly affects cell number and it is an interesting question to what extent this depends on ERK. Our manuscript focuses instead on the role of FGF/ERK signaling in cell fate patterning. However, as mentioned in our discussion, figure 1de show that doxycycline induced pERK leads to more TBXT+ cells than the control without restoring cell number, suggesting the role of FGF in controlling cell number is independent of the requirement for FGF/ERK in PS-LC differrentiation. Unpublished data below showing a MEK inhibitor dose response further supports this: low doses of MEKi are sufficient to inhibit differentiation without affecting cell number. To address the reviewer’s question we will include this data in the revised manuscript and perform several additional experiments to determine in more detail how cell death and proliferation depend on FGF.

      Author response image 1.

      MEK affects differentiation and cell number at different doses. a-c) control and MEKi (0.3uM) treated colonies with similar cell number but different TBXT expression. d-f) quantification of cell number per colonies (d), percentage of TBXT-positive cell per colony (e), and the distribution of pERK intensities for different doses of MEK inhibitor (f). N>6 colonies per condition. MEKi = PD0325901. Scalebar = 50 micron.

      (2) Regarding the sparse cells in 1G, is there a reduction in cell number only with FGFRi and not MEKi? Is this reproducible? Gattiglio et al (Development, 2023, PMID: 37530863) present data supporting a "community effect" in the FGF-induced mesoderm differentiation of mouse embryonic stem cells. Could a community effect be at play in this human system (especially given the images in the bottom row of 1G)? If the authors don't address this experimentally they should at least address the ideas in Gattoglio et al.

      Indeed, FGFRi reproducibly affects cell number more than MEKi, in line with the fact that pathways downstream of FGF other than MAPK/ERK (e.g. PI3K) play important roles in cell survival and growth. We think the lack of differentiation in MEKi and FGFRi in Fig.1g cannot be attributed to a loss of cells combined with a community effect. This is because without FGFRi or MEKi cells also differentiate to primitive streak at much lower densities than those shown, consistent with the data we show above in response to (1), which argue against a primarily indirect effect of FGF on PS-LC differentiation through cell density. In the context of directed differentiation (rather than 2D gastruloids), we will show this in a controlled manner by repeating the experiment in Fig.1g while adjusting cell seeding densities to obtain similar final cell densities in all three conditions. We will also include Gattoglio et al. in our revised discussion.

      (3) Do the FGF4 and FGF17 LOF experiments in Figure 5 affect cell numbers like FGFRi in Figure 1?

      It seems the effect on cell number is small but we will analyze this carefully and include it in the revised manuscript. A small effect would be consistent with our unpublished data below showing a near uniform proliferation rate. This in turn suggests that low levels of pERK in the center are sufficient to maintain proliferation there while the much higher pERK levels in the PS-LC ring (that we think depend on FGF4 and FGF17) do not signifcantly increase the proliferation rate (see Fig.1 in the manuscript for the pERK pattern). Thus, loss of high pERK in PS-LC ring while maintaining low pERK throughout would not be expected to have a major impact on cell number but would impact differentiation. In contrast, loss of all FGF signaling through FGFRi does dramatically affect cell number. This is again consistent with the data provided in response to (1) showing that ERK levels can be reduced to a point where PS-LC differentiation is lost without significantly affecting cell number. We will include the data below in the revised manuscript.

      Author response image 2.

      Why examine PS-LC induction only in FGF17 heterozygous cells and not homozygous FGF17 nulls?

      We were unable to obtain homozygous FGF17 nulls, it is not clear if there is a reason for this. We will try again and otherwise attempt to corroborate our findings with further knockdown data.

      (4) The idea that FGF8 plays a dominant role during gastrulation of other species but not humans is so intriguing it warrants deeper testing. The authors dismiss FGF8 because its mRNA "...levels always remained low." (line 363) as well as the data published in Zhai et al (PMID: 36517595) and Tyser et al (PMID: 34789876). But there are cases in mouse development where a gene was expressed at levels so low, that it might be dismissed, and yet LOF experiments revealed it played a role or even was required in a developmental process. The authors should consider FGF8 inhibition or inactivation to explore its potential role, despite its low levels of expression.

      We agree with the reviewer that FGF8 is worth investigating further and we will now pursue this.

      (5) Redundancy is a common feature in FGF genetics. What is the effect of inhibiting FGF4 in FGF17 LOF cells?

      We will attempt to do the experiment the reviewer suggests.

      (6) I suggest stating that the authors take more caution in describing FGF gradients. For example, in one Results heading they write "Endogenous FGF4 and FGF17 gradients underly the ERK activity pattern.", implying an FGF protein gradient. However, they only present data for FGF mRNA , not protein. This issue would be clarified if they used proper nomenclature for gene, mRNA (italics), and protein (no italics) throughout the paper.

      We will edit the paper to more clearly distinguish protein and mRNA.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The role of FGFs in embryonic development and stem cell differentiation has remained unclear due to its complexity. In this study, the authors utilized a 2D human stem cell-based gastrulation model to investigate the functions of FGFs. They discovered that FGF-dependent ERK activity is closely linked to the emergence of primitive streak cells. Importantly, this 2D model effectively illustrates the spatial distribution of key signaling effectors and receptors by correlating these markers with cell fate markers, such as T and ISL1. Through inhibition and loss-of-function studies, they further corroborated the needs of FGF ligands. Their data shows that FGFR1 is the primary receptor, and FGF2/4/17 are the key ligands for primitive streak development, which aligns with observations in primate embryos. Additional experiments revealed that the reduction of FGF4 and FGF17 decreases ERK activity.

      Strengths:

      This study provides comprehensive data and improves our understanding of the role of FGF signaling in primate primitive streak formation. The authors provide new insights related to the spatial localization of the key components of FGF signaling and attempt to reveal the temporal dynamics of the signal propagation and cell fate decision, which has been challenging.

      Weaknesses:

      Given the solid data, the work only partially clarifies the complex picture of FGF signaling, so details remain somewhat elusive. The findings lack a strong punchline, which may limit their broader impact.

      We thank this reviewer for their valuable feedback and the compliment on the solidity of our data. The punchline of our work is that FGF4- and FGF17-dependent ERK signaling plays a key role in human PS-LC differentiation, and that these are different FGFs than those thought to drive mouse gastrulation. A second key point is that like BMP and TGFβ signaling, FGF signaling is restricted to the basolateral sides of pluripotent stem cell colonies due to polarized receptor expression, which is crucial for understanding the response to exogenous ligands added to the cell medium. Indeed, many facets of FGF signaling remain to investigated in the future, such as how FGF regulates and is regulated by other signals, which we will dedicate a different manuscript to.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Jo and colleagues set out to investigate the origins and functions of localized FGF/ERK signaling for the differentiation and spatial patterning of primitive streak fates of human embryonic stem cells in a well-established micropattern system. They demonstrate that endogenous FGF signaling is required for ERK activation in a ring-domain in the micropatterns, and that this localized signaling is directly required for differentiation and spatial patterning of specific cell types. Through high-resolution microscopy and transwell assays, they show that cells receive FGF signals through basally localized receptors. Finally, the authors find that there is a requirement for exogenous FGF2 to initiate primitive streak-like differentiation, but endogenous FGFs, especially FGF4 and FGF17, fully take over at later stages.

      Even though some of the authors' findings - such as the localized expression of FGF ligands during gastrulation and the importance of FGF/ERK signaling for cell differentiation in the primitive streak - have been reported in model organisms before, this is one of the first studies to investigate the role of FGF signaling during primitive streak-like differentiation of human cells. In doing so, the paper reports a number of interesting and valuable observations, namely the basal localization of FGF receptors which mirrors that of BMP and Nodal receptors, as well as the existence of a positive feedback loop centered on FGF signaling that drives primitive-streak differentiation. The authors also perform a comparison of the role of different FGFs across species and try to assign specific functions to individual FGFs. In the absence of clean genetic loss-of-function cell lines, this part of the work remains less strong.

      We thank the reviewer for emphasizing the value of our findings in a human model for gastrulation. We agree more loss-of-function experiments would provide further insight into the role of different FGFs, and we plan to provide additional data along these lines in the revised manuscript.

    1. Author response:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review): 

      Summary: 

      Walton et al. set out to isolate new phages targeting the opportunistic pathogen Pseudomonas aeruginosa. Using a double ∆fliF ∆pilA mutant strain, they were able to isolate 4 new phages, CLEW-1. -3, -6, and -10, which were unable to infect the parental PAO1F Wt strain. Further experiments showed that the 4 phages were only able to infect a ∆fliF strain, indicating a role of the MS-protein in the flagellum complex. Through further mutational analysis of the flagellum apparatus, the authors were able to identify the involvement of c-di-GMP in phage infection. Depletion of c-di-GMP levels by an inducible phosphodiesterase renders the bacteria resistant to phage infection, while elevation of c-di-GMP through the Wsp system made the cells sensitive to infection by CLEW-1. Using TnSeq, the authors were able to not only reaffirm the involvement of c-di-GMP in phage infection but also able to identify the exopolysaccharide PSL as a downstream target for CLEW-1. C-di-GMP is a known regulator of PSL biosynthesis. The authors show that CLEW-1 binds directly to PSL on the cell surface and that deletion of the pslC gene resulted in complete phage resistance. The authors also provide evidence that the phage-PSL interaction happens during the biofilm mode of growth and that the addition of the CLEW-1 phage specifically resulted in a significant loss of biofilm biomass. Lastly, the authors set out to test if CLEW-1 could be used to resolve a biofilm infection using a mouse keratitis model. Unfortunately, while the authors noted a reduction in bacterial load assessed by GFP fluorescence, the keratitis did not resolve under the tested parameters. 

      Strengths: 

      The experiments carried out in this manuscript are thoughtful and rational and sufficient explanation is provided for why the authors chose each specific set of experiments. The data presented strongly supports their conclusions and they give present compelling explanations for any deviation. The authors have not only developed a new technique for screening for phages targeting P. aeruginosa, but also highlight the importance of looking for phages during the biofilm mode of growth, as opposed to the more standard techniques involving planktonic cultures. 

      Weaknesses: 

      While the paper is strong, I do feel that further discussions could have gone into the decision to focus on CLEW-1 for the majority of the paper. The paper also doesn't provide any detailed information on the genetic composition of the phages. It is unclear if the phages isolated are temperate or virulent. Many temperate phages enter the lytic cycle in response to QS signalling, and while the data as it is doesn't suggest that is the case, perhaps the paper would be strengthened by further elimination of this possibility. At the very least it might be worth mentioning in the discussion section. 

      Thank you for your review. We will upload the genomes of all Clew phages and Ocp-2 before resubmission. It turns out that the Clew phage are highly related, which we wanted to express with the genomic comparison in the supplementary figure (rather unsuccessfully). It therefore made sense to focus our in-depth analysis on one of the phage. We will include a supplementary figure demonstrating that all Clew-1 phage require an intact psl locus for infection, to make that logic clearer. The phage are virulent (there is apparently a bit of a debate about this with regard to Bruynogheviruses, but we have not been able to isolate lysogens). This will be explained in the revised version of the manuscript as well.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review): 

      This manuscript by Walton et al. suggests that they have identified a new bacteriophage that uses the exopolysaccharide Psl from Pseudomonas aeruginosa (PA) as a receptor. As Psl is an important component in biofilms, the authors suggest that this phage (and others similarly isolated) may be able to specifically target biofilm-growing bacteria. While an interesting suggestion, the manner in which this paper is written makes it difficult to draw this conclusion. Also, some of the results do not directly follow from the data as presented and some relevant controls seem to be missing. 

      Thank you for your review. We would argue that the combination of demonstrating Psl-dependent binding of Clew-1 to P. aeruginosa, as well as demonstration of direct binding of Clew-1 to affinity-purified Psl, indicates that the phage binds directly to Psl and uses it as a receptor. In looking at the recommendations, it appears that the remark about controls refers to not using the ∆pslC mutant alone (as opposed to the ∆fliF2 ∆pslC double mutant) as a control for some of the binding experiments. However, since the ∆fliF2 mutant is more permissive for phage infection, analyzing the effect of deleting pslC in the context of the ∆fliF2 mutant background is the more stringent test.

    1. Author response:

      We sincerely thank all the reviewers for their enthusiasm and positive feedback, which has encouraged us to delve deeper into this research. As this is the first report of POLK in the brain using a longitudinal normative aging model, our primary aim was to establish the observational and phenomenological aspects. We agree with the reviewers that more detailed molecular, biochemical, and cellular studies are essential to elucidate underlying mechanisms. However, as noted by some reviewers, these investigations, while they will raise the impact, may fall outside the scope of the current report. Indeed, many of these lines of investigation are currently ongoing. Below, we provide our provisional responses to individual reviewer comments.

      Response to Reviewer #1:

      a) Concern over POLK antibody characterization in mice:

      We performed knocking down of POLK by siRNA in mice cortical primary neuronal culture (Fig S1C). In the revised version, we will provide a more detailed characterization of POLK antibodies in mouse cells.

      b) More mechanistic investigation is needed before POLK could be considered as a brain aging clock:

      We sincerely appreciate the valuable suggestion. In our ongoing work exploring the mechanisms of POLK in postmitotic neurons, preliminary findings using siPOLK indicate an upregulation of senescence markers along with a reduction in DNA repair synthesis (manuscript in preparation). We will reference this companion manuscript in the revised version and are pleased to share these data with the reviewers for their consideration.

      Response to Reviewer #2:<br /> a) Concern on more mechanistic understanding of the pathways regulating POLK dynamics between the nucleus and cytosol:

      We sincerely appreciate the reviewer’s enthusiasm and valuable guidance in helping us better understand the mechanism of nuclear-cytoplasmic POLK dynamics. Previously, we developed a modified aniPOND (accelerated native isolation of proteins on nascent DNA) protocol, which we termed iPoKD-MS (isolation of proteins on Pol kappa synthesized DNA  followed by mass spectrometry), to capture proteins bound to nascent DNA synthesized by POLK in human cell lines (bioRxiv https://www.biorxiv.org/content/10.1101/2022.10.27.513845v3). In this dataset, we identified potential candidates that may regulate nuclear/cytoplasmic POLK dynamics. These candidates are currently undergoing validation in human cell lines, and we are preparing a manuscript on these findings. Among these, some candidates, including previously identified proteins such as exportin and importin (Temprine et al., 2020, PMID: 32345725), are being explored further as potential POLK nuclear/cytoplasmic shuttles. We are also conducting tests on these candidates in mouse cortical primary neurons to assess their role in POLK dynamics. In the revised version of the manuscript, we will include a discussion of our current understanding and outline our planned studies.

      b) Question on “… what is POLK doing in the cytosol, and what is it interacting with …”:

      Our data so far indicate that POLK accumulates in stress granules and lysosomes. We are very grateful for the reviewer’s insightful suggestions and will make every effort to incorporate them in the revised manuscript. Currently, we are characterizing POLK accumulation in the cytoplasm using additional lysosomal markers, as recommended by the reviewer. If these experiments prove challenging in mouse brain tissues, we plan to investigate them in primary neuron cultures. We are hopeful to include these findings in the revised version. Additionally, we have optimized the POLK antibody for immunoprecipitation from nuclear and cytoplasmic fractions of mouse brain tissue. These findings, which are beyond the scope of the current study, will be reported in a separate manuscript.

      Response to Reviewer #3:

      We highly appreciate the reviewer bringing up the context of biomolecular condensates. Our iPoKD-MS data referenced above suggests candidates from various biomolecular condensates that we are currently investigating. We are currently investigating by subcellular fractionation the presence of POLK in different biomolecular condensates that will be fully reported in future publications. We appreciate the reviewer providing important literature that will be cited and potential biomolecular condensates will be discussed in the revised version.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript from Mukherjee et al examines potential connections between telomere length and tumor immune responses. This examination is based on the premise that telomeres and tumor immunity have each been shown to play separate, but important, roles in cancer progression and prognosis as well as prior correlative findings between telomere length and immunity. In keeping with a potential connection between telomere length and tumor immunity, the authors find that long telomere length is associated with reduced expression of the cytokine receptor IL1R1. Long telomere length is also associated with reduced TRF2 occupancy at the putative IL1R1 promoter. These observations lead the authors towards a model in which reduced telomere occupancy of TRF2 - due to telomere shortening - promotes IL1R1 transcription via recruitment of the p300 histone acetyltransferase. This model is based on earlier studies from this group (i.e. Mukherjee et al., 2019) which first proposed that telomere length can influence gene expression by enabling TRF2 binding and gene transactivation at telomere-distal sites. Further mechanistic work suggests that G-quadruplexes are important for TRF2 binding to IL1R1 promoter and that TRF2 acetylation is necessary for p300 recruitment. Complementary studies in human triple-negative breast cancer cells add potential clinical relevance but do not possess a direct connection to the proposed model. Overall, the article presents several interesting observations, but disconnection across central elements of the model and the marginal degree of the data leave open significant uncertainty regarding the conclusions.

      Strengths:

      Many of the key results are examined across multiple cell models.

      The authors propose a highly innovative model to explain their results.

      Weaknesses:

      Although the authors attempt to replicate most key results across multiple models, the results are often marginal or appear to lack statistical significance. For example, the reduction in IL1R1 protein levels observed in HT1080 cells that possess long telomeres relative to HT1080 short telomere cells appears to be modest (Supplementary Figure 1I). Associated changes in IL1R1 mRNA levels are similarly modest.

      Related to the point above, a lack of strong functional studies leaves an open question as to whether observed changes in IL1R1 expression across telomere short/long cancer cells are biologically meaningful.

      Statistical significance is described sporadically throughout the paper. Most major trends hold, but the statistical significance of the results is often unclear. For example, Figure 1A uses a statistical test to show statistically significant increases in TRF2 occupancy at the IL1R1 promoter in short telomere HT1080 relative to long telomere HT1080. However, similar experiments (i.e. Figure 2B, Figure 4A - D) lack statistical tests.

      TRF2 overexpression resulted in ~ 5-fold or more change in IL1R1 expression. Compared to this, telomere length-dependent alterations in IL1R1 expression, although about 2-fold, appear modest (~ 50% reduction in cells with long telomeres across different model systems used). Notably, this was consistent and significant across cell-based model systems and xenograft tumors (see Figure 1). Unlike TRF2 induction, telomere elongation or shortening vary within the permissible physiological limits of cells. This is likely to result in the observed variation in IL1R1 levels.

      For biological relevance, we have shown this using multiple models where telomere length was either different (patient tissue, organoids) or were altered (cell lines, xenograft models) . Where IL1 signalling in TNBC tissue and tumor organoids, and cells/xenografts were shown to impact M2 macrophage infiltration in a telomere length sensitive fashion. We made use of the tumor organoids to test M2 macrophage infiltration using IL1RA and small molecule based IL1R1 inhibition.

      We have now included statistical tests in all the relevant figures and incorporated the necessary details about the tests performed in the figure legend for clarity of readers. Additionally, all data points, p values and details of statistical tests have been included in Figure wise excel sheets for both main and supplementary figures.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      There are typos throughout the manuscript. The word 'expression' is incorrectly spelled on y-axis labels throughout the manuscript (for example see Figure 1B). The word 'telomere' is incorrectly spelled in Supplementary Figure 1 legend panel A. Most errors, such as these, do not interfere with my comprehension of the manuscript. However, others made the manuscript difficult to follow. For example, I think that MDAMB231, MDAMD231, and MDAM231 are frequently used interchangeably to refer to the same cell line. This makes it very difficult to understand certain experiments.

      I often found it difficult to understand which statistical test was used for a specific experiment. I suggest changing the style in the legends to more clearly connect statistical tests with specific data points.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out the typological errors. We have now made relevant corrections to both figures and text.

      As stated above, we have now provided details of statistical tests performed in the figure legend for clarity of readers. Additionally, all data points, p values and details of statistical tests have been included in Figure wise excel sheets for both main and supplementary figures.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      This study highlights the role of telomeres in modulating IL-1 signaling and tumor immunity. The authors demonstrate a strong correlation between telomere length and IL-1 signaling by analyzing TNBC patient samples and tumor-derived organoids. Mechanistic insights revealed non-telomeric TRF2 binding at the IL-1R1. The observed effects on NF-kB signaling and subsequent alterations in cytokine expression contribute significantly to our understanding of the complex interplay between telomeres and the tumor microenvironment. Furthermore, the study reports that the length of telomeres and IL-1R1 expression is associated with TAM enrichment. However, the manuscript lacks in-depth mechanistic insights into how telomere length affects IL-1R1 expression. Overall, this work broadens our understanding of telomere biology.

      The mechanism of how telomere length affects IL1R1 expression involves sequestration and reallocation of TRF2 between telomeres and gene promoters (in this case, the IL1R1 promoter). We have previously shown this across multiple genomic sites (Mukherjee et al, 2018; reviewed in J. Biol. Chem. 2020, Trends in Genetics 2023). We have described this in the manuscript along with references citing the previous works. A scheme explaining the model was provided as Additional Supplementary Figure 1, along with a description of the mechanistic model.

      Figure 1-4 in main figures describe the molecular mechanism of telomere-dependent IL1R1 activation. This includes ChIP data for TRF2 on the IL1R1 promoter in long/short telomeres, as well as TRF2-mediated histone/p300 recruitment and IL1R1 gene expression. We further show how specific acetylation on TRF2 is crucial for TRF2-mediated IL1R1 regulation (Figure 5).

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The study primarily provides a snapshot of cytokine expression and telomere length at a single time point. Longitudinal studies or dynamic analyses could provide a more comprehensive understanding of the temporal relationship between telomere length and cytokine expression.

      Tumor heterogeneity is a significant problem for the various therapies. The study notes significant heterogeneity in telomere length but does not investigate the implications of this heterogeneity. Understanding the role of telomere length variation in different tumor cell populations is essential for a comprehensive interpretation of the results.

      The study only mentions a correlation between IL1R1 and relative telomere length but does not provide any potential clinical correlations with patient outcomes or survival. Addressing the clinical relevance of these molecular changes would improve the translational impact.

      The importance of IL1R1 in prognostic and clinical outcomes of TNBC has been studied by multiple groups. The overall consensus is that higher IL1R1 leads to poor prognosis – aiding both cancer progression and metastasis. Using publicly available TCGA data, we found that IL1R1 high samples had significantly lower survival in breast cancer (BRCA) datasets. The results have now been included in the manuscript as Supplemnetray Figure 7G.

      Addition in text:

      “We, next, used publicly available TCGA gene expression data of breast cancer samples (BRCA) (Supplementary file 4) to assess the effect of IL1R1 expression on cancer prognosis. We categorized samples based on IL1R1 expression: IL1R1 high (N=254) and IL1R1 low samples (N= 709). It was seen that overall patient survival was significantly lower in IL1R1 high samples (Log-rank p value -0.0149) (Supplementary Figure 7G). We also checked the frequency of occurrence of various breast cancer sub-types in IL1R1 high and low samples (Supplementary Figure 7H). While invasive mixed mucinous carcinoma (the most abundant sub-type) was predominantly seen in IL1R1 low samples, metaplastic breast cancer was only found within the IL1R1 high samples. Interestingly, metaplastic breast cancer has been frequently found to be ‘triple negative’-i.e., ER-,PR- and HER2-. (Reddy et al., 2020).”

      However, we could not access a TNBC (or any breast cancer dataset) that has been characterized for telomere length. Unfortunately, the clinical TNBC samples that we had access to did not have any paired short-term/long-term survival datasets. We could, in principle, use TERT/TERC expression as a proxy for telomere length; however, in our experiments, we found that telomerase activity did not positively correlate with telomere length as expected (Supplementary Figure 7C, Supplementary Figure 8D). Therefore, transcriptional signature (of telomere-associated genes) may not be a reliable indicator of telomere length.

      The study lacks in-depth mechanistic insights into how telomere length affects IL1R1 expression and subsequently influences TAM infiltration. Further molecular studies or pathway analyses are necessary to elucidate the underlying mechanisms.

      The mechanism involves sequestration and reallocation of TRF2 between telomeres and gene promoters (in this case, IL1R1 promoter). We have previously shown this across multiple genomic sites (Mukherjee et al, 2018). We have appropriately discussed this in the manuscript.

      A schematic explaining the model has been provided as Additional Supplementary Figure 1.

      We have provided ChIP data for TRF2 on IL1R1 promoter in long/short telomeres in the manuscript as well as histone/p300 ChIP and gene expression (Figure 1-4 in main figures exclusively deal with molecular mechanism of telomere dependent IL1R1 activation).  We further go on to show how specific acetylation on TRF2 might be crucial for TRF2-mediated IL1R1 regulation (Figure 5). One of the key findings herein is the fact that TRF2 can directly regulate IL1R1 expression through promoter occupancy- tested in telomere altered cell lines (HT1080, MDAMB231) and tumor xenografts (Figure 1 A, F, I- for TRF2 promoter occupancy).

      Pathway analysis of HT1080 (short vs long telomere) transcriptome, shows that cytokine-cytokine receptor interaction is one of the key pathways in upregulated genes.

      While we have focused on TRF2 mediated IL1R1 regulation, it is quite possible that there are other telomere sensitive pathways/mechanisms by which IL1R1 is regulated. This has been duly acknowledged in the discussion.

      The manuscript title suggests modulation of immune signaling in the tumor microenvironment, yet the authors exclusively focus on CD206+ TAMs, limiting the scope. It is recommended to investigate other immune cell types for a more comprehensive understanding of changes in the immune tumor microenvironment.

      As stated above, we approached the manuscript from the purview of TRF2-mediated IL1R1 regulation. In our assessment of TCGA data for breast cancer, we found that CD206 (MRC1) had the highest enrichment in IL1R1 high samples among key TAM and TIL markers- now added as Figure 8A (Details in Supplementary file 5). It also had the highest correlation with IL1R1 among the tested markers. Therefore, we proceeded to check CD206+ve TAMs.

      Now the following section has been added to text:

      “We further found that the total proportion of immune cells (% of CD45 +ve cells) did not vary significantly between short and long telomere TNBC samples (Supplementary Figure 8C). However, TNBC-ST samples had a higher percentage of myeloid cells (CD11B +ve) within the CD 45 +ve immune cell population. We checked in three TNBC-ST and TNBC-LT samples each and found that the percentage of M1 macrophages (CD86 high CD 206 low) in the myeloid population was lower than that of the M2 macrophages (CD 206 high CD 86 low) and unlike the latter, did not vary significantly between the TNBC-ST and TNBC-LT samples (Supplementary Figure 8C).”

      Unfortunately, due to sample limitations we are unable to test this on a larger cohort of samples.

      A single cell transcriptome experiment may have been a good way to have a more comprehensive immune profiling. However, with our TNBC samples, isolated nuclei for downstream processing had low viability as per 10X genomics specifications.

      Does IL1R1 influence TAM recruitment or polarization within the tumor microenvironment? To assess the impact, the authors should use a marker indicative of M1-like macrophages, such as CD80 or CD86.

      To address the issue of TAM recruitment vs polarization meaningfully we need to characterize tissue resident macrophages as well as macrophages in circulation. We did not have access to patient blood.  A murine breast cancer in-vivo model might be a more appropriate model to test this, which would take considerable time for us to develop. It is something that we hope to address in a follow up study.

      Did the authors analyze other breast cancer subtypes for telomere length?

      Unfortunately, other breast cancer sub-types besides TNBC were not available to us for experimentation.

      Figure legends are very briefly written and need to be elaborated. Scale bars are also missing in images.

      Add a gating strategy for flow cytometry results in Figure 8A.

      Figure legend have been expanded for clarity. More prominent scale bars have been added for better visibility and reference.  A relevant gating strategy has been added as Supplementary figure 8B.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, entitled "Telomere length sensitive regulation of Interleukin Receptor 1 type 1 (IL1R1) by the shelterin protein TRF2 modulates immune signalling in the tumour microenvironment", Dr. Mukherjee and colleagues pointed out clarifying the extra-telomeric role of TRF2 in regulating IL1R1 expression with consequent impact on TAMs tumor-infiltration.

      Strengths:

      Upon careful manuscript evaluation, I feel that the presented story is undoubtedly well conceived. At the technical level, experiments have been properly performed and the obtained results support the authors' conclusions.

      Weaknesses:

      Unfortunately, the covered topic is not particularly novel. In detail, the TRF2 capability of binding extratelomeric foci in cells with short telomeres has been well demonstrated in a previous work published by the same research group. The capability of TRF2 to regulate gene expression is well-known, the capability of TRF2 to interact with p300 has been already demonstrated and, finally, the capability of TRF2 to regulate TAMs infiltration (that is the effective novelty of the manuscript) appears as an obvious consequence of IL1R1 modulation (this is probably due to the current manuscript organization).

      Here we studied the TRF2-IL1R1 regulatory axis (not reported earlier by us or others) as a case of the telomere sequestration model that we described earlier (Mukherjee et al., 2018; reviewed in J. Biol. Chem. 2020, Trends in Genetics 2023). This manuscript demonstrates the effect of the TRF2-IL1R1 regulation on telomere-sensitive tumor macrophage recruitment. To the best of our knowledge, no previous study connects telomeres of tumor cells mechanistically to the tumor immune microenvironment. Here we focused on the IL1R1 promoter and provided mechanistic evidence for acetylated-TRF2 engaging the HAT p300 for epigenetically altering the promoter. This mechanism of TRF2 mediated activation has not been previously reported. Further, the function of a specific post translational modification (acetylation of the lysine residue 293K) of TRF2 in IL1R1 regulation is described for the first time. Additional experiments showed that TRF2-acetylation mutants, when targeted to the IL1R1 promoter, significantly alter the transcriptional state of the IL1R1 promoter. To our knowledge, the function of any TRF2 residue in transcriptional activation had not been previously described. Taken together, these demonstrate novel insights into the mechanism of TRF2-mediated gene regulation, that is telomere-sensitive, and affects the tumor-immune microenvironment.

      We considered the reviewer’s suggestion to reorganize the result section. Reorganizing the manuscript to describe the TAM-related results first would, in our opinion, limit focus of the new findings and discovery [and novelty of the mechanisms (as described in above response, and in response to other comments by reviewers)] of the non-telomeric TRF2-mediated IL1R1 regulation. We have tried to bring out the novelty, implications and importance of the TAM-related observations in the discussion.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Based on the comments reported above, I would encourage the author to modify the manuscript by reorganizing the text. I would suggest starting from the capability of TRF2 to modulate macrophages infiltration. Data relative to IL1R1 expression may be used to explain the mechanism through which TRF2 exerts its immune-modulatory role. This, in my view, would dramatically strengthen the presented story.

      Concerning the text, "results" should be dramatically streamlined and background information should be just limited to the "introduction" section.

      The manuscript should be carefully revisited at grammar level. A number of incomplete sentences and some typos are present within the text.

      We thank the reviewer for the appreciation of our work for its technical strengths.

      At the onset, we agree that we have explored the TRF2-IL1R1 regulatory axis. This underscores the significance of the telomere sequestration model that we had proposed earlier (Mukherjee et al., 2018). Herein, however, we significantly extend our previous work (which was more general and intended for putting forward the idea of telomere-dependent distal gene expression) by studying TRF2-mediated regulation of IL1 signalling (which was previously unreported). In addition, mechanistic details of how telomeres are connected to IL1 signaling through non-telomeric TRF2 are entirely new, not reported before by us or others.

      We have removed some text descriptions from the result section to streamline the section.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      We would like to thank all the reviewers for their positive evaluation of our paper, as described in the Strengths section. We are also grateful for their helpful comments and suggestions, which we have addressed below. We believe that the manuscript has been significantly improved as a result of these suggestions. In addition to these changes, we also corrected some inconsistencies (statistical values in the last sentence of a Figure 5 caption) and sentences in the main text (lines 155, 452, 522) (these corrections did not affect the results).

      Fig. 5e: R=0.599, P<0.001 -> R=0.601, P=0.007

      L150: "the angle of stick tilt angle" -> "the angle of stick tilt"

      L437: "no such" -> "such"

      L522: "?" -> "."

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary/Strengths:

      This manuscript describes a stimulating contribution to the field of human motor control. The complexity of control and learning is studied with a new task offering a myriad of possible coordination patterns. Findings are original and exemplify how baseline relationships determine learning.

      Weaknesses:

      A new task is presented: it is a thoughtful one, but because it is a new one, the manuscript section is filled with relatively new terms and acronyms that are not necessarily easy to rapidly understand.

      First, some more thoughts may be devoted to the take-home message. In the title, I am not sure manipulating a stick with both hands is a key piece of information. Also, the authors appear to insist on the term ‘implicit’, and I wonder if it is a big deal in this manuscript and if all the necessary evidence appears in this study that control and adaptation are exclusively implicit. As there is no clear comparison between gradual and abrupt sessions, the authors may consider removing at least from the title and abstract the words ‘implicit’ and ‘implicitly’. Most importantly, the authors may consider modifying the last sentence of the abstract to clearly provide the most substantial theoretical advance from this study.

      Thank you for your positive comment on our paper. We agree with the reviewer that our paper used a lot of acronyms that might confuse the readers. As we have addressed below (in the rebuttal to the Results section), we have reduced the number of acronyms.

      Regarding the comment on the use of the word “implicit” in the title and the abstract, we believe that its use in this paper is very important and indispensable. One of our main findings was that the pattern of adaptation between the tip-movement direction and the stick-tilt angle largely followed that in the baseline condition when aiming at different target directions. This adaptation was largely implicit because participants were not aware of the presence of the perturbation as the amount of perturbation was gradually increased. This implicitness suggests that the adaptation pattern of how the movement should be corrected is embedded in the motor learning system. On the other hand, if this adaptation pattern was achieved on the basis of the explicit strategy of changing the direction of the tip-movement, the adaptation pattern that follows the baseline pattern is not at all surprising. For these reasons, we will continue to use the word "implicit".

      It seems that a substantial finding is the ‘constraint’ imposed by baseline control laws on sensorimotor adaptation. This seems to echo and extend previous work of Wu, Smith et al. (Nat Neurosci, 2014): their findings, which were not necessarily always replicated, suggested that the more participants were variable in baseline, the better they adapted to a systematic perturbation. The authors may study whether residual errors are smaller or adaptation is faster for individuals with larger motor variability in baseline. Unfortunately, the authors do not present the classic time course of sensorimotor adaptation in any experiment. The adaptation is not described as typically done: the authors should thus show the changes in tip movement direction and stick-tilt angle across trials, and highlight any significant difference between baseline, early adaptation, and late adaptation, for instance. I also wonder why the authors did not include a few noperturbation trials after the exposure phase to study after-effects in the study design: it looks like a missed opportunity here. Overall, I think that showing the time course of adaptation is necessary for the present study to provide a more comprehensive understanding of that new task, and to re-explore the role of motor variability during baseline for sensorimotor adaptation.

      We appreciate the reviewer for raising these important issues.

      Regarding the learning curve, because the amount of perturbation was gradually increased except for Exp.1B, we were not able to obtain typical learning curves (i.e., the curve showing errors decaying exponentially with trials). However, it may still be useful to show how the movement changed with trials during adaptation. Therefore, following the reviewer's suggestion, we have added the figures of the time course of adaptation in the supplementary data (Figures S1, S2, S4, and S5).

      There are two reasons why our experiments did not include aftereffect quantification trials (i.e., probe trials). First, in the case of adaptation to a visual perturbation (e.g., visual rotation), probe trials are not necessary because the degree of adaptation can be easily quantified by the amount of compensation in the perturbation trials (however, in the case of dynamic perturbations such as force fields, the use of probe trials is necessary). Second, the inclusion of probe trials allows participants to be aware of the presence of the perturbation, which we would like to avoid.

      We also appreciate the interesting additional questions regarding the relevance of our work to the relationship between baseline motor variability and adaptation performance. As this topic, although interesting, is outside the scope of this paper, we concluded that we would not address it in the manuscript. In fact, the experiments were not ideal for quantifying motor variability in the baseline phase because participants had to aim at different targets, which could change the characteristics of motor variability. In addition, we gradually increased the size of the perturbation except for Exp.1B (see Author response image 1, upper panel), which could make it difficult to assess the speed of adaptation. Nevertheless, we think it is worth mentioning this point in this rebuttal. Specifically, we examined the correlation between baseline motor variability when aiming the 0 deg target (tip-movement direction or stick-tilt angle) and adaptation speed in Exp 1A and Exp 1B (Author response image 1 and Author response image 2). To assess adaptation speed in Exp.1A, we quantified the slope of the tip-movement direction to a gradually increasing perturbation (Author response image 1, upper panel). The adaptation speed in Exp.1B was obtained by fitting the exponential function to the data (Author response image 2, upper panel). Although the statistical results were not completely consistent, we found that the participants with greater the motor variability at baseline tended to show faster adaptation, as shown in a previous study (Wu et al., Nat Neurosci, 2014).

      Author response image 1.

      Correlation between the baseline variability and learning speed (Experiment 1A). In Exp 1A, the rotation of the tip-movement direction was gradually increased by 1 degree per trial up to 30 degrees. The learning speed was quantified by calculating how quickly the direction of movement followed the perturbation (upper panel). The lower left panel shows the variability of the tip-movement direction versus learning speed, while the lower right panel shows the variability of the stick-tilt angle versus learning speed. Baseline variability was calculated as a standard deviation across trials (trials in which a target appeared in a 0-degree direction).

      Author response image 2.

      Correlation between the baseline variability and learning speed (Experiment 1B). In Exp 1B, the rotation of the tip-movement direction was abruptly applied from the first trial (30 degrees). The learning speed was calculated as a time constant obtained by exponential curve fitting. The lower left panel shows the variability of the tip-movement direction versus learning speed, while the lower right panel shows the variability of the stick-tilt angle versus learning speed. Baseline variability was calculated as a standard deviation across trials (trials in which a target appeared in a 0-degree direction).

      The distance between hands was fixed at 15 cm with the Kinarm instead of a mechanical constraint. I wonder how much this distance varied and more importantly whether from that analysis or a force analysis, the authors could determine whether one hand led the other one in the adaptation.

      Thank you very much for this important comment. Since the distance between the two hands was maintained by the stiff virtual spring (2000 N/m), it was kept almost constant throughout the experiments as shown in Author response image 3 (the averaged distance during a movement). The distance was also maintained during reaching movements (Author response image 4).

      We also thank the reviewer for the suggestion regarding the force analysis. As shown in Author response image 5, we did not find a role for a specific hand for motor adaptation from the handle force data. Specifically, Author response image 5 shows the force applied to each handle along and orthogonal to the stick. If one hand led the other in adaptation, we should have observed a phase shift as adaptation progressed. However, no such hand specific phase shift was observed. It should be noted, however, that it was theoretically difficult to know from the force sensors which hand produced the force first, because the force exerted by the right handle was transmitted to the left handle and vice versa due to the connection by the stiff spring. 

      Author response image 3.

      The distance between hands during the task. We show the average distance between hands for each trial. The shaded area indicates the standard deviation across participants.

      Author response image 4.

      Time course changes in the distance between hands during the movement. The color means the trial epoch shown in the right legend.

      Author response image 5.

      The force profile during the movement (Exp 1A). We decomposed the force of each handle into the component along (upper panels) and orthogonal to the stick (lower panels). Changes in the force profiles in the adaptation phase are shown (left: left hand force, right: right hand force). The colors (magenta to cyan) mean trial epoch shown in the right legend.

      I understand the distinction between task- and end-effector irrelevant perturbation, and at the same time results show that the nervous system reacts to both types of perturbation, indicating that they both seem relevant or important. In line 32, the errors mentioned at the end of the sentence suggest that adaptation is in fact maladaptive. I think the authors may extend the Discussion on why adaptation was found in the experiments with end-effector irrelevant and especially how an internal (forward) model or a pair of internal (forward) models may be used to predict both the visual and the somatosensory consequences of the motor commands.

      Thank you very much for your comment. As we already described in the discussion of the original manuscript (Lines 519-538 in the revised manuscript), two potential explanations exist for the motor system’s response to the end-effector irrelevant perturbation (i.e., stick rotation). First, the motor system predicts the sensory information associated with the action and attempts to correct any discrepancies between the prediction and the actual sensory consequences, regardless of whether the error information is end-effector relevant or end-effector irrelevant. Second, given the close coupling between the tip-movement direction and stick-tilt angle, the motor system can estimate the presence of end-effector relevant error (i.e., tip-movement direction) by the presence of end-effector irrelevant error (i.e., stick-tilt angle). This estimation should lead to the change in the tip-movement direction. As the reviewer pointed out, the mismatch between visual and proprioceptive information is another possibility, we have added the description of this point in Discussion (Lines 523-526).

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Minor

      Line 16: “it remains poorly understood” is quite subjective and I would suggest reformulating this statement.

      We have reformulated this statement as “This limitation prevents the study of how….”  (Line 16).

      Introduction

      Line 49: the authors may be more specific than just saying ‘this task’. In particular, they need to clarify that there is no redundancy in studies where the shoulder is fixed and all movement is limited to a plane ... which turns out to truly happen in a limited set of experimental setups (for example: Kinarm exoskeleton, but not endpoint; Kinereach system...).

      We have changed this to “such a planar arm-reaching task” (Line 49).

      Line 61: large, not infinite because of biomechanical constraints.

      We have changed “an infinite” to “a large” (Line 61) and “infinite” to “a large number of” (legend in Fig. 1f).

      Lines 67-69: consider clarifying.

      We have tried to clarify the sentence (Lines 67-69).

      Results

      TMD and STA, and TMD-STA plane, are new terms with new acronyms that are not easy to immediately understand. Consider avoiding acronyms.

      We have reduced the use of these acronyms as much as possible. 

      “visual TMD–STA plane” -> “plane representing visual movement patterns” (Lines 179180)

      “TMD axis” -> “x-axis” (Line 181, Line 190)

      “physical TMD–STA plane” -> “plane representing physical movement patterns” (Lines 182-187)

      “physical TMD–STA plane” -> “physical plane” (Line 191, Line 201, Lines 216-217, Line 254, Line 301, Line 315, Line 422, Line 511, and captions of Figures 4-9, S3)

      “visual TMD–STA plane” -> “visual plane” (Line 193, Line 241, Line 248, Line 300, Lines

      313-314, and captions of Figures 4-9, S3)

      “STA axis” -> “y-axis” (Line 241)

      Line 169: please clarify the mismatch(es) that are created when the tip-movement direction is visually rotated in the CCW direction around the starting position (tip perturbation), whereas the stick-tilt angle remains unchanged.

      Thank you for your pointing this out. We have clarified that the stick-tilt angle remains identical to the tilt of both hands (Lines 171-172).

      Discussion

      I understand the physical constraint imposed between the 2 hands with the robotic device, but I am not sure I understand the physical constraint imposed by the TMD-STA relationship.

      The phrase “physical constraint” meant the constraint of the movement on the physical space. However, as the reviewer pointed out, this phrase could confuse the constraint between the two hands. Therefore, we have avoided using the phrase “physical constraint” throughout the manuscript.

      Some work looking at 3-D movements should be used for Discussion (e.g. Lacquaniti & Soechting 1982; work by d’Avella A or Jarrasse N).

      Thank you for sharing this important information. We have cited these studies in Discussion (Lines 380-382). 

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The authors have developed a novel bimanual task that allows them to study how the sensorimotor control system deals with redundancy within our body. Specifically, the two hands control two robot handles that control the position and orientation of a virtual stick, where the end of the stick is moved into a target. This task has infinite solutions to any movement, where the two hands influence both tip-movement direction and stick-tilt angle. When moving to different targets in the baseline phase, participants change the tilt angle of the stick in a specific pattern that produces close to the minimum movement of the two hands to produce the task. In a series of experiments, the authors then apply perturbations to the stick angle and stick movement direction to examine how either tipmovement (task-relevant) or stick-angle (task-irrelevant) perturbations affect adaptation. Both types of perturbations affect adaptation, but this adaptation follows the baseline pattern of tip-movement and stick angle relation such that even task-irrelevant perturbations drive adaptation in a manner that results in task-relevant errors. Overall, the authors suggest that these baseline relations affect how we adapt to changes in our tasks. This work provides an important demonstration that underlying solutions/relations can affect the manner in which we adapt. I think one major contribution of this work will also be the task itself, which provides a very fruitful and important framework for studying more complex motor control tasks.

      Strengths:

      Overall, I find this a very interesting and well-written paper. Beyond providing a new motor task that could be influential in the field, I think it also contributes to studying a very important question - how we can solve redundancy in the sensorimotor control system, as there are many possible mechanisms or methods that could be used - each of which produces different solutions and might affect the manner in which we adapt.

      Weaknesses:

      I would like to see further discussion of what the particular chosen solution implies in terms of optimality.

      The underlying baseline strategy used by the participants appears to match the path of minimum movement of the two hands. This suggests that participants are simultaneously optimizing accuracy and minimizing some metabolic cost or effort to solve the redundancy problem. However, once the perturbations are applied, participants still use this strategy for driving adaptation. I assume that this means that the solution that participants end up with after adaptation actually produces larger movements of the two hands than required. That is - they no longer fall onto the minimum hand movement strategy - which was used to solve the problem. Can the authors demonstrate that this is either the case or not clearly? These two possibilities produce very different implications in terms of the results.

      If my interpretation is correct, such a result (using a previously found solution that no longer is optimal) reminds me of the work of Selinger et al., 2015 (Current Biology), where participants continue to walk at a non-optimal speed after perturbations unless they get trained on multiple conditions to learn the new landscape of solutions. Perhaps the authors could discuss their work within this kind of interpretation. Do the authors predict that this relation would change with extensive practice either within the current conditions or with further exploration of the new task landscape? For example, if more than one target was used in the adaptation phase of the experiment?

      On the other hand, if the adaptation follows the solution of minimum hand movement and therefore potentially effort, this provides a completely different interpretation.

      Overall, I would find the results even more compelling if the same perturbations applied to movements to all of the targets and produced similar adaptation profiles. The question is to what degree the results derive from only providing a small subset of the environment to explore.

      Thank you very much for pointing out this significant issue. As the reviewer correctly interprets, the physical movement patterns deviated from the baseline relationship as exemplified in Exp.2. However, this deviation is not surprising for the following reason. Under the perturbation that creates the dissociation between the hands and the stick, the motor system cannot simultaneously return both the visual stick motion and physical hands motion to the original motions: When the motor system tries to return the visual stick motion to the original visual motion, then the physical hands motion inevitably deviates from the original physical hands motion, and vice versa.  

      Our interpretation of this result is that the motor system corrects the movement to reduce the visual dissociation of the visual stick motion from the baseline motion (i.e., sensory prediction error), but this movement correction is biased by the baseline physical hands motion. In other words, the motor system attempts to balance the minimization of sensory prediction error and the minimization of motor cost. Thus, our results do not indicate that the final adaptation pattern is non-optimal, but rather reflect the attempts for optimization.

      In the revised manuscript, we have added the description of this interpretation (Lines 515-517).

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The authors have suggested that the only study (line 472) that has also examined an end-effector irrelevant perturbation is the bimanual study of Omrani et al., 2013, which only examined reflex activity rather than adaptation. To clarify this issue - exactly what is considered end-effector irrelevant perturbations - I was wondering about the bimanual perturbations in Dimitriou et al., 2012 (J Neurophysiol) and the simultaneous equal perturbations in Franklin et al., 2016 (J Neurosci), as well as other recent papers studying task-irrelevant disturbances which aren’t discussed. I would consider these both to also be end-effector irrelevant perturbations, although again they only used these to study reflex activity and not adaptation as in the current paper. Regardless, further explanation of exactly what is the difference between task-irrelevant and end-effector irrelevant would be useful to clarify the exact difference between the current manuscript and previous work.

      Thank you for your helpful comments. We have included as references the study by Dimitriou et al. (Line 490) and Franklin et al. (Lines 486-487), which use an endeffector irrelevant perturbation and the task-irrelevant perturbation condition, respectively. We have also added further explanation of what is the difference between task-irrelevant and end-effector irrelevant (Lines 344-352). 

      Line 575: I assume that you mean peak movement speed

      We have added “peak”. (Line 597).

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This study explored how the motor system adapts to new environments by modifying redundant body movements. Using a novel bimanual stick manipulation task, participants manipulated a virtual stick to reach targets, focusing on how tip-movement direction perturbations affected both tip movement and stick-tilt adaptation. The findings indicated a consistent strategy among participants who flexibly adjusted the tilt angle of the stick in response to errors. The adaptation patterns are influenced by physical space relationships, guiding the motor system’s choice of movement patterns. Overall, this study highlights the adaptability of the motor system through changes in redundant body movement patterns.

      Strengths:

      This paper introduces a novel bimanual stick manipulation task to investigate how the motor system adapts to novel environments by altering the movement patterns of our redundant body.

      Weaknesses:

      The generalizability of the findings is quite limited. It would have been interesting to see if the same relationships were held for different stick lengths (i.e., the hands positioned at different start locations along the virtual stick) or when reaching targets to the left and right of a start position, not just at varying angles along one side. Alternatively, this study would have benefited from a more thorough investigation of the existing literature on redundant systems instead of primarily focusing on the lack of redundancy in endpointreaching tasks. Although the novel task expands the use of endpoint robots in motor control studies, the utility of this task for exploring motor control and learning may be limited.

      Thank you very much for the important comment. Given that there are many parameters (e.g., stick length, locations of hands, target position etc), one may wonder how the findings obtained from only one combination can be generalized to other configurations. In the revised manuscript, we have explicitly described this point (Lines 356-359). 

      Thus, the generalizability needs to be investigated in future studies, but we believe that the main results also apply to other configurations. Regarding the baseline stick movement pattern, the control with tilting the stick was observed regardless of the stick-tip positions (Author response image 6). Regarding the finding that the adapted stick movement patterns follow the baseline movement patterns, we confirmed the same results even when the other targets were used as the target for the adaptation (Author response image 7). 

      Author response image 6.

      Stick-tip manipulation patterns when the length of the stick varied. Top: 10 naïve participants moved the stick with different lengths. A target appeared on one of five directions represented by a color of each tip position. Regardless of the length of the stick and laterality, a similar relationship between tip-movement direction and stick-tilt angle was observed. (middle: at peak velocity, bottom: at movement offset).

      Author response image 7.

      Patterns of adaptation when using the other targets. In the baseline phase, 40 naïve participants moved a stick tip to a peripheral target (24 directions). They showed a stereotypical relationship between the tip-movement direction and the stick-tilt angle (a bold gray curve). In the adaptation phase, participants were divided into four groups, each with a different target training direction (lower left, lower right, upper right, or upper left), and visual rotation was gradually imposed on the tip-movement direction. Irrespective of the target direction, the adaptation pattern of the tipmovement and stick-tilt followed with the baseline relationship.

      We also thank you for your comment about studying the existing redundant systems. We can understand the reviewer's concern about the usefulness of our task, but we believe that we have proposed the novel framework for motor adaptation in the redundant system. The future studies will be able to clarify how the knowledge gained from our task can be generally applied to understand the control and learning of the redundant system.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Line 49: replace “uniquely” with primarily. A number of features of the task setup could affect the joint angles, from if/how the arm is supported, whether the wrist is fixed, alignment of the target in relation to the midline of the participant, duration of the task, and whether fatigue is an issue, etc. Your statement relates to fixed limb lengths of a participant, rather than standard reaching tasks as a whole. Not to mention the degree of inter- and intra-subject variability that does exist in point-to-point reaching tasks.

      Thank you for your helpful point. We have replaced “uniquely” with “primarily”. (Line 49).

      Line 72: the cursor is not an end-effector - it represents the end-effector.

      We have changed the expression as “the perturbation to the cursor representing the position of the end-effector (Line 72).

      Lines 73 – 78: it would benefit the authors to consider the role of intersegmental dynamics.

      Thank you for your suggestion. We are not sure if we understand this suggestion correctly, but we interpret that this suggestion to mean that the end-effector perturbation can be implemented by using the perturbation that considers the intersegmental dynamics. However, the implementation is not so straightforward, and the panels in Figure 1j,k are only conceptual for the end-effector irrelevant perturbation. Therefore, we have not described the contribution of intersegmental dynamics here.

      Lines 90 – 92: “cannot” should be “did not”, as the studies being referenced are already completed. This statement should be further unpacked to explain what they did do, and how that does not meet the requirement of redundancy in movement patterns.

      We have changed “cannot” to “did not” (Line 91). We have also added the description of what the previous studies had demonstrated (Line 88-90).

      Figure text could be enlarged for easier viewing.

      We have enlarged texts in all figures. 

      Lines 41 - 47: Interesting selection of supporting references. For the introduction of a novel environment, I would recommend adding the support of Shadmehr and MussaIvaldi 1994.

      Thank you for your suggestion. We have added Shadmehr and Mussa-Ivaldi 1994 as a reference (Line 45).

      Line 49: “this task” is vague - the above references relate to a number of different tasks. For example, the authors could replace it with a reaching task involving an end-point robot.

      Thank you very much for your suggestion. As per the suggestion by Reviewer #1, we have changed this to “such a planar arm-reaching task” (Line 49).

      Line 60: “hypothetical limb with three joints” - in Figure 1a, the human subject, holding the handle of a robotic manipulandum does have flexibility around the wrist.

      Previous studies using planar arm-reaching task have constrained the wrist joint (e.g., Flash & Hogan, 1985; Gordon et al., 1994; Nozaki et al., 2006). We tried to emphasize this point as “participants manipulate a visual cursor with their hands primarily by moving their shoulder and elbow joints” (Line 42). In the revised manuscript, we have also emphasized this point in the legend of Figure 1a.

      Lines 93-108: this paragraph could be cleaned up more clearly stating that while the use of task-irrelevant perturbations has been used in the domain of reaching tasks, the focus of these tasks has not been specifically to address “In our task, we aim to exploit this feature by doing”

      Thank you very much for your helpful comments. To make this paragraph clear, we have modified some sentences (Line 100-104).

      Line 109: “coordinates to adapt” is redundant.

      We have changed this to “adapts” (Line 110).

      Lines 109-112: these sentences could be combined to have better flow.

      Thank you very much for your valuable suggestion. We have combined these two sentences for the better flow (Line 110-112).

      Line 113-114: consider rewording - “This is a redundant task because ...” to something like “Redundancy in the task is achieved by acknowledging that ....“.

      We have changed the expression according to the reviewer’s suggestion (Line 114).

      Line 118: Consider changing “changes” to “makes use of”.

      We have changed the expression (Line 119).

      Lines 346 - 348: grammar and clarity - “This redundant motor task enables the investigation of adaptation patterns in the redundant system following the introduction of perturbations that are either end-effector relevant, end-effector irrelevant, or both.“.

      Thank you very much again for your helpful suggestion of English expression. We have adopted the sentence you suggested (Line 354-356).

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife Assessment

      This manuscript reveals important insights into the role of ipsilateral descending pathways in locomotion, especially following unilateral spinal cord injury. The study provides solid evidence that this method improves the injured side's ability to support weight, and as such the findings may lead to new treatments for stroke, spinal cord injuries, or unilateral cerebral injuries. However, the methods and results need to be better detailed, and some of the statistical analysis enhanced.

      Thank you for your assessment. We incorporated various text improvements in the final version of the manuscript to address the weaknesses you have pointed out. The specific improvements are outlined below.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript provides potentially important new information about ipsilateral cortical impact on locomotion. A number of issues need to be addressed.

      Strengths:

      The primary appeal and contribution of this manuscript are that it provides a range of different measures of ipsilateral cortical impact on locomotion in the setting of impaired contralateral control. While the pathways and mechanisms underlying these various measures are not fully defined and their functional impacts remain uncertain, they comprise a rich body of results that can inform and guide future efforts to understand cortical control of locomotion and to develop more effective rehabilitation protocols.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The authors state that they used a cortical stimulation location that produced the largest ankle flexion response (lines 102-104). Did other stimulation locations always produce similar, but smaller responses (aside from the two rats that showed ipsilateral neuromodulation)? Was there any site-specific difference in response to stimulation location?

      We derived motor maps in each rat, akin to the representation depicted in Fig 6. In each rat, alternative cortical sites did, indeed, produce distal or proximal contralateral leg flexion responses. Distal responses were more likely to be evoked in the rostral portion of the array, similarly to proximal responses early after injury. This distribution in responses across different cortical sites is reported in this study (Fig. 6) and is consistent with our prior work. The Results section has been revised to provide additional clarification of the passage you indicated and context for the data presented in Figure 6:

      On page 4, we have clarified: “Stimulation through these channels produced a strong whole-leg flexion movement, with an evident distal component. From visual inspection, all responding electrodes in the array produced contralateral leg flexion, although with different strength of contraction for a fixed stimulation intensity (100μA). Moreover, some sites did not present a distal movement component, failing in eliciting ankle flexion and resulting in a generally weaker proximal flexion.”

      On page 12, we have further noted: “By visually inspecting the responses elicited by stimulation delivered through each of the array electrodes, we categorized movements as proximal or distal. This classification was based on whether the ankle participated in the evoked response or if the movement was restricted to the proximal hindlimb. Each leg was scored independently.”

      (2) Figure 2: There does not appear to be a strong relationship between the percentage of spared tissue and the ladder score. For example, the animal with the mild injury (based on its ladder score) in the lower left corner of Figure 2A has less than 50% spared tissue, which is less spared tissue than in any animal other than the two severe injuries with the most tissue loss. Is it possible that the ladder test does not capture the deficits produced by this spinal cord injury? Have the authors looked for a region of the spinal cord that correlates better with the deficits that the ladder test produces? The extent of damage to the region at the base of the dorsal column containing the corticospinal tract would be an appropriate target area to quantify and compare with functional measures.

      In Fig. S6 of our 2021 publication "Bonizzato and Martinez, Science Translational Medicine", we investigated the predictive value of tissue sparing in specific sub-regions of the spinal cord for ladder performance. Among others, we examined the correlation between the accuracy of left leg ladder performance in the acute state and the preservation of the corticospinal tract (CST). Our results indicated that dorsal CST sparing serves as a mild predictor for ladder deficits, confirming the results obtained in this study.

      (3) Lines 219-221: The authors state that "phase-coherent stimulation reinstated the function of this muscle, leading to increased burst duration (90{plus minus}18% of the deficit, p=0.004, t-test, Fig. 4B) and total activation (56{plus minus}13% of the deficit, p=0.014, t-test, Fig. 3B). This way of expressing the data is unclear. For example, the previous sentence states that after SCI, burst duration decreased by 72%. Does this mean that the burst duration after stimulation was 90% higher than the -72% level seen with SCI alone, i.e., 90% + -72% = +18%? Or does it mean that the stimulation recovered 90% of the portion of the burst duration that had been lost after SCI, i.e., -72% * (100%-90%)= -7%? The data in Figure 4 suggests the latter. It would be clearer to express both these SCI alone and SCI plus stimulation results in the text as a percent of the pre-SCI results, as done in Figure 4.

      Your assessment is correct; we intended to report that the stimulation recovered 90% of the portion of the burst duration that had been lost after SCI. This point has been clarified (see page 9):

      “…leading to increased burst duration (recovered 90±18% of the lost burst duration, p=0.004, t-test, Fig. 4B) and total activation (recovered 56±13% of the total activation, p=0.014, t-test, Fig. 3B)”

      (4) Lines 227-229: The authors claim that the phase-dependent stimulation effects in SCI rats are immediate, but they don't say how long it takes for these effects to be expressed. Are these effects evident in the response to the first stimulus train, or does it take seconds or minutes for the effects to be expressed? After the initial expression of these effects, are there any gradual changes in the responses over time, e.g., habituation or potentiation?

      The effects are immediately expressed at the very first occurrence of stimulation. We never tested a rat completely naïve to stimuli, as each treadmill session involves prior cortical mapping to identify a suitable active site for involvement in locomotor experiments. Yet, as demonstrated in Supplementary Video 1 accompanying our 2021 publication on contralateral effects of cortical stimulation, "Bonizzato and Martinez, Science Translational Medicine," the impact of phase-dependent cortical stimulation on movement modulation is instantaneous and ceases promptly upon discontinuation of the stimulation. We did not quantify potential gradual changes in responsiveness over time, but we cannot exclude that for long stimulation sessions (e.g., 30 min or more), stimulus amplitude may need to be slightly increased over time to compensate habituation.

      (5) Awake motor maps (lines 250-277): The analysis of the motor maps appears to be based on measurements of the percentage of channels in which a response can be detected. This analytic approach seems incomplete in that it only assesses the spatial aspect of the cortical drive to the musculature. One channel could have a just-above-threshold response, while another could have a large response; in either case, the two channels would be treated as the same positive result. An additional analysis that takes response intensity into account would add further insight into the data, and might even correlate with the measures of functional recovery. Also, a single stimulation intensity was used; the results may have been different at different stimulus intensities.

      We confirm that maps of cortical stimulation responsiveness may vary at different stimulus amplitudes. To establish an objective metric of excitability, we identified 100µA as a reliable stimulation amplitude across rats and used this value to build the ipsilateral motor representation results in Figure 6. This choice allows direct comparison with Figure 6 of our 2021 article, related to contralateral motor representation. The comparison reveals a lack of correlation with functional recovery metrics in the ipsilateral case, in contrast to the successful correlation achieved in the contralateral case.

      Regarding the incorporation of stimulation amplitudes into the analysis, as detailed in the Method section (lines 770-771), we systematically tested various stimulation amplitudes to determine the minimal threshold required for eliciting a muscle twitch, identified as the threshold value. This process was conducted for each electrode site.

      Upon reviewing these data, we considered the possibility of presenting an additional assessment of ipsilateral cortical motor representation based on stimulation thresholds. However, the representation depicted in the figure did not differ significantly from the data presented in Figure 6A. Furthermore, this representation introduced an additional weakness, as it was unclear how to represent the absence of a response in the threshold scale. We chose to arbitrarily designate it as zero on the inverse logarithmic scale, where, for reference, 100 µA is positioned at 0.2 and 50 µA at 0.5.

      In conclusion, we believe that the conclusions drawn from this analysis align substantially with those in the text. The addition of the threshold analysis, in our assessment, would not contribute significantly to improving the manuscript.

      Author response image 1.

      Threshold analysis

      Author response image 2.

      Occurrence probability analysis, for comparison.

      (6) Lines 858-860: The authors state that "All tests were one-sided because all hypotheses were strictly defined in the direction of motor improvement." By using the one-sided test, the authors are using a lower standard for assessing statistical significance that the overwhelming majority of studies in this field use. More importantly, ipsilateral stimulation of particular kinds or particular sites might conceivably impair function, and that is ignored if the analysis is confined to detecting improvement. Thus, a two-sided analysis or comparable method should be used. This appropriate change would not greatly modify the authors' current conclusions about improvements.

      Our original hypothesis, drawn from previous studies involving cortical stimulation in rats and cats, as well as other neurostimulation research for movement restoration, posited a favorable impact of neurostimulation on movement. Consistent with this hypothesis, we designed our experiments with a focus on enhancing movement, emphasizing a strict direction of improvement.

      It's important to note that a one-sided test is the appropriate match for a one-sided hypothesis, and it is not a lower standard in statistics. Each experiment we conducted was constructed around a strictly one-sided hypothesis: the inclusion of an extensor-inducing stimulus would enhance extension, and the inclusion of a flexion-inducing stimulus would enhance flexion. This rationale guided our choice of the appropriate statistical test.

      We acknowledge your concern regarding the potential for ipsilateral stimulation to have negative effects on locomotion, which might not be captured when designing experiments based on one-sided hypotheses. That is, when hypothesizing that an extensor stimulus would enhance extension (a one-sided hypothesis) in a functional task, and finding an opposite result (inhibition), statistical rigor would impose that we cannot present that result as significant. This concern is valid, and we explicitly mentioned our design choice it in the method section, Quantification and statistical analyses:

      “All tests were one-sided, as our hypotheses were strictly defined to predict motor improvement. Specifically, we hypothesized that delivering an extension-inducing stimulus would enhance leg extension, and delivering a flexion-inducing stimulus would enhance leg flexion. Consequently, any potentially statistically significant result in the opposite direction (e.g., inhibition) would not be considered. However, no such occurrences were observed.”

      As a final note, even if such opposite observations were made, they could serve as the basis for triggering an ad-hoc follow-up study.

      Reviewer #1 also provided several detailed suggestions in the section “Recommendations for the authors”. We estimated that each of them was beneficial for the correctness or for the readability of the text, and thus all were incorporated into the final version.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The authors' long-term goals are to understand the utility of precisely phased cortex stimulation regimes on recovery of function after spinal cord injury (SCI). In prior work, the authors explored the effects of contralesion cortex stimulation. Here, they explore ipsilesion cortex stimulation in which the corticospinal fibers that cross at the pyramidal decussation are spared. The authors explore the effects of such stimulation in intact rats and rats with a hemisection lesion at the thoracic level ipsilateral to the stimulated cortex. The appropriately phased microstimulation enhances contralateral flexion and ipsilateral extension, presumably through lumbar spinal cord crossed-extension interneuron systems. This microstimulation improves weight bearing in the ipsilesion hindlimb soon after injury, before any normal recovery of function would be seen. The contralateral homologous cortex can be lesioned in intact rats without impacting the microstimulation effect on flexion and extension during gait. In two rats ipsilateral flexion responses are noted, but these are not clearly demonstrated to be independent of the contralateral homologous cortex remaining intact.

      Strengths:

      This paper adds to prior data on cortical microstimulation by the laboratory in interesting ways. First, the strong effects of the spared crossed fibers from the ipsi-lesional cortex in parts of the ipsi-lesion leg's step cycle and weight support function are solidly demonstrated. This raises the interesting possibility that stimulating the contra-lesion cortex as reported previously may execute some of its effects through callosal coordination with the ipsi-lesion cortex tested here. This is not fully discussed by the authors but may represent a significant aspect of these data. The authors demonstrate solidly that ablation of the contra-lesional cortex does not impede the effects reported here. I believe this has not been shown for the contra-lesional cortex microstimulation effects reported earlier, but I may be wrong. Effects and neuroprosthetic control of these effects are explored well in the ipsi-lesion cortex tests here.

      In the revised version of the manuscript, we incorporated various text improvements to address the points you have highlighted in your review. Additionally, we have integrated the suggested discussion topic on callosal coordination related to contralateral cortical stimulation. The discussion section now incorporates:

      “Since bi-cortical interactions in sculpting descending commands are known (Brus-Ramer et al., 2009), and in light of the changes we report in ipsilesional motor cortex excitability, the role of the ipsilateral cortex in mediating or supporting functional descending commands from the contralateral cortex, particularly the immediate increase in flexion of the affected hindlimb and long-term recovery of functional control (Bonizzato & Martinez, 2021), could be further explored.”

      The localization of the specific channels closest to the interhemispheric fissure (Fig. 7D) may suggest the involvement of transcallosal interactions in mediating the transmission of the cortical command generated in the ipsilateral motor cortex (Brus-Ramer, Carmel, & Martin, 2009). “While ablation experiments (Fig. 8) refute this hypothesis for ipsilateral extension control, they do not conclusively determine whether a different efferent pathway is involved in ipsilateral flexion control in this specific case."

      Weaknesses:

      Some data is based on very few rats. For example (N=2) for ipsilateral flexion effects of microstimulation. N=3 for homologous cortex ablation, and only ipsi extension is tested it seems. There is no explicit demonstration that the ipsilateral flexion effects in only 2 rats reported can survive the contra-lateral cortex ablation.

      We agree with this assessment. The ipsilateral flexion representation is here reported as a rare but consistent phenomenon, which we believe to have robustly described with Figure 7 experiments. We underlined in the text that the ablation experiment did not conclude on the unilateral-cortical nature of ipsilateral flexion effects, by replacing the sentence with the following:

      “While ablation experiments (Fig. 8) refute this hypothesis for ipsilateral extension control, they do not conclusively determine whether a different efferent pathway is involved in ipsilateral flexion control in this specific case."

      Some improvements in clarity and precision of descriptions are needed, as well as fuller definitions of terms and algorithms.

      Likely Impacts: This data adds in significant ways to prior work by the authors, and an understanding of how phased stimulation in cortical neuroprosthetics may aid in recovery of function after SCI, especially if a few ambiguities in writing and interpretation are fully resolved.

      The manuscript text has been revised in its final version, and we sought to eliminate all ambiguity in writing and data interpretation.

      In the section “Recommendations for the authors” Reviewer #2 also suggested to better define multiple terms throughout the manuscript. A clarification was added for each.

      The Reviewer pointed out that we might have overlooked a correlation between locomotor recovery and motor maps increase in Figure 6. We re-approached this evaluation and found that the reviewer is correct. We were led to think that there was no correlation by “horizontally” looking at whether motor map size across rats would predict locomotor scores (as it did in the case of contralateral cortex mapping, Bonizzato and Martinez, 2021). However we now found a strong correlation between changes that happen over time for each rat and locomotor recovery, a result that was only hinted with no appropriate quantification in the previous version of the manuscript. We have now reformulated the results of Figure 6 on page 12, to include this result, and we would like to thank the reviewer for having noticed this opportunity.

      Finally, we have expanded the discussion to include the following points:

      The possibility that hemi-cortex coordination of contralesional microstimulation inputs may explain the Sci Transl Med results for contralesional cortex ICMS, which warrants further investigation.

      The recognition that the ablation experiments do not provide conclusive evidence regarding ipsilateral flexion control and whether an alternative efferent pathway might be involved in this specific case.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This article aims to investigate the impact of neuroprosthesis (intracortical microstimulation) implanted unilaterally on the lesion side in the context of locomotor recovery following unilateral thoracic spinal cord injury.

      Strength:

      The study reveals that stimulating the left motor cortex, on the same side as the lesion, not only activates the expected right (contralateral) muscle activity but also influences unexpected muscle activity on the left (ipsilateral) side. These muscle activities resulted in a substantial enhancement in lift during the swing phase of the contralateral limb and improved trunk-limb support for the ipsilateral limb. They used different experimental and stimulation conditions to show the ipsilateral limb control evoked by the stimulation. This outcome holds significance, shedding light on the engagement of the "contralateral projecting" corticospinal tract in activating not only the contralateral but also the ipsilateral spinal network.

      The experimental design and findings align with the investigation of the stimulation effect of contralateral projecting corticospinal tracts. They carefully examined the recovery of ipsilateral limb control with motor maps. They also tested the effective sites of cortical stimulation. The study successfully demonstrates the impact of electrical stimulation on the contralateral projecting neurons on ipsilateral limb control during locomotion, as well as identifying important stimulation spots for such an effect. These results contribute to our understanding of how these neurons influence bilateral spinal circuitry. The study's findings contribute valuable insights to the broader neuroscience and rehabilitation communities.

      Thank you for your assessment of this manuscript. The final version of the manuscript incoporates your suggestions for improving term clarity and we enhanced the discussion on the mechanisms of spinal network engagement, as outlined below.

      Weakness:

      The term "ipsilateral" lacks a clear definition in the title, abstract, introduction, and discussion, potentially causing confusion for the reader.

      [and later] However, in my opinion, readers can easily link the ipsilateral cortical network to the ipsilateral-projecting corticospinal tract, which is less likely to play a role in ipsilateral limb control in this study since this tract is disrupted by the thoracic spinal injury.

      In order to mitigate the risk of having readers linking the effects of ipsilateral cortical stimulation with ipsilateral-projecting corticospinal tract, we specified:

      In the abstract, we precise that our goal was: “to investigate the functional role of the ipsilateral motor cortex in rat movement through spared contralesional pathways.”

      In the introduction: “In most cases, this lesion also disrupts all spinal tracts descending on the same side as the cortex under investigation at the thoracic level, meaning that the transmission of cortical commands to the ipsilesional hindlimb must depend on crossed descending tracts (Fig. S1).”

      The unexpected ipsilateral (left) muscle activity is most likely due to the left corticospinal neurons recruiting not only the right spinal network but also the left spinal network. This is probably due to the joint efforts of the neuroprosthesis and activation of spinal motor networks which work bilaterally at the spinal level.

      We agree with your assessment and the discussion section now emphasizes the effects of supraspinal drive onto spinal circuits.

      In the section “Recommendations for the authors” Reviewer #3 suggested to provide an early reminder to the reader that the focus is on exploring the control of the ipsilateral limb through the corticospinal tract of the same side, projecting contralaterally. We did so in the abstract and introduction, as presented above.

      The reviewer also suggested that the discussion could be shorter. While we recognize it covers diverse subjects that may appeal to different readers, we believe omitting some sections could limit its overall scope. The manuscript underwent three revisions and a thorough dialogue with reviewers from diverse backgrounds, and we are hesitant to undo some of these improvements.

      Moreover, the section falls short of fully exploring the involvement of contralateral projecting corticospinal neurons in spinal networks for diverse motor behaviors. It could potentially delve into aspects like the potential impact of corticospinal inputs on gating the cross-extensor reflex loop and elucidating the mechanisms underlying the recruitment of the ipsilateral spinal network for generating ipsilateral limb movements. Is it a direct control on motor neurons or via existing spinal circuits?

      The discussion section now includes the potential spinal circuits through which corticospinal neurons may affect motor control and reflexes.

      Reviewer #3 also provided several detailed suggestions in the sub-section “Minor points”. We estimated that all of them were beneficial for the correctness or for the readability of the text, and thus were incorporated into the final version. Some of the questions raised were answered directly in the text (defining “% of chronic map” and rephrasing the original Line 479). We would like to answer here below two remaining questions:

      Fig. 3C I wonder what is the average latency between stimulation onset and onset of right ankle flexor activity. Is the latency fixed, or variable (which probably indicates that the Cortical activation signal is integrated with spinal CPG activity.)

      ICMS trains, unfortunately, do not allow for precise dissection of transmission timing. Single pulses at 100 µA are insufficient to generate motoneuron responses and require multiple pulses to build up cortical transmission. Alstermark et al. (Journal of Neurophysiology, 2004) used two to four stimuli with higher amplitudes to investigate forelimb transmission timing. In our 2021 Science Translational Medicine paper, we employed single pulses at 1 mA to establish transmission delays from the contralateral cortex to the ankle flexor. However, the circuits recruited at 1 mA are not directly comparable to those activated by shorter trains.

      In this study, we used cortical trains of approximately 14 pulses, typical of ICMS protocols. Each pulse could potentially be the first to generate a response volley in the ankle flexor, with delays measured at 30 to 60 ms from ICMS train onset. While we believe that cortical commands are necessarily integrated with spinal CPG activity—as indicated in Figures 1B and 3D, where timing is crucial and descending commands can be gated out if delivered off-phase—the variability in latency that we recorded could be attributed to any of the following factors: cortical activation build-up, integration within reticular relay networks, or CPG integration.

      Fig. 4A. Why is the activity of under contralateral ankle flexor intact condition is later than the stimulation condition?

      We timed the stimulation to coincide with the contralateral leg lift and did not adjust its onset relative to spontaneous walking in SCI rats. Although stimulation could induce leg lift, as shown in Fig. 4A, SCI rats exhibited a slightly earlier and stronger activation of the right (contralateral) ankle flexor muscle even during spontaneous walking. This phenomenon is attributed to the deficits observed on the left side. The stronger right leg bears the body weight, as illustrated in Fig. 3, and thus, during body advancement, the right leg is engaged sooner and more rapidly (with a shorter swing phase) to provide support (right foot forward).

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews: 

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review): 

      Summary: 

      In Ryu et al., the authors use a cortical mouse astrocyte culture system to address the functional contribution of astrocytes to circadian rhythms in the brain. The authors' starting point is transcriptional output from serum-shocked culture, comparative informatics with existing tools and existing datasets. After fairly routine pathway analyses, they focus on the calcium homeostasis machinery and one gene, Herp, in particular. They argue that Herp is rhythmic at both mRNA and protein levels in astrocytes. They then use a calcium reporter targeted to the ER, mitochondria, or cytosol and show that Herp modulates calcium signaling as a function of circadian time. They argue that this occurs through the regulation of inositol receptors. They claim that the signaling pathway is clock-controlled by a limited examination of Bmal1 knockout astrocytes. Finally, they switch to calcium-mediated phosphorylation of the gap junction protein Connexin 43 but do not directly connect HERP-mediated circadian signaling to these observations. While these experiments address very important questions related to the critical role of astrocytes in regulating circadian signaling, the mechanistic arguments for HERP function, its role in circadian signaling through inositol receptors, the connection to gap junctions, and ultimately, the functional relevance of these findings is only partially substantiated by experimental evidence. 

      Strengths: 

      - The paper provides useful datasets of astrocyte gene expression in circadian time. 

      - Identifies HERP as a rhythmic output of the circadian clock. 

      - Demonstrates the circadian-specific sensitivity of ATP -> calcium signaling. 

      - Identifies possible rhythms in both Connexin 43 phosphorylation and rhythmic movement of calcium between cells. 

      Weaknesses: 

      - It is not immediately clear why the authors chose to focus on Ca2+ homeostasis or Herp from their initial screens as neither were the "most rhythmic" pathways in their primary analyses. 

      We appreciate the reviewer’s comment. We chose to focus on Ca2+ homeostasis processes because intracellular Ca2+ signaling plays crucial role in numerous astrocyte functions and is notably associated with sleep/wake status of animals, which is our primary interest (Bojarskaite et al., 2020; Ingiosi et al., 2020; Blum et al., 2021; Szabó et al., 2017). Among the genes involved in calcium ion homeostasis, Herp exhibited the most robust rhythmicity (supplementary table 1). The rationale for our focus on Ca2+ homeostasis and Herp is explained in the results section (line 143-150). We hope this provides a clear justification for our focus.

      - It would have been interesting (and potentially important) to know whether various methods of cellular synchronization would also render HERP rhythmic (e.g., temperature, forskolin, etc). If Herp is indeed relatively astrocyte-specific and rhythmic, it should be easy to assess its rhythmicity in vivo. 

      Thank you for the reviewer’s insightful comment. In response, we examined HERP expression in cultured astrocytes synchronized using either Dexamethasone or Forskolin treatment. We found that Herp exhibited rhythmic expression at both the the mRNA and protein levels under these conditions. These results have been added to Figure S3 and are explained in the manuscript (lines 173-175).

      Additionally, we measured HERP levels in the prefrontal cortex of mice at CT58 and CT70 and found no rhythmicity, as shown in Author response image 1. Given that Herp is expressed in various brain cell types, including microglia, endothelial cells, neurons, oligodendrocytes, and the astrocytes- with the highest expression in microglia(Cahoy et al., 2008), we reason that the potential rhythmic expression of HERP in astrocytes might be masked by its continuous expression in other cell types. Nonetheless, to assess HERP rhythmicity specifically in astrocytes in vivo, we attempted immunostaining using several anti-HERP antibodies, but none were successful. Consequently, we were unable to determine whether HERP exhibits rhythmic expression in astrocytes in vivo.

      Author response image 1.

      HERP levels were constant at CT58 and CT70. (A, B) Mice were entrained under 12h:12h LD cycle and maintained in constant dark. Prefrontal cortices were harvested at indicated time and processed for Western blot analysis. Representative image shows three independent samples. (B) Quantification of HERP levels normalized to VINCULIN. Values in graphs are mean ± SEM (*p < 0.05, **p < 0.005, ***p < 0.0005, and ****p < 0.00005; t-test)

      - The authors show that Herp suppression reduces ATP-mediated suppression of calcium whereas it initially increases Ca2+ in the cytosol and mitochondria and then suppresses it. The dynamics of the mitochondrial and cytosolic responses are not discussed in any detail and it is unclear what their direct relationship is to Herp-mediated ER signaling. What is the explanation for Herp (which is thought to be ER-specific) to calcium signaling in other organelles? 

      Our examination of cytosolic and mitochondrial Ca2+ responses was aimed at corroborating HERP’s effect on ER Ca2+ response. Upon ATP stimulation, Ca2+ is released from the ER via IP3R receptors (IP3Rs) and subsequently transmitted to other organelles including mitochondria (Carreras-Sureda et al., 2018; Giorgi et al., 2018). Ca2+ is directly transferred to the cytosol by IP3Rs located on the ER membrane, and to the mitochondria through a complex formed by IP3R and the voltage-dependent anion channel (VDAC) on the mitochondria (Giorgi et al., 2018).  Consistent with previous reports, we observed an increase of cytosolic and mitochondrial Ca2+ levels accompanied by decrease in ER Ca2+ levels following ATP treatment (See Fig. 3B, E, H, control siRNA). The ATP-stimulated ER Ca2+ release was enhanced by Herp knockdown. We reasoned that if Ca2+ release was enhanced, then cytosolic and mitochondrial Ca2+ uptakes would also be enhanced. The results were consistent with our hypothesis (See Fig. 3B, E, H, Herp siRNA). These observations are described in the Results section (lines 202-208) and in the Discussion (lines 333-348). We hope this explanation clarifies the relationship between Herp-mediated ER Ca2+ response and Ca2+ response in other organelles. Thank you for your consideration.

      - What is the functional significance of promoting ATP-mediated suppression of calcium in ER? 

      In astrocytes, intracellular Ca2+ plays crucial role in regulating several processes. In this study, among various downstream effects of intracellular Ca2+, we examined the gap junction channel (GJC) conductance, which affects astrocytic communication. As discussed in the manuscript (lines 357-381), circadian variation in HERP results in rhythmic Cx43 (S368) phosphorylation linked with GJC conductance. We propose that during the subjective night phase, heightened ATP induced ER Ca2+ release reduces GJC conductance, uncoupling astrocytes from the syncytium, making them better equipped for localized response. On the other hand, during the subjective day phase, increased GJC conductance may allow astrocytes to control a larger area for synchronous neuronal activity which is a key feature of sleep.

      - The authors then nicely show that the effect of ATP is dependent on intrinsic circadian timing but do not explain why these effects are antiphase in cytosol or mitochondria.

      Moreover, the ∆F/F for calcium in mitochondria and cytosol both rise, cross the abscissa, and then diminish - strongly suggesting a biphasic signaling event. Therefore, one wonders whether measuring the area under the curve is the most functionally relevant measurement of the change. 

      We appreciate the reviewer’s insightful comments. As explained in our previous response, Ca2+ released from the ER is transferred to the cytosol and mitochondria. This transfer explains why the fluorescent intensities of cytosolic and mitochondrial Ca2+ indicators show anti-phasic responses to those of the ER.

      We agree that cytosolic and mitochondrial Ca2+ responses may be biphasic. The decrease below the abscissa in mitochondria and cytosol likely reflects Ca2+ extrusion from these organelles. However, our primary focus was on the initial uptake of Ca2+ following ER Ca2+ release. Thus, when calculating the area under the curve (AUC), we measured the area between the ∆F/F graph and the y=0 (X-axis) for both mitochondria and cytosol. We reason that the measuring the area under the curve (above the abscissa) fits with our objective.

      While addressing your concerns, we noticed errors in the Y-axis labels of Fig. 3C, 4D, and 5C. For the ER Ca2+ dynamics, we measured the area above curve. These mistakes have now been corrected.

      - Why are mitochondrial and cytosolic calcium not also demonstrated for Bmal1 KO astrocytes? 

      In two sets of experiments (Fig. 3 and Fig. 4), we demonstrated that the increase in cytosolic and mitochondrial Ca2+ aligns with ER Ca2+ release. Since there were no circadian time differences in ER Ca2+ release in the Bmal1 KO cultures, we concluded that it was unnecessary to measure Ca2+ levels in the mitochondria and cytosol. Additionally, our primary focus is on the ER Ca2+ response rather than the Ca2+ dynamics in subcellular organelles. We hope this clarifies our rationale and maintains the focus of our study.

      - The authors claim that Herp acts by regulating the degradation of ITPRs but this hypothesis - rather central to the mechanisms proposed in this study - is not experimentally substantiated. 

      We appreciate the reviewer’s insightful comments regarding the role of HERP in the degradation of IP3Rs. In the original manuscript, we demonstrated that treating cells with Herp siRNA leads to an increase in the levels of ITPR1 and ITPR2, suggesting that HERP might be involved in the regulation of IP3Rs stability. This observation is consistent with previous studies, which showed that Herp siRNA treatment increases ITPR levels in HeLa and cardiac cells (Paredes et al., 2016; Torrealba et al., 2017). Torrealba et al. also showed that HERP regulates the polyubiquitination of IP3Rs. Based on our results and previous reports, we hypothesized that HERP similarly regulates ITPR degradation in cultured astrocytes.

      However, as the reviewer rightly pointed out, further evidence is needed to confirm that HERP specifically regulates ITPR degradation. To address this, we conducted new experiments examining the effect of XesC, an inhibitor of IP3Rs, on ER Ca2+ release. The treatment of XesC reduced the ER Ca2+ release and abolished the enhancement of ER Ca2+ release by Herp KD. These results demonstrated that HERP influences ER Ca2+ response through IP3Rs. These new findings have been added to Fig. 3N – 3P and explained in the Results section (lines 217-221).

      We believe these additional experiments and clarifications strengthen our hypothesis that HERP regulates IP3R degradation, thereby modulating ER Ca2+ responses.

      - There is no clear demonstration of the functional relevance of the circadian rhythms of ATP-mediated calcium signaling.

      As mentioned in the previous response, we examined Cx43 phosphorylation linked with GJC conductance in the context of ATP-mediated Ca2+ signaling. Our results demonstrated circadian variations in Cx43 Ser368 phosphorylation leading to variations of gap junction channel (GJC) conductance (Fig. 6C – F and Fig. 7D - I). We have discussed the significance of this circadian rhythm in ATP driven ER Ca2+ signaling concerning astrocytic function during sleep/wake states in the manuscript (lines 357 – 382) as follows.

      “ATP-stimulated Cx43 (S368) phosphorylation is higher at 30hr (subjective night phase) than at 42hr (subjective day phase) (Fig. 6C and 6D.), a finding further supported by in vivo experiments showing higher pCx43(S368) levels in the prefrontal cortex during the subjective night than during the day (Fig. 6E and 6F). What are the implications of this day/night variation in Cx43 (S368) phosphorylation? We reasoned that the circadian variation in Cx43 phosphorylation could significantly impact astrocyte functionality within the syncytium. Indeed, our cultured astrocytes exhibited circadian phase-dependent variation in gap junctional communication (Fig.7D – 7F). Astrocytes influence synaptic activity through the release of gliotransmitters such as glutamate, GABA, D-serine, and ATP, triggered by increases in intracellular Ca2+ in response to the activity of adjacent neurons and astrocytes (Verkhratsky & Nedergaard, 2018). Importantly, this increase in Ca2+ spreads to adjacent astrocytes through GJCs (Fujii et al., 2017), influencing a large area of the neuronal network. Considering that Cx43 Ser368 phosphorylation occurs to uncouple specific pathways in the astrocytic syncytium to focus local responses (Enkvist & McCarthy, 1992), our findings suggest that astrocytes better equipped for localized responses when presented with a stimulus during the active phase in mice. Conversely, during the rest period, characterized by more synchronous neuronal activity across broad brain areas (Vyazovskiy et al., 2009) higher GJC conductance might allow astrocytes to exert control over a larger area. In support of this idea, recent study showed that synchronized astrocytic Ca2+ activity advances the slow wave activity (SWA) of the brain, a key feature of non-REM sleep (Szabó et al., 2017). Blocking GJC was found to reduce SWA, further supporting this interpretation. However, conflicting findings have also been reported. For instance, Ingiosi et al. (Ingiosi et al., 2020) found that astrocytic synchrony was higher during wakefulness than sleep in the mouse frontal cortex. Whether these differing results in astrocyte synchrony during resting and active periods are attributable to differences in experimental context (e.g., brain regions, sleep-inducing condition) remains unclear. Indeed, astrocyte Ca2+ dynamics during wakefulness/sleep vary according to brain regions (Tsunematsu et al., 2021). While the extent of astrocyte synchrony might differ depending on brain region and/or stimulus, on our results suggest that the baseline state of astrocyte synchrony, which is affected by GJC conductance, varies with the day/night cycle.”

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review): 

      Summary: 

      The article entitled "Circadian regulation of endoplasmic reticulum calcium response in mouse cultured astrocytes" submitted by Ryu and colleagues describes the circadian control of astrocytic intracellular calcium levels in vitro. 

      Strengths: 

      The authors used a variety of technical approaches that are appropriate 

      We appreciate the reviewer’s acknowledgement of the strengths of our manuscript.

      Weaknesses: 

      Statistical analysis is poor and could lead to a misinterpretation of the data 

      Thank you for the comment. We have carefully reviewed our statistical analyses and applied appropriate methods where necessary. Please see below for the specific revisions and improvements made.

      For Fig. 2D-E, we initially used a t-test. However, after adding more replicates and conducting a normality test, we found that the data did not follow a normal distribution. Therefore, we switched to the Mann-Whitney U test. In Fig. 5D-E, we originally used a repeated measures two-way ANOVA, but we have now changed it to a standard two-way ANOVA. For Fig. 7C and I, we also observed non-normal distribution in the normality test and consequently replaced the t-test with the Mann-Whitney U test. For other analyses not specifically mentioned, normality tests confirmed normal distribution, allowing us to use t-tests or ANOVA as appropriate for statistical analysis.

      Several conceptual issues have been identified. 

      We have addressed the reviewer’s concerns. Please see our detailed point-by-point responses below.

      Overinterpretation of the data should be avoided. This is a mechanistic paper done completely in vitro, all references to the in vivo situation are speculative and should be avoided. 

      We appreciate the reviewer’s insightful comment. Following the reviewer’s suggestion, we have removed the interpretations of GO pathways in the context of in vivo situation.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review): 

      Astrocyte biology is an active area of research and this study is timely and adds to a growing body of literature in the field. The RNA-seq, Herp expression, and Ca2+ release data across wild-type, Bmal1 knockout, and Herp knockdown cellular models are robust and lend considerable support to the study's conclusions, highlighting their importance. Despite these strengths, the manuscript presents a gap in elucidating the dynamics of HERP and the involvement of ITPR1/2 in modulating Ca2+ release patterns and their circadian variations, which remains insufficiently supported and characterized. While the Connexin data underscore the importance of rhythmic Ca2+ release triggered by ATP, the relationship here appears correlational and the role of HERP and ITPR in Cx function remains to be characterized. Moreover, enhancing the manuscript's clarity and readability could significantly benefit the presentation and comprehension of the findings. 

      We appreciate the reviewer’s acknowledgement of the strengths of our manuscript. Regarding the identified gaps, we have conducted several new experiments to clearly demonstrate the HERP-ITPR-Cx phosphorylation axis. Please see our detailed point-by-point responses below.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors): 

      - While HERP appears to be a clock-controlled gene and its protein levels appear to demonstrate rhythmicity as well, the data quality of the western blotting in Bmal1 knockout raises some concern about the accuracy of HERP protein quantification. 

      We understand the reviewer’s concern regarding the proximity of the HERP band to a nonspecific band in the Western blotting for the Bmal1 knockout. However, we took great care to ensure the accuracy of our HERP band quantification. We meticulously selected only the specific HERP band, excluding nonspecific band. Therefore, we are confident in the accuracy of our HERP protein measurements.

      - If HERP is rhythmic and ITPRs are not, if their model is correct, might we expect HERP suppression to result in 'unmasking' an ITPR rhythm? 

      Our model suggests that both HERP and ITPRs are rhythmic, with HERP regulating the degradation of ITPR proteins and driving their rhythms. Consistent with this, we observed that day/night variations in ITPR2 levels (Fig. 4N and 4O). Therefore, we concluded that circadian variations in HERP are sufficient to drive ITPR2 rhythms. We have explained this in detail in the Result section (lines 236-241) and the Discussion section (lines 324-332).

      - The authors make a rather abrupt switch to examining gap junctions and connexin 43 phosphorylation. While the data demonstrating that the phosphorylation of S368 may indeed be rhythmic - the authors do not connect these data to the rest of the manuscript by showing a connection to HERP-mediated calcium signaling, limiting the coherence of the narrative. 

      Thank you for the reviewer’s insightful comments. To address the reviewer's concern regarding the connection between Herp and the phosphorylation of CX43 at S368, we have conducted new experiments to test whether KD of Herp abolishes the rhythms of Cx43 phosphorylation at S368. We found that the phosphorylation of Cx43 at S368 is significantly enhanced at 30hrs post sync compared with 42hrs post sync in control siRNA-treated astrocytes consistent with our previous results (Fig. 6C & 6D). On the other hand, this circadian phase dependent difference in phosphorylation was abolished in Herp siRNA treated astrocytes. These results clearly indicate that circadian variations in Cx43 phosphorylation are driven by the HERP. These new results are now included in Fig. 6G and 6H and explained in the Results section (lines 276-281).

      - Comment on data presentation: the authors repeatedly present histograms with attached lines between data points - from my understanding of the experiments, this is inappropriate unless these were repeated measures from the same cells. Otherwise, the lines connecting one data point to another between different conditions (e.g., Ctrl or Herp knockdown) are arbitrary and possibly misleading (i.e., Figure 3K, 3M, 4L, 6D). 

      Thank you for the reviewer’s comment. We have updated the figures by removing the lines connecting data points in the relevant figures (Fig.3K, M, Fig4.N and Fig.6D)).

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors): 

      Most of the suggestions of this reviewer are related to the conceptual interpretation and presentation of the data and to the statistical analysis 

      In Figure 1 the authors analyzed the rhythmic transcriptome of cortical astrocytes synchronized with a serum shock in two different ways. The authors need to discuss what is the difference between the two methods used to detect rhythmic transcripts and make sense of them. 

      Following the reviewer’s suggestion, we have provided a more detailed explanation about MetaCycle and BioCycle, as well as the rationale for using both packages in our analysis as follows: “Various methods have been used to identify periodicity in time-series data, such as Lomb-Scargle (Glynn et al., 2006), JTK_CYCLE (Hughes et al., 2010) and ARSER (Yang & Su, 2010), each with distinct advantages and limitations. MetaCycle, integrates these three methods, facilitating the evaluation of periodicity in time-series data without requiring the selection of an optimal algorithm (Wu et al., 2016). Additionally, BioCycle has been developed using a deep neural network trained with extensive synthetic and biological time series datasets (Agostinelli et al., 2016). Because MetaCycle and Biocycle identify periodic signal based on different algorithms, we applied both packages to identify periodicity in our time-series transcriptome data. BioCycle and MetaCycle analyses detected 321 and 311 periodic transcripts, respectively (FDR corrected, q-value < 0.05) (Fig. 1B). Among these, 220 (53.4%) were detected by both methods, but many transcripts did not overlap. MetaCycle is known for its inability to detect asymmetric waveforms (Mei et al., 2020). In our analysis, genes with increasing waveforms like Adora1 and Mybph were identified as rhythmic only by BioCycle, while Plat and Il34 were identified as rhythmic only by MetaCycle (Fig. S1C). Despite these discrepancies, the clear circadian rhythmic expression profiles of these genes led us to conclude that using the union of the two lists compensates for the limitations of each algorithm.”

      Please refer to lines 105-117 in the Results section.

      The reasoning for comparing CT0 with the phase of the clock 8 hs after SS needs to be explained. Circadian time (CT) conceptually refers to the clock phase in the absence of entrainment cues in vivo, the direct transformation of "time after synchronization" in vitro to CT is misleading. 

      Thank you for the reviewer’s insightful comments. Initially, we believed that transforming TASS to CT, despite being in vitro data, might provide a more intuitive and physiologically relevant interpretation of our results. However, we agree that this approach might be misleading. Following the reviewer’s suggestion, we have revised our terminology by changing “CT” to “Time post sync (hr)”. Nonetheless, in Fig. 1F for circular peak phase map, we set 8hrs post sync to ZT0 based on a phase comparison result in Fig. 1D for physiologically relevant interpretation. We hope these revisions clarify our approach.

      Moreover, also by definition a CT cannot be defined in terms of "dark" or "light". Figure 6M needs to be changed. 

      Following the reviewer’s suggestion, we removed the labels CT22 and CT34. Instead. we have labeled the respective periods as “30hr post sync” and “42hr post sync”.

      In Figure 1D, the authors present a gene ontology analysis that is certainly interesting, however, it should not be overinterpreted when trying to explain processes that take place only in vivo (e.g. wound repair). 

      Thank you for the insightful comment. Following the reviewer’s feedback, we have removed the paragraph interpreting the cell migration process in relation to wound repair and have focused instead on Ca2+ ion homeostasis.

      In Figure 2A the relative expression of clock genes and Herp is again misleading by a white/grey shading indicating subjective night and subjective day when the system under study is a cell culture. 

      We understand the reviewer’s concern that a cell culture system is not equivalent to light/dark entrainment condition. However, we apply time-synchronizing stimuli to recapitulate in vivo entrainment. In addition, by comparing our data with CircaDB, we defined 8hrs post sync as corresponding to ZT0, thus aligning it with the beginning of the day. We have retained the shading to facilitate easier interpretation of our data in relation to in vivo situations. However, in response to the reviewer’s concern, we have revised the shading from white/grey to light grey/dark grey. We hope this adjustment addresses the reviewer’s concern, but if the reviewer still believes it is inappropriate, please let us know, we will gladly update it.

      In the Figure 2A legend, it is indicated that rhythmicity is assessed using MetaCycle with mean values obtained from n=2. The authors need to make clear whether this n=2 mean: 2 biological replicates or 2 technical replicates. This difference is relevant because it would make the analysis statistically valid or invalid, respectively. 

      Thank you for your feedback. n=2 refers to 2 biological replicates. Therefore, the analysis is statistically valid.

      In Figures 2C and D the authors applied a T-test, a parametric statistical test for one-to-one comparison that requires normality distribution of the data to be tested first. To test normality, the authors need at least 4 biological replicates. The suggestion of this reviewer is that these experiments have to be repeated and proper statistics applied. 

      Thank you for your feedback. In response to the reviewer's suggestion, we conducted additional experiments to increase the number of biological replicates to 4. After verifying the normality of the data, we applied a t-test for Figure 2C and a Mann-Whitney test for Figure 2D and 2E. These tests confirmed significant statistical difference between groups.

      Further evidence of Bmal1-dependent control of HERP circadian expression authors could check the presence of E-Box elements in the Herp promoter. 

      Thank you for the reviewer’s insightful comment. In the original version of our manuscript's Discussion section, we mentioned the absence of a canonical E-Box in the upstream of Herp gene. However, following the reviewer’s suggestion and considering the potential role of non-canonical E-Boxes, we conducted an additional analysis. This analysis identified several non-canonical E-Boxes within the 6 kb upstream region of the Herp gene (Table S2). Notably, we found one non-canonical E-Box, “CACGTT,” known to regulate circadian expression (Yoo et al., 2005) is close to the transcription start site (chr8:94386194-94386543). Moreover, this element is evolutionarily conserved across various mammals, including humans, rats, mice, dogs, and opossums (See Author response image 2). Therefore, we reasoned that these non-canonical E boxes might drive the CLOCK/BMAL1 dependent expression of Herp. We have updated the Discussion to reflect these findings in lines 315-319.

      Author response image 2.

      The calcium experiments shown in Figures 3A-I, could be more convincing if the authors showed that the different Ca2+ sensors are compartment-specific by showing co-localization with a subcellular marker. In the pictures shown it is not even possible to recognize the cell dimensions. 

      Following the reviewer’s suggestion, we performed co-staining experiments with organelle specific Ca2+ indicators and organelle markers. First, astrocytes were co-transfected with G-CEPIA1er, an ER specific Ca2+ indicator and ER targeted DsRed2 (with Calreticulin signal sequence). Live imaging analysis showed that the fluorescent intensities of G-CEPIA1er and DsRed2-ER-5 significantly overlapped in co-transfected cells. Secondly, astrocytes were transfected with Mito-R-GECO1 and Mitotracker, a cell permeable mitochondria dye, was applied. The fluorescent intensities of Mito-R-GECO1 and Mitotracker also significantly overlapped. These new data are included in Figure S4 and explained in the Result section (lines 194-195).

      Data analysis in Figure 3 K and M is misleading. According to the explanations of the results, each of the experiments to assess ITRP1 or 2 is run independently. Then it is not clear why the relative levels obtained with control or Herp siRNA are plotted as pairs. Same comment as above for Figure 4L and Figure 6D. 

      Thank you for the reviewer’s insightful comments. Reviewer1 raised similar issues. Following the reviewers’ suggestions, we have removed the lines connecting the data points in Fig. 3K, 3M, 4L, and 6D.

      In Figure 5E the authors need to explain why they consider that repeated measures 2-way ANOVA is the right statistical test to apply. According to the explained experimental design, cells transfected, synchronized, and then harvested independently at the indicated time after synchronization. 

      Thank you for the reviewer’s insightful comment. Upon reviewing the statistical methods as suggested, we have revised our approach. Instead of using repeated measures 2-way ANOVA, we have now applied a standard 2-way ANOVA, which is more appropriate given the experimental procedures were independent, as the reviewer pointed out.

      The English language needs to be revised throughout the text. 

      We have thoroughly revised the English language throughout the text.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors): 

      (1) Figure 3. Clarify the physiological importance of 100 µM ATP. Would the Herp rhythm warrant Ca2+ release rhythms under basal conditions? In 3J-K, the relatively weak effect of Herp knockdown on ITPR1/2 levels, albeit statistically significant, may not be physiologically significant. This calls into question the claimed Herp-ITPR axis that underlies the Ca2+ release phenotype. Further, the correlation certainly exists but further characterization of Herp KD cells would be required to address the mechanism. 

      As previously reported, a broad range of ATP concentrations can induce Ca2+ activity in the astrocytes (Neary et al., 1988). Originally, we conducted an ATP dose-response analysis to observe ER Ca2+ release in our primary astrocyte culture. Our results show that ER Ca2+ release begins at 50 µM ATP and plateaus at 500 µM. Please refer to Author response image 3. We selected 100µM ATP for our experiments because it induces a medium level of ER Ca2+ response. Importantly, although measuring ATP concentrations at the synapse in vivo is challenging(Tan et al., 2017), estimates suggest synaptic ATP concentrations range from 5-500 µM (Pankratov et al., 2006). Thus, 100µM ATP is a physiologically relevant concentration that can affect nearby cells, including astrocytes, in the nervous system.

      Author response image 3.

      Cultured astrocytes were transfected with G-CEPIA1er ER and at 48hrs post transfection, cultured astrocytes were treated with various concentrations of ATP and Ca2+ imaging analysis was performed. (A) ΔF/F0 values over time following ATP application. (B) Area above curve values. Values in graphs are mean ± SEM (*p < 0.05, **p < 0.005, ***p < 0.0005, and ****p < 0.00005; one-way ANOVA).

      Regarding the comment on Ca2+ release rhythms under basal conditions, we interpret this as referring Ca2+ release in the absence of a stimulus. We typically observe Ca2+ release only upon stimulation, such as ATP treatment. However, we acknowledge that the modest effects of HERP knockdown on ITPR1/2 levels could question the HERP-ITPR axis’s role in ER Ca2+ release.

      To address this, we analyzed whether Herp KD induced increases in ER Ca2+ release were mediated through ITPRs by treating cells with Xestospongin C (XesC), an IP3R inhibitor. XesC treatment reduced ATP-induced ER Ca2+ release and eliminated the differences in ER Ca2+ release between control and Herp KD astrocytes (Fig. 3N – 3P). These results clearly indicate that HERP-ITPR axis plays critical role in controlling ER Ca2+ release. These new experiments have been included in Fig. 3 and explained in the result section (lines 217-221).

      Furthermore, following the reviewer’s suggestion, we examined whether HERP rhythms underlie the rhythms of ER Ca2+ response by analyzing ER Ca2+ response in Herp KD astrocyte in two different times following synchronization. In control astrocytes, ATP-induced ER Ca2+ responses vary depending on time, whereas these time-dependent variations were abolished in Herp KD astrocytes. These new experiments have been included in Fig. 4K – 4M and explained in the Results section (lines 232-235).

      Collectively, these results indicate that HERP rhythms lead to time-dependent differences in ER Ca2+ response through ITPRs.

      (2) Figure 4K-L. As data suggested the involvement of ITPR1 and ITPR2 (circadian effect), a reasonable next step is to determine their involvement, but the study did not pursue the hypothesis. 

      Thank you for your insightful comment. Our results indeed suggest that rhythms in ITPR2 levels may drive the time-dependent variations in ATP-induced ER Ca2+ release following synchronization. The newly conducted experiments demonstrated that treatment with the ITPR inhibitor XesC suppressed ATP-induced ER Ca2+ release at both control and Herp siRNA treatment conditions (Fig. 3). Based on these findings, we now further confirm that rhythms of ITPR levels, specifically ITPR2 underlie the circadian variations in ER Ca2+ release. While examining the effect of ITPR2 siRNA would directly prove the involvement of ITPR2, we have decided to pursue this experiment in the future studies.

      (3) Figure 5A-C. Data from WT cells should be included side by side with Bmal1-/- cells for comparison which is expected to be consistent with the HERP levels as in 5D-E. Again, the role of ITPR2 is suggested but not demonstrated. 

      Following the reviewer's suggestion, we conducted additional experiments including both WT and Bmal1-/- cultured astrocytes side-by-side. The results were consistent with our previous findings: WT astrocytes showed rhythms of ER Ca2+ release while Bmal1-/- astrocytes did not. We have updated the Figure 5A to 5C and the corresponding Results section in lines 242-245 accordingly.<br /> Regarding second comment, as mentioned in our previous response, we plan to examine the role of ITPR2 in further studies.

      (4) Figure 6. The Connexin data seems an addon and is correlative with the Ca2+ release. The role of Herp and Itpr in Connexin function is not addressed. Figure 6E-F was not called out in the results section. Suggest providing additional data to support the role of the HERP-ITPR axis in regulating Ca2+ release and Connexin activity. 

      We agree that additional data are needed to support the role of HERP in regulating CX43 phosphorylation. Therefore, we have conducted further experiments to determine whether rhythms of Cx43 phosphorylation are regulated by HERP. In the control astrocytes, ATP treatment induced time-dependent variations in Cx43 phosphorylation. However, these rhythms were abolished in Herp KD astrocytes. These results indicate that rhythms in HERP levels contribute to the time-dependent variations in Cx43 phosphorylation. These new experiments have included in Fig. 6G and 6H and explained in the results section (lines 276-281).

      Regarding second comment, we have corrected our oversight by properly referencing figures 6E-F in the results section. Please refer to lines 357-359 for clarification.

      (5) Discussion. This section should focus on noteworthy points to discuss, not repeating the results. 

      Based on the reviewer's valuable suggestions, we have revised the Discussion section to minimize repetition of the results. Thank you for your guidance.

      (6) The manuscript exhibits numerous grammatical and textual inaccuracies that necessitate careful revision by the authors. My observations here are confined to the title and the abstract alone. I recommend altering the title from "mouse cultured astrocytes" to "cultured mouse astrocytes" for clarity and grammatical correctness. The abstract, meanwhile, needs enhancements both in terms of its content and language. It should incorporate the results of the partitioning among the ER, cytoplasm, and mitochondria, and provide clear definitions for some of the critical terms used. It's worth noting that the abstract's second sentence contains a grammatical error. 

      Thank you for the reviewer’s valuable feedback. We have carefully revised the title, abstract, and main text to address the grammatical and textual issues. The title has been changed to “cultured mouse astrocytes”. Additionally, the abstract now includes results related to cytoplasmic Ca2+ dynamics and has been revised in several places. We appreciate your insights and have worked to enhance the content and language accordingly.

      Reference

      Agostinelli, F., Ceglia, N., Shahbaba, B., Sassone-Corsi, P., & Baldi, P. (2016). What time is it? Deep learning approaches for circadian rhythms. Bioinformatics, 32(12), i8-i17. https://doi.org/10.1093/bioinformatics/btw243

      Cahoy, J. D., Emery, B., Kaushal, A., Foo, L. C., Zamanian, J. L., Christopherson, K. S., Xing, Y., Lubischer, J. L., Krieg, P. A., Krupenko, S. A., Thompson, W. J., & Barres, B. A. (2008). A transcriptome database for astrocytes, neurons, and oligodendrocytes: a new resource for understanding brain development and function. J Neurosci, 28(1), 264-278. https://doi.org/10.1523/JNEUROSCI.4178-07.2008

      Carreras-Sureda, A., Pihán, P., & Hetz, C. (2018). Calcium signaling at the endoplasmic reticulum: fine-tuning stress responses. Cell Calcium, 70, 24-31. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ceca.2017.08.004

      Enkvist, M. O., & McCarthy, K. D. (1992). Activation of protein kinase C blocks astroglial gap junction communication and inhibits the spread of calcium waves. J Neurochem, 59(2), 519-526. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1471-4159.1992.tb09401.x

      Fujii, Y., Maekawa, S., & Morita, M. (2017). Astrocyte calcium waves propagate proximally by gap junction and distally by extracellular diffusion of ATP released from volume-regulated anion channels. Scientific Reports, 7(1), 13115. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-017-13243-0

      Giorgi, C., Marchi, S., & Pinton, P. (2018). The machineries, regulation and cellular functions of mitochondrial calcium. Nature Reviews Molecular Cell Biology, 19(11), 713-730. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41580-018-0052-8

      Glynn, E. F., Chen, J., & Mushegian, A. R. (2006). Detecting periodic patterns in unevenly spaced gene expression time series using Lomb-Scargle periodograms. Bioinformatics, 22(3), 310-316. https://doi.org/10.1093/bioinformatics/bti789

      Hughes, M. E., Hogenesch, J. B., & Kornacker, K. (2010). JTK_CYCLE: an efficient nonparametric algorithm for detecting rhythmic components in genome-scale data sets. J Biol Rhythms, 25(5), 372-380. https://doi.org/10.1177/0748730410379711

      Ingiosi, A. M., Hayworth, C. R., Harvey, D. O., Singletary, K. G., Rempe, M. J., Wisor, J. P., & Frank, M. G. (2020). A Role for Astroglial Calcium in Mammalian Sleep and Sleep Regulation. Curr Biol, 30(22), 4373-4383.e4377. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cub.2020.08.052

      Mei, W., Jiang, Z., Chen, Y., Chen, L., Sancar, A., & Jiang, Y. (2020). Genome-wide circadian rhythm detection methods: systematic evaluations and practical guidelines. Briefings in Bioinformatics, 22(3). https://doi.org/10.1093/bib/bbaa135

      Neary, J. T., van Breemen, C., Forster, E., Norenberg, L. O., & Norenberg, M. D. (1988). ATP stimulates calcium influx in primary astrocyte cultures. Biochem Biophys Res Commun, 157(3), 1410-1416. https://doi.org/10.1016/s0006-291x(88)81032-5

      Pankratov, Y., Lalo, U., Verkhratsky, A., & North, R. A. (2006). Vesicular release of ATP at central synapses. Pflugers Arch, 452(5), 589-597. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00424-006-0061-x

      Paredes, F., Parra, V., Torrealba, N., Navarro-Marquez, M., Gatica, D., Bravo-Sagua, R., Troncoso, R., Pennanen, C., Quiroga, C., Chiong, M., Caesar, C., Taylor, W. R., Molgó, J., San Martin, A., Jaimovich, E., & Lavandero, S. (2016). HERPUD1 protects against oxidative stress-induced apoptosis through downregulation of the inositol 1,4,5-trisphosphate receptor. Free Radic Biol Med, 90, 206-218. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.freeradbiomed.2015.11.024

      Szabó, Z., Héja, L., Szalay, G., Kékesi, O., Füredi, A., Szebényi, K., Dobolyi, Á., Orbán, T. I., Kolacsek, O., Tompa, T., Miskolczy, Z., Biczók, L., Rózsa, B., Sarkadi, B., & Kardos, J. (2017). Extensive astrocyte synchronization advances neuronal coupling in slow wave activity in vivo. Scientific Reports, 7(1), 6018. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-017-06073-7

      Tan, Z., Liu, Y., Xi, W., Lou, H. F., Zhu, L., Guo, Z., Mei, L., & Duan, S. (2017). Glia-derived ATP inversely regulates excitability of pyramidal and CCK-positive neurons. Nat Commun, 8, 13772. https://doi.org/10.1038/ncomms13772

      Torrealba, N., Navarro-Marquez, M., Garrido, V., Pedrozo, Z., Romero, D., Eura, Y., Villalobos, E., Roa, J. C., Chiong, M., Kokame, K., & Lavandero, S. (2017). Herpud1 negatively regulates pathological cardiac hypertrophy by inducing IP3 receptor degradation. Sci Rep, 7(1), 13402. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-017-13797-z

      Tsunematsu, T., Sakata, S., Sanagi, T., Tanaka, K. F., & Matsui, K. (2021). Region-specific and state-dependent astrocyte Ca<sup>2+</sup> dynamics during the sleep-wake cycle in mice. The Journal of Neuroscience, JN-RM-2912-2920. https://doi.org/10.1523/jneurosci.2912-20.2021

      Verkhratsky, A., & Nedergaard, M. (2018). Physiology of Astroglia. Physiol Rev, 98(1), 239-389. https://doi.org/10.1152/physrev.00042.2016

      Vyazovskiy, V. V., Olcese, U., Lazimy, Y. M., Faraguna, U., Esser, S. K., Williams, J. C., Cirelli, C., & Tononi, G. (2009). Cortical firing and sleep homeostasis. Neuron, 63(6), 865-878. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuron.2009.08.024

      Wu, G., Anafi, R. C., Hughes, M. E., Kornacker, K., & Hogenesch, J. B. (2016). MetaCycle: an integrated R package to evaluate periodicity in large scale data. Bioinformatics, 32(21), 3351-3353. https://doi.org/10.1093/bioinformatics/btw405

      Yang, R., & Su, Z. (2010). Analyzing circadian expression data by harmonic regression based on autoregressive spectral estimation. Bioinformatics, 26(12), i168-174. https://doi.org/10.1093/bioinformatics/btq189

      Yoo, S. H., Ko, C. H., Lowrey, P. L., Buhr, E. D., Song, E. J., Chang, S., Yoo, O. J., Yamazaki, S., Lee, C., & Takahashi, J. S. (2005). A noncanonical E-box enhancer drives mouse Period2 circadian oscillations in vivo. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A, 102(7), 2608-2613. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.0409763102

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1:

      …several previous studies have identified co-expression of vomeronasal receptors by vomeronasal sensory neurons, and the expression of non-vomeronasal receptors, and this was not adequately addressed in the manuscript as presented.

      We’ve added context and citations to the Introduction and Results sections relating to recent studies on the co-expression of vomeronasal receptors and the expression of non-vomeronasal receptors in VSNs.

      The data resulting from the use of the Resolve Biosciences spatial transcriptomics platform are somewhat difficult to interpret, and the methods are somewhat opaque.

      The Molecular Cartography platform relies on multi-plex imaging of fluorescent probes that bind specifically to individual gene transcripts to determine their spatial location. Unfortunately, the detailed protocols remain proprietary at Resolve Biosciences and were not disclosed. We have clarified this in the revised manuscript. Our role in the acquisition and processing of data for this experiment is included in the current Methods section. Additional analysis produced from the Molecular Cartography data have been added (See response to Reviewer #2, below) to the supplemental materials to help clarify interpretation of the results.

      Reviewer #2:

      …the authors present a biased report of previously published work, largely including only those results that do not overlap with their own findings, but ignoring results that would question the novelty of the data presented here.

      We had no intention of misleading the readers. In fact, we have discussed discrepancies between our results with other studies. However, we inadvertently left out a critical publication in preparing the manuscript. We have added context and citations relating to recent studies that use single cell RNA sequencing in the vomeronasal organ, studies relating to the co-expression of vomeronasal receptors, and studies discussing V1R/V2R lineage determination. In Discussion, we also compared our model with a previous one of genetic determination of VNO neuronal fate.

      Did the authors perform any cell selectivity, or any directed dissection, to obtain mainly neuronal cells? Previous studies reported a greater proportion of non-neuronal cells. For example, while Katreddi and co-workers (ref 89) found that the most populated clusters are identified as basal cells, macrophages, pericytes, and vascular smooth muscle, Hills Jr. et al. in this work did not report such types of cells. Did the authors check for the expression of marker genes listed in Ref 89 for such cell types?

      For VNO dissections, we removed bones and blood vessels from VNO tissue and only kept the sensory epithelium. This procedure removed vascular smooth muscle cells, pericytes, and other non-neuronal cell types, which explains differences in cell proportions between our study and previous studies. We used a DAPI/Draq5 assay to sort live/nucleated cells for sequencing and no specific markers were used for cell selection. All cells in the experiment were successfully annotated using the cell-type markers shown in Fig. 1B, save for cells from the sVSN cluster, which were novel, and required further analysis to characterize.

      The authors should report the marker genes used for cell annotation.

      Marker genes used for cell annotation are shown in figure 1B. A full list of all marker genes used in the cell annotation process has been added to the Methods section.

      The authors reported no differences between juvenile and adult samples, and between male and female samples. It is not clear how they evaluate statistically significant differences, which statistical test was used, or what parameters were evaluated.

      The claims made about male/female mice and P14/P56 mice directly pertain to the distribution of clusters and cells in UMAP space as seen in Figure 1 C & D. We have performed differential gene expression analysis for male/female and P14/P56 comparisons using the FindMarkers function from the Seurat R package. Although we have found significant differential expression between male and female, and between P14 and P56 animals, the genes in this list do not appear to be influential for the neuronal lineage and cell type specification or related to cell adhesion molecules, which are the main focuses of this study. Nevertheless, we have added these results to the supplemental materials.

      ‘Based on our transcriptomic analysis, we conclude that neurogenic activity is restricted to the marginal zone.’ This conclusion is quite a strong statement, given that this study was not directed to carefully study neurogenesis distribution, and when neurogenesis in the basal zone has been proposed by other works, as stated by the authors.

      We have used fourteen slides from whole VNO sections in our Molecular Cartography analysis to quantify the number of GBCs, INPs, and iVSNs predicted in the marginal zone, the intermediate zone, and main/medial zone. We have performed a Wilcoxon signed-rank test to check for the significant presence of GBCs, INPs, and iVSNs in the marginal zone over their presence in the main/medial zone. The results are included in new Figure S3. The result from this analysis justifies our claim that neurogenesis is restricted to the MZ. This claim is also supported by the 2021 study by Katreddi & Forni.

      The authors report at least two new types of sensory neurons in the mouse VNO, a finding of huge importance that could have a substantial impact on the field of sensory physiology. However, the evidence for such new cell types is based solely on this transcriptomic dataset and, as such, is quite weak, since many crucial morphological and physiological aspects would be missing to clearly identify them as novel cell types. As stated before, many control and confirmatory experiments, and a careful evaluation of the results presented in this work must be performed to confirm such a novel and interesting discovery. The reported "novel classes of sensory neurons" in this work could represent previously undescribed types of sensory neurons, but also previously reported cells (see below) or simply possible single-cell sequencing artefacts.

      The reviewer is correct that detailed morphological and physiological studies are needed to further understand these cells. This is an opinion we share. Our paper is primarily intended as a resource paper to provide access to a large-scale single-cell RNA-sequenced dataset and discoveries based on the transcriptomic data that can support and inspire ongoing and future experiments in the field. Nonetheless, we are confident that neither of the novel cell clusters are the result of sequencing artefacts. We performed a robust quality-control protocol, including count correction for ambient RNA with the R package, SoupX, multiplet cell detection and removal with the Python module, Scrublet, and a strict 5% mitochondrial gene expression cut-off. Furthermore, the cell clusters in question show no signs of being the result of sequencing artefacts, as they are physically connected in a reasonable orientation to the rest of the neuronal lineage in modular clusters in 2D and 3D UMAP space. The OSN and sVSN  cell clusters each show distinct and self-consistent expressions of genes (new Figure S4H). Gene ontology (GO) analysis reveals significant GO term enrichment for both the sVSN (Fig. 2G) and mOSN clusters when compared to mature V1R and V2R VSNs, indicating functional differences. We have performed  pseudotime analysis of sVSNs, differential gene expression and gene ontology analysis of mOSNs. The results are shown in the new Figure S6.

      The authors report the co-expression of V2R and Gnai2 transcripts based on sequencing data. That could dramatically change classical classifications of basal and apical VSNs. However, did the authors find support for this co-expression in spatial molecular imaging experiments?

      Genes with extremely high expression levels overwhelm signals from other genes, and therefore had to be removed from the experiment. This is a limitation of the Molecular Cartography platform. Unfortunately, Gnai2 was determined to be one of these genes and was not evaluated for this purpose.

      Canonical OSNs: The authors report a cluster of cells expressing neuronal markers and ORs and call them canonical OSN. However, VSNs expressing ORs have already been reported in a detailed study showing their morphology and location inside the sensory epithelium (References 82, 83). Such cells are not canonical OSNs since they do not show ciliary processes, they express TRPC2 channels and do not express Golf. Are the "canonical OSNs" reported in this study and the OR-expressing VSNs (ref 82, 83) different? Which parameters, other than Gnal and Cnga2 expression, support the authors' bold claim that these are "canonical OSNs"? What is the morphology of these neurons? In addition, the mapping of these "canonical OSNs" shown in Figure 2D paints a picture of the negligible expression/role of these cells (see their prediction confidence).

      We observe OR expression in VSNs in our data; these cells cluster with VSNs. The putative mOSN cluster exhibits its own trajectory, distinct from VSN clusters. These cells express Gnal (Golf), which is not expressed in VSNs expressing ORs, nor in any other cell-type in the data. After performing differential gene expression on the putative mOSN cluster, comparing with V1R and V2R VSNs, independently, GO analysis returned the top significantly enriched GO cellular component, ‘cilium’. This new piece of data is presented in the updated Figure S6. Because we were limited to list of 100 genes in Molecular Cartography probe panel, we have prioritized the detection of canonical VNO cell-types, vomeronasal receptor co-expression, and the putative sVSNs, and were not able to include a robust analysis of the putative OSNs.

      Secretory VSN: The authors report another novel type of sensory neurons in the VNO and call them "secretory VSNs". Here, the authors performed an analysis of differentially expressed genes for neuronal cells (dataset 2) and found several differentially expressed genes in the sVSN cluster. However, it would be interesting to perform a gene expression analysis using the whole dataset including neuronal and non-neuronal cells. Could the authors find any marker gene that unequivocally identifies this new cell type?

      We did not find unequivocal marker genes for sVSNs. We did perform differential analysis of the sVSN cluster with whole VNO data and with the neuronal subset, as well as against specific cell-types. We could not find a single gene that was perfectly exclusive to sVSNs. We used a combinatorial marker-gene approach to predicting sVSNs in the Molecular Cartography data. This required a larger subset of our 100 gene panel to be dedicated to genes for detecting sVSNs.

      When the authors evaluated the distribution of sVSN using the Molecular Cartography technique, they found expression of sVSN in both sensory and non-sensory epithelia. How do the authors explain such unexpected expression of sensory neurons in the non-sensory epithelium?

      In our scRNA-Seq experiment, blood vessels were removed, limiting the power to distinguish between certain cell types. Because of the limited number of genes that we can probe using Molecular Cartography, the number of genes associated with sVSNs may be present in the non-sensory epithelium. This could lead to the identification of cells that may or may not be identical to the sVSNs in the non-neuronal epithelium. Indeed, further studies will need to be conducted to determine the specificity of these cells.

      The low total genes count and low total reads count, combined with an "expression of marker genes for several cell types" could indicate low-quality beads (contamination) that were not excluded with the initial parameter setting. It looks like cells in this cluster express a bit of everything V1R, V2R, OR, secretory proteins.

      We are confident that the putative sVSN cell cluster is not the result of low-quality cells. We performed a robust quality-control protocol, including count correction for ambient RNA with the R package, SoupX, multiplet cell detection and removal with the Python module, Scrublet, and a strict 5% mitochondrial gene expression cut-off. Furthermore, the cell clusters in question show no signs of being the result of sequencing artefacts, as they are connected in a reasonable orientation to the rest of the neuronal lineage in modular clusters in 2D and 3D UMAP space. The OSN and sVSN cell clusters each show distinct and self-consistent expressions of genes (Fig. S1H). Gene ontology (GO) analysis reveals significant GO term enrichment for both the sVSN (Fig. 2G) and mOSN clusters when compared to mature V1R and V2R VSNs, indicating functional differences. Moreover, while some genes were expressed at a lower level when compared to the canonical VSNs, others were expressed at higher levels, precluding the cause of discrepancy as resulting from an overall loss of gene counts.

      The authors wrote ‘...the transcriptomic landscape that specifies the lineages is not known...’. This statement is not completely true, or at least misleading. There are still many undiscovered aspects of the transcriptomics landscape and lineage determination in VSNs. However, authors cannot ignore previously reported data showing the landscape of neuronal lineages in VSNs (Ref ref 88, 89, 90, 91 and doi.org/10.7554/eLife.77259). Expression of most of the transcription factors reported by this study (Ascl1, Sox2, Neurog1, Neurod1...) were already reported, and for some of them, their role was investigated, during early developmental stages of VSNs (Ref ref 88, 89, 90, 91 and doi.org/10.7554/eLife.77259). In summary, the authors should fully include the findings from previous works (Ref ref 88, 89, 90, 91 and doi.org/10.7554/eLife.77259), clearly state what has been already reported, what is contradictory and what is new when compared with the results from this work.

      This is a difference in opinion about the terminology. Transcriptomic landscape in our paper refers to the genome-wide expression by individual cells, not just individual genes. The reviewer is correct that many of the genetic specifiers have been identified, which we cited and discussed. We consider these studies as providing a “genetic” underpinning, rather than the “transcriptomic landscape” in lineage progression. To avoid confusion, we have revised the statement to “… the transcriptional program that specifies the lineages is not known.” 

      …the co-expression of specific V2Rs with specific transcription factors does not imply a direct implication in receptor selection. Directed experiments to evaluate the VR expression dependent on a specific transcription factor must be performed.

      The reviewer is correct, and we did not claim that the co-expression of specific transcription factors indicates a direct relationship with receptor selection. We agree that further directed experiments are required to investigate this question.

      This study reports that transcription factors, such as Pou2f1, Atf5, Egr1, or c-Fos could be associated with receptor choice in VSNs. However, no further evidence is shown to support this interaction. Based on these purely correlative data, it is rather bold to propose cascade model(s) of lineage consolidation.

      The reviewer is correct. As any transcriptomic study will only be correlative, additional studies will be needed to unequivocally determine the mechanistic link between the transcription factors with receptor choice. Our model provides a basis for these studies.

      The authors use spatial molecular imaging to evaluate the co-expression of many chemosensory receptors in single VNO cells. […] However, it is difficult to evaluate and interpret the results due to the lack of cell borders in spatial molecular imaging. The inclusion of cell border delimitation in the reported images (membrane-stained or computer-based) could be tremendously beneficial for the interpretation of the results.

      The most common practice for cell segmentation of spatial transcriptomics data is to determine cell borders based on nuclear staining with expansion. We have tested multiple algorithms based on recent studies, but each has its own caveat.

      It is surprising that the authors reported a new cell type expressing OR, however, they did not report the expression of ORs in Molecular Cartography technique. Did the authors evaluate the expression of OR using the cartography technique?

      We were limited to a 100-gene probe panel and only included one OR. The expression was not high enough for us to substantiate any claims.

      Reviewer #3:

      (1) The authors claim that they have identified two new classes of sensory neurons, one being a class of canonical olfactory sensory neurons (OSNs) within the VNO. This classification as canonical OSNs is based on expression data of neurons lacking the V1R or V2R markers but instead expressing ORs and signal transduction molecules, such as Gnal and Cnga2. Since OR-expressing neurons in the VNO have been previously described in many studies, it remains unclear to me why these OR-expressing cells are considered here a "new class of OSNs." Moreover, morphological features, including the presence of cilia, and functional data demonstrating the recognition of chemosignals by these neurons, are still lacking to classify these cells as OSNs akin to those present in the MOE. While these cells do express canonical markers of OSNs, they also appear to express other VSN-typical markers, such as Gnao1 and Gnai2 (Figure 2B), which are less commonly expressed by OSNs in the MOE. Therefore, it would be more precise to characterize this population as atypical VSNs that express ORs, rather than canonical OSNs.

      We observe OR expression in VSNs in our data; these cells cluster with VSNs. The putative mOSN cluster exhibits its own trajectory, distinct from VSN clusters. These cells express Gnal (Golf), which is not expressed in VSNs expressing ORs, nor in any other cell-type in the data. We have performed differential gene expression analysis on the putative mOSN cluster to compare with V1R and V2R VSNs. GO analysis returned the top significantly enriched GO terms, including many related to “cilium”., further supporting that these are OSNs. Because we were limited to list of 100 genes in Molecular Cartography probe panels, we have prioritized the detection of canonical VNO cell-types, vomeronasal receptor co-expression, and the putative sVSNs, and were not able to include a robust analysis of the putative OSNs. With regard to Gnai2 and Go expression, we have examined our data from the OSNs dissociated from the olfactory epithelium and detected substantial expression of both. This new analysis provides additional support for our claim. We now present differentially expressed genes and GO term analysis of the mOSN class in the updated Figure S6.

      (2) The second new class of sensory neurons identified corresponds to a group of VSNs expressing prototypical VSN markers (including V1Rs, V2Rs, and ORs), but exhibiting lower ribosomal gene expression. Clustering analysis reveals that this cell group is relatively isolated from V1R- and V2R-expressing clusters, particularly those comprising immature VSNs. The question then arises: where do these cells originate? Considering their fewer overall genes and lower total counts compared to mature VSNs, I wonder if these cells might represent regular VSNs in a later developmental stage, i.e., senescent VSNs. While the secretory cell hypothesis is compelling and supported by solid data, it could also align with a late developmental stage scenario. Further data supporting or excluding these hypotheses would aid in understanding the nature of this new cell cluster, with a comparison between juvenile and adult subjects appearing particularly relevant in this context.

      We wholeheartedly agree with this assessment. Our initial thought was that these were senescent VSNs, but the trajectory analysis did not support this scenario, leading us to propose that these are putative secretive cells. Our analysis also shows that overall, 46% of the putative sVSNs were from the P14 sample and 54% from P56. These cells comprise roughly 6.4% of all P14 cells and 8.5% of P56 cells. In comparison, 28.4% of all cells are mature V1R VSNs at P14, but the percentage rise to 46.7% at P56. The significant presence of sVSNs at P14, and the disproportionate increase when compared with mature VSNs indicate that these are unlikely to be late developmental stage or senescent cells, although we cannot exclude these possibilities.

      We have included the sVSNs in a trajectory inference analysis and found that the pseudotime values of the sVSNs are within the range of those cells within the V1R and V2R lineages, indicating a similar maturity (Fig. S6).

      (3) The authors' decision not to segregate the samples according to sex is understandable, especially considering previous bulk transcriptomic and functional studies supporting this approach. However, many of the highly expressed VR genes identified have been implicated in detecting sex-specific pheromones and triggering dimorphic behavior. It would be intriguing to investigate whether this lack of sex differences in VR expression persists at the single-cell level. Regardless of the outcome, understanding the presence or absence of major dimorphic changes would hold broad interest in the chemosensory field, offering insights into the regulation of dimorphic pheromone-induced behavior. Additionally, it could provide further support for proposed mechanisms of VR receptor choice in VSNs. 

      The reviewer raised a good point. We did not observe differences between male and female, or between P14 and P56 mice in the distribution of clusters and cells in UMAP space. Indeed, our differential expression analysis has revealed significantly differentially expressed genes in both comparisons. Results from these analyses are presented in the new Figures S1 and S2.   

      (4) The expression analysis of VRs and ORs seems to have been restricted to the cell clusters associated with the neuronal lineage. Are VRs/ORs expressed in other cell types, i.e. sustentacular, HBC, or other cells?

      Sparsely expressed low counts of VR and OR genes were observed in non-neuronal cell-types. When their expression as a percentage of cell-level gene counts is considered, however, the expression is negligible when compared to the neurons. The observed expression may be explained by stochastic base-level expression, or it may be the result of remnant ambient RNA that passed filtering.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:  

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review): 

      Summary: 

      The fungal cell wall is a very important structure for the physiology of a fungus but also for the interaction of pathogenic fungi with the host. Although a lot of knowledge on the fungal cell wall has been gained, there is a lack of understanding of the meaning of ß-1,6-glucan in the cell wall. In the current manuscript, the authors studied in particular this carbohydrate in the important humanpathogenic fungus Candida albicans. The authors provide a comprehensive characterization of cell wall constituents under different environmental and physiological conditions, in particular of ß-1,6glucan. Also, β-1,6-glucan biosynthesis was found to be likely a compensatory reaction when mannan elongation was defective. The absence of β-1,6-glucan resulted in a significantly sick growth phenotype and complete cell wall reorganization. The manuscript contains a detailed analysis of the genetic and biochemical basis of ß-1,6-glucan biosynthesis which is apparently in many aspects similar to yeast. Finally, the authors provide some initial studies on the immune modulatory effects of ß-1,6-glucan. 

      Strengths: 

      The findings are very well documented, and the data are clear and obtained by sophisticated biochemical methods. It is impressive that the authors successfully optimized methods for the analyses and quantification of ß-1-6-glucan under different environmental conditions and in different mutant strains. 

      Weaknesses: 

      However, although already very interesting, at this stage there are some loose ends that need to be combined to strengthen the manuscript. For example, the immunological studies are rather preliminary and need at least some substantiation. Also, at this stage, the manuscript in some places remains a bit too descriptive and needs the elucidation of potential causalities.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review): 

      Summary: 

      The authors provide the first (to my knowledge) detailed characterization of cell wall b-1,6 glucan in the pathogen Candida albicans. The approaches range from biochemistry to genetics to immunology. The study provides fundamental information and will be a resource of exceptional value to the field going forward. Highlights include the construction of a mutant that lacks all b-1,6 glucan and the characterization of its cell wall composition and structure. Figure 5a is a feast for the eyes, showing that b-1,6 glucan is vital for the outer fibrillar layer of the cell wall. Also much appreciated was the summary figure, Figure 7, which presents the main findings in digestible form.

      Strengths: 

      The work is highly significant for the fungal pathogen field especially, and more broadly for anyone studying fungi, antifungal drugs, or antifungal immune responses.

      The manuscript is very readable, which is important because most readers will be cell wall nonspecialists.

      The authors construct a key quadruple mutant, which is not trivial even with CRISPR methods, and validate it with a complemented strain. This aspect of the study sets the bar high. The authors develop new and transferable methods for b-1,6 glucan analysis. 

      Weaknesses: 

      The one "famous" cell type that would have been interesting to include is the opaque cell. This could be included in a future paper.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review): 

      Summary: 

      The cell wall of human fungal pathogens, such as Candida albicans, is crucial for structural support and modulating the host immune response. Although extensively studied in yeasts and molds, the structural composition has largely focused on the structural glucan b,1,3-glucan and the surface exposed mannans, while the fibrillar component β-1,6-glucan, a significant component of the well wall, has been largely overlooked. This comprehensive biochemical and immunological study by a highly experienced cell wall group provides a strong case for the importance of β-1,6-glucan contributing critically to cell wall integrity, filamentous growth, and cell wall stability resulting from defects in mannan elongation. Additionally, β-1,6-glucan responds to environmental stimuli and stresses, playing a key role in wall remodeling and immune response modulation, making it a potential critical factor for host-pathogen interactions.

      Strengths: 

      Overall, this study is well-designed and executed. It provides the first comprehensive assessment of β-1,6-glucan as a dynamic, albeit underappreciated, molecule. The role of β-1,6-glucan genetics and biochemistry has been explored in molds like Aspergillus fumigatus, but this work shines an important light on its role in Candida albicans. This is important work that is of value to Medical Mycology, since β-1,6-glucan plays more than just a structural role in the wall. It may serve as a PAMP and a potential modulator of host-pathogen interactions. In keeping with this important role, the manuscript rigor would benefit from a more physiological evaluation ex vivo and preferably in vivo, assessment on stimulating the immune system within in the cell wall and not just as a purified component. This is a critical outcome measure for this study and gets squarely at its importance for host-pathogen interactions, especially in response to environmental stimuli and drug exposure.

      Response to reviewers (Public reviews):

      We thank all the three reviewers for their opinion on our work on Candida albicans β-1,6-glucan, which highlights the importance of this cell wall component in the biology of fungi. Here are our responses to their comments for public reviews:

      (1) Indeed, the data presented for immunological studies is preliminary. It has been acknowledged by the reviewers that our analysis providing insights into the biosynthetic pathways involved in comprehensive in dealing with organization and dynamics of the β-1,6-glucan polymer in relation with other cell wall components and environmental conditions (temperature, stress, nutrient availability, etc.). However, we anticipated that there would be immediate curiosity as to what the immunological contribution of β-1,6 glucan and we therefore felt we needed to initiative these studies and include them. We therefore performed immunological studies to assess whether β-1,6-glucans act as a pathogen-associated molecular pattern (PAMP), and if so, what its immunostimulatory potential is. Our data clearly suggest that β-1,6-glucan is a PAMP, and consequently lead to several questions: (a) what are the host immune receptors involved in the recognition of this polysaccharide, and thereby the downstream signaling pathways, (b) how is β-1,6-glucan differentially recognized by the host when C. albicans switches from a commensal to an opportunistic pathogen, and (c) how does the host environment impact the exposure of this polysaccharide on the fungal surface. We believe addressing these questions is beyond the scope of the present manuscript and aim to present new data in future manuscript. Nonetheless, in the revised manuscript, suggest approaches that we can take to identify the receptor that could be involved in the recognition of β-1,6-glucan. Moreover, we have modified the discussion presenting it based on the data rather than being descriptive.  

      (2) It will be interesting to assess the organization of β-1,6-glucan and other cell wall components in the opaque cells. It is documented that the opaque cells are induced at acidic pH and in the presence of N-acetylglucosamine and CO2. Our data shows that pH has an impact on β-1,6-glucan, which suggests that there will be differential organization of this polysaccharide in the cell wall of opaque cells. As suggested by the reviewer, we will include analysis of opaque cells (and other C. albicans cell types) in future studies. 

      With the exception of these major new avenues for this research, our revision can address each of the comments provided by the reviewers.

      Recommendations for the authors

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Although the study is very interesting, there are some loose ends that need to be combined to strengthen the manuscript. For example, the immunological studies are rather preliminary and need at least some substantiation. Also, at this stage, the manuscript in some places remains a bit too descriptive and needs the elucidation of potential causalities.

      Specifically: 

      (1) As you showed, defects in chitin content led to a decrease in the cross-linking of β-glucans in the inner wall that corresponded to the effect of nikkomycin-treated C. albicans phenotype; conversely, an increase in chitin content led to more cross-linking of β-glucans as observed in the FKS1 mutant or in the presence of caspofungin. What is the mechanistic reason for these observations? 

      On one hand, yeast cell wall chitin occurs in three forms: free and covalently linked to β-1,3-glucan or β-1,6-glucan; crosslinked β-glucan-chitin forms core fibrillar structure resistant to alkali. A decrease in the chitin content, therefore, affect β-glucan-chitin crosslinking thereby making β-glucan alkali-soluble. On the other hand, a decrease in the β-glucan content, as in FKS1 mutant or upon caspofungin treatment, results in increased cell wall chitin and β-glucan-chitin contents. A decrease in the β-1,3-glucan biosynthesis is associated with upregulation of CRH1 involved in the β-glucan-chitin crosslinking, which explains an increased β-glucan-chitin content in the FKS1 mutant or upon caspofungin treatment. We have included in this discussion in the revised manuscript (p14, lines 2-10).     

      (2) The β-1,6-glucan biosynthesis is stimulated via a compensatory pathway when there is a defect in O- and N-linked cell wall mannan biosynthesis. Why? causality? Hypothesis?  

      Two phenomena were observed related to β-1,6-glucan and mannan biosynthesis: 1) a defect in the elongation of N-mannan led to an increase in the β-1,6-glucan content; 2) a defect of O-mannan elongation resulted in the reduce size of β-1,6-glucan chains, however, increased their branching. These observations of our study suggest a global rescue program of the cell wall damage that could occur due to defect in one of the cell wall contents. We have discussed this in the revised manuscript (p14, last paragraph, p15 first paragraph). Moreover, β-1,3-glucan and chitin are synthesized by respective membrane bound synthases, and a defect in of their synthesis is compensated by the other. In line, although need to be validated for β-1,6-glucan, biosynthesis of mannan and β-1,6-glucan seem to initiate intracellularly. Therefore, possibility is that the defective mannan biosynthesis could be compensated by β-1,6-glucan biosynthesis, but need to be further validated experimentally. 

      (3) You showed that the removal of β-1,6-glucan by periodate oxidation (AI-OxP) led to a significant decrease in the IL-8, IL-6, IL-1β, TNF-α, C5a, and IL-10 released, suggesting that their stimulation was in part β-1,6-glucan dependent. What is the consequence of the stimulation, e.g. better phagocytosis, etc.? This needs some more experiments, otherwise the data is purely descriptive, as the conclusion. Also, what do you want to show with the activation of the complement system? Is ß1,6-glucan detected by complement receptors? I think this is really a loose end. I think it is necessary to provide more data on this observation, which I think lacks control with serum lacking complement, this should then be moved to the main manuscript. 

      In this study, our aim was to assess whether β-1,6-glucan acts as a pathogen-associated molecular pattern (PAMP) of C. albicans, and if yes, what is its immunostimulatory capacity/potential. Our data confirms that, indeed, β-1,6-glucan acts as a PAMP, and its removal significantly reduces the immunostimulatory capacity of the fibrillar core structure of the C. albicans cell wall. On the other hand, data provided in the revised manuscript (see updated Figure S14, discussion p13 lines 16-21) indicate that the human serum factors significantly enhance the immunostimulatory capacity of β1,6-glucan and that β-1,6-glucan interacts with the complement component C3b. However, addressing the role of β-1,6-glucan in phagocytosis using β-1,6-glucan deletion mutant will not be possible as the cell wall of this mutant is modified, and β-1,6-glucan is not the only cell wall component interacting with C3b. Alternate is to coat β-1,6-glucan on beads and use to study phagocytosis and identify immune receptors; however, these are beyond the scope of our present study/focus.      

      (4) Also, you suggested that β-1,6-glucan and β-1,3-glucan stimulate innate immune cells in distinct ways. Please provide more data on this interesting suggestion. You can block the dectin-1 receptor for example or use dectin-1 deficient macrophages from mice. The part on the immune stimulation needs to be optimized. 

      Stimulation of immune cells by pustulan (insoluble linear β-1,6-glucan) via a dectin-1independent pathway has been described previously (PMIDs: 18005717, 16371356) as discussed in the manuscript. Our preliminary data indicate that dectin-1 blocking on immune cells (using antidectin-1 antibodies) has no effect on the immunostimulatory potential of β-1,6-glucan, unlike AI and AI-OxP that showed significantly reduced cytokine secretion by the immune cells upon dectin-1 blocking. Deciphering the β-1,6-glucan recognition and its immunomodulatory pathways are underway, and will be the subject of our future study/manuscript.   

      (5) β-1,6-glucan and mannan productions are coupled. What is the hypothesis? Is it due to the necessity of mannan residues in ß-1,6-glucan biosynthesis enzymes from the ER? Can that be experimentally proven? 

      β-1,6-glucan and mannan synthesis should be coupled in two ways. First, as mentioned above (Response 2), defects in mannan elongation led to an alteration of β-1,6-glucan production. Second, early steps of N-glycosylation led to a strong reduction of β-1,6-glucan size and its cell wall content. However, we do not believe that the synthesis of N-glycan is required for the synthesis of an acceptor essential to β-1,6-glucan synthesis. Defect in N-mannan elongation led to a global cell wall remodeling as described above. Kre5, Rot2 and Cwh41 are part of the calnexin cycle involved in the control of N-glycoprotein folding in the ER, suggesting that some protein directly involved in the β-1,6-glucan synthesis required a folding quality control to be active. We modified our discussion, accordingly, highlighting these points (p14, last paragraph, p15 second paragraph).

      (6) As PHR1 and PHR2 genes are strongly regulated by external pH, the compensatory differences described may be explained by pH-dependent regulation of β-1,6-glucan synthesis.' Please check. Also, could the pH regulation form the basis of e.g. differences you found for ß-1,6-glucan under different environmental conditions, i.e., growth on different carbon sources leads to different external pH values, as shown for many fungi?  

      We agree that environmental pH is dependent on carbon source and pH varies during growth curve. To test the effect of pH we buffered the medium with 100 mM MOPS or MES. Clearly, Fig. 2 and S1 show that the pH has an effect on the cell wall composition and polymer exposure as previously described (PMID: 28542528). Here, we show that pH has an impact on the β-1,6-glucan size as well as its branching. However, in buffered medium, addition of organic acid (such as acetate, propionate, butyrate or lactate) had an impact on cell wall composition, showing that not only pH has an effect on cell wall composition. About _phr1_Δ/Δ and _phr2_Δ/Δ mutants, we believe that the difference in the cell wall composition observed between mutants is mainly due to the pH-dependent regulation, which we indicated in the discussion (p14, end of first paragraph).

      Minor: 

      (1) In Figure 7B: dynamism should be replaced by dynamic and in term is rather in terms.  

      Modified as suggested.

      (2) Replace molecular size with molecular mass when you give daltons. 

      Molecular size has been replaced by molecular weight, when presented as daltons.

      (3) Page 7: for explanation, please add that nikkomycin is a chitin biosynthesis inhibitor.   

      As suggested, explained that nikkomycin is a chitin biosynthesis inhibitor.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) I wondered if the increased chitin content of hyphae might reflect growth on the precursor GlcNAc. Have you tested hyphae that are induced in other ways? (2) Related to point 1, did you look at the relative abundance of yeast vs hyphae in the preparation? I wonder if yeast contamination might have reduced the extent of the composition changes observed. 

      We used GlcNAc as hyphae inducer as: 1) in presence of GlcNAc, hyphae are produced without any yeast contamination; in this condition, we observed an increase in the chitin content, as described, in hyphae (PMID: 16423067); 2) we excluded using of serum, another condition inducing hyphal formation, as we could not control serum factors that may impact cell wall composition. We now indicate in the methods section that hyphae induced by GlcNAc were not contaminated by yeast (p17, line 3). 

      (3) I recommend rephrasing the first sentence of the Figure 2 legend: "Cells were grown in liquid SD medium at 37oC at exponential phase under different growth conditions." The conditions varied extensively - stationary is not exponential; biofilm is probably not exponential. Also, the "D" in "SD" stands for dextrose, and the carbon source varied a good deal. Perhaps you could say: "Cells were grown in liquid synthetic medium at 37oC under different growth conditions, as specified in Methods." 

      Sentences have been rephrased.  

      (4) Figure 7b has a typo: "dependant" for "dependent".

      Typo-error has been corrected.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      To explore the biochemical composition of the cell wall, the authors fractionated the wall component into three categories based on polymer properties and reticulations: sodium-dodecyl-sulphate-βmercaptoethanol (SDS-β-ME) extract, alkali-insoluble (AI), and alkali-soluble (AS) fractions, and they developed several independent methods to distinguish between β-1,3-glucans and β-1,6-glucans. The composition and surface exposure of fungal cell wall polymers is known to depend on environmental growth conditions. It was shown that the cell wall of C. albicans hyphae increased chitin content (10% vs. 3%) and decreased β-1,6-glucan (18% vs. 23%) and mannan (13% vs. 20%) compared to the yeast form, and the reduced β-1,6-glucan content was associated with a smaller β1,6-glucan size (43 vs. 58 kDa), suggesting that both the content and structure of β-1,6-glucan are regulated during growth and cellular morphogenesis. Similar behavior was observed when exposing cells to acid and neutral medium pH. The most significant cell wall alteration occurred in a lactatecontaining medium, which led to a sharp reduction in structural core polysaccharides: chitin (-43%), β-1,3-glucan (-48%), and β-1,6-glucan (-72%). This reduction aligns with the previously observed decreases in inner cell wall layer thickness. As expected, the authors found that modulating chitin content genetically (chs3Δ/Δ knockout mutant) led to an increase of both β-1,3-glucan and β-1,6glucan. An increase in chitin content following genetic alteration of FKS genes impacting glucan synthase or after exposure to the echinocandin caspofungin led to enhanced cross-linking of βglucans. A slight increase in the β-1,3-glucan branching was also observed in the mnt1/mnt2Δ/Δ double mutant, suggesting that β-1,6-glucan and mannan synthesis may be coupled.

      - This effect is not that pronounced, and the relationship appears somewhat overstated and may reflect an indirect interaction. The authors should address accordingly. 

      We agree that this sentence was overstated. To make it clearer and less pronounced, we divided this sentence into to two with less pronounced statements (p8, line 34).

      The genetics of β-1,6-glucan biosynthesis appear complex and a figure describing putative roles for specific genes would be beneficial. For example, KRE6 is a glucosyl hydrolase required for beta1,6-glucan biosynthesis.

      - It would be valuable to better understand the overall biosynthetic process. Please elaborate more in a figure. 

      Although proteins/enzymatic activities directly involved in the β-1,6-glucan biosynthesis have not yet been identified, as suggested by this reviewer, we included a schematic representation of this process based on our hypothesis (Figure S15, and p15 lines 17-22 in revised manuscript), indicating the possible involvement of Kre6p.  

      The deletion of KRE6 homologs, essential for β-1,6-glucan biosynthesis, resulted in the absence of β-1,6-glucan production, and significant structural alterations of the cell wall. This result nicely confirms the important role of β-1,6-glucan in regulating cell wall homeostasis. The absence of β1,6-glucan was associated with increased (mutant v. WT) chitin content (9.5% vs. 2.5%) and highly branched β- β-1,6-glucan 1,3-glucan (48% vs. 20%). TEM ultrastructure studies nicely showed the change in cell wall overall architecture. From a drug discovery perspective, since the blockade of β1,6-glucan did not block growth, it may have more value as a potential virulence target. This would be valuable but needs to be assessed in animal model challenge competition experiments.

      - The authors may want to elaborate more. 

      We agree and modified “antifungal target” as “potential virulence target”.

      It is well known that β-1,3-glucan, mannan, and chitin function serve as PAMPs, which induce immune responses. The role of β-1,6-glucan as a PAMP is not well understood, and the authors provide evidence that different cell wall extracted fractions with enriched constituents induce immune responses invoking cytokines, chemokines, and acute phase proteins, as well as the complement system. While this data clearly shows that β-1,6-glucan is immunologically active and potentially important for host-pathogen interactions, the analysis is preliminary and falls short of making this case. 

      - This is a critical point in getting at the potential host signaling of β-1,6-glucan contained in the cell wall or shed by the cell (is this known?)

      - This analysis would be bolstered significantly by examining stimulation relative to other cell wall components, and most importantly, whole cell modulation of β-1,6-glucan exposure for immune presentation, and not just unnatural concentrated extracts. This can be readily accomplished with the various mutants in hand, as well as after exposure to various antifungal agents echinocandins and nikkomycins) (see Hohl et al. 2008 JID). Additional validation would benefit from animal model studies to examine in vivo immune modulation.

      We agree with the reviewer. However, the main focus of our present work was to study the organization and dynamics of C. albicans cell wall β-1,6-glucan, and to explore its possible role as pathogen-associated molecular pattern (PAMP). Our study indicates that, indeed, β-1,6-glucan acts as a PAMP with immunostimulatory potential. As pointed by this reviewer, and similar to β-1,3glucans, the exposure of β-1,6-glucan is probably a key point in immune response. However, this investigation beyond the scope of this study, underway and will be presented in our future work.

      - The Discussion would also benefit from an analysis of how β-1,6-glucan in Aspergillus fumigatus, which was largely elucidated by the same primary authors. 

      To our knowledge, β-1,6-glucan has never been identified, either by chemical analysis (PMID: 10869365; PMID: 36836270) or solid-state NMR (PMID: 34732740), in the cell wall of A. fumigatus, although a homolog of KRE6 is present in A. fumigatus but with unknown function.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      We thank the reviewers for their detailed comments. Several comments revolved around potential improvements in the 3D reconstructions that are obtained in later steps of the image processing pipelines for single-particle cryoEM and cryo-electron tomography. We have not investigated how our improvements in CTFFIND5 affect these downstream results and can therefore not make specific and quantitative statements in this regard. However, CTFFIND5 provided additional information about the sample that users will find useful (thickness, tilt) for selecting the data they would like to include in later processing, and how to process them. Furthermore, when the sample tilt of a thin specimen is known, local defocus estimates (e.g., per-particle defocus estimates) will be more accurate compared to estimates that ignore tilt information. In the following, we provide point-by-point responses to the reviewers’ comments.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      This work presents CTFFIND5, a new version of the software for determination of the Contrast Transfer Function (CTF) that models the distortions introduced by the microscope in cryoEM images. CTFFIND5 can take acquisition geometry and sample thickness into consideration to improve CTF estimation.

      To estimate tilt (tilt angle and tilt axis), the input image is split into tiles and correlation coefficients are computed between their power spectra and a local CTF model that includes the defocus variation according to a tilted plane. As a final step, by applying a rescaling factor to the power spectra of the tiles, an average tilt-corrected power spectrum is obtained and used for diagnostic purposes and to estimate the goodness of fit. This global procedure and the rescaling factor resemble those used in Bsoft, Warp, etc, with determination of the tilt parameters being a feature specific of CTFFIND5 (and formerly CTFTILT). The performance of the algorithm is evaluated with tilted 2D crystals and tiltseries, demonstrating accurate tilt estimation in some cases and some limitations in others. Further analysis of CTF determination with tilt-series, particularly showing whether there is accurate or stable estimation at high tilts, might be helpful to show the robustness of CTFFIND5 in cryoET.

      CTFFIND5 represents the first CTF determination tool that considers the thickness-related modulation envelope of the CTF firstly described by McMullan et al. (2015) and experimentally confirmed by Tichelaar et al. (2020). To this end, CTFFIND5 uses a new CTF model that takes the sample thickness into account. CTFFIND5 thus provides more accurate CTF estimation and, furthermore, gives an estimation of the sample thickness, which may be a valuable resource to judge the potential for high resolution. To evaluate the accuracy of thickness estimation in CTFFIND5, the authors use the Lambert-Beer law on energy-filtered data and also tomographic data, thus demonstrating that the estimates are reasonable for images with exposure around 30 e/A2. While consideration of sample thickness in CTF determination sounds ideally suited for cryoET, practical application under the standard acquisition protocols in cryoET (exposure of 3-5 e/A2 per image) is still limited. In this regard, the authors are honest in the conclusions and clearly identify the areas where thickness-aware CTF determination will be valuable at present: e.g. in situ single particle analysis and in vitro single particle cryoEM of purified samples at low voltages.

      In conclusion, the manuscript introduces novel methods inside CTFFIND5 that improve CTF estimation, namely acquisition geometry and sample thickness. The evaluation demonstrates the performance of the new tool, with fairly accurate estimates of tilt axis, tilt angle and sample thickness and improved CTF estimation. The manuscript critically defines the current range of application of the new methods in cryoEM.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This paper describes the latest version of the most popular program for CTF estimation for cryo-EM images: CTFFIND5. New features in CTFFIND5 are the estimation of tilt geometry, including for samples, like FIB-milled lamellae, that are pre-tilted along a different axis than the tilt axis of the tomographic experiment, plus the estimation of sample thickness from the expanded CTF model described by McMullan et al (2015). The results convincingly show the added value of the program for thicker and tilted images, such as are common in modern cryo-ET experiments. The program will therefore have a considerable impact on the field.

      I have only minor suggestions for improvement below:

      Abstract: "[CTF estimation] has been one of the key aspects of the resolution revolution"-> This is a bit over the top. Not much changed in the actual algorithms for CTF estimation during the resolution revolution.

      We have removed this statement in the abstract.

      L34: "These parameters" -> Cs is typically given, only defocus (and if relevant phase shift) are estimated.

      We have modified the introduction to reflect this. Page 3, L30-35

      L110-116: The text is ambiguous: are rotations defined clockwise or counter-clockwise? It would be good to explicitly state what subsequent rotations, in which directions and around which axes this transformation matrix (and the input/output angles in CTFFIND5) correspond to.

      Thank you for pointing this out. We have revised the Methods section, Page 4 L57-61,  to explicitly define the convention for the tilt axis and tilt angle. We have also modified Fig. 1b to illustrate our convention for the tilt axis.

      L129-130: As a suggestion: it would be relatively easy, and possibly beneficial to the user, to implement a high-resolution limit that varies with the accumulated dose on the sample. One example of this exists in the tomography pipeline of RELION-5.

      We appreciate the suggestion. However, since CTFFIND5 currently has no concept of a tilt-series and treats every micrograph independently, this would not be trivial to implement. As detailed below, CTFFIND5 in its current form is not targeted toward tomography processing, but its features might be useful for its use in pipelines for tomography processing, such as RELION-5. We made this more explicit in the conclusion section. Page 16 L390-399

      Substituting Eq (7) into Eq (6) yields ksi=pi, which cannot be true. If t is the sample thickness, then how can this be a function of the frequency g of the first node of the CTF function? The former is a feature of the sample, the latter is a parameter of the optical system. This needs correction.

      We have rewritten the text describing equations 7 and 6 to avoid this confusion (Page 7, L146-153). The reviewer is right that inserting Eq. 7 into Eq. 6 yields ksi=psi, as in fact Eq. 7 is derived from Eq. 6, by substituting ksi=psi, since this describes the condition for the first node. Also, in this context, nodes in the CTF function refer to the places where the term sinc(ksi) becomes zero and therefore the CTF is apparently "flat". The frequency at which this occurs is sample-thickness dependent. As explained below, the previous version of our manuscript did not point out the difference between the first zero and first node in the power spectrum. We have amended Fig. 3a to make this difference clearer.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      In this manuscript, the authors detail improvements in the core CTFFIND (CTFFIND5 as implemented in cisTEM) algorithm that better estimates CTF parameters from titled micrographs and those that exhibit signal attenuation due to ice thickness. These improvements typically yield more accurate CTF values that better represent the data. Although some of the improvements result in slower calculations per micrograph, these can be easily overcome through parallelization.

      There are some concerns outlined below that would benefit from further evaluation by the authors.

      For the examples shown in Figure 3b, given the small differences in estimated defocus1 and 2, what type of improvements would be expected in the reconstructed tomograms? Do such improvements in estimates manifest in better tilt-series reconstruction?

      As explained in our preface, we do not believe that these difference would manifest in any improvements during tilt-series reconstruction and would not create any meaningful differences, even when tomograms are reconstructed with CTF correction. They might become meaningful during subtomogram averaging, but subtomograms are usually corrected using per-particle CTF estimation, similar to single-particle processing. We have included a new paragraph in the discussion to describe potential benefits of CTFFIND5 for cryo-tomography, Page 16 L390-399.

      Similarly, the data shown in Figure 3C shows minimal improvements in the CTF resolution estimate (e.g., 4.3 versus 4.2 Å), but exhibited several hundred Å difference in defocus values. How do such differences impact downstream processing? Is such a difference overcame by per-particle (local) CTF refinements (like the authors mention in the discussion, see below)?

      The difference in the defocus estimate (~600A) is substantially smaller than the thickness of the sample (2000A). Hence both estimates may be valid, depending on which particles inside the sample are considered. Particles with larger defocus errors could certainly be corrected by per-particle CTF refinement as long as the search range is chosen to be large enough. The main benefit of using CTFFIND5 is information for the user regarding the sample thickness to set the defocus search range appropriately.

      At which point does the thickness of the specimen preclude the ice thickness modulation to be included for "accurate" estimate? 500Å? 1000Å? 2000Å? Based on the data shown in Figure 3B, as high as 969 Å thick specimens benefit moderately (4.6 versus 3.4 Å fit estimate), but perhaps not significantly, from the ice thickness estimation. Considering the increased computational time for ice thickness estimation, such an estimate of when to incorporate for single-particle workflows would be beneficial.

      As explained in our preface, the main benefit for single-particle workflows will be sample tilt estimation. This will provide more accurate per-particle defocus estimates, compared to estimates that do not take the tilt into account. For single-particle samples, the ice thickness in holes is probably more efficiently monitored using the Beer-Lambert law.

      It would seem that this statement could be evaluated herein: "the analysis of images of purified samples recorded at lower acceleration voltages, e.g., 100 keV (McMullan et al., 2023), may also benefit since thickness-dependent CTF modulations will appear at lower resolution with longer electron wavelengths". There are numerous examples of 300kV, 200kV, and 100kV EMPIAR datasets to be compared and recommendations would be welcomed.

      Publicly available datasets recorded at 100kV and 200kV were collected in very thin ice, making it difficult to demonstrate the stated benefits. We have removed this statement.

      Although logical, this statement is not supported by the data presented in this manuscript: "The improvements of CTFFIND5 will provide better starting values for this refinement, yielding better overall CTF estimation and recovery of high-resolution information during 3D reconstruction."

      We have revised this statement and now explain that the sample tilt information will provide more accurate per-particle defocus estimates, compared to estimates that do not take the tilt into account, Page 17, L400-409. We did not investigate how this will affect downstream processing results.

      Moreso, the lack of single-particle data evaluation does present a concern. Naively, these improvements would benefit all cryoEM data, regardless of modality.

      We agree with the reviewer that all cryoEM modalities should benefit from more accurate defocus value estimates and have amended our concluding statement. However, how improved defocus values will benefit downstream processing results will depend on the processing pipeline, which includes various points of user input and data-dependent choices. We have therefore limited our analysis to the outputs of CTFFIND5.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) CTFFIND5 in cryo-ET

      (1.1) CTFFIND4 is prone to unreliable CTF estimates at high tilts in cryoET, a situation that can be identified by high variability or 'unstable' estimates as a function of the tilt angle. Prof. Mastronarde recently illustrated this situation in his article JSB 216:108057, 2024 (Fig. 7). Therefore, the authors could add results to show whether the improvements to tilt estimation introduced in CTFFIND5 overcome this problem. So, in addition to the estimation of tilt angle and tilt axis in Figure 2, the estimated defocus could also be shown.

      We have worked with Prof. Mastronarde to help him use CTFFIND as a tool in his cryoET processing pipeline. Mastronarde chose CTFFIND because it contains algorithms and architecture that he could optimize for his purposes. CTFFIND5 is currently lacking the concept of a tilt series and can therefore not take advantage of the additional information that comes with tilt series. Our own applications for CTFFIND5 currently do not include tomography, and our results presented in Fig. 2 were obtained for validation of the tilt estimation feature. We did not attempt to duplicate Mastronarde’s optimization for reliable tilt series processing.

      Figure 2b of this manuscript already suggests that CTFFIND5 may exhibit some variability of defocus estimates at high tilts (in view of the variability of tilt axis angle). A strategy used in IMOD and TOMOCTF is to consider the tiles of a group of consecutive images (typically 35; especially at high tilts) to add more signal to the average spectrum, thus providing more reliable estimates (illustrated in Mastronarde's article JSB 216:108057, 2024, Fig. 8). Will the authors think that CTFFIND5 might include a strategy like this for cryoET tilt-series?

      We currently do not have plans to develop CTFFIND5 as a tool for tomography as there are already other excellent tools available, some of them based on CTFFIND’s basic algorithms (see previous comment).

      (1.2) In cryoET, the CTF is often determined on the aligned tilt-series, with the tilt axis typically running along the Y axis. Has CTFFIND5 got the option to exclude estimation of the tilt geometry (tilt angle and/or axis) and, instead, take tilt geometry directly from the alignment and/or from the microscope??. This would significantly speed up determination of the CTF (in 1-2 seconds per image, according to Table 2) while still taking advantage of all power spectra in tilted images (as described in their tilt estimation algorithm) for improved CTF estimation. This strategy would be similar to what it is done in Bsoft and IMOD.

      This is an excellent idea and we may implement this in an updated version. The current version is primarily meant for lamellae and single-particle samples where we usually have a single tilt in an unknown direction. For these cases, the suggested feature will have less benefit. 

      Thus, I suggest that the authors should also include results comparing CTF estimation in aligned tilt-series with CTFFIND4 and with CTFFIND5 (with no tilt estimation but indeed taking the tilt information from the alignment or the microscope into account). The results would show that CTFFIND5 is more robust than CTFFIND4, especially at high tilts.

      Thank you for this suggestion. We are now showing a comparison of defocus estimates from CTFFIND4 and CTFFIND5 in Fig. 2. Indeed, in one case CTFFIND5 seems to report more robust defocus values at high tilt.

      (1.3) The newer improvements in CTFFIND5 seem to be especially tailored to cryoET. The cryoET community will be highly attracted by these improvements. However, the current standard acquisition protocols (exposure of 3-5 e/A2 per image, tilts up to 60 degrees, etc) limit their full exploitation, particularly the thickness-aware CTF determination. I believe that adding a paragraph exclusively focused on cryoET and describing the potential benefits from CTFFIND5 and their limitations could enrich the Conclusion section. In this paragraph, the authors could highlight the great benefits from the tilt-aware CTF estimation. They could also discuss the current standard acquisition protocols (e.g. exposure 3-5 e/A2 per image, nominal defocus 3-5 microns, cellular thickness from 150 nm up to 200-300 nm that, at a tilt of 60 degrees, become 300 nm up to 400-600 nm) and their implications for the potential benefit from the improvements available in CTFFIND5.

      This reviewer is clearly excited about the potential application of CTFFIND5 in cryoET. We are sorry that we are currently not developing CTFFIND5 in this direction.

      (1.4) Apologies for insisting on cryoET in the previous points. I am just trying to suggest ideas to make CTFFIND5 even more helpful in cryoET. You can consider them now, or for a future version of the software, or just ignore them.

      Thanks for your suggestions. Since there is clearly demand for tools to process tomographic tilt series, we will keep these suggestions in mind for the future development of CTFFIND.

      (2) Tilt estimation

      (2.1) Page 4. Tiles for the initial steps in tilt estimation are of size 128x128.  At which point tiles of larger size (e.g. 512x512) are used?. Please, define.

      Thank you for pointing out this lack of clarity. For the tilt estimation, we used a tile size 128 x 128, which has been hard-coded in our program, as mentioned in line 68 on page4. For generating the final power spectrum, we usually use size 512 x 512. This tile size can be defined by the user when running the program. We have now clarified this on Page 4, L74-76.

      (2.2) Page 6 and/or page 11: evaluation of tilt estimation with tilt-series.

      Please indicate the acquisition details of the tilt-series used for the evaluation, especially the exposure per image. This information is neither available in this manuscript nor in Elferich et al., 2022.

      Please, add these acquisition details similarly to page 9 in this manuscript (evaluation of sample thickness estimation using tomography): pixel size, exposure per image and total exposure, number of images, tilt range and interval

      The same tilt-series were used to verify tilt-estimation and sample thickness. We have revised the Methods section to make this clear on Page5, L98-105 and Page 10, L202.

      (2.3) Page 10. Section Results. Subsection Tilt estimation.

      The authors use "defocus correction" to refer to their method for scaling the power spectra. "Defocus correction" might perhaps be a misleading term. In contrast, in page 4 the authors use the term "tilt correction". Please, revise and make it consistent throughout the manuscript.

      We agree and now use “tilt correction” throughout the manuscript.

      (2.4) Legend of Figure 2.

      Please add what the red dashed curve represents. Also, please note there might be an error in the estimated stage tilt axis angle: the legend states "171.8" where in the main text it is "178.2" (apparently, the latter is the correct one).

      Thank you for pointing this out. We have modified the legend and changed the number in the legend to 178.2°.

      (3) Thickness estimation

      (3.1) Line 141, page 7. The sentence reads: "The modulation of the CTF due to sample thickness t is described by the function E (current Equation 6), "  I believe that the modulation envelope of the CTF due to sample thickness is not really E (current Equation 6), but the function sinc(E). Please, revise.

      We have revised the manuscript as advised, Page 7, L148.

      (3.2) Line 148, page 7. The sentence reads "an estimate of the frequency g of the first node of the CTF_t function "

      The concept of 'node' was introduced by Tichelaar et al. (2020). The authors should not assume that this concept is familiar to the readership. So, it is suggested that the authors should introduce this concept in this section. For instance, just after Equation 6 they could add a sentence like this: "This sinc modulation envelope increasingly attenuates the amplitude of the Thon rings with increasing spatial frequencies in an oscillatory fashion, with locations where the amplitude is zero known as nodes (Tichelaar et al., 2020)."

      Thank you for this suggestion. We have revised the manuscript accordingly (Page 7, L151-156) and also marked the position of the first node in Fig. 3a.

      (3.3) Line 154, page 8: A citation is lacking: "(corrected for astigmatism, as described in )". Perhaps the authors refer to the EPA (EquiPhase Averaging) method introduced by Zhang, JSB 193:1-12, 2016, 10.1016/j.jsb.2015.11.003.

      Thanks for spotting this omission. We have added the appropriate reference.

      (3.4) Figure 3.

      (3.4.1) Perhaps, the EPA (EquiPhase Averaging) method is used to reduce the 2D CTF to 1D curves, as represented in Figure 3b and 3c. Please, mention this in the legend of the figure or in the main text referring to Figure 3. The same might apply to Figure 1c.

      Thanks for spotting this omission. We have clarified that this is indeed an EPA in the figure legends.

      (3.4.2) Please indicate what the colored curves represent in 3b and 3c: The fitted CTF model (dashed red) and the EPA or astimatism-corrected radial average of power spectrum (solid black) ?

      Thanks for spotting this omission. We have added descriptions of the colored lines in these plots (red = modeled CTF, blue = goodness of fit).

      (3.4.3) Please note that the power spectrum (solid black curves in Figure 3b and 3c) does not look the same in the top and bottom panels: Without thickness estimation (top panels), the power spectrum is in the range [0,1] in Y, as expected. However, with thickness estimation (bottom panels), the power spectrum seems to have undergone a frequencydependent transformation (a rescaling or something that makes the power spectrum oscillates around 0.5 in Y). This transformation of the power spectrum resembles the thickness-induced sinc modulation of the CTF and seems to be appropriate to better fit the new thickness-aware CTF_t model in CTFFIND5 to the (transformed) power spectrum. However, this transformation of the power spectrum is not mentioned in the manuscript at all. Instead, according to the main text (page 8), the fitting method is based on the crosscorrelation between the new CTF model and the power spectrum, so I was expecting to see the same power spectrum black curve in the top and bottom panels. Please, clarify.

      Indeed, CTFFIND5 displays the power spectrum differently after thickness estimation. We have revised the methods to explain this (page8, L178-181). The reviewer is also correct that the 1D lines plots of the Thon ring patterns in Fig. 3b and 3c are not identical. These 1D plots are generated from the 2D plots according to the fitted CTF, which is needed to follow the astigmatic rings and avoid blurring of the oscillations in the radial average. This means that different CTF fits will also result in somewhat different 1D plots. However, these differences only affect the 1D EPA plots shown to the user. The actual fitting is performed against the same 2D spectra.

      (3.4.4) Line 319, Page 14. "A linear fit revealed .." It would be good to add a line with the linear fit in Figure 5.

      Agreed. The revised Fig. 5 now shows a line for the linear fit.

      (3.5) New CTF Model

      It is not clear from the text if the new CTF_t model is used at all times in CTFFIND5 or only when the user requests thickness estimation. Related to this, if the user requests both tilt estimation and thickness estimation, how is the CTF estimation process carried out in CTFFIND5?: Tilt and thickness are estimated at the same time? or one after the other (i.e. first the tilt is estimated, then followed by thickness estimation)?. Please, clarify.

      The new CTF_t model is only used when the user requests thickness estimation. When both tilt-estimation and thickness estimation are requested, the tilt is estimated first and the corrected power spectrum is then fitted using the CTF_t model. We have revised the Methods section to explain this better, Page 8, L158-159.

      (4) Pages 14-15. Section "CTF estimation and correction assists "

      This section just shows that correction of a highly underfocused image for the CTF with phase flipping or a Wiener filter reduces the CTF-induced fringes. I do not really understand the inclusion of this section to the manuscript. There is no contribution related to CTFFIND5.  

      The ability to apply a CTF correction to the input image according to Tegunov & Cramer is a new feature of apply_ctf, a program included with cisTEM. We think that this section fits into the theme of CTFFIND5 because the correction adds valuable information about the samples, such as FIB-milled lamellae.

      If the authors prefer to keep this section, then please take the following points into account:

      (4.1) Figure 6b: This is the only time that the term "EPA" (EquiPhase Averaging, I guess) is used in the manuscript. Please, spell it out somewhere in the manuscript, define what it means and add a proper citation, if convenient. This point is related to point 3.3 above.

      We have added the appropriate reference and defined EPA in the methods section as indicated in the reply to point 3.3.

      (4.2) Figure 6d. The contrast of this image is poor. Please, increase the contrast (to be similar to Figure 6c) so that the details can be better discerned. The image also shows a grainy texture, likely artefacts from the Wiener filter due to excessive amplification. Maybe the 'strength parameter' S of the deconvolution Wiener filter (Tegunov & Cramer, 2019) should be tuned down or the 'fall-off parameter' F tuned up to try to attenuate these artefacts.

      Agreed. The revised figure shows panel d with increased contrast with the custom fall-off parameter set to 1.3 and the custom strength parameter set to 0.7.

      (5) CTFFIND5 runtimes

      Table 2 shows that estimation of tilt increases the runtime up to 39 s in an image of 4070x2892 and to 208 s in one of 2880x2046. There is a significant difference between these two cases (39 s vs. 208 s) and the first image is much larger than the second. Why does CTFFIND5 on the smaller image take so long compared to the larger image?

      During tilt estimation, the images are binned to a pixel size of 5 Å. This causes micrograph 1 to be substantially smaller (in pixels) than micrographs 2 and 3, resulting in the faster runtime.

      (6) Conclusions

      (6.1) In the Conclusion section, the authors could elaborate a bit the insights about the sample quality provided by CTFFIND5. This is stated in the title of the manuscript, but it was hardly mentioned in the manuscript.

      We have revised the conclusion to make this clearer (Page 16, L389-396). CTFFIND5 helps in estimating sample quality since (1) the sample thickness is an important determinant in the amount of high-resolution signal in a micrograph and (2) the estimated fit-resolution reflects more accurately the amount of signal present in a micrograph after tilt and sample thickness have been taken into account.

      (6.2) The authors nicely identify and describe the applications where thickness-aware CTF determination will be valuable: in situ single particle analysis and in vitro single particle cryoEM of purified samples at low voltages. Perhaps, CTFFIND5 will also be of great interest for single particle cryoEM of thick specimens (e.g. capsid of large viruses with diameter in the range 120-200 nm such as PBCV-1 or HSV-1).

      Agreed. We have added this case to our Conclusions. (Fig. 3d)

      (7) Typographical errors:

      line 161, page 8. "1.5 time" should be "1.5 times"

      lines 185-191. All exposures are given in 'electrons/Angstrom', not in 'electrons/square Angstrom'

      line 206, page 10. With "slides" the authors seem to mean "slices"

      line 338, page 14: "describeD by Tegunov"

      line 349, page 15. "power spectra"

      lines 366 and 368, page 15: Note that Square Angstrom is written as "A2". Put "2" with superscript.

      Thank you for pointing out these errors. They have been corrected.

      (8) References:

      Reference: Lucas et al., eLife 10 e68946. Year is lacking. Add year: 2021.

      Reference: Yan et al. 2015 cited in line 169, page 8, does not appear in Bibliography. The authors may mean: Yan et al. 2015 JSB 192:287-296, 2015  

      It would be good to cite Bsoft, as it has a procedure similar to tilt-corrected CTF estimation: Heymann, Protein Science, 2021,  

      Thank you for carefully checking the cited references. We have revised the manuscript as suggested.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      I have only minor suggestions for improvement below:

      L218: "these option"

      Corrected

      L243: "chevron-shape" -> V-shape would be more accessible language for non-native speakers.

      Changed

      L281: "Based on these results we conclude that CTFFIND5 will provide more accurate CTF parameters" -> Given that the maximum resolutions of the fits by the old model and the new model are nearly the same, how big would the actual advantage of the new model be for subsequent sub-tomogram averaging?

      Please see our response above, Reviewer #3 (Public Review), 

      L376: The correct reference for RELION per-particle CTF estimation is Zivanov et al, (2018) [https://elifesciences.org/articles/42166]. Also, the cryoSPARC paper referenced does not describe per-particle CTF estimation and should thus be removed from this context.

      Thanks for pointing out these mistakes, which we have now corrected. We have chosen to keep the citation for CryoSPARC to reference the general software, but have added Ziavanov et.al. 2020 as suggested by the CryoSPARC website.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Minor:

      Figure 1A legend - authors mention boxes but only 1 box is shown.

      Thank you for pointing this out. For visual clarity we decided to only show one box. We have corrected the legend.

      Figure 1B - it would be nice if the boxes that contributed to the power spectra were mapped on Figure 1A

      The shown power spectra are not actual data. Instead, we show power spectra with exaggerated defocus differences for visual clarity. We have revised the figure legends to make this clear. 

      The Y-axis legends in Figure 2 are not aligned vertically

      Corrected

      Figure 3A - CTFFIND4 is missing an "I"

      Corrected

      Figure 3 - Y-axis legends are not aligned vertically

      Corrected

      Page 16, line 376, Relion should be RELION

      We have revised the manuscript as advised.

      Typo in equation 5, sinc versus sin?

      “sinc” is correct here, since this is a thickness-dependent modulation of the CTF.

      Lambert-Beer's, Lambert-Beer are used variably but curious if Beer-Lambert should be used.

      We have revised the manuscript as advised.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this study by Zhou, Wang, and colleagues, the authors utilize biventricular electromechanical simulations to illustrate how different degrees of ionic remodeling can contribute to different ECG morphologies that are observed in either acute or chronic post-myocardial infarction (MI) patients. Interestingly, the simulations show that abnormal ECG phenotypes - associated with a higher risk of sudden cardiac death - are predicted to have almost no correspondence with left ventricular ejection fraction, which is conventionally used as a risk factor for arrhythmia.

      Strengths:

      The numerical simulations are state-of-the-art, integrating detailed electrophysiology and mechanical contraction predictions, which are often modeled separately. The simulation provides mechanistic interpretation, down to the level of single-cell ionic current remodeling, for different types of ECG morphologies observed in post-MI patients. Collectively, these results demonstrate compelling and significant evidence for the need to incorporate additional risk factors for assessing post-MI patients.

      Weaknesses:

      The study is rigorous and well-performed. However, some aspects of the methodology could be clearer, and the authors could also address some aspects of the robustness of the results. Specifically, does variability in ionic currents inherent in different patients, or the location/size of the infarct and surrounding remodeled tissue impact the presentation of these ECG morphologies?

      We thank the reviewer for their considered evaluation. In response to the reviewer’s comments regarding variability in ionic currents, we have added simulations using a n=17 populations of models with variability in ionic conductances in the baseline ToR-ORd model to the paper, to show the effect of such variation on the post-MI ECG presentation in acute and chronic conditions. This is now described in the Methods [lines 140, 158-161, 242-244, 245-246, 261-263], and shown in the methods Figure 1A, 1B. The ECG results using this population of models are shown in Figure 2C and described in [lines 333-335] and the pressure volume results using the population of models are shown in Figure 5A and 5B and described in [lines 417-418, 442-444, 448-450]. The population of models showed consistent patterns in both the ECG and LVEF as the baseline model, this is discussed in [lines 563-564, 688-690].

      Regarding the effect of scar location and size on the ECG, we refer the reader and reviewer to a related paper where this is explored in depth using a formal sensitivity analysis and deep learning inference (https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/38373128/). This is better able to do justice to this question rather than overloading this paper with additional investigations. We include a reference to this paper in the discussion section [lines 694-695].

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The authors constructed multi-scale modeling and simulation methods to investigate the electrical and mechanical properties of acute and chronic myocardial infarction (MI). They simulated three acute MI conditions and two chronic MI conditions. They showed that these conditions gave rise to distinct ECG characteristics that have been seen in clinical settings. They showed that the post-MI remodeling reduced ejection fraction up to 10% due to weaker calcium current or SR calcium uptake, but the reduction of ejection fraction is not sensitive to remodeling of the repolarization heterogeneities.

      Strengths:

      The major strength of this study is the construction of computer modeling that simulates both electrical behavior and mechanical behavior for post-MI remodeling. The links of different heterogeneities due to MI remodeling to different ECG characteristics provide some useful information for understanding complex clinical problems.

      Weaknesses:

      The rationale (e.g., physiological or medical bases) for choosing the 3 acute MI and 2 chronic MI settings is not clear. Although the authors presented a huge number of simulation data, in particular in the supplemental materials, it is not clearly stated what novel findings or mechanistic insights this study gained beyond the current understanding of the problem.

      We thank the reviewer for their careful evaluations of our work. The justification for selecting the 3 acute MI and 2 chronic MI states is based on clinical and experimental reports, as summarised in the Methods section [lines 245-247, 252-256, 264-266].  We have also highlighted the key novelty and significance of the study in the Discussion [lines 579-582].

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) This was clarified very late in the Discussion, but for most of the paper, I was unclear if heart geometry was the same for all simulations. Presumably, this includes the size and location of the infarct, BZ, and RZ. It would be helpful to clarify this in the Methods.

      This has been clarified in the first paragraph of the Methods section [lines 142-145].

      (2) On lines 224-226, the Methods refers to implementing several population members from the ToR-ORd model (in addition to the baseline) into the biventricular EM simulations. Is this in reference to the simulations shown in Figures 6 and 7, or different simulations? Please clarify.

      We now randomly select 17 of the 245 cell models in the population to be embedded in ventricular simulations, to produce a ventricular population of models. This allows us to explore the effect that physiological variability in the baseline ionic conductances has on the phenotypic representation of ionic remodellings in the ECG and LVEF. An explanation of this can be found in the Methods section [lines 241-244].

      For Figures 6 and 7, we selected two arrhythmic cell models from the n=245 population of cell models to be embedded into two ventricular simulations to demonstrate the arrhythmic potential of the cellular model at ventricular scale. This has been clarified in Methods [lines 269-271].

      Additionally, for the cases where a population member is used, are all regions of the ventricles "scaled" in the same manner, or were only the properties of the particular region drawn from the population modified relative to baseline (e.g., mid-myocardial cells in Figure 6)?

      The cells were embedded according to transmural heterogeneity in the remote zone for Figures 6 and 7. This has been clarified in the Methods [line 271-273].

      (3) Interestingly, the study finds that the ionic remodeling in different peri-infarct regions to be most critical in the ECG phenotype, which at least strongly suggests that inherent intra-patient variability in ion channel expression could also be critical.

      This is related to the comment on the use of population members. If the authors utilized one of the ventricular myocyte population members as the 'reference' (instead of the baseline ToR-ORd parameters) and applied the same types of remodeling as in Figures 3 and 4, would they expect the same ECG morphologies?

      We have now performed this test and selected 17 cell models from the population to create a ventricular population of models. On top of this ventricular population, we have applied the remodellings, and showed that the simulated ECG morphologies were mostly consistent across these 20 members (Figure 2C).

      (4) Related, do the authors expect that the location and/or size of the infarct and peri-infarct regions would impact the different ECG morphologies?

      Regarding the effect of scar location and size on the ECG, we refer the reader and reviewer to a related paper where this is explored in depth using a formal sensitivity analysis and deep learning inference (https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/38373128/). We feel this is better able to do justice to this question rather than overloading this paper with additional investigations. We include a reference to this paper in the discussion section [lines 694-695].

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) Although the authors listed the parameters and cited the papers for the origins of the parameter changes in SM4 and table S4, it should be summarized in the methods section what are the major changes or differences for the 5 conditions. Furthermore, it should be stated what is the rationale for choosing these conditions. Are these choices based on clinical classifications or experimental conditions?

      The major differences between the 5 conditions have now been summarised in the Methods [lines 252-256, 264-266]. These remodellings have been collated from a range of experimental measurements in both human and animal data, which are summarised in Table S4. This has been clarified in Methods [lines 245-247].

      (2) Figure 3C and Figure 4C do not add any additional information beyond the conductance changes listed in Table 4, and I'd suggest removing them from the figures. On the other hand, it took me some time to look at Table 4 to figure out the corresponding changes. As commented above, the remodeling changes should be summarized in the main text to help reading.

      Figure 3C and 4C provide a visual explanation of the ionic remodellings in these conditions to echo the added descriptions in the text [lines 252-256, 264-266]. For this reason, we have elected to keep those figures in the manuscript.

      (3) The authors presented a large amount of data in Supplemental Materials, some may be unnecessary and some are difficult to follow. For example; 1) There is a lot of data in Table S6, there is a simple mention in the main text and Table S6 legend. A summary of the data is needed for the readers to understand the properties of the different conditions, instead of letting the readers figure them out from the table. The same should be done for other tables and figures. There are some format issues for the tables, which mess up some of the numbers and text. 2) The data shown in Figures S25-29 provide almost no new information beyond the well-known effects of ionic currents on EAD genesis, i.e., EADs are promoted by inward currents and suppressed by outward currents. The data for alternans (Figures S18-22) are a little more complex than the cases for EADs, I think that they can be simplified.

      Thanks for the suggestions. We have now extracted the key information from Table S6- S9 and summarized them in the caption. We have also fixed the layout of the tables in this revision. The supplementary sections on alternans and EADs are simplified with the key parameters related to these proarrhythmic phenomena summarized in tables instead of showing all boxplots of parameter distributions (Tables S10 and S11).

      (4) The authors showed two mechanisms of alternans: EAD-driven and Ca-driven alternans in chronic MI. There are several distinct mechanisms of alternans including EAD-induced alternans (see the recent review by Qu and Weiss, Circ Res 132, 127(2023)). Theoretically, calcium alternans can also induce EAD alternans under proper conditions, can you rule out that the EAD alternans are not due to Ca alternans? The results in Fig.7D may say the opposite. There are some chicken-or-egg issues here.

      In Figure 7D, we showed that the epicardial cell type (blue trace) had stable EADs at fast pacing with no calcium alternans, while both the endocardial (red trace) and mid-myocardial (green trace) cell types failed to fully repolarise in every other beat. To explore whether the EAD alternans are driven by calcium alternans, we tested the effects of switching off the alternans related remodelling, and the APs tuned out to be normal. On the other hand, when we turned off the EAD related remodelling, neither EADs nor alternans occurred. Therefore, the results show the two types of ionic current remodelling are both necessary for the generation of EAD alternans (lines 656-659 in the discussion and SM9).

      (5) As for the formation of ectopic beats, it can be caused by EADs but it can caused by repolarization gradient, they are not the same and differ in different AP models (Liu et al, CircAE 12, e007571 (2019), Zhang et al, Biophy J 120, 352(2021)). It is not clear here whether the primary cause is repolarization gradient or EADs. At tissue, EADs tend to be suppressed by repolarization gradient, there is a goldilocks between the EAD amplitude and repolarization gradient for an ectopic beat to form.

      When isolated cells that showed EAD were embedded in ventricular tissue, we saw ectopic wave propagation. This was because the EADs in the RZ generated conduction block, which enabled a large repolarisation gradient to form between the BZ and RZ, thereby leading to ectopy. This has been clarified in the Results [lines 507-510].

      Additionally, we have clarified the presence of the EADs in the ventricular simulations by labelling where this occurs in the green, purple, and yellow traces in Figure 7C. This was easily missed before due to the stretched proportions of the traces in the x-axis, which is necessary to show clearly the repolarisation gradients that drive ectopy.

      (6) The authors showed many population simulations. I guess that they are all in single cells. If the population simulations were done in the whole heart, it should be stated how many models were simulated. If only one of the population models was selected for the whole heart for each case, it should clarify the rationale for choosing one of the many models. If populations of cells were modeled in the whole heart, clarify how the models were distributed in the heart.

      We now randomly select 17 of the 245 cell models in the population to be embedded in ventricular simulations, to produce a ventricular population of models. This allows us to explore the effect that physiological variability in the baseline ionic conductances has on the phenotypic representation of ionic remodellings in the ECG and LVEF. An explanation of this can be found in the Methods section [lines 241-244]. Whenever the cell models are embedded in the relevant zones, they are uniformly distributed according to the transmural heterogeneity [lines 271-273].  

      (7) QRS intervals in the simulations are much wider than the real recordings from patients (Figure 2 and Table S8). At least, a QRS of 120 ms for normal control is too wide and probably not normal.

      We have manually measured QRS duration and updated the delineation method to calculate the other biomarkers. The new values now lie within normal ranges and have been updated in SM Table S7 and S8 and in Figure 2, and the new delineation method has been included in SM2.

    1. Author response:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Madigan et al. assembled an interesting study investigating the role of the MuSK-BMP signaling pathway in maintaining adult mouse muscle stem cell (MuSC) quiescence and muscle function before and after trauma. Using a full body and MuSC-specific genetic knockout system, they demonstrate that MuSK is expressed on MuSCs and that eliminating the BMP binding domain from the MuSK gene (i.e., MuSK-IgG KO) in mice at homeostasis leads to reduced PAX7+ cells, increased myonuclear number, and increase myofiber size, which may be due to a deficit in maintaining quiescence. Additionally, after BaCl2 injury, MuSK-IgG KO mice display accelerated repair after 7 days post-injury (dpi) in males only. Finally, RNA profiling using nCounter technology showed that MuSK-IgG KO MuSCs express genes that may be associated with the activated state.

      Strengths:

      Overall, the biology regulating MuSC quiescence is still relatively unexplored, and thus, this work provides a new mechanism controlling this process. The experiments discussed in the paper are technically sound with great complementary mouse models (full body versus tissue-specific mouse KO) used to validate their hypothesis. Additionally, the paper is well written with all the necessary information in the legends, methods, and figures being reported.

      Weaknesses:

      While the data largely supports the author's conclusions, I do have a few points to consider when reading this paper.

      (1) For Figure 1, while I appreciate the author's confirming MuSK RNA and protein in MuSCs, I do think they should (a) quantify the RNA using qPCR and (b) determine the percentage of MuSCs expressing MuSK protein in their single fiber system in multiple biological replicates. This information will help us understand if MuSK is expressed in 1/10 or 10/10 PAX7-expressing MuSCs. Also, it will help place their phenotypes into the right context, especially when considering how much of the PAX7-pool is expressing MuSK from the beginning.

      The quantification is a reasonable point; however, we don’t believe that this information is necessary for supporting the interpretation of the findings.

      We agree that determining the proportion of SCs that expressing MuSK is useful information and we will address this question in the Revision.

      (2) Throughout the paper the argument is made that MuSK-IgG KO (full body and MuSC-specific KOs) are more activated and/or break quiescence more readily, but there is no attempt to test directly. Therefore, the authors should consider measuring the activation dynamics (i.e., break from quiescence) of MuSCs directly (EdU assays or live-cell imaging) in culture and/or in muscle in vivo (EdU assays) using their various genetic mouse models

      We agree that this point is of interest and we plan to address it in future studies.

      (3) For Figure 2, given that mice are considered adults by 3 months, it is really surprising how just two months later they are starting to see a phenotype (i.e., reduced PAX7-cells, increased number of myonuclei, and increased myofiber size)-which correlates with getting older. Given that aged MuSCs have activation defects (i.e., stuck somewhere in the quiescence cycle), a pending question is whether their phenotype gets stronger in aged mice, like 18-24 months. If yes, the argument that this pathway should be used in a therapeutic sense would be strengthened.

      We agree that the potential role of the MuSK-BMP pathway in aged SCs is of import and could shed new light on SC dynamics in this context. However, we note that the activation observed between 3-5 months results in improved muscle quality (increased myofiber size and grip strength), which is opposite of what is observed with aging. We agree that activating the MuSK-BMP pathway in aged animals has the potential to activate SCs, promote muscle growth and counter sarcopenia.  Pharmacological and genetic approaches to test that question are underway, but given the time frame they are beyond the scope of the current manuscript.

      (4) For Figure 4, the same question as in point (2), the increase in fiber sizes by 7dpi in MuSK-IgG KO males is minimal (going from ~23 to 27 by eye) and no difference at a later time point when compared to WT mice. However, if older mice are used (18-24 months old) - which are known to have repair deficits-will the regenerative phenotype in MuSK-IgG KO mice be more substantial and longer lasting?

      Again, an interesting point that will be addressed in future studies. 

      (5) For Figure 6, this gene set is not glaringly obvious as being markers of MuSC activation (i.e., no MyoD), so it's hard for the readers to know if this gene set is truly an activation signature. Also, the Shcherbina et al. data presented as a column with * being up or down (i.e. differentially expressed) is not helpful, since you don't know whether those mRNAs in that dataset are going up with the activation process. Addressing this point as well as my point (1) will further strengthen the author's conclusions about the MuSK-IgG KO MuSCs not being able to maintain quiescence as effectively.

      We agree that this Figure should include more information and be formatted in a way more readily convey the point. We will provide these changes in the Revision.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The work by Madigan et al. provides evidence that the signaling of BMPs via the Ig3 domain of MuSK plays a role during muscle postnatal development and regeneration, ultimately resulting in enhanced contractile force generation in the absence of the MuSK Ig3 domain. They demonstrate that MuSK is expressed in satellite cells initially post-isolation of muscle single fibers both in WT and whole-body deletion of the BMP binding domain of MuSK (ΔIg3-MuSK). In developing mice, ΔIg3-MuSK results in increased muscle fiber size, a reduction in Pax7+ cells, and increased muscle contractile force in 5-month-old, but not 3-month-old, mice. These data are complemented by a model in which the kinetics of regeneration appear to be accelerated at early time points. Of note, the authors demonstrate muscle tibialis anterior (TA) weights and fiber feret are increased during development in a Pax7CreERT2;MuSK-Ig3loxp/loxp model in which satellite cells specifically lack the MuSK BMP binding domain. Finally, using Nanostring transcriptional the authors identified a short list of genes that differ between the WT and ΔIg3-MuSK SCs. These data provide the field with new evidence of signaling pathways that regulate satellite cell activation/quiescence in the context of skeletal muscle development and regeneration.

      On the whole, the findings in this paper are well supported, however additional validation of key satellite cell markers and data analysis need to be conducted given the current claims.

      (1) The Pax7CreERT2;MuSK-Ig3loxp/loxp model is the appropriate model to conduct studies to assess satellite cell involvement in MuSK/BMP regulation. Validation of changes to muscle force production is currently absent using this model, as is quantification of Pax7+ tdT+ cells in 5-month muscle. Given that MuSK is also expressed on mature myofibers at NMJs, these data would further inform the conclusions proposed in the paper.

      As reported in the manuscript, we observed increased myofiber size, length and TA weight in the conditional mutants at five months of age. We did not assess grip strength in those experiments. 

      We demonstrated highly efficient MuSK Ig3-domain recombination by PCR analysis of FACS-sorted SCs from these conditional mutants (Supplemental Fig. S3). However, while we checked for Pax7+ tdT+ cells in 5-month SCs, we did not quantify this finding.

      (2) All Pax7 quantification in the paper would benefit from high magnification images including staining for laminin demonstrating the cells are under the basal lamina.

      The point is reasonable, we observed that these Pax7+ cells were under the basal lamina, but we did not acquire images at higher magnification.   

      (3) The nanostring dataset could be further analyzed and clarified. In Figure 6b, it is not initially apparent what genes are upregulated or downregulated in young and aged SCs and how this compares with your data. Pathway analysis geared toward genes involved in the TGFb superfamily would be informative.

      We agree that further analysis and information regarding the data in this Figure is warranted and we will include it in the Revision.

      (4) Characterizing MuSK expression on perfusion-fixed EDL fibers would be more conclusive to determine if MuSK is expressed in quiescent SCs. Additional characterization using MyoD, MyoG, and Fos staining of SCs on EDL fibers would help inform on their state of activation/quiescent.

      These are all valid points that we intend to address in future experiments.

      (5) Finally, the treatment of fibers in the presence or absence of recombinant BMP proteins would inform the claims of the paper.

      As reported in Jaime et al (2024) we have extensively characterized the differences in BMP response in both cultured WT and DIg3-MuSK myofibers and myoblasts at the level of signaling (pSMAD 1/5/8 nuclear localization and phosphorylation) and gene expression (qRT-PCR).

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Understanding the molecular regulation of muscle stem cell quiescence. The authors evaluated the role of the MuSK-BMP pathway in regulating adult SC quiescence by the deletion of the BMP-binding MuSK Ig3 domain ('ΔIg3-MuSK').

      Strengths:

      A novel mouse model to interrogate muscle stem cell molecular regulators. The authors have developed a nice mouse model to interrogate the role of MuSK signaling in muscle stem cells and myofibers and have unique tools to do this.

      Weaknesses:

      Only minor technical questions remain and there is a need for additional data to support the conclusions.

      (1) The authors claim that dIg3-MuSK satellite cells break quiescence and start fusing, based on the reduction of Pax7+ and increase of nuclei/fiber (Fig 2-3), and maybe the gene expression (Fig6). However, direct evidence is needed to support these findings such as quantifying quiescent (Pax7+Ki67-) or activated (Pax7+Ki67+) satellite cells (and maybe proliferating progenitors Pax7-Ki67+) in the dIg3-MuSK muscle.

      We believe that the data presented strongly supports the conclusion that the SCs break quiescence, activate, and fuse into myofibers in uninjured muscle.  As noted above, the mechanistic studies suggested are of interest and we will address them in future work.

      (2) It is not clear if the MuSK-BMP pathway is required to maintain satellite cell quiescence, by the end of the regeneration (29dpi), how Pax7+ numbers are comparable to the WT (Fig4d). I would expect to have less Pax7+, as in uninjured muscle. Can the authors evaluate this in more detail?

      The reviewer makes an important point. Our current interpretation of the findings is that quiescence is broken in SCs in uninjured muscle, but that ‘stemness’ is preserved, allowing for efficient muscle regeneration and restoration of the SC pool. Whether such properties reflect SC heterogeneity (as suggested in the comments of the other reviewers) and/or different states along a continuum is of particular interest and will be the focus of future studies. 

      (2) Figure 4 claims that regeneration is accelerated, but to claim this at a minimum they need to look at MYH3+ fibers, in addition to fiber size.

      We did not examine MYH3+ fibers in this study. However, we did observe increased in Pax7+ cells at 5dpi (male and female) as well as larger myofiber size (Feret diameter) at 7dpi in the male animals.  In addition, the panels in Figure 4 b,c (H&E and laminin, respectively) showing accelerated differentiation were selected to be representative of the experimental group. 

      (3) The Pax7 specific dIg3-MuSK (Fig5) is very exciting. However, it will be important to quantify the Pax7+ number. Could the authors check the reduction of Pax7+ in this model since it would confirm the importance of MuSK in quiescence?

      In Figure 5c, we assessed the number of Pax7+ cells in the conditional mutant during the course of regeneration (at 3, 5, 7, 14, 22 and 29 dpi). As discussed above, these results confirmed the findings of the constitutive mutant (reduction of Pax7+ cells in uninjured 5-month-old muscle) as well as showing the increased number at 5dpi and return to WT levels at 29 dpi.

      (3) Rescue of the BMP pathway in the model would be further supportive of the authors' findings.

      This point is valid. In a parallel study examining the role of the MuSK-BMP pathway at the NMJ, we have observed that BMP+/- (hypomorphs) recapitulate key phenotypes observed in DIg3-MuSK  NMJs (Fish et al., bioRxiv, 2023). This point will be included in the Revision. 

      (4) Is the stem cell pool maintained long term in the deleted dIg3-MuSK SCs? Or would they be lost with extended treatment since they are reduced at the 5-month experiments? This is an important point and should be considered/discussed relevant to thinking about these data therapeutically.

      We agree that this is an important point for future studies. 

      (5) Without the Pax7-specific targeting, when you target dIg3-MuSK in the entire muscle, what happens to the neuromuscular nuclei?

      A manuscript describing the phenotype of the NMJ in DIg3-MuSK constitutive mice is in bioRxiv (Fish et al., 2024) and is in Revision at another journal.  We anticipate discussing the findings in the Revised version of the current manuscript. 

      (6) Why were differences seen in males and not females? Is XIST downregulation occurring in both sexes? Could the authors explain these findings in more detail?

      The male and female difference in myofiber size is of interest.  The nanostring experiments,  which showed the XIST reduction, were only performed in male mice.

    1. Author response:

      eLife Assessment

      This valuable study reveals extensive binding of eukaryotic translation initiation factor 3 (eIF3) to the 3' untranslated regions (UTRs) of efficiently translated mRNAs in human pluripotent stem cell-derived neuronal progenitor cells. The authors provide solid evidence to support their conclusions, although this study may be enhanced by addressing potential biases of techniques employed to study eIF3:mRNA binding and providing additional mechanistic detail. This work will be of significant interest to researchers exploring post-transcriptional regulation of gene expression, including cellular, molecular, and developmental biologists, as well as biochemists.

      We thank the reviewers for their positive views of the results we present, along with the constructive feedback regarding the strengths and weaknesses of our manuscript, with which we generally agree. We acknowledge our results will require a deeper exploration of the molecular mechanisms behind eIF3 interactions with 3'-UTR termini and experiments to identify the molecular partners involved. Additionally, given that NPC differentiation toward mature neurons is a process that takes around 3 weeks, we recognize the importance of examining eIF3-mRNA interactions in NPCs that have undergone differentiation over longer periods than the 2-hr time point selected in this study. Finally, considering the molecular complexity of the 13-subunit human eIF3, we agree that a direct comparison between Quick-irCLIP and PAR-CLIP will be highly beneficial and will determine whether different UV crosslinking wavelengths report on different eIF3 molecular interactions. Additional comments are given below to the identified weaknesses.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors perform irCLIP of neuronal progenitor cells to profile eIF3-RNA interactions upon short-term neuronal differentiation. The data shows that eIF3 mostly interacts with 3'-UTRs - specifically, the poly-A signal. There appears to be a general correlation between eIF3 binding to 3'-UTRs and ribosome occupancy, which might suggest that eIF3 binding promotes protein synthesis, possibly through inducing mRNA closed-loop formation.

      Strengths:

      The study provides a wealth of new data on eIF3-mRNA interactions and points to the potential new concept that eIF3-mRNA interactions are polyadenylation-dependent and correlate with ribosome occupancy.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) A main limitation is the correlative nature of the study. Whereas the evidence that eIF3 interacts with 3-UTRs is solid, the biological role of the interactions remains entirely unknown. Similarly, the claim that eIF3 interactions with 3'-UTR termini require polyadenylation but are independent of poly(A) binding proteins lacks support as it solely relies on the absence of observable eIF3 binding to poly-A (-) histone mRNAs and a seeming failure to detect PABP binding to eIF3 by co-immunoprecipitation and Western blotting. In contrast, LC-MS data in Supplementary File 1 show ready co-purification of eIF3 with PABP.

      We agree the molecular mechanisms underlying the crosslinking between eIF3 and the end of mRNA 3’-UTRs remains to be determined. We also agree that the lack of interaction seen between eIF3 and PABP in Westerns, even from HEK293T cells, is a puzzle. The low sequence coverage in the LC-MS data gave us pause about making a strong statement that these represent direct eIF3 interactions, given the similar background levels of some ribosomal proteins.

      (2) Another question concerns the relevance of the cellular model studied. irCLIP is performed on neuronal progenitor cells subjected to neuronal induction for 2 hours. This short-term induction leads to a very modest - perhaps 10% - and very transient 1-hour-long increase in translation, although this is not carefully quantified. The cellular phenotype also does not appear to change and calling the cells treated with differentiation media for 2 hours "differentiated NPCs" seems a bit misleading. Perhaps unsurprisingly, the minor "burst" of translation coincides with minor effects on eIF3-mRNA interactions most of which seem to be driven by mRNA levels. Based on the ~15-fold increase in ID2 mRNA coinciding with a ~5-fold increase in ribosome occupancy (RPF), ID2 TE actually goes down upon neuronal induction.

      We agree that it will be interesting to look at eIF3-mRNA interactions at longer time points after induction of NPC differentiation. However, the pattern of eIF3 crosslinking to the end of 3’-UTRs occurs in both time points reported here, which is likely to be the more general finding in what we present.

      (3) The overlap in eIF3-mRNA interactions identified here and in the authors' previous reports is minimal. Some of the discrepancies may be related to the not well-justified approach for filtering data prior to assessing overlap. Still, the fundamentally different binding patterns - eIF3 mostly interacting with 5'-UTRs in the authors' previous report and other studies versus the strong preference for 3'-UTRs shown here - are striking. In the Discussion, it is speculated that the different methods used - PAR-CLIP versus irCLIP - lead to these fundamental differences. Unfortunately, this is not supported by any data, even though it would be very important for the translation field to learn whether different CLIP methodologies assess very different aspects of eIF3-mRNA interactions.

      We agree the more interesting aspect of what we observe is the difference in location of eIF3 crosslinking, i.e. the end of 3’-UTRs rather than 5’-UTRs or the pan-mRNA pattern we observed in T cells. The reviewer is right that it will be important in the future to compare PAR-CLIP and Quick-irCLIP side-by-side to begin to unravel the differences we observe with the two approaches.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The paper documents the role of eIF3 in translational control during neural progenitor cell (NPC) differentiation. eIF3 predominantly binds to the 3' UTR termini of mRNAs during NPC differentiation, adjacent to the poly(A) tails, and is associated with efficiently translated mRNAs, indicating a role for eIF3 in promoting translation.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript is strong in addressing molecular mechanisms by using a combination of next-generation sequencing and crosslinking techniques, thus providing a comprehensive dataset that supports the authors' claims. The manuscript is methodologically sound, with clear experimental designs.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The study could benefit from further exploration into the molecular mechanisms by which eIF3 interacts with 3' UTR termini. While the correlation between eIF3 binding and high translation levels is established, the functionality of these interactions needs validation. The authors should consider including experiments that test whether eIF3 binding sites are necessary for increased translation efficiency using reporter constructs.

      We agree with the reviewer that the molecular mechanism by which eIF3 interacts with the 3’-UTR termini remains unclear, along with its biological significance, i.e. how it contributes to translation levels. We think it could be useful to try reporters in, perhaps, HEK293T cells in the future to probe the mechanism in more detail.

      (2) The authors mention that the eIF3 3' UTR termini crosslinking pattern observed in their study was not reported in previous PAR-CLIP studies performed in HEK293T cells (Lee et al., 2015) and Jurkat cells (De Silva et al., 2021). They attribute this difference to the different UV wavelengths used in Quick-irCLIP (254 nm) and PAR-CLIP (365 nm with 4-thiouridine). While the explanation is plausible, it remains a caveat that different UV crosslinking methods may capture different eIF3 modules or binding sites, depending on the chemical propensities of the amino acid-nucleotide crosslinks at each wavelength. Without addressing this caveat in more detail, the authors cannot generalize their findings, and thus, the title of the paper, which suggests a broad role for eIF3, may be misleading. Previous studies have pointed to an enrichment of eIF3 binding at the 5' UTRs, and the divergence in results between studies needs to be more explicitly acknowledged.

      We agree with the reviewer that the two methods of crosslinking will require a more detailed head-to-head comparison in the future. However, we do think the title is justified by the fact that we see crosslinking to the termini of 3’-UTRs across thousands of transcripts in each condition. Furthermore, the 3’-UTR crosslinking is enriched on mRNAs with higher ribosome protected fragment counts (RPF) in differentiated cells, Figure 3F.

      (3) While the manuscript concludes that eIF3's interaction with 3' UTR termini is independent of poly(A)-binding proteins, transient or indirect interactions should be tested using assays such as PLA (Proximity Ligation Assay), which could provide more insights.

      This is a good idea, but would require a substantial effort better suited to a future publication. We think our observations are interesting enough to the field to stimulate future experimentation that we may or may not be most capable of doing in our lab.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript by Mestre-Fos and colleagues, authors have analyzed the involvement of eIF3 binding to mRNA during differentiation of neural progenitor cells (NPC). The authors bring a lot of interesting observations leading to a novel function for eIF3 at the 3'UTR.

      During the translational burst that occurs during NPC differentiation, analysis of eIF3-associated mRNA by Quick-irCLIP reveals the unexpected binding of this initiation factor at the 3'UTR of most mRNA. Further analysis of alternative polyadenylation by APAseq highlights the close proximity of the eIF3-crosslinking position and the poly(A) tail. Furthermore, this interaction is not detected in Poly(A)-less transcripts. Using Riboseq, the authors then attempted to correlate eIF3 binding with the translation efficacy of mRNA, which would suggest a common mechanism of translational control in these cells. These observations indicate that eIF3-binding at the 3'UTR of mRNA, near the poly(A) tail, may participate to the closed-loop model of mRNA translation, bridging 5' and 3', and allowing ribosomes recycling. However, authors failed to detect interactions of eIF3, with either PABP or Paip1 or 40S subunit proteins, which is quite unexpected.

      Strength:

      The well-written manuscript presents an attractive concept regarding the mechanism of eIF3 function at the 3'UTR. Most mRNA in NPC seems to have eIF3 binding at the 3'UTR and only a few at the 5'end where it's commonly thought to bind. In a previous study from the Cate lab, eIF3 was reported to bind to a small region of the 3'UTR of the TCRA and TCRB mRNA, which was responsible for their specific translational stimulation, during T cell activation. Surprisingly in this study, the eIF3 association with mRNA occurs near polyadenylation signals in NPC, independently of cell differentiation status. This compelling evidence suggests a general mechanism of translation control by eIF3 in NPC. This observation brings back the old concept of mRNA circularization with new arguments, independent of PABP and eIF4G interaction. Finally, the discussion adequately describes the potential technical limitations of the present study compared to previous ones by the same group, due to the use of Quick-irCLIP as opposed to the PAR-CLIP/thiouridine.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) These data were obtained from an unusual cell type, limiting the generalizability of the model.

      We agree that unraveling the mechanism employed by eIF3 at the mRNA 3’-UTR termini might be better studied in a stable cell line rather than in primary cells.

      (2) This study lacks a clear explanation for the increased translation associated with NPC differentiation, as eIF3 binding is observed in both differentiated and undifferentiated NPC. For example, I find a kind of inconsistency between changes in Riboseq density (Figure 3B) and changes in protein synthesis (Figure 1D). Thus, the title overstates a modest correlation between eIF3 binding and important changes in protein synthesis.

      We thank the reviewer for this question. Riboseq data and RNASeq data are not on absolute scales when comparing across cell conditions. They are normalized internally, so increases in for example RPF in Figure 3B are relative to the bulk RPF in a given condition. By contrast, the changes in protein synthesis measured in Figure 1D is closer to an absolute measure of protein synthesis.

      (3) This is illustrated by the candidate selection that supports this demonstration. Looking at Figure 3B, ID2, and SNAT2 mRNA are not part of the High TE transcripts (in red). In contrast, the increase in mRNA abundance could explain a proportionally increased association with eIF3 as well as with ribosomes. The example of increased protein abundance of these best candidates is overall weak and uncertain.

      We agree that using TE as the criterion for defining increased eIF3 association would not be correct. By “highly translated” we only mean to convey the extent of protein synthesis, i.e. increases in ribosome protected fragments (RPF), rather than the translational efficiency.

      (4) Despite several attempts (chemical and UV cross-linking) to identify eIF3 partners in NPC such as PABP, PAIP1, or proteins from the 40S, the authors could not provide any evidence for such a mechanism consistent with the closed-loop model. Overall, this rather descriptive study lacks mechanistic insight (eIF3 binding partners).

      We agree that it will be important to identify the molecular mechanism used by eIF3 to engage the termini of mRNA 3’-UTRs. Nevertheless, the identification of eIF3 crosslinking to that location in mRNAs is new, and we think will stimulate new experiments in the field.

      (5) Finally, the authors suspect a potential impact of technical improvement provided by Quick-irCLIP, that could have been addressed rather than discussed.

      We agree a side-by-side comparison of eIF3 crosslinks captured by PAR-CLIP versus Quick-irCLIP will be an important experiment to do. However, NPCs or other primary cells may not be the best system for the comparison. We think using an established cell line might be more informative, to control for effects such as 4-thiouridine toxicity.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This work sets out to elucidate mechanistic intricacies in inflammatory responses in pneumonia in the context of the aging process (Terc deficiency - telomerase functionality).

      Strengths:

      Very interesting, conceptually speaking, approach that is by all means worth pursuing. An overall proper approach to the posited aim.

      We want to thank the reviewer for taking the time to review our manuscript and for providing positive feedback regarding our research question.  

      Weaknesses:

      The work is heavily underpowered and may have statistical deficits. This precludes it in its current state from drawing unequivocal conclusions.

      Thank you for this essential and valuable comment. We fully accept that the small sample size of the Tercko/ko mice is a major limitation of our study and transparently discuss this in our manuscript.  However, due to Animal Welfare regulations, only a reduced number of mice were approved because of the strong burden of disease. Consequently, only three non-infected and five infected mice were available to us. This reduced number of mice presents a clear limitation to our study. However, due to ethical considerations related to animal welfare and sustainability, as well as compliance with German animal welfare regulations, it is not possible to obtain additional Tercko/ko mice to increase the dataset.

      The animal studies are an important aspect of our study; however, our hypothesis was also investigated at multiple levels, including in an in vitro co-culture model (Figure 5), to ensure comprehensive analysis. Thus, we clearly demonstrated that S. aureus pneumonia in Tercko/ko mice leads to a more severe phenotype, orchestrated by the dysregulation of both innate and adaptive immune response.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The authors demonstrate heightened susceptibility of Terc-KO mice to S. aureus-induced pneumonia, perform gene expression analysis from the infected lungs, find an elevated inflammatory (NLRP3) signature in some Terc-KO but not control mice, and some reduction in T cell signatures. Based on that, They conclude that disregulated inflammation and T-cell dysfunction play a major role in these phenomena.

      Strengths:

      The strengths of the work include a problem not previously addressed (the role of the Terc component of the telomerase complex) in certain aspects of resistance to bacterial infection and innate (and maybe adaptive) immune function.

      We would like to thank the reviewer for the positive feedback regarding our aim to investigate the impact of Terc deletion on the pulmonary immune response to S. aureus.  

      Weaknesses:

      The weaknesses outweigh the strengths, dominantly because conclusions are plagued by flaws in experimental design, by lack of rigorous controls, and by incomplete and inadequate approaches to testing immune function. These weaknesses are as follows

      (1) Terc-KO mice are a genomic knockout model, and therefore the authors need to carefully consider the impact of this KO on a wide range of tissues. This, however, is not the case. There are no attempts to perform cell transfers or use irradiation chimera or crosses that would be informative.

      We thank the reviewer for bringing up this important point. The aim of our study, however; was to investigate the impact of Terc deletion in the lung and on the response to bacterial pneumonia, rather than to provide a comprehensive characterization of the Tercko/ko model itself. This characterization of different tissues and cell types has already been conducted by previous studies. For instance, studies that characterize the general phenotype of the model (Herrera et al., 1999; Lee et al., 1998; Rudolph et al., 1999) but also investigations that shed light on the impact of Terc deletion on specific cell types such as microglia (Khan et al., 2015) or T cells (Matthe et al., 2022). The impact of Terc deletion on T cells is also discussed in our manuscript in lines 89 to 105. Furthermore, a section about the general phenotype of the Terc deletion model is included in the introduction in lines 126 to 138. Thus we discussed the relevant literature regarding Tercko/ko mice in our manuscript and attempted to provide a more in-depth characterization of the lung by investigating the inflammatory response to infection as well as changes in the gene expression (Figure 2-4).  

      (2) Throughout the manuscript the authors invoke the role of telomere shortening in aging, and according to them, their Terc-KO mice should be one potential model for aging. Yet the authors consistently describe major differences between young Terc-KO and naturally aging old mice, with no discussion of the implications. This further confuses the biological significance of this work as presented.

      Thank you for mentioning this relevant point. We want to apologize for the confusion regarding this matter. While Tercko/ko mice are a well-established model for premature aging, these effects become more apparent with increasing generations (G) and thus, G5 and 6 mice are the most affected by Terc deletion (Lee et al., 1998; Wong et al., 2008).

      Thus, while Tercko/ko mice are a common model for premature aging, this accelerated aging phenotype is predominantly apparent in later-generation Tercko/ko (G5 and 6) or aged Tercko/ko mice (Lee et al., 1998; Wong et al., 2008). Since the aim of this study was to analyze the impact of Terc deletion on the lung and its immune response to bacterial infections instead of the impact of telomere shortening and telomerase dysfunction, young G3 Tercko/ko mice (8 weeks) were used in this study. This is also mentioned in the lines 131-134. In this study, Tercko/ko mice were used not as a model of aging, but rather as a model specifically for Terc deletion. The old WT mice function as a control cohort to observe possible common but also deviating effects between aging and Terc deletion. In our sequencing data, we observe that uninfected young WT mice are very similar to uninfected Tercko/ko mice. Other studies have also reported this lack of major differences between uninfected WT and Tercko/ko mice in the G3 knockout mice (Kang et al., 2018). Conversely, uninfected young WT and Tercko/ko mice exhibited great differences, for instance, regarding the numbers of differentially expressed genes (Supplemental Figure 1H). Thus, differences between naturally aged mice and young G3 Tercko/ko mice are not surprising. To clarify this aspect we reconstructed the paragraph discussing the Tercko/ko mice (lines 126-134). Additionally we added a paragraph explaining the purpose of the naturally aged mice to the lines 134 to 138:

      “As control cohort age-matched young WT mice were utilized. To investigate whether Terc deletion, beyond critical telomere shortening, impacts the pulmonary immune response, we used young Tercko/ko mice. Additionally, naturally aged mice (2 years old) were infected to explore the potential link to a fully developed aging phenotype.”

      (3) Related to #2, group design for comparisons lacks a clear rationale. The authors stipulate that TercKO will mimic natural aging, but in fact, the only significant differences seen between groups in susceptibility to S. aureus are, contrary to the authors' expectation, between young Terc-KO and naturally old mice (Figures 1A and B, no difference between young Terc-KO and young wt); or there are no significant differences at all between groups (Figures 1, C, D,).

      We thank the reviewer for this essential comment. As mentioned above the Tercko/ko mice in this study are not selected to model natural aging. To model telomerase dysfunction and accelerated aging selection of later generation or aged Tercko/ko mice would have been more suitable. 

      The lack of statistical significance in some figures is likely due to the heterogeneity of disease phenotype of S. aureus infection in mice, which is a limitation of our study that we discuss in our discussion section in lines 576-582. The phenotype of S. aureus infection can vary greatly within a mouse population, highlighting the limitations of mice as a model for S. aureus infections. To account for this heterogeneity we divided the infected Tercko/ko mice cohort into different degrees of severity based on the clinical score and the presence of bacteria in organs other than the lung (mice with systemic infection). 

      Despite the heterogeneity especially within the Tercko/ko mice cohort the differences between the knockout and young as well as old WT mice were striking. Including the fatal infections, 80% of the Tercko/ko mice had a severe course of disease, while none of the WT mice displayed a severe course (Figure 1A, B and Supplemental Figure 1A, B). This hints towards a clear role of Terc in the response to S. aureus infection in mice. Thus while in some figures the differences are not significant, strong trends towards a more severe phenotype of S. aureus infection in the Tercko/ko mice regarding bacterial load, score and inflammatory response could be observed in our study. 

      Another example of inadequate group design is when the authors begin dividing their Terc-KO groups by clinical score into animals with or without "systemic infection" (the condition where a bacterium spreads uncontrollably across the many organs and via blood, which should be properly called sepsis), and then compare this sepsis group to other groups (Supplementary Figures 1G; Figure 2; lines 374-376 and 389391). This gives them significant differences in several figures, but because they did not clearly indicate where they applied this stratification in the figure legends, the data are somewhat confusing. Most importantly, methodologically it is highly inappropriate to compare one mouse with sepsis to another one without. If Terc-KO mice with sepsis are a comparator group, then their controls have to be wild-type mice with sepsis, who are dealing with the same high bacterial load across the body and are presumably forced to deploy the same set of immune defenses.

      We sincerely appreciate the significant time and effort you have invested in reviewing our manuscript. However, with all due respect, we must point out that the definition of sepsis you have referenced is considered outdated. According to the Third International Consensus Definitions for Sepsis and Septic Shock (Sepsis-3), sepsis is defined as "a life-threatening organ dysfunction caused by a dysregulated host response to infection" (Marvin Singer, 2016, JAMA). Given this fundamental misunderstanding of our findings, we find the comment regarding the inadequacy of our groups to be both dismissive and lacking in scientific merit. We would like to emphasize that the group size used in our study is consistent with accepted standards in infection research. We strongly reject any insinuations of inadequacy that have been repeatedly mentioned throughout the review.

      In order to provide a nuanced investigation of disease severity in Tercko/ko mice, we added the term “systemic infection” to the figures whenever the mice were divided into groups of mice with and without systemic infection. This is the case for Figure 2A and Supplemental Figure 1C-E. The division into mice with and without systemic infection is also mentioned in the figure legend of Figure 2A in lines 932 to 935 and for Supplemental Figure 1 in lines 1052-1053. We agree that Supplemental Figure 1G is somewhat confusing as the mice with systemic infection are highlighted in this graph but not included as a separate group within our sequencing analysis. We added a sentence to the figure legend clarifying this (lines 1042-1044):

      “Nevertheless, the infected Tercko/ko mice were considered one group for the expression analysis and not split into separate groups for the subsequent analysis.”

      Additionally, we revised the section regarding this grouping in different degrees of severity in our Material and Methods section to clarify that this division was only performed for specific analysis (line 191):

      “…for the indicated analysis.”

      Furthermore, the mice which were classified as systemically infected mice were not septic mice, as mentioned above. Those mice were classified by us as systemically infected based on their clinical score and the presence of bacteria in other organs than the lung as stated in the lines 188-191 and 377-381. Bacteremia is a symptom of very severe cases of hospital-acquired pneumonia with a very high mortality (De la Calle et al., 2016).

      Therefore, the systemically infected mice or rather mice with bacteremia display an especially severe pneumonia phenotype, which is distinct from sepsis. The presence of this symptom in our Tercko/ko mice further highlights the clinical relevance of our study. This aspect was added to the manuscript in the lines 568-570.

      “The detection of bacteria in extra pulmonary organs is of particular interest, as bacteremia is a symptom of severe pneumonia and is associated with high mortality (De la Calle et al., 2016).”

      (4) The authors conclude that disregulated inflammation and T-cell dysfunction play a major role in S. aureus susceptibility. This may or may not be an important observation, because many KO mice are abnormal for a variety of reasons, and until such reasons are mechanistically dissected, the physiological importance of the observation will remain unclear.

      Two points are important here. First, there is no natural counterpart to a Terc-KO, which is a complete loss of a key non-enzymatic component of the telomerase complex starting in utero. 

      Second, the authors truly did not examine the key basic features of their model, including the features of basic and induced inflammatory and immune responses. This analysis could be done either using model antigens in adjuvants, defined innate immune stimuli (e.g. TLR, RLR, or NLR agonists), or microbial challenge. The only data provided along these lines are the baseline frequencies of total T cells in the spleen of the three groups of mice examined (not statistically significant, Figure 4B). We do not know if the composition of naïve to memory T cell subsets may have been different, and more importantly, we have no data to evaluate whether recruitment of the immune response (including T cells) to the lung upon microbial challenge is similar or different. So, what are the numbers and percentages of T cells and alveolar macrophages in the lung following S. aureus challenge and are they even comparable or are there issues in mobilizing the T cell response to the site of infection? If, for example, Terc-KO mice do not mobilize enough T cells to the lung during infection, that would explain the paucity in many T-cellassociated genes in their transcriptomic set that the authors report. That in turn may not mean dysfunction of T cells but potentially a whole different set of defects in coordinating the response in Terc-KO mice.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting these important aspects. Regarding the first point, indeed there is no naturally occurring deletion of Terc in humans. However, studies reported reduced expression of Terc and Tert in the tissues of aged mice and rats (Tarry-Adkins et al., 2021; Zhang et al., 2018). Terc itself has been found to have several important immunomodulatory functions such as the activation of the NFκB or PI3-kinase pathway (Liu et al., 2019; Wu et al., 2022). As those aforementioned pathways are relevant for the immune response to S. aureus infections, the authors were interested in exploring the impact of Terc deletion on the pulmonary immune response. The potential immunomodulatory functions of Terc are discussed in lines 106-121. To further clarify our rationale we added a sentence to the introduction in lines 121-125.

      “Interestingly, downregulation of Terc and Tert expression in tissues of aged mice and rats has been found (Tarry-Adkins, Aiken, Dearden, Fernandez-Twinn, & Ozanne, 2021; Zhang et al., 2018). Therefore, as a potential immunomodulatory factor reduced Terc expression could be connected to agerelated pathologies.”

      Regarding the second point, as we focused on the effect of Terc deletion in the lung and its role in S. aureus infection, we investigated inflammatory and immune response parameters relevant to this setting. For instance, inflammation parameters in the lungs of all three mice cohorts were measured to investigate differences in the inflammatory response in the non-infected and infected mice (Figure 2A). Those measurements showed no baseline difference in key inflammatory parameters between young WT and Tercko/ko mice, which is consistent with previous findings (Kang et al., 2018). The inflammatory response to infection with S. aureus in the Tercko/ko mice cohort differed significantly from the other cohorts (Figure 2A), hinting towards a dysregulated inflammatory response due to Terc deletion. Furthermore, we investigated general immune cell frequencies such as dendritic cells, macrophages, and B cells in the spleen of all three mice cohorts to gather a baseline understanding of the general immune cell populations. In our manuscript only total T cell frequencies were included due to its relevance for our data regarding T cells (Figure 4B). This data could show that there was no difference of total amount of T cells in the spleen of all three mice cohorts. For a more detailed insight into our analysis we added the frequencies of the other immune cell populations analyzed in the spleen as a Supplemental Figure 3B-F. Additionally, a figure legend for the graphs was added to lines 1075-1094.

      Therefore, while we did not analyze baseline frequencies of specific populations of T cells, we analyzed and characterized the inflammatory and immune response of our model in a way relevant to our research question. 

      The differences observed in T cell marker and TCR gene expression was also partly present between the uninfected and infected Tercko/ko mice such as the complete absence of CD247 expression in infected Tercko/ko, which is however expressed in uninfected mice of this cohort (Figure 4A, C and D). Thus, this effect cannot be solely attributed to an inadequate mobilization of T cells to the lung after infectious challenge. However, we agree that a more detailed insight into recruited immune cells to the lung or frequencies of different T cell populations could contribute to a better understanding of the proposed mechanism and would be an interesting experiment to conduct in further studies. We accept this as a limitation of our study and included it in our discussion section in lines 719-723:

      “As total CD4+ T cells were analyzed in this study, it would be useful to investigate specific T cell populations such as memory and effector T cells to elucidate the potential mechanism leading to T cell dysfunctionality in further detail. Additionally, analysis of differences in immune cell recruitment to the lungs between young WT and Tercko/ko mice would be relevant.”

      (5) Related to that, immunological analysis is also inadequate. First, the authors pull signatures from the total lung tissue, which is both imprecise and potentially skewed by differences, not in gene expression but in types of cells present and/or their abundance, a feature known to be affected by aging and perhaps by Terc deficiency during infection. Second, to draw any conclusions about immune responses, the authors would have to track antigen-specific T cells, which is possible for a wide range of microbial pathogens using peptide-MHC multimers. This would allow highly precise analysis of phenomena the authors are trying to conclude about. Moreover, it would allow them to confirm their gene expression data in populations of physiological interest

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting this important and relevant point. In our study, we aimed to investigate the role of Terc expression in modulating inflammation and the immune response to S. aureus infection in the lung. To address this, we examined the overall impact of age, genotype, and infection on lung inflammation and gene expression. Therefore, sequencing of total lung tissue was essential for addressing the research question posed. Our findings demonstrate that Tercko/ko mice exhibit a more severe phenotype following S. aureus infection, characterized by an increased bacterial load and heightened lung inflammation (Figures 1 and 2). Furthermore, our data suggest that Terc plays a role in regulating inflammation through activation of the NLRP3 inflammasome, along with the dysregulation of several T cell marker genes (Figures 2, 4, and 5). However, this study lacks a detailed analysis of distinct T cell populations, including antigen-specific T cells, as noted earlier. Investigating these aspects in future studies would be valuable to validate and expand upon our findings. We have incorporated these suggestions into the discussion section (lines 719-723)

      “As total CD4+ T cells were analyzed in this study, it would be useful to investigate specific T cell populations such as memory and effector T cells to elucidate the potential mechanism leading to T cell dysfunctionality in further detail. Additionally, analysis of differences in immune cell recruitment to the lungs between young WT and Tercko/ko mice would be relevant.”

      Nevertheless, our study provides first evidence of a potential connection between T cell functionality and Terc expression.  

      Third, the authors co-incubate AM and T cells with S. aureus. There is no information here about the phenotype of T cells used. Were they naïve, and how many S. aureus-specific T cells did they contain? Or were they a mix of different cell types, which we know will change with aging (fewer naïve and many more memory cells of different flavors), and maybe even with a Terc-KO? Naïve T cells do not interact with AM; only effector and memory cells would be able to do so, once they have been primed by contact with dendritic cells bringing antigen into the lymphoid tissues, so it is unclear what the authors are modeling here. Mature primed effector T cells would go to the lung and would interact with AM, but it is almost certain that the authors did not generate these cells for their experiment (or at least nothing like that was described in the methods or the text).

      Thank you for bringing up this important question. For the co-cultivation experiment of T cells and alveolar macrophages, total CD4+ T cells of both young WT and Tercko/ko were used. We did not select for a specific population of T cells. Our sequencing data indicated the complete downregulation of CD247 expression, which is an important part of the T cell receptor, in the lungs of infected Tercko/ko mice (Figure 4A, C and D). Given that this factor is downregulated under chronic inflammatory conditions, we investigated the impact of the inflammatory response in alveolar macrophages on the expression of various T cell-derived cytokines, as well as CD247 expression (Figure 5D, E) (Dexiu et al., 2022). This aspect is also highlighted in the discussion in lines 622-636. Therefore, a co-cultivation model of T cells and alveolar macrophages was established and confronted with heat-killed S. aureus to elicit an inflammatory response of the macrophages. To emphasize this purpose, we have revised our statement about the model setup in lines 516-518 of the manuscript: 

      “An overactive inflammatory response could be a potential explanation for the dysregulated TCR signaling.”

      The authors hope this will clarify the intent behind the model setup.

      (6) Overall, the authors began to address the role of Terc in bacterial susceptibility, but to what extent that specifically involves inflammation and macrophages, T cell immunity, or aging remains unclear at present.

      We thank the reviewer for the helpful and relevant comments. The authors accept the limitations of the presented study such as the reduced number of Tercko/ko mice and the limitations of murine models for S. aureus infection itself and discuss those in the discussion section in the lines 558-560; 576-582; 688-690 and 719-725. However, we hope that our responses have provided sufficient evidence to convince the reviewer that our data supports a clear role for Terc expression in regulating the immune response to bacterial infections, particularly with respect to inflammation and its potential connection to T cell functionality.  

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The good element first:

      I read this paper with genuine interest and applaud the authors for investigating the posited question. I consider it by all means scientifically relevant in the context of physiological/pathophysiological aging and reaction to a disease (here pneumonia). The Terc deletion model looks very appropriate for the question and the methodology is very advanced/in-depth. The data flow/selection of endpoints and assays is very logical to me. Moreover, I like the breakdown of pneumonia into varying levels of severity.

      We thank the reviewer for their time and effort taken to revise our manuscript. Additionally, we are grateful to receive your positive feedback regarding our study design and research question.

      The weaknesses:

      (1) I cannot help but notice that the study is heavily underpowered. As such, it is inadmissible. The key reason is that it is the first of its kind and seminal findings must be strongly propped by the evidence. It is apparent to me that the data scatter presented in the figures tends to be abnormally distributed (e.g. obvious bimodal distribution in some groups). Therefore, the presented comparisons (even if stat. sign) can be heavily misleading in terms of: i) the true magnitude of the observed effects and ii) possible type 2 error in some cases of p value >0.05. Solution: repeat the study to ensure reasonable power/reliability. This will also make it stronger as it will immediately demonstrate its reproducibility (or lack of it).

      Thank you for bringing up this extremely relevant point. We acknowledge the issue of the small sample size of Tercko/ko mice as a major limitation of our study. This limitation is also included in our discussion section in the lines 558-560. Thus we fully agree with this limitation and transparently discuss this in our manuscript. However, due to the strict German animal welfare regulations it is not possible to obtain more Tercko/ko mice, as mentioned above. Furthermore, since fatal infections occurred in the Tercko/ko mice cohort we had a reduced number of mice available. 

      However, the differences between the Tercko/ko and WT mice were striking. Including the fatal infections 80% of the Tercko/ko mice had a severe course of disease, while none of the WT mice displayed a severe course. This hints towards a clear role of Terc in the response to S. aureus infection in mice.  

      (2) In the stat analysis section of M&Ms, the authors feature only 1 sentence. This cannot be. A detailed stats workup needs to be included there. This is very much related to the above weakness; e.g. it is impossible to test for normality (to choose an appropriate post-hoc test) with n=3. Back to square one: study underpowered.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting this important aspect. We carefully revised the method section in lines 357-360 to include all relevant information: 

      “Data are presented as mean ± SD, or as median with interquartile range for violin and box plots, with up to four levels of statistical significance indicated. P-values were calculated using Kruskal-Wallis test. Individual replicates are represented as single data points.”

      (3) Pneumonia severity. While I noted that as a strength, I also note it as weakness here. It looks to me like the authors stopped halfway with this. I totally support testing a biological effect(s) such as the one investigated here across a spectrum of a given disease severity. The authors mention that they had various severity phenotypes produced in their model but this is not visible in the data figs. I strongly suggest including that as well; i.e., to study the posited question in the severe and mild pneumonia phenotype. This is a very smart path and previous preclinical research clearly demonstrated that this severe/mild distinction is very relevant in the context of the observed responses (their presence/absence, longevity, dynamics, etc). I realize this is challenging, thus, I would probably use this approach in the Terc k/o model as sort of a calibrator to see whether the exacerbation observed in the current setup (severe?) will be also present in a mild pneumonia phenotype. S. aureus can be effectively titrated to produce pneumonia of varying severity.

      We thank the reviewer for bringing up this relevant point. 

      In our study, we could observe heterogeneity within the infected Tercko/ko cohort. Therefore as pointed out by the reviewer we assigned different degrees of severity to those groups based on clinical scores, the fatal outcome of the disease (fatal subgroup), and the presence of bacteria in organs other than the lungs (systemic infection subgroup) as stated in our materials and methods part in the lines 188-191 (Supplemental Figure 1A and B). Moreover, we highlighted this difference in a number of our figures. For example, when categorizing the mice into groups with and without systemic infection, we noticed that the mice with systemic infection demonstrated a higher bacterial load, significant body weight loss, and increased lung weight (see Supplemental Figure 1C-E). Interestingly, the two mice with systemic infection clustered separately from the other mice, indicating that the mice with systemic infection are transcriptomically distinct from the other mice cohorts (Supplemental Figure 1G). Additionally, the inflammatory response was exclusively elevated in the lungs of mice with systemic infection (Figure 2C). Thus, we included this distinction in several figures and attempted to study the differences between those subgroups but also their similarities. For instance, we could observe that some changes in the transcriptome were present in all three infected Tercko/ko mice such as the complete absence of CD247 expression at 24 hpi (Figure 4D). This distinction therefore provided a more detailed insight into the underlying mechanisms of disease severity in Tercko/ko mice and is lacking in other studies. We agree with the reviewer, that a study investigating mild and severe pneumonia phenotypes would be clinically relevant. However, as noted above, due to ethical considerations related to animal welfare and sustainability, as well as compliance with German animal welfare regulations, it is not possible to obtain additional Tercko/ko mice to carry out the proposed experiment. 

      (4) Please read ARRIVE guidelines and note the relevant info in M&Ms as ARRIVE guidelines point out.

      Thank you for emphasizing this crucial aspect. We revised our materials and methods section according to the ARRIVE guidelines (lines 179-206).

      “Tercko/ko mice aged 8 weeks, were used for infection studies (n = 8; non-infected = 3; infected = 5). Female young WT (age 8 weeks) and old WT (age 24 months) C57Bl/6 mice (both n = 10; non-infected = 5; infected = 5) were purchased from Janvier Labs (Le Genest-Saint-Isle, France). All infected mouse cohorts were compared to their respective non-infected controls, as well as to the infected groups from other cohorts. Additionally, comparisons were made between the non-infected cohorts across all groups.

      All mice were anesthetized with 2% isoflurane before intranasal infection with S. aureus USA300 (1x108 CFU/20µl) per mouse. After 24 hours, the mice were weighed and scored as previously described (Hornung et al., 2023). Infected Tercko/ko mice were grouped into different degrees of severity based on their clinical score, fatal outcome of the disease (fatal) and the presence of bacteria in organs other than the lung (systemic infection) for the indicated analysis. Mice with fatal infections were excluded from subsequent analyses, with only their final scores being reported. The mice were sacrificed via injection of an overdose of xylazine/ketamine and bleeding of axillary artery after 24 hpi. BAL was collected by instillation and subsequent retrieval of PBS into the lungs. Serum and organs were collected. Bacterial load in the BAL, kidney and liver was determined by plating of serially diluted sample as described above. For this organs were previously homogenized in the appropriate volume of PBS. Gene expression was analyzed in the right superior lung lobe. Lobes were therefore homogenized in the appropriate amount of TriZol LS reagent (Thermo Fisher Scientific, Waltham, MA, US) prior to RNA extraction. The left lung lobe was embedded into Tissue Tek O.C.T. (science services, Munich, Germany) and stored at 80°C until further processing for histological analysis. Cytokine measurements were performed using the right inferior lung lobe. Lobes were previously homogenized in the appropriate volume of PBS. Remaining organs were stored at -80°C until further usage. Mouse studies were conducted without the use of randomization or blinding.“

      (5) There are also some other descriptive deficits but they are of a much smaller caliber so I do not list them.

      We thank the reviewer for their valuable and insightful suggestions for improving our manuscript. We hope that our responses and the corresponding revisions address these suggestions satisfactorily.

      Concluding: the investigative idea is great/interesting and the methodological flow is adequate but the low power makes this study of low reliability in its current form. I strongly urge the authors to walk the extra mile with this work to make it comprehensive and reliable. Best of luck!

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) Many legends are uninformative and do not contain critical information about the experiments. For example, Figure 2A with cytokine measurements (in lung homogenates?) is likely showing data from an ELISA or Luminex test, but there is no mention of that in the legend. It stands next to Figure 2B, which is a gene expression map, again, likely from the lung (prepared how, normalized how, etc?) lacking even the most basic information. Further, Figure 2D has no information on the meaning/effect size of gene ratios on the x-axis. Figures 3 and 4 are presumably the subsets of their transcriptome data set (whole lung, harvested on d ?? post-infection), but that is just a guess on my part. Even in the main text, the timing and the controls for the transcriptomic study are not stated (ln. 398 and onwards). The authors really need to revise the figure legends and provide all the details that an average reader would need to be able to interpret the data.

      We thank the reviewer for bringing up this important point. The figure legends of all figures including supplemental figures were revised to ensure they include all relevant data necessary for accurate interpretation of the graphs. Additionally, we clarified the sequenced samples in lines 427-429:

      “We performed mRNA sequencing of the murine lung tissue of infected and non-infected mice at 24 hpi to elucidate potential differentially expressed genes that contribute to the more severe illness of Tercko/ko mice.”

      (2) Telomere shortening affects differentially different cells and its role in aging is nuanced - different in mesenchymal cells with no telomerase induction, in non-replicating cells, and in hematopoietic cells that can readily induce telomerase. The authors should be mindful of that in setting up their introduction and discussion.

      Thank you for mentioning this essential aspect. We revised our introduction and discussion to reflect the nuanced role of telomerase shortening in different tissues (lines 83-92 and 690-695):

      “Telomerase activity is restricted to specific tissues and cell types, largely dependent on the expression of Tert. While Tert is highly expressed in stem cells, progenitor cells, and germline cells, its expression is minimal in most differentiated cells (Chakravarti, LaBella, & DePinho, 2021). Consequently, the impact of telomerase dysfunction on tissues varies according to their self-renewal rate. (Chakravarti et al., 2021). One important aspect of telomere dysfunction is the impact of telomere shortening on the immune system as well as the hematopoietic system. Tissues or organ systems that are highly replicative, such as the skin or the hematopoietic system, are affected first by telomere shortening (Chakravarti et al., 2021).”

      “It is important to note that telomere shortening has a significant impact on the immune system. Although young Tercko/ko mice were used in this study, telomere shortening is still likely to be a contributing factor. Therefore, further experiments investigating the role of T cell senescence in this model should therefore be conducted.”

      (3) Syntax and formulations need to be improved and made more scientifically precise in several spots. Specifically, in 62-63, the authors say that the aged immune system "is also discussed to be more irritable", please change to reflect the common notion that the reaction to infection is dysregulated; in many cases inflammation itself is initially blunted, misdirected, and of different type (e.g. for viruses, the key IFN-I responses are not increased but decreased). In lines 114-117, presumably, the two sentences were supposed to be connected by a comma, although some editing for clarity is probably needed regardless. Line 252, please change "unspecific" to "non-specific". Line 264, please capitalize German.

      We thank the reviewer for bringing these important points to our attention. We revised our introduction regarding the aged immune response in lines 61-69:

      “Age-related dysregulation of the immune response is also characterized by inflammaging, defined as the presence of elevated levels of pro-inflammatory cytokines in the absence of an obvious inflammatory trigger (Franceschi et al., 2000; Mogilenko, Shchukina, & Artyomov, 2022). Additionally, immune cells, such as macrophages, exhibit an activated state that alters their response to infection (Canan et al., 2014). In contrast, the immune response of macrophages to infectious challenges has been shown to be initially impaired in aged mice (Boe, Boule, & Kovacs, 2017). Thus aging is a relevant factor impacting the pulmonary immune response.”

      Sentences were edited to provide more clarity in lines 131-134:

      “Although G3 Tercko/ko mice with shortened telomeres were used in this study, they were infected at a young age (8 weeks). This approach allowed for the investigation of Terc deletion effects rather than telomere dysfunction.”

      “Unspecific was changed to “non-specific” in line 282 and “German” was capitalized in line 293 and 558.

      We appreciate and thank you for your time spent processing this manuscript and look forward to your response.

      References

      De la Calle, C., Morata, L., Cobos-Trigueros, N., Martinez, J. A., Cardozo, C., Mensa, J., & Soriano, A. (2016). Staphylococcus aureus bacteremic pneumonia. European Journal of Clinical Microbiology & Infectious Diseases, 35(3), 497-502. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10096-015-2566-8  

      Dexiu, C., Xianying, L., Yingchun, H., & Jiafu, L. (2022). Advances in CD247. Scand J Immunol, 96(1), e13170. https://doi.org/10.1111/sji.13170  

      Herrera, E., Samper, E., Martín-Caballero, J., Flores, J. M., Lee, H. W., & Blasco, M. A. (1999). Disease

      states associated with telomerase deficiency appear earlier in mice with short telomeres. Embo j, 18(11), 2950-2960. https://doi.org/10.1093/emboj/18.11.2950  

      Hornung, F., Schulz, L., Köse-Vogel, N., Häder, A., Grießhammer, J., Wittschieber, D., Autsch, A., Ehrhardt, C., Mall, G., Löffler, B., & Deinhardt-Emmer, S. (2023). Thoracic adipose tissue contributes to severe virus infection of the lung. International Journal of Obesity, 47(11), 10881099. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41366-023-01362-w  

      Kang, Y., Zhang, H., Zhao, Y., Wang, Y., Wang, W., He, Y., Zhang, W., Zhang, W., Zhu, X., Zhou, Y., Zhang, L., Ju, Z., & Shi, L. (2018). Telomere Dysfunction Disturbs Macrophage Mitochondrial Metabolism and the NLRP3 Inflammasome through the PGC-1α/TNFAIP3 Axis. Cell Reports, 22(13), 3493-3506. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1016/j.celrep.2018.02.071  

      Khan, A. M., Babcock, A. A., Saeed, H., Myhre, C. L., Kassem, M., & Finsen, B. (2015). Telomere dysfunction reduces microglial numbers without fully inducing an aging phenotype. Neurobiology of Aging, 36(6), 2164-2175. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neurobiolaging.2015.03.008  

      Lee, H.-W., Blasco, M. A., Gottlieb, G. J., Horner, J. W., Greider, C. W., & DePinho, R. A. (1998). Essential role of mouse telomerase in highly proliferative organs. Nature, 392(6676), 569-574. https://doi.org/10.1038/33345  

      Liu, H., Yang, Y., Ge, Y., Liu, J., & Zhao, Y. (2019). TERC promotes cellular inflammatory response independent of telomerase. Nucleic Acids Research, 47(15), 8084-8095. https://doi.org/10.1093/nar/gkz584  

      Matthe, D. M., Thoma, O. M., Sperka, T., Neurath, M. F., & Waldner, M. J. (2022). Telomerase deficiency reflects age-associated changes in CD4+ T cells. Immun Ageing, 19(1), 16. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12979-022-00273-0  

      Rudolph, K. L., Chang, S., Lee, H. W., Blasco, M., Gottlieb, G. J., Greider, C., & DePinho, R. A. (1999). Longevity, stress response, and cancer in aging telomerase-deficient mice. Cell, 96(5), 701-712. https://doi.org/10.1016/s0092-8674(00)80580-2  

      Tarry-Adkins, J. L., Aiken, C. E., Dearden, L., Fernandez-Twinn, D. S., & Ozanne, S. (2021). Exploring Telomere Dynamics in Aging Male Rat Tissues: Can Tissue-Specific Differences Contribute to Age-Associated Pathologies? Gerontology, 67(2), 233-242. https://doi.org/10.1159/000511608  

      Wong, L. S. M., Oeseburg, H., de Boer, R. A., van Gilst, W. H., van Veldhuisen, D. J., & van der Harst, P. (2008). Telomere biology in cardiovascular disease: the TERC−/− mouse as a model for heart failure and ageing. Cardiovascular Research, 81(2), 244-252. https://doi.org/10.1093/cvr/cvn337  

      Wu, S., Ge, Y., Lin, K., Liu, Q., Zhou, H., Hu, Q., Zhao, Y., He, W., & Ju, Z. (2022). Telomerase RNA TERC and the PI3K-AKT pathway form a positive feedback loop to regulate cell proliferation independent of telomerase activity. Nucleic Acids Res, 50(7), 3764-3776. https://doi.org/10.1093/nar/gkac179  

      Zhang, M. W., Zhao, P., Yung, W. H., Sheng, Y., Ke, Y., & Qian, Z. M. (2018). Tissue iron is negatively correlated with TERC or TERT mRNA expression: A heterochronic parabiosis study in mice. Aging (Albany NY), 10(12), 3834-3850. https://doi.org/10.18632/aging.101676

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public reviews:

      Reviewer #1:

      (1) Which allele is alr1, the one upstream of mazEF or the one in the lysine biosynthetic operon?

      Alr1 is encoded by SAUSA300_2027 and is the gene upstream to mazEF. We have now incorporated this information in the manuscript (Line# 127).

      (2) Figure 3B. Where does the C3N2 species come from in the WT and why is it absent in the mutants? It is about 25% of the total dipeptide pool.

      In Figure 3B, C3N2 species results from the combination of C3N1 (from Alr1) and C0N1 (from Dat). The reason this species is completely absent in either of the two mutants is because it requires one D-Ala from both Alr1 and Dat proteins to generate C3N2 D-Ala-D-Ala.

      (3) Figure 3D could perhaps be omitted. I understand that the authors attained statistical significance in the fitness defect, but biologically this difference is very minor. One would have to look at the isotopomer distribution in the Dat overexpressing strain to make sure that increased flux actually occurred since there are other means of affecting activity (e.g. allosteric modulators).

      Thank you for the suggestion. We agree with the reviewer that the fitness defect observed after increased dat expression is relatively minor and have moved this figure to the supplementary section as Figure 3-figure supplement 1.

      Although we attempted to amplify the fitness defect of dat expression by cloning dat on to a multicopy vector, we couldn't maintain its stable expression in S. aureus. This instability may be due to the depletion of D-Ala when dat is overexpressed. As a result, we switched to expressing dat from a single additional copy integrated into the SaPI locus, which was sufficient to cause the expected fitness defect, albeit a minor one.

      (4) In Figure 4A, why is the complete subunit UDP-NAM-AEKAA increasing in each strain upon acetate challenge if there was such a stark reduction in D-Ala-D-Ala, particularly in the ∆alr1 mutant? For that matter, why are the levels of UDP-NAM-AEKAA in the ∆alr1 mutant identical to that of WT with/out acetate?

      Thank you for raising this important point. We have addressed this in line# 299-302 and 451-455 of the revised manuscript. In short, we believe that the inhibition of Ddl by acetate significantly increases the intracellular pool of the tripeptide UDP-NAM-AEK, which then outcompetes the substrate (pentapeptide; UDP-NAM-AEKAA) of MraY. As a result, the intracellular concentration of the pentapeptide increases since it is no longer efficiently consumed by MraY. This explanation is also supported by a kinetic study conducted in Ref (1), where the competition between UDP-NAM-AEKAA and UDP-NAM-AEK as substrates for MraY is demonstrated.

      (5) Figure 4B. Is there no significant difference between ddl and murF transcripts between WT and ∆alr1 under acetate stress? This comparison was not labeled if the tests were done.

      Thank you for suggesting this comparison. The ddl and murF transcripts between WT and alr1 under acetate stress were significantly different. We have added this comparison to Figure 4B.

      (6) Although tricky, it is possible to measure intracellular acetate. It might be of interest to know where in the Ddl inhibition curve the cells actually are.

      Thank you for the suggestion. We agree this would have been an excellent addition to the manuscript. However, accurately measuring intracellular acetate would require the use of radiolabeled acetate (2), and we currently lack the expertise to do this experiment. However, since our study clearly shows that acetate-mediated growth impairment is due to Ddl inhibition, and the IC50 of acetate for Ddl is around 400 mM, we predict that the intracellular concentration must be close to or above this IC50 to observe the growth phenotypes we report.

      Reviewer #2:

      Although the authors have conclusively shown that Ddl is the target of acetic acid, it appears that the acetic acid concentration used in the experiments may not truly reflect the concentration range S. aureus would experience in its environment. Moreover, Ddl is only significantly inhibited at a very high acetate concentration (>400 mM). Thus, additional experiments showing growth phenotypes at lower organic acid concentrations may be beneficial.

      Thank you for the suggestion. In response to the reviewer, we have measured growth at various acetate concentrations and demonstrate a concentration-dependent effect (Figure 1C).

      We use 20 mM acetic acid in our study. In the gut, where S. aureus colonizes, acetate levels can reach up to 100 mM, so we believe our concentrations are physiologically relevant. When S. aureus encounters 20 mM acetate, the intracellular concentration can rise to 600 mM if the transmembrane pH gradient is 1.5 units, which is well above the ~400 mM IC50 we report for Ddl.

      Another aspect not adequately discussed is the presence of D-ala in the gut environment, which may be protective against acetate toxicity based on the model provided.

      Thank you for pointing this out. We agree that D-Ala from the gut microbiota could protect against acetate toxicity, and we’ve included this in the discussion. However, our study clearly indicates that S. aureus itself maintains high intracellular D-Ala levels through Alr1 activity which is sufficient to counter acetate anion intoxication.

      Recommendation for the authors:

      Reviewer #2:

      Major Comments:

      (1) In Line 85, authors indicate S. aureus may encounter a high concentration of ~100 mM acetic acid (extracellular?). Could the authors cite more (and recent) references indicating S. aureus encounters >100 mM acetic acid in the environment?

      To the best of our knowledge, no studies have specifically examined whether S. aureus encounters high mM concentration of acetate in the gut. Line 85 was surmised from multiple studies: recent findings that S. aureus colonizes the gut (3, 4) and that the gut environment has high acetate levels (~100 mM) (5). In response to the reviewers request, more recent references supporting high acetate concentrations in the gut (6, 7) have been added in Line# 86.

      (2) In Line 117, it is mentioned that S. aureus when grown in vitro at 20 mM acetic acid can accumulate ~600 mM acetic acid in the cytoplasm.

      a. Does the intracellular concentration go up proportionally if grown in 100 mM acetic acid? Given the IC50 of acetic acid-mediated inhibition of Ddl is ~400 mM, I wonder how physiologically relevant this finding presented here is.

      Thank you for the opportunity to explain this further. If S. aureus encounters a concentration of 100 mM acetate and its transmembrane pH gradient (pHin-pHout) is held at 1.5, the intracellular concentration of acetate could theoretically increase up to 3 M based on Ref (8). However, previous studies have shown that bacteria can lower the magnitude of transmembrane pH gradient by decreasing their intracellular pH to limit accumulation of anions within cells (9, 10).

      Although our study shows that the IC50 of Ddl inhibition by acetate is relatively high (~400 mM), we believe it’s still relevant because just 20 mM of environmental acetate at a pH of 6.0 can raise the intracellular concentration of acetate to over 600 mM, which is well above the IC50 we report for Ddl. Moreover, since S. aureus may encounter high concentrations of acetate during gut colonization, we believe our findings are physiologically relevant.

      b. Could the authors show concentration-dependent growth inhibition in alr::tn by titrating a range of acetic acid concentrations (for example 0, 0.5, 1, 5, 10, 20 mM)? Measuring intracellular acetate concentration may be beneficial as well.

      Thank you for this question. We now provide data to support that acetate-mediated inhibition of the alr1 mutant is concentration-dependent (see Figure 1C).

      c. It appears that there may be excess D-ala in the gut environment (PMIDs: 30559391; 35816159), which could counter the high acetate based on the model presented here. Could the authors clarify and/or include this information in the manuscript?

      This is an excellent point, and we have now included it in the discussion (Line# 470-475). It is indeed possible that D-Ala produced by the gut microbiome may further enhance S. aureus resistance to organic acid anions, in addition to the inherent contribution of Alr1 activity.

      (3) The following is not needed; however, it would be interesting if the authors could show that S. aureus cells grown in the presence of acetate are highly sensitive to cycloserine (which targets Alr and Ddl) compared to cells grown in the absence of acetate.

      Thank you for the suggestion. We are currently studying D-cycloserine (DCS) resistance in S. aureus. Although we provide the data below for clarification, it is not included in the current manuscript as it is part of a separate study.

      As the reviewer speculated, S. aureus is more susceptible to DCS when grown in the presence of acetate (see figure below). Normally, complete growth inhibition occurs at 32 µg/ml of DCS. However, with 20 mM acetic acid present, complete inhibition is achieved at just 8 µg/ml of DCS. Furthermore, the growth inhibition is completely rescued when externally supplemented with 5 mM D-Ala. We believe that DCS works synergistically with acetate to inhibit Ddl activity, and we are conducting additional studies to explore this further.

      Minor Comments:

      (1) Many commas are missing.

      Missing commas are now incorporated.

      (2) Line 77: disassociate --> dissociate

      Corrected.

      (3) Line 103: that --> which

      Corrected.

      (4) Lines 199-203: authors could have used gfp/luciferase reporter to test their hypotheses.

      Thank you for the suggestion. Initially, we created GFP translational fusions for all the mutants mentioned in Line# 199-203. However, the fluorescence intensity was too low to test the hypothesis, as these were single-copy fusions inserted at the SaPI site of the S. aureus genome. Because of this limitation, we took advantage of the essentiality of D-Ala-D-Ala in S. aureus to report on various mutants instead of a fluorescent reporter. In hindsight, a LacZ reporter assay might have been equally effective.

      (5) Line 339: It would be beneficial to introduce that Ddl has two independent ATP and D-ala binding sites.

      We have now added that information (Line# 338-339).

      (6) Is ddl an essential gene? If so, explicitly mention that.

      Yes, ddl is an essential gene and we have now incorporated this information in Line 103.

      (7) Line 354: shows a difference in density?

      The use of the term “difference density” is a technical crystallographic term commonly used to connote density observed for ligands in X-ray crystal structures. In this case, it simply refers to the observed density that corresponds to the two acetate ions bound within the Ddl active site.

      (8) Line 498: "Thus." Typo, change period to comma.

      We have corrected as suggested in Line 496.

      (9) Figure 1 legend says "was screen" instead of screened.

      This is now corrected.

      (10) Figure 1- Figure Supplement 1B: including data for alr2::tn dat::tn may ensure no redundancy (Lines 171-172). It is currently missing.

      Thank you for the suggestion. We now include both alr2dat double mutant and the alr1alr2dat triple mutant in Figure 1 - Figure Supplement 1B. In addition we also show that the alr1alr2dat mutant is resuced by the addition of D-Ala in Figure 1 - Figure Supplement 1C. The mutant information is also added to Table S5.

      (11) Figure 7: pentaglycine coming off of NAM is misleading. Remove untethered pentaglycine bridges.

      We thank you for pointing this out. We have modified the figure in the manuscript as suggested by the reviewer.

      (12) Are alr1/ddl cells (with limited 4-3 PG crosslink) less sensitive to vancomycin?

      On the contrary, the alr1 mutant is slightly more sensitive to vancomycin compared to the wild-type strain (see Figure below). We believe this happens because the alr1 mutant incorporates less D-Ala-D-Ala into the peptidoglycan, reducing the number of targets for vancomycin. As a result, vancomycin may be able to saturate the available D-Ala-D-Ala targets on the cell wall at a lower concentration in the alr1 mutant than in the wild type strain, leading to increased sensitivity. We haven’t included this data in the manuscript as it is part of a separate study.

      (13) Based on the structural studies, could the authors mutate the residues of Ddl involved in acetic acid binding, thereby making it resistant to acetic acid stress?

      The residues that the acetate anion interacts with are located within the ATP-binding and D-Ala-binding sites of Ddl. Since these residues are essential for Ddl function, we are unable to mutate them.

      (14) Microscopy to show the cell morphologies of wild-type and mutants exposed to acetic acid (and with D-ala supplementation) could be potentially interesting.

      Thank you for the suggestion. We did perform microscopy, expecting changes in cell shape or size, but the results were unremarkable and not included in the manuscript.

      References:

      (1) Hammes WP & Neuhaus FC (1974) On the specificity of phospho-N-acetylmuramyl-pentapeptide translocase. The peptide subunit of uridine diphosphate-N-actylmuramyl-pentapeptide. J Biol Chem 249(10):3140-3150.

      (2) Roe AJ, McLaggan D, Davidson I, O'Byrne C, & Booth IR (1998) Perturbation of anion balance during inhibition of growth of Escherichia coli by weak acids. J Bacteriol 180(4):767-772.

      (3) Acton DS, Plat-Sinnige MJ, van Wamel W, de Groot N, & van Belkum A (2009) Intestinal carriage of Staphylococcus aureus: how does its frequency compare with that of nasal carriage and what is its clinical impact? Eur J Clin Microbiol Infect Dis 28(2):115-127.

      (4) Piewngam P_, et al. (2023) Probiotic for pathogen-specific _Staphylococcus aureus decolonisation in Thailand: a phase 2, double-blind, randomised, placebo-controlled trial. Lancet Microbe 4(2):e75-e83.

      (5) Cummings JH, Pomare EW, Branch WJ, Naylor CP, & Macfarlane GT (1987) Short chain fatty acids in human large intestine, portal, hepatic and venous blood. Gut 28(10):1221-1227.

      (6) Correa-Oliveira R, Fachi JL, Vieira A, Sato FT, & Vinolo MA (2016) Regulation of immune cell function by short-chain fatty acids. Clin Transl Immunology 5(4):e73.

      (7) Hosmer J, McEwan AG, & Kappler U (2024) Bacterial acetate metabolism and its influence on human epithelia. Emerg Top Life Sci 8(1):1-13.

      (8) Carpenter CE & Broadbent JR (2009) External concentration of organic acid anions and pH: key independent variables for studying how organic acids inhibit growth of bacteria in mildly acidic foods. J Food Sci 74(1):R12-15.

      (9) Russell JB (1992) Another explanation for the toxicity of fermentation acids at low pH: anion accumulation versus uncoupling. Journal of Applied Bacteriology 73(5):363-370.

      (10) Russell JB & Diez-Gonzalez F (1998) The effects of fermentation acids on bacterial growth. Adv Microb Physiol 39:205-234.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer 1: 

      Limitations are that only the cytosolic fragments of the channel were studied, and the current manuscript does not do a good job of placing the results in the context of what is already known about CNBDs from other methods that yield similar information.

      In the revision, we have now added a paragraph in the discussion that addresses why the cytosolic fragment was used and a paragraph putting our results into the context of previous work on CNBD channels where possible. 

      (1) Why do the authors not apply their approach to the full-length channel? A discussion of any limitations that make this difficult would be worthwhile.” Full-length ion channel protein expression is more challenging, and it was important to start with a simpler system. This is now stated in the discussion.

      (2) …nonetheless a comparison of the conformational heterogeneity and energetics obtained from these different approaches would help to place this work in a larger context.

      We have now added a paragraph in the discussion putting our work in a larger context and addressing the challenges of comparing our results to previous studies. 

      (3) Page 5 - 3:1 unlabeled:labeled subunits in mix => 42% of molecules have 3:1 stoichiometry as desired and 21% of molecules have 2:2 stoichiometry!!! (binomial distribution p=0.25, n=4). So 1/3 of molecules with labels have two labeled subunits. This does not seem like it is at all avoiding the problem of intersubunit FRET…

      From the experimental perspective, the 3:1 molar ratio stated is certainly a low estimate of the actual subunit ratios given our FSEC data in Figure 2D and the higher expression of the WT protein compared to labeled protein. Furthermore, even without the addition of any WT protein, the calculated contribution of intersubunit FRET is negligible given that the FRET efficiency is heavily dominated by the closest donor-acceptor distances (Figure 4). 

      (4) Figure 2E - Some monomers appear to still be present in the collected fraction. The authors should discuss any effect this might have on their results.

      We now describe in the text that, at the low concentrations (~10nM) used for mass photometry, a second small peak was observed of ~30kDa, which is below the analytical range for this method. This would not affect our results since all tmFRET experiments used higher protein concentrations to ensure tetramerization.

      (5) page 4 - "Time-resolved tmFRET, therefore, resolves the structure and relative abundance of multiple conformational states in a protein sample." - structure is not resolved, only a single distance.

      We have reworded this sentence.  

      Reviewer #2:

      Regarding cyclic nucleotide-binding domain (CNBD)-containing ion channels, I disagree with the authors when they state that "the precise allosteric mechanism governing channel activation upon ligand binding, particularly the energetic changes within domains, remains poorly understood". On the contrary, I would say that the literature on this subject is rather vast and based on a significantly large variety of methodologies…

      Despite this vast literature on the energetics of CNBD channels there is no consensus about the energetics and coupling of domains that underlies the allosteric mechanism in any CNBD channel. We have added a separate paragraph in the discussion to clarify our meaning.

      In light of the above, I suggest the authors better clarify the contribution/novelty that the present work provides to the state-of-the-art methodology employed (steady-state and time-resolved tmFRET) and of CNBD-containing ion channels…

      …In light of the above, what is the contribution/novelty that the present work provides to the SthK biophysics?

      This work is the first use of the time-resolved tmFRET method to obtain intrinsic G (of an apo conformation) and G values for different ligands. It is also the first application of this approach to SthK or, indeed, to any protein other than MBP. This is mentioned in the introduction.  

      …On the basis of the above-cited work (Evans et al., PNAS, 2020) the authors should clarify why they have decided to work on the isolated Clinker/CNBD fragment and not on the full-length protein…

      We chose to start on the C-terminal fragment to provide a technically more tractable system for validating our approach using time-resolved tmFRET before moving to the more challenging full-length membrane protein. This is now addressed in a new paragraph in the discussion. 

      What is the advantage of using the Clinker/CNBD fragment of a bacterial protein and not one of HCN channels, as already successfully employed by the authors (see above citations)?

      We have chosen to perform these studies in SthK rather than a mammalian CNBD channel as SthK presents a useful model system that allows us to later express fulllength channels in bacteria. In addition, the efficiency of noncanonical amino acid incorporation is much higher in bacteria than in mammalian cells.

      Reviewer #3: 

      While the use of a truncated construct of SthK is justified, it also comes with certain limitations…

      We agree that the truncated channel comes with limitations, but we still think that there is relevant energetic information from studies of the isolated CNBD. This is now addressed in the discussion. 

      I recommend the authors carefully assess their statements on allostery. …The authors also should consider discussing the discrepancies between their truncated construct and full-length channels in more detail.

      We added a paragraph in the introduction that now puts the conformational change of the CNBD in the context of the allosteric mechanism of the full-length channel. We also added a paragraph discussing in more detail the relationship between the energetics of the C-terminal fragment and the full-length channel.  

      Regarding the in silico predictions, it is unclear to me why the authors chose the closed state of SthK Y26F and the 'open' state of the isolated C-linker CNBD construct…

      The active cAMP bound structure (4d7t) was a high resolution X-ray crystallography structure chosen as the only model with a fully resolved C-helix. The resting state structure (7rsh) was selected as a the only resting state to resolve the acceptor residue studied here (V417).     

      Previously it has been shown that SthK (and CNG) goes through multiple states during gating. This may be discussed in more detail, especially when it comes to the simplified four-state model…

      As stated above, we added paragraphs to the introduction and discussion placing the conformational change of the CNBD in the context of the full-length channel.  

      It would be interesting to see how the conformational distribution of the C-helix position integrates with available structural data on SthK. In general, putting the results more into the context of what is known for SthK and CNG channels, could increase the impact.

      We now discuss the relationship between existing structures and energetics in the introduction.  

      This may be semantics, but when working with a truncated construct that is missing the transmembrane domains using 'open' and 'closed' state is questionable. I recommend the authors consider a different nomenclature.

      We refer to the conformational states of the CNBD as ‘resting’ and ‘active’ and used ‘closed’ and ‘open’ only for the conformational states of the pore.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      (1) The sample size of the in-house dataset used for training the model was relatively small (34 patients), which might limit the generalizability of the findings.

      (2) The authors did not perform functional experiments to directly validate the roles of the identified key genes in radiotherapy sensitivity, relying instead on associations with immune features and signaling pathways.

      (3) The study did not discuss the potential limitations of using machine learning algorithms, such as the risk of overfitting and the need for larger, diverse datasets for more robust model development and validation.

      (1) Currently, we are actively expanding the dataset by incorporating additional patient samples to enhance the model's robustness and generalizability. Furthermore, we implement advanced statistical techniques, including cross-validation, during model development to mitigate the potential limitations associated with the small sample size on our results. This limitation has been comprehensively addressed in the discussion section of our manuscript.

      (2) Given the current resource limitations, our study predominantly employed bioinformatics analyses. We acknowledge the critical importance of experimental validation and are actively pursuing additional funding and collaborative opportunities to facilitate future experimental studies. Concurrently, we have enhanced the discussion section to comprehensively address the limitations of our approach and emphasize the necessity for future experimental validation.

      (3) We appreciate the reviewers' insightful comments regarding the potential limitations of machine learning algorithms, particularly the risk of overfitting. In response, we have incorporated a comprehensive discussion of these concerns, detailing the measures implemented to mitigate such risks, including the application of regularization techniques and the adoption of more rigorous cross-validation methodologies. We further acknowledge the necessity for larger and more diverse datasets to enhance model validity and generalizability, a concern we intend to address in our future research endeavors. The revised manuscript includes an expanded discussion on these critical points.

      Here is the limitation section in the revised Manuscript:

      “This study primarily focuses on specific subtypes of nasopharyngeal carcinoma (NPC), potentially limiting its direct generalizability to other NPC subtypes or related head and neck malignancies. Furthermore, the limited sample size of our dataset may impact the model's generalizability and extrapolation capabilities. To mitigate the potential limitations associated with the small sample size, we employed advanced statistical methodologies, including cross-validation, to enhance the robustness and reliability of our findings. Nevertheless, we acknowledge the necessity for larger datasets and are actively collaborating with other research institutions to expand our sample size, thereby enhancing the robustness and broader applicability of our findings. Additionally, while our study utilizes bioinformatics approaches to identify and analyze key genes, we recognize that the absence of direct experimental functional validation represents a significant limitation. To address this limitation, we are actively pursuing additional funding and establishing collaborations with specialized laboratories to conduct crucial functional validation experiments, which will further elucidate the specific roles of these genes in radiotherapy response. Moreover, we acknowledge the potential risk of overfitting inherent in the application of machine learning algorithms to biomedical data analysis. To mitigate this risk, we implemented regularization techniques during model development and adopted a rigorous cross-validation strategy for model validation. These methodological approaches aim to ensure that our models maintain robust predictive performance on unseen data. Notwithstanding these limitations, our study offers novel insights into the molecular mechanisms underlying radiotherapy sensitivity in NPC and indicates promising avenues for future investigation. Future research endeavors will prioritize expanding the dataset, conducting comprehensive experimental validation, and refining our predictive model to enhance its accuracy and clinical applicability.”

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      (1) The study focuses on a specific type of nasopharyngeal carcinoma (NPC) and may not be generalizable to other subtypes or related head and neck cancers. The applicability of NPC-RSS to a broader range of patients and tumor types remains to be determined.

      (2) The study does not account for potential differences in radiotherapy protocols, doses, and techniques between the training and validation cohorts, which could influence the performance of the predictive model. Standardization of treatment parameters would be important for future validation studies.

      (3) The binary classification of patients into radiotherapy-sensitive and resistant groups may oversimplify the complex spectrum of treatment responses. A more granular stratification system that captures intermediate responses could provide more nuanced predictions and better guide personalized treatment decisions.

      (4) The study does not address the potential impact of other relevant factors, such as tumor stage, histological subtype, and concurrent chemotherapy, on the predictive performance of NPC-RSS. Incorporating these clinical variables into the model could enhance its accuracy and clinical utility.

      (1) We appreciate the reviewers' interest in the applicability of our study. This study specifically focuses on a particular subtype of nasopharyngeal carcinoma (NPC), which may limit its direct generalizability to other NPC subtypes or related head and neck malignancies. We have incorporated a detailed discussion of this limitation in the Discussion section and intend to investigate the applicability of NPC-RSS across a broader spectrum of tumor types and subtypes in subsequent studies.

      (2) We acknowledge the reviewers' emphasis on the significance of potential variations in radiotherapy regimens, doses, and techniques. In the current study, we did not sufficiently account for these factors, potentially impacting the model's generalizability and accuracy. We aim to improve data consistency and strengthen model validation by standardizing treatment parameters in future investigations.

      (3) We concur with the reviewers' assessment that binary categorization may oversimplify the intricate nature of treatment responses. Indeed, radiotherapy responses likely exist on a continuous spectrum. Consequently, we intend to develop more refined stratification systems to capture intermediate responses, thereby enhancing the accuracy of treatment outcome predictions and facilitating personalized treatment decisions.

      (4) We appreciate the reviewers' recommendation to incorporate clinical variables, including tumor stage, histological subtype, and concurrent chemotherapy, into the model. We acknowledge that these factors are crucial for enhancing the accuracy and clinical applicability of predictive models. We are presently compiling these additional data and intend to integrate these variables into subsequent model iterations.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) The manuscript would benefit from a more comprehensive comparison of the NPC-RSS with existing prognostic models or biomarkers for nasopharyngeal carcinoma. This would help highlight the unique value and potential superiority of the NPC-RSS in predicting radiotherapy sensitivity.

      2) The authors should consider expanding their discussion on the potential molecular mechanisms underlying the association between the key NPC-RSS genes and radiotherapy response. They could explore whether these genes have been previously implicated in radiotherapy resistance in other cancer types and discuss the potential functional roles of these genes in the context of nasopharyngeal carcinoma.

      (1) We appreciate your thorough review and valuable suggestions concerning our study. In response to the suggestion of comparing the Nasopharyngeal Carcinoma Radiotherapy Sensitivity Score (NPC-RSS) with existing prognostic models or biomarkers, we have carefully considered this proposal and determined that such a comparison is beyond the scope of our current study. The primary focus of our research is on the development and internal validation of the NPC-RSS model's accuracy and reliability. At present, we do not have access to the necessary external data to conduct a valid comparison, and the integration of such data extends beyond the parameters of this study. We intend to incorporate this comparative analysis in future studies to further validate the efficacy and explore the clinical application potential of the NPC-RSS model. We appreciate your understanding and continued support for our research endeavors.(2) In the revised manuscript, we have incorporated a comprehensive review of the functions of these key genes in various cancer types and explored their potential mechanisms of action in nasopharyngeal carcinoma (NPC). Through the citation of pertinent studies, we have elucidated the impact of these genes on radiotherapy sensitivity and resistance. Furthermore, we have proposed future research directions to elucidate the specific roles of these genes in the radiotherapy response of NPC.

      The following are new additions to the revised draft:

      “Previous studies have demonstrated that SMARCA2 significantly influences the radiotherapy response in non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC). Depletion of SMARCA2 has been shown to enhance radiosensitivity, suggesting its potential as a therapeutic target for radiosensitization [30478150]. Additionally, the DMC1 gene has been incorporated into the radiosensitivity index (RSI) to evaluate radiotherapy sensitivity and prognosis, particularly in endometrial cancers. This inclusion provides valuable insights into the DNA damage repair process [38628740]. Studies on CD9 in glioblastoma multiforme (GBM) have revealed that post-radiotherapy increases in CD9 and CD81 levels in extracellular vesicles (EVs) are strongly correlated with the cytotoxic response to treatment. This finding suggests the potential of CD9 as a novel biomarker for monitoring radiotherapy efficacy [36203458]. In contrast, the association of PSG4 and KNG1 with radiotherapy resistance remains unexplored in the current literature.

      Future research should focus on analyzing the expression patterns of SMARCA2 in NPC patients and its correlation with radiotherapy efficacy using clinical samples. This analysis could elucidate its potential as a target for radiosensitization therapy. Investigating the correlation between DMC1 expression levels and radiotherapy sensitivity in NPC could potentially aid in predicting treatment efficacy and optimizing therapeutic regimens. Furthermore, analysis of extracellular vesicles, particularly those containing CD9, in post-radiotherapy NPC patients could assess their feasibility as biomarkers for monitoring treatment response. These proposed studies would not only contribute to a deeper understanding of the mechanisms underlying the role of these genes in NPC radiotherapy but could also potentially lead to the development of novel strategies for enhancing radiotherapy efficacy.”

      Minor Recommendations:

      (1) It is recommended that the author share the code for the article on Github or a similar open source platform.

      (2) The manuscript would benefit from a thorough review of the punctuation and sentence structure to improve readability and clarity.

      (1) You suggest sharing the code utilized in this study on GitHub or a comparable open-source platform to enhance the transparency and reproducibility of the research. I fully recognize the significance of this suggestion. However, due to the sensitivity of the data involved and the existing intellectual property agreement with my research team, we are unable to make the code publicly available at this time. We are actively seeking a method to safeguard the intellectual property of the project while also planning to share our tools and methodologies in the future. At this stage, we are open to collaborating with other researchers under appropriate frameworks and conditions to validate and replicate our findings by providing essential code execution snippets or assisting with data analysis.

      (2) Your suggestions are vital for enhancing the quality of the manuscript. I will perform a comprehensive linguistic and structural review of the manuscript to ensure that statements flow coherently and punctuation is employed correctly. We also intend to engage a professional scientific and technical writing editor to ensure that the manuscript adheres to the high standards required for academic publishing.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) The manuscript would benefit from a more in-depth discussion of the potential clinical implications of the NPC-RSS. The authors should elaborate on how this score could be integrated into clinical decision-making and patient management.

      (2) The authors should consider including a section discussing the limitations of their study and potential areas for future research. This could include the need for prospective validation of the NPC-RSS in larger patient cohorts and the exploration of additional biological mechanisms.

      (1) We concur that a more comprehensive discussion regarding the application of the NPC-RSS in clinical decision-making would significantly enhance the practical value of this study. In the revised draft, we will include a section that elaborates on the integration of the NPC-RSS scoring system into daily clinical practice, detailing how it can assist physicians in developing individualized treatment plans and optimize patient management by predicting treatment responses.

      The following are new additions to the revised draft:

      “The incorporation of the NPC-RSS scoring system into clinical decision-making and patient management involves several key steps: first, establishing genetic testing as a standard component of nasopharyngeal cancer diagnosis and ensuring that physicians have prompt access to scoring results to guide treatment planning. Second, physicians should utilize the scoring results to tailor individualized treatment plans and engage in multidisciplinary discussions to optimize decision-making. Concurrently, physicians should elucidate the clinical significance of the scores and effectively communicate with patients to facilitate shared decision-making. Furthermore, continuous monitoring of the relationship between scoring and treatment outcomes, optimizing the scoring model based on empirical data, and ensuring the integration of technological platforms along with regulatory compliance are essential for safeguarding the effective operation of the scoring system and the protection of patient information.

      (2) In light of the reviewers' valuable suggestions, we acknowledge the significance of prospective validation of the NPC-RSS scoring system in a broader patient population and the necessity for thorough exploration of the underlying biological mechanisms. Accordingly, we are incorporating a new section in the revised manuscript that elaborates on the limitations of the current study and outlines potential directions for future research. This encompasses plans to increase the sample size for validation and further investigations into the biological basis of the scoring system to enhance its predictive validity and clinical applicability. We believe that these additions will significantly enrich the depth and breadth of the study, thereby serving the scientific community and clinical practice more effectively.”

      Minor Recommendations:

      (1) The authors should ensure that all abbreviations are defined at their first mention in the text.

      (2) The figure legends should be more descriptive and self-explanatory, allowing readers to understand the main findings without referring back to the main text.

      (1) You pointed out the need to define all acronyms at the first mention in the text and suggested that a comprehensive list of acronyms be included in the revised draft. We fully concur and have included a comprehensive list of acronyms in the revised text. Additionally, to enhance clarity, we have included the full name and definition of each acronym alongside its first occurrence in the text. This will assist readers in comprehending the study without the need to repeatedly refer to the glossary.

      (2) You recommended enhancing the descriptive quality of the figure legends to enable readers to discern the key findings from the figures without consulting the text. We have redesigned and refined all charts and legends to ensure they provide adequate information and are more descriptive. Each legend now outlines the experimental conditions, the variables employed, and the primary conclusions, ensuring that the charts themselves sufficiently convey the key findings of the study.

    1. Author response:

      We want to thank the reviewers for their positive and constructive comments on the manuscript. We already addressed some of their concerns and are planning the following revisions to both BEHAV3D-TP and the corresponding manuscript to address the reviewers’ comments. Below, we provide a response to the most significant comments, followed by a detailed, point-by-point response:

      (1) We acknowledge the reviewer's suggestion to incorporate open-source segmentation and tracking functionalities, increasing its accessibility to a wider user base; however, these additions fall outside the primary scope of our current work and represent a substantial undertaking in their own right. This topic has been comprehensively explored in other studies (e.g. https://doi.org/10.4049/jimmunol.2100811 ; https://doi.org/10.7554/eLife.60547 ; https://doi.org/10.1016/j.media.2022.102358 ; https://doi.org/10.1038/s41592-024-02295-6), which we will cite in our revised manuscript as indicated in our responses to the reviewers’ comments. Instead, the goal of our manuscript is to provide an analytical framework for processing data generated by existing segmentation and tracking pipelines. In our analyses, we used data processed with Imaris, a commercial software that, despite its limitations, is widely used by the intravital microscopy community due to its user-friendly platform for 3D image visualization and analysis. Nevertheless, to enhance compatibility with tracking data from various pipelines, we have modified our tool to accept data formats, such as those generated by open-source Fiji plugins like TrackMate (https://github.com/imAIgene-Dream3D/BEHAV3D_Tumor_Profiler?tab=readme-ov-file#data-input ). These updates are available in our GitHub repository, and we will describe this feature in the revised manuscript to emphasize compatibility with segmented and tracked data from diverse open-source platforms.

      (2) We appreciate the reviewer’s suggestion to incorporate additional features into our analytical pipeline. In response, we have already updated the GitHub repository to allow users to input and select which features (dynamic, morphological, or spatial) they wish to include in the analysis (https://github.com/imAIgene-Dream3D/BEHAV3D_Tumor_Profiler?tab=readme-ov-file#feature-selection ) . In the revised manuscript, we will highlight this new functionality and provide examples using alternative datasets to demonstrate the application of these features.

      (3) We appreciate the constructive feedback of reviewers #1 and #2 regarding the statistical analysis and interpretation of the data presented in Figures 3 and 4. We understand the importance of clarity and rigor in data analysis and presentation, and we are committed to addressing the concerns raised in the revised version of the manuscript.

      (4) We appreciate Reviewer #1's suggestion regarding the inclusion of demo data, as we believe it would greatly enhance the usability of our pipeline. We acknowledge that this was an oversight on our part. To address this, we have now added demo data to our GitHub repository (https://github.com/imAIgene-Dream3D/BEHAV3D_Tumor_Profiler/tree/BEHAV3D_TP-v2.0/demo_datasets). In the upcoming revised manuscript, we will also ensure to reference this addition. Additionally, we will  provide both original and processed IVM movie samples to support users in navigating the complete pipeline effectively.

      (5) Finally, we agree with the reviewers to make some small changes to the manuscript based on their feedback.

      Below we provide a point-by-point response to the reviewers’ comments, along with proposed revisions.

      Reviewer #1:

      Comment: A key limitation of the pipeline is that it does not overcome the main challenges and bottlenecks associated with processing and extracting quantitative cellular data from timelapse and longitudinal intravital images. This includes correcting breathing-induced movement artifacts, automated registration of longitudinal images taken over days/weeks, and accurate, automated segmentation and tracking of individual cells over time. Indeed, there are currently no standardised computational methods available for IVM data processing and analysis, with most laboratories relying on custom-built solutions or manual methods. This isn't made explicit in the manuscript early on (described below), and the researchers rely on expensive software packages such as IMARIS for image processing and data extraction to feed the required parameters into their pipeline. This limitation unfortunately reduces the likely impact of BEHAV3D-TP on the IVM field.

      As highlighted above, the tool does not facilitate the extraction of quantitative kinetic cellular parameters (e.g. speed, directionality, persistence, and displacement) from intravital images. Indeed, to use the tool researchers must first extract dynamic cellular parameters from their IVM datasets, requiring access to expensive software (e.g. IMARIS as used here) and/or above-average computational expertise to develop and use custom-made open-source solutions. This limitation is not made explicit or discussed in the text.

      As mentioned previously, we agree with the reviewer that image processing steps, such as segmentation, tracking, and motion correction, present significant challenges in intravital microscopy (IVM) data processing. While these aspects are being addressed by other researchers, our publication centers on the analysis of acquired data rather than on the image processing itself. Our motivation, as outlined in the manuscript, arises from our own experience: despite the substantial effort invested in image processing, researchers often rely on simplistic analytical approaches, such as averaging single parameters and comparing them across conditions. These approaches tend to overlook potential tumor heterogeneity.

      Our work aimed to develop an analytical tool that provides a comprehensive framework for extracting more insights from processed IVM data, with a focus on two key aspects: capturing the heterogeneity of tumor behavior and examining the spatial distribution of these behaviors within the tumor microenvironment. In the revised manuscript, we will clarify the scope of our study, emphasizing its limitations as an analytical tool rather than an image-processing solution. Additionally, we will provide references to relevant literature on available (open-source) software options for image processing (e.g. Diego Ulisse Pizzagalli et al J Immunol (2022); Aby Joseph et al eLife (2020) ;Molina-Moreno M et al Medical Image Analysis (2022); Hidalgo-Cenalmor, I et al, Nat Methods  (2024); Ershov. D et al Nat Methods  (2022)).

      Regarding the reviewer’s comment on our use of Imaris, we acknowledge that Imaris is a costly commercial software. However, based on our experience, it is widely used by the intravital microscopy community due to its user-friendly interface for 3D image visualization and analysis. Despite its limitations in accuracy and the fact that it is not open-source, we believe that including data processed with Imaris will be valuable to the IVM community.

      However, to improve compatibility with data from other segmentation and tracking pipelines, we have already updated our tool to support formats generated by open-source Fiji plugins like TrackMate. These updates are available in our GitHub repository, and we will describe this functionality in detail in the revised manuscript to ensure compatibility with segmented and tracked data from various open-source platforms.

      Comment: The number of cells (e.g. per behavioural cluster), and the number of independent mice, represented in each result figure, is not included in the figure legends and are difficult to ascertain from the methods.

      We appreciate the reviewer's constructive feedback regarding the clarity of the number and type of replicates used in our analyses. In the revised manuscript, we will include detailed information in the figure legends regarding the number of cells (e.g., per behavioral cluster) and the number of independent mice represented in each result figure to ensure transparency.

      Comment: The data used to test the pipeline in this manuscript is currently not available, making it difficult to assess its usability. It would be important to include this for researchers to use as a 'training dataset'.

      As stated above we acknowledge that this was an oversight on our part and thank the reviewer for pointing this out. To address this, we have now added demo data to our GitHub repository (https://github.com/imAIgene-Dream3D/BEHAV3D_Tumor_Profiler/tree/BEHAV3D_TP-v2.0/demo_datasets). In the upcoming revised manuscript, we will also make sure to reference this addition. Additionally, we intend to provide both original and processed IVM movie samples to support users in navigating the complete pipeline effectively.

      Comment: Precisely how the BEHAV3D-TP large-scale phenotyping module can map large-scale spatial phenotyping data generated using LSR-3D imaging data and Cytomap to 3D intravital imaging movies is unclear. Further details in the text and methods would be beneficial to aid understanding.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s comment and will provide additional details in the text and methods of the revised manuscript to clarify how the BEHAV3D-TP module maps LSR-3D and Cytomap data to 3D intravital imaging movies.

      Comment: The analysis provides only preliminary evidence in support of the authors' conclusions on DMG cell migratory behaviours and their relationship with components of the tumour microenvironment. Conclusions should therefore be tempered in the absence of additional experiments and controls.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s comment and acknowledge that our conclusions should be tempered due to the preliminary nature of our evidence. To be able to directly analyze the impact of the brain tumor microenvironment on cancer cell behavior, we will include a new set of analyses in the revised manuscript. Specifically, we will utilize BEHAV3D-TP to analyze existing IVM data from adult gliomas with and without macrophage depletion (Alieva et al, Scientific Reports, 2017; https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-017-07660-4 ) to evaluate the differences in heterogeneous cell populations under these conditions. Since this analysis pertains to a different tumor type, we will revise our conclusions accordingly and emphasize the necessity for additional experiments and controls to further validate our findings on DMG cell migratory behaviors and their relationship with the tumor microenvironment.

      Reviewer #2:

      Comment: The strength of democratizing this kind of analysis is undercut by the reliance upon Imaris for segmentation, so it would be nice if this was changed to an open-source option for track generation.

      As noted in our previous response to Reviewer #1, we would like to point out that although Imaris is a commercial software, it is widely used in the intravital microscopy (IVM) community due to its user-friendly interface. One of its key advantages, which we also utilized, is semi-automated data tracking that allows for manual corrections in 3D—a process that can be more challenging in other open-source software with less effective data visualization.

      However, we recognize that enhancing our pipeline's compatibility with open-source options is important. To this end, we have already updated our tool to support data formats generated by open-source Fiji plugins like TrackMate, improving compatibility with various segmentation and tracking pipelines (https://github.com/imAIgene-Dream3D/BEHAV3D_Tumor_Profiler?tab=readme-ov-file#data-input ). We will describe these updates in the revised manuscript to clarify our study's scope and the available image processing options.

      Comment: The main issue is with the interpretation of the biological data in Figure 3 where ANOVA was used to analyse the proportional distribution of different clusters. Firstly the n is not listed so it is unclear if this represents an n of 3 where each mouse is an individual or whether each track is being treated as a test unit. If the latter this is seriously flawed as these tracks can't be treated as independent. Also, a more appropriate test would be something like a Chi-squared test or Fisher's exact test. Also, no error bars are included on the stacked bar graphs making interpretation impossible. Ultimately this is severely flawed and also appears to show very small differences which may be statistically different but may not represent biologically important findings. This would need further study.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s insightful comments regarding the interpretation of the biological data in Figure 3. To clarify, each mouse serves as an independent unit in this analysis. We believe that ANOVA is the appropriate test for comparing the proportions of different behavioral signatures across the tumor microenvironment (TME) regions identified by large-scale phenotyping. However, we acknowledge that using a stacked bar plot may have been misleading. While a Chi-squared test could show differences in the distribution of behavioral signatures, it would not indicate which specific signatures are responsible for those differences. Therefore, in the revised manuscript, we will retain the ANOVA analysis but will represent the proportions using a bar chart that clearly illustrates multiple conditions for each behavioral cluster. We also appreciate the reviewer’s concern regarding the transparency of our data. In the revised manuscript, we will include the number of replicates for all figures to enhance clarity and understanding.

      Comment:  Figure 4 has similar statistical issues in that the n is not listed and, again, it is unclear whether they are treating each cell track as independent which, again, would be inappropriate. The best practice for this type of data would be the use of super plots as outlined in Lord et al. (2020) JCI - SuperPlots: Communicating reproducibility and variability in cell biology.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s comments and suggestions regarding Figure 4. In the revised manuscript, we will clarify the number of replicates used and our approach to treating cell tracks as independent units. We will implement super-plots where appropriate, to enhance the communication of reproducibility and variability in our data.

      Comment: The main issue that this raises is that the large-scale phenotyping module and the heterogeneity module appear designed to produce these statistical analyses that are used in these figures and, if they are based on the assumption that each track is independent, then this will produce inappropriate analyses as a default.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s comment, though we find ourselves unsure about the specific concern being raised. To clarify, each mouse is treated as an independent unit in our analyses. For each large-scale phenotyping region, we measure the proportion of tumor cells displaying a specific behavioral phenotype independently for each mouse. These proportions are then used for statistical analysis. We hope this explanation provides clarity, and we will adjust the manuscript to better convey this methodology.

      Reviewer #3:

      Comment: The most challenging task of analyzing 3D time-lapse imaging data is to accurately segment and track the individual cells in 3D over a long time duration. BEHAV3D Tumor Profiler did not provide any new advancement in this regard, and instead relies on commercial software, Imaris, for this critical step. Imaris is known to have a very high error rate when used for analyzing 3D time-lapse data. In the Methods section, the authors themselves stated that "Tumor cell tracks were manually corrected to ensure accurate tracking". Based on our own experience of using Imaris, such manual correction is tedious and often required for every time step of the movie. Therefore, Imaris is not a satisfactory tool for analyzing 3D time-lapse data. Moreover, Imaris is expensive and many research labs probably can't afford to buy it. The fact that BEHAV3D Tumor Profiler critically depends on the faulty ImarisTrack module makes it unclear whether the BEHAV3D tool or the results are reliable.

      If the authors want to "democratize the analysis of heterogeneous cancer cell behaviors", they should perform image segmentation and tracking using open-source codes (e.g., Cellpose, Stardisk & 3DCellTracker) and not rely on the expensive and inaccurate ImarisTrack Module for the image analysis step of BEHAV3D.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s comments on the challenges of segmenting and tracking individual cells in 3D time-lapse imaging data. As mentioned previously, our primary focus is to develop an analytical tool for comprehensive data analysis rather than developing tools for image processing. To enhance accessibility, we have updated our tool to support data formats from open-source Fiji plugins, such as TrackMate, which will benefit users without access to commercial software (https://github.com/imAIgene-Dream3D/BEHAV3D_Tumor_Profiler?tab=readme-ov-file#data-input ).

      While we recognize the limitations of Imaris, it remains widely used in the intravital microscopy community due to its user-friendly interface for 3D visualization and semi-automated segmentation capabilities. Since no perfect tracking method currently exist, we utilized Imaris for its ability to allow manual corrections of faulty tracks, ensuring the reliability of our results. This approach was the best available option when we began our analysis, allowing us to obtain accurate results efficiently.

      In the revised manuscript, we will clarify our methodology and provide information on both Imaris and alternative processing options to strengthen the reliability of our findings.

      Comment: The authors developed a "Heterogeneity module" to extract distinctive tumor migratory phenotypes from the cell tracks quantified by Imaris. The cell tracks of the individual tumor cells are all quite short, indicating relatively low motility of the tumor cells. It's unclear whether such short migratory tracks are sufficient to warrant the PCA analysis to identify the 7 distinctive migratory phenotypes shown in Figure 2d. It's also unclear whether these 7 migratory phenotypes correspond to unique functional phenotypes.

      For the 7 distinctive motility clusters, the authors should provide a more detailed analysis of the differences between them. It's unclear whether the difference in retreating, slow retreating, erratic, static, slow, slow invading, and invading correspond to functional difference of the tumor cells.

      While some tumor cells exhibit limited motility, indicated by short tracks, others demonstrate significant migratory capabilities. This variability in tumor cell behavior is a central focus of our analysis, and our tool is specifically designed to identify and distinguish these differences. Our PCA analysis effectively captures this variability, as illustrated in Figure 2 d-f. It differentiates between cells exhibiting varying degrees of migratory behavior, including both highly migratory and less migratory phenotypes, as well as their directionality relative to the tumor core and the persistence of their movements. Thus, we believe that our approach provides valuable insights into the distinct migratory phenotypes within the tumor microenvironment. We will clarify these aspects further in the revised manuscript to enhance the reader's understanding of our findings.

      While our current manuscript does not provide explicit evidence linking each motility cluster to functional differences among the tumor cells, it is important to note that the state of the field supports the idea that cell dynamics can predict cell states and phenotypes. Research conducted by ourselves (Dekkers, Alieva et al., Nat Biotech, 2023) and others, such as Craiciuc et al. (Nature, 2022) and Freckmann et al. (Nat Comm, 2022) has shown that variations in cell motility patterns are indicative of underlying functional characteristics. For instance, cell morphodynamic features have been shown to reflect differences in cell types, T cell targeting states, tumor metastatic potential, and drug resistance states. In the revised manuscript, we will reference relevant studies to underscore the biological significance of these behaviors. By doing so, we hope to clarify the potential implications of our findings and strengthen the overall narrative of our research.

      Comment: Using only motility to classify tumor cell behaviours in the tumor microenvironment (TME) is probably not sufficient to capture the tumor cell difference. There are also other non-tumor cell types in the TME. If the authors aim to develop a computational tool that can elucidate tumor cell behaviors in the TME, they should consider other tumor cell features, e.g., morphology, proliferation state, and tumor cell interaction with other cell types, e.g., fibroblasts and distinct immune cells.

      The authors should expand the scale of tumor behavior features to classify the tumor phenotype clusters, e.g., to include tumor morphology, proliferation state, and tumor cell interaction with other TME cell types.

      We believe that using dynamic features alone is sufficient to capture differences in tumor behavior, as demonstrated by our results in Figure 2. However, we appreciate the reviewer’s suggestion to consider additional features, such as cell morphology and interactions with other cell types, to finetune our analyses. To this end, we have adapted our pipeline to be compatible with various features present in the data (https://github.com/imAIgene-Dream3D/BEHAV3D_Tumor_Profiler/tree/BEHAV3D_TP-v2.0?tab=readme-ov-file#feature-selection ). We will emphasize this in the revised manuscript. However, we would like to point out that not all features may provide informative insights and that a wide range of features can instead introduce biologically irrelevant noise, making interpretation more challenging. For instance, in 3D microscopy, the z-axis resolution is typically lower, which can lead to artifacts like elongation in that direction. Adding morphological features that capture this may skew the analysis. Therefore, we believe that incorporating additional features should be approached with caution. We will clarify these considerations in the revised manuscript to better guide users in utilizing our computational tool effectively. We will also reference the use of unbiased feature selection techniques, such as bootstrapping methods, to identify biologically relevant features based on the conditions provided (D.G. Aragones et al, Computers in Biology and Medicine (2024)).

      Comment: The authors have already published two papers on BEHAV3D [Alieva M et al. Nat Protoc. 2024 Jul;19(7): 2052-2084; Dekkers JF, et al. Nat Biotechnol. 2023 Jan;41(1):60-69]. Although the previous two papers used BEHAV3D to analyze T cells, the basic pipeline and computational steps are similar, in particular regarding cell segmentation and tracking. The addition of a "Heterogeneity module" based on PCA analysis does not make a significant advancement in terms of image analysis and quantification.

      We want to emphasize that we have no intention of duplicating our previous publications. In this manuscript, we have consistently cited our foundational papers, where BEHAV3D was first developed for T cell migratory analysis in in vitro settings. In the introduction, we clearly state that our earlier work inspired us to adopt a similar approach for analyzing cell behavior in intravital microscopy (IVM) data, addressing the specific needs and complexities of analyzing tumor cell behaviors in the tumor microenvironment.

      Importantly, our new work provides several key advancements: 1) a pipeline specifically adapted for intravital microscopy (IVM) data; 2) integration of spatial characteristics from both large-scale and small-scale phenotyping; and 3) a zero-code approach designed to empower researchers without coding skills to effectively utilize the tool. We believe that these enhancements represent meaningful progress in the analysis of cell behaviors within the tumor microenvironment which will be valuable for the IVM community. We will ensure that these points are clearly articulated in the revised manuscript.

    1. Author response:

      eLife Assessment

      This manuscript reports important findings that the methyltransferase METTL3 is involved in the repair of abasic sites and uracil in DNA, mediating resistance to floxuridine-driven cytotoxicity. The presented evidence for the involvement of m6A in DNA is incomplete and requires further validation with orthogonal approaches to conclusively show the presence of 6mA in the DNA and exclude that the source is RNA or bacterial contamination. 

      We thank the editors for recognizing the importance of our work and the relevance of METTL3 in DNA repair. However, we wholly disagree with the second sentence in the eLife assessment, and we want to clarify why our evidence for the involvement of 6mA in DNA is complete.  

      The identification of 6mA in DNA, upon DNA damage, is based first on immunofluorescence observations using an anti-m6A antibody. In this setting, removal of RNA with RNase treatment fails to reduce the 6mA signal, excluding the possibility that the source of signal is RNA. In contrast, removal of DNA with DNase treatment removes all 6mA signal, strongly suggesting that the species carrying the N6-methyladenosine modification is DNA (Figure 3D, E). Importantly, in Figure 3F, we provide orthogonal, quantitative mass spectrometry data that independently confirm this finding. Mass spectrometry-liquid chromatography of DNA analytes, conclusively shows the presence of 6mA in DNA upon treatment with DNA damaging agents and excludes that the source is RNA, based on exact mass. Reviewer #2 recognized the strengths of this approach to generate solid evidence for 6mA in DNA.

      Cells only show the 6mA signal when treated with DNA damaging agents, and the 6mA is absent from untreated cells (Figure 3D, E, F). This provides strong evidence that the 6mA signal is not a result of bacterial contamination in our cell lines. Moreover, our cell lines are routinely tested for mycoplasma contamination. It could be possible that stock solutions of DNA damaging agents may be contaminated, but this would need to be true for all individual drugs and stocks tested. The data showing 6mA signal is not significantly different from untreated cells when a DNA damaging agent is combined with a METTL3 inhibitor (Figure 3G, H) provides strong evidence against bacterial contamination in our stocks.  

      In summary, we provide conclusive evidence, based on orthogonal methods, that the METTL3-dependent N6-methyladenosine modification is deposited in DNA, not RNA, in response to DNA damage. 

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors sought to identify unknown factors involved in the repair of uracil in DNA through a CRISPER knockout screen. 

      Typo above: “CRISPER” should be “CRISPR”.

      Strengths:

      The screen identified both known and unknown proteins involved in DNA repair resulting from uracil or modified uracil base incorporation into DNA. The conclusion is that the protein activity of METTL3, which converts A nucleotides to 5mA nucleotides, plays a role in the DNA damage/repair response. The importance of METTL3 in DNA repair, and its colocalization with a known DNA repair enzyme, UNG2, is well characterized. 

      Typo above: “5mA” should be “6mA”.

      Weaknesses:

      This reviewer identified no major weaknesses in this study. The manuscript could be improved by tightening the text throughout, and more accurate and consistent word choice around the origin of U and 6mA in DNA. The dUTP nucleotide is misincorporated into DNA, and 6mA is formed by methylation of the A base present in DNA. Using words like 6mA "deposition in DNA" seems to imply it results from incorporation of a methylated dATP nucleotide during DNA synthesis.

      The increased presence of 6mA during DNA damage could result from methylation at the A base itself (within DNA) or from incorporation of pre-modified 6mA during DNA synthesis. Our data do not directly discriminate between these two mechanisms, and we will clarify this point in the discussion.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this work, the authors performed a CRISPR knockout screen in the presence of floxuridine, a chemotherapeutic agent that incorporates uracil and fluoro-uracil into DNA, and identified unexpected factors, such as the RNA m6A methyltransferase METTL3, as required to overcome floxuridine-driven cytotoxicity in mammalian cells. Interestingly, the observed N6-methyladenosine was embedded in DNA, which has been reported as DNA 6mA in mammalian genomes and is currently confirmed with mass spectrometry in this model. Therefore, this work consolidated the functional role of mammalian genomic DNA 6mA, and supported with solid evidence to uncover the METTL3-6mA-UNG2 axis in response to DNA base damage.

      Strengths:

      In this work, the authors took an unbiased, genome-wide CRISPR approach to identify novel factors involved in uracil repair with potential clinical interest.

      The authors designed elegant experiments to confirm the METTL3 works through genomic DNA, adding the methylation into DNA (6mA) but not the RNA (m6A), in this base damage repair context. The authors employ different enzymes, such as RNase A, RNase H, DNase, and liquid chromatography coupled to tandem mass spectrometry to validate that METTL3 deposits 6mA in DNA in response to agents that increase genomic uracil.  <br /> They also have the Mettl3-KO and the METTL3 inhibition results to support their conclusion.

      Weaknesses:

      Although this study demonstrates that METTL3-dependent 6mA deposition in DNA is functionally relevant to DNA damage repair in mammalian cells, there are still several concerns and issues that need to be improved to strengthen this research.

      First, in the whole paper, the authors never claim or mention the mammalian cell lines contamination testing result, which is the fundamental assay that has to be done for the mammalian cell lines DNA 6mA study.

      Our cell lines are routinely tested for bacterial contamination, specifically mycoplasma, and we plan to state this information in a revised version of the manuscript.

      Importantly, we do not observe 6mA in untreated cells, strongly suggesting that the 6mA signal observed is dependent on the presence of DNA damage and not caused by contamination in the cell lines (Figure 3D, E, F). While it could be possible that stock solutions of DNA damaging agents may be contaminated, this would need to be the case for all individual drugs and stocks tested that induce 6mA, which seems very unlikely. Finally, the data showing 6mA signal is not significantly different from untreated cells when a DNA damaging agent is combined with a METTL3 inhibitor (Figure 3 G, H) provides strong evidence against bacterial contamination in our drug stocks.

      Second, in the whole work, the authors have not supplied any genomic sequencing data to support their conclusions. Although the sequencing of DNA 6mA in mammalian models is challenging, recent breakthroughs in sequencing techniques, such as DR-Seq or NT/NAME-seq, have lowered the bar and improved a lot in the 6mA sequencing assay. Therefore, the authors should consider employing the sequencing methods to further confirm the functional role of 6mA in base repair.

      While we agree that it could be important to understand the precise genomic location of 6mA in relation to DNA damage, this is outside the scope of the current study. Moreover, this exercise may prove unproductive. If 6mA is enriched in DNA at damage sites or as DNA is replicated, the genomic mapping of 6mA is likely to be stochastic. If stochastic, it would be impossible to obtain the read depth necessary to map 6mA accurately.

      Third, the authors used the METTL3 inhibitor and Mettl3-KO to validate the METTL3-6mA-UNG2 functional roles. However, the catalytic mutant and rescue of Mettl3 may be the further experiments to confirm the conclusion. 

      We believe this to be an excellent suggestion from Reviewer #2 but we are unable to perform the proposed experiment at this time. We encourage future studies to explore the rescue experiment.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors are showing evidence that they claim establishes the controversial epigenetic mark, DNA 6mA, as promoting genome stability.

      Strengths:

      The identification of a poorly understood protein, METTL3, and its subsequent characterization in DDR is of high quality and interesting.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The very presence of 6mA (DNA) in mammalian DNA is still highly controversial and numerous studies have been conclusively shown to have reported the presence of 6mA due to technical artifacts and bacterial contamination. Thus, to my knowledge there is no clear evidence for 6mA as an epigenetic mark in mammals, and consequently, no evidence of writers and readers of 6mA. None of this is mentioned in the introduction. Much of the introduction can be reduced, but a paragraph clearly stating the controversy and lack of evidence for 6mA in mammals needs to be added, otherwise, the reader is given an entirely distorted view of the field.

      These concerns must also be clearly in the limitations section and even in the results section which fails to nuance the authors' findings.

      We agree with the reviewer that the presence and potential function of 6mA in mammalian DNA has been debated. Importantly, the debate regarding the presence and quantity of 6mA in DNA has been previously restricted to undamaged, baseline conditions. In complete agreement with this notion, we do not detect appreciable levels of 6mA in untreated cells. We will revise the introduction to introduce the debate about 6mA in DNA. We, however, want to highlight that our study provides for the first time, convincing evidence (based on orthogonal methods) that 6mA is present in DNA in response to a stimulus, DNA damage.

      (2) What is the motivation for using HT-29 cells? Moreover, the materials and methods do not state how the authors controlled for bacterial contamination, which has been the most common cause of erroneous 6mA signals to date. Did the authors routinely check for mycoplasma?

      HT-29 is a cell line of colorectal origin and chemotherapeutic agents that introduce uracil and uracil derivatives in DNA, as those used in this study, are relevant for the treatment of colorectal cancer. As indicated above, we do not observe 6mA in untreated cells, strongly suggesting that the 6mA signal observed is dependent on DNA damage and not caused by a potential bacterial contamination (Figure 3D, E, F). Additionally, our cell lines are routinely tested for bacterial contamination, specifically mycoplasma.

      (3) The single-cell imaging of 6mA in various cells is nice but must be confirmed by orthogonal approaches. PacBio would provide an alternative and quantitative approach to assessing 6mA levels. Similarly, it is unclear why the authors have not performed dot-blots of 6mA for genomic DNA from the given cell lines.

      We are confused by this point since an orthogonal approach to detect 6mA, mass spectrometry-liquid chromatography, was employed. This method does not use an antibody and confirms the increase of 6mA in DNA when cells were treated with DNA damaging agents. This data is presented in Figure 3F.

      It is sensible to hypothesize that the localization of 6mA is consistent with DNA replication (like uracil deposition). In this event, the genomic mapping of 6mA is likely to be stochastic. This would make quantification with PacBio sequencing difficult because it would be very challenging to achieve the appropriate read depth to call a modified base.

      Dot blots rely on an antibody and thus are not truly orthogonal to our immunofluorescence-based measurements. We preferred the mass spectrometry-liquid chromatography approach we took as a true orthogonal approach.

      (4) The results of Figure 3 need further investigation and validation. If the results are correct the authors are suggesting that the majority of 6mA in their cell lines is present in the DNA, and not the RNA, which is completely contrary to every other study of 6mA in mammalian cells that I am aware of. This could suggest that the antibody is not, in fact, binding to 6mA, but to unmodified adenine, which would explain why the signal disappears after DNAse treatment. Indeed, binding of 6mA to unmethylated DNA is a commonly known problem with most 6mA antibodies and is well described elsewhere.

      Based on this and the following comment, we are convinced that Reviewer #3 has overlooked two critical elements of our study:

      First, the immunofluorescence work presented in Figure 3, showing 6mA signal in response to DNA damage, uses cells that were pre-extracted to remove excess cytoplasmic RNA. This method is often used in immunofluorescence experiments of this kind. The pre-extraction method removes most of the cytoplasmic content, and the majority of the cytoplasmic m6A RNA signal. Supplementary Figure 3D shows cells that have not been pre-extracted prior to staining. These images show the cytoplasmic m6A signal is abundant if we do not perform the pre-extraction step.

      If the antibody used to label 6mA significantly reacted with unmodified adenine, we would expect a large signal in untreated or untreated and denatured conditions. In contrast, an increase in 6mA is not observed in either case.

      Second, the orthogonal approach we employed, mass spectrometry coupled with liquid chromatography, measures 6mA DNA analytes specifically by exact mass. This approach does not depend on an antibody and yields results consistent with those from the immunofluorescence experiments.

      (5) Given the lack of orthologous validation of the observed DNA 6mA and the lack of evidence supporting the presence of 6mA in mammalian DNA and consequently any functional role for 6mA in mammalian biology, the manuscript's conclusions need to be toned down significantly, and the inherent difficultly in assessing 6mA accurately in mammals acknowledged throughout.

      Typo above: “difficultly” should be “difficulty”.

      As discussed in response to prior comments, Figure 3 does provide two independent and orthologous methods that demonstrate 6mA presence in DNA specifically, and not RNA, in response to DNA damage. Complementary and orthogonal datasets are presented using either immunofluorescence microscopy or mass spectrometry-liquid chromatography of extracted DNA. The latter method does not rely on an antibody and can discriminate 6mA DNA versus RNA based on exact mass. We will revise the text to clarify that Figure 3F is a completely orthogonal approach.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This article identifies ADGR3 as a candidate GPCR for mediating beige fat development. The authors use human expression data from the Human protein atlas and Gtex databases and combine this with experiments performed in mice and a murine cell line. They refer to a GPCR bioactivity screening tool PRESTO-Salsa, with which it was found that Hesperetin activates ADGR3. From their experiments, authors conclude that Hesperetin activates ADGR3, inducing a Gs-PKA-CREB axis resulting in adipose thermogenesis.

      Strengths:

      The authors analyze human data from public databases and perform functional studies in mouse models. They identify a new GPCR with a role in the thermogenic activation of adipocytes.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Selection of ADGRA3 as a candidate GPCR relevant for mediating beiging in humans:

      The authors identify genes upregulated in iBAT compared to iWAT in response to cold, and among these differentially expressed genes, they identify highly expressed GPCRs in human white adipocytes (visceral or subcutaneous). Finally, among these genes, they select a GPCR not previously studied in the literature.

      If the authors are interested in beiging, why do they not focus on genes upregulated in iWAT (the depot where beiging is described to occur in mice), comparing thermoneutral to cold-induced genes? I would expect that genes induced in iWAT in response to cold would be extremely relevant targets for beiging. With their strategy, the authors exclude receptors that are induced in the tissue where beiging is actually described to occur.

      Furthermore, the authors are comparing genes upregulated in cold in BAT (but not WAT) to highly expressed genes in human white adipocytes during thermoneutrality. Overall, the authors fail to discuss the logic behind their strategy and the obvious limitations of it.

      Thanks for your valuable advice. In this study, we focus on genes that exhibited higher expression in BAT compared to iWAT under cold stimulation conditions, as these genes might play a role in adipose thermogenesis. Regarding the genes you mentioned that iWAT upregulates following cold stimulation, we did identify other intriguing targets in these genes in another ongoing study, albeit not encompassed within the scope of this study. Moreover, instead of making a comparison, we intersected 27 GPCR coding genes that were highly expressed in BAT compared to iWAT with genes that were highly expressed in human adipocytes (Figure 1C).

      With your suggestions, we realized that the description of the screening strategy in the manuscript was not clear enough, so we made the following supplement:

      “…dataset obtained from the Gene Expression Omnibus (GEO) database. Additionally, we utilized the human subcutaneous adipocytes dataset (Figure 1C, red) and human visceral adipocytes dataset (Figure 1C, purple) from the human protein atlas database to obtain genes that are highly expressed in human white adipocytes. The GSE118849 dataset comprises samples of brown adipose tissue (BAT) and inguinal white adipose tissue (iWAT) obtained from mice subjected to a 72-hour cold exposure at a temperature of 4℃.

      A total of 1134 differentially expressed genes (DEGs) that exhibited up-regulation in BAT compared to iWAT under cold stimulation were identified in the analysis, which might play a role in adipose thermogenesis. These DEGs were further screened to identify highly…”

      (2) Relevance of ADGRA3 and comparison to established literature:

      There has been a lot of literature and discussion about which receptor should be targeted in humans to recruit thermogenic fat. The current article unfortunately does not discuss this literature nor explain how it relates to their findings. For example, O'Mara et al (PMID: 31961826) demonstrated that chronic stimulation with the B3 adrenergic agonist, Mirabegron, resulted in the recruitment of thermogenic fat and improvement in insulin sensitivity and cholesterol. Later, Blondin et al (PMID: 32755608), highlighted the B2 adrenergic receptor as the main activation path of thermogenic fat in humans. There is also a recent report on an agonist activating B2 and B3 simultaneously (PMID: 38796310). Thus, to bring the literature forward, it would be beneficial if the current manuscript compared their identified activation path with the activation of these already established receptors and discussed their findings in relation to previous studies.

      Thanks to your suggestion. We have included a supplementary discussion on the relevant human adipose thermogenic receptors in the discussion section, as presented below:

      “The induction of beige fat has been investigated as a potentially effective therapeutic approach in combating obesity [23]. A clinical trial revealed that treatment with the chronic β3-AR agonist mirabegron leads to an increase in human brown fat, HDL cholesterol, and insulin sensitivity [24]. Subsequently, Blondin et al discovered that oral administration of mirabegron only elicits an increase in BAT thermogenesis when administered at the maximal allowable dose, indicating that human brown adipocyte thermogenesis is primarily driven by β2-adrenoceptor (β2-AR) stimulation [11]. Consistent with this finding, we found much higher levels of ADRB2 expression in human white adipose tissue than ADRB3 (Figure S1E). Furthermore, a recent study has demonstrated that simultaneous activation of β2-AR and β3-AR enhances whole-body metabolism through beneficial effects on skeletal muscle and BAT [25].”

      In Figures 1d and e, the authors show the expression of ADGRA3 in comparison to the expression of ADRB3. In human brown adipocytes, ADRB2 has been shown to be the main receptor through which adrenergic activation occurs (PMID: 32755608), thus authors should show the relative expression of this gene as well.

      We wholeheartedly endorse the proposal to augment the ADRB2 expression data in Figures 1D and E. However, it is regrettable to note that the pertinent databases (PRJNA66167 and PRJEB4337) are deficient in ADRB2 expression information. Fortunately, the GTEx database houses the ADRB2 expression data. Consequently, we have integrated these crucial data into Figure S1E.

      (3) Strategy to investigate the role of ADGRA3 in WAT beiging:

      Having identified ADGRA3 as their candidate receptor, the authors proceed with investigations of this receptor in mouse models and the murine inguinal adipocyte cell line 3T3.

      First of all, in Figure 1D, the authors show a substantially lower expression of ADGRA3 compared to ADRB3. It could thus be argued that a mouse would not be the best model system for studying this receptor. It would be interesting to see data from experiments in human adipocytes.

      Thanks for your helpful advice. We induced human adipose-derived mesenchymal stem cells (hADSCs) into adipocytes to evaluate the effect of ADGRA3 on human adipocytes (Figure 8).

      Moreover, if the authors are interested in inducing beiging, why do they show expression in iBAT and not iWAT?

      Maybe the description of this article wasn't clear enough, but we did show the expression and effects of ADGRA3 in iWAT and BAT (Author response image 1, Figure 3F-J and Figure 4F-J).

      Author response image 1.

      The authors perform in vivo experiments using intraperitoneal injections of shRNA or overexpression CMV-driven vectors and report effects on body temperature and glucose metabolism. It is here important to note that ADGRA3 is not uniquely expressed in adipocytes. A major advantage of databases like the Human Protein Atlas and Gtex, is that they give an overview of the gene expression across tissues and cell types. When looking up ADGRA3 in these databases, it is expressed in subcutaneous and visceral adipocytes. However, other cell types and tissues demonstrate an even higher expression. In the Human protein atlas, the enhanced cell types are astrocytes and hepatocytes. In the Gtex database tissues with the highest expression are Brain, Liver, and Thyroid.

      With this information in mind, IP injections for modification of ADGRA3 receptor expression could be expected to affect any of these tissues and cells.

      The manuscript report changes body temperature. However, temperature is regulated by the brain and also affected by thyroid activity. Did the authors measure the levels of circulating thyroid hormones? Gene expression changes in the brain? The authors report that Adgra3 overexpression decreased the TG level in serum and liver. The liver could be the primary targeted organ here, and the adipose effects might be secondary. The data would be easier to interpret if authors reported the effects on the liver, thyroid, and brain, and the gene expression across tissues should be discussed in the article.

      Thank you for your valuable advice. We supplemented the results of the effect of local BAT injection of Adgra3 OE on thermogenic genes (Figures S5G-H), the levels of circulating thyroid hormones (Figures S2H, S4F and S5B) and the effects of Adgra3 overexpression/knockdown on Adgra3 expression levels (Figures S2A-B and S4B-C) in multiple tissues as well as discussed in the article, as follows:

      “Given the consideration that the non-targeted nanoparticle approach utilized in this study for modulating Adgra3 expression levels in vivo alter Adgra3 expression in tissues beyond adipose tissue (Figures S2A-B and S4B-C), notably the liver and skeletal muscle, the construction of Adgra3 adipose tissue-specific knockout/overexpression mouse models is imperative for a more nuanced understanding of the precise mechanisms underlying the influence of on adipose thermogenesis. We will employ more sophisticated models in subsequent studies to further elucidate the effects of ADGRA3 on adipose thermogenesis and metabolic homeostasis. Nevertheless, our findings underlie a potential therapeutic feature of…”

      Finally, the identification of Hesperetin using the PRESTO-Salsa tool, and how specific the effect of Hesperetin is on ADGRA3, is currently unclear. This should be better discussed, and authors should consider measuring the established effects of Hesperetin in their model systems, including apoptosis.

      Thanks for your suggestion. We have further discussed the relevant content and added it in the discussion section as follows:

      “Previously, the influence of hesperetin on ADGRA3 has remained unreported. In this study, we screened hesperetin as a potential agonist for ADGRA3 by using the PRESTO-Salsa tool as well as discovered that hesperetin has an agonist effect on ADGRA3 through a series of experiments. This study focuses on the regulatory effect of hesperetin on adipose thermogenesis and explores whether this effect is dependent upon ADGRA3. As such, we refrained from conducting further investigations into other potential effects of hesperidin, including its potential role in antioxidant and in apoptosis.”

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Based on bioinformatics and expression analysis using mouse and human samples, the authors claim that the adhesion G-protein coupled receptor ADGRA3 may be a valuable target for increasing thermogenic activity and metabolic health. Genetic approaches to deplete ADGRA3 expression in vitro resulted in reduced expression of thermogenic genes including Ucp1, reduced basal respiration, and metabolic activity as reflected by reduced glucose uptake and triglyceride accumulation. In line, nanoparticle delivery of shAdgra3 constructs is associated with increased body weight, reduced thermogenic gene expression in white and brown adipose tissue (WAT, BAT), and impaired glucose and insulin tolerance. On the other hand, ADGRA3 overexpression is associated with an improved metabolic profile in vitro and in vivo, which can be explained by increasing the activity of the well-established Gs-PKA-CREB axis. Notably, a computational screen suggested that ADGRA3 is activated by hesperetin. This metabolite is a derivative of the major citrus flavonoid hesperidin and has been described to promote metabolic health. Using appropriate in vitro and in vivo studies, the authors show that hesperetin supplementation is associated with increased thermogenesis, UCP1 levels in WAT and BAT, and improved glucose tolerance, an effect that was attenuated in the absence of ADGRA3 expression.

      Overall, the data suggest that ADGRA3 is a constitutively active Gs-coupled receptor that improves metabolism by activating adaptive thermogenesis in WAT and BAT. The conclusions of the paper are partly supported by the data, but some experimental approaches need further clarification.

      (1) The in vivo approaches to modulate Adgra3 expression in mice are carried out using non-targeted nanoparticle-based approaches. The authors do not provide details of the composition of the nanomaterials, but it is highly likely that other metabolically active organs such as the liver are targeted. This is critical because Adgre3 is expressed in many organs, including the liver, adrenal glands, and gastrointestinal system. Therefore, many of the observed metabolic effects could be indirect, for example by modulating bile acids or corticosterone levels. Consistent with this, after digestion in the gastrointestinal tract, hesperetin is rapidly metabolized in intestinal and liver cells. Thus, hesperetin levels in the systemic circulation are likely to be insufficient to activate Adgra3 in thermogenic adipocytes/precursors. Overall, the authors need to repeat the key metabolic experiments in adipose-specific Adgra3 knockout/overexpression models to validate the reliability of the in vivo results. In addition, to validate the relevance of hesperetin supplementation for adaptive thermogenesis in BAT and WAT vivo, the levels of hesperetin present in the systemic circulation should be quantified.

      Thank you for your valuable advice. Unfortunately, we could not perform quantitative determination of hesperetin concentration in the systemic circulation because we had used the serum of hesperetin-treated mice for the quantitative determination of serum insulin, fT4 and TG. According to your other suggestions, we supplemented the results of the effect of local BAT injection of Adgra3 OE on thermogenic genes (Figures S5G-H), the levels of circulating thyroid hormones (Figures S2H, S4F and S5B) and the effects of Adgra3 overexpression/knockdown on Adgra3 expression levels (Figures S2A-B and S4B-C) in multiple tissues as well as discussed in the article, as follows:

      “Given the consideration that the non-targeted nanoparticle approach utilized in this study for modulating Adgra3 expression levels in vivo alter Adgra3 expression in tissues beyond adipose tissue (Figures S2A-B and S4B-C), notably the liver and skeletal muscle, the construction of Adgra3 adipose tissue-specific knockout/overexpression mouse models is imperative for a more nuanced understanding of the precise mechanisms underlying the influence of on adipose thermogenesis. We will employ more sophisticated models in subsequent studies to further elucidate the effects of ADGRA3 on adipose thermogenesis and metabolic homeostasis. Nevertheless, our findings underlie a potential therapeutic feature of…”

      (2) Standard measurements for energy balance are not presented. Quantitative data on energy expenditure, e.g. by indirect calorimetry, and food intake are missing and need to be included to validate the authors' claims.

      We are in full agreement with your proposal. Regrettably, owing to the constraints of experimental facilities, we are presently unable to access quantitative data pertaining to the energy expenditure of animals. However, we believe that the present results can also partially support the idea that ADGRA3 promotes energy metabolism and the results of the effect of ADGRA3 on food intake were shown in Figure S2C and Figure S5A respectively.

      (3) The thermographic images used to determine the BAT temperature are not very convincing. The distance and angle between the thermal camera and the BAT have a significant effect on the determination of the temperature, which is not taken into account, at least in the images presented.

      Thank you very much for pointing out the lack of our method description. According to the methods of literatures (Xia, Bo et al. PLoS biology. 2020. doi:10.1371/journal.pbio.3000688) and (Warner, Amy et al. PNAS. 2013. doi:10.1073/pnas.1310300110), the same batch of representative infrared images of mice were all captured using a thermal imaging camera (FLIR ONE PRO), measured at the same distance perpendicular to the plane on which the mice were located. We have supplemented this description in the Materials and Methods section, as shown below:

      “2.20. Infrared Thermography.

      BAT temperature was measured at room temperature by infrared thermography according to previous publications [22, 23]. The same batch of representative infrared images of mice were all captured using a thermal imaging camera (FLIR ONE PRO), measured at the same distance perpendicular to the plane on which the mice were located. To quantify interscapular region temperature, the average surface temperature from a region of the interscapular BAT was taken with FLIR Tools software.”

      (4) The 3T3-L1 cell line is not an adequate cell culture model to study thermogenic adipocyte differentiation. To validate their results, the key experiments showing that ADGRA3 expression modulates thermogenic marker expression in a hesperetin-dependent manner need to be performed in a reliable model, e.g. primary murine adipocytes.

      Induction of 3T3L1 cell line into white adipocytes is indeed not suitable for studying thermogenic adipocyte differentiation. However, with reference to previous studies (Wei, Gang et al. Cell metabolism. 2021. doi: 10.1016/j.cmet.2021.08.012 ) and (Bae IS, Kim SH. Int J Mol Sci. 2019. doi: 10.3390/ijms20246128), 3T3-L1 cell line was used to differentiate into beige-like adipocytes in this study, and many studies believe that this method is suitable for studying the thermogenic effect of adipocytes in vitro. Meanwhile, we provided a more detailed description of the induction of beige-like adipocytes by 3T3-L1 in the Materials and Methods section and induced human adipose-derived stem cells (hADSC) into adipocytes to evaluate the effect of ADGRA3 on human adipocytes (Figure 8).

      “…supplemented with 10% FBS. Confluent 3T3-L1 pre-adipocytes were induced into mature beige-like adipocytes with 0.5 mM isobutyl methylxanthine (IBMX), 1 μM dexamethasone, 5 μg/ml insulin, 1 nM 3, 3', 5-Triiodo-L-thyronine (T3), 125 μM indomethacin and 1 μM rosiglitazone in high-glucose DMEM containing 10% FBS for 2 days, then treated with high-glucose DMEM containing 5 μg/ml insulin, 1 nM T3, 1 μM rosiglitazone and 10% FBS for 6 days and cultured with high-glucose DMEM containing 10% FBS for 2 days. hADSCs were seeded on plates coated with 0.1% gelatin and culture and grown to confluence in human mesenchymal stem cells (hMSCs) specialized culture medium (ZQ-1320). Confluent hADSCs were induced into mature human adipocytes with adipogenic induction medium (PCM-I-004) according to the manufacturer’s instructions.”

      (5) The experimental setup only allows the measurement of basal cellular respiration. More advanced approaches are needed to define the contribution of ADGRA3 versus classical adrenergic receptors to UCP1-dependent thermogenesis.

      Thanks for your suggestion. The maximum oxygen consumption rate of the cells was also measured (Figures 2G and 2N) by adding FCCP, an uncoupler of oxidative phosphorylation (OXPHOS) in mitochondria.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Zhao et al. explored the function of adhesion G protein-coupled receptor A3 (ADGRA3) in thermogenic fat biology.

      Strengths:

      Through both in vivo and in vitro studies, the authors found that the gain function of ADGRA3 leads to browning of white fat and ameliorates insulin resistance.

      Weaknesses:

      There are several lines of weak methodologies such as using 3T3-L1 adipocytes and intraperitoneal(i.p.) injection of virus. Moreover, as the authors stated that ADGRA3 is constitutively active, how could the authors then identify a chemical ligand?

      (1) Primary cultured cells should be used to perform gain and loss function analysis of ADGRA3, instead of using 3T3-L1. It is impossible to detect Ucp1 expression in 3T3-L1 cells.

      Induction of 3T3L1 cell line into white adipocytes is indeed difficult for detecting UCP1 expression. However, with reference to previous studies (Wei, Gang et al. Cell metabolism. 2021. doi:10.1016/j.cmet.2021.08.012) and (Bae IS, Kim SH. Int J Mol Sci. 2019. doi:10.3390/ijms20246128), 3T3-L1 cell line was used to differentiate into beige-like adipocytes in this study, and many studies believe that this method is suitable for studying the thermogenic effect of adipocytes in vitro. Meanwhile, we provided a more detailed description of the induction of beige-like adipocytes by 3T3-L1 in the Materials and Methods section and induced human adipose-derived stem cells (hADSC) into adipocytes to evaluate the effect of ADGRA3 on human adipocytes (Figure 8).

      “…supplemented with 10% FBS. Confluent 3T3-L1 pre-adipocytes were induced into mature beige-like adipocytes with 0.5 mM isobutyl methylxanthine (IBMX), 1 μM dexamethasone, 5 μg/ml insulin, 1 nM 3, 3', 5-Triiodo-L-thyronine (T3), 125 μM indomethacin and 1 μM rosiglitazone in high-glucose DMEM containing 10% FBS for 2 days, then treated with high-glucose DMEM containing 5 μg/ml insulin, 1 nM T3, 1 μM rosiglitazone and 10% FBS for 6 days and cultured with high-glucose DMEM containing 10% FBS for 2 days. hADSCs were seeded on plates coated with 0.1% gelatin and culture and grown to confluence in human mesenchymal stem cells (hMSCs) specialized culture medium (ZQ-1320). Confluent hADSCs were induced into mature human adipocytes with adipogenic induction medium (PCM-I-004) according to the manufacturer’s instructions.”

      (2) For virus treatment, the authors should consider performing local tissue injection, rather than IP injection. If it is IP injection, have the authors checked other tissues to validate whether the phenotype is fat-specific?

      Thank you for your valuable advice. We supplemented the results of the effect of local BAT injection of Adgra3 OE on thermogenic genes (Figures S5G-H) and the effects of Adgra3 overexpression/knockdown on Adgra3 expression levels (Figures S2A-B and S4B-C) in other tissues.

      (3) The authors should clarify how constitutively active GPCR needs further ligands.

      Thank you for your suggestion. In fact, we only identified hesperetin as a potential agonist of ADGRA3 rather than a ligand. The results also indicate that overexpression of ADGRA3 without additional hesperetin is sufficient to activate downstream PKA signaling pathways through constitutive activity (Figure 5). Recently, Chen et al identified oleic ethanolamine (OEA) as a potential endogenous agonist of GPR3, which is also a constitutively active GPCR. Overall, the high constitutive activity of constitutively active GPCRs arises from the combined effects of stimulation by endogenous agonists and their basal coupling with Gs.

      As for why we screened and identified potential agonists of ADGRA3, we hope to find more convenient pathways for its clinical application than gene overexpression, as described in the article:      

      “Considering the difficulty of overexpressing ADGRA3 in clinical application, hesperetin was screened as a potential agonist of ADGRA3 by PRESTO-Salsa database (Figure 6A). The…”

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Minor comments

      The title appears to be overstated as no clinical trials were performed and experiments were not even performed in human brown adipocytes.

      Thank you for your critical suggestion, therefore we have added the experimental results of human adipocytes (Figure 8) and revised the title to “Constitutively active receptor ADGRA3 signaling induces adipose thermogenesis”.

      Please specify n-number and what are replicates or independent experiments. Please also state if any outliers were excluded and why.

      Thanks for your valuable suggestion. We have added a description of the n-number in the Figure legends section, number of independent experiments and exclusion criteria for outliers in the Materials and Methods section, as follows:

      “…of tissue samples. Cohorts of ≥4 mice per genotype or treatment were assembled for all in vivo studies. All in vivo studies were repeated 2-3 independent times. All procedures related to…”

      “…μM H-89) was added to 3T3-L1 mature beige-like adipocytes for 48 hours. All in vitro studies were repeated 2-3 independent times.”

      “All data are presented as mean ± SEM. In this study, outliers that met the three-sigma rule were excluded from analysis, with the exception of those presented in Figure S1E. Given the possibility that the outliers in Figure S1E represent extreme expressions of the inherent variability within the population sample, we have chosen to retain these specific outliers for further analysis. Student’s t-test was used to compare two groups. One-way analysis of…”

      Authors use Infrared Thermography to measure body temperature. Depending on the distance between the mouse and the camera, the mouse needs to be at the same spot.

      Thank you very much for pointing out the lack of our method description. According to the methods of literatures (Xia, Bo et al. PLoS biology. 2020. doi:10.1371/journal.pbio.3000688) and (Warner, Amy et al. PNAS. 2013. doi:10.1073/pnas.1310300110), the same batch of representative infrared images of mice were all captured using a thermal imaging camera (FLIR ONE PRO), measured at the same distance perpendicular to the plane on which the mice were located. We have supplemented this description in the Materials and Methods section, as shown below:

      “2.20. Infrared Thermography.

      BAT temperature was measured at room temperature by infrared thermography according to previous publications [22, 23]. The same batch of representative infrared images of mice were all captured using a thermal imaging camera (FLIR ONE PRO), measured at the same distance perpendicular to the plane on which the mice were located. To quantify interscapular region temperature, the average surface temperature from a region of the interscapular BAT was taken with FLIR Tools software.”

      Please discuss the limitations of the experiments and discuss the relevant literature.

      Thanks for your recommendations. We discussed the limitations of the experiments and the relevant literature in the discussion section, as follows:

      “The induction of beige fat has been investigated as a potentially effective therapeutic approach in combating obesity [23]. A clinical trial revealed that treatment with the chronic β3-AR agonist mirabegron leads to an increase in human brown fat, HDL cholesterol, and insulin sensitivity [24]. Subsequently, Blondin et al discovered that oral administration of mirabegron only elicits an increase in BAT thermogenesis when administered at the maximal allowable dose, indicating that human brown adipocyte thermogenesis is primarily driven by β2-adrenoceptor (β2-AR) stimulation [11]. Consistent with this finding, we found much higher levels of ADRB2 expression in human white adipose tissue than ADRB3 (Figure S1E). Furthermore, a recent study has demonstrated that simultaneous activation of β2-AR and β3-AR enhances whole-body metabolism through beneficial effects on skeletal muscle and BAT [25].”

      “Given the consideration that the non-targeted nanoparticle approach utilized in this study for modulating Adgra3 expression levels in vivo alter Adgra3 expression in tissues beyond adipose tissue (Figures S2A-B and S4B-C), notably the liver and skeletal muscle, the construction of Adgra3 adipose tissue-specific knockout/overexpression mouse models is imperative for a more nuanced understanding of the precise mechanisms underlying the influence of on adipose thermogenesis. We will employ more sophisticated models in subsequent studies to further elucidate the effects of ADGRA3 on adipose thermogenesis and metabolic homeostasis. Nevertheless, our findings underlie a potential therapeutic feature of…”

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer 1 (Public Review):

      Summary

      The mammalian Shieldin complex consisting of REV7 (aka MAD2L2, MAD2B) and SHLD1-3 affects pathway usage in DSB repair favoring non-homologous end-joining (NHEJ) at the expense of homologous recombination (HR) by blocking resection and/or priming fill-in DNA synthesis to maintain or generate near blunt ends suitable for NHEJ. While the budding yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae does not have homologs to SHLD1-3, it does have Rev7, which was identified to function in conjunction with Rev3 in the translesion DNA polymerase zeta. Testing the hypothesis that Rev7 also affects DSB resection in budding yeast, the work identified a direct interaction between Rev7 and the Rad50-Mre11-Xrs2 complex by two-hybrid and direct protein interaction experiments. Deletion analysis identified that the 42 amino acid C-terminal region was necessary and sufficient for the 2-hybrid interaction. Direct biochemical analysis of the 42 aa peptide was not possible. Rev7 deficient cells were found to be sensitive to HU only in synergy with G2 tetraplex forming DNA. Importantly, the 42 aa peptide alone suppressed this phenotype. Biochemical analysis with full-length Rev7 and a C-terminal truncation lacking the 42 aa region shows G4-specific DNA binding that is abolished in the C-terminal truncation and with a substrate containing mutations to prevent G4 formation. Rev7 lacks nuclease activity but inhibits the dsDNA exonuclease activity of Mre11. The C-terminal truncation protein lacking the 42 aa region also showed some inhibition suggesting the involvement of additional binding sites besides the 42 aa region. Also, the Mre11 ssDNA endonuclease activity is inhibited by Rev7 but not the degradation of linear ssDNA. Rev7 does not affect ATP binding by Rad50 but inhibits in a concentration-dependent manner the Rad50 ATPase activity. The C-terminal truncation protein lacking the 42 aa region also showed some inhibition but significantly less than the full-length protein.

      Using an established plasmid-based NHEJ assay, the authors provide strong evidence that Rev7 affects NEHJ, showing a four-fold reduction in this assay. The mutations in the other Pol zeta subunits, Rev3 and Rev1, show a significantly smaller effect (~25% reduction). A strain expressing only the Rev7 C-terminal 42 aa peptide showed no NHEJ defect, while the truncation protein lacking this region exhibited a smaller defect than the deletion of REV7. The conclusion that Rev7 supports NHEJ mainly through the 42 aa region was validated using a chromosomal NHEJ assay. The effect on HR was assessed using a plasmid:chromosome system containing G4 forming DNA. The rev7 deletion strain showed an increase in HR in this system in the presence and absence of HU. Cells expressing the 42 aa peptide were indistinguishable from the wild type as were cells expressing the Rev7 truncation lacking the 42 aa region. The authors conclude that Rev7 suppresses HR, but the context appears to be system-specific and the conclusion that Rev7 abolished HR repair of DSBs is unwarranted and overly broad.

      Strength

      This is a well-written manuscript with many well-executed experiments that suggest that Rev7 inhibits MRX-mediated resection to favor NEHJ during DSB repair. This finding is novel and provides insight into the potential mechanism of how the human Shieldin complex might antagonize resection.

      We thank Reviewer 1 for their comprehensive summary of our work. The Reviewers' recognition that our manuscript is “well-written” with “many well-executed experiments” and our findings are “novel” is greatly appreciated.

      Weaknesses

      The nuclease experiments were conducted using manganese as a divalent cation, and it is unclear whether there is an effect with the more physiological magnesium cation. Additional controls for the ATPase and nuclease experiments to eliminate non-specific effects would be helpful. Evidence for an effect on resection in cells is lacking. The major conclusion about the role of Rev7 in regulating the choice between HR and NHEJ is not justified, as only a highly specialized assay is used that does not warrant the broad conclusion drawn. Specifically, the results that the Rev7 C terminal truncation lacking the 42 aa region still suppresses HR is unexpected and unexplained. The effect of Rev7 on G4 metabolism is underdeveloped and distracts from the main results that Rev7 modulated MRX activity. The authors should consider removing this part and develop a more complete story on this later.

      We have addressed each point identified as “Weaknesses” by the reviewer, as described below:

      The nuclease experiments were conducted using manganese as a divalent cation, and it is unclear whether there is an effect with the more physiological magnesium cation.

      We acknowledge the Reviewer’s concern and apologize for not having been clear in our first submission.  However, several studies have demonstrated that Mre11 exhibits all three DNase activities, namely single-stranded endonuclease, double-stranded exonuclease and DNA hairpin opening only in the presence of Mn²⁺ but not with other divalent cations, such as magnesium or calcium (Paull and Gellert, Mol. Cell 1998; 2000; Usui et al., Cell 1998; Ghosal and Muniyappa, JMB, 2007; Arora et al., Mol Cell Biol. 2017). For this reason, Mn²⁺ was used as a cofactor for the Mre11 nuclease assays. We have clarified this in the revised manuscript. As a side note, Mg2+ serves as a cofactor for Rad50’s ATPase activity.  

      Additional controls for the ATPase and nuclease experiments to eliminate non-specific effects would be helpful.

      We thank the Reviewer for raising this important point, as it led us to evaluate and confirm the specificity of Rev7 and exclude its potential non-specific effects. To this end, we have performed additional experiments, which showed that (a) the S. cerevisiae Dmc1 ATPase activity was not affected by Rev7, contrary to its inhibitory effect on Rad50 and (b) Rev7 had no discernible impact on the endonucleolytic activity of S. cerevisiae Sae2, whereas it inhibits DNase activities of Mre11. Thus, the lack of inhibitory effects on the ATPase activity of Dmc1 and nuclease activity of Sae2 confirm the specificity of Rev7 for Mre11 and Rad50 subunits. We have included this new data in Figure 6H and 6J and in Figure 5 –figure supplement 1, respectively, in the revised manuscript.

      Evidence for an effect on resection in cells is lacking. The major conclusion about the role of Rev7 in regulating the choice between HR and NHEJ is not justified, as only a highly specialized assay is used that does not warrant the broad conclusion drawn.

      We agree with the Reviewer that in vivo evidence demonstrating the inhibitory effect of REV7 on DNA end resection was lacking in the first submission. Reviewer 2 and 3 have also raised point. We now measured the rate of DNA end resection using a qPCR-based assay (Mimitou and Symington, EMBO J. 2010; Gnugge et al., Mol. Cell 2023). The results revealed that deletion of REV7 led to an enhancement in the rate of DNA end resection at a DSB site inflicted by HO endonuclease (Figure 9—figure supplement 3), providing direct evidence that loss of REV7 contributes to increase in DNA end resection at the DSBs.

      Specifically, the results that the Rev7 C-terminal truncation lacking the 42 aa region still suppresses HR is unexpected and unexplained.

      This is a fair point, and we thank the reviewer for raising it. Although the interaction of Rev7-C1 in the yeast two-hybrid assays was not apparent, surprisingly, it partially suppressed HR (Figure 9). In line with this, biochemical assays showed that it exerts partial inhibitory effect on the Mre11 nuclease (Figure 5) and Rad50 ATPase (Figure 6) activities compared with the full-length Rev7. Consistent with vitro data, the AF2 models revealed that, in addition to the C-terminal 42-aa region, residues in the N-terminal region of Rev7 also interact with the Mre11 and Rad50 subunits (Figure 2—figure supplement 2).

      The effect of Rev7 on G4 metabolism is underdeveloped and distracts from the main results that Rev7 modulated MRX activity. The authors should consider removing this part and develop a more complete story on this later.

      We agree with the reviewer’s comment “that the effect of Rev7 on G4 DNA metabolism is underdeveloped and distracts” from the central theme of the present paper, and suggested that we develop this part as a complete story later. This point has also been raised by Reviewer 2 and 3 and, therefore, Figures and associated text were removed in the revised version of the manuscript.

      Reviewer 2 (Public Review):

      In this study, Badugu et al investigate the Rev7 roles in regulating the Mre11-Rad50-Xrs2 complex and in the metabolism of G4 structures. The authors also try to make a conclusion that REV7 can regulate the DSB repair choice between homologous recombination and non-homologous end joining.

      The major observations of this study are:

      (1) Rev7 interacts with the individual components of the MRX complex in a two-hybrid assay and in a protein-protein interaction assay (microscale thermophoresisi) in vitro.

      (2) Modeling using AlphaFold-Multimier also indicated that Rev7 can interact with Mre11 and Rad50.

      (3) Using a two-hybrid assay, a 42 C terminal domain in Rev7 responsible for the interaction with MRX was identified.

      (4) Rev7 inhibits Mre11 nuclease and Rad50 ATPase activities in vitro.

      (5) Rev 7 promotes NHEJ in plasmid cutting/relegation assay.

      (6) Rev7 inhibits recombination between chromosomal ura3-1 allele and plasmid ura3 allele containing G4 structure.

      (7) Using an assay developed in V. Zakian's lab, it was found that rev7 mutants grow poorly when both G4 is present in the genome and yeast are treated with HU.

      (8) In vitro, purified Rev7 binds to G4-containing substrates.

      In general, a lot of experiments have been conducted, but the major conclusion about the role of Rev7 in regulating the choice between HR and NHEJ is not justified.

      We appreciate Reviewer 2 for comprehensive assessment of our manuscript and their insightful comments. However, we believe that the data (Figure 7-9) in our manuscript, together with new data (Figure 9- figure supplement 2 and 3) in the revised manuscript, clearly demonstrate that Rev7 regulates the choice between HR and NHEJ.

      (1) Two stories that do not overlap (regulation of MRX by Rev7 and Rev7's role in G4 metabolism) are brought under one umbrella in this work. There is no connection unless the authors demonstrate that Rev7 inhibits the cleavage of G4 structures by the MRX complex.

      We agree with the reviewer’s point that the themes associated with the regulation of the functions of MRX subunits by Rev7 and its role G4 DNA metabolism do not overlap. This concern has also been expressed by Reviewer 1 and 3. According to their suggestion, we have deleted all figures and text describing the role of Rev7 in G4 DNA metabolism from the revised manuscript.

      (2) The authors cannot conclude based on the recombination assay between G4-containing 2-micron plasmid and chromosomal ura3-1 that Rev7 "completely abolishes DSB-induced HR". First of all, there is no evidence that DSBs are formed at G4. Why is there no induction of recombination when cells are treated with HU? Second, as the authors showed, Rev7 binds to G4, therefore it is not clear if the observed effects are the result of Rev7 interaction with G4 or its impact on HR. The established HO-based assays where the speed of resection can be monitored (e.g., Mimitou and Symington, 2010) have to be used to justify the conclusion that Rev7 inhibits MRX nuclease activity in vivo.

      We thank the Reviewer for the insightful comments and drawing our attention to the inference "completely abolishes DSB-induced HR". We have we have rephrased the conclusion, and replaced it with “REV7 gene product plays an anti-recombinogenic role during HR”. Then, the reviewer refers to lack of “evidence that DSBs are formed at G4”. At this point, unfortunately, our attempts to identify DSB at the G4 DNA site in the 2-micron plasmid did not provide a clear answer to this question. This might be related to the existence of myriad DNases in the cell and technical issues associated with the isolation of low-abundant, linearized 2-micron plasmid molecules. Because of these reasons, we cannot provide any data on DSB at the G4 site in the 2-micron plasmid.

      The reviewer then correctly points out “Why is there no induction of recombination when cells are treated with HU?” These findings are consistent with previous studies which have shown that Mre11-deficient cells are sensitivity to HU, resulting in cell death (Tittel-Elmer et al., EMBO J. 28, 1142-1156, 2009; Hamilton and Maizels, PLoS One, 5, e15387, 2010). However, a novel finding of our study is that ura3-1 rev7D cells and ura3-1 cells expressing Rev7-42 amino acid peptide (to limited extent) produce Ura3+ papillae. We have included this information in the Results section and adjusted the text to make this point clear to the reader.

      In the same paragraph, the Reviewer expresses a concern about the interaction of Rev7 with G4 DNA substrates and its impact on HR. As discussed above, in response to your comment (1) and a similar comment of Reviewer 1 and 3, we have deleted all figures and text describing the role of Rev7 in G4 DNA metabolism in the revised manuscript. The reviewer specifically refers to a study by Mimitou and Symington, 2010 in which the speed DNA end resection at the HO endonuclease-inflicted DSB was quantified. We have carried out the suggested experiment and the results are presented in Figure 9─figure supplement 3.

      Reviewer 3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      REV7 facilitates the recruitment of Shieldin complex and thereby inhibits end resection and controls DSB repair choice in metazoan cells. Puzzlingly, Shieldin is absent in many organisms and it is unknown if and how Rev7 regulates DSB repair in these cells. The authors surmised that yeast Rev7 physically interacts with Mre11/Rad50/Xrs2 (MRX), the short-range resection nuclease complex, and tested this premise using yeast two-hybrid (Y2H) and microscale thermophoresis (MST). The results convincingly showed that the individual subunits of MRX interact robustly with Rev7. AlphaFold Multimer modelling followed by Y2H confirmed that the carboxy-terminal 42 amino acid is essential for interaction with MR and G4 DNA binding by REV7. The mutant rev7 lacking the binding interface (Rev7-C1) to MR shows moderate inhibition to the nuclease and the ATPase activity of Mre11/Rad50 in biochemical assays. Deletion of REV7 also causes a mild reduction in NHEJ using both plasmid and chromosome-based assays and increases mitotic recombination between chromosomal ura3-01 and the plasmid ura3 allele interrupted by G4. The authors concluded that Rev7 facilitates NHEJ and antagonizes HR even in budding yeast, but it achieves this by blocking Mre11 nuclease and Rad50 ATPase.

      Weaknesses

      There are many strengths to the studies and the broad types of well-established assays were used to deduce the conclusion. Nevertheless, I have several concerns about the validity of experimental settings due to the lack of several key controls essential to interpret the experimental results. The manuscript also needs a few additional functional assays to reach the accurate conclusions as proposed.

      We are happy that the Reviewer has found “many strengths” in our manuscript and further noted that “results convincingly showed that the individual subunits of MRX interact robustly with Rev7”. We greatly appreciate the Reviewer for these encouraging words, and for specific suggestions that helped us to improve the manuscript. As suggested, we have performed additional experiments including key controls and the data is presented in the revised manuscript.

      (1) AlphaFold model predicts that Mre11-Rev7 and Rad50-Rev7 binding interfaces overlap and Rev7 might bind only to Mre11 or Rad50 at a time. Interestingly, however, Rev7 appears dimerized (Figure 1). Since the MR complex also forms with 2M and 2R in the complex, it should still be possible if REV7 can interact with both M and R in the MR complex. The author should perform MST using MR complex instead of individual MR components. The authors should also analyze if Rev7-C1 is indeed deficient in interaction with MR individually and with complex using MST assay.

      Thank you for the valuable suggestion. As requested, MST titration experiments have been performed to examine the affinity of purified GFP-tagged Rev7-C1 for the Mre11, Rad50 and MR complex. The results revealed that Rev7-C1 binds to the Mre11 and Rad50 subunits with about 3- and 8.8-fold reduced affinity, respectively; whereas it binds to the MR complex with ~5.6-fold reduced affinity compared with full-length Rev7. The data is shown in Figure 1─figure supplement 4A-C.

      (2) The nuclease and the ATPase assays require additional controls. Does Rev7 inhibit the other nuclease or ATPase non-specifically? Are these outcomes due to the non-specific or promiscuous activity of Rev7? In Figure 6, the effect of REV7 on the ATP binding of Rad50 could be hard to assess because the maximum Rad50 level (1 mM) was used in the experiments. The author should use the suboptimal level of Rad50 to check if REV7 still does not influence ATP binding by Rad50.

      We thank the Reviewer for these valuable comments (Reviewer 1 has raised similar issues). Thus, we performed additional control experiments and the results indicate that (a) the ATPase activity of S. cerevisiae Dmc1 was not affected by Rev7 and (b) Rev7 does not inhibit the endonucleolytic activity of S. cerevisiae Sae2. The results are depicted in Figure 6H and 6J and Figure 5 –figure supplement 1A-D, respectively.

      As suggested by the Reviewer, using suboptimal levels of Rad50 (0.2 mM), we carried out experiments to test the effect of varying concentrations of Rev7 on the ability of Rad50 to bind ATP and catalyse its hydrolysis. The results showed that Rev7 had no discernible effect on its ability to bind ATP, even at concentrations 30 times higher than the concentration of Rad50 (Figure 6B and 6D). However, Rev7 suppresses the ATPase activity of Rad50, but not that of Dmc1, in a concentration-dependent manner (Figure G, 6J).  

      (3) The moderate deficiency in NHEJ using plasmid-based assay in REV7 deleted cells can be attributed to aberrant cell cycle or mating type in rev7 deleted cells. The authors should demonstrate that rev7 deleted cells retain largely normal cell cycle patterns and the mating type phenotypes. The author should also analyze the breakpoints in plasmid-based NHEJ assays in all mutants, especially from rev7 and rev7-C1 cells.

      We appreciate the Reviewer's critical and insightful comment. We monitored cell-cycle progression of both wild-type and rev7D cells over time using FACS. The results revealed that the cell cycle profiles and mating type phenotypes rev7D cells were similar to the wild type cells. The data is presented in Figure 7-figure supplement 1. This indicates that rev7D cells do not possess aberrant cell cycle or mating type defects as compared with the wild-type cells.

      We find the second point raised by the Reviewer although is intriguing, its relevance to the current study is unclear. In our view, identification of breakpoints using plasmid-based NHEJ assays in all the mutants will require a significant amount of time, and the insight that we may gain is unlikely to add to the central theme of this paper.  Moreover, we know for sure that Rev7 has no DNA cleavage/nicking activity.

      (4) It is puzzling why the authors did not analyze end resection defects in rev7 deleted cells after a DSB. The author should employ the widely used resection assay after a HO break in rev3, rev7, and mre11 rev7 cells as described previously.

      Thank you for the suggestion. Reviewer 1 also has raised this point. As suggested, we have analysed end resection in the rev7D cells at a HO inflicted DSB site using a qPCR assay (Mimitou and Symington, EMBO J. 2010; Gnugge et al., Mol. Cell 2023). The results revealed that deletion of REV7 led to an enhancement in the rate of DNA end resection at a DSB inflicted by HO endonuclease (Figure 9—figure supplement 3),

      (5) Is it possible that Rev7 also contributes to NHEJ as the part of TLS polymerase complex? Although NHEJ largely depends on Pol4, the authors should not rule out that the observed NHEJ defect in rev7 cells is due at least partially to its TLS defect. In fact, both rev3 or rev1 cells are partially defective in NHEJ (Figure 7). Rev7-C1 is less deficient in NHEJ than REV7 deletion. These results predict that rev7-C1, rev3 should be as defective as the rev7 deletion. Additionally, the authors should examine if Rev7-C1 might be deficient in TLS. In this regard, does rev7-C1 reduce TLS and TLS-dependent mutagenesis? Is it dominant? The authors should also check if Rev3 or Rev1 are stable in Rev7 deleted or rev7-C1 cells by immunoblot assays.

      We agree with the possibility that Rev7 may play a role in translesion DNA synthesis and TLS-dependent mutagenesis. Accordingly, Rev7-C1 might be deficient in TLS. While we do not rule out such scenarios, we respectfully suggest that this is outside the scope of the current manuscript. This manuscript focuses on the role of Rev7 in NHEJ and HR pathways, not on translesion DNA synthesis. Nevertheless, we recognise the importance of this line of investigation, and we will certainly consider this suggestion in our future work. Thank you.

      (6) Due to the G4 DNA and G4 binding activity of REV7, it is not clear which class of events the authors are measuring in plasmid-chromosome recombination assay in Figure 9. Do they measure G4 instability or the integrity of recombination or both in rev7 deleted cells? Instead, the effect of rev7 deletion or rev7-C1 on recombination should be measured directly by more standard mitotic recombination assays like mating type switch or his3 repeat recombination.

      We appreciate the Reviewer for highlighting this important point and would like to take the opportunity to clarify the rationale behind plasmid-chromosome recombination assay, as previously described (Paeschke et al., Cell 145, 678, 2011). In this assay, we are measuring the rate of Ura+ papillae formation arising from integration of the targeting plasmid into the genome at the ura3-1 locus of wild-type and rev7D cells. Analysis of PCR-generated DNA fragments indicate that pFAT10-G4 plasmid integrates at the ura3-1 genomic locus of rev7D cells, but not in the wild-type cells (Figure 9-figure supplement 2). Further, we also measured the stability of G4 DNA and the results indicate that it is stable in rev7D cells.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer 1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Title: The word 'choice' implies a regulator. Is that the model here? Alternatively, is it pathway properties that define the preference of usage?

      This is an excellent suggestion. In the revised submission, we rephrased the title “Saccharomyces cerevisiae Rev7 promotes non-homologous end-joining by inhibiting Mre11 nuclease and Rad50 ATPase activities and Homologous recombination.”

      (2) Line 83, Introduction: Titia De Lange proposed an alternative/complementary model for Shieldin and REV7 to support fill-in by DNA polymerases including Pol alpha. This should be discussed.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out that we have not discussed the work from Titia De Lange’s research group. We have now added new sentences to the Introduction to describe the alternative model involving Polα-primase fill-in synthesis (p3.2.7).

      (3) Line 131: The paragraph title needs to change. 2-hybrid assays cannot establish direct interaction especially when analyzing yeast proteins by yeast 2-hybrid. I agree that direct interaction is established by other means later.

      Per the Reviewer’s suggestion, we have deleted the word “directly” from the title of the paragraph.

      (4) Figure 1 D-F: The purity of the Rev7-GFP fusion is shown in Figure S1, and the purity of the Rad50, Mre11, and Xrs2 subunits as assessed by PAGE should be shown as well.

      Following this suggestion, we have included images of Coomassie blue-stained SDS-polyacrylamide gels (Figure 1-figure supplement 1), which show the purity and size of GFP tagged Rev7, Rad50, Mre11, Xrs2, Rev1, Sae2 and Dmc1 proteins.

      (5) Please check the Kd values. In the graph in D, the differences between Rad50, Mre11, and Xrs2 look much larger than the values in F suggest.

      This is a fair point and we appreciate the reviewer for highlighting. The differences between the binding profiles of the Rad50, Mre11, and Xrs2 with Rev7 as shown in the previous version of the manuscript were not obvious because of cluttering of binding curves. Therefore, the binding profiles of interacting pair of proteins were plotted separately to highlight the differences (Figure 1—figure supplement 3). Further, we rigorously analysed the dataset to ascertain the binding affinities and found that the Kd values obtained were in good agreement with the values shown in Figure 1D.

      (6) Figure 1S3: Please label the bands.

      In the revised manuscript, the protein bands in Figure1-figure (previously Figure 1S3) are identified with their names.

      (7) Line 195: Change Figure 1 to Figure 1S4.

      We have introduced the correction in the revised manuscript.

      (8) Line 202: The minimal interaction domain of 42 aa is only described in the next paragraph. The description anticipates a result about the 42 aa fragment that has not been shown to this point. Please reorder results or descriptions to make this coherent.

      We have implemented the change, as per the Reviewer’s suggestion.

      (9) Figure 2: The two-hybrid analysis in Figures 1 and 2 also identifies Rev7 self-interaction, which is not discussed. This serves as another control against the artifact of the truncation proteins and should be discussed.

      We have now discussed the significance of Rev7 self-interaction in the Y2H experiments wherever relevant in the text.

      (10) Is the 42 aa fragment sufficient to elicit a two-hybrid signal?

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful comment. To test this premise, we expressed the terminal 42 amino acid sequence of Rev7 using bait pGBKT7 vector. The results revealed that the 42 residue fragment of ScRev7 alone is sufficient for a two-hybrid interaction with the MRX subunits (Figure 2-figure supplement 1).

      (11) Line 289: Why are the EMSA conditions described as physiological? As per Material and Methods, the reaction mixtures contain 20 mM Tris-HCl (pH 7.5), 0.1 mM DTT, 0.2 mg/ml BSA, and 5% glycerol, which is far from physiological.

      As suggested by all three reviewers, the data showing the interaction of Rev7 and its truncation derivative Rev7-C1 with G4 DNA has been deleted in the revised version of the manuscript.

      (12) Figure 4C: The figure needs to increase in size. The plotting symbols are not all visible, and it is undefined what the black squares represent.

      Following the reviewer's suggestion, Figure 4C has been omitted in the revised version of the manuscript.

      (13) Figure 5: The MRX nuclease assays were conducted in the presence of Manganese. Has the more physiological divalent cation magnesium been tested?

      This has been addressed in response to the query of Reviewer 1 (Public Review). As noted above, Mre11 exhibits DNase activities only in the presence of Mn²⁺.

      (14) In Figure 5D, lane 2: What is the concentration of Rev7?

      We appreciate the reviewer for catching this. The concentration of ScRev7 used for the reaction shown in Figure 5D, lane 2 was 2 μM, as specified in the Figure legend.

      (15) Figure 6 legend: Lane 1620 "same as in lane "Is there a "1" missing?

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out the typographical error, which has been corrected in the revised manuscript.

      (16) Figure 9: Rev7-C1 lacks the 42 a peptide that is postulated to mediate anti-resection but shows normal HR here. This seems unexpected based on the premise that the 42 aa fragment supports end-joining. Rev7 seems to suppress HR independent of the function of the 42 aa peptide.

      This has been addressed in response to the query posed by Reviewer 1 in the Public Review. We do see that the Rev7-C1 lacking the 42 aa peptide suppresses HR, but the suppression was only partial as compared with the wild type. This is consistent with biochemical assays suggesting that Rev7-C1 exerts partial inhibition on the Mre11 nuclease (Figure 5) and Rad50 ATPase (Figure 6) activities. Further, the AF2 models indicate that, in addition to the C-terminal 42-aa region, other regions of Rev7 also interact with the Mre11 and Rad50 subunits (Figure 2—figure supplement 2), consistent with biochemical and genetic data.

      (17) Line 478: The conclusion that "these findings are consistent with the idea that REV7 completely abolishes DSB-induced HR in S. cerevisiae." is overly broad as the assay

      We agree with the reviewer's assessment. Accordingly, we have rephrased the sentence to soften the claim.

      Line 483ff: Based on the comments on Figure 9, the introductory sentences of the discussion do not seem to be supported by the data, as Rev7 appears to regulate HR independent of the 42 aa peptide.

      Please refer to the response of comment #16 above

      (18) Line 536: Similarly to above 17, the conclusion about the effect of the 42 aa peptide on HR appears unwarranted.

      We have revised the statement to moderate the previously exaggerated claims.

      (19) In all figures, please list in the legend, which exact strains have been used referring to Table S5.

      We have now included mentions of the strains in the figure legend wherever applicable.

      (20) Line 351: linear.

      It is corrected in the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer 2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) It is very strange and unusual that Rev7 independently binds to all three subunits of the MRX complex, raising a question of how specific these interactions are. At least, it should be a negative control in their YH2 assay and protein-protein interaction assay in vitro that Rev7 does not bind to some other proteins. For example, Sae2 and Rev7 interactions can be tested.

      The reviewer is right that it is important to validate the specificity of Y2H interactions as well as in vitro enzyme assays. These findings are shown in Figure 6 and Figure 5-figure supplement 1.  As suggested by the Reviewer, we included SAE2 in Y2H and MST assays, and Dmc1 and Sae2 in vitro enzyme assays. Our results clearly showed that Sae2 neither interacts with MRX subunits in Y2H assays (Figure 1A-C) nor inhibits the Sae2’s nuclease and Dmc1’s ATPase activities in vitro (Figure 6 and Figure 5-figure supplement 1)

      (2) It is surprising that in the Discussion the authors speculate that Rev7 might recruit Mus81 nuclease for cleavage, completely ignoring their own publication on the cleavage of G4 by MRX.

      We agree with the reviewer, and we have added discussion about MRX (mentioned above by the reviewer) in revised version.

      (3) How does the AlphaFold-Multimer modeling predict the interaction between Rev7 and MRX as a complex? Are the same regions of MRX accessible for the interaction with Rev7 in this case? Similarly, how are the activities of the MRX complex and phosphorylated Sae2 (see P. Cejka's work) affected by Rev7?

      Thank you for pointing this out. In this study, we investigated the interaction between Rev7 and Mre11, and between Rev7 and Rad50 subunits using AF2 algorithm. However, the three-dimensional structure of S. cerevisae MRX-Rev7 complex could not be constructed due to the size limits imposed by AF2 algorithm. Therefore, we are unable to comment on whether the same regions of MRX subunits in the complex are accessible for the interaction with Rev7. That said, AF2 algorithm has recently been used for structural modelling of S. cerevisiae Mre11 (1–533)-Rad50 (1–260 + 1,057–1,312) complex (Nicolas et al., Mol. Cell 84, 2223, 2024). As such, there are no AF2 structural models that cover the whole length of Mre11-Rad50 proteins.

      Regarding the second point raised by the Reviewer, our results suggest that Rev7 does interact with Sae2 in Y2H assays. However, whether phosphorylated Sae2 could potentially affect the interaction between MRX subunits and Rev7 warrants further studies.

      Minor points:

      (1) Figure 1. The labeling of the strains in A and B is genes and in C is proteins.

      The reviewer is correct. We have now corrected the error in the Figure 1 and 2.

      (2) Abstract. Carefully check English grammar.

      We thank the Reviewer for spotting this, which has been corrected in the revised manuscript.

      (3) Line 322 "Further, it has been demonstrated that Mre11 cleaves non-B DNA structures such as DNA hairpins, cruciforms and intra- and inter-molecular G-quadruplex structures)." It has not been shown that Mre11 cuts cruciform structures.

      We thank the referee for spotting this error. Mre11 does not cleave cruciform DNA structures. This error is corrected in the revised manuscript.

      (4) Page 14. Lines 452-455. What does "selective and non-selective media" mean? Is it without and with HU treatment?

      Thanks very much for the comment. In our manuscript, selective medium is composed of SC/-Leu with HU and non-selective medium is without HU. We have clarified this point in the revised version.

      (5) Page 15. Lane 472 "To assess whether increased frequency of HR is due to the instability of G-quadruplex DNA in rev7Δ cells, we examined the length of G4 DNA inserts in the plasmids carrying sequences during HR assay". It is not clear what does mean" during HR assay"? Did you examine the presence of G4 in Ura+ recombinants? If not, this analysis is meaningful.

      The reviewer is correct. We measured the presence of G4 DNA insert in Ura+ recombinants. The text has been appropriately edited to reflect these necessary modifications.

      (6) What is the nature of the ura3-1 allele? Can it revert to URA3 in rev7 mutants?

      The ura3-1 allele (glycine-to-glutamate substitution) reverts to Ura3+ at a low rate of ~2.5 × 10−9 in both orientations (Johnson et al., Mol. Cell 59, 163, 2015)

      (7) From the way that the recombination process is depicted it seems that the authors believe that plasmid should integrate into the chromosome. In reality, in most cases it should be a gene conversion where the G4 sequence (if it indeed induces DSBs) should be replaced by the wild-type segment form ura3-1, integration is not required since it is 2-micron plasmid.

      We apologize for not having made this clearer. The recombination assay with targeting plasmids containing G4 DNA forming sequences was performed as previously described (Paeschke et al., Cell 145, 678, 2011). In this assay, the appearance of Ura+ recombinants arise from the integration of the targeting plasmid bearing ura3G4 allele (with a G4 DNA forming insert) integrates into the genome at the ura3-1 locus. As shown in Author response image 1B, this is confirmed by PCR amplification of the insert in the genomic DNA of wild type and rev7D cells.

      Reviewer 3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) All Y2H experiments were performed with REV7 fusion to pGBKT7 and MRX to pGADT7. It will be helpful to test if pGAD-Rev7 also interacts with pGBK-Mre11 or Rad50 by Y2H.

      Following the reviewers' suggestions, we performed Y2H experiments in wild-type PJ69-4a cells co-transformed with the pGBKT7 vector expressing MRX subunits and the pGADT7 vector expressing Rev7. The results indicated that Rev7 interacts with Mre11, Rad50 or Xrs2 subunits, indicating that interactions are vector-independent.

      Author response image 1.

      Yeast two hybrid analysis suggest interaction between Rev7 and MRX subunits. PJ69-4A cells were co-transformed with bait vector expressing Rev7 or the Mre11, Rad50 or Xrs2 subunits and prey vector expressing Rev7 protein. Equal number of cells were spotted onto –Trp – Leu and –Trp – Leu –His dropout plates containing 3-AT and images were obtained following 48 h of incubation at 30°C. The data is representative of three independent experiments.

      (2) G4 studies are under-developed and do not add much or even negatively to the manuscript. The author might consider revising the manuscript to improve their integration with better rationales or logic. Alternatively, the authors should consider removing the G4 part for another paper.

      This concern was also raised by Reviewer 1 and 2. Following the suggestions of all reviewers, figures and text related G4 DNA studies have been deleted in the revised manuscript.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer 1:

      Comment 1: IPA analysis was performed after scRNA-seq. Although it is knowledge-based software with convenient graphic utilities, it is questionable whether an unbiased genome-level analysis was performed. Therefore, it is not convincing if WNT is the only and best signal for the branching-off marker. Perhaps independent approaches, such as GO, pathway, or module analyses, should be performed to validate the finding.

      Thanks for your comment. We agree with the reviewer that IPA is a knowledge-based and a hypothesis-driven method. Our hypothesis was that WNT/BMP pathways, among others, are heavily involved in the development of mesenchymal tissues in general and differentiation of tendons specifically. Therefore, we have looked at differentially expressed genes between clusters from a broad array of pathways featured in IPA that could point us towards molecular function that could make a difference. We further corroborated this hypothesis by using WNT inhibitors in subsequent experiments. To address this point, we have supplemented the discussion section with the following remark:

      “This study is not without limitations. The IPA network analysis is a knowledge-based and hypothesis driven platform. We have specifically targeted known pathways to be involved in syndetome differentiation. However, WNT signaling stood out with very specific affinity to the off-target populations and we have verified our findings with experiments proving this hypothesis.”

      Per the reviewer’s suggestion, we also performed a non-biased GO analysis (Supp. Fig. 6). Multiple pathways were detected in the three clusters of interest (Supp. Fig. 6A-C), including integrin-related and TGFβ-related pathways. However, in these three clusters of interest, WNT signaling was also detected as a prominent pathway. Therefore, we could conclude that it plays a pivotal role in the differentiation process. This hypothesis was later corroborated with WNT inhibitor experiments.

      Comment 2: According to the method section, two iPSC lines were used for the study. However, throughout the manuscript, it is not clearly described which line was used for which experiment. Did they show similar efficiency in differentiation and in responses to WNTi? It is also worrisome if using only two lines is the norm in the stem cell field. Please provide a rationale for using only two lines, which will restrict the observation of individual-specific differential responses throughout the study.

      Thanks for your comment. This proof-of-concept study is the first investigation that compares data of an in vitro tenogenic induction protocol that has been tested in more than one human iPSC lines. We agree that line-specific phenomena are difficult to interpret and reproduce. Therefore, it is critical to provide data supporting that the findings can be reproduced in more than one line. Some early studies used one line as proof of concept, however now we realize the need to show that the protocol works in at least one additional line.

      Here we used the GMP-ready iPSC line CS0007iCTR-n5 for all optimization experiments. This newer low passage feeder-free line was generated from PBMCs and was designated as GMP-ready in the manuscript because it has been derived and cultured using cGMP xeno-free components (mTESR plus medium and rhLaminin-521 matrix substrate instead of Matrigel). We then wanted to confirm the application of the optimized protocol using the reference control line CS83iCTR-22n1 which has already been more widely used by our group1-5 and others.6 This line has been derived from fibroblasts and has been grown and expanded using MatrigelTM and mTESR1, followed by mTESR plus media. 

      The question of number of lines needed is stage-dependent. In our opinion at the proof-of-concept level, two lines, one of which has been generated in GMP-like conditions is sufficient. Confirmation with multiple lines becomes more pertinent as we move towards scale-up/manufacturing, where considerations regarding robustness and consistency are raised. However, at this stage, it is crucial to understand the developmental processes that are involved in cell differentiation to ensure a more robust protocol can be modified and adapted later. In future studies, as we move towards clinical translation, it is warranted that the approach presented in this work will be further optimized and subsequently evaluated using at least 3 different cell lines that have been generated from various sources.

      Comment 3: How similar are syndetome cells with or without WNTi? It would be interesting to check if there are major DEGs that differentiate these two groups of cells.

      Thanks for your comment. Single cell RNAseq analysis revealed that treatment with WNTi upregulated tenogenic markers. In SYNWNTi, the expression levels of stage-specific markers COL1A1, COL3A1, SCX, MKX, DCN, BGN, FN1, and TNMD were higher compared to the untreated SYN group, as shown in Figure 5C. Density plots depicted an increase in the number of cells expressing COL1A1, COL3A1, SCX and TNMD in SYNWNTi compared to the SYN group, as illustrated in Figure 5D. Trajectory analysis of the WNTi-treated group revealed the absence of bifurcations observed in the untreated group (Fig. 5E). Therefore, it can be conjured that syndetome cells with and without WNTi are different.

      Comment 4: Please discuss the improvement of the current study compared to previous ones (e.g., PMID 36203346 my study, 35083031- Tsutsumi, 35372337- Yoshimoto).

      Thanks for your comment. In Papalamprou et al (2023)3, we differentiated iPSCs to mesenchymal stromal-like cells (iMSCs), which were then cultured into a 2D dynamic bioreactor for 7 days. In that study, we examined the impact of simultaneous overexpression of the tendon transcription factor Scleraxis (SCX) using a lentiviral vector and mechanical stimulation on the process of tenogenic differentiation. Following 7 days of uniaxial cyclic loading, we observed notable modifications in the morphology and cytoskeleton organization of iPSC-derived MSCs (iMSCs) overexpressing SCX. Additionally, there was an increase in extracellular matrix (ECM) deposition and alignment, along with upregulation of early and late tendon markers. This proof-of-concept study showed that iPSC-derived MSCs could be a viable cell candidate for cell therapy applications and that mechanical stimulation is contributing to the differentiation of iMSCs towards the tenogenic lineage.

      Similarly, Tsutsumi et al7 overexpressed the tendon transcription factor Mohawk (MKX) stably in iPSC-derived MSCs using lentiviral vectors. These cells were then used to seed collagen hydrogels which were mechanically stimulated in a cyclic stretch 3D culture bioreactor for 15 days to create artificial tendon-like tissues, which the authors termed “bio-tendons”. Bio-tendons were then decellularized to remove cellular remnants from the xenogeneic human iPSC-derived cells and were subsequently transplanted in an in vivo Achilles tendon rupture mouse model. The authors reported improved histological and biomechanical properties in the Mkx-bio-tendon mice vs. the GFP-bio-tendon controls, providing another proof-of-concept study in favor of the utilization of iPSC-derived MSCs for tendon cell therapies, while also addressing the immunogenicity of cells of allogeneic/xenogeneic origin. Therefore, the above two studies used tendon transcription factor overexpression and mechanical loading either in 2D or 3D to differentiate MSCs towards the tendon/ligament lineage.

      Yoshimoto et al8 optimized a stepwise iPSC to tenocyte induction protocol using a SCX-GFP transgenic mouse iPSC line, by monitoring GFP expression over time. The group performed scRNA-seq to characterize the induction of mesodermal progenitors towards the tenogenic lineage and to shed light into their developmental trajectory. That study unveiled that Retinoic Acid (RA) signaling activation enhanced chondrogenic differentiation, which was in contrast to the study of Kaji et al (2021), which also used a SCX-GFP mouse iPSC line. Kaji et al inhibited TGF and BMP signaling during the process of mesodermal induction and reported that RA signaling eliminated SCX induction entirely and promoted a switch to neural fate. Yoshimoto et al suggested that variations in mesodermal cell identity could be due to the different methods used for mesodermal differentiation. In contrast to the Kaji et al study, Yoshimoto et al opted to stimulate WNT and block the Hedgehog pathway during mesoderm induction. Loh et al (2016) identified the branchpoint from the primitive streak to either the paraxial mesoderm (PSM) or the lateral plate mesoderm (LPM) as the result of two mutually exclusive signaling conditions. Specifically, they reported that induction of PSM was achieved through BMP suppression and WNT stimulation, while the specification of lateral mesoderm was accomplished by BMP stimulation and WNT suppression, all with concurrent TGFβ suppression/FGF stimulation. Lastly, a similar approach towards PSM induction from primitive streak (TGF off/BMP off/ WNT on/FGF on) has been used by many subsequent studies Matsuda et al (2020),9 Wu et al (2021)10 and Nakajima et al (2021).11 The diversity of the above-mentioned approaches points to the plasticity of mesodermal progenitors and the need for additional studies to better understand mesodermal specification and subsequent induction towards sclerotome and syndetome.   

      In the current study we optimized a stepwise differentiation protocol using xeno-free cGMP ready media and two different cell lines, one of which was cGMP-ready. We used scRNA-seq to characterize the differentiation, which led us to identify off-target cells that were closer to a neural phenotype. We performed pathway analyses and hypothesized that WNT signaling activity might have contributed to the emergence of the off-target cells. To test this, we used a WNT inhibitor (PORCN) to block WNT activity at the SCL stage and at the SYN stage. We found that blockade of WNT signaling at the end of the SM stage and during SCL and SYN induction resulted in a more homogeneous population, while eliminating the neural-like cell cluster. This is the first study that utilized scRNA-seq to shed light into the developmental trajectory of stepwise iPSC to tendon differentiation of human iPSCs and provided a proof-of-concept for the generation of a more homogeneous syndetome population. Further studies are needed to further fine-tune both the process and the final product, as well as elucidate the functionality of iPSC-derived syndetome cells in vitro and in vivo.

      Reviewer 2:

      General concerns: The authors demonstrated the efficiency of syndetome induction solely by scRNA-seq data analysis before and after pathway inhibition, without using e.g. FACS analysis or immunofluorescence (IF)-staining based assessment. A functional assessment and validation of the induced cells is also completely missing.

      We appreciate and agree with the reviewer’s critique regarding further analyses of differentiated iPSC-derived syndetome-like cells, including functional assessment of the differentiated cells. Immunofluorescence was used at all timepoints of induction for phenotype confirmation (Fig. 2,4). Flow cytometry for DLL1 was utilized to benchmark efficient differentiation to PSM (Loh et al,12 Nakajima et al11. Specifically, DLL1 expression was assessed with flow cytometry after 4 days of induction, and was used to optimize the parameter of initial iPSC aggregate seeding density, which has been previously found to be crucial for in vitro differentiation protocols (Loh et al12). Unfortunately, this parameter is usually not reported although it could be critical to establish protocol replication between different lines.

      The function of tendon progenitors is usually reported as response to mechanical cues and the ability to regenerate tendon injuries. In future studies we intend to assess the functionality of the generated syndetome and tendon progenitors and their response to in vitro biomechanical stimulation as previously reported to iMSCSCX+ cells3, 13 and in vivo in a critical tendon defect  similarly to what has been previously reported.2 

      Comment 1: Notably, in Figure 1D, certain PSM markers (TBXT, MSGN1, WNT3A) show higher expression on day 3. If the authors initiate SM induction on day 3 instead of day 4, could this potentially enhance the efficiency of syndetome-like cell induction?

      Thanks for your comment. In the current work, we initially optimized differentiation to PSM via expression of DLL1, whose gene expression peaked at d4. We found that this was influenced by the initial iPSC aggregate seeding density. We wanted to generate a homogeneous DLL1+ population which we assessed via gene expression, flow cytometry, IF and scRNA-seq (Fig. 1D, 2C, 3C and Suppl. Fig.1). Given the fact that different lines might display a diverse developmental timeline, we also confirmed reproducibility of the protocol with a second cell line. We appreciate the reviewer’s suggestion to investigate additional protocol iterations, such as the proposed one at the PSM stage, as we move towards a better understanding of key developmental events during in vitro induction.

      Comment 2:  In the third paragraph of the result section the authors note, "Interestingly, SCX, a prominent tenogenic transcription factor, was significantly downregulated at the SCL stage compared to iPSC, but upregulated during the differentiation from SCL to SYN." Despite this increase, the expression level of SCX in SYN remains lower than that in iPSCs in Fig.1G and Fig.3C. Can the authors provide an explanation for this? Can the authors provide IF data using iPSCs and compare it with in vitro-induced SYN cells? Can the authors provide e.g. additional scRNA-seq data which could support this statement?

      Thank you for your comment. In Fig. 1G, SCX expression in SYN was upregulated compared to SCL, however, it was shown to be similar to iPSCs. This suggests a baseline stochastic expression of SCX possibly stemming from spontaneous differentiation of iPSCs in culture (Fig. 3C). Previous research has shown that tenogenic marker gene expression tends to reduce during postnatal tendon maturation (Yin et al., 2016b14 Grinstein et al., 2019.15 Yoshimoto et al (2022) utilized a transgenic mouse iPSC-SCX-GFP line  to track SCX expression. It was shown that SCX expression peaked after 7d of tenogenic induction and was then decreased at day 14, which marked the end of tenogenic induction. The authors postulated that this pattern of gene expression could either indicate further maturation of tenocytes at subsequent time points, or that the number of non-tenogenic cells increased from T7 to T14.

      In the present work, we showed SCX gene expression upregulation in SYN compared to SCL, as well as significant upregulation of TNMD, EGR1, COL1A1 and COL3A1 (Fig.1G). Supp. Fig.8 has been added to show feature plots of SCX and TNMD expression from SCL, SYN and SYNWNTi.  The significant upregulation of later markers of tenogenic differentiation suggests that the 21 days of tenogenic induction might have matured the cells. Since gene expression analysis only conveys a snapshot of the transcriptional profile of a cell population, it is likely that we might have missed the peak of SCX upregulation (Supp. Fig. 5). Following treatment with the WNT inhibitor, the SYNWNTi group displayed increased SCX expression (% cells expressing SCX) compared to SYN, which might also be due to a more homogeneous population of syndetome-like cells following treatment with WNTi. In the SYNWNTi group, TNMD was shown to be expressed in the SYN cluster, whereas SCX was mostly found in the cluster that was labelled as fibrocartilage (FC) cluster based on the expression of COL2A1/SOX9/FN1/BGN/COL1A1 markers. Due to the fact that SCX+/SOX9+ progenitor cells are able to give rise to both tendon and cartilage (Sugimoto 2013)16, it could be postulated that this cluster contains tendon progenitors. Interestingly, the FC cluster was not observed in the second iPSC line that we tested, which resulted in a more homogeneous induction to syndetome (78.5% vs. 66.9% SYN cells, Supp. Table 1 & Supp. Fig.3). This slight discrepancy between the two lines and more specifically the presence of the FC cluster only in the 007i line, warrants further investigation. Taken together, these data indicate that the tenogenic induction duration could likely be shortened. Further work to assess the time course of SCX expression over the entire tenogenic induction could be used to further optimize the in vitro induction. For instance, a human edited iPSCSCX-GFP+ line could be generated and used to track SCX expression during the entire induction.

      Comment 3: In the fourth paragraph of the result section the authors state, "SM markers (MEOX1, PAX3) and SCL markers (PAX1, PAX9, NKX3.2, SOX9) were upregulated in a stepwise manner." However, the data for MEOX1 and NKX3.2 seems to be missing from Figure 3B-C. The authors should provide this data and/or additional support for their claim.

      Thanks for your comment. Feature plots for MEOX1 and NKX3.2 have been added to the Supplemental information (Supp. Fig. 9).

      Comment 4: In Figures 2B and 2E, the background of the red channel seems extremely high. Are there better images available, particularly for MEOX1? Given the expected high expression of MEOX1 in SM cells, the authors should observe a strong signal in the nucleus of the stained somitic mesoderm-like cells, but that is not the case in the shown figure. The authors should provide separate channel images instead of merged ones for clarity. The antibody which the authors used might not be specific. Can the authors provide images using an antibody which has been shown to work previously e.g. antibody by ATLAS (Cat#: HPA045214)?

      As requested by the reviewer, we have provided separate channels for those images in the Supplement (Supp. Fig. 7). The images show relatively high expression of these markers in SM cells.

      Comment 5: In Fig. 2C and Supplementary Fig. 1, the authors present data from immunofluorescence (IF) staining and FACS analysis using a DLL1 antibody. While FACS analysis indicates an efficiency of 96.2% for DLL1+ cells, this was not clearly observed in their IF data. How can the authors explain this discrepancy? Could the authors quantify their IF data and compare it with the corresponding FACS data?

      Thanks for your comment. We performed flow cytometric analysis of DLL1 expression to optimize cell seeding density using the 007i line. In the present study, we used IF only in a qualitative manner, that is to confirm protein expression of selected markers. It could be noted that the use of poly-lysine coated coverslips, which are needed for IF, might have slightly altered the density of the cells on the coverslip vs. the plate. Lastly, it cannot be ruled out that the different substrate could have influenced their phenotype differentially through matrix interactions and signaling. On the other hand, flow cytometry by nature is a quantitative and single cell approach, whereas IF staining is qualitative. Therefore, for the purpose of this proof-of-concept work, we tend to trust the quantitative data from the flow cytometry results more than semi-quantitative confirmation achieved through IF staining using coverslips. 

      Comment 6: In Fig. 2G, PAX9 is expected to be expressed in the nucleus, but the shown IF staining does not appear to be localized to the nucleus. Could the authors provide improved or alternative images to clarify this? The authors should use antibodies shown to work with high specificity as already reported by other groups.

      Thanks for your comment. Indeed, the staining seems to be mostly cytoplasmic. We have used antibodies that were previously reported3 and repeated the staining, however, the same results were replicated. We can speculate that this transcription factor has additional role in the iPSC-derived cells and might be traveling to the cytoplasm. Unfortunately, we have no evidence to this phenomenon.  

      Comment 7: Why did the authors choose to display day 10 data for SYN induction in Fig. 4A? Could they provide information about the endpoint of their culture at day 21?

      Thank you for your comment. In Fig. 1G we provided gene expression analyses results for several selected early and later tendon markers for the endpoint of our culture, that is day 21. Following scRNA-seq at each stage of the differentiation (iPSC at d0, PSM at d4, SM at d8, SCL at d11 and the endpoint day 32 for SYN), we performed DEG analysis using the IPA platform. We identified activation of genes associated with the WNT signaling pathway in the off-target clusters. We hypothesized that WNT pathway inhibition might block the formation of unwanted fates and induce a more homogeneous differentiation outcome. We thus tested a WNT inhibitor and compared the inhibitor-treated group with a non-treated group. We then assessed selected neural markers during the course of the inhibitor application. In Fig. 4A we presented gene expression of key selected markers at day 21 using qPCR, which was approximately in the middle of the syndetome induction. Since we observed that the inhibitor downregulated the selected neural markers, we then applied the inhibitor until the endpoint of the initial induction and proceeded to analyze the results using scRNA-seq (Fig. 5). Lastly, it should be acknowledged that this was a proof-of-concept study, and additional optimizations are needed regarding the application of the inhibitor (timing, duration, concentration, etc).

      Comment 8: In Supplementary Fig. 5, the authors depicted the expression level of SCX, a SYN marker, which peaked at day 14 and then decreased. By day 21, it reached a level comparable to that of iPSCs. Given this observation, could the authors provide a characterization of the cells at day 21 during SYN induction using IF? What was the rationale behind selecting 21 days for SYN induction? The authors also need to show 'n numbers'; how many times were the experiments repeated independently (independent experiments)?

      Thanks for your comment. During the optimization process, we initially used RT-qPCR to track gene expression of selected tenogenic markers using the 007i line. We found that after 21 days of tenogenic induction there was upregulation of the few established tendon markers, that is COL1A1, COL3A1, EGR1 and quite importantly, the more definitive later tendon marker, TNMD. Thus, we decided to proceed with this protocol prior to testing other compounds including the WNT inhibitor WNT-C59. However, as has been discussed in the manuscript, this extended tenogenic induction resulted in cell attrition without the application of the WNT inhibitor. This phenomenon was ameliorated following WNT inhibition. Thus, it could be postulated that the protocol could be further optimized by shortening tenogenic induction to less than 21 days.

      The experiments that were conducted to optimize the differentiation process were repeated independently at least n=3 times using qPCR and IF using two lines, that is the 007i and the 83i line as described in the manuscript. The scRNAseq analysis represents a population of cells from in vitro differentiation that originated from the same donor line, therefore it was performed on n=1 sample at each stage. However, the effects of inhibitor application (sample SYNWNTi) were also confirmed using a second cell line (83i), thus a total of n=2 independent samples were analyzed.  

      Comment 9: Overall the shown immunofluorescence (IF) data does not appear convincing. Could the authors please provide clearer images, including separate channel images, a bright field image, and magnified views of each staining?

      Thanks for your comment. The separate channels images were added to the supplemental data (Supp. Fig. 7). We agree with the reviewer regarding the limitations of IF staining, especially with the added confounding factor of using poly-lysine coated coverslips. We would like to point out, that in the current work IF staining is not the main finding or the primary outcome measure, and that it is only used to further support the differentiation by providing a qualitative assessment of protein presence and localization. We describe in this paper our thesis regarding the limitations of IF and the need for more high-throughput unbiased approaches to quantification when using IF staining. For instance, spatial transcriptomics combined with mass cytometry or flow cytometry could be used for a more unbiased approach. Thus, in the present manuscript we based our conclusion on the quantitative gene expression, single cell sequencing and flow cytometry.

      Comment 10: As stated by the authors in the manuscript, another research group performed FACS analysis to assess the efficiency of syndetome induction using SCX antibody, and/or quantification of immunofluorescence (IF) with SCX, MKX, COL1A1, or COL2A1 antibodies. Could the authors conduct a comparative analysis of syndetome induction efficiency both before and after protocol optimization, utilizing FACS analysis in conjunction with an SCX reporter line or antibody staining, e.g. quantifying induction efficiency via immunofluorescence (IF) staining with syndetome-specific marker genes?

      Thank you for your comment. As discussed in a previous comment, we agree with the reviewer that the generation of a human iPSC-SCX-GFP line would shed light into SCX expression over the entire course of induction. In the current work we used IF as qualitative confirmation of specific marker expression and we showed the presence of SCX, MKX, COL1 and COL3 in SYNWNTi as well as the absence of neuronal markers. As we also pointed it out in the present manuscript, IF can only be considered as a semi-quantitative assessment burdened with several technical limitations as well as operator bias and lower sensitivity and accuracy compared to flow cytometry or scRNA-seq, unless performed in a more unbiased manner. To further clarify this point, firstly, using poly-lysine coated coverslips for IF staining, results in a different substrate environment compared to the Geltrex-coated plates that were used for the induction. Additionally, we noticed that cells grew overconfluent at the edges of the coverslips. This is an important point, since as we have observed in this work, seeding density is critical for the reproducibility of the protocol. It could further be postulated that a different cell substrate stiffness might also have an effect on this process. In our opinion, in this context IF should rather be used qualitatively and a combination of flow cytometry with scRNAseq should be utilized to draw quantitative conclusions such as induction efficiencies of a certain cell type. Since we also observed inconsistencies with the SCX antibodies we tested, the generation of edited human iPSC lines (such as SCX-GFP, MKX-GFP and TNMD-GFP) would be the preferred approach to further explore the efficiency of differentiation.

      Comment 11: To enhance the paper's significance, the authors should conduct functional validation experiments and proper assessment of their induced syndetome-like cells. They could perform e.g. xeno-transplantation experiments with syndetome cells into SCID-mice or injury models. They could also assess whether the in vitro induced cells could be applied for in vitro tendon/ligament formation.

      Thanks for your comment. For the purpose of this proof-of-concept in vitro study, our primary goal was to initially evaluate a stepwise tenogenic induction protocol using GMP-ready cell lines and chemically defined media. Then, we wanted to utilize the analytical power of scRNA-seq in order to characterize and optimize the protocol, thus focusing on one developmental stage that is not well understood, that of syndetome specification from sclerotome, and hypothesized that by fine-tuning the WNT pathway we would be able to generate a more homogeneous syndetome cell population. We fully agree with the reviewer that the warranted next steps should be to conduct several functional validation experiments, such as in vitro 2D/3D tendon/ligament formation and in vivo transplantation in allogeneic or xenogeneic injury models.

      Comment 12: The authors should also compare their scRNA-seq data with actual human embryo data sets, something which could be done given the recent increase in available human embryo scRNA-seq data sets.

      This is a great idea and intriguing study. Unfortunately, not all data sets are available at the moment and specifically embryonic and MSK scRNA-seq data is very scarce, although growing. We have no access to data sets from human tendon development, and thus will have to leave this comparison for future studies.

      Reviewer 3:

      Comment 1: The data outlining the differences between the differentiation outcome of the two tested iPSCs is intriguing, but the authors fail to comment on potential differences between the two iPSC lines that could result in drastically different cell outputs from the same differentiation protocol. This is a critically important point, as the majority of the SCX+ cells generated from the 007i cells using their WNTi protocol were found in the FC subpopulation that failed to form from the 83i line under the same protocol. From the analysis of only these 2 cell lines in vitro, it is difficult to assess whether this WNTi protocol can be broadly used to generate tenogenic cells.

      Thanks for your comment. This proof-of-concept study is the first investigation that compares data of an in vitro tenogenic induction protocol that has been tested into more than one cell lines. Using unsupervised clustering we identified 11 clusters, which were classified into 6 cell subpopulations. The only observed difference between the two lines was a small subset that was labeled as fibrocartilage (FC), which displayed expression of both tenogenic and chondrogenic markers. This subpopulation was observed in 007i line but not in the 83i line at the end of the SYN induction. Importantly, DEG analysis also showed that it was enriched for SCX. It has been shown that SCX+/SOX9+ progenitors are a distinct multipotent cell group, responsible for the development of SCX−/SOX9+ chondrocytes and SCX+/SOX9− tenocytes/ligamentocytes (Sugimoto 2013)16. As noted in a previous comment (Comment 2 from Reviewer 1), we might have missed SCX upregulation during the 21-day syndetome induction. This can be further supported by Fig. 5E trajectory analysis which shows that this subpopulation (FC) precedes the SYN cell subpopulation. The fact that this subpopulation was present in one line but not the other, might indicate that 83i line resulted in a more mature tendon population. Therefore, we would rather posit that in the case of 83i line, it might not be that the FC subpopulation failed to form, but rather that it was missed in our scRNAseq endpoint analysis which showed that a more homogeneous SYN population was formed (8.7 % in 007i vs. 0.26 % in 83i, Supp. Table 1 & Supp. Fig. 3B). Future studies are warranted to characterize the SYN induction timeline as it pertains to SCX expression followed up by maturation from tenogenic progenitor to tenocytes.

      Comment 2: The authors make claims to changes in protein expression but fail to quantify either fluorescence intensity or percent cell expression from their immunofluorescence analyses to substantiate these claims. These claims are not fully supported by the data as presented as it is unclear whether there is increased expression of tendon markers at the protein level or more cells surviving the protocol. Additionally, in images where 3 channels are merged, it would be helpful to show individual channels where genes are shown in similar spectra (ie. Fig 2I SCX/MKX). Furthermore, the current layout and labelling scheme of Figure 4 makes it very difficult to compare conditions between SYN and SYNWNTi protocols.

      Thanks for your comment. Protein expression at each stage was verified with immunofluorescence cytochemistry whereby cells were cultured onto poly-lysine coated coverslips, which were then fixed, stained and imaged (Fig. 2). However, prior to WNT inhibitor application, we noticed gradual cell attrition in the cultures at the end of differentiation (Fig. 1B, 2I). The images show qualitative differences with and without the WNT inhibitor. This could be attributed to the heterogeneity of the cell population at SCL stage, which was confirmed by scRNA-seq (Fig. 3A). As it has been discussed previously (Reviewer 2 comments 5 & 9), in the current paper we didn’t provide any IF quantitative analysis because of the qualitative nature of the staining technique. In future work another high-resolution imaging modality will be considered like single cell proteomics and flow cytometry or mass cytometry in order to perform a more unbiased quantitative single cell analysis across different stages and samples. Furthermore, we have added single channel images in the supplemental information.

      Comment 3: Individual data points should also be presented for all qPCR experiments (ie. Fig 4A). Biological replicate information is missing from several experiments, particularly the immunofluorescence data, and it is unclear whether the qPCR data was generated from technical or biological replicates.

      Thanks for your comment. We have added additional information regarding replicates in each figure legend. We have also changed Fig. 4A.

      (1) Glaeser JD, Bao X, Kaneda G, et al. iPSC-neural crest derived cells embedded in 3D printable bio-ink promote cranial bone defect repair. Sci Rep. Nov 4 2022;12(1):18701. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/36333414

      (2) Kaneda G, Chan JL, Castaneda CM, et al. iPSC-derived tenocytes seeded on microgrooved 3D printed scaffolds for Achilles tendon regeneration. J Orthop Res. Oct 2023;41(10):2205-2220. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/36961351

      (3) Papalamprou A, Yu V, Chen A, et al. Directing iPSC differentiation into iTenocytes using combined scleraxis overexpression and cyclic loading. J Orthop Res. Jun 2023;41(6):1148-1161. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/36203346

      (4) Sheyn D, Ben-David S, Tawackoli W, et al. Human iPSCs can be differentiated into notochordal cells that reduce intervertebral disc degeneration in a porcine model. Theranostics. 2019;9(25):7506-7524. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/31695783

      (5) Später T, Kaneda G, Chavez M, et al. Retention of Human iPSC-Derived or Primary Cells Following Xenotransplantation into Rat Immune-Privileged Sites. Bioengineering. 2023;10(9):1049. https://www.mdpi.com/2306-5354/10/9/1049

      (6) Sareen D, O'Rourke JG, Meera P, et al. Targeting RNA foci in iPSC-derived motor neurons from ALS patients with a C9ORF72 repeat expansion. Sci Transl Med. Oct 23 2013;5(208):208ra149. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/24154603

      (7) Tsutsumi H, Kurimoto R, Nakamichi R, et al. Generation of a tendon-like tissue from human iPS cells. J Tissue Eng. Jan-Dec 2022;13:20417314221074018. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/35083031

      (8) Yoshimoto Y, Uezumi A, Ikemoto-Uezumi M, et al. Tenogenic Induction From Induced Pluripotent Stem Cells Unveils the Trajectory Towards Tenocyte Differentiation. Front Cell Dev Biol. 2022;10:780038. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/35372337

      (9) Matsuda M, Yamanaka Y, Uemura M, et al. Recapitulating the human segmentation clock with pluripotent stem cells. Nature. Apr 2020;580(7801):124-129. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/32238941

      (10) Wu CL, Dicks A, Steward N, et al. Single cell transcriptomic analysis of human pluripotent stem cell chondrogenesis. Nat Commun. Jan 13 2021;12(1):362. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/33441552

      (11) Nakajima T, Nakahata A, Yamada N, et al. Grafting of iPS cell-derived tenocytes promotes motor function recovery after Achilles tendon rupture. Nat Commun. Aug 18 2021;12(1):5012. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/34408142

      (12) Loh KM, Chen A, Koh PW, et al. Mapping the Pairwise Choices Leading from Pluripotency to Human Bone, Heart, and Other Mesoderm Cell Types. Cell. Jul 14 2016;166(2):451-467. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/27419872

      (13) Yu V, Papalamprou A, Sheyn D. Generation of Induced Pluripotent Stem Cell-Derived iTenocytes via Combined Scleraxis Overexpression and 2D Uniaxial Tension. JoVE. 2024/03/01 2024(205):e65837. https://app.jove.com/65837

      (14) Yin Z, Hu JJ, Yang L, et al. Single-cell analysis reveals a nestin(+) tendon stem/progenitor cell population with strong tenogenic potentiality. Sci Adv. Nov 2016;2(11):e1600874. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/28138519

      (15) Grinstein M, Dingwall HL, O'Connor LD, Zou K, Capellini TD, Galloway JL. A distinct transition from cell growth to physiological homeostasis in the tendon. Elife. Sep 19 2019;8. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/31535975

      (16) Sugimoto Y, Takimoto A, Akiyama H, et al. Scx+/Sox9+ progenitors contribute to the establishment of the junction between cartilage and tendon/ligament. Development. Jun 2013;140(11):2280-2288. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/23615282

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The authors want to elucidate which are the mechanisms that regulate the immune response in physiological conditions in cortical development. To achieve this goal, authors used a wide range of mutant mice to analyse the consequences of immune activation in the formation of cortical ectopia in mice.

      Strengths:

      The authors demonstrated that Abeta monomers are anti-inflammatory and inhibit microglial activation. This is a novel result that demonstrates the physiological role of APP in cortical development.

      Weaknesses:

      -On the other hand, cortical ectopia has been already described in mouse models in which the amyloid signalling has been disrupted (Herms et al., 2004; Guenette et al., 2006), making the current study less novel.

      We agree these previous studies have implicated amyloid precursor protein in cortical ectopia. However, since these studies use whole-body knockouts, they have not implicated the functional roles of specific cell types.  Nor have they identified the specific mechanisms underlying the formation of this unique class of cortical ectopia. In contrast, our studies show that the disruption of a novel Abeta-regulated signaling pathway in microglia is the primary cause of ectopia formation in this class of ectopia mutants. This is the first time that microglia have been specifically implicated in the development of cortical ectopia. We further show that elevated MMP activity and resulting cortical basement membrane degradation is the underlying mechanism leading to ectopia formation.  This is also the first time that MMP activity and basement membrane degradation (instead of maintenance) have been implicated in cortical ectopia development. As such, our results have provided novel insights into the diverse mechanisms underlying cortical ectopia formation in developmental brain disorders.

      One of the molecules analysed is Ric8a, a GTPase activator involved in neuronal development. Authors used the conditional mutant mice Emx1-Ric8a to delete Ric8a from early progenitors and glutamatergic neurons in the pallium. Emx1-Ric8a mutant mice present cortical ectopias and authors attributed this malformation to the increase in inflammatory response due to Ric8a deletion in microglia. Several discordances do not fit this interpretation:

      - The role of Ric8a in cortical development and function has been already described in several papers, but none of them has been cited in the current manuscript (Kask et al., 2015, 2018; Ruisu et al., 2013; Tonissoo et al., 2006).

      We have included reference to the published works on ric8a in cortical development in revision.

      - Ectopia formation in the cortex has been already described in Nestin-Ric8a cKO mice (Kask et al., 2015). In the current manuscript, authors analyzed the same mutant mice (Nestin-Ric8a), but they did not detect any ectopia. Authors should discuss this discordance.

      The expression pattern of nestin-cre is known to vary dependent on factors including transgene insertion site, genetic background, and sex. Early studies show, for example, that the nestin gene promoter drives cre expression in many non-neural tissues in another transgenic line in the FVB/N genetic background (Dubois et al Genesis. 2006 Aug;44(8):355-60. doi: 10.1002/dvg.20226).  The specific nestin-cre line used in Kask et al 2015 has also been shown to be active in brain microglia and lead to increased microglia pro-inflammatory activity upon breeding to a conditional allele of a cholesterol transporter gene (Karasinska et al., Neurobiol Dis. 2013 Jun:54:445-55; Karasinska et al.,  J Neurosci. 2009 Mar 18; 29(11): 3579–3589; Takampri et al., Brain Res. 2009 May 13:1270:10-8). These factors may in part underlie the apparent discrepancy.  We have now incorporated this discussion into the revision.

      - Authors claim that microglia express Emx1, and therefore, Ric8a is deleted in microglia cells. However, the arguments for this assumption are very weak and the evidence suggests that this is not the case. This is an important point considering that authors want to emphasise the role of Ric8a in microglia activation, and therefore, additional experiments should demonstrate that Ric8a is deleted in microglia in Emx1-Ric8a mutant mice.

      We have observed altered mRNA expression of several genes in purified microglia cultured from the emx1-cre mutants (Supplemental Fig. 8), which indicates that ric8a is deleted from microglia and suggests a role of microglial ric8a deficiency in ectopia formation.  This interpretation is further strengthened by the observation that deletion of ric8a from microglia using a microglia-specific cx3cr1-cre results in similar ectopia (Fig. 2). We also have other data supporting this interpretation, including data showing induction of the expression of a cre reporter in brain microglia by emx1-cre and loss of ric8a gene expression in microglia cells isolated from emx1-cre mutants. These data have now been incorporated into the text and in revised Supplemental Fig. 8 (new panels c-c” & d).

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Kwon et al. used several conditional KO mice for the deletion of ric8a or app in different cell types. Some of them exhibited pial basement membrane breaches leading to neuronal ectopia in the neocortex.

      They first investigated ric8a, a Guanine Nucleotide Exchange Factor for Heterotrimeric G Proteins. They observed the above-mentioned phenotype when ric8a is deleted from microglia and neural cells (ric8a-emx1-cre or dual deletion with cre combination cx3cr1 (in microglia) and nestin (in neural cells)) but not in microglia alone or neural cells alone (whether it is in CR cells (ric8a-Wnt3a-cre), post-mitotic neurons (nex-cre or dlx5/6-cre), or in progenitors and their progeny (nestin-cre or foxg1-cre). They also show that ric8a KO mutant microglia cells stimulated in vitro by LPS exhibit an increased TNFa, IL6 and IL1b secretion compared to controls (Fig 2). They therefore injected LPS in vivo and observed the neuronal ectopia phenotype in the ric8a-cx3cr1-cre (microglial deletion) cortices at P0 (Fig 2). They suggest that ric8a KO in neuronal cells mimics immune stimulation (but we have no clue how ric8a KO in neural cells would induce immune stimulation).

      We agree we do not currently know the precise mechanisms by which mutant microglia are activated in the mutant brain.  However, this does not affect the conclusion that deficiency in the Abeta monomer-regulated APP/Ric8a pathway in microglia is the primary cause of cortical ectopia in these mutants, since we have shown that genetic disruption of this pathway in microglia alone by targeting different pathway components, using cell type specific cre, in several different approaches, all results in similar cortical ectopia phenotypes.  Regarding the source of the immunogens, there are several possibilities which we plan to investigate in future studies. For example, the clearance of apoptotic cells and associated cellular debris is an important physiological process and deficits in this process have been linked to inflammatory diseases throughout life (Doran et al., Nat Rev Immunol. 2020 Apr;20(4):254-267; Boada-Romero et al., Nat Rev Mol Cell Biol. 2020 Jul;21(7):398-414.).  In the embryonic cortex, studies have shown that large numbers of cell death take place starting as early as E12 (Blaschke et al., Development. 1996 Apr;122(4):1165-74; Blaschke et al., J Comp Neurol. 1998 Jun 22;396(1):39-50).  Studies have also shown that radial glia and neuronal progenitors play critical roles in the clearance of apoptotic cells and associated cellular debris in the brain (Lu et al., Nat Cell Biol. 2011 Jul 31;13(9):1076-83; Ginisty et al., Stem Cells. 2015 Feb;33(2):515-25; Amaya et al., J Comp Neurol. 2015 Feb 1;523(2):183-96). Moreover, Ric8a-dependent heterotrimeric G proteins have been found to specifically promote the phagocytic activity of both professional and non-professional phagocytic cells (Billings et al., Sci Signal. 2016 Feb 2;9(413):ra14; Preissler et al., Glia. 2015 Feb;63(2):206-15; Pan et al. Dev Cell. 2016 Feb 22;36(4):428-39; Flak et al. J Clin Invest. 2020 Jan 2;130(1):359-373; Zhang et al., Nat Commun. 2023 Sep 14;14(1):5706).  Thus, it is probable that the failure to promptly clear up apoptotic cells and debris by mutant radial glia may play a role in triggering mutant microglial activation in ric8a-emx1-cre mutants. We have now included these possibilities in the text of the revised manuscript. However, the precise mechanisms remain to be determined in future studies, which, however, do not affect the conclusion of the current study.

      The authors then turned their attention on APP. They observed neuronal ectopia into the marginal zone when APP is deleted in microglia (app-cxcr3-cre) + intraperitoneal LPS injection (they did not show it, but we have to assume there would not be a phenotype without the injection of LPS) (Fig 3). (The phenotype is similar but not identical to ric8a-cx3cr1-cre + LPS. They suggest that the reason is because they had to inject 3 times less LPS due to enhanced immune sensitivity in this genetic background but it is only a hypothesis). After in vitro stimulation by LPS, app mutant microglia show a reduced secretion of TNFa and IL6 but not IL1b (this is the opposite to ric8a-cx3cr1-cre microglia cells) while peritoneal macrophages in culture show increased secretion of TNFa, IL1, IL6 and IL23 (fig 3 and Suppl. Fig 9).

      We have data showing that that app-cxcr3-cre mutants without LPS injection do not show ectopia, which has now been included in the revised supplemental Fig. 9 (new panels c-d).  The reason we employ LPS injection is, in the first place, that we do not see a phenotype without the injection. We agree, and have also stated in the text, that the phenotype of the app mutants is not as severe as that of the ric8a mutant.  Besides the low LPS dosage used, we also suggest that other app family members may compensate since the ectopia in the app family gene mutants reported previously were only observed in app/aplp1/2 triple knockouts, not even in any of the double knockouts (Herms et al., 2004). We have further clarified this point in the text. These possibilities are also not mutually exclusive. Nonetheless, the results clearly show that microglia specific app mutation causes cortical ectopia upon embryonic immune stimulation. They have thus implicated a specifical role of microglial APP in cortical ectopia formation.

      The different response of ric8a and app mutant microglia to LPS results from in vitro culturing of microglia. We have shown that, when acutely isolated macrophages are used, these mutants show changes in the same direction (both increased cytokine secretion) (Fig. 4).  This demonstrates without culturing app mutant microglial lineage cells indeed behave in the same way as ric8a mutant cells.

      The microglia used for analysis in in vitro assays in this study have all been cultured for two weeks before assay. They have thus been under chronic stimulation exposed to dead cells and debris in the culture dish through this period.  Previous studies have shown that dependent on the degree of perturbation to the inflammation-regulating pathways, such exposures can differentially affect microglial cytokine expression, sometimes in an opposite direction from expected.  For example, under chronic immune stimulation, while the trem2+/- microglia, which are heterozygous mutant for the anti-inflammatory Trem2, show elevated pro-inflammatory cytokine expression (as is expected), trem2-/- (null) microglia under the same conditions instead not only do not show increases but for some pro-inflammatory cytokines, actually show decreases in expression (Sayed et al.,, Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 2018 Oct 2;115(40):10172-10177).  In several systems, Ric8a-dependent heterotrimeric G proteins have been shown to act downstream of APP and mediate one of the branches of the signaling activated by APP (Milosch et al., Cell Death Dis. 2014 Aug 28;5(8):e1391; Fogel et al,, Cell Rep. 2014 Jun 12;7(5):1560-1576; Ramaker et al., J Neurosci. 2013 Jun 12;33(24):10165-81; Nishimoto et al., Nature. 1993 Mar 4;362(6415):75-9).  Indeed, APP cytoplasmic domain is known to also bind to and signalig through several other proteins including FE65, Mena, and TIP60 (Cao & Sudhof, Science 2001. 293:115-120).  It is likely that in microglia Ric8a-dependent heterotrimeric G proteins may also mediate only a subset of the signaling downstream of APP.  As such, app knockout in microglia may have more severe effects on microglial anti-inflammatory regulation than ric8a knockout.  As a result, upon chronic immune activation, app knockout may lead to a microglial phenotype similar to the trem2 null mutation phenotype as discussed above, while ric8a knockout leads to a phenotype similar to trem2+/- phenotype). This may explain the subdued TNF and IL6 secretion by cultured app (but not ric8a) mutant microglia.

      Amyloid beta (Ab) being one of the molecules binding to APP, the authors showed that Ab40 monomers (they did not test Ab40 oligomers) partially inhibit cytokines (TNFa, IL6, IL1b, MCP-1, IL23a, IL10) secretion in vitro by microglia stimulated by LPS but does not affect secretion by microglia from app-cx3cr1-cre (tested for TNFa, IL6, IL1b, IL23a, IL10) (Fig 4, Suppl fig 10) (but still does it in aplp2-cx3cr1-cre) and does not affect secretion by ric8a-cx3cr1-cre microglia (tested for TNFa and IL6 but still suppress IL1b) (Therefore here is another difference between app and ric8a KO microglia).

      We have tested the effects of Abeta40 oligomers, which induce instead of suppressing microglial cytokine secretion, and have included the data (new panel j in supplemental Fig. 10).  As mentioned above, in several systems, Ric8a-dependent heterotrimeric G proteins have been shown to act downstream of APP and mediate one of the branches of the signaling activated by APP (Milosch et al., Cell Death Dis. 2014 Aug 28;5(8):e1391; Fogel et al,, Cell Rep. 2014 Jun 12;7(5):1560-1576; Ramaker et al., J Neurosci. 2013 Jun 12;33(24):10165-81; Nishimoto et al., Nature. 1993 Mar 4;362(6415):75-9).  We assume that this is likely also true in microglia and that Ric8a-dependent heterotrimeric G proteins may mediate a subset and only a subset of the signaling downstream of APP.  This may explain the difference in the effects of app and ric8a knockout mutation in abolishing the anti-inflammatory effects of Abeta monomers on IL-1b vs TNF/IL-6.  This difference also suggests that TNF/IL-6 and IL-1b secretion must be regulated by different mechanisms in microglia. Indeed, it is well established in immunology that the secretion of IL1b, but not of TNF or IL6, is regulated by inflammasome-dependent mechanisms (see, for example, Proz & Dixit. Nat Rev Immunol. 2016 Jul;16(7):407-20. doi: 10.1038/nri.2016.58).

      The authors injected inhibitors of Akt or Stat3 in the ric8a-emx1-cre cortex and found it suppressed neuronal ectopia (Fig 5, Suppl fig 11). It is not clear whether it suppresses immune stimulation from neuronal cells or immune reaction from microglia cells.

      We agree at present the pharmacological approaches we have taken are not able to distinguish these possibilities.  However, no matter which is the case, our results still implicate a role of excessive microglial activation in the formation of cortical ectopia and support the conclusion of the study.  Thus, while worthwhile of further investigation, this question does not impact the conclusion of the current study. Furthermore, as mentioned, we plan to determine the mechanisms of how ric8a mutation in neural cells induces immune activation in future studies. These results will likely enable us to more specifically address this question.

      Finally, the authors examined the activities of MMP2 and MMP9 in the developing cortex using gelatin gel zymography. The activity and protein levels of MMP9 but not MMP2 in the ric8a-emx1-cre cortex were claimed significantly increased (Fig 5, Suppl fig 12). Unfortunately, they did not show it in the app-cx3cr1-cre +LPS mouse. They make a connection between ric8a deletion and MMP9 but unfortunately do not make the connection between app deletion and MMP9, which is at the center of the pathway claimed to be important here). Then they injected BB94, a broad-spectrum inhibitor of MMPs or an inhibitor specific for MMP9 and 13. They both significantly suppress the number and the size of the ectopia in ric8a mutants (Fig5).

      For all the gelatin gel zymography analysis, we quantify protein concentrations in the cortical lysates using the Bio-Rad Bradford assay kit and load the same amounts of proteins per lane. The results across lanes are all directly comparable. From the quantification, our results clearly show that MMP9 activity levels are increased in the mutants (we have now included whole gel images and quantification in a new supplemental Figure 13).  The similar levels of MMP2 in all lanes also provide an internal control further supporting the observation of a specific change in MMP9.  For this analysis, we focus on the ric8a-emx1-cre mutants since the app-cx3cr1-cre +LPS animals show ectopia only in only subsets of mutants and in most cases only in one of the hemispheres.  Experiments examining potential changes in MMP9 are therefore unlikely to yield meaningful results.  On the other hand, we have clearly shown that the administration of different classes of MMP inhibitors significantly eliminate ectopia in ric8a-emx1-cre mutants. This has strongly implicated a functional contribution of MMPs.

      After reading the manuscript, I still do not know how ric8a in neural cells is involved in the immune inhibition. Is it through the control of Ab monomers? In addition, the authors did not show in vivo data supporting that Ab monomers are the key players here. As the authors said, this is not the only APP interactor. Finally, I still do not know how ric8a is linked to APP in microglia in the model.

      As detailed above, there are several possibilities including potential deficits in the clearance of apoptotic cells and associated debris that may trigger microglial activation in ri8ca-emx1-cre mutants. We will investigate these possibilities in future studies.  We have now incorporated these possibilities in the revised text.  As for the role of Abeta monomers, we have indicated that we currently do not have evidence that in the developing cortex Abeta monomers play a role in inhibiting microglia.  We have also indicated in the manuscript that our conclusion is that a microglial signaling pathway that is activated by Abeta monomers in vitro regulates normal brain development in vivo, not that Abeta monomers themselves regulate brain development.  Regarding the link between Ric8a and APP, the reviewer has missed several major lines of supporting evidence. For example, we have shown that Abeta monomers activate a pathway in microglia that inhibits the secretion of several proinflammatory cytokines including TNF, IL-6, IL-10, and IL-23 (Figure 4 and Supplemental Figures 8-10).  This inhibition is abolished when either app or ric8a gene is deleted from microglia.  This clearly indicates that app and ric8a act in the same genetic pathway (the pathway activated by Abeta monomers) in microglia. We also show that this Abeta monomer-activated pathway also inhibits the transcription of several cytokines in microglia.  This inhibition is also abolished when either app or ric8a gene is deleted from microglia.  This reinforces the conclusion that app and ric8a act in the same pathway in microglia.  Furthermore, cell type specific deletion of app or ric8a from microglia in vivo also results in similar phenotypes of cortical ectopia. Together, these results strongly support the conclusion that app and ric8a act in the same pathway that is activated by Abeta monomers in vitro in microglia. This conclusion is also consistent with published findings that Ric8a dependent heterotrimeric G proteins bind to APP and mediate subsets of APP signaling across different species (Milosch et al., Cell Death Dis. 2014 Aug 28;5(8):e1391; Fogel et al,, Cell Rep. 2014 Jun 12;7(5):1560-1576; Ramaker et al., J Neurosci. 2013 Jun 12;33(24):10165-81; Nishimoto et al., Nature. 1993 Mar 4;362(6415):75-9).         

      While several of the findings presented in this manuscript are of potential interest, there are a number of shortcomings. Here are some suggestions that could improve the manuscript and help substantiate the conclusions:

      (1) As the title suggests it, the focus is on Ab and APP functions in microglia. However, the analysis is more focused on ric8a. The connection between ric8a and APP in this study is not investigated, besides the fact that their deletion induces somewhat similar but not identical phenotypes. Showing a similar phenotype is not enough to conclude that they are working on the same pathway. The authors should find a way to make that connection between ric8a and app in the cells investigated here.

      As discussed above, the reviewer misses several major lines of evidence showing that APP and Ric8a acts in the same pathway in microglia.  Besides the similarity of the ectopia phenotypes, for example, we have shown that Abeta monomers activates a pathway in microglia that inhibits the secretion of several proinflammatory cytokines including TNF, IL-6, IL-10, and IL-23 (Figure 4 and Supplemental Figures 8-11).  These inhibitory effects are abolished when either app or ric8a gene is deleted from microglia.  This clearly indicates that app and ric8a act in the same genetic pathway, a pathway that is activated by Abeta monomers in vitro, in microglia. We also show that this Abeta monomer-activated pathway inhibits the transcription of several cytokine genes in microglia.  These effects are again abolished when either app or ric8_a gene is deleted from microglia.  This further reinforces the conclusion that _app and ric8a act in the same pathway in microglia.  Not only so we also show that the same results are true in macrophages.  Thus, these results strongly support the conclusion that app and ric8a act in the same genetic pathway in microglia. This conclusion is also consistent with published findings that Ric8a dependent heterotrimeric G proteins biochemically bind to APP and mediate subsets of APP signaling across different species (Milosch et al., Cell Death Dis. 2014 Aug 28;5(8):e1391; Fogel et al,, Cell Rep. 2014 Jun 12;7(5):1560-1576; Ramaker et al., J Neurosci. 2013 Jun 12;33(24):10165-81; Nishimoto et al., Nature. 1993 Mar 4;362(6415):75-9).  

      (2) This would help to show the appearance of breaches in the pial basement membrane leading to neuronal ectopia; to investigate laminin debris, cell identity, Wnt pathway for app-cxcr3-cre + LPS injection as you did for ric8a-emx1-cre.

      We have now provided further data on pial basement membrane breaches in the app-cxcr3-cre + LPS animals (new panels e-f” in supplemental Fig 9).  We have not observed any changes in cell identity or Wnt pathway activity in ric8a-emx1-cre mutants.  It is thus of limited value to examine potential changes in these areas in the app-cxcr3-cre + LPS animals.   

      (3) As a control, this would help to show that app-cxcr3-cre without the LPS injection does not display the phenotype.

      We have the data on app-cx3cr1-cre mutants without LPS injection, which show no ectopia.  We have now included the data in the revised supplemental Fig. 9 (new panels c-d).

      (4) This would help to show the activity and protein levels of MMP9 and MMP2 and perform the rescue experiments with the inhibitors in the app-cx3cr1-cre cortex +LPS.

      As discussed above, we focus analysis on the ric8a-emx1-cre mutants since app-cx3cr1-cre +LPS animals show ectopia in only a subset of mutants and in most cases only in one of the hemispheres.  Determining potential changes in MMP9 levels and effects of MMP inhibitors are therefore not likely to yield meaningful data.  On the other hand, we have shown that MMP9 levels are increased and administration of different classes of MMP inhibitors eliminate cortical ectopia in ric8a-emx1-cre mutants.  We have also shown a similar break in the basement membrane in app-cx3cr1-cre +LPS animals (new panels e-f” in supplemental Fig 9). These results together strongly implicates a role played by MMPs.

      (5) Is MMP9 secreted by microglia cells or neural cells?

      Our in situ hybridization data show MMP9 is most highly expressed in a sparse microglia-like cell population in the embryonic cortex, suggesting that microglia may be a major source of MMP9. We have incorporated these data in a new supplemental Fig. 12 (panel a). The precise identity of these cells, however, requires further validation.

      (6) The in vitro evidence indicates that one of the multiple APP interactors, ie Ab40 monomers, is less effective in suppressing the expression of some cytokines by microglia cells mutants for ric8a (TNFa and IL6 but still suppress IL1b) or APP (TNFa, IL6, IL1b, IL23a, IL10) when compared to WT. But there are other interactors for APP. In order to support the claim, it seems crucial to have in vivo data to show that Ab40 monomers are the molecules involved in preventing the breach in the pial basement membrane.

      As addressed in detail above, we have indicated that our conclusion is that a microglial signaling pathway that is activated by Abeta monomers in vitro regulates normal brain development in vivo, not that Abeta monomers themselves regulate brain development in vivo.  We currently do not have evidence that the Abeta monomers play a role in inhibiting microglia during cortical development.  There are candidate ligands for the pathway in the developing cortex, the functional study of which, however, is a major undertaking beyond the scope of the current study.

      (7) In order to claim that this is specific to Ab40 monomers and not oligomers, it is necessary to show that the Ab40 oligomers do not have the same effect in vitro and in vivo. Also, an assay should be done to show that your Ab preparations are pure monomers or oligomers.

      We have tested the effects of Abeta40 oligomers, which induce instead of suppressing microglial cytokine secretion, and have included these data in revision in a new panel j in supplemental Fig. 10. The protocols we use in preparing the monomers and oligomers are standard protocols employed in the field of Alzheimer’s disease research. They have been repeatedly optimized and validated over the past decades.  

      (8) Most of the cytokine secretion assays used microglia cells in culture. Two results draw my attention. Ric8a deletion increases TNFa and IL6 secretion after LPS stimulation in vitro on microglia cells while app deletion decreases their secretion. Then later, papers show that the decrease in IL1b induced by Ab on microglia cells is prevented by APP deletion but not ric8a deletion. Those two pieces of data suggest that ric8a and APP might not be in the same pathway. In addition, the phenotype from app-cxcr3-cre + LPS injection and ric8a-cxcr3-cre + LPS injection are not exactly the same. It could be due to the level of LPS as the author suggests or it might not be. More experiments are needed to prove they are in the same pathway.

      As discussed above, the reviewer misses several major lines of evidence, which strongly support the conclusion that APP and Ric8a act in the same pathway activated by Abeta monomers in microglia (see detailed discussion in point 1 above).  The differential response of TNFa/IL-6 of app and ric8a mutant microglia likely results from chronic immune stimulation during in vitro culturing, which is known to alter microglial cytokine response (see detailed discussion in point 9 below). We have demonstrated that this is indeed the case by showing that, without culturing, acutely isolated app and ric8a mutant macrophages both display elevated TNFa/IL-6 secretion (Figure 4). 

      Regarding the different regulation of TNF/IL-6 vs IL-1b by APP and Ric8a, as discussed above, in several systems, Ric8a-dependent heterotrimeric G proteins (which are degraded in ric8a mutant cortices, see new supplemental Fig. 9) have been shown to act downstream of APP and mediate one of the branches of the signaling activated by APP (Milosch et al., Cell Death Dis. 2014 Aug 28;5(8):e1391; Fogel et al,, Cell Rep. 2014 Jun 12;7(5):1560-1576; Ramaker et al., J Neurosci. 2013 Jun 12;33(24):10165-81; Nishimoto et al., Nature. 1993 Mar 4;362(6415):75-9).  This is likely also the case in microglia and Ric8a-dependent heterotrimeric G proteins may mediate only a subset of the anti-inflammatory signaling activated by APP.  As such, app, mutation may abolish all the inhibitory effects of Abeta monomers (both those on TNF/IL-6 and those on IL-1b), but ric8a mutation may abolish only a subset only those on TNF/IL-6 but not those on IL-1b).  This also suggests that the secretion of TNF/IL-6 and IL-1b must be regulated by different mechanisms in microglia.  Indeed, it is well established in immunology that the secretion of IL1b, but not that of TNF or IL6, is regulated by inflammasome-dependent mechanisms (see, for example, Proz & Dixit. Nat Rev Immunol. 2016 Jul;16(7):407-20. doi: 10.1038/nri.2016.58).

      (9) How do the authors reconcile the reduced TNFa and IL6 secretion upon stimulation of app mutant microglia with the model where app is attenuating immune response in vivo? Line 213 says that microglia exhibit attenuated immune response following chronic stimulation but I don't know if 3 hours of LPS in vitro is a chronic stimulation.

      The reviewer has misunderstood.  The microglia used in this study have all been cultured in vitro for approximately two weeks before assay. They have thus been under chronic stimulation exposed to dead cells and debris in the culture dish.  Dependent on the degree of perturbation to the inflammation-regulating pathways, such exposures are known to change microglial cytokine expression, sometimes in an opposite direction than expected.  For example, under chronic immune stimulation, while the trem2+/- microglia, which are heterozygous mutant for the anti-inflammatory Trem2, show elevated pro-inflammatory cytokine expression, trem2-/- (null) microglia under the same conditions instead not only do not show increases but for some pro-inflammatory cytokines, actually show decreases in expression (Sayed et al.,, Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 2018 Oct 2;115(40):10172-10177).  As mentioned, in several systems, Ric8a-dependent heterotrimeric G proteins have also been shown to bind to APP and mediate one of the branches of the signaling activated by APP (Milosch et al., Cell Death Dis. 2014 Aug 28;5(8):e1391; Fogel et al,, Cell Rep. 2014 Jun 12;7(5):1560-1576; Ramaker et al., J Neurosci. 2013 Jun 12;33(24):10165-81; Nishimoto et al., Nature. 1993 Mar 4;362(6415):75-9). Thus, it is likely that in microglia, Ric8a-dependent heterotrimeric G proteins also mediate only a subset of the anti-inflammatory signaling activated by APP.  As such, app knockout in microglia may have more severe effects than ric8a knockout on microglial immune activation, resembling the relationship between trem2 null vs heterozygous mutation discussed above. As such, it is predicted that chronic immune stimulation such as in vitro culturing will result in attenuated pro-inflammatory cytokine expression in app mutant microglia but elevated cytokine expression in ric8a mutant microglia. This may explain why TNF and IL6 secretion by cultured app mutant microglia is subdued, but acutely isolated _a_pp mutant macrophages instead show increased cytokine secretion. The latter may be more representative of the response of app mutant microglia in the absence of chronic stimulation.

      (10) Line 119: In their model, the authors suggest that there is a breach in pial basement membrane but that the phenotype is different from the retraction of the radial fibers due to reduced adhesion. So, could the author discuss to what substrate the radial fibers are attached to, in their model where the pial surface is destroyed?

      Radial glial endfeet normally bind to the basement membrane via cell surface receptors including the integrin and the dystroglycan protein complexes. We observe free radial glial endfeet at the breach sites, apparently without attachment to any basement membrane.  However, we cannot exclude the possibility that there may be residual, broken-off basement membrane components bound to the endfeet that are not detected by the methodology employed. 

      (11) The authors should show that the increased cytokine secretion observed in vitro is also happening in vivo in ric8a-emx1-cre compared to WT mice and compared to ric8a-nestin-cre mice. Or when app is deleted in microglia (app-cxcr3-cre) + LPS injection compared to WT mice +LPS.

      Unfortunately, this is not technically feasible since it is not possible to extract the extracellular (secreted) fractions of cytokines from an embryonic brain without causing cell lysis and the release of the intracellular pool.  This, however, does not affect our conclusion that the Abeta monomer-regulated microglia pathway plays a key role in regulates normal brain development since its genetic disruption, by different approaches, clearly results in brain malformation.

      (12) The authors injected inhibitors of Akt or Stat3 in the ric8a-emx1-cre cortex and found that it suppressed neuronal ectopia (Fig 5, Suppl fig 11). Does it suppress immune stimulation from neuronal cells or immune reaction from microglia cells?

      As discussed above, we agree at present the pharmacological approaches we have taken are not able to distinguish these two possibilities.  However, whichever is true, it does not affect our conclusion.  Also, we plan to determine the mechanisms of how ric8a mutation in neural cells induce immune activation in future studies. These results will likely enable us to adopt specific approaches to address this question.

      (13) Fig 5 and Supplementary fig 12: Please show a tubulin loading control in Fig 5i as you did in suppl fig 12 d (gel zymography). Please provide a gel zymography showing side by side Control, mutant and mutant +DM/S3I treatment. The same request for the MMP9 staining. Please provide statistics for control vs mutant for suppl fig 12c and d..

      We have now included whole gel zymography images with four control and four mutant individual samples as well as quantification in a new supplemental Fig.13 (panels b-c). This clearly shows increases in MMP9, while the MMP2 levels appear similar between controls and mutants. For all of the experiments of gelatin gel zymography, we quantify protein concentrations in the cortical lysates using the Bio-Rad Bradford assay kit and load the same amounts of proteins per lane. The results across lanes are thus all comparable.  The MMP9 staining images for the controls and mutants have also all been taken with the same parameters on the microscope and can be directly compared.  The statistics have now been provided as suggested.

      (14) Please provide the name and the source of the MMP9/13 inhibitor used in this study.

      This inhibitor is MMP-9/MMP-13 inhibitor I (CAS 204140-01-2), from Santa Cruz Biotechnology. This information has been included in revision.

      (15) The results show that deletion of ric8a in microglia and neural cells induced pia membrane breaches but no phenotype is apparent in ric8a deletion in microglia or neural cells alone. Then, the results showed that intraperitoneal injection of LPS induced the phenotype in ric8a-cxcr3-cre mutants. It would be beneficial as a control supporting the model to show that the insult induced by LPS injection does not induce the phenotype in the ric8a-foxg1-cre mice.

      We agree it may potentially be useful to show that LPS injection does not induce ectopia in ric8a-foxg1-cre mice.  Unfortunately, since the ric8a-foxg1-cre mutation shows no phenotype, we are no longer in possession of this line.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      - The information in the abstract and the introduction is only related to app. So, it is very abrupt how authors start the manuscript studying the role of Ric8a, with no information at all about this protein and why the authors want to investigate this role in microglial activation. Later in the manuscript, the authors tried to link Ric8a with app to study the role of app in the inflammatory response and ectopia formation. This link is quite weak as well.

      In the last paragraph of the Introduction, we explain the use of the ric8a mutant and how it leads to discovery of the Abeta monomer-regulated pathway. We have now improved the writing in revision to make these points especially the link between APP and Ric8a-regulated G proteins more clear.  In the Results section, we have also improved the writing on the potential link of Ric8a to APP by highlighting, among others, the fact that ric8a and app pathway mutants are among a unique group of a few mouse mutants (ric8a, app/aplp1/2, and apbb1/2) that show cortical ectopia exclusively in the lateral cortex, while all other cortical ectopia mutants also show severe ectopia are at the cortical midline.  This suggests that similar mechanisms may underlie the ectopia formation in this small group of mutants.

      -In order to validate the mouse model, double immunofluorescence or immunofluorescence+in situ hybridization should be performed to show that microglia express ric8a and that is eliminated in the Emx1-Ric8a mutant mice.

      As mentioned above, we have additional lines of evidence showing that ric8a is deleted from microglia in emx1-cre mutants. This includes data showing induction of the expression of a cre reporter in brain microglia by emx1-cre and loss of ric8a mRNA expression in microglia cells isolated from emx1-cre mutants.  These data have now been included in revised supplemental Fig. 8.

      -In Supplemental Fig. 6, the authors claimed that cell proliferation is normal in Ric8a mutant mice without doing any quantification. They also quantified the angle of mitotic division of progenitors in the ventricular zone, but there are no images for the spindle orientation quantification, and no description of how they did it. In addition, this data is contrary to what has already been published in conditional Ric8a mutant mice (Kask et al., 2015). The Vimentin staining should be improved.

      We have provided quantification of cell proliferation (phospho-histone 3 staining at the ventricular surface) in revised supplemental Fig. 6g, which shows no significant differences in the number of positive cells. We have also provided details on the definition of the angle of cleavage plane orientation in revised supplemental Fig. 6h and in the Methods section.  We are not sure why the results are different from the other study. We were indeed anticipating deficits in mitotic spindle orientation and spent major efforts in the analysis of this potential deficit.  However, based on the data, we could not draw the conclusion.     

      -Analysis of the MMP9 expression should be done by western blot and not by immunofluorescence. In fact, the MMP9 expression shown in Figure 5g,h, does not correspond with RNA expression shown in gene expression atlas like genepaint or the allen atlas, doubting the specificity of the antibody. The expression of Mmp9 is quite low or absent in the cortex at E13.5-E14.5, making this protein very unlikely to be responsible for laminin degradation during development.

      We have performed gelatin gel zymography on MMP2/9, which shows increased MMP9 activity levels in the mutant cortex. This is similar to Western blot analysis (all lanes are loaded with the same amounts of cortical lysates).  We have now included whole gel zymography images with four control and four mutant individual samples as well as quantification in a new supplemental Fig.13 (panels b-c).  The immunofluorescence staining of MMP9, a different type of analysis, was designed as a complementary approach, the results of which also support the interpretation of increases in MMP9 protein.  Regarding MMP9 RNA expression, please also note that MMP9 is secreted, and the protein expression pattern is expected to be different from that of RNA. We have performed wholemount in situ using dissected E13.5 mouse forebrains.  Our data (in new supplemental Fig.13a) show that MMP9 mRNA is strongly expressed in a sparse population of cells many of which appear to align along blood vessels. We suspect these are microglial lineage cells populating the embryonic cortex at this stage (see, for example, Squarzoni et al., Cell Rep. 2014 Sep 11;8(5):1271-9. doi: 10.1016/j.celrep.2014.07.042.).  Our control in situ using a Tnc5 probe also shows that the MMP9 signal is not a result of nonspecific probe binding.  Since the MMP9 expressing cells are very sparse even in the wholemount specimens while most database RNA in situ expression data are obtained using thin sections, we suspect this may be why the signal may have been missed in the databases.  As for functional contributions, we agree that we cannot rule roles played by other MMPs.  However, based on the ectopia suppression data, our results clearly indicate a critical contribution by MMP9/13.

      For MMP9 activity, authors should show the whole membrane with a minimum of three control and three mutant individual samples and with the quantification.<br /> - The graphs should be improved, including individual values and titles of the Y axes.

      We have included whole membrane zymography images with four control and four mutant individual samples as well as quantification in a new supplemental Fig.13b-c.  The graphs have also been improved as suggested.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the current reviews.

      We are grateful to the reviewers for their positive assessment of the revised version of the article.

      Please find below our answers to the last, minor comments of the reviewers.

      We thank the reviewer for this important comment. In our live imaging experiments, we actually tracked the dorsal and ventral borders of the omp:yfp positive clusters in control and sly mutant embryos. These measurements showed that the omp:yfp positive clusters are more elongated along the DV axis in mutants as compared with control siblings, as seen on fixed samples (data not shown), suggesting that this difference in tissue shape is not due to fixation.

      Reviewer #4 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this elegant study XX and colleagues use a combination of fixed tissue analyses and live imaging to characterise the role of Laminin in olfactory placode development and neuronal pathfinding in the zebrafish embryo. They describe Laminin dynamics in the developing olfactory placode and adjacent brain structures and identify potential roles for Laminin in facilitating neuronal pathfinding from the olfactory placode to the brain. To test whether Laminin is required for olfactory placode neuronal pathfinding they analyse olfactory system development in a well-established laminin-gamma-1 mutant, in which the laminin-rich basement membrane is disrupted. They show that while the OP still coalesces in the absence of Laminin, Laminin is required to contain OP cells during forebrain flexure during development and maintain separation of the OP and adjacent brain region. They further demonstrate that Laminin is required for growth of OP neurons from the OP-brain interface towards the olfactory bulb. The authors also present data describing that while the Laminin mutant has partial defects in neural crest cell migration towards the developing OP, these NCC defects are unlikely to be the cause of the neuronal pathfinding defects upon loss of Laminin. Altogether the study is extremely well carried out, with careful analysis of high-quality data. Their findings are likely to be of interest to those working on olfactory system development, or with an interest in extracellular matrix in organ morphogenesis, cell migration, and axonal pathfinding.

      Strengths:

      The authors describe for the first time Laminin dynamics during the early development of the olfactory placode and olfactory axon extension. They use an appropriate model to perturb the system (lamc1 zebrafish mutant), and demonstrate novel requirements for Laminin in pathfinding of OP neurons towards the olfactory bulb.

      The study utilises careful and impressive live imaging to draw most of its conclusions, really drawing upon the strengths of the zebrafish model to investigate the role of laminin in OP pathfinding. This imaging is combined with deep learning methodology to characterise and describe phenotypes in their Laminin-perturbed models, along with detailed quantifications of cell behaviours, together providing a relatively complete picture of the impact of loss of Laminin on OP development.

      Weaknesses:

      Some of the statistical tests are performed on experiments where n=2 for each condition (for example the measurements in Figure S2) - in places the data is non-significant, but clear trends are observed, and one wonders whether some experiments are under-powered.

      We initially planned the electron microscopy experiments in order to analyse 3 embryos per genotype per stage. However, because of technical issues we could not perform the measurements in all the cases, explaining why we have n = 2 in some of the graphs. The trends were quite clear, so we chose to keep these data in the article. We believe they nicely complement the immunostaining data assessing basement membrane integrity in control and mutant embryos.


      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews: 

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review): 

      Summary: 

      The authors describe the dynamic distribution of laminin in the olfactory system and forebrain. Using immunohistochemistry and transgenic lines, they found that the olfactory system and adjacent brain tissues are enveloped by BMs from the earliest stages of olfactory system assembly. They also found that laminin deposits follow the axonal trajectory of axons. They performed a functional analysis of the sly mutant to analyse the function of laminin γ1 in the development of the zebrafish olfactory system. Their study revealed that laminin enables the shape and position of placodes to be maintained late in the face of major morphogenetic movements in the brain, and its absence promotes the local entry of sensory axons into the brain and their navigation towards the olfactory bulb. 

      Strengths: 

      - They showed that in the sly mutants, no BM staining of laminin and Nidogen could be detected around the OP and the brain. The authors then elegantly used electron microscopy to analyse the ultrastructure of the border between the OP and the brain in control and sly mutant conditions. 

      - To analyse the role of laminin γ1-dependent BMs in OP coalescence, the authors used the cluster size of Tg(neurog1:GFP)+ OP cells at 22 hpf as a marker. They found that the mediolateral dimension increased specifically in the mutants. However, proliferation did not seem to be affected, although apoptosis appeared to increase slightly at a later stage. This increase could therefore be due to a dispersal of cells in the OP. To test this hypothesis, the authors then analysed the cell trajectories and extracted 3D mean square displacements (MSD), a measure of the volume explored by a cell in a given period of time. Their conclusion indicates that although brain cell movements are increased in the absence of BM during coalescence phases, overall OP cell movements occur within normal parameters and allow OPs to condense into compact neuronal clusters in sly mutants. The authors also analysed the dimensions of the clusters composed of OMP+ neurons. Their results show an increase in cluster size along the dorso-ventral axis. These results were to be expected since, compared with BM, early neurog1+ neurons should compact along the medio-lateral axis, and those that are OMP+ essentially along the dorso-ventral axis. In addition to the DV elongation of OP tissue, the authors show the existence of isolated and ectopic (misplaced) YFP+ cells in sly mutants. 

      - To understand the origin of these phenotypes, the authors analysed the dynamic behaviour of brain cells and OPs during forebrain flexion. The authors then quantitatively measured brain versus OPs in the sly mutant and found that the OP-brain boundary was poorly defined in the sly mutant compared with the control. Once again, the methods (cell tracks, brain size, and proliferation/apoptosis, and the shape of the brain/OP boundary) are elegant but the results were expected. 

      - They then analysed the dynamic behaviour of the axon using live imaging. Thus, olfactory axon migration is drastically impaired in sly mutants, demonstrating that Laminin γ1dependent BMs are essential for the growth and navigation of axons from the OP to the olfactory bulb. 

      - The authors therefore performed a quantitative analysis of the loss of function of Laminin γ1. They propose that the BM of the OP prevents its deformation in response to mechanical forces generated by morphogenetic movements of the neighbouring brain. 

      Weaknesses: 

      - The authors did not analyse neurog1 + axonal migration at the level of the single cell and instead made a global analysis. An analysis at the cell level would strengthen their hypotheses.  

      - Rescue experiments by locally inducing Laminin expression would have strengthened the paper. 

      - The paper lacks clarity between the two neuronal populations described (early EONs and late OSNs).  

      - The authors quantitatively measured brain versus OPs in the sly mutant and found that the OP-brain boundary was poorly defined in the sly mutant compared with the control. Once again, the methods (cell tracks, brain size, proliferation/apoptosis, and the shape of the brain/OP boundary) are elegant but the results were expected. 

      - A missing point in the paper is the effect of Laminin γ1 on the migration of cranial NCCs that interact with OP cells. The authors could have analysed the dynamic distribution of neural crest cells in the sly mutant. 

      We thank the reviewer for the overall positive assessment of our work, and we carefully responded to all her/his insightful comments below. Live imaging experiments to (1) visualise exit and entry point formation with only a few axons labelled, (2) characterise the behaviour of single neurog1:GFP-positive neurons/axons during OP coalescence and to (3) analyse the migration of cranial NCC are now included in the revised manuscript to address the reviewer’s questions, and reinforce our initial conclusions.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review): 

      Summary: 

      This manuscript addresses the role of the extracellular matrix in olfactory development. Despite the importance of these extracellular structures, the specific roles and activities of matrix molecules are still poorly understood. Here, the authors combine live imaging and genetics to examine the role of laminin gamma 1 in multiple steps of olfactory development. The work comprises a descriptive but carefully executed, quantitative assessment of the olfactory phenotypes resulting from loss of laminin gamma. Overall, this is a constructive advance in our understanding of extracellular matrix contributions to olfactory development, with a well-written Discussion with relevance to many other systems. 

      Strengths: 

      The strengths of the manuscript are in the approaches: the authors have combined live imaging, careful quantitative analyses, and molecular genetics. The work presented takes advantage of many zebrafish tools including mutants and transgenics to directly visualize the laminin extracellular matrix in living embryos during the developmental process. 

      Weaknesses: 

      The weaknesses are primarily in the presentation of some of the imaging data. In certain cases, it was not straightforward to evaluate the authors' interpretations and conclusions based on the single confocal sections included in the manuscript. For example, it was difficult to assess the authors' interpretation of when and how laminin openings arise around the olfactory placode and brain during olfactory axon guidance. 

      We thank the reviewer for the overall positive assessment of our work, and we carefully responded to all her/his insightful comments below. To address these comments, live imaging data to visualise exit and entry point formation with a sparse labelling of axons, and z-stacks showing how exit and entry points are organised in 3D, have been added to the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review): 

      This is a beautifully presented paper combining live imaging and analysis of mutant phenotypes to elucidate the role of laminin γ1-dependent basement membranes in the development of the zebrafish olfactory placode. The work is clearly illustrated and carefully quantified throughout. There are some very interesting observations based on the analysis of wild-type, laminin γ1, and foxd3 mutant embryos. The authors demonstrate the importance of a Laminin γ1-dependent basement membrane in olfactory placode morphogenesis, and in establishing and maintaining both boundaries and neuronal connections between the brain and the olfactory system. There are some very interesting observations, including the identification of different mechanisms for axons to cross basement membranes, either by taking advantage of incompletely formed membranes at early stages, or by actively perforating the membrane at later ones. 

      This is a valuable and important study but remains quite descriptive. In some cases, hypotheses for mechanisms are stated but are not tested further. For example, the authors propose that olfactory axons must actively disrupt a basement membrane to enter the brain and suggest alternative putative mechanisms for this, but these are not tested experimentally. In addition, the authors propose that the basement membrane of the olfactory placode acts to resist mechanical forces generated by the morphogenetic movement of the developing brain, and thus to prevent passive deformation of the placode, but this is not tested anywhere, for example by preventing or altering the brain movements in the laminin γ1 mutant. 

      We thank the reviewer for the overall positive assessment of our work and for suggesting interesting experiments to attempt in the future, and we carefully responded to all her/his constructive comments below.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      In general, it would be easier to draw conclusions and compare data if the authors used similar stages throughout the article. 

      Throughout the article we tried to focus on a series of stages that cover both the coalescence of the OP (up to 24 hpf) and later stages of olfactory system development spanning the brain flexure process (28, 32, 36 hpf). However, for technical reasons it was not always possible to stick to these precise stages in some of our experiments. Also, in Fig. 1E-J, we picked in the movies some images illustrating specific cell or axonal behaviours, and thus the corresponding stages could not match exactly the stage series used in Fig. 1A-D and elsewhere in the article. Nevertheless, this stage heterogeneity does not affect our main conclusions.

      It would be useful to schematise the olfactory placode and the brain in an insert to clearly visualise the system in each figure. 

      We hope that the schematic which was initially presented in Fig. 1K already helps the reader to understand how the system is organised. Although we have not added more schematic views to represent the system in each figure (we think this would make the figures overcrowded), we have added additional legends to point to the OP and the brain in the pictures in order to clarify the localisation of each tissue.

      In the Summary, the authors refer to the integrity of the basement membrane. I don't think there is any attempt to affect basement membrane integrity in the article. It would be important to do so to look at the effect on CNS-PNS separation and axonal elongation. 

      In the Summary, we use the term « integrity of the basement membrane » to mention that we have analysed this integrity in the sly mutant. Given the results of our immunostainings against three main components of the basement membrane (Laminin, Collagen IV and Nidogen), as well as our EM observations, we see the sly mutant as a condition in which the integrity of the basement membrane is strongly affected.

      Rescue experiments by locally inducing Laminin expression would have strengthened the paper. 

      We have attempted to rescue the sly mutant phenotypes by introducing the mutation in the transgenic TgBAC(lamC1:lamC1-sfGFP) background, in which Laminin γ1 tagged with sfGFP is expressed under the control of its own regulatory sequences (Yamaguchi et al., 2022). To do so, we crossed sly+/-;Tg(omp:yfp) fish with sly+/-; Tg(lamC1:LamC1-sfGFP) fish. Surprisingly, while a rescue of the global embryo morphology was observed, no clear rescue of the olfactory system defects could be detected at 36 hpf. This could be due to the fact that the expression level of LamC1-sfGFP obtained with one copy of the transgene is not sufficient to rescue the olfactory system phenotypes, or that the sfGFP tag specifically affects the function of the Laminin 𝛾1 chain during the development of the olfactory system, making it unable to rescue the defects. Given the results of our first attemps, we decided not to continue in this direction.

      (1) Developing OP & brain are surrounded by laminin-containing BM (already described by Torrez-Pas & Whitlock in 2014). 

      "we first noticed the appearance of a continuous Laminin-rich BM surrounding the brain from 14-18 hpf, while around the OP, only discrete Laminin spots were detected at this stage (Fig. 1A, A'). " 

      Around 8ss for Torrez-Pas & Whitlock (before 14 hpf). Can you modify the text, or show an 8ss stage embryo? As far as I know, the authors do not show images at 14hpf. Please correct this sentence or show a 14 hpf picture. 

      The reviewer is right, we do not show any 14 hpf stage in the images and thus have removed this stage in the text and replaced it by 17 hpf.

      In Figure 1A, the labelling of laminin 111 does not appear to be homogeneous along the brain.

      Is this true? 

      At this stage the brain’s BM revealed by the Laminin immunostaining appears fairly continuous (while the OP’s one is clearly dotty and less defined), but indeed very tiny/local interruptions of the signal can been seen along the structure as detected by the reviewer. We thus modified the text to mention these tiny interruptions.

      How is the Laminin antibody used by the authors specific to laminin 111?  

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point. The immunogen used to produce this rabbit polyclonal antibody is the Laminin protein isolated from the basement membrane of a mouse Engelbreth Holm-Swarm sarcoma (EHS). It is thus likely to recognise several Laminin isoforms and not only Laminin 111. We thus replaced Laminin 111 by Laminin when mentioning this antibody in the text and Figures.

      Please schematise in Figure 1K the stages you have tested and shown here in the article i.e. stages 18 - 22 - 28 -36 hpf using immunohistochemistry and 17-26-27-29-33 and 38 hpf using transgenics for laminin 111 and LamC1 respectively.  

      As suggested by the reviewer, we changed the stages in the schematics for stages we have presented in Figure 1 (analysed either with immunostaining or in live imaging experiments). We chose to represent 17 - 22 - 26 - 33 hpf (and thus adapted some of the schematics for them to match these stages).  

      Please specify in the Figure 1 legend for panels A to D whether this is a 3D projection or a zsection.

      We indicated in the Figure 1 legend that all these images are single z-sections (as well as for panels E-J).

      Furthermore, the schematisation in Fig. 1K does not reflect what the authors show: at 22 hpf laminin 111 labelling appears to be present only near the brain, and no labelling lateral to the olfactory placode and anteriorly and posteriorly. Thus, the schematisation in Figure 1K needs to be modified to reflect what the authors show.

      We agree with the reviewer that the Laminin staining at this stage is observed around the medial region of the OP, but not more laterally. We modified the schematic view accordingly in Figure 1K. Anterior and posterior sides of the OP are not represented in this schematic because we chose to represent a frontal view rather than a dorsal view.

      The authors suggest that" the laminin-rich BM of OP assembles between 18 and 22 hpf, during the late phase of OP coalescence". However, their data indicate that this BM assembles around 28hpf (Figure 1C). Can they clarify this point?

      What we meant with this sentence is that we cleary see two distinct BMs from 22 hpf. However, as noticed by the reviewer, the OP’s BM is only present around the medial/basal regions of the OP and does not surround the whole OP tissue at this stage. We modified the text to clarify this point (in particular by mentioning that the OP’s BM starts to assemble between 18 and 22 hpf), and replaced the image shown in Figure 1B, B’ with a more representative picture (the previous z-section was taken in very dorsal regions of the OP).

      It would be useful to disrupt these cells that have a cytoplasmic expression of Laminin-sfGFP, to analyse their contribution to BM and OP coalescence.

      Indeed it will be interesting in the future to test specifically the role of the cells expressing cytoplasmic Laminin-sfGFP around and within the OP, as proposed by the reviewer. Laser ablation of these cells could be attempted, but due to their very superficial localisation, close to the skin, we believe these ablations (with the protocol/set-up we currently use in the lab) would impair the skin integrity, preventing us to conclude. We consider that the optimisation of this experiment is out of the scope of the present work.

      Tg(-2.0ompb:gapYFP)rw032 marks ciliated olfactory sensory neurons (OSNs) (Sato et al., 2005). The authors should mention this. 

      Please see our detailed response to the next point below.

      Points to be clarified: 

      -Tg(-2.0ompb:gapYFP)rw032 marks ciliated olfactory sensory neurons (OSNs) (Sato et al., 2005). The authors should mention this here. Moreover, the authors refer to "OP neurons" throughout the article. In the development of the olfactory organ, two types of neurons have been described in the literature: early EONs (12hpf-26hpf) and later OSNs. Each could have a specific role in the establishment and maintenance of the BM described by the authors. The authors need to clarify this point as, in Figure 1 for example, they use a marker for Tg(neurog1:GFP) EONs and a marker for ciliated OSNs without distinction. The distinction between EONs and OSNs comes a little late in the text and should be placed higher up. 

      As mentioned by the reviewer, according to the initial view of neurogenesis in the OP, OP neurons are born in two waves. A transient population of unipolar, dendrite-less pioneer neurons would differentiate first, in the ventro-medial region of the OP and elongate their axons dorsally out of the placode, along the brain wall. These pioneer axons would then be used as a scaffold by later born OSNs located in the dorso-lateral rosette to outgrow their axons towards the olfactory bulb (Whitlock and Westerfield, 1998). 

      Another study further characterised OP neurogenesis and showed that the first neurons to differentiate in the OP (the early olfactory neurons or EONs) express the Tg(neurog1:GFP) transgene (Madelaine et al., 2011). As mentioned by the authors in the discussion of this article, neurog1:GFP+ neurons appear much more numerous than the previously described pioneer neurons, and may thus include pioneers but also other neuronal subtypes.

      We would like here to share additional, unpublished observations from our lab that further suggest that the situation is more complex than the pioneer/OSN and EON/OSN nomenclatures. First, in many of our live imaging experiments, we can clearly visualise some neurog1:GFP+ unipolar neurons, initially located in a medial position in the OP, which intercalate and contribute to the dorsolateral rosette (where OSNs are proposed to be located) at the end of OP coalescence, from 22-24 hpf. Second, in fixed tissues, we observed that most neurog1:GFP+ neurons located in the rosette at 32 hpf co-express the Tg(omp:meRFP) transgene (Sato et al., 2005). These observations suggest that at least a subpopulation of neurog1:GFP+ neurons could incorporate in the dorsolateral rosette and become ciliated OSNs during development. We can share these results with the reviewer upon request. Further studies are thus needed to clarify and describe the neuronal subpopulations and lineage relationships in the OP, but this detailed investigation is out of the scope and focus of the present study. 

      An additional complication comes from the fact that, as shown and acknowledged by the authors in Miyasaka et al., 2005, the Tg(omp:meYFP) line (6kb promoter) labels ciliated OSNs in the rosette but also some unipolar, ventral neurons (around 10 neurons at 1 dpf, Miyasaka et al. 2005, Figure 3A, white arrowheads). This was also observed using the 2 kb promoter Tg(omp:meYFP) line (see for instance Miyasaka et al., 2007) and in our study, we can indeed detect these ventro-medial neurons labelled in the Tg(omp:meYFP) line (2 kb promoter), see for instance Figure 1C’, D’ or Movie 6. It is unclear whether these unipolar omp:meYFPpositive cells are pioneer neurons or EONs expressing the omp:meYFP transgene, or OSN progenitors that would be located basally/ventrally in the OP at these stages.

      For all these reasons, we decided to present in the text the current view of neurogenesis in the OP but instead of attributing a definitive identity to the neurons we visualise with the transgenic lines, we prefer to mention them in the manuscript (and in the rest of the response to the reviewers) as neurons expressing neurog1:GFP or omp:meYFP transgenes (or cells/axons/neurons expressing RFP in the Tg(cldnb:Gal4; UAS:RFP) background).

      What we also changed in the text to be more clear on this point:

      - we moved higher up in the text, as suggested by reviewer 1, the description of the current model of neurogenesis in the OP,

      - we mentioned that neurog1:GFP+ neurons are more numerous than the initially described pioneer neurons, as discussed in Madelaine et al., 2011,

      - we wrote more clearly that the Tg(omp:meYFP) line labels ciliated OSNs but also a subset of unipolar, ventral neurons (Miyasaka et al., 2005), and pointed to these ventral neurons in Figure 1C’, D’,

      - in the initial presentation of the current view of OP neurogenesis we renamed neurog1:GFP+ into EONs to be coherent with Madelaine et al., 2011.

      - To visualise pioneer axons, the authors should use an EONS marker such as neurog1 because, to my knowledge, OMP only marks OSN axons and not pioneer axons.  

      To visualise neurog1:GFP+ axons during OP coalescence, we performed live imaging upon injection of the neurog1:GFP plasmid (Blader et al., 2003) in the Tg(cldnb:Gal4; UAS:RFP) background (n = 4 mutants and n = 4 controls from 2 independent experiments). We observed some GFP+ placodal neurons exhibiting retrograde axon extension in both controls and sly mutants. In such experiments it is very difficult to quantify and compare the number of neurons/axons showing specific behaviours between different experimental conditions/genetic background. Indeed, due to the cytoplasmic localisation of GFP, the axons can only be seen in neurons expressing high levels of GFP, and due to the injection the number of such neurons varies a lot in between embryos, even in a given condition. Nevertheless, our qualitative observations reinforce the idea that the basement membrane is not absolutely required for mediolateral movements and retrograde axon extension of neurog1:GFP+ neurons in the OP. We added examples of images extracted from these new live imaging experiments in the revised Fig. S5A, B.

      - The authors should analyse the presence of laminin in the OP and forebrain in conjunction with neural crest cell dynamics (using a Sox10 transgenic line for example) to refine their entry and exit point hypotheses. 

      As described in the answer to the next point, we performed new experiments in which we visualised NCC migration in the Tg(neurog1:GFP) background, which allowed us to analyse the localisation of NCC at the forebrain/OP boundary, in ventral and dorsal positions, both in sly mutant embryos and control siblings.

      - A dynamic analysis of the distribution of neural crest cells in the sly mutant over time and during OP coalescence would be important. 

      The dynamics of zebrafish cranial NCC migration in the vicinity of the OP has been previously analysed using sox10 reporter lines (Harden et al., 2012, Torres-Paz and Whitlock, 2014, Bryan et al., 2020). To address the point raised by the reviewer, we performed live imaging from 16 to 32 hpf on sly mutants and control siblings carrying the Tg(neurog1:GFP) and Tg(UAS:RFP) transgenes and injected with a sox10(7.2):KalTA4 plasmid (Almeida et al., 2015). This allows the mosaic labelling of cells that express or have expressed sox10 during their development which, in the head region at these stages, represents mostly NCC and their derivatives. 3 independent experiments were carried out (n = 4 mutant embryos in which 8 placodes could be analysed; n = 6 control siblings in which 10 placodes could be analysed). A new movie (Movie 9) has been added to the revised article to show representative examples of control and mutant embryos.

      From these new data, we could make the following observations:

      - As expected from previous studies (Harden et al., 2012, Torres-Paz and Whitlock, 2014, Bryan et al., 2020), in control embryos a lot of NCC had already migrated to reach the vicinity of the OP when the movies begin at 16 hpf, and were then seen invading mainly the interface between the eye and the OP (10/10 placodes). Surprisingly, in sly mutants, a lot of motile NCC had also reached the OP region at 16 hpf in all the analysed placodes (8/8), and populated the eye/OP interface in 7/8 placodes (10/10 in controls). Counting NCC or tracking individual NCC during the whole duration of the movies was unfortunately too difficult to achieve in these movies, because of the low level of mosaicism (a high number of cells were labelled) and of the high speed of NCC movements (as compared with the 10 min delta t we chose for the movies). 

      - in some of the control placodes we could detect a few NCC that populated the forebrain/OP interface, either ventrally, close to the exit point of the axons (4/10 placodes), or more dorsally (8/10 placodes). By contrast, in sly mutants, NCC were observed in the dorsal region of the brain/OP boundary in only 2/8 placodes, and in the ventral brain/OP frontier in only 2/8 placodes as well. Interestingly, in these 2 last samples, NCC that had initially populated the ventral region of the brain/OP interface were then expelled from the boundary at later stages.

      We reported these observations in a new Table that is presented in revised Fig. S6B. In addition, instances of NCC migrating at the eye/OP or forebain/OP interfaces are indicated with arrowheads on Movie 9. Previous Figure S6 was splitted into two parts presenting NCC defects in sly mutants (revised Figure S6) and in foxd3 mutants (revised Figure S7).

      Altogether, these new data suggest that the first postero-anterior phase of NCC migration towards the OP, as well as their migration in between the eye and OP tissues, is not fully perturbed in sly mutants. The subset of NCC that populate the OP/forebrain seem to be more specifically affected, as these NCC show defects in their migration to the interface or the maintenance of their position at the interface. Since the crestin marker labels mostly NCC at the OP/forebrain interface at 32 hpf (revised Fig. S6A), this could explain why the crestin ISH signal is almost lost in sly mutants at this stage.

      (2) Laminin distribution suggests a role in olfactory axon development 

      "Laminin 111 immunostaining revealed local disruptions in the membrane enveloping the OP and brain, precisely where YFP+ axons exit the OP (exit point) and enter the brain (entry point) (Fig. 1C-D')." Can the authors quantify this situation? It would be important to analyse this behaviour on the scale of a neuron and thus axonal migration to strengthen the hypotheses. 

      As suggested by the reviewer, to better visualise individual axons at the exit and entry point, we used mosaic red labelling of OP axons. To achieve this sparse labelling, we took advantage of the mosaic expression of a red fluorescent membrane protein observed in the Tg(cldnb:Gal4; UAS:lyn-TagRFP) background. The unpublished Tg(UAS:lyn-TagRFP) line was kindly provided by Marion Rosello and Shahad Albadri from the lab of Filippo Del Bene. We crossed the Tg(cldnb:Gal4; UAS:lyn-TagRFP) line with the TgBAC(lamC1:lamC1-sfGFP) reporter and performed live imaging on 2 embryos/4 placodes, in a frontal view. A new movie (Movie 3 in the revised article) shows examples of exit and entry point formation in this context.This allowed us to visualise the formation of the exit and entry points in more samples (6 embryos and 12 placodes in total when we pool the two strategies for labelling OP axons) and through the visualisation of a small number of axons, and reinforce our initial conclusions. 

      (3) The integrity of BMs around the brain and the OP is affected in the sly mutant 

      Why do the authors analyse the distribution of collagen IV and Nidogen and not proteoglycans and heparan sulphate? 

      We attempted to label more ECM components such as proteoglycans and heparan sulfate, but whole-mount immunostainings did not work in our hands.

      A dynamic analysis of the distribution of neural crest cells in the sly mutant over time and during OP coalescence would be important. 

      See our detailed response to this point above.  

      (4) Role of Laminin γ1-dependent BMs in OP coalescence 

      The authors use the size of the Tg(neurog1:GFP)+ OP cell cluster at 22 hpf as a marker.  The authors should count the number of cells in the OP at the indicated time using a nuclear dye to check that in the sly mutant the number of cells is the same over time. Two time points as analysed in Figure S2 may not be sufficient to quantify proliferation which at these stages should be almost zero according to Whitlock & Westerfield and Madelaine et al.

      Counting the neurog1:GFP+ cell numbers in our existing data was unfortunately impossible, due to the poor quality of the DAPI staining. We are nevertheless confident that the number of cells within neurog1:GFP+ clusters is fairly similar between controls and sly mutants at 22 hpf, since the OP dimensions are the same for AP and DV dimensions, and only slightly different for the ML dimension. In addition, we analysed proliferation and apoptosis within the neurog1:GFP+ cluster at 16 and 21 hpf and observed no difference between controls and mutants.

      (5) Role of Laminin γ1-dependent BMs during the forebrain flexure 

      In Figure 4F at 32hpf, the presence of 77% ectopic OMP+ cells medially should result in an increase in dimensions along the M-L? This is not the case in the article. The authors should clarify this point. 

      As we explained in the Material and Methods, ectopic fluorescent cells (cells that are physically separated from the main cluster) were not taken into account for the measurement of the OP dimensions. This is now also also mentioned in the legends of the Figures (4 and S3) showing the quantifications of OP dimensions.

      Cell distribution also seems to be affected within the OMP+ cluster at 36hpf, with fewer cells laterally and more medially. The authors should analyse the distribution of OMP+ cells in the clusters. in sly mutants and controls to understand whether the modification corresponds to the absence of BM function. 

      On the pictures shown in Figure 4F,G, we agree that omp:meYFP+ cells appear to be more medially distributed in the mutant, however this is not the case in other sections or samples, and is rather specific to the z-section chosen for the Figure. We found that the ML dimension is unchanged in mutants as compared with controls, except for the 28 hpf stage where it is smaller, but this appears to be a transient phenomenon, since no change is detected at earlier or later stages (Figure 4A-D and Figure S3A-L). The difference we observe at 28 hpf is now mentioned in the revised manuscript.

      The conclusions of Figures 4 and S3 would rather be that laminin allows OMP+ cells to be oriented along the medio-lateral axis whereas it would control their position along the dorsoventral axis. The authors should modify the text. It would be useful to map the distribution of OMP+ cells along the dorsoventral and mediolateral axes. The same applies to Neurog1+ cells. An analysis of skin cell movements, for example, would be useful to determine whether the effects are specific.  

      We are confident that the measurements of OP dimensions in AP, DV and ML are sufficient to describe the OP shape defects observed in the sly mutants. Analysing cell distribution along the 3 axes as well as skin cell movements will be interesting to perform in the future but we consider these quantifications as being out of the scope of the present work.

      (6) Laminin γ1-dependent BMs are required to define a robust boundary between the OP and the brain 

      The authors must weigh this conclusion "Laminin γ1-dependent BMs serve to establish a straight boundary between the brain and OP, preventing local mixing and late convergence of the two OPs towards each other during flexion movement." Indeed, they don't really show any local mixing between the brain and OP cells. They would need to quantify in their images (Figure 5A-A' and Figure S4 A-A') the percentage of cells co-labelled by HuC and Tg(cldnb:GFP). 

      We agree with the reviewer and thus replaced « reveal » by « suggest » in the conclusion of this section. 

      (7) Role of Laminin γ1-dependent BMs in olfactory axon development 

      An analysis of the retrograde extension movement in the axons of OMP+ ectopic neurons in the sly1 mutant condition would be useful to validate that the loss of laminin function does not play a role in this event. 

      Indeed, even though we can visualise instances of retrograde extension occurring normally in sly mutants, we can not rule out that this process is affected in a subset of OP neurons, for instance in ectopic cells, which often show no axon or a misoriented axon. We added a sentence to mention this in the revised manuscript.

      Minor comments and typos: 

      Please check and mention the D-V/L-M or A-P/L-M orientation of the images in all figures. 

      This has been checked.

      Legend Figure 1: "distalmost" is missing a space "distal most". 

      We checked and this word can be written without a space.

      Figure 1 panel C: check the orientation (I am not sure that Dorsal is up). 

      We double-checked and confirm that dorsal is up in this panel.

      Movie 1 Legend: "aroung "the OP should be around the OP. 

      Thanks to the reviewer for noticing the typo, we corrected it.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The comments below are relatively minor and mostly raise questions regarding images and their presentation in the manuscript. 

      • Figure 1, visualization of exit and entry points: It is a bit difficult to visualize the axon exit and entry points in these images, and in particular, to understand how the exit and entry points in C and D correspond to what is seen in F, F', H, and H'. There appears to be one resolvable break in the staining in C and D, whereas there are two distinct breaks in F-H'. Are these single optical sections? Is it possible to visualize these via 3-dimensional rendering? 

      All the images presented in Figure 1 are single z-sections, which is now indicated in the Figure legend. As noticed by the reviewer, Laminin immunostainings on fixed embryos at 28 and 36 hpf suggested that the exit and entry points are facing each other, as shown in Figure 1C-D’. However, in our live imaging experiments we always observed that the exit point is slightly more ventral than the entry point (of about 10 to 20 µm). This discrepancy could be due to the fixation that precedes the immunostaining procedure, which could modify slightly the size and shape of cells/tissues. We added a sentence on this point in the text. In addition, we added new movies of the LamC1-sfGFP reporter with sparse red axonal labelling (Movie 3, see response to reviewer 1), as well as z-stacks presenting the organisation of exit and entry points in 3D (Movie 4), which should help to better illustrate the mechanisms of exit and entry point formation.

      • Movie 2, p. 6, "small interruptions of the BM were already present near the axon tips, along the ventro-medial wall of the OP." This is a bit difficult to assess since the movie seems to show at least one other small interruption in the BM in addition to the exit point, in particular, one slightly dorsal to the exit point. Was this seen in other samples, or in different optical sections? 

      Indeed the exit and entry points often appear as regions with several, small BM interruptions, rather than single holes in the BM. We now show in revised Movie 4 the two z-stacks (the merge and the single channel for green fluorescence) corresponding to the last time points of the movies showing exit and entry point formation in Movie 2, where several BM interruptions can be seen for both the exit and entry points. We had already mentioned this observation in the legend of Movie 2, and we added a sentence on this point in the main text of the revised manuscript. This is also represented for both exit and entry points in the new schematics in revised Fig. 1K and its legend. 

      • Movie 2, p. 6, "The opening of the entry point through the brain BM was concomitant with the arrival of the RFP+ axons, suggesting that the axons degrade or displace BM components to enter the brain." Similar to the questions regarding the exit point, it was a bit difficult to evaluate this statement. There appears to be a broader region of BM discontinuity more dorsal to the arrowhead in Movie 2. A single-channel movie of just the laminin fluorescence might help to convey the extent of the discontinuity. As with above, was this seen in other samples, or in different optical sections?  

      See our response to the previous comment.

      • Figure 1H, I, "the distal tip of the RFP+ axons migrated in close proximity with the brain's BM." This is again a bit difficult to see, and quite different than what is seen in Figure 4A, in which the axons do not seem close to the BM in this section. Is it possible to visualize this via 3-dimensional rendering? 

      In fixed embryos or in live imaging experiments, we observed that, once entered in the brain, the distal tips (the growth cones) of the axons are located close to the BM of the brain. However, this is not the case of the axon shafts which, as development proceeds, are located further away from the BM. This can clearly be seen at 36 hpf in Figure 1D’ and Figure 4A, as spotted by the reviewer. We modified the text to clarify this point.

      • Figure 2J, J', p. 7, the gap between the OP and brain cells of sly mutants "was most often devoid of electron-dense material." It is difficult to see this loss of electron-dense material in 2J'. The thickness of the space is quantified well and is clearly smaller, but the change in electron-dense material is more difficult to see.  

      We looked at Figure 2 again and it seems clear to us that there is electron-dense material between the plasma membranes in controls, which is practically not seen (rare spots) in the mutants. We added a sentence mentioning that we rarely see electron-dense spots in sly mutants.

      • Figure 5E-F': There are concerns about evaluating the shape of a tissue based on nuclear position. Is there a way to co-stain for cell boundaries (maybe actin?), and then quantify distortion of the dlx+ cell population using the cell boundaries, rather than nuclear staining? 

      We agree with the reviewer that it is not ideal to evaluate the shape of the OP/brain boundary based on a nuclear staining. As explained in the text, we could not use the Tg(eltC:GFP) or Tg(cldnb:Gal4; UAS:RFP) reporter lines for this analysis, due to ectopic or mosaic expression. However we are confident that the segmentation of the Dlx3b immunostaining reflects the organisation of the cells at the OP/brain tissue boundary: in other data sets in which we performed Dlx3b staining with membrane labelling independently of the present study and in the wild type context, we clearly see that cell membranes are juxtaposed to the Dlx3b nuclear staining (in other words, the cytoplasm volume of OP cells is very small). 

      • Figure S5E: It would be helpful to see representative images for each of the categories (Proper axon bundle; Ventral projections; Medial projections) or a schematic to understand how the phenotypes were assessed. 

      To address this point we added a schematic view to illustrate the phenotypes assessed in each column of the table in revised Figure S5G.

      • Figure 6, p. 12, "Laminin gamma 1-dependent BMs are essential for growth and navigation of the axons...": What fraction of the tracked axons managed to exit the OP? Given the quantitative analyses in Figure 6, one might interpret this to mean that laminin gamma 1 is not essential for axon growth (speed and persistence are largely unchanged), but rather, primarily for navigation. 

      As noticed by the reviewer, the speed and persistence of axonal growth cones are largely unchanged in the sly mutants (except for the reduced persistence in the 200-400 min window, and an increased speed in the 800-1000 min window), showing that the growth cones are still motile. However, as shown by the tracks, they tend to wander around within the OP, close to the cell bodies, which results in the end in a perturbed growth of the axons. The navigation issues are rather revealed by the analysis of fixed Tg(omp:meYFP) embryos presented in the table of Figure S5G. We modified the text to separate more clearly the conclusions of the two types of experiments (fixed, transgenic embryos versus live, mosaically labelled embryos).

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Testing the hypotheses mentioned in the public review will be interesting experiments for a follow-up study, but are not essential revisions for this manuscript. 

      I have only a few minor suggestions for revisions: 

      P8 subheading 'Role of Laminin γ1-dependent BMs in OP coalescence' - since no major role was demonstrated here, this heading should be reworded.  

      We agree with the reviewer and replaced the previous title by « OP coalescence still occurs in the sly mutant ».

      P11, line 3 - the authors conclude that the forebrain is smaller 'due to' the inward convergence of the OPs. I do not think it is possible to assign causation to this when the mutant disrupts Laminin γ1 systemically - it is equally possible that the OPs move inward due to a failure of the brain to form in the normal shape. Thus, the wording should be changed here. (In the Discussion on p15, the authors mention the 'apparent distortion' of the brain, and say that it is 'possibly due' to the inward migration of the placodes', but again this could be toned down.) 

      We agree with the reviewer’s comment and changed the wording of our conclusions in the Results section.

      P11 and Fig. S5 - The table and text seem to be saying opposite things here. The text on p11 (3rd paragraph) indicates that the normal exit point is ventral and that this is disrupted in the mutant, with axons exiting dorsally. However, in the table, at each time point there is a higher % of axons exiting ventrally in the mutant. Please clarify. The table does not provide a % value for axons exiting dorsally - it might help to add a column to show this value. 

      We are grateful to the reviewer for pointing this out, and we apologize for the lack of clarity in the first version of the manuscript. We have modified the text and Figure S5 in order to clarify the different points raised by the reviewer in this comment. The Table in Fig. S5G does not represent the % of axons showing defects, but the % of embryos showing the phenotypes. In addition, an embryo is counted in the ventral or medial projection category if it shows at least one ventral or medial projection (even if its shows a proper bundle). This is now clearly indicated in the title of the columns in the table itself and in the legend. The embryos in which the axons exit dorsally in sly mutants are actually those counted in the left column of the Table (they exit dorsally and form a bundle), as shown by the new schematics added below the table. We also added this information in the title of the left column, and mention in the legend the pictures in which this dorsal exit can be observed in the article (Figures 4B and S3E’). Having more sly mutant embryos with axons exiting dorsally is thus compatible with more embryos showing at least one ventral projection.

      Fig. S6, shows the lack of neural crest cells between the olfactory placode and the brain in both laminin γ1 mutants (without a basement membrane) and foxd3 mutants (which retain the membrane). Comparison of the two mutants here is a neat experiment and the result is striking, demonstrating that it is the basement membrane, and not the neural crest, that is required for correct morphology of the olfactory placode. I think this figure should be presented as a main figure, rather than supplementary.  

      Our new live imaging characterisation of NCC migration in sly mutants and control siblings (Movie 9) revealed that at 32 hpf, in the vicinity of the OP, NCC (or their derivatives) are much more numerous than the subset of NCC showing crestin expression by in situ hybridisation (compare the end of our control movie – 32 hfp, with crestin ISH shown in Figure S6A for instance). 

      Thus, the extent of the NCC migration defects should be analysed in more detail in the foxd3 mutant in the future (using live imaging or other NCC markers), and for this reason we chose to keep this dataset in the supplementary Figures.

      One of the first topics covered in the Discussion section is the potential role of Collagen. I was surprised to see the description on P15 'the dramatic disorganization of the Collagen IV pattern observed by immunofluorescence in the sly mutant', as I hadn't picked this up from the Results section of the paper. I went back to the relevant figure (Fig. 2) and description on p7, which does not give the same impression: 'in sly mutants, Collagen IV immunoreactivity was not totally abolished'. This suggested to me that there was only minor (not dramatic) disorganisation of the Collagen IV. This needs clarification.  

      The linear, BM-like Collagen IV staining was lost in sly mutants, but not the fibrous staining which remained in the form of discrete patches surrounding the OP. We modified the text in the Results section as well as in the Figure 2 legend to clarify our observations made on embryos immunostained for Collagen IV.

      Typos etc 

      P5 - '(ii) above of the neuronal rosette' - delete the word 'of'. 

      P5 two lines below this - ensheathed. 

      P10 - '3 distinct AP levels' (delete s from distincts). 

      P10 - distortion (not distorsion) . 

      P12 - 'From 14 hpf, they' should read 'From 14 hpf, neural crest cells'. 

      P15, line 1 - 'is a consequence of' rather than 'is consecutive of'? 

      P22 'When the data were not normal,' should read 'When the data were not normally distributed,'. 

      We thank the reviewer for noticing these typos and have corrected them.

      General 

      Please number lines in future manuscripts for ease of reference. 

      This has been done.

    1. Author response:

      Thank you for the positive and constructive feedback on our manuscript. We appreciate you highlighting the importance of our work advancing our understanding of the molecular etiology of acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS). To extend and further substantiate the observation that the CARD8 inflammasome is activated in response to viral protease during HIV-1 cell-to-cell transmission, we are in the process of completing additional experiments that are responsive to reviewer feedback, including:

      • Primary CD4+ T cell to monocyte-derived macrophage (MDM) transmission:  We have now repeated the cell-to-cell experiments with HIV-1 transfer from primary CD4+ T cells to primary monocyte-derived macrophages, and our findings are consistent with CARD8-dependent IL-1β release from HIV-1-infected macrophages in this more physiologic context. We are in the process of repeating these experiments with additional donors and will add these results to the revised manuscript.

      • Heterogeneity amongst blood donors: We have now repeated the cell-to-cell transfer and CARD8 knockout in MDMs with additional donors. While we continue to observe heterogeneity amongst donors, the key observation that CARD8 is require for inflammasome responses to HIV-1 infection is consistent. We note that some donors, including the one individual reported in the first submission, have markedly diminished CARD8 activity (to both HIV-1 and VbP).

      • Time course experiments: We did conduct a time course experiment when initially establishing these assays. We have now repeated these experiments with additional timepoints and in the presence or absence of the RT inhibitor nevirapine. The results of these experiments will be included in the revised manuscript.

      • The role of Gasdermin D: We are mostly interested in the release of IL-1β from the infected macrophages due to its potential contribution to myeloid-driven inflammation in PLWH. To date, there is no evidence that any other pore-forming protein other than GSDMD can initiate IL-1β release (and pyroptosis) downstream of CARD8. Nonetheless, we will attempt this experiment with the Gasdermin D inhibitor, disulfiram. 

      We believe these and other experiments will further support the importance of the CARD8 inflammasome in myeloid-driven inflammation in PLWH and look forward to submitting the revision.

    1. Author response:

      Public Reviews: 

      Reviewer #1 (Public review): 

      Summary: 

      The authors test whether the archerfish can modulate the fast response to a falling target.

      We have not tested whether archerfish can 'modulate the fast response'. We quantitatively test specific hypotheses on the rules used by the fish. For this the accuracy of the decisions is analyzed with respect to specific points that can be calculated precisely in each experiment. The ill-defined term 'modulate' does in no way capture what is done here. This assessment might explain the question, raised by the reviewer, of 'what is the difference of this study and Reinel, 2016' (i.e. Reinel and Schuster, 2016). In that study, all objects were strictly falling ballistically, and latency and accuracy of the turn decisions were determined when the initial motion was not only horizontal but had an additional vertical component of speed. The question of that study was if the need to account to an additional variable (vertical speed) in the decision would affect its latency or accuracy. The study showed that also then archerfish rapidly turn to the later impact point. It also showed that accuracy and latency (defined in this study exactly as in the present study) were not changed by the added degree of freedom. This is a completely different question and by its very nature does not leave the realm of ballistics.

      By manipulating the trajectory of the target, they claim

      that the fish can modulate the fast response.

      While it is clear from the result that the fish can modulate the fast response, the experimental support for the argument that the fish can do it for a reflex-like behavior is inadequate. 

      This is disturbing: The manuscript is full of data that directly report response latency (a parameter that's critical in all experiments) and there are even graphical displays of the distribution of latency (Figs. 2, 5). How fast the responses are, can also already be seen in the first video. Most importantly, the nature of the 40 ms limit has been discovered and has been reported by our group in 2008 (Schlegel and Schuster, 2008, Fig. 4). For easy reference, we attach Schlegel and Schuster, 2008 with the relevant passages marked in yellow. But later studies also using high speed video (ie. typically 500 fps) and simultaneously evaluating accuracy and kinematics (in the same ways as used here!) to address various questions repeatedly report and even graphically represent minimum latencies of 40 ms, e.g. Krupczynski and Schuster, 2013 (e.g. Fig. 2); Reinel and Schuster, 2014; Reinel and Schuster, 2016;  Reinel and Schuster, 2018a, b (e.g. see Fig. 7 in the first part) and report how latency is increased as urgency is decreased (if the fish are too close or time of falling is increased), as temperature is decreased or as viewing conditions and their homogeneity across the tank change. Moreover, even a field study is available (Rischawy, Blum and Schuster, 2015) that shows why the speed is needed. This is because of massive competition with at least some of the competitor fish also be able to turn to the later impact point. So, speed is an absolute necessity if competitors are around. Interestingly, when the fish are isolated, latency goes up and eventually the fish will no longer respond with C-starts (Schlegel and Schuster, 2008).

      Another aspect: considering the introduction it would not even have mattered if not 40 ms but instead 150 ms were the time needed for an accurate start (which is not the case). That would still be faster than an Olympic sprinter responds to a gun shot. Moreoever, please also note that we carefully talk of reflex-speed not of a reflex-behavior (which is as easy to verify as any other if the false statements made).

      Strengths: 

      Overall, the question that the authors raised in the manuscript is interesting. 

      Given the statement of no difference between the present study and Reinel and Schuster, 2016, it is not clear what this assessment refers to.

      Weaknesses: 

      (1) The argument that the fish can modulate reflex-like behavior relies on the claim that the archerfish makes the decision in 40 ms. There is little support for the 40 ms reaction time.

      The 'little support' is a paper in Science in which this important aspect is directly analyzed (Fig. 4 of that paper) and that has been praised by folks like Yadin Dudai (e.g . in Faculty 1000). The support is also data on latency as presented in the present paper. Furthermore, additional publications are available on the reaction time (see above).

      The reaction time for the same behavior in Schlegel 2008, is 60-70 ms, and in Tsvilling 2012 about 75 ms, if we take the half height of the maximum as the estimated reaction time in both cases. If we take the peak (or average) of the distribution as an estimation of reaction time, the reaction time is even longer. This number is critical for the analysis the authors perform since if the reaction time is longer, maybe this is not a reflex as claimed.

      See above.

      In addition, mentioning the 40 ms in the abstract is overselling the result.

      See above.

      Just for completeness: Considering a very interesting point raised by reviewer 2 we add an additional panel to further emphasize the exciting point that accuracy and latency are unrelated in the start decisions. That point was already made in Fig.4 of the paper in Science but can be directly addressed.  

      The title is also not supported by the results. 

      No: the title is clearly supported by the results that are reported in the paper.

      (2) A critical technical issue of the stimulus delivery is not clear.

      The stimulus delivery is described in detail. Most importantly we emphasize (even mentioning frame rate) that all VR setups require experimental confirmation that they work for the species and for the behavior at hand. Ideally, they should elicit the same behavior (in all aspects) as a real stimulus does that the VR approach intends to mimic. Whether VR works in a given animal and for the behavior at hand in that animal cannot be known or postulated a priori. It must be shown in direct critical experiments. Such experiments and the need to perform them are described in detail in Figure 2 and in the text that is associated with that figure.

      The frame rate is 120 FPS and the target horizontal speed can be up to 1.775 m/s. This produces a target jumping on the screen 15 mm in each frame. This is not a continuous motion. Thus, the similarity between the natural system where the target experiences ballistic trajectory and the experiment here is not clear. Ideally, another type of stimulus delivery system is needed for a project of this kind that requires fast-moving targets (e.g. Reiser, J. Neurosci.Meth. 2008).

      See above. It is quite funny that one of the authors of the present study had been involved in developing a setup with a complete panorama of 6000 LEDs (Strauss, Schuster and Götz, 1997; and appropriately cited in Reiser) that has been the basis for Reiser. This panorama was also used to successfully implement VR in freely walking Drosophila (Schuster et al., Curr. Biol., 2002). However, an LED based approach was abandoned because of insufficient spatial resolution (that, in archerfish, is very different from that of Drosophila).

      But the crucial point really is this: Just looking at Figure 2 shows that our approach could not have worked better in any way - it provided the input needed to cause turn decisions that are in all aspects just as those with real objects. Achieving this was not at all trivial and required enormous effort and many failed attempts. But it allows addressing our questions for the first time after 20 years of studying these interesting decisions.

      In addition, the screen is rectangular and not circular, so in some directions, the target vanishes earlier than others. It must produce a bias in the fish response but there is no analysis of this type. 

      Why 'must' it produce a bias? Is it not conceivable that you can only use a circular part of the screen? Briefly, and as could have been checked by quickly looking into the methods section, this is what we did. But still, why would it have mattered in our strictly randomized design? It could have mattered only in a completely silly way of running the experiments in which exclusively long trajectories are shown in one condition and exclusively short ones in another.

      (3) The results here rely on the ability to measure the error of response in the case of a virtual experiment. It is not clear how this is done since the virtual target does not fall.

      Well, of course it does not fall!!! That is the whole point that enables the study, and this is explained in connection with the glass plate experiment of Fig. 1 and quite some text is devoted to say that this is the starting point for the present analysis. The ballistic impact point is calculated (just as explained in our very first paper on the start decisions, Rossel, Corlija and Schuster, 2002) from the initial speed and height of the target, using simple high-school physics and the justification for that is also in that paper. This has been done already more than 20 years ago. How else could that paper have arrived at the conclusion that the fish turned to the virtual impact point even though nothing is falling? We also describe this for the readers of the present study, illustrate how accuracy is determined in Figures, in all videos and in an additional Supplementary Figure. Consulting the paper reveals that orientation of the fish is determined immediately at the end of stage 2 of its C-start and the error directly reports how close continuing in that direction would lead the fish to the (real or virtual) impact point. This measure has also been used since the first paper in 2002 in our lab and it is very useful because it provides an invariant measure that allows pooling all the different conditions (orientation and position of responding fish as well as direction, speed and height of target).

      How do the authors validate that the fish indeed perceives the virtual target as the falling target?

      See above. The fish produce C-starts (whose kinematics are analyzed and reported in Figures), whose latency is measured (from onset of target motion to onset of C-start) and whose accuracy in aligning them to the calculated virtual impact point is measured (see above). Additionally, the errors are also analyzed to other points of interest, for instance landmarks, the ballistic landing point in the re-trained fish or points calculated on the basis of specific hypotheses in the generalization experiments.

      Since the deflection is at a later stage of the virtual trajectory, it is not clear what is the actual physics that governs the world of the experiment.

      As explained in the text what we need is substituting the ballistic connection with another fixed relation between initial target motion and the landing point. This other relation needs to produce a large error in the aims when they remain based on the ballistic virtual landing point. It is directly shown in the key experiments that the fish need not see the deflection but can respond appropriately to the initial motion after training (Figs. 3, 5 and corresponding paragraphs in the text as well as additional movies). Please also note that after training the decision is based on the initial movement. This is shown in the interspersed experiments in which nothing than the initial (pre-deflection) movement was shown.

      Overall, the experimental setup is not well designed. 

      It is obviously designed well enough to mimic the natural situation in every aspect needed (see Fig. 2) and well enough to answer the questions we have asked.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review): 

      Summary: 

      This manuscript studies prey capture by archer fish, which observe the initial values of motion of aerial prey they made fall by spitting on them, and then rapidly turn to reach the ballistic landing point on the water surface. The question raised by the article is whether this incredibly fast decision-making process is hardwired and thus unmodifiable or can be adjusted by experience to follow a new rule, namely that the landing point is deflected from a certain amount of the expected ballistic landing point. The results show that the fish learn the new rule and use it afterward in a variety of novel situations that include height, side, and speed of the prey, and which preserve the speed of the fish's decision. Moreover, a remarkable finding presented in this work is the fact that fish that have learned to use the new rule can relearn to use the ballistic landing point for an object based on its shape (a triangle) while keeping simultaneously the 'deflected rule' for an object differing in shape (a disc); in other words, fish can master simultaneously two decision-making rules based on the different shape of objects. 

      Strengths: 

      The manuscript relies on a sophisticated and clever experimental design that allows changing the apparent landing point of a virtual prey using a virtual reality system. Several robust controls are provided to demonstrate the reliability and usefulness of the experimental setup. 

      Overall, I very much like the idea conveyed by the authors that even stimuli triggering apparently hardwired responses can be relearned in order to be associated with a different response, thus showing the impressive flexibility of circuits that are sometimes considered mediating pure reflexive responses.

      Thank you so much for this precise assessment of what we have shown!

      This is the case - as an additional example - of the main component of the Nasanov pheromone of bees (geraniol), which triggers immediate reflexive attraction and appetitive responses, and which can, nevertheless, be learned by bees in association with an electric shock so that bees end up exhibiting avoidance and the aversive response of sting extension to this odorant (1), which is a fully unnatural situation, and which shows that associative aversive learning is strong enough to override preprogrammed responding, thus reflecting an impressive behavioral flexibility. 

      That's very interesting, thanks.

      Weaknesses: 

      As a general remark, there is some information that I missed and that is mandatory in the analysis of behavioral changes. 

      Firstly, the variability in the performances displayed. The authors mentioned that the results reported come from 6 fish (which is a low sample size). How were the individual performances in terms of consistency? Were all fish equally good in adjusting/learning the new rule? How did errors vary according to individual identity? It seems to me that this kind of information should be available as the authors reported that individual fish could be recognized and tracked (see lines 620-635) and is essential for appreciating the flexibility of the system under study. 

      Secondly, the speed of the learning process is not properly explained. Admittedly, fish learn in an impressive way the new rule and even two rules simultaneously; yet, how long did they need to achieve this? In the article, Figure 2 mentions that at least 6 training stages (each defined as a block of 60 evaluated turn decisions, which actually shows that the standard term 'Training Block' would be more appropriate) were required for the fish to learn the 'deflected rule'. While this means 360 trials (turning starts), I was left with the question of how long this process lasted. How many hours, days, and weeks were needed for the fish to learn? And as mentioned above, were all fish equally fast in learning? I would appreciate explaining this very important point because learning dynamics is relevant to understanding the flexibility of the system. 

      First, it is very important to keep the question in mind that we wanted to clarify: Does the system have the potential to re-tune the decisions to other non-ballistic relations between the input variables and the output? This would have been established if one fish was found capable of doing that. However, we do have sufficient evidence to say that all six fish learned the new law and that at least one (actually four) individual was capable of simultaneously handling the two laws. We will explain this much better (hopefully) in our revised version. We also have to stress that not all archerfish might actually be able to do this and that not all archerfish might learn in the same way, at the same speed, or using the same strategies. These questions are extremely interesting and we therefore definitely will include all evidence that we have. If some individuals are better than others in quickly adjusting, then even observational learning could become a part of the story. However, we needed to make and document the first steps. Understanding these is essential and apparently is difficult enough.

      Reference: 

      (1) Roussel, E., Padie, S. & Giurfa, M. Aversive learning overcomes appetitive innate responding in honeybees. Anim Cogn 15, 135-141, doi:10.1007/s10071-011-0426-1 (2012). 

      Thanks for this reference!

    1. Author response:

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This is an interesting manuscript tackling the issue of whether subcircuits of the cerebellum are differentially involved in processes of motor performance, learning, or learning consolidation. The authors focus on cerebellar outputs to the ventrolateral thalamus (VL) and to the centrolateral thalamus (CL), since these thalamic nuclei project to the motor cortex and striatum respectively, and thus might be expected to participate in diverse components of motor control and learning. In mice challenged with an accelerating rotarod, the investigators reduce cerebellar output either broadly, or in projection-specific populations, with CNO targeting DREADD-expressing neurons. They first establish that there are not major control deficits with the treatment regime, finding no differences in basic locomotor behavior, grid test, and fixed-speed rotarod. This is interpreted to allow them to differentiate control from learning, and their inter-relationships. These manipulations are coupled with chronic electrophysiological recordings targeted to the cerebellar nuclei (CN) to control for the efficacy of the CNO manipulation. I found the manuscript intriguing, offering much food for thought, and am confident that it will influence further work on motor learning consolidation. The issue of motor consolidation supported by the cerebellum is timely and interesting, and the claims are novel. There are some limitations to the data presentation and claims, highlighted below, which, if amended, would improve the manuscript.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive comments and insightful critics.

      (1.1) Statistical analyses: There is too little information provided about how the Deming regressions, mean points, slopes, and intercepts were compared across conditions. This is important since in the heart of the study when the effects of inactivating CL- vs VL- projecting neurons are being compared to control performance, these statistical methods become paramount. Details of these comparisons and their assumptions should be added to the Methods section. As it stands I barely see information about these tests, and only in the figure legends. I would also like the authors to describe whether there is a criterion for significance in a given correlation to be then compared to another. If I have a weak correlation for a regression model that is non-significant, I would not want to 'compare' that regression to another one since it is already a weak model. The authors should comment on the inclusion criteria for using statistics on regression models.

      Currently the Methods indeed explain that groups are compared by testing differences of distributions of residuals of treatment and control groups around the Deming regression of the control groups: “To test if treatments altered the relationship between initial performance vs learning or daily vs overnight learning, we compared the distribution of signed distance to the control Deming regression line between groups.” But this shall indeed be explained in more details.

      The performance on a given day depends on a cumulative process, so that the average measure of performance is not fully informative on what is learned or what is changed by a treatment (this is further explained in the text p9-10).The challenge is to deal with the multivariate relationships where initial performance, daily learning, and consolidated learning are interdependent. While in control groups these quantities show linear relationships, this is far less the case in treatment groups; this may indeed be due to the variability of the effect of the treatment (efficacy of viral injections) which adds up to the intrinsic variability in the absence of treatment.

      Our choice to see if there is a shift in these relationships following treatments, is to see to which extent treatment points in bivariate comparisons (initial perf x daily learning, daily learning x consolidated learning) are evenly distributed around the control group regression line. We take the presence of a significant difference in the distribution of residuals between the control and treatment group as an indication that the process represented in group is disrupted by the treatment: e.g. if the residuals of the treatment group are lower than those of the control group in the initial performance * daily learning comparison, it indicates that learning is slower (or larger). If the residuals of the treatment group are lower than those of the control group in the daily learning * consolidated learning comparison, it indicates that consolidation is lower. This shall be clarified in a revised version.

      (1.2a) The introduction makes the claim that the cerebellar feedback to the forebrain and cortex are functionally segregated. I interpreted this to mean that the cerebellar output neurons are known to project to either VL or CL exclusively (i.e. they do not collateralize). I was unaware of this knowledge and could find no support for the claim in the references provided (Proville 2014; Hintzer 2018; Bosan 2013). Either I am confused as to the authors' meaning or the claim is inaccurate. This point is broader however than some confusion about citation.

      The references are not cited in the context of collaterals: “They [basal ganglia and cerebellum] send projections back to the cortex via anatomically and functionally segregated channels, which are relayed by predominantly non-overlapping thalamic regions (Bostan, Dum et al. 2013, Proville, Spolidoro et al. 2014, Hintzen, Pelzer et al. 2018). ” Indeed, the thalamic compartments targeted by the basal ganglia and cerebellum are distinct, and in the Proville 2014, we showed some functional segregation of the cerebello-cortical projections (whisker vs orofacial ascending projections). We do not claim that there is a full segregation of the two pathways, there is indeed some known degree of collateralization (see below).

      (1.2b) The study assumes that the CN-CL population and CN-VL population are distinct cells, but to my knowledge, this has not been established. It is difficult to make sense of the data if they are entirely the same populations, unless projection topography differs, but in any event, it is critical to clarify this point: are these different cell types from the nuclei?; how has that been rigorously established?; is there overlap? No overlap? Etc. Results should be interpreted in light of the level of this knowledge of the anatomy in the mouse or rat.

      Actually, the study does not assume that CL-projecting and VAL-projecting neurons are entirely separate populations (actually it is known that there is an overlap), but states that inhibition of neurons following retrograde infections from the CL and VAL do not produce identical results.

      There is indeed a paragraph devoted to the discussion of this point (middle paragraph p20). “Interestingly, both Dentate and Interposed nuclei contain some neurons with collaterals in both VAL and CL thalamic structures (Aumann and Horne 1996, Sakayori, Kato et al. 2019), suggesting that the effect on learning could be mediated by a combined action on the learning process in the striatum (via the CL thalamus) and in the cortex (via the VAL thalamus). However, consistent with (Sakayori, Kato et al. 2019), we found that the manipulations of cerebellar neurons retrogradely targeted either from the CL or from the VAL produced different effects in the task. This indicates that either the distinct functional roles of VAL-projecting of CL-projecting neurons reported in our study is carried by a subset of pathway-specific neurons without collaterals, or that our retrograde infections in VAL and CL preferentially targeted different cerebello-thalamic populations even if these populations had axon terminals in both thalamic regions.”. In other words, we actually know from the literature that there is a degree of collateralization (CN neurons projecting to both VAL and CL, see refs cited above), but as the reviewer says, it does not seem logically possible that the exact same population would have different effects, which are very distinct during the first learning days. The only possible explanation is the CN-CL and CN-VAL retrograde infections recruit somewhat different populations of neurons. This could be due to differences in density of collaterals in CL and VAL of neurons with collaterals in both regions, or presence of CL-projecting neurons without collaterals in VAL, and VAL-projecting neurons without collaterals in CL in addition to the (established) population of neurons with collaterals in both regions. The lesional approach of CN-thalamus neurons in Sakayori et al. 2019 also observed separate effects for CL and VL injections consistent with the differential recruitment of CN populations by retrograde infections.

      This should be improved in a revised version of the manuscript.

      (1.3) It is commendable that the authors perform electrophysiology to validate DREADD/CNO. So many investigators don't bother and I really appreciate these data. Would the authors please show the 'wash' in Figure 1a, so that we can see the recovery of the spiking hash after CNO is cleared from the system? This would provide confidence that the signal is not disappearing for reasons of electrode instability or tissue damage/ other.

      We do not have the wash data on the same day, but there is no significant change in the baseline firing rate across recording days.

      (1.4) I don't think that the "Learning" and "Maintenance" terminology is very helpful and in fact may sow confusion. I would recommend that the authors use a day range " Days 1-3 vs 4-7" or similar, to refer to these epochs. The terminology chosen begs for careful validation, definitions, etc, and seems like it is unlikely uniform across all animals, thus it seems more appropriate to just report it straight, defining the epochs by day. Such original terminology could still be used in the Discussion, with appropriate caveats.

      This shall be indeed corrected in a revised version.

      (1.5) Minor, but, on the top of page 14 in the Results, the text states, "Suggesting the presence of a 'critical period' in the consolidation of the task". I think this is a non-standard use of 'critical period' and should be removed. If kept, the authors must define what they mean specifically and provide sufficient additional analyses to support the idea. As it stands, the point will sow confusion.

      This shall be indeed corrected in a revised version

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study examines the contribution of cerebello-thalamic pathways to motor skill learning and consolidation in an accelerating rotarod task. The authors use chemogenetic silencing to manipulate the activity of cerebellar nuclei neurons projecting to two thalamic subregions that target the motor cortex and striatum. By silencing these pathways during different phases of task acquisition (during the task vs after the task), the authors report valuable findings of the involvement of these cerebellar pathways in learning and consolidation.

      Strengths:

      The experiments are well-executed. The authors perform multiple controls and careful analysis to solidly rule out any gross motor deficits caused by their cerebellar nuclei manipulation. The finding that cerebellar projections to the thalamus are required for learning and execution of the accelerating rotarod task adds to a growing body of literature on the interactions between the cerebellum, motor cortex, and basal ganglia during motor learning. The finding that silencing the cerebellar nuclei after a task impairs the consolidation of the learned skill is interesting.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive comments and insightful critics below.

      Weaknesses:

      (2.1) While the controls for a lack of gross motor deficit are solid, the data seem to show some motor execution deficit when cerebellar nuclei are silenced during task performance. This deficit could potentially impact learning when cerebellar nuclei are silenced during task acquisition.

      One of our key controls are the tests of the treatment on fixed speed rotarod, which provides the closest conditions to the ones found in the accelerating rotarod (the main difference between the protocols being the slow steady acceleration of rod rotation [+0.12 rpm per s]- in the accelerating version).

      In the CN experiments, we found clear deficits in learning and consolidation while there was no effect on the fixed speed rotarod (performance of the DREAD-CNO are even slightly better than some control groups), consistent with a separation of the effect on learning/consolidation from those on locomotion on a rotarod. However, small but measurable deficits are found at the highest speed in the fixed speed rotarod in the CN-VAL group; there was no significant effect in the CN-CL group, while the CN-CL actually shows lower performances from the second day of learning; we believe this supports our claim that the CN-CL inhibition impacted more the learning process than the motor coordination. In contrast the CN-VAL group only showed significantly lower performance on day 4 of the accelerating rotarod consistent with intact learning abilities. Of note, under CNO, CN-VAL mice could stay for more than a minute and half at 20rpm, while on average they fell from the accelerating rotarod as soon as the rotarod reached the speed of ~19rpm (130s).

      The text currently states “The inhibition of CN-VAL neurons during the task also yielded lower levels of performance in the Maintenance stage,[[NB: day 5-7]] suggesting that these neurons contribute also to learning and retrieval of motor skills, although the mild defect in fixed speed rotarod could indicate the presence of a locomotor deficit, only visible at high speed.” Following the reviewers’ comment, we shall however revise the sentence above in the revised version of the MS to say that we cannot fully disambiguate the execution / learning-retrieval effect at high speed for these mice.

      (2.2a) Separately, I find the support for two separate cerebello-thalamic pathways incomplete. The data presented do not clearly show the two pathways are anatomically parallel.

      As explained above (point 1.2a), it is already known that these pathways overlap to some degree (discussion p 20), but yet their targeting differentially affects the behavior, consistent with separate contributions. A similar finding was observed for a lesional (irreversible) approach in Sakayori et al. 2019.

      (2.2b) The difference in behavioral deficits caused by manipulating these pathways also appears subtle.

      While we agree that after 3-4 days of learning the difference of performance between the groups becomes elusive, we respectfully disagree with the reviewer that in the early stages these differences are negligible and the impact of inhibition on "learning rate" (ie. amount of learning for a given daily initial performance) and consolidation (i.e. overnight retention of daily gain of performance) exhibit different profiles for the two groups (fig 3h vs 3k).

      Reviewer #3 (Public review)

      Summary:

      Varani et al present important findings regarding the role of distinct cerebellothalamic connections in motor learning and performance. Their key findings are that:

      (1) cerebellothalamic connections are important for learning motor skills

      (2) cerebellar efferents specifically to the central lateral (CL) thalamus are important for short-term learning

      (3) cerebellar efferents specifically to the ventral anterior lateral (VAL) complex are important for offline consolidation of learned skills, and

      (4) that once a skill is acquired, cerebellothalamic connections become important for online task performance.

      The authors went to great lengths to separate effects on motor performance from learning, for the most part successfully. While one could argue about some of the specifics, there is little doubt that the CN-CL and CN-VAL pathways play distinct roles in motor learning and performance. An important next step will be to dissect the downstream mechanisms by which these cerebellothalamic pathways mediate motor learning and adaptation.

      Strengths:

      (1) The dissociation between online learning through CN-CL and offline consolidation through CN-VAL is convincing.

      (2) The ability to tease learning apart from performance using their titrated chemogenetic approach is impressive. In particular, their use of multiple motor assays to demonstrate preserved motor function and balance is an important control.

      (3) The evidence supporting the main claims is convincing, with multiple replications of the findings and appropriate controls.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive comments and insightful critics below.

      Weaknesses:

      (3.1) Despite the care the authors took to demonstrate that their chemogenetic approach does not impair online performance, there is a trend towards impaired rotarod performance at higher speeds in Supplementary Figure 4f, suggesting that there could be subtle changes in motor performance below the level of detection of their assays.

      This is also discussed in point 2.1 above. In our view, the fixed speed rotarod is a control very close to the accelerating rotarod condition, with very similar requirements between the two tasks (yet unfortunately rarely tested in accelerating rotarod studies). We do not exclude the presence of motor deficits, but the main argument is that these do not suffice to explain the differences observed in the accelerating rotarod. No detectable deficit was found in the CN group while very clear deficits in learning/consolidation were observed. A mild deficit is only significant in the CN-VAL group, while the deficit is not significant in the fixed-speed rotarod for the CN-CL group which shows the strongest deficit in accelerating rotarod during the first days: e.g. on day 2, the CN-CL group is already below the control group with latencies to fall ~100s (corresponding to immediate fall at ~15rpm) while the fixed speed rotarod performances at 15s of the control and CNO-treated groups show an ability to stay more than 1 min at this speed. The text shall be improved to clarify this point.

      (3.2) There is likely some overlap between CN neurons projecting to VAL and CL, somewhat limiting the specificity of their conclusions.

      There is indeed published evidence for some degree of anatomical overlap, but also for some differential contribution of CN-VAL and CN-CL to the task. The answer to this point is developed in the points 1.2a 2.2a above. Although this point was exposed in the discussion (p20), the text shall be improved in a revised version of the MS to clarify our statement.

    1. Author response:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors successfully detected distinct mechanisms signalling prediction violations in the auditory cortex of mice. For this purpose, an auditory pure-tone local-global paradigm was presented to awake and anaesthetised mice. In awake rodents, the authors also evaluated interneuron cell types involved in responses to the interruption of the regularity imposed by local-global sequences. By performing two-photon calcium imaging and single-unit electrophysiology, the authors disentangled three phenomena underlying responses to violations of the distinct local-global regularity levels: Stimulus-specific adaptation, surprise and surprise adaptation. Both stimulus-specific adaptation and surprise-or deviant-evoked responses are observable under anaesthesia. Altogether, this work advances our understanding of distinct predictive processes computing prediction violations upon the complexity of the regularity imposed by the auditory sequence.

      Strengths:

      it is an elegant study beautifully executed.

      Weaknesses:

      No weaknesses were identified by this reviewer.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Oddball responses are increases in sensory responses when a stimulus is encountered in an unexpected location in a sequence of predictable stimuli. There are two computational interpretations for these responses: stimulus-specific adaptation and prediction errors. In recent years, evidence has accumulated that a significant part of these sequence violation responses cannot be explained simply by stimulus-specific adaptation. The current work elegantly adds to this evidence by using a sequence paradigm based on two levels of sequence violations: "Local" sequence violations of repetitions of identical stimuli, and "global" sequence violations of stimulus sequence patterns. The authors demonstrate that both local and global sequence violation responses are found in L2/3 neurons of the mouse auditory cortex. Using sequences with different inter-stimulus intervals, they further demonstrate that these sequence violation responses cannot be explained by stimulus-specific adaption.

      Strengths:

      The work is based on a very clever use of a sequence violation paradigm (local-global paradigm) and provides convincing evidence for the interpretation that there are at least two types of sequence violation responses and that these cannot be explained by stimulus-specific adaption. Most of the conclusions are based on a large dataset, and are compelling.

      Weaknesses:

      The final part of the paper focuses on the responses of VIP and PV-positive interneurons. The responses of VIP interneurons appear somewhat variable and difficult to interpret (e.g. VIP neurons exhibit omission responses in the A block, but not the B block). The conclusions based on these data appear less solid.

      We agree with the referee that the response modulations observed in  VIP and PV-Positive interneurons are weak and variable. This is indicated in the manuscript. Probably, larger scale recordings are necessary to ascertain fully the presence and distribution of omission responses.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In their manuscript entitled "Parallel mechanisms signal a hierarchy of sequence structure violations in the auditory cortex", Jamali et al. provide evidence for cellular-level mechanisms in the auditory cortex of mice for the encoding of predictive information on different temporal and contextual scales. The study design separates more clearly than previous studies between the effects of local and global deviants and separates their respective effects on the neuronal responses clearly through the use of various contextual conditions and short and long time scales. Further, it identifies a contribution from a small set of VIP interneurons to the detection of omitted sounds, and shows the influence of isofluorane anesthesia on the neural responses.

      Strengths:

      (1) The study provides a rather encompassing set of experimental techniques to study the cellular level responses, using two complementary recording techniques in the same animal and similar cortical location.

      (2) Comparison between awake and anesthetized states are conducted in the same animals, which allows for rather a direct comparison of populations under different conditions, thus reducing sampling variability.

      (3) The set of paradigms is well developed and specifically chosen to provide appropriate and meaningful controls/comparisons, which were missing from previous studies.

      (4) The addition of cell-type specific recordings is valuable and in particular in combination with the contrast of awake and anesthetized animals provides novel insights into the cellular level representation of deviant signals, such as surprise, prediction error, and general adaptation.

      (5) The analysis and presentation of the data are clear and quite complete, yet remain succinct and perform insightful contrasts.

      (6) The study will have an impact on multiple levels, as it introduces important variations in the paradigm and analytical contrasts that both human and animal researchers can pick up and improve their studies. The cell-type-specific results are particularly intriguing, although these would likely require replication before being completely reliable. Further, the study provides a substantial and diverse dataset that others can explore.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The responses from cells recorded via Neuropixel and 2p differ qualitatively, as noted by the authors, with NP-recorded cells showing much more inhibited/reduced responses between acoustic stimulations. The authors briefly qualify these differences as potentially indicating a sampling issue, however, this matter deserves more detailed consideration in my opinion. Specifically, the authors could try to compare the different depths at which these neurons were sampled or relate the locations in the cortex to each other (as the Neuropixel recordings were collected in the same animals, a subset of the 2p recordings could be compared to the Neuropixel recordings.).

      We agree with the referee that the sampling issue, which we propose as a possible explanation for the large difference between our Neuropixel and 2P imaging recordings, must be investigated more thoroughly. This is, however, largely outside of the scope of this study. We have reported the depth and location of Neuropixel recordings in Figure S2. The depth is similar for both techniques covering mostly layers 2, 3 and 4. The location spans mostly the primary auditory cortex for two photon imaging and Neuropixel recordings. One Neuropixel recording is located in the ventral secondary auditory cortex. We could not find any evidence that the response to global violations in Neuropixel data stems specifically from this particular recording. 

      (2) The current study did not monitor the attentional state of the mouse in relation to the stimulus by either including a behavioral component or pupil monitoring, which could influence the neural responses to deviant stimuli and omissions.

      As reported by Bekinschtein et al. 2009, the attentional state influences responses to global violation in human subjects. It is extremely difficult to precisely compare attentional states in mice and human subjects. We have performed recordings in mice that had to attend to sound to detect a white noise sound in between the sequence to obtain a reward. This did not lead to increased global violation response. However, as the sequence themselves did not predict reward in this context they may divert attention. Therefore, this result is inconclusive and not worth including in our manuscript. If the sequence predicts rewards, there is a potential confound between violation responses and reward expectations or motor preparation signals. Pupil monitoring could be an alternative which we did not investigate.

      (3) Given the complexity and variety of the paradigms, conditions, and analyzed cell-types, the manuscript could profit from a more visual summary figure that provides an easy-to-access overview of what was found.

      This is an excellent suggestion, although given the complexity and diversity of our observations it may be hard to fit everything in one understandable figure.

    1. Author response:

      We appreciate the insightful comments and suggestions, which will significantly improve our work. We will revise the manuscript to address the reviewer’s concerns. Here, we list some of the key aspects of those concerns and our preliminary plans to address them.

      Both reviewers pointed out that we did not sufficiently justify the chosen optogenetic stimulation frequencies. We acknowledge and concur with their assessment, and will discuss it more extensively from a biological perspective (e.g., the neural firing rates in the olfactory bulb, OB, anterior olfactory nucleus, AON, and piriform cortex, Pir, under natural odor stimulation and respiration rhythm). Reviewer #1 suggested using beta values (b) rather than the area under the BOLD signal profile (AUC) to quantify the fMRI activations as they are more conventional for general linear model (GLM) analysis. We are aware of b and have used them for quantification of the amplitude of fMRI activations in our previous rodent fMRI studies1-3. However, in this study, we chose to utilize AUC as it offers a more comprehensive measure of BOLD signal change over time, including shape, duration, and magnitude, thereby capturing the bulk of neural activities and their dynamics throughout the stimulation period. b primarily represents the peak amplitude of BOLD responses (i.e., the % BOLD signal change)4 and can be constrained by the assumptions and limitations of the GLM analysis, such as the shape of the hemodynamic response function (HRF). AUC provides greater flexibility in capturing different aspects of neural responses across various brain regions, such as transient peaks and sustained responses.

      As mentioned by reviewer #1, correlating the adaptation of BOLD and electrophysiology signals at the brain region level would better signify our findings. We will pursue additional analysis to address this in our forthcoming responses. Reviewer #2 would like us to clarify the image and signal quality of our echo planar imaging (EPI)-based fMRI data, especially in the regions close to the air-tissue interface such as OB, Pir, entorhinal cortex and amygdala, and the methodology for some of the experimental protocols implemented in our study. We will show the raw EPI fMRI images from a representative animal and revise the results, discussion, and methods sections of the manuscript to address reviewer #2's concerns.

      In our forthcoming detailed responses to the reviewers' comments and recommendations, we will revise the text, figures, and captions accordingly to address and clarify the questions brought up by both reviewers.

      References

      (1) Gao, P.P., Zhang, J.W., Chan, R.W., Leong, A.T.L. & Wu, E.X. BOLD fMRI study of ultrahigh frequency encoding in the inferior colliculus. Neuroimage 114, 427-437 (2015).

      (2) Leong, A.T.L., Wong, E.C., Wang, X. & Wu, E.X. Hippocampus Modulates Vocalizations Responses at Early Auditory Centers. Neuroimage 270, 119943 (2023).

      (3) Gao, P.P., Zhang, J.W., Fan, S.J., Sanes, D.H. & Wu, E.X. Auditory midbrain processing is differentially modulated by auditory and visual cortices: An auditory fMRI study. Neuroimage 123, 22-32 (2015).

      (4) Goddard, E. & Mullen, K.T. fMRI representational similarity analysis reveals graded preferences for chromatic and achromatic stimulus contrast across human visual cortex. Neuroimage 215, 116780 (2020).

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The emergence of Drosophila EM connectomes has revealed numerous neurons within the associative learning circuit. However, these neurons are inaccessible for functional assessment or genetic manipulation in the absence of cell-type-specific drivers. Addressing this knowledge gap, Shuai et al. have screened over 4000 split-GAL4 drivers and correlated them with identified neuron types from the "Hemibrain" EM connectome by matching light microscopy images to neuronal shapes defined by EM. They successfully generated over 800 split-GAL4 drivers and 22 split-LexA drivers covering a substantial number of neuron types across layers of the mushroom body associative learning circuit. They provide new labeling tools for olfactory and non-olfactory sensory inputs to the mushroom body; interneurons connected with dopaminergic neurons and/or mushroom body output neurons; potential reinforcement sensory neurons; and expanded coverage of intrinsic mushroom body neurons. Furthermore, the authors have optimized the GR64f-GAL4 driver into a sugar sensory neuron-specific split-GAL4 driver and functionally validated it as providing a robust optogenetic substitute for sugar reward. Additionally, a driver for putative nociceptive ascending neurons, potentially serving as optogenetic negative reinforcement, is characterized by optogenetic avoidance behavior. The authors also use their very large dataset of neuronal anatomies, covering many example neurons from many brains, to identify neuron instances with atypical morphology. They find many examples of mushroom body neurons with altered neuronal numbers or mistargeting of dendrites or axons and estimate that 1-3% of neurons in each brain may have anatomic peculiarities or malformations. Significantly, the study systematically assesses the individualized existence of MBON08 for the first time. This neuron is a variant shape that sometimes occurs instead of one of two copies of MBON09, and this variation is more common than that in other neuronal classes: 75% of hemispheres have two MBON09's, and 25% have one MBON09 and one MBON08. These newly developed drivers not only expand the repertoire for genetic manipulation of mushroom body-related neurons but also empower researchers to investigate the functions of circuit motifs identified from the connectomes. The authors generously make these flies available to the public. In the foreseeable future, the tools generated in this study will allow important advances in the understanding of learning and memory in Drosophila.

      Strengths:

      (1) After decades of dedicated research on the mushroom body, a consensus has been established that the release of dopamine from DANs modulates the weights of connections between KCs and MBONs. This process updates the association between sensory information and behavioral responses. However, understanding how the unconditioned stimulus is conveyed from sensory neurons to DANs, and the interactions of MBON outputs with innate responses to sensory context remains less clear due to the developmental and anatomic diversity of MBONs and DANs. Additionally, the recurrent connections between MBONs and DANs are reported to be critical for learning. The characterization of split-GAL4 drivers for 30 major interneurons connected with DANs and/or MBONs in this study will significantly contribute to our understanding of recurrent connections in mushroom body function.

      (2) Optogenetic substitutes for real unconditioned stimuli (such as sugar taste or electric shock) are sometimes easier to implement in behavioral assays due to the spatial and temporal specificity with which optogenetic activation can be induced. GR64f-GAL4 has been widely used in the field to activate sugar sensory neurons and mimic sugar reward. However, the authors demonstrate that GR64f-GAL4 drives expression in other neurons not necessary for sugar reward, and the potential activation of these neurons could introduce confounds into training, impairing training efficiency. To address this issue, the authors have elaborated on a series of intersectional drivers with GR64f-GAL4 to dissect subsets of labeled neurons. This approach successfully identified a more specific sugar sensory neuron driver, SS87269, which consistently exhibited optimal training performance and triggered ethologically relevant local searching behaviors. This newly characterized line could serve as an optimized optogenetic tool for sugar reward in future studies.

      (3) MBON08 was first reported by Aso et al. 2014, exhibiting dendritic arborization into both ipsilateral and contralateral γ3 compartments. However, this neuron could not be identified in the previously published Drosophila brain connectomes. In the present study, the existence of MBON08 is confirmed, occurring in one hemisphere of 35% of imaged flies. In brains where MBON08 is present, its dendrite arborization disjointly shares contralateral γ3 compartments with MBON09. This remarkable phenotype potentially serves as a valuable resource for understanding the stochasticity of neurodevelopment and the molecular mechanisms underlying mushroom body lobe compartment formation.

      Weaknesses:

      There are some minor weaknesses in the paper that can be clarified:

      (1) In Figure 8, the authors trained flies with a 20s, weak optogenetic conditioning first, followed by a 60s, strong optogenetic conditioning. The rationale for using this training paradigm is not explicitly provided.

      These experiments were designed to test if flies could maintain consistent performance with repetitive and intense LED activation, which is essential for experiments involving long training protocols or coactivation of other neurons inside a brain.

      In Figure 8E, if data for training with GR64f-GAL4 using the same paradigm is available, it would be beneficial for readers to compare the learning performance using newly generated split-GAL4 lines with the original GR64f-GAL4, which has been used in many previous research studies. It is noteworthy that in previously published work, repeating training test sessions typically leads to an increase in learning performance in discrimination assays. However, this augmentation is not observed in any of the split-GAL4 lines presented in Figure 8E. The authors may need to discuss possible reasons for this.

      As the reviewer pointed out, many previous studies including ours used the original Gr64f-GAL4 in olfactory conditioning. Figure 1H of Yamada et al., 2023 (https://doi.org/10.7554/eLife.79042) showed such a result, where the first and second-order olfactory conditioning were assayed. Indeed, the first-order conditioning scores were gradually augmented over repeated training. In this experiment, we used low red LED intensity for the optogenetic activation. In the Figure 8E of the present paper, the first memory test was after 3x pairing of 20s odor with five 1s red LED without intermediate tests. Therefore, flies were already sufficiently trained to show a plateau memory level in “Test1”. In the revision of another recent report (Figure 1C-F of Aso et al., 2023; https://doi.org/10.7554/eLife.85756), we included the learning curve data of our best Gr64f-split-GAL4, SS87269. Under a less saturated training conditioning, SS87269 did show learning augmentation over repeated training.

      (2) In line 327, the authors state that in all samples, the β'1 compartment is arborized by MBON09. However, in Figure 11J, the probability of having at least one β'1 compartment not arborized is inferred to be 2%. The authors should address and clarify this conflict in the text to avoid misunderstanding.

      The chance of visualizing MBON08 in MCFO images was 21/209 in total (Figure 11I). If we assume that each of four cells adopt MBON08 development fate at this chance, we can calculate the probability for each case of MBON08/09 cell type composition. From this calculation, we inferred approximately 2% of flies would lack innervations to β'1 compartment in at least one hemisphere. However, we didn't observe a lack of β'1 arborizations in 169 sample flies. If these MBONs independently develop into MBON08 at 21/209 odds, the chance of never observing two MBON08s in either hemisphere of all 169 samples is 3.29%. Therefore, some developmental mechanisms may prevent the emergence of two MBON08 in the same hemisphere.

      In the revised manuscript, we displayed these estimated probability for each case separately, and annotated actual observation on the right side.

      (3) In general, are the samples presented male or female? This sample metadata will be shown when the images are deposited in FlyLight, but it would be useful in the context of this manuscript to describe in the methods whether animals are all one sex or mixed sex, and in some example images (e.g. mAL3A) to note whether the sample is male or female.

      The samples presented in this study are mixed sex, except for Figure 11I, where genders are specified. We provided metadata information of the presented images in Supplemental File 7, and we added a paragraph in the in the method section:

      “Most samples were collected from females, though typically at least one male fly was examined for each driver line. While we noticed certain lines such as SS48900, exhibited distinct expression patterns in females and males, we did not particularly focus on sexual dimorphism, which is analyzed elsewhere (Meissner et al. 2024). Therefore, unless stated otherwise, the presented samples are of mixed gender.

      Detailed metadata, including gender information and the reporter used, can be found in Supplementary File 7.”

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The article by Shuai et al. describes a comprehensive collection of over 800 split-GAL4 and split-LexA drivers, covering approximately 300 cell types in Drosophila, aimed at advancing the understanding of associative learning. The mushroom body (MB) in the insect brain is central to associative learning, with Kenyon cells (KCs) as primary intrinsic neurons and dopaminergic neurons (DANs) and MB output neurons (MBONs) forming compartmental zones for memory storage and behavior modulation. This study focuses on characterizing sensory input as well as direct upstream connections to the MB both anatomically and, to some extent, behaviorally. Genetic access to specific, sparsely expressed cell types is crucial for investigating the impact of single cells on computational and functional aspects within the circuitry. As such, this new and extensive collection significantly extends the range of targeted cell types related to the MB and will be an outstanding resource to elucidate MB-related processes in the future.

      Strengths:

      The work by Shuai et al. provides novel and essential resources to study MB-related processes and beyond. The resulting tools are publicly available and, together with the linked information, will be foundational for many future studies. The importance and impact of this tool development approach, along with previous ones, for the field cannot be overstated. One of many interesting aspects arises from the anatomical analysis of cell types that are less stereotypical across flies. These discoveries might open new avenues for future investigations into how such asymmetry and individuality arise from development and other factors, and how it impacts the computations performed by the circuitry that contains these elements.

      Weaknesses:

      Providing such an array of tools leaves little to complain about. However, despite the comprehensive genetic access to diverse sensory pathways and MB-connected cell types, the manuscript could be improved by discussing its limitations. For example, the projection neurons from the visual system seem to be underrepresented in the tools produced (or almost absent). A discussion of these omissions could help prevent misunderstandings.

      We internally distributed efforts to produce split-GAL4 lines at Janelia Research Campus. The recent preprint (Nern et al., 2024; doi: https://doi.org/10.1101/2024.04.16.589741) described the full collection of split-GAL4 driver lines in the optic lobe including the visual projection neurons to the mushroom body. We cited this preprint in the revised manuscript by adding a short paragraph of discussion.

      “Although less abundant than the olfactory input, the MB also receives visual information from the visual projection neurons (VPNs) that originate in the medulla and lobula and are targeted to the accessory calyx (Vogt et al. 2016; Li et al. 2020). A recent preprint described the full collection of split-GAL4 driver lines in the optic lobe, which includes the VPNs to the MB (Nern et al. 2024).”

      Additionally, more details on the screening process, particularly the selection of candidate split halves and stable split-GAL4 lines, would provide valuable insights into the methodology and the collection's completeness.

      The details of our split-GAL4 design and screening procedures were described in previous studies (Aso et al., 2014; Dolan et al., 2019). Available data and tools to design split-GAL4 changed over time, and we took different approaches accordingly. Many of split-GAL4 lines presented in this study were designed and screened in parallel to the lines for MBONs and DANs in 2010-2014 when MCFO images of GAL4 drivers and EM connectome were not yet available. With knowledge of where MBONs and DANs project, I (Y.A.) manually examined and annotated thousands of confocal stacks (Jenett et al., 2012; https://doi.org/10.1016/j.celrep.2012.09.011) to find candidate cell types that may concat with them.

      Later I used more advanced computational tools (Otsuna et al., 2018; doi: https://doi.org/10.1101/318006) and MCFO images aligned to the standard brain volume (Meissner et al., 2023; DOI: 10.7554/eLife.80660.). Now, if one needs to further generate split-GAL4 lines for cell type identified in EM connectome data, neuron bridge website (https://neuronbridge.janelia.org/) can be very helpful to provide a list of GAL4 drivers that may label the neuron of interest.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Previous research on the Drosophila mushroom body (MB) has made this structure the best-understood example of an associative memory center in the animal kingdom. This is in no small part due to the generation of cell-type specific driver lines that have allowed consistent and reproducible genetic access to many of the MB's component neurons. The manuscript by Shuai et al. now vastly extends the number of driver lines available to researchers interested in studying learning and memory circuits in the fly. It is an 800-plus collection of new cell-type specific drivers target neurons that either provide input (direct or indirect) to MB neurons or that receive output from them. Many of the new drivers target neurons in sensory pathways that convey conditioned and unconditioned stimuli to the MB. Most drivers are exquisitely selective, and researchers will benefit from the fact that whenever possible, the authors have identified the targeted cell types within the Drosophila connectome. Driver expression patterns are beautifully documented and are publicly available through the Janelia Research Campus's Flylight database where full imaging results can be accessed. Overall, the manuscript significantly augments the number of cell type-specific driver lines available to the Drosophila research community for investigating the cellular mechanisms underlying learning and memory in the fly. Many of the lines will also be useful in dissecting the function of the neural circuits that mediate sensorimotor circuits.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript represents a huge amount of careful work and leverages numerous important developments from the last several years. These include the thousands of recently generated split-Gal4 lines at Janelia and the computational tools for pairing them to make exquisitely specific targeting reagents. In addition, the manuscript takes full advantage of the recently released Drosophila connectomes. Driver expression patterns are beautifully illustrated side-by-side with corresponding skeletonized neurons reconstructed by EM. A comprehensive table of the new lines, their split-Gal4 components, their neuronal targets, and other valuable information will make this collection eminently useful to end-users. In addition to the anatomical characterization, the manuscript also illustrates the functional utility of the new lines in optogenetic experiments. In one example, the authors identify a specific subset of sugar reward neurons that robustly promotes associative learning.

      Weaknesses:

      While the manuscript succeeds in making a mass of descriptive detail quite accessible to the reader, the way the collection is initially described - and the new lines categorized - in the text is sometimes confusing. Most of the details can be found elsewhere, but it would be useful to know how many of the lines are being presented for the first time and have not been previously introduced in other publications/contexts.

      We revised the text as below.

      “Among the 828 lines, a subset of 355 lines, collectively labeling at least 319 different cell types, exhibit highly specific and non-redundant expression patterns are likely to be particularly valuable for behavioral experiments. Detailed information, including genotype, expression specificity, matched EM cell type(s), and recommended driver for each cell type, can be found in Supplementary File 1. A small subset of 40 lines from this collection have been previously used in studies (Aso et al., 2023; Dolan et al., 2019; Gao et al., 2019; Scaplen et al., 2021; Schretter et al., 2020; Takagi et al., 2017; Xie et al., 2021; Yamada et al., 2023). All transgenic lines newly generated in this study are listed in Supplementary File 2 (Aso et al., 2023; Dolan et al., 2019; Gao et al., 2019; Scaplen et al., 2021; Schretter et al., 2020; Takagi et al., 2017; Xie et al., 2021; Yamada et al., 2023).”

      And where can the lines be found at Flylight? Are they listed as one collection or as many?

      They are listed as one collection - “Aso 2021” release. It is named “2021” because we released the images and started sharing lines in December of 2021 without a descriptive paper. We added a sentence in the Methods section.

      “All splitGAL4 lines can be found at flylight database under “Aso 2021” release, and fly strains can be requested from Janelia or the Bloomington stock center.”

      Also, the authors say that some of the lines were included in the collection despite not necessarily targeting the intended type of neuron (presumably one that is involved in learning and memory). What percentage of the collection falls into this category?

      We do not have a good record of split-GAL4 screening to calculate the chance to intersect unintended cell types, but it was rather rare. Those unintended cell types can still be a part of circuits for associative learning (e.g. olfactory projection neurons) or totally unrelated cell types. For instance, among a new collection of split-LexA lines using Gr43a-LexADBD hemidriver (Figure 7-figure supplement 2), one line specifically intersected T1 neurons in the optic lobe despite that the AD line was selected to intersect sugar sensory neurons. We suspect that this is due to ectopic expression of Gr43a-LexADBD. Nonetheless, we included it in the paper because cell-type-specific Split-LexA driver for T1 will be useful irrespective of whether the expression of Gr43a gene is expressed in T1 or not.

      And what about the lines that the authors say they included in the collection despite a lack of specificity? How many lines does this represent?

      For a short answer, there are about 100 lines in the collection that lack the specificity for behavioral experiments.

      We ranked specificity of split-GAL4 drivers in the Supplementary File 1. Rank 2 are the ideal lines, Rank 1 are less ideal but acceptable, and Rank 0 is not suitable for activation screening in behavioral experiments. Out of the 828 split-GAL4 lines reported here, there are 413, 305 and 103 lines in rank2, rank1 and rank0 categories respectively. 7 lines are not ranked for specificity because only flipout expression data are available.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      As mentioned elsewhere and in addition to the minor points below, it is advisable for the authors to elaborate on the details of the screening process. Furthermore, a discussion about the circuits not targeted by their research, such as the visual projection neurons, would be beneficial.

      See the response above to Reviewer #2’s public review.

      Line 32-33: The citations are very fly-centric. the authors might want to consider reviews on the MB of other insect species regarding learning and memory.

      We additionally cited Rybak and Menzel 2017’s book chapter on honey bee mushroom body.

      Line 43-44: Citations should be added, e.g. Séjourné et al. (2011), Pai et al. (2013), Plaçais et al. (2013).

      Citation added

      Line 50-52: Citation Hulse et al. (2021) should be added.

      Citation added

      Line 162: In this part, it might be valuable for the reader to understand which of these PNs are actually connecting with KCs.

      A full list of cell types within the MB were provided in Supplementary File 4 of the revised manuscript. See also response to Reviewer 3, Lines 150-1.

      Line 179: Citation Burke et al. (2012) should be mentioned.

      Citation added

      Line 181: Thermogenic might be thermogenetic.

      Corrected

      Line 189: Citations add Otto et al. (2020) and Felsenberg et al. (2018).

      Citations added

      Line 208ff: The authors should consider discussing why they did not use other GR and IR promoters. For example, Gr5a is prominent in sugar-sensing, while Ir76b could be a reinforcement signal related to yeast food (Steck et al., 2018; Ganguly et al., 2017; see also Corfas et al., 2019 for local search).

      We focused on the Gr64f promoter because of its relatively broad expression and successful use of Gr64f-GAL4 for fictive reward experiment. We added the Split-LexA lines with Gr43a and Gr66a promoters (Figure 7-figure supplement 2). Other gustatory sensory neurons also have the potential to be reinforcement signals, but we just did not have the bandwidth to cover them all.

      Line 319: Consider citing Linneweber et al. (2020) for a neurodevelopmental account of such individuality.

      We added a sentence and cited this reference.

      “On the other hand, the neurodevelopmental origin of neuronal morphology appeared to have functional significance on behavioral individuality (Linneweber et al. 2020).”

      Line 352: Citation add Hulse et al. (2021).

      Citations added

      Line 356ff: The utility and value of Split-LexA may not be apparent to non-expert readers. Moreover, how were LexADBDs chosen for creating these lines?

      We have added an introductory sentence at the beginning of the paragraph and explained that these split-LexA lines were a conversion of split-GAL4 lines that were published in 2014 and frequently used in studying the mushroom body circuit.

      “Split-GAL4 lines enable cell-type-specific manipulation, but some experiments require independent manipulation of two cell types. Split-GAL4 lines can be converted into split-LexA lines by replacing the GAL4 DNA binding domain with that of LexA (Ting et al., 2011). To broaden the utility of the split-GAL4 lines that have been frequently used since the publication in 2014 (Aso et al., 2014a), we have generated over 20 LexADBD lines to test the conversions of split-GAL4 to split-LexA. The majority (22 out of 34) of the resulting split-LexA lines exhibited very similar expression patterns to their corresponding original split-GAL4 lines (Figure 12).”

      Line 374: Italicize Drosophila melanogaster.

      Revised as suggested.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Major Comments:

      As mentioned in the Public Review, the drivers are nicely classified in the various subsections of the manuscript, but the statements in the text summarizing how many lines there are in specific categories are often confusing. For example, line 129 refers to "drivers encompassing 111 cell types that connect with the DANs and MBONs", but Figure 1E indicates that 46 new cell types downstream of MBONs and upstream of DANs have been generated. This seems like a discrepancy.

      The 46 cell types in Figure 1E consider only the CRE/SMP/SIP/SLP area, where MBON downstreams and DAN upstreams are highly enriched, while the 111 cell types include all. To avoid confusion, we removed the “MBON downstream and DAN upstream” counting in Figure 1E in the revised manuscript.

      Also, at line 75 the MBON lines previously generated by Rubin and Aso (2023) are referred to as though they are separate from the 828 described "In this report." Supplementary file 1 suggests, however, that they are included as part of this report.

      Twenty five lines generated in Rubin and Aso (2023) were initially included in Supplementary file 1 for the convenience of users, but they were not counted towards the 828 new lines described in this report. To avoid confusion, we removed these 25 lines in the revised manuscript. Now all lines listed in Supplementary file 1 were generated in this study (“Aso 2021” release), and if a line has been used in earlier studies, or introduced in other contexts, for example the accompanying omnibus preprint (Meissener 2024, doi: 10.1101/2024.01.09.574419), the citations are listed in the reference column.

      More generally, in lines 94-102 "828 useful lines based on their specificity, intensity and non-redundancy" are referred to, but they are subsequently subdivided into categories of lines with lower specificity (i.e. with off-target expression) and lines that did not target intended cell types (presumably ones unlikely to be involved in learning and memory). It would be useful to know how many lines (at least roughly) fall into these subcategories.

      See the response above to Reviewer #3’s public review.

      Finally, Figures 3B & C indicate cell types connected to DANs and MBONs and the number for which Split-Gal4 lines are available. The text (lines 136-7) states that the new collection covers 30 of these major cell types (Figure 3C)," but Figure 3C clearly has more than 30 dots showing the drivers available. Presumably existing and new driver lines are being pooled, but this should either be explained or the two should be distinguished.

      “(Figure 3C)” was replaced with “(Supplementaryl File 3)” in the revised manuscript to correct the reference. Figure 3B & C are plots of all MB interneurons, not just the major cell types.

      Minor Comments:

      Although the paper is generally well written there are minor grammatical errors throughout (e.g. dropped articles, odd constructions, etc.) that somewhat detract from an otherwise smooth and enjoyable reading experience. A quick editing pass by a native speaker (i.e. any of several of the authors) could clean up these and numerous other small mistakes. A few examples: line 138 "presented" should be present; line 204: "contain off-targeted expressions" should be "have off-target expression;" line 219: "usage to substitute reward" is awkward at best and could be something like "use in generating fictive rewards"; line 326 "arborize[s]"; l. 331 "Based on the likelihood" should be something like "based on these observations"'; line 349 "[is] likely to appear"; l. 352 "extensive connection[s]"; line 353 "has [a] strong influence;" l. 963 "Projections" should be singular; etc.

      All the mentioned examples have been corrected, and we have asked a native speaker to edit through the revised manuscript.

      Lines 81-3: Is the lookup table referred to Suppl. File 1? A reference is desirable.

      Yes, the lookup table referred to “Supplementary File 1” and a reference was added.

      Lines 111-2: what is a "non-redundant set of...cell types?" Cell types that are represented by a single cell (or bilateral pair)? Or does this sentence mean that of the 828 lines, 355 are specific to a single cell type, and in total 319 cell types are targeted? The statement is confusing.

      We revised the text as below.

      “Figure 1E provides an overview of the categories of covered cell types. Among the 828 lines, a subset of 355 lines, collectively labeling at least 319 different cell types, exhibit highly specific and non-redundant expression patterns are likely to be particularly valuable for behavioral experiments. Detailed information, including genotype, expression specificity, matched EM cell type(s), and recommended driver for each cell type, can be found in Supplementary File 1. A small subset of 40 lines from this collection have been previously used in studies (Aso et al.,

      2023; Dolan et al., 2019; Gao et al., 2019; Scaplen et al., 2021; Schretter et al., 2020; Takagi et al., 2017; Xie et al., 2021; Yamada et al., 2023). All transgenic lines newly generated in this study are listed in Supplementary File 2 (Aso et al., 2023; Dolan et al., 2019; Gao et al., 2019; Scaplen et al., 2021; Schretter et al., 2020; Takagi et al., 2017; Xie et al., 2021; Yamada et al., 2023).”

      Line 148: "MB major interneurons" is a confusing descriptor for postsynaptic partners of MBONs.

      We added a sentence to clarify the definition of the “MB major interneurons”.

      “In the hemibrain EM connectome, there are about 400 interneuron cell types that have over 100 total synaptic inputs from MBONs and/or synaptic outputs to DANs. Our newly developed collection of split-GAL4 drivers covers 30 types of these ‘major interneurons’ of the MB (Supplementary File 3).”

      Lines 150-1: Not sure what is meant by "have innervations within the MB." Sounds like cells are presynaptic to KCs, DANS, and MBONs, but Figure 3 Figure Supplement 1 indicates they include neurons that both provide and receive innervation to/from MB neurons. Please clarify.

      For clarification, in the revised manuscript we have included a full list of cell types within the MB in Supplementary File 4. Included are all neurons with >= 50 pre-synaptic connections or with >=250 post-synaptic connections in the MB roi in the hemibrain (excluding the accessory calyx). The cell types include KCs, MBONs, DANs, PNs, and a few other cell types. The coverage ratio was updated based on this list.

      Also, in line 152, what does it mean that they "may have been overlooked previously?" this seems unnecessarily ambiguous. Were they overlooked or weren't they?

      Changed the text to “These lines offer valuable tools to study cell types that previously are not genetically accessible. Notably, SS85572 enables the functional study of LHMB1, which forms a rare direct pathway from the calyx and the lateral horn (LH) to the MB lobes (Bates et al., 2020). ”

      Line 158 refers to PN cells within the MB, which are not mentioned in any place else as MB components.

      What are these PNs and how do they differ from MBONs?

      See responses to Lines 150-1 for clarification of cell types within the MB.

      Line 188: not clear what is meant by "more continual learning tasks".

      We rephrase it as “more complex learning tasks” to avoid jargon.

      Line 235: Not clear why "extended training with high LED intensity" wouldn't promote the formation of robust memories. Is this for some reason unexpected based on previous experiments? Please explain.

      See responses to weakness #1 of the same reviewer

      Lines 317-9: It would be useful to state here that MB0N08 and MB0N09 are the two neurons labeled by MB083C.

      Revised as suggested.

      Line 368: Presumably the "lookup table" referred to is Supplementary File 1, but a reference here would be useful.

      Yes, Supplementary File 1 and a reference was added.

      Comments on Figures:

      Figure 1C The "Dopamine Neurons" label position doesn't align with the Punishment and Reward labels, which is a bit confusing.

      They are intentionally not aligned, because dopamine neurons are not reward/punishment per se. We intend to use the schematic to show that the punishment and reward are conveyed to the MB through the dopamine neuron layer, just as the output from the MB output neuron layer is used to guide further integration and actions. To keep the labels of “Dopamine neurons” and “MB Output Neurons” in a symmetrical position, we decide to keep the original figure unchanged. But we thank the reviewer for the kind suggestion.

      Figure 1F and Figure 1 - Figure Supplement 1: the light gray labels presumably indicate the (EM-identified) neuron labeled by each line, but this should be explicitly stated in the figure legends. It would also be useful in the legends to direct the reader to the key (Supplementary File 1) for decoding neuronal identities.

      Revised as suggested.

      Figure 2: For clarity, I'd recommend titling this figure "LM-EM Match of the CRE011-specific driver SS45245". This reduces the confusion of mixing and matching the driver and cell-type names. Also, it would be helpful to indicate (e.g. with labels above the figure parts) that A & B represent the MCFO characterization step and C & D represent the LM-EM matching step of the pipeline. Revised as suggested.

      Figure 6: For clarity, it would be useful to separately label the PN and sensory neuron groups. Also, for the sensory neurons at the bottom, what is the distinction between the cell names in gray and black font?

      Figure 6 was updated to separate the non-olfactory PN and sensory neuron groups. The gray was intended for olfactory receptor neuron cell types that are additionally labeled in the driver lines. To avoid confusion, the gray cell types were removed in the revised figure, and a clarification sentence was added to the legend.

      “Other than thermo-/hygro-sensory receptor neurons (TRNs and HRNs), SS00560 and MB408B also label olfactory receptor neurons (ORNs): ORN_VL2p and ORN_VC5 for SS00560, ORN_VL1 and ORN_VC5 for MB408B.”

      Figure 7A: It's unclear why the creation of 6 Gr64f-LexADBD lines is reported. Aren't all these lines the same? If not, an explanation would be useful.

      These six Gr64f-LexADBD lines are with different insertion sites, and with the presence or absence of the p10 translational enhancer. Explanation was added to legend. Enhanced expression level with p10 can be helpful to compensate for the general tendency that split-LexA is weaker than split-GAL4. Different insertions will be useful to avoid transvections with split-GAL4s, which are mostly in attP40 and attP2.

      Figure 8F: It would help to include in the legend a brief description of each parameter being measured-essentially defining the y-axis label on the graphs as in Figure Supplement 2. Also, how is the probability of return calculated and what behavioral parameter does the change of curvature refer to?

      We added a brief description to the behavioral parameters in the legend of Figure 8F.

      “Return behavior was assessed within a 15-second time window. The probability of return (P return) is the percentage of flies that made an excursion (>10 mm) and then returned to within 3 mm of their initial position. Curvature is the ratio of angular velocity to walking speed.”

      Figure 9E: What are the parenthetical labels for lines SS49267, SS49300, and SS35008?

      They are EM bodyIDs. Figure legend was revised.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife Assessment

      This study compiles a wide range of results on the connectivity, stimulus selectivity, and potential role of the claustrum in sensory behavior. While most of the connectivity results confirm earlier studies, this valuable work provides incomplete evidence that the claustrum responds to multimodal stimuli and that local connectivity is reduced across cells that have similar long-range connectivity. The conclusions drawn from the behavioral results are weakened by the animals' poor performance on the designed task.This study has the potential to be of interest to neuroscientists.

      We thank the editor and the reviewers for their feedback on our work, which we have incorporated to help improve interpretation of our findings as outlined in the response below. While we agree with the editor that further work is necessary to provide a comprehensive understanding of claustrum circuitry and activity, this is true of most scientific endeavors and therefore we feel that describing this work as “incomplete” unfairly mischaracterizes the intent of the experiments performed which provide fundamental insights into this poorly understood brain region. Additionally, as identified in the main text, methods section, and our responses to the comments below, we disagree that the behavioral results are “weakened” by the performance of the animals. Our goal was to assess what information animals learned and used in an ambiguous sensory/reward environment, not to shape them toward a particular behavior and interpret the results solely based on their accuracy in performing the task.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The paper by Shelton et al investigates some of the anatomical and physiological properties of the mouse claustrum. First, they characterize the intrinsic properties of claustrum excitatory and inhibitory neurons and determine how these different claustrum neurons receive input from different cortical regions. Next, they perform in vitro patch clamp recordings to determine the extent of intraclaustrum connectivity between excitatory neurons. Following these experiments, in vivo axon imaging was performed to determine how claustrum-retrosplenial cortex neurons are modulated by different combinations of auditory, visual, and somatosensory input. Finally, the authors perform claustrum lesions to determine if claustrum neurons are required for performance on a multisensory discrimination task

      Strengths:

      An important potential contribution the authors provide is the demonstration of intra-claustrum excitation. In addition, this paper provides the first experimental data where two cortical inputs are independently stimulated in the same experiment (using 2 different opsins). Overall, the in vitro patch clamp experiments and anatomical data provide confirmation that claustrum neurons receive convergent inputs from areas of the frontal cortex. These experiments were conducted with rigor and are of high quality.

      We thank the reviewer for their positive appraisal of our work.

      Weaknesses:

      The title of the paper states that claustrum neurons integrate information from different cortical sources. However, the authors did not actually test or measure integration in the manuscript. They do show physiological convergence of inputs on claustrum neurons in the slice work. Testing integration through simultaneous activation of inputs was not performed. The convergence of cortical input has been recently shown by several other papers (Chia et al), and the current paper largely supports these previous conclusions. The in vivo work did test for integration because simultaneous sensory stimulations were performed. However, integration was not measured at the single cell (axon) level because it was unclear how activity in a single claustrum ROI changes in response to (for example) visual, tactile, and visual-tactile stimulations. Reading the discussion, I also see the authors speculate that the sensory responses in the claustrum could arise from attentional or salience-related inputs from an upstream source such as the PFC. In this case, claustrum cells would not integrate anything (but instead respond to PFC inputs).

      We thank the reviewer for raising this point. In response, we have provided a definition of “integration” in the manuscript text (lines 112-114, 353-354):

      “...single-cell responsiveness to more than one input pathway, e.g. being capable of combining and therefore integrating these inputs.”

      The reviewer’s point about testing simultaneous input to the claustrum is well made but not possible with the dual-color optogenetic stimulation paradigm used in our study as noted in the Results and Discussion sections (see also Klapoetke et al., 2014, Hooks et al., 2015). The novelty of our paper comes from testing these connections in single CLA neurons, something not shown in other studies to-date (Chia et al., 2020; Qadir et al., 2022), which average connectivity over many neurons.

      Finally, we disagree with the reviewer regarding whether integration was tested at the single-axon level and provide data and supplementary figures to this effect (Fig. 6, Supp. Fig. S14, lines 468-511) . Although the possibility remains that sensory-related information may arise in the prefrontal cortex, as we note, there is still a large collection of studies (including this one) that document and describe direct sensory inputs to the claustrum (Olson & Greybeil, 1980; Sherk & LeVay, 1981; Smith & Alloway, 2010; Goll et al., 2015; Atlan et al., 2017; etc.). We have updated the wording of these sections to note that both direct and indirect sensory input integration is possible.

      The different experiments in different figures often do not inform each other. For example, the authors show in Figure 3 that claustrum-RSP cells (CTB cells) do not receive input from the auditory cortex. But then, in Figure 6 auditory stimuli are used. Not surprisingly, claustrum ROIs respond very little to auditory stimuli (the weakest of all sensory modalities). Then, in Figure 7 the authors use auditory stimuli in the multisensory task. It seems that these experiments were done independently and were not used to inform each other.

      The intention behind the current manuscript was to provide a deep characterisation of claustrum to inform future research into this enigmatic structure. In this case, we sought to test pathways in vivo that were identified as being weak or absent in vitro to confirm and specifically rule out their influence on computations performed by claustrum. We agree with the reviewer’s assessment that it is not surprising that claustrum ROIs respond weakly to auditory stimuli. Not testing these connections in vivo because of their apparent sparsity in vitro would have represented a critical gap in our knowledge of claustrum responses during passive sensory stimulation.

      One novel aspect of the manuscript is the focus on intraclaustrum connectivity between excitatory cells (Figure 2). The authors used wide-field optogenetics to investigate connectivity. However, the use of paired patch-clamp recordings remains the ground truth technique for determining the rate of connectivity between cell types, and paired recordings were not performed here. It is difficult to understand and gain appreciation for intraclaustrum connectivity when only wide-field optogenetics is used.

      We thank the reviewer for acknowledging the novelty of these experiments. We further acknowledge that paired patch-clamp recordings are the gold standard for assessing synaptic connectivity. Typically such experiments are performed in vitro, a necessity given the ventral location of claustrum precluding in vivo patching. In vitro slice preparations by their very nature sever connections and lead to an underestimate of connectivity as noted in our Discussion. Kim et al. (2016) have done this experiment in coronal slices with the understanding that excitatory-excitatory connectivity would be local (<200 μm) and therefore preserved. We used a variety of approaches that enabled us to explore connectivity along the longitudinal axis of the brain (the rostro-caudal, e.g. “long” axis of the claustrum), providing fresh insight into the circuitry embedded within this structure that would be challenging to examine using dual recordings. Further, our optogenetic method (CRACM, Petreanu et al., 2007), has been used successfully across a variety of brain structures to examine excitatory connectivity while circumventing artifacts arising from the slice axis.

      In Figure 2, CLA-rsp cells express Chrimson, and the authors removed cells from the analysis with short latency responses (which reflect opsin expression). But wouldn't this also remove cells that express opsin and receive monosynaptic inputs from other opsin-expressing cells, therefore underestimating the connectivity between these CLA-rsp neurons? I think this needs to be addressed.

      The total number of opsin-expressing CLA neurons in our dataset is 4/46 tested neurons. Assuming all of these neurons project to RSP, they would have accounted for 4/32 CLARSP neurons. Given the rate of monosynaptic connectivity observed in this study, these neurons would only contribute 2-3 additional connected neurons. Therefore, the exclusion of these neurons does not significantly impact the overall statistical accuracy of our connectivity findings.

      In Figure 5J the lack of difference in the EPSC-IPSC timing in the RSP is likely due to 1 outlier EPSC at 30 ms which is most likely reflecting polysynaptic communication. Therefore, I do not feel the argument being made here with differences in physiology is particularly striking.

      We thank the reviewer for their attention to detail about this analysis. We have performed additional statistics and found that leaving this neuron out does not affect the significance of the results (new p-value = 0.158, original p-value = 0.314, Mann-Whitney U test). We have removed this datapoint from the figure and our analysis.

      In the text describing Figure 5, the authors state "These experiments point to a complex interaction ....likely influenced by cell type of CLA projection and intraclaustral modules in which they participate". How does this slice experiment stimulating axons from one input relate to different CLA cell types or intra-claustrum circuits? I don't follow this argument.

      We have removed this speculation from the Results section.

      In Figure 6G and H, the blank condition yields a result similar to many of the sensory stimulus conditions. This blank condition (when no stimulus was presented) serves as a nice reference to compare the rest of the conditions. However, the remainder of the stimulation conditions were not adjusted relative to what would be expected by chance. For example, the response of each cell could be compared to a distribution of shuffled data, where time-series data are shuffled in time by randomly assigned intervals and a surrogate distribution of responses generated. This procedure is repeated 200-1000x to generate a distribution of shuffled responses. Then the original stimulus-triggered response (1s post) could be compared to shuffled data. Currently, the authors just compare pre/post-mean data using a Mann-Whitney test from the mean overall response, which could be biased by a small number of trials. Therefore, I think a more conservative and statistically rigorous approach is warranted here, before making the claim of a 20% response probability or 50% overall response rate.

      We appreciate the reviewer's thorough analysis and suggestion for a more conservative statistical approach. We acknowledge that responses on blank trials occur about 10% of the time, indicating that response probabilities around this level may not represent "real" responses. To address this, we will include the responses to the blank condition in the manuscript (lines 505-509). This will allow readers to make informed decisions based on the presented data.

      Regarding Figure 6, a more conventional way to show sensory responses is to display a heatmap of the z-scored responses across all ROIs, sorted by their post-stimulus response. This enables the reader to better visualize and understand the claims being made here, rather than relying on the overall mean which could be influenced by a few highly responsive ROIs.

      We apologize to the reviewer that our data in this figure was challenging to interpret. We have included an additional supplemental figure (Supp. Fig. S15) that displays the requested information.

      For Figure 6, it would also help to display some raw data showing responses at the single ROI level and the population level. If these sensory stimulations are modulating claustrum neurons, then this will be observable on the mean population vector (averaged df/f across all ROIs as a function of time) within a given experiment and would add support to the conclusions being made.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s desire to see more raw data – we would have included this in the figure given more space. However, the average df/f across all ROIs is shown as a time series with 95% confidence intervals in Fig. 6D.

      As noted by the authors, there is substantial evidence in the literature showing that motor activity arises in mice during these types of sensory stimulation experiments. It is foreseeable that at least some of the responses measured here arise from motor activity. It would be important to identify to what extent this is the case.

      While we acknowledge that some responses may arise from motor-related activity, addressing this comprehensively is beyond the scope of this paper. Given the extensive number of trials and recorded axonal segments, we believe that motor-related activity is unlikely to significantly impact the average response across all trials. Future studies focusing specifically on motor activity during sensory stimulation experiments would be needed to elucidate this aspect in detail.

      All claims in the results for Figure 6 such as "the proportion of responsive axons tended to be highest when stimuli were combined" should be supported by statistics.

      We have provided additional statistics in this section (lines 490-511) to address the reviewer’s comment.

      In Figure 7, the authors state that mice learned the structure of the task. How is this the case, when the number of misses is 5-6x greater than the number of hits on audiovisual trials (S Figure 19). I don't get the impression that mice perform this task correctly. As shown in Figure 7I, the hit rate is exceptionally low on the audiovisual port in controls. I just can't see how control and lesion mice can have the same hit rate and false alarm rate yet have different d'. Indeed, I might be missing something in the analysis. However, given that both groups of mice are not performing the task as designed, I fail to see how the authors' claim regarding multisensory integration by the claustrum is supported. Even if there is some difference in the d' measure, what does that matter when the hits are the least likely trial outcome here for both groups.

      We thank the reviewer for their comments and hope the following addresses their confusion about the performance of animals during our multimodal conditioning task.

      Firstly, as pointed out by the reviewer, the hit-rate (HR) is lower than false-alarm-rate (FR) but crucially only when assessed explicitly within-condition (e.g. just auditory or just visual stimulation). Given the multimodal nature of the assay, HR and FR could also be evaluated across different trials, unimodal and multimodal, for both auditory and visual stimuli. Doing so resulted in a net positive d', as observed by the reviewer. From this perspective, and as documented in the Methods (Multimodal Conditioning and Reversal Learning) and Supplemental Figures, mice do indeed learn the conditioning task and perform at above-chance levels.

      Secondly, as raised in the Discussion, an important caveat of this assay was that it was unnecessary for mice to learn the task structure explicitly but, rather, that they respond to environmental cues in a reward-seeking manner that indicated perception of a stimulus. "Performance" as it is quantified here demonstrates a perceptual difference between conditions that is observed through behavioral choice and timing, not necessarily the degree to which the mice have an understanding of the task per se.

      In the discussion, it is stated that "While axons responded inconsistently to individual stimulus presentations, their responsivity remained consistent between stimuli and through time on average...". I do not understand this part of the sentence. Does this mean axons are consistently inconsistent?

      The reviewer’s interpretation is correct – although recorded axons tended to have a preferred stimulus or combination of stimuli, they displayed variability in their responses (response probability), though little or no variability in their likelihood to respond over time (on average).

      In the discussion, the authors state their axon imaging results contrast with recent studies in mice. Why not actually do the same analysis that Ollerenshaw did, so this statement is supported by fact? As pointed out above, the criteria used to classify an axon as responsive to stimuli were very liberal in this current manuscript.

      While we appreciate this comment from the reviewer, we feel that it was not necessary to perform similar analyses to those of Ollerenshaw et al in order to appreciate that methodological differences between these studies would have confounded any comparisons made, as we note in the Discussion.

      I find the discussion wildly speculative and broad. For example, "the integrative properties of the CLA could act as a substrate for transforming the information content of its inputs (e.g. reducing trial-to-trial variability of responses to conjunctive stimuli...)". How would a claustrum neuron responding with a 10% reliability to a stimuli (or set of stimuli) provide any role in reducing trial-to-trial variability of sensory activity in the cortex?

      We thank the reviewer for their feedback. We acknowledge the reviewer's concern regarding the speculative nature of our discussion. To address the specific point raised, while a neuron with a 10% reliability might appear limited in reducing trial-to-trial variability in sensory activity, it's possible that such neurons are responsive to a combination of stimuli or conditions not fully controlled or recorded in our current setup. For instance, variables like the animal’s attentional or motivational states could influence the responsiveness of claustrum neurons, thus integrating these inputs could theoretically modulate cortical processing. We have refined this section to clarify these points (now lines 810-813).

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Shelton et al. explore the organization of the Claustrum. To do so, they focus on a specific claustrum population, the one projecting to the retrosplenial cortex (CLA-RSP neurons). Using an elegant technical approach, they first described electrophysiological properties of claustrum neurons, including the CLA-RSP ones. Further, they showed that CLA-RSP neurons (1) directly excite other CLA neurons, in a 'projection-specific' pattern, i.e. CLA-RSP neurons mainly excite claustrum neurons not projecting to the RSP and (2) receive excitatory inputs from multiple cortical territories (mainly frontal ones). To confirm the 'integrative' property of claustrum networks, they then imaged claustrum axons in the cortex during singleor multi-sensory stimulations. Finally, they investigated the effect of CLA-RSP lesion on performance in a sensory detection task.

      Strengths:

      Overall, this is a really good study, using state-of-the-art technical approaches to probe the local/global organization of the Claustrum. The in-vitro part is impressive, and the results are compelling.

      We thank the reviewer for their positive appraisal of our work.

      Weaknesses:

      One noteworthy concern arises from the terminology used throughout the study. The authors claimed that the claustrum is an integrative structure. Yet, integration has a specific meaning, i.e. the production of a specific response by a single neuron (or network) in response to a specific combination of several input signals. In this study, the authors showed compelling results in favor of convergence rather than integration. On a lighter note, the in-vivo data are less convincing, and do not entirely support the claim of "integration" made by the authors.

      We thank the reviewer for their clarity on this issue. We absolutely agree that without clear definition in the study, interpretation of our data could be misconstrued for one of several possible meanings. We have updated our Introduction, Results, and Discussion text to reflect the definition of ‘integration’ we used in the interpretation of our work and hope this clarifies our intent to the reader.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      The claustrum is one of the most enigmatic regions of the cerebral cortex, with a potential role in consciousness and integrating multisensory information. Despite extensive connections with almost all cortical areas, its functions and mechanisms are not well understood. In an attempt to unravel these complexities, Shelton et al. employed advanced circuit mapping technologies to examine specific neurons within the claustrum. They focused on how these neurons integrate incoming information and manage the output. Their findings suggest that claustrum neurons selectively communicate based on cortical projection targets and that their responsiveness to cortical inputs varies by cell type.

      Imaging studies demonstrated that claustrum axons respond to both single and multiple sensory stimuli. Extended inhibition of the claustrum significantly reduced animals' responsiveness to multisensory stimuli, highlighting its critical role as an integrative hub in the cortex.

      However, the study's conclusions at times rely on assumptions that may undermine their validity. For instance, the comparison between RSC-projecting and non-RSC-projecting neurons is problematic due to potential false negatives in the cell labeling process, which might not capture the entire neuron population projecting to a brain area. This issue casts doubt on the findings related to neuron interconnectivity and projections, suggesting that the results should be interpreted with caution. The study's approach to defining neuron types based on projection could benefit from a more critical evaluation or a broader methodological perspective.

      We thank the reviewer for their attention to the methods used in our study. We acknowledge that there is an inherent bias introduced by false-negatives as a result of incomplete labeling but contend that this is true of most modern tracing experiments in neuroscience, irrespective of the method used. Moreover, if false-negative biases are affecting our results, then they likely do so in the direction of supporting our findings – perfect knowledge of claustrum connectivity would likely enhance the effects seen by increasing the pool of neurons for which we find an effect. For example, our cortico-claustal connectivity findings in Figure 3 likely would have shown even larger effects should false-negative CLARSP neurons have been positively identified.

      Where appropriate we have provided estimates of variability and certainty in our experimental findings and do not claim any definitive knowledge of the true rate and scope of claustrum connectivity.

      Nevertheless, the study sets the stage for many promising future research directions. Future work could particularly focus on exploring the functional and molecular differences between E1 and E2 neurons and further assess the implications of the distinct responses of excitatory and inhibitory claustrum neurons for internal computations. Additionally, adopting a different behavioral paradigm that more directly tests the integration of sensory information for purposeful behavior could also prove valuable.

      We thank the reviewer for their outlook on the future directions of our work. These avenues for study, we believe, would be very fruitful in uncovering the cell-type-specific computations performed by claustrum neurons.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewing Editor (Recommendations for the Authors):

      The editor recommends addressing the issues raised by the reviewers about the statistical significance of sensory response with respect to blank stimuli, and solving the issue generated by the exclusion of monosynaptically connected neurons in the connectivity study, to raise the assessment strength of evidence from incomplete to solid. Moreover, as the reported result stands, the behavioral task does not seem to be learned by the animals as the animals are above chance for visual and auditory but largely below chance level for multisensory. It seems that the animals do not perform a multisensory task. The authors should clarify this.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Several references were missing from the manuscript, where mouse CLA-retrosplenial or CLA-frontal neurons were investigated and would be highly relevant to both the discussion of claustrum function and the context of the methodologies used here. (Wang et al., 2023 Nat Comm; Nair et al., 2023 PNAS, Marriott et al. 2024 Cell Reports ; Faig et al., 2024 Current

      Biology).

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Let me be clear, this is an excellent study, using state-of-the-art technical approaches to probe the local/global organization of the Claustrum. However, the study is somehow disconnected, with a fantastic in-vitro part, and, in my opinion, a less convincing in-vivo one.

      As stated in the public review, I'm concerned about the use of the term "integration", as, in my opinion, the data presented in this study (which I repeat are of excellent level) do not support that claim.

      Below are my main points regarding the article:

      (1) My main comment relates to the use of the term 'integration'. It might be a semantic debate, but I think that this is an important one. In my opinion, neural integration is the "summing of several neural input signals by a single neuron to produce an output signal that is some function of those inputs". As the authors state in the discussion, they were not able to "assess the EPSP response magnitude to the conjunction of stimuli due to photosensitivity of ChrimsonR opsins to blue light". Therefore, the authors did not specifically prove integration, but rather input convergence. This does not mean that the results presented are not important or of excellent quality, but I encourage the authors to either tone down the part on integration or to give a clear definition of what they call integration.

      (2) The in vivo imaging data are somehow confusing. First, the authors image two claustral populations simultaneously (the CLA-RSP and the CLA-ACA axons). I may be missing the information, but there is no evidence that these cells overlap in the CLA (no data in the supplement and existing literature only support partial overlap). Second, in the results part, the authors claim that 96% of the sensory-responsive axons displayed multisensory response. This, combined with the 47% of axons responsive to at least one stimulus should lead to a global response of around 45% of the axons in multisensory trials. Yet, in Figures 6F-G, one can see that the response probability is actually low (closer to 20%). To be honest, I cannot really understand how to make sense of these results. At first, I thought that most of the multisensory responsive axons show no response during multisensory stimulus (but one in the unimodal stimulus). This hypothesis is however unlikely, as response AUC is biased toward positivity in Figure 6H. Overall, I'm not totally convinced by the imaging data, and I think that the authors should be more cautious about interpreting their results (as they are in the discussion part, but less in the results part).

      (3) The TetTox approach used in the study ablates all neurons expressing the CRE in the CLA. If the hypothesis proposed by the authors is true, then ablating one subpopulation should not impact that much the functioning of the whole CLA, as other neurons will likely "integrate" information coming from multiple cortices (Figures 3 and 4), the local divergence (Figure 1) will then allow the broadcasting of this information back to multiples cortices. Do the authors think that such an approach deeply modified intra-claustral network connectivity? If this is not the case, shouldn't we expect less effect after lesioning a specific sub-population of CLA neurons?

      (4) The behavioral protocol is also confusing. If I understand correctly, the aim of the task was to probe the D-Prime factor, as all trials, whatever the response of the animal are rewarded. From the Figure 7I, one can see that the mice cannot properly answer to the audiovisual cues, clearly indicating that both groups show impaired response to this type of trial. The whole conclusion of the authors is therefore drawn from the D-Prime calculation. However, even if D-Prime should represent a measure of sensitivity (i.e. is unaffected by response bias), two assumptions need to be met: (1) the signal and noise distributions should be both normal, and (2) the signal and noise distributions should have the same standard deviation. However, these assumptions cannot be tested in the task used by the authors (one would need rating tasks). The authors might want to use nonparametric measures of sensitivity such as A' (see Pollack and Norman 1964).

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      While the study is comprehensive, some of its conclusions are based on assumptions that potentially weaken their validity. A significant issue arises in the comparison between neurons that project to the retrosplenial cortex (RSC) and those that do not. This differentiation is based on retrograde labeling from a single part of the RSC. However, CTB labeling, the technique used, does not capture 100% of the neurons projecting to a brain area. The study itself demonstrates this by showing that injecting the dye into three sections of the RSC results in three overlapping populations of neurons in the claustrum. Therefore, limiting the injection to just one of these areas inevitably leads to many false negatives-neurons that project to the RSC but are not marked by the CTB. This issue recurs in the analysis of neurons projecting to both the RSC and the prelimbic cortex (PL), where assumptions about interconnectivity are made without a thorough examination of overlap between these populations. The incomplete labeling complicates the interpretation of the data and draws firm conclusions from it.

      Minor.

      There is a reference to Figure 1D where claustrum->cortical connections are described. This should be 5D.

      This is a correct reference pointing back to our single-cell characterizations of CLA morphoelectric types.

      End of Page 22. Implies should be imply.

      This has been resolved in the manuscript text.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This is an interesting and valuable study that uses multiple approaches to understand the role of bursting involving voltage-gated calcium channels within the mediodorsal thalamus in the sedative-hypnotic effects of alcohol. Given its unique functional roles and connectivity pattern, the idea that the mediodorsal thalamus may have a fundamental role in regulating alcohol-induced transitions in consciousness state would be both important for researchers investigating thalamocortical dynamics and more broadly interesting for understanding brain function. In addition, the author's examination of the role of the voltage-gated calcium channel Cav3.1 provides some evidence that burst-firing mediated by this channel in the thalamus is functionally important for behavioral-state transitions. While many previous studies have suggested an analogous role for sleep-state regulation, the evidence for an analogous role of this type of bursting in sedative-induced transitions is more limited. Despite the importance of these results, however, there is some concern that the manipulations and recording approaches employed by the authors may affect other thalamic nuclei adjacent to the MD, such as the central lateral nucleus, which has also been implicated in controlling state transitions. The evidence for a specific role of the mediodorsal thalamus is therefore somewhat incomplete, and so additional validation is needed.

      Strengths:

      This study employs multiple, complementary research approaches including behavioral assays, sh-RNAbased localized knockdown, single-unit recordings, and patterned optogenetic interventions to examine the role of activity in the mediodorsal thalamus in the sedative-hypnotic effects of alcohol. Experiments and analyses included in the manuscript generally appear well conceived and are also generally well executed. Sample sizes are sufficiently large and statistical analysis appears generally appropriate though in some cases additional quantification would be helpful. The findings presented are novel and provide some interesting insight into the role of the thalamus as well as voltage-gated calcium channels within this region in controlling behavioral state transitions induced by alcohol. In particular, the observed effects of selective knockout along with recordings in total knockout of the voltage-gated calcium channel, Cav3.1, which has previously been implicated in bursting dynamics as well as state transitions, particularly in sleep, together suggest that the transition of thalamic neurons to a bursting pattern of firing from a more constant firing is important for transition to the sedated state produced by ethanol intoxication. While previous studies have similarly implicated Cav3.1 bursting in behavioral state transitions, the direct optogenetic interventions and single-unit recordings provide valuable new insight. These findings may also have interesting implications for the relationship between sleep process disruption associated with ethanol dependence, although the authors do not appear to examine this directly or extensively discuss these implications of their findings.

      Weaknesses:

      A key claim of the study is that the mediodorsal thalamus is specifically important for the sedative-hypnotic effect of ethanol and that a transition to a bursting pattern of firing in this circuit facilitates these effects due to a loss of a more constant tonic firing pattern. Despite the generally clear observed effects across the included experiments, however, the evidence presented does not fully support that the mediodorsal thalamus, in particular, is involved. This distinction is important because some previous studies have suggested that another thalamic nucleus which is very close to the mediodorsal thalamus, the central-lateral thalamus, has previously been suggested to play a role in preventing sedative-induced transitions. Despite its proximity to the mediodorsal thalamus, the central-lateral thalamus has a substantially different pattern of connectivity so distinguishing which region is impacted is important for understanding the findings in the manuscript. While sh- RNA knockdown appears to be largely centered in the mediodorsal thalamus in the example shown, (Figure 2) this is rather minimal evidence and it is also not well explained (indeed, the relevant panels do not even appear to be referenced in the text of the manuscript) and the consistency of the knockdown targeting is not quantified. Additional evidence should be provided to validate this approach. Similarly, while an example is shown for the expression of ChR2 (Fig. 5) there seems to be some spread of expression outside of the mediodorsal thalamus even in his example raising a concern about how regionally specific this effect.

      The recordings targeting the mediodorsal thalamus could provide evidence of a direct association between changes in activity specifically in this part of the thalamus with the behavioral measures but there are currently some issues with making this link. One difficulty is that, although lesions are shown in Figure S5 to validate recording locations, this figure is relatively unclear and the examples appear to be taken from a different anterior/posterior location compared to the reference diagram. A larger image and improved visualization of the overall set of lesion locations that includes multiple anterior/posterior coronal sections would be helpful. Moreover, even for these example images, it is difficult to evaluate whether these are in the mediodorsal thalamus, particularly given the small size of the image shown. Ideally, an example image that is more obviously in the mediodorsal thalamus would also be included. Finally, an assessment of the relationship between the approximate locations of recorded neurons across the tetrode arrays and the behavioral measures would be very helpful in supporting the unique role of the mediodorsal thalamus. The lack of these direct links, in combination with the histological issues, reduces the insight that can be gained from this study.

      In addition to the key experimental issues mentioned above, there are often problems in the text of the manuscript with reasoning or at least explanation as well as numerous minor issues with editing. The most substantial such issue is the lack of clarity in discussing the mediodorsal thalamus and other adjacent thalamic nuclei, such as the central-lateral nucleus, in the author's discussion of previous findings. Given that at last one of the manuscripts cited by the authors (Saalman, Front. Sys. Neuro. 2014) has directly claimed that central-lateral, rather than the mediodorsal, thalamus is important for arousal regulation related to a conscious state, this distinction should be addressed clearly in the discussion rather than papered over by grouping multiple thalamic nuclei as being medial. As part of this discussion, it would be important to consider additional relevant literature including Bastos et al., eLife, 2021 and Redinbaugh et al., Neuron, 2020 which are quite critical but currently do not appear to be cited. Considering additional literature relevant to the function of the mediodorsal thalamus would also be beneficial. While the methods employed generally seem sound, the description in the methods section is lacking in detail and is often difficult to follow. Analysis methods such as the burst index appear to only be given a brief explanation in the text and appear not to be mentioned in the methods section. Similarly, the staining method used in Figure 2 does not appear to be described in the methods section. The most substantial case is for the UMAP approach used in Figure 4-E which does not appear to be described in the methods or even described in the main text. The lack of detailed descriptions makes it difficult to evaluate the applicability and quality of the experimental and analytical approaches. Citations justifying the use of methods such as the approach to separate regular spiking and narrow spiking neuron subtypes are also needed.

      Beyond the problems with content and reasoning discussed above, there are also some relatively minor issues with the clarity of writing throughout the paper (for example, in the abstract the authors refer to "the ethanol resistance behavior in WT mice" but it is difficult to parse what they mean by this statement. Similarly, the next sentence "These results support that the maintenance..." while clearer, is not well phrased. Though individually minor, issues like this re-occur throughout the manuscript and sometimes make it difficult to follow so the text should be revised to correct them. There are also some problems with labels such as the labels of A1/A2 in Figure 4, which appear to be incorrect. Also, S7 has no label] on the B panels. Finally, some references are not included (only a label of [ref]).

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      In the current study, Latchoumane and collaborators focus on the Cav3.1 calcium channels in the mediodorsal thalamic nucleus as critical players in the regulation of brain-states and ethanol resistance in mice. By combining behavioural, electrophysiological, and genetic techniques, they report three main findings. First, KO Cav3.1 mice exhibit resistance to ethanol-induced sedation and sustained tonic firing in thalamocortical units. Second, knocked-down Cav3.1 mice reproduce the same behaviour when the mediodorsal, but not the ventrobasal, thalamic nucleus is targeted. Third, either optogenetic or electric stimulation of the mediodorsal thalamus reduces ethanol-induced sedation in control animals.

      Overall, the study is well designed and performed, correctly controlled for confounds, and properly analysed. Nonetheless, it is important to address some aspects of the report. The results support the conclusions of the study. These results are likely to be relevant in the field of systems neuroscience, as they increase the molecular evidence showing how the thalamus regulates brain states.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Aside from the additional quantification and clarification of the analysis discussed in the weakness section, in general, the experiments included in the manuscript seem reasonable. However, I would suggest one additional experiment as well as one control, both of which are relatively straightforward optogenetic experiments, that I feel would be helpful to further improve the study. First, as the authors note, the optogenetic interventions used do not directly address the relevance of the changes in bursting patterns observed in the knockout (KO), which are by far the most robust effect, with the changes in alcohol sensitivity. One approach that could help address this would be to use patterned suppression via inhibitory opsins (e.g. halorhodopsin) to "rescue" the periods of inhibition associated with bursting in the KO. Localizing this inhibition to the mediodorsal thalamus would also lend further credence to their claim that this nuclei is the relevant circuit for their observed effects. For the control, tonic activation of the ventrobasal nucleus, as the authors did for the mediodorsal nucleus, would be beneficial to rule out the possibility that the observed effect would occur with any thalamic nucleus. In addition to these experiments, I did not note the strategy for sharing data obtained through this study so this should be added.

      R1 – 1: A key claim of the study is that the mediodorsal thalamus is specifically important for the sedative-hypnotic effect of ethanol and that a transition to a bursting pattern of firing in this circuit facilitates these effects due to a loss of a more constant tonic firing pattern. Despite the generally clear observed effects across the included experiments, however, the evidence presented does not fully support that the mediodorsal thalamus, in particular, is involved. This distinction is important because some previous studies have suggested that another thalamic nucleus which is very close to the mediodorsal thalamus, the central-lateral thalamus, has previously been suggested to play a role in preventing sedative-induced transitions. Despite its proximity to the mediodorsal thalamus, the central-lateral thalamus has a substantially different pattern of connectivity so distinguishing which region is impacted is important for understanding the findings in the manuscript.

      R1-A1: The reviewer is right that CL has been pointed as another candidate structure with causal influence on arousal and consciousness. We have focused our efforts in including only recording single units that were from tetrode located in the MD specifically using the lesion code we explain in the method section and in response to R1 question#3. We also produced a quantification of Cav3.1 knock-down that clearly demonstrates that the KD experiment was itself specific to MD, bilaterally, and that CL to CM were minimally impacted by the knock-down process (Fig. 2C and D). Moreover, the optogenetic  (fiber incidence was 30 degrees guaranteeing a central coverage rather than lateral; Fiber optic NA = 0.22) and electric stimulation (bipolar twisted electrodes, 50uA) experiments were also very selective and specific to the MD (Fig.S5). It remains clear that MD might not be the sole structure involved in the brain state control towards sedation and “anesthetic states”, and CL might be a significant contributor as well, however, we show that CL manipulations were rather irrelevant in our experiments  (Fig. 2, S5, S9 and S11).

      R1-2: While sh-RNA knockdown appears to be largely centered in the mediodorsal thalamus in the example shown, (Figure 2) this is rather minimal evidence and it is also not well explained (indeed, the relevant panels do not even appear to be referenced in the text of the manuscript) and the consistency of the knockdown targeting is not quantified. Additional evidence should be provided to validate this approach.

      R1-A2: In order to address this important question, we have created an additional panel quantification to fig2D. We have then quantified the intensity per area of Cav3.1 expression in sub zones of 4 regions of interest: MD (left, right; 2 subzones each), Centro Medial (CM; 1 subzones in total), Centrolateral/Paraventricular nucleus (CL/PCN; left, right; 2 subzones each) and the submedial nucleus (SMT; left, right; used as a control for the intensity normalization; 1 subzones in total). This panel clearly illustrates that MD was knocked-down bilaterally (p<0.001). Moreover, CM (p<0.05) and CL (p<0.01) were also partially and unilaterally knocked down, as well. This analysis confirms that our KD had a high specificity to MD.

      We added the relevant figure caption and text:

      [Result section, Cav3.1 silencing in the MD, but not VB, increased ethanol resistance in mice, paragraph 3]

      “We then characterized the change in Cav3.1 expression following the shControl and shCav3.1 knockdown injections in three test regions MD (left and right), CM (centromedial nucleus) and CL (centrolateral nuclei, left and right side) and a negative control region SMT (submedial thalamic nuclei, left and right side). The average intensity was obtained from two coronal brain slices for each mice used in the experiment (see Methods sections, Cav3.1 Intensity quantification). Our results show that the targeting of the knockdown was very specific to the bilateral MD (p<0.001; Fig. 2D). We noted that the CM (p<0.05) and a marginal unilateral knock-down of the CL were also observed (p<0.01). Notably, we tested the correlation between the level of knock-down in MD and the total time in LOM and observed a significant association (Fig. 2D inset; R = 0.599, p = 0.018). This result highlights that the Cav3.1 knock-down was specific to MD and with an intensity associated with ethanol-induced loss of motion.”

      R1-3: One difficulty is that, although lesions are shown in Figure S5 to validate recording locations, this figure is relatively unclear and the examples appear to be taken from a different anterior/posterior location compared to the reference diagram. A larger image and improved visualization of the overall set of lesion locations that includes multiple anterior/posterior coronal sections would be helpful. Moreover, even for these example images, it is difficult to evaluate whether these are in the mediodorsal thalamus, particularly given the small size of the image shown. Ideally, an example image that is more obviously in the mediodorsal thalamus would also be included. Finally, an assessment of the relationship between the approximate locations of recorded neurons across the tetrode arrays and the behavioral measures would be very helpful in supporting the unique role of the mediodorsal thalamus.

      R1-A3: Related to fig.S5, we re-distributed the position of the recordings from the tetrode electrode burned positions over 3 representative coronal planes that best represent the implant positions. We also provided additional snapshots of tetrode location. To identify the positions of four tetrodes in each animal, we encoded the positions with different electrical lesion strategies as follows: 1 lesion(tetrode 1), 2 lesions while we redrew the tetrode with 100 um interval (tetrode 2), 3 lesions with 200um interval (tetrode 3), 4 lesions with 50um intervals (tetrode4). Tetrodes that were found outside of the MD delimited region were discarded post analysis. A straight relationship between the closeness of the electrode is unfortunately not possible for tetrode recording, a straight silicone probe which maintains the spatial spacing in recording would have been a better approach in that case, but unfortunately, it was not performed in our study.

      R1-4: In addition to the key experimental issues mentioned above, there are often problems in the text of the manuscript with reasoning or at least explanation as well as numerous minor issues with editing. The most substantial such issue is the lack of clarity in discussing the mediodorsal thalamus and other adjacent thalamic nuclei, such as the central-lateral nucleus, in the author's discussion of previous findings. Given that at last one of the manuscripts cited by the authors (Saalman, Front. Sys. Neuro. 2014) has directly claimed that central-lateral, rather than the mediodorsal, thalamus is important for arousal regulation related to a conscious state, this distinction should be addressed clearly in the discussion rather than papered over by grouping multiple thalamic nuclei as being medial. As part of this discussion, it would be important to consider additional relevant literature including Bastos et al., eLife, 2021 and Redinbaugh et al., Neuron, 2020 which are quite critical but currently do not appear to be cited. Considering additional literature relevant to the function of the mediodorsal thalamus would also be beneficial.

      R1-A4: We thank the reviewer for his comments and suggestions. We agree that the added references mentioned by the reviewers are highly relevant and should be integrated in the manuscript. We have integrated the above-mentioned references and further developed on the discussion on the role of MD relative to other thalamic nuclei (ILN and CL in particular). We believe that this better-referenced and clarified text does improve the manuscript greatly.

      [introduction section, paragraph 3]

      “The centrolateral (CL) thalamic nucleus has been implicated in the modulation of arousal, behavior arrest 31, and improvement of level of consciousness during seizures 32. Notably, the direct electrical stimulation of the intralaminar nuclei (ILN) and, in particular CL, promoted hallmarks of arousal and awakening in primate under propofol and ketamine propofol anesthesia.”

      [Discussion section, paragraph 1]

      “In this work, we identified that the neural activity in MD plays a causal role in the maintenance of consciousness. Whole body Cav3.1 KO and MD-specific Cav3.1 KD mice showed resistance to loss of consciousness induced by hypnotic dose of ethanol. In WT mice, MD neurons demonstrated a reduced firing rate in natural (sleep) and ethanol-induced unconscious states compared to awake states. This neural activity reduction was impaired in KO mice. In particular, transition to an unconscious state was accompanied with a switch of firing mode from tonic firing to burst firing in WT mice whereas this modeshift disappeared in KO mice. Finally, optogenetic or electric stimulations of the MD after ethanol injection were sufficient to induce a resistance to loss of motion, supporting that the level of neural firing in the MD is critical to maintain conscious state and delay unconscious state. We showed that the expression of Cav3.1 t-type calcium channels in MD is a cellular modulator associated with this effect.”

      [Discussion section, MD is a modulator of consciousness, paragraph 2 and 3]

      “The MD is known to innervate limbic region, basal ganglia and medial prefrontal cortex 50 and increased activity in MD might modulate the stability of cortical UP states (e.g. awaken, aroused and attentive states) and synchronization 9,26. Thus, MD might be a major hub involved in cortical state control and brain state stabilization.

      Supporting the brain state stabilization theory and the ethanol resistance of Cav3.1 mutants, Choi et al.34 demonstrated that the loss of Cav3.1 T-type calcium channel reduced the bilateral coherence between PFC and MD under ketamine anesthesia and ethanol hypnosis, especially in the delta frequency bands. More importantly, under propofol anesthesia, Bastos et al.35 showed that intralaminar nucleus and MD stimulation lead to increased wake-up subscore and arousal, together with an increased in cortico-cortico and thalamo-cortical slow (delta) frequency power.

      In the present study, we observed that MD KD (Fig. 2A), but not VB KD (Fig. S3) of Cav3.1 increased and is associated (Fig. 2D) with ethanol resistance in mice. We found that MD neurons in Cav3.1 mutant mice exhibited tonic firing within range of wakefulness (Fig. 3 and 4), indicative of resistance to ethanol and wake-like brain state. In addition, we found a strong association between the normalized tonic firing in MD and the arousal through brain states (i.e. walk to wake to sleep states), supporting that MD tonic firing could be interpreted both as a thalamic readout and a modulator of the brain state 11 (Fig. 3). Finally, direct optogenetic and electric MD stimulation increased resistance to loss of consciousness in WT mice (Fig.5 and Fig. S10). To our knowledge, this is the first report demonstrating the causal involvement of mediodorsal thalamic nucleus in the modulation of wakefulness and the resistance to ethanol-induced loss of consciousness in mice.”

      R1-5: While the methods employed generally seem sound, the description in the methods section is lacking in detail and is often difficult to follow. Analysis methods such as the burst index appear to only be given a brief explanation in the text and appear not to be mentioned in the methods section.

      R1-A5: We have added a clear definition in the supplementary method following the original work used:

      [Supplementary Method section, Single Unit recording, sorting and analysis, last paragraph]

      “The bursting index was derived as described in (Royer et al. 2012). Namely, the burst index was estimated from the spike auto-correlogram (1-ms bin size) by subtracting the mean value between 40 and 50 ms (baseline) from the peak measured between 0 and 10 ms. Positive burst amplitudes were normalized to the peak and negative amplitudes were normalized to the baseline to obtain indexes ranging from −1 to 1.” We also edited its mention in the text for clarity:

      [Result section, Lack of Ca3.1 in MD neurons removes thalamic burst in NREM sleep, paragraph 2]

      “[…] and a clear reduction in total bursting represented as bursting index (Fig. 3-B; ratio of spikes count <10 ms and >50 ms based on auto-cross-correlogram).”

      R1-6: Similarly, the staining method used in Figure 2 does not appear to be described in the methods section.

      R1-A6: The staining method can be found in the supplementary method of the paper. [supplementary method, Immunohistochemistry]

      R1-7: The most substantial case is for the UMAP approach used in Figure 4-E which does not appear to be described in the methods or even described in the main text.

      R1-A7: Regarding the method, the UMAP approach is described in the supplementary method document [Uniform Manifold Approximation and Projection (UMAP)]. We believe that only a succinct description was needed here considering the extent of the analysis. Regarding the inserts in the main text, we agree that the main text was lacking the description of these results and we have amended the main text to reflect a clear description of this result and what it entails. The following paragraph was added:

      [Result section, Under ethanol, MD neurons lacking Cav3.1 show no burst and a wake state-like neural activity, second to last paragraph]

      “Finally, we asked whether the firing modes and properties (tonic firing rate, burst firing rate; see supplementary methods) of single MD neurons would form distinct qualitative representation of “brain stages” using a lowered dimensional UMAP representation (Uniform Manifold Approximation and Projection42 ). We observed that for awake and active (i.e. walk), the brain state representation formed two adjacent clusters that confounded both wild and mutant neurons (Fig. 4E, left panel). The REM and NREM states, the wild type neurons formed 2 additional interconnected clusters, whereas the mutant neurons tend to overlap with the clusters attributed to the “awake” brain state (Fig. 4E, second to left panel). Ethanol induced fLOM, similarly to REM and NREM clusters, was distinct from awake clusters in wild type mice and overlapped with the NREM clusters (Fig. 4E, third to left panel). Here also, mutant MD neurons showed overlap with the awake clusters rather than the “low consciousness” brain states. These results indicate that the firing mode and properties could define a brain state representation that shows distinctions in levels of consciousness. Moreover, the mutant showed a representation of “low consciousness” states overlapping with wild type “awake” states consistent with the hypothesis of resistance to loss of consciousness.”

      R1-8: Citations justifying the use of methods such as the approach to separate regular spiking and narrow spiking neuron subtypes are also needed.

      R1-A8: We have added two references related to the observation of the two subpopulations of spiking neurons [Schiff and Reyes, 2012; Destexhe, 2008].

      R1-9: Beyond the problems with content and reasoning discussed above, there are also some relatively minor issues with the clarity of writing throughout the paper (for example, in the abstract the authors refer to "the ethanol resistance behavior in WT mice" but it is difficult to parse what they mean by this statement.

      R1-A9: We addressed this issue by editing and revising the manuscript for clarity and flow.

      R1-10: Similarly, the next sentence "These results support the maintenance..." while clearer, is not well phrased. Though individually minor, issues like this re-occur throughout the manuscript and sometimes make it difficult to follow so the text should be revised to correct them.

      R1-A10: We thank the reviewer for highlighting this point. We have edited the overall text to improve clarity and flow.

      [abstract] 

      These results suggest that maintaining MD neural firing at a wakeful level is sufficient to induce resistance to ethanol-induced hypnosis in WT mice.

      R1-11: There are also some problems with labels such as the labels of A1/A2 in Figure 4, which appear to be incorrect.

      R1-A11: We noted this issue and have rectified the figure for clarity.

      R1-12: Also, S7 has no label on the B panels.

      R1-A12: We thank the reviewer for pointing out this lack. We have added the y-label on the panel for clarity.

      R1-13: Finally, some references are not included (only a label of [ref]).

      R1-A13: We have completed the missing reference and thank the reviewer for pointing that out.

      Additional comments

      R1-14: Aside from the additional quantification and clarification of the analysis discussed in the weakness section, in general, the experiments included in the manuscript seem reasonable. However, I would suggest one additional experiment as well as one control, both of which are relatively straightforward optogenetic experiments, that I feel would be helpful to further improve the study. First, as the authors note, the optogenetic interventions used do not directly address the relevance of the changes in bursting patterns observed in the knockout (KO), which are by far the most robust effect, with the changes in alcohol sensitivity. One approach that could help address this would be to use patterned suppression via inhibitory opsins (e.g. halorhodopsin) to "rescue" the periods of inhibition associated with bursting in the KO.

      R1-A14: Here the reviewer proposes an interesting experiment which we have attempted to perform, however, poses several technical challenges. First, the KO do not have burst firing as they are depleted from Cav3.1 low-threshold calcium channel. Therefore, under ethanol, even if there might exist a rhythmic inhibition that activates Cav3.1 channels and causes a rebound burst, the KO are unable to have it. Therefore, an optogenetic inhibition would only accentuate the total inhibition and could potentially induce an overall decrease in MD firing, resulting in an increase in LOM features. Alternatively, we showed that in a WT with low ethanol dose (where LOM induction is harder), the increased rhythmic inhibition does indeed increase significantly LOM duration and marginally decreases latency to LOM (Fig. S12), indicating that increased inhibition could indeed explain the hypothesis: “ the stronger the decrease in MD firing, the faster and longer the LOM.” The only caveat of using WT here is that optogenetic inhibition might also include rebound burst post-inhibition. Injecting bursts only did not alter the response to ethanol (Fig. S10). These results point to the role of loss of firing in MD as a main factor for LOM, and potentially the contribution of burst necessitating a concurrent inhibition/loss of firing.

      We agree that inhibition in KO would further validate this hypothesis, controlling for the role of burst. We regret that we are not in the capacity to perform additional experiments involving the KO mice.

      R1-15: For the control, tonic activation of the ventrobasal nucleus, as the authors did for the mediodorsal nucleus, would be beneficial to rule out the possibility that the observed effect would occur with any thalamic nucleus.

      R1-A15: We agree with the reviewer that we could have added an additional region control to the gain/loss of function experiments. We would even go further as to suggest that a better control nucleus would be a high order nucleus such as PO or an unrelated sensory relay nucleus such as LGN. VB being a motor relay nucleus, could also mediate movement initiation, which could be hard to interpret. Since the complete control study for all thalamic nuclei Cav3.1 KD is outside the scope of this study, we opted not to redo these experiments and keep the focus of the manuscript on the manipulation of MD activity rather than the various available thalamic nuclei. We also do not claim that MD is the sole center able to initiate a switch in the loss of consciousness, and a more in-depth study on that matter would be clearly needed.

      R1-16: In addition to these experiments, I did not note the strategy for sharing data obtained through this study so this should be added.

      R1-A16: We have uploaded data and code for most figures at the following repository and provided a clearer statement regarding data sharing. We thank the reviewer for pointing out this missing element.

      The link for the repository is the following:

      It contains:

      - Excel spreadsheet file of all behavior values, including the newly quantified Cv3.1 expression in MD/CL/SMT

      - Excel spreadsheet follow-up of all MD cells (single unit; tetrode) analyzed

      - Folders for all groups studied with representative figures showing EEG power over time and normalized activity (WT vs KO for 2, 3 and 4 g/kg; MDshKD vs shCTR, VBshKD vs shCTR; CHR2 NOSTIM vs STIM; ESTIM Groups and ARCH NOSTIM vs STIM)

      - A1G LORRvsLOM and OPEN FIELD Matlab data

      - Matlab and ImageJ Codes: single unit analysis, characterization, brain state characterization, sleep stages, LOM, open field analysis and statistical analysis.

      We have added the data sharing subsection in the acknowledgements:

      “Part of the analyzed data and codes are available on the open access platform, mendeley:

      Latchoumane, Charles-francois (2024), “Mediodorsal thalamic nucleus mediates resistance to ethanol through Cav3.1 T-type Ca2+ regulation of neural activity”, Mendeley Data, V1, doi: 10.17632/7fr427426m.1

      Additional data (large size recording and images) can be provided upon reasonable requests.”

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      R2-1. Consciousness is a contentious subject. Even in humans, there is still intense research on the topic, not to mention animals, about which we still know very little. Moreover, consciousness is not quantified in this study, as there is no standard metric to do so. Accordingly, talking about 'modulation', 'transition', ́level ', or 'reduction' of consciousness can be misleading. Hence, it is probably safer to strictly refer to brain-states and/or stages of the sleep-wake cycle in this study and reframe it entirely around these concepts.

      R2-A1. The reviewer points to an important point and we appreciate this highlight. Agreeing that the definition of consciousness is rather loose and arguably difficult to pinpoint. Here, we settle on a definition that relies on the loss of motion and loss of righting reflex. This definition is widely accepted as the “verified” state in which the absence of responsiveness (to continuous stimuli, inducing reflex or discomfort) is observed and uninterrupted by jerks and spurious movements. Additional metrics needed would be the recording of EMG to quantify atonia and EEG to the settling of a dominantly slow-wave frequency (~4 Hz; ethanol-induced sedation at theta rhythm), as shown in Fig S1A. The driver of this 4Hz frequency and its correlation has been investigated previously (e.g. Choi et al, PNAS, 2012), leading to the accepted link between LOM/LORR and loss of consciousness. Our data present the advantage of showing single neuron recordings and that LOM is a state where the lowest firing activity is present (Fig S7AB) and comparable to deep sleep state activity (Fig3D). The first LOM is the most important as it highlights the deepest loss of consciousness before the ethanol starts to be metabolized and cleared, which would be consistent between animals.

      As a result, we have edited the manuscript to clarify all mentions related to brain states and states of unconsciousness.

      R2-2. It is not clear why the authors focus on the mediodorsal nucleus. This should be better explained in the introduction and developed in the discussion.

      R2-A2. This comment converges with the Reviewer 1 comments and we are addressing this lack in the discussion as suggested. We have addressed it with this previous comment and believe it is now clearer.

      R2-3. The discussion mentions that 'increased activity in MD might modulate the stability of cortical UP state and synchronization' (pg 21). This point should be either further developed and put into context, or removed. In its current state, it does not seem to contribute much to the discussion of results.

      R2-A3. We understand that the working “UP state” might not be clear enough. We have modified this sentences as follows to clarify that UP state could be either a state of where the animal is awake, aroused or attentive:

      [Discussion section, MD is a modulator of consciousness, first paragraph]

      “The MD is known to innervate limbic region, basal ganglia and medial prefrontal cortex 50 and increased activity in MD might modulate the stability of cortical UP states (e.g. awaken, aroused and attentive states) and synchronization 9,26. Thus, MD might be a major hub involved in cortical state control and brain state stabilization.“

      R2-4. The discussion states that 'mutant mice did not exhibit a decreased arousal level (i.e. increased locomotor activity)' (pg 23). This is confusing as decreased arousal should be reflected in decreased locomotor activity.

      R2-A4. We understand that the formulation of this sentence may be confusing and we have edited this portion of the text to improve quality in the revised version of the manuscript. To clarify, mutant mice do not exhibit reduced or increased arousal (not quantified, just observational), they do have a phenotypic hyperlocomotion. This comes in contrast with a lower basal firing rate in the MD, which in our interpretation, is not synonymous with lower arousal. We believe that the relative change in MD determines the change in arousal, and that the absolute firing is not indicative of arousal in itself, only in comparison.

      [Discussion section, The lower variability in MD Firing reflects Ethanol Resistance in Cav3.1 mutant mice, paragraph 2]

      “Mutant RS neurons in MD showed an overall lower excitability and variability of firing in various natural conscious and unconscious states compared to wild type mice. Remarkably, Cav3.1 mutant mice exhibited a clear increased locomotor activity and an increased resistance to ethanol. The general lower firing rate and the high “arousal” observed in mutant mice suggests that the relative change from state to state in tonic firing in MD, and not the absolute value of firing, might be a better correlate of change in brain state in the mice.”

      R2-5. The methods (pg 27) state that two genetic backgrounds (129/svjae and C57BL/6J ) were used in the study. Authors should show whether there were significant differences between those backgrounds in the key parameters assessed in the study (particularly resistance to ethanol sedation).

      R2-A5. As mentioned in the method section, we only used the F1-background mice, which are the firstgeneration offspring produced by crossing 129/svjae and C57BL/6J strains. To produce F1 KO mice, we kept the heterozygote mice in two strains. We unfortunately did not study the particular difference of the respective KO of these two backgrounds; however, the pure C57BL/6J KO has been used in other studies by our group (Kim et al 2001; Na et al, 2008; Park et al., 2010). The F1 background allows us to work with mice that are less aggressive and can be handled with less inherent stress.

      R2-6. It would be convenient to produce a supplementary figure associated with Figure 1C to show the same data with averages per mouse. That is, 9 points for control and 9 points for KO mice. This also applies to all cases where data is not presented per mouse but pooled between animals.

      R2-A6. We have added a panel C in Figure S1, to show the scatter values for all the mice corresponding to the figure 1C. We have also generalized this presentation for all behavior graphics showing all the animals in the scatter plot next to the boxplot. We believe that this presentation increases further the transparency of the manuscript. We have then added the scatter plot for all mice in figure Fig1, Fig2, Fig5, Fig.S2, Fig.S3, Fig.S10 and Fig.S12.

      R2-7. It would be informative to make a supplementary figure associated with Figure 1D to compare baseline raw activity levels (i.e., baseline walking recording) between control and KO mice. That is, do KO and control mice cover comparable distances and at similar speeds during baseline conditions? Figure 1D and Figure 4A suggest that the variability of locomotor activity is larger in KO mice. Hence, this parameter should be quantified and reported.

      R2-A7. We thank the reviewer for this comment. We strived to answer to this question in the manuscript in two ways:

      - We first measure the overall hyperlocomotion of the mice using the open field total distance parkoured in our mice cohorts (FigS4C). We did observe that the KO mutant showed hyperlocomotion, but not MD or VB knock-down mice. Which indicates that the hyperlocomotion component is not specific to the two thalamic nuclei studied.

      - Using the forced walking task, we impose on the animal to keep a steady pace of roughly 6cm/s. This assay allows to normalize the general walking behavior to a relatively fixed pace making it comparable for all animals.

      The reviewer suggested reporting the mean and variance in walking of WT and KO during baseline (prior to the ethanol I.P. injection). We believe that the two points mentioned above are sufficient to describe in a more quantitative way the WT vs KO locomotion differences. Moreover, by construction the normalized locomotion on the forced walking task will return similar means for the baseline, the standard deviation would, however, potentially show differences but would remain inconclusive.

      R2-8. The legend in Figure 1 states that 'the loss of consciousness is evaluated using normalized moving index using either video analysis (differential pixel motion), on- head accelerometer-based motion, or neck electromyograms'. Authors should clarify whether these methods are equivalent and support it with data.

      R2-A8. We understand the reviewer point and we have made a few modifications to the method description aligning better with what was done. For most mice, video analysis was used to obtain the moving index. When video recording was not available (2 mice), we had an accelerometer attached to the animal’s head stage which helped us derive a moving index that was similar to the video moving index. The neck electromyogram was rather used for animals implanted with the tetrodes to identify sleep stages based on local field potential frequency and muscle tone.  We have then clarified the method for this matter and Figure 1 to avoid this confusion. Since no concurrent recording of both video and accelerometer was performed, we do not have the data to compute the correlation between the two measures, however, no noticeable deviation from loss of motion was observed between the two methods. We realize that this may be a weak argument, however, our observations showed that video and accelerometers returned very similar timings for loss of motion (only a few comparative instances insufficient to present a statistical comparison).

      R2-9. How were spike bursts defined? The authors should try different criteria and verify the consistency of results.

      R2-A9 For in vivo single unit recording, we opted for a definition that is validated from our works and others as a silencing of at least 100 ms followed by a minimum of 3 spikes with:

      - First spike pairs interspike interval less than 4 ms

      - Remaining spike pairs interspike interval less than 20 ms

      We have performed this analysis using a minimum of 2 spikes, and varied silencing periods between 50 and 100ms, without observing significant deviation of the results. As shown in Figure S6B, with this approach we observed that the burst distribution had a majority with <10 spikes per burst. Figure S6C indicated that with a clear distribution of ISI for first spike within 2-4ms as observed in previous works (Desai and Varela, 2021; Alitto et al, 2019), importantly, not clearly capped at 4 ms, showing that the range for the first ISI might indeed be lower than 4ms for thalamic burst. Within burst spike waveforms can become very variable and the choice of 3 over 2 spikes minimum per burst stems from the aim to reduce false positive detection of ultra-short bursts, which in single unit recording remains controversial (Gray et al. 1995).

      Minor:

      R2-10: Figure 4A2 'Cav3.1(+/+)' should presumably be Cav3.1(-/-).

      R2-A10: this is correct and we have corrected the figure label [This sentence is ambiguous. What is ‘this’ that is correct?]

      R2-11: Figure S2C legend states 'Post-hoc group comparison was performed using.' The sentence seems to be incomplete.

      R2-A11: We have completed the sentence for clarity.

      R2-12: In the methods (pg 29) virus concentration is reported as '107 TU/ul', which probably refers to 10e7.

      R2-A12: We have corrected it by superscripting the power 7.

      R2-13: Verify Fig 1C1 and correct Y-axis overlap between title and units.

      R2-A13: We edited the figure for clarity, thank you.

      R2-14: On page 24 there is a '[ref]' that probably stands for (a missing) reference.

      R2-A14: the missing reference has been added.

    1. Author response:

      We are glad that the reviewers found our work to be interesting and appreciate its contribution to enhancing ecological validity of attention research. We also agree that much more work is needed to solidify this approach, and that some of the results should be considered “exploratory” at this point, but appreciate the recognition of the novelty and scientific potential of the approach introduced here.

      We will address the reviewers’ specific comments in a revised version of the paper, and highlight the main points here:

      · We agree that the use of multiple different neurophysiological measures is both an advantage and a disadvantage, and that the abundance of results can make it difficult to tell a “simple” story. In our revision, we will make an effort to clarify what (in our opinion) are the most important results and provide readers with a more cohesive narrative.

      · Important additional discussion points raised by the reviewers, which will be discussed in a revised version are a) the similarities and differences between virtual and real classrooms; b) the utility of the methods and data to the community and c) the implication of these results for educational neuroscience and ADHD research.

      · In the revision, we will also clarify several methodological aspects of the data analysis, as per the reviewers’ requests.

      · After final publication, the data will be made available for other researchers to use.

    1. Author response:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The heatmaps (for example, Figure 3A, B) are challenging to read and interpret due to their size. Is there a way to alter the visualization to improve interpretability? Perhaps coloring the heatmap by general anatomical region could help? We feel that these heatmaps are critical to the utility of the registration strategy, and hence, clear visualization is necessary.

      We thank the reviewers for this point on aesthetic improvement, and we agree that clearer visualization of our correlation heatmaps is important. To address this point, we have incorporated the capability of grouping “child” subregions in anatomical order by their more general “parent” region into the package function, plot_correlation_heatmaps(). Parent regions will be visually represented as smaller sub-facets in the heatmaps, and we will be submitting our full revised manuscript with these visual changes.

      (2) Additional context in the Introduction on the use of immediate early genes to label ensembles of neurons that are specifically activated during the various behavioral manipulations would enable the manuscript and methodology to be better appreciated by a broad audience.

      We thank the reviewers for this suggestion and will be revising parts of our Introduction to reflect the broader use and appeal of immediate early genes (IEGs) for studying neural changes underlying behavior.

      (3) The authors mention that their segmentation strategies are optimized for the particular staining pattern exhibited by each reporter and demonstrate that the manually annotated cell counts match the automated analysis. They mention that alternative strategies are compatible, but don't show this data.

      We thank the reviewers for this comment. We also appreciate that integration with alternative strategies is a major point of interest to readers, given that others may be interested in compatibility with our analysis and software package, rather than completely revising their own pre-existing workflows.

      This specific point on segmentation refers to the import_segmentation_custom()function in the package. As there is currently not a standard cell segmentation export format adopted by the field, this function still requires some data wrangling into an import format saved as a .txt file. However, we chose not to visually demonstrate this capability in the paper for a few reasons.

      i. A figure showing the broad testing of many different segmentation algorithms, (e.g., Cellpose, Vaa3d, Trainable Weka Segmentation) would better demonstrate the efficacy of segmentation of these alternative approaches, which have already been well-documented. However, demonstrating importation compatibility is more of a demonstration of API interface, which is better shown in website documentation and tutorial notebooks.

      ii. Additionally, showing importation with one well-established segmentation approach is still a demonstration of a single use case. There would be a major burden-of-proof in establishing importation compatibility with all potential alternative platforms, their specific export formats, which may be slightly different depending on post-processing choices, and the needs of the experimenters (e.g., exporting one vs many channels, having different naming conventions, having different export formats). For example, output from Cellpose can take the form of a NumPy file (_seg.npy file), a .png, or Native ImageJ ROI archive output, and users can have chosen up to four channels. Until the field adopts a standardized file format, one flexible enough to account for all the variables of experimental interest, we currently believe it is more efficient to advise external groups on how to transform their specific data to be compatible with our generic import function.

      Internally, in collaborative efforts, we have validated the ability to import datasets generated from completely different workflows for segmentation and registration. We intend on releasing this documentation in coming updates on our package website, which we believe will be more demonstrative on how to take advantage of our analysis package, without adopting our entire workflow.

      (4) The authors provided highly detailed information for their segmentation strategy, but the same level of detail was not provided for the registration algorithms. Additional details would help users achieve optimal alignment.

      We apologize for this lack of detail. The registration strategy depends upon the WholeBrain package for registration to the Allen Mouse Common Coordinate Framework. While this strategy has been published and documented elsewhere, we will be revising our methods to better incorporate details of this approach.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Weaknesses:

      (1) While I was able to install the SMARTR package, after trying for the better part of one hour, I could not install the "mjin1812/wholebrain" R package as instructed in OSF. I also could not find a function to load an example dataset to easily test SMARTR. So, unfortunately, I was unable to test out any of the packages for myself. Along with the currently broken "tractatus/wholebrain" package, this is a good example of why I would strongly encourage the authors to publish SMARTR on either Bioconductor or CRAN in the future. The high standards set by Bioc/CRAN will ensure that SMARTR is able to be easily installed and used across major operating systems for the long term.

      We thank reviewers for pointing out this weakness; long-term maintenance of this package is certainly a mutual goal. Loading an .RDATA file is accomplished by either double-clicking directly on the file in a directory window, or by using the load() function, (e.g., load("directory/example.RData")). We will explicitly outline these directions in the online documentation and in our full revision.

      Moreover, we will submit our package to CRAN. Currently, SMARTR is not dependent on the WholeBrain package, which remains optional for the registration portion of our workflow. Ultimately, this independence will allow us to maintain the analysis and visualization portion of the package independently, and allow for submission to a more centralized software repository such as CRAN.

      (2) The package is quite large (several thousand lines include comments and space). While impressive, this does inherently make the package more difficult to maintain - and the authors currently have not included any unit tests. The authors should add unit tests to cover a large percentage of the package to ensure code stability.

      We appreciate this feedback and will add unit testing to improve the reliability of our package in the full revision.

      (3) Why do the authors choose to perform image segmentation outside of the SMARTR package using ImageJ macros? Leading segmentation algorithms such as CellPose and StarMap have well-documented APIs that would be easy to wrap in R. They would likely be faster as well. As noted in the discussion, making SMARTR a one-stop shop for multi-ensemble analyses would be more appealing to a user.

      We appreciate this feedback. We believe parts of our response to Reviewer 1, comment 3, are relevant to this point. Interfaces for CellPose and ClusterMap (which processes in situ transcriptomic approaches like STARmap) are both in python, and currently there are ways to call python from within R (https://rstudio.github.io/reticulate/index.html). We will certainly explore incorporating these APIs from R. However, we would anticipate this capability is more similar to “translation” between programming languages, but would not currently preclude users from the issue of still needing some familiarity with the capabilities of these python packages, and thus with python syntax.

      (4) Given the small number of observations for correlation analyses (n=6 per group), Pearson correlations would be highly susceptible to outliers. The authors chose to deal with potential outliers by dropping any subject per region that was> 2 SDs from the group mean. Another way to get at this would be using Spearman correlation. How do these analyses change if you use Spearman correlation instead of Pearson? It would be a valuable addition for the author to include Spearman correlations as an option in SMARTR.

      We thank reviewers for this suggestion and will provide a supplementary analysis of our results using Spearman correlations.

      (5) I see the authors have incorporated the ability to adjust p-values in many of the analysis functions (and recommend the BH procedure) but did not use adjusted p-values for any of the analyses in the manuscript. Why is this? This is particularly relevant for the differential correlation analyses between groups (Figures 3P and 4P). Based on the un-adjusted p-values, I assume few if any data points will still be significant after adjusting. While it's logical to highlight the regional correlations that strongly change between groups, the authors should caution which correlations are "significant" without adjusting for multiple comparisons. As this package now makes this analysis easily usable for all researchers, the authors should also provide better explanations for when and why to use adjusted p-values in the online documentation for new users.

      We appreciate the feedback and will more explicitly outline that in our paper, our dataset is presented as a more demonstrative and exploratory resource for readers and, as such, we accept a high tolerance for false positives, while decreasing risk of missing possible interesting findings. As noted by Reviewer #2, it is still “logical to highlight the regional correlations that strongly change between groups.” We will further clarify in our methods that we chose to present uncorrected p-values when speaking of significance. We will also include more statistical detail on our online documentation regarding FDR correction. Ultimately, the decision to correct for multiple comparisons and FDR choice of threshold, should still be informed by standard statistical theory and user-defined tolerance for inclusion of false-positives and missing of false-negatives. This will be influenced by factors, such as the nature and purpose of the study, and quality of the dataset.  

      (6) The package was developed in R3.6.3. This is several years and one major version behind the current R version (4.4.3). Have the authors tested if this package runs on modern R versions? If not, this could be a significant hurdle for potential users.

      We thank reviewers for pointing out concerns regarding versioning. Analysis and visualization capabilities are currently supported using R version 4.1+. The recommendation for R 3.6.3 is primarily for users interested in using the full workflow, which requires installation of the WholeBrain package. We anticipate supporting of visualization and network analysis capabilities with updated packages and R versions, and maintaining a legacy version for the full workflow presented in this paper.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The authors present a new application of the high-content image-based morphological profiling Cell Painting (CP) to single cell type classification in mixed heterogeneous induced pluripotent stem cellderived mixed neural cultures. Machine learning models were trained to classify single cell types according to either "engineered" features derived from the image or from the raw CP multiplexed image. The authors systematically evaluated experimental (e.g., cell density, cell types, fluorescent channels) and computational (e.g., different models, different cell regions) parameters and convincingly demonstrated that focusing on the nucleus and its surroundings contains sufficient information for robust and accurate cell type classification. Models that were trained on mono-cultures (i.e., containing a single cell type) could generalize for cell type prediction in mixed co-cultures, and describe intermediate states of the maturation process of iPSC-derived neural progenitors to differentiation neurons.

      Strengths:

      Automatically identifying single-cell types in heterogeneous mixed-cell populations holds great promise to characterize mixed-cell populations and to discover new rules of spatial organization and cell-cell communication. Although the current manuscript focuses on the application of quality control of iPSC cultures, the same approach can be extended to a wealth of other applications including an in-depth study of the spatial context. The simple and high-content assay democratizes use and enables adoption by other labs.

      The manuscript is supported by comprehensive experimental and computational validations that raise the bar beyond the current state of the art in the field of high-content phenotyping and make this manuscript especially compelling. These include (i) Explicitly assessing replication biases (batch effects); (ii) Direct comparison of feature-based (a la cell profiling) versus deep-learning-based classification (which is not trivial/obvious for the application of cell profiling); (iii) Systematic assessment of the contribution of each fluorescent channel; (iv) Evaluation of cell-density dependency; (v) Explicit examination of mistakes in classification; (vi) Evaluating the performance of different spatial contexts around the cell/nucleus; (vii) Generalization of models trained on cultures containing a single cell type (mono-cultures) to mixed co-cultures; (viii) Application to multiple classification tasks.

      I especially liked the generalization of classification from mono- to co-cultures (Figure 4C), and quantitatively following the gradual transition from NPC to Neurons (Figure 5H).

      The manuscript is well-written and easy tofollow.

      Thank you for the positive appreciation of our work and constructive comments. 

      Weaknesses:

      I am not certain how useful/important the specific application demonstrated in this study is (quality control of iPSC cultures), this could be better explained in the manuscript. 

      To clarify the importance we have added an additional explanation to the introduction (page 3) and also come back to it in the discussion (page 17).

      Text from the introduction:

      “However, genetic drift, clonal and patient heterogeneity cause variability in reprogramming and differentiation efficiency10,11. The differentiation outcome is further strongly influenced by variations in protocol12. This can significantly impact experimental outcomes, leading to inconsistent and potentially misleading results and consequently, it hinders the use of iPSC-derived cell systems in systematic drug screening or cell therapy pipelines. This is particularly true for iPSC-derived neural cultures, as their composition, purity and maturity directly affect gene expression and functional activity, which is essential for modelling neurological conditions13,14. Thus, from a preclinical perspective, there is the need for a fast and cost-effective QC approach to increase experimental reproducibility and cell type specificity15. From a clinical perspective in turn, robust QC is required for safety and regulatory compliance (e.g., for cell therapeutic solutions). This need for improved standardization and QC is underscored by large-scale collaborative efforts such as the International Stem Cell Banking Initiative16, which focusses on clinical quality attributes and provides recommendations for iPSC validation testing for use as cellular therapeutics, or the CorEuStem network, aiming to harmonize iPSC practices across core facilities in Europe.”

      Text from the discussion: 

      “Many groups highlight the difficulty of reproducible neural differentiation and attribute this to culture conditions, cultivation time and variation in developmental signalling pathways in the source iPSC material43,44. Spontaneous neural differentiation has previously been shown to require approximately 80 days before mature neurons arise that can fire action potentials and show neural circuit formation. Although these differentiation processes display a stereotypical temporal sequence34, the exact timing and duration might vary. This variation negatively affects the statistical power when testing drug interventions and thus prohibits the application of iPSC-culture derivatives in routine drug screening. Current solutions (e.g., immunocytochemistry, flow cytometry, …) are often cost-ineffective, tedious, and incompatible with longitudinal/multimodal interrogation. CP is a much more cost-effective solution and ideally suited for this purpose. Routine CP-based could add confidence to and save costs for the drug discovery pipeline. We have shown that CP can be leveraged to capture the morphological changes associated with neural differentiation.”

      Another issue that I feel should be discussed more explicitly is how far can this application go - how sensitively can the combination of cell painting and machine learning discriminate between cell types that are more subtly morphologically different from one another?

      Thank you for this interesting question. The fact that an approach based on a subregion not encompassing the whole cell (the “nucleocentric” approach) can predict cell types equally well, suggests that the cell shape as such is not the defining factor for accurate cell type profiling. And, while clearly neural progenitors, neurons or glia have vastly different cell shapes. We have shown that cells with closer phenotypes such as 1321N1 vs. SH-SY5Y or astrocytes vs. microglia can be distinguished with equal performance. However, triggered by the reviewers’ question, we have now tested additional conditions with more subtle phenotypes, including the classification of 1321N1 vs. two related retinal pigment epithelial cells with much more similar morphology (ARPE and RPE1 cells). We found that the CNN could discriminate these cells equally well and have added the results on page 8 and in Fig. 3D. To address this question from a different angle, we have also performed an experiment in which we changed cell states to assess whether discriminatory power remains high. Concretely, we exposed co-cultures of neurons and microglia to LPS to trigger microglial activation (more subtly visible as cytoskeletal changes and vacuole formation). This revealed that our approach still discriminates both cell types (neurons vs. microglia) with high accuracy, regardless of the microglial state. Furthermore, using a two-step approach, we could also distinguish LPS-treated (assumed to be activated) from unchallenged microglia (assumed to be more homeostatic), albeit with a lower accuracy. This experiment has been added as an extra results section (Cell type identification can be applied to mixed iPSC-derived neuronal cultures regardless of activation state, p12) and Fig. 7c. Finally, we have also added our take on what the possibilities could be for future applications in even more complex contexts such as tissue slice, 3D and live cell applications (page 17-18). 

      Regarding evaluations, the use of accuracy, which is a measure that can be biased by class imbalance, is not the most appropriate measurement in my opinion. The confusion matrices are a great help, but I would recommend using a measurement that is less sensitive for class imbalance for cell-type classification performance evaluations.  

      Across all CNNs trained in this manuscript, the sample size of the input classes has always been equalized, ruling out any effects of class imbalance. Nevertheless, to follow the reviewers’ recommendation, we have now used the F-score to document performance as it is insensitive to such imbalance. For clarity, we have now also mentioned the input number (ROIs/class) in every figure.

      Another issue is that the performance evaluation is calculated on a subset of the full cell population - after exclusion/filtering. Could there be a bias toward specific cell types in the exclusion criteria? How would it affect our ability to measure the cell type composition of the population?

      As explained in the M&M section, filtering was performed based on three criteria:

      (1) Nuclear size: values below a threshold of 160, objects are considered to represent debris;

      (2) DAPI intensity: values below a threshold of 500 represent segmentation errors;

      (3) IF staining intensity: gates were set onto the intensity of the fluorescent markers used with posthoc IF to only retain cells that are unequivocally positive for either marker and to avoid inclusion of double positive (or negative) cells in the ground truth training. 

      One could argue that the last criterion introduces a certain bias in that it does not consider part of the cell population. However, this is also not the purpose of our pioneering study that aims at identifying unique cell types for which ground truth is as pure and reliable as possible. Not filtering out these cells with a ‘dubious’ IF profile (e.g., cells that might be transitioning or are of a different type) would negatively affect the model by introducing noise. It is correct that the predictions are based only on these inputs and so cells of a subsequent test set will only be classified according to these labels. For example, in the neuronal differentiation experiment (Fig. 6G-H), cells are either characterized as NPC or as neurons, which leaves the transitioning (or undefined) cells in either category. Despite this simplification, the model adequately predicted the increase in neuron/NPC ratio with culture age. In future iterations, one could envision defining more refined cell (sub-)types in a population based on richer post-hoc information (e.g., through cyclic immunofluorescence or spatial single cell transcriptomics) or longitudinal follow-up of cell-state transitions using live imaging. This notion has been added to page 17 of the manuscript.

      I am not entirely convinced by the arguments regarding the superiority of the nucleocentric vs. the nuclear representations. Could it be that this improvement is due to not being sensitive/ influenced by nucleus segmentation errors?

      The reviewer has a valid point that segmentation errors may occur. However, the algorithm we have used (Stardist classifier), is very robust to nuclear segmentation errors. To verify the performance, we have now quantified segmentation errors in 20 images for 3 different densities and found a consistently low error rate (0.6 -1.6%) without correlation to the culture density. Moreover, these errors include partial imperfections (e.g., a missed protrusion or bleb) as well as over- (one nucleus detected as more) or under- (more nuclei detected as one) segmentations. The latter two will affect both the nuclear and nucleocentric predictions and should thus not affect the prediction performance. In the case of imperfect segmentations, there may be a specific impact on the nucleus-based predictions (which rely on blanking the non-nuclear part), but this alone cannot explain the significantly higher gain in accuracy for nucleocentric predictions (>5%). Therefore, we conclude that segmentation errors may contribute in part, but not exclusively, to the overall improved performance of nucleocentric input models. We have added this notion in the discussion (pages 14-15 and Suppl. Fig. 1E).

      GRADCAM shows cherry-picked examples and is not very convincing.

      To help convince the reviewer and illustrate the representativeness of selected images, we have now randomly selected for each condition and density 10 images (using random seeds to avoid cherrypicking) and added these in a Suppl. Fig. 3.

      There are many missing details in the figure panels, figure legend, and text that would help the reader to better appreciate some of the technical details, see details in the section on recommendations for the authors.

      Please see further for our specific adaptations.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      This study uses an AI-based image analysis approach to classify different cell types in cultures of different densities. The authors could demonstrate the superiority of the CNN strategy used with nucleocentric cell profiling approach for a variety of cell types classification. The paper is very clear and well-written. I just have a couple of minor suggestions and clarifications needed for the reader.

      The entire prediction model is based on image analysis. Could the authors discuss the minimal spatial resolution of images required to allow a good prediction? Along the same line, it would be interesting to the reader to know which metrics related to image quality (e.g. signal to noise ratio) allow a good accuracy of the prediction.

      Thank you for the positive and relevant feedback.

      The reviewer has a good point that it is important to portray the imaging conditions that are required for accurate predictions. To investigate this further we have performed additional experiments that give a better view on the operating window in terms of resolution and SNR (manuscript page 7-8 and new figure panels Fig. 3B-C). The initial image resolution was 0.325 µm/pixel. To understand the dependency on resolution we performed training and classifications for image data sets that were progressively binned. We found that a two-fold reduction in resolution did not significantly affect the F-score, but further degradation decreased the performance. At a resolution of 6,0 µm/pixel (20-fold binning), the F-score dropped to 0.79±0.02, comparable to the performance when only the DAPI (nuclear) channel was used as input. The effect of reduced image quality was assessed in a similar manner, by iteratively adding more Gaussian noise to the image. We found that above an SNR of 10 the prediction performance remains consistent but below it starts to degrade. While this exercise provides a first impression of the current confines of our method, we do believe it is plausible that its performance can be extended to even lower-quality images for example by using image restoration algorithms. We have added this notion in the discussion (page 14).

      The authors show that nucleocentric-based cell feature extraction is superior to feeding the CNN-based model for cell type prediction. Could they discuss what is the optimal size and shape of this ROI to ensure a good prediction? What if, for example, you increase or decrease the size of the ROI by a certain number of pixels?

      To identify the optimal input, we varied the size of the square region around the nuclear centroid from 0.6 to 150 µm for the whole dataset. Within the nuclear-to-cell window (12µm- 30µm) the average Fscore is limited, but an important observation is the increasing error and differences in precision and recall with increasing nucleocentric patch sizes, which will become detrimental in cases of class imbalance. The F-score is maximal for a box of 12-18µm surrounding the nuclear centroid. In this “sweet spot”, the precision and recall are also in balance. Therefore, we have selected this region for the actual density comparison experiment. We have added our results to the manuscript (page 9 and 15).

      It would be interesting for the reader to know the number of ROI used to feed each model and know the minimal amount of data necessary to reach a high level of accuracy in the predictions.

      The figures have now been adjusted so that the number of ROIs used as input to feed the model are listed. The minimal number of ROIs required to obtain high level accuracy is tested in Figure 2C. By systematically increasing the number of input ROIs for both RF and CNN, we found that a plateau is reached at 5000 input ROIs (per class) for optimal prediction performance. This is also documented in the results section page 6.

      From Figure 1 to Figure 4 the author shows that CNN based approach is efficient in distinguishing 1321N1 vs SH-SY5Y cell lines. The last two figures are dedicated to showing 2 different applications of the techniques: identification of different stages of neuronal differentiation (Figure 5) and different cell types (neurons, microglia, and astrocytes) in Figure 6. It would be interesting, for these 2 two cases as well, to assess the superiority of the CNN-based approach compared to the more classical Random Forest classification. This would reinforce the universal value of the method proposed.

      To meet the reviewer’s request, we have now also compared CNN to RF for the classification of cells in iPSC-derived models (Figures 6 and 7). As expected, the CNN performed better in both cases. We have now added these results in Fig. 6 D and 7 C and pages 12 and 13 of the manuscript.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Induced pluripotent stem cells, or iPSCs, are cells that scientists can push to become new, more mature cell types like neurons. iPSCs have a high potential to transform how scientists study disease by combining precision medicine gene editing with processes known as high-content imaging and drug screening. However, there are many challenges that must be overcome to realize this overall goal. The authors of this paper solve one of these challenges: predicting cell types that might result from potentially inefficient and unpredictable differentiation protocols. These predictions can then help optimize protocols.

      The authors train advanced computational algorithms to predict single-cell types directly from microscopy images. The authors also test their approach in a variety of scenarios that one may encounter in the lab, including when cells divide quickly and crowd each other in a plate. Importantly, the authors suggest that providing their algorithms with just the right amount of information beyond the cells' nuclei is the best approach to overcome issues with cell crowding.

      The work provides many well-controlled experiments to support the authors' conclusions. However, there are two primary concerns: (1) The model may be relying too heavily on the background and thus technical artifacts (instead of the cells) for making CNN-based predictions, and (2) the conclusion that their nucleocentric approach (including a small area beyond the nucleus) is not well supported, and may just be better by random chance. If the authors were to address these two concerns (through additional experimentation), then the work may influence how the field performs cell profiling in the future.

      Thank you very much for confirming the potential value of our work and raising these relevant items. To better support our claims we have now performed additional validations, which we detail below. 

      (1) The model may be relying too heavily on the background and thus technical artifacts (instead of the cells) for making CNN-based predictions 

      To address the first point, we have adapted the GradCAM images to show an overlay of the input crop and GradCAM heatmap to give a better view of the structures that are highlighted by the CNN. We further investigated the influence of the background on the prediction performance. Our finding that a CNN trained on a monoculture retains a relatively high performance on cocultures implies that the CNN uses the salient characteristics of a cell to recognize it in more complex heterogeneous environments. Assuming that the background can vary between experiments, the prediction of a pretrained CNN on a new dataset indicates that cellular characteristics are used for robust prediction.  When inspecting GradCAM images obtained from the nucleocentric CNN approaches (now added in Suppl. Fig. 3), we noticed that the nuclear periphery typically contributed the most (but not exclusively) to the prediction performance. When using only the nuclear region as input, GradCAMs were more strongly (but again not exclusively) directed to the background surrounding the nuclei. To train the latter CNN, we had cropped nuclei and set the background to a value of zero. To rule out that this could have introduced a bias, we have now performed the exact same training and classification, but setting the background to random noise instead (Suppl. Fig. 2). While this effectively diverted the attention of the GradCAM output to the nucleus instead of the background, the prediction performance was unaltered. We therefore assume that irrespective of the background, when using nuclear crops as input, the CNN is dominated by features that describe nuclear size. We observe that nuclear size is significantly different in both cell types (although intranuclear features also still contribute) which is also reflected in the feature map gradient in the first UMAP dimension (Suppl. Fig. 2). This notion has been added to the manuscript (page 9) and Suppl. Fig. 2. 

      (2) The conclusion that their nucleocentric approach (including a small area beyond the nucleus) is not well supported, and may just be better by random chance. 

      To address this second concern, which was also raised by reviewer 2, we have performed a more extensive analysis in which the patch size was varied from 0.6 to 120µm around the nuclear centroid (Fig. 4E and page 9 of the manuscript). We observed that there is little effect of in- or decreasing patch size on the average F-score within the nuclear to cell window, but that the imbalance between the precision and recall increases towards the larger box sizes (>18µm). Under our experimental conditions, the input numbers per class were equal, but this will not be the case in situations where the ground truth is unknown (and needs to be predicted by the CNN). Therefore, a well-balanced CNN is of high importance. This notion has been added to page 15 of the manuscript.

      The main advantage of nucleocentric profiling over whole-cell profiling in dense cultures is that it relies on a more robust nuclear segmentation method and is less sensitive to differences in cell density (Suppl. Fig. 1D). In other words, in dense cultures, the segmentation mask will contain similar regional input as the nuclear mask and the nucleocentric crop will contain more perinuclear information which contributes to the prediction accuracy. Therefore, at high densities, the performance of the CNN on whole-cell crops decreases owing to poorer segmentation performance. A CNN that uses nucleocentric crops, will be less sensitive to these errors. This notion has been added to pages 14-15 of the manuscript. 

      Additionally, the impact of this work will be limited, given the authors do not provide a specific link to the public source code that they used to process and analyze their data.

      The source code is now available on the Github page of the DeVos lab, under the following URL: https://github.com/DeVosLab/Nucleocentric-Profiling

      Recommendations for the authors:  

      Reviewing Editor (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Evaluation summary

      The authors present a new application of the high-content image-based morphological profiling Cell Painting (CP) to single cell type classification in mixed heterogeneous induced pluripotent stem cellderived mixed neural cultures. Machine learning models were trained to classify single cell types according to either "engineered" features derived from the image or from the raw CP multiplexed image. The authors systematically evaluated experimental (e.g., cell density, cell types, fluorescent channels, replication biases) and computational (e.g., different models, different cell regions) parameters and argue that focusing on the nucleus and its surroundings contains sufficient information for robust and accurate cell type classification. Models that were trained on mono-cultures (i.e., containing a single cell type) could generalize for cell type prediction in mixed co-cultures, and describe intermediate states of the maturation process of iPSC-derived neural progenitors to differentiation neurons.

      Strengths:

      Automatically identifying single-cell types in heterogeneous mixed-cell populations is an important application and holds great promise. The simple and high-content assay democratizes use and enables adoption by other labs. The manuscript is supported by comprehensive experimental and computational validations. The manuscript is well-written and easy to follow.

      Weaknesses:

      The conclusion is that the nucleocentric approach (including a small area beyond the nucleus) is not well supported, and may just be better by random chance. If better supported by additional experiments, this may influence how the field performs cell profiling in the future. Model interpretability (GradCAM) analysis is not convincing. The lack of a public source code repository is also limiting the impact of this study. There are missing details in the figure panels, figure legend, and text that would help the reader to better appreciate some of the technical details.

      Essential revisions:

      To reach a "compelling" strength of evidence the authors are requested to either perform a comprehensive analysis of the effect of ROI size on performance, or tune down statements regarding the superior performance of their "nucleocentric" approach. Further addition of a public and reproducible source code GitHub repository will lead to an "exceptional" strength of evidence.

      To answer the main comment, we have performed an experiment in which we varied the size of the nucleocentric patch and quantified CNN performance. We have also evaluated the operational window of our method by varying the resolution and SNR and we have experimented with different background blanking methods. We have expanded our examples of GradCAM images and now also made our source code and an example data set available via GitHub.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      I think that an evaluation of how the excluded cells affect our ability to measure the cell type composition of the population would be helpful to better understand the limitations and practical measurement noise introduced by this approach. A similar evaluation of the excluded cells can also help to better understand the benefit of nucleocentric vs. cell representations by more convincingly demonstrating the case for the nucleocentric approach. In any case, I recommend discussing in more depth the arguments for using the nucleocentric representation and why it is superior to the nuclear representation.

      The benefits of nucleocentric representation over nuclear and whole-cell representation are discussed more in depth at pages 14-15 of the manuscript. 

      “The nucleocentric approach, which is based on more robust nuclear segmentation, minimizes such mistakes whilst still retaining input information from the structures directly surrounding the nucleus. At higher cell density, the whole-cell body segmentation becomes more error-prone, while also loosing morphological information (Suppl. Fig. 1D). The nucleocentric approach is more consistent as it relies on a more robust segmentation and does not blank the surrounding region. This way it also buffers for occasional nuclear segmentation errors (e.g., where blebs or parts of the nucleus are left undetected).”

      It is not entirely clear to me why Figure 5 moves back to "engineered" features after previous figures showed the superiority of the deep learning approach. Especially, where Figure 6 goes again to DL. Dimensionality reduction can be also applied to DL-based classifications (e.g., using the last layer).

      Following up on the reviewers’ interesting comment, we extracted the embeddings from the trained CNN and performed UMAP dimensionality reduction. The results are shown in Fig. 3D, 6F and supplementary figure 1B and added to the manuscript on pages 6, 8 and 12. 

      We concluded that unsupervised dimensionality reduction using the feature embeddings could separate cell type clusters, where the distance between the clusters reflected the morphological similarity between the cell lines. 

      I would recommend including more comprehensive GRADCAM panels in the SI to reduce the concern of cherry-picking examples. What is the interpretation of the nucleocentric area?

      A more extensive set of GradCAM images have now been included in supplementary material (Supplementary figure 3) using the same random seeds for all conditions, thus avoiding any cherry picking. We interpret the GradCAM maps on the nucleocentric crops as highlighting the structures surrounding the nucleus (reflecting ER, mitochondria, Golgi) indicating their importance in correct cell classification. This was added to the manuscript on pages 9 and 15.

      Missing/lacking details and suggestions in the figure panels and figure legend:

      - Scale bars missing in some of the images shown (e.g., Figure 2F, Figure 3D, Figure 4, Supplementary Figure 4), what are the "composite" channels (e.g., Figure 2F), missing x-label in Figure 3B. 

      These have now been added.

      - Terms that are not clear in the figure and not explained in the legend, such as FITC and cy3 energy (Figure 1C). 

      The figure has been adapted to better show the region, channel and feature. We have now added a Table (Table 5), detailing the definition of each morphological feature that is extracted. On page 27, information on feature extraction is noted.

      - Details that are missing or not sufficiently explained in the figure legends such as what each data point represents and what is Gini importance (Figure 1D) 

      We have added these explanations to the figure legends. The Gini importance or mean decrease in impurity reflects how often this feature is used in decision tree splits across all random forest trees.

      Is it the std shown in Figure 2C?

      Yes, this has now been added to the legend.  

      It is not fully clear what is single/mixed (Figure 2D)

      Clarification is added to the legend and in the manuscript on page 6.

      explain what is DIV 13-90 in the legend (Figure 5).

      DIV stands for days in vitro, here it refers to the days in culture since the start of the neural induction process. This has been added in the legend.

      and state what are img1-5 (Supplementary Figures 1B-C) Clarification has been added to the legend.

      - Supplementary Figure 1. What is the y-axis in panel C and how do the results align with the cell mask in panel B?

      The y-axis represents the intersection over union (IoU). The IoU quantifies the overlap between ground truth (manually segmented ROI) and the ROI detected by the segmentation algorithm. It is defined as the area of the overlapping region over the total area. This clarification has been added to the legend.

      - Supplementary Figure 1 and Methods. Please explain when CellPose and when StarDist were applied.

      Added to supplementary figure and methods at page 24. In the case of nuclear segmentation (nucleus and nucleocentric crops), Stardist was used. For whole-cell crops, cell segmentation using Cellpose was used.

      - Supplementary Figure 4C - the color code is different between nuclear and nucleocentric - this is confusing.

      We have changed to color code to correspond in both conditions in Fig. 1A.

      - Figure 3B - better to have a normalized measure in the x-axis (number of cells per area in um^2)

      We agree and have changed this.

      Suggestions and missing/lacking details in the text:

      • Line #38: "we then applied this" because it is the first time that this term is presented.

      This has been rephrased.

      • Line #88: a few words on what were the features extracted would be helpful.

      Short description added to page 26-27 and detailed definition of all features added in table 5.

      -  Line #91: PCA analysis - the authors can highlight what (known) features were important to PC1 using the linear transformation that defined it.

      The 5 most important features of PC1 were (in order of decreasing importance): channel 1 dissimilarity, channel 1 homogeneity, nuclear perimeter, channel 4 dissimilarity and nuclear area.  

      - Line #92: Order of referencing Supplementary Figure 4 before referencing Supplementary Figure 13.

      The order of the Supplementary images was changed to follow the chronology. 

      • Line #96: Can the authors show the data supporting this claim?

      The unsupervised UMAP shown in fig. 1B is either color coded by cell type (left) or replicate (right). Based on this feature map, we observe clustering along the UMAP1 axis to be associated with the cell type. Variations in cellular morphology associated with the biological replicate are more visible along the UMAP2 axis. When looking at fig. 1C, the feature map reflecting the cellular area shows a gradient along the UMAP1 direction, supporting the assumption that cell area contributes to the cell type separation. On the other hand, the average intensity (Channel 2 intensity) has a gradient within the feature map along the UMAP2 direction. This corresponds to the pattern associated with the inter-replicate variability in panel B.

      - Line #108: what is "nuclear Cy3 energy"?

      This represents the local change of pixel intensities within the ROI in the nucleus in the 3rd channel dimension. This parameter reflects the texture within the nuclear region for the phalloidin and WGA staining. The definitions of all handcrafted features are added in table 5 of the manuscript.

      - Line #110-112: Can the authors show the data supporting this claim?

      The figure has been changed to include the results from a filtered and unfiltered dataframe (exclusion and inclusion of redundant features). Features could be filtered out if the correlation was above a threshold of 0.95. This has been added to page 6 of the manuscript and fig. 1D.  

      - Line #115-116: please state the size of the mask.

      Added to the text (page 6). We used isotropic image crops of 60µm centred on individual cell centroids.

      - Lines 120-122: more details will make this more clear (single vs. mixed).

      This has been changed on page 6 of the manuscript.

      • Line #142: "(mimics)" - is it a typo?

      Tissue mimics refers to organoids/models that are meant to replicate the physiological behaviour.

      • Line #159: the bounding box for nucleocentric analysis is 15x15um (and not 60), as stated in the Methods.

      Thank you for pointing out this mistake. We have adapted this.

      - Line #165: what is the interpretation of what was important for the nucleocentric classification?

      The colour code in GradCAM images is indicative of the attention of the CNN (the more to the red, the more attention). In fig. 4D and Suppl. Fig. 3 the structures directly surrounding the nucleus receive high attention from the CNN trained on nucleocentric crops. This has been added to the manuscript page 9 and 15.

      • Section starting in line #172: not explicitly stated what model was used (nucleocentric?).

      Added in the legend of fig. 5. For these experiments, the full cell segmentation was still used. 

      - Section starting in line #199: why use a feature-based model rather than nucleocentric? A short sentence would be helpful.

      For CNN training, nucleocentric profiling was used. In response to a legitimate question of one of the reviewers, the feature-based UMAP analysis was replaced with the feature embeddings from the CNN. 

      - Line #213: Fig. 5B does not show transitioning cells.

      Thank you for pointing this out, this was a mistake and has been changed.

      Lines #218-220: not fully clear to some readers (culture condition as a weak label), more details can be helpful.

      We changed this at page 11 of the manuscript for clarity. 

      “This gating strategy resulted in a fractional abundance of neurons vs. total (neurons + NPC) of 36,4 % in the primed condition and 80,0% in the differentiated condition (Fig. 6C). We therefore refer to the culture condition as a weak label as it does not take into account the heterogeneity within each condition (well).”

      -  Line #230: "increasing dendritic outgrowth" - what does it mean? Can you explicitly highlight this phenotype in Figure 5G?

      When the cells become more mature during differentiation, the cell body becomes smaller and the neurons form long, thin ramifications. This explanation has been added to page 12 of the manuscript.

      • Line #243: is it the nucleocentric CNN?

      Yes.

      • Lines #304-313, the authors might want to discuss other papers dealing with continuous (non-neural) differentiation state transitions (eg PMID: 38238594).  

      A discussion of the use of morphological profiling for longitudinal follow-up of continuous differentiation states has been added to the manuscript at page 18. 

      - Line #444: cellpose or stardist? How did the authors use both?

      Clarification has been added to supplementary figure 1 and methods at page 24. Stardist was used for nuclear segmentation, whereas Cellpose was used for whole-cell segmentation. 

      • Line #470-474: I would appreciate seeing the performance on the full dataset without exclusions.

      Cells have been excluded based on 3 arguments: the absence of DAPI intensity, too small nuclear size and absence of ground truth staining. The first two arguments are based on the assumption that ROIs that contain no DAPI signal or are too small are errors in cell segmentation and therefore should not be taken along in the analysis. The third filtering step was based on the ground-truth IF signal. Not filtering out these cells with a ‘dubious’ IF profile (e.g., cells that might be transitioning or are of a different type) would negatively affect the model by introducing noise. It is correct that the predictions are based only on these inputs and so cells of a subsequent test set will only be classified according to these labels which might introduce bias. However, the model could predict increase in neuron/NPC ratio with culture age in absence of ground-truth staining (and thus IF-based filtering).

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Figure 1A: it would be interesting to the reader to see the SH-SY5Y data as well.

      This has been added in fig. 1A.

      Figure 3A: 95-100% image: showing images with the same magnification as the others would help to appreciate the cell density.

      Now fig. 4A. The figure has been changed to make sure all images have the same magnification. 

      Figure Supp 4 (line 132) is referred to before Figure Supp1 (line 152).

      The image order and numbering has been changed to solve this issue.

      Figure Supp 2 & 3 are not referred to in the text.

      This has been adjusted.

      Line 225: a statistical test would help to convince of the accuracy of these results (Figure 5C vs Figure 5F)?

      These figures represent the total ROI counts and thus represent a single number.

      Line 227: Could you explain to the reader, in a few words, what a dual SMAD inhibition is?

      This has been added to the manuscript at page 20. 

      “This dual blockade of SMAD signalling in iPSCs is induces neural differentiation by synergistically causing the loss of pluripotency and push towards neuroectodermal lineage.”

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      I have a few concerns and several comments that, if addressed, may strengthen conclusions, and increase clarity of an already technically sound paper.

      Concerns

      • The results presented in Figure 3 panel D, may indicate a critical error in data processing and interpretation that the authors must address. The GradCAM method highlights the background as having the highest importance. While it can be argued in the nucleocentric profiling method that GradCAM focuses on the nuclear membrane, the background is highly important even for the nuclear profiling method, which should provide little information. What procedure did the authors use for mask subtraction prior to CNN training? Could the segmentation algorithm be performing differently between cell lines? The authors interpret the GradCAM results to indicate a proxy for nuclear size, but then why did the CNN perform so much better than random forest using hand-crafted features that include this variable? The authors should also present size distributions between cell lines (and across seeding densities, in case one of the cell lines has different compaction properties with increasing density).

      Perhaps clarifying this sentence (lines 166-168) would help as well: "As nuclear area dropped with culture density, the dynamic range decreased, which could explain the increased error rate of the CNN for high densities unrelated to segmentation errors (Suppl. Fig. 4B)." What do the authors mean by "dynamic range" and it is not clear how Supplementary Figure 4B provides evidence for this? 

      The dynamic range refers to the difference between the minimum and maximum nuclear area. We expect the difference to decrease at highe rdensity owing to the crowding that forces all nuclei to take on a more similar (smaller) size.

      More clarification on this has been added to page 9 of the manuscript.

      I certainly understand that extrapolating the GradCAM concern to the remaining single-cell images using only four (out of tens of thousands of options) is also dangerous, but so is "cherry-picking" these cells to visualize. Finally, I also recommend that the authors quantitatively diagnose the extent of the background influence according to GradCAM by systematically measuring background influence in all cells and displaying the results per cell line per density.

      To avoid cherry picking of GradCAM images, we have now randomly selected for each condition and density 10 images (using random seeds to avoid cherry-picking) and added these in a Suppl. Fig. 3.

      In answer to this concern, we refer to the response above: 

      “To address the first point, we have adapted the GradCAM images to show an overlay of the input crop and GradCAM heatmap to give a better view of the structures that are highlighted by the CNN. We further investigated the influence of the background on the prediction performance. Our finding that a CNN trained on a monoculture retains a relatively high performance on cocultures implies that the CNN uses the salient characteristics of a cell to recognize it in more complex heterogeneous environments. Assuming that the background can vary between experiments, the prediction of a pretrained CNN on a new dataset indicates that cellular characteristics are used for robust prediction.  When inspecting GradCAM images obtained from the nucleocentric CNN approaches (now added in Suppl. Fig. 3), we noticed that the nuclear periphery typically contributed the most (but not exclusively) to the prediction performance. When using only the nuclear region as input, GradCAMs were more strongly (but again not exclusively) directed to the background surrounding the nuclei. To train the latter CNN, we had cropped nuclei and set the background to a value of zero. To rule out that this could have introduced a bias, we have now performed the exact same training and classification, but setting the background to random noise instead (Suppl. Fig. 2). While this effectively diverted the attention of the GradCAM output to the nucleus instead of the background, the prediction performance was unaltered. We therefore assume that irrespective of the background, when using nuclear crops as input, the CNN is dominated by features that describe nuclear size. We observe that nuclear size is significantly different in both cell types (although intranuclear features also still contribute) which is also reflected in the feature map gradient in the first UMAP dimension (Suppl. Fig. 2). This notion has been added to the manuscript (page 9) and Suppl. Fig. 2.”

      • The data supporting the conclusion about nucleocentric profiling outperforming nuclear and full-cell profiling is minimal. I am picking on this conclusion in particular, because I think it is a super cool and elegant result that may change how folks approach issues stemming from cell density disproportionately impacting profiling. Figures 3B and 3C show nucleocentric slightly outperforming full cell, and the result is not significant. The authors state in lines 168-170: "Thus, we conclude that using the nucleocentric region as input for the CNN is a valuable strategy for accurate cell phenotype identification in dense cultures." This is somewhat of a weak conclusion, that, with additional analysis, could be strengthened and add high value to the community. Additionally, the authors describe the nucleocentric approach insufficiently. In the methods, the authors state (lines 501-503): "Cell crops (60μm whole cell - 15μm nucleocentric/nuclear area) were defined based on the segmentation mask for each ROI." This is not sufficient to reproduce the method. What software did the authors use?

      Presumably, 60μm refers to a box size around cytoplasm? Much more detail is needed. Additionally, I suggest an analysis to confirm the impact of nucleocentric profiling, which would strengthen the authors' conclusions. I recommend systematically varying the subtraction (-30μm, -20μm, -10μm, 5μm, 0, +5μm, +10μm, etc.) and reporting the density-based analysis in Figure 3B per subtraction. I would expect to see some nucleocentric "sweet spot" where performance spikes, especially in high culture density. If we don't see this difference, then the non-significant result presented in Figures 3B and C is likely due to random chance. The authors mention "iterative data erosion" in the abstract, which might refer to what I am recommending, but do not describe this later.

      More detail was added to the methods describing the image crops given as input to the CNN (page 28 of the manuscript). 

      “Crops were defined based on the segmentation mask for each ROI. The bounding box was cropped out of the original image with a fixed patch size (60µm for whole cells, 18µm for nucleus and nucleocentric crops) surrounding the centroid of the segmentation mask. For the whole cell and nuclear crops, all pixels outside of the segmentation mask were set to zero. This was not the case for the nucleocentric crops. Each ROI was cropped out of the original morphological image and associated with metadata corresponding to its ground truth label.”

      To address this concern, we also refer to the answer above. 

      “We have performed a more extensive analysis in which the patch size was varied from 0.6 to 120µm around the nuclear centroid (Fig. 4E and page 9 of the manuscript). We observed that there is little effect of in- or decreasing patch size on the average F-score within the nuclear to cell window, but that the imbalance between the precision and recall increases towards the larger box sizes (>18µm). Under our experimental conditions, the input numbers per class were equal, but this will not be the case in situations where the ground truth is unknown (and needs to be predicted by the CNN). Therefore, a well-balanced CNN is of high importance. This notion has been added to page 12 of the manuscript.

      The main advantage of nucleocentric profiling over whole-cell profiling in dense cultures is that it relies on a more robust nuclear segmentation method and is less sensitive to differences in cell density (Suppl. Fig. 1D). In other words, in dense cultures, the segmentation mask will contain similar regional input as the nuclear mask and the nucleocentric crop will contain more perinuclear information which contributes to the prediction accuracy. Therefore, at high densities, the performance of the CNN on whole-cell crops decreases owing to poorer segmentation performance. A CNN that uses nucleocentric crops, will be less sensitive to these errors. This notion has been added to pages 14-15 of the manuscript.“

      Comments

      • There is a disconnect between the abstract and the introduction. The abstract highlights the nucleocentric model, but then it is not discussed in the introduction, which focuses on quality control. The introduction would benefit from some additional description of the single-cell or whole-image approach to profiling.

      We highlight the importance of QC of complex iPSC-derived neural cultures as an application of morphological profiling. We used single-cell profiling to facilitate cell identification in these mixed cultures where the whole-image approach would be unable to deal with the heterogeneity withing the field of view. In the introduction, we added a description of the whole-image vs. single-cell approach to profiling (page 4). In the discussion (page 18), we further highlight the application of this single-cell profiling approach for QC purposes. 

      - Comments on Figure 1. It is unclear how panel B shows "without replicate bias". 

      In response to this comment, we refer to the answer above: “The unsupervised UMAP shown in fig. 1B is either color coded by cell type (left) or replicate (right). Based on this feature map, we observe clustering along the UMAP1 axis to be associated with the cell type. Variations in cellular morphology associated with the biological replicate are more visible along the UMAP2 axis. When looking at fig. 1C, the feature map reflecting the cellular area shows a gradient along the UMAP1 direction, supporting the assumption that cell area contributes to the cell type separation. On the other hand, the average intensity (Channel 2 intensity) has a gradient within the feature map along the UMAP2 direction. This corresponds to the pattern associated with the inter-replicate variability in panel B.” We added this notion to page 5 of the manuscript.

      The paper would benefit from a description of how features were extracted sooner.

      Information on the feature extraction was added to the manuscript at page 27. An additional table (table 5) has been added with the definition of each feature.  

      - Comments on Supplementary Figure 4. The clustering with PCA is only showing 2 dimensions, so it is not surprising UMAP shows more distinct clustering.

      We used two components for UMAP dimensionality reduction, so the data was also visualized in two dimensions. However, we agree that UMAP can show more distinct clustering as this method is non-linear.

      Why is Figure S4 the first referenced Supplementary Figure?

      This has been changed. 

      • Comments on Figure 2. Need discussion of the validation set - how was it determined? Panel E might have the answer I am looking for, but it is difficult to decipher exactly what is being done. The terminology needs to be defined somewhere, or maybe it is inconsistent. It is tough to tell. For example, what exactly are the two categories of model validation (cross-validation and independent testing)?

      Additional clarification has been added to the manuscript at pages 6-7 and figure 2.

      The metric being reported is accuracy for the independent replicate if the other two are used to train?

      Yes. 

      Panel C is a very cool analysis. Panel F needs a description of how those images were selected, randomly?

      Added in the methods section (page 29). GradCAM analysis was used to visualize the regions used by the CNN for classification. This map is specific to each cell. Images are selected randomly out the full dataset for visualization.  

      They also need scale bars.

      Added to the figures. 

      Panel G would benefit from explicit channel labels (at least a legend would be good!).

      Explanation has been added to the legend. All color code and channel numbering are consistent with fig. 1A. 

      What do the dots and boxplots represent? The legend says, "independent replicates", but independent replicates of, I assume, different model initializations?

      Clarification has been added to the figure legends. For plots showing the performance of a CNN or RF classifier, each dot represents a different model initialization. Each classifier has been initialized at least 3 times. When indicated, the model training was performed with different random seeds for data splitting.

      • Comments on Figure 3. Panel A needs scale bar. See comment on Panel D in concern #1 described above. 

      This has been added.

      • Comments on Supplementary Figure 1. A reader will need a more detailed description in panel C. I assume that the grey bar is the average of the points, and the points represent different single cells?

      How many cells? How were these cells selected? 

      This information on the figure (now Suppl. Fig. 1D), has been added to the legend.

      “Left: Representative images of 1321N1 cells with increasing density alongside their cell and nuclear mask produced using resp. Cellpose and Stardist. Images are numbered from 1-5 with increasing density. Upper right: The number of ROIs detected in comparison to the ground truth (manual segmentation). A ROI was considered undetected when the intersection over union (IoU) was below 0,15. Each bar refers to the image number on the left. The IoU quantifies the overlap between ground truth (manually segmented ROI) and the ROI detected by the segmentation algorithm. It is defined as the area of the overlapping region over the total area. IoU for increasing cell density for cell and nuclear masks is given in the bottom right. Each point represents an individual ROI. Each bar refers to the image number on the left.”

      • Comments on Figure 4. More details on quenching are needed for a general audience. The markers chosen (EdU and BrdU) are generally not specific to cell type but to biological processes (proliferation), so it is confusing how they are being used as cell-type markers. 

      The base analogues were incorporated into each cell line prior to mixing them, i.e.  when they were still growing in monoculture so they could be labelled and identified after co-seeding and morphological profiling. Additional clarification has been added to the manuscript (page 26) 

      It is also unclear why reducing CV is an important side-effect of finetuning. CV of what? The legend says, "model iterations", but what does this mean? 

      The dots in the violinplot are different CNN initializations. A lower variability between model initializations is an indicator of certainty of the results. Prior to finetuning, the results of the CNN were highly variable leading to a high CoV between the different CNNs. This means the outcome after finetuning is more robust.

      • Comments on Figure 5. This is a very convincing and well-described result, kudos! This provides another opportunity to again compare other approaches (not just nucleocentric). Additionally, since the UMAP space uses hand-crafted features. The authors could consider interpreting the specific morphology features impacted by the striking gradual shift to neuron population by fitting a series of linear models per individual feature. This might confirm (or discover) how exactly the cells are shifting morphology.

      The supervised UMAP on the handcrafted features did not highlight any features contributing to the separation. Using the supervised UMAP, the clustering is dominated by the known cell type. Unsupervised UMAP on the handcrafted features does not show any clustering. In response to a previous comment, we adapted the figure to show UMAP dimensionality reduction using the feature embeddings from the cell-based CNN. This unsupervised UMAP does show good cell type separation, but it does not use any directly interpretable shape descriptors.

      • General comments on Methods. The section on "ground truth alignment" needs more details. Why was this performed? 

      Following sequential staining and imaging rounds, multiple images were captured representing the same cell with different markers. Lifting the plate of the microscope stage and imaging in sequential rounds after several days results in small linear translations in the exact location of each image. These linear translations need to be corrected to align (or register) morphological with ground truth image data within the same ROI. This notion has been added to the manuscript at page 26. 

      Handcrafted features extracted using what software? 

      The complete analysis was performed in python. All packages used are listed in table 4. Handcrafted features were extracted using the scikit-image package (regionprops and GLCM functions). This has been added to the manuscript at page 27.

      Software should be cited more often throughout the manuscript. 

      Lastly, the GitHub URL points to the DeVosLab organization, but should point to a specific repository. Therefore, I was unable to review the provided code. A well-documented and reproducible analysis pipeline should be included.

      A test dataset and source code are available on GitHub:  https://github.com/DeVosLab/Nucleocentric-Profiling

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer 1:

      Comment 1. In Figure 1, the MafB antibody (Sigma) was used to identify Renshaw cells at P5. However, according to the supplementary Figure 3D, the specificity of the MafB antibody (Sigma) is relatively low. The image of MafB-GFP, V1-INs, and MafB-IR at P5 should be added to the supplementary figure. The specificity of MaFB-IR-Sigma in V1 neurons at P5 should be shown. This image also might support the description of the genetically labeled MafB-V1 distribution at P5 (page 8, lines 28-32). 

      We followed the reviewer’s suggestion and moved analyses of the MafB-GFP mouse to a supplemental figure (Fig S3). The characterization of MafB immunoreactivities is now in supplemental Figure S2 and the related text in results was also moved to supplemental to reduce technicalities in the main text. We added confocal images of MafB-GFP V1 interneurons at P5 showing immunoreactivities for both MafB antibodies, as suggested by the reviewer (Fig S2A,B). We agree with the reviewer that this strengthens our comparisons on the sensitivity and specificity of the two MafB antibodies used in this study. 

      As explained in the preliminary response we cannot show lack of immunoreactivity for MafB antibodies in MafB GFP/GFP knockout mice at P5 because MafB global KOs die at birth. This is why we used tissues from late embryos to check MafB immunoreactivities (Figure S2C and S2D). We made this point clearer in the text and supplemental figure legends.

      Comment 2. The proportion of genetically labeled FoxP2-V1 in all V1 is more than 60%, although immunolabeled FoxP2-V1 is approximately 30% at P5. Genetically labeled Otp-V1 included other nonFoxP2 V1 clades (Fig. 8L-M). I wonder whether genetically labeled FoxP2-V1 might include the other three clades. The authors should show whether genetically labeled FoxP2-V1 expresses other clade markers, such as pou6f2, sp8, and calbindin, at P5. 

      We included the requested data in Figure 3E-G. Lineage-labeled Foxp2-V1 neurons in our genetic intersection do not include cells from other V1-clades.

      Reviewer 2:

      Comment 1. The current version of the paper is VERY hard to read. It is often extremely difficult to "see the forest for the trees" and the reader is often drowned in methodological details that provide only minor additions to the scientific message. Non-specialists in developmental biology, but still interested in the spinal cord organization, especially students, might find this article challenging to digest and there is a high risk that they will be inclined to abandon reading it. The diversity of developmental stages studied (with possible mistakes between text and figures) adds a substantial complexity in the reading. It is also not clear at all why authors choose to focus on the Foxp2 V1 from page 9. Naively, the Pou6f2 might have been equally interesting. Finally, numerous discrepancies in the referencing of figures must also be fixed. I strongly recommend an in-depth streamlining and proofreading, and possibly moving some material to supplement (e.g. page 8, and elsewhere).

      The whole text was re-written and streamlined with most methodological discussion (including the section referred to by the reviewer) transferred to supplemental data. Nevertheless, enough details on samples, stats and methods were retained to maintain the rigor of the manuscript. 

      The reasons justifying a focus on Foxp2-V1 interneurons were fully explained in our preliminary response. Briefly, we are trying to elucidate V1 heterogeneity, and prior data showed that this is the most heterogeneous V1 clade (Bikoff et al., 2016), so it makes sense it was studied further. We agree that the Pou6f2 clade is equally interesting and is in fact the subject of several ongoing studies.

      Comment 2. … although the different V1 populations have been investigated in detail regarding their development and positioning, their functional ambition is not directly investigated through gain or loss of function experiments. For the Foxp2-V1, the developmental and anatomical mapping is complemented by a connectivity mapping (Fig 6s, 8), but the latter is fairly superficial compared to the former. Synapses (Fig 6) are counted on a relatively small number of motoneurons per animal, that may, or may not, be representative of the population. Likewise, putative synaptic inputs are only counted on neuronal somata. Motoneurons that lack of axo-somatic contacts may still be contacted distally. Hence, while this data is still suggestive of differences between V1 pools, it is only little predictive of function.

      We fully answered the question on functional studies in the preliminary response. Briefly, we are currently conducting these studies using various mouse models that include chronic synaptic silencing using tetanus toxin, acute partial silencing using DREADDs, and acute cell deletion using diphtheria toxin. Each intervention reveals different features of Foxp2-V1 interneuron functions, and each model requires independent validation. Moreover, these studies are being carried out at three developmental stages: embryos, early postnatal period of locomotor maturation and mature animals. Obviously, this is all beyond the goals and scope of the present study. The present study is however the basis for better informed interpretations of results obtained in functional studies.

      Regarding the question on synapse counts, we explained in the preliminary results fully why we believe our experimental designs for synapse counting at the confocal level are among the most thorough that can be found in the literature. We counted a very large number of motoneurons per animal when adding all motor column and segments analyzed in each animal. Statistical power was also enough to detect fundamental variation in synaptic density among motor columns.

      We focus our analyses on motoneuron cells bodies because analysis of full dendritic arbors on all motor columns present throughout all lumbosacral segments is not feasible. Please see Rotterman et al., 2014 (J. of Neuroscience; doi: 10.1523/JNEUROSCI.4768-13.2014) for evaluation of what this entails for a single motoneuron. We agree with the reviewer that analyses of V1 synapses over full dendrite arbors in specific motoneurons will be very relevant in further studies. These should be carried out now that we know which motor columns are of high interest. Nevertheless, inhibitory synapses exert the most efficient modulation of neuronal firing when they are on cell bodies, and our analyses clearly suggest a difference in in cell body inhibitory synapses targeting between different V1 interneuron types that we find very relevant.

      Comment 3. I suggest taking with caution the rabies labelling (Figure 8). It is known that this type of Rabies vectors, when delivered from the periphery, might also label sensory afferents and their postsynaptic targets in the cord through anterograde transport and transneuronal spread (e.g., Pimpinella et al., 2022). Yet I am not sure authors have made all controls to exclude that labelled neurons, presumed here to be premotoneurons, could rather be anterogradely labelled from sensory afferents. 

      Over the years, we performed many extensive controls and validation of rabies virus transsynaptic tracing methods. These were presented at two SfN meetings (Gomez-Perez et al., 2015 and 2016; Program Nos. 242.08 and 366.06). Our validation of this technique was fully explained in our preliminary response. We also pointed out that the methods used by Pimpinella et al. have a very different design and therefore their results are not comparable to ours. In this study we injected the virus at P15 into leg muscles, and not directly into the spinal cord. In our hands, and as cited in Pimpinella et al., the rabies virus loses tropism for primary afferents with age when injected in muscle. The lack of primary afferent labeling in key lumbosacral segments (L4 and L5) is now illustrated in a new supplemental figure (Figure S6). This figure also shows some starter motoneurons. As explained in the text and in our previous response, these are few in number because of the reduced infection rate when using this method in mature animals (after P10).  

      Comment 4. The ambition to differentiate neuronal birthdate at a half-day resolution (e.g., E10 vs E10.5) is interesting but must be considered with caution. As the author explains in their methods, animals are caged at 7pm, and the plug is checked the next morning at 7 am. There is hence a potential error of 12h. 

      We agree with the reviewer, and we previously explicitly discussed these temporal resolution caveats. We have now further expanded on this in new text (see middle paragraph in page 5). Nevertheless, the method did reveal the temporal sequence of neurogenesis of V1 clades with close to 12-hour resolution.

      As explained in text and preliminary response this is because we analyzed a sufficient number of animals from enough litters and utilized very stringent criteria to count EdU positives. 

      Moreover, our results fit very well with current literature. The data agree with previous conclusions from Andreas Sagner group (Institut für Biochemie, Friedrich-Alexander-Universität Erlangen-Nürnberg), on spinal interneurons (including V1s) birthdates based on a different methodology (Delile J et al.

      Development. 2019 146(12):dev173807. doi: 10.1242/dev.173807. PMID: 30846445; PMCID: PMC6602353). In the discussion we compared in detail both the data and methods between Delile article and our results. We also cite Sagner 2024 review as requested later in the reviewer’s detailed comments. Our results also confirmed our previous report on the birthdates of V1-derived Renshaw cells and Ia inhibitory interneurons (Benito-Gonzalez A, Alvarez FJ J Neurosci. 2012 32(4):1156-70. doi: 10.1523/JNEUROSCI.3630-12.2012. PMID: 22279202; PMCID: PMC3276112). Finally, we recently received a communication notifying us that our neurogenesis sequence of V1s has been replicated in a different vertebrate species by Lora Sweeney’s group (Institute of Science and Technology Austria; direct email from this lab) and we shared our data with them for comparison. This manuscript is currently close to submission. Therefore, we are confident that despite the limitations of EdU birthdating we discussed, the conclusions we offered are strong and are being validated by other groups using different methods and species. We also want to acknowledge the positive comments of reviewer 3 regarding our birthdating study, indicating it is one the most rigorous he or she has ever seen.

      Reviewer 3:

      Comment 1. My only criticism is that some of the main messages of the paper are buried in technical details. Better separation of the main conclusions of the paper, which should be kept in the main figures and text, and technical details/experimental nuances, which are essential but should be moved to the supplement, is critical. This will also correct the other issue with the text at present, which is that it is too long.

      Similar to our response to comment 1 from Reviewer 2 we followed the reviewers’ recommendations and greatly summarized, simplified and removed technical details from the main text, trying not to decrease rigor.  

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      In Figure 1, the definition of the area to analyze MafB ventral and MafB dorsal is unclear. It should be described.

      This has been clarified in both text and supplemental figure S3.

      “We focused the analyses on the brighter dorsal and ventral MafB-V1 populations defined by boxes of 100 µm dorsoventral width at the level of the central canal (dorsal) or the ventral edge of the gray matter (ventral) (Supplemental Figure S3B).”

      Problems with figure citation.

      We apologize for the mistakes. All have been corrected. 

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      As indicated in the public review, I'd recommend to substantially revise the writing, for clarity. As such, the paper is extremely hard to read. I would also recommend justifying the focus on Foxp2 neurons.

      Also, the scope of the present paper is not clearly stated in the introduction (page 4).

      Done. We also modified the introduction such that the exact goals are more clearly stated.

      I would also recommend toning down the interpretation that V1 clades constitute "unique functional subsets" (discussion and elsewhere). Functional investigation is not performed, and connectomic data is partial and only very suggestive.

      We include the following sentence at the end of the 1st paragraph in the discussion:

      “This result strengthens the conclusion that these V1 clades defined by their genetic make-up might represent distinct functional subtypes, although further validation is necessary in more functionally focused studies.”

      Different post-natal stages are used for different sections of the manuscript. This is often confusing, please justify each stage. From the beginning even, why is the initial birthdating (Figure 1) done here at p5, while the previous characterization of clades was done at p0? I am not sure to understand the justification that this was chosen "to preserve expression of V1 defining TFs". Isn't the sooner the better?

      The birthdating study was carried out at P5. P5 is a good time point because there is little variation in TF expression compared to P0, as demonstrated in the results. Furthermore, later tissue harvesting allows higher replicability since it is difficult to consistently harvest tissue the day a litter is born (P0). Also technically, it is easier to handle P5 tissue compared to P0. The analysis of VGUT1 synapses was also done at P5 rather than later ages. This has two advantages: TFs immunoreactivities are preserved at this age, and also corticospinal projections have not yet reached the lumbar cord reducing interpretation caveats on the origins of VGUT1 synapses in the ventral horn (although VGLUT1 synapses are still maturing at this age, see below).

      Other parts of the study focus on different ages selected to be most adequate for each purpose. To best study synaptic connectivity, it is best to study mature spinal cords after synaptic plasticity of the first week. For the tracing study we thoroughly explain in the text the reasons for the experimental design (see also below in detailed comments). For counting Foxp2-V1 interneurons and comparing them to motor columns we analyze mature animals. For testing our lineage labeling we use animals of all ages to confirm the consistency of the genetic targeting strategy throughout postnatal development and into adulthood.

      Figure 5: wouldn't it be worth quantifying and illustrating cellular densities, in addition to the average number of Foxp2 neurons, across lumbar segments (panel D & E)? Indeed, the size of - and hence total number of cells within - each lumbar segment might not be the same, with a significant "enlargement" from L2 to L4 (this is actually visible on the transverse sections). Hence, if the total number of cells is in the higher in these enlarged segments, but the total number of Foxp2-V1 is not, it may mean that this class is proportionally less abundant.

      We believe the critical parameter is the ratio of Foxp2-V1s to motoneurons. This informs how Foxp2-V1 interneurons vary according to the size of the motor columns and the number of motoneurons overall.

      The question asked by the reviewer would best be answered by estimating the proportion of Foxp2-V1 neurons to all NeuN labeled interneurons. This is because interneuron density in the spinal cord varies in different segments. We are not sure what this additional analysis will contribute to the paper.

      Why, in the Rabies tracing scheme (Fig 8), the Rabies injection is performed at p15? As the authors explain in the text, rabies uptake at the neuromuscular junction is weak after p10. It is not clear to me why such experiments weren't done all at early postnatal stages, with a "classical" co-injection of TVA and Rabies.

      First, we do not need TVA in this experiment because we are using B19-G coated virus and injecting it into muscles, not into the spinal cord directly.

      Second, enhanced tracing occurs when the AAV is injected a few days before rabies virus. This is because AAV transgene expression is delayed with respect to rabies virus infection and replication. We have performed full time courses and presented these data in one abstract to SfN: Gomez-Perez et al., 2015 Program Nos. 242. We believe full description of these technical details is beyond the scope of this manuscript that has already been considered too technical.

      Third, the justification of P15 timing of injections for anterograde primary afferent labeling and retrograde monosynaptic labeling of interneurons is fully explained in the text. 

      “To obtain transcomplementation of RVDG-mCherry with glycoprotein in LG motoneurons, we first injected the LG muscle with an AAV1 expressing B19-G at P4. We then performed RVDG and CTB injections at P15 to optimize muscle targeting and avoid cross-contamination of nearby muscles. Muscle specificity was confirmed post-hoc by dissection of all muscles below the knee. Analyses were done at P22, a timepoint after developmental critical windows through which Ia (VGLUT1+) synaptic numbers increase and mature on V1-IaINs (Siembab et al., 2010)” 

      Furthermore, CTB starts to decrease in intensity 7 days after injection because intracellular degradation and rabies virus labeling disappears because cell death. Both limit the time of postinjection for analyses.

      Likewise, I am surprised not to see a single motoneuron in the rabies tracing (Fig 8, neither on histology nor on graphs (Fig 8). How can authors be certain that there was indeed rabies uptake from the muscle at this age, and that all labelled cells, presumed to be preMN, are not actually sensory neurons? It is known that Rabies vectors, when delivered from the periphery, might also label sensory afferents and their post-synaptic targets through anterograde transport and transneuronal spread (e.g., Pimpinella et al., 2022). This potential bias must be considered.

      This is fully explained in our previous response to the second reviewer’s general comments. We have also added a confocal image showing starter motoneurons as requested (Figure S6A).

      Please carefully inspect the references to figures and figure panels, which I suspect are not always correct.

      Thank you. We carefully revised the manuscript to correct these deficiencies and we apologize for them.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Figure 1: Data here is absolutely beautiful and provides one of the most thorough studies, in terms of timepoints, number of animals analyzed, and precision of analysis, of edU-based birth timing that has been published for neuron subtypes in the spinal cord so far. My only suggestion is to color code the early and late born populations (in for example, different shades of green for early; and blue for late, to better emphasize the differences between them). It is very difficult to differentiate between the purple, red and black colors in G-I, which this would also fix. The antibody staining for Pou6f2 (F) is also difficult to see; gain could be increased on these images or insets added for clarity.

      The choice of colors is adapted for optimal visualization by people with different degrees of color blindness. Shades of individual colors are always more difficult to discriminate. This is personally verified by the senior corresponding author of this paper who has some color discrimination deficits. Moreover, each line has a different symbol for the same purpose of easing differentiation.

      Figure 2: This is also a picture-perfect figure showing further diversity by birth time even within a clade. One small aesthetic comment is that the arrows are quite unclear and block the data. Perhaps the contours themselves could be subdivided by region and color coded by birth time-such that for example the dorsal contours that emerge in the MafB clade at E11 are highlighted in their own color. Some quantification of the shift in distribution as well as the relative number of neurons within each spatially localized group would also be useful. For MafB, for example, it looks as though the ventral cells (likely Renshaw) are generated at all times in the contour plots; in the dot plots however, it looks like the most ventral cells are present at e10.5. This is likely because the contours are measuring fractional representations, not absolute number. An independent measure of absolute number of ventral and dorsal, by for example, subdividing the spinal cord into dorsoventral bins, would be very useful to address this ambiguity.

      We believe density plots already convey the message of the shift in positions with birthdate. We are not sure how we can quantify this more accurately than showing the differences in cellular density plots. We used dorsoventral and mediolateral binning in our first paper decades ago (Avarez et al., 2005). This has now been replaced by more rigorous density profiles that describe better cell distributions. Unfortunately, to obtain the most accurate density profiles we need to pool all cells from all animals precluding statistical comparisons. This is because for some groups there have very few cells per animal (for example early born Sp8 or Foxp2 cells).

      Figure 3 and Figure 4: These, and all figures that compare the lineage trace and antibody staining, should be moved to the supplement in my opinion-as they are not for generalist readers but rather specialists that are interested in these exact tools. In addition, the majority of the text that relates to these figures should be transferred to the supplement as well. Figure 5: Another great figure that sets the stage for the analysis of FoxP2V1-to-MN synaptic connectivity, and provides basic information about the rostrocaudal distribution of this clade, by analyzing settling position by level. I have only minor comments. The grid in B obscures the view of the cells and should be removed. The motor neuron cell bodies in C would be better visible if they were red.

      We moved some of the images to supplemental (see new supplemental Fig S4). However, we also added new data to the figure as requested by reviewers (Fig 3E-G). We preserved our analyses of Foxp2 and non-Foxp2 V1s across ages and spinal segments because we think this information is critical to the paper. Finally, we want to prevent misleading readers into believing that Foxp2 is a marker that is unique to V1s. Therefore, we also preserved Figures 3H to 3J showing the non-V1 Foxp2 population in the ventral horn. 

      Figure 6: Very careful and quantitative analysis of V1 synaptic input to motor neurons is presented here.  For the reader, a summary figure (similar to B but with V1s too) that schematizes V1 FoxP2 versus Renshaw cell connectivity with LMC, MMC, and PGC motor neurons are one level would be useful.

      Thanks for the suggestion. A summary figure has now been included (Figure 5G). 

      Figure 7: The goal of this figure is to highlight intra-clade diversity at the level of transcription factor expression (or maintenance of expression), birth timing and cell body position culminating in the clear and concise diagram presented in G. In panels A-F however, it takes extra effort to link the data shown to these I-IV subtypes. The figure should be restructured to better highlight these links. One option might be to separate the figure into four parts (one for each type): with the individual spatial, birth timing and TF data for each population extracted and presented in each individual part.

      We agree with the reviewer that this is a very busy figure. We tried to re-structure the figure following the suggestions of the reviewer and also several alternative options. All resulted in designs that were more difficult to follow than the original figure. We apologize for its complexity, but we believe this is the best organization to describe all the data in the simplest form.

      Figure 8: in A-D, the main point of the figure - that V1FoxP2Otp preferentially receive proprioceptive synapses is buried in a bunch of technical details. To make it easier for the reader, please:

      (1) add a summary as in B of the %FoxP2-V1 Otp+ cells (82%) with Vglut1 synapses to make the point stronger that the majority of these cells have synapses.

      We added this graph by extending the previous graph to include lineage labeled Foxp2-V1s with OTP or Foxp2 immunoreactivity. It is now Figure 7B.

      (2) Additionally, add a representative example that shows large numbers of proximal synapses on an FoxP2-V1 Otp+.

      The image we presented before as Figure 8A was already immunostained for OTP, so we just added the OTP channel to the images. Now all this information is in panels that are subparts of Figure 7A.

      (3) Move the comparison between FoxP2-V1 and FoxP2AB+V1s to the supplement.

      We preserved the quantitative data on Foxp2-V1 lineage cells with Foxp2-immunoreactivity but made this a standalone figure, so it is not as busy.

      (4) Move J-M description of antibody versus lineage trace of Otp to supplement as ending with this confuses the main message of the paper (see comment above).

      All results for the Otp-V1 mouse model have now been placed in a supplemental figure (Figure 5S).

      Discussion: A more nuanced and detailed discussion of how the temporal pattern of subtype generation presented here aligns with the established temporal transcription factor code (nicely summarized in Sagner 2024) would be helpful to place their work in the broader context of the field.

      This aspect of the discussion was expanded on pages 20 and 21. We replaced the earlier cited review (Sagner and Briscoe, 2019, Development) with the updated Sagner 2024 review and further discussed the data in the context of the field and neurogenesis waves throughout the neural tube, not only the spinal cord. We previously carefully compared our data with the spinal cord data from Sagner’s group (Delile et, 2019, Development). We have now further expanded this comparison in the discussion.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1:

      In this manuscript by Napoli et al, the authors study the intracellular function of Cytosolic S100A8/A9 a myeloid cell soluble protein that operates extracellularly as an alarmin, whose intracellular function is not well characterized. Here, the authors utilize state-of-the-art intravital microscopy to demonstrate that adhesion defects observed in cells lacking S100A8/A9 (Mrp14-/-) are not rescued by exogenous S100A8/A9, thus highlighting an intrinsic defect. Based on this result subsequent efforts were employed to characterize the nature of those adhesion defects.

      The authors thank reviewer #1 for his/her insightful comments and suggestions. Please find our point to point responses below.

      (1) Ex vivo characterization of the function of S100A8/A9 in adhesion, spreading, and calcium signaling requires at least one rescue experiment to support the direct role of these proteins in the biological processes under study.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree that rescue experiments would be helpful to confirm the direct role of intracellular S100A8/A9 in adhesion, spreading, and Ca2+ signaling. Although transfection of primary cells, especially neutrophils, poses challenges due to their short half-life, we now have undertaken additional in vitro rescue experiments. Specifically, we used extracellular S100A8/A9 and coated Ibidi flow chambers with E-selectin, ICAM-1 and CXCL1 alone or alongside S100A8/A9, and measured rolling and adhesion of blood neutrophils. Our data reveal that extracellular S100A8/A9 can induce increased adhesion in WT neutrophils but fails to rescue the adhesion defect in Mrp14-/- neutrophils (Author response image 1). This result corroborates our in vivo findings, emphasizing that the observed adhesion defect is due to the lack of intracellular S100A8/A9.

      Author response image 1.

      Extracellular S100A8/A9 does not rescue the adhesion defect in Mrp14/- neutrophils. Analysis of number of adherent leukocytes FOV-1 normalized to the WBC of WT and Mrp14-/- mice. Whole blood was harvested through a carotid artery catheter and perfused with a high precision pump at constant shear rate using flow cambers coated with either E-selectin, ICAM-1 and CXCL1 or E-selectin, ICMA-1, CXCL1 and S100A8/A9. [mean+SEM, n=5 mice per group, 12 (WT) and 14 (Mrp14-/-) flow chambers, 2way ANOVA, Sidak’s multiple comparison]. ns, not significant; *p≤0.05, **p≤0.01, ***p≤0.001.

      (2) There is room for improvement in the analysis of signaling pathways presented in Figures 3 H and I. Western blots and analyses are not convincing, in particular for p-Pax.

      We acknowledge the reviewer's concern regarding the clarity of the signaling pathway analysis, particularly the western blots for p-Paxillin. To address this, we have repeated the western blot experiments using murine neutrophils. Our new data confirm the defective paxillin phosphorylation upon CXCL1 stimulation and ICAM-1 binding in the absence of cytosolic S100A8/A9. We have now integrated these new findings with the original data and included the updated results in the manuscript (Figure 3I revised). These enhanced analyses provide a more robust and convincing demonstration of the signaling defects in Mrp14-/- neutrophils.

      (3) At least one western blot showing a knockdown of S100A8/A9 should be included towards the beginning of the result section.

      We appreciate the reviewer's suggestion to include a western blot demonstrating the knockout of S100A8/A9 early in the results section. In a recent publication by our group, we have already demonstrated the absence of S100A8/A9 at the protein level in Mrp14-/- neutrophils via western blotting ([1], please refer to Extended Data Fig. 1h). We agree that visual confirmation of the absence of S100A8/A9 protein is crucial for establishing the validity of our study.

      (4) The Ca2+ measurements at LFA-1 nanoclusters using the Mrp14-/- Lyz2xGCamP5 are interesting; It is understood that the authors are correcting calcium levels by normalizing by LFA-1 cluster areas and that seems fine to me. The issue is that the total calcium signal seems decreased in Mrp14-/- cells compared to WT cells (Fig. 4E)...why is totalCa2+ low? Please discuss.

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful comment. Indeed, our observations reveal reduced overall Ca2+ levels in Mrp14-/- neutrophils compared to WT neutrophils. Initially, we noticed a general decrease in Ca2+ intensity (Author response image 2A-B) and lifetime in Mrp14-/- neutrophils (Author response image 2C-D). Further analysis indicated that these differences in Ca2+ levels are localized specifically to the LFA-1 nanocluster sites. In contrast, the cytosolic Ca2+ levels outside of the LFA-1 nanocluster areas were comparable between Mrp14-/- and WT neutrophils (Figure 4H-J). This suggests that the reduced total Ca2+ levels observed in Mrp14-/- neutrophils are primarily due to the impaired Ca2+ supply at the LFA-1 nanocluster areas. Our data support the notion that cytosolic S100A8/A9 plays a crucial role in actively supplying Ca2+ to LFA-1 nanoclusters during neutrophil crawling. In the absence of S100A8/A9, the increase in overall Ca2+ levels (summing both inside and outside LFA-1 nanocluster areas) is minimal, further highlighting the specific role of S100A8/A9 in maintaining localized Ca2+ concentrations at these crucial sites.

      Author response image 2.

      Overall Ca2+ levels in WT and Mrp14-/- neutrophils (A) Representative confocal images of neutrophils from WT Lyz2xGCaMP5 and Mrp14-/- Lyz2xGCaMP5 mice, labeled with Lyz2 td Tomato marker. The images illustrate overall cytosolic Ca2+ levels during neutrophil crawling flow chambers coated with E-selectin, ICAM-1, and CXCL1 (scale bar=10μm). (B) Quantitative analysis of total cytosolic Ca2+ intensity in single cells from WT Lyz2xGCaMP5 and Mrp14-/- Lyz2xGCaMP5 neutrophils measured over three time intervals: min 0-1, 5-6 and 9-10 [mean+SEM, n=5 mice per group, 56 (WT) and 54 (Mrp14-/-) neutrophils, 2way ANOVA, Sidak’s multiple comparison]. (C) Representative traces and (D) single cell analysis of total Ca2+ lifetime over the first 5 minutes in WT Lyz2xGCaMP5 and Mrp14-/- Lyz2xGCaMP5 neutrophils crawling on Eselectin, ICAM-1, and CXCL1 coated flow chambers recorded with FLIM microscopy [mean+SEM, n=3 mice per group, 111 (WT) and 95 (Mrp14-/-) neutrophils, 2way ANOVA, Sidak’s multiple comparison]. ns, not significant; *p≤0.05, **p≤0.01, ***p≤0.001.

      (5) Even if the calcium level outside LFA-1 nanoclusters is not significant (Figure 4J), the data at min 9-10 in Figure 4J seems to be affected by a single event that may be an outlier. Additional data may be needed here.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s attention to this detail. To address the concern regarding a potential outlier in the Ca2+ level measurements at 9-10 minutes in Figure 4J, we rigorously tested the dataset using the GraphPad outlier calculator. The analysis revealed that no data point was statistically identified as an outlier. Given that the current dataset is robust and the statistical analysis confirms the integrity of the data, we believe that the results accurately reflect the biological variability observed in our experiments. Therefore, we have not added additional data points at this stage but remain open to discussing this further.

      (6) Finally, even though there is less calcium at LFA-1 clusters, that does not necessarily mean that "cytosolic S100A8/A9 plays an important role in Ca2+ "supply" at LFA-1 adhesion spots" as proposed. S100A8/A9 may play an indirect role in calcium availability. The analysis of the subcellular localization of S100A8/A9 at LFA-1 clusters together with calcium dynamics in stimulated WT cells would help support the authors' interpretation, which although possibly correct, seems speculative at this point.

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful comment and fully agree that additional evidence regarding the subcellular localization of S100A8/A9 would strengthen our conclusions. Although live cell imaging of intracellular S100A8/A9 was initially challenging due to technical limitations, we have now performed additional experiments to address this issue. We conducted end-point measurements where we allowed WT neutrophils to crawl on E-selectin, ICAM-1, and CXCL1 coated flow chambers for 10 minutes. Following this, we fixed and permeabilized the cells to stain intracellular S100A9, along with LFA-1 and a cell tracker for segmentation. Confocal microscopy and subsequent single-cell analysis revealed a significant enrichment of S100A8/A9 at LFA-1 positive nanocluster areas compared to the surrounding cytosol (Figure 4K and 4L, new). This finding supports our hypothesis that S100A8/A9 plays a direct role in the localized supply of Ca2+ at LFA-1 adhesion spots, thus facilitating efficient neutrophil crawling under shear stress. These new data have been included in the revised manuscript, providing stronger evidence for our proposed mechanism.

      Reviewer #2:

      Napoli et al. provide a compelling study showing the importance of cytosolic S100A8/9 in maintaining calcium levels at LFA-1 nanoclusters at the cell membrane, thus allowing the successful crawling and adherence of neutrophils under shear stress. The authors show that cytosolic S100A8/9 is responsible for retaining stable and high concentrations of calcium specifically at LFA-1 nanoclusters upon binding to ICAM-1, and imply that this process aids in facilitating actin polymerisation involved in cell shape and adherence. The authors show early on that S100A8/9 deficient neutrophils fail to extravasate successfully into the tissue, thus suggesting that targeting cytosolic S100A8/9 could be useful in settings of autoimmunity/acute inflammation where neutrophil-induced collateral damage is unwanted.

      The authors appreciate reviewer #2's insightful comments and suggestions. Below are our detailed responses:

      (1) Extravasation is shown to be a major defect of Mrp14-/- neutrophils, but the Giemsa staining in Figure 1H seems to be quite unspecific to me, as neutrophils were determined by nuclear shape and granularity. It would have perhaps been more clear to use immunofluorescence staining for neutrophils instead as seen in Supplementary Figure 1A (staining for Ly6G or other markers instead of S100A9).

      We acknowledge the reviewer's concern. However, Giemsa staining is a well-established method in hematology, histology, cytology, and bacteriology, widely recognized for its ability to distinguish leukocyte subsets based on nuclear shape and cytoplasmic characteristics. This method is extensively documented in the literature [2-5]. Its advantages are the easy morphological discrimination of leukocytes based on nuclear and cytoplasmic shape and conformation (Author response image 3).

      Author response image 3.

      Giemsa staining of extravasated leukocyte subsets. (A) Representative image of Giemsa-stained cremaster muscle tissue post-TNF stimulation. The image clearly differentiates leukocyte subsets (white arrow = neutrophils, yellow arrow = eosinophils, red arrow = monocytes). Scale bar = 50µm.

      (2) The representative image for Mrp14-/- neutrophils used in Figure 4K to demonstrate Ripley's K function seems to be very different from that shown above in Figures 4C and 4F.

      The reviewer correctly observed that the cell in Figure 4K is different from those in Figures 4C and 4F. This is intentional, as Figure 4K is meant to show a representative image that accurately reflects the overall results of the experiments. We assure the reviewer that all cells analyzed in Figures 4C and 4F were also included in the analysis for Figure 4K.

      (3) Although the authors have done well to draw a path linking cytosolic S100A8/9 to actin polymerisation and subsequently the arrest and adherence of neutrophils in vitro, the authors can be more explicit with the analysis - for example, is the F-actin co-localized with the LFA-1 nanoclusters? Does S100A8/9 localise to the membrane with LFA-1 upon stimulation? Lastly, I think it would have been very useful to close the loop on the extravasation observation with some in vitro evidence to show that neutrophils fail to extravasate under shear stress.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment and questions. 

      Concerning the co-localization of F-actin with LFA-1 nanoclusters and S100A8/9 localization: We appreciate the reviewer's interest in the co-localization between F-actin and LFA-1. Unfortunately, due to the limitations of our GCaMP5 mouse model (with neutrophils labeled with td-Tomato and eGFP for LyzM and Ca2+), we could only stain for either LFA-1 or F-actin at a time. However, in our F-actin movies, we observed that F-actin predominantly localizes at the rear of the cell, while LFA-1 is more uniformly distributed at the plasma membrane.

      Regarding S100A8/A9 localization, as mentioned in response to Reviewer 1's sixth point, we now conducted endpoint measurements. We stained neutrophils with cell tracker green CMFDA and LFA-1, allowed them to crawl on E-selectin, ICAM-1, and CXCL1-coated flow chambers, and then performed intracellular S100A9 staining after fixation and permeabilization. Our analysis shows higher S100A9 intensity at LFA-1 positive areas compared to LFA-1 negative areas (Figure 4K and 4L, new). This indicates that S100A8/A9 indeed concentrates Ca2+ at LFA-1 nanoclusters, supporting adhesion and post-arrest modification events under flow.

      Regarding the extravasation defect under shear stress: To address the reviewer's suggestion, we performed transwell migration assays under static conditions. Our results show no significant difference in transmigration between WT and Mrp14-/- neutrophils without flow, indicating that the extravasation defect in Mrp14-/- neutrophils is shear-dependent. This supports our hypothesis that S100A8/A9-mediated Ca2+ supply at LFA-1 nanoclusters is critical under flow conditions (Author response image 4).

      Author response image 4.

      Static Transmigration assay. (a) Transmigration of WT and Mrp14-/- neutrophils in static transwell assays (3um pore size, 45min migration time) showing spontaneously migration (PBS) or migration towards CXCL1. [mean+SEM, n=3 mice per group, 2way ANOVA, Sidak’s multiple comparison]. ns, not significant; *p≤0.05, **p≤0.01, ***p≤0.001.

      Additional References

      (1) Pruenster, M., et al., E-selectin-mediated rapid NLRP3 inflammasome activation regulates S100A8/S100A9 release from neutrophils via transient gasdermin D pore formation. Nature Immunology, 2023. 24(12): p. 2021-2031.

      (2) Kuwano, Y., et al., Rolling on E- or P-selectin induces the extended but not high-affinity conformation of LFA-1 in neutrophils. Blood, 2010. 116(4): p. 617-24.

      (3) Porse, B., Mouse Hematology – A Laboratory Manual. European Journal of Haematology, 2010. 84(6): p. 554-554.

      (4) Frommhold, D., et al., Protein C concentrate controls leukocyte recruitment during inflammation and improves survival during endotoxemia after efficient in vivo activation. Am J Pathol, 2011. 179(5): p. 2637-50.

      (5) Braach, N., et al., RAGE Controls Activation and Anti-Inflammatory Signalling of Protein C. PLOS ONE, 2014. 9(2): p. e89422.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The study characterized the cellular and molecular mechanisms of spike timing-dependent long-term depression (t-LTD) at the synapses between excitatory afferents from lateral (LPP) and medial (MPP) perforant pathways to granule cells (GC) of the dentate gyrus (DG) in mice.

      Strengths:

      The electrophysiological experiments are thorough. The experiments are systematically reported and support the conclusions drawn.

      This study extends current knowledge by elucidating additional plasticity mechanisms at PP-GC synapses, complementing existing literature.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive assessment of our work and the constructive suggestions to improve the manuscript.

      Weaknesses:

      To more conclusively define the pivotal role of astrocytes in modulating t-LTD at MPP and LPP GC synapses through SNARE protein-dependent glutamate release, as posited in this study, the authors could adopt additional methods, such as alternative mouse models designed to regulate SNARE-dependent exocytosis, as well as optogenetic or chemogenetic strategies for precise astrocyte manipulation during t-LTD induction. This would provide more direct evidence of the influence of astrocytic activity on synaptic plasticity.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion. As stated in the manuscript and in figure 4, we already used two different approaches (aBAPTA to interfere with astrocyte calcium signalling and dnSNARE mice (that have vesicular release impaired) to determine the involvement of astrocytes in the discovered forms of LTD, and both approaches clearly indicated the requirement of astrocytes for t-LTD. In BAPTA-treated astrocytes and in dnSNARE mice, t-LTD was prevented. Notwithstanding this, and as suggested by the reviewer, we used two additional approaches to confirm astrocyte participation. We loaded astrocytes with the light chain of the tetanus toxin (TeTxLC), which is known to block exocytosis by cleaving the vesicle-associated membrane protein, an important part of the SNARE complex (Schiavo et al., 1992, Nature 359, 832-835). In this experimental condition, we observed a clear lack of t-LTD at both (lateral and medial) pathways, thus confirming the requirement of astrocytes and the SNARE complex and vesicular release for both types of t-LTD. In addition, to gain more insight into the fact that glutamate is released by astrocytes, we blocked glutamate release from astrocytes by loading the astrocytes with Evans blue, known to interfere with glutamate uptake into vesicles as it inhibits the vesicular glutamate transporter (VGLUT). In this experimental condition, again t-LTD was prevented, indicating that t-LTD requires Ca2+dependent exocytosis of glutamate from astrocytes.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This work reports the existence of spike timing-dependent long-term depression (t-LTD) of excitatory synaptic strength at two synapses of the dentate gyrus granule cell, which are differently connected to the entorhinal cortex via either the lateral or medial perforant pathways (LPP or MPP, respectively). Using patch-clamp electrophysiological recording of tLTD in combination with either pharmacology or a genetically modified mouse model, they provide information on the differences in the molecular mechanism underlying this t-LTD at the two synapses.

      Strengths:

      The two synapses analyzed in this study have been understudied. This new data thus provides interesting new information on a plasticity process at these synapses, and the authors demonstrate subtle differences in the underlying molecular mechanisms at play. Experiments are in general well controlled and provide robust data that are properly interpreted.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive assessment of our work and the constructive suggestions to improve the manuscript.

      Weaknesses:

      • Caution should be taken in the interpretation of the results to extrapolate to adult brain as the data were obtained in P13-21 days old mice, a period during which synapses are still maturing and highly plastic.

      We thank the reviewer for noticing this. In fact, our experiments were intentionally performed in young animals (P13-21), just knowing that this is a critical period of plasticity. We indicate that in the methods, results, and discussion (where we discuss that in some detail) sections.

      • In experiments where the drug FK506 or thapsigargin are loaded intracellularly, the concentrations used are as high as for extracellular application. Could there be an error of interpretation when stating that the targeted actors are necessarily in the post-synaptic neuron? Is it not possible for the drug to diffuse out of the cell as it is evident that it can enter the cell when applied extracellularly?

      We thank the reviewer for rising this point. While it would be possible that these compounds cross the cell membranes, to do it and to pass to other cells, this would, in principle, require a relatively long time to occur. Additionally, to have any effect, the same concentration or a relatively high concentration of that we put into the pipette has to reach other cells. Furthermore, even if a compound is able to cross a cell membrane during the duration of an experiment, after this, it may be exposed to the extracellular fluid where will be diluted and most probably washed out. For all these reasons, we do not see this very plausible. Notwithstanding this, and as suggested, we have repeated the experiments using lower concentrations of thapsigargin (1 uM) and FK506 (1 uM), and have obtained the same results. These data are now included in the figure 3 and in the text.

      • The experiments implicating glutamate release from astrocytes in t-LTD would require additional controls to better support the conclusions made by the authors. As the data stand, it is not clear, how the authors identified astrocytes to load BAPTA and if dnSNARE expression in astrocytes does not indirectly perturb glutamate release in neurons.

      We thank the reviewer for rising this point. We now indicate how astrocytes have been identified to load BAPTA. We reply to this in detail in the “Recommendations for the authors” from reviewer 2.

      Significance:

      While this is the first report of t-LTD at these synapses, this plasticity process has been mechanistically well investigated at other synapses in the hippocampus and in the cortex. Nevertheless, this new data suggests that mechanistic differences in the induction of t-LTD at these two DG synapses could contribute to the differences in the physiological influence of the LPP and MPP pathways.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Coatl et al. investigated the mechanisms of synaptic plasticity of two important hippocampal synapses, the excitatory afferents from lateral and medial perforant pathways (LPP and MPP, respectively) of the entorhinal cortex (EC) connecting to granule cells of the hippocampal dentate gyrus (DG). They find that these two different EC-DG synaptic connections in mice show a presynaptically expressed form of long-term depression (LTD) requiring postsynaptic calcium, eCB synthesis, CB1R activation, astrocyte activity, and metabotropic glutamate receptor activation. Interestingly, LTD at MPP-GC synapses requires ionotropic NMDAR activation whereas LTD at LPP-GC synapse is NMDAR independent. Thus, they discovered two novel forms of t-LTD that require astrocytes at EC-GC synapses. Although plasticity of EC-DG granule cell (GC) synapses has been studied using classical protocols, These are the first analysis of the synaptic plasticity induced by spike timing dependent protocols at these synapses. Interestingly, the data also indicate that t-LTD at each type of synapse require different group I mGluRs, with LPP-GC synapses dependent on mGluR5 and MPP-GC t-LTD requiring mGluR1.

      The authors performed a detailed analysis of the coefficient of variation of the EPSP slopes, miniature responses and different approaches (failure rate, PPRs, CV, and mEPSP frequency and amplitude analysis) they demonstrate a decrease in the probability of neurotransmitter release and a presynaptic locus for these two forms of LTD at both types of synapses. By using elegant electrophysiological experiments and taking advantage of the conditional dominant-negative (dn) SNARE mice in which doxycycline administration blocks exocytosis and impairs vesicle release by astrocytes, they demonstrate that both LTD forms require the release of gliotransmitters from astrocytes. These data add in an interesting way to the ongoing discussion on whether LTD induced by STDP participates in refining synapses potentially weakening excitatory synapses under the control of different astrocytic networks. The conclusions of this paper are mostly well supported by data, but some aspects the results must be clarified and extended.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive assessment of our work and the constructive suggestions to improve the manuscript.

      (1) It should be clarified whether present results are obtained with or without the functional inhibitory synapse activation. It is not clear if GABAergic synapses are blocked or not. If GABAergic synapses are not blocked authors must discuss whether the LTD of the EPSPs is due to a decrease in glutamatergic receptor activation or an increase in GABAergic receptor activation. Moreover, it should be recommended to analyze not only the EPSPs but also the EPSCs to address whether the decrease in synaptic transmission is caused by a decrease in the input resistance or by a decrease in the space constant (lambda).

      We thank the reviewer for rising these points. GABAergic inhibition was not blocked in our experiments. The observed forms of t-LTD seem to be due to a decrease in glutamate release probability as indicated in the manuscript, mediated by the mechanism we uncover and describe here. To determine and clarify whether GABA receptors have any role in these forms of t-LTD, we repeated the experiments in the presence of the GABAA and GABAB receptors antagonists bicuculline and SCH50911, respectively. Blocking GABA receptors do not prevent or affect t-LTD at LPP- or MPP-GC synapses, that is still present and with a similar magnitude that controls. These results indicating that these receptors are not involved in these forms of t-LTD. These results are now included in the text in the results section (page 8) and as a new figure S1. In our experiments, no changes in input resistance or space constant were observed, and importantly, no changes were observed in the amplitude/slopes of EPSP in the control pathway that does not undergo plasticity protocol that we routinely use in our experiments.

      (2) Authors show that Thapsigargin loaded in the postsynaptic neuron prevents the induction of LTD at both synapses. Analyzing the effects of blocking postsynaptic IP3Rs (Heparin in the patch pipette) and Ryanodine receptors (Ruthenium red in the patch pipette) is recommended for a deeper analysis of the mechanism implicated in the induction of this novel forms of LTD in the hippocampus.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We repeated the experiments loading the postsynaptic cell with heparin and ruthenium red using the path pipette. In these experimental conditions, we observed that t-LTD was not affected by the heparin treatment (discharging a role of IP3Rs), but that it was prevented by the ruthenium red treatment (indicating the requirement of ryanodine receptors). We include now this data in the text (page 12) and in the Figure 3a, b, e, f.

      (3) Authors nicely demonstrate that CB1R activation is required in these forms of LTD by blocking CB1Rs with AM251, however an interesting unanswered question is whether CB1R activation is sufficient to induce this synaptic plasticity. This reviewer suggests studying whether applying puffs of the CB1R agonist, WIN 55,212-2, could induce these forms of LTD.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We repeated the experiments adding WIN55, 212-2 as suggested.  The activation of CB1R by puffs of the agonist WIN 55, 212-2 to the astrocyte, directly induced LTD at both LPP- and MPP-GC synapses. We include now this data in the text (page 14) and in the Figure 3c, d, g, h.

      (4) Finally, adding a last figure with a cartoon summarizing the proposed model of action in these novel forms of LTD would add a positive value and would help the reading of the manuscript, especially in those aspects related with the discussion of the results.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion. We include now a figure showing the proposed mechanisms (Figure 5).

      The extension of these results would improve the manuscript, which provides interesting results showing two novel forms of presynaptic t-LTD in the brain synapses with different action mechanisms probably implicated in the different aspects of information processing.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      There are just a few aspects that could be clarified to bolster the authors' conclusions.

      The author centered the conclusion of their study on the role of astrocytic activity in regulating these two forms of plasticity (see title). To strengthen the evidence that astrocytes are key regulators of t-LTD at MPP and LPP GC synapses by regulating SNARE protein-dependent glutamate release, additional complementary approaches should be considered, such as other mouse models enabling the control of SNARE-dependent exocytosis and/or optogenetic/chemogenetic tools to selectively manipulate astrocytes during the induction of t-LTD, thereby directly assessing the impact of astrocytic activity on synaptic plasticity. Implementing calcium imaging or glutamate sensors to visualize the dynamics of astrocytic calcium signaling and glutamate release during t-LTD could be also considered.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion. As stated in the manuscript and in figure 4, we already used two different approaches (aBAPTA to interfere with astrocyte calcium signalling and dnSNARE mice (that have vesicular release impaired) to determine the involvement of astrocytes in the discovered forms of LTD, and both approaches clearly indicated the requirement of astrocytes for t-LTD. In BAPTA-treated astrocytes and in dnSNARE, t-LTD was prevented. Notwithstanding this, and as suggested by the reviewer, we used two additional approaches to confirm astrocytes participation. We loaded astrocytes with the light chain of the tetanus toxin (TeTxLC), which is known to block exocytosis by cleaving the vesicle-associated membrane protein, an important part of the SNARE complex (Schiavo et al., 1992, Nature 359, 832-835). In this experimental condition, we observed a clear lack of t-LTD at both (lateral and medial) pathways, thus confirming the requirement of astrocytes and the SNARE complex and vesicular release for both types of t-LTD. In addition, to gain more insight into the fact that glutamate is released by astrocytes, we blocked glutamate release from astrocytes by loading the astrocytes with Evans blue, known to interfere with glutamate uptake into vesicles as it inhibits the vesicular glutamate transporter (VGLUT). In this experimental condition, again t-LTD was prevented, indicating that t-LTD requires Ca2+-dependent exocytosis of glutamate from astrocytes. This information is now included in the text, pages 14 and 15 and in figure 4.

      • How were astrocytes identified to be loaded with BAPTA? The author should clarify this methodological aspect and provide confocal images of patched astrocytes situated 50-100 um from the recorded neuron.

      We thank the reviewer for the comment. We include now this information in the Methods section (page 6) and in figure S3. Astrocytes were identified by their rounded morphology under differential interference contrast microscopy, and were characterized by low membrane potential, low membrane resistance and passive responses (they do not show action potentials) to both negative and positive current injection.

      • Please provide confocal images of EGFP expression in the DG astrocytes of dnSNARE mice both on and off Dox, to verify transgene expression in astrocytes

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We now include an image of GFP expression in the DG astrocytes of off Dox dnSNARE mice. We did not provide the animals with doxycycline since birth and thus the gene was constantly expressed. We now show this image in Fig. S3. All the pups and mice are not DOX fed, meaning that the transgenes are continuously being expressed and therefore the exocytosis should be blocked in astrocytes.

      Minor points:

      Lines 250-253: It is mentioned that TTX is added at baseline, washed out for the t-LTD experiment, and then reapplied post t-LTD. I suggest clarifying the timing and rationale for this application for a broad audience.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion. We now include some information related to the timing and rationale of the experiment phases (page 9).

      The discussion is quite detailed and provides a comprehensive overview of the study's findings. To enhance clarity and impact, the authors might consider to,

      • add subheadings and bullet points for key findings. This will improve readability.

      • this section could benefit from streamlining to avoid redundancy.

      • some sentences could be made more concise without losing meaning.

      We thank the reviewer for these suggestions. We now include subheadings in the discussion section to improve readability and have made some sentences more concise and simple without losing meaning.

      In figure legends, consistency with capitalization should be maintained, for example in the statistical significance notation, ***P < 0.001" or ***p < 0.001")

      We now include p<0.001 in the figure legend 4 for consistency.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Major:

      • All results were obtained in young still quite immature synapses. To strengthen the significance of the findings, the authors could repeat some of the main experiments in adult mice (8 weeks and beyond). If not, they should state clearly that these mechanisms were only evidenced in early post-natal conditions.

      We thank the reviewer for noticing this. In fact, our experiments were intentionally performed in young animals (P13-21), just knowing that this is a critical period of plasticity. As the reviewer suggests, we indicate that in the methods (page 5), results (page 8), and discussion (page 19) (where we discuss that in some detail) sections.

      • Lines 246-249 and fig 1f,p: Authors need to perform a statistical test on these two graphs to support their claim that 'A plot of CV-2 versus the change in the mean evoked EPSP 246 slope (M) before and after t-LTD mainly yielded points below the diagonal line at LPP-GC and MPP-GC synapses'.

      That could not be clear in the previous version. We observed an error in the points (with some points missing) of one of the graphs that we have corrected. In addition, and as suggested by the reviewer we performed a regression analysis that confirms the conclusions stated. This is now included in the text (page 9). Thus, we have added information about mean values ± SEM in the text and the linear regression of the data for LPP-GC (Mean = 0.607 ± 0.054 vs 1/CV2 = 0.439 ± 0.096, R2 = 0.337; n = 14) and MPP-GC synapses (Mean = 0.596 ± 0.056 vs 1/CV2 = 0.461 ± 0.090, R2 = 0.168; n = 13), respectively. Data yielded on the dotted horizontal line, 1/CV2 = 1, indicates no change in the probability of release, in contrast, data yielded below the dotted diagonal line is suggestive of a change in the probability of release parameters (for review, see Brock et al., 2020, Front Synaptic Neurosci 12, 11).

      • We are not sure that the experiment with the MK801 provided in the patch pipet can be interpreted correctly (Figure 2 a,b and e,f). How sure are the authors that, when applying MK801 in the patch pipet, it can reach its binding site within the pore? The concentration of MK801 is also very high (500 microM) and used at the same concentration extracellularly and intracellularly. Why did the authors not use lower concentration when applied intracellularly?

      We thank the reviewer for rising this point. MK801 in the pipette is reaching the pore when loaded postsynaptically as when we record NMDA currents from postsynaptic neurons loaded with MK801, these currents are blocked. We include now a control experiment showing the effect of postsynaptic MK801 on NMDA current in the text (page 10). NMDA currents has been recorded at +40 mV, blocking AMPAR and GABAR with NBQX and bicuculline. Related to the concentration, it has been described that the affinity from the internal site is much lower (several orders of magnitude) than from the extracellular side(Sun et al., 2018 Neuropharmacology, 143, 122-129) and the concentrations used have been extensively used in previous studies. It is clear that the concentrations used in the present work blocked NMDAR currents but did not prevent LTD.

      • Linked to the point above, for the intracellular application of FK506 and thapsigargin, the concentrations used extracellularly and intracellularly are identical. The authors could have used lower concentrations for the intracellular application. Also, how can they be sure of the correct interpretation of these data as the drug essentially reaching a post-synaptic target when applied intracellularly? If the drug can enter the neuron, why could it not diffuse out of the neuron especially when loaded at a high concentration? Maybe using a lower concentration when applied intracellularly could at least partially address this issue.

      It is evident that it can enter the cell when applied extracellularly?

      We thank the reviewer for rising this point. While it would be possible that these compound cross the cell membranes, to do it and to pass to other cells, this would, in principle, require a relatively long time to occur. Additionally, to have any effect, the same concentration or a relatively high concentration of that we put into the pipette has to reach other cells. Furthermore, even if a compound is able to cross a cell membrane during the duration of an experiment, after this, it may be exposed to the extracellular fluid where it will be diluted and most probably washed out. For all these reasons, we do not see this very plausible. Notwithstanding this, we have repeated the experiments using lower concentrations of thapsigargin (1 uM) and FK506 (1 uM) and have obtained the same results. These data are now included in the figure 3 and the numbers in the text have been updated (pages 12-13).

      • The data supporting the possibility of glutamate release by astrocytes as a main source of glutamate to promote t-LTD needs to be strengthened. In experiment Figure a-h, it is not clear how the authors recognize astrocytes to patch. No details are provided in the methods or in the main text. If we understand correctly, it is only by performing a current steps protocol to ensure that the patched cell did not produce action potentials. If this was the case, the authors need to be more specific and provide details of this protocol. More importantly, the one trace that was provided in Figures 4a and 4f suggests, albeit by a rough estimation that we made with a ruler, that the highest current step only depolarized the cell to about -40 mV. This is not sufficient to ensure that the recorded cell is not a neuron. The authors should increase their steps to high depolarizing currents to ensure that the patched cell is not a neuron. Better yet, they should load the cell with an dye to process the slice after the electrophysiological recording for immunohistochemistry to ensure that it was indeed an astrocyte. Alternatively, they can try to aspirate the cell content at the end of the recording to perform a qPCR for astrocyte markers eg. GFAP.

      We thank the reviewer for the comment. We include now information regarding how astrocytes were identified (also raised by reviewer 1) in the Methods section (page 6) and in figure S3. Astrocytes were identified by their rounded morphology under differential interference contrast microscopy, eGFP fluorescence (astrocytes from dnSNARE mice), and were characterized by low membrane potential, low membrane resistance and passive responses (they do not show action potentials) to both negative and positive current injection.

      We agree with the reviewer that in figure 4a and 4f, the step protocol might not be completely clear. For this, we revised that and now include in a clearer way that we applied pulses that depolarized astrocytes beyond -20 mV, with no action potentials found at any point. We also include now this in figure S3.

      • Related to the point above, the use of the model expressing dnSNARE in astrocytes is elegant. Yet, to really interpret the data obtained in these slices as a lack of vesicle release (and most importantly glutamate) we think that the authors should ensure that glutamate release from nearby neurons is not impacted. They could patch nearby neurons in dnSNARE slices and test PPR or synaptic fatigue when stimulating either the LPP or MPP. The authors should avoid overinterpretation of these results. As it stands, it is not evident that dnSNARE expression does not perturb other mechanisms within the astrocyte that in turn perturb pre-synaptic glutamate release. Adding back glutamate as puffs does not help to disentangle this issue.

      To gain more insight into the fact that glutamate is released by astrocytes we blocked glutamate release from astrocytes by loading the astrocytes with Evans blue, known to interfere with glutamate uptake into vesicles as it inhibits the vesicular glutamate transporter (VGLUT). In this experimental condition, as indicated above, t-LTD was prevented, indicating that t-LTD requires Ca2+-dependent exocytosis of glutamate from astrocytes. This is included in the text (page 15) and in figure 4d,e, i, j.

      In addition, we loaded astrocytes with the light chain of the tetanus toxin (TeTxLC) which is known to block exocytosis by cleaving the vesicle-associated membrane protein, an important part of the SNARE complex (Schiavo et al., 1992, Nature 359, 832-835). In this experimental condition, we observed a clear lack of t-LTD at both (lateral and medial) pathways, thus confirming the requirement of astrocytes and the SNARE complex and vesicular release for both types of t-LTD. These data indicate that t-LTD requires Ca2+-dependent exocytosis of glutamate from astrocytes. This information is now included in the text, page 14 and in figure 4.

      Minor points:

      • line 107, did the authors mean t-LTP and t-LTD? we don't understand STDP mentioned here.

      We meant to say t-LTP. This is now corrected.

      • line 108: should STDP be replaced by t-LTD as the authors only focused on this plasticity mechanism.

      We agree, we indicate now t-LTD.

      • line 131-132 : it is not clear when the animals were fed with doxycycline. If it was from birth, then the 'not' should be removed. Otherwise the authors should clearly state when the doxycyline was provided.

      DOX was not provided and that means that the transgene was continuously expressed and therefore the exocytosis should be blocked in astrocytes. We express that clearer in page 5, methods section.

      • line 223 : which hippocampal synapses? needs to be stated

      As suggested this is now included in the text as for cortical synapses. Synapses are Schaffer collaterals SC-CA1 for hippocampus and layer L4-L2/3 for cortical synapses (page 8).

      • line 273: what do the authors mean when writing 'from'? We don't understand the data provided on this line.

      We thank the reviewer for noticing this. That refers to the amplitude of NMDAR-mediated currents average before and after D-AP5 or MK801. We express this now in a clearer way (page 10, from 57±8 pA to 6±5 pA).

      • line 286 : why do the authors point out work on GluN2B and GluN3A only here when they first investigate GluN2A contribution to t-LTD? what about previous data on GluN2A?

      We have now expressed this in a different way to make it clear. We wanted to indicate that the available data for presynaptic NMDAR at MPP-GC synapses has been indicated to contain GluN2B and GluN3A subunits and to our knowledge, no data indicate that they contain GluN2A subunits.

      • line 428 : what do the authors mean by 'not least' ?

      This is a typo and we have removed that from the text.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      My only suggestion for improving data presentation in the manuscript would be to split some figures of the paper. In my opinion, the figures are too dense and therefore difficult to follow for the broad audience of eLife readers. In addition, a real image of the recorded dentate granule cells in the slice showing also the location of the real stimulation electrodes would significantly improve the presentation of Figure 1.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion, but we would prefer to let the figures as they are organized, as while we agree in some cases they are a bit big, in this way it is easier to compare lateral and medial pathways. For this, it could be better to let information regarding the two pathways in the same figure. Nevertheless, we try now to make figures clearer to use a columnar organization of the figures for each pathway what we think, would make easier to compare pathways. As the reviewer suggests we include now a real image of the recorded dentate granule cells in the slice showing also the location of the real stimulation electrodes in Figure 1, that we agree will improve the presentation of this figure and thank the reviewer for the suggestion.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      The reviewers found this manuscript to present convincing evidence for associative and non-associative behaviors elicited in male and female mice during a serial compound stimulus Pavlovian fear conditioning task. The work adds to ongoing efforts to identify multifaceted behaviors that reflect learning in classic paradigms and will be valuable to others in the field. The reviewers do note areas that would benefit from additional discussion and some minor gaps in data reporting that could be filled by additional analyses or experiments.

      We thank the reviewers and the editors for their thoughtful and constructive critiques of our manuscript. We have updated our manuscript with data from additional experiments as suggested by the reviewers, and we have significantly edited the text and figures to reflect these additions. Our detailed, point-by-point responses are below.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      The main goal of the study was to tease apart the associative and non-associative elements of cued fear conditioning that could influence which defensive behaviors are expressed. To do this, the authors compared groups conditioned with paired, unpaired, or shock only procedures followed by extinction of the cue. The cue used in the study was not typical; serial presentation of a tone followed by a white noise was used in order to assess switches in behavior across the transition from tone to white noise. Many defensive behaviors beyond the typical freezing assessments were measured, and both male and female mice were included throughout. The authors found changes in behavioral transitions from freezing to flight during conditioning as the tone transitioned into white noise, and a switch in freezing during extinction such that it became high during the white noise as flight behavior decreased. Overall, this was an interesting analysis of transitions in defensive behaviors to a serially presented cue consisting of two auditory stimuli during conditioning and then extinction.

      We thank the Reviewer for their supportive insight.

      There are some concerns regarding the possibility that the white noise is more innately aversive than the tone, inducing more escape-like behaviors compared to a tone, especially since the shock only group also showed increased escape-like behaviors during the white noise versus tone. This issue would have been resolved by adding a control group where the order of the auditory stimuli was reversed (white noise->tone).

      We appreciate this concern, and we have added two additional groups to address this possibility. We have conducted the same experimental paradigm with 2 reverse-SCS groups (WN—tone), one with paired (new PA-R group), and one with unpaired (new UN-R group), presentations to shock during conditioning. These experiments revealed that during conditioning day 2 in both reverse order groups, WN causes reductions in freezing and increases in locomotor activity (see revised Figure 2D), an effect that is stronger in the UN-R compared to the PA-R group. This locomotor effect is neither darting nor escape jumping in the PA-R group (revised Figure 3G, I; Figure 4G). In the UN-R group, WN induces more activity than the PA-R group (Figure 2D), including some jumping at WN onset (Figure 3H), but no darting (Figure 4G). It is worth noting that WN does not elicit defensive behavior before conditioning at the sound intensity we use (75dB; see Fadok et al. 2017, Borkar et al. 2020, Borkar et al. 2024). Together, these results suggest that WN is an inherently more salient stimulus than tone, and it can elicit defensive behaviors in shock-sensitized mice through non-associative mechanisms. Indeed, stimulus salience is a key factor in this paradigm for inducing activity (see Hersman et al. 2020).

      While the more complete assessment of defensive behaviors beyond freezing is welcomed, the main conclusions in the discussion are overly focused on the paired group and the associative elements of conditioning, which would likely not be surprising to the field. If the goal, as indicated in the title, was to tease apart the associative and non-associative elements of conditioning and defensive behaviors, there needs to be a more emphasized discussion and explicit identification of the non-associative findings of their study, as this would be more impactful to the field.

      We have rewritten the Discussion to provide a greater emphasis on the findings of the study that are more related to non-associative mechanisms. For example, we argue that cue-salience and changes in stimulus intensity can induce non-associative increases in locomotor behavior and tail rattling in shock-sensitized mice.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The authors examined several defensive responses elicited during Pavlovian conditioning using a serial compound stimulus (SCS) as the conditioned stimulus (CS) and a shock unconditioned stimulus (US) in male and female mice. The SCS consisted of tone pips followed by white noise. Their design included 3 treatment groups that were either exposed to the CS and US in a paired fashion, in an unpaired fashion, or only exposed to the shock US. They compared freezing, jumping, darting, and tail rattling across all groups during conditioning and extinction. During conditioning, strong freezing responses to the tone pips followed by strong jumping and darting responses to the white noise were present in the paired group but less robust or not present in the unpaired or shock only groups. During extinction, tone-induced freezing diminished while the jumping was replaced by freezing and darting in the paired group. Together, these findings support the idea that associative pairings are necessary for conditioned defensive responses.

      Strengths:

      The study has strong control groups including a group that receives the same stimuli in an unpaired fashion and another control group that only receives the shock US and no CS to test the associative value of the SCS to the US. The authors examine a wide variety of defensive behaviors that emerge during conditioning and shift throughout extinction: in addition to the standard freezing response, jumping, darting, and tail rattling were also measured.

      We thank the Reviewer for their supportive appraisal of this study’s strengths.

      Weaknesses:

      This study could have greater impact and significance if additional conditions were added (e.g., using other stimuli of differing salience during the SCS), and determining the neural correlates or brain regions that are differentially recruited during different phases of the task across the different groups.

      In the revised manuscript, we have conducted experiments with 2 reverse-SCS groups (WN—tone): one with paired (new PA-R group), and one with unpaired (new UN-R group), presentations to shock during conditioning. These experiments revealed that during conditioning day 2 in both reverse order groups, WN causes reductions in freezing and increases in locomotor activity (see revised Figure 2D), an effect that is stronger in the UN-R compared to the PA-R group. This locomotor effect is neither darting nor escape jumping in the PA-R group (revised Figure 3G, I; Figure 4G). In the UN-R group, WN induces more activity than the PA-R group (Figure 2D), including some jumping at WN onset (Figure 3H), but no darting (Figure 4G). Indeed, stimulus salience is a key factor in this paradigm for inducing activity (see Hersman et al. 2020). Together, these results suggest that WN is an inherently more salient stimulus than tone, and it can elicit defensive behaviors in shock-sensitized mice through non-associative mechanisms. It is worth noting that WN does not elicit defensive behavior before conditioning at the sound intensity we use (75dB; see Fadok et al. 2017, Borkar et al. 2020, Borkar et al. 2024).

      We agree that determining the neuronal correlates and brain regions that are involved in defensive ethograms at various stages within this paradigm is of great importance, but we feel that those experiments are beyond the scope of the current study, which is focused on identifying behavioral differences based on associative and non-associative factors.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      In LINES 72-73, authors say they used a "truly random procedure" as one of their control groups. Then in LINES 113-116, they describe this group as "unpaired" where the "SCS could not reliably predict footshock". Combined, it is unclear if this group is random or unpaired. The "truly random procedure" is defined, by the cited Rescorla paper, as "the two events are programmed entirely randomly and independently in such a way that some "pairings" of CS and US may occur by chance alone". So, truly random would indicate that the shock may occur during the cue, while unpaired indicates the shock was explicitly unpaired from the cue. If the authors used a random procedure, the groups need to be labeled as random, not unpaired, and the # of cues that happened to coincide with footshock per animal needs to be reported somewhere. If the authors used an unpaired procedure (which appears to be the case based on 40-60s ITI between SCS and footshock being reported), it needs to be clearer and consistent throughout that it was explicitly unpaired, as well as removing the claim in LINE 72-73 that they used a "truly random procedure".

      We did indeed use an explicitly unpaired procedure. We have adjusted the text and figures to better reflect this, and we removed any mentions of randomness with regards to the presentations of SCS and footshock.

      Despite the lack of significant sex differences, it would still be helpful if data panels with individual data points (e.g. Fig 2E-J), were presented as identifiable by sex (e.g. closed vs open circles for males vs females).

      The revised manuscript now compares four or five groups per figure, making data presentation complicated. Providing the individual data points in each panel reduces figure clarity, therefore, we feel it is best to present the data as box-and-whisker plots without them. However, the source data files for each figure are available to the reader and the data are clearly labeled to be identifiable by sex.

      Is it not odd that all groups showed similar levels of contextual freezing during the 3min baseline? If shocks are unsignaled in the UN and SO groups, one would expect higher levels of contextual freezing compared to a paired group.

      We are not certain why one would expect higher levels of contextual freezing in the UN and SO groups compared to the PA group at the beginning of conditioning day 2. Another study also looked at baseline freezing in a contextual fear group (which is the same as shock only in our study) and in an auditory cued fear conditioning group within the conditioning context, and their data show that freezing during the baseline period is equivalent between groups (Sachella et al., 2022).

      During baseline on Extinction Day 1, it does seem that the unpaired and SO groups tend to have higher freezing levels compared to the paired groups. Author response image 1 shows baseline freezing during the first 3 minutes of extinction day 1. After two days of conditioning in the conditioned flight paradigm, contextual freezing either is, or trends to be significantly higher in the UN, UN-R, and SO groups than the PA and PA-R groups.

      Author response image 1.

      Baseline Freezing levels for all groups during the first extinction session. Baseline period is defined as the first 180 seconds of the session, before any auditory stimulus was presented. PA, Paired; UN, Unpaired; SO, Shock Only; PA-R, Paired Reverse; UN-R, Unpaired Reverse. *p<0.05, **p<0.01, ****p<0.0001.

      Do the tone and WN elicit similar levels of defensive behaviors in a naïve mouse? Or have the authors tested WN followed by tone? Is there a potential issue that the WN may be innately aversive which is then amplified with training? i.e. does a tone preferentially induce freezing while WN induces active behaviors, regardless of which sensory stimulus is temporally closer to the shock? If the change in behavior is really due to the pairing and temporal proximity to shock, then there should be increased jumps, etc to the tone if trained with WN->tone.

      WN can indeed be used as an aversive stimulus under certain conditions and at sufficiently high decibel levels. In the conditioned flight paradigm, WN is presented at 75dB, which is below the threshold for eliciting an acoustic startle response in a C57BL/6J mouse (Fadok et al. 2009). Also, during pre-exposure, when animals are naïve to the SCS, tone and WN stimuli do not elicit defensive behaviors (see Fadok et al. 2017, Borkar et al. 2020, 2024).

      As suggested by the Reviewer, during revision we have included reverse-SCS paired (PA-R) and unpaired (UN-R) groups to test for the role of stimulus salience and stimulus order on defensive ethograms. During conditioning day 2, the PA-R group exhibited little freezing to the WN, with a slightly elevated activity index, and they exhibited robust freezing during tone (revised Figure 2A-H). The activity during the WN in the PA-R group was significantly lower than that of the PA group (Figure 2L). The PA-R group also did not respond to WN with escape jumps or darting (Figure 3I, 4G). The UN-R group displayed greater activity during the WN than the UN and PA-R groups, but less activity than the PA group (Figure 2D, H). The UN-R group did not dart but this group displayed some jumping at WN onset (Figure 3H), like what was observed in the UN group.

      These data suggest that WN has inherent, salient properties that can induce some non-associative activity after the mouse has been sensitized by shock (see also Hersman et al. 2020 for more detailed analysis of stimulus salience in the conditioned flight paradigm). However, only in the PA group is robust flight behavior (comprised of high numbers of escape jumps and darting) observed. Therefore, both stimulus salience and temporal order are important for eliciting transitions from freezing to flight.

      Fig 3G/4G are hard for me to understand. The figure legends say they're survival graphs but the y-axis labels "Latency to initial jump/dart (% of cohort)" confuses me. What is the purpose of these graphs? Perhaps they are not needed. Or consider presenting them similar to Fig 7C, D as those were more intuitive and faster for me to grasp.

      We had intended these plots to show that a greater proportion of the paired group jumps and darts during WN compared to the unpaired group, and that the percentage of the cohort that jumps and darts increases across conditioning trials. Because these graphs were not clear, we have removed them, and we have replaced them with graphs comparing total cohort percentages that jumped (Figure 3I) or darted (Figure 4G) over the whole CD2 session.

      For the extinction data, I did not see within group analyses for within or between session fear extinction to the tone. So, for the paired group, were the last 4 trials of Ext 1 significantly lower than the first 4 trials? If not, then they did not show within-session extinction. Also, for the paired group, were the last 4 trials of Ext 1 significantly different than the first 4 trials of Ext 2? This would test for long-term retention and spontaneous recovery.

      In the original submission and in the revised manuscript, we calculated a delta change score for freezing during tone in the early versus late blocks of 4 trials, and then we statistically compared these differences across groups (Figure 5C, D). This allowed us to assess between-group differences in changes to tone-evoked freezing during extinction. Freezing to tone did decrease significantly over the first extinction session for the paired group (Early Ext1 vs Late Ext1, paired t-test, t(31) \= 6.23, p<0.0001), and when comparing late Ext1 and early Ext2, we found that tone-evoked freezing did significantly increase (Late Ext1 vs Early Ext2, paired t-test, t(31) \= 5.26, p<0.0001). This increase in cue-induced freezing between days of extinction is characteristic of C57BL/6J mice (Hefner et al., 2008). Our study did not test for more distal timepoints, so we cannot comment on the efficacy of long-term retention or spontaneous recovery.

      For the conditioning and extinction data across Figs 2, 5 and 6, what I gather from them is that freezing is high to the tone and low to the WN during conditioning, and then low to the tone, and high to the WN across extinction. Then for activity levels I see they are low to the tone and high to the WN during conditioning, and then low to the WN during extinction. The piece that is missing is what are activity levels like to the tone during extinction. Are they low like in conditioning and remain low in extinction? Or do they increase across extinction as freezing decreases? As I was going through these graphs I drew myself out step function summaries of the freezing and activity levels between tone/WN for conditioning vs extinction; maybe the authors could consider a summary figure.

      We thank the Reviewer for their interest. We found that within the paired group, activity to tone remained low throughout both days of extinction (though increased within each session) and did not return to normal activity levels. We present this data in Author response image 2. We thank the Reviewer for the suggestion of a summary figure, but we feel there are too many axes of classification (between-group, within-group, multiple behaviors, tone/WN, conditioning/extinction) to coherently present our findings in a single figure.

      Author response image 2.

      Trial-by-trial plot of activity index during the tone period of SCS across both extinction sessions for the PA group. SCS, Serial compound stimulus; Ext, extinction; PA, Paired.

      In the discussion (LINE 592-3), they discuss that shock sensitization in the SO group may prime a stressed animal to dart more readily to WN upon stimulus transition. Should this not also happen during the transition of silence to tone? What is special about a transition between two auditory stimuli that would result in panic like behavior in an animal that only received shock presentations? This also gets back to an earlier concern above regarding the potentially innately aversiveness of the WN.

      After 2 days of shock sensitization, we observe that mice exhibit freezing to the tone during the first three trials of extinction day 1 (Figure 5A). This non-associative freezing response is like that observed in other studies of non-associative fear processing (please see Kamprath and Wotjak, 2004). As trials progress during extinction day 1, mice do become mildly activated during the tone (Author response image 3). The transition to WN in the shock-only group during extinction induces non-associative darting responses, but it does not induce escape jumping behavior (Figure 7).  We hypothesize that the innate salience of the WN is a vital factor contributing to these escalated responses. The importance of stimulus salience in conditioned flight was also demonstrated by Hersman et al., 2020 for SCS conditioning, and by Furuyama et al., 2023 for single tone conditioning.  Just as with conditional freezing responses (Kamprath and Wotjak, 2004), we believe that conditional flight is controlled by summative components, one being associative and the other non-associative.

      Author response image 3.

      Trial-by-trial plot of activity index during the tone period of SCS across both extinction sessions for the SO group. SCS, Serial compound stimulus; Ext, extinction; SO, Shock Only.

      In the discussion (LINE 583), they say that the development of explosive defensive behaviors are "not achievable with traditional single-cue Pavlovian conditioning paradigms". The authors should include a caveat here that the current study did not compare their results to a group of mice that received just WN-shock pairings.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. This statement was meant to highlight that traditional paradigms do not offer an element of signaling the temporal imminence of threat, only its inevitability. It was not our intention to state that defensive escape behaviors were unachievable in single-cue conditioning paradigms, and we regret not making this clear. Indeed, the supplement of Fadok et al. 2017 shows that WN-shock conditioning is capable of inducing flight, Furuyama et al. 2023 shows that tone-shock conditioning is capable of inducing flight under specific parameters, and Gruene et al. 2015 demonstrates that single CS-US pairings induce conditional darting behaviors in female rats. We have adjusted the text to better reflect our intent.  

      Minor comment to LINE 613-5: Speaking as someone who has done fear conditioning in both mice and rats, tail rattling may be specific to mice (I have seen this often) and likely not observable in rats (never seen it).

      We thank the Reviewer for this information. We have adjusted our text to mainly discuss mouse-specific tail rattling.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The research questions in this study are novel and bring new insight to the field. However, there are some issues that can be addressed to improve the overall quality of the study, namely, the reader is left wanting to know more, especially about how neural circuits contribute to these different defensive behaviors during this task. Below are some recommendations for the authors that would greatly improve the impact and significance of this study.

      (1) What are the neural correlates or circuits recruited during these different defensive behaviors across the course of conditioning and extinction? How might they differ between the PA and UN groups? What differences might emerge when an animal is shifting their defensive behavior from freezing to darting, for example? Answering these questions would require intensive additional experiments, therefore more discussion of possible neural mechanisms that might be recruited during this task would be appreciated, given the scope of the subject area.

      We agree that understanding the neural circuits recruited during these behaviors and across conditioning and extinction is of vital importance. We are actively working on these questions, and we have published on the role of central amygdala circuits (Fadok et al. 2017) as well as on top-down control of flight by the medial prefrontal cortex (Borkar et al. 2024). Because the current manuscript is focused on learning mechanisms influencing defensive behavior, we would prefer to focus our discussion on that, rather than speculating on possible neural mechanisms. However, we have added a statement in the Discussion (LINES 706-707) emphasizing that future studies should investigate the neuronal mechanisms contributing to threat associations and different defensive behaviors.

      (2) Were any vocalizations observed during conditioning or extinction phases? If not, could you speculate how type and occurrence of vocalizations might correlate with the different defensive responses observed?

      Audible vocalizations were only observed during footshock presentations (squeaks). Unfortunately, we do not have the proper specialized recording equipment to monitor the full spectrum of mouse vocalizations, especially those in the ultrasonic range. Thus, we cannot speculate on the nuances of vocalizations in mice with respect to this behavioral paradigm. To the best of our knowledge, mice have not been reported to emit specific ultrasonic calls during conditioned threat like those of rats. That said, it would be of interest to determine if mice emit different vocalizations during different defensive behaviors.

      (3) The transition from freezing to flight during the SCS is thought to be due to the close proximity of threat imminence between the WN CS and shock US. What if you switched the order of the SCS stimuli to WN followed by tone stimuli? If the salience of the WN stimulus is truly driving the jumping behavior, then it would be observed even if the WN stimulus preceded the pure tone stimulus and that would bring additional evidence that it is the associative value of the stimuli rather than its salience that's driving the defensive behaviors. What do you predict you would observe in rodents that were given a WN-tone SCS paired and unpaired in the same design of this study?

      As suggested by the reviewer, we collected data from reverse-SCS paired and unpaired groups and reported our findings within the manuscript. Our detailed findings are also discussed above. Overall, we find that a combination of stimulus salience and temporal proximity, and a summation of non-associative and associative mechanisms, are necessary to elicit explosive flight behavior (escape jumping and darting).

      References

      Borkar CD, Dorofeikova M, Le QE, Vutukuri R, Vo C, Hereford D, Resendez A, Basavanhalli S, Sifnugel N, Fadok JP (2020) Sex differences in behavioral responses during a conditioned flight paradigm. Behavioural Brain Research 389:112623.

      Borkar CD, Stelly CE, Fu X, Dorofeikova M, Le QE, Vutukuri R, Vo C, Walker A, Basavanhalli S, Duong A, Bean E, Resendez A, Parker JG, Tasker JG, Fadok JP (2024) Top-down control of flight by a non-canonical cortico-amygdala pathway. Nature 625: 743-749.

      Fadok JP, Krabbe S, Markovic M, Courtin J, Xu C, Massi L, Botta P, Bylund K, Müller C, Kovacevic A, Tovote P, Lüthi A (2017) A competitive inhibitory circuit for selection of active and passive fear response. Nature 542:96-100.

      Furuyama T, Imayoshi A, Iyobe T, Ono M, Ishikawa T, Ozaki N, Kato N, Yamamoto R (2023) Multiple factors contribute to flight behaviors during fear conditioning. Scientific Reports 13:10402. 

      Gruene TM, Flick K, Stefano A, Shea SD, Shansky RM (2015) Sexually divergent expression of active and passive conditioned fear responses in rats. eLIfe 4:e11352.

      Hefner K, Whittle N, Juhasz J, Norcross M, Karlsson RM, Saksida LM, Bussey TJ, Singewald N, Holmes A (2008) Impaired Fear Extinction Learning and Cortico-Amygdala Circuit Abnormalities in a Common Genetic Mouse Strain. Journal of Neuroscience 6:8074-8085.

      Hersman S, Allen D, Hashimoto M, Brito SI, Anthony T (2020) Stimulus salience determines defensive behaviors elicited by aversively conditioned serial compound auditory stimuli. elife 9:e53803. 

      Kamprath K and Wotjak CT (2004) Nonassociative learning processes determine expression and extinction of conditioned fear in mice. Learning & Memory 11:770-786.

      Sachella TE, Ihidoype MR, Proulx CD, Pafundo DE, Medina JH, Mendez P & Piriz J (2022) A novel role for the lateral habenula in fear learning. Neuropsychopharmacology 47:1210-1219.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the current reviews.

      We thank the Reviewer for all their effort and suggestions over multiple drafts. Their comments have encouraged us to read and think more deeply about the issue under discussion (BLA spiking in response to CS/US inputs), and to find the papers whose contents we think provide a potential solution. We agree that there is more to understand about the mechanisms underlying associative learning in the BLA. We offer our paper as providing a new way of understanding the role of circuit dynamics (rhythms) in guiding associative learning via STDP. As we pointed out in our response to the previous review, the issue highlighted by the Reviewer is an issue for the entire field of associative learning in BLA: our discussion of the issue suggests why the experimentally observed BLA spiking in response to CS inputs, performed in the absence of US inputs (as done in the papers cited by the Reviewer), may not be what occurs in the presence of the US. Since our explanation involves the role of neuromodulators, such as ACh and dopamine, the suggestion is open to further testing.


      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1:

      Public Review’s only objection: “Deficient in this study is the construction of the afferent drive to the network, which does elicit activities that are consistent with those observed to similar stimuli. It still remains to be demonstrated that their mechanism promotes plasticity for training protocols that emulate the kinds of activities observed in the BLA during fear conditioning.”

      Recommendations for the Authors: “The authors have successfully addressed most of my concerns. I commend them for their thorough response. The one nagging issue is the unrealistic activation used to drive CS and US activation in their network. While I agree that their stimulus parameters are consistent with a contextual fear task, or one that uses an olfactory CS, this was not the focus of their study as originally conceived. Moreover, the types of activation observed in response to auditory cues, which is the focus of their study, do not follow what is reported experimentally. Thus, I stand by the critique that the proposed mechanism has not been demonstrated to work for the conditioning task which the authors sought to emulate (Krabbe et al. 2019). Frustratingly, addressing this is simple: run the model with ECS neurons driven so that they fire bursts of action potentials every ~1 sec for 30 sec, and with the US activation noncontiguous with that. If the model does not produce plasticity in this case, then it suggests that the mechanisms embedded in the model are not sufficient, and more work is needed to identify them. While 'memory' effects are possible that could extend the temporal contiguity of the CS and US, the authors need to provide experimental evidence for this occurring in the BLA under similar conditions if they want to invoke it in their model. 

      (1) Fair response. I accept the authors arguments and changes. 

      (2) The authors rightly point out that the simulated afferents need not perfectly match the time courses of the peripheral inputs, since what the amygdala receives them indirectly via the thalamus, cortex, etc. However, it is known how amygdala neurons respond to such stimuli, so it behooves the authors to incorporate that fact into their model. 

      Quirk et al. 1997 show that the response to the tone plummets after the first 100 ms in Figs 5A and 6B. The Herry et al. 2007 paper emphasizes the transient response to tone pips, with spiking falling back to a poisson low firing rate baseline outside of the time when the pip is delivered. 

      Regarding potential metabotropic glutamate activation, the stimulus in Whittington et al. 1995 was electrical stimulation at 100 Hz that would synchronously activate a large volume of tissue, which is far outside the physiological norm. I appreciate that metabotropic glutamate receptors may play a role here, but ultimately the model depends upon spiking activity for the plastic process to occur, and to the best of my knowledge the spiking activity in BLA in response to a sustained, unconditioned tone, is brief (see also Quirk, Repa, and Ledoux 1995). Perhaps a better justification for the authors would be Bordi and Ledoux 1992, which found that 18% of auditory responsive neurons showed a 'sustained' response, but the sustained response neurons appear to show much weaker responses than those with transient ones (Fig 2).  I am willing to say that their paper IS relevant to contextual fear, but that is not what the authors set out to do. 

      (3) Fair response. 

      (4) Very good response! 

      Minor points: All points were addressed.”

      We thank Reviewer 1 (R1) for the positive feedback and also for pointing out that, in R1’s opinion, there is still a nagging issue related to the activation in response to CS we modeled. In (Krabbe et al., 2019), CS is a pulsed input and US is delivered right after the CS offset. The current objection of R1 is that instead, we are modeling CS and US as continuous and overlapping. R1 suggested that we add the actual input and see if they will produce the desired outputs. The answer is simple: it will not work because we need the effects of CS and US on pyramidal cells to overlap. We note that the fear learning community appears to agree with us that such contingency is necessary for synaptic plasticity (Sun et al., 2020; Palchaudhuri et al., 2024). To the best of our understanding, the source of that overlap is not understood in the community, and the gap has been much noticed (Sun et al., 2020). We do note, however, that STDP may not be the only kind of plasticity in fear learning (Li et al., 2009; Kim et al., 2013, 2016).

      It is important to emphasize that it is not the aim of our paper to model the origin of the overlap. Rather, our intent is to demonstrate the roles of brain rhythms in producing the appropriate timing for STDP, assuming that ECS and F cells can continue to be active after the offset of CS and US, respectively. This assumption is very close to how the field now treats the plasticity, even for auditory fear conditioning (Sun et al., 2020). Thus, our methodology does not contradict known results. However, the question raised by R1 is indeed very interesting, if not the point of our paper. Hence, below we give details about why our hypothesis is reasonable.

      Several papers (Quirk, Repa and LeDoux, 1995; Herry et al, 2007; Bordi and Ledoux 1992) show that the pips in auditory fear conditioning increase the activity of some BLA neurons: after an initial transient, the overall spike rate is still higher than baseline activity. As R1 points out, we did not model the transient increase in BLA spiking activity that occurs in response to each pip in the auditory fear conditioning paradigm. However, we did model the low-level sustained activity that occurs in between pips of the CS in the absence of US (Quirk, Repa and LeDoux, 1995, Fig. 2) and after CS offset (see Fig. 2B, left hand part of our manuscript). We read the data of Quirk et al., 1995 as suggesting that the low-level activity can be sustained for some indefinite time after a pip (cut off of recording was at 500 ms with no noticeable decrease in activity). As such, even if the pips and the US do not overlap in time, as in (Krabbe et al., 2019), the spiking of the ECS can be sustained after CS offset and thus overlap with US, a condition necessary in our model for plasticity through STDP. In Herry et al., 2007 Fig. 3 shows that BLA neurons respond to a pip at the population level with a transient increase in spiking and return to a baseline Poisson firing rate. However, a subset of cells continues to fire at an increased-over-baseline rate after the transient effect wears off (Fig. 3C, top few neurons) and this increased rate extends to the end of the recording time (here ~ 300 ms). These are the cells we consider to be ECS in our model. In Quirk et al., 1997, Fig. 5A also shows sustained low level activity of neurons in BLA in response to a pip. The low-level activity is shown to increase after fear learning, as is also the case in our model since ECS now entrains F so that there are more pyramidal cells spiking in response to CS. The question remains as to whether the spiking is sustained long enough and at a high enough rate for STDP to take place when US is presented sometime after the stop of the CS. 

      Experimental recordings cannot speak to the rate of spiking of BLA neurons during US due to recording interference from the shock. However, evidence seems to suggest that ECS activity should increase during the US due to the release of acetylcholine (ACh) from neurons in the basal forebrain (BF) (Rajebhosale et al., 2024). Pyramidal cells of the BLA robustly express M1 muscarinic ACh receptors (Muller et al., 2013; McDonald and Mott, 2021). Thus, ACh from BF should elicit a depolarization in pyramidal cells. Indeed, the pairing of ACh with even low levels of spiking of BLA neurons results in a membrane depolarization that can last 7 – 10 s (Unal et al., 2015). This should induce higher spiking rates and more sustained activity in the ECS and F neurons during and after the presentation of US, thus ensuring a concomitant activation of ECS and fear (F) neurons necessary for STDP to take place. Other modulators, including dopamine, may also play a role in producing the sustained activity. Activation of US leads to increased dopamine release in the BLA (Harmer and Phillips, 1999; Suzuki et al., 2002). D1 receptors are known to increase the membrane excitability of BLA projection neurons by lowering their spiking threshold (Kröner et al., 2005). Thus, the activation of the US can lead to continued and higher firing rates of ECS and F. The effect of dopamine can last up to 20 minutes (Kröner et al., 2005). For CS-positive neurons, the ACh modulation coming from the firing of US may lead to a temporary extension of firing that is then amplified and continued by dopaminergic effects.

      Hence, we suggest that a solution to the problem raised by R1 may be solved by considering the roles of ACh and dopamine in the BLA. The involvement of neuromodulators is consistent with the suggestion of (Sun et al., 2020). The model we have may be considered a “minimal” model that puts in by hand the overlap in activity due to the neuromodulation without explicitly modeling it. As R1 says, it is important for us to give the motivation of our hypotheses. We have used the simplest way to model overlap without assumptions about timing specificity in the overlap.

      To account for these points in the manuscript, we first specified that we consider the effects of the US and CS inputs on the neuronal network as overlapping, while the actual inputs may not overlap. To do that, we added the following text:

      (1) In the introduction: 

      “In this paper, we aim to show 1) How a variety of BLA interneurons (PV, SOM and VIP) lead to the creation of these rhythms and 2) How the interaction of the interneurons and the rhythms leads to the appropriate timing of the cells responding to the US and those responding to the CS to promote fear association through spike-timing-dependent plasticity (STDP). Since STDP requires overlap of the effects of the CS and US, and some conditioning paradigms do not have overlapping US and CS, we include as a hypothesis that the effects of the CS and US overlap even if the CS and US stimuli do not. In the Discussion, we suggest how neuromodulation by ACh and/or dopamine can provide such overlap. We create a biophysically detailed model of the BLA circuit involving all three types of interneurons and show how each may participate in producing the experimentally observed rhythms and interacting to produce the necessary timing for the fear learning.”

      (2) In the Result section “With the depression-dominated plasticity rule, all interneuron types are needed to provide potentiation during fear learning”:

      “The 40-second interval we consider has both ECS and F, as well as VIP and PV interneurons, active during the entire period: an initial bout of US is known to produce a long-lasting fear response beyond the offset of the US (Hole and Lorens, 1975) and to induce the release of neuromodulators. The latter, in particular acetylcholine and dopamine that are known to be released upon US presentation (Harmer and Phillips, 1999; Suzuki et al., 2002; Rajebhosale et al., 2024), may induce more sustained activity in the ECS, F, VIP, and PV neurons during and after the presentation of US, thus ensuring a concomitant activation of those neurons necessary for STDP to take place (see “Assumptions and predictions of the model” in the Discussion).”

      (3) In the Discussion section “Synaptic plasticity in our model”:

      “Synaptic plasticity is the mechanism underlying the association between neurons that respond to the neutral stimulus CS (ECS) and those that respond to fear (F), which instantiates the acquisition and expression of fear behavior. One form of experimentally observed long-term synaptic plasticity is spike-timing-dependent plasticity (STDP), which defines the amount of potentiation and depression for each pair of pre- and postsynaptic neuron spikes as a function of their relative timing (Bi and Poo, 2001; Caporale and Dan, 2008). All forms of STDP require that there be an overlap in the firing of the pre- and postsynaptic cells. In some fear learning paradigms, the US and the CS do not overlap. We address this below under “Assumptions and predictions of the model”, showing how the effects of US and CS on the spiking of the relevant neurons can overlap even in the absence of overlap of US and CS.”

      To fully present our reasoning about the origin of the overlap of the effects of US and CS, we modified and added to the last paragraph of the Discussion section “Assumptions and predictions of the model”, which now reads as follows:

      “Finally, our model requires the effect of the CS and US inputs on the BLA neuron activity to overlap in time in order to instantiate fear learning through STDP. Such a hypothesis, that learning uses spike-timing-dependent plasticity, is common in the modeling literature (Bi and Poo, 2001; Caporale and Dan, 2008; Markram et al., 2011). Current paradigms of fear conditioning include examples in which the CS and US stimuli do not overlap (Krabbe et al., 2019). Such a condition might seem to rule out the mechanisms in our paper. Nevertheless, the argument below suggests that the effects of the CS and US can cause an overlap in neuronal spiking of ECS, F, VIP, and SOM, even when CS and US inputs do not overlap.

      Experimental recordings cannot speak to the rate of spiking of BLA neurons during US due to recording interference from the shock. However, evidence suggests that ECS activity should increase during the US due to the release of acetylcholine (ACh) from neurons in the basal forebrain (BF) (Rajebhosale et al., 2024). Pyramidal cells of the BLA robustly express M1 muscarinic ACh receptors (McDonald and Mott, 2021). Thus, ACh from BF should elicit a depolarization in pyramidal cells. Indeed, the pairing of ACh with even low levels of spiking of BLA neurons results in a membrane depolarization that can last 7 – 10 s (Unal et al., 2015).   Other modulators, including dopamine, may also play a role in producing the sustained activity. Activation of US leads to increased dopamine release in the BLA (Harmer and Phillips, 1999; Suzuki et al., 2002). D1 receptors are known to increase the membrane excitability of BLA projection neurons by lowering their spiking threshold (Kröner et al., 2005). Thus, neuromodulator release should induce higher spiking rates and more sustained activity in the ECS and F neurons during and after the presentation of US, thus ensuring a concomitant activation of ECS and fear (F) neurons necessary for STDP to take place. Thus, the activation of the US can lead to continued and higher firing rates of ECS and F. The effect of dopamine can last up to 20 minutes (Kröner et al., 2005). For CS-positive neurons, the ACh modulation coming from the firing of US may lead to a temporary extension of firing that is then amplified and continued by dopaminergic effects.

      Hence, we suggest that a solution to the problem apparently posed by the non-overlap US and CS in some paradigms of auditory fear conditioning (Krabbe et al., 2019) may be solved by considering the roles of ACh and dopamine in the BLA. The model we have may be considered a “minimal” model that puts in by hand the overlap in activity due to the neuromodulation without explicitly modeling it. We have used the simplest way to model overlap without assumptions about timing specificity in the overlap. We note that, even though ECS and F neurons have the ability to fire continuously when ACh and dopamine are involved, the participation of the interneurons enforces periodic silence needed for the depression-dominated STDP.”

      In the Discussion (in section “Involvement of other brain structures”), we also acknowledged that the overlap between the effects of US and CS in the BLA may be provided by other brain structures by writing the following:

      “In our model, the excitatory projection neurons and VIP and PV interneurons show sustained activity during and after the US presentation, thus allowing potentiation through STDP to take place. The medial prefrontal cortex and/or the hippocampus may provide the substrates for the continued firing of the BLA neurons after the 2-second US stimulation. We also discuss below that this network sustained activity may originate from neuromodulator release induced by US (see section “Assumptions and predictions of the model” in the Discussion).”

      We also improved our discussion about the (Grewe et al., 2017) paper, which questions Hebbian plasticity in the context of fear conditioning based on several critiques. We included a new section in the Discussion entitled “Is STDP needed in fear conditioning?” to discuss those critiques and how our model may address them, which reads as follows:

      “Is STDP needed in fear conditioning? The study in (Grewe et al., 2017) questions the validity of the Hebbian model in establishing associative learning during fear conditioning. There are several critiques we discuss here. The first critique is that Hebbian plasticity does not explain the experimental finding showing that both upregulation and downregulation of stimulus-evoked responses are present between coactive neurons. The upregulation is provided by our model, so the issue is the downregulation, which is not addressed by our model. However, our model highlights that coactivity alone does not create potentiation; the fine timing of the pre- and postsynaptic spikes determines whether there is potentiation or depression. Here, we find that PING networks are instrumental in setting up the fine timing for potentiation. We suggest that networks not connected to produce the PING may undergo depression when coactive.

      The second critique raised by (Grewe et al., 2017) is that Hebbian plasticity alone does not explain why most of the cells exhibiting enhanced responses to the CS did not react to the US before fear conditioning. They suggest that neuromodulators may provide a third condition (besides the activity of the pre- and postsynaptic neurons) that changes the plasticity rule. Our model also does not explicitly address this experimental finding since it requires F to be initially activated by US in order for the fear association to be established. We agree that the fear cells described in (Grewe et al. 2017) may be depolarized by the US without reaching the spiking threshold; however, with neuromodulation provided during the fear training, the same input can lead to spiking, enabling the conditions for Hebbian plasticity. Our discussions above about how neuromodulators affect excitability are relevant to this point. We do not exclude that other forms of plasticity may play a role during fear conditioning in cells not initially activated by the US, but this is not the topic of our modeling study.

      The third critique raised by (Grewe et al., 2017) is that Hebbian plasticity cannot explain why the majority of cells that were US- and CS-responsive before training have a reduced CS-evoked response afterward. The reduced response happens over multiple exposures of CS without US; this can involve processes similar to those present in fear extinction, which require plasticity in further networks, especially involving the infralimbic cortex (Milad and Quirk, 2002; Burgos-Robles et al., 2007). An extension of our model could investigate such mechanisms. In the fourth critique, (Grewe et al., 2017) suggests that the Hebbian plasticity rule cannot easily account for the reduction of the responses of many CS+-responsive cells, but not of the CS−-responsive cells. We suggest that the circuits involving paradigms similar to fear extinction do not involve the CS- cells.

      Overall, we agree with (Grewe et al., 2017) that neuromodulators play a crucial role in fear conditioning, especially in prolonging the US- and CS-encoding activity as discussed in (see section “Assumptions and predictions of the model” in the Discussion), or even participating in changing the details of the plasticity rule. A possible follow-up of our work involves investigating how fear ensembles form and modify through fear conditioning and later stages. This follow-up work may involve using a tri-conditional rule, as suggested in (Grewe et al., 2017), in which the potential role of neuromodulators is taken into account in the plasticity rule in addition to the pre- and postsynaptic neuron activity. Another direction is to investigate a possible relationship between neuromodulation and a depression-dominated Hebbian rule.”

      Finally, we made additional minor changes to the manuscript:

      (1) In the Result section “Interneurons interact to modulate fear neuron output”, we specified the following:

      “The US input on the pyramidal cell and VIP interneuron is modeled as a Poisson spike train at ~ 50 Hz and an applied current, respectively. In the rest of the paper, we will use the words “US” as shorthand for “the effects of US”.” 

      (2) In the Result section “Interneuron rhythms provide the fine timing needed for depression dominated STDP to make the association between CS and fear”, we also reported the following:

      “Similarly to the US, in the rest of the paper, we will use the words “CS” as shorthand for “the effects of CS”. In our simulations, CS is modeled as a Poisson spike train at ~ 50 Hz, independent of the US input. Thus, we hypothesize that the time structure of the inputs sometimes used for the training (e.g., a series of auditory pips) is not central to the formation of the plasticity in the network.”  

      Reviewer #2 (Public Reviews):

      The authors of this study have investigated how oscillations may promote fear learning using a network model. They distinguished three types of rhythmic activities and implemented an STDP rule to the network aiming to understand the mechanisms underlying fear learning in the BLA. 

      After the revision, the fundamental question, namely, whether the BLA networks can or cannot intrinsically generate any theta rhythms, is still unanswered. The author added this sentence to the revised version: "A recent experimental paper, (Antonoudiou et al., 2022), suggests that the BLA can intrinsically generate theta oscillations (3-12 Hz) detectable by LFP recordings under certain conditions, such as reduced inhibitory tone." In the cited paper, the authors studied gamma oscillations, and when they applied 10 uM Gabazine to the BLA slices observed rhythmic oscillations at theta frequencies. 10 uM Gabazine does not reduce the GABA-A receptor-mediated inhibition but eliminates it, resulting in rhythmic populations burst driven solely by excitatory cells. Thus, the results by Antonoudiou et al., 2022 contrast with, and do not support, the present study, which claims that rhythmic oscillations in the BLA depend on the function of interneurons. Thus, there is still no convincing evidence that BLA circuits can intrinsically generate theta oscillations in intact brain or acute slices. If one extrapolates from the hippocampal studies, then this is not surprising, as the hippocampal theta depends on extrahippocampal inputs, including, but not limited to the entorhinal afferents and medial septal projections (see Buzsaki, 2002). Similarly, respiratory related 4 Hz oscillations are also driven by extrinsic inputs. Therefore, at present, it is unclear which kind of physiologically relevant theta rhythm in the BLA networks has been modelled. 

      In our public reply to the Reviewer’s point, we reported the following:

      (1) We kindly disagree that (Antonoudiou et al., 2022) contrasts with our study. (Antonoudiou et al., 2022) is a slice study showing that the BLA theta power (3-12 Hz) increases with gabazine compared to baseline. With all GABAergic currents omitted due to gabazine, the LFP is composed of excitatory currents and intrinsic currents. In our model, the high theta (6-12 Hz) comes from the spiking activity of the SOM cells, which increase their activity if the inhibition from VIP cells is removed. Thus, the model produces high theta in the presence of gabazine (see Fig. 1 in our replies to the Reviewers’ public comments). The model also shows that a PING rhythm is produced without gabazine, and that this rhythm goes away with gabazine because PING requires feedback inhibition from PV to fear cells. Thus, the high theta increase and gamma reduction with gabazine in the (Antonoudiou et al., 2022) paper can be reproduced in our model.

      (2) We agree that (Antonoudiou et al., 2022) alone is not sufficient evidence that the BLA can produce low theta (3-6 Hz); we discussed a new paper (Bratsch-Prince et al., 2024) that provides further evidence of BLA ability to produce low theta and under what circumstances. The authors reported that intrinsic BLA theta is produced in slices with ACh stimulation (without needing external glutamate input) which, in vivo, would be provided by the basal forebrain (Rajebhosale et al., eLife, 2024) in response to salient stimuli. The low theta depends on muscarinic activation of CCK interneurons, a group of interneurons that overlaps with the VIP neurons in our model (Krabbe 2017; Mascagni and McDonald, 2003). We suspect that the low theta produced in (Bratsch-Prince et al., 2024) is the same as the low theta in our model. In future work, we will aim to show that ACh activates the BLA VIP cells, which are essential to the low theta generation in the network.

      In the manuscript, we added to and modified the Discussion section “Where the rhythms originate, and by what mechanisms”. This text aims to better discuss (Antonoudiou et al. 2022) and introduce (Bratsch-Prince et al., 2024) with its connection to our hypothesis that the theta oscillations can be produced within the BLA. The new version is:

      “Where the rhythms originate, and by what mechanisms. A recent experimental paper (Antonoudiou et al., 2022) suggests that the BLA can intrinsically generate theta oscillations (312 Hz) detectable by LFP recordings when inhibition is totally removed due to gabazine application. They draw this conclusion in mice by removing the hippocampus, which can volume conduct to BLA, and noticing that other nearby brain structures did not display any oscillatory activity. In our model, we note that when inhibition is removed, both AMPA and intrinsic currents contribute to the network dynamics and the LFP. Thus, interneurons with their specific intrinsic currents (i.e., D-current in the VIP interneurons, and NaP- and H- currents in SOM interneurons) can indeed affect the model LFP and support the generation of theta and gamma rhythms (Fig. 6G). 

      Another slice study, (Bratsch-Prince et al., 2024), shows that BLA is intrinsically capable of producing a low theta rhythm with ACh stimulation and without needing external glutamate input. ACh is produced in vivo by the basal forebrain in response to US (Rajebhosale et al., 2024). Although we did not explicitly include the BF and ACh modulation of BLA in our model, we implicitly include the effect of ACh in BLA by increasing the activity of the VIP cells, which then produce the low theta rhythm. Indeed, low theta in the BLA is known to depend on the muscarinic activation of CCK interneurons, a group of interneurons that overlaps with the class of VIP neurons in our model (Mascagni and McDonald, 2003; Krabbe et al., 2018). 

      Although the BLA can produce these rhythms, this does not rule out that other brain structures also produce the same rhythms through different mechanisms, and these can be transmitted to the BLA. Specifically, it is known that the olfactory bulb produces and transmits the respiratoryrelated low theta (4 Hz) oscillations to the dorsomedial prefrontal cortex, where it organizes neural activity (Bagur et al., 2021). Thus, the respiratory-related low theta may be captured by BLA LFP because of volume conduction or through BLA extensive communications with the prefrontal cortex. Furthermore, high theta oscillations are known to be produced by the hippocampus during various brain functions and behavioral states, including during spatial exploration (Vanderwolf, 1969) and memory formation/retrieval (Raghavachari et al., 2001), which are both involved in fear conditioning. Similarly to the low theta rhythm, the hippocampal high theta can manifest in the BLA. It remains to understand how these other rhythms may interact with the ones described in our paper. However, we emphasize that there is also evidence (as discussed above) that these rhythms arise within the BLA.”

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the Authors):

      (1) Three different types of VIP interneurons with distinct firing patterns have been revealed in the BLA (Rhomberg et al., 2018). Does the generation of rhythmic activities depend on the firing features of VIP interneurons? Does it matter whether VIP interneurons fire burst of action potentials or they discharge more regularly?  

      (2) The authors used data for modeling SST interneurons obtained e.g., in the hippocampus. However, there are studies in the BLA where the intrinsic characteristics of SST interneurons have been reported (Unal et al., 2020; Guthman et al., 2020; Vereczki et al., 2021). Have the authors considered using results of studies that were conducted in the BLA? 

      We thank the Reviewer for their questions, which have helped us further improve our manuscript in response to similar queries from Reviewer 3 in the previous review round. More in detail:

      (1) Although other electrophysiological types exist (Sosulina et al., 2010), we hypothesized that the electrophysiological type of VIP neurons that display intrinsic stuttering is the type that would be involved in mediating low theta oscillations during fear conditioning. This is because VIP intrinsic stuttering in cortical neurons is thought to involve the D-current, which helps create low theta bursting oscillations in the neuronal spiking patterns (Chartove et al., 2020). We think that the other subtypes of VIP interneurons are not essential for the low theta oscillatory dynamics observed during fear conditioning and, thus, did not provide an essential constraint for the phenomena we are trying to capture. VIP interneurons in our network must fire bursts at low theta to be effective in creating the pauses in ECS and F spiking needed for potentiation; single spikes at theta are not sufficient to create these pauses.

      (2) In our model, we used the results conducted in a BLA study (Sosulina et al., 2010). SOM cells in the BLA display several physiologic types. We chose to include in our model the type showing early adaptation in response to a depolarizing current and inward (outward) rectification upon the initiation (release) of a hyperpolarizing current. We hypothesize that this type can produce high theta oscillations, a prominently observed rhythm in the BLA. Unal et al., 2020 (Unal et al., 2020) found two populations of SOM cells in the BLA, which have been previously recorded in (Sosulina et al., 2010), including the one type we chose to model. This SOM cell type shows a low threshold spiking profile characterized by spike frequency adaptation and voltage sag indicative of an H-current used in our model. Guthman et al., 2020, (Guthman et al., 2020), also found a population of SOM cells with hyperpolarization induced sag.

      Our model also uses a NaP-current for which there is no data in the BLA. However, it is known to exist in hippocampal SOM cells and that NaP- and H- currents can produce such a high theta in hippocampal cells. It is a standard practice in modeling to use the best possible replacement for unknown currents. Of course, it is unfortunate to have to do this. We also note that models can be considered proof of principle, that can be proved or disproved by further experimental work. Both (Guthman et al., 2020) and (Vereczki et al., 2021) also uncover further heterogeneity among BLA SOM interneurons involving more than electrophysiology. We hypothesize that such a level of heterogeneity revealed by these three studies is not key to the question we are asking (where crucial ingredients are the rhythms) and, therefore, was not included in our minimal model.

      We modified the Discussion section titled “Assumptions and predictions of the model” as follows:

      “Our model, which is a first effort towards a biophysically detailed description of the BLA rhythms and their functions, does not include the neuron morphology, many other cell types, conductances, and connections that are known to exist in the BLA; models such as ours are often called “minimal models” and constitute most biologically detailed models. For example, although there is considerable variability in the activity patterns of both VIP cells and SOM cells (Sosulina et al., 2010; Guthman et al., 2020; Ünal et al., 2020; Vereczki et al., 2021), our focus was specifically on those subtypes that generate critical rhythms within the BLA. Such minimal models are used to maximize the insight that can be gained by omitting details whose influence on the answers to the questions addressed in the model are believed not to be qualitatively important. We note that the absence of these omitted features constitutes hypotheses of the model: we hypothesize that the absence of these features does not materially affect the conclusions of the model about the questions we are investigating. Of course, such hypotheses can be refuted by further work showing the importance of some omitted features for these questions and may be critical for other questions. Our results hold when there is some degree of heterogeneity of cells of the same type, showing that homogeneity is not a necessary condition.”

      (3) The authors may double-check the reference list, as e.g., Cuhna-Reis et al., 2020 is not listed. 

      We thank the Reviewer for spotting this. We checked the reference list and all the references are now listed.

      Finally, we wanted to acknowledge that we made other changes to the manuscript unrelated to the reviewers’ questions with the purpose of gaining clarity. More specifically:

      (1) We included a section titled “Significance” after the abstract and keywords, which reads as follows:

      “Our paper accounts for the experimental evidence showing that amygdalar rhythms exist, suggests network origins for these rhythms, and points to their central role in the mechanisms of plasticity involved in associative learning. It is one of the few papers to address high-order cognition with biophysically detailed models, which are sometimes thought to be too detailed to be adequately constrained. Our paper provides a template for how to use information about brain rhythms to constrain biophysical models. It shows in detail, for the first time, how multiple interneurons help to provide time scales necessary for some kinds of spike-timing-dependent plasticity (STDP). It spells out the conditions under which such interactions between interneurons are needed for STDP and why. Finally, our work helps to provide a framework by which some of the discrepancies in the fear learning literature might be reevaluated. In particular, we discuss issues about Hebbian plasticity in fear learning; we show in the context of our model how neuromodulation might resolve some of those issues. The model addresses issues more general than that of fear learning since it is based on interactions of interneurons that are prominent in the cortex, as well as the amygdala.”

      (2) The Result section “Physiology of the interneuron types is critical to their role in depression-dominated plasticity”, which is now titled “Mechanisms by which interneurons contribute to potentiation in depression-dominated plasticity”, now reads as follows:

      “Mechanisms by which interneurons contribute to potentiation during depressiondominated plasticity. The PV cell is necessary to induce the correct pre-post timing between ECS and F needed for long-term potentiation of the ECS to F conductance. In our model, PV has reciprocal connections with F and provides lateral inhibition to ECS. Since the lateral inhibition is weaker than the feedback inhibition, PV tends to bias ECS to fire before F. This creates the fine timing needed for the depression-dominated rule to instantiate plasticity. If we used the classical Hebbian plasticity rule (Bi and Poo, 2001) with gamma frequency inputs, this fine timing would not be needed and ECS to F would potentiate over most of the gamma cycle, and thus we would expect random timing between ECS and F to lead to potentiation (Fig. S4). In this case, no interneurons are needed (See Discussion “Synaptic plasticity in our model” for the potential necessity of the depression-dominated rule). 

      In this network configuration, the pre-post timing for ECS and F is repeated robustly over time due to coordinated gamma oscillations (PING, as shown in Fig. 4A, Fig. 1C) arising through the reciprocal interactions between F and PV (Feng et al., 2019). PING can arise only when PV is in a sufficiently low excitation regime such that F can control PV activity (Börgers et al., 2005), as in Fig. 4A. However, although such a low excitation regime establishes the correct fine timing for potentiation, it is not sufficient to lead to potentiation (Fig. 4A, Fig. S2C): the depression-dominated rule leads to depression rather than potentiation unless the PING is periodically interrupted. During the pauses, made possible only in the full network by the presence of VIP and SOM, the history-dependent build-up of depression decays back to baseline, allowing potentiation to occur on the next ECS/F active phase. (The detailed mechanism of how this happens is in the Supplementary Information, including Fig. S2). Thus, a network without the other interneuron types cannot lead to potentiation. Though a low excitation level for a PV cell is necessary to produce a PING, a higher excitation level is necessary to produce a pause in the ECS and F. This higher excitation level is consistent with the experimental literature showing a strong activation of PV after the onset of CS (Wolff et al., 2014). The higher excitation happens when the VIP cell is silent, whereas a low excitation level is achieved when the VIP cell fires and partially inhibits the PV cell (Fig. 4B, Fig. S2D). The interruption in the ECS and F activity requires the participation of another interneuron, the SOM cell (Figs. 2B, S2): the pauses in inhibition from the VIP periodically interrupt ECS and F firing by releasing PV and SOM from inhibition and thus indirectly silencing ECS and F. Without these pauses, depression dominates (see SI section “ECS and F activity patterns determine overall potentiation or depression”).”

      We also removed a supplementary figure (Fig. S2).

      (3) We wanted to be clear and motivate our choice to extend the low theta range to 2-6 Hz and the high theta range to 6-14 Hz, compared to the 3-6 Hz and 6-12 Hz, respectively in the BLA experimental literature. Our main reason for extending the ranges was because the peaks of low and high theta power in the VIP and SOM cells, respectively, (the cells that generate these oscillations) occurred at the borders of the experimental ranges. Thus, in order to include the peaks of the model LFP, we lowered the low theta range by 1 Hz and increased the high theta range by 2 Hz.

      We present a new supplementary figure (Fig. S1) containing the power spectra of VIP, which is the source of low theta in our model, and SOM interneuron, which is the source of high theta:

      We mention Fig. S1 in the Result section “Rhythms in the BLA can be produced by interneurons”, where we added the following text: o “In the baseline condition, the condition without any external input from the fear conditioning paradigm (Fig. 1B, top), our VIP neurons exhibit short bursts of gamma activity (~38 Hz) at low theta frequencies (~2-6 Hz) (peaking at ~3.5 Hz) (see Fig. S1A).” o “In our baseline model, SOM cells have a natural frequency of ~12 Hz (Fig. 1B, middle; Fig. S1B), which is at the upper limit of the experimental high theta range; this motivates our choice to extend the high theta range up to 14 Hz in order to include the peak.” 

      Knowing the natural frequencies of VIP and SOM interneurons from the Result section “Rhythms in the BLA can be produced by interneurons”, we specified more clearly that we quantify the change of power in the low and high theta range around the power peaks in those ranges. Specifically, we changed some sentences in the first paragraph of the Result section “Increased low-theta frequency is a biomarker of fear learning” as follows:

      “We find that fear conditioning leads to an increase in low theta frequency power of the network spiking activity compared to the pre-conditioned level (Fig. 6 A,B); there is no change in the high theta power. We also find that the LFP, modeled as the linear sum of all the AMPA, GABA, NaP-, D-, and H- currents in the network, similarly reveals a low theta power increase when considering the peak of the low theta power, and no significant variation in the high theta power again when considering the peak of the high theta power (Fig. 6 C,D,E).”

      Finally, we made a few other small changes:

      In the Introduction, we mention the following: “We also note that there is not uniformity on the exact frequencies associated with low and high theta, e.g., ((Lorétan et al., 2004) used 2-6 Hz for low theta). Here, we use 2-6 Hz for the theta range and 6-14 Hz for the high theta range.”

      In Fig. 6DE (reported below point 3)), we reran the statistics using a smaller interval for high theta (11.5-13 Hz) to focus around the peak. Our initial result showing significant change in low theta between pre and post fear conditioning and no change in high theta still holds.

      In Fig. 6 of the Result section “Increase low-theta frequency is a biomarker of fear learning”, we switched the order of panels F and G. This change allows us to first focus on the AMPA currents, which are the major contributors of the low theta power increase, and to specify what AMPA current drives that increase. After that, we present the power spectrum of the GABA currents, as well.

      The corresponding text in the Result section, now reads as follows:

      “We find that fear conditioning leads to an increase in low theta frequency power of the network spiking activity compared to the pre-conditioned level (Fig. 6 A,B); there is no change in the high theta power. We also find that the LFP, modeled as the linear sum of all the AMPA, GABA, NaP-, D-, and H- currents in the network, similarly reveals a low theta power increase when considering the peak of the low theta power, and no significant variation in the high theta power again when considering the peak of the high theta power (Fig. 6 C,D,E). These results are consistent with the experimental findings in (Davis et al., 2017). Specifically, the newly potentiated AMPA synapse from ECS to F ensures F is active after fear conditioning, thus generating strong currents in the PV cells to which it has strong connections (Fig. 6F). It is the AMPA currents to the PV interneurons that are directly responsible for the low theta increase; it is the newly potentiated ECS to F synapse that paces the AMPA currents in the PV interneurons to go at low theta. Thus, the low theta increase is due to added excitation provided by the new learned pathway.”

      (4) In the Discussion section “Assumptions and predictions of the model”, we specified the following:

      “Our model predicts that blockade of D-current in VIP interneurons (or silencing VIP interneurons) will both diminish low theta and prevent fear learning. Finally, the model assumes the absence of significantly strong connections from the excitatory projection cells ECS to PV interneurons, unlike the ones from F to PV. Including those synapses would alter the PING rhythm created by the interactions between F and PV, which is crucial for fine timing between ECS and F needed for LTP.”

      (5) Finally, to broaden the potential interest of our study, we added the following sentences:

      At the conclusion of the abstract:

      “The model makes use of interneurons commonly found in the cortex and, hence, may apply to a wide variety of associative learning situations.” - At the conclusion of the introduction:

      “Finally, we note that the ideas in the model may apply very generally to associative learning in the cortex, which contains similar subcircuits of pyramidal cells and interneurons: PV, SOM and VIP cells.” 

      Also, changes in the emphasis of the paper led us to remove the following from the abstract: “Finally, we discuss how the peptide released by the VIP cell may alter the dynamics of plasticity to support the necessary fine timing.”

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The manuscript could be improved by addressing the following issues.

      (1) Fig. 3: The analgesic effects after astrocyte ablation appear to recover after one week. Is this due to repopulation of astrocytes?

      Although we did not detect the proliferation of astrocytes, we hypothesized that it was likely related to the microglia phagocytosis of astrocyte debris after astrocyte ablation. Microglia are known to have the function of phagocytosis of cell debris. Diphtheria toxin-mediated cell ablation caused AAV2/5-GfaABC1D-Cre labeled astrocytes death and cell fragmentation. We hypothesized that the microglia could phagocyte the astrocyte fragments and were stimulated to activate type I interferon signal. When microglia phagocyte debris ended, the activation of type I interferon signal was also declined. Reduced activation of type I interferon signal may also be accompanied by recurrence of pain.

      (2) Fig. 3: Please justify the large sample size of n=30-36. Is this sample size based on previous studies or statistical estimation?

      The number of mice was based on our previous report [1], and the increased number of mice may also ensure that the pain data would also be reliable. Not only did we explore the differences between the sexes, and we also needed to obtain samples at different times for different experiments.

      (3) Please try to plot individual data points for some critical time points to demonstrate data distribution. It is also helpful to plot male and female data points separately for some time points.

      Individual data have been plotted as your request and added in the supplementary material.

      (4) It is unclear if the same number of males and females were used in this study, as females were typically used for SCI studies. I wonder if you can use repeated measures Two-Way ANOVA for statistical analysis.

      According to our observations, the number of males and females was not the same, while both of them were sufficient for statistical analysis. In addition, in the process of breeding transgenic mice, we would obtain both male and female mice, and rational use of mice may be better for us. Indeed, previous studies have shown that female mice are more commonly used in pain studies. Although we did not observe a gender difference in this study, it has been reported in the previous studies that gender is one of the factors for pain differences. According to your suggestion, we adopted the Two-Way ANOVA for statistical analysis and updated it in the part of statistical methods, but the statistical results were consistent with the previous results, so we did not modify the statistical results of the pictures.

      (5) Fig. 3C, D: The effects of astrocyte ablation on mechanical pain are mild, compared to thermal pain. Electronic von Frey apparatus may be difficult for mice. It works very well for rats and large animals.

      Since the animals involved in this study were all mice, we did not know how electronic von Frey was used in rats and large animals. But after the using of electronic von Frey, it seems to us that electronic von Frey is very suitable for mouse experiments. Best of all, our electronic von Frey can achieve accuracy as low as 0.01g. This allows us to detect very sensitive pain data, which may be more accurate and intuitive than before.

      (6) Fig. 2B: In the figure legend it states n = 3 biological repeats. There are many more dots in each column. Are these individual animals or spinal cord sections?

      As we describe in our method, n = 3 biological repeats represented three biological repeats per group, i.e., three mice/group with three IF per mouse. We take three or more values in each ascending tract (depending on the partition size of the different ascending tracts of lumbar enlargements). So, we would get more data as shown in Figure 2, which could be also more reliable.

      (7) Fig. 4C: It appears that GFAP is increased by toxin treatment. Please explain this result.

      This figure was calculated for astrocyte activation in the lesion area (T9-10), but not for the lumbar enlargement.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Specific Comments:

      RNA-Sequencing Analysis: The strength of the RNA-sequencing data in elucidating the impact of astrocyte elimination is compelling. While the focus on IFN signaling is well-supported, the manuscript overlooks other differentially expressed genes. A deeper analysis or at least a discussion of these genes could enrich the study's conclusions, offering a more holistic view of the underlying mechanisms.

      Although we did not focus more on other relevant differential genes, we focused on the most significant differential genes, for these differential genes have a more significant effect on pain.

      Q2: Figure Presentation: Consolidating Figures 1-3 could increase the clarity of the result presentation, reducing distractions from the main narrative. Certain aspects, such as the comparison of different tracts in Figure 2B and the body weight data in Figure 3C, seem tangential and might be better suited for supplementary materials.

      The comparison of astrocyte activation in different ascending tracts of lumbar enlargements explained the relationships between astrocyte activation and pain, and laid the foundation for the subsequent astrocyte elimination. The weight data is also important, reflecting not only the changes in the overall recovery process after spinal cord injury, but also the effect of astrocyte elimination on the overall effect of mice. Thus, the weight data together with the pain test results will be more intuitive for the reader to understand the change of overall conditions of mice after astrocyte elimination.

      Q3: Schematic Clarity: The schematic in Figure 1A is confusing, particularly in distinguishing between transgenic mice and viral constructs. The inconsistent naming of Cre recombinase (alternatively referred to as Cre, CRE, and sometimes DRE) further complicates understanding. Standardizing these elements would greatly enhance clarity for the readers.

      As we described in the part of method, Gt(ROSA)26Sorem1(CAG-LSL-RSR-tdTomato-2A-DTR)Smoc mice contain both Loxp-stop-Loxp sequence and Rox-stop-Rox sequence. In the process of reproduction, Gt(ROSA)26Sorem1(CAG-LSL-RSR-tdTomato-2A-DTR)Smoc mice crossed with C57BL/6JSmoc-Tg(CAG-Dre)Smoc mice could remove the Rox-stop-Rox sequence, which could further crossed with mice containing Cre recombinase, or with AAV2/5-GfaABC1D-Cre intervention to remove the Loxp-stop-Loxp sequence and induce the expression of tdTomato and DTR.

      Q4: Pathway Analysis: The discussion of the signal pathway analysis in Figure 8 leans heavily on speculation without direct evidence from the study. Distinguishing clearly between findings and literature-derived hypotheses is crucial. A more detailed discussion that properly cites sources for each pathway element would strengthen the manuscript.

      According to your question, we have added this figure to the supplementary picture.

      Q5: Statistical Analysis: The use of one-way ANOVA, despite presenting data in groups, is misaligned with the data's structure. Employing two-way ANOVA followed by post-hoc comparisons is appropriate for statistical analysis.

      According to your suggestions, we adopted the Two-Way ANOVA for statistical analysis and updated it in the part of statistical methods, but the statistical results are consistent with the previous ones. Therefore, we did not modify the statistical results of the pictures.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      We appreciate the valuable and constructive comments of Reviewer #1 on our manuscript. We have addressed the comments from Reviewer #1 in the public review in the response to the recommendations for the authors, as the public review comments largely overlap with that of the recommendations for the authors.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1.1) Figure 1 did not use a mock-infected control for the development of R-loops but only a time before infection. I think it would have been a good control to have that after the same time of infection non-infected cells did not show increases in R-loops and this is not a product of the cell cycle.

      We prepared our DRIPc-seq library using cell extracts harvested at 0, 3, 6, and 12 h post-infection (hpi), all at the same post-seeding time point. Each sample was infected with HIV-1 virus in a time-dependent manner. Therefore, it is unlikely that the host cellular R-loop induction observed in our DRIPc-seq results was due to R-loop formation during the cell cycle. In Lines 93–95 of the Results section of the revised manuscript, we have provided a more detailed description of our DRIPc-seq library experimental scheme. Thank you. 

      (1.2) Figure 2 should have included a figure showing the proportion of DRIPc-seq peaks located in different genome features relative to one another instead of whether they were influenced by time post-infection. Figure 2C was performed in HeLa cells, but primary T cell data would have been more relevant as primary CD4+ T cells are more relevant to HIV infection.

      We have included a new figure presenting the relative proportion of DRIPc-seq peaks mapped to different genomic features at each hpi (Fig. 2C of the revised manuscript). We found that the proportion of DRIPc-seq peaks mapped to various genomic compartments remained consistent over the hours following the HIV-1 infection. This further supports our original claim that HIV-1 infection does not induce R-loop enrichment at specific genomic features but that the accumulation of R-loops after HIV-1 infection is widely distributed.

      We considered HeLa cells as the primary in vitro infection model, therefore, we conducted RNA-seq only on HeLa cells. However, we agree with the reviewer's opinion that data from primary CD4+ T cells may be more physiologically relevant. Nevertheless, as demonstrated in the new figure (Fig. 2C of the revised manuscript), HIV-1 infection did not significantly alter the proportion of R-loop peaks mapped to specific genomic compartments, such as gene body regions, in HeLa, primary CD4+ T, and Jurkat cells. Therefore, we anticipate no clear correlation between changes in gene expression levels and R-loop peak detection upon HIV-1 infection, even in primary T cells. Thank you.   

      (1.3) Figure 5G is very hard to see when printed, is there a change in brightness or contrast that could be used? The arrows are helpful but they don't seem to be pointing to much.

      We have highlighted the intensity of the PLA foci and magnified the images in Fig. 5G in the revised manuscript. While editing the images according to your suggestion, we found a misannotation regarding the multiplicity of infection in the number of PLA foci per nucleus quantification analysis graph in Fig. 5G of the original manuscript. We have corrected this issue and hope that it is now much clearer. 

      (1.4) The introduction provided a good background for those who may not have a comprehensive understanding of DNA-RNA hybrids and R-loops, but the rationale that integration in non-expressed sequence implies that R-loops may be involved is very weak and was not addressed experimentally. A better rationale would have been to point out that, although integration in genes is strongly associated with gene expression, the association is not perfect, particularly in that some highly expressed genes are, nonetheless, poor integration targets.

      In accordance with the reviewer's comment, we revised the Introduction. We have deleted the statement and reference in the introduction "... the most favored region of HIV-1 integration is an intergenic locus, ...”, which may overstate the relevance of the R-loop in HIV-1 integration events in non-expressed sequences. Instead, we introduced a more recent finding that high levels of gene expression do not always predict high levels of integration, together with the corresponding citation (Lines 46– 47 of the revised manuscript), according to the reviewer’s suggestion in the reviewer's public review 2)-(a).

      (1.5) The discussion was seriously lacking in connecting their conclusions regarding R-loop targeting of integration to how integration works at the structural level, where it is very clear that concerted integration on the two DNA strands ca 5 bp apart is essential to correct, 2-ended integration. It is very difficult to visualize how this would be possible with the triple-stranded R-loop as a target. The manuscript would be greatly strengthened by an experiment showing concerted integration into a triplestranded structure in vitro using PICs or pure integrase.

      We believe there has been a misunderstanding of our interpretation regarding the putative role of R-loop structures in the HIV-1 integration site mechanism because of some misleading statements in our original manuscript. Based primarily on our current data, we believe that R-loop structures are bound by HIV-1 integrase proteins and lead to HIV-1 viral genome integration into the vicinity regions of the host genomic R-loops. By carefully revising our manuscript, we found that the title, abstract, and discussion of our original manuscript includes phrases, such as “HIV-1 targets R-loops for integration,” which may overstate our finding on the role of R-loop in HIV-1 integration site selection. We replaced these phrases. For example, we used phrases, such as, “HIV-1 favors vicinity regions of R-loop for the viral genome integration,” in the revised manuscript. We apologize for the inconvenience caused by the unclear and nonspecific details of our findings.  

      Using multiple biochemical experiments, we successfully demonstrated the interaction between the cellular R-loop and HIV-1 integrase proteins in cells and in vitro (Fig. 5 of the revised manuscript). However, we could not validate whether the center of the triple-stranded R-loops is the extraction site of HIV-1 integration, where the strand transfer reaction by integrase occurs. This is because an R-loop can be multi-kilobase in size (1, 2); therefore, we displayed a large-scale genomic region (30-kb windows) to present the integration sites surrounding the R-loop centers. Nevertheless, we believe that we validated R-loop-mediated HIV-1 integration in R-loop-forming regions using our pgR-poor and pgR-rich cell line models. When infected with HIV-1, pgR-rich cells, but not pgR-poor cells, showed higher infectivity upon R-loop induction in designated regions following DOX treatment (Fig. 3C and 3D of the revised manuscript). In addition, we quantified site-specific integration events in R-loop regions, and found that a greater number of integration events occurred in designated regions of the pgR-rich cellular genome upon R-loop induction by DOX treatment, but not in pgR-poor cells (Fig. 3E–G of the revised manuscript). 

      We agree with the reviewer that an experiment showing the concerted integration of purified PICs into a triple-stranded structure in vitro would greatly strengthen our manuscript. We attempted the purification of viral DNA (vDNA)-bound PICs using either Sso7d-tagged HIV-1 integrase proteins or non-tagged HIV-1 integrase proteins (F185K/C280S) procured from the NIH HIV reagent program (HRP-20203), following the method described by Passos et al., Science, 2017; 355 (89-92) (3). Despite multiple attempts, we could not purify the nucleic acid-bound protein complexes for in vitro integration assays. However, we believe that pgR-poor and pgR-rich cell line models provide a strong advantage in specificity of our primer readouts. Compounded with our in cellulo observation, we believe that our work provides strong evidence for a causative relationship between R-loop formation/R-loop sites and HIV-1 integration.

      Additionally, in the Discussion section of the revised manuscript, we have expanded our discussion on the role of genomic R-loops contributing in molding the host genomic environment for HIV-1 integration site selection, and the potential explanation on how R-loops are driving integration over long-range genomic regions. Thank you. 

      (1.6) There are serious concerns with the quantitation of integration sites used here, which should be described in detail following line 503 but isn't. In Figure 3, E-G, they are apparently shown as reads per million, while in Figure 4B as "sites (%)" and in 4C as log10 integration frequency." Assuming the authors mean what they say, they are using the worst possible method for quantitation. Counting reads from restriction enzyme-digested, PCR-digested DNA can only mislead. At the numbers provided (MOI 0.6, 10 µg DNA assayed) there would be about 1 million proviruses in the samples assayed, so the probability of any specific site being used more than once is very low, and even less when one considers that a 10% assay efficiency is typical of integration site assays. Although the authors may obtain millions of reads per experiment, the number of reads per site is an irrelevant value, determined only by technical artefacts in the PCR reactions, most significantly the length of the amplicons, a function of the distance from the integration site to the nearest MstII site, further modified by differences in Tm. Better is to collapse identical reads to 1 per site, as may have been done in Figure 4B, however, the efficiency of integration site detection will still be inversely related to the length of the amplicon. Indeed, if the authors were to plot the read frequency against distance to the nearest MstII site, it is likely that they would get plots much like those in Figure 4B.

      Detailed methods for integration site sequencing data processing are described in the Materials and Methods section of the revised manuscript (Line 621–631 of the revised manuscript). We primarily followed HIV-1 integration site sequencing data processing methods previously described by Li et al., mBio, 2020; 11(5) (4).  

      While it may be correct that the HIV-1 integration event cannot occur more than once at a given site, our Fig. 3E, 4C, and 4D of the revised manuscript present the number of integration-site sequencing read counts expressed in reads-per-million (RPM) units or as log10-normalized values. Based on the number of mapped reads from the integration site sequencing results, we can infer that there was an integration event at this site, whether it was a single or multiple event.

      We believe that the original annotation of y-axis, “Integration frequency,” may be misleading as it can be interpreted as a probability of any specific site being used for HIV-1 integration. Therefore, we corrected it as “number of mapped read” for clarity (Fig. 3E–G, 4C and 4D, and the corresponding figure legends of the revised manuscript). We apologize for any confusion. Thank you.

      Other points:

      (1.7) Overall: There are numerous grammatical and usage errors, especially in agreement of subject and verb, and missing articles, sometimes multiple times in the same sentence. These must be corrected prior to resubmission.

      The revised manuscript was edited by a professional editing service. Thank you.

      (1.8) Line 126-134: A striking result, but it needs more controls, as discussed above, including a dose-response analysis.

      We determined the doses of NVP and RAL inhibitors in HeLa cells by optimizing the minimum dose of drug treatment that provided a sufficient inhibitory effect on HIV1 infection (Author response image 1). The primary objective of this experiment was to determine R-loop formation while reverse transcription or integration of the HIV-1 life cycle was blocked, therefore, we do not think that a dose-dependent analysis of inhibitors is required.

      Author response image 1.

      (A and B) Representative flow cytometry histograms of VSV-G-pseudotyped HIV-1-EGFP-infected HeLa cells at an MOI of 1, harvested at 48 hpi. The cells were treated with DMSO, the indicated doses of nevirapine (NVP) (A) or indicated doses of raltegravir (RAL) (B) for 24 h before infection. 

      (1.9) Line 183: Please tell us what ECFP is and why it was chosen. Is there a reference for its failure to form R-loops?

      Ibid: The human AIRN gene is a very poor target for HIV integration in PBMC.

      A high GC skew value (> 0) is a predisposing factor for R-loop formation at the transcription site. This is because a high GC skew causes a newly synthesized RNA strand to hybridize to the template DNA strand, and the non-template DNA strand remains looped out in a single-stranded conformation (5) (Ref 36 in the revised manuscript). The ECFP sequence possessed a low GC skew value, as previously used for an R-loop-forming negative sequence (6) (Ref 17 of the revised manuscript). We have added this description and the corresponding references to Lines 188–192 of the revised manuscript.  

      The human AIRN gene (RefSeq DNA sequence: NC_000006.12) sequence possesses a GC skew value of -0.04, in a window centered at base 2186, while the mouse AIRN (mAIRN) sequence is characterized by a GC skew value of 0.213. The ECFP sequence gave a GC skew value of -0.086 in our calculation. We anticipated that the human AIRN gene region does not form a stable R-loop, and in fact, it did not harbor R-loop enrichment upon HIV-1 infection in our DRIPc-seq data analysis of multiple cell types (Author response image 2)

      Author response image 2.

      Genome browser screenshot over the chromosomal regions in 20-kb windows centered on human AIRN showing results from DRIPc-seq in the indicated HIV-1-infected cells (blue, 0 hpi; yellow, 3 hpi; green, 6 hpi; red, 12 hpi)

      (1.10) Line 190: You haven't shown dependence. Associated is a better word.

      Thank you for the suggestion. We have changed “R-loop-dependent site-specific HIV-1 integration events...” to “R-loop-associated site-specific HIV-1 integration events...” (Line 198 of the revised manuscript) according to the reviewer’s suggestion in the revised manuscript. 

      (1.11) Line 239: What happened to P1? What is the relationship of the P and N regions to genes?

      We have added superimpositions of the P1 chromatin region on DRIPc-seq and the HIV-1 integration frequency to Figure 4C of the revised manuscript. We observed a relevant integration event within the P1 R-loop region, but to a lesser extent than in the P2 and P3 R-loop regions, perhaps because the P1 region has relatively less R-loop enrichment than the P2 and P3 regions, as examined by DRIP-qPCR in S3A Fig. of the revised manuscript.

      Genome browser screenshots with annotations of accommodating genes in the P and N regions are shown in S2A–E Fig. of the revised manuscript, and RNA-seq analysis of the relative gene expression levels of the P1-3 and N1,2 R-loop regions are shown in S4 Table of the revised manuscript. Thank you.

      (1.12) Line 261: But the binding affinity of integrase to the R-loop is somewhat weaker than to double-stranded DNA according to Figure 5A.

      Nucleic acid substrates were loaded at the same molarity, and the percentage of the unbound fraction was calculated by dividing the intensity of the unbound fraction in each lane by the intensity of the unbound fraction in the lane with 0 nM integrase in the binding reaction. The calculated percentages of the unbound fraction from three independent replicate experiments are shown in Fig. 5A, right of the revised manuscript. In our analysis and measurements, the integrase proteins showed higher binding affinities to the R-loop and R-loop comprising nucleic acid structures than to dsDNA in vitro. We hope that this explanation clarifies this point. 

      (1.13) Line 337: "accumulate". This is a not uncommon misinterpretation of the results of studies on the distribution of intact proviruses in elite controllers. The only possible correct interpretation of the finding is that proviruses form everywhere else but cells containing them are eliminated, most likely by the immune system.

      Thank you for the suggestion. We have changed the Line 337 of the original manuscript to “... HIV-1 proviruses in heterochromatic regions are not eliminated but selected by immune system,” in Lines 361-363 of the revised manuscript. 

      (1.14) Line 371 How many virus particles per cell does this inoculum amount to?

      We determined the amount of GFP reporter viruses required to transduce ∼50% of WT Jurkat T cells, corresponding to an approximate MOI of 0.6. We repeatedly obtained 30–50% of VSV-G-pseudotyped HIV-1-EGFP positively infected cells for HIV1 integration site sequencing library construction for Jurkat T cells. 

      (1.15) Line 503 and Figures 3 and 4: There must be a clear description of how integration events are quantitated.

      Detailed methods for integration site sequencing data processing are described in the Materials and Methods section of the revised manuscript (Line 621–631 of the revised manuscript). We primarily followed HIV-1 integration site sequencing data processing methods previously described in Li et al., mBio, 2020; 11(5) (4).

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Retroviral integration in general, and HIV integration in particular, takes place in dsDNA, not in R-loops. Although HIV integration can occur in vitro on naked dsDNA, there is good evidence that, in an infected cell, integration occurs on DNA that is associated with nucleosomes. This review will be presented in two parts. First, a summary will be provided giving some of the reasons to be confident that integration occurs on dsDNA on nucleosomes. The second part will point out some of the obvious problems with the experimental data that are presented in the manuscript.

      We appreciate your comments. We have carefully addressed the concerns expressed as follows (your comments are in italics):  

      (2.1) 2017 Dos Passos Science paper describes the structure of the HIV intasome. The structure makes it clear that the target for integration is dsDNA, not an R-loop, and there are very good reasons to think that structure is physiologically relevant. For example, there is data from the Cherepanov, Engelman, and Lyumkis labs to show that the HIV intasome is quite similar in its overall structure and organization to the structures of the intasomes of other retroviruses. Importantly, these structures explain the way integration creates a small duplication of the host sequences at the integration site. How do the authors propose that an R-loop can replace the dsDNA that was seen in these intasome structures?

      We do appreciate the current understanding of the HIV-1 integration site selection mechanism and the known structure of the dsDNA-bound intasome. Our study proposes an R-loop as another contributor to HIV-1 integration site selection. Recent studies providing new perspectives on HIV-1 integration site targeting motivated our current work. For instance, Ajoge et al., 2022 (7) indicated that a guanine-quadruplex (G4) structure formed in the non-template DNA strand of the R-loop influences HIV-1 integration site targeting. Additionally, I. K. Jozwik et al., 2022 (8) showed retroviral integrase protein structure bound to B-to-A transition in target DNA. R-loop structures are a prevalent class of alternative non-B DNA structures (9). We acknowledge the current understanding of HIV-1 integration site selection and explore how R-loop interactions may contribute to this knowledge in the Discussion section of our manuscript. 

      Primarily based on our current data, we believe that R-loop structures are bound by HIV-1 integrase proteins and lead to HIV-1 viral genome integration into the vicinity regions of the host genomic R-loops, but we do not claim that R-loops completely replace dsDNA as the target for HIV-1 integration. An R-loop can be multi-kilobase in size and the R-loop peak length widely varies depending on the immunoprecipitation and library construction methods (1, 2), therefore, we could not validate whether the center of triple-stranded R-loops is the extraction site of HIV-1 integration where the strand transfer reaction by integrase occurs. Therefore, we replaced phrases such as, “HIV-1 targets R-loops for integration,” which may overstate our finding on the role of R-loop in HIV-1 integration site selection, with phrases, such as, “HIV-1 favors vicinity regions of R-loop for the viral genome integration,” in the revised manuscript. We apologize for the inconvenience caused by the unclear and non-specific details of our findings. Nevertheless, we believe that we validated R-loop-mediated HIV-1 integration in R-loop-forming regions using our pgR-poor and pgR-rich cell line models. We quantified site-specific integration events in the R-loop regions, and found that a greater number of integration events occurred in designated regions of the pgR-rich cellular genome upon R-loop induction by DOX treatment, but not in pgR-poor cells (Fig. 3E–G of the revised manuscript). 

      dsDNA may have been the sole target of the intasome demonstrated in vitro possibly because dsDNA has only been considered as a substrate for in vitro intasome assembly. We hope that our work will initiate and advance future investigations on target-bound intasome structures by considering R-loops as potential new targets for integrated proteins and intasomes.  

      (2.2) As noted above, concerted (two-ended) integration can occur in vitro on a naked dsDNA substrate. However, there is compelling evidence that, in cells, integration preferentially occurs on nucleosomes. Nucleosomes are not found in R loops. In an infected cell, the viral RNA genome of HIV is converted into DNA within the capsid/core which transits the nuclear pore before reverse transcription has been completed. Integration requires the uncoating of the capsid/core, which is linked to the completion of viral DNA synthesis in the nucleus. Two host factors are known to strongly influence integration site selection, CPSF6 and LEDGF. CPSF6 is involved in helping the capsid/core transit the nuclear pore and associate with nuclear speckles. LEDGF is involved in helping the preintegration complex (PIC) find an integration site after it has been released from the capsid/core, most commonly in the bodies of highly expressed genes. In the absence of an interaction of CPSF6 with the core, integration occurs primarily in the lamin-associated domains (LADs). Genes in LADs are usually not expressed or are expressed at low levels. Depending on the cell type, integration in the absence of CPSF6 can be less efficient than normal integration, but that could well be due to a lack of LEDGF (which is associated with expressed genes) in the LADs. In the absence of an interaction of IN with LEDGF (and in cells with low levels of HRP2) integration is less efficient and the obvious preference for integration in highly expressed genes is reduced. Importantly, LEDGF is known to bind histone marks, and will therefore be preferentially associated with nucleosomes, not R-loops. LEDGF fusions, in which the chromatin binding portion of the protein is replaced, can be used to redirect where HIV integrates, and that technique has been used to map the locations of proteins on chromatin. Importantly, LEDGF fusions in which the chromatin binding component of LEDGF is replaced with a module that recognizes specific histone marks direct integration to those marks, confirming integration occurs efficiently on nucleosomes in cells. It is worth noting that it is possible to redirect integration to portions of the host genome that are poorly expressed, which, when taken with the data on integration into LADs (integration in the absence of a CPSF6 interaction) shows that there are circumstances in which there is reasonably efficient integration of HIV DNA in portions of the genome in which there are few if any R-loops.

      Although R-loops may not wrap around nucleosomes, long and stable R-loops likely cover stretches of DNA corresponding to multiple nucleosomes (10). For example, R-loops are associated with high levels of histone marks, such as H3K36me3, which LEDGF recognizes (2, 11). R-loops dynamically regulate the chromatin architecture. Possibly by altering nucleosome occupancy, positioning, or turnover, R-loop structures relieve superhelical stress and are often associated with open chromatin marks and active enhancers (2, 10). These features are also distributed over HIV-1 integration sites (12). In the Discussion section of the revised manuscript, we explored the R-loop molding mechanisms in the host genomic environment for HIV-1 integration site selection and its potential collaborative role with LEDGF/p75 and CPSF6 governing HIV-1 integration site selection. 

      By carefully revising our original manuscript, with respect to the reviewer's comment, we recognized the need to tone down our statements. We found that the title, abstract, and discussion of our original manuscript includes phrases, such as, “HIV-1 targets Rloops for integration,” which may overstate our finding on the role of R-loop in HIV-1 integration site selection. We replaced these phrases. For example, we used phrases, such as “HIV-1 favors vicinity regions of R-loop for the viral genome integration,” in the revised manuscript. We apologize for the inconvenience caused by the unclear and non-specific details of our findings.

      (2.3) Given that HIV DNA is known to preferentially integrate into expressed genes and that R-loops must necessarily involve expressed RNA, it is not surprising that there is a correlation between HIV integration and regions of the genome to which R loops have been mapped. However, it is important to remember that correlation does not necessarily imply causation.

      We understand the reviewer's concern regarding the possibility of a coincidental correlation between the R-loop regions and HIV-1 integration sites, particularly when the interpretation of this correlation is primarily based on a global analysis. 

      Therefore, we designed pgR-poor and pgR-rich cell lines, which we believe are suitable models for distinguishing between integration events driven by transcription and the presence of R-loops. Although the two cell lines showed comparable levels of transcription at the designated region upon DOX treatment via TRE promoter activation (Fig. 3B of the revised manuscript), only pgR-rich cells formed R-loops at the designated regions (Fig. 3C of the revised manuscript). When infected with HIV1, pgR-rich cells, but not pgR-poor cells, showed higher infectivity after DOX treatment (Fig. 3D of the revised manuscript). Moreover, we quantified site-specific integration events in the R-loop regions, and found that a greater number of integration events occurred in designated regions of the pgR-rich cellular genome upon R-loop induction by DOX treatment, but not in pgR-poor cells (Fig. 3E of the revised manuscript). Therefore, we concluded that transcriptional activation without an R-loop (in pgR-poor cells) may not be sufficient to drive HIV-1 integration. We believe that our work provides strong evidence for a causative relationship between R-loop formation/Rloop sites and HIV-1 integration. We hope that our explanation addresses your concerns. Thank you.

      If we consider some of the problems in the experiments that are described in the manuscript:

      (2.4) In an infected individual, cells are almost always infected by a single virion and the infecting virion is not accompanied by large numbers of damaged or defective virions. This is a key consideration: the claim that infection by HIV affects R-loop formation in cells was done with a VSVg vector in experiments in which there appears to have been about 6000 virions per cell. Although most of the virions prepared in vitro are defective in some way, that does not mean that a large fraction of the defective virions cannot fuse with cells. In normal in vivo infections, HIV has evolved in ways that avoid signaling infected the cell of its presence. To cite an example, carrying out reverse transcription in the capsid/core prevents the host cell from detecting (free) viral DNA in the cytoplasm. The fact that the large effect on R-loop formation which the authors report still occurs in infections done in the absence of reverse transcription strengthens the probability that the effects are due to the massive amounts of virions present, and perhaps to the presence of VSVg, which is quite toxic. To have physiological relevance, the infections would need to be carried out with virions that contain HIV even under circumstances in which there is at most one virion per cell.

      Our virus production and in vitro and ex vivo HIV-1 infection experimental conditions, designed for infecting cell types, such as HeLa cells and primary CD4+ T cells with VSV-G pseudotyped HIV, were based on a comprehensive review of numerous references. At the very beginning of this study, we tested HIV-1-specific host genomic R-loop induction using empty virion particles (virus-like particles, VLP) or other types of viruses (non-retrovirus, SeV; retroviruses, FMLV and FIV), all produced with a VSV G protein donor. We could not include a control omitting the VSV G protein or using natural HIV-1 envelope protein to prevent viral spread in culture. We observed that despite all types of virus stocks being prepared using VSV-G, only cells infected with HIV-1 viruses showed R-loop signal enrichment (Author response image 3). Therefore, we omitted the control for the VSV G protein in subsequent analyses, such as DRIPcseq. We have also revised our manuscript to provide a clearer description of the experimental conditions. In particular, we now clearly stated that we used VSV-G pseudotyped HIV-1 in this study, throughout the abstract, results, and discussion sections of the revised manuscript. Thank you.

      Author response image 3.

      (A) Dot blot analysis of the R-loop in gDNA extracts from HIV-1 infected U2OS cells with MOI of 0.6 harvested at 6 hpi. The gDNA extracts were incubated with or without RNase H in vitro before membrane loading (anti-S9.6 signal). (B) Dot blot analysis of the R-loop in gDNA extracts from HeLa cells infected with 0.3 MOI of indicated viruses. The infected cells were harvested at 6 hpi. The gDNA extracts were incubated with or without RNase H in vitro before membrane loading (anti-S9.6 signal).

      HIV-1 co-infection may also be expected in cell-free HIV-1 infections. However, it was previously suggested that the average number of infection events varies within 1.02 to 1.65 based on a mathematical model that estimates the frequency of multiple infections with the same virus (Figure 4c of Ito et al., Sci. Rep, 2017; 6559) (13). 

      (2.5) Using the Sso7d version of HIV IN in the in vitro binding assays raises some questions, but that is not the real question/problem. The real problem is that the important question is not what/how HIV IN protein binds to, but where/how an intasome binds. An intasome is formed from a combination of IN bound to the ends of viral DNA. In the absence of viral DNA ends, IN does not have the same structure/organization as it has in an intasome. Moreover, HIV IN (even Sso7d, which was modified to improve its behavior) is notoriously sticky and hard to work with. If viral DNA had been included in the experiment, intasomes would need to be prepared and purified for a proper binding experiment. To make matters worse, there are multiple forms of multimeric HIV IN and it is not clear how many HIV INs are present in the PICs that actually carry out integration in an infected cell.

      As the reviewer has noted, HIV IN, even with Sso7d tagging, is difficult. We attempted the purification of viral DNA (vDNA)-bound PICs using either Sso7d-tagged HIV-1 integrase proteins or non-tagged HIV-1 integrase proteins (F185K/C280S), procured from the NIH HIV reagent program (HRP-20203), following the method described by Passos et al., Science, 2017; 355 (89-92) (3). Despite multiple attempts, we were unable to purify the vDNA-bound IN protein complexes for in vitro assays. However, through multiple biochemical experiments, we believe that we have successfully demonstrated the interaction between cellular R-loops and HIV-1 integrase proteins both in cells and in vitro (Fig. 5A–F of the revised manuscript). We also observed a close association between integrase proteins and host cellular Rloops in HIV-1-infected cells, using a fluorescent recombinant virus (HIV-IN-EGFP) with intact IN-EGFP PICs (Fig. 5G of the revised manuscript). 

      (2.6) As an extension of comment 2, the proper association of an HIV intasome/PIC with the host genome requires LEDGF and the appropriate nucleic acid targets need to be chromatinized.

      The interaction between cellular R-loops and HIV-1 integrase proteins in HeLa cells endogenously expressing LEDGF/p75 was examined using reciprocal immunoprecipitation assays in Fig. 5C–F, S6B, and S6D Fig. of the revised manuscript. In addition, as discussed in more detail in our response to comment [28], we observed a close association between host cellular R-loops and HIV-1 integrase proteins by PLA assay, in HIV-1-infected HeLa cells. 

      (2.7) Expressing any form of IN, by itself, in cells to look for what IN associates with is not a valid experiment. A major factor that helps to determine both where integration takes place and the sites chosen for integration is the transport of the viral DNA and IN into the nucleus in the capsid core. However, even if we ignore that important part of the problem, the IN that the authors expressed in HeLa cells won't be bound to the viral DNA ends (see comment 2), even if the fusion protein would be able to form an intasome. As such, the IN that is expressed free in cells will not form a proper intasome/PIC and cannot be expected to bind where/how an intasome/PIC would bind.

      As discussed in more detail in our response to comment [2-8], we believe that our PLA experiment using the pVpr-IN-EGFP virus, which has previously been examined for virion integrity, as well as the IN-EGFP PICs (14), demonstrated a close association between host cellular R-loops and HIV-1 integrase proteins in HIV-1-infected cells. 

      (2.8) As in comment 1, for the PLA experiments presented in Figure 5 to work, the number of virions used per cell (which differs from the MOI measured by the number of cells that express a viral marker) must have a high, which is likely to have affected the cells and the results of the experiment. However, there is the additional question of whether the IN-GFP fusion is functional. The fact that the functional intasome is a complex multimer suggests that this could be a problem. There is an additional problem, even if IN-GFP is fully functional. During a normal infection, the capsid core will have delivered copies of IN (and, in the experiments reported here, the IN-GFP fusion) into the nucleus that is not part of the intasome. These "free" copies of IN (here IN-GFP) are not likely to go to the same sites as an intasome, making this experiment problematic (comment 4).

      The HIV-IN-EGFP virus stock was produced by polyethylenimine-mediated transfection of HEK293T cells with 6 µg of pVpr-IN-EGFP, 6 µg of HIV-1 NL4-3 noninfectious molecular clone (pD64E; NIH AIDS Reagent Program 10180), and 1 µg of pVSV-G as previously described in (14), and described in the Materials and Methods section of our manuscript. The pVpr-IN-EGFP vector used to produce HIV-1-IN-EGFP virus stock was provided by Anna Cereseto group (Albanese et al., PLOS ONE, 2008; 6(6); Ref 34 of the revised manuscript). It was previously reported that the HIV-1INEGFP virions produced by IN-EGFP trans-incorporation through Vpr are intact and infective viral particles (Figure 1 of Albanese et al., PLOS ONE, 2008; 6(6)). Therefore, we believe that the HIV-IN-EGFP used in our PLA experiments was functional. 

      Additionally, Albanese et al. showed that the EGFP signal of HIV-IN-EGFP virions colocalizes with the viral protein matrix (p17MA) and capsid (P24CA) as well as with the newly synthesized cDNA produced by reverse transcriptase by labeling and visualizing the synthesized cDNA (14). In addition, the fluorescent recombinant virus (HIV-INEGFP) was structurally intact at the nuclear level (Figure 6 of Albanese et al., PLOS ONE, 2008; 6(6)). Therefore, we believe that our PLA experimental result is not likely misled as the reviewer concerns due to the integrity of the HIV-IN-EGFP virion as well as IN-EGFP PICs.

      Furthermore, the in vitro HIV-1 infection setting of our PLA experiments was carefully determined based on multiple studies that performed image-based assays on HIV-1infected cells. For instance, Albanese et al. infected 4 × 104 cells with viral loads equivalent to 1.5 or 3 µg of HIV-1 p24 for their immunofluorescence analysis, in their previous report (14). We titrated the fluorescent HIV-1 virus stocks by examining both the multiplicity of infection (MOI) and quantifying the HIV-1 p24 antigen content (Author response image 4). In our calculation, we infected 5 × 104 HeLa cells with viral loads equivalent to 1.3 ug of HIV-1 p24, which is indicated as 2 MOI in Fig. 5G of our manuscript, for our PLA experiments. 

      Image-Based Assays often require increased and enhanced signal for statistical robustness. For example, Achuthan et al. infected cells with VSV-G-pseudotyped HIV1 at the approximate MOI of 350 for vDNA and PIC visualization (15). Therefore, we believe our experimental condition for PLA experiments, which we carefully designed based on previous study that are frequently referred, are reasonable. We really hope that our discussion sufficiently addressed the reviewer’s concern. 

      Author response image 4.

      Gating strategy used to determine HIV-1-infectivity in HeLa cells at 48 hpi. Cells were infected with a known p24 antigen content in the stock of the VSV-G-pseudotyped HIV-1-EGFP-virus. The percentages of GFP-positive cell population are indicated.

      (2.9) In the Introduction, the authors state that the site of integration affects the probability that the resulting provirus will be expressed. Although this idea is widely believed in the field, the actual data supporting it are, at best, weak. See, for example, the data from the Bushman lab showing that the distribution of integration sites is the same in cells in which the integrated proviruses are, and are not, expressed. However, given what the authors claim in the introduction, they should be more careful in interpreting enzyme expression levels (luciferase) as a measure of integration efficiency in experiments in which they claim proviruses are integrated in different places.

      We thank the reviewer for the constructive comment. We have changed the statement in Lines 41–42 in the Introduction section of our original manuscript to “The chromosomal landscape of HIV-1 integration influences proviral gene expression, persistence of integrated proviruses, and prognosis of antiretroviral therapy.” (Lines 39-41 of the revised manuscript). We believe that this change can tone-down the relevance between the site of integration and the provirus expression level.

      The piggyBac transposase randomly insert the “cargo (transposon)” into TTAA chromosomal sites of the target genome, generating efficient insertions at different genomic loci (16, 17). We believe that this random insertion of the pgR-poor/rich vector mediated by the piggyBac system allows us not to mislead the R-loop-mediated HIV1 integration site because of the genome locus bias of the vector insertion. Therefore, Figure 3 in our manuscript does not claim any relevance between the site of integration and the resulting provirus expression levels. Instead, as noted in Line 214 of the revised manuscript, using the luciferase reporter HIV-1 virus, we attempted to examine HIV-1 infection in cells with an "extra number of R-loops” in the host cellular genome. We observed that pgR-rich cells showed higher luciferase activity upon DOX treatment than pgR-poor cells (Fig. 3D of the revised manuscript). We believe that this is because a greater number of HIV-1 integration events may occur in pgR-rich cells, where DOX-inducible de novo R-loop regions are introduced. This has been further examined in Fig. 3E–G of the revised manuscript. We hope this explanation clarifies the Figure 3. Thank you. 

      (2.10) Using restriction enzymes to create an integration site library introduces biases that derive from the uneven distribution of the recognition sites for the restriction enzymes.

      As described in the Materials and Methods section, we adopted a sequencing library construction method using a previously established protocol (18, 19). Although we recognize the advantages of DNA fragmentation by sonication, in in vitro or ex vivo HIV-1 infection settings, where the multiplicity of infection is carefully determined based on multiple references, more copies of integrated viral sequences are expected compared to that in samples from infected patients (18). Therefore, in these settings, restriction enzyme-based DNA fragmentation and ligation-mediated PCR sequencing are well-established methods that provide significant data sources for HIV-1 integration site sequencing (15, 20-22). Furthermore, our data showing the proportion of integration sites over R-loop regions (Fig. 4B of the revised manuscript) are presented alongside the respective random controls (i.e., proportion of integration sites within the 30-kb windows centered on randomized DRIPc-seq peaks, gray dotted lines; control comparisons between randomized integration sites with DRIPc-seq peaks, black dotted lines; and randomized integration sites with randomized DRIPcseq peaks, gray solid lines), which do not show such a correlation between the HIV-1 integration sites and nearby areas of the R-loop regions. Therefore, we believe that our results from the integration site sequencing data analysis are unlikely to be biased. 

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      In this manuscript, Park and colleagues describe a series of experiments that investigate the role of R-loops in HIV-1 genome integration. The authors show that during HIV-1 infection, R-loops levels on the host genome accumulate. Using a synthetic R-loop prone gene construct, they show that HIV-1 integration sites target sites with high R-loop levels. They further show that integration sites on the endogenous host genome are correlated with sites prone to R-loops. Using biochemical approaches, as well as in vivo co-IP and proximity ligation experiments, the authors show that HIV-1 integrase physically interacts with R-loop structures.

      My primary concern with the paper is with the interpretations the authors make about their genome-wide analyses. I think that including some additional analyses of the genome-wide data, as well as some textual changes can help make these interpretations more congruent with what the data demonstrate. Here are a few specific comments and questions:

      We are grateful for the time and effort we spent on our behalf and the reviewer’s appreciation for the novelty of our work, in particular, R-loop induction by HIV-1 infection and the correlation between host R-loops and the genomic site of HIV-1 integration. In the following sections, we provide our responses to your comments and suggestions. Your comments are in italics. We have carefully addressed the following issues.

      (3.1) I think Figure 1 makes a good case for the conclusion that R-loops are more easily detected HIV-1 infected cells by multiple approaches (all using the S9.6 antibody). The authors show that their signals are RNase H sensitive, which is a critical control. For the DRIPc-Seq, I think including an analysis of biological replicates would greatly strengthen the manuscript. The authors state in the methods that the DRIPc pulldown experiments were done in biological replicates for each condition. Are the increases in DRIPc peaks similar across biological replicates? Are genomic locations of HIV-1-dependent peaks similar across biological replicates? Measuring and reporting the biological variation between replicate experiments is crucial for making conclusions about increases in R-loop peak frequency. This is partially alleviated by the locus-specific data in Figure S3A. However, a better understanding of how the genome-wide data varies across biological replicates will greatly enhance the quality of Figure 1.

      DRIPc-seq experiments were conducted with two biological replicates. To define consensus DRIPc-seq peaks using these two replicates, we used two methods applicable to ChIP-seq analysis: the irreproducible discovery rate (IDR) method and sequencing data pooling. We found that the sequencing data pooling method yielded significantly more DRIPc-seq peaks than consensus peak identification through IDR, and we decided to utilize R-loop peaks from pooled sequencing data for our downstream analyses, as described in the figure legends and Materials and Methods of the revised manuscript. 

      As noted by the reviewer, it is important to verify whether the increasing trend in the number of R-loop peaks and genomic locations of HIV-1 dependent R-loops were consistently observed across the two biological replicates. Therefore, we independently performed R-loop calling on each replicate of the sequencing data of primary CD4+ T cells from two individual donors to verify that the increase in R-loop numbers was consistent (Author response image 5). Additionally, the overlap of the R-loop peaks between the two replicates was statistically significant across the genome (Author response table 1). Thank you.

      Author response image 5.

      Bar graph indicating DRIPc-seq peak counts for HIV-1-infected primary CD4+ T cells harvested at the indicated hours post infection (hpi). Pre-immunoprecipitated samples were untreated (−) or treated (+) with RNase H, as indicated. Each dot corresponds to an individual data set from two biologically independent experiments.

      Author response table 1.

      DRIPc-seq peak length and Chi-square p-value in CD4+ T cells from individual donor 1 and 2 

      (3.2) I think that the conclusion that R-loops "accumulate" in infected cells is acceptable, given the data presented. However, in line 134 the authors state that "HIV1 infection induced host genomic R-loop formation". I suggest being very specific about the observation. Accumulation can happen by (a) inducing a higher frequency of the occurrence of individual R-loops and/or (b) stabilizing existing R-loops. I'm not convinced the authors present enough evidence to claim one over the other. It is altogether possible that HIV-1 infection stabilizes R-loops such that they are more persistent (perhaps by interactions with integrase?), and therefore more easily detected. I think rephrasing the conclusions to include this possibility would alleviate my concerns.

      We thank the reviewer for the considerable discussion on our manuscript. We have now changed Line 134 to, “HIV-1 infection induces host genomic R-loop enrichment” (Lines 132-133 of the revised manuscript), and added a new conclusion sentence implicating the possible explanation for the R-loop signal enrichment upon HIV-1 infection (Lines 133–135 of the revised manuscript), according to the reviewer's suggestion.    

      (3.3) A technical problem with using the S9.6 antibody for the detection of R-loops via microscopy is that it cross-reacts with double-stranded RNA. This has been addressed by the work of Chedin and colleagues (as well as others). It is absolutely essential to treat these samples with an RNA:RNA hybrid-specific RNase, which the authors did not include, as far as their methods section states. Therefore, it is difficult to interpret all of the immunofluorescence experiments that depend on S9.6 binding.

      We understand the reviewer's concern regarding the cross-reactivity of the S9.6 antibody with more abundant dsRNA, particularly in imaging applications. We carefully designed the experimental and analytical methods for R-loop detection using microscopy. For example, we pre-extracted the cytoplasmic fraction before staining with the S9.6 antibody and quantified the R-loop signal by subtracting the nucleolar signal. Both of these steps were taken to eliminate the possibility of misdetecting Rloops via microscopy because of the prominent cytoplasmic and nucleolar S9.6 signals, which primarily originate from ribosomal RNA. In addition, we included R-loop negative control samples in our microscopy analysis that were subjected to intensive RNase H treatment (60U/mL RNase H for 36 h) and observed a significant reduction in the S9.6 signal (Figure 1E of the revised manuscript). RNase H-treated samples served as essential and widely accepted negative controls for R-loop detection. 

      We would like to point out that recent studies have reported strong intrinsic specificity of S9.6 anybody for DNA:RNA hybrid duplex over dsDNA and dsRNA, along with the structural elucidations of S9.6 antibody recognition of hybrids (23, 24). Therefore, our interpretation of host cellular R-loop enrichment after HIV-1 infection using S9.6 antibodies in multiple biochemical approaches is well supported. Nevertheless, we agree with the reviewer's opinion that additional negative controls for the detection of R-loops via microscopy, such as RNase T1-and RNase III-treated samples, could improve the robustness and accuracy of R-loop imaging data (25).  

      (3.4) Given that there is no clear correlation between expression levels and R-loop peak detection, combined with the data that show increased detection of R-loop frequency in non-genic regions, I think it will be important to show that the R-loop forming regions are indeed transcribed above background levels. This will help alleviate possible concerns that there are technical errors in R-loop peak detection.

      Figures S5D and S5E in the revised manuscript show the relative gene expression levels of the R-loop-forming positive regions (P1-3) and the referenced Rloop-positive loci (RPL13A and CALM3). The gene expression levels of these R-loopforming regions were significantly higher than those of the ECFP or mAIRN genes without DOX treatment, which can be considered background levels of transcription in cells. Thank you. 

      (3.5) In Figures 4C and D the hashed lines are not defined. It is also interesting that the integration sites do not line up with R-loop peaks. This does not necessarily directly refute the conclusions (especially given the scale of the genomic region displayed), but should be addressed in the manuscript. Additionally, it would greatly improve Figure 4 to have some idea about the biological variation across replicates of the data presented 4A.

      We thank the reviewer for the considerable comment on our study. First of all, we added an annotation for the dashed lines in the figure legends of Figures 4C and 4D in the revised manuscript.

      We agree with the reviewer's interpretation of the relationship between the integration sites and R-loop peaks. Primarily based on our current data, we believe R-loop structures are bound by HIV-1 integrase proteins and lead HIV-1 viral genome integration into the “vicinity” regions of the host genomic R-loops. We displayed a large-scale genomic region (30-kb windows) to present integration sites surrounding R-loop centers because an R-loop can be multi-kilobase in size (1, 2). Depending on the immunoprecipitation and library construction methods, the R-loop peaks varied in size, and the peak length showed a wide distribution (Figure 3B of Malig et al., 2020, Figure 1B of Sanz et al., 2016, and Figure 2A of the revised manuscript). Therefore, presenting integration site events within a wide window of R-loop peaks could be more informative and better reflect the current understanding of R-loop biology.

      R-loop formation recruits diverse chromatin-binding protein factors, such as H3K4me1, p300, CTCF, RAD21, and ZNF143 (Figure 6A and 6B of Sanz et al., 2016) (26), which allow R-loops to exhibit enhancer and insulator chromatin states, which can act as distal regulatory elements (26, 27). We have demonstrated physical interactions between host cellular R-loops and HIV-1 integrase proteins (Figure 5 of the revised manuscript), therefore, we believe that this ‘distal regulatory element-like feature’ of the R-loop can be a potential explanation for how R-loops drive integration over longrange genomic regions.

      According to your suggestion, we added this explanation to the relevant literature in the Discussion section of the revised manuscript.

      Author response image 6 which represents the biological variation across replicates of the data shown in Figure 4A. The integration site sequencing data for Jurkat cells were adopted from SRR12322252 (4), which consists of the integration site sequencing data of HIV-1-infected wild type Jurkat cells with one biological replicate. We hope that our explanations and discussion have successfully addressed your concerns. Thank you. 

      Author response image 6.

      Bar graphs showing the quantified number of HIV-1 integration sites per Mb pair in total regions of 30-kb windows centered on DRIPc-seq peaks from HIV-1 infected HeLa cells and primary CD4+ T cells (magenta) or non-R-loop region in the cellular genome (gray). Each dot corresponds to an individual data set from two biologically independent experiments.

      (3.6) The authors do not adequately describe the Integrase mutant that they use in their biochemical experiments in Figure 5A. Could this impact the activity of the protein in such a way that interferes with the interpretation of the experiment? The mutant is not used in subsequent experiments for Figure 5 and so even though the data are consistent with each other (and the conclusion that Integrase interacts with R-loops) a more thorough explanation of why that mutant was used and how it impacts the biochemical activity of the protein will help the interpretation of the data presented in Figure 5.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s suggestions. In our EMSA analysis, we purified and used Sso7d-tagged HIV-1 integrase proteins with an active-site amino acid substitution, E152Q. First, we used the Sso7d-tagged HIV-1 integrase protein, as it has been suggested in previous studies that the fusion of small domains, such as Sso7d (DNA binding domain) can significantly improve the solubility of HIV integrase proteins without affecting their ability to assemble with substrate nucleic acids and their enzymatic activity (Figure 1B of Li et al., PLOS ONE, 2014;9 (8) (28, 29). We used an integrase protein with an active site amino acid substitution, E152Q, in our mobility shift assay, because the primary goal of this experiment was to examine the ability of the protein to bind or form a complex with different nucleic acid substrates. We thought that abolishing the enzymatic activity of the integrase protein, such as 3'-processing that cleaves DNA substrates, would be more appropriate for our experimental objective. This Sso7d tagged- HIV-1 integrase with the E152Q mutation has also been used to elucidate the structural model of the integrase complex with a nucleic acid substrate by cryo-EM (3) and has been shown to not disturb substrate binding.   Based on the reviewer’s comments, we have added a description of the E152Q mutant integrase protein in Lines 268–270 of the revised manuscript. Thank you.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The paper suffers from many grammatical errors, which sometimes interfere with the interpretations of the experiments. In the view of this reviewer, the manuscript must be carefully revised prior to publication. For example, lines 247-248 "Intasomes consist of HIV-1 viral cDNA and HIV-1 coding protein, integrases." It is unclear from this sentence whether there are multiple integrases or multiple proteins that interact with the viral genome to facilitate integration. This makes the subsequent experiments in Figure 5 difficult to interpret. There are many other examples, too numerous to point out individually.

      We thoughtfully revised the original manuscript, making the best efforts to provide clearer details of our findings. We believe that we have made substantial changes to the manuscript, including Lines 247–248 of the original manuscript that the reviewer noted. Furthermore, the revised manuscript was edited by a professional editing service. Thank you.     (1) M. Malig, S. R. Hartono, J. M. Giafaglione, L. A. Sanz, F. Chedin, Ultra-deep Coverage Singlemolecule R-loop Footprinting Reveals Principles of R-loop Formation. J Mol Biol 432, 22712288 (2020).

      (2) L. A. Sanz et al., Prevalent, Dynamic, and Conserved R-Loop Structures Associate with Specific Epigenomic Signatures in Mammals. Mol Cell 63, 167-178 (2016).

      (3) D. O. Passos et al., Cryo-EM structures and atomic model of the HIV-1 strand transfer complex intasome. Science 355, 89-92 (2017).

      (4) W. Li et al., CPSF6-Dependent Targeting of Speckle-Associated Domains Distinguishes Primate from Nonprimate Lentiviral Integration. mBio 11,  (2020).

      (5) P. A. Ginno, Y. W. Lim, P. L. Lott, I. Korf, F. Chedin, GC skew at the 5' and 3' ends of human genes links R-loop formation to epigenetic regulation and transcription termination. Genome Res 23, 1590-1600 (2013).

      (6) S. Hamperl, M. J. Bocek, J. C. Saldivar, T. Swigut, K. A. Cimprich, Transcription-Replication Conflict Orientation Modulates R-Loop Levels and Activates Distinct DNA Damage Responses. Cell 170, 774-786 e719 (2017).

      (7) H. O. Ajoge et al., G-Quadruplex DNA and Other Non-Canonical B-Form DNA Motifs Influence Productive and Latent HIV-1 Integration and Reactivation Potential. Viruses 14,  (2022).

      (8) I. K. Jozwik et al., B-to-A transition in target DNA during retroviral integration. Nucleic Acids Res 50, 8898-8918 (2022).

      (9) F. Chedin, C. J. Benham, Emerging roles for R-loop structures in the management of topological stress. J Biol Chem 295, 4684-4695 (2020).

      (10) F. Chedin, Nascent Connections: R-Loops and Chromatin Patterning. Trends Genet 32, 828838 (2016).

      (11) P. B. Chen, H. V. Chen, D. Acharya, O. J. Rando, T. G. Fazzio, R loops regulate promoterproximal chromatin architecture and cellular differentiation. Nat Struct Mol Biol 22, 9991007 (2015).

      (12) A. R. Schroder et al., HIV-1 integration in the human genome favors active genes and local hotspots. Cell 110, 521-529 (2002).

      (13) Y. Ito et al., Number of infection events per cell during HIV-1 cell-free infection. Sci Rep 7, 6559 (2017).

      (14) A. Albanese, D. Arosio, M. Terreni, A. Cereseto, HIV-1 pre-integration complexes selectively target decondensed chromatin in the nuclear periphery. PLoS One 3, e2413 (2008).

      (15) V. Achuthan et al., Capsid-CPSF6 Interaction Licenses Nuclear HIV-1 Trafficking to Sites of Viral DNA Integration. Cell Host Microbe 24, 392-404 e398 (2018).

      (16) X. Li et al., piggyBac transposase tools for genome engineering. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 110, E2279-2287 (2013).

      (17) Y. Cao et al., Identification of piggyBac-mediated insertions in Plasmodium berghei by next generation sequencing. Malar J 12, 287 (2013).

      (18) E. Serrao, P. Cherepanov, A. N. Engelman, Amplification, Next-generation Sequencing, and Genomic DNA Mapping of Retroviral Integration Sites. J Vis Exp,  (2016).

      (19) K. A. Matreyek et al., Host and viral determinants for MxB restriction of HIV-1 infection. Retrovirology 11, 90 (2014).

      (20) G. A. Sowd et al., A critical role for alternative polyadenylation factor CPSF6 in targeting HIV-1 integration to transcriptionally active chromatin. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 113, E10541063 (2016).

      (21) B. Lucic et al., Spatially clustered loci with multiple enhancers are frequent targets of HIV-1 integration. Nat Commun 10, 4059 (2019).

      (22) P. K. Singh, G. J. Bedwell, A. N. Engelman, Spatial and Genomic Correlates of HIV-1 Integration Site Targeting. Cells 11,  (2022).

      (23) C. Bou-Nader, A. Bothra, D. N. Garboczi, S. H. Leppla, J. Zhang, Structural basis of R-loop recognition by the S9.6 monoclonal antibody. Nat Commun 13, 1641 (2022).

      (24) Q. Li et al., Cryo-EM structure of R-loop monoclonal antibody S9.6 in recognizing RNA:DNA hybrids. J Genet Genomics 49, 677-680 (2022).

      (25) J. A. Smolka, L. A. Sanz, S. R. Hartono, F. Chedin, Recognition of RNA by the S9.6 antibody creates pervasive artifacts when imaging RNA:DNA hybrids. J Cell Biol 220,  (2021).

      (26) L. A. Sanz, F. Chedin, High-resolution, strand-specific R-loop mapping via S9.6-based DNARNA immunoprecipitation and high-throughput sequencing. Nat Protoc 14, 1734-1755 (2019).

      (27) M. Merkenschlager, D. T. Odom, CTCF and cohesin: linking gene regulatory elements with their targets. Cell 152, 1285-1297 (2013).

      (28) M. Li, K. A. Jurado, S. Lin, A. Engelman, R. Craigie, Engineered hyperactive integrase for concerted HIV-1 DNA integration. PLoS One 9, e105078 (2014).

      (29) M. Li et al., A Peptide Derived from Lens Epithelium-Derived Growth Factor Stimulates HIV1 DNA Integration and Facilitates Intasome Structural Studies. J Mol Biol 432, 2055-2066 (2020).

  3. Oct 2024
    1. Author response:

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      […] Strengths:

      The study has several important strengths: (i) the work on GDA stability and competition of GDA with point mutations is a very promising area of research and the authors contribute new aspects to it, (ii) rigorous experimentation, (iii) very clearly written introduction and discussion sections. To me, the best part of the data is that deletion of lon stimulates GDA, which has not been shown with such clarity until now.

      Weaknesses:

      The minor weaknesses of the manuscript are a lack of clarity in parts of the results section (Point 1) and the methods (Point 2).

      We thank the reviewer for their comments and suggestions on our manuscript. We also appreciate the succinct summary of key findings that the Reviewer has taken cognisance of in their assessment, in particular the association of the Lon protease with the propensity for GDAs as well as its impact on their eventual fate. Going ahead, we plan to revise the manuscript for greater clarity as suggested by Reviewer #1.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      […] The study does what any bold and ambitious study should: it contains large claims and uses multiple sorts of evidence to test those claims.

      Weaknesses:

      While the general argument and conclusion are clear, this paper is written for a bacterial genetics audience that is familiar with the manner of bacterial experimental evolution. From the language to the visuals, the paper is written in a boutique fashion. The figures are even difficult for me - someone very familiar with proteostasis - to understand. I don't know if this is the fault of the authors or the modern culture of publishing (where figures are increasingly packed with information and hard to decipher), but I found the figures hard to follow with the captions. But let me also consider that the problem might be mine, and so I do not want to unfairly criticize the authors.

      For a generalist journal, more could be done to make this study clear, and in particular, to connect to the greater community of proteostasis researchers. I think this study needs a schematic diagram that outlines exactly what was accomplished here, at the beginning. Diagrams like this are especially important for studies like this one that offer a clear and direct set of findings, but conduct many different sorts of tests to get there. I recommend developing a visual abstract that would orient the readers to the work that has been done.

      Next, I will make some more specific suggestions. In general, this study is well done and rigorous, but doesn't adequately address a growing literature that examines how proteostasis machinery influences molecular evolution in bacteria.

      While this paper might properly test the authors' claims about protein quality control and evolution, the paper does not engage a growing literature in this arena and is generally not very strong on the use of evolutionary theory. I recognize that this is not the aim of the paper, however, and I do not question the authors' authority on the topic. My thoughts here are less about the invocation of theory in evolution (which can be verbose and not relevant), and more about engagement with a growing literature in this very area.

      The authors mention Rodrigues 2016, but there are many other studies that should be engaged when discussing the interaction between protein quality control and evolution.

      A 2015 study demonstrated how proteostasis machinery can act as a barrier to the usage of novel genes: Bershtein, S., Serohijos, A. W., Bhattacharyya, S., Manhart, M., Choi, J. M., Mu, W., ... & Shakhnovich, E. I. (2015). Protein homeostasis imposes a barrier to functional integration of horizontally transferred genes in bacteria. PLoS genetics, 11(10), e1005612

      A 2019 study examined how Lon deletion influenced resistance mutations in DHFR specifically: Guerrero RF, Scarpino SV, Rodrigues JV, Hartl DL, Ogbunugafor CB. The proteostasis environment shapes higher-order epistasis operating on antibiotic resistance. Genetics. 2019 Jun 1;212(2):565-75.

      A 2020 study did something similar: Thompson, Samuel, et al. "Altered expression of a quality control protease in E. coli reshapes the in vivo mutational landscape of a model enzyme." Elife 9 (2020): e53476.

      And there's a new review (preprint) on this very topic that speaks directly to the various ways proteostasis shapes molecular evolution:

      Arenas, Carolina Diaz, Maristella Alvarez, Robert H. Wilson, Eugene I. Shakhnovich, C. Brandon Ogbunugafor, and C. Brandon Ogbunugafor. "Proteostasis is a master modulator of molecular evolution in bacteria."

      I am not simply attempting to list studies that should be cited, but rather, this study needs to be better situated in the contemporary discussion on how protein quality control is shaping evolution. This study adds to this list and is a unique and important contribution. However, the findings can be better summarized within the context of the current state of the field. This should be relatively easy to implement.

      We thank the reviewer for their encouraging assessment of our manuscript. We appreciate that the manuscript may not be accessible for a general readership in its present form. We plan to revise the manuscript, in part by modifying figures and adding schematics, to afford greater clarity. We also appreciate the concern regarding situating this study in the context of other published work that relates proteostasis and molecular evolution. Indeed, this was a particularly difficult aspect for us given the different kinds of literature that were needed to make sense of our study. We plan on revising the manuscript by incorporating the references that the Reviewer has pointed out.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      […] Strengths:

      The major strength of this paper is identifying an example of antibiotic resistance evolution that illustrates the interplay between the proteolytic stability and copy number of an antibiotic target in the setting of antibiotic selection. If the weaknesses are addressed, then this paper will be of interest to microbiologists who study the evolution of antibiotic resistance.

      Weaknesses:

      Although the proposed mechanism is highly plausible and consistent with the data presented, the analysis of the experiments supporting the claim is incomplete and requires more rigor and reproducibility. The impact of this finding is somewhat limited given that it is a single example that occurred in a lon strain and compensatory mutations for evolved antibiotic resistance mechanisms are described. In this case, it is not clear that there is a functional difference between the evolution of copy number versus any other mechanism that meets a requirement for increased "expression demand" (e.g. promoter mutations that increase expression and protein stabilizing mutations).

      We thank the reviewer for their in-depth assessment of our work and appreciate their concerns regarding reproducibility and rigor in analysis of our data. We will incorporate this feedback and provide the necessary clarifications in the revised version of our manuscript.

    1. Author Response:

      We would like thank reviewers for your comprehensive and insightful reviews of our manuscript. We highly value your constructive comments and suggestions and are preparing revisions that will enhance both the clarity and robustness of our study. Below is an outline of the changes we will implement in response to the points you raised.

      All three reviewers expressed concerns regarding the robustness of our conclusions about the relationship between task-related theta activity and aperiodic changes. We will revise the manuscript to present these conclusions more cautiously, stating that the findings indicate a potential contribution of aperiodic activity to what is traditionally interpreted as theta activity. While our results emphasize the importance of distinguishing between periodic and aperiodic components, further research is necessary to fully understand this relationship. We will conduct additional control analyses, including a comparison of the scalp topographies of theta and aperiodic components, to better understand the relationship between aperiodic and periodic (theta) activity.

      In response to Reviewer #1's request for greater transparency in our reporting of methodological details, we will provide key clarifications. We will add a clear statement noting that the primary results are based on data from middle-aged to older adults, some of whom had subjective cognitive complaints (SCC). However, it is important to note that no differences were observed between the SCC group and the control group regarding periodic or aperiodic changes in power. Additionally, the main findings were replicated in a sample of middle-aged adults.

      To address potential confounding factors, we will include an analysis contrasting response-related ERPs with the identified aperiodic components. However, we do not entirely agree with the assertion that this will necessarily clarify the results. ERPs are not inherently distinct from aperiodic (or periodic) activity; they may reflect changes in aperiodic (or periodic) power. In our view, examining aperiodic and periodic power, ERPs, or time-frequency decomposition with baseline correction provides different perspectives on the same data. Nonetheless, the combined analyses and their results are intended to guide future researchers toward the most suitable approach for interpreting this data.

      Reviewer #3 raised concerns regarding the task's effectiveness in evoking theta power and the ability of spectral parameterization method (specparam) to adequately quantify background activity around theta bursts. To address these concerns, we will include additional visualizations demonstrating that the task reliably elicited theta (and delta) activity. Regarding the reviewer's concerns about specparam and theta bursts, it is important to clarify that specparam, in the form we used, does not incorporate time information; rather, it can be applied to any power spectral density (PSD), independent of how the PSD is derived. Specparam’s performance depends on the methods used to estimate frequency content. For time-frequency decomposition, we employed superlets (https://doi.org/10.1038/s41467-020-20539-9), which have been shown to resolve short bursts of activity more effectively than other methods. To our knowledge, superlets provide the highest resolution in terms of both time and frequency. Moreover, to improve stability, we performed spectral parameterization on trial-averaged power (in contrast to the approach in https://doi.org/10.7554/eLife.77348). Nonetheless, we will conduct a simulation to test whether specparam can reliably resolve low-frequency peaks over the 1/f activity.

      Reviewer #2 suggested that the manuscript would benefit from a more detailed account of the effects. In response, we will include more detailed quantifications of the analyzed effects, such as model error and R² values.

      We believe that the planned revisions will strengthen the manuscript and address the primary concerns raised by the reviewers. We sincerely appreciate your thoughtful feedback and look forward to submitting an improved version of the manuscript soon.

      Once again, thank you for your time and expertise in reviewing our work.

      Sincerely,

      Andraž Matkovič & Tisa Frelih

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      We greatly appreciate reviewer 2 comments with both insightful and clearly evaluated assessments of this study that include, much appreciated reframing and evaluation of the study’s advances in the sleep field. It is a constructive review and provides considerable added value to this study in better defining the biological significance of the findings, including both advances and limitations.  

      Reviewer 2 nicely summarized the work as “…highlight(ing) the accumulation and resolution of sleep need centered on the strength of excitatory synapses onto excitatory neurons.”. The reviewer succinctly placed one of the main electrophysiological findings in context of one of the sleep field’s most prevalent views, “that LTP associated with wake, leads to the accumulation of sleep need by increasing neuronal excitability, and by the "saturation" of LTP capacity.” It has been speculated that “This saturation subsequently impairs the capacity for further ongoing learning. This new data provides a satisfying mechanism of this saturation phenomenon (and its restoration by recovery sleep) by introducing the concept of silent synapses.” We want to emphasize that sleep need and its resolution involves more than just homeostasis of excitatory synaptic strength but may also be extended to include homeostasis of excitatory synaptic potential to undergo LTP (a homeostasis of meta-plasticity), with implications for learning and memory.   

      Reviewer 2 also identified another advance made by this study, summarized as, “The new snRNAseq dataset indicates the sleep need is primarily seen (at the transcriptional level) in excitatory neurons, consistent with a number of other studies.” References for these studies are nicely provided by the reviewer. Our analysis of this data extends the evidence for transcriptional sleep-need-driven changes, observed by us and others in excitatory neurons to more particularly involve the excitatory neurons in layers 2-5, targeting  intra-telencephalic neurons.  

      Reviewer 2, importantly noted, “New snRNAseq analysis indicates that SD drives the expression of synaptic shaping components (SSCs) consistent with the excitatory synapse as a major target for the restorative basis of sleep function”, and that “SD-induced gene expression is also enriched for autism spectrum disorder (ASD) risk genes”. These comments are well appreciated as they emphasize that beyond identification of the major target cell type of sleep function, the major sleep-target, gene-ontological characteristics are starting to be addressed.

      Reviewer 2 commented on the molecular sleep model, making a key observation that “SDinduced gene expression in excitatory neurons overlaps with genes regulated by the transcription factor MEF2C and HDAC4/5 (Figure 4),” and accurately discusses the significance with respect to the proposed model.

      We are in complete agreement with the observation that the molecular sleep model presented is not “definitively supported by the new data and in this regard should be viewed as a perspective…”. One of the more glaring gaps in supporting evidence is the absence of understanding of the role of HDAC4/5 (part of the SIK3-HDAC4/5 pathway) in sleep need modulation of excitatory synapses. Resolution of this issue might be approached by assessment of the synaptic effects of constitutively nuclear HDAC4/5. The current study provides a first step in the assessment by showing a correlation between HDAC4/5 and MEF2c target genes and a subset of differentially expressed synaptic shaping component (SSC) genes that modulate excitatory synapse strength and phenotype. However, the functional studies have yet to be completed. Complimentary studies on SD-induced SSC-DEGs (identified in this study) are also needed for follow-up characterization of their sleep need induced functional impact (both strength and meta-plasticity modulation) on the most relevant excitatory synapses (as identified in the current study).

      We agree with both reviewers 1 and 2 that, “Additional work is also needed to understand the mechanistic links between SIK3-HDAC4/5 signaling and MEF2C activity”. Reviewer 2 clarifies the key unresolved issue as, “cnHDAC4/5 suppresses NREM amount and NREM SWA but had no effect on the NREM-SWA increase following SD (Zhou et al., Nature 2022). Loss of MEF2C in CaMKII neurons had no effect on NREM amount and suppressed the increase in NREM-SWA following SD (Bjorness et al., 2020)”. One may conclude with reviewer 2, “These instances indicate that cnHDAC4/5 and loss of MEF2C do not exactly match suggesting additional factors are relevant in these phenotypes.”

      An understanding of the mechanism(s) responsible for the relationship between sleep need and SWA are critical to the evaluation of sleep need’s correlation with sleep DEGs and synaptic transmission, including “additional factors” as suggested by reviewer 2. SWA might result from a decrease of cortical glutamatergic neurotransmission below some threshold, which might occur in response to prolonged waking (possibly in response to waking activity-induced local increases of adenosine?), rather than being a cause of, or, being intimately involved in resolving sleep need.  

      An increase of SWA in association with SD can result directly from an acute SD-induced increase in local adenosine concentration. This will elicit an ADORA1-mediated down-regulation of glutamate excitatory neurotransmission in the cortex (Bjorness et al., 2016) and in cholinergic arousal centers (Rainnie et al., 1994; Porkka-Heiskanen et al., 1997; Portas et al., 1997; Li et al., 2023). When MEF2c is derepressed by chronic loss of HDAC4 function, SWA is facilitated (Kim et al., 2022). It is plausible that loss of HDAC4 function contributes to the increased SWA by downscaling glutamate excitatory transmission (independent of sleep need). This is expected to result from derepressed, MEF2c mediated sleep-gene expression.  

      Similarly, over-expression of constitutively active HDAC4 (cnHD4) can contribute to chronic upscaling of cortical glutamate synaptic strength to depress SWA (again, independent of sleep need). Thus, facilitation or depression of SWA correlates with up or down scaling effects on cortical glutamate neurotransmission, respectively, even in the absence of  a direct effects on sleep need (Figure 4D). Many reagents that reduce the excitability of glutamate pyramidal cells by various mechanisms, including anesthetics like isoflurane, barbiturates or benzodiazepines in addition to those activating ADORA1, increase SWA. Finally, it is important to acknowledge that direct evidence for this proposed link of SWA to cortical glutamate transmission remains in need of further investigation. Thus, SWA may reflect generalized cortical glutamate synaptic activity whether modulated by sleep function or by other agents.

      Still, other factors that can have a role mediating some of the mis-match between cnHD4/5 DEGs and Mef2c-cKO DEGs, include the broader over-expression of AAV-cnHD4 compared to CamKII- driven Cre KO of Mef2c. The cnHD4 overexpression can increase arousal center activity in the hypothalamus and other arousal areas to interfere with SWA, but not to the exclusion of SD-DEG repression resulting from a repression of MEF2c-mediated sleep gene expression.

      The critique by reviewer 1 raises a number of important technical issues with this study. A key, potentially critical issue raised by reviewer 1, is that of our method of experimental sleep deprivation (ESD). The reviewer suggests that “…neuronal activity/induction of plasticity”, peculiar to the ESD methodology employed in this study, “…rather than sleep/wake states are responsible for the observed results…”.  

      In this study, a slow-moving treadmill (SMTM; 0.1km/hour, as stated in the methods), requiring locomotion to avoid bumping into the backwall of a false bottomed plexiglass cage was used to induce ESD. A mouse, in its home cage, typically moves much faster than 0.1km/hour and the mouse is able to eat and drink freely while in the cage (see file: video 1). Furthermore, our observations using a beam-break cage, indicate that mice spontaneously travel for comparable to longer distances over 6 hours than the treadmill moves (during the ESD of 6 hours). Finally, our EEG recordings of mice on the active treadmill show 100% waking while it is on (Bjorness et al., 2009), whereas prevention of NREM sleep (including transition time) using the “gentle handling”  (GH) technique occurs depending on the diligence of the experimenter.  

      The accommodation (one week prior to ESD) included exposure to the treadmill-on for 30minutes ~ZT=2 & ZT= 14 hours (now spelled out in the “Materials & Methods” section). Thus, the likelihood of motor learning seems vanishingly small.  

      As with all ESD methods, there must be some associated increase in sensory and motor neuronal activity to drive arousal and prevent transition to sleep. For example, the more widely employed GH method of ESD involves sensory stimulation (tactile and or auditory) of sufficient intensity to induce postural change from that associated with sleep to that associated with wake (often involving some locomotion). Like the SMTM, both sensory and motor systems are likely to be engaged. Unlike the SMTM method, the stimulation used in GH is variably-intermittent from mouse to mouse and from experimenter to experimenter as it is applied only when the experimenter judges the mouse to be falling asleep. . It can even be argued that the varied and unpredictable ways in which these interactions happen cause plastic changes with a higher likelihood than the constant slow motion of a treadmill – the mice know how to walk, after all. In other protocols, novel objects are introduced to the animals – those will certainly trigger plastic processes –something that is avoided using a slow-running treadmill to which the mouse has been accommodated, for sleep deprivation.  

      The changes induced by SMTM technique are reproducible and induce arousal by somatic stimulation of sufficient intensity to induce natural motor activity as with GH. All ESD methods induce motor activity and it is reasonable to speculate that induced, motor activity is essential for effective ESD for the prolonged durations (>4 hours in mice) that elicit high sleep need. Electrophysiological assessment of SD-evoked increases in mEPSC amplitude and frequency using GH-ESD (Liu et al., 2010) are similar in all respects to our observations of the response to SMTMESD (Bjorness et al., 2020). Further studies might directly address a comparison of SMTM-ESD to GH-ESD as suggested by reviewer 1 but are regrettably outside the scope and resources of our study.

      The model presented in Figure 4C is consistent with the experimental findings with respect to the observed electrophysiological changes (including loss of silent synapses and increased AMPA/NMDA ratio after ESD of 6 hours) and altered gene expression that includes enrichment of SSC genes, many of which (7 candidates are listed) can affect both AMPA/NMDA ratio and silent synapses. No claim of mechanism linking the changed expression to altered AMPAR or NMDAR activity can be made at this point, even as to polarity of gene expression, related to electrophysiological outcome. Furthermore, some transcripts may involve receptor trafficking while others more directly affect activated receptor function. To help illustrate the complexity of interpreting gene up-regulation, consider the following hypothetical scenario. If a gene like upregulated Grin3a acts rapidly, it may facilitate reduction of NMDAR function (decreasing plasticity) during ESD, whereas upregulation of a gene like Kif17, if acting in a more delayed manner, might enhance NMDAR surface expression and activity (increasing silent synapses) in response to ESD, during recovery sleep. Relevant references, consistent with these various outcomes are supplied in the manuscript but further investigation is clearly needed, or as reviewer 2 so aptly commented, this work “…provides a framework to stimulate further research and advances on the molecular basis of sleep function”.  

      Several issues are raised by reviewer 1 concerning the electrophysiological methodology and statistical assessment. In regard to the former, we closely followed established protocols employed in the frontal neocortex (Myme et al., 2003). We did not include the details for series resistance monitoring. Series resistance values ranged between 8 and 15 MOhm and experiments with changes larger than 25% not used for further analyses. Thank you for bringing this  oversight on our part, to our attention. This essential information, that is unfailingly gathered for all our whole cell recordings, is now added to the version of record.

      The -90 mV holding potential was chosen according to precedent (Myme et al., 2003). It increases driving force and permits lower stimulus strength for the same response size – reducing the likelihood for polysynaptic responses. Experiments with multiple response peaks at -90 mV were not included in the analysis. The -90 mV holding potential also increases NMDA receptor Mg++ block resulting in a minimally contaminated AMPA response. This information is now added to our submitted version of record.

      The statistical assessments shown in Table 1 refer to two sets of data measured from 3X2=6 different cohorts for each sleep condition (CS, SD, RS): 1) AMPA & NMDA EPSCs and 2) AMPA/NMDA FR ratios (FRR; now bolded in row 1, second tab, Table S1). As stated in the results section, “A two-way ANOVA analysis showed a significant interaction between AMPA matched to NMDA EPSC response for each neuron, and sleep condition (F (2, 21) = 7.268, p<0.004; Figure 1 A, C, E). When considered independently, neither the effect of sleep condition nor of EPSC subtype reached significance at p<0.05 (Figure 1 C)”.  

      As noted by reviewer 1, we inadvertently dropped one of the data points from the RS FR and FR ratio (FRR) statistical analysis (raw data in the third tab of Table S1, statistical data in fourth and fifth tab and illustrated in figure 1 F). Thanks to this appreciated, rigorous review, we can correct the oversight (using raw data unchanged in Table S1, third tab). The Table S1 and figure 1 F are now corrected for the version of record. For better clarity, we now use two tabs, the fourth and fifth tabs, respectively of Table S1, for separate stat analyses of FR and FRR data.

      The significance of the AMPA/NMDA FRR across sleep conditions was assessed with the KruskalWallis test, a non-parametric method. The two-stage linear step-up procedure of Benjamini, Krieger, and Yekutieli (BKY) was used to control for the FDR across multiple sleep conditions, in the non-parametric Kruskal-Wallis test but it is usually less powerful than tests presuming normal distributions like the one-way ANOVA and Holm-Sidak’s test. We have now added re-analyzed  FRR across CS, SD and RS conditions using a normal one-way ANOVA (Table S1, tab5). The results now read, “The difference between  sleep conditions and FRR is significant (F (2, 19) = 11.3, Table S1, tab5). Multiple comparisons (Holm-Sidak, Table S1, tab5) indicate the near absence of silent synapses was reversed by either CS or RS (SD/CS; p<0.0011 and SD/RS: p<0.0006; Table S1, tab 5; Figure 1 F).”. These analyses compare well to the non-parametric assessment using the  KruskalWallis test (significant at p= 0.0006) with BYK correction for multiple comparison analysis to give for CS-SD, p<= 0.0262 and for RS-SD, p<= 0.0006 (statistics also shown in Table S1, tab5). [Also shown in tab5 is the “standard approach of correcting for family wise error rate”, namely, Dunn’s test. It is more conservative but less powerful than the BYK correction- in general the tradeoff of greater power/ less conservative is better tolerated when many comparisons are made, however, it can be argued that in the present analysis type 2 errors are also potentially misleading and thus not well tolerated.]  The modifications of our statistical analyses, inspired by reviewer 1,  did not affect the interpretation of the data nor the conclusions.  

      Bjorness TE, Kelly CL, Gao T, Poffenberger V, Greene RW (2009) Control and function of the homeostatic sleep response by adenosine A1 receptors. The Journal of neuroscience : the official journal of the Society for Neuroscience 29:1267-1276.

      Bjorness TE, Dale N, Mettlach G, Sonneborn A, Sahin B, Fienberg AA, Yanagisawa M, Bibb JA, Greene RW (2016) An Adenosine-Mediated Glial-Neuronal Circuit for

      Homeostatic Sleep. The Journal of neuroscience : the official journal of the Society for Neuroscience 36:3709-3721.

      Bjorness TE, Kulkarni A, Rybalchenko V, Suzuki A, Bridges C, Harrington AJ, Cowan CW, Takahashi JS, Konopka G, Greene RW (2020) An essential role for MEF2C in the cortical response to loss of sleep in mice. Elife 9.

      Kim SJ et al. (2022) Kinase signalling in excitatory neurons regulates sleep quantity and depth. Nature 612:512-518.

      Li B, Ma C, Huang YA, Ding X, Silverman D, Chen C, Darmohray D, Lu L, Liu S, Montaldo G, Urban A, Dan Y (2023) Circuit mechanism for suppression of frontal cortical ignition during NREM sleep. Cell 186:5739-5750 e5717.

      Liu ZW, Faraguna U, Cirelli C, Tononi G, Gao XB (2010) Direct evidence for wake-related increases and sleep-related decreases in synaptic strength in rodent cortex. The Journal of neuroscience : the official journal of the Society for Neuroscience 30:8671-8675.

      Myme CI, Sugino K, Turrigiano GG, Nelson SB (2003) The NMDA-to-AMPA ratio at synapses onto layer 2/3 pyramidal neurons is conserved across prefrontal and visual cortices. Journal of neurophysiology 90:771-779.

      Porkka-Heiskanen T, Strecker RE, Thakkar M, Bjorkum AA, Greene RW, McCarley RW (1997) Adenosine: a mediator of the sleep-inducing effects of prolonged wakefulness. Science 276:1265-1268.

      Portas CM, Thakkar M, Rainnie DG, Greene RW, McCarley RW (1997) Role of adenosine in behavioral state modulation: a microdialysis study in the freely moving cat. Neuroscience 79:225-235.

      Rainnie DG, Grunze HC, McCarley RW, Greene RW (1994) Adenosine inhibition of mesopontine cholinergic neurons: implications for EEG arousal. Science 263:689692.

    1. Author response

      We appreciate the positive comments and constructive suggestions from the editors and reviewers, which will help us improve our manuscript. We will implement the changes as requested by the reviewers, focusing primarily on revising and clarifying the following aspects:

      First, we will clarify the use of biological and technical replicates in each experiment and provide more details about the statistical analyses conducted. Additionally, we plan to include a schematic representation of the experimental design.

      Second, we will explain the experiment conducted to rule out hormonal effects or differences in the oocyte maturation method used. We will also indicate the concentration of OVGP1 in the oviduct and explain why we selected OVGP1 as the probable cause of species specificity.

      Third, by addressing all of the reviewers' suggestions, we aim to resolve any concerns, inconsistencies, or minor errors identified by the reviewers.

      We are committed to addressing all the issues raised by the reviewers and believe that the manuscript will greatly benefit from the insightful suggestions and invaluable contributions of the editors and reviewers.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The paper begins with phenotyping the DGRP for post-diapause fecundity, which is used to map genes and variants associated with fecundity. There are overlaps with genes mapped in other studies and also functional enrichment of pathways including most surprisingly neuronal pathways. This somewhat explains the strong overlap with traits such as olfactory behaviors and circadian rhythm. The authors then go on to test genes by knocking them down effectively at 10 degrees. Two genes, Dip-gamma and sbb, are identified as significantly associated with post-diapause fecundity, and they also find the effects to be specific to neurons. They further show that the neurons in the antenna but not the arista are required for the effects of Dip-gamma and sbb. They show that removing the antenna has a diapause-specific lifespan-extending effect, which is quite interesting. Finally, ionotropic receptor neurons are shown to be required for the diapause-associated effects.

      Strengths and Weaknesses:

      Overall I find the experiments rigorously done and interpretations sound. I have no further suggestions except an ANOVA to estimate the heritability of the post-diapause fecundity trait, which is routinely done in the DGRP and offers a global parameter regarding how reliable phenotyping is. A minor point is I cannot find how many DGRP lines are used.

      Thank you for the suggestions. We screened 193 lines and we will add that information to the methods. Additionally, we will add the heritability estimate of the post-diapause fecundity trait.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary

      In this study, Easwaran and Montell investigated the molecular, cellular, and genetic basis of adult reproductive diapause in Drosophila using the Drosophila Genetic Reference Panel (DGRP). Their GWAS revealed genes associated with variation in post-diapause fecundity across the DGRP and performed RNAi screens on these candidate genes. They also analyzed the functional implications of these genes, highlighting the role of genes involved in neural and germline development. In addition, in conjunction with other GWAS results, they noted the importance of the olfactory system within the nervous system, which was supported by genetic experiments. Overall, their solid research uncovered new aspects of adult diapause regulation and provided a useful reference for future studies in this field.

      Strengths:

      The authors used whole-genome sequenced DGRP to identify genes and regulatory mechanisms involved in adult diapause. The first Drosophila GWAS of diapause successfully uncovered many QTL underlying post-diapause fecundity variations across DGRP lines. Gene network analysis and comparative GWAS led them to reveal a key role for the olfactory system in diapause lifespan extension and post-diapause fecundity.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) I suspect that there may be variation in survivorship after long-term exposure to cold conditions (10ºC, 35 days), which could also be quantified and mapped using genome-wide association studies (GWAS). Since blocking Ir21a neuronal transmission prevented flies from exiting diapause, it is possible that natural genetic variation could have a similar effect, influencing the success rate of exiting diapause and post-diapause mortality. If there is variation in this trait, could it affect post-diapause fecundity? I am concerned that this could be a confounding factor in the analysis of post-diapause fecundity. However, I also believe that understanding phenotypic variation in this trait itself could be significant in regulating adult diapause.

      We agree that it is possible that the ability to endure cool temperatures per se may influence post-diapause fecundity. However, cool temperature is the essential diapause-inducing condition in Drosophila, so it is not obvious how to separate those effects experimentally, and we agree that phenotypic variation in the cool-sensitivity trait itself could be significant in regulating diapause.

      (2) On p.10, the authors conclude that "Dip-𝛾 and sbb are required in neurons for successful diapause, consistent with the enrichment of this gene class in the diapause GWAS." While I acknowledge that the results support their neuronal functions, I remain unconvinced that these genes are required for "successful diapause". According to the RNAi scheme (Figure 4I), Dip-γ and sbb are downregulated only during the post-diapause period, but still show a significant effect, comparable to that seen in the nSyb Gal4 RNAi lines (Figure 4K).

      Our definition of successful diapause is the ability to produce viable adult progeny post-diapause, which requires that the flies enter, maintain, and exit diapause, alive and fertile. We will restate our conclusion to say that Dip-γ and sbb are required for post-diapause fecundity.

      In addition, two other RNAi lines (SH330386, 80461) that did not show lethality did not affect post-diapause fecundity.

      We interpret those results to mean that those RNAi lines were not effective since Dip-γ and sbb are known to be essential.

      Notably, RNAi (27049, KK104056) substantially reduced non-diapause fecundity, suggesting impairment of these genes affects fecundity in general regardless of diapause experience. Therefore, the reduced post-diapause fecundity observed may be a result of this broader effect on fecundity, particularly in a more "sensitized" state during the post-diapause period, rather than a direct regulation of adult diapause by these genes.

      Ubiquitous expression of RNAi lines #27049 or #KK104056 was lethal, so we included the tubGAL80ts repressor to prevent RNAi from taking effect during development. Flies had to be shifted to 30 °C to inactivate the repressor and thereby activate the RNAi. At 30 °C, fecundity of the controls (GFP RNAi lines #9331, KK60102) were also lower (average non-diapause fecundity = 12 and 19 respectively) and similar to #27049 or #KK104056. We also assessed the knockdown using Repo GAL4 and nSyb GAL4 and did not find a significant difference/decline in the non diapause fecundity for #27049 and #KK104056 as compared to a nonspecific RNAi control (#54037).

      (3) The authors characterized 546 genetic variants and 291 genes associated with phenotypic variation across DGRP lines but did not prioritize them by significance. They did prioritize candidate genes with multiple associated variants (p.9 "Genes with multiple SNPs are good candidates for influencing diapause traits."), but this is not a valid argument, likely due to a misunderstanding of LD among variants in the same gene. A gene with one highly significantly associated variant may be more likely to be the causal gene in a QTL than a gene with many weakly associated variants in LD. I recommend taking significance into account in the analysis.

      We agree with the reviewer, and in Supplemental Table S3 we list top-associated SNPs in order from the lowest (most significant) p-value. Most of the top-associated genes from this analysis were uncharacterized CG numbers for which there were insufficient tools available for validation purposes. Nevertheless, there is overlap amongst the highly significant genes by p-value and those with multiple SNPs. Amongst the top 15 genes with multiple associated SNPs- CG18636 & CR15280 ranked 3rd by p-value, CG7759 ranked 4th, CG42732 ranked 10th, and Drip ranked 30th (all above the conservative Bonferroni threshold of 4.8e-8) while three Sbb-associated SNPs also appear in Table 3 above the standard e-5 threshold.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Drosophila melanogaster of North America overwinters in a state of reproductive diapause. The authors aimed to measure 'successful' D. melanogaster reproductive diapause and reveal loci that impact this quantitative trait. In practice, the authors quantified the number of eggs produced by a female after she exited 35 days of diapause. The authors claim that genes involved with olfaction in part contribute to some of the variation in this trait.

      Strengths:

      The work used the power platform of the fly DRGP/GWAS. The work tried to verify some of the candidate loci with targeted gene manipulations.

      Weaknesses:

      Some context is needed. Previous work from 2001 established that D. melanogaster reproductive diapause in the laboratory suspends adult aging but reduces post-diapause fecundity. The work from 2001 showed the extent fecundity is reduced is proportional to diapause duration. As well, the 2001 data showed short diapause periods used in the current submission reduce fecundity only in the first days following diapause termination; after this time fecundity is greater in the post-diapause females than in the non-diapause controls.

      The 2001 paper by Tatar et al. reports the number of eggs laid after 3, 6, or 9 weeks in diapause conditions. Thus the diapause conditions used in this study (35 days or 5 weeks) are neither short nor long, rather intermediate. Does the reviewer have a specific concern?

      In this context, the submission fails to offer a meaningful concept for what constitutes 'successful diapause'. There is no biological rationale or relationship to the known patterns of post-diapause fecundity. The phenotype is biologically ambiguous.

      We have unambiguously defined successful diapause as the ability to produce viable adult progeny post-diapause. Other groups have measured % of flies that arrest ovarian development or % of post-diapause flies with mature eggs in the ovary, or # eggs laid post-diapause; however we suggest that # of viable adult progeny produced post-diapause is more meaningful than the other measurements from the point of view of perpetuating the species.

      I have a serious concern about the antenna-removal design. These flies were placed on cool/short days two weeks after surgery. Adults at this time will not enter diapause, which must be induced soon after eclosion. Two-week-old adults will respond to cool temperatures by 'slowing down', but they will continue to age on a time scale of day-degrees. This is why the control group shows age-dependent mortality, which would not be seen in truly diapaused adults. Loss of antennae increases the age-dependent mortality of these cold adults, but this result does not reflect an impact on diapause.

      We carried out the lifespan study under two different conditions. We either removed the antenna and moved the flies directly to 10 °C or we removed the antenna and allowed a “wound healing” period prior to moving the flies to 10 °C (out of concern that the flies might die quickly because wound healing may be impaired at 10 °C). In both cases, antenna removal shortened lifespan. Furthermore the lifespan extension at 10 °C was similar regardless of whether flies had experienced two weeks at 25 °C or not.

      • Appraisal of whether the authors achieved their aims, and whether the results support their conclusions.

      The work falls well short of its aim because the concept of 'successful diapause' is not biologically established. The paper studies post-diapause fecundity, and we don't know what that means. The loci identified in this analysis segregate for a minimally constructed phenotype. The results and conclusions are orthogonal.

      It is unclear to us why the reviewer has such a negative opinion of measuring post-diapause fecundity, specifically the ability to produce viable progeny post-diapause. The value of this measurement seems obvious from the point of view of perpetuating the species.

      • The likely impact of the work on the field, and the utility of the methods and data to the community.

      The work will have little likely impact. Its phenotype and operational methods are weakly developed. It lacks insight based on the primary literature on post-diapause. The community of insect diapause investigators are not likely to use the data or conclusions to understand beneficial or pest insects, or the impact of a changing climate on how they over-winter.

      The reviewer has not explained why his/her opinion is so negative.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) Perform an ANOVA to estimate heritability.

      We will do this.

      (2) List the number of DGRP lines tested.

      193

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      [Minor suggestions]

      (1) Check Drosophila italics

      We will do this.

      (2) It would be informative to include the number of DGRP lines used in this study in the Results and Methods section.

      We will include the information that we assessed 193 DGRP lines.

      (3) Figure 1C - several dots are missing at the top of the line.

      We will correct.

      (4) Figures 1E, F - Why use a discontinuous histogram for continuous distribution? Consider using a continuous histogram (e.g. Lafuente et al. (2018) Figure 1C).

      We will do this.

      (5) Figure 1F - Why have fewer bins than panel E?

      Figure 1F is normalized post-diapause fecundity. Individual post-diapause fecundity was normalized to the mean non-diapause fecundity. Then the normalized individual post-diapause fecundity was averaged to get the mean normalized post-diapause fecundity for the DGRP line. So the bins are different in panel E. Please refer to Supplemental Table S1.

      (6) Figure 2D - It would be informative to have fold enrichment stats.

      The following will be added in the methods section: The Gene Ontology (GO) categories and Q-values from the false discovery rate (FDR)-corrected hypergeometric test for enrichment are reported. Additionally, coverage ratios for the number of annotated genes in the displayed network versus the number of genes with that annotation in the genome are provided. GeneMANIA estimates Q-values using the Benjamini-Hochberg procedure.

      (7) Supplementary table (Table S5) or supplemental table (other supplementary tables)? Need consistency (to Supplementary?)

      We will change ‘Supplementary Table S5’ to ‘Supplemental Table S5’.

      (8) Figure 5D,E - unused ticks on the x-axis.

      The unused ticks on the x-axis will be removed from Figures 5D and E.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      • Suggestions for improved or additional experiments, data or analyses.

      The authors cannot redo the GWAS with an alternative trait that might better reflect 'successful diapause', and I am not even sure what such a trait would involve or mean. Given this limitation, the authors should consider how they can conduct additional experiments to better define, justify, and elaborate how post-diapause reproduction relates to the mechanisms, processes, depth, and 'success' of diapause.

      We agree that it is entirely unclear what trait would be a better measure of successful diapause. Other investigators might have chosen to measure something different but there is no reason why a different choice would be a better choice. We do not believe that this is a “limitation.” We believe that we have unambiguously defined and justified  post-diapause reproduction as a measurement of successful diapause with respect to perpetuating the species through a stressful period.

      • Recommendations for improving the writing and presentation.

      The mechanics of the writing are fine, aside from some typos/grammar issues. But, the paper is conceptually superficial and tautological. It claims to provide a 'stringent criterion' for 'successful diapause', then measures an unjustified trait, then claims this demonstrates variation for 'successful diapause'.

      We respectfully disagree with this opinion.

      This story is conducted without reference to prior, primary literature or on the mechanisms of reproductive diapause. The presentation may be improved by considering the literature and precedence for what and how reproductive diapause is induced, maintained, and terminated ... in many insects as well as Drosophila

      We will revisit our citations of the literature and apologize for any inadvertent omissions.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      In our initial submission, reviewers highlighted that the major limitations of our study were related to both the number of minibinders tested as well as the number of optimizations we evaluated for improving minibinder function. In this revision, we have focused on expanding the minibinders tested. To do so, we selected two previously published minibinders against the epidermal growth factor receptor (EGFR). Selection of EGFR as a target enabled us to evaluate two minibinders that bind at different sites, unlike the previously evaluated binders LCB1 and LCB3 which both bind the same interface on SARS-CoV-2 Spike. Further, using EGFR as a target enabled us to qualitatively compare the efficacy of minibinder-coupled chimeric antigen receptors against an existing anti-EGFR CAR. We believe the results here demonstrate broader generalizability of our approach across binding sites, targets, and minibinders. We hope this addition is sufficient to convince future would-be users of these tools to attempt synthetic receptor engineering using minibinders against their protein of choice.

      Reviewers made comments about the presentation of flow data and the use of statistics throughout the manuscript. We did not modify how flow data are presented as the density plots we used are common throughout the field. We have opted to not include statistics – we believe that in the case of most of the experiments we show, our findings are obvious. In cases where statistics would be helpful for discerning whether subtle effects are real – for example, comparing the linker-based optimizations or comparing the anti-EGFR CARs – we believe that other experimental factors like construct expression are sufficient confounds that even in the presence of statistically significant effects we would be leading readers astray to make such claims about our data. As such, we have sought to limit the claims we make and hope that reviewers and audience agree we do not over interpret our data without statistical support.

      On more minor points, both reviewers addressed the differences in Figure 5A and 5C, which we addressed in our figure legend and in the previous response to reviews is the result of these data originating from different time points of the same assay. Reviewer #2 believed we should be more staid in our comments about linker optimality, which we have addressed by changing the referenced line in the discussion. Otherwise, we have made no modifications to figures or text beyond the addition of new data.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      We addressed the issue of “tolerability” in our answers to Reviewer 2 and in the revised manuscript where we had added data concerning tolerability, see the paragraph in the Results Section, page 11:

      "Finally, tolerability studies were performed with the administration of up to 20 and 40 mg/kg eq. NT (i.e. 25.8 and 51.6 mg/kg of VH-N412) with n=3 for these doses. The rectal temperature of the animals did not fall below 32.5 to 33.2°C, similar to the temperature induced with the 4 mg/kg eq. NT dose. We observed no mortality or notable clinical signs other than those associated with the rapid HT effect such as a decrease in locomotor activity. We thus report a very interesting therapeutic index since the maximal tolerated dose (MTD) was > 40 mg/kg eq. NT, while the maximum effect is observed at a 10x lower dose of 4 mg/kg eq. NT and an ED50 established at 0.69 mg/kg as shown in Figure 1G.”

      We have slightly modified the paragraph above to emphasize that the tolerability studies were performed in “naïve mice”. 

      "Finally, tolerability studies were performed in naïve mice with the administration of up to 20 and 40 mg/kg eq. NT (i.e. 25.8 and 51.6 mg/kg of VH-N412) with n=3 for these doses. The rectal temperature of the animals did not fall below 32.5 to 33.2°C, similar to the temperature induced with the 4 mg/kg eq. NT dose. We observed no mortality or notable clinical signs other than those associated with the rapid HT effect such as a decrease in locomotor activity. We thus report a very interesting therapeutic index since the maximal tolerated dose (MTD) was > 40 mg/kg eq. NT, while the maximum effect is observed at a 10x lower dose of 4 mg/kg eq. NT and an ED50 established at 0.69 mg/kg as shown in Figure 1G.”

      We propose to add a sentence in the Results section, page 11, relative to the fact that we can also induce severe hypothermia in rats using conjugates similar to VH-N412.

      We also added in the Discussion section (page 38) that we could induce hypothermia with different conjugates in mice, rats and pigs.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      (1) Some of the figures are of rather poor quality. For example, the H&E and Sirius Red stainings in Figures 3 and 4 are quite poor so it is difficult to see what is going on in the muscles. The authors should take note of another publication on dy3K/dy3K mice of similar age (PMID: 31586140) where such images are of much higher quality. Similarly, the Western blot for laminin-alpha2 (Figure 4B) of the wild-type mouse needs improvement. If the single laminin-alpha2 protein is not detected, there is an issue with the denaturation buffer used to load the protein.

      Thank you for the valuable suggestions. We have read the study on dy3K/dy3K mice of similar age (PMID: 31586140) which showed dystrophic changes in dy3K/dy3K muscle throughout the disease course with the whole muscle and representative muscle area. We have generated new figures with higher quality including the whole muscle and representative muscle area for the H&E and Sirius Red stainings.  However, due to the large images, we have added them in the new Figure supplement 2 and Figure supplement 3. Also, we have changed the denaturation buffer used to load the protein, and performed Western blot of laminin α2, the result of the laminin α2 protein of the wild-type mice (n =3) and dyH/dyH mice (n =3) detected by Western blot has been showed in Figure 4B.

      (2) My biggest concern is, however, the many overstatements in the manuscript and the over-interpretation of the data. This already starts with the first sentence in the abstract where the authors write: "Understanding the underlying pathogenesis of LAMA2- related muscular dystrophy (LAMA2-MD) have been hampered by lack of genuine mouse model." This is not correct as the dy3K/dy3K, generated in 1997 (PMID: 9326364), are also Lama2 knockout mice; there are also other strains (dyW/dyW mice) that are severely affected and there are the dy2J/dy2J mice that represent a milder form of LAMA2-MD. Similarly, the last two sentences of the abstract "This is the first reported genuine model simulating human LAMA2-MD. We can use it to study the molecular pathogenesis and develop effective therapies." are a clear overstatement. The mechanisms of the disease are well studied and the above-listed mouse models have been amply used to develop possible treatment options. The overinterpretation concerns the results from transcriptomics. The fact that Lama2 is expressed in particular cell types of the brain does not at all imply that Lama2 knockout mice have a defect in the blood-brain barrier as the authors state. If there are no functional data, this cannot be stated. Indications for a blood-brain barrier defect come from work in dy3K/dy3K mice (PMID: 25392494) and this needs to be written like this.

      Thank you for your comment and sorry for the overstatements in the manuscript. We have carefully considered our previous statements and corrected them accordingly. We have changed the first sentence in the abstract into "Our understanding of the molecular pathogenesis of LAMA2-related muscular dystrophy (LAMA2-MD) requires improving". Also, we have changed the last two sentences in the abstract with "In summary, this study provided useful information for understanding the molecular pathogenesis of LAMA2-MD".

      We also agree that "Lama2 is expressed in particular cell types of the brain does not at all imply that Lama2 knockout mice have a defect in the blood-brain barrier", and the indications for a blood-brain barrier defect come from work in dy3K/dy3K mice (PMID: 25392494). Therefore, we have corrected the overstatement according to the suggestion with "It was reported that the deficiency of laminin α2 in astrocytes and pericytes was associated with a defective blood-brain barrier (BBB) in the dy3K/dy3K mice (Menezes et al., 2014). The defective BBB presented with altered integrity and composition of the endothelial basal lamina, reduced pericyte coverage, and hypertrophic astrocytic endfeet lacking appropriately polarized aquaporin4 channels."

      (3) Finally, the bulk RNA-seq data also needs to be presented in a disease context. The authors, again, mix up changes in expression with functional impairment. All gene expression changes are interpreted as direct evidence of an involvement of the cytoskeleton. In fact, changes in the cytoskeleton are more likely a consequence of the severe muscle phenotype and the delay in muscle development. This is particularly possible as muscle samples from 14-day-old mice are compared; a stage at which muscle still develops and grows tremendously. Thus, all the data need to be interpreted with caution.

      Thank you for your comment. We have changed the over-interpretation of the bulk RNA-seq data, and have corrected the last sentence in the Result with "These observations important data for the impaired muscle cytoskeleton and abnormal muscle development which were associated with the muscle pathology consequence of severe dystrophic changes in the dyH/dyH mice.".

      (4) In summary, the authors need to improve data presentation and, most importantly, they need to tone down the interpretation and they must be fully aware that their work is not as novel as they present it.

      Thank you for your comments and valuable suggestions, and we have changed the previous overstatements and interpretation of the results. We are sorry that we failed to clearly present our rational of making this mouse model. Indeed, there were many existing mouse models, which were all important to the research in the field. One of the reasons why we wished to create dyH/dyH is to make a mouse model without any trace of engineering (e.g., inserted bacterial elements for knockout). By doing so, we were hoping to provide a novel model suited for gene-editing-based gene therapy development. To this end, dyH/dyH was created to reflect the hot mutation region in the Chinese population. Hopefully, you will agree with our points and see that we were not trying to belittle previous models but were simply trying to provide a different option. The overstatements were largely rooted from language barriers, and we have tried to make our statements more cautious and acceptable to the readers.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      (1) The major weakness is the manuscript reads like this was the first-ever knockout mouse model generated for LAMA2-CMD. There are in fact many Lama2 knockout mice (dy, dy2J, dy3k, dyW, and more) which have all been extensively studied with publications. It is important for the authors to comment on these other published studies that have generated these well-studied mouse lines. Therefore, there is a lack of background information on these other Lama2 null mice.

      Thank you for your comment. We have added background information on these other Lama2 null mice with the sentences "The most common mouse models for LAMA2-MD are the dy/dy, dy3k/dy3k, dyw/dyw and dy2J/dy2J mice (Xu et al., 1994; Michelson et al., 1995; Miyagoe et al., 1997; Kuang et al., 1998; Sunada et al., 1995). Among them, the dy/dy, dy3k/dy3k, dyw/dyw mice present severe muscular dystrophy, and dy2J/dy2J mice show mild muscular dystrophy and peripheral neuropathy (Gawlik and Durbeej, 2020). The mutation of the dy/dy mice has been still unclear (Xu et al., 1994; Michelson et al., 1995). The dy3k/dy3k mice were generated by inserting a reverse Neo element in the 3' end of exon 4 of Lama2 gene in 1997 (Miyagoe et al., 1997), and the dyw/dyw mice were created with an insertion of lacZ-neo in the exon 1 of Lama2 gene in 1998 (Kuang et al., 1998). The dy2J/dy2J mice were generated in 1970 by a spontaneous splice donor site mutation which resulted in a predominant transcript with a 171 base in-frame deletion, leading to the expression of a truncated laminin α2 with a 57 amino acid deletion (residues 34-90) and a substitution of Gln91Glu (Sunada et al., 1995). They were established in the pre-gene therapy era, leaving trace of engineering, such as bacterial elements in the Lama2 gene locus, thus unsuitable for testing various gene therapy strategies. Moreover, insufficient transcriptomic data of the muscle and brain of LAMA2-CMD mouse models limits the understanding of disease hallmarks. Therefore, there is a need to create new appropriate mouse models for LAMA2-CMD based on human high frequently mutated region using the latest gene editing technology such as clustered regularly interspaced short palindromic repeats (CRISPR)-Cas9."

      (2) The phenotypes of dyH/dyH are similar to, if not identical to dy/dy, dy2J/dy2J, dy3k/dy3k, dyW/dyW including muscle wasting, muscle weakness, compromised blood-brain barrier, and reduced life expectancy. This should be addressed, and a comparison made with Lama2 deficient mice in published literature.

      Thank you for your comment. We have added Table supplement 3 to make a comparison between dyH/dyH with other Lama2 deficient mice. We aslo have added the statement in Discussin with "Compared with other Lama2 deficient mice including dy/dy, dy2J/dy2J, dy3k/dy3k and dyW/dyW, the phenotype of the dyH/dyH mice presented with a very severe muscular dystrophy, which was similar to that of the dy3k/dy3k mice (Table supplement 3)."

      (3) Recent published studies (Chen et al., Development (2023), PMID 36960827) show loss of Itga7 causes disruption of the brain-vascular basal lamina leading to defects in the blood-brain barrier. This should be referenced in the manuscript since this integrin is a major Laminin-211/221 receptor in the brain and the mouse model appears to phenocopy the dyH/dyH mouse model.

      Thank you for your great suggestion. We have cited the published studies (Chen et al., Development (2023), PMID 36960827) and added statements in Discussion with "As reported, the aberrant BBB function was also associated with the adhesion defect of alpha7 integrin subunit in astrocytes to laminins in the Itga_7-/- mice (_Chen et al., 2023). In this study, loss of communications involving the laminins’ pathway between laminin α2 and integrins were predicted between vascular and leptomeningeal fibroblasts and astrocytes in the dyH/dyH brain, providing more evidence for the impaired BBB due to laminin α2 deficiency."

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) Improve the data presentation (as mentioned above). Make a new picture of the histology; repeat the Western blots. Discuss the RNA-seq data with more caution and present it in a more attractive way. Tone down the wording.

      Thank you for your recommendations. We have revised the overstatements and improved the RNA-seq data interpretation as suggested. Also,we have made a new picture of the histology, and repeated the Western blots.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors)

      (1) There are many grammatical errors within the manuscript. The manuscript should be carefully proofread.

      Thank you for your recommendations. We have carefully corrected the grammatical errors within the manuscript.

      (2) Figure 2: The animal numbers used in this analysis were not indicated. Please include this number in the figure legend.

      Thank you for your recommendations. We have added animal numbers in the figure legends wherever applicable.

      (3) Figure 2: The forelimb grip strength is informative but has limitations. Ex vivo or in vivo muscle contractility is the gold standard for measuring muscle strength.

      Thank you for your recommendations. We do agree that the ex vivo or in vivo muscle contractility is the gold standard for measuring muscle strength, and we really want to finish this experiment. However, we feel sorry that this test has not been finished due to the following reasons: (1) The forelimb grip strength for measuring muscle strength is a classic method and remains a commonly used method for measuring mouse muscle strength in the studies of different muscular dystrophies, such as LAMA2-MD (Amelioration of muscle and nerve pathology of Lama2-related dystrophy by AAV9-laminin-αLN linker protein. JCI Insight. 2022;7(13):e158397. PMID: 35639486), Duchenne muscular dystrophy (Investigating the role of dystrophin isoform deficiency in motor function in Duchenne muscular dystrophy. J Cachexia Sarcopenia Muscle. 2022;13(2):1360-1372. PMID: 35083887), facioscapulohumeral muscular dystrophy (Systemic delivery of a DUX4-targeting antisense oligonucleotide to treat facioscapulohumeral muscular dystrophy. Mol Ther Nucleic Acids. 2021;26:813-827. PMID: 34729250), and etc. (2) The forelimb grip strength for measuring muscle strength is also used in the human studies (PMID: 32366821; PMID: 29313844; PMID: 34499663, and etc). In view of reasons above, for measuring muscle strength, we used the forelimb grip strength, and have not finished the supplementary experiment of ex vivo or in vivo muscle contractility.

      (4) Figure 3: Muscle fibrosis should be measured with a hydroxyproline assay.

      Thank you for your recommendations. We do agree that the hydroxyproline assay is one of the most classic method to evaluate collagen content for measuring muscle fibrosis. However, we performed Sirius Red staining for measuring muscle fibrosis due to the following reasons: (1) Muscle fibrosis measured by Sirius Red staining can be observed more directly, and the other pathological features also can be observed, and compared through muscle pathology. (2) Sirius Red staining is also a classic method and remains a commonly used method for measuring muscle fibrosis, which has been previously reported in the mouse studies of muscle disorders, such as PMID: 22522482 (Losartan, a therapeutic candidate in congenital muscular dystrophy: studies in the dy(2J) /dy(2J) mouse. Ann Neurol. 2012;71(5):699-708.), PMID: 34337906 (Aging-related hyperphosphatemia impairs myogenic differentiation and enhances fibrosis in skeletal muscle. J Cachexia Sarcopenia Muscle. 2021;12(5):1266-1279.), PMID: 28798156 (Phosphodiesterase 4 inhibitor and phosphodiesterase 5 inhibitor combination therapy has antifibrotic and anti-inflammatory effects in mdx mice with Duchenne muscular dystrophy. FASEB J. 2017;31(12):5307-5320.), and etc. Therefore, we used Sirius Red staining to measure muscle fibrosis in this study.

      (5) Figure 8: The N=3 is very low which could result in type I or II statistical errors. A larger sample size will reduce the chance of statistical errors.

      Thank you for your recommendations. We have increased the number of animals to reduce the chance of statistical errors. We have performed the supplementary experiment, the number of animals for each group has been increased to 6 (3 male and female each).  The results were consistent with previous data in Figure 8.

      (6) Power analysis to estimate experimental animal numbers should be reported in the manuscript.

      Thank you for your recommendations. Refer to previous study (Power and sample size. Nature Methods. 2013;10:1139–1140), “The distributions show effect sizes d = 1, 1.5 and 2 for n = 3 and α = 0.05. Right, power as function of d at four different a values for n = 3”, and “If we average seven measurements (n = 7), we are able to detect a 10% increase in expression levels (μ_A = 11, _d = 1) 84% of the time with α = 0.05.”, the experimental animal numbers estimated were 3 to 7. Moreover, if the increased number of experimental animals could be available, we would retain data.

      (7) It is unclear if the studies were performed with adequate rigor. Were those scoring outcome measures blinded to the treatment groups?

      Thank you for your recommendations. We performed the studies with those scoring outcome measures not blinded to the treatment groups, the groups were based on their genotype. Actually, it was easy to discriminate the dyH/dyH groups from the WT/Het mice due to their small body shape.

      (8) Authors should appropriately cite previous studies that have generated Lama2 null mice.

      Thank you for your recommendations. We have cited previous studies that have generated Lama2 null mice with the sentence “The most common mouse models for LAMA2-MD are the dy/dy, dy3k/dy3k, dyw/dyw and dy2J/dy2J mice (Xu et al., 1994; Michelson et al., 1995; Miyagoe et al., 1997; Kuang et al., 1998; Sunada et al., 1995)”.

      (9) The number of animals should be increased to reduce the chance of statistical error.

      Thank you for your recommendations. We have performed the supplementary experiment, the number of animals for each group has been increased to reduce the chance of statistical error.

      (10) A power analysis should be performed to determine the number of experimental animals.

      Thank you for your recommendations. We have performed a power analysis to determine the number of experimental animals as mentioned above.

      (11) There are many grammatical errors within the manuscript. The manuscript should be carefully proofread.

      Thank you for your recommendations. We have carefully corrected the grammatical errors within the manuscript.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer 1:

      (1) General comment: The evidence for these highly novel, potentially interesting roles (of the exocyst) would need to be more compelling to support direct involvement.

      We wish to thank the reviewer for his/her comments, and for considering that the proposed functions are highly novel and potentially interesting. To strengthen the evidence supporting the new roles of the exocyst, we have performed a number of additional experiments that are depicted in novel figures or figure panels of the new version of the manuscript. Particularly, we aimed at providing further support of the direct involvement of the exocyst in different steps of the regulated secretory pathway. Please see the details below.

      (2) For instance, the localization of exocyst to Golgi or to granule-granule contact sites does not seem substantial.

      We have performed quantitative colocalization studies, as suggested by the reviewer to further substantiate our initial findings. We have carefully analysed GFP-Sec15 distribution in relation to the Golgi complex and secretory Glue granules at relevant time points of salivary gland development. Overall, we found that GFP-Sec15 distribution is dynamic during salivary gland development. Before Glue synthesis (72 h AEL), Sec15 was observed in close association (defined as a distance equal to, or less than 0.6 µm) with the Golgi complex (please see below Author response image 1). This association was lost once Glue granules have begun to form (96 h AEL). Importantly, we do not see relevant association between GFP-Sec15 and the ER (please see Author response image 2). These observations support our conclusion that the exocyst plays a role at the Golgi complex. New images supporting these conclusions, as well as quantitative data, have been included in Figure 5 of the new version of the manuscript. In addition, real time imaging, as well as 3D reconstruction analyses, confirming the close association between Sec15 and Golgi cisternae are now included in the manuscript. Please see Supplementary Videos 1-3. These new data are described in the text lines 200-210 of the Results section and text lines 359368 of the Discussion section.

      Interestingly, at the time when Sec15-Golgi association is lost (96 h AEL), Sec15 foci associate instead with newly formed secretory granules (< 1µm diameter). This association persists during secretory granule maturation (100-116 h AEL), when Sec15 foci localize specifically in between neighbouring, immature secretory granules. When maturation has ended and Glue granule exocytosis begins (116-120 h AEL), this localization between granules is lost. These observations are consistent with a role of the exocyst in homotypic fusion during SG maturation. We have included new images showing that association between Sec15 and secretory granules is dynamic and depends on the developmental stage. We have quantified this association both during maturation and at a stage when SGs are already mature. We have in addition performed a 3D reconstruction analysis of these images to confirm the close association between Sec15 and immature SGs. These new data are now depicted in Figure 7BC, Supplementary Videos 4-5, and described in text lines 216-221 of the Results section. In addition, a lower magnification image is provided below in this letter (Author response image 3), quantifying the proportion of Sec15 foci localized in between SGs (yellow arrows) relative to the total number of Sec15 foci (yellow arrows + green arrowheads).

      Author response image 1.

      Criteria utilized to define Sec15 focithat were“associated” or“not associated” withthe trans-Golgi network in the experiments of Figure 5C-E of the manuscript.When the distance between maximal intensities of GFP-Sec15 and Golgi-RFP signals was equal or less than 0.6 m, the signals were considered “associated” (upper panels). When the distance was more than 0.6 m, the signals were considered “not associated” (lower panels).

      Author response image 2.

      Criteria utilized to define Sec15 focithat were“associated” or“not associated” withthe ERin the experiments of Figure 5A-Bof the manuscript.When the distance between maximal intensities of GFP-Sec15 and KDEL-RFP signals was equal or less than 0.6 m, the signals were considered “associated”. When the distance was more than 0.6 m, the signals were considered “not associated”.

      Author response image 3.

      (A) GFP-Sec15 foci (cyan) and SGs (red) are shown in cells bearing Immature SGs or (B) with mature SGs. Yellow arrows indicate GFP-Sec15 foci localized in between SGs; green arrowheads indicate GFP-Sec15 foci that arenot in between SGs. (C) Quantification of the percentage (%) of Sec15 foci localized in between SGs respect to the total number of Sec15 foci in cells filled with immature SGs (ISG)vs cells with mature SGs (MSG).

      It is interesting to mention that previous evidence from mammalian cultured cells (Yeaman et al,  2001) show that the exocyst localizes both at the trans-Golgi network and at the plasma membrane, weighing in favour of our claim that the exocyst is required at various steps of the exocytic pathway. Thus, the exocyst may play multiple roles in the secretion pathway in other biological models as well. This concept has now been included at the Discussion section of the revised version of the manuscript (lines 359-368).

      To make the conclusions of our work clearer, in the revised version of the manuscript, we have now included a graphical abstract, summarizing the dynamic localization of the exocyst in relation to the processes of SG biogenesis, maturation and exocytosis reported in our work. 

      (3) Instead, it is possible that defects in Golgi traffic and granule homotypic fusion are not due to direct involvement of the exocyst in these processes, but secondary to a defect in canonical exocyst roles at the plasma membrane. A block in the last step of glue exocytosis could perhaps propagate backward in the secretory pathway to disrupt Golgi complexes or cause poor cellular health due to loss of cell polarity or autophagy.

      We thank the reviewer for these thoughtful comments. We have performed a number of additional experiments to assess “cellular health” or to identify possible defects in cell polarity after knock-down of exocyst subunits. These new data have been included in new supplementary figures 5 and 6 of the revised version of the manuscript (please see below). 

      In our view, the precise localization of GFP-Sec15 at the Golgi complex (Figure 5C-E), as well as in between immature secretory granules (Figure 7B-D), argues in favour of a direct involvement of the exocyst in SG biogenesis and homofusion respectively. 

      We truly appreciate the comment of the reviewer raising the possibility that the defects that we observe at early steps of the pathway (SG biogenesis and SG maturation) may actually stem from a backward effect of the role of the exocyst in SG-plasma membrane tethering. We wish to respectfully point out that the processes of biogenesis, maturation and plasma membrane tethering/fusion of SGs do not occur simultaneously in the Drosophila larval salivary gland in vivo, as they do in other secretory model systems (i.e. cell culture). In this regard, the experimental model is unique in terms of synchronization. In each cell of the salivary gland, the three processes (biogenesis, maturation and exocytosis) occur sequentially, and controlled by developmental cues. At the developmental stage when SGs fuse with the plasma membrane, SG biogenesis has already ceased many hours earlier: SG biogenesis occurs at 96-100 hours after egg lay (AEL), SG maturation takes place at 100-112 hours AEL, and SG-plasma membrane fusion happens only when all SGs have undergone maturation and are ready to fuse with the plasma membrane at 116-120 h AEL. Thus, in our view it is not conceivable that a defect in SG-plasma membrane tethering/fusion (116-120 h AEL) may affect backwards the processes of SG biogenesis or SG maturation, which have occurred earlier in development (96-112 h AEL).

      As suggested by the reviewer, we have analysed several markers of cellular health and cell polarity, comparing conditions of exocyst subunit silencing (exo70RNAi, sec3RNAi or exo84RNAi) with wild type controls (whiteRNAi). These new data are depicted in Supplementary Figures 5 and 6, and described in lines 172-179 of the Results section of the revised version of the manuscript. Noteworthy, for these experiments we have applied silencing conditions that block secretory granule maturation, bringing about mostly immature SGs. Our analyses included: 1) Subcellular distribution of PI(4,5)P2, 2) subcellular distribution of the tetraspanin CD63, 3) of Rab11, 4) of filamentous actin, and 5) of CD8. We have also compared 6) nuclear size and nuclear general morphology, 7) the number and distribution of mitochondria, 8) morphology and subcellular distribution of the cis- and 9) trans-Golgi networks. Finally, 10) we have compared basal autophagy in salivary cells with or without knocking down exocyst subunits. The markers that we have analysed behaved similarly to those of control salivary glands, suggesting that the observed defects in regulated exocytosis indeed reflect different roles of the exocyst in the secretory pathway, rather than poor cellular health or impaired cell polarity.  

      Our conclusions are in line with previous studies in which apico-basal polarity, Golgi complex morphology and distribution, as well as apical membrane trafficking were also evaluated in exocyst mutant backgrounds, finding no anomalies (Jafar-Nejad et al, 2005). 

      Conversely, in studies in which apical polarity was disturbed by interfering with Crumbs levels, SG biogenesis, maturation and exocytosis were not affected (Lattner et al, 2019), indicating that these processes not necessarily interfere with one another.  

      (4) Final recommendation: In the absence of stronger evidence for these other exocyst roles, I would suggest focusing the study on the canonical role (interesting, as it was previously reported that Drosophila exocyst had no function in the salivary gland and limited function elsewhere [DOI: 10.1034/j.1600-0854.2002.31206.x]), and leave the alternative roles for discussion and deeper study in the future.  

      We appreciate the reviewer´s recommendation. However, we believe that the major strength of our work is the discovery of non-canonical roles of the exocyst complex, unrelated to its function as a tethering complex for vesicle-plasma membrane fusion. We believe that in the new version of our manuscript, we provide stronger evidence supporting the two novel roles of the exocyst:

      a) Its participation in maintaining the normal structure of the Golgi complex, and b) Its function in secretory granule maturation.

      Reviewer 2:

      (5) General comment: A key strength is the breadth of the assays and study of all 8 exocyst subunits in a powerful model system (fly larvae). Many of the assays are quantitated and roles of the exocyst in early phases of granule biogenesis have not been ascribed. 

      We are grateful that the reviewer appreciates the novelty of our contribution.

      (6) However there are several weaknesses, both in terms of experimental controls, concrete statements about the granules (better resolution), and making a clear conceptual framework. Namely, why do KD of different exocysts have different effects on presumed granule formation

      The reviewer has raised a point that is central to the interpretation of all our data throughout the manuscript. The short answer is that the extent of RNAi-dependent silencing of exocyst subunits determines the phenotype: 

      1) Maximum silencing affects Golgi complex morphology and prevents SG biogenesis. 2) Intermediate silencing blocks SG maturation, without affecting Golgi complex morphology and SG biogenesis. 3) Weak silencing blocks SG tethering and fusion with the plasma membrane, without affecting Golgi complex morphology, SG biogenesis or SG maturation. 

      In other words, 1) Low levels of exocyst subunits are sufficient for normal Golgi complex morphology and SG biogenesis. 2) Intermediate levels of exocyst subunits are sufficient for SG maturation (and also sufficient for SG biogenesis). 3) High levels of exocyst subunits are required for SG tethering and subsequent fusion with the plasma membrane. 

      Based on the above notion, we have exploited the fact that temperature can fine-tune the level of Gal4/UAS-dependent transcription, thereby achieving different levels of silencing, as shown by Norbert Perrimon et al in their seminal paper “the level of RNAi knockdown can also be altered by using Gal4 lines of various strengths, rearing flies at different temperatures, or via coexpression of UAS-Dicer2” (Perkins et al, 2015). 

      We found in our system that indeed, by applying appropriate silencing conditions (RNAi line and temperature) to any of the eight subunits of the exocyst, we have been able to obtain one of the three alternative phenotypes: Impaired SG biogenesis, or impaired SG maturation, or impaired SG tethering/fusion with the plasma membrane.

      These concepts are summarized below in Author response image 4. Please see also at point 26, the general comment of Reviewer #3. 

      We have conducted qRT-PCR assays to provide experimental support to the notions summarized above in Author response image 4. We measured the remaining levels of mRNAs of some of the exocyst subunits, after inducing RNAi-mediated silencing at different temperatures, or with different RNAi transgenic lines. The remaining RNA levels after silencing correlate well with the observed phenotypes, following the predictions of Author response image 4 and summarized in Author response image 5. These new data are now shown in Supplementary Figure 2 of the revised version of the manuscript, and described in lines 153-159 at the Results section.

      (7) Why does just overexpression of a single subunit (Sec15) induce granule fusion?

      The reviewer raises a very important point. Based on available data from the literature, Sec15 behaves as a seed for assembly of the holocomplex and it also mediates the recruitment of the holocomplex to SGs through its interaction with Rab11 (Escrevente et al, 2021; Bhuin and Roy, 2019; Wu et al, 2005; Zhang et al, 2004; Guo et al, 1999). Thus, overexpression of Sec15 is expected to enhance exocyst assembly, thereby potentiating the activities carried out by the complex in the cell, including SG homofusion. In the revised version of the manuscript we have also performed the overexpression of Sec8, finding that, unlike Sec15, Sec8 fails to induce homotypic fusion. These results were expected, as they confirm that Sec8 does not behave as a seed for mounting the whole complex. These new data have been included in Figure 7E-H, and are described in text lines 221-229 of the Results section. 

      Author response image 4.

      Conceptual model of RNAi expression at different temperatures , remaining levels of mRNA/protein levels and phenotypes obtained at each temperature.

      Author response image 5.

      qRT-PCR assays presented in Supplementary Figure 2 are shown in combination with the phenotypes observed at each of the conditions analyzed. Note the correlation between phenotypes and the extent of mRNA downregulation.

      (8) While the paper is fascinating, the major comments need to be addressed to really be able to make better sense of this work, which at present is hard to disentangle direct vs. secondary effects, especially as much of the TGN seems to be altered in the KDs.  

      We hope that our response to point 6) has helped to clarify this important point raised by the Reviewer. After applying silencing conditions where normal structure of the trans-Golgi network is impaired, SG biogenesis does not occur. Thus, since SGs do not form, it is not conceivable to detect defects in SG maturation or SG fusion with the plasma membrane in the same cell.

      (9) The authors conveniently ascribe many of the results to the holocomplex, but their own data (Fig. 4 and Fig. 6) are at odds with this.

      This is another central point of our work, so we thank the reviewer for his/her comment. In Figures 4A, 7A and 9A of the revised version of the manuscript, we show that, by inducing appropriate levels of silencing of any of the 8 subunits of the exocyst, each of the three alternative phenotypic manifestations can occur. In our opinion, this argues in favour of a function for the whole exocyst complex in each of the three specific activities proposed in our study: 1) SG biogenesis, 2) SG maturation, and 3) SG tethering/fusion with the plasma membrane. In detailed characterizations of these three phenotypes performed throughout the study, we decided to induce silencing of just two or three of the subunits of the exocyst, assuming that the whole complex accounts the mechanisms involved.

      Major comments

      (10) Resolution not sufficient. Identification of "mature secretory granules" (MSG) in Fig. 3 is based on low-resolution images in which the MSG are not clearly seen (see control in Fig. 3A) and rather appear as a diffuse haze, and not as clear granules. There may be granules here, but as shown it is not clear. Thus it would be helpful to acquire images at higher resolution (at the diffraction limit, or higher) to see and count the MSG.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this point, as it may not be straightforward to the reader to identify the SGs throughout the figures of our study. To make it clearer, in Figure 3A (magnified insets on the right), we have delimitated individual SGs with a green dotted line, and included diagrams (far right), which we hope will help the identification of SGs. In Figure 3B, we show that after silencing Sec84, a mosaic phenotype was observed: In some cells SGs fail to undergo maturation, and remain smaller than normal. In other cells of this mosaic phenotype, biogenesis of SGs was impaired and the fluorescent cargo remained trapped in a mesh-like structure (that we later show that corresponds to the ER). The dotted line marks individual SGs, and the diagrams included on the right intend to help the interpretation of the phenotype. The mesh-like structures where Sgs3-GFP was retained are also marked with dotted line, and schematized on the right. These new schemes are described in the Figure 3 caption of the revised version of the manuscript.

      We wish to mention that all the confocal images depicted in this figure and throughout the manuscript  have been captured at high resolution, with a theoretical resolution limit of 168177nm (d = γ/2NA). Given that secretory granules range from 0.8-7µm in diameter, the resolution is more than sufficient to clearly resolve these structures. 

      (11) Note: the authors are not clear on which objective was used. Maybe the air objective as the resolution appears poor).  

      In this particular figure, we have utilized a Plan-Apochromat 63X/1.4NA oil objective of the inverted Carl Zeiss LSM 880 confocal microscope (mentioned in materials and methods).

      (12) They need to prove that the diffuse Sgs3-GFP haze is indeed due to MSG.  

      If we interpret correctly the concern of the reviewer, what he/she calls “diffuse haze” is actually the distribution of Sgs3-GFP within individual SGs, which, as previously reported by other authors, is not homogeneous at this stage (Syed et al. 2022). We hope that the diagrams that we have included in Figure 3 A, B (point 10) will help the readers interpreting the images.   

      (13) Related it is unclear what are the granule structures that correspond to Immature secretory granules (ISG) and cells with mesh-like structures (MLS)?

      We are confident that the diagrams now included in Figure 3A and B will help the interpretation, and particularly to identify immature granules and the mesh-like structure generated after silencing of exocyst subunits.

      (14) Similarly, Sgs3 images of KD of 8 exocyst subunits were interpreted to be identical, in Fig. 4, but the resolution is poor.

      We hope that the issue related to resolution of our images has been properly addressed in the response to point 10) of this letter. In Figure 4A, we show that after silencing of any of the 8 subunits (with the appropriate conditions), in all cases SG biogenesis was impaired, and Sgs3GFP was instead retained in a mesh-like structure. Images obtained after silencing different exocyst subunits are of course not identical, but in all cases, a mesh-like structure has replaced the formation of SGs (Figure 4A). Hopefully, the diagrams now included in Figure 3A and B help the correct interpretation of the phenotypes throughout the study.

      To demonstrate that the structure in which Sgs3-GFP was retained upon exocyst complex knockdown corresponds to the ER, we performed a colocalization analysis between Sgs3-GFP and the ER markers GFP-KDEL or Bip-sfGFP-HDEL, after which we calculated the Pearsons Coefficient, which indicated substantial colocalization (Figure 4B-G and Supplementary Figures 7 and 8). These new data are described in lines 196-199 of the revised version of the manuscript. To facilitate the visualization of the results, in the revised version of the manuscript we have included magnified cropped areas of the images shown in Figure 4A.

      (15) What is remarkable is a highly variable effect of different subunit KD on the percentage of cells with MLS (Fig. 4C). Controls = 100 %, Exo70=~75% (at 19 deg), Sec3 = ~30%, Sec10 = 0%, Exo84 = 100% ... This is interesting for the functional exocyst is an octameric holocomples, thus why the huge subunit variability in the phenotypes? The trivial explanation is either: i) variable exocyst subunit KD (not shown) or ii) variability between experiments (no error bars are shown). Both should be addressed by quantification of the KD of different proteins and secondly by replicating the experiments.

      We agree with the reviewer statement. We believe that both, variability of KD efficiency (i) and variability between experiments (ii) contribute to the variable effect observed after knocking down the different subunits. As detailed in the response to point 6), we have performed qRT-PCR determinations to confirm that the severity of the phenotype depends on the efficiency of RNAimediated silencing. We chose to analyse in detail the effect on the subunits exo70 and sec3, which were those with the highest phenotypic differences between the three silencing temperatures utilized. We found that as expected, the levels of silencing were temperaturedependent, being higher at 29°C and lower at 19°C. These data were included in Supplementary Figure 2, and described lines 153-159 of the Results section and also summarized in Author response images 4 and 5 of this rebuttal letter.

      We thank the reviewer for his/her comment on the replication of experiments and statistics. We failed to include detailed numerical information in the original submission, such as the number of replicas and standard deviations of the data depicted in Figure 3C and Supplementary Figure 1, so we apologize for this omission. In the revised version of the manuscript, we have included a table (Supplementary Table 3) in which all the raw data of Figure 3C and Supplementary Figure 1, including standard deviations, are now depicted.

      (16) If their data holds up then the underlying mechanism here needs to be considered.

      (Note: there is some precedent from the autophagy field of differential exocyst effects)

      Our proposed mechanism is essentially that the holocomplex is required for multiple processes along the secretory pathway. Each of these actions (Golgi structure maintenance, SG maturation and SG tethering/fusion with the plasma membrane) requires different amounts of holocomplex activity, being this the reason why each phenotype manifests at different levels of RNAi-mediated silencing (Author response image 4 of this letter). The model predicts that Golgi structure maintenance requires minimal levels of complex activity, and that is why strong knock-down of exocyst subunits is required to obtain this phenotype. In line with our results, it has been reported that other tethering complexes of the CATCHR family are also required for maintaining Golgi cisternae stuck together (D'Souza et al, 2020; Khakurel and Lupashin, 2023; Liu et al, 2019). One possibility is that the exocyst may play a redundant role in the maintenance of the normal structure of the Golgi complex, along with other CATCHR complexes. This potential redundancy could explain why severe exocyst knock-down is required to observe structural anomalies at this organelle. On the other end of the spectrum, we propose that tethering/fusion with the plasma membrane is very susceptible to even slight reduction of complex activity, so that mild RNAi-mediated silencing is sufficient to provoke defects in this process. This proposed model is depicted in Author response image 4 and discussed in lines 395-405 of the Discussion section. 

      (17) In the salivary glands the authors state that the exocyst is needed for Sgs3-GFP exit from the ER. First, Pearson's coefficient should be shown so as to quantitate the degree of ER localizations of all KDs.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment that helped us to strengthen the observation that when SG biogenesis is impaired, Sgs3-GFP remains trapped in the ER. In the revised version of the manuscript, we have calculated Pearson´s coefficient to assess colocalization between ER markers (GFP-KDEL or Bip-sfGFP-HDEL) and Sgs3-GFP in salivary gland cells that express sec15RNAi. The Pearson’s coefficient was around 0.6 for both ER markers, indicating that colocalization with Sgs3-GFP was substantial (Supplementary Figure 8, text lines 196-199 of the Results section).

      (18) Second, there should be some rescue performed (if possible) to support specificity. 

      As suggested by the reviewer, we have performed a rescue experiment of the phenotype provoked by the expression of sec15 RNAi, which consisted on the retention of Sgs3-GFP in the endoplasmic reticulum: Expression of Sec15-GFP reverted substantially the ER retention phenotype, rescuing SG biogenesis and also SG maturation in most cells (over 60% of the cells). These new data are now shown in Supplementary Figure 4, and described in lines 168-171 of the Results section.

      (19) Third, importantly other proteins that should traffic to the PM need to be shown to traffic normally so as to rule out a non-specific effect.

      We have addressed this issue (also mentioned by Reviewer #1), by analyzing the localization of a number of polarization markers, finding that the overall polarization of the cell was not affected by loss of function of exocyst subunits. Please, see our response to the point 3) raised by Reviewer #1. The new data showing cell polarization markers are shown in Supplementary Figure 6 of the revised version of the manuscript, and described on text lines 172-179 of the Results section.

      (20) It is unclear from their model (Fig. 5) why after exocyst KD of Sec15 the cis-Golgi is more preserved than the TGN, which appears as large vacuoles. This is not quantitated and not shown for the 8 subunits.

      We thank the reviewer for this relevant comment. We agree that the phenotype of either, sec15 or sec3 loss-of-function cells manifests differently with cis-Golgi and trans-Golgi markers. While the cis-Golgi marker looked fragmented and aggregated, the trans-Golgi marker adopted a swollen appearance. However, in our view, the different appearance of the two markers does not necessarily imply that one compartment is more preserved than the other. In the revised version of the manuscript, we have quantified the penetrance of the phenotypes provoked by sec15 or sec3 silencing, using both cis-Golgi and trans-Golgi markers. In both cases, the penetrance was high, although even higher with the trans-Golgi marker. These new data are now depicted in Supplementary Figure 9 of the revised version of the manuscript. 

      It is interesting to mention that in HeLa cells, as well as in the retinal epithelial cell line hTERT, Golgi phenotypes similar to those we have described here have been reported after loss-offunction of other tethering complexes, which were shown to maintain the Golgi cisternae stuck together, including the GOC and GARP complexes (D'Souza et al, 2020, Khakurel and Lupashin, 2023; Shijie Liu et al, 2019). As we did throughout our work, not every aspect of the analysis included the silencing of all eight subunits. In this case, we chose to silence Sec3 and Sec15. Please note that we have modified the model depicted in Figure 6E-F, to highlight the cis- and transGolgi phenotypes upon exocyst knock-down, as well as the localization of the exocyst in cisternae of the Golgi complex.

      (21) Acute/Chronic control: It would be nice to acutely block the exocyst so as to better distinguish if the effects observed are primary or secondary effects (e.g. on a recycling pathway).

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important issue. To address this point, and to be able to induce silencing of exocyst subunits at specific time intervals of larval development, we utilized a strategy based on a thermosensitive variant of the Gal4 inhibitor Gal80 (Gal80ts)(Lee and Luo, 1999). We blocked Gal4 activity (and therefore RNAi expression) by maintaining the larvae at 18 °C during the 1st and 2nd instars (until 120 hours after egg lay), and then induced the activity of Gal4 specifically at the 3rd larval instar by raising the temperature to 29 ºC, a condition in which Gal80ts becomes inactive. After silencing the expression of sec3 or sec15 at the 3rd larval instar only, the phenotype was very similar to that observed after chronic silencing of exocyst subunits (larvae maintained at 29 ºC all throughout development, where Gal4 was never inhibited). These observations suggest that the defects observed in the secretory pathway after knock down of exocyst subunits reflect genuine functions of the exocyst in this pathway, rather than a secondary effect derived from impaired development of the salivary glands at early larval stages. These new results are now shown in Supplementary Figure 3, and described in manuscript lines 160-171 of the Results section.   

      (22) Granule homotypic fusion. Strangely over-expression of just one subunit, Sec15-GFP, made giant secretory granules (SG) that were over 8 microns big! Why is that, especially if normally the exocyst is normally a holocomplex. Was this an effect that was specific to Sec15 or all exocyst subunits? Is the Sec15 level rate limiting in these cells? It may be that a subcomplex of Sec15/10 plays earlier roles, but in any case this needs to be addressed across all (or many) of the exocyst subcomplex members.

      Please, see our response to point 7) of this letter. Sec15 is believed to act as a seed for the formation of the whole complex.

      (23) In summary, there are clearly striking effects on secretory granule biogenesis by dysfunction of the exocyst, however right now it is hard to disentangle effects on ERGolgi traffic, loss of the TGN, and a problem in maturation or fusion of granules. 

      As discussed in detail in our response to the point 3 raised by Reviewer #1, the secretory pathway is highly synchronized in each of the cells of the Drosophila salivary gland. SG biogenesis, SG maturation and SG fusion with the plasma membrane never occur simultaneously in the same cell. Thus, in a cell in which ER-Golgi traffic is impaired (and SG biogenesis does not occur), SGs do not exist, and therefore, they cannot exhibit defects in the process of maturation or fusion with the plasma membrane. In summary, we believe that our work has shown that in Drosophila larval salivary glands the exocyst holocomplex is required for (at least) three functions along the secretory pathway: 1) To maintain the appropriate Golgi complex architecture, thus enabling ERGolgi transport; 2) For secretory granule maturation: both, homotypic fusion and acquisition of maturation factors; 3) For secretory granule exocytosis: secretory granule tethering to enable subsequent fusion with the plasma membrane. As mentioned above (point 6 of this letter), these three functions require different amounts of the holocomplex, and therefore can be revealed by inducing different levels of silencing.  

      (24) It is also confusing if the entire exocyst holocomplex or subcomplex plays a key role 

      The fact that, by silencing any of the subunits (with the appropriate conditions) it is possible obtain any of the 3 phenotypes (impaired SG biogenesis, impaired SG maturation or impaired SG fusion with the plasma membrane) argues in favour of a function of the complex as a whole in each of these three functions.

      Reviewer 3:

      (25) General comment: Freire and co-authors examine the role of the exocyst complex during the formation and secretion of mucins from secretory granules in the larval salivary gland of Drosophila melanogaster. Using transgenic lines with a tagged Sgs3 mucin the authors KD expression of exocyst subunit members and observe a defect in secretory granules with a heterogeneity of phenotypes. By carefully controlling RNAi expression using a Gal4-based system the authors can KD exocyst subunit expression to varying degrees. The authors find that the stronger the inhibition of expression of exocyst the earlier in the secretory pathway the defect. The manuscript is well written, the model system is physiological, and the techniques are innovative.

      We appreciate the reviewer´s assessment of our work. 

      (26) My major concern is that the evidence underlying the fundamental claim of the manuscript that "the exocyst complex participates" in multiple secretory processes lacks direct evidence.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important issue. We believe that the analysis of Sec15 subcellular localization during salivary gland development (Figures 5, 7B-D and 9E-F), in combination with the detailed analysis of the phenotypes provoked by loss-of-function of each of the exocyst subunits, provide evidence supporting multiple functions of the exocyst in the secretory pathway. We have also included 3D reconstructions and videos of GFP-Sec15 colocalization with Golgi and SG markers to support exocyst localization associated to these structures (Supplementary Videos 1-7), text lines 200-210; 216-221 and 303-305.

      (27) It is clear from multiple lines of evidence, which are discussed by the authors, that exocyst is essential for an array of exocytic events. The fundamental concern is that loss of homeostasis on the plasma membrane proteome and lipidome might have severe pleiotropic effects on the cell.

      We agree with the reviewer that this is an important point that needed to be addressed. As discussed in detail above at the response to point 3 raised by Reviewer #1, we have analysed several plasma membrane markers (including a PI(4,5)P2 lipid reporter), and found that overall, plasma membrane integrity and polarity were not substantially affected (Supplementary Figure 6). In addition, we have analyzed several markers of general cellular “health” that indicate that salivary gland cells do not seem to be distressed by the reduction of exocyst complex activity (Supplementary Figure 5). These new data are described in lines 172-179 of the Results section.

      (28) Perhaps the authors have more evidence that exocyst is important for homeotypic fusion of the SGs, as supported by the localisation of Sec15 on the fusion sites.

      We believe that the fact that, by silencing any of the exocyst subunits (with the appropriate conditions), immature smaller-than-normal granules were observed, argus in favour that the exocyst as a whole participates in SG homofusion (Figure 7A). In addition, we have included more images, quantifications, 3D reconstructions and videos of GFP-Sec15 localized just at the contact sites between immature SGs. We have quantified and compared GFP-Sec15 localization at immature SG vs its localization at mature SGs, finding that localizes preferentially at immature SGs, supporting a role of the exocyst as a tethering complex during homotypic fusion (shown Figure 7B-C and Supplementary Videos 4-6, and described in lines 216-221 of the Results section). Please see also our response to the point 2 raised by reviewer 1 in this rebuttal letter, and to Author response image 3 above in this letter.

      (29) The second question that I think is important to address is, what exactly do the varying RNAi levels correspond to in terms of experiments, and have these been validated? Due to the fundamental claim being that the severity of the phenotype being correlated with the level of KD, I think validation of this model is absolutely essential.  

      We thank the Reviewer for raising this important point, and agree it was lacking in the original version of our manuscript. As discussed in our response to the point 6) raised by Reviewer #2, we have performed qRT-PCR determinations for exo70 and sec3 mRNA levels after inducing silencing of these subunits at different temperatures, or with different RNAi transgenic lines. The remnant mRNA levels correlate well with the observed phenotypes. Please see Supplementary Figure 2 of the revised manuscript, and Author response image 5 of this rebuttal letter; described in lines 155-159 of the Results section. 

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      -  The authors assert in the discussion that exocyst involvement in constitutive secretion is well documented. This is based on a very recent study in mammalian culture cells. Therefore, I would not dismiss the issue as completely settled. Furthermore, a previous study of Drosophila sec10 reported no roles outside the ring gland (DOI: 10.1034/j.1600-0854.2002.31206.x).

      We have included these observations in the Discussion section. Lines 326-329.

      -  A salivary gland screening by Julie Brill's lab reported exocyst components as hits (DOI: 10.1083/jcb.201808017).

      We have referred to this paper in the Discussion section. Lines 326-329.

      -  It should be explained in more detail what is measured in graphs 7C, F, and others quantifying fluorescence around secretory granules. Looking at the images, the decrease in Rab1 and Rab11 seems less convincing.

      We have made a clearer description of how fluorescence intensity was measured in the Methods section lines 558-561. Also, we have uploaded a source data file in which the raw data of each experiment used for quantifications are disclosed. 

      Please note that the data indicates that Rab11 levels are higher in sec5 (Figure 8J-L) and sec3 (supplementary Figure 11M-R).

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      No major issues.

      Writing - The authors should better frame their interpretations of other studies of the exocyst that include the role in autophagy, Palade body trafficking, and differential roles of the subunits.

      We have discussed these specific points in the Discussion section, lines 348-355 and 409-410.

      Minor - Fig. 6A: Why are variable temperatures (19-29 deg C used for the 8 KD experiments)?

      Please show it all at the same temperature (control too).

      The need for the usage of specific temperatures to obtain specific phenotypes with each of the RNAi lines used was explained in point 6 of this letter.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      In the abstract, the authors refer to the exocytic process and go on to describe secretory granule biogenesis and exocytosis. However, there are many exocytic processes aside from secretory granule biogenesis, and I think the authors should clarify this.

      Corrected in the Abstract. Lines 19-21

      Page 17 Thomas, 2021 reference, there is a glitch with the reference.

      Thanks for noticing. Fixed.

      References

      Bhuin T, Roy JK. Developmental expression, co-localization and genetic interaction of exocyst component Sec15 with Rab11 during Drosophila development. Exp Cell Res. 2019 Aug 1;381(1):94-104. doi: 10.1016/j.yexcr.2019.04.038. Epub 2019 May 7. PMID: 31071318.

      D'Souza Z, Taher FS, Lupashin VV. Golgi inCOGnito: From vesicle tethering to human disease. Biochim Biophys Acta Gen Subj. 2020 Nov;1864(11):129694. doi: 10.1016/j.bbagen.2020.129694. Epub 2020 Jul 27. PMID: 32730773; PMCID: PMC7384418.

      Escrevente C, Bento-Lopes L, Ramalho JS, Barral DC. Rab11 is required for lysosome exocytosis through the interaction with Rab3a, Sec15 and GRAB. J Cell Sci. 2021 Jun 1;134(11):jcs246694. doi: 10.1242/jcs.246694. Epub 2021 Jun 8. PMID: 34100549; PMCID: PMC8214760.

      Guo W, Roth D, Walch-Solimena C, Novick P. The exocyst is an effector for Sec4p, targeting secretory vesicles to sites of exocytosis. EMBO J. 1999 Feb 15;18(4):1071-80. doi: 10.1093/emboj/18.4.1071. PMID: 10022848; PMCID: PMC1171198.

      Jafar-Nejad H, Andrews HK, Acar M, Bayat V, Wirtz-Peitz F, Mehta SQ, Knoblich JA, Bellen HJ. Sec15, a component of the exocyst, promotes notch signaling during the asymmetric division of Drosophila sensory organ precursors. Dev Cell. 2005 Sep;9(3):351-63. doi: 10.1016/j.devcel.2005.06.010. PMID: 16137928.

      Khakurel A, Lupashin VV. Role of GARP Vesicle Tethering Complex in Golgi Physiology. Int J Mol Sci. 2023 Mar 23;24(7):6069. doi: 10.3390/ijms24076069. PMID: 37047041; PMCID: PMC10094427.

      Lattner J, Leng W, Knust E, Brankatschk M, Flores-Benitez D. Crumbs organizes the transport machinery by regulating apical levels of PI(4,5)P2 in Drosophila. Elife. 2019 Nov 7;8:e50900. doi: 10.7554/eLife.50900. PMID: 31697234; PMCID: PMC6881148.

      Lee T, Luo L. Mosaic analysis with a repressible cell marker for studies of gene function in neuronal morphogenesis. Neuron. 1999 Mar;22(3):451-61. doi: 10.1016/s08966273(00)80701-1. PMID: 10197526.

      Liu S, Majeed W, Grigaitis P, Betts MJ, Climer LK, Starkuviene V, Storrie B. Epistatic Analysis of the Contribution of Rabs and Kifs to CATCHR Family Dependent Golgi Organization. Front Cell Dev Biol. 2019 Aug 2;7:126. doi: 10.3389/fcell.2019.00126. PMID: 31428608; PMCID: PMC6687757.

      Perkins LA, Holderbaum L, Tao R, Hu Y, Sopko R, McCall K, Yang-Zhou D, Flockhart I, Binari R, Shim HS, Miller A, Housden A, Foos M, Randkelv S, Kelley C, Namgyal P, Villalta C, Liu LP, Jiang X, Huan-Huan Q, Wang X, Fujiyama A, Toyoda A, Ayers K, Blum A, Czech B, Neumuller R, Yan D, Cavallaro A, Hibbard K, Hall D, Cooley L, Hannon GJ, Lehmann R, Parks A, Mohr SE, Ueda R, Kondo S, Ni JQ, Perrimon N. The Transgenic RNAi Project at Harvard Medical School: Resources and Validation. Genetics. 2015 Nov;201(3):843-52. doi: 10.1534/genetics.115.180208. Epub 2015 Aug 28. PMID: 26320097; PMCID: PMC4649654.

      Wu S, Mehta SQ, Pichaud F, Bellen HJ, Quiocho FA. Sec15 interacts with Rab11 via a novel domain and affects Rab11 localization in vivo. Nat Struct Mol Biol. 2005 Oct;12(10):879-85. doi: 10.1038/nsmb987. Epub 2005 Sep 11. PMID: 16155582.

      Yeaman C, Grindstaff KK, Wright JR, Nelson WJ. Sec6/8 complexes on trans-Golgi network and plasma membrane regulate late stages of exocytosis in mammalian cells. J Cell Biol. 2001 Nov 12;155(4):593-604. doi: 10.1083/jcb.200107088. Epub 2001 Nov 5. PMID: 11696560; PMCID: PMC2198873.

      Zhang XM, Ellis S, Sriratana A, Mitchell CA, Rowe T. Sec15 is an effector for the Rab11 GTPase in mammalian cells. J Biol Chem. 2004 Oct 8;279(41):43027-34. doi: 10.1074/jbc.M402264200. Epub 2004 Jul 29. PMID: 15292201.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      We summarized the main changes:

      (1) In the Introduction part, we give a general definition of habitat fragmentation to avoid confusion, as reviewers #1 and #2 suggested.

      (2) We clarify the two aspects of the observed “extinction”——“true dieback” and “emigration”, as reviewers #2 and #3 suggested.

      (3) In the Methods part, we 1) clarify the reason for testing the temporal trend in colonization/extinction dynamics and describe how to select islands as reviewer #1 suggested; 2) describe how to exclude birds from the analysis as reviewer #2 suggested.

      (4) In the Results part, we modified and rearranged Figure 4-6 as reviewers #1, #2 and #3 suggested.

      (5) In the Discussion part, we 1) discuss the multiple aspects of the metric of isolation for future research as reviewer #3 suggested; 2) provide concrete evidence about the relationship between habitat diversity or heterogeneity and island area and 3) provide a wider perspective about how our results can inform conservation practices in fragmented habitats as reviewer #2 suggested.

      eLife Assessment

      This important study enhances our understanding of how habitat fragmentation and climate change jointly influence bird community thermophilization in a fragmented island system. The evidence supporting some conclusions is incomplete, as while the overall trends are convincing, some methodological aspects, particularly the isolation metrics and interpretation of colonization/extinction rates, require further clarification. This work will be of broad interest to ecologists and conservation biologists, providing crucial insights into how ecosystems and communities react to climate change.

      We sincerely extend our gratitude to you and the esteemed reviewers for acknowledging the importance of our study and for raising these concerns. We have clarified the rationale behind our analysis of temporal trends in colonization and extinction dynamics, as well as the choice of distance to the mainland as the isolation metric. Additionally, we further discuss the multiple aspects of the metric of isolation for future research and provide concrete supporting evidence about the relationship between habitat diversity or heterogeneity and island area.

      Incorporating these valuable suggestions, we have thoroughly revised our manuscript, ensuring that it now presents a more comprehensive and nuanced account of our research. We are confident that these improvements will further enhance the impact and relevance of our work for ecologists and conservation biologists alike, offering vital insights into the resilience and adaptation strategies of communities facing the challenges of climate change.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This study reports on the thermophilization of bird communities in a network of islands with varying areas and isolation in China. Using data from 10 years of transect surveys, the authors show that warm-adapted species tend to gradually replace cold-adapted species, both in terms of abundance and occurrence. The observed trends in colonisations and extinctions are related to the respective area and isolation of islands, showing an effect of fragmentation on the process of thermophilization.

      Strengths:

      Although thermophilization of bird communities has been already reported in different contexts, it is rare that this process can be related to habitat fragmentation, despite the fact that it has been hypothesized for a long time that it could play an important role. This is made possible thanks to a really nice study system in which the construction of a dam has created this incredible Thousand Islands lake. Here, authors do not simply take observed presence-absence as granted and instead develop an ambitious hierarchical dynamic multi-species occupancy model. Moreover, they carefully interpret their results in light of their knowledge of the ecology of the species involved.

      Response: We greatly appreciate your recognition of our study system and the comprehensive approach and careful interpretation of results. 

      Weaknesses:

      Despite the clarity of this paper on many aspects, I see a strong weakness in the authors' hypotheses, which obscures the interpretation of their results. Looking at Figure 1, and in many sentences of the text, a strong baseline hypothesis is that thermophilization occurs because of an increasing colonisation rate of warm-adapted species and extinction rate of cold-adapted species. However, there does not need to be a temporal trend! Any warm-adapted species that colonizes a site has a positive net effect on CTI; similarly, any cold-adapted species that goes extinct contributes to thermophilization.

      Thank you very much for these thoughtful comments. The understanding depends on the time frame of the study and specifically, whether the system is at equilibrium. We think your claim is based on this background: if the system is not at equilibrium, then CTI can shift simply by having differential colonization (or extinction) rates for warm-adapted versus cold-adapted species. We agree with you in this case.

      On the other hand, if a community is at equilibrium, then there will be no net change in CTI over time. Imagine we have an archipelago where the average colonization of warm-adapted species is larger than the average colonization of cold-adapted species, then over time the archipelago will reach an equilibrium with stable colonization/extinction dynamics where the average CTI is stable over time. Once it is stable, then if there is a temporal trend in colonization rates, the CTI will change until a new equilibrium is reached (if it is reached).

      For our system, the question then is whether we can assume that the system is or has ever been at equilibrium. If it is not at equilibrium, then CTI can shift simply by having differential colonization (or extinction) rates for warm-adapted versus cold-adapted species. If the system is at equilibrium (at the beginning of the study), then CTI will only shift if there is a temporal change or trend in colonization or extinction rates.

      Habitat fragmentation can affect biomes for decades after dam formation. The “Relaxation effect” (Gonzalez, 2000) refers to the fact that the continent acts as a potential species pool for island communities. Under relaxation, some species will be filtered out over time, mainly through the selective extinction of species that are highly sensitive to fragmentation. Meanwhile, for a 100-hectare patch, it takes about ten years to lose 50% of bird species; The smaller the patch area, the shorter the time required (Ferraz et al., 2003; Haddad et al., 2015). This study was conducted 50 to 60 years after the formation of the TIL, making the system with a high probability of reaching “equilibrium” through “Relaxation effect”(Si et al., 2014). We have no way of knowing exactly whether “equilibrium” is true in our system. Thus, changing rates of colonization-extinction over time is actually a much stronger test of thermophilization, which makes our inference more robust.

      We add a note to the legend of Figure 1 on Lines 781-786:

      “CTI can also change simply due to differential colonization-extinction rates by thermal affinity if the system is not at equilibrium prior to the study. In our study system, we have no way of knowing whether our island system was at equilibrium at onset of the study, thus, focusing on changing rates of colonization-extinction over time presents a much stronger tests of thermophilization.”

      We hope this statement can make it clear. Thank you again for this meaningful question.

      Another potential weakness is that fragmentation is not clearly defined. Generally, fragmentation sensu lato involves both loss of habitat area and changes in the spatial structure of habitats (i.e. fragmentation per se). Here, both area and isolation are considered, which may be slightly confusing for the readers if not properly defined.

      Thank you for reminding us of that. Habitat fragmentation in this study involves both habitat loss and fragmentation per se. We have clarified the general definition in the Introduction on Lines 61-63:

      “Habitat fragmentation, usually defined as the shifts of continuous habitat into spatially isolated and small patches (Fahrig, 2003), in particular, has been hypothesized to have interactive effects with climate change on community dynamics.”

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This study addresses whether bird community reassembly in time is related to climate change by modelling a widely used metric, the community temperature index (CTI). The authors first computed the temperature index of 60 breeding bird species thanks to distribution atlases and climatic maps, thus obtaining a measure of the species realized thermal niche.

      These indices were aggregated at the community level, using 53 survey transects of 36 islands (repeated for 10 years) of the Thousand Islands Lake, eastern China. Any increment of this CTI (i.e. thermophilization) can thus be interpreted as a community reassembly caused by a change in climate conditions (given no confounding correlations).

      The authors show thanks to a mix of Bayesian and frequentist mixed effect models to study an increment of CTI at the island level, driven by both extinction (or emigration) of cold-adapted species and colonization of newly adapted warm-adapted species. Less isolated islands displayed higher colonization and extinction rates, confirming that dispersal constraints (created by habitat fragmentation per se) on colonization and emigration are the main determinants of thermophilization. The authors also had the opportunity to test for habitat amount (here island size). They show that the lack of microclimatic buffering resulting from less forest amount (a claim backed by understory temperature data) exacerbated the rates of cold-adapted species extinction while fostering the establishment of warm-adapted species.

      Overall these findings are important to range studies as they reveal the local change in affinity to the climate of species comprising communities while showing that the habitat fragmentation VS amount distinction is relevant when studying thermophilization. As is, the manuscript lacks a wider perspective about how these results can be fed into conservation biology, but would greatly benefit from it. Indeed, this study shows that in a fragmented reserve context, habitat amount is very important in explaining trends of loss of cold-adapted species, hinting that it may be strategic to prioritize large habitats to conserve such species. Areas of diverse size may act as stepping stones for species shifting range due to climate change, with small islands fostering the establishment of newly adapted warm-adapted species while large islands act as refugia for cold-adapted species. This study also shows that the removal of dispersal constraints with low isolation may help species relocate to the best suitable microclimate in a heterogenous reserve context.

      Thank you very much for your valuable feedback. We greatly appreciate your recognition of the scientific question to the extensive dataset and diverse approach. In particular, you provided constructive suggestions and examples on how to extend the results to conservation guidance. This is something we can’t ignore in the manuscript. We have added a paragraph to the end of the Discussion, stating how our results can inform conservation, on Lines 339-347:

      ‘Overall, our findings have important implications for conservation practices. Firstly, we confirmed the role of isolation in limiting range shifting. Better connected landscapes should be developed to remove dispersal constraints and facilitate species’ relocation to the best suitable microclimate. Second, small patches can foster the establishment of newly adapted warm-adapted species while large patches can act as refugia for cold-adapted species. Therefore, preserving patches of diverse sizes can act as stepping stones or shelters in a warming climate depending on the thermal affinity of species. These insights are important supplement to the previous emphasis on the role of habitat diversity in fostering (Richard et al., 2021) or reducing (Gaüzère et al., 2017) community-level climate debt.’

      Strength:

      The strength of the study lies in its impressive dataset of bird resurveys, that cover 10 years of continued warming (as evidenced by weather data), 60 species in 36 islands of varying size and isolation, perfect for disentangling habitat fragmentation and habitat amount effects on communities. This distinction allows us to test very different processes mediating thermophilization; island area, linked to microclimatic buffering, explained rates for a variety of species. Dispersal constraints due to fragmentation were harder to detect but confirms that fragmentation does slow down thermophilization processes.

      This study is a very good example of how the expected range shift at the biome scale of the species materializes in small fragmented regions. Specifically, the regional dynamics the authors show are analogous to what processes are expected at the trailing and colonizing edge of a shifting range: warmer and more connected places display the fastest turnover rates of community reassembly. The authors also successfully estimated extinction and colonization rates, allowing a more mechanistic understanding of CTI increment, being the product of two processes.

      The authors showed that regional diversity and CTI computed only by occurrences do not respond in 10 years of warming, but that finer metrics (abundance-based, or individual islands considered) do respond. This highlights the need to consider a variety of case-specific metrics to address local or regional trends. Figure Appendix 2 is a much-appreciated visualization of the effect of different data sources on Species thermal Index (STI) calculation.

      The methods are long and diverse, but they are documented enough so that an experienced user with the use of the provided R script can follow and reproduce them.

      Thank you very much for your profound Public Review. We greatly appreciate your recognition of the scientific question, the extensive dataset and the diverse approach. 

      Weaknesses:

      While the overall message of the paper is supported by data, the claims are not uniformly backed by the analysis. The trends of island-specific thermophilization are very credible (Figure 3), however, the variable nature of bird observations (partly compensated by an impressive number of resurveys) propagate a lot of errors in the estimation of species-specific trends in occupancy, abundance change, and the extinction and colonization rates. This materializes into a weak relationship between STI and their respective occupancy and abundance change trends (Figure 4a, Figure 5, respectively), showing that species do not uniformly contribute to the trend observed in Figure 3. This is further shown by the results presented in Figure 6, which present in my opinion the topical finding of the study. While a lot of species rates response to island areas are significant, the isolation effect on colonization and extinction rates can only be interpreted as a trend as only a few species have a significant effect. The actual effect on the occupancy change rates of species is hard to grasp, and this trend has a potentially low magnitude (see below).

      Thank you very much for pointing out this shortcoming. The R2 between STI and their respective occupancy trends is relatively small (R2\=0.035). But the R2 between STI and their respective abundance change trends are relatively bigger, in the context of Ecology research (R2\=0.123). The R2 between STI and their respective colonization rate (R2\=0.083) and extinction rate trends (R2\=0.053) are also relatively small. Low R2 indicates that we can’t make predictions using the current model, we must notice that except STI, other factors may influence the species-specific occupancy trend. Nonetheless, it is important to notice that the standardized coefficient estimates are not minor and the trend is also significant, indicating the species-specific response is as least related to STI.

      The number of species that have significant interaction terms for isolation (Figure 6) is indeed low. Although there is uncertainty in the estimation of relationships, there are also consistent trends in response to habitat fragmentation of colonization of warm-adapted species and extinction of cold-adapted species. This is especially true for the effect of isolation, where on islands nearer to the mainland, warm-adapted species (15 out of 15 investigated species) increased their colonization probability at a higher rate over time, while most cold-adapted species (21 out of 23 species) increased their extinction probability at a higher rate. We now better highlight these results in the Results and Discussion.

      While being well documented, the myriad of statistical methods used by the authors ampere the interpretation of the figure as the posterior mean presented in Figure 4b and Figure 6 needs to be transformed again by a logit-1 and fed into the equation of the respective model to make sense of. I suggest a rewording of the caption to limit its dependence on the method section for interpretation.

      Thank you for this suggestion. The value on the Y axis indicates the posterior mean of each variable (year, area, isolation and their interaction effects) extracted from the MSOM model, where the logit(extinction rate) or logit(colonization rate) was the response variable. All variables were standardized before analysis to make them comparable so interpretation is actually quite straight forward: positive values indicate positive influence while negative values indicate negative influence. Because the goal of Figure 6 is to display the negative/positive effect, we didn’t back-transform them. Following your advice, we thus modified the caption of Figure 6 (now renumbered as Figure 5, following a comment from Reviewer #3, to move Figure 5 to Figure 4c). The modified title and legends of Figure 5 are on Lines 817-820:

      “Figure 5. Posterior estimates of logit-scale parameters related to cold-adapted species’ extinction rates and warm-adapted species’ colonization rates. Points are species-specific posterior means on the logit-scale, where parameters >0 indicate positive effects (on extinction [a] or colonization [b]) and parameters <0 indicate negative effects...”

      By using a broad estimate of the realized thermal niche, a common weakness of thermophilization studies is the inability to capture local adaptation in species' physiological or behavioral response to a rise in temperature. The authors however acknowledge this limitation and provide specific examples of how species ought to evade high temperatures in this study region.

      We appreciate your recognition. This is a common problem in STI studies. We hope in future studies, researchers can take more details about microclimate of species’ true habitat across regions into consideration when calculating STI. Although challenging, focusing on a smaller portion of its distribution range may facilitate achievement.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Juan Liu et al. investigated the interplay between habitat fragmentation and climate-driven thermophilization in birds in an island system in China. They used extensive bird monitoring data (9 surveys per year per island) across 36 islands of varying size and isolation from the mainland covering 10 years. The authors use extensive modeling frameworks to test a general increase in the occurrence and abundance of warm-dwelling species and vice versa for cold-dwelling species using the widely used Community Temperature Index (CTI), as well as the relationship between island fragmentation in terms of island area and isolation from the mainland on extinction and colonization rates of cold- and warm-adapted species. They found that indeed there was thermophilization happening during the last 10 years, which was more pronounced for the CTI based on abundances and less clearly for the occurrence-based metric. Generally, the authors show that this is driven by an increased colonization rate of warm-dwelling and an increased extinction rate of cold-dwelling species. Interestingly, they unravel some of the mechanisms behind this dynamic by showing that warm-adapted species increased while cold-dwelling decreased more strongly on smaller islands, which is - according to the authors - due to lowered thermal buffering on smaller islands (which was supported by air temperature monitoring done during the study period on small and large islands). They argue, that the increased extinction rate of cold-adapted species could also be due to lowered habitat heterogeneity on smaller islands. With regards to island isolation, they show that also both thermophilization processes (increase of warm and decrease of cold-adapted species) were stronger on islands closer to the mainland, due to closer sources to species populations of either group on the mainland as compared to limited dispersal (i.e. range shift potential) in more isolated islands.

      The conclusions drawn in this study are sound, and mostly well supported by the results. Only a few aspects leave open questions and could quite likely be further supported by the authors themselves thanks to their apparent extensive understanding of the study system.

      Strengths:

      The study questions and hypotheses are very well aligned with the methods used, ranging from field surveys to extensive modeling frameworks, as well as with the conclusions drawn from the results. The study addresses a complex question on the interplay between habitat fragmentation and climate-driven thermophilization which can naturally be affected by a multitude of additional factors than the ones included here. Nevertheless, the authors use a well-balanced method of simplifying this to the most important factors in question (CTI change, extinction, and colonization, together with habitat fragmentation metrics of isolation and island area). The interpretation of the results presents interesting mechanisms without being too bold on their findings and by providing important links to the existing literature as well as to additional data and analyses presented in the appendix.

      We appreciate very much for your positive and constructive comments and suggestions. Thank you for your recognition of the scientific question, the modeling approach and the conclusions. 

      Weaknesses:

      The metric of island isolation based on the distance to the mainland seems a bit too oversimplified as in real life the study system rather represents an island network where the islands of different sizes are in varying distances to each other, such that smaller islands can potentially draw from the species pools from near-by larger islands too - rather than just from the mainland. Thus a more holistic network metric of isolation could have been applied or at least discussed for future research. The fact, that the authors did find a signal of island isolation does support their method, but the variation in responses to this metric could hint at a more complex pattern going on in real-life than was assumed for this study.

      Thank you for this meaningful question. Isolation can be measured in different ways in the study region. We chose the distance to the mainland as a measure of isolation based on the results of a previous study. One study in our system provided evidence that the colonization rate and extinction rate of breeding bird species were best fitted using distance to the nearest mainland over other distance-based measures (distance to the nearest landmass, distance to the nearest bigger landmass)(Si et al., 2014). Besides, their results produced almost identical patterns of the relationship between isolation and colonization/extinction rate (Si et al., 2014). That’s why we only selected “Distance to the mainland” in our current analysis and we do find some consistent patterns as expected. The plants on all islands were cleared out about 60 years ago due to dam construction, with all bird species coming from the mainland as the original species pool through a process called “relaxation”. This could be the reason why distance to the nearest mainland is the best predictor.

      We agree with you that it’s still necessary to consider more aspects of “isolation” at least in discussion for future research. In our Discussion, we address these on Lines 292-299:

      “As a caveat, we only consider the distance to the nearest mainland as a measure of fragmentation, consistent with previous work in this system (Si et al., 2014), but we acknowledge that other distance-based metrics of isolation that incorporate inter-island connections could reveal additional insights on fragmentation effects. The spatial arrangement of islands, like the arrangement of habitat, can influence niche tracking of species (Fourcade et al., 2021). Future studies should take these metrics into account to thoroughly understand the influence of isolation and spatial arrangement of patches in mediating the effect of climate warming on species.”

      Further, the link between larger areas and higher habitat diversity or heterogeneity could be presented by providing evidence for this relationship. The authors do make a reference to a paper done in the same study system, but a more thorough presentation of it would strengthen this assumption further.

      Thank you very much for this question. We now add more details about the relationship between habitat diversity and heterogeneity based on a related study in the same system. The observed number of species significantly increased with increasing island area (slope = 4.42, R2 = 0.70, p < .001), as did the rarefied species richness per island (slope = 1.03, R2 = 0.43, p < .001), species density (slope = 0.80, R2 = 0.33, p = .001) and the rarefied species richness per unit area (slope = 0.321, R2 = 0.32, p = .001). We added this supporting evidence on Lines 317-321:

      “We thus suppose that habitat heterogeneity could also mitigate the loss of these relatively cold-adapted species as expected. Habitat diversity, including the observed number of species, the rarefied species richness per island, species density and the rarefied species richness per unit area, all increased significantly with island area instead of isolation in our system (Liu et al., 2020)”

      Despite the general clear patterns found in the paper, there were some idiosyncratic responses. Those could be due to a multitude of factors which could be discussed a bit better to inform future research using a similar study design.

      Thank you for these suggestions. We added a summary statement about the reasons for idiosyncratic responses on Lines 334-338:

      “Overall, these idiosyncratic responses reveal several possible mechanisms in regulating species' climate responses, including resource demands and biological interactions like competition and predation. Future studies are needed to take these factors into account to understand the complex mechanisms by which habitat loss meditates species range shifts.”

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) Figure 1: I disagree that there should be a temporal trend in colonisation/extinction dynamics.

      Thank you again for these thoughtful comments. We have explained in detail in the response to the Public Review.

      (2) L 485-487: As explained before I disagree. I don't see why there needs to be a temporal trend in colonization and extinction.

      Thank you again for these thoughtful comments. Because we can’t guarantee that the study system has reached equilibrium, changing rates of colonization-extinction over time is actually a much stronger test of thermophilization. More detailed statement can be seen in the response to the Public Review.

      (3) L 141: which species' ecological traits?

      Sorry for the confusion. The traits included continuous variables (dispersal ability, body size, body mass and clutch size) and categorical variables (diet, active layer, residence type). Specifically, we tested the correlation between STI and dispersal ability, body size, body mass and clutch size using Pearson correlation test. We also tested the difference in STI between different trait groups using the Wilcoxon signed-rank test for three Category variables: diet (carnivorous/ omnivorous/ herbivory), active layer (canopy/mid/low), and residence type (resident species/summer visitor). There is no significant difference between any two groups for each of the three category variables (p > 0.2). We added these on Lines 141-145:

      “No significant correlation was found between STI and species’ ecological traits; specifically, the continuous variables of dispersal ability, body size, body mass and clutch size (Pearson correlations for each, |r| < 0.22), and the categorial variables of diet (carnivorous/omnivorous/herbivory), active layer (canopy/mid/low), and residence type (resident species/summer visitor)”

      (4) L 143: CTIoccur and CTIabun were not defined before.

      Because CTIoccur and CTIabun were first defined in Methods part (section 4.4), we change the sentence to a more general statement here on Lines 147-150:

      “At the landscape scale, considering species detected across the study area, occurrence-based CTI (CTIoccur; see section 4.4) showed no trend (posterior mean temporal trend = 0.414; 95% CrI: -12.751, 13.554) but abundance-based CTI (CTIabun; see section 4.4) showed a significant increasing trend.”

      (5) Figure 4: what is the dashed vertical line? I assume the mean STI across species?

      Sorry for the unclear description. The vertical dashed line indicates the median value of STI for 60 species, as a separation of warm-adapted species and cold-adapted species. We have added these details on Lines 807-809:

      “The dotted vertical line indicates the median of STI values. Cold-adapted species are plotted in blue and warm-adapted species are plotted in orange.”

      (6) Figure 6: in the legend, replace 'points in blue' with 'points in blue/orange' or 'solid dots' or something similar.

      Thank you for this suggestion. We changed it to “points in blue/orange” on Lines 823.

      (7) L 176-176: unclear why the interaction parameters are particularly important for explaining the thermophilization mechanism: if e.g. colonization rate of warm-adapted species is constantly higher in less isolated islands, (and always higher than the extinction rate of the same species), it means that thermophilization is increased in less isolated islands, right?

      Thank you for this question. This is also related to the question about “Why use temporal trends in colonization/extinction rate to test for thermophilization mechanisms”. Colonization-extinction over time is actually a much stronger test of thermophilization (more details refer to response to Public Review and Recommendations 1&2).

      Based on this, the two main driving processes of thermophilization mechanism include the increasing colonization rate of warm-adapted species and the increasing extinction rate of cold-adapted species with year. The interaction effect between island area (or isolation) and year on colonization rate (or extinction rate) can tell us how habitat fragmentation mediates the year effect. For example, if the interaction term between year and isolation is negative for a warm-adapted species that increased in colonization rate with year, it indicates that the colonization rate increased faster on less isolated islands. This is a signal of a faster thermophilization rate on less-isolated islands.

      (8) L201-203: this is only little supported by the results that actually show that there is NO significant interaction for most species.

      Thank you for this comment. Although most species showed non-significant interaction effect, the overall trend is relatively consistent, this is especially true for the effect of isolation. To emphasize the “trend” instead of “significant effect”, we slightly modified this sentence in more rigorous wording on Lines 205-208: 

      “We further found that habitat fragmentation influences two processes of thermophilization: colonization rates of most warm-adapted species tended to increase faster on smaller and less isolated islands, while the loss rates of most cold-adapted species tended to be exacerbated on less isolated islands.”

      (9) Section 2.3: can't you have a population-level estimate? I struggled a bit to understand all the parameters of the MSOM (because of my lack of statistical/mathematical proficiency) so I cannot provide more advice here.

      Thank you for raising this advice. We think what you are mentioning is the overall estimate across all species for each variable. From MSOM, we can get a standardized estimate of every variable (year, area, isolation, interaction) for each species, separately. Because the divergent or consistent responses among species are what we are interested in, we didn’t calculate further to get a population-level estimate.

      (10) L 291: a dot is missing.

      Done. Thank you for your correction.

      (11) L 305, 315: a space is missing

      Done

      (12) L 332: how were these islands selected?

      Thank you for this question. The 36 islands were selected according to a gradient of island area and isolation, spreading across the whole lake region. The selected islands guaranteed there is no significant correlation between island area and isolation (the Pearson correlation coefficient r = -0.21, p = 0.21). The biggest 7 islands among the 36 islands are also the only several islands larger than 30 ha in the whole lake region. We have modified this in the Method part on Lines 360-363.

      “We selected 36 islands according to a gradient of island area and isolation with a guarantee of no significant correlation between island area and isolation (Pearson r = -0.21, p = 0.21). For each island, we calculated island area and isolation (measured in the nearest Euclidean distance to the mainland) to represent the degree of habitat fragmentation.”

      (13) L 334: "Distance to the mainland" was used as a metric of isolation, but elsewhere in the text you argue that the observed thermophilization is due to interisland movements. It sounds contradictory. Why not include the average or shortest distance to the other islands?

      Thank you very much for raising this comment. Yes, “Distance to the mainland” was the only metric we used for isolation. We carefully checked through the manuscript where the “interisland movement” comes from and induces the misunderstanding. It must come from Discussion 3.1 (n Lines 217-221): “Notably, when tested on the landscape scale (versus on individual island communities), only the abundance-based thermophilization trend was significant, indicating thermophilization of bird communities was mostly due to inter-island occurrence dynamics, rather than exogenous community turnover.”

      Sorry, the word “inter-island” is not exactly what we want to express here, we wanted to express that “the thermophilization was mostly due to occurrence dynamics within the region, rather than exogenous community turnover outside the region”. We have changed the sentence in Discussion part on Lines 217-221:

      “Notably, when tested on the landscape scale (versus on individual island communities), only the abundance-based thermophilization trend was significant, indicating thermophilization of bird communities was mostly due to occurrence dynamics within the region, rather than exogenous community turnover outside the region.”

      Besides, I would like to explain why we use distance to the mainland. We chose the distance to the mainland as a measure of isolation based on the results of a previous study. One study in our system provided evidence that the colonization rate and extinction rate of breeding bird species were best fitted using distance to the nearest mainland over other distance-based measures (distance to the nearest landmass, distance to the nearest bigger landmass)(Si et al., 2014). Besides, their results produced almost identical patterns of the relationship between isolation and colonization/extinction rate(Si et al., 2014). That’s why we only selected “Distance to the mainland” in our current analysis and we do find some consistent patterns as expected. The plants on all islands were cleared out about 60 years ago due to dam construction, with all bird species coming from the mainland as the original species pool through a process called “relaxation”. This may be the reason why distance to the nearest mainland is the best predictor.

      In Discussion part, we added the following discussion and talked about the other measures on Lines 292-299:

      “As a caveat, we only consider the distance to the nearest mainland as a measure of fragmentation, consistent with previous work in this system (Si et al., 2014), but we acknowledge that other distance-based metrics of isolation that incorporate inter-island connections could reveal additional insights on fragmentation effects. The spatial arrangement of islands, like the arrangement of habitat, can influence niche tracking of species (Fourcade et al., 2021). Future studies should take these metrics into account to thoroughly understand the influence of isolation and spatial arrangement of patches in mediating the effect of climate warming on species.”

      (14) L 347: you write 'relative' abundance but this measure is not relative to anything. Better write something like "we based our abundance estimate on the maximum number of individuals recorded across the nine annual surveys".

      Thank you for this suggestion, we have changed the sentence on Lines 377-379:

      “We based our abundance estimate on the maximum number of individuals recorded across the nine annual surveys.”

      (15) L 378: shouldn't the formula for CTIoccur be (equation in latex format):

      CTI{occur, j, t} =\frac{\sum_{i=1}^{N_{j,t}}STI_{i}}{N_{j,t}}

      Where Nj,t is the total number of species surveyed in the community j in year t

      Thank you very much for this careful check, we have revised it on Lines 415, 417:

      “where Nj,t is the total number of species surveyed in the community j in year t.”

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) Line 76: "weakly"

      Done. Thank you for your correction.

      (2) Line 98: I suggest a change to this sentence: "For example, habitat fragmentation renders habitats to be too isolated to be colonized, causing sedentary butterflies to lag more behind climate warming in Britain than mobile ones"

      Thank you for this modification, we have changed it on Lines 99-101.

      (3) Line 101: remove either "higher" or "increasing"

      Done, we have removed “higher”. Thank you for this advice.

      (4) Line 102: "benefiting from near source of"

      Done.

      (5) Line 104: "emigrate"

      Done.

      (6) Introduction: I suggest making it more explicit what process you describe under the word "extinction". At first read, I thought you were only referring to the dieback of individuals, but you also included emigration as an extinction process. It also needs to be reworded in Fig 1 caption.

      Thank you for this suggestion. Yes, we can’t distinguish in our system between local extinction and emigration. The observed “extinction” of cold-adapted species over 10 years may involve two processes that usually occur in order: first “emigration” and then if can’t emigrate or withstand, “real local dieback”. It should also be included in the legend of Figure 1, as you said. We have modified the legend in Lines 780-781:

      “Note that extinction here may include both the emigration of species and then the local extinction of species.”

      There is also one part in the Discussion that mentions this on Lines 287-291: “While we cannot truly distinguish in our system between local extinction and emigration, we suspect that given two islands equal except in isolation, and if both lose suitability due to climate change, individuals can easily emigrate from the island nearer to the mainland, while individuals on the more isolated island would be more likely to be trapped in place until the species went locally extinct due to a lack of rescue”.

      (7) I also suggest differentiating habitat fragmentation (distances between islands) and habitat amount (area) as explained in Fahrig 2013 (Rethinking patch size and isolation effects: the habitat amount hypothesis) and her latter paper. This will help the reader what lies behind the general trend of fragmentation: fragmentation per se and habitat amount reduction.

      Thank you for this suggestion! Habitat fragmentation in this study involves both habitat loss and fragmentation per se. We now give a general definition of habitat fragmentation on Lines 61-63:

      “Habitat fragmentation, usually defined as the shifts of continuous habitat into spatially isolated and small patches (Fahrig, 2003), in particular, has been hypothesized to have interactive effects with climate change on community dynamics.”

      (8) Line 136: is the "+-" refers to the standard deviation or confidence interval, I suggest being explicit about it once at the start of the results.

      Thank you for reminding this. The "+-" refers to the standard deviation (SD). The modified sentence is now on Lines 135-139:

      “The number of species detected in surveys on each island across the study period averaged 13.37 ± 6.26 (mean ± SD) species, ranging from 2 to 40 species, with an observed gamma diversity of 60 species. The STI of all 60 birds averaged 19.94 ± 3.58 ℃ (mean ± SD) and ranged from 9.30 ℃ (Cuculus canorus) to 27.20 ℃ (Prinia inornate), with a median of STI is 20.63 ℃ (Appendix 1—figure 2; Appendix 1—figure 3).”

      (9) Line 143: please specify the unit of thermophilization.

      The unit of thermophilization rate is the change in degree per unit year. Because in all analyses, predictor variables were z-transformed to make their effect comparable. We have added on Line 151:

      “When measuring CTI trends for individual islands (expressed as °/ unit year)”

      (10) Line 289: check if no word is missing from the sentence.

      The sentence is: “In our study, a large proportion (11 out of 15) of warm-adapted species increasing in colonization rate and half (12 out of 23) of cold-adapted species increasing in extinction rate were changing more rapidly on smaller islands.”

      Given that we have defined the species that were included in testing the third prediction in both Methods part and Result part: 15 warm-adapted species that increased in colonization rate and 23 cold-adapted species that increased in extinction rate. We now remove this redundant information and rewrote the sentence as below on Lines 300-302:

      “In our study, the colonization rate of a large proportion of warm-adapted species (11 out of 15) and the extinction rate of half of old-adapted species (12 out of 23) were increasing more rapidly on smaller islands.”

      (11) Line 319: I really miss a concluding statement of your discussion, your results are truly interesting and deserve to be summarized in two or three sentences, and maybe a perspective about how it can inform conservation practices in fragmented settings.

      Thank you for this profound suggestion both in Public Review and here. We have added a paragraph to the end of the Discussion, stating how our results can inform conservation, on Lines 339-347:

      “Overall, our findings have important implications for conservation practices. Firstly, we confirmed the role of isolation in limiting range shifting. Better connected landscapes should be developed to remove dispersal constraints and facilitate species’ relocation to the best suitable microclimate. Second, small patches can foster the establishment of newly adapted warm-adapted species while large patches can act as refugia for cold-adapted species. Therefore, preserving patches of diverse sizes can act as stepping stones or shelters in a warming climate depending on the thermal affinity of species. These insights are important supplement to the previous emphasis on the role of habitat diversity in fostering (Richard et al., 2021) or reducing (Gaüzère et al., 2017) community-level climate debt.”

      (12) Line 335: I suggest " ... the islands has been protected by forbidding logging, ..."

      Thanks for this wonderful suggestion. Done. The new sentence is now on Lines 365-366:

      “Since lake formation, the islands have been protected by forbidding logging, allowing natural succession pathways to occur.”

      (13) Line 345: this speed is unusually high for walking, check the speed.

      Sorry for the carelessness, it should be 2.0 km/h. It has been corrected on Lines 375-376:

      “In each survey, observers walked along each transect at a constant speed (2.0 km/h) and recorded all the birds seen or heard on the survey islands.”

      (14) Line 351: you could add a sentence explaining why that choice of species exclusion was made. Was made from the start of the monitoring program or did you exclude species afterward?

      We excluded them afterward. We excluded non-breeding species, nocturnal and crepuscular species, high-flying species passing over the islands (e.g., raptors, swallows) and strongly water-associated birds (e.g., cormorants). These records were recorded during monitoring, including some of them being on the shore of the island or high-flying above the island, and some nocturnal species were just spotted by accident.

      We described more details about how to exclude species on Lines 379-387:

      “We excluded non-breeding species, nocturnal and crepuscular species, high-flying species passing over the islands (e.g., raptors, swallows) and strongly water-associated birds (e.g., cormorants) from our record. First, our surveys were conducted during the day, so some nocturnal and crepuscular species, such as the owls and nightjars were excluded for inadequate survey design. Second, wagtail, kingfisher, and water birds such as ducks and herons were excluded because we were only interested in forest birds. Third, birds like swallows, and eagles who were usually flying or soaring in the air rather than staying on islands, were also excluded as it was difficult to determine their definite belonging islands. Following these operations, 60 species were finally retained.”

      (15) Line 370: I suggest adding the range and median of STI.

      Thanks for this good suggestion. The range, mean±SD of STI were already in the Results part, we added the median of STI there as well. The new sentence is now in Results part on Lines 137-139:

      “The STI of all 60 birds averaged 19.94 ± 3.58 ℃ (mean ± SD) and ranged from 9.30 ℃ (Cuculus canorus) to 27.20 ℃ (Prinia inornate), with a median of 20.63 ℃ (Appendix 1—figure 2; Appendix 1—figure 3).”

      (16) Figure 4.b: Is it possible to be more explicit about what that trend is? the coefficient of the regression Logit(ext/col) ~ year + ...... ?

      Thank you for this advice. Your understanding is right: we can interpret it as the coefficient of the ‘year’ effect in the model. More specifically, the ‘year’ effect or temporal trend here is the ‘posterior mean’ of the posterior distribution of ‘year’ in the MSOM (Multi-species Occupancy Model), in the context of the Bayesian framework. We modified this sentence on Lines 811-813:

      “ Each point in (b) represents the posterior mean estimate of year in colonization, extinction or occupancy rate for each species.”

      (17) Figure 6: is it possible to provide an easily understandable meaning of the prior presented in the Y axis? E.g. "2 corresponds to a 90% probability for a species to go extinct at T+1", if not, please specify that it is the logit of a probability.

      Thank you for this question both in Public Review and here. The value on the Y axis indicates the posterior mean of each variable (year, area, isolation and their interaction effects) extracted from the MSOM model, where the logit(extinction rate) or logit(colonization rate) was the response variable. All variables were standardized before analysis to make them comparable. So, positive values indicate positive influence while negative values indicate negative influence. Because the goal of Figure 6 is to display the negative/positive effect, we didn’t back-transform them. Following your advice, we thus modified the caption of Figure 6 (now renumbered as Figure 5, following a comment from Reviewer #3, to move Figure 5 to Figure 4c). The modified title and legends of Figure 5 are on Lines 817-820:

      “Figure 5. Posterior estimates of logit-scale parameters related to cold-adapted species’ extinction rates and warm-adapted species’ colonization rates. Points are species-specific posterior means on the logit-scale, where parameters >0 indicate positive effects (on extinction [a] or colonization [b]) and parameters <0 indicate negative effects.”

      (18) Line 773: points in blue only are significant? I suggest "points in color".

      Thank you for your reminder. Points in blue and orange are all significant. We have revised the sentence on Line 823:

      “Points in blue/orange indicate significant effects.”

      These are all small suggestions that may help you improve the readability of the final manuscript. I warmly thank you for the opportunity to review this impressive study.

      We appreciate your careful review and profound suggestions. We believe these modifications will improve the final manuscript.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      I have a few minor suggestions for paper revision for your otherwise excellent manuscript. I wish to emphasize that it was a pleasure to read the manuscript and that I especially enjoyed a very nice flow throughout the ms from a nicely rounded introduction that led well into the research questions and hypotheses all the way to a good and solid discussion.

      Thank you very much for your review and recognition. We have carefully checked all recommendations and addressed them in the manuscript.

      (1) L 63: space before the bracket missing and I suggest moving the reference to the end of the sentence (directly after habitat fragmentation does not seem to make sense).

      Thank you very much for this suggestion. The missed space was added, and the reference has been moved to the end of the sentence. We also add a general definition of habitat fragmentation. The new sentence is on Lines 61-64:

      “Habitat fragmentation, usually defined as the shifts of continuous habitat into spatially isolated and small patches (Fahrig, 2003), in particular, has been hypothesized to have interactive effects with climate change on community dynamics.”

      (2) L 102: I suggest to write "benefitting ..." instead.

      Done.

      (3) L 103: higher extinction rates (add "s").

      Done.

      (4) L 104: this should probably say "emigrate" and "climate warming".

      Done.

      (5) L 130-133: this is true for emigration (more isolated islands show slower emigration). But what about increased local extinction, especially for small and isolated islands? Especially since you mentioned later in the manuscript that often emigration and extinction are difficult to identify or differentiate. Might be worth a thought here or somewhere in the discussion?

      Thank you for this good question. I would like to answer it in two aspects:

      Yes, we can’t distinguish between true local extinction and emigration. The observed local “extinction” of cold-adapted species over 10 years may involve two processes that usually occur in order: first “emigration” and then, if can’t emigrate or withstand, “real local dieback”. Over 10 years, the cold-adapted species would have to tolerate before real extinction on remote islands because of disperse limitation, while on less isolated islands it would be easy to emigrate and find a more suitable habitat for the same species. Consequently, it’s harder for us to observe “extinction” of species on more isolated islands, while it’s easier to observe “fake extinct” of species on less isolated islands due to emigration. As a result, the observed extinction rate is expected to increase more sharply for species on less remote islands, while the observed extinction rate is expected to increase relatively moderately for the same species on remote islands.

      We have modified the legend of Figure 1 on Lines 780-781:

      “Note that extinction here may include both the emigration of species and then the local extinction of species.”

      There is also one part in the Discussion that mentions this on Lines 287-291: “While we cannot truly distinguish in our system between local extinction and emigration, we suspect that given two islands equal except in isolation, if both lose suitability due to climate change, individuals can easily emigrate from the island nearer to the mainland, while individuals on the more isolated island would be more likely to be trapped in place until the species went locally extinct due to a lack of rescue”.

      Besides, you said “But what about increased local extinction, especially for small and isolated islands?”, I think you are mentioning the “high extinction rate per se on remote islands”. We want to test the “trend” of extinction rate on a temporal scale, rather than the extinction rate per se on a spatial scale. Even though species have a high extinction rate on remote islands, it can also show a slower changing rate in time.

      I hope these answers solve the problem.

      (6) L 245: I think this is the first time the acronym appears in the ms (as the methods come after the discussion), so please write the full name here too.

      Thank you for pointing out this. I realized “Thousand Island Lake” appears for the first time in the last paragraph of the Introduction part. So we add “TIL” there on Lines 108-109:

      “Here, we use 10 years of bird community data in a subtropical land-bridge island system (Thousand Island Lake, TIL, China, Figure 2) during a period of consistent climatic warming.”

      (7) L 319: this section could end with a summary statement on idiosyncratic responses (i.e. some variation in the responses you found among the species) and the potential reasons for this, such as e.g. the role of other species traits or interactions, as well as other ways to measure habitat fragmentation (see main comments in public review).

      Thank you for this suggestion both in Public Review and here. We added a summary statement about the reasons for idiosyncratic responses on Lines 334-338:

      “Overall, these idiosyncratic responses reveal several possible mechanisms in regulating species' climate responses, including resource demands and biological interactions like competition and predation. Future studies are needed to take these factors into account to understand the complex mechanisms by which habitat loss meditates species range shifts.”

      We only strengthen “habitat loss” here, because idiosyncratic responses mainly come from the mediating effect of habitat loss. For the mediating effect of isolation, the response is relatively consistent (see Page 8, Lines 183-188): “In particular, the effect of isolation on temporal dynamics of thermophilization was relatively consistent across cold- and warm-adapted species (Figure 5a, b); specifically, on islands nearer to the mainland, warm-adapted species (15 out of 15 investigated species) increased their colonization probability at a higher rate over time, while most cold-adapted species (21 out of 23 species) increased their extinction probability at a higher rate”.

      (8) L 333: what about the distance to other islands? it's more of a network than a island-mainland directional system (Figure 2). You could address this aspect in the discussion.

      Thank you for this good question again. Isolation can be measured in different ways in the study region. We chose distance to the mainland because it was the best predictor of colonization and extinction rate of breeding birds in the study region, and produced similar results like the other distance-based measures, including distance to the nearest landmass, distance to the nearest larger landmass (Si et al., 2014). We still agree with you that it’s necessary to consider more aspects of “isolation” at least in discussion for future research. In Discussion part, we addressed these on Lines 292-299. For more details refer to the response to Public Review.

      (9) Figure 2: Is B1 one of the sampled islands? It is clearly much larger than most other islands and I think it could thus serve as an important population source for many of the adjacent smaller islands? Thus, the nearest neighbor distance to B1 could be as important in addition to the distance to the mainland?

      Yes, B1 is one of the sampled islands and is also the biggest island. In previous research in our study system, we tried distance to the nearest landmass, to the nearest larger landmass and the nearest mainland, they produced similar results (For more details refer to the response to Public Review). We agree with you that the nearest neighbor distance to B1 could be a potentially important measure, but need further research. In our Discussion, we address these on Lines 292-299:

      “As a caveat, we only consider the distance to the nearest mainland as a measure of fragmentation, consistent with previous work in this system (Si et al., 2014), but we acknowledge that other distance-based metrics of isolation that incorporate inter-island connections could reveal additional insights on fragmentation effects. The spatial arrangement of islands, like the arrangement of habitat, can influence niche tracking of species (Fourcade et al., 2021). Future studies should take these metrics into account to thoroughly understand the influence of isolation and spatial arrangement of patches in mediating the effect of climate warming on species.”

      (10) L 345: 20km/h walking seems impressively fast? I assume this is a typo.

      Sorry for the carelessness, it should be 2.0 km/h. it has been corrected on Lines 375-376:

      “In each survey, observers walked along each transect at a constant speed (2.0 km/h) and recorded all the birds seen or heard on the survey islands.”

      (11) L 485: I had difficulties fully understanding the models that were fitted here and could not find them in the codes you provided (which were otherwise very well documented!). Could you explain this modeling step in a bit more detail?

      Thank you for your recognition! According to Line 485 in the online PDF version (Methods part 4.6.3), it says: “An increasing colonization trend of warm-adapted species and increasing extinction trend of cold-adapted species are two main expected processes that cause thermophilization (Fourcade et al., 2021). To test our third prediction about the mediating effect of habitat fragmentation, we selected warm-adapted species that had an increasing trend in colonization rate (positive year effect in colonization rate) and cold-adapted species that had an increasing extinction rate (positive year effect in extinction rate)…..”

      We carefully checked the code in Figshare link and found that the MOSM JAGS code was not uploaded before. Very sorry for that. Now it can be found in the document [MOSM.R] at https://figshare.com/s/7a16974114262d280ef7. Hope the code, together with the modeling process in section 4.5 in the Methods can help to understand the whole modeling process. Besides, we would like to explain how to decide the temporal trend in colonization or extinction of each species related to Line 485. Let’s take the model of species-specific extinction rate for example:

      In this model, “Island” was a random effect, “Year” is added as a random slope, thus allowing “year effect” (that is: the temporal trend) of extinction rate of species to vary with “island”. Further, the interaction effect between island variables (isolation, area) was added to test if the “year effect” was related to island area or isolation.

      Because we are only interested in warm-adapted species that have a positive temporal trend in colonization and cold-adapted species that have a positive temporal trend in extinction, which are two main processes underlying thermophilizaiton, we choose warm-adapted species that have a positive year-effect in colonization, and cold-adapted species that has a positive year-effect in extinction. Hope this explanation and the JAGS code can help if you are confused about this part.

      Hope these explanations can make it clearer.

      (12) Figure 1: to me, it would be more intuitive to put the landscape configuration in the titles of the panels b, c, and d instead of "only" the mechanisms. E.g. they could be: a) fragmented islands with low climate buffering; b) small islands with low habitat heterogeneity; c) isolated islands with dispersal limitations?

      It is also slightly confusing that the bird communities are above "island" in the middle of the three fragmented habitats - which all look a bit different in terms of tree species and structure which makes the reader first think that it has something to do with the "new" species community. so maybe worth rethinking how to illustrate the three fragmented islands?

      We would like to thank you for your nice proposition. Firstly, it’s a good idea to put the landscape configuration in the title of the panels b, c, d. The new title (a) is “Fragmented islands with low climate buffering”, title (b) is “Small islands with low habitat heterogeneity”, and title (c) is “Isolated patches with dispersal limitations”.

      Second, we realized that putting the “bird community” above “island” in the middle of the three patches is a bit confusing. Actually, we wanted to show bird communities only on that one island in the middle. The other two patches are only there to represent a fragmented background. To avoid misunderstanding, we added a sentence in the legend of Figure 1 on Lines 778-780:

      “The three distinct patches signify a fragmented background and the community in the middle of the three patches was selected to exhibit colonization-extinction dynamics in fragmented habitats.”

      (13) Figure 4: please add the description of the color code for panel a.

      Sorry for the unclear description. The vertical dashed line indicates the median value of STI for 60 species, as a separation of warm-adapted species and cold-adapted species. We have added these details on Lines 807-809:

      “The dotted vertical line indicates the median of STI values. Cold-adapted species are plotted in blue and warm-adapted species are plotted in orange.”

      (14) Figure 5: You could consider adding this as panel c to Figure 4 as it depicts the same thing as in 4a but for CTI-abundance.

      Thank you for this advice. We have moved the original Figure 5 to Figure 4c. Previous Figure 6 thus turned into Figure 5. All corresponding citations in the main text were checked to adapt to the new index. The new figure is now on Lines 801-815:

      References

      Ferraz, G., Russell, G. J., Stouffer, P. C., Bierregaard Jr, R. O., Pimm, S. L., & Lovejoy, T. E. (2003). Rates of species loss from Amazonian forest fragments. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 100(24), 14069-14073. doi:10.1073/pnas.2336195100

      Fourcade, Y., WallisDeVries, M. F., Kuussaari, M., van Swaay, C. A., Heliölä, J., & Öckinger, E. (2021). Habitat amount and distribution modify community dynamics under climate change. Ecology Letters, 24(5), 950-957. doi:10.1111/ele.13691

      Gaüzère, P., Princé, K., & Devictor, V. (2017). Where do they go? The effects of topography and habitat diversity on reducing climatic debt in birds. Global Change Biology, 23(6), 2218-2229. doi:10.1111/gcb.13500

      Gonzalez, A. (2000). Community relaxation in fragmented landscapes: the relation between species richness, area and age. Ecology Letters, 3(5), 441-448. doi:10.1046/j.1461-0248.2000.00171.x

      Haddad, N. M., Brudvig, L. A., Clobert, J., Davies, K. F., Gonzalez, A., Holt, R. D., . . . Collins, C. D. (2015). Habitat fragmentation and its lasting impact on Earth’s ecosystems. Science advances, 1(2), e1500052. doi:10.1126/sciadv.1500052

      Richard, B., Dupouey, J. l., Corcket, E., Alard, D., Archaux, F., Aubert, M., . . . Macé, S. (2021). The climatic debt is growing in the understorey of temperate forests: Stand characteristics matter. Global Ecology and Biogeography, 30(7), 1474-1487. doi:10.1111/geb.13312

      Si, X., Pimm, S. L., Russell, G. J., & Ding, P. (2014). Turnover of breeding bird communities on islands in an inundated lake. Journal of Biogeography, 41(12), 2283-2292. doi:10.1111/jbi.12379

    1. Author Response:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Fallah and colleagues characterize the connectivity between two basal ganglia output nuclei, the SNr and GPe, and the pedunculopontine nucleus, a brainstem nucleus that is part of the mesencephalic locomotor region. Through a series of systematic electrophysiological studies, they find that these regions target and inhibit different populations of neurons, with anatomical organization. Overall, SNr projects to PPN and inhibits all major cell types, while the GPe inhibits glutamatergic and GABAergic PPN neurons, and preferentially in the caudal part of the nucleus. Optogenetic manipulation of these inputs had opposing effects on behavior - SNr terminals in the PPN drove place aversion, while GPe terminals drove place preference.

      Strengths:

      This work is a thorough and systematic characterization of a set of relatively understudied circuits. They build on the classic notions of basal ganglia connectivity and suggest a number of interesting future directions to dissect motor control and valence processing in brainstem systems.

      We thank the reviewers for these positive comments.

      Weaknesses:

      Characterization of the behavioral effects of manipulations of these PPN input circuits could be further parsed, for a better understanding of the functional consequences of the connections demonstrated in the ephys analyses.

      We will further analyze our behavioral data to reveal more nuanced functional effects.

      All the cell type recording studies showing subtle differences in the degree of inhibition and anatomical organization of that inhibition suggest a complex effect of general optogenetic manipulation of SNr or GPe terminals in the PPN. It will be important to determine if SNr or GPe inputs onto a particular cell type in PPN are more or less critical for how the locomotion and valence effects are demonstrated here.

      This is a really interesting future direction and we will expand on these points in the discussion.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Fallah et al carefully dissect projections from SNr and GPe - two key basal ganglia nuclei - to the PPN, an important brainstem nucleus for motor control. They consider inputs from these two areas onto 3 types of downstream PPN neurons: GABAergic, glutamatergic, and cholinergic neurons. They also carefully map connectivity along the rostrocaudal axis of the PPN.

      Strengths:

      The slice electrophysiology work is technically well done and provides useful information for further studies of PPN. The optogenetics and behavioral studies are thought-provoking, showing that SNr and GPe projections to PPN play distinct roles in behavior.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s positive evaluation.

      Weaknesses:

      Although the optogenetics and behavioral studies are intriguing, they are somewhat difficult to fit together into a specific model of circuit function. Perhaps the authors can work to solidify the connection between these two arms of the work.

      We will expand on these topics in the discussion.

      (1) Male and female mice are used, but the authors do not discuss any analysis of sex differences. If there are no sex differences, it is still useful to report data disaggregated by sex in addition to pooled data.

      While we do not have sufficient n for a well-powered analysis of sex differences in behavior, we find that both male and female mice increase movement in response to SNr axon stimulation and decrease movement in response to GPe axon stimulation. We will expand on this further in the revised manuscript.

      (2) There is some lack of clarity in the current manuscript on the ages used - 2-5 months vs "at least 7 weeks." Is 7 weeks the time of virus injection surgery, then recordings 3 weeks later (at least 10 weeks)? Please clarify if these ages apply equally to electrophysiological and behavioral studies. If the age range used for the test is large, it may be useful to analyze and report if there are age-related effects.

      7 weeks is the youngest age at which mice used for electrophysiology were injected, and all were used for electrophysiology between 2-5 months. For behavior, the youngest mice used were 11 weeks old at time of behavior (8 weeks old at injection). Mice in the GPe-stimulated condition were 110 ± 7.4 SEM days old and mice in the SNr-stimulated condition 132 ± 23.4 SEM days old. We will add these details to the revised manuscript.

      In addition, we have correlated distance traveled at baseline and during stimulation with age for both SNr and GPe stimulated conditions. Baseline distance traveled did not correlate with age, but there was a trend toward more movement during stimulation with older mice in the SNr axon stimulation group. We will discuss this in the revised manuscript.

      (3) Were any exclusion criteria applied, e.g. to account for missed injections?

      All injection sites and implant sites were within our range of acceptability, so we did not exclude any mice for missed injections.

      (4) 28-34degC is a fairly wide range of temperatures for electrophysiological recording, which could affect kinetics.

      This is an important consideration. We have checked our main measurement of current amplitude in the condition where we found significant differences between rostral and caudal PPN (SNr to Vglut2 PPN neurons) against temperature and found no correlation (Pearson’s r value = -0.0076). Similarly, we found no correlation between baseline (pre-opto) firing frequency and temperature (r = -0.068).

      (5) It would be good to report the number of mice used for each condition in addition to n=cells. Statistically, it would be preferable not to assume that each cell from the same mouse is an independent measurement and to use a nested ANOVA.

      For electrophysiology, the number of mice used in each experiment was 6 (3 male, 3 female). In the manuscript ‘N’ represents number of mice and ‘n’ represents number of cells. Because of the unpredictability of how many healthy cells can be recorded from one mouse, our data were planned to be collected with n=cells, and are underpowered for a nested ANOVA. However, rostral and caudal data were collected from the same mice. While we do not have sufficient paired data for each parameter, analyzing one of our main and most important findings with a paired comparison (with biological replicates being mice) shows a statistically significant difference in the inhibitory effect of SNr axon stimulation on firing rate between rostral and caudal glutamatergic neurons (p=0.031, Wilcoxon signed rank test).

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study by Fallah et al provides a thorough characterization of the effects of two basal ganglia output pathways on cholinergic, glutamatergic, and GABAergic neurons of the PPN. The authors first found that SNr projections spread over the entire PPN, whereas GPe projections are mostly concentrated in the caudal portion of the nucleus. Then the authors characterized the postsynaptic effects of optogenetically activating these basal ganglia inputs and identified the PPN's cell subtypes using genetically encoded fluorescent reporters. Activation of inputs from the SNr inhibited virtually all PPN neurons. Activation of inputs from the GPe predominantly inhibited glutamatergic neurons in the caudal PPN, and to a lesser extent GABAergic neurons. Finally, the authors tested the effects of activating these inputs on locomotor activity and place preference. SNr activation was found to increase locomotor activity and elicit avoidance of the optogenetic stimulation zone in a real-time place preference task. In contrast, GPe activation reduced locomotion and increased the time in the RTPP stimulation zone.

      Strengths:

      The evidence of functional connectivity of SNr and GPe neurons with cholinergic, glutamatergic, and GABAergic PPN neurons is solid and reveals a prominent influence of the SNr over the entire PPN output. In addition, the evidence of a GPe projection that preferentially innervates the caudal glutamatergic PPN is unexpected and highly relevant for basal ganglia function.

      Opposing effects of two basal ganglia outputs on locomotion and valence through their connectivity with the PPN.

      Overall, these results provide an unprecedented cell-type-specific characterization of the effects of basal ganglia inputs in the PPN and support the well-established notion of a close relationship between the PPN and the basal ganglia.

      We thank the reviewer for their positive comments.

      Weaknesses:

      The behavioral experiments require further analysis as some motor effects could have been averaged out by analyzing long segments.

      We will further analyze our motor effects in the revised manuscript.

      Additional controls are needed to rule out a motor effect in the real-time place preference task.

      This is an important point. Our use of unilateral stimulation in the RTPP task reduces potential motor effects, and our supplemental videos show that the mice can easily escape and enter the stimulated zone. However, we can't completely rule out a motor component. To delve into this further, we analyzed mouse speed in the RTPP task. We find that in both SNr and GPe stimulation conditions, the maximum speed of the mouse is not different in the stimulated vs unstimulated zone. We will further analyze mouse speed at the transition into and out of the stimulated zone to identify any acute motor effects in this experiment.

      Importantly, the location of the stimulation is not reported even though this is critical to interpret the behavioral effects.

      The implant locations were generally over the middle-to-rostral PPN and we will clarify this in the revised manuscript. These locations are shown in figure 7B.

      There are some concerns about the possible recruitment of dopamine neurons in the SNr experiments.

      We are very interested in this possibility and plan to discuss this with more clarity in a revised manuscript.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors): 

      This is not a recommendation. While reading old literature, I found some interesting facts. The shape of the neurocranium in monotremes, birds, and mammals, at least in early stages, resembles the phenotype of 'dact'1/2, wnt11f2, or syu mutants. For more details, see DeBeer's: 'The Development of the Vertebrate Skull, !937' Plate 137. 

      Thank you for pointing this out. It is indeed interesting.

      Minor Comments: 

      • Lines 64, 66, and 69: same citation without interruption: Heisenberg, Brand et al. 1996

      Revised line 76. 

      • Lines 101 and 102: same citation without interruption: Li, Florez et al. 2013 

      Revised line 118.

      • Lines 144, 515, 527, and 1147: should be wnt11f2 instead of wntllf2 - if not, then explain 

      Revised lines 185, 625, 640,1300.

      • Lines 169 and 171: incorrect figure citation: Fig 1D - correct to Fig 1F 

      Revised lines 217, 219.

      • Line 173: delete (Fig. S1) 

      Revised line 221.

      • Line 207: indicate that both dact1 and dact2 mRNA levels increased, noting a 40% higher level of dact2 mRNA after deletion of 7 bp in the dact2 gene 

      Revised line 265.

      • Line 215: Fig 1F instead of Fig 1D 

      Revised line 217.

      • Line 248: unify naming of compound mutants to either dact1/2 or dact1/dact2 compound mutants 

      Revised to dact1/2 throughout.

      • Line 259: incorrect figure citation: Fig S1 - correct to Fig S2D/E 

      Revised line 324.

      • Line 302: correct abbreviation position: neural crest (NCC) cell - change to neural crest cell (NCC) population 

      Revised line 380.

      • Line 349: repeating kny mut definition from line 70 may be unnecessary 

      Revised line 434.

      • Line 351: clarify distinction between Fig S1 and Fig S2 in the supplementary section 

      Revised line 324.

      • Line 436: refer to the correct figure for pathways associated with proteolysis (Fig 7B) 

      Revised line 530.

      • Line 446-447: complete the sentence and clarify the relevance of smad1 expression, and correct the use of "also" in relation to capn8 

      Revised line 567.

      • Line 462: clarify that this phenotype was never observed in wildtype larvae, and correct figure reference to exclude dact1+/- dact2+/- 

      Revised line 563, 568.

      • Line 463: explain the injection procedure into embryos from dact1/2+/- interbreeding 

      Revised line 565.

      • Lines 488 and 491: same citation without interruption: Waxman, Hocking et al. 2004 

      Revised line 591.

      • Line 502: maintain consistency in referring to TGF-beta signaling throughout the article 

      Revised throughout.

      • Line 523: define CNCC; previously used only NCC 

      Revised to cranial NCC throughout.

      • Line 1105: reconsider citing another work in the figure legend 

      Revised line 1249.

      • Line 1143: consider using "mutant" instead of "mu" 

      Revised line 1295.

      • Fig 2A/B: indicate the number of animals used ("n") 

      N is noted on line 1274.

      • Fig 2C, D, E: ensure uniform terminology for control groups ("wt" vs. "wildtype") 

      Revised in figure.

      • Fig 7C: clarify analysis of dact1/2-/- mutant in lateral plate mesoderm vs. ectoderm 

      Revised line 1356.

      • Fig 8A: label the figure to indicate it shows capn8, not just in the legend 

      Revised.

      • Fig 8D: explain the black/white portions and simplify to highlight important data 

      Revised.

      • Fig S2: add the title "Figure S2" 

      Revised.

      • Consider omitting the sentence: "As with most studies, this work has contributed some new knowledge but generated more questions than answers." 

      Revised line 720.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors): 

      Major comments: 

      (1) The authors have addressed many of the questions I had, including making the biological sample numbers more transparent. It might be more informative to use n = n/n, e.g. n = 3/3, rather than just n = 3. Alternatively, that information can be given in the figure legend or in the form of penetrance %. 

      The compound heterozygote breeding and phenotyping analyses were not carried out in such a way that we can comment on the precise % penetrance of the ANC phenotype, as we did not dissect every ANC and genotype every individual that resulted from the triple heterozygote in crossings. We collected phenotype/genotype data until we obtained at least three replicates.

      We did genotype every individual resulting from dact1/2 dHet crosses to correlate genotype to the phenotype of the embryonic convergent extension phenotype and narrowed ethmoid plate (Fig. 2A, Fig. 3) which demonstrated full penetrance.

      (2) The description of the expression of dact1/2 and wnt11f2 is not consistent with what the images are showing. In the revised figure 1 legend, the author says "dact2 and wnt11f2 transcripts are detected in the anterior neural plate" (line 1099)", but it's hard to see wnt11f2 expression in the anterior neural plate in 1B. The authors then again said " wnt11f2 is also expressed in these cells", referring to the anterior neural plate and polster (P), notochord (N), paraxial and presomitic mesoderm (PM) and tailbud (TB). However, other than the notochord expression, other expression is actually quite dissimilar between dact2 and wnt11f2 in 1C. The authors should describe their expression more accurately and take that into account when considering their function in the same pathway. 

      We have revised these sections to more carefully describe the expression patterns. We have added references to previous descriptions of wnt11 expression domains.

      (3) Similar to (2), while the Daniocell was useful in demonstrating that expression of dact1 and dact2 are more similar to expression of gpc4 and wnt11f2, the text description of the data is quite confusing. The authors stated "dact2 was more highly expressed in anterior structures including cephalic mesoderm and neural ectoderm while dact1 was more highly expressed in mesenchyme and muscle" (lines 174-176). However, the Daniocell seems to show more dact1 expression in the neural tissues than dact2, which would contradict the in situ data as well. I think the problem is in part due to the dataset contains cells from many different stages and it might be helpful to include a plot of the cells at different stages, as well as the cell types, both of which are available from the Daniocell website. 

      We have revised the text to focus the Daniocell analysis on the overall and general expression patterns. Line 220.

      (4) The authors used the term "morphological movements" (line 337) to describe the cause of dact1/2 phenotypes. Please clarify what this means. Is it cell movement? Or is it the shape of the tissues? What does "morphological movements" really mean and how does that affect the formation of the EP by the second stream of NCCs? 

      We have revised this sentence to improve clarity. Line 416.

      (5) In the first submission, only 1 out of 142 calpain-overexpressing animals phenocopied dact1/2 mutants and that was a major concern regarding the functional significance of calpain 8 in this context. In the revised manuscript, the authors demonstrated that more embryos developed the phenotype when they are heterozygous for both dact1/2. While this is encouraging, it is interesting that the same phenomenon was not observed in the dact1-/-; dact2+/- embryos (Fig. 6D). The authors did not discuss this and should provide some explanation. The authors should also discuss sufficiency vs requirement tested in this experiment. However, given that this is the most novel aspect of the paper, performing experiments to demonstrate requirements would be important. 

      We have added a statement regarding the non-effect in dact1-/-;dact2+/- embryos. Line 568-570. We have also added discussion of sufficiency vs necessity/requirement testing. Line 676-679.

      (6) Related to (5), the authors cited figure 8c when mentioning 0/192 gfp-injected embryos developed EP phenotypes. However, figure 8c is dact1/2 +/- embryos. The numbers also doesn't match the numbers in Figure 8d either. Please add relevant/correct figures. 

      The text has been revised to distinguish between our overexpression experiment in wildtype embryos (data not shown) versus overexpression in dact1/2 double het in cross embryos (Fig 8).

      Minor comments: 

      (1) Fig 1 legend line 1106 "the midbrain (MP)" should be MB 

      Revised line 1250.

      (2) Wntllf2, instead of wnt11f2, (i.e. the letter "l" rather than the number "1") was used in 4 instances, line 144, 515, 527, 1147 

      Revised lines 185, 625, 640,1300.

      (3) The authors replaced ANC with EP in many instances, but ANC is left unchanged in some places and it's not defined in the text. It's first mentioned in line 170.

      Revised line 218.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript gives a broad overview of how to write NeuroML, and a brief description of how to use it with different simulators and for different purposes - cells to networks, simulation, optimization, and analysis. From this perspective, it can be an extremely useful document to introduce new users to NeuroML.

      We are glad the reviewer found our manuscript useful.

      However, the manuscript itself seems to lose sight of this goal in many places, and instead, the description at times seems to target software developers. For example, there is a long paragraph on the board and user community. The discussion on simulator tools seems more for developers, not users. All the information presented at the level of a developer is likely to be distracting to eLife readership.

      To make the paper less developer focussed and more accessible to the end user we have shortened the long paragraphs on the board and user community (and moved some of this text to the Methods section; lines: 524-572 in the document with highlighted changes). We have also made the discussion on simulator tools more focussed on the user (lines 334-406). However, we believe some information on the development and oversight of NeuroML and its community base are relevant to the end user, so we have not removed these completely from the main text.

      Strengths:

      The modularity of NeuroML is indeed a great advantage. For example, the ability to specify the channel file allows different channels to be used with different morphologies without redundancy. The hierarchical nature of NeuroML also is commendable, and well illustrated in Figures 2a through c.

      The number of tools available to work with NeuroML is impressive.

      The abstract, beginning, and end of the manuscript present and discuss incorporating NeuroML into research workflows to support FAIR principles.

      Having a Python API and providing examples using this API is fantastic. Exporting to NeuroML from Python is also a great feature.

      We are glad the reviewer appreciated the design of NeuroML and its support for FAIR principles.

      Weaknesses:

      Though modularity is a strength, it is unclear to me why the cell morphology isn't also treated similarly, i.e., specify the morphology of a multi-compartmental model in a separate file, and then allow the cell file to specify not only the files containing channels, but also the file containing the multi-compartmental morphology, and then specify the conductance for different segment groups. Also, after pynml_write_neuroml2_file, you would not have a super long neuroML file for each variation of conductances, since there would be no need to rewrite the multi-compartmental morphology for each conductance variation.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting this shortcoming in NeuroML2. We have now added the ability to reference externally defined (e.g. in another file) <morphology> and <biophysicalProperties> elements from <cells>. This has enabled the morphologies and/or specification of ionic conductances to be separated out and enables more streamlined analysis of cells with different properties, as requested. Simulators NEURON, NetPyNE and EDEN already support this new form. Information on this feature has been added to https://docs.neuroml.org/Userdocs/ImportingMorphologyFiles.html#neuroml2 and also mentioned in the text (lines 188-190).

      This would be especially important for optimizations, if each trial optimization wrote out the neuroML file, then including the full morphology of a realistic cell would take up excessive disk space, as opposed to just writing out the conductance densities. As long as cell morphology must be included in every cell file, then NeuroML is not sufficiently modular, and the authors should moderate their claim of modularity (line 419) and building blocks (551).

      We believe the new functionality outlined above addresses this issue, as a single file containing the <morphology> element could be referenced, while a much smaller file, containing the channel distributions in a <biophysicalProperties> element would be generated and saved on each iteration of the optimisation.

      In addition, this is very important for downloading NeuroML-compliant reconstructions from NeuroMorpho.org. If the cell morphology cannot be imported, then the user has to edit the file downloaded from NeuroMorpho.org, and provenance can be lost.

      While the NeuroMorpho.Org website does support converting reconstructed morphologies in SWC format to NeuroML, this export feature is no longer supported on most modern browsers due to it being based on Java Applet technologies. However, a desktop version of this application, CVApp, is actively maintained

      (https://github.com/NeuroML/Cvapp-NeuroMorpho.org), and we have updated it to support export of the SWC to the standalone <morphology> element form of NeuroML discussed above. Additionally, a new Python application for conversion of SWC to NeuroML is in development and will be incorporated into PyNeuroML (Google Summer of Code 2024). Our documentation has been updated with the recommended use of SWC in NeuroML based modelling here: https://docs.neuroml.org/Userdocs/Software/Tools/SWC.html

      We have also included URLs to the tool and the documentation in the paper (lines: 473-474).

      SWC files, however, cannot be used “as is” for modelling since they only include information (often incomplete—for example a single point may represent a soma in SWC files) on the points that make the cell, but not on the sections/segments/cables that these form. Therefore, NeuroML and other simulation tools, including NEURON, must convert these into formats suitable for simulation. The suggested pipeline for use of NeuroMorpho SWC files would therefore be to convert them to NeuroML, check that they represent the intended compartmentalisation of the neuron and then use them in models.

      To ensure that provenance is maintained in all NeuroML models (including conversions from other formats), NeuroML supports the addition of RDF annotations using the COMBINE annotation specifications in model files:

      https://docs.neuroml.org/Userdocs/Provenance.html. We have added this information to the paper (lines: 464-465).

      Also, Figure 2d loses the hierarchical nature by showing ion channels, synapses, and networks as separate main branches of NeuroML.

      While an instance of an ion channel is on a segment, in a cell, in a population (and hence there is a hierarchy between them), in terms of layout in a NeuroML file the ion channel is defined at the “top level” so that it can be referenced and used by multiple cells, the cell definitions are also defined top level, and used in multiple populations, etc. There are multiple ways to depict these relationships between entities, and we believe Fig 2d complements Fig 2a-c (which is more hierarchical), by emphasising the different categories of entities present in NeuroML files. We have modified the caption of Figure 2d to clarify that it shows the main categories of elements included in the NeuroML standard in their respective hierarchies.

      In Figure 5, the difference between the core and native simulator is unclear.

      We have modified the figure and text (lines: 341) to clarify this. We now say “reference” simulators instead of “core”. This emphasises that jNeuroML and pyLEMS are intended as reference implementations in each of their languages of how to interpret NeuroML models, as opposed to high performance simulators for research use. We have also updated the categorization of the backends in the text accordingly.

      What is involved in helper scripts?

      Simulators such as NetPyNE can import NeuroML into their own internal format, but require some boilerplate code to do this (e.g. the NetPyNE scripts calls the importNeuroML2SimulateAnalyze() method with appropriate parameters). The NeuroML tools generate short scripts that use this boilerplate code. We have renamed “helper scripts” to “import scripts'' for clarity (Figure 5 and its caption).

      I thought neurons could read NeuroML? If so, why do you need the export simulator-specific scripts?

      The NEURON simulator does have some NeuroML functionality (it can export cells, though not the full network, to NeuroML 2 through its ModelView menu), but does not natively support reading/importing of NeuroML in its current version. But this is not a problem as jNeuroML/PyNeuroML translates the NeuroML model description into NEURON’s formats: Python scripts/HOC/Nmodl which NEURON then executes.

      As NEURON is the simulator which allows simulation of the widest range of NeuroML elements, we have (in agreement with the NEURON developers) concentrated on incorporating the best support for NeuroML import/export in the latest (easy to install/update) releases of PyNeuroML, rather than adding this to the Neuron source code. NEURON’s core features have been very stable for years and many versions of the simulator are used by modellers - installing the latest PyNeuroML gives them the latest NEURON support without having to reinstall the latter.

      In addition, it seems strange to call something the "core" simulation engine, when it cannot support multi-compartmental models. It is unclear why "other simulators" that natively support NeuroML cannot be called the core.

      We agree that this terminology was confusing. As mentioned above, we have changed “core simulator” to “reference simulator”, to emphasise the roles of these simulation engine options.

      It might be more helpful to replace this sort of classification with a user-targeted description. The authors already state which simulators support NeuroML and which ones need code to be exported. In contrast, lines 369-370 mention that not all NeuroML models are supported by each simulator. I recommend expanding this to explain which features are supported in each simulator. Then, the unhelpful separation between core and native could be eliminated.

      As suggested, we have grouped the simulators in terms of function and removed the core/ non-core distinction. We have also added a table (Table 3) in the appendices that lists what features each simulation engine supports and updated the text to be more user focussed (lines: 348-394).

      The body of the manuscript has so much other detail that I lose sight of how NeuroML supports FAIR. It is also unclear who is the intended audience. When I get to lines 336-344, it seems that this description is too much detail for the eLife audience. The paragraph beginning on line 691 is a great example of being unclear about who is the audience. Does someone wanting to develop NeuroML models need to understand XSD schema? If so, the explanation is not clear. XSD schema is not defined and instead explains NeuroML-specific aspects of XSD. Lines 734-735 are another example of explaining to code developers (not model developers).

      We have modified these sentences to be more suitable for the general eLife audience: we have moved the explanation of how the different simulator backends are supported to the more technically detailed Methods section (lines 882-942).

      While the results sections focus on documenting what users can do with NeuroML, the Methods sections include information on “how” the NeuroML and software ecosystem function. While the information in the methods sections may not be required by users who want to use the standard NeuroML model elements, those users looking to extend NeuroML with their own model entities and/or contribute these for inclusion in the NeuroML standard will require some understanding of how the schema and component types work.

      We have tried to limit this information to the bare minimum, pointing to online documentation where appropriate. XSD schemas are, for example, briefly introduced at the beginning of the section “The NeuroML XML Schema”. We have also included a link to the W3C documentation on XSD schemas as a footnote (line 724).

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Developing neuronal models that are shareable, reproducible, and interoperable allows the neuroscience community to make better use of published models and to collaborate more effectively. In this manuscript, the authors present a consolidated overview of the NeuroML model description system along with its associated tools and workflows. They describe where different components of this ecosystem lay along the model development pathway and highlight resources, including documentation and tutorials, to help users employ this system.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript is well-organized and clearly written. It effectively uses the delineated model development life cycle steps, presented in Figure 1, to organize its descriptions of the different components and tools relating to NeuroML. It uses this framework to cover the breadth of the software ecosystem and categorize its various elements. The NeuroML format is clearly described, and the authors outline the different benefits of its particular construction. As primarily a means of describing models, NeuroML also depends on many other software components to be of high utility to computational neuroscientists; these include simulators (ones that both pre-date NeuroML and those developed afterwards), visualization tools, and model databases.

      Overall, the rationale for the approach NeuroML has taken is convincing and well-described. The pointers to existing documentation, guides, and the example usages presented within the manuscript are useful starting points for potential new users. This manuscript can also serve to inform potential users of features or aspects of the ecosystem that they may have been unaware of, which could lower obstacles to adoption. While much of what is presented is not new to this manuscript, it still serves as a useful resource for the community looking for information about an established, but perhaps daunting, set of computational tools.

      We are glad the reviewer appreciated the utility of the manuscript.

      Weaknesses:

      The manuscript in large part catalogs the different tools and functionalities that have been produced through the long development cycle of NeuroML. As discussed above, this is quite useful, but it can still be somewhat overwhelming for a potential new user of these tools. There are new user guides (e.g., Table 1) and example code (e.g. Box 1), but it is not clear if those resources employ elements of the ecosystem chosen primarily for their didactic advantages, rather than general-purpose utility. I feel like the manuscript would be strengthened by the addition of clearer recommendations for users (or a range of recommendations for users in different scenarios).

      To make Table 1 more accessible to users and provide recommendations we have added the following new categories: Introductory guides aimed at teaching the fundamental

      NeuroML concepts; Advanced guides illustrating specific modelling workflows; and Walkthrough guides discussing the steps required for converting models to NeuroML. Box 1 has also been improved to clearly mark API and command line examples.

      For example, is the intention that most users should primarily use the core NeuroML tools and expand into the wider ecosystem only under particular circumstances? What are the criteria to keep in mind when making that decision to use alternative tools (scale/complexity of model, prior familiarity with other tools, etc.)? The place where it seems most ambiguous is in the choice of simulator (in part because there seem to be the most options there) - are there particular scenarios where the authors may recommend using simulators other than the core jNeuroML software?

      The interoperability of NeuroML is a major strength, but it does increase the complexity of choices facing users entering into the ecosystem. Some clearer guidance in this manuscript could enable computational neuroscientists with particular goals in mind to make better strategic decisions about which tools to employ at the outset of their work.

      As mentioned in the response to Reviewer 1, the term “core simulator” for jNeuroML was confusing, as it suggested that this is a recommended simulation tool. We have changed the description of jNeuroML to a “reference simulator” to clarify this (Figure 5 and lines 341, 353).

      In terms of giving specific guidance on which simulator to use, we have focussed on their functionality and limitations rather than recommending a specific tool (as simulator independent standards developers we are not in a position to favour particular simulators). While NEURON is the most widely used simulator currently, other simulation opinions (e.g. EDEN) have emerged recently which provide quite comprehensive NeuroML support and similar performance. Our approach is to document and promote all supported tools, while encouraging innovation and new developments. The new Table 3 in the Appendix gives a guide to assist users in choosing which simulator may best suit their needs and we have updated the text to include a brief description (lines 348-394).

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      I do not understand what the $comments mean in Box 1. It isn't until I get further in the text that I realize that those are command line equivalents to the Python commands.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting this confusion. We’ve now explicitly marked the API usage and command line usage example columns to make this clearer. We have also used “>” instead of “$” now to indicate the command line,

      In Figure 9 Caption "Examples of analysis functions ..", the word analysis seems a misnomer, as these graphs all illustrate the simulation output and graphing of existing variables. I think analysis typically refers to the transformation of variables, such as spike counts and widths.

      To clarify this we have changed the caption to “Examples of visualizing biophysical properties of a NeuroML model neuron”.

      Figure 10: Why is the pulse generator part of a model? Isn't that the input to a model?

      Whether the input to the model is described separately from the NeuroML biophysical description or combined with it is a choice for the researcher. This is possible because in NeuroML any entity which has time varying states can be a NeuroML element, including the current pulse generator. In this simple example the input is contained within the same file (and therefore <neuroml> element) as the cell. However, this does not need to be the case. The cell could be fully specified in its own NeuroML file and then this can be included in other files which add different inputs to facilitate different simulation scenarios. The Python scripting interface facilitates these types of workflows.

      In the interest of modularity, can stim information be stored in a separate file and "included"?

      Yes, as mentioned above, the stimulus could be stored in a separate file.

      I find it strange to use a cell with mostly dimensionless numbers as an example. I think it would be more helpful to use a model that was more physiological.

      In choosing an example model type to use to illustrate the use of LEMS (Fig 12), NeuroML (Fig 10), XML Schema (Fig 11), the Python API (Fig 13) and online documentation (Fig 15), we needed an example which showed a sufficiently broad range of concepts (dimensional parameters, state variables, time derivatives), but which is sufficiently compact to allow a concise depiction of the key elements in figures, that fit in a single page (e.g. Fig 12). We felt that the Hindmarsh Rose model, while not very physiological, was well suited for this purpose (explaining the underlying technologies behind the NeuroML specification). The simplicity of the Hindmarsh Rose model is counterbalanced in the manuscript by the detailed models of neurons and circuits in Figures 7 & 9. The latter shows a morphologically and biophysically detailed cortical L5b pyramidal cell model.

      In lines 710-714, it is unclear what is being validated. That all parameters are defined? Using the units (or lack thereof) defined in the schema?

      Validation against the schema is “level 1” validation where the model structure, parameters, parameter values and their units, cardinality, and element positioning in the model hierarchy are checked. We have updated the paragraph to include this information and to also point to Figure 6 where different levels of validation are explained.

      Lines 740 to 746 are confusing. If 1-1 between XSD and LEMS (1st sentence) then how can component types be defined in LEMS and NOT added to the standard? Which is it? 1-1 or not 1-1?

      For the curated model elements included in the NeuroML standard, there will be a 1-1 correspondence between their component type definitions in LEMS and type definitions in the XSD schema. New user defined component types (e.g. a new abstract cell model) can be specified in LEMS as required, and these do not need to be included in the XSD schema to be loaded/simulated. However, since they are not present in the schema definition of the core/curated elements, they cannot be validated against it (level 1 validation). We have modified the text to make this clearer (line: 778).

      Nonetheless, if the new type is useful for the wider community, it can be accepted by the Editorial Board, and at that stage it will be incorporated into the core types, and added to the Schema, to be part of “valid NeuroML”.

      Figure 12. select="synapses[*]/i" is not explained. Does /i mean that iSyn is divided by i, which is current (according to the sentence 3 lines after 766) or perhaps synapse number?

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting this confusion. We have now explained the construct in the text (lines 810-812). It denotes “select the i (current) values from all Attachments which have the id ‘synapses’”. These multiple values should be reduced down to a single value through addition, as specified by the attribute: reduce=”add”.

      The line after 766 says that "DerivedVariables, variables whose values depend on other variables". You should add "and that are not derivatives, which are handled separately" because by your definition derivatives are derived variables.

      Thank you. We have updated the text with your suggestion

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      - Figure 9: I found it somewhat confusing to have the header from the screenshot at the top ("Layer 5 Burst Accommodating Double Bouquet Cell (5)") not match the morphology shown at the bottom. It's not visually clear that the different panels in Figure 9 may refer to unrelated cells/models.

      Thank you for pointing this out. We have replaced the NeuroML-DB screenshot with one of the same Layer 5b pyramidal cells shown in the panels below it.

      Additional change:

      Figure 7c (showing the NetPyNE-UI interface) has been replaced. Previously, this displayed a 3D model which had been created in NetPyNE itself, but now shows a model which has been created in NeuroML and imported for display/simulation in NetPyNE-UI, and therefore better illustrates NeuroML functionality.

    1. Author response:

      To Reviewer #1:

      Thank you for your kind words regarding the novelty, study design, and evidence presented. We will clarify our language when describing fuzzy local-linear regression discontinuity analysis. We thank you for this feedback as our goals are to introduce these methods to a neuroscientific audience. Lastly, we will respond and clarify the methodological points, including post-selection inference, bandwidths, and Bayesian analysis in version 2.

      To Reviewers #2 and #3:

      We thank you both for your constructive feedback, specifically in highlighting 1) the scope of the intervention and 2) the UKB-neuro healthy volunteer bias. In the next manuscript version, we will expand our discussion of plausible reasons for not finding an effect – weighing up the strengths and limitations of our study in 3 aspects; statistical (RD power), design-based (lack of representativeness vs. large sample), and mechanistic (the impact/or lack thereof of one-year of education on neural plasticity decades later). As we believe the approach of natural experiments with RD designs has considerable promise for the field of population cognitive neuroscience beyond this particular study, we will address each of these points within a broader section focused on considerations on how to optimize the insight, power, and inferences gained in future work within and beyond Biobank. Moreover, we will situate our discussion on the magnitude of the educational intervention among a broader discussion of cognitive training versus education, and short - versus long-term effects. We believe revising the manuscript will improve interpretation for the reader and thank you for your in-depth feedback. Lastly, we will provide a point-by-point response in the next version.

    1. Author response:

      Public Reviews: 

      Reviewer #1 (Public review): 

      The conserved AAA-ATPase PCH-2 has been shown in several organisms including C. elegans to remodel classes of HORMAD proteins that act in meiotic pairing and recombination. In some organisms the impact of PCH-2 mutations is subtle but becomes more apparent when other aspects of recombination are perturbed. Patel et al. performed a set of elegant experiments in C. elegans aimed at identifying conserved functions of PCH-2. Their work provides such an opportunity because in C. elegans meiotically expressed HORMADs localize to meiotic chromosomes independently of PCH-2. Work in C. elegans also allows the authors to focus on nuclear PCH-2 functions as opposed to cytoplasmic functions also seen for PCH-2 in other organisms. 

      The authors performed the following experiments: 

      (1) They constructed C. elegans animals with SNPs that enabled them to measure crossing over in intervals that cover most of four of the six chromosomes. They then showed that doublecrossovers, which were common on most of the four chromosomes in wild-type, were absent in pch-2. They also noted shifts in crossover distribution in the four chromosomes. 

      (2) Based on the crossover analysis and previous studies they hypothesized that PCH-2 plays a role at an early stage in meiotic prophase to regulate how SPO-11 induced double-strand breaks are utilized to form crossovers. They tested their hypothesis by performing ionizing irradiation and depleting SPO-11 at different stages in meiotic prophase in wild-type and pch-2 mutant animals. The authors observed that irradiation of meiotic nuclei in zygotene resulted in pch-2 nuclei having a larger number of nuclei with 6 or greater crossovers (as measured by COSA-1 foci) compared to wildtype. Consistent with this observation, SPO11 depletion, starting roughly in zygotene, also resulted in pch-2 nuclei having an increase in 6 or more COSA-1 foci compared to wild type. The increased number at this time point appeared beneficial because a significant decrease in univalents was observed. 

      (3) They then asked if the above phenotypes correlated with the localization of MSH-5, a factor that stabilizes crossover-specific DNA recombination intermediates. They observed that pch-2

      mutants displayed an increase in MSH-5 foci at early times in meiotic prophase and an unexpectedly higher number at later times. They conclude based on the differences in early MSH-5 localization and the SPO-11 and irradiation studies that PCH-2 prevents early DSBs from becoming crossovers and early loading of MSH-5. By analyzing different HORMAD proteins that are defective in forming the closed conformation acted upon by PCH-2, they present evidence that MSH-5 loading was regulated by the HIM-3 HORMAD. 

      (4) They performed a crossover homeostasis experiment in which DSB levels were reduced. The goal of this experiment was to test if PCH-2 acts in crossover assurance. Interestingly, in this background PCH-2 negative nuclei displayed higher levels of COSA-1 foci compared to PCH-2 positive nuclei. This observation and a further test of the model suggested that "PCH-2's presence on the SC prevents crossover designation." 

      (5) Based on their observations indicating that early DSBS are prevented from becoming crossovers by PCH-2, the authors hypothesized that the DNA damage kinase CHK-2 and PCH2 act to control how DSBs enter the crossover pathway. This hypothesis was developed based on their finding that PCH-2 prevents early DSBs from becoming crossovers and previous work showing that CHK-2 activity is modulated during meiotic recombination progression. They tested their hypothesis using a mutant synaptonemal complex component that maintains high CHK-2 activity that cannot be turned off to enable crossover designation. Their finding that the pch-2 mutation suppressed the crossover defect (as measured by COSA-1 foci) supports their hypothesis. 

      Based on these studies the authors provide convincing evidence that PCH-2 prevents early DSBs from becoming crossovers and controls the number and distribution of crossovers to promote a regulated mechanism that ensures the formation of obligate crossovers and crossover homeostasis. As the authors note, such a mechanism is consistent with earlier studies suggesting that early DSBs could serve as "scouts" to facilitate homolog pairing or to coordinate the DNA damage response with repair events that lead to crossing over. The detailed mechanistic insights provided in this work will certainly be used to better understand functions for PCH-2 in meiosis in other organisms. My comments below are aimed at improving the clarity of the manuscript. 

      We thank the reviewer for their concise summary of our manuscript and their assessment of our work as “convincing” and providing “detailed mechanistic insight.”

      Comments 

      (1) It appears from reading the Materials and Methods that the SNPs used to measure crossing over were obtained by mating Hawaiian and Bristol strains. It is not clear to this reviewer how the SNPs were introduced into the animals. Was crossing over measured in a single animal line? Were the wild-type and pch-2 mutations made in backgrounds that were isogenic with respect to each other? This is a concern because it is not clear, at least to this reviewer, how much of an impact crossing different ecotypes will have on the frequency and distribution of recombination events (and possibly the recombination intermediates that were studied). 

      We will clarify these issues in the Materials and Methods of an updated preprint. The control and pch-2 mutants were isogenic in either the Bristol or Hawaiian backgrounds. Control lines were the original Bristol and Hawaiian lines and pch-2 mutants were originally made in the Bristol line and backcrossed at least 3 times before analysis. Hawaiian pch-2 mutants were made by backcrossing pch-2 mutants at least 7 times to the Hawaiian background and verifying the presence of Hawaiian SNPs on all chromosomes tested in the recombination assay. To perform the recombination assays, these isogenic lines were crossed to generate the relevant F1s.

      (2) The authors state that in pch-2 mutants there was a striking shift of crossovers (line 135) to the PC end for all of the four chromosomes that were tested. I looked at Figure 1 for some time and felt that the results were more ambiguous. Map distances seemed similar at the PC end for wildtype and pch-2 on Chrom. I. While the decrease in crossing over in pch-2 appeared significant for Chrom. I and III, the results for Chrom. IV, and Chrom. X. seemed less clear. Were map distances compared statistically? At least for this reviewer the effects on specific intervals appear less clear and without a bit more detail on how the animals were constructed it's hard for me to follow these conclusions. 

      We hope that the added details above makes the results of these assays more clear. Map distances were compared and did not satisfy statistical significance, except where indicated. While we agree that the comparisons between control animals and pch-2 mutants may seem less clear with individual chromosomes, we argue that more general patterns become clear when analyzing multiple chromosomes. Indeed, this is why we expanded our recombination analysis beyond Chromosome III and the X Chromosomes, as reported in Deshong, 2014. 

      (3) Figure 2. I'm curious why non-irradiated controls were not tested side-by-side for COSA-1 staining. It just seems like a nice control that would strengthen the authors' arguments. 

      We will add these controls in the updated preprint.

      (4) Figure 3. It took me a while to follow the connection between the COSA-1 staining and DAPI staining panels (12 hrs later). Perhaps an arrow that connects each set of time points between the panels or just a single title on the X-axis that links the two would make things clearer. 

      We will make changes in the updated preprint to make this figure more clear.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review): 

      Summary: 

      This paper has some intriguing data regarding the different potential roles of Pch-2 in ensuring crossing over. In particular, the alterations in crossover distribution and Msh-5 foci are compelling. My main issue is that some of the models are confusingly presented and would benefit from some reframing. The role of Pch-2 across organisms has been difficult to determine, the ability to separate pairing and synapsis roles in worms provides a great advantage for this paper. 

      Strengths: 

      Beautiful genetic data, clearly made figures. Great system for studying the role of Pch-2 in crossing over. 

      We thank the reviewers for their constructive and useful summary of our manuscript and the analysis of its strengths. 

      Weaknesses: 

      (1) For a general audience, definitions of crossover assurance, crossover eligible intermediates, and crossover designation would be helpful. This applies to both the proposed molecular model and the cytological manifestation that is being scored specifically in C. elegans. 

      We will make these changes in an updated preprint.

      (2) Line 62: Is there evidence that DSBs are introduced gradually throughout the early prophase? Please provide references. 

      We will reference Woglar and Villeneuve 2018 and Joshi et. al. 2015 to support this statement in the updated preprint.

      (3) Do double crossovers show strong interference in worms? Given that the PC is at the ends of chromosomes don't you expect double crossovers to be near the chromosome ends and thus the PC? 

      Despite their rarity, double crossovers do show interference in worms. However, the PC is limited to one end of the chromosome. Therefore, even if interference ensures the spacing of these double crossovers, the preponderance of one of these crossovers toward one end (and not both ends) suggest something functionally unique about the PC end.

      (4) Line 155 - if the previous data in Deshong et al is helpful it would be useful to briefly describe it and how the experimental caveats led to misinterpretation (or state that further investigation suggests a different model etc.). Many readers are unlikely to look up the paper to find out what this means. 

      We will add this to the updated preprint.

      (5) Line 248: I am confused by the meaning of crossover assurance here - you see no difference in the average number of COSA-1 foci in Pch-2 vs. wt at any time point. Is it the increase in cells with >6 COSA-1 foci that shows a loss of crossover assurance? That is the only thing that shows a significant difference (at the one time point) in COSA-1 foci. The number of dapi bodies shows the loss of Pch-2 increases crossover assurance (fewer cells with unattached homologs). So this part is confusing to me. How does reliably detecting foci vs. DAPI bodies explain this? 

      We apologize for the confusion and will make this more clear in an updated perprint. The reviewer is correct that we do not see a difference in the average number of GFP::COSA1 foci at all time points in this experiment, even though we do see a difference in the number of DAPI stained bodies (an increase in crossover assurance in pch-2 mutants). What we meant to convey is that because of PCH-2’s dual role in regulating crossover formation (inhibiting it in early prophase, guaranteeing assurance later), the average number of GFP::COSA-1 foci at all time points also reflects this later role, resulting in this average being lower than if PCH-2 only inhibited crossovers early in meiotic prophase. We have shown that this later role does not significantly affect the average number of DAPI stained bodies, allowing us to see the role of PCH-2 in early meiotic prophase on crossover formation more clearly.

      (6) Line 384: I am confused. I understand that in the dsb-2/pch2 mutant there are fewer COSA-1 foci. So fewer crossovers are designated when DSBs are reduced in the absence of PCH-2.

      How then does this suggest that PCH-2's presence on the SC prevents crossover designation? Its absence is preventing crossover designation at least in the dsb-2 mutant. 

      We will also make this more clear in an updated preprint, as well as provide additional evidence to support this claim. In this experiment, we had identified three possible explanations for why PCH-2 persists on some nuclei that do not have GFP::COSA-1 foci: 1) PCH-2 removal is coincident with crossover designation; 2) PCH-2 removal depends on crossover designation; and 3) PCH-2 removal facilitates crossover designation. The decrease in the number of GFP::COSA-1 foci in dsb-2::AID;pch-2 mutants argues against the first two possibilities, suggesting that the third might be correct. We have additional evidence that we will include in an updated preprint that should provide stronger support and make this more clear.

      (7) Discussion Line 535: How do you know that the crossovers that form near the PCs are Class II and not the other way around? Perhaps early forming Class I crossovers give time for a second Class II crossover to form. In budding yeast, it is thought that synapsis initiation sites are likely sites of crossover designation and class I crossing over. Also, the precursors that form class I and II crossovers may be the same or highly similar to each other, such that Pch-2's actions could equally affect both pathways. 

      We do not know that the crossovers that form near the PC are Class II but hypothesize that they are based on the close, functional relationship that exists between Class I crossovers and synapsis and the apparent antagonistic relationship that exists between Class II crossovers and synapsis. We agree that Class I and Class II crossover precursors are likely to be the same or highly similar, exhibit extensive crosstalk that may complicate straightforward analysis and PCH-2 is likely to affect both, as strongly suggested by our GFP::MSH-5 analysis. We present this hypothesis based on the apparent relationship between PCH-2 and synapsis in several systems but agree that it needs to be formally tested. We will make this argument more clear in an updated preprint.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review): 

      Summary: 

      This manuscript describes an in-depth analysis of the effect of the AAA+ ATPase PCH-2 on meiotic crossover formation in C. elegant. The authors reach several conclusions, and attempt to synthesize a 'universal' framework for the role of this factor in eukaryotic meiosis. 

      Strengths: 

      The manuscript makes use of the advantages of the 'conveyor' belt system within the c.elegans reproductive tract, to enable a series of elegant genetic experiments. 

      We thank this reviewer for the useful assessment of our manuscript and the articulation of its strengths.

      Weaknesses: 

      A weakness of this manuscript is that it heavily relies on certain genetic/cell biological assays that can report on distinct crossover outcomes, without clear and directed control over other aspects and variables that might also impact the final repair outcome. Such assays are currently out of reach in this model system. 

      In general, this manuscript could be more generally accessible to non-C.elegans readers. Currently, the manuscript is hard to digest for non-experts (even if meiosis researchers). In addition, the authors should be careful to consider alternative explanations for certain results. At several steps in the manuscript, results could ostensibly be caused by underlying defects that are currently unknown (for example, can we know for sure that pch-2 mutants do not suffer from altered DSB patterning, and how can we know what the exact functional and genetic interactions between pch-2 and HORMAD mutants tell us?). Alternative explanations are possible and it would serve the reader well to explicitly name and explain these options throughout the manuscript. 

      We will make the manuscript more accessible to non-C. elegans readers and discuss alternate explanations for specific results in an updated preprint.

    1. Author response:

      Public Reviews: 

      Reviewer #1 (Public review): 

      The Bagnat and Rawls groups' previous published work (Park et al., 2019) described the kinetics and genetic basis of protein absorption in a specialized cell population of young vertebrates termed lysosome-rich enterocytes (LREs). In this study they seek to understand how the presence and composition of the microbiota impacts the protein absorption function of these cells and reciprocally, how diet and intestinal protein absorption function impact the microbiome. 

      Strengths of the study include the functional assays for protein absorption performed in live larval zebrafish, which provides detailed kinetics on protein uptake and degradation with anatomic precision, and the gnotobiotic manipulations. The authors clearly show that the presence of the microbiota or of certain individual bacterial members slows the uptake and degradation of multiple different tester fluorescent proteins. 

      To understand the mechanistic basis for these differences, the authors also provide detailed single-cell transcriptomic analyses of cells isolated based on both an intestinal epithelial cell identity (based on a transgenic marker) and their protein uptake activity. The data generated from these analyses, presented in Figures 3-5, are valuable for expanding knowledge about zebrafish intestinal epithelial cell identities, but of more limited interest to a broader readership. Some of the descriptive analysis in this section is circular because the authors define subsets of LREs (termed anterior and posterior) based on their fabp2 expression levels, but then go on to note transcriptional differences between these cells (for example in fabp2) that are a consequence of this initial subsetting. 

      Inspired by their single-cell profiling and by previous characterization of the genes required for protein uptake and degradation in the LREs, the authors use quantitative hybridization chain reaction RNA-fluorescent in situ hybridization to examine transcript levels of several of these genes along the length of the LRE intestinal region of germ-free versus mono-associated larvae. They provide good evidence for reduced transcript levels of these genes that correlate with the reduced protein uptake in the mono-associated larval groups. 

      The final part of the study (shown in Figure 7) characterized the microbiomes of 30-day-old zebrafish reared from 6-30 days on defined diets of low and high protein and with or without homozygous loss of the cubn gene required for protein uptake. The analysis of these microbiomes notes some significant differences between fish genotypes by diet treatments, but the discussion of these data does not provide strong support for the hypothesis that "LRE activity has reciprocal effects on the gut microbiome". The most striking feature of the MDS plot of Bray Curtis distance between zebrafish samples shown in Figure 7B is the separation by diet independent of host genotype, which is not discussed in the associated text. Additionally, the high protein diet microbiomes have a greater spread than those of the low protein treatment groups, with the high protein diet cubn mutant samples being the most dispersed. This pattern is consistent with the intestinal microbiota under a high protein diet regimen and in the absence of protein absorption machinery being most perturbed in stochastic ways than in hosts competent for protein uptake, consistent with greater beta dispersal associated with more dysbiotic microbiomes (described as the Anna Karenina principle here: https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/28836573/). It would be useful for the authors to provide statistics on the beta dispersal of each treatment group. 

      Overall, this study provides strong evidence that specific members of the microbiota differentially impact gene expression and cellular activities of enterocyte protein uptake and degradation, findings that have a significant impact on the field of gastrointestinal physiology. The work refines our understanding of intestinal cell types that contribute to protein uptake and their respective transcriptomes. The work also provides some evidence that microbiomes are modulated by enterocyte protein uptake capacity in a diet-dependent manner. These latter findings provide valuable datasets for future related studies. 

      We thank the reviewer for their thorough and kind assessment. We appreciate the suggestion for edits and for pointing out areas that need further clarification.

      One point that clearly needs further explanation is the use fabp6 (referred to as fabp2 by the reviewer) to define anterior LREs and their gene expression pattern. which includes high levels of fabp6. This was deemed by the reviewer as a “circular argument”.  We would like to clarify that the rationale for using fabp6 as anchor is that we had previously reported overlap between fabp6 and LREs (see Fig.6C-E in Wen et al. PMID: 34301599) and thus were able here to define fabp6’s spatial pattern in relation to other LRE markers and the neighboring ileocyte population using transgenic markers and HCR. Thus, far from being a circular argument, using fabp6 allowed us to identify other markers that are differentially expressed between anterior and posterior LREs, which share a core program that we highlight in our study. In the revised manuscript we will clarify this point.

      We will also add the analysis suggested for the 16S rRNA gene sequencing data, include statistics on beta dispersal, and expand the discussion of these data as suggested.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review): 

      Summary: 

      The authors set out to determine how the microbiome and host genotype impact host protein-based nutrition. 

      Strengths: 

      The quantification of protein uptake dynamics is a major strength of this work and the sensitivity of this assay shows that the microbiome and even mono-associated bacterial strains dampen protein uptake in the host by causing down-regulation of genes involved in this process rather than a change in cell type. 

      The use of fluorescent proteins in combination with transcript clustering in the single cell seq analysis deepens our understanding of the cells that participate in protein uptake along the intestine. In addition to the lysozome-rich enterocytes (LRE), subsets of enteroendocrine cells, acinar, and goblet cells also take up protein. Intriguingly, these non-LRE cells did not show lysosomal-based protein degradation; but importantly analysis of the transcripts upregulated in these cells include dab2 and cubn, genes shown previously as being essential to protein uptake. 

      The derivation of zebrafish mono-associated with single strains of microbes paired with HCR to localize and quantify the expression of host protein absorption genes shows that different bacterial strains suppress these genes to variable extents. 

      The analysis of microbiome composition, when host protein absorption is compromised in cubn-/- larvae or by reducing protein in the food, demonstrates that changes to host uptake can alter the abundance of specific microbial taxa like Aeramonas. 

      Weaknesses: 

      The finding that neurons are positive for protein uptake in the single-cell data set is not adequately discussed. It is curious because the cldn:GFP line used for sorting does not mark neurons and if the neurons are taking up mCherry via trans-synaptic uptake from EECs, those neurons should be mCherry+/GFP-; yet methods indicate GFP+ and GFP+/mCherry+ cells were the ones collected and analyzed. 

      We thank the Reviewer for the kind and positive assessment of our work, for suggestions to improve the accessibility and clarity of the manuscript, and for pointing out an issue related to a neuronal population that needs further clarification.

      We confirm that there is a population of neurons that express cldn15la (and cldn15la:GFP). They are not easily visualized by microscopy because IECs express this gene at a relatively much higher level. However, the endogenous cldn15la transcript can be found in a recently published dataset (PMID: 35108531) as well as in ours. We will add a Discussion point to clarify this issue.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review): 

      Summary: 

      Childers et al. address a fundamental question about the complex relationship within the gut: the link between nutrient absorption, microbial presence, and intestinal physiology. They focus on the role of lysosome-rich enterocytes (LREs) and the microbiota in protein absorption within the intestinal epithelium. By using germ-free and conventional zebrafishes, they demonstrate that microbial association leads to a reduction in protein uptake by LREs. Through impressive in vivo imaging of gavaged fluorescent proteins, they detail the degradation rate within the LRE region, positioning these cells as key players in the process. Additionally, the authors map protein absorption in the gut using single-cell sequencing analysis, extensively describing LRE subpopulations in terms of clustering and transcriptomic patterns. They further explore the monoassociation of ex-germ-free animals with specific bacterial strains, revealing that the reduction in protein absorption in the LRE region is strain-specific. 

      Strengths: 

      The authors employ state-of-the-art imaging to provide clear evidence of the protein absorption rate phenotype, focusing on a specific intestinal region. This innovative method of fluorescent protein tracing expands the field of in vivo gut physiology. 

      Using both conventional and germ-free animals for single-cell sequencing analysis, they offer valuable epithelial datasets for researchers studying host-microbe interactions. By capitalizing on fluorescently labelled proteins in vivo, they create a new and specific atlas of cells involved in protein absorption, along with a detailed LRE single-cell transcriptomic dataset. 

      Weaknesses: 

      While the authors present tangible hypotheses, the data are primarily correlative, and the statistical methods are inadequate. They examine protein absorption in a specific, normalized intestinal region but do not address confounding factors between germ-free and conventional animals, such as size differences, transit time, and oral gavage, which may impact their in vivo observations. This oversight can lead to bold conclusions, where the data appear valuable but require more nuance. 

      The sections of the study describing the microbiota or attempting functional analysis are elusive, with related data being overinterpreted. The microbiome field has long used 16S sequencing to characterize the microbiota, but its variability due to experimental parameters limits the ability to draw causative conclusions about the link between LRE activity, dietary protein, and microbial composition. Additionally, the complex networks involved in dopamine synthesis and signalling cannot be fully represented by RNA levels alone. The authors' conclusions on this biological phenomenon based on single-cell data need support from functional and in vivo experiments. 

      We thank the reviewer for their assessment and for pointing out some areas that need to be explained better and/or discussed further.

      The reviewer mentions some potential confounding factors (ie., size differences, transit time, oral gavage) in the gnotobiotic experiments. We would like to convey that these aspects have been addressed in our experimental design and will be clarified in our full in the revised manuscript by adding information to Methods or by adding data statements. Briefly: 1-larval sizes were recorded and found to be similar between GF and monoassociated larvae. A statement will be added to text.; 2-while intestinal transit time has been reported to be affected by microbes in larval zebrafish (PMIDs: 16781702, 28207737, 33352109) and is a topic of interest, it does not represent a confounding factor for our experiments. In our assay, luminal cargo is present at high concentrations throughout the gut and is not limiting at any point during the assay; 3-gavage, which is necessary for quantitative assays, is indeed an experimental manipulation that may somehow alter the subjects (the same is true for microscopy and virtually any research method). However, any potential effects of gavage manipulation would not explain differences between GF and CV animals or alter our conclusions about microbial or dietary effects. We will elaborate on this in the revised Discussion.

      We acknowledge that microbiota composition is prone to relatively high degrees of interindividual and interexperimental variation, and that measuring microbiota composition using 16S rRNA gene sequencing is accompanied by inherent technical limitations such as limited taxonomic resolution, primer bias, etc.  It is important to note that comparable assays such as shotgun metagenomic DNA sequencing are not currently suitable for samples such as larval zebrafish or their dissected digestive tracts where the relative superabundance of host DNA prevents adequate coverage of microbial DNA. However, 16S rRNA gene sequencing remains a mainstream assay in the larger microbial ecology field, has proven effective at revealing important impacts of environmental factors on the gut microbiota (PMIDs: 21346791, 31409661, 31324413). Our results here also illustrate how 16S rRNA gene sequencing can be a useful method to detect perturbations to the zebrafish gut microbiome. Reproducing previous findings, we detected in our samples many of the core zebrafish microbiota taxa that have been identified by other studies (PMIDs: 26339860, 21472014, 17055441). To increase the robustness of our results, we included several biological replicates for each condition, co-housed genotypes and included large sample sizes to minimize environmental variation between groups. Importantly, replicates housed in different tanks showed similar results. We will emphasize these points in the revised Discussion. To further underscore this in the revised manuscript, we will add a beta diversity plot and statistical analysis showing that the microbiome was not significantly affected by our experimental replicates.

      Regarding dopamine pathways, we thank the reviewer for pointing out that the language we used in our interpretation of this and other pathways enriched in our scRNAseq data was too strong. In the revised manuscript, we will soften those conclusions, and instead indicate that these may be areas worthy of future dedicated investigation.

      Finally, the reviewer mentions the use of inadequate statistical methods for some analyses but without specifying or indicating alternative analyses. Only the need to justify the use of two-way ANOVA was made explicit. In this point, we respectfully disagree and would like to emphasize that we use statistical methods that are standards in the field. We will nevertheless add a justification for the use of two-way ANOVA where appropriate. Briefly, the two-way ANOVA test was used to compare fluorescence profiles of gavages cargoes or HCR probes at each level along the length of the LRE region. This test accounts for differences in fluorescence between experimental conditions at each level (binned 30 μm areas) along the LRE region (~300 μm). This test allows us to capture differences in fluorescence between experimental conditions while accounting for heterogeneity in the LRE region.

    1. Author response:

      Reviewer 1:

      There are no significant weaknesses to signal in the manuscript. However, in order to fully conclude that there is no obvious advantage for the linguistic dimension in neonates, it would have been most useful to test a third condition in which the two dimensions were pitted against each other, that is, in which they provide conflicting information as to the boundaries of the words comprised in the artificial language. This last condition would have allowed us to determine whether statistical learning weighs linguistic and non-linguistic features equally, or whether phonetic content is preferentially processed.

      We appreciate the reviewers' suggestion that a stream with conflicting information would provide valuable insights. In the present study, we started with a simpler case involving two orthogonal features (i.e., phonemes and voices), with one feature being informative and the other uninformative, and we found similar learning capacities for both. Future work should explore whether infants—and humans more broadly—can simultaneously track regularities in multiple speech features. However, creating a stream with two conflicting statistical structures is challenging. To use neural entrainment, the two features must lead to segmentation at different chunk sizes so that their effects lead to changes in power/PLV at different frequencies—for instance, using duplets for the voice dimension and triplets for the linguistic dimension  (or vice versa). Consequently, the two dimensions would not be directly comparable within the same participant in terms of the number of distinguishable syllables/voices, memory demand, or SNR given the 1/F decrease in amplitude of background EEG activity. This would involve comparisons between two distinct groups counter-balancing chunk size and linguistic non-linguistic dimension. Considering the test phase, words for one dimension would have been part-words for the other dimension. As we are measuring differences and not preferences, interpreting the results would also have been difficult. Additionally, it may be difficult to find a sufficient number of clearly discriminable voices for such a design (triplets imply 12 voices). Therefore, an entirely different experimental paradigm would need to be developed.

      If such a design were tested, one possibility is that the regularities for the two dimensions are calculated in parallel, in line with the idea that the calculation of statistical regularities is a ubiquitous implicit mechanism (see Benjamin et al., 2024, for a proposed neural mechanism). Yet, similar to our present study, possibly only phonetic features would be used as word candidates. Another possibility is that only one informative feature would be explicitly processed at a time due to the serial nature of perceptual awareness, which may prioritise one feature over the other.

      Note: The reviewer’s summary contains a typo: syllabic rate (4 Hz) –not 2 Hz, and word rate (2 Hz) –not 4 Hz.

      Reviewer 2:

      N400: I am skeptical regarding the interpretation of the phoneme-specific ERP effect as a precursor of the N400 and would suggest toning it down. While the authors are correct in that infant ERP components are typically slower and more posterior compared to adult components, and the observed pattern is hence consistent with an adult N400, at the same time, it could also be a lot of other things. On a functional level, I can't follow the author's argument as to why a violation in phoneme regularity should elicit an N400, since there is no evidence for any semantic processing involved. In sum, I think there is just not enough evidence from the present paradigm to confidently call it an N400.

      The reviewer is correct that we cannot definitively determine the type of processing reflected by the ERP component that appears when neonates hear a triplet after exposure to a stream with phonetic regularities. We interpreted this component as a precursor to the N400, based on prior findings in speech segmentation tasks without semantic content, where a ~400 ms component emerged when adult participants recognised pseudowords (Sander et al., 2002) or during structured streams of syllables (Cunillera et al., 2006, 2009). Additionally, the component we observed had a similar topography and timing to those labelled as N400 in infant studies, where semantic processing was involved (Parise et al., 2010; Friedrich & Friederici, 2011).

      Given our experimental design, the difference we observed must be related to the type of regularity during familiarisation (either phonemes or voices). Thus, we interpreted this component as reflecting lexical search— a process which could be triggered by a linguistic structure but which would not be relevant to a non-linguistic regularity such as voices. However, we are open to alternative interpretations. In any case, this difference between the two streams reveals that computing regularities based on phonemes versus voices does not lead to the same processes. We will revise and tone down the corresponding part of the discussion to clarify that it is just a possible interpretation of the results.  

      Female and male voices: Why did the authors choose to include male and female voices? While using both female and male stimuli of course leads to a higher generalizability, it also introduces a second dimension for one feature that is not present for this other (i.e., phoneme for Experiment 1 and voice identity plus gender for Experiment 2). Hence, couldn't it also be that the infants extracted the regularity with which one gender voice followed the other? For instance, in List B, in the words, one gender is always followed by the other (M-F or F-M), while in 2/3 of the part-words, the gender is repeated (F-F and M-M). Wouldn't you expect the same pattern of results if infants learned regularities based on gender rather than identity?

      We used three female and three male voices to maximise acoustic variability. The streams were synthesised using MBROLA, which provides a limited set of artificial voices. Indeed, there were not enough French voices of acceptable quality, so we also used two Italian voices (the phonemes used existed in both Italian and French).

      Voices differ in timbre, and female voices tend to be higher pitched. However, it is sometimes difficult to categorise low-pitched female voices and high-pitched male voices. Given that gender may be an important factor in infants' speech perception (newborns, for instance, prefer female voices at birth), we conducted tests to assess whether this dimension could have influenced our results.  

      We first quantified the transitional probabilities matrices during the structured stream of Experiment 2, considering that there are only two types of voices: Female and Male.  

      For List A, all transition probabilities are equal to 0.5 (P(M|F), P(F|M), P(M|M), P(F|F)), resulting in flat TPs throughout the stream (see Author response image 1, top). Therefore, we would not expect neural entrainment at the word rate (2 Hz), nor would we anticipate ERP differences between the presented duplets in the test phase.

      For List B, P(M|F)=P(F|M)=0.66 while P(M|M)=P(F|F)=0.33. However, this does not produce a regular pattern of TP drops throughout the stream (see Author response image 1, bottom). As a result, strong neural entrainment at 2 Hz was unlikely, although some degree of entrainment might have occasionally occurred due to some drops occurring at a 2 Hz frequency. Regarding the test phase, all three Words and only one Part-word presented alternating patterns (TP=0.6). Therefore, the difference in the ERPs between Words and Partwords in List B might be attributed to gender alternation.  

      However, it seems unlikely that gender alternation alone explains the entire pattern of results, as the effect is inconsistent and appears in only one of the lists. To rule out this possibility, we analysed the effects in each list separately.

      Author response image 1.

      Transition probabilities (TPs) across the structured stream in Experiment 2, considering voices processed by gender (Female or Male). Top: List A. Bottom: List B.

      We computed the mean activation within the time windows and electrodes of interest and compared the effects of word type and list using a two-way ANOVA. For the difference between Words and Part-words over the positive cluster, we observed a main effect of word type (F(1,31) = 5.902, p = 0.021), with no effects of list or interactions (p > 0.1). Over the negative cluster, we again observed a main effect of word type (F(1,31) = 10.916, p = 0.0016), with no effects of list or interactions (p > 0.1). See Author response image 2.  

      Author response image 2.

      Difference in ERP voltage (Words – Part-words) for the two lists (A and B); W=Words; P=Part-Words, 

      We conducted a similar analysis for neural entrainment during the structured stream on voices. A comparison of entrainment at 2 Hz between participants who completed List A and List B showed no significant differences (t(30) = -0.27, p = 0.79). A test against zero for each list indicated significant entrainment in both cases (List A: t(17) = 4.44, p = 0.00036; List B: t(13) = 3.16, p = 0.0075). See Author response image 3.

      Author response image 3.

      Neural entrainment at 2Hz during the structured stream of Experiment 2 for Lists A and B.

      Words entrainment over occipital electrodes: Do you have any idea why the duplet entrainment effect occurs over the electrodes it does, in particular over the occipital electrodes (which seems a bit unintuitive given that this is a purely auditory experiment with sleeping neonates).

      Neural entrainment might be considered as a succession of evoked response induced by the stream. After applying an average reference in high-density EEG recordings, the auditory ERP in neonates typically consists of a central positivity and a posterior negativity with a source located at the electrical zero in a single-dipole model (i.e. approximately in the superior temporal region (Dehaene-Lambertz & Dehaene, 1994). In adults, because of the average reference (i.e. the sum of voltages is equal to zero at each time point) and because the electrodes cannot capture the negative pole of the auditory response, the negativity is distributed around the head. In infants, however, the brain is higher within the skull, allowing for a more accurate recording of the negative pole of the auditory ERP (see Author response image 4 for the location of electrodes in an infant head model).  

      Besides the posterior electrodes, we can see some entrainment on more anterior electrodes that probably corresponds to the positive pole of the auditory ERP.

      Author response image 4.

      International 10–20 sensors' location on the skull of an infant template, with the underlying 3-D reconstruction of the grey-white matter interface and projection of each electrode to the cortex. Computed across 16 infants (from Kabdebon et al, Neuroimage, 2014). The O1, O2, T5, and T6 electrodes project lower than in adults.

      Reviewer 3:

      (1) While it's true that voice is not essential for language (i.e., sign languages are implemented over gestures; the use of voices to produce non-linguistic sounds, like laughter), it is a feature of spoken languages. Thus I'm not sure if we can really consider this study as a comparison between linguistic and non-linguistic dimensions. In turn, I'm not sure that these results show that statistical learning at birth operates on non-linguistic features, being voices a linguistic dimension at least in spoken languages. I'd like to hear the authors' opinions on this.

      On one hand, it has been shown that statistical learning (SL) operates across multiple modalities and domains in human adults and animals. On the other hand, SL is considered essential for infants to begin parsing speech. Therefore, we aimed to investigate whether SL capacities at birth are more effective on linguistic dimensions of speech, potentially as a way to promote language learning.

      We agree with the reviewer that voices play an important role in communication (e.g., for identifying who is speaking); however, they do not contribute to language structure or meaning, and listeners are expected to normalize across voices to accurately perceive phonemes and words. Thus, voices are speech features but not linguistic features. Additionally, in natural speech, there are no abrupt voice changes within a word as in our experiment; instead, voice changes typically occur on a longer timescale and involve only a limited number of voices, such as in a dialogue. Therefore, computing regularities based on voice changes would not be useful in real-life language learning. We considered that contrasting syllables and voices was an elegant way to test SL beyond its linguistic dimension, as the experimental paradigm is identical in both experiments.  

      Along the same line, in the Discussion section, the present results are interpreted within a theoretical framework showing statistical learning in auditory non-linguistic (string of tones, music) and visual domains as well as visual and other animal species. I'm not sure if that theoretical framework is the right fit for the present results.

      (2) I'm not sure whether the fact that we see parallel and independent tracking of statistics in the two dimensions of speech at birth indicates that newborns would be able to do so in all the other dimensions of the speech. If so, what other dimensions are the authors referring to?

      The reviewer is correct that demonstrating the universality of SL requires testing additional modalities and acoustic dimensions. However, we postulate that SL is grounded in a basic mechanism of long-term associative learning, as proposed in Benjamin et al. (2024), which relies on a slow decay in the representation of a given event. This simple mechanism, capable of operating on any representational output, accounts for many types of sequence learning reported in the literature (Benjamin et al., in preparation). We will revise the discussion section to clarify this theoretical framework.

      (3) Lines 341-345: Statistical learning is an evolutionary ancient learning mechanism but I do not think that the present results are showing it. This is a study on human neonates and adults, there are no other animal species involved therefore I do not see a connection with the evolutionary history of statistical learning. It would be much more interesting to make claims on the ontogeny (rather than philogeny) of statistical learning, and what regularities newborns are able to detect right after birth. I believe that this is one of the strengths of this work.

      We did not intend to make claims about the phylogeny of SL. Since SL appears to be a learning mechanism shared across species, we use it as a framework to suggest that SL may arise from general operational principles applicable to diverse neural networks. Thus, while it is highly useful for language acquisition, it is not specific to it. We will revise this section to tone down our claims.  

      (4) The description of the stimuli in Lines 110-113 is a bit confusing. In Experiment 1, e.g., "pe" and "tu" are both uttered by the same voice, correct? ("random voice each time" is confusing). Whereas in Experiment 2, e.g., "pe" and "tu" are uttered by different voices, for example, "pe" by yellow voice and "tu" by red voice. If this is correct, then I recommend the authors to rephrase this section to make it more clear.

      To clarify, in Experiment 1, the voices were randomly assigned to each syllable, with the constraint that no voice was repeated consecutively. This means that syllables within the same word were spoken by different voices, and each syllable was heard with various voices throughout the stream. As a result, neonates had to retrieve the words based solely on syllabic patterns, without relying on consistent voice associations or specific voice relationships.

      In Experiment 2, the design was orthogonal: while the syllables were presented in a random order, the voices followed a structured pattern. Similar to Experiment 1, each syllable (e.g., “pe” and “tu”) was spoken by different voices. The key difference is that in Experiment 2, the structured regularities were applied to the voices rather than the syllables. In other words, the “green” voice was always followed by the “red” voice for example but uttered different syllables.

      We will revise the methods section to clarify these important points.

      (5) Line 114: the sentence "they should compute a 36 x 36 TPs matrix relating each acoustic signal, with TPs alternating between 1/6 within words and 1/12 between words" is confusing as it seems like there are different acoustic signals. Can the authors clarify this point?

      Thank you for highlighting this point. To clarify, our suggestion is that neonates might not track regularities between phonemes and voices as separate features. Instead, they may treat each syllable-voice combination as a distinct item—for example, "pe" spoken by the "yellow" voice is one item, while "pe" spoken by the "red" voice is another. Under this scenario, there would be a total of 36 unique items (6 syllables × 6 voices), and infants would need to track regularities between these 36 combinations.

      We will rephrase this sentence in the manuscript to make it clearer.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      A summary of changes

      (1) Line 93: “positive effect” to “positive contribution”, as suggested by reviewer 2.

      (2) Line 147-148: the null hypothesis to test “equal interspecific and intraspecific interactions”, as indicated by reviewers 2 and 4.

      (3) Lines 155-162: removed to reduce duplication with the additive partitioning, as suggested by reviewer 2.

      (4) Lines 186-188: added “the estimated competitive growth response would also include the effects of density-dependent pests, pathogens, or microclimates”, as suggested by reviewer 3.  

      (5) Lines 219-222: added “The community positive effect can be further partitioned by mechanisms of positive interactions (resource partitioning and facilitation), and facilitative effect can be classified as mutualism (+/+), commensalism (+/0), or parasitic (+/–) based on species specific assessments”.  

      (6) Lines 377-386: added options for determining maximum competitive growth response in some extreme scenarios of species mixtures.

      (7) Figure 1: modified to show the variations of competitive growth response with relative competitive ability from minimum (null expectation) to maximum (competitive exclusion).    

      A summary of four reviewers’ questions and authors’ response

      (1) A summary of authors’ responses. Reviewers did not seem to understand our work. They indicated that our model is inadequate for hypothesis testing. The fact is, as we note below, that our model allows for more hypothesis testing than the additive partitioning model. They suggested that one of our model components, the competitive growth response, needs to be further partitioned. However, this term represents only the competition effect and can not be split any further. Reviewers criticized us for misunderstanding the additive components while they suggested the same logic to test some intuitive ideas. They did not seem to know that the effects of competitive interactions vary with assessment methods, which differ between competition and biodiversity research. Our work seeks to harmonise definitions between these two fields and bridge the gap. The reviewers acknowledged that the additive components (i.e., the selection effect and complementarity effect) do not have clear biological meanings; however, they did not acknowledge that the additive components are used extensively for determining mechanisms of species interactions in biodiversity research. There is hardly any research that uses the additive partitioning model without linking the additive components to specific mechanisms of species interactions (i.e., positive SE to competition and positive CE to positive interactions).

      (2) Additive partitioning and underlying mechanisms. Some reviewers acknowledged that additive partitioning is not meant for determining mechanisms of species interactions and therefore argued that the additive partitioning should not be criticized for lack of biological meanings with the additive components. However, they insisted that additive partitioning is useful in quantifying net biodiversity effects against the null hypothesis that there is no difference between intraspecific and interspecific interactions or testing the idea that “niche complementarity mitigates competition” or “competitively superior species dominate mixtures”. Are these views contradictory each other? How can the additive partitioning that is not designed for determining mechanisms of species interactions provide meaningful explanations for outputs of species interactions, e.g., “niche complementarity mitigates competition” or “competitively superior species dominate mixtures”?

      Reviewers did not seem to realize that these ideas are equivalent to the suggestions that CE represents for the effects of positive interactions and SE for the effects of competitive interactions, that the quantification of net biodiversity effects does not require the two additive components, and that the null hypothesis exists long before the additive partitioning (see de Wit, 1960, de Wit et al., 1966). It is generally agreed that CE and SE result from mathematical calculations and do not have clear biological meanings in terms of linkages to specific mechanisms of species interactions responsible for observed net biodiversity effects or changes in ecosystem function (Loreau and Hector, 2012; Bourrat et al., 2023). Calling some mixed effects of species interactions as mechanisms (e.g., CE and SE) is misleading.        

      Model structure: incomplete or inadequate for hypothesis testing. Other than positive, negative, and competition interactions, two reviewers wanted to have more specific interactions such as microclimate amelioration and negative feedback from species-specific pests and pathogens. The determination of these specific mechanisms requires more investigations and cannot be simply made through partitioning growth and yield data. However, the effects of these interactions will be captured in our definition of species interactions.  Reviewers did not seem to know that the additive partitioning would also not allow identifying these specific positive species interactions.

      Inspired by the mathematical form of additive partitioning, two reviewers suggested that our model (presumably equation 4) is incomplete and the second term, i.e., competitive growth response needs to be further explored or partitioned. The second term represents deviations from the null expectation, due to species differences in growth and competitive ability or competition effect. We do not know why and how this term can be further partitioned and what any subcomponents would mean.   

      Our competitive partitioning model is based on two hypotheses: first, the null hypothesis to test the equivalence of interspecific and intraspecific interactions. This hypothesis is the same as the additive partitioning model. Second, the competitive hypothesis, which tests the dominance of positive or negative species interactions in a community. Thus, our model allows for more hypothesis testing than the current additive partitioning model.     

      (3) Types of species interactions. We follow the definition of species interactions generally used in biodiversity research (see Loreau and Hector, 2001), i.e., positive interactions (or complementarity) include resource partitioning and facilitation, negative interactions include interference competition, and competitive interactions include resource competition. One reviewer suggested that resource partitioning is byproduct of competition and should not be part of positive species interactions, which may be true for long-term evolution of species co-existence but not for biodiversity experiments of decade duration at most. Two reviewers suggested that positive interactions should also include microclimate amelioration or negative feedback from species-specific pests and pathogens. We agree and these are included in our definition. 

      (4) Significance of partial density monocultures. We used partial and full density monocultures and species competitive ability to determine what species can possibly achieve in mixture under the competitive hypothesis that constituent species share an identical niche but differ in growth and competitive ability. We did not use partial monocultures to test the effects of density on biodiversity effects. As with the additive partitioning, the competitive partitioning model is not designed for comparing yields across different densities. We added at lines 186-188 to indicate that the estimated competitive growth response would also include the effects of density-dependent pests, pathogens, or microclimates.  

      Similarly, we do not use the partial density monoculture to  supplant the replacement series design. Partial density monocultures only supplement the “replacement series” design that does not provides estimates of facilitative effects and competitive growth responses that would occur in mixtures. It is crucial to know that one experimental approach is simply not enough for determining underlying mechanisms of species interactions responsible for changes in ecosystem function.  

      (5) Competition effect in competition and biodiversity research. Due to different methods used, competition effect in competition research has different ecological meanings from that in biodiversity research. In competition research, species performance in mixture are compared with their partial density monocultures and therefore competition effect is generally negative, as suggested by reviewer 4. In biodiversity research, comparison is between mixture and full density monocultures. The resulting competition effect can be positive or negative for both individual species and community productivity defined by species composition and full density monoculture yields.     

      Therefore, we cannot use the results of competition research based on additive series design to describe effects of competitive interactions on ecosystem productivity based replacement series design.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      [Editors' note: this is an overall synthesis from the Reviewing Editor in consultation with the reviewers.]

      The three reviews expand our critique of this manuscript in some depth and complementary directions. These can be synthesized in the following main points (we point out that there is quite a bit more that could be written about the flaws with this study; however, time constraints prevented us from further elaborating on the issues we see):

      (1) It is unclear what the authors want to do.

      As indicate by the title, our objective is to “partition changes in ecosystem productivity by effects of species interactions”, i.e., partitioning net biodiversity effects estimated from the null expectation into components associated with positive, negative, or competition interspecific interactions.

      It seems their main point is that the large BEF literature and especially biodiversity experiments overstate the occurrence of positive biodiversity effects because some of these can result from competition.

      We demonstrated through ecological theories and simulation/experiment data that competition is a major source of the net biodiversity effects estimated with additive partitioning model. We know that competition effect varies with mixture attributes. Future research will determine average effect of competitive interactions on biodiversity effects in large BEF literature.   

      Because reduced interspecific relative to intraspecific competition in mixture is sufficient to produce positive effects in mixtures (if interspecific competition = 0 then RYT = S, where S is species richness in mixture -- this according to the reciprocal yield law = law of constant final yield), they have a problem accepting NE > 0 as true biodiversity effect (see additive partitioning method of Loreau & Hector 2001 cited in manuscript).

      We have no problem to accept NE>0 as true positive biodiversity effect. However, NE>0 can also result from competitive interactions based on the null expectation and needs to be partitioned by effects of species interactions.

      (2) The authors' next claim, without justification, that additive partitioning of NE is flawed and theoretically and biologically meaningless.

      The additive partitioning model is based on Covariance equation (or Price equation) that has nothing to do with biodiversity partitioning (Bourrat et al., 2023). Biological meaning was arbitrarily assigned to CE and SE. We made clear that the additive partitioning model is mathematically sound but does not have biological meanings that it has been used for.   

      They misinterpret the CE component as biological niche partitioning and the SE component as biological dominance.

      We did not. Loreau and Hector (2001) clearly indicated positive CE for positive interactions and positive SE for competitive interactions, which is generally what has been used for in the last twenty years.

      They do not seem to accept that the additive partitioning is a logically and mathematically sound derivation from basic principles that cannot be contested.

      We do not have problem with mathematical form of additive partitioning but only oppose ecological meanings assigned to CE and SE, simply because CE and SE both result from all species interactions (see Loreau and Hector, 2001; Bourrat et al., 2023). The reviewer seemed to have a contradictory thinking that the additive components are biologically meaningless but derived from biological basic principles.       

      (3) The authors go on to introduce a method to calculate species-level overyielding (RY > 1/S in replacement series experiments) as a competitive growth response and multiply this with the species monoculture biomass relative to the maximum to obtain competitive expectation. This method is based on resource competition and the idea that resource uptake is fully converted into biomass (instead of e.g. investing it in allelopathic chemical production).

      Correct, but we did not assume “resource uptake is fully converted into biomass”.

      (4) It is unclear which experiments should be done, i.e. are partial-density monocultures planted or simply calculated from full-density monocultures? At what time are monocultures evaluated? The framework suggests that monocultures must have the full potential to develop, but in experiments, they are often performing very poorly, at least after some time. I assume in such cases the monocultures could not be used.

      Both partial and full density monocultures are needed, along with mixtures to separate NE by species interactions. Calculating competitive growth responses from density-size relationships can be an alternative, given the lack of partial density monocultures in current biodiversity experiments, but is not preferred.

      Similar to additive partitioning, our model can (and should) be applied to all developmental stages of an experiment to examine how interactions evolve through time.   

      (5) There are many reasons why the ideal case of only resource competition playing a role is unrealistic. This excludes enemies but also differential conversion factors of resources into biomass and antagonistic or facilitative effects. Because there are so many potential reasons for deviations from the null model of only resource competition, a deviation from the null model does not allow conclusions about underlying mechanisms.

      The competitive expectation is only a hypothesis, just as the null expectation. The difference between competitive and null expectations represents a competitive effect resulting from species differences in growth and competitive ability, while the deviation of observed yields from the competitive expectation indicates positive or negative effect (see lines 201-219).

      Furthermore, this is not a systematically developed partitioning, but some rather empirical ad hoc formulation of a first term that is thought to approximate competitive effects as understood by the authors (but again, there already are problems here). The second residual term is not investigated. For a proper partitioning approach, one would have to decompose overyielding into two (or more) terms and demonstrate (algebraically) that under some reasonable definitions of competitive and non-competitive interactions, these end up driving the respective terms.

      The first term represents the null expectation assuming equal interspecific and intraspecific interactions, i.e., absence of positive, negative, and competition effects. The second residual term represents competition effect, due to species differences in growth and competitive ability. The meaning of second residual term is clear and does not need to be further partitioned or investigated.

      In fact, our competitive partitioning also has several components including null expectation, competitive growth response, and observed yield, plus partial density monocultures for species assessment, or null expectations, competitive expectations, and observed yields for community level assessment, although different from the additive partitioning.

      (6) Using a simplistic simulation to test the method is insufficient. For example, I do not see how the simulation includes a mechanism that could create CE in additive partitioning if all species would have the same monoculture yield. Similarly, they do not include mechanisms of enemies or antagonistic interactions (e.g. allelopathy).

      The simulation model we used is developed from real world data and can only do what are available in the model in terms of species and their growth under different conditions. We can not go beyond data limitation. The model is empirical and has been shown to accurately estimate yield in the aspen-spruce forest condition. We would also note that we do also use experimental data (Table 2).  

      (7) The authors do not cite relevant literature regarding density x biodiversity experiments, competition experiments, replacement-series experiments, density-yield experiments, additive partitioning, facilitation, and so on.

      We cited literature relevant to biodiversity partitioning since we are not aiming to cover everything. The reviewer may not be aware that most of the research areas listed are actually included in our work, such as additive and replacement-series experiment designs, additive partitioning, facilitation, competition studies, and density-yield relationships. Our competitive model partitioning is based on biological principles, while the additive partitioning model is based only on a mathematical equation.   

      Overall, this manuscript does not lead further from what we have already elaborated in the broad field of BEF and competition studies and rather blurs our understanding of the topic.

      The results of competition studies based on additive series design are not really used in the broad field of BEF based on replacement series design. The effects of competitive interactions on BEF are never clearly defined using the results of competition studies. Our work is filling that gap.  

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      This manuscript is motivated by the question of what mechanisms cause overyielding in mixed-species communities relative to the corresponding monocultures. This is an important and timely question, given that the ultimate biological reasons for such biodiversity effects are not fully understood.

      As a starting point, the authors discuss the so-called "additive partitioning" (AP) method proposed by Loreau & Hector in 2001. The AP is the result of a mathematical rearrangement of the definition of overyielding, written in terms of relative yields (RY) of species in mixtures relative to monocultures. One term, the so-called complementarity effect (CE), is proportional to the average RY deviations from the null expectations that plants of both species "do the same" in monocultures and mixtures. The other term, the selection effect (SE), captures how these RY deviations are related to monoculture productivity. Overall, CE measures whether relative biomass gains differ from zero when averaged across all community members, and SE, whether the "relative advantage" species have in the mixture, is related to their productivity. In extreme cases, when all species benefit, CE becomes positive. When large species have large relative productivity increases, SE becomes positive. This is intuitively compatible with the idea that niche complementarity mitigates competition (CE>0), or that competitively superior species dominate mixtures and thereby driver overyielding (SE>0).

      The reviewer needs to know that these ideas are based on the same logic that positive CE represents the effects of positive interactions and positive SE represents the effects of competitive interactions. CE>0 or SE>0 can result from many different scenarios of species interactions, not necessarily “niche complementarity mitigates competition” or “competitively superior species dominate mixtures”. CE>0 and SE>0 can occur alone or together. We simply can not tell underlying mechanisms of overyielding from mathematical calculations (CE and SE), as suggested by this reviewer later.

      The reviewer criticizes us while using the same logic themselves.

      However, it is very important to understand that CE and SE capture the "statistical structure" of RY that underlies overyielding. Specifically, CE and SE are not the ultimate biological mechanisms that drive overyielding, and never were meant to be. CE also does not describe niche complementarity. Interpreting CE and SE as directly quantifying niche complementarity or resource competition, is simply wrong, although it sometimes is done. The criticism of the AP method thus in large part seems unwarranted. The alternative methods the authors discuss (lines 108-123) are based on very similar principles.

      The reviewer actually supports our point. However, CE and SE have been largely used as biological mechanisms, positive CE as the results of complementary interactions and positive SE as the results of competitive interactions (see Loreau and Hector, 2001).  

      We do not have problem with the "statistical structure" of AP; it is simply a covariance equation. It is important to know that CE and SE do not provide additional information on overyielding than NE in terms of underlying mechanisms of species interactions. Any attempt to investigate mechanism of overyielding with CE or SE can easily go wrong.

      Our competitive partitioning model incorporates effects of competitive interactions into the conventional null expectation and allows for separating different effects of species interactions. In comparison, the additive partitioning model does not have this capacity, not even designed for this purpose, as suggested by this and other reviewers.         

      The authors now set out to develop a method that aims at linking response patterns to "more true" biological mechanisms.

      Assuming that "competitive dominance" is key to understanding mixture productivity, because "competitive interactions are the predominant type of interspecific relationships in plants", the authors introduce "partial density" monocultures, i.e. monocultures that have the same planting density for a species as in a mixture. The idea is that using these partial density monocultures as a reference would allow for isolating the effect of competition by the surrounding "species matrix".

      Correct.

      The authors argue that "To separate effects of competitive interactions from those of other species interactions, we would need the hypothesis that constituent species share an identical niche but differ in growth and competitive ability (i.e., absence of positive/negative interactions)." - I think the term interaction is not correctly used here, because clearly competition is an interaction, but the point made here is that this would be a zero-sum game.

      We did not say that competition is not an interaction; we only want to separate the effect of competition from those of other species interactions.

      The authors use the ratio of productivity of partial density and full-density monocultures, divided by planting density, as a measure of "competitive growth response" (abbreviated as MG). This is the extra growth a plant individual produces when intraspecific competition is reduced.

      Correct.

      We added at lines 377-386 to discuss options to determine MG in some uncommon scenarios of species mixtures.

      Here, I see two issues: first, this rests on the assumption that there is only "one mode" of competition if two species use the same resources, which may not be true, because intraspecific and interspecific competition may differ. Of course, one can argue that then somehow "niches" are different, but such a niche definition would be very broad and go beyond the "resource set" perspective the authors adopt. Second, this value will heavily depend on timing and the relationship between maximum initial growth rates and competitive abilities at high stand densities.

      First, the "competitive effect" focusses on resource competition and other forms of competition (presumably interference competition) are included in the negative interactions.

      Second, competitive growth response varies over time and with density, and so do NE, CE, SE, and interspecific interactions.

      The authors then progress to define relative competitive ability (RC), and this time simply uses monoculture biomass as a measure of competitive ability. To express this biomass in a standardized way, they express it as different from the mean of the other species and then divide by the maximum monoculture biomass of all species.

      I have two concerns here: first, if competitive ability is the capability of a species to preempt resources from a pool also accessed by another species, as the authors argued before, then this seems wrong because one would expect that a species can simply be more productive because it has a broader niche space that it exploits. This contradicts the very narrow perspective on competitive ability the authors have adopted. This also is difficult to reconcile with the idea that specialist species with a narrow niche would outcompete generalist species with a broad niche. Second, I am concerned by the mathematical form. Standardizing by the maximum makes the scaling dependent on a single value.

      First, growth conditions are controlled in biodiversity experiments, i.e., both monocultures and mixtures are the same in resource space. Species do not have opportunity to exploit resources outside experimental area. For example, if less productive species on normal soils outperform more competitive species on saline/alkaline soil, these “less productive species” are considered “more productive”.    

      Second, as discussed in our paper (lines 367-376; Figure 1), more research is needed to determine relationships between species traits (biomass or height) and relative competitive ability. By then, scaling by the maximum would not be needed. There has been quite a lot of research on such relationships; we should leave this to subject experts to determine what would be mostly appropriate for species studied.

      As a final step, the authors calculate a "competitive expectation" for a species' biomass in the mixture, by scaling deviations from the expected yield by the product MG ⨯ RC. This would mean a species does better in a mixture when (1) it benefits most from a conspecific density reduction, and (2) has a relatively high biomass.

      Put simply, the assumption would be that if a species is productive in monoculture (high RC), it effectively does not "see" the competitors and then grows like it would be the sole species in the community, i.e. like in the partial density monoculture.

      Correct, if species competitive ability differs substantially, the more competitive species in the mixture would grow like partial density monoculture. This extra growth should not be treated as sources of positive biodiversity effects, simply because it does not result from positive species interactions.   

      Overall, I am not very convinced by the proposed method.

      (1) The proposed method seems not very systematic but rather "ad hoc". It also is much less a partitioning method than the AP method because the other term is simply the difference. It would be good if the authors investigated the mathematical form of this remainder and explored its properties.. when does complementarity occur? Would it capture complementarity and facilitation?

      AP is, by no means, systematic. Remember, AP is based on covariance equation (or Price equation) that has nothing to do with species interactions, other than nice-looking mathematical form (Bourrat et al., 2023). Ecological meanings are subjectively given to CE and SE. Therefore,  CE and SE reflect what we call them, not what they really mean.    

      The remainder measures deviations from the null expectation, due to only competition effect, and can not be partitioned any further. The remainder would be positive for more competitive species and negative for less competitive species in mixture relative to their full density monoculture. The deviation of observed yields from competitive expectations indicates dominance of positive or negative species interactions. All these are clearly outlined at lines 201-221.   

      (2) The justification for the calculation of MG and RC does not seem to follow the very strict assumptions of what competition (in the absence of complementarity) is. See my specific comments above.

      We do not see why not.

      (3) Overall, the manuscript is hard to read. This is in part a problem of terminology and presentation, and it would be good to use more systematic terms for "response patterns" and "biological mechanisms".

      To help understand the variations of competitive growth response with relative competitive ability, the x axis of Figure 1 is labelled with null expectation, competitive expectation, and competitive exclusion from minimum to maximum deviation of competitive ability from community average.

      We have followed terms used in biodiversity partitioning and changing terms can be confusing.  

      Examples:

      - on line 30, the authors write that CE is used to measure "positive" interactions and SE to measure "competitive interactions", and later name "positive" and "negative" interactions "mechanisms of species interactions". Here the authors first use "positive interaction" as any type of effect that results in a community-level biomass gain, but then they use "interaction" with reference to specific biological mechanisms (e.g. one species might attract a parasite that infests another species, which in turn may cause further changes that modify the growth of the first and other species).

      There are some differences in meaning, but that is what CE and SE have been generally used for. Using different terms can be confusing and does not help understanding the problems with AP.

      - on line 70, the authors state that "positive interaction" increases productivity relative to the null expectation, but it is clear that an interaction can have "negative" consequences for one interaction partner and "positive" ones for the other. Therefore, "positive" and "negative" interactions, when defined in this way, cannot be directly linked to "resource partitioning" and "facilitation", and "species interference" as the authors do. Also, these categories of mechanisms are still simple. For example, how do biotic interactions with enemies classify, see above?

      We are explaining effects of competitive interactions on species yield, and ultimately on community yield that can be linked to “resource partitioning" and "facilitation", and "species interference".

      More specific species interactions require detailed biological investigation and cannot be determined through partitioning of biomass production.  

      - line 145: "Under the null hypothesis, species in the mixture are assumed to be competitively equivalent (i.e., absence of interspecific interactions)". This is wrong. The assumption is that there are interspecific interactions, but that these are the same as the intraspecific ones. Weirdly, what follows is a description of the AP method, which does not belong here. This paragraph would better be moved to the introduction where the AP method is mentioned. Or omitted, since it is basically a repetition of the original Loreau & Hector paper.

      As suggested, “absence of interspecific interactions” was replaced with “equal interspecific and intraspecific interactions”.

      We have removed lines 155-162 to reduce duplication. However, our method is based on null expectation that needs to be introduced, despite it is part of AP.

      Other points:

      - line 66: community productivity, not ecosystem productivity.

      Both community productivity and ecosystem productivity are used in biodiversity research, although meaning can be slightly different. Comparatively, ecosystem productivity is more common.

      - line 68: community average responses are with respect to relative yields - this is important!

      - line 64: what are "species effects of species interactions"?

      We searched and did not find “species effects of species interactions”.

      - line 90: here "competitive" and "productive" are mixed up, and it is important to state that "suffers more" refers to relative changes, not yield changes.

      It, in fact, refers to yield changes. For example, less productive species, at active growth, are more responsive to changes in competition, while more productive species, at inactive growth (i.e., aging), are less responsive to changes in competition.   

      - line 92: "positive effect of competitive dominance": I don't understand what is meant here.

      The phrase was modified to “positive contribution of competitive dominance to ecosystem productivity based on the null expectation”.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript by Tao et al. reports on an effort to better specify the underlying interactions driving the effects of biodiversity on productivity in biodiversity experiments. The authors are especially concerned with the potential for competitive interactions to drive positive biodiversity-ecosystem functioning relationships by driving down the biomass of subdominant species. The authors suggest a new partitioning schema that utilizes a suite of partial density treatments to capture so-called competitive ability. While I agree with the authors that understanding the underlying drivers of biodiversity-ecosystem functioning relationships is valuable - I am unsure of the added value of this specific approach for several reasons.

      Strengths:

      I can find a lot of value in endeavouring to improve our understanding of how biodiversity-ecosystem functioning relationships arise. I agree with the authors that competition is not well integrated into the complementarity and selection effect and interrogating this is important.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The authors start the introduction very narrowly and do not make clear why it is so important to understand the underlying mechanisms driving biodiversity-ecosystem functioning relationships until the end of the discussion.

      There are different ways to start introduction; we believe that starting with the problems of the current approach is the most effective for outlining the study’s objective.  

      (2) The authors criticize the existing framework for only incorporating positive interactions but this is an oversimplification of the existing framework in several ways:

      We did not criticize the existing framework for only incorporating positive interactions. We criticize the existing framework, because it is not based on mechanisms of species interactions, but is extensively used to determine underlying mechanisms driving biodiversity-ecosystem functioning relationships.

      a. The existing partitioning scheme incorporates resource partitioning which is an effect of competition.

      Resource partitioning means that species utilize resources differently, while competition means species use the same resources. “resource partitioning is an effect of competition” is not true in biodiversity experiments that are often short in duration and controlled in conditions.  

      b. The authors neglect the potential that negative feedback from species-specific pests and pathogens can also drive positive BEF and complementarity effects but is not a positive interaction, necessarily. This is discussed in Schnitzer et al. 2011, Maron et al. 2011, Hendriks et al. 2013, Barry et al. 2019, etc.

      We did not. The feedback effect will be reflected in the differences between observed yields and competitive expectations if species in mixtures have different pests and pathogens relative to monocultures. The additive partitioning does not identify these feedback effects either.

      c. Hector and Loreau (and many of the other citations listed) do not limit competition to SE because resource partitioning is a byproduct of competition.

      Positive SE has been largely interpreted as the result of competition including Hector and Loreau (2001) and many others. It needs to be clear that neither of the additive components can be linked to specific mechanisms of species interactions. 

      Does “resource partitioning is a byproduct of competition” mean that species change their niche to avoid competition? If this is what the reviewer means, it may occur through long-term evolution, but not in short-term biodiversity experiments. Hector and Loreau (2001) clearly indicated that their complementarity effect includes both resource partitioning and facilitation.   

      (3) It is unclear how this new measure relates to the selection effect, in particular. I would suggest that the authors add a conceptual figure that shows some scenarios in which this metric would give a different answer than the traditional additive partition. The example that the authors use where a dominant species increases in biomass and the amount that it increases in biomass is greater than the amount of loss from it outcompeting a subdominant species is a general example often used for a selection effect when exactly would you see a difference between the two?:<br /> a. Just a note - I do think you should see a difference between the two if the species suffers from strong intraspecific competition and has therefore low monoculture biomass but this would tend to also be a very low-density monoculture in practice so there would potentially be little difference between a low density and high-density monoculture because the individuals in a high-density monoculture would die anyway. So I am not sure that in practice you would really see this difference even if partial density plots were incorporated.

      Linking new measure to SE or CE would be difficult (see many comparisons in Tables and Figures in our manuscript), as SE and CE are derived from mathematical equation and do not represent specific mechanisms of species interactions (Hector and Loreau 2012; Bourrat et al., 2023).

      (4) One of the tricky things about these endeavors is that they often pull on theory from two different subfields and use similar terminology to refer to different things. For example - in competition theory, facilitation often refers to a positive relative interaction index (this seems to be how the authors are interpreting this) while in the BEF world facilitation often refers to a set of concrete physical mechanisms like microclimate amelioration. The truth is that both of these subfields use net effects. The relative interaction index is also a net outcome as is the complementarity effect even if it is only a piece of the net biodiversity effect. Trying to combine these two subfields to come up with a new partitioning mechanism requires interrogating the underlying assumptions of both subfields which I do not see in this paper.

      Agree, microclimate amelioration is also part of positive effect and will be reflected in the difference between observed yield and competitive expectation. We can not separate the two mechanisms of positive species interactions without investigating influences of microclimate on growth and yield.

      (5) The partial density treatment does not isolate competition in the way that the authors indicate. All of the interactions that the authors discuss are density-dependent including the mechanism that is not discussed (negative feedback from species-specific pests and pathogens). These partial density treatment effects therefore cannot simply be equated to competition as the authors indicate.:

      We use partial density monoculture to determine maximum competitive growth response, effect of density-dependent intraspecific interactions, and species competitive ability to determine the level of maximum competitive growth response species can achieve in mixtures. There may be changes in species-specific pests and pathogens from partial to full density monocultures, which will be captured in competitive growth responses of individuals. We added at lines 186-188 to indicate that the maximum competitive growth response estimated would also include the effects of density-dependent pests, pathogens, or microclimates.   

      a. Additionally - the authors use mixture biomass as a stand-in for competitive ability in some cases but mixture biomass could also be determined by the degree to which a plant is facilitated in the mixture (for example).

      We used monoculture biomass, not mixture biomass, to assess competitive ability

      (6) I found the literature citation to be a bit loose. For example, the authors state that the additive partition is used to separate positive interactions from competition (lines 70-76) and cite many papers but several of these (e.g. Barry et al. 2019) explicitly do not say this.

      Barry et al. (2019) defined CE as overproduction from monocultures, an effect of positive interactions.  

      (7) The natural take-home message from this study is that it would be valuable for biodiversity experiments to include partial density treatments but I have a hard time seeing this as a valuable addition to the field for two reasons:

      a. In practice - adding in partial density treatments would not be feasible for the vast majority of experiments which are already often unfeasibly large to maintain.

      The reviewer suggested that quantity is more important than quality. Without partial density monocultures no one can separate different effects of species interactions, as suggested by Loreau and Hector, reviewers, and many others that effects of species interactions can not be clearly differentiated with replacement series design. Unreliable scientific findings are not valuable.

      b. The density effect would likely only be valuable during the establishment phase of the experiment because species that are strongly limited by intraspecific competition will die in the full-density plots resulting in low-density monocultures. You can see this in many biodiversity experiments after the first years. Even though they are seeded (or rarely planted) at a certain density, the density after several years in many monocultures is quite low.

      True. High or low density also depends on individual size; if individuals do not get enough resources, density is high. Therefore, density effect can be strong even as density drops substantially from initial levels.  

      Reviewer #4 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript claims to provide a new null hypothesis for testing the effects of biodiversity on ecosystem functioning. It reports that the strength of biodiversity effects changes when this different null hypothesis is used. This main result is rather inevitable. That is, one expects a different answer when using a different approach. The question then becomes whether the manuscript’s null hypothesis is both new and an improvement on the null hypothesis that has been in use in recent decades.

      It needs to be clear that we use two hypotheses, null hypothesis that is currently used with AP, and competitive hypothesis that is new with this manuscript. The null hypothesis helps determine changes in ecosystem productivity from all species interactions, while the competitive hypothesis helps partition changes in ecosystem productivity by mechanisms of species interactions, i.e., positive, negative, or competitive interactions.    

      Strengths:

      In general, I appreciate studies like this that question whether we have been doing it all wrong and I encourage consideration of new approaches.

      Weaknesses:

      Despite many sweeping critiques of previous studies and bold claims of novelty made throughout the manuscript, I was unable to find new insights. The manuscript fails to place the study in the context of the long history of literature on competition and biodiversity and ecosystem functioning. The Introduction claims the new approach will address deficiencies of previous approaches, but after reading further I see no evidence that it addresses the limitations of previous approaches noted in the Introduction. Furthermore, the manuscript does not reproducibly describe the methods used to produce the results (e.g., in Table 1) and relies on simulations, claiming experimental data are not available when many experiments have already tested these ideas and not found support for them. Finally, it is unclear to me whether rejecting the ‘new’ null hypothesis presented in the manuscript would be of interest to ecologists, agronomists, conservationists, or others. I will elaborate on each of these points below.

      First, there are many biodiversity experiments but those with partial density monocultures are rare. We found only one greenhouse experiment. We have to use simulation to illustrate different scenarios of species interactions to demonstrate how our approach works and how different it is from the AP.  

      Because of different methods used, the results of long history competition research (generally based on additive series design) cannot be used to define effects of competitive interactions in biodiversity research (generally based on replacement series design). This may be the reason that few competition researchers were cited in Loreau and Hector (2001).

      Our approach requires two hypotheses, null and competitive, and the meaning of deviation from these hypotheses are outlined at lines 201-221 for both individual species and community level assessments. Distinguishing changes in ecosystem productivity by species interactions would be of great interest to “ecologists, agronomists, conservationists, or others”.

      The critiques of biodiversity experiments and existing additive partitioning methods are overstated, as is the extent to which this new approach addresses its limitations. For example, the critique that current biodiversity experiments cannot reveal the effects of species interactions (e.g., lines 37-39) isn't generally true, but it could be true if stated more specifically. That is, this statement is incorrect as written because comparisons of mixtures, where there are interspecific and intraspecific interactions, with monocultures, where there are only intraspecific interactions, certainly provide information about the effects of species interactions (interspecific interactions). These biodiversity experiments and existing additive partitioning approaches have limits, of course, for identifying the specific types of interactions (e.g., whether mediated by exploitative resource competition, apparent competition, or other types of interactions). However, the approach proposed in this manuscript gets no closer to identifying these specific mechanisms of species interactions. It has no ability to distinguish between resource and apparent competition, for example. Thus, the motivation and framing of the manuscript do not match what it provides. I believe the entire Introduction would need to be rewritten to clarify what gap in knowledge this proposed approach is addressing and what would be gained by filling this knowledge gap.

      Our approach helps determine underlying mechanisms of species interactions, i.e., positive (resources partitioning or facilitation), negative, or competitive interactions. I am not sure how much we need to go further in identifying more specific mechanisms. If resource and apparent competition refers to resource and interference competition, our approach can tease apart them.

      I recommend that the Introduction instead clarify how this study builds on and goes beyond many decades of literature considering how competition and biodiversity effects depend on density. This large literature is insufficiently addressed in this manuscript. This fails to give credit to previous studies considering these ideas and makes it unclear how this manuscript goes beyond the many previous related studies. For example, see papers and books written by de Wit, Harper, Vandermeer, Connolly, Schmid, and many others. Also, note that many biodiversity experiments have crossed diversity treatments with a density treatment and found no significant effects of density or interactions between density and diversity (e.g., Finn et al. 2013 Journal of Applied Ecology). Thus, claiming that these considerations of density are novel, without giving credit to the enormous number of previous studies considering this, is insufficient.

      A misunderstanding here. Our approach is not designed to test density effect. The same density is held across full density monocultures and mixtures. We use partial density monocultures to determine what species may competitively achieve in full density mixture, without positive or negative interspecific interactions.  

      Replacement series designs emerged as a consensus for biodiversity experiments because they directly test a relevant null hypothesis. This is not to say that there are no other interesting null hypotheses or study designs, but one must acknowledge that many designs and analyses of biodiversity experiments have already been considered. For example, Schmid et al. reviewed these designs and analyses two decades ago (2002, chapter 6 in Loreau et al. 2002 OUP book) and the overwhelming consensus in recent decades has been to use a replacement series and test the corresponding null hypothesis.

      Some wrong impressions. We are not trying to supplant “replacement series” with “additive series”; we use “additive series” designs to supplement “replacement series” design for partitioning changes in ecosystem productivity by mechanisms of species interactions, which would not be possible with “replacement series” design alone, as suggested by many including reviewers.   

      It is unclear to me whether rejecting the 'new' null hypothesis presented in the manuscript would be of interest to ecologists, agronomists, conservationists, or others. Most biodiversity experiments and additive partitions have tested and quantified diversity effects against the null hypothesis that there is no difference between intraspecific and interspecific interactions. If there was no less competition and no more facilitation in mixtures than in monocultures, then there would be no positive diversity effects. Rejecting this null hypothesis is relevant when considering coexistence in ecology, overyielding in agronomy, and the consequences of biodiversity loss in conservation (e.g., Vandermeer 1981 Bioscience, Loreau 2010 Princeton Monograph). This manuscript proposes a different null hypothesis and it is not yet clear to me how it would be relevant to any of these ongoing discussions of changes in biodiversity.

      Our method begins with the null expectation: that intraspecific and interspecific interactions are equivalent. We then propose the competitive hypothesis as a second non-exclusive hypothesis which tests the dominance of positive or negative specific interactions. As shown by its name, the additive partitioning model has been advocated for partitioning biodiversity effects by some ecological mechanisms (CE and SE). The ecological meaning of deviation from the two hypotheses are outlined at lines 201-221 for both individual species and community level assessments.   

      The claim that all previous methods 'are not capable of quantifying changes in ecosystem productivity by species interactions and species or community level' is incorrect. As noted above, all approaches that compare mixtures, where there are interspecific interactions, to monocultures, where there are no species interactions, do this to some extent. By overstating the limitations of previous approaches, the manuscript fails to clearly identify what unique contribution it is offering, and how this builds on and goes beyond previous work.

      The reviewer implies that a partial truth equals the whole truth. The same argument can also be applied to the additive partitioning if relative yield total or response ratio provides a kind of comparison between mixture and monocultures. Our statement is correct in the way that previous approaches are not designed to separate changes in ecosystem productivity by species interactions, as indicated by other reviewers. The additive partitioning is built on Price equation (covariance equation) that has never been biologically demonstrated for relevance in biodiversity partitioning (Bourrat et al., 2023).  

      We made clear that our work is built on and beyond the null expectation with addition of competitive expectation.

      The manuscript relies on simulations because it claims that current experiments are unable to test this, given that they have replacement series designs (lines 128-131). There are, however, dozens of experiments where the replacement series was repeated at multiple densities, which would allow a direct test of these ideas. In fact, these ideas have already been tested in these experiments and density effects were found to be nonsignificant (e.g., Finn et al. 2013).

      Out of point. Again, we are not testing density effect. Partial density is used to determine competitive growth responses that species may achieve in mixture based on their relative competitive ability. We used simulations, as partial density monocultures are used only in one experimental study that has been included in our study.  

      It seems that the authors are primarily interested in trees planted at a fixed density, with no opportunity for changes in density, and thus only changes in the size of individuals (e.g., Fig. 1). In natural and experimental systems, realized density differs from the initial planted density, and survivorship of seedlings can depend on both intraspecific and interspecific interactions. Thus, the constrained conditions under which these ideas are explored in this manuscript seem narrow and far from the more complex reality where density is not fixed.

      We use fixed density only for convenience. In biodiversity experiments, density can increase or decrease over time from initial levels. However, initial density is generally used in evaluation of species interactions. If interest is community productivity, density change does not need to be considered. Again, we are not testing density effects.    

      Additional detailed comments:

      It is unclear to me which 'effects' are referred to on line 36. For example, are these diversity effects or just effects of competition? What is the response variable?

      It means the effect of competitive interactions on productivity and should be clear based on previous sentences.

      The usefulness of the approach is overstated on line 52. All partitioning approaches, including the new one proposed here, give the net result of many types of species interactions and thus cannot 'disentangle underlying mechanisms of species interactions.'

      Not sure how many types of species interactions the reviewer referred to. If mechanisms of species interactions are grouped in three categories (positive, negative, and competitive) as has been in biodiversity research, our approach can tease them apart.   

      The weaknesses of previous approaches are overstated throughout the manuscript, including in lines 60-61. All approaches provide some, but not all insights. Sweeping statements that previous approaches are not effective, without clarifying what they can and can't do, is unhelpful and incorrect. Also, these statements imply that the approach proposed here addresses the limitations of these previous approaches. I don't yet see how it does so.

      The weaknesses of previous approaches are not overstated in terms of separating changes in ecosystem productivity by species interactions. As pointed by other reviewers, none of the previous approaches are designed for quantifying changes in ecosystem productivity by species interactions.   

      The definitions given for the CE and SE on line 71 are incorrect. Competition affects both terms and CE can be negative or have nothing to do with positive interactions, as noted in many of the papers cited.

      We are not trying to define CE and SE but only point out how CE and SE have been generally used in biodiversity research (see recent publication by Feng et al., 2022).

      The proposed approach does not address the limitations noted on lines 73 and 74.

      It does in terms of sources of net biodiversity effect, whether from positive, negative or competitive interactions.

      The definition of positive interactions in lines 77 and 78 seems inconsistent with much of the literature, which instead focuses on facilitation or mutualism, rather than competition when describing positive interactions.

      Much of the literature supports our definition (see Loreau and Hector, 2001). In biodiversity research, positive interactions include resource partitioning and facilitation. What we are trying to point out is that competition affects species and community level assessments based on the null expectation and needs to be separated.

      Throughout the manuscript, competition is often used interchangeably with resource competition (e.g., line 82) and complementarity is often attributed to resource partitioning (e.g., line 77). This ignores apparent competition and partitioning enemy-free niche space, which has been found to contribute to biodiversity effects in many studies.

      If apparent competition refers to interference competition, it is included in negative interaction. Changes in species-specific pests and pathogens in mixture will be captured in positive or negative effects through facilitation or interference.  

      In what sense are competitive interactions positive for competitive species (lines 82-83)? By definition, competition is an interaction that has a negative effect. Do you mean that interspecific competition is less than intraspecific competition? I am having a very difficult time following the logic.

      I am glad the reviewer raised this question that may confuse many others and has never been clearly discussed. It all depends on how comparison is made. If species performance in mixture are compared with that in partial density monocultures, as is in competition research, competition effect is negative for all species. If comparison is made between mixture and full density monocultures, as is done in biodiversity research, competition effect should be positive for more competitive species and negative for less competitive species, with resources flowing from less to more competitive species in mixture relative to full density monocultures.   

      Therefore, the definitions of competitive interactions based on additive series design in competition research cannot be used to describe competitive interactions based on replacement series design in biodiversity research. In biodiversity research, the effects of competitive interactions are never clearly defined at species or community level and mixed up with those of other species interactions.      

      Results are asserted on lines 93-95, but I cannot find the methods that produced these results. I am unable to evaluate the work without a repeatable description of the methods.

      We have added references on sources of these data.

      The description of the null hypothesis in the common additive partitioning approach on lines 145-146 is incorrect. In the null case, it does not assume that there are no interspecific interactions, but rather that interspecific and intraspecific interactions are equivalent.

      Correct, changes have been made as suggested.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      I recommend to:

      - re-organize the presentation of the material (see my concerns in the public review section). The manuscript is very difficult to read.

      Changes have been made to help with understanding of our approach. Figure 1 was modified to show the variations of competitive growth response with relative competitive ability from minimum (null expectation) to maximum (competitive exclusion).

      - explore the mathematical form the the remainder term. It seems important to understand that the remainder capture terms unrelated to competition as defined in the present scope.

      The remainder measures deviations from the null expectation, due to species differences in growth and competitive ability or competition effect. The term has clear meaning, positive for more competitive species and negative for less competitive species (lines 202-204), and does not need to be further explored or partitioned. The deviations of observed yields from competitive expectations are outlined in lines 205-221.  

      Reviewer #4 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The authors should be sure to include reproducible methods and share any data and code.

      Both simulation and experimental data are shared through supplementary tables. Calculations are included in excel spreadsheets and do not require program coding.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer 1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The authors present a mean-field model that describes the interplay between (protein) aggregation and phase separation. Different classes of interaction complexity and aggregate dimensionality are considered, both in calculations concerning (equilibrium) phase behavior and kinetics of assembly formation.

      Strengths:

      The present work is, although purely theoretical, of high interest to understanding biological processes that occur as a result of a coupling between protein aggregation and phase separation. Of course, such processes are abundant, in the living cell as well as in in-vitro experiments. I appreciate the consideration of aggregates with various dimensionality, as well as the categorization into different ”interaction classes”, together with the mentioning of experimental observations from biology. The model is convincing and underlines the complexity associated with the distribution of proteins across phases and aggregates in the living cell.

      Weaknesses:

      There are a few minor weaknesses.

      Reviewer 2 (Public Review):

      This work deals with a very difficult physical problem: relating the assembly of building blocks on a molecular scale to the appearance of large, macroscopic assemblies. This problem is particularly difficult to treat, because of the large number of units involved, and of the complex way in which these units-monomers-interact with each other and with the solvent. In order to make the problem treatable, the authors recur to a number of approximations: Among these, there is the assumption that the system is spatially homogeneous, i.e., its features are the same in all regions of space. In particular, the homogeneity assumption may not hold in biologically relevant systems such as cells, where the behavior close to the cell membrane may strongly differ from the one in the bulk. As a result, this hypothesis calls for a cautious consideration and interpretation of the results of this work. Another notable simplification introduced by the authors is the assumption that the system can only follow two possible behaviors: In the first, each monomer interacts equally with the solvent; no matter the size of the cluster of which it is part. In the second case, monomers in the bulk of a cluster and monomers at the assembly boundary interact with the solvent in a different way. These two cases are considered not only because they simplify the problem, but also because they are inspired by biologically relevant proteins.

      With these simplifications, the authors trace the phase diagram of the system, characterizing its phases for different fractions of the volume occupied by the monomers and solvent, and for different values of the temperature. The results qualitatively reproduce some features observed in recent experiments, such as an anomalous distribution of cluster sizes below the system saturation threshold, and the gelation of condensed phases above such threshold.

      Reviewer 3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The authors combine classical theories of phase separation and self-assembly to establish a framework for explaining the coupling between the two phenomena in the context of protein assemblies and condensates. By starting from a mean-field free energy for monomers and assemblies immersed in solvent and imposing conditions of equilibrium, the authors derive phase diagrams indicating how assemblies partition into different condensed phases as temperature and the total volume fraction of proteins are varied. They find that phase separation can promote assembly within the protein-rich phase, providing a potential mechanism for spatial control of assembly. They extend their theory to account for the possibility of gelation. They also create a theory for the kinetics of self-assembly within phase separated systems, predicting how assembly size distributions change with time within the different phases as well as how the volumes of the different phases change with time.

      Strengths:

      The theoretical framework that the authors present is an interesting marriage of classic theories of phase separation and self-assembly. Its simplicity should make it a powerful general tool for understanding the thermodynamics of assembly coupled to phase separation, and it should provide a useful framework for analyzing experiments on assembly within biomolecular condensates.

      The key advance over previous work is that the authors now account for how self-assembly can change the boundaries of the phase diagram.

      A second interesting point is the explicit theoretical consideration for the possibility that gelation (i.e. self-assembly into a macroscopic aggregate) could account for widely observed solidification of condensates. While this concept has been broadly discussed, to date I have yet to see a rigorous theoretical analysis of the possibility.

      The kinetic theory in sections 5 and 6 is also interesting as it extends on previous work by considering the kinetics of phase separation as well as those of self-assembly.

      Weaknesses:

      A key point the authors make about their theory is that it allows, as opposed to previous research, to study non-dilute limits. It is true that they consider gelation when the 3D assemblies become macroscopic. However, dilute solution theory assumptions seem to be embedded in many aspects of their theory, and it is not always clear where else the non-dilute limits are considered. Is it in the inter-species interaction χij? Why then do they never explore cases for which χij is nonzero in their analysis?

      We explicitly consider that monomers and aggregates are non-dilute with respect to solvent. This is evident in accounting for the mixing entropy of all components, including the solvent. Moreover, we account for interactions among the monomers and the different aggregates with the solvent. We consider the case where each monomeric unit, independent in aggregate it is part of, interacts the same way with the solvent. Please note that this case corresponds to a non-dilute scenario where interactions indeed drive phase separation.

      The connection between this theory and biological systems is described in the introduction but lost along the main text. It would be very helpful to point out, for instance, that the presence of phase separation might induce aggregation of proteins. This point is described formally at the end of Section 3, but a more qualitative connection to biological systems would be very useful here.

      We thank the referee for the useful comment, we now mention this in the introduction (line 80) and point out the biological relevance of assembly formation and localization via the presence of phase separation (lines 268 and 283).

      Building on the previous point, it would be helpful to give an intuitive sense of where the equations derived in the Appendices and presented in the main text come from and to spell out clear physical interpretations of the results. For example, it would be helpful to point out that Eq. 4 is a form of the law of mass action, familiar from introductory chemistry. It would be useful to better explain how the current work extends on existing previous work from these authors as well as others. Along these lines, closely related work by W. Jacobs and B. Rogers [O. Hedge et al. 2023, https://arxiv.org/abs/2301.06134; T. Li et al. 2023, https://arxiv.org/abs/2306.13198] should be cited in the introduction. The results discussed in the first paragraph of Section 3 on assembly size distributions in a homogeneous system are well-known from classic theories of self-assembly. This should be acknowledged and appropriate references should be added; see for instance, Rev. Mod. Phys. 93, 025008 and Statistical Thermodynamics Of Surfaces, Interfaces, And Membranes by Sam Safran. Equation 14 for the kinetic of volume fractions is given with reference to Bauermann et al. 2022, but it should be accompanied by a better intuitive interpretation of its terms in the main text. In particular, how should one understand the third term in this equation? Why does the change in volume impact the change of volume fraction in this way?

      We thank the referee for the suggestions. We have included the missing references, with a particular emphasis on DNA nanostars that inhibit phase separation in DNA liquids in the definition of class II. We added intuitive explanations of the main equations, such as Eqs. (4),(8),(14), (17), and (18). Notice that, according to Mysels, Karol J., J. Chem. Educ., 33, 178 (1956) (https://pubs-acs-org.sire.ub.edu/doi/epdf/10.1021/ed033p178) we refer to (18) as the law of mass action.

      The discussion in the last paragraph of Section 6 should be clarified. How can the total amount of protein in both phases decrease? This would necessarily violate either mass or volume conservation. Also, the discussion of why the volume is non-monotonic in time is not clear.

      A decrease in the total amount of protein in both phases does not violate mass conservation, if the volume of the phases varies accordingly. In particular, the volume of the denser phase should grow. This given, in the case presented the total protein amount in the dense phase decreases, while in the dilute phase increases. For this reason, we revised the paragraph and now explain the results in more detail (see lines starting from 407). The nonmonotonic volume change is indeed a puzzling finding that, as we now state in the manuscript, requires further investigation. Given the lack of analytical approaches available to tackle the complex kinetics in the presence of coexisting phases, we believe that this analysis goes beyond the scope of the present paper.

      Recommendations for the authors

      Reviewer 1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Line 96: I feel a mentioning/definition/explanation and perhaps some discussion on the parameter M (limiting aggregate size) would have been in place in the introduction of Equation (1). Furthermore, in the usual interpretation, Flory interaction parameters (symbolized χ) are dimensionless, as, classically, they represent an exchange energy (normalized by kT), defined on a monomeric basis. Here they seem to carry the dimension of energy.

      We thank the reviewer for the observation. We have included a brief comment on M and mentioned that we use χ parameters that carry the dimension of energy such that, varying kBT, we scale at the same time the term containing interaction propensities (χ) and the one containing internal energies (_e_int). See the comment on line 127

      Line 150: The choice of ρi \= i physically implies that a single protein is assumed to have the same as a solvent molecule. This may be a bit of a stretch. This assumption leads to an overestimation of the translational entropy of the aggregates (first term in Equation (1)). Acknowledging that ρ_1 >> ρs_ would give a pronounced desymmetrization of the phase diagram (I suspect).

      Indeed, in the case of monomers only, the assumption leads to a symmetric phase diagram which may be unrealistic. Once assemblies form, however, the phase diagram becomes asymmetric and for this reason we decided to assume ρi \= i, simplifying the theoretical analysis. We have added a clarifying sentence in the manuscript, see line 163

      Furthermore, the pictures in Figure 1a-c suggest the presence of a disordered residue, the degree of swelling of which might affect binding strength (see for instance: https://doi.org/10.3389/fnmol.2022.962526).

      We added a comment on the possible coupling between internal free energies and interaction propensities, such as the swelling mechanism that affects binding sites, and included the reference above (line 215).

      Line 154-156: It’s unclear what is meant with ”an internal bond that keeps each assembly together”. How should this be interpreted on an intuitive physical level?

      We apologise for being unclear. We meant the internal bonds that lead to the formation of assemblies. We have now rephrased this sentence in the main text (lines starting from 169).

      Line 254: The fact that ϕsg is defined below does not mean it does not fall out of the air here. The same holds for the consideration of the limit M →∞. Ideally, the main text should stand on its own, in particular with respect to physical intuitiveness, as well as the necessity and interest of discussion topics. Technical details, derivations and additional information can be in an appendix.

      We agree with the referee and added some physical insights about the limit. We now also state clearly in the main text (line 298) that _ϕ_sg is affected by temperature and the free energy of internal bonds.

      Line 257: ”Since we do not explicitly include the solvent in assembly formation we will consider the gel as a phase without solvent and thus ϕtot \= 1”. I’m not sure if I can agree with this. I would say, a gel, certainly in biological context, almost per definition contains a large fraction of solvent, i.e. here water. The situation ”ϕtot \= 1” would rather be a solid precipitate. Is gelation properly captured by this model?

      We thank the referee for this very relevant observation. We now state in the main text that the model predicts a macroscopic assembly which we call ’the gel phase’, in agreement with previous literature. Then, to clarify, we added the sentence ”Please note that, since we do not explicitly include the solvent in assembly formation (see reaction scheme in Fig.1a), in our model the gel corresponds to a phase without solvent, _ϕ_tot \= 1. To account for biological gels that can be rich in water, our theory can be straightforwardly extended by incorporating the solvent into the reaction scheme.”, see main text line 300.

      Line 268: Shouldn’t ”solvent” be ”solution”? If fsol is given by Equation (1), surely not only the solvent is considered.

      Indeed, this is a typo, and we now use the term ’solution’ instead of ’solvent.’

      Line 273: At this stage, the only information provided in the main text is that ω∞ is ”a constant that does not affect chemical nor phase equilibrium, except in the limit M →∞” (see lines 153-154). This is a little bit too abstract for me. Again, the main text should stand on its own, meaning the reader should not have to rely on an appendix to at least have an intuitive physical understanding of any modeling or input parameter discussed in the main text.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We now comment on the physical interpretation of ω∞ in the main text, see lines from 320 on.

      Figure 4. appears in Equation (39) but it is not defined.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We have reshaped appendix 6A, making use of chemical activities and clarified the origin of the rate .

      Line 317. I don’t fully understand the intention of the remark on the model being adaptable for ”primary and secondary nucleation”. How/in what way is this different from association and dissociation? For instance, classical nucleation theory is based on association and dissociation of monomeric units to and from clusters.

      We agree that the kinetic rate coefficients kij (appearing in the association and dissociation rates ∆rij, Eq. 17) in our manuscript already depend on assembly length, see Appendix 6 B, where we now clarified their definition. Please note that, however, that secondary nucleation is a special kind of association, for which the kinetic rate coefficients corresponding to associations of small assemblies, i.e. kij with_i,j_ ≪ M, explicitly depend on the presence of large assemblies with sizes l ≫ 1. In our manuscript, we have not accounted for such a dependence. We now make this aspect clear in the manuscript, see Appendix 6 B.

      Line 321. Why is ∆rij called the ”monomer exchange rate”? In line 318 the same parameter is defined as the ”reaction rate for the formation of a (i+j)-mer”. Why should these be the same?

      We thank the reviewer for spotting this typo.

      Line 323. Why do these calculations use M = 15?

      The exploration of a 15-dimensional phase space is already numerically challenging. We are currently working on a generalization of the numerical scheme to work with larger values of M but, to discuss the fundamental physical principles, we kept M \= 15.

      Reviewer 2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The manuscript presents several issues, on both the scientific and presentational level, which need to be carefully addressed. Please find below a list of the points that need to be addressed by the authors, divided into major and minor points. Major issues:

      • A general, major concern about the results in the paper is the homogeneity assumption. I do understand that repeating the whole analysis presented in the manuscript by allowing for spatial inhomogeneities partially goes beyond the scope of this paper. However, the authors should at least discuss how such inhomogeneities may alter the results in a qualitative way, and treat explicitly the presence of inhomogeneity in one prototypical case treated in the manuscript. Namely, what happens if the volume fractions and relative molecular volumes in the free energy (1) depend on space, e.g., ϕiϕi(x)?

      We would like to stress that, in the present paper, we do account for spatial inhomogeneities. Indeed, in the case of phase separation, we consider systems which are divided into two phases, characterized by different values of the assemblies’ volume fractions ϕi. We do, however, consider the system to be homogeneous inside the phases, implying a jump in the value of the volume fraction at the interface between the two phases. In this sense, the analysis we carry out is valid in the thermodynamic limit, where gradients of the volume fractions ϕi(x) within the phases, can be neglected. On the other hand, considering the full spatial problem, i.e. solving the equations for M \= 15 spatially varying fields, would be numerically extremely challenging.

      • The authors’ results relate molecular assembly- a phenomenon at the molecular scale-to phase separation-a mesoscopic or macroscopic phenomenon. The authors should stress the conceptual importance of this connection between scales, and present their results from the perspective of a multi-scale model.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We now emphasize the multi-scale feature of our model in the introduction (line 80).

      • Starting from Section 1, the reader is not well guided through the sections that follow. The authors should provide an outline of the line of though that they are going to follow in the following sections, and logically connect each section to the next one with a short paragraph at the end of each section. This paragraph should resume what has been addressed in the current section, and the connection with the topic that will be addressed in the next one.

      We agree with the reviewer and have added a transitioning sentence at the end of each paragraph.

      • ’We focus on linear assemblies (d = 1)’: Given the striking differences of the results between d = 1 and d > 1 shown above, the authors should discuss what happens for d > 1 as well.

      • ’In figure Fig. 5a, we show the initial and final equilibrium binodals (black and coloured curve, respectively), for the case of linear assemblies (d = 1) belonging to class 1’: Again, show what happens for d > 1.

      We agree with the reviewer, the kinetics in d > 1 would be definitely interesting. However, in this case, one assembly can become macroscopic (i.e. M must be set to ∞). This requires some substantial modification in the kinetic scheme, like introducing an absorbing boundary condition for monomers ’sucked in’ the gel. We prefer to leave this for future work, and now state it explicitly in the manuscript (line 383).

      • ’This difference arises because, within class 2, monomers in the bulk of an assembly have reduced interaction propensity with respect to the boundary ones. As a consequence, the formation of large clusters shifts the onset of phase separation to higher ϕtot values.’: To prove this argument, the authors should show Fig. 2g and h for d > 1. In fact, by varying d, the effect of the boundary vs. bulk also varies.

      We prefer to discuss the thermodynamics of d > 1 in section 4 on gelation. There we present only a single phase diagram so as not to blow up the discussion on equilibrium too much.

      • ’referring for simplicity to systems belonging to Class 1’: The authors should do the same analysis for Class 2.

      We agree with the reviewer. However, again not to blow up the discussion on equilibrium, we leave it for future work.

      • ’other, implying that the corresponding Flory-Huggins parameter χij vanishes’: Why?

      The explanation based on a lattice model is reported in Appendix 2, and is now more clearly referenced (line 185).

      Minor issues:

      • Eq. (10): Here the authors should explain in the main text, possibly in a simple and intuitive way, why the number of monomers i and the space dimension d enter the righthand side of this equation in this particular way.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We added the physical origin of the scaling with dimension in Eq. (10) and in Eq. (8), as pointed out by reviewer 3.

      • ’The second and fifth terms of fsol characterize the internal free energies’: What do you mean by ’characterize the internal free energies’? Please clarify.

      As we now state more clearly (lines 114-120), these two contributions include the internal free energies ω_s and _ωi, stemming from the free energy of internal bonds that lead to assembly formation.

      • ’depend on the scaling form of the’: Scaling with respect to what ? Please clarify.

      We have now clarified that the scaling is with respect to the assembly size i.

      • Figure 2 is way too dense: it should be split into two figures, and the legend of each of the two figures should be expanded to properly guide the reader to understand the figures.

      We understand the reviewer’s point of view. To avoid altering the present flow, we decided not to split the figure, but we have included shaded boxes to better guide the reader.

      • ’this is a consequence of the gelation transition’: Please clarify

      • ’and this limitation can be dealt with by introducing explicitly the infinite-sized gel in the free energy’: Why? Please clarify.

      We have now rephrased these sentences, hopefully in a clearer way. We now state: ’We know that this divergence is physical, and is caused by the gelation transition. This limitation can be dealt with by introducing explicitly a term in the free energy that accounts for an infinite-sized assembly (the gel)’, see lines 320-322.

      • Figure 4: Add plots of panels d, e, h and i with log scale on the y axis to make explicit an eventual exponential behavior, and revise the text accordingly

      Not to further complicate Figure 4, we preferred to display the logarithmic plots of the equilibrium distribution in the appendix, see Figure A3-1.

      • ’... an equilibrium distribution which monotonously decreases with assembly size’: It is not the distributions that decreases but the cluster volume fraction, please rephrase.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out and have now rephrased this sentence (line 394).

      Reviewer 3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      I could not obtain the exact form of Eq 29 in App 3, can the authors elaborate on this calculation. App 3: What does it mean binodal agrees well with ϕsg? And doesn’t ϕsg depend on temperature through phi tilde? What temperature is this result for?

      We apologise for the unclear explanation. We now state in detail that Eq. (29) is obtained by plugging the expression of ϕi given in Eq. (24) into Eq. (1), in the main text. The dependence of ϕ<sub>1</sub> on ϕ<sub>tot</sub> is expressed in Eq. (26), and we have omitted linear terms in ϕ<sub>tot</sub>, since they do not affect phase equilibrium (see lines 802-809). Moreover, ϕsg depends indeed on k<sub>B</sub>T. We refer to the comparison between the full curve ϕsg in the k<sub>B</sub>T−ϕ<sub>tot</sub> plane, and the branch of the binodal between the triple point (indicated now with a cross) and ϕ<sub>tot</sub> \= 1. The two curves are close, as expected since both correspond to the boundary between homogeneous mixtures and the gel state, obtained with different methods.

      The references to Figures in the appendices are confusing. Please make it clear whether Figures in the main text or the appendices are being referenced. On a related note, the Appendix figures seem to be placed in appendices whose text describes something else - Appendix 2, Figure 1 should be moved to Appendix 3; Appendix 3, Figure 1 should be moved to Appendix 4; etc.

      We revised the appendix, corrected the figure positions and clarified their references.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This research offers an in-depth exploration and quantification of social vocalization within three families of Mongolian gerbils. In an enlarged, semi-natural environment, the study continuously monitored two parent gerbils and their four pups from P14 to P34. Through dimensionality reduction and clustering, a diverse range of gerbil call types was identified. Interestingly, distinct sets of vocalizations were used by different families in their daily interactions, with unique transition structures exhibited across these families. The primary results of this study are compelling, although some elements could benefit from clarification

      Strengths:

      Three elements of this study warrant emphasis. Firstly, it bridges the gap between laboratory and natural environments. This approach offers the opportunity to examine natural social behavior within a controlled setting (such as specified family composition, diet, and life stages), maintaining the social relevance of the behavior. Secondly, it seeks to understand short-timescale behaviors, like vocalizations, within the broader context of daily and life-stage timescales. Lastly, the use of unsupervised learning precludes the injection of human bias, such as pre-defined call categories, allowing the discovery of the diversity of vocal outputs.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) While the notable differences in vocal clusters across families are convincing, the drivers of these differences remain unclear. Are they attributable to "dialect," call usage, or specific vocalizing individuals (e.g., adults vs. pups)? Further investigation, via a literature review or additional observation, into acoustic differences between adult and pup calls is recommended. Moreover, a consistent post-weaning decrease in the bottom-left cluster (Fig. S3) invites interpretation: could this reflect drops in pup vocalization?

      Thank you for bringing up this point of clarification. Without knowledge of individual vocalizers, we are unable to rigorously assess pronunciation differences between individuals, however we can get a clear proxy for dialect through observing usage differences between families. We’ve added the following text (blue) in the Discussion to help clarify:

      “To address whether gerbils also exhibit family specific vocal features, we compared GMM-labeled vocal cluster usages across the three recorded families and showed differences in vocal type usage (Figure 3). The differences in this study align with the definition of human vocal dialect, which is a regional or social variety of language that can differ in pronunciation, grammatical, semantic and/or language use differences (Henry et al., 2015). This definition of dialect is inclusive of both pronunciation differences (e.g. a Bostonian’s characteristic pronunciation of “car” as “cah”) and usage differences (e.g. a Bostonian’s preferential usage of the words “Go Red Sox” vs. a New Yorker’s preferential usage of the words “Go Yankees”). In our case, vocal clusters can be rarely observed in some families yet highly over-expressed in others (e.g. analogous to language usage differences in humans), or highly expressed in both families, but contain subtle spectrotemporal variations (Figure 3D, Family 1 cluster 11 vs. Family 3 clusters 2, 18, 30; e.g. analogous to pronunciation differences in humans).”

      Indeed, our recordings obtained after pup removal could suggest that adults may use fewer low frequency calls (bottom left cluster in UMAP). However, this dataset does not permit a proper assessment of post-weaning pup calls. In fact, our results and the literature shows that adults are likely to use low frequency calls, but only during social interactions with pups or other adults. For example, Furuyama et al. 2022 describe a number of low frequency call types used by adults in agonistic social interactions, which look similar to a low frequency call type used by pups described in Silberstein et al. 2023. Similarly, Ter-Mikaelian et al. 2012 (their Figure 6) recorded several types of sonic vocalizations during adult social interaction. To our knowledge, it has not been shown whether gerbil pups and adults produce distinct call types. It is a challenging problem to solve, as animals placed in isolation (i.e. an experimental condition for which the identity of the vocalizer is known) vocalize infrequently and of the limited number they might emit, they do not use the full range of vocalizations described in the literature (RP personal observations). To properly address this question, one would need to elicit full use of the vocal repertoire through free social interaction, then attribute calls to individual vocalizers via sound source localization and/or head-mounted microphones — we are currently pursuing both of these technical challenges, but this is outside the scope of this manuscript.

      Although the literature reflects the limitations discussed above, we have added a brief paragraph to the Discussion (limitations section) that addresses the reviewer’s question about the development of vocalizations:

      “Although we were not able to attribute vocalizations to individual family members, we did seek to determine the importance of family structure by comparing audio recordings before and after removal of the pups at P30. The results show a clear effect of family integrity, and the sudden reduction of sonic calls following pup removal (Figure S3) could suggest that these vocalizations are produced selectively by pups.

      However, there is ample evidence that adult gerbils also produce sonic vocalizations. For example, a number of low frequency call types are used by adults during a range of social interactions (Ter-Mikaelian et al., 2012; Furuyama et al., 2022), some of which are similar to a low frequency call type used by pups (Silberstein et al., 2023). Vocalization patterns of developing gerbils depend on isolation or staged interactions. Thus, when gerbil pups are recorded during isolation, ultrasonic vocalization rate declines and sonic vocalizations increase for animals that are in a high arousal state (De Ghett 1974, Silberstein et al., 2023). As gerbils progress from juvenile to adolescent development (P17-55) a significant increase in ultrasonic vocalization rate is observed during dyadic social encounters, with a distinct change in usage pattern that depends upon the sex of each animal (Holman & Seale 1991, Holman et al. 1995). The development of vocalization types has been assessed in another member of the Gerbillinae subfamily, called fat-tailed gerbils (Pachyuromys duprasi), during isolation and handling. Here, the number of ultrasonic vocalization syllable types increase from neonatal to adult animals (Zaytseva et al. 2019), while some very low frequency sonic call types were rarely observed after P20 (Zaytseva et al. 2020). By comparison, mouse syllable usage changes during development, but pups produced 10 of the 11 syllable types produced by adults (Grimsley et al. 2011). In summary, our understanding of the maturation of vocalization usage remains limited by our inability to obtain longitudinal data from individual animals within their natural social setting. For example, when recorded in their natural environment, chimpanzees display a prolonged maturation of vocalization complexity, such as the probability of a unique utterance in a sequence, with the greatest changes occuring when animals begin to experience non-kin social interactions (Bortolato et al. 2023).”

      (2) Developmental progression, particularly during pre-weaning periods when pup vocal output remains unstable, might be another factor influencing cross-family vocal differences. Representing data from this non-stationary process as an overall density map could result in the loss of time-dependent information. For instance, were dominating call types consistently present throughout the recording period, or were they prominent only at specific times? Displaying the evolution of the density map would enhance understanding of this aspect.

      This is a great suggestion. Thank you for bringing it up. To address this, we have added an additional figure (Figure 4) to the main text (Note that the former Figure 4 is now Figure 5). New text associated with this new figure was added to the Results and Discussion sections:

      Results

      “Vocal usage differences remain stable across days of development It is possible that the observed vocal usage differences could result from varying developmental progression of vocal behavior or overexpression of certain vocal types during specific periods within the recording. To assess the potential effect of daily variation on family specific vocal usage, we visualized density maps of vocal usage across days for each of the families (Figure 4A). There are two noteworthy trends: 1.) the density map remains coarsely stable across days (rows) and 2.) the maps look distinct across families on any given day (columns). This is a qualitative approximation for the repertoire’s stability, but does not take into account variation of call type usage (as defined by GMM clustering of the latent space). Figure 4B, shows the normalized usage of each cluster type over development for each family. Cluster usages during the period of “full family, shared recording days” (postnatal days beneath the purple bars) are stable across days within families – as is apparent by the horizontal striations in the plot – though each family maintains this stability through using a unique set of call types. This is addressed empirically in Figure 4C, which shows clearly separable PCA projections of the cluster usages shown in Figure 4B (purple days). Finally, we computed the pairwise Mean Max Discrepancy (MMD) between latent distributions of vocalizations from individual recording days for each of the families (Figure 4D). This shows that across-family repertoire differences are substantially larger than within-family differences. This is visualized in a multidimensional scaling projection of the MMD matrix in Figure 4E.”

      Discussion

      “The described family differences collapse data from multiple days into a single comparison, however it’s possible that factors such as vocal development and/or high usage of particular vocal types during specific periods of the recording could explain family differences. Therefore, we took advantage of the longitudinal nature of our dataset to assess whether repertoire differences remain stable across time. First, we visualized vocal repertoire usage across days as either UMAP probability density maps (Figure 4A) or daily GMM cluster usages (Figure 4B). Though qualitative, one can appreciate that family repertoire usage remains stable across days and appears to differ on a consistent daily basis across families. To formally quantify this, we first projected GMM cluster usages from Figure 4B into PC space and show that family GMM cluster usage patterns are highly separable, regardless of postnatal day (Figure 4C). If families had used a more overlapping set of call types, then the projections would have appeared intermixed. Next, we performed a cluster-free analysis by computing the pairwise MMD distance between VAE latent distributions of vocalizations from each family and day (Figure 4D). This analysis shows very low MMD values across days within a family (i.e. the repertoire is highly consistent with itself), and high MMD values across families/days (greater than would be expected by chance; see shuffle control in Figure S2D). The relative differences in this matrix are made clear in Figure 4E, which provides additional evidence that family vocal repertoires remain stable across days and are consistently different from other families. Taken together, we believe that this is compelling evidence that differences in vocal repertoires between families are not driven by dominating call types during specific phases in the recording period; rather, families consistently emit characteristic sets of call types across days. This opens up the possibility to assess repertoire differences over much shorter time periods (e.g. 24 hours) in future studies.”

      (3) Family-specific vocalizations were credited to the transition structure, a finding that may seem obvious if the 1-gram (i.e., the proportion of call types) already differs. This result lacks depth unless it can be demonstrated that, firstly, the transition matrix provides a robust description of the data, and secondly, different families arrange the same set of syllables into unique sequences.

      Thank you for these important suggestions. We agree that it is true that the 2-gram transition structure must vary based on the 1-gram structure. To determine whether this influences the interpretation of the finding, we have added Figure S5 and the following text in the Results section:

      “To determine whether differences in 1-gram structure contribute to differences in the transition (2-gram) structure, we performed a number of controls. Although subtle, vertical streaks are clearly present in shuffled transition matrices that correspond to 1-gram usages (Figure S5A-B). Given the shuffled data structure, we sought to determine whether the observed transition probabilities differed significantly from chance levels. We randomly shuffled label sequences 1000 times independently for each family to generate a null transition matrix distribution. Using these null distributions and the observed transition probabilities, we computed a p-value for each transition using a one-sample t-test and created a binary transition matrix indicating which transitions happen above chance levels (Figure S5C, black pixels, p <= 0.05 after post hoc Benjamini-Hochberg multiple comparisons correction). As is made clear in Figure S5C, most transitions for each family occur significantly above chance levels, despite the inherent 1-gram structure. Moreover, by looking at transitions from a highly usage cluster type used roughly the same proportion across families (cluster 12), we show that families arrange the same sets of vocal clusters into unique sequences (Figure S5D). We believe that this provides compelling evidence that the 1-gram structure does not change the interpretation of the main claim that transition structure varies by family. “””

      To address your second point, we inspected frequent transitions from individual syllables to all other syllables using bigram transition probability graphs. This revealed a common trend that across all families, many shared and unshared transitions existed, suggesting that families use the same sets of syllables to make unique transition patterns. Figure S5D shows a single syllable example of the phenomenon, with red lines indicating the shared transition types between families and black showing transition patterns not shared between families (i.e. unique family-specific transitions, or lack thereof).”

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Peterson et al., perform a series of behavioral experiments to study the repertoire and variance of Mongolian gerbil vocalizations across social groups (families). A key strength of the study is the use of a behavioral paradigm which allows for long term audio recordings under naturalistic conditions. This experimental set-up results in the identification of additional vocalization types. In combination with state of the art methods for vocalization analysis, the authors demonstrate that the distribution of sound types and the transitions between these sound types across three gerbil families is different. This is a highly compelling finding which suggests that individual families may develop distinct vocal repertoires. One potential limitation of the study lies in the cluster analysis used for identifying distinct vocalization types. The authors use a Gaussian Mixed Model (GMM) trained on variational auto Encoder derived latent representation of vocalizations to classify recorded sounds into clusters. Through the analysis the authors identify 70 distinct clusters and demonstrate a differential usage of these sound clusters across families. While the authors acknowledge the inherent challenges in cluster analysis and provide additional analyses (i.e. maximum mean discrepancy, MMD), additional analysis would increase the strength of the conclusions. In particular, analysis with different cluster sizes would be valuable. An additional limitation of the study is that due to the methodology that is used, the authors can not provide any information about the bioacoustic features that contribute to differences in sound types across families which limits interpretations about how the animals may perceive and react to these sounds in an ethologically relevant manner.

      The conclusions of this paper are well supported by data, but certain parts of the data analysis should be expanded and more fully explained.

      • Can the authors comment on the potential biological significance of the 70 sound clusters? Does each cluster represent a single sound type? How many vocal clusters can be attributed to a single individual? Similarly, can the authors comment on the intra-individual and inter-individual variability of the sound types within and across families?

      Previous work documenting the Mongolian gerbil repertoire (Ter-Mikaelian 2012, Kobayasi 2012) has revealed ~12 vocalization types that vary with social context. Our thinking is that we are capturing these ~12 (plus a few more, as illustrated in Figure 2C) as well as individual or family-specific variations of some call types. Although the number of discrete call types is likely less than 70, it’s plausible that variation due to vocalizer identity pushes some calls into unique clusters. This idea is supported by the fact that both naked mole rats and Mongolian gerbils have been shown to exhibit individual-specific variation in vocalizations, though only in single call types (Barker 2021, Figure 1; Nishiyama 2011, Table I). The current study is not ideal to test this prediction, as we cannot attribute each vocalization to individual family members. Using our 4-mic array, we attempted to apply established sound source localization techniques to assign vocalizations to individuals (Neunuebel 2015), but the technique failed, presumably due to high amounts of reverberation in the arena. We are currently developing a custom deep learning based sound localization algorithm, and had hoped to extract individual animal vocalizations from our data set (part of the reason why this manuscript has taken longer than expected to return!), but the performance is not yet satisfactory for large groups of animals. We have added text to the Methods sections with the context outlined above to further justify the use of ~70 clusters.

      • As a main conclusion of the paper rests on the different distribution of sound clusters across families, it is important to validate the robustness of these differences across different cluster parameters. Specifically, the authors state that "we selected 70 clusters as the most parsimonious fit". Could the authors provide more details about how this was fit? Specifically, could the authors expand upon what is meant by "prior domain knowledge about the number of vocal types...". If the authors chose a range of cluster values (i.e. 10, 30, 50, 90) does the significance of the results still hold?

      Thank you for the suggestion, this is an important point that we have addressed with new analyses in the revision (see GMM clustering methods and new Figure S4). The prior domain knowledge referenced is with respect to the information known about the Mongolian gerbil vocal types provided in the response above. We have made this more clear in the discussion.

      We mainly based our selection of the number of clusters using the elbow method on GMM held-out log likelihood (Figure S2C). Around 70 clusters is when the likelihood begins to plateau, though it’s clear that there are a number of reasonable cluster sizes. To assess whether cluster size has an effect on interpretation of the family differences result, we added Figure S5, where we varied the number of GMM clusters used and compared cluster usage differences across families (Figure S4A). We quantified pairwise family differences in cluster usage by computing the sum of the absolute value of differential cluster usages, for each GMM cluster value (Figure S4B). We find that relative usage differences remain unchanged across the range of cluster values used, indicating that GMM cluster size does bias the finding.

      • While VAEs are powerful tools for analyzing complex datasets in this case they are restricted to analysis of spectrogram images. Have the authors identified any acoustic differences (i.e. in pitch, frequency, and other sound components) across families?

      Though it’s true that this VAE is limited to spectrograms, the VAE latent space has been shown to correspond to real acoustic features such as frequency and duration, and contain a higher representational capacity than traditional acoustic features (Goffinet 2021, Figure 2). Therefore, clustering of the latent space necessarily means that vocalizations with similar acoustic features are clustered together regardless of their family identity.

      Despite this, your point is well taken that there could be systematic differences in certain acoustic features for specific call types. We are not able to ascertain this with the current dataset. This is addressed in Barker 2021 by recording a single call type (soft chirp) from individuals within and across families. Mongolian gerbils have been shown to exhibit individual differences in the initial, terminal, minimum, and maximum frequency of the ultrasonic up-frequency modulated call type (Figure 2, top right green; Nishiyama 2011, Figure 1A ). Therefore it’s possible that family-specific differences exist for that particular call type. To assess whether other call types show family or individual differences, it’s necessary to either 1.) elicit all call types from an animal in isolation or 2.) determine vocalizer identity in social-vocal interactions. The problem with the former idea is that gerbils only produce up-frequency modulated USVs in isolation and there is no known way to elicit the full vocal repertoire in single animals. The latter idea would allow for full use of the vocal repertoire, but requires invasive techniques (e.g., skull-implanted microphones, or awake-behaving laryngeal nerve recordings) that permit assignment of vocalizations to individuals during a natural social interaction. We are actively exploring solutions to both problems.

      It’s likely that future studies will look deeper into acoustic differences between individuals and families. Therefore, we have added acoustic feature quantification of vocalizations in each of the GMM clusters as a reference (Figure S6).

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this study, Peterson et al. longitudinally record and document the vocal repertoires of three Mongolian gerbil families. Using unsupervised learning techniques, they map the variability across these groups, finding that while overall statistics of, e.g., vocal emission rates and bout lengths are similar, families differed markedly in their distributions of syllable types and the transitions between these types within bouts. In addition, the large and rich data are likely to be valuable to others in the field.

      Strengths:

      - Extensive data collection across multiple days in multiple family groups.

      -  Thoughtful application of modern analysis techniques for analyzing vocal repertoires. - Careful examination of the statistical structure of vocal behavior, with indications that these gerbils, like naked mole rats, may differ in repertoire across families.

      Weaknesses:

      - The work is largely descriptive, documenting behavior rather than testing a specific hypothesis.

      - The number of families (N=3) is somewhat limited.

      We agree that the number of families is relatively small. However, our new analysis of vocal repertoire by postnatal day (Figure 4) demonstrates that the finding is quite robust. A high sample-size study was outside the scope of this initial observational study given the difficulty of obtaining and processing longitudinal data of this scale. In light of new analyses in Figure 4, we are confident that future studies will not need so much data to characterize family-specific differences. A single 24-hour recording should be sufficient, making comparison of many more families relatively straightforward.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Several minor concerns:

      (1) The three thresholds used for vocalization segmentation lack explanation.

      Figure 1C's first vocal event appears to define the first gap via the gray threshold (th_2, as the trace does not cross the black line) and the second gap via the black threshold (th_1 or th_3). And this is not addressed in the Methods section.

      Thank you for bringing this to our attention. We agree, this is presented in an unnecessarily complicated way. We have updated the methods section describing the thresholding procedure.

      “Sound onsets are detected when the amplitude exceeds 'th_3' (black dashed line, Figure 1C), and sound offset occurs when there is a subsequent local minimum e.g., amplitude less than 'th_2' (gray dashed line, Figure 1C), or 'th_1' (black dashed line, Figure 1C), whichever comes first. In this specific use case, th_2 (5) will always come before th_1 (2), therefore the gray dashed line will always be the offset. A subsequent onset will be marked if the sound amplitude crosses th_2 or th_3, whichever comes first. For example, the first sound event detected in Figure 1C shows the sound amplitude rising above the black dashed line (th_3) and marks an onset. Subsequently, the amplitude trace falls below the gray dashed line (th_2) and an offset is marked. Finally, the amplitude rises above th_2 without dipping below th_3 and an onset for a new sound event is marked. Had the amplitude dipped below th_3, a new sound event onset would be marked when the amplitude trace subsequently exceeded th_3 (e.g. between sound event 2 and 3, Figure 1C). The maximum and minimum syllable durations were selected based on published duration ranges of gerbil vocalizations (Ter-Mikaelian et al. 2012, Kobayasi & Riquimaroux, 2012).”

      (2) The determination of multi-syllabic calls could be explained further. In Figure 1C, for instance, do syllables separated by short gaps (e.g., the first syllable and the rest of the first group, and the third group in this example) belong to the same call or different calls?

      We have added an operational definition of mono vs. multisyllabic calls in the Results section:

      “Vocalizations occur as either single syllables bounded by silence (monosyllabic) or consist of combinations of single syllables without a silent interval (multisyllabic).”

      Under this definition, the examples you mentioned in Figure 1C are considered monosyllabic. One could reasonably expand the definition to include calls separated by less than X ms of silence for example, however we choose not to do that in this study. A deeper understanding of the phonation mechanisms for different gerbil vocalization types would be helpful to more rigorously determine the distinction between mono vs. multisyllabic vocalizations.

      (3) Labeling the calls shown in Fig. 3D in the latent feature space would help highlight within-family diversity and between-family similarities.

      Great suggestion. We have updated Figure 3 to include where in UMAP space each family’s preferred clusters are.

      (4) In the introduction, the statement, "Therefore, our study considers the possibility that there is a diversity of vocalizations within the gerbil family social group" doesn't naturally follow from the previous example. This could be rephrased.

      Agreed, thank you. We revised this section of the introduction to flow better.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      While outside the scope of the current study the authors may consider the following experiments and analysis for future studies:

      • Do vocal repertories retain their family signatures across subsequent generations of pups? (i.e. if vocalizations are continually monitored during second or third litters of the same parents).

      • Do the authors observe any long-term changes in family repertoires related to the developmental trajectory of the pups? Are there changes in individual pup vocal features or sound type usage throughout development?

      Thank you for these great suggestions. Given that naked mole rats learn vocalizations through cultural transmission, it would be interesting to see whether other subterranean species with complex social structures (gerbils, voles, rats) have similar abilities. A straightforward way to assess this possibility could be as you suggest — are latent distributions of vocalizations from multi-generational families closer together than cross-family differences? If true, this would provide compelling evidence to investigate further.

      We partially address your second suggestion in our response to Reviewer 1 and in Figure S4, which shows that the family repertoire remains stable throughout this particular period of development. This doesn’t rule out the possibility that there could be other phases of development that undergo more vocal change. Your final suggestion is an area that we are actively researching and eager to know the answer to. A follow-up question: could differences in pup vocal features contribute to differential care by parents?

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      In all, I found the paper clearly written and the figures easy to follow. One small suggestion:

      Figure 1: I can't see the black and gray thresholds described in the caption very well. Perhaps a zoom-in to the first 0.15s or so of the normalized amplitude plot would better display these.

      Agreed, thank you. We added a zoom-in to Figure 1.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Unckless and colleagues address the issue of the maintenance of genetic diversity of the gene diptericin A, which encodes an antimicrobial peptide in the model organism Drosophila melanogaster.

      Strengths:

      The data indicate that flies homozygous for the dptA S69 allele are better protected against some bacteria. By contrast, male flies homozygous for the R69 allele better resist starvation than flies homozygous for the S69 allele.

      Weaknesses:

      -I am surprised by the inconsistency between the data presented in Fig. 1A and Fig. S2A for the survival of male flies after infection with P. rettgeri. I am not convinced that the data presented support the claim that females have lower survival rates than males when infected with P. rettgeri (lines 176-182).

      The two figures are pasted above (1A left, S2A right). The reviewer is correct that the two experiments look different in terms of overall outcomes for males, though qualitatively similar. These two experiments were performed by different researchers, and as much as we attempt to infect consistently from researcher to researcher, some have heavier hands than others. It is true that the genotype that has the largest sex effect is the arginine line (blue) where females (in this experiment) are as bad as the null allele, and males are more intermediate. Also note that the experiments in S2A (male and female) were done in the same block so they are the better comparison. We’ve reflected this in the manuscript.

      - The data in Fig. 2 do not seem to support the claim that female flies with either the dptA S69 or the R69 alleles have a longer lifespan than males (lines 211-215). A comment on the [delta] dpt line, which is one of the CRISPR edited lines, would be welcome.

      We’ve reworded this section based on these comments.

      - The data in Fig. 2B show that male flies with the dptA S69 or R69 alleles have the same lifespan when poly-associated with L. plantarum and A. tropicalis, which contradicts the claim of the authors (lines 256-260).

      This is correct – the effect is only in females. It has been corrected.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary: In this study, the authors delve into the mechanisms responsible for the maintenance of two diptericin alleles within Drosophila populations. Diptericin is a significant antimicrobial peptide that plays a dual role in fly defense against systemic bacterial infections and in shaping the gut bacterial community, contributing to gut homeostasis.

      Strengths: The study unquestionably demonstrates the distinct functions of these two diptericin alleles in responding to systemic infections caused by specific bacteria and in regulating gut homeostasis and fly physiology. Notably, these effects vary between male and female flies.

      Weaknesses: Although the findings are highly intriguing and shed light on crucial mechanisms contributing to the preservation of both diptericin alleles in fly populations, a more comprehensive investigation is warranted to dissect the selection mechanisms at play, particularly concerning diptericin's roles in systemic infection and gut homeostasis. Unfortunately, the results from the association study conducted on wild-caught flies lack conclusive evidence.

      This is true that the wild fly association study is mostly a negative result. We’ve backed off the claim about the Morganella association.

      Major Concerns:

      Lines 120-134: The second hypothesis is not adequately defined or articulated. Please revise it to provide more clarity. Additionally, it should be explicitly stated that the first part of the first hypothesis (pathogen specificity), i.e., the superior survival of the S allele in Providencia infections compared to the R allele, has been previously investigated and supported by the results in the Unckless et al. 2016 paper. The current study aims to additionally investigate the opposite scenario: whether the R allele exhibits better survival in a different infection. Please consider revising to emphasize this point.

      We’ve reworded this section and added references to both the Unckless et al. 2016 and Hanson et al. 2023 papers.

      Figures and statistical analyses: It is essential to present the results of significant differences from the statistical analyses within Figures 1B, 2B, and 3. Additionally, please include detailed descriptions of the statistical analysis methods in the figure legends. Specify whether the error bars represent standard error or standard deviation, particularly in Figure 3, where assays were conducted with as few as 3 flies.

      We have added statistical details as requested.

      Lines 317-318 (as well as 320-328): The data related to P. rettgeri appear somewhat incomplete, and the authors acknowledge that bacterial load varies significantly, and this bacterium establishes poorly in the gut. These data may introduce more noise than clarity to the study. Please consider revising these sections by either providing more data, refining the presentation, or possibly removing them altogether.

      The fact that P. rettgeri establishes poorly in the gut in wildtype flies is the result of several unpublished experiments in the Lazzaro and Unckless labs. We don’t have this as a figure because it was not directly tested in these experiments. We’ve added a note that it is personal observation and we’ve reworked the discussion in the second section.

      Lines 335-387 and Figure 4: Although these results are intriguing and suggest interactions between functional diptericin and fly physiology, some mediated by the gut microbiome, they remain descriptive and do not significantly contribute to our understanding of the mechanism that maintains the diptericin alleles.

      While the reviewer is correct that these experiments do not elucidate mechanism, they do strongly suggest (based on the controlled nature of the experiments) that the physiological tradeoffs are due to Diptericin genotype. The disagreement is the level of “mechanism”. At the evolutionary level, the demonstration of a physiological cost of a protective immune allele is sufficient to explain the maintenance of alleles. However, we have not determined (and did not attempt to determine) why Diptericin genotype influences these traits. That will have to wait for future experiments.

      Lines 399-400: The contrast between this result and statement and the highly reproducible data presented in Figures 2-4 should be discussed.

      We’ve added some discussion to this section including a reference to the “inconstancy” of the Drosophila gut microbiome.

      Lines 422-429 and Figure 5D: The conclusion regarding an association between diptericin alleles and Morganellaceae bacteria is not clearly supported by Figure 5D and lacks statistical evidence.

      We’ve changed this to just be suggestive.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This paper investigates the evolutionary aspects around a single amino acid polymorphism in an immune peptide (the antimicrobial peptide Diptericin A) of Drosophila melanogaster. This polymorphism was shown in an earlier population genetic study to be under long-term balancing selection. Using flies with different AA at this immune peptide it was found that one allelic form provides better survival of systemic infections by a bacterial pathogen, but that the alternative allele provides its carriers a longer lifespan under certain conditions (depending on the microbiota). It is suggested that these contrasting fitness effects of the two alleles contribute to balance their long-term evolutionary fate.

      Strengths:

      The approach taken and the results presented are interesting and show the way forward for studying such polymorphisms experimentally.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) A clear demonstration (in one experiment) that the antagonistic effect of the two selection pressures isolated is not provided.

      The study is overwhelming with many experiments and countless statistical tests. The overall conclusion of the many experiments and tests suggests that "dptS69 flies survive systemic infection better, while dptS69R flies survive some opportunistic gut infections better." (line 444-446). Given the number of results, different experiments, and hundreds of tests conducted, how can we make sure that the result is not just one of many possible combinations? I suggest experimentally testing this conclusion in one experiment (one may call this the "killer-experiment") with the relevant treatments being conducted at the same time, side by side, and the appropriate statistical test being conducted by a statistical test for a treatment x genotype interaction effect.

      This is a nice idea but would not work in practice since the fly lines used are different (gnotobiotic vs conventional) and gnotobiotics have to be derived from axenic lines that need a few generations to recover from the bleaching treatment.

      (2) The implication that the two forms of selection acting on the immune peptide are maintained by balancing selection is not supported.

      The picture presented about how balancing selection is working is rather simplistic and not convincing. In particular, it is not distinguished between fluctuating selection (FL) and balancing selection (BL). BL is the result of negative frequency-dependent selection. It may act within populations (e.g. Red Queen type processes, mating types) or between populations (local adaptation). FL is a process that is sometimes suggested to produce BL, but this is only the case when selection is negative frequency dependent. In most cases, FL does not lead to BL.

      The presented study is introduced with a framework of BL, but the aspects investigated are all better described as FL (as the title says: "A suite of selective pressures ..."). The two models presented in the introduction (lines 62 to 69; two pathogens, cost of resistance) are both examples for FL, not for BL.

      We’ve added a discussion of how fluctuating selection and balancing selection relate at the end of the discussion.

      Finally, no evidence is presented that the different selection pressures suggested to select on the different allelic forms of the immune peptide are acting to produce a pattern of negative frequency dependence.

      We are not arguing for negative frequency dependent selection. We assume throughout that Dpt allele does not drive overall frequency of P. rettgeri in populations since it is a ubiquitous microbe. So evolution within D. melanogaster therefore has little to no effect on density of the pathogen.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Minor Comments:

      Line 31: Rewrite the sentence mentioning "homozygous serine" for improved clarity, especially since the S/R polymorphism of Diptericin has not been introduced yet.

      This has been changed to be vague in terms of specific alleles and just refers to “one allele” vs the other.

      Lines 87-94: Consider reorganizing this paragraph to maintain a logical flow of the discussion on the Drosophila immune system and the IMD pathway.

      We explored other orders, but we think that as is (IMD to AMPs in general to AMPs in Drosophila) makes the most sense here.

      Line 99: Provide an explanation of balancing selection for a broader readership, differentiating it from other modes of selection.

      We added a brief discussion but note that the intro has significant discussion of balancing selection.

      Lines 105-106: Please provide a proper reference. Additionally, ensure that the Unkless et al. 2016 paper is correctly referenced, both in lines 111 and 138-141.

      This has been added.

      Lines 138-141: It would be beneficial to state that the previous study by Unkless et al. 2016 did not control for genetic background, which is why the assay was redone with gene editing.

      This has been added.

      Lines 296-303: Clarify the source of the survival observations and consider incorporating this data into Figure 2 for improved visualization.

      We’ve clarified that this is Figure 2.

      Lines 390-394: Explain the distinctions between vials and cages, particularly in terms of food consumption, exposure to bacteria, etc., which can be relevant to gut homeostasis.

      We’ve added a discussion of why these two approaches are complementary.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Statistics

      Statistical results are limited to the presentation of p-values (several hundred of them!). For a proper assessment of the statistical analyses, one would also want to see the models used and the test statistics obtained.

      The statistical tests done are often unclear. For example, in several experiments, pools of 3 trials (blocs) of multiple animals were tested. The blocs need to be included in the model. Likewise, it seems that multiple delta-dpt fly genotypes were produced. Apparently, they were not distinguished later. Were they considered in the statistical analyses? By contrast, two lines of dptS69R flies were reported to show differences. What concept was applied to test for line difference in some cases and not in others?

      In the same dataset (i.e. data resulting from one experiment), it seems that mostly multiple tests were done. For example, in one case each treatment was contrasted to the dptS69 flies. It is generally not acceptable to break down one dataset in multiple subsets and conduct tests with each subtest. One single model for each experiment should be done. This may then be followed by post-hoc tests to see which treatments differ from each other.

      We’ve attempted to clarify these statistical approaches throughout.

      Minor points

      In the legend of Figure 3 it says: "A) monoassociations where each plot represents a different experiment,". This is unclear to me. First, how many plots are there: 3 or 12? Second, what means "experiment"? Are these treatments, or entirely different experiments? How was this statistically taken into account?

      We’ve changed this to “different condition” which is clearer. We performed statistical analysis independently for each condition and we’ve now discussed that.

      Fig. 5D. It is suggested in the text ("Most intriguing", line 426) and the figure legend that the abundance of Morganellaceae in wild-caught flies differs among genotypes. This is not visible in the figure and not convincingly shown in the text. No stats are given.

      We’ve now added that these differences are not significant.

      Line 458-461: This sentence is unclear.

      We’ve attempted to clarify.

      What is a "a traditional adaptive immune system"?

      We’ve reworded to “an adaptive immune system”.

      There are several typos in the manuscript. Please correct.

      We’ve attempted to fix typos throughout.

      Bold statements are often without references.

      We’ve attempted to add appropriate references throughout.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1:

      R1-01 - Does ank-G-GFP label all isoforms (190, 270 and 480kDa) of ankG? From the images of the AIS and noR it appears that the large forms (270 and 480 kDa) are probably tagged with GFP. Did the authors check for puncta along dendrites and in dendritic spines, which are thought to be formed by the small (190 kDa) isoform? Perhaps a western blot to show that Ank-G-GFP labels all isoforms would be a useful addition to this study.

      We believe that AnkG-GFP indeed labels the major Ank3 transcripts in the brain, including the 190, 270, and 480 kDa isoforms, based both on known mRNA exon usage and on Western blot analysis (data not shown). Thus, theoretically, this model would be useful for examining the localization of 190 kD ankyrin-G to dendritic spines. While we attempted to examine this in sections from tissue, it was difficult to separate punctate ankyrinG-GFP labeling from the background. However, these experiments were done in genetic crosses that would label most pyramidal neurons in a given area (i.e. CaMKIIa-Cre). Given the Cre-dependence of this model, future experiments could utilize sparse transduction with a Cre virus that also fills neurons with soluble fluorophores (i.e. mCherry or tdTomato) to mark isolated neurons and identify dendritic spines, as exemplified in Fig. 2D. This would allow examination of subcellular localization of ankyrin-G within single pyramidal cells before and after induction of synaptic plasticity.

      R1-02 - In Figure 2, does all the native Ank-G get replaced by Ank-G-GFP? In Fig. 2E the GFP signal along the AIS of CamKII +ve neurons does not appear to be very homogeneous compared to the BIV-spectrin label. Have the authors carried out more experiments like those in 2F, using antibodies that label AnkG together with the GFP fluorescence of the labeled AnkG? It would also be informative to know if, as one might expect, the total levels of ankG-GFP correlate with the levels of ankG at the AIS.

      We agree that this is an important point and conducted additional experiments to address your concerns. Of course, we cannot exclude that some unmodified ankyrin-G remains in the AIS or other structures. We expect the turnover of the protein to be rather slow, and native ankyrin-G likely remains to some degree. However, our quantification demonstrates that the ankyrin-G-GFP labeling is sufficiently homogeneous to accurately represent AIS size, indicating proportional levels of GFP to native ankyrin-G. Animals were crossed with a CaMKIIa-Cre driver line and ex vivo slices were imaged live and after immunolabeling. We found a strong correlation between live ankyrin-G-GFP (patch clamp chamber), postfix ankyrin-G-GFP, postfix ankyrin-G, and βIV-spectrin immunosignals of the same AIS. Furthermore, our measurements of AIS length using the intrinsic GFP signal in combination with ankyrin-G, or βIV-spectrin antibodies showed significant overlap (see R103). We now included these graphs as supplemental Fig. S2 in the manuscript (pp. 8-9, ll. 173-177).

      R1-03 - Does the length and position of the AIS change when Ank-G is tagged with GFP? This seems like important information that is needed to make sure that there are no structural differences in AIS morphology when compared to native Ank-G.

      This is a very important point. We used the βIV-spectrin signal to compare the length of AIS with and without GFP modification in acute slices after patch-clamp recordings (N= 3 animals, 27 GFP+ and 48 GFP- AIS). As secondary control, we plotted the measurements of 160 AIS from a Thy1-GFP mouse line (N = 3 animals, 160 AIS). We found no significant difference in the length and position of the βIV-spectrin signal between GFP positive and negative AIS (p=0.3364 unpaired t-test, p=0.6138 non-parametric Mann-Whitney test, respectively). We have now included this analysis as Supplemental Fig. S2A in the manuscript (pp. 8-9, ll. 173-177). 

      R1-04 - How was node length measured in Figure 3? Was this done using the endogenous ank-G signal? In this figure, it would be informative to also quantify the number of noRs with a Nav1.6 stain. Perhaps even check if there are correlations between Ank-G-GFP and Nav1.6 levels. In this figure, it appears that comparisons are carried out between Ank-G-GFP +ve and -ve neurons in the same cryosections, from Ank-G-GFP mice crossed with CamKIIa-Cre. I worry that this may not be comparing the same types of axons. What cells do the CamKIIa -ve axons belong to? Also, the labels on the bar graph are confusing - perhaps GFP+ve and GFP-ve would be clearer?

      The reviewer raises an important point. We forgot to declare the signal which was used to measure node length in the manuscript. We have corrected this error and clearly state now in the Fig.3C legend that we used the ankyrin-G signal to quantify node length. Furthermore, using CaMKIIa-Cre mediated expression triggers ankyrin-G-GFP only in a genetically defined subset of neurons. Nodes that do not belong to this subgroup might very well have different node properties. Yet, we cannot assign potential differences in node length to the presence or absence of the GFP label, since we do not have an independent labeling technique for the very same subset of neurons. Since node lengths were similar and showed the same spread of lengths in our sample (Fig. 3C), we assume that the GFP length does probably not affect node length to a significant degree. We have now discussed this limitation in the result (p. 7, ll. 159-165) and method section (p. 30, ll. 644-645) and provide Supplementary Fig. S1 for more clarity. As suggested by the reviewer, we have measured mean fluorescence intensities between 91 GFP+ and 141 GFP- nodes using automated image processing in Imaris. The nodes were again defined by the ankyrin-G signal. We found no difference in length and ellipticity between the groups. We repeated this analysis and compared fluorescence intensities of Nav1.6 and ankyrin-G antibodies and again found no statistical differences between both groups. As suggested by the reviewer, we investigated whether ankyrin-G-GFP interferes with the fluorescence intensities of sodium channels (Nav1.6) and ankyrin-G in general. While the GFP signal showed a strong correlation with ankyrin-G, we found no interdependence with the Nav1.6 signal, indicating that the GFP label does not interfere with the general molecular composition of the nodes. We included these new analyses in Supplemental Fig. S1 (p. 7, ll. 159-165).

      R1-05 - In Figure 4 it would also be important to show the distribution of AIS molecules along the AIS, compared to the GFP signal, to establish whether this spatial arrangement of AIS-specific molecules remains intact. For example, Nav1.6 has been described as a more distally-located channel. As the authors point out, the example in A appears to show precisely this feature, but there is no quantification. The same applies to Kv1.2. This would also allow the authors to provide some quantification across multiple AISs, rather than just example images.

      We agree that quantifying and comparing AIS-associated proteins would be informative. We measured the intensity profiles of Nav1.6 and Kv2.1 in neighboring AIS and found no preferences for either end of the AIS, neither of GFP-positive nor GFP-negative AIS. We want to note that not all neurons exhibit a distal localization of Nav1.6 and hypothesize that our samples (neocortex layer II) also fall into this group. We included this new graph as Supplemental Fig. S2D and E in the manuscript (p. 9, ll. 180-184).

      R1-08 - In Figure 4, did the +Cre condition result in all cells showing a GFP-labelled AIS? If not, were the autocorrelations for +Cre-treated neurons done specifically on cells that expressed AnkG-GFP?

      We assume the reviewer refers to the autocorrelation in Figure 6. In this in vitro paradigm, we used virus-induced Cre expression which triggered ankyrin-G-GFP in almost all neurons. The orange boxplots describe the autocorrelation of all ankyrin-G, using a C-terminal antibody as in Fig.6C, but in neurons that also express ankyrin-G-GFP. The green samples use the GFP signal of ankyrin-GFP. We clarified this in the graph and legend of Fig. 6C (pages 14-15).

      R1-09 - As mentioned above in Figure 3, the comparisons in Figure 5 (GFP +ve and -ve neurons) may not be comparing like-for-like neurons. I imagine that many of the CamKII+ve cells in the cortex and hippocampus will be GABAergic interneurons, whereas presumably all of the CamKII+ve neurons will be pyramidal cells. Have the authors made sure that they are comparing across the same cell types? The fact that the number of axo-axonic synapses is similar across the two populations (Fig. 5B) does suggest that similar neuron types (presumably pyramidal cells) were compared in the hippocampus, but some other way of making sure would be a nice addition.

      We agree with the reviewer that the grey and green boxes are not sampled from the same subset of neurons, since only CaMKIIa-positive principal cells will express ankyrin-G-GFP. However, we are confident that the selected AIS belong to pyramidal neurons in both cases. Principal neurons can be well distinguished from interneurons not only by the size, shape, and position of their somas but also by the length and thickness of their AIS. We have performed previous studies on the AIS of interneurons using genetic GAD and parvalbumin markers. Thus, we are confident that the plots in 5A and 5B are sampled from pyramidal neurons, though certainly from genetically different subsets. We now highlight and discuss this limitation in the result section (p. 11, ll. 215-217) and modified the graph in Fig. 5A and 5B for clarity.

      R1-10 - In Figure 6, what was the promoter for the DCre and Cre+ lentivirus? Was this also driven by CamKIIa? In culture it is not always easy to be sure of neuronal identity - did the authors try to bias their analysis to specific neuronal types?

      Indeed, the nature of the promotor was not stated in the legend or method section, which we now corrected. We used lentiviral FUW-nGFP-Cre and FUW-nGFP-ΔCre constructs to trigger ankyrin-G-GFP expression. Both viruses use the CMV (Cytomegalovirus) promoter, which drives constitutively high levels of gene expression in a wide range of cell types, including neuronal cells. The majority of neurons in dissociated hippocampal cultures are excitatory, especially larger cells with larger AIS, which were preferably used in the analysis. Thus, we cannot claim that AIS nanostructure is intact in cultured interneurons, but this is also true for in vivo conditions in general. Since mice did not show any obvious behavioral phenotypes, we are positive that interneuron functionality is preserved. We also note that the parallel expression of nuclear GFP in the infected neurons was undesired, but did not impact STED imaging due to that technique’s high resolution. 

      R1-11 - The ability to visualize the plasticity of the AIS in real-time is an important advance in the field. The loss of proximal Ank-G-GFP signal upon local application of 15 mM KCl is particularly interesting. The fact that neighboring AISs are not affected is surprising - do the authors know how local their KCl application was? Also, although the neighboring AISs are a nice control, the one control lacking here is the local application of normal solution (preferably 15 mM NaCl to account for osmolarity changes) to make sure that this does not affect the properties of the AIS.

      We used KCl puffs in previous, unrelated experiments where we observed that only cells directly in front of the pipette are visibly depolarized by an acute KCl puff (measured by patch-clamp). Due to technical limitations, patched and live imaged neurons were generally in the first 2-5 cell layers of the brain slice, which is well perfused by the constant flow of oxygenated ACSF. KCl is thus quickly diluted and carried away. We have visualized the concentration gradients via puff application by puffing the fluorescent marker fluorescein in the same recording condition. The cone of fluorescence was only visible in front of the pipette and vanished in less than a second post-pressure application. To verify that it is indeed KCl and not the mechanical stress that lead to the loss of proximal Ank-G-GFP, one would indeed need an ACSF puff control, which we did for other studies. However, this is not the point we wanted to make. Instead of studying live single-cell AIS plasticity, we want to demonstrate that such investigations are generally possible using the ankyrin-G-GFP line.

      Author response image 1.

      R1-12 - The ability to be able to image AISs in vivo is another important finding. Were the authors able to image noRs as well?

      We believe that this is indeed the case. The panels in Figure 9C contain densely labeled puncta that also remain in position from week 1 to week 2. These are likely nodes of Ranvier, although we do not have the means to verify their presence at this time.

      Reviewer #2:

      R2-01 - Are there indeed different Ank-G-GFP isoforms expressed in this model and could they correspond to classical neuronal Ank-G isoforms?

      This is an important issue that was also raised by reviewer #1. Please consult the respective section R1-01 above for our response.

      R2-02 - What is the rationale of doing Ank-G co-labelling in the case of Ank-G-GFP expression, rather than Pan-Nav staining for example? The co-staining with Nav1.6 antibody, when present, is however convincing.

      We used the co-labeling to emphasize that the ankyrin-G-GFP construct allows reliable investigation of the whole AIS. This is why we wanted to demonstrate that the ankyrin-G-GFP signal overlaps with other AIS markers, as well as all ankyrin-G in general (including potentially remaining native and unlabeled ankyrin-G). This was also a point raised by Reviewer 1, which is why we provided some additional graphs (see response R1-02). However, we agree that staining with another independent marker, such as Nav1.6 or βIVspectrin was necessary. 

      R2-03 - Figure 2D and F: what is the rationale for not using betaIV-Spectrin staining as in the other panels of this figure? Furthermore, could betaIV-Spectrin localization be affected by Ank-GGFP expression, as betaIV-Spectrin is known to depend on Ank-G for its AIS targeting? Are there any other AIS markers, which localization is known to be independent of Ank-G, that could have been used?

      We have compiled this figure from a multitude of different experimental setups from different labs to showcase the reliability and robustness of the ankyrin-G-GFP label. This is why the type of staining is not consistent among panels. However, we provide some quantification on the possible impact of ankyrin-G-GFP expression on the βIV-spectrin signal and the composition of the AIS in general. The STED image verifies that the basic subcellular arrangement of the cytoskeleton, including βIV-spectrin, remains intact (Fig. 6). Most AIS markers are at least in some way dependent on ankyrin-G expression, but FGF14 and neurofascin may be the most independent candidates (Fig. 4).

      R2-04 - Did the authors measure the mean AIS length and distance from cell soma in Ank-G-GFPexpressing neurons versus non-expressing ones (considering the same neuronal subtypes) to assess whether these were unaffected by Ank-G-GFP expression?

      This is an important point that was also raised by Reviewer 1 (see also our comments to R1-03). We have included this analysis now in the manuscript as Supplemental Fig. S2A (pp. 8-9, ll. 173-177).

      R2-05 - Figure 5C: the microglial staining and 3D reconstruction could have been clearer.

      We have modified the image and 3D rendering to make Figure 5C clearer to the reader. We hope that our changes suffice.

      R2-06 - Figure 8: do hippocampal neurons retain their electrophysiological properties after 20 DIV? It could strengthen this part of the work to have access to the electrophysiological data mentioned in the text. 

      This is an important issue. We did not perform any electrophysiological recordings in OTCs in the course of this study. Panel E uses acute hippocampal slices like in Fig. 7. We have performed patch-clamp experiments up to DIV 10 for an unrelated study (see graph for action potential firing, Author response image 2). There are not many studies performing electrophysiology in slice cultures due to the formation of a glial scar on top of the slices. However, multielectrode array (MEA) recordings demonstrated that hippocampal organotypic slice cultures remain viable and show electric activity past DIV 20 (though with decreased viability and activity). We kindly refer to the following publications on that matter:

      Author response image 2.

      Sample traces of action potentials triggered by cuttrent injections

      Gong W, Senčar J, Bakkum DJ, Jäckel D, Obien ME, Radivojevic M, Hierlemann AR. Multiple SingleUnit Long-Term Tracking on Organotypic Hippocampal Slices Using High-Density Microelectrode Arrays. Front Neurosci. 2016 Nov 22;10:537. doi: 10.3389/fnins.2016.00537. PMID: 27920665; PMCID: PMC5118563.

      Mohajerani MH, Cherubini E. Spontaneous recurrent network activity in organotypic rat hippocampal slices. Eur J Neurosci. 2005 Jul;22(1):107-18. doi: 10.1111/j.1460-9568.2005.04198.x. PMID: 16029200.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      In the manuscript, the authors explore the mechanism by which Taenia solium larvae may contribute to human epilepsy. This is extremely important question to address because T. solium is a significant cause of epilepsy and is extremely understudied. Advances in determining how T. solium may contribute to epilepsy could have significant impact on this form of epilepsy. Excitingly, the authors convincingly show that Taenia larvae contain and release glutamate sufficient to depolarize neurons and induce recurrent excitation reminiscent of seizures. They use a combination of cutting-edge tools including electrophysiology, calcium and glutamate imaging, and biochemical approaches to demonstrate this important advance. They also show that this occurs in neurons from both mice and humans. This is relevant for pathophysiology of chronic epilepsy development. This study does not rule out other aspects of T. solium that may also contribute to epilepsy, including immunological aspects, but demonstrates a clear potential role for glutamate.

      Strengths:

      - The authors examine not only T. solium homogenate, but also excretory/secretory products which suggests glutamate may play a role in multiple aspects of disease progression.

      - The authors confirm that the human relevant pathogen also causes neuronal depolarization in human brain tissue

      - There is very high clinical relevance. Preventing epileptogenesis/seizures possibly with Glu-R antagonists or by more actively removing glutamate as a second possible treatment approach in addition to/replacing post-infection immune response.

      - Effects are consistent across multiple species (rat, mouse, human) and methodological assays (GluSnFR AND current clamp recordings AND Ca imaging)

      - High K content (comparable levels to high-K seizure models) of larvae could have also caused depolarization. Adequate experiments to exclude K and other suspected larvae contents (i.e. Substance P).

      Weaknesses:

      - Acute study is limited to studying depolarization in slices and it is unclear what is necessary/sufficient for in vivo seizure generation or epileptogenesis for chronic epilepsy. - There is likely a significant role of the immune system that is not explored here. This issue is adequately addressed in the discussion, however, and the glutamate data is considered in this context.

      Discuss impact:

      - Interfering with peri-larval glutamate signaling may hold promise to prevent ictogenesis and chronic epileptogenesis as this is a very understudied cause of epilepsy with unknown mechanistic etiology.

      Additional context for interpreting significance:

      - High medical need as most common adult onset epilepsy in many parts of the world

      We thank Reviewer 1 for their positive and thorough assessment of our manuscript. We have elected to respond to and address the following aspects from their “Recommendations For The Authors” below:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Additional experiments/analysis:

      -   Fig 4a-c: Larva on a slice and not next to it? Negative results maybe because its E/S products are just washed away (assuming submerged recording chamber/conditions)? Experiments and negative results described here do not seem conclusive. Should be discussed at least?

      We agree with the reviewer and have added the following sentence to the relevant section of the Results: ‘Our submerged recording setup might have led to swift diffusion or washout of released glutamate, possibly explaining the lack of observable changes.’

      Writing & presentation:

      - Data is not always reported consistently in text and figures, examples:

      - Results in text are reported varyingly without explanation:

      - Mean and/or median? SEM or SD and/or IQR? Stat info included in text or not? i.e. lines 130/131 vs. 160/161

      Results and data are now presented in a more uniform fashion. We report medians and IQRs, sample size, statistical test result, statistical test used in that order.

      - Larval release data interrupts reading flow, lines 246-252 double up results presented in Fig 5F.

      This section has now been significantly abbreviated and reads as follows: ‘T. crassiceps larvae released a relatively constant median daily amount of glutamate, ranging from 41.59 – 60.15 ug/20 larvae, which showed no statistically significant difference across days one to six. Similarly, T. crassiceps larvae released a relatively constant median daily amount of aspartate, ranging from 9.431 – 14.18 ug/20 larvae, which showed no statistically significant difference across days one to six.’

      - Results in figures are reported in different styles:

      Results have now been made uniform, reporting medians and IQRs and: sample size, p test result, statistical test used, figure # reported in that order.

      - Fig 6: E/S glu concentration seems to be significantly higher in solium vs crassiceps (about 6fold higher in solium). Should be discussed at least.

      Given the small sample size from T. solium (see response below), we do not draw attention to this difference and instead simply make the point that T. solium larvae contain and release glutamate.

      - In this context - N=1 may be sufficient for proof of principle (release) but seems too small of a cohort to describe non-constant release of glu over days (Fig 6D). Is initial release on day 1, no release and recovery in the following days reproducible? Is very high glu content of E/S content (15-fold higher in comparison to solium homogenate AND 6-fold higher in comparison to crassiceps homogenate and E/S content). Not sure if Fig 6D is adding relevant information, especially since it is based on n = 1

      We agree that a N=1 is only sufficient for proof of principle. However it is worth noting that the measurements still reflect the cumulative release from 20 larvae. Nonetheless, the statement in text has been simplified to say: ‘These results demonstrate that T. solium larvae continually release glutamate and aspartate into their immediate surroundings.’ As this focusses on the point that the larvae release glutamate and aspartate continuously and that we can’t draw conclusions about the variability over days.

      Methods:

      - Human slices, mention cortex - what part, patient data would be interesting. I.e. etiology of epilepsy, epilepsy duration 

      In the Materials and Methods section “Brain slice preparation” we have now added a table with the requested information.

      - For Taenia solium: How were they acquired and used in these experiments?

      In the Materials and Methods section “Taenia maintenance and preparation of whole cyst homogenates and E/S products” we describe how Taenia solium larvae were acquired and used.

      - Was access resistance monitored? Add exclusion criteria for patch experiments

      Figure supplement tables containing the basic properties for each cell recording have been added for each figure and the following statements were added to the electrophysiology section of the Methods: ‘Basic properties of each cell were recorded (supplementary files 1, 2, 3, 4, 6).’ and ‘Cells were excluded from analyses if the Ra was greater than 80 Ω or if the resting membrane potential was above –40 mV.’  

      - Cannot see any reference to mouse slices in methods? Also, mouse organotypic cultures (for AAV?)? Or only acute slices from mice and organotypic hip cultures from rats? Seems to have been mouse and rat organotypic cultures? But not clear with further clarification in methods.

      We have now added the following clarification to the methods: ‘For experiments using calcium and glutamate imaging mouse hippocampal organotypic brain slices were used. For all other experiments rat hippocampal organotypic brain slices were used. A subset of experiments used acute human cortical brain slices and are specified.’

      - How long after the wash-in phase was the wash-out phase data collected?

      For wash-in recordings drugs were washed in for 8 mins before recordings were made. Drugs were washed out for at least 8 mins before wash-out recordings were made. This information has been added to the Materials and Methods section.

      - In general, the M&M section seems to have been written hastily - author's internal remarks "supplier?" are still present.

      The M&M section has been thoroughly proofread for errors and internal remarks removed or corrected.

      - A little more information on the clinical subjects would be appreciated. I.e. duration of epilepsy? Localization? What cortex? Usual temporal lobe or other regions?

      We have now added a table with this information to the Materials and Methods section “Brain slice preparation”.

      Minor corrections text/figures:

      - i.e. 3D,F,H,J show individual data points, thats great, but maybe add mean/median marker (as results are reported like this in text)  like in fig 4G,I and others

      Figures 3D,F,H & J have been revised to include median and IQR.

      - Only one patient mentioned in acknowledgements, but 2 in methods and text

      We apologize for this oversight and now acknowledge both patients in the acknowledgements.

      - Fig 1 B-F individual puffs are described as increasing - consistent with cellular effects (1st puff depolarizes, 2nd puff elicits 1 AP, 3rd puff elicits AP burst)  However, dilution ratio of homogenate or puff concentrations are not mentioned (or potentially longer than 20 ms puffs for 2nd and 3rd stimulus?) in text or figures. Seems to be enough space to indicate in figure as well (i.e. multiple or thicker arrows for subsequent puffs or label with homogenate dilution/concentration in figure).

      We state in the results section associated with Fig. 1 that increasing the amount of homogenate delivered was achieved by increasing the pressure applied to the ejection system. We now include this information in the figure legend.

      - Figure legend describes 30 ms puff for Ca imaging whereas ephys data (from text) is 20 ms puff. Was Ca imaging performed in acute mouse hippocampal slices (as figure text suggests) or were those organotypic hippocampal cultures from mice?

      Ca2+  imaging was performed in mouse hippocampal organotypic brain slice cultures. The figure text for Fig. 1 E) states “widefield fluorescence image of neurons in the dentate gyrus of a mouse hippocampal organotypic brain slice culture expressing the genetically encoded Ca2+ reporter GCAMP6s...”

      - 11.4 mM K is reported for homogenate in text only. How variable is that? How many n? No SD reported in text and no individual data points reported since this experiment is not represented as a figure.

      This has been clarified in the text by adding (N = 1, homogenate prepared from >100 larvae).

      - Same results (effect of 11.4 mM K on Vm) described twice in one paragraph, compare lines 126-131 with 131-136.

      The repetition has been removed.

      - Line 182 - example for consistency: decide IQR or SD/SEM

      To improve consistency, we have changed to median and IQR throughout.

      - Neuronal recordings are reported as hippocampal pyramidal neurons (i.e. line 222) but some recordings were made from dentate granule cells - please clarify which neurons were recorded in ephys, ca imaging, GluSnFr imaging

      For each experiment we describe which type of neurons were recorded from. For rodent recordings these were hippocampal pyramidal neurons except in the case of the Ca2+ imaging example where the widefield recording was over the dentate gyrus subfield.

      - Line 309: "should" seems to be an extra word

      We have removed the word ‘should’ and made the sentence shorter and clearer. It now reads: ‘Given our finding that cestode larvae contain and release significant quantities of glutamate, it is possible that homeostatic mechanisms for taking up and metabolizing glutamate fail to compensate for larvalderived glutamate in the extracellular space. Therefore, similar glutamate-dependent excitotoxic and epileptogenic processes that occur in stroke, traumatic brain injury and CNS tumors are likely to also occur in NCC.’

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Since neurocysticercosis is associated with epilepsy, the authors wish to establish how cestode larvae affect neurons. The underlying hypothesis is that the larvae may directly excite neurons and thus favor seizure genesis.

      To test this hypothesis, the authors collected biological materials from larvae (from either homogenates or excretory/secretory products), and applied them to hippocampal neurons (rats and mice) and human cortical neurons.

      This constitutes a major strength of the paper, providing a direct reading of larvae's biological effects. Another strength is the combination of methods, including patch clamp, Ca, and glutamate imaging.

      We thank the Reviewer 2 for their review of the strength and weaknesses of our manuscript. We respond to the identified weaknesses below.

      There are some weaknesses:

      (1) The main one relates to the statement: "Together, these results indicate that T. crassiceps larvae homogenate results not just in a transient depolarization of cells in the immediate vicinity of application, but can also trigger a wave of excitation that propagates through the brain slice in both space and time. This demonstrates that T. crassiceps homogenate can initiate seizurelike activity under suitable conditions."

      The only "evidence" of propagation is an image at two time points. It is one experiment, and there is no quantification. Either increase n's and perform a quantification, or remove such a statement.

      We acknowledge that the data is from one experiment, with the intention of demonstrating that it is plausible for intense depolarization of a subset of neurons to result in the initiation and propagation of seizure-like activity to nearby neurons under suitable conditions. However, we agree that it is prudent to remove this statement and have done so.

      Likewise, there is no evidence of seizure genesis. A single cell recording is shown. The presence of a seizure-like event should be evaluated with field recordings.

      In this experiment the Ca2+ imaging demonstrates activity spreading from the site of the restricted homogenate puff to all surrounding neurons. Furthermore, the whole-cell recoding is typical of a slice wide seizure-like event.  

      (2) Control puff experiments are lacking for Fig 1. Would puffing ACSF also produce a depolarization, and even firing, as suggested in Fig. 2D? This is needed for at least one species.

      We agree and have added this data for the rat and mouse neuron in a new Figure 1-figure supplement 1.

      (3) What is the rationale to use a Cs-based solution? Even in the presence of TTX and with blocking K channels, the depolarization may be sufficient to activate Ca channels (LVGs), which would further contribute to the depolarization. Why not perform voltage clamp recordings to directly the current?

      The intention of the Cs-based solution was to block K+ channels and reduce the effect of moderately raised K+ in the homogenate to isolate the contribution of other causative agents of depolarization (i.e. glutamate / aspartate). We agree that performing voltage clamp recordings would have been useful for directly recording the currents responsible for depolarization. 

      (4) Why did you use organotypic slices? Since you wish to model adult epilepsy, it would have been more relevant to use fresh slices from adult rats/mice. At least, discuss the caveat of using a network still in development in vitro.

      Recordings were performed 6–14 days post culture, which is equivalent to postnatal Days (P) 12 to 22. Previous work has shown that neurons in the organotypic hippocampal brain slice are relatively mature (Gähwiler et al., 1997). For example they possess mature Cl- homeostasis mechanisms at this point, as evidenced by their hyperpolarizing EGABA (Raimondo et al., 2012).  

      (5) Please include both the number of slices and number of cells recorded in each condition. This is the standard (the number of cells is not enough).

      This has now been added to all relevant sections of the results text.  

      (6) Please provide a table with the basic properties of cells (Rin, Rs, etc.). This is standard to assess the quality of the recordings.

      Tables containing the basic properties for each cell recording have been created for each figure (as Figure supplements) and the following statement was added to the electrophysiology section of the Methods: ‘Basic properties of each cell were recorded (see Figure supplements).’

      (7) Please provide a table on patient's profile. This is standard when using human material. Were these TLE cases (and "control" cortex) or epileptogenic cortex?

      We have now added a basic table on the patient’s profiles to the Materials and Methods section.

      Globally, the authors achieved their aims. They show convincingly that larvae material can depolarize neurons, with glutamate (and aspartate) as the most likely candidates.

      This is important not only because it provides mechanistic insight but also potential therapeutic targets. The result is impactful, as the authors use quasi-naturalistic conditions, to assess what might happen in the human brain. The experimental design is appropriate to address the question. It can be replicated by any interested person.

      We thank the Reviewer 2 for their enthusiastic and constructive assessment of our manuscript. We have elected to respond to and address the following aspects from their “Recommendations For The Authors” below:

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      lines 132 and following are a repetition of those above

      These have been removed.

      line 151 Fig "2" missing

      This has been added.

      187, 190 should be E, F not C, D

      This has been changed in the text.  

      481, 482 supplier?

      This has been corrected and the correct suppliers described.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      This paper has high significance because it addresses a prevalent parasitic infection of the nervous system, Neurocysticercosis (NCC). The infection is caused by larvae of the parasitic cestode Taenia solium It is a leading cause of epilepsy in adults worldwide

      To address the effects of cestode larvae, homogenates and excretory/secretory products of larvae were added to organotypic brain slice cultures of rodents or layer 2/3 of human cortical brain slices from patients with refractory epilepsy.

      We thank Reviewer 3 for their helpful comments and suggestions for improvement which we address below.

      A self-made pressure ejection system was used to puff larvae homogenate (20 ms puff) onto the soma of patched neurons. The mechanical force could have caused depolarizaton so a vehicle control is critical. On line 150 they appear to have used saline in this regard, and clarification would be good. Were the controls here (and aCSF elsewhere) done with the low Mg2+o aCSF like the larvae homogenates?

      We agree and have added examples where aCSF alone was pressure ejected onto the same rat and mouse neurons in a new Figure 1-figure supplement 1. In Figure 1, the same aCSF as that was used to bathe the slices was used. In Figure 2D-G, either PBS (which larval homogenates were prepared in) or growth medium (which contain larval E/S products) were used as comparative controls.

      They found that neurons depolarized after larvae homogenate exposure and the effect was mediated by glutamate but not nicotinic receptors for acetylcholine (nAChRs), acid-sensing channels or substance P. To address nAChRs, they used 10uM mecamyline, and for ASICs 2mM amiloride which seems like a high concentration. Could the concentrations be confirmed for their selectivity? 

      We did not independently verify the selectivity of the antagonist concentrations used in our study. However, the persistence of depolarizations despite the use of high concentrations of mecamylamine (10 μM) and amiloride (2 mM) provides strong evidence that neither nAChRs nor ASICs are primarily responsible for mediating these responses. The high concentrations used, while potentially raising concerns about specificity, actually strengthen our conclusion that these receptor types are not involved in the observed effect.

      Glutamate receptor antagonists, used in combination, were 10uM CNQX, 50uM DAP5, and 2mM kynurenic acid. These concentrations are twice what most use. Please discuss. 

      We intentionally used higher-than-typical concentrations of glutamate receptor antagonists in our experimental design. Our rationale for this approach was to ensure maximal blockade of glutamate receptors, thereby minimizing the possibility of residual receptor activity confounding our results.

      Also, it would be very interesting to know if the glutamate receptor is AMPA, Kainic acid, or NMDA. Were metabotropic antagonists ever tested? That would be logical because CNQX/DAPR/Kynurenic acid did not block all of the depolarization.

      We appreciate the reviewer's interest in the specific glutamate receptor subtypes involved in our study. Our research primarily focused on ionotropic glutamate receptors as a group, without differentiating the individual contributions of AMPA, Kainate, and NMDA receptors. This approach, while broad, allowed us to establish the involvement of glutamatergic signalling in the observed effects. We acknowledge that we did not investigate metabotropic glutamate receptors in this study. Importantly, we demonstrate later in our manuscript that the larval products contain both glutamate and aspartate. Therefore the precise nature of the glutamate-dependent depolarization observed using a particular experimental preparation would depend on the specific types of neurons exposed to the homogenate and the expression profile of different glutamate receptor subtypes on these neurons.

      They also showed the elevated K+ in the homogenate (~11 mM) could not account for the depolarization. However, the experiment with K+ was not done in a low Mg2+o buffer (Or was it -please clarify). 

      The experiment where 11.39 mM K+ as well as the experiment with T. crass. Homogenate with a cesium internal and added TTX were all done in standard 2 mM Mg2+ containing aCSF.

      They also confirmed that only small molecules led to the depolarization after filtering out very large molecules. That supports the conclusion that glutamate - which is quite small - could be responsible. It is logical to test substance P because the Intro points out prior work links the larvae and seizures by inflammation and implicates substance P. However, why focus on nAChRs and ASIC?

      These were chosen as they are ionotropic receptors which mediate depolarization and hence could conceivably be responsible for the homogenate-induced depolarization we observed.

      The depolarizations caused seizure-like events in slices. The slices were exposed to a proconvulant buffer though- low Mg2+o. This buffer can cause spontaneous seizure-like events so it is important to know what the buffer did alone.

      We agree that a low M2+ buffer solution can elicit seizure-like events in organotypic slices alone. However, the timing of the onset of the seizure-like event in the example presented in Figure 1 strongly suggests that it was triggered by the T. crass homogenate puff. Nonetheless, on the suggestion of the other reviewers we have reduced emphasis on our experimental evidence for the ability of T. crass. homogenate to illicit seizure-like events.  

      They suggest the effects could underlie seizure generation in NCC. However, there is only one event that is seizure-like in the paper and it is just an inset. Were others similar? How frequency were they? How long?

      Please see the response above as well as our response to Reviewer 1 who raised a similar concern.

      Using Glutamate-sensing fluorescent reporters they found the larvae contain glutamate and can release it, a strength of the paper.

      Fig. 4. Could an inset be added to show the effects are very fast? That would support an effect of glutamate.

      We have not added an inset. However, given the scale bar (500 ms) for the trace provided, the response is very fast.  

      Why is aspartate relatively weak and glutamate relatively effective as an agonist?

      Glutamate generally has a higher affinity for glutamate receptors compared to aspartate. This is particularly true for AMPA and kainate receptors, where glutamate is the primary endogenous agonist. Similarly iGluSnFR has a higher sensitivity for glutamate over aspartate (Marvin et al., 2013).

      Could some of the variability in Fig 4G be due to choice of different cell types? That would be consistent with Fig 5B where only a fraction of cells in the culture showed a response to the larvae nearby. 

      Whilst differences in cell types could contribute to the variability in Fig 4G, all the responses were recorded from hippocampal pyramidal neurons and hence it is more likely that the variability is a function of other sources of variation including differences in iGluSnFR expression, depth of the cell imaged, the proximity of the puffer pipette etc. In Fig. 5B we think the lack of response may be due to the fact that any released glutamate by the live larvae was not able reach the iGluSnFR neurons at sufficient concentrations due to the nature of our submerged recording setup. We have added the following sentence to the results. ‘Our submerged recording setup might have led to swift diffusion or washout of released glutamate, possibly explaining the lack of observable changes.’

      On what basis was the ROI drawn in Fig. 5B.

      The ROI drawn in Fig. 5B was selected to include all iGluSnFR expressing neurons in the brain slice. which were captured in the field of view.

      Also in 5B, I don't see anything in the transmitted image. What should be seen exactly?

      We agree that it is difficult to resolve much in the transmitted image. However, both the brain slice on the left as well as a T. crass. larva on the right is visible and outlined with a green or orange dashed line respectively.

      Human brain slices were from temporal cortex of patients with refractory epilepsy. Was the temporal cortex devoid of pathology and EEG abnormalities? This area may be quite involved in the epilepsy because refractory epilepsy that goes to surgery is often temporal lobe epilepsy. Please discuss the limitations of studying the temporal cortex of humans with epilepsy since it may be more susceptible to depolarizations of many kinds, not just larvae.

      We acknowledge the important limitations of using temporal cortex tissue from patients with refractory epilepsy. While we aimed to use visually normal tissue, we recognize that the tissue may have underlying pathology or functional abnormalities not visible to the naked eye. It may also be more susceptible to induced depolarizations due to epilepsy-related changes in neuronal excitability. Despite these limitations, we believe our human tissue data still provides valuable data that the larval homogenates can induce depolarization in human as well as rodent neurons.  

      Please discuss the limitations of the cultures - they are from very young animals and cultured for 6-14 days.

      We acknowledge the potential limitations of our experimental model using organotypic hippocampal slice cultures from young animals. The use of relatively immature tissue may not fully represent the adult nervous system due to developmental differences in receptor expression, synaptic connections, and network properties. The 6-14 day culture period, while allowing some maturation, may induce changes that differ from the in vivo environment, including alterations in cellular physiology and network reorganization. Despite these limitations, this model provides a valuable balance between preserved local circuitry and experimental accessibility. Future studies comparing results with acute adult slices and in vivo models would be beneficial to validate and extend our findings.

      References:

      Gähwiler, B.H. et al. (1997) ‘Organotypic slice cultures: a technique has come of age.’, Trends in neurosciences, 20(10), pp. 471–7.

      Marvin, J.S. et al. (2013) ‘An optimized fluorescent probe for visualizing glutamate neurotransmission.’, Nature methods, 10(2), pp. 162–70. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1038/nmeth.2333.

      Raimondo, J.V. et al. (2012) ‘Optogenetic silencing strategies differ in their effects on inhibitory synaptic transmission.’, Nat. Neurosci., 15(8), pp. 1102–4. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1038/nn.3143.

    1. Author response:

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors describe a method to probe both the proteins associated with genomic elements in cells, as well as 3D contacts between sites in chromatin. The approach is interesting and promising, and it is great to see a proximity labeling method like this that can make both proteins and 3D contacts. It utilizes DNA oligomers, which will likely make it a widely adopted method. However, the manuscript over-interprets its successes, which are likely due to the limited appropriate controls, and of any validation experiments. I think the study requires better proteomic controls, and some validation experiments of the "new" proteins and 3D contacts described. In addition, toning down the claims made in the paper would assist those looking to implement one of the various available proximity labeling methods and would make this manuscript more reliable to non-experts.

      Strengths:

      (1) The mapping of 3D contacts for 20 kb regions using proximity labeling is beautiful.

      (2) The use of in situ hybridization will probably improve background and specificity.

      (3) The use of fixed cells should prove enabling and is a strong alternative to similar, living cell methods.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) A major drawback to the experimental approach of this study is the "multiplexed comparisons". Using the mtDNA as a comparator is not a great comparison - there is no reason to think the telomeres/centrosomes would look like mtDNA as a whole. The mito proteome is much less complex. It is going to provide a large number of false positives. The centromere/telomere comparison is ok, if one is interested in what's different between those two repetitive elements. But the more realistic use case of this method would be "what is at a specific genomic element"? A purely nuclear-localized control would be needed for that. Or a genomic element that has nothing interesting at it (I do not know of one). You can see this in the label-free work: non-specific, nuclear GO terms are enriched likely due to the random plus non-random labeling in the nucleus. What would a Telo vs general nucleus GSEA look like? (GSEA should be used for quantitative data, no GO). That would provide some specificity. Figures 2G and S4A are encouraging, but a) these proteins are largely sequestered in their respective locations, and b) no validation by an orthogonal method like ChIP or Cut and Run/Tag is used.

      You can also see this in the enormous number of "enriched" proteins in the supplemental volcano plots. The hypothesis-supporting ones are labeled, but do the authors really believe all of those proteins are specific to the loci being looked at? Maybe compared to mitochondria, but it's hard to believe there are not a lot of false positives in those blue clouds. I believe the authors are more seeing mito vs nucleus + Telo than the stated comparison. For example, if you have no labeling in the nucleus in the control (Figures 1C and 2C) you cannot separate background labeling from specific labeling. Same with mito vs. nuc+Telo. It is not the proper control to say what is specifically at the Telo.

      I would like to see a Telo vs nuclear control and a Centromere vs nuc control. One could then subtract the background from both experiments, then contrast Telo vs Cent for a proper, rigorous comparison. However, I realize that is a lot of work, so rewriting the manuscript to better and more accurately reflect what was accomplished here, and its limitations, would suffice.

      (2) A second major drawback is the lack of validation experiments. References to literature are helpful but do not make up for the lack of validation of a new method claiming new protein-DNA or DNA-DNA interactions. At least a handful of newly described proximal proteins need to be validated by an orthogonal method, like ChIP qPCR, other genomic methods, or gel shifts if they are likely to directly bind DNA. It is ok to have false positives in a challenging assay like this. But it needs to be well and clearly estimated and communicated.

      (3) The mapping of 3D contacts for 20 kb regions is beautiful. Some added discussion on this method's benefits over HiC-variants would be welcomed.

      (4) The study claims this method circumvents the need for transfectable cells. However, the authors go on to describe how they needed tons of cells, now in solution, to get it to work. The intro should be more in line with what was actually accomplished.

      (5) Comments like "Compared to other repetitive elements in the human genome...." appear to circumvent the fact that this method is still (apparently) largely limited to repetitive elements. Other than Glopro, which did analyze non-repetitive promoter elements, most comparable methods looked at telomeres. So, this isn't quite the advancement you are implying. Plus, the overlap with telomeric proteins and other studies should be addressed. However, that will be challenging due to the controls used here, discussed above.

      We thank the Reviewer for their careful reading of manuscript and constructive suggestions. We plan to substantially revise the framing and presentation of manuscript to address the concerns raised by all three reviewers.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary

      Liu and MacGann et al. introduce the method DNA O-MAP that uses oligo-based ISH probes to recruit horseradish peroxidase for targeted proximity biotinylation at specific DNA loci. The method's specificity was tested by profiling the proteomic composition at repetitive DNA loci such as telomeres and pericentromeric alpha satellite repeats. In addition, the authors provide proof-of-principle for the capture and mapping of contact frequencies between individual DNA loop anchors.

      Strengths

      Identifying locus-specific proteomes still represents a major technical challenge and remains an outstanding issue (1). Theoretically, this method could benefit from the specificity of ISH probes and be applied to identify proteomes at non-repetitive DNA loci. This method also requires significantly fewer cells than other ISH- or dCas9-based locus-enrichment methods. Another potential advantage to be tested is the lack of cell line engineering that allows its application to primary cell lines or tissue.

      Weaknesses

      The authors indicate that DNA O-MAP is superior to other methods for identifying locus-specific proteomes. Still, no proof exists that this method could uncover proteomes at non-repetitive DNA loci. Also, there is very little validation of novel factors to confirm the superiority of the technique regarding specificity.

      The authors first tested their method's specificity at repetitive telomeric regions, and like other approaches, expected low-abundant telomere-specific proteins were absent (for example, all subunits of the telomerase holoenzyme complex). Detecting known proteins while identifying noncanonical and unexpected protein factors with high confidence could indicate that DNA O-MAP does not fully capture biologically crucial proteins due to insufficient enrichment of locus-specific factors. The newly identified proteins in Figure 1E might still be relevant, but independent validation is missing entirely. In my opinion, the current data cannot be interpreted as successfully describing local protein composition.

      Finally, the authors could have discussed the limitations of DNA O-MAP and made a fair comparison to other existing methods (2-5). Unlike targeted proximity biotinylation methods, DNA O-MAP requires paraformaldehyde crosslinking, which has several disadvantages. For instance, transient protein-protein interactions may not be efficiently retained on crosslinked chromatin. Similarly, some proteins may not be crosslinked by formaldehyde and thus will be lost during preparation (6).

      (1) Gauchier M, van Mierlo G, Vermeulen M, Dejardin J. Purification and enrichment of specific chromatin loci. Nat Methods. 2020;17(4):380-9.

      (2) Dejardin J, Kingston RE. Purification of proteins associated with specific genomic Loci. Cell. 2009;136(1):175-86.

      (3) Liu X, Zhang Y, Chen Y, Li M, Zhou F, Li K, et al. In Situ Capture of Chromatin Interactions by Biotinylated dCas9. Cell. 2017;170(5):1028-43 e19.

      (4) Villasenor R, Pfaendler R, Ambrosi C, Butz S, Giuliani S, Bryan E, et al. ChromID identifies the protein interactome at chromatin marks. Nat Biotechnol. 2020;38(6):728-36.

      (5) Santos-Barriopedro I, van Mierlo G, Vermeulen M. Off-the-shelf proximity biotinylation for interaction proteomics. Nat Commun. 2021;12(1):5015.

      (6) Schmiedeberg L, Skene P, Deaton A, Bird A. A temporal threshold for formaldehyde crosslinking and fixation. PLoS One. 2009;4(2):e4636.

      We thank the Reviewer for their constructive feedback on our work. As noted above, we plan to substantially revise the framing and presentation of manuscript to address the concerns raised by all three reviewers.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Significance of the Findings:

      The study by Liu et al. presents a novel method, DNA-O-MAP, which combines locus-specific hybridisation with proximity biotinylation to isolate specific genomic regions and their associated proteins. The potential significance of this approach lies in its purported ability to target genomic loci with heightened specificity by enabling extensive washing prior to the biotinylation reaction, theoretically improving the signal-to-noise ratio when compared with other methods such as dCas9-based techniques. Should the method prove successful, it could represent a notable advancement in the field of chromatin biology, particularly in establishing the proteomes of individual chromatin regions - an extremely challenging objective that has not yet been comprehensively addressed by existing methodologies.

      Strength of the Evidence:

      The evidence presented by the authors is somewhat mixed, and the robustness of the findings appears to be preliminary at this stage. While certain data indicate that DNA-O-MAP may function effectively for repetitive DNA regions, a number of the claims made in the manuscript are either unsupported or require further substantiation. There are significant concerns about the resolution of the method, with substantial biotinylation signals extending well beyond the intended target regions (megabases around the target), suggesting a lack of specificity and poor resolution, particularly for smaller loci. Furthermore, comparisons with previous techniques are unfounded since the authors have not provided direct comparisons with the same mass spectrometry (MS) equipment and protocols. Additionally, although the authors assert an advantage in multiplexing, this claim appears overstated, as previous methods could achieve similar outcomes through TMT multiplexing. Therefore, while the method has potential, the evidence requires more rigorous support, comprehensive benchmarking, and further experimental validation to demonstrate the claimed improvements in specificity and practical applicability.

      We thank the Reviewer for providing detailed critiques of our manuscript. As noted above, we plan to substantially revise the framing and presentation of manuscript to address the concerns raised by all three reviewers.

    1. Author response:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The crystal structure of the Sld3CBD-Cdc45 complex presented by Li et al. is a novel contribution that significantly advances our understanding of CMG formation during the rate-limiting step of DNA replication initiation. This structure provides insights into the intermediate steps of CMG formation. The study builds upon previously known structures of Sld3 and Cdc45 and offers new perspectives into how Cdc45 is loaded onto MCM DH through Sld3-Sld7. The most notable finding is the structural difference in Sld3CBD when bound to Cdc45, particularly the arrangement of the α8-helix, which is essential for Cdc45 binding and may also pertain to its metazoan counterpart, Treslin. Additionally, the conformational shift in the DHHA1 domain of Cdc45 suggests a possible mechanism for its binding to MCM2NTD.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript is generally well-written, with a precise structural analysis and a solid methodological section that will significantly advance future studies in the field. The predictions based on structural alignments are intriguing and provide a new direction for exploring CMG formation, potentially shaping the future of DNA replication research.

      Weaknesses:

      The main weakness of the manuscript lies in the lack of experimental validation for the proposed Sld3-Sld7-Cdc45 model. Specifically, the claim that Sld3 binding to Cdc45-MCM does not inhibit GINS binding, a finding that contradicts previous research, is not sufficiently substantiated with experimental evidence. To strengthen their model, the authors must provide additional experimental data to support this mechanism. Also, the authors have not compared the recently published Cryo-EM structures of the metazoan CMG helicases with their predicted models to see if Sld3/Treslin does not cause any clash with the GINS when bound to the CMG. Still, the work holds great potential in its current form but requires further experiments to confirm the authors' conclusions.

      We appreciate the reviewers’ careful reading and the comments.

      The structure of Sld3CBD-Cdc45 showed that the binding site of Cdc45 to Sld3CBD was distinct from the binding ranges of Cdc45 to GINS and MCM, indicating that the Sld3CBD, MCM, and GINS bind to separate sites of Cdc45 on the CMG complex. The SCMG-DNA model confirmed such a binding situation but did not show whether the binding of Sld3 to Cdc45 affects the recruitment of GINS (by GINS-Dbp11-Sld2) for CMG formation. We will modify our manuscript and discuss this point. Also, we will check the recently published Cryo-EM structures of the metazoan CMG helicases with their predicted models to confirm our conclusions. We will try to conduct the experiments as suggested.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary

      The manuscript presents valuable findings, particularly in the crystal structure of the Sld3CBD-Cdc45 interaction and the identification of additional sequences involved in their binding. The modeling of the Sld7-Sld3CBD-CDC45 subcomplex is novel, and the results provide insights into potential conformational changes that occur upon interaction. However, the work remains incomplete as several main claims are only partially supported by experimental data, particularly the proposed model for Sld3 interaction with GINS on the CMG. Additionally, the single-stranded DNA binding data from different species do not convincingly advance the manuscript's central arguments.

      Strengths

      (1) The Sld3CBD-Cdc45 structure is a novel contribution, revealing critical residues involved in the interaction.

      (2) The model structures generated from the crystal data are well presented and provide valuable insights into the interaction sequences between Sld3 and Cdc45.

      (3) The experiments testing the requirements for interaction sequences are thorough and conducted well, with clear figures supporting the conclusions.

      (4) The conformational changes observed in Sld3 and Cdc45 upon binding are interesting and enhance our understanding of the interaction.

      (5) The modeling of the Sld7-Sld3CBD-CDC45 subcomplex is a new and valuable addition to the field.

      Weaknesses

      (1) The proposed model for Sld3 interacting with GINS on the CMG needs more experimental validation and conflicts with published findings. These discrepancies need more detailed discussion and exploration.

      (2) The section on the binding of Sld3 complexes to origin single-stranded DNA needs significant improvement. The comparisons between Sld3-CBD, Sld3CBD-Cdc45, and Sld7-Sld3CBD-Cdc45 involve complexes from different species, limiting the comparisons' value.

      (3) The authors' model proposing the release of Sld3 from CMG based on its binding to single-stranded DNA is unclear and needs more elaboration.

      We appreciate your positive comments. As suggested, we will try to improve the experiments and manuscript and discuss in more detail, including the interaction between Sld3 and GINS on the CMG, ssDNA-binding section, and the explanations of why we use different species for comparison and more elaboration on the Sld3-release proposal.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The paper by Li et al. describes the crystal structure of a complex of Sld3-Cdc45-binding domain (CBD) with Cdc45 and a model of the dimer of an Sld3-binding protein, Sld7, with two Sld3-CBD-Cdc45 for the tethering. In addition, the authors showed the genetic analysis of the amino acid substitution of residues of Sld3 in the interface with Cdc45 and biochemical analysis of the protein interaction between Sld3 and Cdc45 as well as DNA binding activity of Sld3 to the single-strand DNAs of the ARS sequence.

      Strengths:

      The authors provided a nice model of an intermediate step in the assembly of an active Cdc45-MCM-GINS (CMG) double hexamers at the replication origin, which is mediated by the Sld3-Sld7 complex. The dimer of the Sld3-Sld7 complexes tethers two MCM hexamers together for the recruitment of GINS-Pol epsilon on the replication origin.

      Weaknesses:

      The biochemical analysis should be carefully evaluated with more quantitative ways to strengthen the authors' conclusion.

      We thank your positive assessment. We will provide more quantitative information and try to quantify the experiments as suggested.

    1. Author response:

      Reviewer 1:

      (1) I think the article is a little too immature in its current form. I'd recommend that the authors work on their writing. For example, the objectives of the article are not completely clear to me after reading the manuscript, composed of parts where the authors seem to focus on SGCs, and others where they study "engram" neurons without differentiating the neuronal type (Figure 5). The next version of the manuscript should clearly establish the objectives and sub-aims.

      Our overarching focus was to identify whether intrinsic physiology and circuit connectivity of SGCs contribute to their unique overrepresentation in neurons labeled as part of a behaviorally relevant dentate engram. Since our systematic analysis of “engram SGCs” did not support the proposal that engram SGCs drive robust feedforward excitation of engram GCs or feedback inhibition of non-engram GCs, we examined an alternative hypothesis that inputs drive recruitment of neurons, regardless of subtype (in figure 5). These are sparsely labeled neurons, with mixed populations of GCs and SGCs undergoing paired recordings. Since the focus of the experiment was input correlation between two simultaneously recorded neurons, we did not report the individual cell types. We regret that this caused confusion and will clarify this issue in the revised manuscript.

      (2) In addition, some results are not entirely novel (e.g., the disproportionate recruitment as well as the distinctive physiological properties of SGCs), and/or based on correlations that do not fully support the conclusions of the article. In addition to re-writing, I believe that the article would benefit from being enriched with further analyses or even additional experiments before being resubmitted in a more definitive form.

      We would like to note that while we and others have previously reported the distinctive SGC physiology, this study is the first to compare physiological properties of SGCs labeled as part of an engram to unlabeled SGCs. That was the thrust of the data presented which may have been missed and will be emphasized in the revision. Similarly, while others have shown higher SGC recruitment in dentate engrams, we had to validate this in the dentate dependent behaviors that we adopted in this study. We also note that the proportional SGC recruitment in our study, based on morphometric classification, differs from what was reported previously. These aspects of study, which were considered confirmatory, represent the necessary validation needed to proceed with the novel cell-type specific paired recordings and optogenetic analyses of engram neurons presented in subsequent sections of the manuscript. We will emphasize these considerations in the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer 2:

      (1) The authors conclude that SGCs are disproportionately recruited into cfos assemblies during the enriched environment and Barnes maze task given that their classifier identifies about 30% of labelled cells as SGCs in both cases and that another study using a different method (Save et al., 2019) identified less than 5% of an unbiased sample of granule cells as SGCs. To make matters worse, the classifier deployed here was itself established on a biased sample of GCs patched in the molecular layer and granule cell layer, respectively, at even numbers (Gupta et al., 2020). The first thing the authors would need to show to make the claim that SGCs are disproportionately recruited into memory ensembles is that the fraction of GCs identified as SGCs with their own classifier is significantly lower than 30% using their own method on a random sample of GCs (e.g. through sparse viral labelling). As the authors correctly state in their discussion, morphological samples from patch-clamp studies are problematic for this purpose because of inherent technical issues (i.e. easier access to scattered GCs in the molecular layer).

      We regret that there seems to be some confusion about use of a classifier. We did NOT use any automated classifier in this study. All cell type classifications in the study were conducted by experienced investigators examining cell morphology and classifying cells based on established morphometric criteria. In our prior study (Gupta et al., 2020) we had conducted an automated cluster analysis that was able to classify GCs and SGCs as different cell types. The principal components underlying the automated clustering in Gupta et al 2020 were consistent with the major criteria identified in prior morphology-based analyses by us and others (including Williams et al 2010 and Save et al., 2019). To date, in the absence of a validated molecular marker, morphometry from recorded and filled cells or sparsely labeled neurons is the only established method to classify SGCs. This was the approach we adopted, and this will be further clarified in the revisions.

      (2) The authors claim that recurrent excitation from SGCs onto GCs or other SGCs is irrelevant because they did not find any connections in 32 simultaneous recordings (plus 63 in the next experiment). Without a demonstration that other connections from SGCs (e.g. onto mossy cells or interneurons) are preserved in their preparation and if so at what rates, it is unclear whether this experiment is indicative of the underlying biology or the quality of the preparation. The argument that spontaneous EPSCs are observed is not very convincing as these could equally well arise from severed axons (in fact we would expect that the vast majority of inputs are not from local excitatory cells). The argument on line 418 that SGCs have compact axons isn't particularly convincing either given that the morphologies from which they were derived were also obtained in slice preparations and would be subject to the same likelihood of severing the axon. Finally, even in paired slice recordings from CA3 pyramidal cells the experimentally detected connectivity rates are only around 1% (Guzman et al., 2016). The authors would need to record from a lot more than 32 pairs (and show convincing positive controls regarding other connections) to make the claim that connectivity is too low to be relevant.

      As noted in our discussion, we are fully cognizant that potential SGC to GC connections may have been missed by the nature of slice physiology experiments and made every effort to limit this possibility. As noted in the manuscript, we only analyzed GC/SGC pairs where hilar axon collaterals of the neurons were recovered. We do not claim that SGC to GC/SGC connections are irrelevant, rather, we indicate that these connections, if present, are sparse and unlikely to drive engram refinement. Interestingly, wide field optical stimulation, designed to activate multiple labeled engram neurons and axon terminals including those of SGCs whose somata were outside the slice, did not lead to EPSCs in other unlabeled GCs or SGCs suggesting the lack of robust SGC to GC/SGC synaptic connectivity. While we have previously published paired recordings from interneurons to GCs (Proddutur  et al 2023) , we agree that recordings demonstrating the presence of SGC/GC to hilar neuron synapses would serve as an added control in the revised manuscript.

      (3) Another troubling sign is the fact that optogenetic GC stimulation rarely ever evokes feedback inhibition onto other cells which contrasts with both other in vitro (e.g. Braganza et al., 2020) and in vivo studies (Stefanelli et al., 2016) studies. Without a convincing demonstration that monosynaptic connections between SGCs/GCs and interneurons in both directions is preserved at least at the rates previously described in other slice studies (e.g. Geiger et al., 1997, Neuron, Hainmueller et al., 2014, PNAS, Savanthrapadian et al., 2014, J. Neurosci), the notion that this setting could be closer to naturalistic memory processing than the in vivo experiments in Stefanelli et al. (e.g. lines 443-444) strikes me as odd. In any case, the discussion should clearly state that compromised connectivity in the slice preparation is likely a significant confound when comparing these results.

      We would like to note that our data are consistent with Braganza 2020 study, as we explain below. Moreover, we would like to point out that the demonstration of “feedback inhibition” in the Stefanelli study was NOT in engram or behaviorally labeled neurons nor was it in vivo. As we explain below, the physiological assay in Stefanelli was in slices and in a cohort of GCs with virally driven ChR2 expression. Thus, we are fully confident that our experimental paradigm better reflects a behavioral engram. As noted in response (2, we have previously published paired monosynaptic connections from interneurons to GCs (Proddutur  et al 2023) and find the connectivity consistent with published data. However, we agree that recordings demonstrating the presence of SGC/GC to hilar neuron synapses  or recruitment of feedback inhibition by focal activation of GCs would serve to allay concerns regarding slice preparation. We also submit that we already discuss the potential concerns regarding compromised connectivity in slice preparations.

      Regarding the lack of optically evoked feedback inhibition, we would like to point out that the Braganza 2020 study examined focal optogenetic activation of GCs, where a high density of GCs was labeled using a Prox-cre line. They reported that about 2-4% of these densely labeled cells need to be recruited to evoke feedback IPSCs. Our experimental condition, where ChR2 was expressed in behaviorally labeled neurons, leads to sparse labeling much less than the focal 4% needed to evoke IPSCs in the Braganza study. We do not claim that feedback inhibition cannot be activated by focal activation of a cohort of GCs and even show an example of paired recording with feedback GC inhibition of an SGC. Our conclusion is that the few sparsely labeled neurons during a behavioral episode do not support robust feedback inhibition proposed to mediate engram refinement. We submit that our findings are fully consistent with the sparse GC driven feedback inhibition, and the need to activate a cohort of focal GCs to recruit feedback inhibition, reported in Braganza 2020

      Regarding the Stefanelli study, we maintain that our behaviorally relevant in vivo labeling approach is more naturalistic than the DREADD and Channelrhodopsin driven artificial “engrams” generated in the Stefanelli study. Of note, we used cFOS driven TRAP mice to label, in vivo, neurons active during a behavior and then undertook slice physiology studies in these mice a week later. In contrast, the slice physiology data demonstrating putative feedback inhibition in the Stefanelli study (Fig 5) used wildtype mice injected with AAV CAMKII-cre and AAV-DIO-ChR2. Thus, unlike our study, the physiological data demonstrating feedback inhibition in the Stefanelli study was not performed in a behaviorally labeled engram. Apart from the one set of histological experiments using AAV-SARE-GFP to demonstrate increased GFP labeling of SST neurons in behavior, all other data presented in the Stefanelli study are generated based on artificially generated engrams where optogenetic activation or silencing on granule cells was used to manipulate the numbers of neurons active during a task followed by histological analysis of cFOS staining or behaviors. Thus, the physiological experiments in the Stefanelli et al (2016) generated by wide field activation of a large cohort of GCs labeled by focal virally driven ChR2 expression, were similar to wide field optical stimulation studies in the Braganza 2020 study, and were NOT conducted in a behavioral engram. The strength of our study is in the use of a behaviorally tagged engram neurons for analysis and our findings in sparsely labeled neurons are consistent with the reports in Braganza 2020. We will further clarify in our discussion that the data presented in the Stefanelli study do NOT represent a natural behavior generated engram.

      (4) Probably the most convincing finding in this study is the higher zero-time lag correlation of spontaneous EPSCs in labelled vs. unlabeled pairs. Unfortunately, the fact that the authors use spontaneous EPSCs to begin with, which likely represent a mixture of spontaneous release from severed axons, minis, and coordinated discharge from intact axon segments or entire neurons, makes it very hard to determine the meaning and relevance of this finding. At the bare minimum, the authors need to show if and how strongly differences in baseline spontaneous EPSC rates between different cells and slices are contributing to this phenomenon. I would encourage the authors to use low-intensity extracellular stimulation at multiple foci to determine whether labelled pairs really share higher numbers of input from common presynaptic axons or cells compared to unlabeled pairs as they claim. I would also suggest the authors use conventional Cross correlograms (CCG; see e.g. English et al., 2017, Neuron; Senzai and Buzsaki, 2017, Neuron) instead of their somewhat convoluted interval-selective correlation analysis to illustrate co-dependencies between the event time series. The references above also illustrate a more robust approach to determining whether peaks in the CCGs exceed chance levels.

      We appreciate the comment can provide additional data on the EPSC frequency in individual labeled and unlabeled cells in the revised manuscript. As indicated in the manuscript, we constrained our analysis to cell pairs with comparable EPSC frequency in order to avoid additional confounds in analysis. We have additional experiments to show that over 50% of the sEPSCs represent action potential driven events which we will include in the revised manuscript. We thank the reviewer for the suggestion to explores alternative methods of analyses including CCGs to further strengthen our findings.

      (5) Finally, one of the biggest caveats of the study is that the ensemble is labelled a full week before the slice experiment and thereby represents a latent state of a memory rather than encoding consolidation, or recall processes. The authors acknowledge that in the discussion but they should also be mindful of this when discussing other (especially in vivo) studies and comparing their results to these. For instance, Pignatelli et al 2018 show drastic changes in GC engram activity and features driven by behavioral memory recall, so the results of the current study may be very different if slices were cut immediately after memory acquisition (if that was possible with a different labelling strategy), or if animals were re-exposed to the enriched environment right before sacrificing the animal.

      As noted by the reviewer, we fully acknowledge and are cognizant of the concern that slices prepared a week after labeling may not reflect ongoing encoding. Although our data show that labeled cells are reactivated in higher proportion during recall, we have discussed this caveat and will include alternative experimental strategies in the discussion.

      Reviewer 3:

      (1) Engram cells are (i) activated by a learning experience, (ii) physically or chemically modified by the learning experience, and (iii) reactivated by subsequent presentation of the stimuli present at the learning experience (or some portion thereof), resulting in memory retrieval. The authors show that exposure to Barnes Maze and the enriched environment-activated semilunar granule cells and granule cells preferentially in the superior blade of the dentate gyrus, and a significant fraction were reactivated on re-exposure. However, physical or chemical modification by experience was not tested. Experience modifies engram cells, and a common modification is the Hebbian, i.e., potentiation of excitatory synapses. The authors recorded EPSCs from labeled and unlabeled GCs and SGCs. Was there a difference in the amplitude or frequency of EPSCs recorded from labeled and unlabeled cells?

      We agree that we did not examine the physical or chemical modifications by experience. Although we constrained our sEPSC analysis to cell pairs with comparable sEPSC frequency, we will include data on sEPSC parameters in labeled and unlabeled cells in the revised manuscript.

      (2) The authors studied five sequential sections, each 250 μm apart across the septotemporal axis, which were immunostained for c-Fos and analyzed for quantification. Is this an adequate sample? Also, it would help to report the dorso-ventral gradient since more engram cells are in the dorsal hippocampus. Slices shown in the figures appear to be from the dorsal hippocampus.

      We thank the reviewer for the comment. We analyzed sections along the dorso-ventral gradient. As explained in the methods, there is considerable animal to animal variability in the number of labeled cells which was why we had to use matched littermate pairs in our experiments This variability could render it difficult to tease apart dorsoventral differences.

      (3) The authors investigated the role of surround inhibition in establishing memory engram SGCs and GCs. Surprisingly, they found no evidence of lateral inhibition in the slice preparation. Interneurons, e.g., PV interneurons, have large axonal arbors that may be cut during slicing. Similarly, the authors point out that some excitatory connections may be lost in slices. This is a limitation of slice electrophysiology.

      We agree that slice physiology has limitations and discuss this caveat. As noted in response (2, we have previously published paired monosynaptic connections from interneurons to GCs (Proddutur  et al 2023) and find the connectivity consistent with published data. However, we agree that recordings demonstrating the presence of SGC/GC to hilar neuron synapses  or recruitment of feedback inhibition by focal activation of GCs would serve to allay concerns regarding slice preparation.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      The study by Chikermane and colleagues investigates the functional, structural, and dopaminergic network substrates of cortical beta oscillations (13-30 Hz). The major strength of the work lies in the methodology taken by the authors, namely a multimodal lesion network mapping. First, using invasive electrophysiological recordings from healthy cortical territories of epileptic patients they identify regions with the highest beta power. Next, they leverage open-access MRI data and PET atlases and use the identified high-beta regions as seeds to find (1) the whole-brain functional and structural maps of regions that form the putative underlying network of high-beta regions and (2) the spatial distribution of dopaminergic receptors that show correlation with nodal connectivity of the identified networks. These steps are achieved by generating aggregate functional, structural, and dopaminergic network maps using lead-DBS toolbox, and by contrasting the results with those obtained from high-alpha regions.

      The main findings are:

      (1) Beta power is strongest across frontal, cingulate, and insular regions in invasive electrophysiological data, and these regions map onto a shared functional and structural network. (2) The shared functional and structural networks show significant positive correlations with dopamine receptors across the cortex and basal ganglia (which is not the case for alpha, where correlations are found with GABA).

      Nevertheless, a few clarifications regarding the choice of high-power electrodes and distributions of functional connectivity maps (i.e., strength and sign across cortex and sub-cortex) can help with understanding the results.

      We thank the reviewer for this critical expert assessment. 

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      To potentially enhance the quality of the manuscript in the current version, I kindly ask the authors to address the following points:

      Major:

      (A) Power analysis of electrophysiological data

      (1) How were significant peaks identified exactly? I understand that the authors used FOOOF methodology to estimate periodic components of brain activity.

      Thank you for pointing us to this lack of clarity. The application of FOOOF consists of the fitting of a one-over-f curve that delineates the aperiodic component followed by the definition of gaussians to fit periodic activity. This allows for extraction of periodic peak power estimates that are corrected for offset and exponent of the one-over-f or non-oscillatory aperiodic component in the spectrum (further information can be found here https://fooof-tools.github.io/fooof/auto_tutorials/plot_02-FOOOF.html). We included all peaks that could be fitted using the process.

      How about aperiodic components (Figure 1, PSD plots)? 

      We share the interest in aperiodic activity with the reviewer. However, given that the primary aim of this study was the description of beta oscillations and the methodology and results presentation is already very complex, we did not include the analysis of aperiodic activity in this manuscript. This could be done in the future and it would surely be interesting to visualize the whole brain connectomic fingerprints of aperiodic exponent and offset. With regard to the purely anatomical description of nonoscillatory aperiodic activity we would like to refer to Figure 8 in Frauscher et al. Brain 2018 (https://doi.org/10.1093/brain/awy035) where this is described. We have decided not to include additional information on this matter, because a) we felt that this would further convolute the results and discussion without directly addressing any of the hypotheses and aims that we set out to tackle and b) the interpretation of aperiodic activity is still a matter of intense research with conflicting results, which warrants very careful considerations of many aspects that again would go beyond the scope of this paper. 

      In addition, to what degree would the results change if one identified the peaks relative to sites with no peak, similar to Frauscher et al. 

      Beta activity, the oscillation of interest in our analysis is ubiquitous in the brain. In fact, of 1772 channels, only 21 channels did not exhibit a beta peak detectable with FOOOF. Thus, a comparison of 1751 against 21 would not yield meaningful results. We have therefore decided to focus on the channels in which beta activity is the strongest and dominant observable oscillation. 

      If the FOOOF approach has some advantages, these should be pointed out or discussed.

      FOOOF indeed has the advantage that it provides an objective and reproducible estimation of peak oscillatory activity that accounts for differences in aperiodic activity. To the best of our knowledge, there is no other approach that is nearly as well documented, validated and computationally reproducible. 

      Changes in manuscript: We have now further clarified the definition of peak amplitudes in the results and methods section and have discussed the use of alternative measures in the limitations section of our manuscript.

      Results: “The frequency band with the highest peak amplitude was identified using the extracted peak parameter (pw) for each channel and depicted as the dominant rhythm for the respective localisation (Figure 1).”

      Methods: “Peak height was extracted using the pw parameter, which depicts peak amplitude after subtraction of any aperiodic activity.”

      Discussion: “Alternative approaches could yield different results, e.g. reusing channels for each peak that is observable and contrasting them to channels where such peak was not present. However, in our study the majority of channels exhibited beta activity, even if peaks were of low amplitude, which we believe would have led to less interpretable results.”

      (2) How exactly do the authors deal with channels with more than one peak? Some elaboration on this and how this could potentially impact the results would be appreciated. Sorry if I have missed it.

      Indeed, a description of this was lacking so we are very thankful that the reviewer pointed this out. The maximum peak amplitude method was a winner-takes-all approach where in the case of multiple peaks, the peak with the higher amplitude was chosen. This method of course has drawbacks in the form of lost or disregarded peaks and remains a limitation to this study. 

      Changes in manuscript: We have now clarified this in the methods and results sections, which now read: 

      Methods: “In case of multiple peaks within the same region, we used only the highest peak amplitude.”

      Results: “In case of multiple peaks within the same frequency band, we focused the analysis on the peak with the highest amplitude.”

      And added the following to the Limitations section of the discussion: 

      “Another limitation in our study is the fact that the statistical approach for the comparison of beta and alpha networks and even for multiple peaks within the same frequency band follows a winner takes all logic that is, by definition, a simplification, as most areas will contribute to more than one spatiospectrally distinct oscillatory network. Specifically, while multiple peaks within or across frequency bands could be present in each channel, we decided to allocate this channel to only the frequency band containing the highest peak amplitude.” 

      (B) Network mapping

      (1) Knowing that fMRI data are preprocessed by regressing the global signal, there are negative correlations across the functional networks. Unfortunately, the distribution, sign, and strength of the correlations are not quantitatively shown in any of the plots. Thus, it is unclear whether, e.g., corticocortical vs. subcortico-cortical correlations differ in strength and/or sign. I think this additional information is important for better understanding the up/down-regulation of beta, e.g., by DA signaling. Some discussion around this point in addition would be insightful, I think.

      The referee is touching upon a very important and difficult point, which we have considered very carefully. Global signal regression is a controversial topic and the neurophysiological basis of negative correlations remains to be elucidated. We can justify our use of this approach based on an expert consensus described in Murphy & Fox 2017 (https://doi.org/10.1016%2Fj.neuroimage.2016.11.052), which highlights that global signal regression can improve the specificity of positive correlations, improve the correspondence to anatomical connectivity. The truth however is that, we relied on it, because it is the more commonly used and validated approach used in lesion network and DBS connectivity mapping and implemented in the Lead Mapper pipeline. Indeed all connectivity estimates are shown in Supplementary figure 3. We remain hesitant to raise the focus to these points, because of the uncertain underlying neural correlates. However, when looking at the values, it is interesting to note that most key regions of interest exhibit positive connectivity values. 

      Changes in manuscript: We now point to the supplement containing all connectivity values in the results section more prominently: “All connectivity values including their sign are shown in figures as brain region averages parcellated with the automatic anatomical labelling atlas in supplementary figures 2&3.”

      (2) I assume no thresholding is applied to the functional connectivity maps (in a graph-theoretical sense). Please clarify (this is also related to the comment above, in particular, the strength of correlations.

      Indeed, we demonstrate SPM maps using family wise error corrected stats in figure 2, but all further analyses were performed on unthresholded maps as correctly pointed out by the referee. 

      Changes in manuscript: 

      Results: “Specifically, we analysed to what degree the spatial uptake patterns of dopamine, as measurable with fluorodopa (FDOPA; cohort average of 12 healthy subjects) and other dopamine signalling related tracers that bind D1/D2 receptors (average of N=17/44 respectively healthy subjects) or the dopamine transporter (DAT; cohort average of N=180 healthy subjects) were correlated with the unthresholded MRI connectivity maps.”

      Methods: “This parcellation was applied to both PET and unthresholded structural and functional connectivity maps using SPM and custom code.”

      Minor

      (1) Methods, Connectivity analysis: The description of (mass-univariate) GLM analysis is confusing. The maps underwent preprocessing? Which preprocessing steps are meant here? What is the dependent variable and what are the predictors exactly?

      We thank the reviewer for catching this error in our methods. We apologise for the confusion and mistake and thank the reviewer for catching it. Indeed, we have used t-tests without further preprocessing instead of a GLM. 

      Changes in manuscript: The respective section has been removed from the methods section and intermediate steps have been clarified. The section now reads: “To investigate differences between beta dominant and alpha dominant functional connectivity networks, a two sample t-test was calculated for the condition where beta was greater than alpha and vice versa using SPM. Here, the connectivity maps from each dominant channel (1005 beta functional connectivity maps and 397 alpha connectivity maps) Estimation of model parameters yielded t-values for each voxel, indicating the strength and direction of differences between the two contrasts (beta > alpha, alpha > beta). To address the issue of multiple comparisons, we applied Family-Wise Error (FWE) correction, adjusting significance thresholds such that only voxels with p < 0.05 would be included.”

      (2) I encourage the authors to find a better (visual) way of reporting Table 1, to make the main observations easier to grasp and compare (maybe a two-dimensional bar plot? Or color-coding the cells?)

      Reply: Thank you for your suggestion to improve the table, the new table is adjusted to the recommended changes to make it more readable.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This is a very interesting paper that leveraged several publicly available datasets: invasive cortical recording in epilepsy patients, functional and structural connectomic data, and PET data related to dopaminergic and gaba-ergic synapses. These were combined to create a unified hypothesis of beta band oscillatory activity in the human brain. They show that beta frequency activity is ubiquitous, not just in sensorimotor areas, and cortical regions where beta predominated had high connectivity to regions high in dopamine re-uptake.

      Strengths:

      The authors leverage and integrate three publicly available human brain datasets in a creative way. While these public datasets are powerful tools for human neuroscience, it is innovative to combine these three types of data into a common brain space to generate novel findings and hypotheses. Findings are nicely controlled by separately examining cortical regions where alpha predominates (which have a different connectivity pattern). GABA uptake from PET studies is used as a control for the specificity of the relationship between beta activity and dopamine uptake. There is much interest in synchronized oscillatory activity as a mechanism of brain function and dysfunction, but the field is short on unifying hypotheses of why particular rhythms predominate in particular regions. This paper contributes nicely to that gap. It is ambitious in generating hypotheses, particularly that modulation of beta activity may be used as a "proxy" for modulating phasic dopamine release.

      Weaknesses:

      As the authors point out, the use of normative data is excellent for exploring hypotheses but does not address or explore individual variations which could lead to other insights. It is also biased to resting state activity; maps of task-related activity (if they were available) might show different findings.

      The figures, results, introduction, and methods are admirably clear and succinct but the discussion could be both shorter and more convincing.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The tone of the discussion is excessively lofty and abstract, and hard to follow in places. Specific examples in comments to authors below.

      We thank the reviewer for their positive assessment and their constructive feedback on the discussion. Also in light of the other reviewers we have made a sincere effort to shorten, restructure and improve the discussion. Additionally, we have addressed all the specific comments the reviewer had below. We appended each change to the manuscript where appropriate below and have addressed all comments in the main text. Having that said, we see this paper and discussion to provide our most up-to-date and personal perspective on a correct concept on the interplay of beta oscillations and dopamine that is generalizable. Providing a concept that is so generalizable is very challenging and so far very few authors have even attempted this. One notable exception is the “status quo” concept by Fries & Engel. While we will do our very best to address the comments, we have decided not to deviate from our initial ambition to provide a discussion on a generalizable concept. Naturally such a concept must be very complex and therefore it will be hard to understand in parts. Through the revision, we hope that the readability and comprehensibility has improved, while it provides an in-depth perspective and hypothesis on how beta oscillations, dopamine and their brain circuits may facilitate brain function. Nevertheless, we want to express our honest gratitude for the thoroughness with which the reviewer has read and scrutinized our paper. The review clearly tells that the reviewer had the ambition to follow and understand what we were trying to convey, which can be rare nowadays. We are truly thankful for this.

      The first sentence is not quite true, as invasive neurophysiology was not, and cannot be, done in healthy humans. "The present study combined three openly available datasets of invasive neurophysiology, MRI connectomics, and molecular neuroimaging in healthy humans to characterise the spatial distribution of brain regions exhibiting resting beta activity, their shared circuit architecture, and its correlation with molecular markers of dopamine signaling in the human brain."

      Changes in manuscript: We have now removed the “healthy” from the respective sentence.

      "Our results motivate to conceptualise the capacity to generate.... This is not clear.

      Changes in manuscript: “Our results suggest that one common denominator of brain regions that generate beta activity, is their affiliation with beta oscillations as a feature that arises from a largescale global brain network that is modulated by dopamine.”

      "Similarly, the robust beta modulation that is elicited by voluntary action in sensorimotor cortex and its correlation with motor symptoms of Parkinson's disease is long known" - the association between movement-related cortical beta desynchronization and Parkinson's motor signs is not well described - could the authors specify and reference this?

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out this lack of clarity. We meant that independently beta is known for “movement” and for “movement disorders” and not “movement in movement disorders”. Having that said, there are some studies that suggest that beta ERD is altered in PD (e.g.https://doi.org/10.1093/cercor/bht121), but saying that this is “long known” would be an overstatement and was not our intention. We rephrased this sentence accordingly.

      Changes in manuscript: The sentence now reads: “Moreover, the robust beta modulation that is elicited by voluntary action in sensorimotor cortex and its correlation with motor symptoms of Parkinson’s disease is long known.”

      "...first fast-cyclic voltammetry experiments that allowed for combined measurement of dopamine release with invasive neurophysiology have provided first evidence that beta band oscillations in healthy non-human primates can differentially link dopamine release, beta oscillations and reward and motor control, depending on the contextual information and striatal domain" - This is not very clear - not sure what "differentially link" signifies.

      I think the fact that this is not easy to understand signifies the complexity that we and the authors of the cited paper from Ann Graybiel’s lab aimed to communicate. In fact, we stayed very close to the phrasing used in their paper to try and avoid confusion (Title: Dopamine and beta-band oscillations differentially link to striatal value and motor control” - https://doi.org/10.1126/sciadv.abb9226). The specific results go beyond the scope of the discussion but are very interesting, so I would be happy if our paper would inspire readers to look it up. 

      Changes in manuscript: We have now adapted the sentence to “In line with this more complex picture, direct measurement of dopamine concentration in non-human primates revealed specific interactions between dopamine release, beta oscillations, reward value and motor control, depending on contextual information and striatal domain. This shows that the relationship of dopamine and beta activity is not solely associated with either reward or movement and depends on where in the striatum beta activity is recorded.”

      "In fact, one could argue that it can be contextualised in a recently described framework of neural reinforcement, that serves to orchestrate the re-entrance and refinement of neural population dynamics for the production of neural trajectories" - this is not clear - for example what is a neural trajectory? What is meant by "re-entrance and refinement"?

      A neural trajectory refers to the path that the activity of a neural population takes through a high-dimensional space over time. It can be obtained through multivariate analysis of population activity with dimensionality reduction techniques, such as PCA. The concept of low-dimensional representations of high-dimensional neural activity has gained a lot of attention in computational neuroscience ever since high-channel count recordings of neural population activity have become available (an early and prominent example is Churchland et al., 2012 Nature https://doi.org/10.1038/nature11129 , while a more recent example is Safaie et al., Nature 2023 https://doi.org/10.1038/s41586-023-06714-0). The review we refer to by Rui Costa and colleagues (Athalye, V. R., Carmena, J. M. & Costa, R. M. Neural reinforcement: re-entering and refining neural dynamics leading to desirable outcomes. Curr Opin Neurobiol 60, 145–154 (2020) https://doi.org/10.1016/j.conb.2019.11.023) suggests that dopamine may serve to modulate the likelihood of a specific pattern to emerge and re-enter the cortex – basal ganglia loop, for the “reliable production of neural trajectories driving skillful behavior on-demand”. We believe that this concept could be revolutionary in our understanding of dopaminergic modulation and disoroders and together with colleague Alessia Cavallo have written an invited perspective on this topic (https://doi.org/10.1111/ejn.16222), which may help further clarify the topic. 

      Changes in manuscript: We realize that this aspect may sound a bit unclear or far away from the data in this manuscript. However, given that we have spent more than a decade thinking about beta oscillations and how they can be conceptualized, we would prefer not to entirely change our points and rather bet on the possibility that the concepts become more widely accepted and well-known. Nevertheless, we have now adapted the text to make this a bit more clear:

      “We hypothesise that, this “status quo” hypothesis could be equally or maybe even more adequately posed on the neural level. Namely, it could provide insights to what degree a certain activity pattern or synaptic connection is to be strengthened or weakened, in light of neural learning. We propose that this putative function can be contextualised in a recently described framework of neural reinforcement, that serves to orchestrate the re-entrance and refinement of neural population dynamics for the production of neural trajectories.”

      "....after which it was quickly translated to first experimental studies using cortical or subcortical beta signals in human patients44." - reference 44 only deals with the use of subcortical beta, not cortical, in adaptive control.

      The reviewer is right, in fact there is no study using motor cortex beta for adaptive DBS yet, but different studies have used different markers (especially gamma) since then. 

      Changes in manuscript: We have rephrased and added citations accordingly: “This approach, also termed adaptive DBS, was first demonstrated based on cortical beta activity that was used to adapt pallidal DBS in the MPTP non-human primate model of PD43. It was quickly translated to first experimental studies using subcortical beta signals in human patients44, followed by further research using more complex cortical and subcortical sensing setups and biomarker combinations45,46.”

      The paragraph headed " Implications for neurotechnology" is quite long and should be condensed and focused. It doesn't seem to support the last sentence, "....targeted interventions that can increase and decrease beta activity, as recently shown through phase specific modulation45 could be utilised to mimic phasic dopamine release as a neuroprosthetic approach to alter neural reinforcement38." - I don't quite follow the logic. The authors have clearly shown that beta-related circuits tend to be those linked to dopamine modulation, and may subserve tasks for which reinforcement learning is an important mechanism. However the logic of how modulation of beta activity can "substitute" for modulation of dopamine isn't clear. That would seem to require that the mechanism by which dopamine produces reinforcement, is via an effect on beta oscillation properties (phase, amplitude, frequency). Is there evidence for this? If so it should be better spelled out.

      We realize that this is very speculative at this point. Indeed, we believe that subthalamic DBS can mimic dopaminergic control and in the future there may be new treatment avenues, e.g. using neurochemical using neurochemical interfaces for which beta could be informative to mimic dopamine release but ultimately explaining this would be very complex, so we have removed the sentence. With regard to the remaining text in the section, we considered shortening / condensing but felt that this paragraph is highly relevant for the ongoing development of neurotechnology and therefore decided to only remove the first and last sentences.

      Changes in manuscript: We have removed the first and last sentences.

      "While the abovementioned prospects are promising we should cautiously consider the limitations of our study." - an unnecessary sentence to start a "limitations" section, its clearly a paragraph about limitations. In general, authors should go thru discussion and reduce verbosity; it is not nearly as well edited as the rest of the paper.

      Agreed. 

      Changes in manuscript: We removed the sentence. 

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this paper, Chikermane et al. leverages a large open dataset of intracranial recordings (sEEG or ECoG) to analyze resting state (eyes closed) oscillatory activity from a variety of human brain areas. The authors identify a dominant proportion of channels in which beta band activity (12-30Hz) is most prominent and subsequently seek to relate this to anatomical connectivity data by using the sEEG/ECoG electrodes as seeds in a large set of MRI data from the human connectome project. This reveals separate regions and white matter tracts for alpha (primarily occipital) and beta (prefrontal cortex and basal ganglia) oscillations. Finally, using a third available dataset of PET imaging, the authors relate the parcellated signals to dopamine signaling as estimated by spatial uptake patterns of dopamine, and reveal a significant correlation between the functional connectivity maps and the dopamine reuptake maps, suggesting a functional relationship between the two.

      Strengths:

      Overall, I found the paper well justified, focused on an important topic, and interesting. The authors' use of 3 different open datasets was creative and informative, and it significantly adds to our understanding of different oscillatory networks in the human brain, and their more elusive relation with neuromodulator signaling networks by adding to our knowledge of the association between beta oscillations and dopamine signaling. Even my main comments about the lack of a theta network analysis and discussion points are relatively minor, and I believe this paper is valuable and informative.

      Weaknesses:

      The analyses were adequate, and the authors cleverly leveraged these different datasets to build an interesting story. The main aspect I found missing (in addition to some discussion items, see below) was an examination of the theta network. Theta oscillations have been involved in a number of cognitive processes including spatial navigation and memory, and have been proposed to have different potential originating brain regions, and it would be informative to see how their anatomical networks (e.g. as in Figure 2) look like under the author's analyses.

      The authors devote a significant portion of the discussion to relating their findings to a popular hypothesis for the function of beta oscillations, the maintenance of the "status quo", mostly in the context of motor control. As the authors acknowledge, given the static nature of the data and lack of behavior, this interpretation remains largely speculative and I found it a bit too far-reaching given the data shown in the paper. In contrast, I missed a more detailed discussion on the growing literature indicating a role for beta in mood (e.g. in Kirkby et al. 2018), especially given the apparent lack of hippocampal and amygdala involvement in the paper, which was surprising.

      We thank the reviewer for their insightful review of our manuscript. One of the aims of our paper was to provide the ground for a circuit-based conceptualization of beta activity, which does not primarily relate to behavior. Practically we have the ambition to provide a generalizable concept that can be applied to all behavioral domains including mood. The reason we focus on the “status quo” hypothesis, is that it is one of the very few if not only generalizable concept of the function of beta oscillations. Through our paper and the discussion, we have to redirect this concept towards a less cognitive/behavioral and more anatomical network based domain, while acknowledging principles that may overlap. We realize that this is very ambitious and this endeavour is necessarily very complex and not easy to communicate. In light of the reviewers comments, we have made an effort to improve the discussion as best we could without trailing too far away from what our initial aim was. We are thankful for the suggested reference, which we have now added to the discussion in the section where we have previously discussed beta as biomarker for mood, also noting the absence of beta dominant channels in amygdala and hippocampus. Here it should be clarified however, that a) only three channels were located in the amygdala of which one exhibited beta activity, we should be cautious to not overinterpret this result and b) most channels exhibited beta and just because beta wasn’t dominant, it doesn’t mean that beta is not present or important in these brain areas. Absence of evidence is not evidence for absence with the way we approached the analysis. We are thankful for the interesting reference, which we have now included our discussion. Notably the study used a complex network analysis, which we could not perform because we did not have parallel recordings from these areas in multiple patients. This is now noted in the limitations. 

      Changes in manuscript: “For example, it was shown that beta is implicated in working memory28, utilisation of salient sensory cues29, language processing30, motivation31, sleep32, emotion recognition33, mood34 and may even serve as a biomarker for depressive symptom severity in the anterior cingulate cortex35” and “One impactful study reported that beta oscillatory sub-networks of Amygdala and hippocampus could reflect human variations in mood 34. This is interesting, but highlights another relevant limitation of our study, namely that recordings in different areas were stemming from different patients and thus, such sub-network analyses on the oscillatory level could not be conducted.” 

      Major comment:

      • Although the proportion of electrodes with theta-dominant oscillations was lower (~15%) than alpha (~22%) or beta (~57%), it would be very valuable to also see the same analyses the authors carried out in these frequency bands extended to theta oscillations.

      We agree with the reviewer and appreciate the interest in other frequency bands; theta, alpha and gamma. Our primary interest was to provide a network concept of beta activity, but anticipated that interest would go beyond that frequency band. However, we also had to limit ourselves to what is communicable and comprehensible. The key aim for us was to provide a data-driven circuit description of beta activity that can lay ground for a generalizable concept of where beta oscillations emerge. Reproducing all analyses for every frequency band would clutter both the results and the discussion. Moreover, the honest truth is that funding and individual career plans of the researchers currently do not allow to allocate time for a reanalysis of all data which would be a significant effort. Therefore, we have decided to just add the topography of theta and gamma channels as a supplement. In case the reviewer is interested on a collaboration on extending this project to other frequency bands and circuits, we would like to invite them to get in touch and perhaps this could be a new collaborative project. Until then, we have extended our limitation that this would be important work for the future. 

      Changes in manuscript: 

      We have added and cited the new supplementary figure for the results from theta in the results section, which now reads: 

      “Further information on the topography of theta channels are shown in supplementary figure 1.”

      We would like to add that a sensible interpretation of results from gamma dominant channels is unlikely to be possible given the low count of channels with prominent resting activity in this frequency band. We have added the following text to the limitations section: “The aim of this study was to elucidate the circuit architecture of beta oscillations, which is why insights from this study for other frequency bands are limited. Future research investigating the specific circuits of theta, alpha and gamma oscillations and their relationship with neurotransmitter uptake could yield new important insights on the networks underlying human brain rhythms.“ 

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Minor comments:

      • Results: "we performed non-parametric Spearman's correlations between the structural and functional connectivity maps of beta networks with neurotransmitter uptake". This is a significantly complex analysis that requires more detail for the reader to evaluate. There is more detail in the Figure 3 legend but still insufficient. The Methods offer more detail, but I found the description of the parcellation to be vague and I would appreciate a more detailed description.

      We thank the reviewer for bringing the insufficient explanation of the methods used to calculate the correlations in analysis to our attention. We have now made an effort to provide more level of detail in the relevant paragraphs. 

      Changes in manuscript: We have now made changes to both the Results and Methods sections and added the following explanations respectively:

      Results: “Next, we resliced the beta network map and the PET images to allow for a meaningful comparison, using a combined parcellation with 476 brain regions that include cortex19, basal ganglia20, and cerebellum21. Here, each parcel – which was a collection of voxels belonging to a particular brain region – from the connectivity map was correlated with the same parcel containing average neurotransmitter uptake from the respective PET scan (see Figure 3A). In this way nonparametric Spearman’s correlations between PET intensity and structural and functional connectivity maps of beta networks were obtained, which indicate to what degree the spatial distribution of connectivity is similar to the distribution of neurotransmitter uptake.“

      Methods: “A custom master parcellation in MNI space was created in Matlab using SPM functions by combining three existing parcellations to include cortical regions19, structures of the basal ganglia20 and cerebellar regions21. Regions that were (partially) overlapping between the atlases were only selected once. The final compound parcellation had 476 regions in total. This parcellation was applied to both PET and structural and functional connectivity maps using SPM and custom code. This allowed for the calculation of spatial correlations, providing a statistical measure of spatial similarity of the PET intensity and MRI connectivity distributions. For this, Spearman’s ranked correlations were used to calculate correlations between the PET images, such as the dopamine aggregate map and both functional and structural beta connectivity networks (Figure 3). The analysis was repeated for individual tracers showing similar results Supplementary figure 2. Finally, to validate these results, a control analysis was performed using a GABA PET scan from the same open dataset of neurotransmitter uptake following the same pipeline (Figure 2A, 2B).”

      • All of the recordings were taken in an eyes-closed condition. This is likely to affect the power of alpha oscillations; the authors should comment on this.

      We agree with the reviewer that this will likely have influenced the results. However, given that the key result of our paper is the abundance and circuit topography of beta oscillations, it is unlikely that increased alpha in some channels will have led to false positive results for beta. If anything, it may have increased the contrast leading to a more conservative estimate of which channels truly show strong beta dominance. On the other hand, we should acknowledge that this limitation can affect the interpretation of the alpha result. Another reason for us to primarily focus on beta in the discussion and results presentation. 

      Changes in manuscript: We now comment on this in the results:

      “It should be noted that that alpha recordings were performed in eyes closed which is known to increase alpha power, which may influence the generalizability of the alpha maps to an eyes open condition. However, given that our primary use of alpha was to act as a control, we believe that this should not affect the interpretability of the key findings of our study.” 

      • Although the relative proportion of theta and gamma channels is lower, it would be interesting to see the distribution of channels in a SOM figure.

      As described above, we have now added supplementary figure 1 that accommodates the topography but not the network analyses.

      • Figure legend - typo - "Neither, alpha nor beta" - no comma needed.

      Now fixed, thank you for pointing is to this lapse!

      • Results: " ere, we aimed to investigate the whole brain circuit representation of beta activity, which is impossible with current neurophysiology approaches" not entirely accurate; suggest rephrasing it to "Here, we aimed to investigate the whole brain circuit representation of beta activity, which is impossible with non-invasive neurophysiology approaches "

      Thank you for suggesting the alternative formulation. 

      Changes in manuscript: The text has been modified as per the suggestion and now reads “Here, we aimed to investigate the whole brain circuit representation of beta activity, which is impossible with non-invasive neurophysiology approaches”.

      • Results - typo - "cortical brain areas, that exhibit resting beta activity share a common brain network" - no comma needed.

      Thank you for the suggestion, the comma has been removed to better the flow of the sentence structure as suggested.

    1. Author response:

      eLife Assessment

      This useful study presents the first detailed and comprehensive description of brain sulcus anatomy of a range of carnivoran species based on a robust manual labeling model allowing species comparisons. Although the database is recognized and the method for reconstructing cortical surfaces is convincing, the evidence supporting the conclusions is incomplete due to the lack of appropriate quantitative measurements and analyses. Considering additional specimens to assess intraspecies variations, as well as exploring the functional correlates of interspecies differences would increase the scope of the study. Setting an instructive foundation for comparative anatomy, this study will be of interest to neuroscientists and neuroimaging researchers interested in that field, as well as in brain morphology and sulcal patterns, their phylogeny, and ontogeny in relation to functional development and behaviour. 

      We are pleased that our primary objective of creating a comprehensive framework to navigate carnivoran brains is considered as successfully achieved and that our work is expected to be of broad interest to various disciplines, as it provides the foundation for future investigations into carnivoran brain organization.

      As we will set out below, a description of the major sulci is an appropriate measure for large-scale comparative anatomy — it is stable enough in the population of each species to not require a large N, provides a suitable variability across species, and can be related to other aspects of between-species diversity. We will include a number of additional species to increase the scope of the study, as suggested. Although a quantitative assessment of functional correlates is, in principle, beyond the scope of this first foundational paper, we will provide a first start of this as well. We emphasize, however, that this was a secondary outcome, emerging after first application of the framework.

      Public Reviews: 

      Reviewer #1 (Public review): 

      Summary: 

      The paper by Boch and colleagues, entitled Comparative Neuroimaging of the Carnivore Brain: Neocortical Sulcal Anatomy, compares and describes the cortical sulci of eighteen carnivore species, and sets a benchmark for future work on comparative brains. 

      Based on previous observations, electrophysiological, histological and neuroimaging studies and their own observations, the authors establish a correspondence between the cortical sulci and gyri of these species. The different folding patterns of all brain regions are detailed, put into perspective in relation to their phylogeny as well as their potential involvement in cortical area expansion and behavioral differences. 

      Strengths: 

      This is a pioneering article, very useful for comparative brain studies and conducted with great seriousness and based on many past studies. The article is well-written and very didactic. The different protocols for brain collection, perfusion, and scanning are very detailed. The images are self-explanatory and of high quality. The authors explain their choice of nomenclature and labels for sulci and gyri on all species, with many arguments. The opening on ecology and social behavior in the discussion is of great interest and helps to put into perspective the differences in folding found at the level of the different cortexes. In addition, the authors do not forget to put their results into the context of the laws of allometry. They explain, for example, that although the largest brains were the most folded and had the deepest folds in their dataset, they did not necessarily have unique sulci, unlike some of the smaller, smoother brains. 

      Weaknesses: 

      The article is aware of its limitations, not being able to take into account inter-individual variability within each species, inter-hemispheric asymmetries, or differences between males and females. However, this does not detract from their aim, which is to lay the foundations for a correspondence between the brains of carnivores so that navigation within the brains of these species can be simplified for future studies. This article does not include comparisons of morphometric data such as sulci depth, sulci wall surface, or thickness of the cortical ribbon around the sulci. 

      We thank the reviewer for their overwhelmingly positive evaluation of our work. As noted by the reviewer, our primary aim was to establish a framework for navigating carnivoran brains to lay the foundation for future research. We are pleased that this objective is deemed as successfully achieved.

      As the reviewer points out, we do not quantify within-species intraindividual differences. This is a conscious choice; we aimed to emphasize breadth of species over individuals, as is standard in large-scale comparative anatomy (cf. Heuer et al., 2023, eLife; Suarez et al., 2022, eLife). Following the logic of phylogenetic relationships, the presence of a particular sulcus in related species is also a measure of reliability. We felt safe in this choice, as previous work in both primates and carnivorans has shown that differences across major sulci across individuals are a matter of degree rather than a case of presence or absence (Connolly, 1950, External morphology of the primate brain, C.C. Thomas; Hecht et al., 2019 J Neurosci; Kawamuro 1971 Acta Anat., Kawamuro & Naito, 1977, Acta Anat.). In our revised manuscript, we aim to include some additional individuals of selected species as supplementary material, further illustrating this point.

      We feel that measures such as sulci depth, sulci wall surface, or thickness of the cortical ribbon are measures that vary more across individuals and we have therefore not included them in the study. In addition, these are measures that are not generally used as between-species comparative measures, whereas sulcal patterning is (cf. Amiez et al., 2019, Nat Comms; Connolly, 1950; Miller et al., 2021, Brain Behav Evol; Radinsky 1975, J Mammal; Radinsky 1969, Ann N Y Acad Sci; Welker & Campos 1963 J. Comp Neurol).

      Reviewer #2 (Public review): 

      Summary: 

      The authors have completed MRI-based descriptions of the sulcal anatomy of 18 carnivoran species that vary greatly in behaviour and ecology. In this descriptive study, different sulcal patterns are identified in relation to phylogeny and, to some extent, behaviour. The authors argue that the reported differences across families reflect behaviour and electrophysiology, but these correlations are not supported by any analyses. 

      Strengths: 

      A major strength of this paper is using very similar imaging methods across all specimens. Often papers like this rely on highly variable methods so that consistency reduces some of the variability that can arise due to methodology. 

      The descriptive anatomy was accurate and precise. I could readily follow exactly where on the cortical surface the authors referring. This is not always the case for descriptive anatomy papers, so I appreciated the efforts the authors took to make the results understandable for a broader audience. 

      I also greatly appreciate the authors making the images open access through their website. 

      Weaknesses: 

      Although I enjoyed many aspects of this manuscript, it is lacking in any quantitative analyses that would provide more insights into what these variations in sulcal anatomy might mean. The authors do discuss inter-clade differences in relation to behaviour and older electrophysiology papers by Welker, Campos, Johnson, and others, but it would be more biologically relevant to try to calculate surface areas or volumes of cortical fields defined by some of these sulci. For example, something like the endocast surface area measurements used by Sakai and colleagues would allow the authors to test for differences among clades, in relation to brain/body size, or behaviour. Quantitative measurements would also aid significantly in supporting some of the potential correlations hinted at in the Discussion. 

      Although quantitative measurements would be helpful, there are also some significant concerns in relation to the specimens themselves. First, almost all of these are captive individuals. We know that environmental differences can alter neocortical development and humans and nonhuman animals and domestication affects neocortical volume and morphology. Whether captive breeding affects neocortical anatomy might not be known, but it can affect other brain regions and overall brain size and could affect sulcal patterns. Second, despite using similar imaging methods across specimens, fixation varied markedly across specimens. Fixation is unlikely to affect the ability to recognize deep sulci, but variations in shrinkage could nevertheless affect overall brain size and morphology, including the ability to recognize shallow sulci. Third, the sample size = 1 for every species examined. In humans and nonhuman animals, sulcal patterns can vary significantly among individuals. In domestic dogs, it can even vary greatly across breeds. It, therefore, remains unclear to what extent the pattern observed in one individual can be generalized for a species, let alone an entire genus or family. The lack of accounting for inter-individual variability makes it difficult to make any firm conclusions regarding the functional relevance of sulcal patterns. 

      We thank the reviewer for their assessment of our work. The primary aim of this study was to establish a framework for navigating carnivoran brains by providing a comprehensive overview of all major neocortical sulci across eighteen different species. Given the inconsistent nomenclature in the literature and the lack of standardized criteria (“recipes”) for identifying the major sulci, we specifically focused on homogenizing the terminology and creating recipes for their identification. Moreover, we also generated digital surfaces of all brains and will also add sulcal masks to further facilitate future research building on our framework. We are pleased to hear that we succeeded in our primary objective.

      We respectfully disagree with the reviewer on two accounts, where we believe the reviewer is not judging the scope of the current work.

      The first is with respect to individual differences. To the best of our knowledge, differences between captive and wild animals, or indeed between individuals, do not affect the presence or absence of any major sulci. No differences in sulcal patterns were detected between captive and (semi-)wild macaques (cf. Sallet et al., 2011, Science; Testard et al., 2022, Sci Adv), different dog breeds (Hecht et al., 2019 J Neurosci) or foxes selectively bred to simulate domestication, compared to controls (Hecht et al., 2021 J. Neurosci). Indeed, we do not find major differences between wolf-like canid species, suggesting that a difference between individuals of the same species is even more unlikely. Nevertheless, we agree with the reviewer that building up a database like ours will benefit from providing as much information about the samples as possible to enable these issues to be tested. We, therefore, will update our table to include if the animals were from captive or wild populations. Moreover, we aim, where possible, to include both wild and captive animals of the same species if they are available in our revision.

      The second is in the quantification of structure/function relationships. We believe the sulci atlases themselves are the main deliverables of this project. We felt it prudent to include some qualitative descriptions of the relationship between sulci as we observed them and behaviours as known from the literature as an illustration of the possibilities that this foundational work opens us. This approach also allowed us to confirm previous findings based on observations from a less diverse range of carnivoran species and families (Radinsky 1968 J Comp Neurol; Radinsky 1969, Ann N Y Acad Sci; Welker & Campos 1963 J Comp Neurol; Welker & Seidenstein, 1959 J Comp Neurol). However, a full statistical framework for analysis is beyond the scope of this paper. Our group has previously worked on methods to quantitatively compare brain organization across species — indeed, we have developed a full framework for doing so (Mars et al., 2021, Annu Rev Neurosci), based on the idea that brains that differ in size and morphology should be compared based on anatomical features in a common feature space. Previously, we have used white matter anatomy (Mars et al., 2018, eLife) and spatial transcriptomics (Beauchamp et al., 2021, eLife). The present work presents the foundation for this approach to be expanded to sulcal anatomy, but the full development of this approach will be the topic of future communications.

      Nevertheless, we aim to include a first step quantitative analysis of the relationship between the presence and absence of particular sulci and the two behaviours of interest in our manuscript.

      We also would like to emphasize that we strongly believe that looking at measures of brain organization at a more detailed level than brain size or relative brain size is informative. Indeed, studies looking at correlations between brain size and particular behavioural variables, although very prominent in the literature, have found it very difficult to distinguish between competing behavioural hypotheses (Healy, 2021, Adaptation and the brain, OUP). In contrast, connectivity has a much more direct relationship to behavioural differences across species (Bryant et al., 2024, bioRxiv), as does sulcal anatomy (Amiez et al., 2019, Nat Comms; Miller et al., 2021, Brain Behav Evol). Moreover, such measures are less sensitive to the effects of fixation since that will affect brain size but not the presence or absence of a sulcus.

      Following the reviewer’s recommendations, we will endeavour to include an even broader range of species in the revised version.